riha journal | may symbolism and allusion in matisse’s jazz rodney t. swan abstract henri matisse’s images in jazz, created during the disruption of the german occupation of france, were embedded with symbols of cultural resistance, while his text, which he composed after the defeat of the germans, reflected the transition to a post-liberation france. the wartime symbols and allusions camouflaged within these images are readily revealed when consideration is given to two carefully devised interpretative filters that matisse created. the first, a circus theme embodied in its original title cirque, and the second, the intricate captions that matisse accorded to each image. enhancing the visual quality of his handwritten text with his richly drawn arabesques, he created a new text-image dynamic which gave primacy to the image. the paper reveals a congruency between the text in jazz, which he declared had no relationship to the image, and the essay he wrote at the same time, "how i made my books”, where he articulated a principle he adopted for his other books, the rapport between the image and the literary character of the text. contents creating the images symbols of cultural resistance from cirque to jazz creating the images [ ] on august , during what turned out to be their last meeting in paris before the german occupation of france, henri matisse ( – ) created a complex image while in publisher tériade’s (stratis eleftheriades, – ) office. symphonie chromatique, composed from twenty-six different sheets of coloured paper contained twelve stylised fleur-de-lys, a historic symbol of ancient france epitomising the longevity of french cultural heritage, which matisse placed against a black background to signal impending danger. the next day adolf hitler ( – ) invaded poland, and two days later france and britain declared war on this paper draws from section . . and chapter of the author’s thesis, see rodney t. swan, "resistance and resurgence: the cultural and political dynamic of the livre d’artiste and the german occupation of france" (phd diss., university of new south wales, ). riha journal | may germany. tériade hurriedly completed printing his art journal verve, volume , number , nature de la france, with its symphonie chromatique cover on june , just twenty days after the german invasion of france and two weeks before the germans marched into paris on june . matisse, denounced by hitler as a degenerate artist, with his artwork removed from all german collections, fled paris for the safety of nice, not having seen the publication of symphonie chromatique. [ ] tériade recognised the artistic potential of symphonie chromatique and over a period of three years worked incessantly to persuade a reluctant matisse to create similar colourful découpage images for a special issue of verve. matisse eventually agreed and not only created images for the special issue, later titled de la couleur – henri matisse, but also for an album of découpage prints with a circus theme, cirque, which, by the later addition of his handwritten and self-authoured text, became jazz. this article, written in two parts, traces the aesthetic genealogy of jazz within the socio-political influences of the occupation and the subsequent liberation of france. in the first part, the article argues that matisse’s circus-themed images for cirque, created during the occupation, are imbued with symbols of cultural resistance. the second part asserts that matisse’s text, written long after the liberation, not only softened the violence of the messages of cultural resistance carried by his images but also created a new text-image dynamic for jazz, different from his other livres d’artistes. [ ] from the very beginning the german invasion of france included the difficult notion of the cultural battlefield and its associate activity of "cultural resistance", a concept which involved many complex forms. scholars such as rachel brenner, matisse – picasso, eds. elizabeth cowling, anne baldassari and john elderfield, exh. cat., london , . the term cut-outs refers to matisse’s use of the paper fragments as an aid to creating an image. the term découpage is used to when paper fragments are utilised as an intrinsic part of the image. there are many outstanding writings on jazz and those most helpful to this paper are listed. for an excellent scholarly analysis see kathryn brown, "beyond the 'ritual space' of the book: jazz", in: idem, matisse’s poets: critical performance in the artist’s book, new york , - ; jack d. flam, "jazz", in: henri matisse paper cut-outs, ed. jack cowart, exh. cat., new york ; rebecca a. rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou: 'livres d'artiste' created for tériade by rouault, bonnard, matisse, léger, le corbusier, chagall, giacometti, and miró" (phd diss., new york university, ). an early commentary is provided by riva castleman, "introduction to jazz by henri matisse", in: henri matisse, jazz, ed. george braziller, new york , vii-xii. for a bibliographic assessment see john bidwell, graphic passion: matisse and the book arts, new york . there is much useful background information in claude duthuit, henri matisse: catalogue raisonné des ouvrages illustrés, paris . riha journal | may mary jane cowan, laurence bertrand dorléac, aparna nayak-guercio and colin nettelbeck provide a better understanding of the phenomena. [ ] generally, there is the concept of "active resistance" which overtly and covertly focuses on activities involving armed conflict, physical confrontation, sabotage, bombing bridges and destroying infrastructure. overlapping with this form of resistance is "passive resistance" which involves conduct such as writing illicit material, wearing black for mourning, displaying the tri-colour, covertly promoting symbols of french history and cultural longevity, or even whistling patriotic music. [ ] cultural resistance, by its nature, is a form of passive resistance and involves actions designed to preserve french heritage and to recapture french cultural freedom. dorléac identifies the issue of individuality and the cultural resistance arguing that, since this type of resistance was not an organised activity, there were multiple formats of resistance—each with its own myriad of complexities. included within this framework are attempts by the artist acting alone to restore or uphold artistic freedoms, the recording of atrocities and, importantly, the propagation of national unity. since these were actions involving ideas and beliefs, the fighters on the cultural battlefield used intellectual weapons, such as the printed word, the image, dance, music and film, and they fought with newspapers, books, radio, cinema and dance. some scholars have pushed the boundaries further to assert that an act of cultural resistance represents a state of mind, that if a person has a determination to resist but cannot find a way to do so then that desire, even though unfulfilled, itself is an act of resistance. art historian margaret atack argues that it is also necessary to consider material intended as instruments of cultural resistance that were created during the war but were revealed much later. laurence bertrand dorléac, art of the defeat: france – , los angeles , ; aparna nayak-guercio, the project of liberation and the projection of national identity. calvo, aragon, jouhandeau, – , (phd diss., university of pittsburgh, ), , see http://d-scholarship.pitt.edu/ / (accessed may ); colin nettelbeck, forever french: exile in the united states, – , new york , . dorléac, art of the defeat, . mary jane cowan, "defense d'afficher: the wartime art of jean lurçat and jean dubuffet", (ma thesis, university of british columbia, ), - , see https://open.library.ubc.ca/circle/collections/ubctheses/ /items/ . (accessed may ). margaret atack, literature and the french resistance: cultural politics and narrative forms, – , manchester , . atack, literature and the french resistance, ; julian jackson, france: the dark years, – , oxford , . https://open.library.ubc.ca/circle/collections/ubctheses/ /items/ . http://d-scholarship.pitt.edu/ / riha journal | may [ ] this discourse leads to the inevitable conclusion that among the wide range of cultural armoury, the livre d’artiste became a weapon of cultural resistance when it was used in defiance of the german objectives, to record and protest the atrocities committed by the occupiers, to defend french cultural heritage, and to provide sustenance and hope to the french people. these livres d’artistes retained their potency as instruments of cultural resistance even though they were created in isolation, were not seen by anyone else and remained unpublished at the time. the images of jazz imbued with codes of cultural protest fall into this category. [ ] after years of refusal, matisse commenced working on his découpage images for de la couleur in february and in a significant step, now confident of his concept, invited tériade and his assistant angèle lamotte ( ? – ) to his apartment in nice on june to present his designs. there were four in all, two pairs of matching images. one pair was called the clown and the other was called the toboggan. as tériade saw the two versions of the clown and the toboggan, he proposed to matisse to use one set of images in de la couleur and to use the other set for a new project, an album of découpage images, cirque, that later became jazz. tériade recalled this visit: he [matisse] invited me and angèle lamotte in his cimiez flat and he showed us not only his cover for the review (de la couleur) but also two large compositions in dazzling colours: the clown and the toboggan, which later became the first and final plates in jazz. the jazz cycle was born. [ ] matisse created another pair of matching images: icarus which went into cirque, and its pair, the fall of icarus, which went into de la couleur. he explained his circus theme when he wrote the text of jazz: "the images, with their lively and violent tones, derive from crystallization of memories of circuses, folktales, and voyages." – the circus has been depicted in art for decades, and it embodies a glittering casimiro di crescenzo, matisse and tériade: collaborative works by the artist and art publisher from verve ( – ); lettres portugaises, , new york , ; jack d. flam, "notes to the catalogue", in: henri matisse paper cut-outs, ed. jack cowart, exh. cat., new york , . it is not known whether matisse used these four original découpages in verve and jazz or whether he created new images based on the originals. the original découpages do not exist separately and are most likely incorporated in the images finally used in jazz and de la couleur. di crescenzo, matisse and tériade, . di crescenzo refers to tériade’s editorial in the facsimile of jazz, see henri matisse, jazz (facsimile), munich , and samantha friedman, "avant la lettre", in: henri matisse: the cut-outs, ed. karl d. buchberg et al., london , . henri matisse, jazz, text translated from the french by sophie hawkes, ed. george braziller, new york , xviii. all translations of the jazz text are from this edition. riha journal | may haven of performance, a return to a carefree childhood where simple acts of magic and parade provide a light-hearted diversion from the burdens of daily life. it is that arena where for a fleeting instant the performers accomplish the impossible. where the clowns, gypsies, trapeze artists, lion tamers, human cannon balls, disfigured, giants and midgets transported the audience into a fantasy world. these were the freaks and the marginalised, typical of those that hitler condemned, who came from diverse backgrounds, who coalesced as a society "and presented an environmental model of social integration". this was a theme that unified people, for adults and children came together to laugh and forget their hardships. matisse adopted the circus theme as a template for a series of découpage images which camouflaged his messages of protest, hope and resistance at the occupation. [ ] matisse worked on cirque at a bleak time. on june , barely four weeks after he showed his first découpage images to tériade and lamotte, the allies bombed the quartier saint-roch near his residence in cimiez, interrupting his work. he fled cimiez to a residence, villa le rêve, in vence which his friend andré rouveyre ( - ) had found, just outside the old town and not far from where rouveyre himself lived. just a few weeks later, on september , the germans occupied nearby nice and took over the basement of villa le rêve as a kitchen for german soldiers. [ ] in addition, matisse’s fears for his family grew, knowing that his estranged wife amélie parayre ( – ), daughter marguerite ( – ), and son jean ( – ) worked in the french resistance. the perceived danger to him may have been exacerbated by his older son, pierre ( – ), a successful art dealer in new york, whose "artists in exile" exhibition in featured many of the ann thomas, "the waking dream: photography and the circus", in: the great parade: portrait of the artist as clown, ed. jean clair, new haven , - : ; jean starobinski, "the grimacing double", in: the great parade: portrait of the artist as clown, ed. jean clair, new haven , - : . flam, "jazz", . flam argues that matisse’s choice of the circus as a theme recalls the production of parade by the artist’s friend erik satie. he notes that matisse’s circus- based images and parade were produced in two world wars and had much in common with each other. he goes on to state that there are "striking parallels" between picasso’s costume designs for satie’s parade and matisse’s images. hilary spurling, matisse the master: a life of henri matisse, the conquest of colour, – , new york , , . michel anthonioz, verve: the ultimate review of art and literature ( – ), new york , . marguerite was the daughter of matisse and caroline joblaud, who was matisse’s mistress from until . amélie adopted the four-year-old marguerite after she married matisse in . the two women stayed close to each other throughout their lives. riha journal | may surrealist artists who had fled france during the occupation, the very artists that hitler declared degenerate. his russian-born assistant lydia delectorskaya ( – ) had also been questioned by the vichy police. [ ] matisse blocked out these difficulties by immersing himself in his work, illustrating henri de montherlant’s ( – ) pasiphaé: chant de minos (les crétois) ( ), pierre ronsard’s ( – ) florilège des amours ( ), his handwritten poèmes de charles d’orléans ( ), as well as dessins: thèmes et variations ( ), just published by martin fabiani, with a preface written by communist activist and writer louis aragon ( – ). [ ] now focusing on cirque, in addition to the clown and the toboggan, he completed seven other images by november : the burial of pierrot; the circus; the horse, the rider and the clown; icarus; monsieur loyal; the nightmare of the white elephant; and the sword swallower; and he expected to complete the knife thrower the following month. he finished these images during the ensuing weeks, completing the final three images for the project, the lagoon set, in mid- around the time of the allied landings at normandy in the weeks leading up to the liberation. exhibiting were piet mondrian, fernand léger, max ernst, roberto matta, yves tanguy, marc chagall, andré breton, andré masson, amédée ozenfant and jacques lipchitz. stephanie barron, "european artists in exile: a reading between the lines", in: exiles + emigrés: the flight of european artists from hitler, eds. stephanie barron, sabine eckmann and matthew affron, los angeles , - : ; sabine rewald, "pierre matisse: faithful son, fearless dealer", in: the american matisse: the dealer, his artists, his collection: the pierre and maria-gaetana matisse collection, ed. sabine rewald, exh. cat., new york , - : - . spurling, matisse the master, . rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", , n. . duthuit, henri matisse, ; flam, "notes to the catalogue", . duthuit notes that still using working captions, by august matisse recorded the completed images as: ( ) verve; ( ) cirque (circus); ( ) trapéziste ou aviator (trapeze artist or aviator); ( ) clowns; ( ) toboggan; ( ) cauchemar de l’Éléphant blanc (nightmare of the white elephant); ( ) l’Écuyère et le clown (the horsewoman and the clown); ( ) enterrement de pierrot (pierrot’s burial); ( ) avaleur de sabres (sword swallower); ( ) codomas; ( ) loyal; ( ) poses plastiques (plastic poses, later renamed formes/forms); ( ) le cow-boy (the cowboy); ( ) lanceur de couteaux (knife thrower); ( ) la fatalité; ( ) le loup garou (the werewolf); ( ) aquarium; and ( ) océanie. riha journal | may symbols of cultural resistance [ ] the cirque images contain many elements of the circus; they portray a circus master, clowns, a knife thrower, a sword swallower, a cowboy, acrobats, trapeze artists and a performing elephant. there are references to three well-known circus names, the ringmaster monsieur loyal, an acrobatic family he called the codomas, and the clown pierrot. yet the images do not project the fun and joy of the circus and many have large swathes of black, recalling the black background of symphonie chromatique and the linocut images of the tragic tale of prohibited love in pasiphaé, the book that matisse worked on just a few months earlier in march . [ ] many of the images contain mixed metaphors, and coupled with their bright colours has made their interpretation a topic of continuing debate. art historian jack flam argues that "despite their vivid colours and circus themes, few of the compositions are cheerful; several are among matisse's most ominous images." he asserts that these are images that "shout[s] its sorrows" and are perhaps the "closest thing to an autobiography that matisse has left us". he considers that the images project a dark side, which he observes were "composed during the dark days of world war ii". discussing some of the images, he considers that the jagged shapes at the top and bottom of the toboggan reflect violent action, the nightmare of the white elephant symbolises captivity, the red shards piercing the elephant depict violence, while destiny is a "sombre image" of an intertwined couple facing menace and danger. perhaps to provide some balance to these threats, flam clearly considers that matisse also generated hope in his images, as he likens monsieur loyal to general charles de gaulle. [ ] in her phd thesis, rebecca rabinow, currently director of the menil collection, houston, acknowledges that "several of matisse's wartime works carry subtle patriotic messages". for example, icarus and nightmare of the white elephant refer to a "desire for freedom", while the knife thrower, sword swallower and cowboy reflect "acts of aggression", and toboggan, wolf, burial of pierrot, heart and destiny project a "sense of lurking danger and/or death". she further argues that in four of the double-page images, cowboy, the knife thrower, destiny and the heart, the "left side represents evil and the right, good". tériade, she emphasizes, was convinced that the earlier jazz plates, toboggan, icarus, and burial of pierrot reflect the tragic ambience of the time. she asserts that "black is used as a threatening color in many of the book's images." flam, "jazz", ; rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", . flam, "notes to the catalogue", , - , - , . rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", - . riha journal | may [ ] art historian pierre schneider in his scholarly assessment of matisse went further, judging that jazz should "be placed in the context of the years in which it was developed – – to be fully appreciated". he contends that this was a stressful period for everyone including matisse, who was suffering with his sickness. he references matisse’s declaration to tériade "but i am also affected by the same things that affect the community". schneider concludes that jazz "reflects these shared anxieties, responds to them; it is a nocturnal book". [ ] former chief curator of moma, riva castleman, drawing an association with the occupation, notes one image, the wolf, as being "easily understood as a symbol for the threatening gestapo", and references destiny as "menacing and dangerous". art academic and historian kathryn brown in her analysis of matisse’s livres d’artistes suggests that "troubling themes come to the fore…" in icarus, wolf, burial of pierrot, the codomas and the toboggan. [ ] although the literature review for this paper reveals a strong scholarly consensus that the découpage images are dark and troubling and must be considered within the context of the difficulties of the occupation, at the time of writing this article, over seventy-five years after their creation, many still remain to be deciphered within these parameters. while there is widespread scholarly acceptance that images such as icarus, wolf, the toboggan, sword swallower, monsieur loyal, nightmare of the white elephant and destiny directly reference the occupation, others such as the codomas, forms, burial of pierrot and the swimmer in the aquarium have not been interpreted according to this criteria. this article contends that it is unlikely that matisse depicted issues relating to the pain of the occupation in some images while veering away from this framework for the others. the research for this article adopted the consensus view to help resolve the interpretative predicament of the remaining images. [ ] matisse cleverly disguised his intent. he created two interpretative devices to camouflage the symbolism of the motifs of cultural resistance that he embedded within his images. the first is the thematic interpretative device denoting the circus, which is reflected in the original title cirque and can be applied to all images. the second is the caption interpretative device which is applied to each image individually according to the intricate and complex captions which matisse created and recorded in the "table of images" (fig. ). in seeking to interpret the underlying messages that matisse embedded into his images, the analysis at various times pierre schneider, matisse, new york , . riva castleman, "introduction to jazz", xii-xiii. brown, "beyond the 'ritual space' of the book: jazz", . riha journal | may switches between these two interpretative devices while taking into consideration the difficulties of the occupation. henri matisse, "table of images", in: henri matisse, jazz, paris: tériade , - (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) [ ] to aid with their analysis, the images were placed into six loose thematic groupings. not in any particular order, in the first group are four double-page images which depict the human form, forms, the cowboy, the knife thrower and the codomas. in the second grouping are two images which show full-page human faces, monsieur loyal and sword swallower. next are four images which portray animals, the wolf, the nightmare of the white elephant, the horse, the rider and the clown and pierrot's funeral. fourth are two images that capture emotion, destiny and the heart. another group is made up of the three lagoon images. finally, there is the group of five images that share a similar iconography of "icarus"-type images, icarus, the clown, cirque, the swimmer in the aquarium, and the toboggan. [ ] analysing this final group first, the lifeless stance of an anonymous icarus is one of the most powerful images of a body in death (fig. ). in national-socialist ideology, the well-developed athletic body became an accepted symbol of power and strength in society and represented the purity of the aryan race that hitler desired. the collaborationist french artist charles despiau presented the healthy all jazz images are readily accessible through one of the many internet search engines and so only a limited number of images are produced in this paper. the full range of images can be seen at https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/?document_id= (accessed may ). kenneth r. dutton, the perfectible body: the western ideal of male physical development, london , - . https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/?document_id= riha journal | may body in his images for henry de montherlant’s book les olympiques as a symbol of french cultural and economic strength under the germans. henri matisse, icarus, in: henri matisse, jazz, paris: tériade , - (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) in stark contrast, using semi-abstract imagery and rejecting the wholesome aryan body, matisse crafted the icarus-figures as a formless shape, a broken body, and so conveyed his fears at the unfolding events around him. the icarus-figures have no face and are in the opposite polarity to the expressive faces he composed for his other illustrated books. long after tériade published jazz, matisse explained in his interview with georges charbonnier that he created an anonymous face devoid of personality, so the viewer would focus on the whole body: i don’t put in eyes sometimes, or a mouth for my figures. however, that’s because the face is anonymous. because the expression is carried by the whole picture. arms, legs, all the lines act like parts of an orchestra, a register, movements, and different pitches. if you put in eyes, nose, mouth, it doesn’t serve for much; on the contrary, doing so paralyses the imagination of the spectator and obliges him to see a specific person, a certain resemblance, and so on, whereas if you paint lines, values, forces, the spectator’s soul becomes involved in the maze of these multiple elements […] and so, his imagination is freed from all limit. [ ] icarus adopts varying identities depending on which interpretative filter is applied. when considered through the thematic filter of the circus, icarus is an acrobat flying through the air with circus spotlights beaming in the background. applying the caption filter, icarus becomes the mythical figure who escaped swan, "resistance and resurgence", . jack d. flam, matisse on art, new york , . matisse made this statement in an interview with art scholar georges charbonnier in , which flam reproduced in his book. riha journal | may imprisonment and flew too close to the sun, waxed wings melting in the heat causing icarus to fall to his death as golden stars shine in the darkened sky. [ ] yet, in jazz, or in its original incarnation, cirque, icarus is no more a circus identity than a mythological figure. removed from its circus theme, stripped of its mythic caption and examined within the context of the occupation, icarus takes on another tragic role. aragon explained the symbolism of icarus, and its pair, the fall of icarus, arguing that it was in the summer of , in "the darkest moment of that whole period", that matisse created this image of a corpse. by drawing from matisse’s own confidential comments, he confirms that "the yellow splashes, suns or stars according to a mythological interpretation, stood for bursting shells in and the red patch resembles a stain of blood". thus the wartime-coded transmutation of icarus becomes a body in the aftermath of execution. [ ] the clown, the startling opening icarus-figure in the book, is a warning of what is to unfold, and according to flam, is an isolated figure, a "metaphor for the artist", presumably reflecting matisse's incapacity, both physical and wartime, to freely move around (fig. ). henri matisse, the clown, in: henri matisse, jazz, paris: tériade , - (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) when removed from its circus theme and its caption and viewed within the context of the occupation, it is a dark gloomy depiction of imprisonment. the body floats in front of a black threatening void, held captive behind prison bars, represented by the six vertical elongated strips at the top and bottom of the image. the clown is emblazoned with eight sharp pointed red shards evoking the flow of blood from a louis aragon, henri matisse: a novel , trans. jean stewart, vols., london , vol. , . flam, matisse on art, - . riha journal | may wounded body. the viewer is left to ponder whether the clown is walking into the black void or is trying to flee it, while warning others against entering it. the clown has an autobiographical element to it. matisse’s practice with his illustrated books was to acknowledge the author with a portrait, often as a frontispiece. by placing this frontispiece next to the title page, which displayed his name, henri matisse, and the title, jazz, it is argued that matisse was not only asserting his authority as author and artist but also projecting himself as a prisoner. [ ] the second image with an icarus-type figure, captioned cirque, was originally designed to be the cover of the print album. it shows a book fold with the word cirque cut vertically which resembles the découpage title verve which matisse created for de la couleur. the black hunched icarus-figure, conceivably a trapeze artist or a tightrope walker, with a scarf or long flowing hair, perhaps a woman, is bathed in a white shaft of light and seems to be fleeing from an unknown danger, a river of blood flowing below. the danger propagated by this image stands in contrast to the light-heartedness projected by the cirque title. [ ] another icarus-figure, swimmer in the aquarium, whose caption conjures up a circus performer diving into, or perhaps rising up in a small tank of water (fig. ). detached from its thematic and caption interpretative devices and considered within the context of the occupation, the stark white body, arms and feet opened out, floating on top of a split dominating black background becomes a dark ominous image, portraying a dead body floating in a river, a covert wartime protest. flam, "notes to the catalogue", . matisse used similar sharp jagged shapes to depict violence in icarus and toboggan. the red shards in the clown recall matisse’s costume design for the two principle dancers in léonide massine’s ballet rouge et noir set to dmitri shostakovich’s symphony no . french artist jean fautrier ( – ) also used images of dead bodies in a river as a symbol of protest in the illustrations he created for robert ganzo’s ( – ) poetry, orénoque, see jean fautrier and robert ganzo, orénoque, paris . there is no evidence that matisse was aware of these images at the time he created swimmer in the aquarium. https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / riha journal | may henri matisse, swimmer in the aquarium, in: henri matisse, jazz, paris: tériade , - (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) [ ] the fifth icarus-figure, the toboggan, was one of the two earliest images that matisse showed tériade at their june meeting. tériade considered the image to reflect the tragic ambiance of the time. it presents a curled-up figure in an upside-down foetal position, hands and feet in the air, as it falls uncontrollably downhill. aragon identified the illustrative congruence between the toboggan and icarus: this all the truer in that the book ends with the drawing called "the toboggan" where the blue silhouette of the figure being dragged forward, feet in air, by the toboggan has almost the same shape as the icarus falling amid the bursting shells on the green and white cover of "de la couleur" . the toboggan became the closing image, appearing just after the tranquillity of the lagoon images. the falling tobogganist sandwiched by red and yellow shards recalls the yellow shards in icarus, which flam argued "appear to express violent action", perhaps an end to the occupation. [ ] the quartet of double-page cut-outs of images, forms, the cowboy, the knife thrower and the codomas each showing a pair of bodies, different in style to the icarus-figures, seem to propagate an undercurrent of violence. the first of this group, forms, shows two bodies lying side by side, decapitated, absent a head, rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", . aragon, henri matisse: a novel, vol. , . flam, "notes to the catalogue", . https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / riha journal | may arms and legs, an intense image of bodies in death. not a circus image, matisse originally titled this la fatalité, thus revealing his true intent. [ ] the second double-page image in this grouping is a frightening image, the cowboy, which rabinow emphasises was one of the double-page images "in which the left side represents evil and the right side, good". the cowboy on the left, the "evil" component, perhaps the oppressor or the occupier, is whipping the right-hand figure, the "good" component, who is arched back in pain as the whip curls around its body, perhaps the oppressed or the occupied. the dominating black of the two figures emphasises the violence inherent in the image. [ ] the third double-page image is the knife thrower and according to rabinow is another dual "evil-good" composition. the aggression inherent in the knife thrower on the left, the "evil" figure, is analogous to the cowboy with the whip, aiming at the heart of the "good" figure, the woman on the right, hands held high as if in surrender. the woman evokes matisse’s painting représentation de la france, a depiction of the french symbol marianne, which tériade placed as the frontispiece in his wartime edition of verve, nature de la france. [ ] the codomas, the final double-page image of this grouping is intriguing (fig. ). with separate paper fragments this is the busiest of the images in jazz. the two yellow swirls seemingly leaping out of the trapezes in the codomas hint at two acrobats performing high above the black safety net. this image references a well- known circus family called the flying codonas, an acrobatic group seeped in tragedy, who were scheduled to perform at the opening night of the renowned cirque medrano’s jubilee gala on september in paris. although the lead acrobat abelardo (lalo) codona ( – ) injured his shoulder during practice in the afternoon, he went on to perform at the gala, he missed his trapeze catch and seriously injured himself in a fall. the ringmaster, georges loyal, used a ladder to climb into the net to rescue lalo. severely injured, lalo ended his trapeze career and the flying codonas came to an end. duthuit, henri matisse, . rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", . for the history of tragedies to befall the flying codonas see dominique jando, "the codonas", in: circopedia, http://www.circopedia.org/the_codonas (accessed may ). http://www.circopedia.org/the_codonas https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / riha journal | may henri matisse, the codomas, in: henri matisse, jazz, paris: tériade , - (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) [ ] matisse created two faces, monsieur loyal and the sword swallower, both of which have direct allusions to the occupation. monsieur loyal likely references georges loyal, the ringmaster of the paris-based cirque medrano, who as mentioned earlier climbed into the net to rescue an injured lalo codona, an action that was widely publicised throughout paris. flam argues that the image "appears to suggest charles de gaulle", at the time the exiled leader of free france. in matisse’s depiction, de gaulle is wearing his signature peaked military cap immersed in the now recognisable blue uniform and is surrounded with his military gold buttons. at the time matisse created monsieur loyal, the french were increasingly viewing de gaulle as the symbolic leader of a free france. [ ] the second face, sword swallower, which rabinow refers to as an act of aggression, shows a pained face, a guillotined head, with three swords partially immersed in the sword swallower’s mouth causing the neck to bulge. depicting the gestapo and parodying the cruel behaviour of the german occupiers, matisse claimed that he made the head small "because a sword swallower is not generally a refined person". the sword swallower and monsieur loyal are a matched pair. a likeness of the sword swallower emerges when monsieur loyal is turned upside down. in using similar shaped paper cut-outs matisse may have been linking the two figures, the leader of free france against the gestapo. [ ] the wolf, a menacing-looking creature with a red eye is one of four double- page images of animals. matisse described it as a "werewolf", a bloody-eyed beast that is prepared to bite, likening it to the wolf of little red riding hood. rabinow argues that the image is menacing and "conveys a certain sense of lurking danger flam, "notes to the catalogue", . rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", . https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / riha journal | may and/or death". far from being a circus animal, it is an alarming figure, which according to castleman "was easily understood as a symbol for the threatening gestapo". [ ] the second double-page image of an animal, the nightmare of the white elephant, shows an elephant balancing on a white decorated ball surrounded by black cut-outs which projects a feeling of entrapment. matisse explained that the elephant "dreams of his childhood in the bush", and his assistant lydia recalled that the elephant’s agony is symbolised by the "red flames that pierce him like arrows" and white "is the colour of trained animals and captivity". in a clear case of self- identification matisse revealed: "and the white elephant; it is me". in this instance the caption emphasises a threatening message in a seemingly benign circus image. [ ] the horse, the rider and the clown, the third double-page animal image, like the cowboy, demonstrates a violent action with the whip once again as the central element of violence, an image with a message of despair and pain which is disguised by the caption. flam considers that the rider, wearing a black-and-white skirt, is sitting on top of the horse on the top right-hand side of the image. the black, yellow and green patterning on the bottom left he says is the clown. [ ] the horse also features in the final double-page animal image, pierrot's funeral (fig. ). pierrot is the sad clown who emerged in the seventeenth century representing emotion and melancholia, a defenceless character featured in art, literature and music. a pitied figure who, as the fable goes, yearns for the beautiful columbine, who rejects him for harlequin. pierrot the clown generated pleasure and became a children’s favourite. in the circus the clown was often killed only to re- emerge to the delight of the audience. in jazz, matisse kills pierrot with no hope of resurrection by depicting a funeral, leaving no doubt with his caption. flam considers that the funeral refers to matisse’s own near death experience at the commencement of the occupation; the red flower-like object inside the coffin may be the heart of "pierrot – and perhaps of the artist." matisse also used the heart in icarus, pierrot’s funeral and the knife thrower to accentuate the emotive interpretation of the images. rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", - . castleman, "introduction to jazz", xiii. rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", . flam, "notes to the catalogue", . flam, "notes to the catalogue", . https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / riha journal | may henri matisse, pierrot’s funeral, in: henri matisse, jazz, paris: tériade, , - (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) [ ] the two double-paged images destiny and the heart are aesthetically and thematically linked and according to rabinow also present a "left-side evil and right- side good" theme. matisse’s assistant lydia described the central icon in the right hand side of destiny as "the small human couple" who kneels, while facing their destiny, the "menacing and dangerous" image on the left hand side. flam considers destiny to be "one of matisse’s most somber images" created during the dark days of the occupation and which di crescenzo argues shows a "fearfully embraced pair" who faces a "threatening and awful" destiny. the red heart in the heart suggests tenderness as it faces a threatening black shape on the left hand side, which castleman calls a "black void". according to flam the work "juxtaposes an image of human tenderness with one of impersonal fate". [ ] on june the allied forces landed in normandy signalling the beginning of the liberation, and it was during this tumultuous period that matisse commenced on the three lagoon compositions, the final images he executed for jazz (fig. ). these tranquil images are very different in style and interpretation from the others. these are not circus images, but recall the peacefulness and joy of his trip to tahiti in , which castleman refers to as "matisse’s own paradise". the calm of rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", . flam, "notes to the catalogue", - ; di crescenzo, matisse and tériade, . castleman, "introduction to jazz", ix; flam, "notes to the catalogue", . duthuit, henri matisse, ; flam, "notes to the catalogue", ; henri matisse, jazz, trans. sophie hawkes, xviii. castleman, "introduction to jazz", x. https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / https://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/collection/works/ . . / riha journal | may lagoons reflects the high expectation of the liberation. they form a bridge from the jarring wartime découpage images, described in the first part of this paper, to the peacefulness of the text which he was to commence in april , long after he created the images and well after the liberation of france, and which is the focus of the next part of the paper. henri matisse, lagoon , in: jazz, paris: tériade , - (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) from cirque to jazz [ ] the concept of converting cirque from an album of colourful prints to an illustrated book titled jazz emerged slowly from around april . an early clue to matisse’s thinking was revealed in an article published by art critic gaston diehl on april , revealing that matisse’s album would be called either cirque or jazz and that tériade would provide the text. [ ] despite the many years since its publication, there is still no agreement on the origin of the title jazz. castleman argues that the decision seems to have been made by march , just prior to diehl’s article, and "that it was tériade who began to call the book jazz". on the other hand, tériade remembered that matisse chose the title jazz because "the découpages correspond to the spirit of jazz. music was indispensable to matisse and the title reflected matisse’s fondness of jazz". art historian john bidwell asserts that matisse was attracted to the aesthetics of the flam, "jazz", p. , n. . castleman, "introduction to jazz", xi; flam, "notes to the catalogue", ; rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", . castleman, "introduction to jazz", viii. flam, "notes to the catalogue", . riha journal | may word, "because of its calligraphic potential, the stately capital j and the syncopated double z". aragon recalls matisse’s treatise on the aesthetic qualities of "j" as the artist declared "i know what a j is like now" and reflected on the difficulties of "a". [ ] it was around april when matisse decided that he needed a visual pause between the bright pictures to give the eye a rest. having tested and rejected blank sheets of paper and pages of printed text, he decided instead to use the graphic quality of his handwritten text for the purpose. the handwritten text was not entirely new to matisse. in early he had painstakingly copied out thirty-five rondeaux and sonnets for his as yet unpublished livre d’artiste poèmes de charles d’orléans. he had also experimented with the handwritten text at the early stages of his work on ronsard’s florilège des amours. [ ] matisse was also aware of the handwritten illustrated books created by two of his artist friends, georges rouault’s ( – ) divertissement ( ) and pierre bonnard’s ( – ) correspondances ( ), the first two of the series of manuscrits modernes that tériade instigated and published. by april , tériade had also commissioned pierre reverdy ( – ) to handwrite his poems le chant des morts which picasso illustrated, and he was negotiating with fernand léger ( – ) to handwrite a text for his livre d’artiste cirque. [ ] believing that there were no suitable texts and encouraged by tériade, matisse decided to author his own. this was at a time when, as rachel perry recalls, france had begun its transformation from the destructive years of the occupation into the post-liberation period of national reconstruction. writing in regards to fautrier’s les otages exhibition at the galerie rené drouin, paris, she states that by that time in france "the context had changed irrevocably" and that "the year promised to be a new beginning, a slate wiped clean of the experience of four defiling years of occupation". mara holt skov agrees, explaining that many of the french people, having compromised their ideals, now simply wanted to forget the occupation. the focus had shifted, and as natalie adamson asserts, from the bidwell, graphic passion: matisse and the book arts, . aragon, henri matisse: a novel, vol. , . di crescenzo, - ; hanne finsen, matisse: a second life, paris , . duthuit, . rachel eve perry, "jean fautrier's jolies juives", in: october (spring ), - : . mara holt skov, "representing the unthinkable: images of loss in the mid-century work of jean fautrier" (ma thesis, san josé state university, ), https://doi.org/ . /etd.sjvn- vv (accessed may ). riha journal | may aim was for french artists to once again become "the world’s supreme creative force". [ ] matisse, sensing the changed mood of the french people avoided authoring a text that mirrored of the violence of his images. picasso faced a similar dilemma. just after the liberation, tériade commissioned picasso to illustrate pierre reverdy’s wartime poetry, le chant des morts, which depicted the pain of the occupation. picasso, aware that the french were moving from the war years, rejected representational imagery, choosing instead an abstract arabesque format derived from medieval manuscripts, a decorative motif that sat independent of reverdy’s forceful text. this was a period of regular contact between picasso and matisse during which they exchanged views on their art. picasso, with his images for le chant des morts, and matisse, with his text for jazz, faced similar challenges, and both adopted nonconfrontational solutions. matisse’s text implanted a calmness and exuded a sense of optimism which now co-existed with his occupation-driven images, creating a book which reflected the changing socio-political history of this unique period in twentieth-century france. [ ] matisse commenced his text in mid- around the same time he wrote a revealing essay "comment j’ai fait mes livres" [how i made my books] for publisher albert skira’s anthologie du livre illustré par les peintres et sculpteurs de l’École de paris, published in september . while "how i made my books" is a single composition with a unified message, the text for jazz comprised different sections each with their own heading and interpretation. in both writings matisse addressed the principles of the text-image relationships he adopted for his livres d’artiste. this article argues that these two writings are linked and critical sections of both may be considered as a single composition. [ ] in "how i made my books" he wrote of the complexity of the text-image relationship, citing as examples his first illustrated books, stéphane mallarmé’s poésies and montherlant’s pasiphaé. referring to poésies, he described the delicate natalie adamson, painting, politics and the struggle for the École de paris, – , farnham , . rodney t. swan, "turning point. the aesthetic genealogy surrounding picasso’s illustrations of reverdy’s le chant des morts", in: art and book. illustration and innovation, ed. peter stupples, newcastle upon tyne , - : - . swan, "turning point", . henri matisse, "comment j’ai fait mes livres", in: anthologie du livre illustré par les peintres et sculpteurs de l'École de paris, ed. albert skira, geneva , xxi-xxvi. skira’s book was one of many to emerge in post-war france that propagated the leadership and aesthetic innovation of the french illustrated book. riha journal | may balance of the white pages comprising images created with the thinnest of black lines against the pages of black text, printed with heavy twenty-point garamond italic font. using an analogy, he said these were like the white and black balls held by a juggler, "so different" yet made an "harmonious whole" by the art of the juggler. he asserted that pasiphaé achieved the same text-image balance as poésies even though the pasiphaé images are at the opposite polarity, constructed with white lines cut into the black background of linocuts balanced against the white pages with black text. [ ] another key principle, he asserted, is the rapport between the image and the literary character of the text. neither dominate, they operate in harmony to form a unified whole. he listed his other books awaiting publication, visages, poésies de ronsard and lettres portugaises, as being visually different but all adhering to the principle of "rapport with the literary character of the work". even though he made comments on linocuts, a relatively new technique for him which he used for pasiphaé, significantly he did not mention jazz, which he was working on at the same time, and he remained silent on his emerging découpage technique. [ ] matisse knew that jazz was different. in it he breaks his own principle that the image must have a "rapport with the literary character of the text". in jazz, he used his handwritten text merely as a visual device. he made this clear in "notes", the first textual section, and in the final textual section, titled "jazz", bearing the same name as the book, when he revealed the new text-image dynamic he adopted for jazz. in the first paragraph of "notes", he declared that his handwritten text has no interpretative relationship with his images, casting the text into a secondary decorative role, designed only to accompany the dominant partner in the book, the découpage images. the exceptional size of the writing seems necessary to me in order to be in a decorative relationship with the character of the color prints. these pages, therefore will serve only to accompany my colors, just as asters help in the composition of a bouquet of more important flowers. their role is purely visual (sic). flam, matisse on art, . flam, matisse on art, . – at the beginning of , matisse had published only two of his wartime books, his collaboration with louis aragon, dessins: thèmes et variations ( ), and henry montherlant’s pasiphaé ( ). still to be published were marianna alcaforado’s lettres portugaises ( ), pierre reverdy’s visages ( ), charles baudelaire’s les fleurs du mal ( ), jazz ( ), pierre ronsard’s florilège des amours ( ), poèmes de charles d’orléans ( ), andré rouveyre’s apollinaire ( ), and john- antoine nau’s poésies antillaises ( ). henri matisse, jazz, trans. sophie hawkes, , xv. riha journal | may he emphasised this new text-image relationship by highlighting the words "their role is purely visual" in upper case and left no doubt this was his decision, using the words "i must" and "i decided": i'd like to introduce my color prints under the most favorable of conditions. for this reason i must separate them by intervals of a different character. i decided that handwriting was best suited for this purpose. in the final textual section, "jazz", he reiterated his authority, emphasising his authorship of the text and its supportive role to the image: i’ve written these pages to mollify the simultaneous effects of my chromatic and rhythmic improvisations; pages forming a kind of 'sonorous ground' that supports them, enfolds them, and protects them, in their peculiarities. [ ] although the text played a secondary role to the image, matisse did not expect its literary quality to be ignored. in the second paragraph of "notes", he revealed an autobiographical basis for his text and asked the reader for patience when reading his words. "all that i really have to recount are observations and notes made during the course of my life as a painter. i ask of those who will have the patience to read these notes the indulgence usually granted to the writings of painters." with these words, matisse proclaims that the interpretive message of the text does not lie within the book jazz but as an external series of autobiographical annotations. [ ] since jazz departed from the text-image relationship that matisse articulated in "how i made my books", he seems to have considered that the new text-image association needed a separate explanation, and so he deliberately excluded jazz from that essay. instead, he posited this new explanation in its own distinct space within the text of jazz itself. although they are two separate writings, the thematic and grammatical links between jazz and "how i made my books" are strong, as if they originate from a single composition. the use of the first person and the short form remarks are common elements to both writings. the texts in "notes" and the final section "jazz" perform well when read together and take on the role of a clarifying addendum to "how i made my books", thus unifying the two writings. [ ] although the sixteen separate textual sections in jazz stand independent and may be read separately, they can be loosely clustered into three thematic groups. as previously discussed, the first section "notes" and the final section "jazz" comprise one such thematic group. another relates to art; "the bouquet", "the character of a face", "if i have confidence in my hand", "drawing with scissors", "my henri matisse, jazz, trans. sophie hawkes, xv. henri matisse, jazz, trans. sophie hawkes, xvii. henri matisse, jazz, trans. sophie hawkes, xv. riha journal | may curves are not mad" and "a new painting". in "the bouquet" he evokes the newness of freshly picked flowers from a garden but cautions against using metaphors from the past, "reminisces of long dead bouquets" to view these flowers. in "the character of a face" he declares that different drawings of the same face still portray the same character and in "drawing with scissors" he equates the cutting of his coloured images to that of creating sculptures. [ ] there is a certain joyousness in another grouping, "the airplane", "a musician once said", "happiness", "lagoons", "happy are those who sing" and "the afterlife". "the airplane" presents a vision of hope and freedom in which he concludes with a tribute to tériade and lamotte who had died before jazz was published: "i give homage here to angèle lamotte and to tériade for their perseverance and for their support for me during the realization of this book." [ ] in addition to the découpage images and the hand-written text, matisse introduced a third visual element, hand-drawn abstract arabesques using the same brush and ink as for the text. these arabesques, a concept he discussed in "how i made my books", play a visual role in all his other books, where they partner with the images to foster a balance with the text. however, the reverse occurs in jazz, where the arabesques partner with the text to emphasise the visual character of his handwriting. he created sixteen arabesques, using twelve as textual tailpieces, two as textual interruptions and two as full-page drawings, placing one at the opening of the book and one within the book, just before forms. [ ] having drafted his initial compositions, to ensure the text performed its visual supportive role, he experimented with different-sized letters, words, spacing, thickness of his handwriting, size of arabesques and titles. he finally settled on an oversized text, written with a large brush using black ink, similar to the handwritten text of rouault’s divertissement. however, in jazz the text occupied the whole page, with no margin, unlike the decorated central textual column with the white surrounding space of divertissement or his poèmes de charles d’orléans. [ ] although matisse approached the text-image dynamic of jazz from a different spatial and visual polarity from his other illustrated books, he seems to have assembled them in a similar manner. he sequenced the text and images not on the date of creation, or textual, pictorial or interpretive themes, but according to his own aesthetic criteria. for his other artist’s books, his starting point was the text written by established authors to which he progressively added his images, rearranging images and texts until he achieved the text-image balance he wanted. henri matisse, jazz, trans. sophie hawkes, xviii. bidwell, graphic passion, ; flam, "notes to the catalogue", . riha journal | may [ ] he understood that the introduction of images into an accomplished text creates a different and complex dynamic. as more images are added, their influence grows until a crossover point is reached when the image takes over and sets the agenda. matisse made sure that this crossover point was never reached. for jazz, where his starting point was his images, he adopted the opposite approach, where he added his handwritten text to his images, moving text and images until he achieved his desired visual balance. he gave himself greater flexibility by creating each textual package as an independent composition, and all but one beginning on a fresh page. [ ] after trying numerous text-image pairings, he adopted a recognisable architectural structure. he inserted four pages of handwritten text as an anticipatory pause prior to each double-page image and two pages of text prior to each single-page image, discarding the surplus textual sections and images he had prepared in anticipation of their possible use. he enhanced the status of the image as the dominant partner in the text-image relationship by inserting his images into the textual sections at precisely these page intervals, even though on eleven occasions his image placement interrupted the flow of the text. [ ] he locked down his chosen text-image sequence by giving each page a number but avoided interfering with the images, leaving them unnumbered. however, to remove any doubt as to their location he created a "table of images", in which he listed the image captions with their page numbers. through this "table of images", a concept he created only for jazz, he introduced yet another visual element, a hand-drawn vignette of each découpage image. in this manner, and in the absence of a table of textual content, he once again highlighted the primacy of the image in jazz. [ ] placing jazz in its aesthetic context, it was the third illustrated book in tériade’s innovative manuscrits modernes series, his modernised version of the medieval aron kibédi varga, "criteria for describing word-and-image relations", in: poetics today ( ), no. , - : ; j. h. schwarcz, ways of the illustrator: visual communication in children's literature, chicago , . flam, "notes to the catalogue", ; schneider, matisse, - . among those sections he did not use, were psalm , psalm and other self-authored texts on old age, love and space/light which he copied out in a notebook, répertoire: . he also created another image, le dragon, which he did not use. the eleven textual interruptions are: circus, m. loyal and nightmare of the white elephant in "notes"; horse, rider and clown in "the bouquet"; the wolf and the heart in "the airplane"; the heart in "my curves are not mad"; the cowboy in "a musician once said", destiny in "young painters, painters misunderstood or understood too late, bear no hate"; lagoon i in "jazz". riha journal | may manuscript with its handwritten text, following the lineage established by rouault’s divertissement and bonnard’s correspondances. tériade publicly released jazz on december at librairie pierre berès in paris and galerie europa, arte antiga e moderna in rio de janeiro, both galleries owned by pierre berès ( – ). the replicated images seemed to lack the luster of the originals and the french art critics gave it a somewhat subdued reception, although the americans responded much more positively when berès exhibited jazz in his new york gallery beginning january . [ ] matisse was not happy with the jazz reproductions and called them "absolutely a failure". rouveyre told matisse the reproductions were "dry and cold. just exactly opposite of that which is your genius". this assessment hasn’t changed till today: "although the printed book preserves much of the 'cut-paper' quality of the originals, the maquettes are much fresher, [and] have a much greater variation in texture and in colour application as well as colour." matisse even referred to the jazz images disparagingly, telling rouveyre in reference to some surplus découpages: "i do not know what i will do with these new découpages, certainly not another jazz." after jazz, matisse never used découpage to illustrate the text in another livre d’artiste, preferring instead to return to his line drawings. [ ] after the war the french honored matisse for his resilience and bravery and for remaining in france. as the war years receded, the extent of matisse’s use of his book illustrations as instruments of cultural resistance became clearer. in poèmes de charles d’orléans [ – ], a livre d’artiste he embarked on prior to jazz, matisse adopted medievalism as a symbol of national unity. he created poèmes de charles d’orléans with patriotic images embedded with covert codes and symbols rodney t. swan, "cultural resistance through the manuscrit moderne. tériade’s editions of rouault’s divertissement and bonnard’s correspondances", in: relief: revue Électronique de littérature française ( ), no. , - : . this paper discusses the emergence of tériade’s manuscrits modernes series. for a good assessment of the public reaction to jazz see rabinow, "the legacy of la rue férou", - . rouveyre to matisse, december , in: friedman, "game and endgame", - . flam, "notes to the catalogue", . these differences were clearly evident in the unique display of the jazz images and their respective maquettes at the exhibition "henri matisse – the cut-outs" at the tate modern, london, april – september , and later at the museum of modern art, new york, october – february . flam refers to the only previous viewing of the jazz maquettes at the may – september exhibition "hommage à tériade" at the grand palais, paris. matisse to rouveyre, february , in: friedman, "game and endgame", . riha journal | may of hope and rebirth to defend france’s long cultural heritage. in pasiphaé: chant de minos (les crétois), his illustrations, dramatized by the deep black background of the linocuts, recalling the black in jazz, exude a sense of gloom. matisse’s biographer pierre schneider argued that minos, the mythic king of crete who terrified his wife pasiphaé after she fell in love with a bull, reminded matisse of the "hostile forces that made the nights so oppressive in france between and ". art historian kathryn brown adds that the tragic qualities of the images depict an expression of suffering. [ ] in another example, working with aragon, a known member of the communist party who had to constantly move around to avoid being arrested, they produced the illustrated book dessins: thèmes et variations ( ), a work of barely disguised defiance in which aragon’s preface, "matisse-en-france", praised the artist for his bravery in remaining in france and where matisse’s images proclaimed his continuing aesthetic proclivity in the face of challenge. further cementing their relationship, and increasing the risk to himself, matisse contributed a portrait of aragon as frontispiece for a book, brocéliande ( ), in which aragon portrays, in coded medievalist text, the difficult situation facing the french. matisse also provided images to a magazine, poésie , no , and poésie , no , edited by poet pierre seghers ( – ), a backer of the résistance. through his association with poésie matisse allied himself with other writers supporting the resistance like robert desnos ( – ), paul Éluard ( – ) and francis ponge ( – ), who wrote for the same editions of the journal. but it was in the images of jazz that he made his most emphatic statement about the occupation. [ ] symbolizing france’s long cultural heritage matisse’s jazz was a vigorous demonstration of the safeguarding and regeneration of french culture at a time when it was endangered. jazz with its bold covert symbols embedded in colourful images was an act of cultural resistance. in confirming matisse’s position, artist rodney t. swan, "cultural resistance in henri matisse’s poèmes de charles d’orléans", in: visual resources ( ), https://doi.org/ . / . . . schneider, matisse, . kathryn brown, "the war book: pasiphaé, chant de minos (les crétois)", in: idem, matisse’s poets: critical performance in the artist’s book, new york , - : . the relationship between matisse, henri de montherlant the author and martin fabiani the publisher of pasiphaé is complex and has been analysed by others and goes beyond the scope of this article. perhaps one of the best scholarly accounts is presented by brown in her chapter "the war book: pasiphaé: chant de minos (les crétois)" published in her landmark book on matisse’s poets, - . aragon, henri matisse: a novel, vol. , - ; spurling, matisse, ; swan, "cultural resistance in henri matisse’s poèmes de charles d’orléans", . https://doi.org/ . / . . riha journal | may françoise gilot (born ) declared publicly that matisse did not sympathise with vichy or the occupation. aragon had released his reflection on matisse which saluted the artist’s anti-vichy stance, and as an example highlighted the wartime symbolism of the fall of icarus. as this article has recalled, scholars such as flam, rabinow and schneider have argued that many of the images should be interpreted within the context of the occupation. this paper has confirmed and deepened this understanding by analysing all of the images within this wartime context and asserting that matisse camouflaged his messages of cultural resistance within the circus theme he adopted for the images which he originally created for an album called cirque. it was after the liberation that matisse, sensing the change in the mood in france, muted the violence depicted in the images by authoring a text which projected calmness and optimism and which according to the artist played a secondary role to the images. in this way he created a text-image dynamic that broke his own principle that the image must have a rapport with the text, an idea which he articulated in "comment j’ai fait mes livres". importantly, jazz, begun as cirque in and published in , turns out to be a bridge between the dark years of the occupation and the post-liberation rebuilding of france. through jazz, matisse actively participated with the french authorities’ objective of recapturing france’s pre-war artistic leadership. it became one of the most celebrated illustrated books of the th century. about the author dr rodney t. swan is an adjunct academic at the university of new south wales, sydney, australia. he holds a master’s degree in arts administration ( ) and was awarded a phd in june , with a thesis titled “resistance and resurgence; the cultural and political dynamic of the livre d’artiste and the german occupation of france”. his research analyses the adoption of the french artist’s book as a strategic instrument of cultural resistance in occupied france, specifically examining the wide spectrum of innovative codes and symbols that artists camouflaged in the images of their books to communicate their messages. in further research, through extensive electronic analysis, he has identified an unattributed resurgence of the artist’s illustrated book in post-war france. rodney has written extensively and presented numerous papers on artist’s books. in his previous life, he was in business and has a bsc(hons) (engineering) and a mtech(or). e-mail: swan[at]bgp.bet.au local editor mark ledbury, power institute, university of sydney, and françoise gilot, matisse and picasso: a friendship in art, london , . aragon, henri matisse: a novel, vol. , . riha journal | may andrea lermer, zentralinstitut für kunstgeschichte, munich peer reviewers anonymous license the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . / creating the images symbols of cultural resistance from cirque to jazz microsoft word - ubc_ _november_kramer_jeremy.docx specters of the vessel: sŌdeisha, isamu noguchi, and nonfunctional ceramic art in postwar japan by jeremy j. kramer b.a., arcadia university, a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of master of arts in the faculty of graduate and postdoctoral studies (art history and theory) the university of british columbia (vancouver) june © jeremy j. kramer, ii the following individuals certify that they have read, and recommend to the faculty of graduate and postdoctoral studies for acceptance, a thesis entitled: specters of the vessel: sōdeisha, isamu noguchi, and nonfunctional ceramic art in postwar japan submitted by jeremy j. kramer in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of master of arts in art history and theory examining committee: dr. ignacio adriasola, assistant professor, dept. of art history, visual art & theory supervisor dr. jessica main, associate professor, dept. of asian studies supervisory committee member iii abstract created in by potter yagi kazuo ( - ), the walk of mr. samsa is known as the quintessential obuje-yaki, or ‘kiln-fired object.’ used by proponents of japan’s ceramic avant-garde, and particularly associated with sōdeisha—a collective of ceramicists co-founded by yagi in —the neologism introduced a renewed questioning of functionality into the language of ceramics by referencing objets trouvés, ‘found objects’ appropriated by proponents of dada and surrealism. however, in the context of postwar japan, the term obuje-yaki did not denote found objects but works of nonfunctional, abstract, ceramic sculpture. yagi’s mr. samsa is considered to be a chief example of the genre because it clearly departs from the ceramic convention of functionality. the members of sōdeisha often declared their work as fine art, but by working with the medium of clay they applied this declaration to a medium more often associated with the creation of practical objects. frustrating scholarly attempts at defining sōdeisha is this assumed conflict between traditionalism and modernism. some see the group’s references to foreign culture or their lack of functionality as attempts to escape the dogma of japanese ceramic tradition. in response to the pursuits of the folk-craft movement (mingei undō) and japanese traditionalists, sōdeisha argued for an alternative conceptualization of the medium that might incorporate both functional and nonfunctional objects. i argue that sōdeisha’s allusions to ‘foreign’ cultural forms and terminology did not merely serve to escape tradition, but to make an argument within the debate on tradition (dentō ronsō). this was also the case for their allusions to ‘japanese’ cultural forms: they engaged with nonfunctional, prehistoric and historic ceramics of the japanese archipelago. isamu noguchi ( - ), through exhibitions of his own quasi obuje-yaki in the early postwar period, can be credited with encouraging sōdeisha to adopt forms reminiscent of dogū, clay figures from the jōmon period, and haniwa, the funerary ceramics of the kofun period. these ritual items of japan’s distant past embodied the spiritual potentialities of the ceramic medium and allowed sōdeisha to complicate the binaries of ‘fine’ and ‘folk,’ ‘foreign’ and ‘japanese,’ that underpinned the theories promulgated by mainstream traditionalists. iv lay summary the walk of mr. samsa, a ceramic sculpture created by potter yagi kazuo in , is known as the quintessential obuje-yaki or ‘kiln-fired object.’ this neologism, which borrows from the terminology of dada and surrealism, renewed the language of ceramics by declaring that ceramics could function as fine art. the works of sōdeisha, a collective of ceramicists co- founded by yagi, often made declarations such as this. scholars have since concluded that their goal was to escape the dogma of japanese tradition, which favored the practical functionality of ceramic objects. i argue that sōdeisha’s embrace of non-functionality did not serve to escape tradition, but to assert its position within a debate on tradition. the group argued for a conceptualization of the medium that might incorporate functional and nonfunctional objects by engaging with ritual ceramics of japan’s prehistory. these items embodied the spiritual potentialities of the medium left unacknowledged by traditionalists. v preface the following master’s thesis is the original, unpublished, and independent work of the author, jeremy j. kramer. vi table of contents abstract ........................................................................................................................................ iii lay summary .............................................................................................................................. iv preface ........................................................................................................................................... v table of contents ........................................................................................................................ vi list of figures ............................................................................................................................. vii acknowledgements ................................................................................................................... viii dedication ..................................................................................................................................... x introduction ...................................................................................................................................... i. two mouths, two voices: an introduction to sōdeisha .................................................... ii. redirecting the walk of mr. samsa .................................................................................. iii. the vessel folk and the voice of tradition .................................................................... iv. vital/aesthetic: primitivism and ceramics in japan ..................................................... v. a hole through which to speak: sōdeisha and isamu noguchi ................................... conclusion ...................................................................................................................................... figures ............................................................................................................................................. bibliography................................................................................................................................ vii list of figures figure . yagi kazuo. the walk of mr. samsa (zamuza-shi no sanpo), . private collection. ............................................................................................................................................... figure . suzuki osamu. tall vase with kuro-e deisgn (kuro-e chōtsubo), - . © national museum of modern art, kyoto. ........................................................................................... figure . yagi kazuo. vase with two mouths (futakuchi tsubo), . © national museum of modern art, kyoto. . ............................................................................................................. figure . vessel. middle jōmon period (c. - bce). metropolitan museum of art, new york. ..................................................................................................................................... figure . dogū, known as jōmon venus (jōmon no biinasu). middle jōmon period (c. - bce). togariishi museum of jōmon archaeology, chino. ......................................... figure . fragmentary haniwa cylinder. kofun period (c. - ). metropolitan museum of art, new york. ............................................................................................................................. figure . fragmentary haniwa of a warrior. th to early th century. kofun period (c. - ). metropolitan museum of art, new york. ............................................................................ figure . isamu noguchi. the policeman (junsa), . © the isamu noguchi foundation, inc., new york. ............................................................................................................................. figure . isamu noguchi. my mu (watashi no mu), . © the isamu noguchi foundation, inc., new york. ..................................................................................................................... figure . isamu noguchi. torso # , . © colby college museum of art, waterville. ... figure . suzuki osamu. samurai (nobushi), . © kitamura museum, kyoto. .................. figure . suzuki osamu. walking child (aruku ko), . private collection. ......................... figure . yagi kazuo. work (sakuhin), - . © victoria and albert museum, london. .... viii acknowledgements first, i offer my gratitude to the musqueam (xʷməθkʷəy̓əm) first nation, on whose ancestral, unceded territory i have had the privilege to live and study over the past few years. i was born in southeastern pennsylvania, an area originally inhabited by the lenape people. they call this land lenapehoking. beginning in the seventeenth century, the lenape and their neighbors were decimated by disease, famine, and forced migration. many individuals who now live in the mid-atlantic united states and canada remain ignorant about the histories of colonial violence that are carved into its landscape. the musqueam people have shown me that the voices of the global indigenous community are resilient, and that i have a responsibility to listen to them and to take action in solidarity. my sincerest thanks go to dr. ignacio adriasola for guiding my research as primary supervisor to this project. his astounding patience and insight have been invaluable to my growth as a scholar of modern art. i also thank dr. jessica main, whose contributions as a member of my supervisory committee have greatly improved the quality of my writing. special thanks are also due to those professors who have imparted their knowledge to me over the recent years: drs. nam-lin hur, carol knicely, jaleh mansoor, john o’brian, saygin salgirli, t’ai smith, and catherine soussloff. i am also indebted to the hugo e. meilicke memorial fellowship and the itoko muraoka fellowship, which funded the second academic year of my studies and allowed me to conduct research in kyoto, sōdeisha’s place of inception. lastly, i want to express my appreciation for the support given to me by the staff at the faculty of graduate and postdoctoral studies and the department of art history, visual art & theory, particularly that of bryn dharmaratne. i thank the staff and resident fellows at st. john’s college: dr. yūko higashiizumi and tomoharu hirota, both of whom have given me helpful advice concerning the usage of japanese terms and names, and dr. kyōko matsunaga, whose expertise in indigenous literature has broadened my understanding of modern primitivism, the works of isamu noguchi, and the global impacts of atomic warfare and nuclear power. to all the friends and fellow graduate students who have enriched my personal and academic life—most notably sherena razek, jihyun shin, and madeline ullrich—i greatly treasure the memories we have shared and look forward to a lifelong friendship. finally, i am grateful for dr. ainsley cameron, whose mentorship during my time in the philadelphia museum of art’s south asian art department led me to pursue graduate studies with a greater emphasis on the arts of asia. i am similarly indebted to dr. felice fischer, who, ix during our impromptu visits to the museum’s storage, infected me with her passion for modern and contemporary craft objects made in east asia and north america. i thank you both for your tremendous kindness and generosity. x dedication to my dear mother, deborah louise kretzmann kramer introduction created in by potter yagi kazuo ( - ), the walk of mr. samsa (zamuza-shi no sanpo) is known as the quintessential obuje-yaki, or kiln-fired objet (fig. ). the vaguely anthropomorphic piece of stoneware was assembled from components thrown on the potter’s wheel: cylindrical tubes that resemble appendages and the circular band of clay from which they protrude. used by proponents of japan’s avant-garde ceramics scene, and particularly associated with the activities of sōdeisha—a collective of ceramicists co-founded by yagi in —the neologism obuje-yaki renewed the language of ceramics by referencing objets trouvés, ‘found objects’ used by proponents of dada and surrealism to make assemblages and readymades. these artists altered the forms of everyday items in such as way as to obviate or otherwise confuse their intended uses. in effect, the objet trouvé was “an ordinary object rendered disquieting by an unaccountable deformation.” and it did not take much to render an object disquieting. meret oppenheim ( - ) covered a tea set in fur; marcel duchamp ( - ) upended a bicycle wheel and attached it to a stool. while the walk of mr. samsa was not made from ‘found objects’ such as these, it participated in a similar dialogue on functionality. yagi’s obuje-yaki removes, obstructs, multiplies, and distorts the very features of a ceramic vessel that allow it to function, and in doing so it cannot function as a vessel would. in this way, the ‘found object’ of mr. samsa is the ceramic vessel itself. the japanese avant-garde did not shy away from citations of ostensibly foreign terminology like the objet trouvé. given this observation, scholars have suggested that such in this essay, its footnotes, list of figures, and bibliography, names of japanese origin are written in the customary format, with the person’s family name listed first and the person’s given name listed second. exceptions to this convention include individuals like isamu noguchi who, while bearing a japanese name, are more commonly referred to with the opposite name order. rosalind e. krauss, passages in modern sculpture (new york: viking press, ), . citations reveal an effort on the part of japanese artists to mimic the strategies of other, predominantly european, avant-garde movements. bert winther-tamaki identifies in the title of yagi’s mr. samsa a reference to franz kafka’s novella the metamorphosis ( ) before observing, “as has often been the case for the japanese modern artist, the mechanism of departure from tradition is persistently tagged with a european-american identity. and yet, in one important respect, yagi’s mr. samsa was not the product of his absorption with a foreign culture.” the issue that winther-tamaki raises in this passage, that which counters yagi’s recurrent citations of foreign culture, is a fundamentally material matter. the medium of clay, so often recognized as a marker of japanese tradition, inevitably resituates mr. samsa within a local framework, despite all of yagi’s supposed efforts to escape the confines of twentieth-century japan. frustrating attempts at defining the specificities of sōdeisha, and indeed those of most modern artists who engaged with traditional materials and techniques, is this essential conflict. in sōdeisha’s case, it is a conflict intensified by the involvement of japanese american architect and sculptor isamu noguchi ( - ), who created many ceramic sculptures during his extended visits to japan after world war ii that resonate both formally and rhetorically with those of the japanese ceramic avant-garde. inscribed within these clay forms are two supposedly irreconcilable artistic ideologies: traditionalism and modernism. are these two concepts truly incompatible, or is it possible to approach the work of sōdeisha without assuming that their references to foreign culture, or their adoption of sculptural forms, were superficial attempts to escape the dogma of japanese ceramic tradition through a mimicry of the european avant-garde? bert winther-tamaki, “yagi kazuo: the admission of the nonfunctional object into the japanese pottery world,” journal of design history , no. ( ): . the subject of japan’s ceramic avant-garde is somewhat underrepresented in literature outside of japan. with the exception of essays that appear in exhibition catalogs like japon des avant-gardes ( ), japanese art after : scream against the sky ( ), isamu noguchi and modern ceramics: a close embrace of the earth ( ), winther-tamaki’s art in the encounter of nations: japanese and american artists in the early postwar years ( ), and essays by louise allison cort, discussions of sōdeisha and its contemporaries are far and few between. in most cases, whether their work is seen through that of noguchi or within a survey of avant-garde artists, sōdeisha’s ceramic sculptures are often assumed to be part of a grander narrative of modernism, one that constantly advances toward innovation, abstraction, or the rejection of tradition. unfortunately, placing sōdeisha in this narrative does not sufficiently engage with the material itself. it fails to address why the members of sōdeisha chose to remain wedded to the medium of clay and what the significance of that choice might have been in the context of postwar japan. alexandra munroe, in an excerpt from the exhibition catalog of japanese art after , admits that the reasoning behind her inclusion of “radical forms of traditional, non-western art” in a study of the japanese avant-garde is to question the assertion that the concepts of modernity and ‘western-ness’ are synonymous with one another. the issue of how the sōdeisha questions this assertion has yet to be fully interrogated. in the following, i argue that sōdeisha’s allusions to ostensibly foreign cultural forms and terminology were not meant to escape the dogma of ceramic tradition, but rather to express the historical and political concerns of the collective and to assert its position within the mid-century debate on tradition (dentō ronsō) in japan. sōdeisha’s formative works embodied conflicts alexandra munroe, “circle: modernism and tradition,” in japanese art after : scream against the sky, ed. alexandra munroe (new york: harry n. abrams, inc., ), . integral to the medium itself and challenged fixed definitions of ceramic tradition maintained by japanese cultural figures such as yanagi sōetsu ( - ), a folk-craft theorist who placed nearly exclusive emphasis on utilitarian ceramics (jitsuyō tōki) and the vessel-form. in response to the sometimes-nationalistic pursuits of the folk-craft movement (mingei undō), which impacted ceramic production throughout the twentieth century within japan and abroad, sōdeisha argued for an alternative conceptualization of the medium that might incorporate both functional and non-functional objects. in fact, members of the collective may very well have considered this distinction, one based wholly on the concept of functionality, to be an arbitrary one, for it only served to limit the affordances of the ceramic medium. the members of sōdeisha also approached ceramic practice through an engagement with prehistoric, ritualistic ceramic forms of the japanese archipelago—a fact that makes arguments that japanese avant-garde ceramics are mimicries of ‘western’ art untenable. many of theses objects were not functional in the traditional sense of the word; their value did not reside in their capacity to hold food, drink, or some other form of physical matter. noguchi, through the exhibition of his own quasi obuje-yaki in the early s, can be credited with encouraging the members of sōdeisha to adopt such forms as clay figures (dogū) dating from the jōmon period (c. , - bce) and haniwa, funerary ceramics of the kofun period ( - ce). these ritual objects of pre-japan, comfortably distanced from modern ceramic conventions, embodied the spiritual and animistic potentialities of the medium—what i call ‘specters of the vessel’—that the keepers of japanese aesthetic tradition left unacknowledged in their definitions of ‘japanese- ness.’ while the formal connections between noguchi’s series of ceramic sculptures and the work of sōdeisha have been discussed by cort, munroe, and winther-tamaki to great success, sōdeisha’s own engagement with dogū and haniwa, and the qualities they represent, has yet to be examined. the essay that follows is divided into five parts. the first, “two mouths, two voices: an introduction to sōdeisha,” presents the early works of sōdeisha without prioritizing the group’s rejection of ceramic tradition, exploring instead how they might express the dissonances of the medium through their use of the potter’s wheel and their adoption of motifs found within and outside of ceramic practice. second, “redirecting the walk of mr. samsa” examines how yagi’s token obuje-yaki reiterates the issue of functionality that troubles ceramic practice because of, not in spite of, its citation of the metamorphosis. thirdly, “the vessel folk and the debate on tradition” brings cultural context to the work of sōdeisha, placing it within a larger discussion dominated by folk-craft theorists about what makes an object ‘traditional’ in the context of postwar japan. “vital/aesthetic: primitivism and the history of ceramics in japan,” the forth part of the essay, recounts the known histories of dogū and haniwa and introduces the arguments of okamoto tarō ( - ) and tange kenzō ( - ), two figures whose writings acknowledged the role of so-called ‘primitive,’ ritualistic ceramic practices in forming the visual culture of modern japan. lastly, “a hole through which to speak: sōdeisha and the work of isamu noguchi” examines the impact that noguchi’s ceramic sculptures had within the debate on tradition and how the members of sōdeisha drew upon their own experiences and understandings of the medium in in an artistic dialogue with prehistoric ceramic forms. i. two mouths, two voices: an introduction to sōdeisha sōdeisha (走泥者) was founded in by a small group of kyoto-based potters, of which suzuki osamu ( - ), yagi kazuo, and yamada hikaru ( - ) were founding members. inui yoshiaki ( - ), a preeminent scholar of modern japanese ceramics, celebrated yagi’s work in particular for its departure from the convention of functionality, which was fully achieved in the walk of mr. samsa (fig. ). yagi was perceived to be the group’s leader, although it would grow to include as many as twenty members, each with their own practice. in , sōdeisha achieved international recognition when their work was chosen to be apart of an exhibition titled japan—contemporary ceramics at the cernuschi museum in paris. here the works of suzuki, yagi, and yamada were grouped under the category of ‘avant-garde ceramics,’ which included the likes of isamu noguchi and uno sango ( - ), founding member of the contemporaneous japanese ceramicist collective shikōkai. the members of sōdeisha and their peers were part of a twentieth-century wave of japanese ceramic artists who resisted practices that were metonymic with the medium itself. they did so in part by ceasing to submit their work to annual, government-sponsored art exhibitions. the first of these events, the ministry of education fine arts exhibition (monbushō kanō tetsuo (d. ), kumamura junkichi ( - ), and matsui yoshisuke (b. ) were also founding members. hamamura jun, “sōdeisha: kyōto tōgeika gurūpu,” bijutsu techō , no. ( ): . as recorded by hamamura in , sōdeisha grew to include as many as twenty members: fujimoto yoshimichi (藤本 能道), hara teruo (原 照夫), kadoi yoshie (門井 嘉衛), kanzaki kenzō (神崎 健三), kanō satoshi (叶 敏), kawai tadashi (河合 紀), kawashima kōzō (河島 浩三), kumakura junkichi (熊倉 順吉), miura atsuo (三浦 篤雄), morisato tadao (森里 忠男), murai jirō (村井 次郎), satō masahiko (佐藤 雅彦), suzuki osamu (鈴木 治), tanabe saiko (田辺 彩子), terao kōji (侍尾 恍示), toba katsumasa (鳥羽 克 昌), tsuji kanji (辻 勘之), yagi kazuo (八木 一夫), and yamada hikaru (山田 光). louise allison cort, “japanese encounter with clay,” in isamu noguchi and modern japanese ceramics: a close embrace of the earth, edited by louise allison cort and bert winther-tamaki (washington, dc: arthur m. sackler gallery, ), . bijutsu tenrankai) ( - ) or bunten, was held in . the bunten had three categories of submission: japanese-style painting (nihonga), western-style painting (yōga), and sculpture. it wasn’t until , though, after the exhibition had been renamed the imperial fine art academy exhibition (teikoku bijutsu-in tenrankai) ( - ) or teiten, that the designation of ‘art-crafts’ (bijutsu kōgei) was added to its roster, allowing ceramic artists to submit their work. before this point in time, the primary alternative for potters looking to exhibit their work was the ministry of agriculture and commerce crafts exhibition (nōshōmushō kōgei tenrankai), which began in . these events allowed artists and craftsmen to gain recognition, establish their careers, and ultimately make a living. however, they also reinforced an unambiguous divide between ‘fine art’ and ‘industrial art.’ in an effort to avoid these harsh divisions, ceramicists began to hold their own annual exhibitions, wherein they could exhibit nearly anything. one of the first ceramic collectives to do so was the red clay group. founded in by kusube yaichi ( - ), kawamura kitarō ( - ), and yagi issō ( - )—yagi kazuo’s father—the red clay group became know for its adoption of alternative naming conventions. instead of naming their creations after a form, pattern, glaze, or technique (a common practice within the pottery world), members of the red clay group often gave their works allegorical titles that accentuated their aspirational status as fine art objects. although many of the elder yagi’s pieces conformed to accepted ceramic types—the vase, the bowl, the jar, and so on—he gave them titles like the bunten, teiten, and shin-bunten or new ministry of education fine arts exhibition (shin monbushō bijutsu tenrankai) ( - ) are all antecedents of the modern-day nitten, the japan fine arts exhibition (nihon bijutsu tenrankai) ( -present). winther-tamaki, “yagi kazuo,” . the characters that make up the red clay group’s name are unclear, as are their readings; both 赤土会 (sekidokai) and 赤土社 (sekidosha) have been used. for this reason, it is sometimes written as ‘sekidokai’ or simply ‘akatsuchi’ in english. all terms refer to the same group. spring awakening and praise of life. the younger yagi named his works in a similar manner. annular eclipse (kinkanshoku), a tall vase coated in white slip and inlaid with black pigment, won him the mayor’s prize at the kyoto exhibition (kyōten), which was held at the kyoto municipal museum of modern art. at the behest of his father, yagi studied ceramics at the kyoto municipal college of art and craft. after graduating in , he entered a three-year program at the ceramic research institute, where he took classes in ceramic sculpture (tōchō). his teacher, an artist named numata ichiga ( - ), was an internationally renowned sculptor and medal recipient at the exposition universelle of . during two extended periods of study in europe, numata worked in the studio of auguste rodin ( - ) and observed firing techniques at the sèvres porcelain factory that were tailored for ornamental and sculptural ceramics, techniques he passed on to his students in japan. but while clay was used in places like sèvres to make nonfunctional ceramics without much ado, it might be said that in japan ceramic sculpture was considered a foreign phenomenon. in fact, the primary market for nonfunctional clay figures made in japan had been almost exclusively a foreign one. japan’s salon system also posed an issue for artists like numata—were his creations to be considered ceramic or sculpture? these two categories were, at the time, irreconcilable; the structure of most government exhibitions dictated that art-crafts were to be separate from sculpture. it may have been for this reason that numata created the japan ceramic sculpture association (nihon tōchō-kai), which held its own annual exhibitions beginning in . numata also encouraged his students to submit their the japan ceramic sculpture association continues to exhibit work annually, with its th exhibition being held at the seira gallery, tokyo in . ceramic work to the sculpture division of the shin-bunten in place of the art-crafts division. while his father reportedly forbade him to do so, this must have impacted yagi’s understanding of clay as a material with great potential to spark discord. he would, of course, go on to found his own collectives: first a short-lived group called the young ceramicist group (seinen sakutōka shūdan), of which suzuki and yamada were also founding members, and subsequently sōdeisha. the artistic legacy of sōdeisha, its primary contribution to the history of ceramic practice in japan, is understood to be its pursuit of an entirely new form: the obuje-yaki. these abstract, ceramic sculptures were wholly nonfunctional, and thus approached the realm of fine art. as the harbingers of an avant-garde movement, they rejected conventional practices associated with the ceramic medium. however, their use of the term obuje-yaki is sometimes misinterpreted as an attempt to escape the confines of tradition by way of european modernism and its terminology. it is almost as if these objects and their makers could not have had a longing for contemporaneity without sacrificing their own material and historical relevance. the term obuje-yaki makes specific reference to the objet trouvé or ‘found object,’ a term paradigmatically associated with dada and surrealism. in these contexts, the objet trouvé was often a mass-produced item with an intended use, and a particular form that accommodated that use. examples include such objects as a teacup and saucer, a bottle rack, and a urinal. by altering these objects to varying degrees, artists like as meret oppenheim ( - ) and marcel duchamp ( - ) expanded upon cort, “japanese encounter with clay,” . nakajima kiyoshi ( - ), another founding member of the young ceramicist group, would later join sōdeisha in . what media might reasonably constitute a work of fine art and questioned the inherent functionality of the ‘found object.’ not unlike these artists, the members of sōdeisha interrogated the notion of functionality by creating novel assemblages out of known materials. their chosen medium of clay, though not ‘found’ in the same sense as the objet trouvé, had its own connotations that they sought to obstruct and/or subvert. unfortunately, how yagi and his peers used the medium of clay to subvert these connotations has been left somewhat unarticulated in english-language scholarship. it is largely assumed that, because sōdeisha’s obuje-yaki took the form of nonfunctional, abstract sculpture, the group sought to release japanese ceramics from the ‘burdens of tradition.’ while this observation may be true, albeit to a limited extent, the objects created by the members of sōdeisha retained important vestiges of the exact tradition they appear to be fleeing. it is in part because of their entanglements with tradition that these artists were able to critique it with such success. here the ‘found object’ is clay itself, which upon firing ossifies into a material well suited for carrying consumable goods, and thus took on standardized forms: the bowl, the vase, the jar. the ceramic medium’s connotation of utility—particularly in relation to food storage and consumption—is something it only appears to have had since its conception. the works of sōdeisha, by contrast, not only expand upon this accepted usage, but also attest to an alternative ceramic tradition that embraces the spiritual practices associated with the medium in early japanese history. the members of sōdeisha operated a communal kiln located in gojōzaka, a neighborhood in the southeastern part of kyoto with a long reputation for pottery making. named after the arterial roadways that stretch westward from kiyomizu temple, across the kamo river, and towards the commercial center of kyoto, gojōzaka produced ceramics beginning in the late eighteenth century. prior to this moment, the sanjō area, just north of gojōzaka, had acted as the city’s primary hub of ceramic production. here a high-fired, glazed ceramic called awata ware, otherwise known as awataguchi ware, was made for use in the imperial court and shogunal government. starting in the early seventeenth century, these sanjō wares were increasingly made using materials and technologies borrowed from the regional ceramic centers of seto and mino, over eighty miles east of kyoto. the kilns that began to appear in gojōzaka were more eclectic in their wares. they produced fine porcelains using stone imported from the distant amakusa island as well as stoneware vessels using clay from shigaraki and other locations outside of the city. gojōzaka wares were often decorated with colored, lead-silicate enamels in a style known as ‘old kiyomizu’ (ko-kiyomizu), while others were adorned with designs more indicative of chinese wares. the ceramic workshops of sanjō and gojōzaka made a tradition out of borrowing forms, materials, and technologies from areas of japan and east asia that bore the resources their immediate surroundings did not. through their exposure to such a diverse set of stimuli, many although gojōzaka does not currently boast the ceramic production it once did, a yearly pottery festival (tōki matsuri) continues to take place there every august. cort, “japanese encounter with clay,” - . japan’s history of appropriation in ceramic practice continued during the country’s occupation of korea ( - ), during which japanese colonialists were afforded many materials opportunities. these included affordable ceramics bought from korean potters and merchants and, in some cases, wares freshly unearthed from previously unknown kiln sites such those at mount gyeryong in chungcheong province. kyoto potters became associated with the manufacture of informed copies (utsushi) while others prided themselves as ninbanshi, craftsmen who created near exact replicas of their desired ceramic type. these traditions of imitation take on new relevance when reflecting on sōdeisha’s namesake, which appropriates a term used by japanese connoisseurs of chinese pottery that designates a glaze pattern resembling the sinewy trails of an earthworm crawling through mud. the term (sōdei) quite literally means ‘moving through the mud’ or ‘mire.’ this name is the perfect allegory for the group’s fraught relationship with ceramic tradition, something its members simultaneously disavowed and embraced. as cort suggests, while it was not sōdeisha’s intent to replicate chinese wares, the group’s early work does bear certain resemblances to cizhou ware (chinese: cízhōu yáo), especially those with decoration in white and black slip. in fact, co-founder suzuki osamu would often use this exact combination in his work, as in tall vase with kuro-e design (fig. ). the large, thickly walled vase is coated in white slip from its broad mouth nearly to its base and is brushed in wide strokes with black slip to create an abstract, arboreal image. while the piece is functional, its impressive size and weight suggests that it was intended to act as a stationary vessel, perhaps for flower arrangement (ikebana). in fact, there is evidence to suggest that several of sōdeisha’s early vessels were used for this purpose. created during sōdeisha’s formative years, tall vase with kuro-e design or two-headed jar may evidence suzuki’s reluctance to depart entirely from functional forms. it attests to a dissonance that he was intimately aware of, and one that the members of sōdeisha came to embrace. objects like vase cort, “japanese encounter with clay,” - . winther-tamaki, “yagi kazuo,” . cort, “japanese encounter with clay,” . following its showing at the third annual sōdeisha exhibition in , another work by suzuki titled two-headed jar (sōtōko) was used to house a flower arrangement by miyamoto keiyū, an artist taught in the ikenobō school of ikebana. with two mouths (futakuchi tsubo) (fig. ), created by yagi in , clearly attest to the collective’s willingness to critique functionality, not by renouncing ‘traditional’ materials and techniques, but by using those materials and techniques in unorthodox ways. the mouth of any given ceramic vessel is typically a direct consequence of the method or instrument used to make it. when using a potter’s wheel, a technology that prioritizes vertical symmetry, the resulting mouth is typically a singular, circular opening that resides that the very apex of the vessel. this mouth was, and continues to be, the hallmark of the ceramic medium. even vessels that are traditionally made without the use of a potter’s wheel, such as raku ware (raku-yaki), tend to mimic the mouths shaped by the potter’s wheel. yagi’s vase with two mouths, as its title straightforwardly implies, bears not one but two openings. atop the vessel’s conical base is perched a globular body of clay where, within a concaved area, the two stout, cylindrical forms have been artificially placed. it might be surprising to learn that vase with two mouths was formed using the potter’s wheel. rather than being rendered in one sitting, as would the shape of most ceramic vessels, it was assembled from four components that were thrown on the wheel individually. the main body of the work, which is the most irregular of its components, was purportedly made from a cylindrical form that yagi manipulated whilst it remained pliable. using the vase would be a somewhat awkward task, as the placement of its mouths was done in such a way to complicate its use. if, for example, a flower were to be placed in each mouth they would inevitably touch. nearly the entire piece is dipped in white slip save for the bottom half of its base, which retains the color and texture of stoneware. its uniform, off-white surface serves as a canvas for primary-colored enamels that are placed in splotches the size of fingerprints, cort, “japanese encounter with clay,” . overlapping inlay in black pigment similar to that seen on the exterior of annular eclipse. here the inlay forms straight and curved lines and dots that gather at irregular points on the vase’s surface. in assembly, these designs might recall the geometries of modernist painters like joan miró or vasily kandinsky, once again revealing a propensity for ‘foreign’ modes of artistic practice. but they equally recall the designs of cizhou ware or certain variations of buncheong ware (korean: buncheong sagi) that contain white slip and motifs in iron pigment. yagi’s vase with two mouths takes the ceramic vessel as its objet trouvé, which is distorted to the point of unrecognizability. as it deconstructs form so too does it deconstruct material, technique, and the history of the medium itself. the enamels used are comparable to those found on kyoto wares of the old kiyomizu style and the pairing of white slip and black pigment resembles that of chinese cizhou ware and korean buncheong wares. the works of sōdeisha contain both of these voices: one that proclaims their contemporaneity and another that remains wedded to clay and the history of its use in japan and east asia. these two voices existed side-by-side. artists like suzuki and yagi could very well have left their given medium for other materials that were decidedly more ‘modern,’ but they instead chose to remain committed to it. this choice is what separates their work from that of artists like isamu noguchi, okamato tarō ( - ), or tsuji shindo ( - ) who, while having made art objects in clay, used the material as one of many that were at their disposal. they did not necessarily have the experience or knowledge of the medium and its conventions that suzuki and yagi possessed, for they did not approach the medium as ceramicists first. ii. redirecting the walk of mr. samsa yagi kazuo’s the walk of mr. samsa is, in more than one way, the veritable symbol of sōdeisha (fig. ). it signals the entrance of the obuje-yaki into modern japan and suggests a wholesale refusal of ceramic tradition via the terminology of european modernism. and yet, to repeat winther-tamaki’s observation, yagi’s departure from tradition was not exclusively borne of his preoccupation with a foreign culture. as discussed above, the work of sōdeisha bares two dissonant voices: one that asserts its newness and another that belies its very efforts to be new. no other work created by yagi is quite as illustrative of this paradox, for it is the first to directly cite a product of foreign culture: franz kafka’s the metamorphosis ( ). while nearly every study on sōdeisha discusses the importance of mr. samsa and its citation of the metamorphosis, the question of why yagi chose to reference the novella in place of another piece of fiction, foreign or japanese in attribution, has not yet been answered. by more closely analyzing the walk of mr. samsa and its affinities for the content of the metamorphosis, we might better understand how it serves as an archetypical obuje-yaki—a term whose definition i hope to articulate more fully. speckled with what appears to be an ash glaze, a byproduct of being passed through the communal, wood-fired kiln at gojōzaka, mr. samsa stands on tubular appendages that extend from a wide, circular band of stoneware made on the potter’s wheel. several protrusions of varying lengths and articulations reach outward from the main body of the work. similarly to vase with two mouths, yagi’s mr. samsa is made exclusively of pre-thrown components, none of which are fully functional on their own—and they remain less-than-functional in their new formation. the space they contain is largely inaccessible and unusable, although inui argues that it may have been used to hold flowers for a time. the aforementioned band of clay that, in any other circumstance, would constitute the walls of a vessel is instead flipped onto its side, framing the empty space it might have otherwise contained. the resulting object is functionally impractical in every way, not unlike yagi’s previous critiques on traditional form and functionality. however, it is the walk of mr. samsa that has been singled out as an artistic revelation—the first product of a modern japanese potter to fully escape the tyranny of the vessel as a prime example of abstract, ceramic sculpture. although yagi’s magnum opus, mr. samsa, is his first work to be recognized as fine art in its own right, the work itself is not revelatory. it is given a status that its methodological predecessors are not, but that they nonetheless deserve. i contend that mr. samsa’s revelatory status is due, rather, to it being the first to make clear reference to a foreign, literary work. notwithstanding, it is important analyze the citations of mr. samsa with the goal of identifying what makes the work significant in its own right. the metamorphosis (german: die verwandlung), first published in , is a story that has entered the curricula of many a high school class, both in its language of origin and in its numerous translations. it is a fictional, third-person account of a bizarre episode in the life of gregor samsa, a travelling salesman who awakes one morning to find that he has become a large insect. the novella takes place almost exclusively in gregor’s bedroom, where the protagonist is sequestered after having been transformed. because of his transformation, gregor is forced to inui yoshiaki, “de la poterie traditionnelle aux œuvres d’art,” translated by takeshi matsumura, in japon des avant gardes, - (paris: Éditions du centre pompidou, ), . contesting this observation are art historians like marilyn rose swan who argue that hayashi yasuo (b. ) of shikōkai aught to be given credit for making the first obuje-yaki: a work called cloud (kumo) that was exhibited at the group’s second annual exhibition in . the purpose of this essay is not to argue otherwise, but rather to articulate the specificities of sōdeisha and those of yagi’s mr. samsa. i read the metamorphosis for the first time in high school, as an assigned reading for ms. guarierri’s fourth-year english class. in truth, i found the writing to be so grotesquely detailed that i never finished the novella that year. relinquish all societal responsibilities. this has dire consequences for him and his family, who now face financial instability. ultimately, the novella ends in gregor’s death, which—for better or for worse—allows the samsa family to return to their normal lives. shinchōsha publishing company produced the first japanese translation of the metamorphosis (henshin) in , two years before yagi created the walk of mr. samsa. given that yagi is purported to have been an avid reader of kafka, it is safe to assume that he was at least moderately aware of the themes present in the novella. yet the topic of yagi’s citation of the metamorphosis tends to occupy only one or two sentences in art historical analyses of mr. samsa. this has inadvertently given the perception that yagi’s citation of the work was superficial; the citation is perceived as a means to transcend ceramic tradition by taking on a foreign identity. however, a passage from the novella that describes how gregor occupied himself while confined to his own bedroom—one that winther-tamaki also cites—attests to yagi’s familiarity with the thematic content of the metamorphosis. kafka writes, … there wasn’t much crawling he could do in the few square meters of space the floor provided, lying still was already difficult for him to endure during the night, eating had soon ceased to give him even the slightest pleasure, and so to divert himself he took up the habit of crawling back and forth across the walls and ceiling. he particularly liked hanging from the ceiling high above the room; it was completely different from lying on the floor; one could breathe more freely there; a gentle swaying motion racked his body; and in the almost happy absentmindedness gregor experienced, it might happen, to his astonishment, that he would let go and crash to the floor. the above excerpt, which recounts one of the very few moments when gregor seems to enjoy his new insectile form, is thought by winther-tamaki to have “resonated with a joy yagi felt in his new mastery of the self-expressive voice of the artist disengaged from the tyranny of the vessel.” winther-tamaki goes on to argue that the voice that yagi discovered in the walk of mr. samsa was not necessarily his own; it was through the foreign voice of kafka, and through the artistic models of people like pablo picasso ( - ) and isamu noguchi ( - ), that yagi was able to fully extricate himself from the ceramic vessel. in my view, the correlation between these two happenings—yagi’s supposed rejection of the vessel and his citation of foreign phenomena—has been somewhat overstated in contemporary scholarship. the correlation assumes that, for yagi, there existed a vital distinction between the vessel and non- vessel. (i argue that this is not entirely true.) it also fails to recognize the ways in which works like yagi’s vase with two mouths or suzuki’s two-headed jar built a visual vocabulary around the critical issue of functionality—that is, these works had already moved beyond the ‘functional’ vessel. while the walk of mr. samsa marked a shift in the production of ceramic art, it used techniques that had already been matriculating within the collective. finally, the assumed correlation between non-vessel forms and the westernization of japanese ceramic art inadvertently reinforces the perception that yagi’s citation of the metamorphosis was simply a franz kafka, the metamorphosis, translated by susan bernofsky (new york: w. w. norton & company, ), - . winther-tamaki, “yagi kazuo,” . winther-tamaki, “yagi kazuo,” - . means to an end, a way to transcend japanese ceramic tradition by tagging his work with a foreign, european identity. the walk of mr. samsa is not transcend functionality so much as it continues a dialogue concerning the role of functionality in ceramic practice, one that began for sōdeisha with works like vase with two mouths. in fact, yagi continued to make wares in the same methodological vein as vase with two mouths after exhibiting mr. samsa, using pre-thrown components to deconstruct and reconstruct the vessel form. one such example is deutzia (unohana), a deconstructed cylindrical vase made by yagi in the latter half of the s that, like vase with two mouths, is comprised of a closed vessel form turned onto it side and set atop a conical base. additionally, two elongated mouths are affixed to its main body, which is decorated with white slip, iron oxide glaze, and a stamped, floral design. what separates mr. samsa from works such as this, apart from its citation of the metamorphosis, is that it reveals the empty space that the others contain. while this is indeed an important distinction, all of these objects ought to be considered obuje-yaki, for they appropriate accepted ceramic forms (ie. the vase, the mouth) and technologies (the potter’s wheel) in order to subvert the viewer’s expectation—not unlike the assemblages and ready-mades of the artists whose terminology they appropriate. rather than rejecting functionality and the vessel form outright, they instead question the state of functionality itself and the primary position it occupied within japanese ceramic tradition. yagi’s citation of kafka’s novella should be understood as attempt to reinforce this rhetoric. yagi chose to reference the metamorphosis, not as a means of escape, but as way to address the issue of functionality as a ceramicist and as a witness to postwar japanese society. how yagi makes this citation is significant. he names his work similarly to how tea masters and feudal lords of old named highly prized tea utensils (chadōgu), after a carefully selected verse of poetry or literature. the literary verse cited by yagi is, of course, quoted above. the walk of mr. samsa does not refer to gregor’s transformation per se; it signifies a particular activity that occurs afterward. the main character’s late-night meanderings are here crystalized in ceramic form. one could almost envision the peculiar object crawling back and forth, up and down, and across the surfaces of gregor’s bedroom with abandon. by gesturing toward these movements, yagi imbues the object with qualities of a living thing, giving it the ability (at least metaphorically) to act outside of its expected role as a passive, ceramic vessel. this animism is what truly separates the work from yagi’s previous examples of obuje-yaki. the walk of mr. samsa is a remarkable object, not by virtue of its literary reference or its impracticality, but due to its biomorphic features. reinforced by its very specific citation of the metamorphosis, it embodies the animistic potentialities of the ceramic medium. the implications of the walk of mr. samsa go beyond the confines of ceramic practice, though. while giving mr. samsa corporeal qualities that clash with the practical functionalisms of the ceramic medium, gregor’s wanton, nocturnal movements also suggest the demoralized state of japan following its defeat in the pacific war ( - ). for the united states, world war ii began with the attack on pearl harbor, but japan’s war began over ten years prior, with its invasion of manchuria. during a period of fifteen years, japanese men and women were geared for death and, in the most extreme cases, suicide. as a result, the allied occupation of japan that followed the nuclear devastation of hiroshima and nagasaki and the surrender of imperial japan oka yoshiko, “the changing value of ‘things’: from gusoku to dōgu,” in around chigusa: teas and the arts of sixteenth-century japan, edited by dora c.y. ching, louise allison cort, and andrew m. watsky (princeton: princeton university press, ), . during the height of tea practice (chanoyu), certain items used in the consumption and/or storage of tea would be lauded as meibutsu, or ‘famed objects.’ represented a reprieve, for many, from a fatalistic way of life. but the ‘kyodatsu condition,’ what was described in popular discourse as a psychological state of exhaustion or dejection, had permeated to the core of japanese society. historian john w. dower connects the growing kyodatsu condition to a rise in alcoholism, drug addiction, and crime that occurred after the war. the japanese public increasingly partook in commercialized forms of entertainment (both authorized and illicit), perhaps in an effort to forget the atrocities they faced—and the atrocities they were, at best, complicit in. well into the fifties, so-called ‘panpan girls’ satiated the sexual hungers of the occupying american soldiers, though not exclusively out of their own financial need. japanese men frequented cabarets and strip shows where voluptuous female performers modeled themselves after the denizens of hollywood. kasutori shōchū, cheap liquor made from the dregs of sake, gave this influx of debauched behavior its name: ‘kasutori culture’ (kasutori bunka). writers such as dazai osamu ( - ) chronicled kasutori culture by way of the ‘flesh novel’ (nikutai shōsetsu), a literary genre characterized by the carnal pleasures of the period. the frivolities of postwar japan, like those of gregor samsa, were fraught with uncertainty and danger, and they often ended poorly. starvation grew rapidly as a result of political and bureaucratic ineptitude and crime, much of which involved the theft of food. ninety percent of the women who worked for the recreation and amusement association (tokushu ian shisetsu kyōkai), a government-sanctioned network of brothels, had some kind of sexually john w. dower, embracing defeat: japan in the wake of world war ii (new york: w.w. norton & co., ), - . a medical term, kyodatsu was first used to denote the physical and/or emotional prostration or collapse of individual patients. dower, embracing defeat, . ibid., - . contemporaneous surveys of female sex workers found that, although some panpan used their meager earnings to help support their families, many spent their money frivolously; other surveys identified a surprising number of women who entered prostitution “simply ‘out of curiosity.’” transmitted infection by january , when ‘public’ prostitution was official abolished. in the summer of , dazai osamu, himself unable to escape the realities of the kyodatsu condition, was found drowned in tokyo’s tamagawa aqueduct alongside his mistress. so too does gregor’s story end in circumstances that are morally dubious. utterly changed and with no societal function left, he chooses death over an anguish that he cannot escape. just as yagi’s mr. samsa questions the role of functionality within modern ceramic practice, it also questions the individual’s ability to function within postwar japanese society. how might a person continue after being stripped of their goals and defining characteristics? how might an object function once its means to do so have vanished? ibid., . iii. the vessel folk and the voice of tradition in an essay titled “an introduction to tradition,” artist okamoto tarō was one of the first proponents the japanese avant-garde to publically make critical observations about the concept of ‘japanese tradition’ and how it was mobilized during the postwar period by, effectively limiting understandings of what constitutes art made in japan. according to okamoto, the rapid commercialization and globalization of japan that occurred as a result of the meiji restoration ( ) provoked responses from those who feared an immanent loss of ‘traditional japan,’ and sought to recuperate it in some way. many of these responses were nationalistic in nature and led to the revival of tea practices (chanoyu), feudal arts, and ‘japanese-style’ painting (nihonga). a similar revival occurred after japan’s defeat in pacific war, and during its subsequent us occupation. okamato begins his essay by recounting an interview with a former rickshaw driver that he overheard on the radio. as the man expressed his contempt for cars and taxis, he described his former occupation with great longing and fondness, describing moonlit nights, beautiful women, and narrow alleyways. to okamoto’s surprise (and amusement), when the man was asked of his current occupation, he candidly replied that he worked as taxi dispatcher at nakano station. this interaction was, for okamoto, an uncanny metaphor for how individuals with cultural influence and authority had continuously used the concept of ‘japanese tradition’ not to encourage new forms of art, but rather to place limitations upon them. “what charmers they are. i don’t take issue with their attitude at all,” says okamato, “except when they advance their cause under the okamoto tarō, “an introduction to tradition ( ),” translated by maiko behr, in from postwar to postmodern, art in japan - : primary documents, edited by hayashi michio (new york: museum of modern art, ), . authority of the great banner of culture.” there was no shortage of these so-called “charmers” in wartime japan. in fact, it might be said that the efforts of imperial japan were sustained in part by the work of such traditionalists who did exactly as okamoto described. as it pertains to this study, there is one wartime figure who stands out in his ability to shape what is considered to be japanese ceramic art: yanagi sōetsu, japanese philosopher and co-founder of the folk-craft movement (mingei undō). also known as yanagi muneyoshi, he and his peers held that traditional handicrafts made by skilled artisans (shokunin) were of the upmost beauty and most fittingly represented the markers of japanese aesthetic tradition. these objects were given the designation of mingei, a neologism and contraction of the phrase ‘popular crafts’ (minshūtekina kōgei), the invention of which is often attributed to yanagi. the medium of ceramic played an important role for proponents of mingei. in fact, the ceramicists hamada shōji ( - ), kawai kanjirō ( - ), and bernard leach ( - ) are all considered to be major authors of the movement and its theories. to better understand these theories, we must take a closer look at the writings of yanagi. yanagi outlines the defining characteristics of mingei in a essay that he published in his own journal, kōgei no michi (the way of craft). he states, true mingei (or getemono) was ( ) functional; ( ) used in the daily life of common people; ( ) thus produced in large quantities; ( ) therefore inexpensive; ( ) produced in a cooperative or collective fashion; ( ) handmade; ( ) produced using natural, locally specific materials; ( ) produced according to traditional techniques and designs; ( ) okamoto tarō, “an introduction to tradition ( ),” - . i treat the term ‘mingei’ as a proper noun, by capitalizing its first letter and leaving it un-italicized, to encourage that it be understood as a movement sustained by the concerted effort of japanese scholars and artists. in its italicized form, ‘mingei’ refers to the actual folk-crafts valued by proponents of the movement. produced by anonymous artisans without self-conscious, individualistic aesthetic intent; and the primary quality of the mingei aesthetic was ( ) simplicity. yanagi speaks of mingei in the past tense, accentuating their status as recuperated relics of japan’s past. published over twenty years before the founding of sōdeisha, these tenets outlined what became the orthodoxy of craft practice, which yanagi and his contemporaries extoled domestically and abroad. ceramic artists of the twentieth-century thus carried with them the burden of this ‘japanese tradition,’ as it was defined by mingei theorists. as such, any discussion of ceramics made in japan—even those perceived as unabashedly modern in character—must also examine the issue of tradition (dentō), a topic that was fiercely discussed in the postwar period by artists and scholars in what is know as the debate on tradition (dentō ronsō). as okamoto suggests, tradition only becomes a point of contention within modernization. in discourses of the vanishing: modernity, phantasm, japan, anthropologist marilyn ivy describes how the concept of ‘traditional japan’ was defined and disseminated during the twentieth century. she argues that japan’s many successes as a nation resulted in a “nexus of unease about culture itself and its transmission and stability,” which drove individuals to ensure that japan’s traditions remain intact. this anxiety, as ivy explains, has manifested itself in many corners of japanese society: ad campaigns, oral histories, museum installations, and theatrical performances. it most often takes the form of nostalgia, a longing for the past, for a japan that has retained its traditions; at its core, it perceives a loss. of course, the past itself could not be recuperated, and so japanese traditionalist supported a revival of practices that bore kim brandt, kingdom of beauty: mingei and the politics of folk art in imperial japan (durham: duke university press, ), . marilyn ivy, discourses of the vanishing: modernity, phantasm, and japan (chicago: university of chicago press, ), . the weight of the past. paradigmatically located in the agrarian countryside (inaka), these practices were carried out by ‘the folk’ (jōmin in the terminology of folklore studies, or minzoku) the common people of japan who existed outside of history, untouched by modernization. from these locations emanates what ivy calls ‘the voice,’ which, in its transmission from the past to the present, “stands in for the heterogeneity of all voices threatened by the homogenizing trajectory of modern nation-statehood.” with this greater understanding of how tradition is typically defined, one begins to understand how, in the context of twentieth-century japan, a revival of folk practices was indirectly linked to an anxiety about the encroachment of foreign culture and the stability of japan’s cultural institutions. as such, the ideals of collectives like sōdeisha were in conflict with those of the mingei movement. in kingdom of beauty: mingei and the politics of folk art in imperial japan, kim brandt closely analyzes how the activities of mingei theorists bolstered the colonial apparatus of japan during the first half of the twentieth century. more specifically, brandt discusses material opportunities that wartime colonialists like yanagi were afforded within the occupied territories of japan. following japan’s annexation of korea in , japanese scholars were able to obtain wares and artifacts at very little to no cost, often removing them from the peninsula permanently. these objects now reside in museums across north america, korea, and japan. in some cases, they were excavated from kiln sites previously unknown to or untouched by the korean public, such as those located at mount gyeryong in korea’s chungcheong province. yanagi and his wife participated in these excavations alongside brothers noritaka asakawa ivy, discourses of the vanishing, . ibid., - . brandt, kingdom of beauty, . ( - ) and takumi ( - ), both of whom championed the study of korean ceramics within japan, and langdon warner ( - ), a harvard professor and curator of oriental art. the discovery of these kilns sites in led to an increased interest in korean ceramics within japan. of particular interest to yanagi was buncheong ware (korean: buncheong sagi), a gray-colored stoneware made during the early joseon dynasty ( - ). this ware is characterized by the presence of white slip and a translucent, celadon-type glaze and is often accompanied by stamping, inlay, or designs in iron pigment. it is important to clarify here that proponents of mingei did not concern themselves exclusively with the folk-crafts of japan. in fact, the movement depended on the identification and categorization of many cultural practices that were visually distinct from one another, especially during the colonial period. one of the ways in which yanagi practiced this taxonomy was through his founding of the korean folk art museum, seoul in , where his exhibited various objects made by unknown korean craftsmen that included buncheong ware. while there remains some disagreement as to where the efforts of yanagi and his contemporaries fit into the administrative policy of ‘cultural rule’ (bunka seiji) implemented by the governor-general of korea in response to the march st movement (korean: samil undong) of , as the conservators of east asian culture, scholarly colonialists like yanagi effectively drew the cultural boundaries japan and its colonies. unlike mingei artists, yagi and the members of sōdeisha did not profess to recuperate traditional practices as they were. on the contrary, they employed the use of imagery, techniques, seung yeon sang, “fragments that mattered: buncheong ceramics from mount gyeryong,” (presentation, one asia forum talk series, the university of british columbia, vancouver, bc, october , ). and motifs that were traditional and untraditional, functional and nonfunctional, without favoritism. while it might be said that both movements were appropriative in nature, i would argue that sōdeisha’s method of appropriation is unique in that it imposes no structure upon the objects they appropriate. while yagi’s vase with two mouths exhibits similar materials and techniques to those used in buncheong sagi or even ko-kiyomizu ware, it is not simulacrum. in stark contrast, yanagi and his contemporaries curated the folk art of japan and its neighboring countries—thanks in part to their status as colonialists—in order to strengthen the conceptualization of japanese tradition as singular and unique. as such, it required a close adherence to replication and standardization. sōdeisha was not simply seeking to invent a new tradition upon which to ground a new modernism, but to radically change what might be considered traditional in the first place. iv. vital/aesthetic: primitivism and ceramics in japan according to mingei theorists and practitioners, the ceramic traditions of japan subsisted in the realm of ‘the folk,’ an idyllic place where craftsmen adhered to an unspoken policy of practical functionalism. as i have discussed above, this conceptualization of ceramic tradition—purported by theorists such as yanagi sōetsu —was at times sympathetic to japan’s imperialistic agenda. acting perhaps from a desire to unite the ‘asian race’ and its cultures, colonialists actively appropriated the ceramic wares of japan’s occupied territories, which they curated and categorized. the vessel form, a ubiquitous component of nearly every material culture, united the ceramic traditions of asia whilst adhering to the standards of beauty recognized by the mingei movement. during the period after japan’s defeat in the pacific war, a time when the country’s national and cultural identity was in flux, artists and scholars began to seriously question the credibility of the folk-craft movement and its standards of beauty. some found value in the so- called ‘primitive’ cultures of japan’s prehistory, which produced ceramic objects that did not hold to these standards. often associated with modernism and/or the japanese avant-garde, these individuals admired the earliest ceramic objects for their sculptural qualities and their attunement to the intangible forces of nature. painter-sculptor okamoto tarō and architect tange kenzō were among those to first promote this practice in japan, which is perhaps best described as an alternative form of ‘primitivism.’ okamoto and tange challenged suppositions about japanese ceramic tradition through their writings on prehistoric ceramic objects. these writings laid the groundwork for the members of sōdeisha to freely adopt prehistoric, ritual ceramic forms in their work. first, i would like to define the term ‘primitivism,’ as its usage is somewhat contested within art historical scholarship. it is also unclear how primitivism operated in japan as opposed to other regions. “in the context of modernism,” state mark antliff and patricia leighten, “‘primitivism’ is an act on the part of artists and writers seeking to celebrate the features of the art and culture of peoples deemed ‘primitive’ and to appropriate their supposed simplicity and authenticity to the project of transforming western art.” this definition of primitivism most closely describes the practices of artists like paul gaugin ( - ), henri matisse ( - ), or pablo picasso ( - ), painters who drew heavily upon motifs found in so-called ‘primitive art’ in order to question the strictures of ‘western art.’ taking hold in europe during the late nineteenth and early twentieth century, this variant of primitivism was an artistic response to evolutionist theories of the colonial era, which stated that indigenous peoples were inferior to their colonizers and framed the violence committed against them as inevitable. while primitivists disavowed these theories and openly admired indigenous forms of art, by denoting a people and/or their culture as ‘primitive,’ they also reproduced the stereotypes that fueled colonial violence in the first place. as an artistic practice, primitivism operated somewhat differently in postwar japan than it did in earlier, euro-american contexts. however, this is not to say that primitivists in japan did not make potentially harmful generalizations about indigenous cultures. first and foremost, the project of individuals like okamoto and tange was not to transform ‘western art,’ but rather to critique and expand upon the artistic traditions of japan. furthermore, primitivists in postwar japan tended not to concern themselves, save for a few exceptions, with the arts of africa, polynesia, or the pre-columbian americas; nor did they actively appropriate the arts of regions mark antliff and patricia leighten, “primitive,” in critical terms for art history, st edition, ed. robert s. nelson and richard shiff (chicago and london: university of chicago press, ), . that had been colonized by japan in recent years. they instead looked inward, to japan’s prehistory, wherein they found the discarded fragments of their own culture. unlike gaugin, matisse, or picasso, artists who attributed value almost exclusively to cultures that were spatially removed from (and colonized by) the nations of europe, the primitivists of postwar japan more often attributed value to cultures that were native to the japanese archipelago, but nonetheless remained detached from japanese modernity. this observation echoes a distinction made by armin w. geertz between what he calls ‘cultural primitivism’ and ‘chronological primitivism.’ according to geertz, the first distributes artistic value across spatial and/or cultural boundaries, and thus concerns itself with the ‘exotic’ and ‘foreign;’ the second distributes said value into the past, and is thus associated with the ‘native’ and ‘local.’ there is, of course, some overlap between these two categories, but because the primitivists of postwar japan fell more closer into latter, they had to rely on the material findings of archaeologists—not goods acquired by colonialists—in order to make their appropriations. archaeologists tend to divide the late prehistory of the japanese archipelago into three major periods: the jōmon, the yayoi, and the kofun. the jōmon (c. , bp- bce) was a society of primarily nomadic hunter-gatherers that occupied eastern honshū and parts of hokkaidō. the yayoi (c. bce- ce), which first appeared on the islands of kyūshū, shikoku, and western honshū, was a sedentary society marked by increased agricultural activity and social stratification. the kofun (c. - ce) was culturally very similar to the yayoi. however, its massive, key-shaped burial mounds (kofun) evidence a more clearly defined armin w. geertz, “can we move beyond primitivism? on recovering the indigenes of indigenous religions in the academic study of religion,” in beyond primitivism: indigenous religious traditions and modernity, ed. jacob k. olupona (new york: routledge, ), - . the same cannot necessarily be said for members of the japanese folk-craft movement, whose figurehead had privileged access to foreign-made ceramic objects due to his station as a colonialist. sociopolitical hierarchy. in japan, the above distinctions were codified by archaeologists whose project it was—especially following the second world war—to locate the origins of the japanese state and its imperial genealogy. they did so perhaps in response the collapse of imperial japan, which left the efficacy of the emperor system up for critical debate. shortly after the war, archaeologist egami namio ( - ) presented a theory that placed the beginnings of japan squarely within the kofun period and claimed that the yamato court (yamato chōtei), japan’s first identifiable governing body, was comprised of individuals who emigrated from the korean peninsula beginning in the yayoi period. known as the ‘kiba race hypothesis,’ egami’s theory has been accepted as more-or-less authentic narrative, one that is reflected in how the periods of japan’s prehistory have been characterized over the twentieth century. due to a lack of documentation that might recount the details of its history or society, the jōmon period is primarily defined by its material culture, which includes some of the oldest pottery found on earth. because the jōmon period predates the advent of the potter’s wheel, ceramic vessels were assembled from the bottom up, using many consecutive coils of clay. the surface of these unglazed, earthenware jars is often covered in cord markings (jōmon), which were made with a rope-like material (fig. ). during the middle jōmon period (c. - bce), some of these pots were deeply incised and/or given three-dimensional appliqués. the most extreme examples of this design resemble flames that engulf the vessel and extend upward mizuo hiroshi, “patterns of kofun culture,” japan quarterly, , no. ( ): . egami first presented his theory in as part of a symposium entitled the japanese race: origins of culture and the formation of the japanese state, wherein he traced the origins of the yamato court to the proto- korean buryeo kingdom (c. bce- ce), which was centered around what is now china’s jilin province. from its mouth. the exact function of these vessels—especially the most elaborate of their kind—is unknown. however, given their proximity to clay masks (domen) and figurines (dogū) within archaeological sites, their purpose was probably ritualistic in nature. in stark contrast to jōmon objects, artifacts from the yayoi and kofun periods are visibly practical in both form and functionality, if not attributed with political significance. the arrival of the yayoi on the japanese archipelago heralded the coming of certain industrial innovations that originated in mainland china. these innovations included wet-rice cultivation, metallurgy, and the potter’s wheel, all of which facilitated the creation of more refined, standardized objects, whether by encouraging a sedentary lifestyle or by expediting the production of material objects. as such, it is during the yayoi period that pottery begins to take on the standard, functional forms that are commonly associated with the medium: storage jars, cooking vessels, plates, cups, and bowls. these objects were minimally decorated—if at all—with incised, geometric patterns. from this style of pottery developed haji ware (hajiki), a type of unglazed earthenware that became extremely prevalent during in the kofun period. studying the yayoi and kofun periods proved most fruitful for scholars who wanted to locate the political beginnings of japan. these periods coincided with a dramatic increase in sedentariness as well at the first written references to what might be considered japan. in comparison, the jōmon period must have seemed nebulous and ahistorical. thanks to the records of ancient matters (kojiki) and the chronicles of japan (nihon-shoki), early documents that recount the origin myths of japan and the reigns of its first emperors, it was much easier for instances of this style have been primarily excavated in eastern honshū (especially between the japanese alps and the kantō plain) and are commonly designated as ‘flame-type’ vessels (kaengata-doki). the first recorded reference to ‘japan’ is in the chinese book of han, a history of the western han dynasty completed around ce, wherein the divided kingdoms of the japanese archipelago are collectively called wa. scholars to historicize the yayoi and kofun periods. this may explain why material findings from the yayoi and kofun periods are disproportionally given political significance. for example, ceremonial bronze bells (dōtaku) from the yayoi period are often described as political gifts due to their regular distribution. because of this, their ritual significance is rarely examined in detail. mizuo hiroshi goes as far as to suggest that the shape of dōtaku was consciously reflected in the construction of kofun, structures whose importance was, and continues to be, inherently political. although the jōmon period bore a rich ceramic chronology, it does not benefit from the same depth of analysis. instead, the jōmon is seen as a time before time, before civilization, and certainly before the creation of japan. these two discrete archaeologies constitute what mizoguchi kōji describes as ‘discursive spaces of prehistory,’ domains of popular discourse that delineate the japanese body politic from its supposedly ahistorical, genealogically unrelated antecedent. “in this paradigm,” mizoguchi argues, the jōmon was “the culture of the other in the same way that the culture of the subsequent periods was the culture of the same.” surprisingly, figures like okamoto and tange found in this “culture of the other” vital components of japan’s aesthetic traditions that persisted into, and should be recognized as part of, japanese modernity. okamoto, in a essay titled “on jōmon ceramics,” argues that clay objects made during the jōmon period, specifically those associated with ritual practice, played an important but underappreciated role in fashioning the material culture of japan. this was a contentious the kojiki and the nihon-shoki were completed in around and ce, during the early nara period ( - ce). mizuo hiroshi, “patterns of kofun culture,” japan quarterly, , no. ( ): . mizoguchi kōji, “self-identity in the modern and post-modern world and archaeological research: a case study from japan,” in archaeology of asia, edited by miriam t. stark (malden: blackwell publishing, inc., ), . opinion, as the principal features of jōmon ceramics—their irregularity and crudeness—were thought to be incompatible with the ceramic traditions of modern japan, which overwhelmingly favored the aesthetic qualities of simplicity and restraint. as such, those who traced the origins of japanese society and its ceramic traditions to the yayoi period necessarily overlooked jōmon pottery. it is perhaps for these reasons that okamoto argues an understanding and creative use of space declined during the yayoi period, because the potter’s wheel shifted focus from asymmetry to symmetry and from three-dimensionality to two-dimensional surface design. okamoto continues to argue that yayoi ceramics lost all contact with “the fourth dimension” (yojigen): a quality that he says animated ceramics of the jōmon period. so what is this dialogue ‘forth dimension’ that okamoto speaks of? it is not only a spatial awareness that results in a dynamic form, but also a spiritual awareness that allows for the existence of the formless. ultimately, okamoto argues that this kind of dialogue is lost to the modern man, who dismissively labels jōmon objects as products of a ‘primitive’ people to whom he bears no historical or genealogical relation. in ise: prototype of japanese architecture, a publication that marks the fifty-ninth reconstruction of the shrine buildings at ise, which occurred in , tange and architectural critic kawazoe noboru ( - ) examine how shinto architecture took shape over the course of japan’s early history. tange locates its beginnings in primordial japan, a time before the personification of gods and before religion itself. it was then that humankind “trembled before the incomprehensible forces (ke) that filled primeval natural and space,” says tange, “[forces] okamoto tarō, “on jōmon ceramics,” translated by jonathan m. reynolds, art in translation , no. ( ): . believed to permeate palpable matter and formless space (collectively mono in japanese).” in their attempt to delimit the ‘mysterious force in all things’ (or mononoke), the peoples of proto- japan began to practice an aesthetic tradition that was functionally similar to many examples of shinto architecture. “instead of thinking in terms of images of the deities,” tange argues, “man thought in terms of an image of the space in which the deities moved, and proceeded in various ways to symbolize this space.” tange uses the example of rice straw ropes (shimenawa), among others, to illustrate this point. shimenawa are commonly used to demarcate sacred spaces, be it that which exists between two rocks or is contained by a man-made structure such as a shrine. one might also consider the shinto gate (torii), an architectural element that marks a spatial transition from the profane to the sacred. while the history of shinto architecture is of marginal relevance to this essay, tange’s discussion of mononoke is significant. it resembles okamoto’s discussion of jōmon ceramics, whose dialogue with the ‘fourth dimension’ waned at the start of the yayoi period. tange makes a similar distinction between the jōmon and the yayoi: “i hold the view that there have been two strains within japanese culture,” he says, “the jōmon and the yayoi, the vital and the aesthetic, and that [japan’s] cultural development has been the history of their interplay.” here tange proposes a new theory, that the spiritual and visual practices of the jōmon culture did not disappear upon the arrival of the yayoi, but rather that they continued into japanese modernity. the jōmon and the yayoi represent artistic inclinations that are distinct, but not separate; they overlap and interconnect. for staunch advocates of egami’s hypothesis, this point must have tange kenzō and kawazoe noboru, ise: prototype of japanese architecture (cambridge: the massachusetts institute of technology press, ), . tange, ise: prototype of japanese architecture, - . ibid., . been hard to concede, because it implied that the jōmon people and their traditions were not in fact unrelated to those of the modern japanese people. the contribution of okamoto and tange was to acknowledge the interplay of these two opposing ideologies—the vital and the aesthetic— one of which had been ignored due to its association with ‘primitive’ art and culture. i argue that artists like isamu noguchi, and indeed the members of sōdeisha, render ambiguous the artificial divisions that existed between the vital and aesthetic, the sculptural and the functional, in part by appropriating ritualistic ceramic forms. of these citations, jōmon clay figurines (dogū) and funerary ceramics of the kofun period (haniwa) were the most prominent. although these two ceramic forms were temporally distanced from one another, they shared a certain animistic potential, a potential to contain something entirely immaterial. admittedly, very little is known about dogū. these clay figures seem to represent deities or the like, although there is no way to be certain. the irregular distribution of dogū suggests that the objects were not used continuously; they were part of a cycle of manufacture, enshrinement, abandonment, and/or burial. because many were broken at the time of discard, it appears that dogū functioned as ritual idols. one example unearthed at the tanabatake site in chino, bears stereotypically feminine features that place it in the same category as fertility idols found in other parts of the world (fig. ). the figure is given breasts, exaggerated hips, and appears to be pregnant. its eyes, mouth, and navel are marked by small holes that provide a glimpse into the space its body contains. haniwa are typically found in geometrical arrangements that surround burial mounds erected during the kofun period. the earliest examples of these objects were quite richard pearson, jōmon ceramics: the creative expressions of affluent foragers,” in the rise of a great tradition: japanese archaeological ceramics from jōmon through heian periods, ed. erica h. weeder (new york: japan society, ), . simple in construction; they were made almost entirely on the potter’s wheel and were thus cylindrical in form (fig. ). however, the typical haniwa had no base and could not function as a vessel. it appears to have functioned instead as a kind of marker or fencepost, which would be planted into the earth. beginning in latter half of the kofun period, these clay cylinders were crowned with symbolic images that were sculpted by hand: weapons, houses, animals, and humans figures. one such example depicts a soldier whose armor is carefully rendered and whose eyes and mouth are represented by ovals pierced into the clay (fig. ). another more famous example depicts a layperson whose tentacular arms are raised in dance. the bases of these figures were textured with markings not unlike those found on jōmon vessels, and were perforated with circular holes, perhaps to aid in the firing process. while haniwa were not functional in the same sense as a jar or bowl, there is some evidence to suggest that they were made by the same potters who constructed haji ware vessels, examples of which have been found in and around the tombs that haniwa demarcate. the myth surrounding the inception of haniwa, though not entirely reputable as a historic account, supports this hypothesis. according to the nihon-shoki, the tradition of making haniwa began with the death of an emperor’s younger brother. as was custom, subjects were buried up to their necks around the key-shaped tumulus. however, their slow deaths were so disturbing to witnesses of the event that a new method had to be sought out. officials called upon the help of potters who resided in the nearby town of izumo—makers of haji ware. these artisans purportedly made countless clay figures in the images of men, horses, and various objects to outfit the burial mound of the late empress. henceforth, this became standard practice in place of live burial. in contemporary japan, dogū and haniwa are a package deal. in popular culture and museum installations they can be seen side by side, and for good reason. the two ceramic forms share more than one common characteristic; they both served a function that was primarily ritualistic in nature and their makers created both ‘functional’ and ‘nonfunctional’ ceramics, invoking techniques they acquired from both disciplines. moreover, both dogū and haniwa were known to assume the form of a living thing, whether it was that of a human, animal, or deity. however, they differ in one important way. dogū were made before the arrival of the yayoi, whose kin supposedly established the first ‘japanese’ state. haniwa, on the other hand, were made after this state had developed into a more sophisticated apparatus. and yet, both objects attest to the persistence of a certain aesthetic, what tange refers to as ‘the vital.’ in emulating these practices, artists like yagi, suzuki, and noguchi made the implicit argument that no ceramic object was inherently ‘traditional’ by virtue of its function; clay had been used to create both functional and nonfunctional objects since humans first discovered the medium. the recurrent pairings of haniwa and dogu within cultural institutions attest to the persistence of okamoto and tange’s vision of the primordial past as a source of tradition alternative to mingei theories. artists such as those associated with sōdeisha were among the first to visualize the ceramic object through this lens. edward j. kidder, “ceramics of the burial mounds (kofun),” in the rise of a great tradition: japanese archaeological ceramics from jōmon through heian periods, ed. erica h. weeder (new york: japan society, ), . v. a hole through which to speak: sōdeisha and isamu noguchi japan’s discursive spaces of prehistory—the vital and the aesthetic, the jōmon and the yayoi— operated during the postwar period to reinforce certain assumptions about the origin of the japanese people, their government, and their artistic traditions. the writings of okamoto tarō and tange kenzo challenged these assumptions by taking prehistoric, ritual objects as their primary subject, and by arguing that they represented a facet of japanese artistic tradition that was equally as important as the feudal arts. by the time okamoto’s “on jōmon ceramics” was published in , artists in japan had already begun to implement the motifs of so-called ‘primitive’ objects within their own practices, perhaps because they ascribed themselves to the same opinion. as it pertains to ceramics made in japan, architect and sculptor isamu noguchi was among the first individuals to do so. during prolonged visits to japan in the early s, noguchi exhibited two major series of ceramic sculptures, both of which referenced the forms of dogū and haniwa. while these exhibitions clearly impacted the work of ceramic collectives like sōdeisha and shikōkai, there remains some uncertainty as to how. the goal of this section is to clarify the extent of noguchi’s artistic contribution. i argue above that sōdeisha experimented with traditional ceramic techniques and forms in order to challenge the concept of functionality. while their experimentations sometimes resulted in works of abstract, ceramic sculpture, they were more often described as obuje-yaki because they deliberately reiterated the vessel form; they were, in effect, ceramics vessels that were deconstructed and then reassembled. as such, i argue that noguchi’s primary contribution to this genre of japanese ceramic art, and specifically to the works of sōdeisha, was not in fact a refusal of tradition. it was a willingness to appropriate prehistoric, ritual ceramic forms. in other words, noguchi’s series of ceramic sculptures made it acceptable for avant-garde ceramicists like the members of sōdeisha, who were a one point hesitant to cite historical forms in their work, to do so without sacrificing their relevance. in turn, by adopting the characteristics of objects like dogū and haniwa, yagi kazuo, suzuki osamu, and their peers were able to redefine the role of functionality within ceramic practice in a way that was not entirely foreign to the artistic traditions of japan. after briefly discussing the circumstances of noguchi’s ceramic work, i will examine how yagi and suzuki invoked the qualities of these ritual objects, putting their work within an artistic dialogue about tradition and functionality. following world war ii, noguchi was greatly involved within the japanese art and architecture community. he lived and worked for a time in the kamakura residence of studio potter kitaōji rosanjin ( - ) and collaborated with teshigahara sōfū ( - ), ikebana artist and founder of the sōgetsu school, to create flower arrangements using his clay sculptures. among other notable projects, noguchi was commissioned by tange kenzō to design structures for the hiroshima peace memorial park. these included the peace bridge and a cenotaph for the victims of the atomic bombing, the latter of which was never realized. noguchi’s design for the cenotaph was a parabolic, mound-like structure whose legs burrowed deep into the earth. between them, in an underpass accessible to guests, rested a container bearing the names of those who were killed during the blast and its aftermath. in function, the memorial would not have been so different from tumuli of the kofun period, around which haniwa stood watch. the ceramics that noguchi made whilst in japan reference these ritual objects, which operated as stand-ins for human beings. noguchi’s ceramic work was first exhibited in japan at the mitsukoshi department store, nihonbashi, tokyo in and then at the museum of modern art, kamakura in . here noguchi displayed objects that he made alongside well-known japanese potters like rosanjin and kaneshige tōyō ( - ) over the course of three years. via these ceramic sculptures, noguchi clearly cites the form of haniwa. however, noguchi’s affinity for ritual ceramics began at least two decades prior, as is evidenced by a series of terra-cotta sculptures that he made while visiting japan before the war. the most emblematic of these was a large figure called the queen. a photograph of the work displayed in noguchi’s exhibition bore a more straightforward title: haniwa. as discussed above, anthropomorphic haniwa take on a variety of roles, both literally and figuratively. they depict men and women, the old and the young; they have unique occupations and social statuses. the same might be said for noguchi’s body of ceramic work, which encompasses a range of forms that deliberately blur the line between object and living thing. however, noguchi was not particular interested in reviving traditions wholesale, nor did he create one-to-one replicas of prehistoric ceramics types. he instead used motifs from said ceramic types to create objects that were at once ‘primitive’ and unabashedly modern. two works exhibited at the mitsukoshi department store, policeman (junsa) (fig. ) and my mu (watashi no mu) (fig. ), are prime examples of this effort. although abstract, these objects demonstrate the qualities of living things. they bear pores and perforations, which simultaneously recall the orifices of a human body and the holes pierced into the walls of haniwa. policeman, which clings to itself by a dangling, flesh-like appendage, is given an occupation that only a human could have. as a leg of my mu touches the ground, it recoils in response to the texture of the ground. while noguchi suggests the sentience of these objects, he also alludes to the vessel form. the title of my mu, for example, is translated as ‘my nothing,’ an appellation that winther-tamaki suggests may refer to the zen buddhist concept of nothingness (mu). however, it might equally allude to the fundamental properties of the ceramic vessel: its emptiness and its concaveness. in doing so, it also calls attention to the object’s clear lack of functionality. not unlike yagi’s the walk of mr. samsa, my mu is effectively a bottomless vessel turned onto its side. elevated atop three, slender legs, it frames the empty space that it might have otherwise contained. the above examples of noguchi’s ceramic sculptures, although simplistic in form, are relatively refined in execution. however, the artist also made countless other works that were crude, visceral, and evocative of the material itself. through these objects one can see the physical process and can visualize the artist articulating coils of clay that become limbs and slabs of clay that become articles of clothing. due to their irregularity, many of these creations could not stand upright on their own, so noguchi devised methods of display that would raise them off of the ground. these included wall mountings, systems of ropes, and wooden pedestals—devices that accentuated the objects’ status as nonfunctional works of fine art. one such example is called torso # (fig. ). the headless body, mounted on a base of wood, appears to be that of a young boy. his arms, suggested by two rounded stubs that jut upward and outward from his shoulders, resemble those of a dogū excavated in chino (fig. ). like the tendrils of a plant, a pattern of unglazed clay (likely the result of using a ‘resist’ substance, such as wax) stretches over its shoulders and down its chest. hugging its waist are three-dimensional appliques, coils of bert winther-tamaki, “the ceramic art of isamu noguchi: a close embrace of the earth,” in isamu noguchi and modern japanese ceramics: a close embrace of the earth, edited by louise allison cort and bert winther-tamaki (washington, dc: arthur m. sackler gallery, ), . clay affixed to the clay body. a small, oval-shaped indentation marks the figure’s navel; its right nipple is carved rather naturalistically into the clay, while the other is suggested by a hole that pierces through its chest. a later work by suzuki called samurai (nobushi) (fig. ) greatly resembles torso # in the way it is presented, atop a wooden pedestal. like noguchi’s work, nobushi would not be able to stand on its own, nor would many fragmentary haniwa that are displayed in encyclopedic museums across the world. the object’s surface is partially covered by a mixture of white and black slip—materials we are now very familiar with—which creates a geometrical pattern. unlike his previous work, wherein black slip is applied atop a layer of white slip with a brush, here the black was likely applied with a stamp; the resultant image is reminiscent of the cord markings that have since come to characterize ceramic vessels of the jōmon period. another example by suzuki titled walking child (aruku ko), made over a decade after noguchi’s first exhibition of ceramic work in japan, exhibits anthropomorphic features that are present in many of noguchi’s ceramic works. it places one of its feet forward and with its back arched it looks upward. staring back at us, through two round openings, in the belly of this walking child, is perhaps the true artwork: nothing, or rather nothing of physical substance. it is in this way that the works of sōdeisha most resemble the prehistoric ceramics of japan, which were not praised for their ability to hold, store, and transport foodstuffs, but were perceived as having ritual, animistic value. and so we return to the obuje-yaki that began it all, the ceramic work that—in the context of postwar japan—was meant to spirit the medium away from tyranny of the vessel and to refuse ceramic tradition: the walk of mr. samsa. as we have come to understand, yagi kazuo’s great work was indeed great, not by virtue of its reference to the metamorphosis, nor primarily by its lack of function or its mere existence as sculpture, but due to its embrace of the transformative, animistic properties of the ceramic medium. the efforts of noguchi exist in the work of sōdeisha to this extent. however, the work of sōdeisha differs from that of noguchi in at least one important way; it is also the reason why the walk of mr. samsa remains so enigmatic, even to contemporary observers. it straddles two seemingly distinct worlds: the functional and the nonfunctional, the traditional and the nontraditional, the prehistoric and the modern. noguchi was, in a certain respect, able to create such radical works of ceramic art because he used clay as a sculptor would. in this respect, almost any form was available to him. on the other hand, yagi’s entrenchment with the ceramic medium allowed him to stretch the means of ceramic production to the point of breaking. the resulting object was one almost entirely alien to the medium itself. conclusion there is a misconception that the works of sōdeisha and its contemporaries were primarily works of abstract, ceramic sculpture. the purpose of the above thesis has been to make an intervention upon this narrative, which inevitable reinstates the assumption that ideas flowed in an easterly direction, from euro-america towards east asia. while this may be partially true in the context of modern and contemporary japanese ceramics, it overlooks the ways in which artists like yagi kazuo, suzuki osamu, and even isamu noguchi, played upon the local meanings of the medium of clay, both ancient and contemporary, not with the goal of achieving abstraction or rejection tradition outright, but with the goal of redefining japanese ceramic tradition to include both functional and non-functional forms. this is, in effect, what separated the obuje-yaki from pure works of ceramic sculpture (tōchō): its subject is the vessel form, first and foremost. there is no better example of this than yagi’s the walk of mr. samsa, which deliberately calls attention to its inability to contain much of anything. the literary subject of mr. samsa, franz kafka’s the metamorphosis, actually serves to reinforce its status as a kiln-fired objet. within the postwar debate on tradition (dentō ronsō) in japan, sōdeisha and other proponents of the avant-garde ceramics scene took a position that was inherently opposed to that of the folk-craft movement, or mingei undō. mingei theorists like yanagi sōetsu greatly valued the functional object and had a narrow view of what should be included under the umbrella of ‘japanese tradition.’ on the other hand, figures such as okamoto tarō, tange kenzō, and noguchi encouraged a more diverse definition of tradition, one that sōdeisha embraced. this resulted in the adoption of non-functional ceramic forms once deemed ‘primitive,’ especially jōmon clay figurines (dogū) and kofun funerary ceramics (haniwa), in order to expand upon what traditions ought to be considered uniquely japanese. noguchi played an important role in propagating this practice through exhibitions of his ceramic work that, while different from the work of sōdeisha in its derivation, impacted the work of yagi and suzuki in various ways. this imparted greater freedom to the members of sōdeisha in appropriating motifs from prehistoric ritual ceramics, allowing them to continue their critique on the role of functionality within ceramic practice. the topics discussed in this essay are incredibly complex and expansive; there are also many avenues of related research that are begging to be explored. of note are the recurrent overlaps between the obuje-yaki discussed in this essay and the practice of flower arrangement (ikebana). furthermore, the ceramic works of other avant-garde artists—okamoto tarō, uno sango, and tsuji shindō, for example—have not yet been subject to extensive analysis, with a few exceptions. these bodies of work may be equally rewarding to research and certainly offer more ways to discuss the topics of functionality, primitivism, and tradition as they relate to ceramics in postwar japan. figures figure . yagi kazuo. the walk of mr. samsa (zamuza-shi no sanpo), . h. . cm; w. . cm; d. . cm. stoneware with wood ash or jokan glaze. private collection. [this image has been removed due to copyright restrictions.] figure . suzuki osamu. tall vase with kuro-e deisgn (kuro-e chōtsubo), - . stoneware with white and black slip. h. . cm; w. . cm. © national museum of modern art, kyoto. photograph by jeremy kramer. figure . yagi kazuo. vase with two mouths (futakuchi tsubo), . h. . cm; w. . cm. stoneware with white slip, inlaid black pigment, and enamel. © national museum of modern art, kyoto. [this image has been removed due to copyright restrictions.] figure . vessel. middle jōmon period (c. - bce). unglazed earthenware. h. . cm; w. . cm. metropolitan museum of art, new york figure . dogū, known as jōmon venus (jōmon no biinasu). middle jōmon period (c. - bce). unglazed earthenware. h. . cm. togariishi museum of jōmon archaeology, chino. [this image has been removed due to copyright restrictions.] https://www.city.chino.lg.jp/uploaded/image/ .jp g figure . fragmentary haniwa cylinder. kofun period (c. - ). unglazed earthenware. h. . cm; diam. . cm. metropolitan museum of art, new york. figure . fragmentary haniwa of a warrior. th to early th century. kofun period (c. - ). unglazed earthenware. h. . cm. metropolitan museum of art, new york. figure . isamu noguchi. the policeman (junsa), . unglazed seto red stoneware. h. . cm; w. . cm; d. . cm. © the isamu noguchi foundation, inc., new york. [this image has been removed due to copyright restrictions.] figure . isamu noguchi. my mu (watashi no mu), . unglazed seto red stoneware. h. . cm; w. . cm; d. . cm. © the isamu noguchi foundation, inc., new york. [this image has been removed due to copyright restrictions.] figure . isamu noguchi. torso # , . unglazed kasama red stoneware. h. . cm); w. . cm; d. . cm. © colby college museum of art, waterville. [this image has been removed due to copyright restrictions.] http://www.colby.edu/museum/?s=isamu% noguchi&obj=/obj ?sid= &x= figure . suzuki osamu. samurai (nobushi), . h. . cm; w. . cm; d. . cm). unglazed stoneware with white and black slip. © kitamura museum, kyoto. [this image has been removed due to copyright restrictions.] figure . suzuki osamu. walking child (aruku ko), . h. . cm; w. . cm; d. . cm. stoneware with white and black slip. private collection. [this image has been removed due to copyright restrictions.] figure . yagi kazuo. work (sakuhin), - . unglazed stoneware. h. cm; w. cm; d. cm. © victoria and albert museum, london. bibliography antliff, mark and patricia leighten. “primitive.” in critical terms for art history, edited by robert s. nelson and richard shiff, - . chicago: university of chicago press, . breton, andré. “surrealist situation of the object.” in manifestos of surrealism, translated by richard seaver and helen r. lane, - . ann arbor: university of michigan press, . brandt, kim. kingdom of beauty: mingei and the politics of folk art in imperial japan. durham: duke university press, . cort, louise allison. “crawling through mud: avant-garde ceramics in postwar japan.” studio potter , no. ( ), - . –––––. “disposable but indispensable: the earthenware vessel as vehicle of meaning in japan.” in what’s the use of art? asian visual and material culture in context, edited by jan mrázek and morgan pitelka, - . honolulu: university of hawai’i press, . cort, louise allison, bert winther-tamaki, bruce altshuler, and niimi ryū. isamu noguchi and modern japanese ceramics: a close embrace of the earth. edited by louise allison cort and bert winther-tamaki. washington, dc: arthur m. sackler gallery, . dower, john w. embracing defeat: japan in the wake of world war ii. new york: w.w. norton & co., . geertz, armin w. “can we move beyond primitivism? on recovering the indigenes of indigenous religions in the academic study of religion.” in beyond primitivism: indigenous religious traditions and modernity, edited by jacob k. olupona, - ,. new york: routledge, . hamamura jun. “sōdeisha: kyōto tōgeika gurūpu.” bijutsu techō, no. ( ): - . hart, dakin and mark dean johnson. changing and unchanging things: noguchi and hasegawa in postwar japan. berkeley and los angeles: university of california press, . inaga shigemi. “les traces d’une blessure créatrice: yagi kazuo entre la tradition japonaise et l’avant- garde occidentale.” japan review ( ), - . inui yoshiaki. “de la poterie traditionnelle aux œuvres d’art.” translated by matsumura takeshi. in japon des avant gardes, - , - . paris: Éditions du centre pompidou, . ivy, marilyn. discourses of the vanishing: modernity, phantasm, japan. chicago: university of chicago press, . kafka, franz. henshin. translated by takahashi yoshitaka. tokyo: shinchōsha, ( ) . –––––. the metamorphosis. translated by susan bernofsky. new york: w.w. norton & co., ( ) . kaneko kenji, kida takuya, and kazunari yukari. suzuki osamu no tōgei: shijō no obuje. edited by the national museum of art, tokyo, kaneko kenji, kida takuya, and kazunari yukari. tokyo: nihon keizai shimbun, inc., . kobayashi tatsuo. “investigating the spiritual realm.” in jomon reflections: forager life and culture in the prehistoric japanese archipelago, edited by simon kaner and nakamura oki, - . oxford: oxbow books, . krauss, rosalind e. passages in modern sculpture. new york: viking press, . lieberman, william s. and dorothy c. miller. the new japanese painting and sculpture. new york: museum of modern art, . lyford, amy. isamu noguchi’s modernism: negotiating race, labor, and nation, - . berkeley and los angeles: university of california press, . miki fumio. haniwa: the clay sculpture of proto-historic japan. translated by roy andrew miller. rutland and tokyo: charles e. tuttle co., . mizoguchi kōji. “self-identity in the modern and post-modern world and archaeological research: a case study from japan.” in archaeology of asia, edited by miriam t. stark, - . malden: blackwell publishing, inc., . mizuo hiroshi. “dogū and haniwa” japan quarterly , no. ( ): - . –––––. “patterns of kofun culture.” japan quarterly , no. ( ): - . munroe, alexandra. “circle: modernism and tradition.” in japanese art after : scream against the sky, edited by alexandra munroe, - . new york: harry n. abrams, inc., . –––––. “avant-garde art in postwar japan: the culture and politics of radical critique, - .” phd diss., new york university, . nakami mari. in pursuit of composite beauty: yanagi sōetsu, his aesthetics and aspiration for peace. tokyo: university of tokyo press, . nihongi: chronicles of japan from the earliest times to a.d. . translated by w.g. ashton. london: george allen & unwin, ( ) . noguchi, isamu. isamu noguchi: essays and conversations. edited by diane apostolos-cappadona and bruce altshuler. new york: harry n. abrams and the isamu noguchi foundation, . oka yoshiko, “the changing value of ‘things’: from gusoku to dōgu.” in around chigusa: tea and the arts of sixteenth-century japan, edited by dona c.y. ching, louise allison cort, and andrew m. watsky, - . okamoto tarō. “an introduction to tradition ( ).” translated by maiko behr. in from postwar to postmodern, art in japan - : primary documents, edited by hayashi michio, - . new york: museum of modern art, . –––––. “avant-garde manifesto: a view of art ( ).” translated by justin jesty. in from postwar to postmodern, art in japan - : primary documents, edited by hayashi michio, - . new york: museum of modern art, . –––––. “on jōmon ceramics.” translated by jonathan m. reynolds. art in translation , no. ([ ] ): - . read, herbert. the art of sculpture. princeton: princeton university press, . reynolds, jonathan m. allegories of time and space: japanese identity in photography and architecture. honolulu: university of hawai’i press, . sang, seung yeon. “fragments that mattered: buncheong ceramics from mount gyeryong.” paper presented at one asia forum talk series, university of british columbia, vancouver, bc, october . swan, marilyn rose. “hayashi yasuo and yagi kazuo in postwar japanese ceramics: the effects of intermural politics and rivalry for rank on a ceramic artist’s career.” master’s thesis, university of kentucky, . tange kenzō and kawazoe noboru. ise: prototype of japanese architecture. photographs by yoshio watanabe. cambridge: massachusetts institute of technology press, . uchiyama takeo, hatsubara ryūichi, and hanai hisaho. yagi kazuo ten: botsugo nijūgonen. edited by the national museum of modern art, kyoto and nihon keizai shimbun, inc. tokyo: nihon keizai shimbun, inc., . wilkinson, darryl. “is there such a thing as animism?” journal of the american academy of religion , no. ( ): - . winther-tamaki, bert. art in the encounter of nations: japanese and american artists in the early postwar years. honolulu: university of hawai’i press, . –––––. “yagi kazuo: the admission of the nonfunctional object into the japanese pottery world.” journal of design history , no. ( ): - . yanagi sōetsu. the unknown craftsman: a japanese insight into beauty. translated by bernard leach. tokyo: kodansha international, ltd., . [pdf] primitivism and the other. history of art and cultural geography | semantic scholar skip to search formskip to main content> semantic scholar's logo search sign increate free account you are currently offline. some features of the site may not work correctly. doi: . /b:gejo. . . corpus id: primitivism and the other. history of art and cultural geography @article{staszak primitivismat, title={primitivism and the other. history of art and cultural geography}, author={jean-françois staszak}, journal={geojournal}, year={ }, volume={ }, pages={ - } } jean-françois staszak published sociology geojournal the article advocates an articulation of cultural geography and art history, and in this perspective focuses on the analysis of the primitivist movement and particularly on gauguin's work and personal itinerary. primitivism introduced artefacts of ‘primitive’ people into the history of western art and signalled a change in the relationship between the west and the ‘other’ and ‘elsewhere’. this reversal of values has a major geographical dimension. primitivism manifests the contradiction-rife… expand view on springer archive-ouverte.unige.ch save to library create alert cite launch research feed share this paper citationsbackground citations view all figures from this paper figure figure figure figure figure figure figure figure figure figure view all figures & tables citations citation type citation type all types cites results cites methods cites background has pdf publication type author more filters more filters filters sort by relevance sort by most influenced papers sort by citation count sort by recency rock art as art m. porr art view excerpts, cites background save alert research feed re/entangling irish and nigerian diasporas: colonial amnesias, decolonial aesthetics and archive-assemblage praxis a. feldman history view excerpts, cites background save alert research feed partly primitive: discursive constructions of the domestic surfer r. canniford, e. karababa sociology view excerpts, cites background save alert research feed on conceptions of paradise and the tourist spaces of southern sri lanka boštjan kravanja history save alert research feed living landscapes: john dunkley and the cultural landscape of colonial jamaica rebecca lawder history save alert research feed african americans and reconceptualization of identity: black participation in world war i and the rise of the new negro consciousness f. roshnavand, rajabali askarzadeh torghabeh history pdf save alert research feed ‘same same, but different’: an inquiry into paradise imagery of tourism industry and tourist practices boshtjan kravanja history pdf view excerpt, cites background save alert research feed a paradoxical paradise: the marquesas as a degenerate and regenerative space in the western imagination christine a. zenel art save alert research feed imaginaires féminins de l'espace public: déclinaisons et diversifications spatiales à travers trois espaces publics genevois claire juliette camblain political science pdf save alert research feed immobiles îles. temporalités et altérités insulaires nathalie bernardie art save alert research feed ... ... references showing - of references sort byrelevance most influenced papers recency painting, art history, and geography b. wallach history view excerpt, references background save alert research feed jack london et les mers du sud hadrien dubucs save alert research feed l'exote, l'oviri, l'exilé : les singulières identités géographiques de paul gauguin // the exote, the oviri and the exiled : gauguin's singular geographical identitites jean-françois staszak art save alert research feed l'intimité domestique : la fonction de l'espace dans les tableaux de vermeer gilles fumey art view excerpt, references background save alert research feed impression, soleil levant c. monet art view excerpt, references background save alert research feed l’exposition coloniale de mythe républicain ou mythe impérial ? charles-robert ageron view excerpt save alert research feed les figures du seuil dans la peinture hollandaise du xviie siècle j. staszak, r. knafou history pdf save alert research feed de la confrontation à l’héritage, paul gauguin. héritage et confrontations. actes du colloque des , et mars à l’université de la polynésie française l ’ intimité domestique la fonction de l ’ espace dans les tableaux de vermeer , géographie et cultures où en sommes-nous cent ans après la question posée par gauguin : d’où ... ... related papers abstract figures citations references related papers stay connected with semantic scholar sign up about semantic scholar semantic scholar is a free, ai-powered research tool for scientific literature, based at the allen institute for ai. learn more → resources datasetssupp.aiapiopen corpus organization about usresearchpublishing partnersdata partners   faqcontact proudly built by ai with the help of our collaborators terms of service•privacy policy the allen institute for ai by clicking accept or continuing to use the site, you agree to the terms outlined in our privacy policy, terms of service, and dataset license accept & continue accessible visual artworks for blind and visually impaired people: comparing a multimodal approach with tactile graphics electronics article accessible visual artworks for blind and visually impaired people: comparing a multimodal approach with tactile graphics luis cavazos quero , jorge iranzo bartolomé and jundong cho ,* ���������� ������� citation: cavazos quero, l.; iranzo bartolomé, j.; cho, j. accessible visual artworks for blind and visually impaired people: comparing a multimodal approach with tactile graphics. electronics , , . https://doi.org/ . / electronics received: november accepted: january published: january publisher’s note: mdpi stays neu- tral with regard to jurisdictional clai- ms in published maps and institutio- nal affiliations. copyright: © by the authors. li- censee mdpi, basel, switzerland. this article is an open access article distributed under the terms and con- ditions of the creative commons at- tribution (cc by) license (https:// creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /). deptartment of electrical and computer engineering, sungkyunkwan university, suwon, gyeonggi-do , korea; luis@skku.edu (l.c.q.); jorgedavid@skku.edu (j.i.b.) department of human ict convergence, sungkyunkwan university, suwon, gyeonggi-do , korea * correspondence: jdcho@skku.edu abstract: despite the use of tactile graphics and audio guides, blind and visually impaired people still face challenges to experience and understand visual artworks independently at art exhibitions. art museums and other art places are increasingly exploring the use of interactive guides to make their collections more accessible. in this work, we describe our approach to an interactive multimodal guide prototype that uses audio and tactile modalities to improve the autonomous access to information and experience of visual artworks. the prototype is composed of a touch-sensitive . d artwork relief model that can be freely explored by touch. users can access localized verbal descriptions and audio by performing touch gestures on the surface while listening to themed background music along. we present the design requirements derived from a formative study realized with the help of eight blind and visually impaired participants, art museum and gallery staff, and artists. we extended the formative study by organizing two accessible art exhibitions. there, eighteen participants evaluated and compared multimodal and tactile graphic accessible exhibits. results from a usability survey indicate that our multimodal approach is simple, easy to use, and improves confidence and independence when exploring visual artworks. keywords: accessibility technology; multimodal interaction; auditory interface; touch interface; vision impairment . introduction museums have traditionally employed several methods to make their collections more accessible in support of the participation of blind and visually impaired people in arts and culture and to comply with laws [ , ] that protect the right to access art. for example, some leading art institutions [ – ] offer accessible “touch tours” and workshops similar to art beyond sight [ ] and the mind’s eye program [ ] where participants can experience art by touching some of the collection artworks while listening to tailored audio descriptions given by the staff. two additional methods to support access are descriptive audio guides and accessible braille leaflets of the artworks that may include embossed tactile graphic diagrams. unfortunately, these methods have limitations. accessible tours and workshops are available only on specific dates, schedules, and often must be reserved in advance. moreover, they fail to support independent visits, exploration, and the artworks prepared for touch exploration are not the most prominent collection pieces due to the risk of damage [ ]. audio descriptions and accessible leaflets fail to convey much of the spatial information in the artwork. the latter also requires braille proficiency, which remains low even in developed countries (about % in the uk [ ] and less than % in the usa [ ]). nowadays, the development and display of relief models of artworks made using low-cost digital fabrication techniques such as d printing are becoming an alternative for improving the accessibility to art. several art institutions like the prado museum [ ] electronics , , . https://doi.org/ . /electronics https://www.mdpi.com/journal/electronics https://www.mdpi.com/journal/electronics https://www.mdpi.com https://orcid.org/ - - - https://orcid.org/ - - - https://doi.org/ . /electronics https://doi.org/ . /electronics https://creativecommons.org/ https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / https://doi.org/ . /electronics https://www.mdpi.com/journal/electronics https://www.mdpi.com/ - / / / ?type=check_update&version= electronics , , of and the andy warhol museum [ ], among others, have pioneered the use of this alter- native in their exhibitions. compared to tactile graphic diagrams, they offer advantages like improved volume shape, depth, and more diverse texture representation. however, without any verbal descriptions, they might still be challenging to understand. interactive multimodal guides (imgs) combine modalities such as audio, tact, smell, flavor, or others to convey and communicate information. doing so mitigates the individual modalities’ shortcomings and complements their strengths. in this work, we describe our approach to the design, implementation, and evaluation of an interactive multimodal guide for blind and visually impaired people that uses local- ized on-demand audio descriptions and tactile relief models to improve the independent access and understanding of visual artworks. motivation and objective several challenges prevent the adoption of interactive multimodal guides at art muse- ums and galleries. one of them is the preservation efforts and prioritization of the primacy of vision to experience the art pieces [ ]. also, making and exhibiting models based on artists’ works may lead to ownership, copyright infringement, and artistic integrity argu- ments [ ]. furthermore, determining effective methods for accessible art representation is challenging. motivated by these challenges, our objective was to develop an interac- tive multimodal guide and study its feasibility to improve accessible art representation compared to tactile graphics. our main contributions are: . a formative study performed with the help of eight blind and visually impaired participants, art museum and gallery staff, and two artists to understand the different needs of these stakeholders and the current state of the accessibility tools available to experience visual artworks. . a low-cost alternative implementation of an interactive multimodal guide that enables blind and visually impaired people without previous training to independently access and experience visual artworks. . in collaboration with an accessible art gallery and a school for blind and visually impaired people, we performed two art exhibitions using the proposed guide. within those exhibitions, we performed a survey with eighteen blind and visually impaired participants to compare the proposed interactive guide and a tactile graphics alternative. . related work . . tactile graphics tactile graphics (tg) are made using raised lines and textures to convey drawings and images by touch. they are frequently used by blind and visually impaired people because the tactile modality is the best for their graphical image comprehension [ ]. their use is recommended where spatial relationships among the graph’s objects are important [ ], such as simple graphs, diagrams, and drawings. unfortunately, they are ineffective to express visual information of complex images [ , ], such as those present in many visual artworks. for this case, adding braille labels is of limited use due to the large space needed by the braille characters to be legible. moreover, including labels within the artwork area obstructs exploration. advances in low-cost prototyping and d printing technologies bring the potential to tackle the complexity of expressing complex images without exploration obstruction by adding interactivity to tactile graphics. . . interactive tactile graphics and d models in the last decades, researchers have explored the improvement of tactile graphics ac- cessibility by adding interactivity through diverse technologies. some of the improvements are better content exploration [ ], learning facilitation [ ], and expansion of the amount of information provided without over-complications [ ]. table a summarizes several of these projects and their interaction technologies. three early works are nomad [ ], the talking tablet [ ], and iveo [ ], all of which function by placing a tactile graphic on electronics , , of a high-resolution touch-sensitive pad that detects user touch gestures that trigger audio descriptions. this method provides independent and detailed access to graphic elements, and since it does not rely on braille, the possible audience is broader. taylor et al. [ ] and lucentmaps [ ] make use of the touch screens in mobile devices to detect user–touch interactions in a portable way. they attach d printed tactile overlays of city maps to the device screen. taylor et al. [ ] d print sections of the overlay using conductive filament to provide interaction points on discrete sections of the map. lucentmaps instead uses translucent filament for their overlays coupled with a mobile application that visually highlights sections of the overlay using the device screen. mapsense [ ] also uses a touchscreen to identify user touch gestures and conductive tangible tokens placed on the surface. the tangibles are additionally infused with smell and taste to foster reflective learning and memorization. using touch-sensitive surfaces to detect user input and trigger audio feedback increases the amount of information communicated to the user. how- ever, this approach is limited to thin overlays. otherwise, the system can’t recognize the touch gestures. an alternative approach is using cameras to track either the content or the user ’s hands. camio [ ], tactile graphics with a voice [ , ], and the tactile graphics helper [ ] are examples of projects using this approach. the tactile graphics with voice projects work by using a mobile or wearable device’s camera to identify qr codes printed along a tactile graphic. then, the system tracks the user’s hand to trigger localized verbal descriptions. camio and the tactile graphics helper use mounted cameras that identify the content using image processing algorithms, instead of using qr codes or visual markers. with the exception of camio, the previous projects focus on adding interactivity to d tactile graphics, and mainly propose their use for stem (science, technology, engineering and mathematics) education and orientation and mobility improvement. both approaches are effective to improve the amount of information and the comprehension of the spatial arrangement of images. however, to facilitate comprehension, they abstract the com- plexity of images to contour lines, which hinders the aesthetic aspect and exploration of artwork images. d printing opens up the possibility to create low-cost reliefs and d models of objects with added expressive volume. holloway et al. [ ] propose a touch interactive prototype that uses d printed volumetric representations of map models embedded with discrete capacitive touch points that users can touch to trigger audio descriptions. this approach improved the short term recollection and the understanding of the relative height among the map elements. other studies focused on symbolic representation on d maps models, like holloway et al. [ ] and gual et al. [ , ], they report improvements in terms of accuracy, efficiency, and memorability compared to two-dimensional symbols. alternative methods to add interactivity involve using other type of devices. for example, pen-shaped devices like the talking tactile pen [ ] or wearables like the ring-shaped tooteko [ ]. in this approach, the user must hold or wear the device, which can detect sensors embedded in the tactile graphic or models on approximation. . . interactive multimodal guides for blind and visually impaired people the body of work on interactive multimodal guides focused on artwork exploration is limited, as seen in table a . however, there are several related works. the american foundation for the blind offers guidelines and resources for the use of tactile graphics for the specific case of artworks [ ]. cho et al. [ ] present a novel tactile color pictogram system to communicate the color information of visual artworks. volpe et al. [ ] explore the semi-automatic generation of d models from digital images of paintings, and classifies four classes of d models (tactile outline, textured tactile, flat-layered bas-relief, and bas-relief) for visual artwork representation. after an evaluation with fourteen blind participants, the results indicate that audio guides are still required to make the models understandable. holloway et al. [ ] evaluated three techniques for visual artwork representation: tactile graphic, d print (sculpture model), and laser cut. notably, d print and laser cut are electronics , , of preferred by most participants to explore visual artworks. hinton [ ] describes the use of tactile graphics of visual artworks made using thermoforming intended to be explored along with tape recordings. blind study participants reported that the approach helped them understand the space and perspective of the artworks and found the approach fun, interesting, informative, and even stimulating to their creative efforts. there are the few projects that add interactivity to visual artwork representations and museum objects. anagnostakis et al. [ ] use proximity and touch sensors to provide audio guidance through a mobile device of museum exhibits. vaz et al. [ ] developed an accessi- ble geological sample exhibitor that reproduces audio descriptions of the samples when picked up. the on-site use evaluation revealed that blind and visually impaired people felt more motivated and improved their mental conceptualization. leporini et al. [ ] explore the use of a three-dimensional archeological map and fascade models to communicate historical, practical, and architectural information on demand, using d printed buttons with success to provide autonomous and satisfying exploration. reichinger et al. [ – ] in- troduce the concept of a gesture-controlled interactive audio guide for visual artworks that uses depth-sensing cameras to sense the location and gestures of the user’s hands during tactile exploration of a bas-relief artwork model. the guide provides location-dependent audio descriptions based on the user’s hand position and gestures. we designed and implemented an interactive multimodal guide prototype based on the needs found through our preliminary study described in section . and inspired mainly in the related works holloway et al. [ ] and reichinger et al. [ ]. table compares the main technical differences between the related works and our approach. besides these differences, this work introduces a comparison between our approach and using traditional tactile graphics to measure potential improvements of the multimodal approach. table . features of the proposed interactive multimodal guide and selected related works. author description halloway et al. [ ] - sensing technology: capacitive sensor board connected to discrete copper interaction points placed on the surface of the model. - input: double tap and long tap gestures on the surface. - tactile presentation: tactile d map model. - output: audio descriptions. - objective: improve mobility and orientation. reichinger et al. [ – ] - sensing technology: color and depth mounted camera. - input: tap gestures on the surface and hand gestures above the surface. - tactile presentation: tactile bas-relif model. - output: audio descriptions. - objective: improve visual artwork exploration. cavazos et al. * - sensing technology: capacitive sensor connected to conductive ink-based sensors embedded under the surface of the model. - input: double tap and triple tap gestures on the surface. - tactile presentation: tactile bas-relief model. - output: audio descriptions, sound effects, and background music - objective: improve visual artwork exploration. * this work. . materials and methods . . formative study to better understand the current state of the accessibility tools available to experience visual artworks and to explore the requirements for the use of interactive multimodal guides, we conducted a formative study with blind and visually impaired participants, art museums and gallery staff, and artists. electronics , , of . . . accessible visual artworks for blind and visually impaired people the formative study focused on the current access to visual artworks through tactile graphics and other means with eight blind and visually impaired participants, with an average age of . (standard deviation of . ). other characteristics of the participants are described in table . of the eight participants in the study, three ( . %) are male, and five ( . %) are female. while five ( . %) of the participants attend university studies, three ( . %) of them work. all the participants gave signed informed consent based on the procedures approved by the sungkyunkwan university institutional review board. table . characteristics of blind and visually impaired participants in our formative study. participant sex age occupation sight fp female university student total vision loss fp male worker near vision loss fp female worker total vision loss fp female worker profound vision loss fp male university student near vision loss fp male university student total vision loss fp female university student total vision loss fp female university student total vision loss we followed a semi-structured interview focused on the access and availability of tac- tile materials at museums, galleries, and through their education. moreover, we inquired about their experience when using tactile graphics and interactive guides, if any. while all the participants stated having experience using tactile graphics, most of the encounters with this type of materials were limited to educational materials and tactile books during their early education or related to stem subjects and maps. four participants stated having experience with tactile graphics related to visual artworks. all the participants that said having experience with tactile graphics in the art fields had access to them during their primary and secondary studies. only two mentioned having experienced them during a visit to a museum or gallery. all of the participants expressed having visited a museum or art gallery; they reported that the most common accessible tools during their visit were guided tours and the use of audio guides. seven of the participants mentioned that they were accompanied by someone (relatives or friends) during their visits. they added that they mostly relied on that person’s comments and help to use the audio guide during their visit to experience the artworks. regarding their experience exploring tactile graphics, the participants mentioned that they are convenient to understand simple diagrams of mathematical concepts or simple graphics in educational fields, learning language characters, and storybooks. mixed results were reported in their use for tactile maps. three participants considered tactile graphics easy to understand, while five found them over-complicated or not very useful. however, all of the participants with previous experience with tactile graphics of visual artworks stated dissatisfaction due to their limitations. in particular, one participant commented: “fp : using the tactile graphics is a hit and miss. if the contents are simple and separated is easy to get an idea of what the picture looks like, but often there are so many shapes and textures that is difficult to imagine what the picture looks like, it becomes hard, like thinking about math, art is not supposed to be like that." this reflects the known problem of producing tactile graphics of complex images, which is usually dealt with by simplifying and abstracting the objects in the image. however, this approach often doesn’t solve the problem in the case of tactile artworks. “fp : so much detail is lost when touching a tactile graphic. even if i can find and feel the silhouette of a person or their face, i cannot know if the person in the painting is smiling or crying, and that’s what people usually talk about." another problem is the challenge to represent perspective and volume. “fp : when exploring a tactile graphic everything is on the same level, there’s no depth like in the real world. if it’s a landscape, i don’t know what is in front electronics , , of and what’s on the back. even something simple like a ball, i only feel a circle, and many things can be a circle. i’m told that in the painting you can know it’s a ball because of the color and shadows, but i just feel a circle." despite the shortcomings, the participants expressed the need for tactile graphics and desired for them to be available for more artworks and more locations. “fp : even when they are not perfect (tactile graphics), they are still useful to know what is where in the painting, i still can be in the conversation. i just hope they were available in more places and for all the works." . . . accessible visual artwork at art museums and galleries some of the participants in the formative study mentioned the shortage in the avail- ability of tactile graphics or other accessibility tools in their visits to art museums and galleries. we met with a couple of administrators and curators at a national art museum, a private art gallery, and an accessible gallery at a social welfare center for blind and visually impaired people, to shed some light on their approach and efforts towards the accessibility to their collection. at the national art museum, they described several of their initiatives towards accessibility. their current effort is mostly directed to accessible tours. besides the tours and available audio guides, some of their exhibitions are made accessible through d-printed models that can be explored by touch. however, this tool is not always available, and it is used mostly for large modern art installations. the private gallery just offered guided tours by its staff. there were two main concerns. first, any accessible tool or display must be unobtrusive. one of the concerns was that any display co-located with the artwork can become a distraction and deviate the attention from the artwork. the second concern is about the contents. the administrators commented that presenting the artwork through a different medium than the one used by the artist could have implications in the message and intention that the artist wanted to express. because of this, the use of accessible exhibits is more often available for modern artworks, where the artist can provide guidelines or collaborate in the development of the exhibits or even make their artworks considering accessibility needs. . . . accessible visual artwork and artists we interviewed two artists separately to inquire about the use of accessibility tools and other mediums to experience their art. to generate richer insights, we provided one tactile graphic representation of a painting and discussed it with them. both artists agreed on the importance of making visual art more accessible to blind and visually impaired people and that it may require the introduction of other tools or mediums. to this end, they strongly suggested collaboration with the author or experts when possible, noting that while the artist may not be an expert on the added medium, it can provide feedback to improve it. one of the artists expressed his concern regarding tactile graphics “artist : i believe too much emphasis is placed on what is in the painting and not the painting itself. yes, the recognition of shapes, objects, colors, and elements is relevant, but i dare to say it is not the most important aspect. viewers should not be passive, just saying to them ’this is this’ or ’this means this’ is a failure. the goal of my art is to cause a reaction when someone sees it, they (viewers) should think, they should react. that’s what experiencing art is." we believe that this is a very relevant point, since most of the research literature is centered in the improvement of recognition of the objects in the painting, but there is almost no improvement related to the reaction and interpretation studies when using accessible artwork guides. . . . design requirements based on the feedback obtained during the formative study, we identified the following design requirements to develop our interactive multimodal guide. independent exploration is the most important need derived from the formative study. it is largely derived from two factors, adequate access to the artwork and the information presentation method to facilitate understanding and experience. to improve it, the img should tackle the following: electronics , , of . simple to learn and use. the guide should offer a low entry barrier to the user. it should avoid the need for braille literacy for operation and exploration to improve the access for blind and visually impaired people without or limited braille literacy. it should avoid, as much as possible, the need for training or previous experience for its operation. for example, using a limited set of intuitive and well-known interaction gestures and interfaces to avoid cognitive load. . self-contained. the guide should avoid requiring blind and visually impaired people to carry external devices or install software on their own. blind and visually impaired visitors often already carry several items such as a personal bag, white cane, leaflets, and audio guides. external devices add to their carrying load, add the need to check-in and out the device, as well as to learn the device operation and interface. . facilitate access to information. exploring the artworks by touch is essential to un- derstand the spatial arrangement of the artwork. the design of the model should be simple and abstract enough for easy comprehension, while avoiding oversimplifica- tion. audio descriptions should be detailed but not long. users should be able to skip them if desired. . promote active engagement. the img should promote active user engagement by facilitating exploration rather than just providing information. as much as possible, the guide should encourage critical thinking, reflection, and emotional responses. . unobtrusive and versatile. the guide should avoid being obtrusive to the original artwork within an art museum and gallery environment such that it can be colocated and avoid user isolation. the img should be able to support different artwork styles, sizes, and shapes. . . interactive multimodal guide (img) based on the design requirements that we identified from the formative study to address the limitations of tactile graphics and audio guides, we decided to develop an interactive multimodal guide. our img will use a combination of tactile and audio modalities to communicate information and promote the exploration of visual artworks such as paintings. the tactile modality is covered by employing a . -dimensional bas- relief model representation of the visual artwork. this model is accessible by touch and will convey the spatial and composition information of the artwork and will be the primary input interface of the img. the audio modality will be delivered through speakers or headphones and will include: narrations, sounds, and background music to convey iconographic and iconological information. the following subsections will cover the implementation of the several components of our proposed img. . . . . d relief model users of the img can touch the . -dimensional model to get an idea of the objects, textures, and their locations in the artwork. the main difference between a tactile graphic and a . d model is that the latter can provide depth perception by giving volume to the objects in the model. there are several techniques to extract the topographical infor- mation from artworks like paintings to make a . d model. three of them are d laser triangulation, structured light d scanning, and focus variation microscopy [ ]. the advantage of these techniques is that they are highly automated and provide close to exact information to reproduce the artwork’s surface. blind and visually impaired people using a model designed using these techniques can perceive the direction of the strokes made by the artist, but often cannot recognize the objects. only artworks made with simple strokes or rich in textures like splatter, impasto, or sgraffito are good candidates to be experienced with models designed using these techniques. instead, we decided to use a semi-automated hybrid approach combining a technique known as shape from shading (sfs) [ ]. sfs only requires a single image of the painting to generate the depth information to create a . -dimensional model [ ]. we chose this technique for three reasons: first, we do not need to have direct access to the artwork. only a high-resolution image of the artwork is electronics , , of required to generate the depth information. second, the process is automated and does not need specialized equipment like stereo cameras. third, the output of the process is a greyscale height-map image that can be easily modified with any image editing software for corrections, or like in our case, to abstract, simplify or accentuate features and objects on the image. the process to design a . -dimensional relief model to use with our img is graphically described in figure and is as follows: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) figure . touch sensitive . d relief model fabrication process. (a) original image; (b) grey scale height-map; (c) . d digital model; (d) . d printed model; (e) conductive paint coat (f) completed . d relief model. . a high resolution picture of the visual artwork is taken or obtained. figure a. . the picture is processed using the sfs based methodology proposed in furferi et al. [ ] to obtain a grayscale height-map. figure b. . the height-map image is modified using a digital image software to correct, modify, abstract, simplify or accentuate features and objects in the painting to improve their legibility and recognition by blind and visually impaired people. . a three-dimensional model is generated from the original picture and the height-map image using the ’embossing tool’ in the zw d d drawing software. figure c. once the digital model of the relief model is ready, there are several methods to pro- duce it. we chose to d print it using a fused filament fabrication d printer due to the variety and low cost of the materials, as well as the popularity and production services available (figure d). it is also possible to d print the model using other d printing methods, as long as the material is non-conductive. such methods are selective laser sintering (sls) or stereolithography (sla), which offer improved printing resolution at a cost trade-off. another alternative is to use a cnc mill to carve the model out of a solid block of material. electronics , , of the relief model is the primary input interface of our img. the touch interactivity on the relief surface is implemented by treating the surface with conductive paint. conductive paints are electrical conductive solutions composed of dissolved or suspended pigments and conductive materials such as silver, copper, or graphite. we chose to use a water-based conductive paint that uses carbon and graphite for their conductive properties because of its easy to use, safe, and low cost nature. for our img, we used electric paint by bare conductive, but there are other suppliers in the market, as well as online guides to self-produce it. once the relief model has been d printed, making touch-sensitive areas is a simple procedure that only requires painting the areas that must be sensitive using conductive paint. the only requirement is to be careful to paint each touch-sensitive area isolated from the others, as seen in figure e. if two treated areas with conductive paint overlap, they will act as one. the conductive paint dries at room temperature and does not require any special post-processing. one limitation of this method is that while extending or adding zones to the relief model is as simple as painting more areas or extending the existing ones, reducing or splitting existing ones is a more complicated process that involves scrapping or dissolving the paint. therefore, it is recommended to plan the location and shape of the touch-sensitive areas. each sensitive area must be connected with a thin conductive thread or wire to the circuit board. to this end, holes can be included in the model design before production or be made using a thin drill. once the process is complete, the relief model can be sealed using a varnish or coating, preventing smudging and acting like a protective layer. it is possible to add subsequent layers of paint to produce a range of more aesthetic finishes, like a single color finish, a colored reproduction (figure f), or different color palette combinations to improve visibility. . . . control board the control board is the processing center of the img. it receives the touch sensor input from the . d relief model described in section . . and peripherals, processes the signals, and provides audio output feedback. the control board is primarily composed of three components: an arduino uno microcontroller (arduino, somerville, ma, usa), a wav trigger polyphonic audio player board (sparkfun electronics, boulder, co, usa) and an mpr proximity capacitive touch sensor controller (adafruit industries, new york, ny, usa). the wire leads from each of the touch sensitive areas of the relief model connect to one of the electrode inputs of the mpr integrated circuit. the mpr processes the capacitance of each of the touch areas in the relief model, which changes when the users touch the area, and it communicates touch and release events to the microcontroller through an i c interface. one mpr integrated circuit is limited to electrodes. it can only handle input for up to touch areas. while this was enough for our prototypes, if more touch areas are required, up to four mpr can be connected by configuring different i c addresses for a total of touch areas. if more areas are needed, an i c multiplexer, such as the tca a (adafruit industries, new york, ny, usa), can be used to extend the number of supported touch zones. the microcontroller acts as the orchestrator of the control board. it receives input signals from the mpr and its general purpose input/output ports, processes them, and depending on the current state of execution, issues commands through its uart port to the audio board to trigger audio feedback. the wav trigger polyphonic audio player is a board that can play and mix up to audio tracks at the same time and outputs the amplified audio through a mini-plug speaker connector. the audio files are read from an sd card and should be stored using wav format. . . . external hardware besides the relief model and the control board, the img is composed of an enclosure display. the enclosure was designed for different exploration scenarios. for example, for our preliminary test, a portable box-shaped enclosure is made of laser-cut acrylic. the box itself acts as an exhibit, the relief model is on its top surface, and the control board electronics , , of and electronics are in its interior. headphones or speakers are connected to listen to the audio, and there is a button that the user can push to start using the img prototype. this prototype is meant to be placed on a desk to be used in a seated position during the early preliminary tests to make its use more comfortable for longer periods. for the img evaluation, we designed an exhibition display made of plywood for standing up use, as this is the more frequently used display arrangement in art museums and galleries. this version includes three physical buttons with labels in braille to listen to use instructions, general information of the artwork, and to change the speed of the audio. headphones are on the right side of the display. depending on the size of the relief model or the floor space of the gallery, it might be difficult to explore the relief model if it is displayed horizontally or at a near angle, so a full-size vertical display was also developed, as seen in figure c. (a) (b) (c) figure . interactive multimodal guide prototypes. (a) portable img prototype; (b) standing exhibition img; (c) verti- cal exhibition img. . . . interaction design since there is no standard for interactive relief interfaces, and users are likely to lack previous experience with them, it is important to carefully design the interaction so that using the img is intuitive and easy to learn. a session with the img starts with the user already located in front of the display. the first task is to wear the exhibit’s headphones. the exhibition stand only has a label in braille inviting the user to wear the headphones and indicating their location. this is a barrier for blind and visually impaired people with limited braille literacy. while it is possible to trigger a speaker to inform the user about the location of the headphones using a proximity sensor, from our user test experience, just verbally informing the user one time and maintaining consistency on the location is enough for users to find and wear the headphones independently across different exhibition stands. in our prototypes, we maintained consistency, by placing the headphones hanging on a hook at the right side of the exhibition display. electronics , , of the interactive session with the img starts when the user either touches anywhere on the relief or presses the “instructions” physical button on the surface to the right of the artwork relief model. at the beginning of the session, the user listens to a short instruction recording that suggests exploring the relief using both hands. then, it instructs the user to double-tap to hear more localized detailed information about any point of interest in the relief model or triple tap to listen to localized sounds. the recording also introduces the functionality of the other two physical buttons on the surface. the “general description” button provides general information about the artwork. the “audio speed” button changes the speed of the audio narrations. the “instruction” and “general description” narrations can be interrupted any time another button is pressed or by double or triple tapping on the relief model. this is intended to give freedom to the user to skip the narration if desired. . . . information hierarchy to provide intuitive artwork information access, we divided the information into two layers: . general information: refers to the general information of the artwork such as name, author, short visual description, and any information that is not already present in the artwork or related to information that can be accessed in a single point of interest. . localized information is information related to a specific point of interest in the art- work such as the object name, detailed description, color, meaning, and their relation- ship with neighboring points of interest and their sound, among others. the general information narration of the artwork is accessed only through the physical button on the img. localized information is accessed by double or triple tapping on any of the points of interest in the relief model. mapping the localized description to the point of interest being touched helps the user to relate what is touched (location, shape, and texture) to what is heard (localized information narration or sound). sound design plays an important role in the img to communicate non-textual information. in collaboration with a music expert, background music was composed for each of the artworks to reflect the artwork’s general mood. this track is reproduced through the entire exploration session. sound effects representing the objects in each of the points of interest are reproduced on demand. the objective of these sounds is to facilitate the formation of a mental image of the artwork, using familiar sounds instead of images like sighted people would do. . . evaluation . . . accessible exhibitions using img and tactile graphics we expanded our formative study to receive feedback on our interactive multimodal guide prototype and compare it with a tactile graphics approach as a reference. . . . participants we recruited eighteen participants for the study and divided them into two groups. we held the study with the first group of seven participants at an accessible gallery at a social welfare center for blind and visually impaired people. at a later date, we performed the study with the second group of eleven participants at a school for blind and visually impaired people. participant age ranged from to , with an average of . years. all of the participants had previous experience using tactile graphics and stated having an interest in arts. none of the participants took part in the formative study. other characteristics of the participants are described in table . all the participants or their legal guardians gave signed informed consent based on the procedures approved by the sungkyunkwan university institutional review board. electronics , , of table . characteristics of participants in our standard usability scale evaluation study. participant sex age occupation sight ep female high school student total vision loss ep female high school student near vision loss ep female high school student profound vision loss ep male high school student total vision loss ep male high school student total vision loss ep male high school student total vision loss ep female high school student profound vision loss ep female high school student total vision loss ep male high school student near vision loss ep male high school student profound vision loss ep female high school student total vision loss ep female worker total vision loss ep male worker total vision loss ep female worker total vision loss ep male none near vision loss ep male worker near vision loss ep female housewife near vision loss ep female worker total vision loss . . . materials and apparatus two sets of test materials were prepared for the usability study. the img set is composed of five standing exhibition img prototypes similar to figure b. each prototype exhibits the . d relief model of a distinct artwork from the selection in figure . since the participants may not had recently experienced visual artworks through tactile graphics, the second set of materials consisted of tactile graphics reproductions of the same artworks and was produced by a designer with extensive experience in the production of tactile graphics and reading materials for blind and visually impaired people. descriptions of the artworks in braille were provided side by side with the tactile graphics. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) figure . usability study img artwork models. (a) the starry night—vincent van gogh; (b) dance—henri matisse; (c) senecio—paul klee; (d) flowers and insects—sin saimdang; (e) hyunsook’s house—kim yong-il. electronics , , of . . . methodology the first group study was held at an accessible gallery located in a social welfare center for blind and visually impaired people. the gallery has a permanent accessible exhibition, and we were able to install our test materials and perform our study in a temporal gallery next to the main gallery, and arranged them as shown in figure a. the second group study was held at a school for blind and visually impaired people. the materials were installed in the main hall of the school, as shown in figure b. the study was performed in the absence of other people. c d b ea p f o (a) b d c p f o a e (b) figure . usability study setup (p = participant; f = facilitator; o = observer) (a) accessible gallery setup; (b) school for blind and visually impaired people setup. it began with a short introduction of our team and an interview with the participant to learn about their personal information, level of vision, interests in arts, and their experience at art museums and galleries. participants were told that they would be experiencing visual artworks through different mediums and would be asked about their experience. a × latin square test design was used to counterbalance the medium (tactile graphic or img) and presentation order, so that the participants would experience both mediums. the artwork selection was random among the five artworks prepared, and the participants responded to a standard usability scale survey immediately after each of the first two interactions with the exhibits. after the survey and a questionnaire, they could freely explore the rest of the exhibits. to replicate the experience that they would face at an art gallery, no training on how to use the exhibits was given to the participants. only the location of the headphones in the img exhibit was communicated. participants were able to freely explore the artwork exhibit for about ten minutes, after which, they completed the survey and moved to the next exhibit. . results and discussion . . general impressions all the participants received the interactive multimodal guide and tactile exhibits well. the first impression of the img was much more exciting for the participants. they expressed surprise since, for most, it was the first time to use such a system, while reading tactile graphs was something they had already experienced. they eagerly expressed their desire to use both tactile graphics and img frequently at art galleries, and museums (table -s ) and even demanded it, with expressions such as “ep : i can’t understand why these (tactile graphics) are not available everywhere for every single artwork.". the img was considered extremely easy to use (table -s ), mostly for two reasons; because it requires almost no effort to start using it, “ep : with this exhibit (img) you can feel the artwork from the beginning, you touch it, and it automatically starts telling things to you.", and because it is easier to access and confirm information about their point of interest in the artwork directly “ep : i think one of the advantages is that with the speaking model (img), i can check what i’m touching by tapping two times right there, it is immediate. with the other one (tactile graphics), i need to go and read the braille and come back, and sometimes i get lost in the graphic or with the braille." having to switch between the braille annotations, texture electronics , , of legends, and the tactile graphics was perceived as the largest factor to perceive the tactile graphics as unnecessarily complex (table -s ). table . tactile graphics and interactive mulitmodal guide exhibits standard usability scale report. m sd s . i think that i would like to use this system frequently. . . . . s . i found the system unnecessarily complex. . . . . s . i thought the system was easy to use. . . . . s . i think that i would need the support of a technical person to be able to use this system. . . . . s . i found the various functions in this system were well integrated. . . . . s . i thought there was too much inconsistency in this system. . . . . s . i would imagine that most people would learn to use this system very quickly. . . . . s . i found the system very cumbersome to use. . . . . s . i felt very confident using the system. . . . . s . i needed to learn a lot of things before i could get going with this system. . . . . tactile graphics interactive multimodal guide sus score range from (“strongly disagree”) to (“strongly agree”). participants found the functions of both approaches well integrated (table -s ). participants were already used to exploring tactile graphics accompanied by braille an- notations. the simple touch interface on the artwork relief of the img coupled with the localized audio descriptions was well received. the participants expressed that hearing the localized audio while touching the d model area helped them to create a better spatial image of the shape and location of the object to the canvas. a couple of participants perceived background music. one of them reported two effects; the first was that it made them think about the atmosphere of the scene in the artwork and the second was that it made her wonder about the time and circumstances that the artwork was made. “ep : when i heard the korean traditional background music of the painting (figure d) i could feel the solemnity of the painting and i wondered if the painter felt that way when making the painting". all the participants expressed feeling very confident when using the img (table -s ) because they could always revisit the points of interest quickly and trigger the audio descriptions or sounds to confirm the object that they are touching. for the tactile graphics, the opinion was divided between participants that felt very confident and those that didn’t electronics , , of because of the uncertainty of not being sure that they were correctly identifying the point of interest. in general, the img was less cumbersome to use compared to the tactile graphics exhibit (table -s ). participants stated the following reasons: the difficulty of braille, “reading braille is more difficult than listening to a conversation", the cognitive load of switching between the tactile graphic and braille annotations: “touching the object and getting its infor- mation is much better than having to read through braille text and tactile graphics." which adds up with each session: “after trying several tactile graphics and braille notes i felt more tired.". . . interaction one of our design requirements was to make interaction with the img as simple to learn and use as possible. requiring to remember the location and use of buttons as well as gestures or commands can be burdensome for most people since it will be the first time that they use a device. moreover, many users often skip instructions, even if they are short. because of this, the img only has three user interactions, pressing buttons with a single-use, and double and triple tapping on the relief model to access localized information and audio. a simple interaction interface has its benefits. it makes the system easy to learn to use (table -s ) and avoiding the feeling of the burden that can come when facing a new device (table -s ) as evidenced by one participant’s response, “ep : with the talking exhibit you don’t need to know anything, you just stand there, touch something, and it starts talking to you about the picture." by keeping consistency throughout the imgs, once a user knows how to use one img, it knows how to use the rest. unfortunately, tactile graphics have drawbacks. experience goes a long way to read tactile graphics proficiently, and every time the user faces a new tactile graphic, it will need to learn the meaning of the texture and line styles to recognize their meaning. as expressed by one of the participants, “ep : you need to know braille to read the tactile drawings with braille and that takes time and effort.” moreover, the lack of braille proficiency affects the experience across all the exhibits, since the burden is on the user. the participants reported a higher degree of inconsistency (table -s ) for the img. upon further investigation, we found out that it was due to a failure in some of the img prototypes to register some touch gestures correctly, causing the wrong audio feedback to trigger or not at all. similarly, at the exhibition, not all the interactive zones in some of the artworks had ambient sound audio feedback, causing some users to believe that the system was malfunctioning or that their gesture was not recognized when they tapped the area and audio was not reproduced. audio feedback should be added to the interaction zones that lack audio tracks, like empty or background space, to manage user expectations. non-obtrusive audio or vibrotactile feedback could be added to help the user become aware that their input is sensing. . conclusions and future work in this work, we have presented the development of an interactive multimodal guide for improving the independent access and understanding of visual artworks. the img design was developed following the needs uncovered through a formative study in collab- oration with people with vision impairments, art museums and gallery staff, and artists. through an evaluation with eighteen participants, results demonstrate that the multimodal approach coupled with a simple to learn interaction interface is more effective in com- parison to tactile graphics guides in providing independent access across a diverse style of artworks. feedback collected during the multiple exhibition points in new directions for our work. as seen in figure b, the img is sometimes used as a collaboration tool to socially interact with art. we would like to explore this possibility, as this could alleviate the perceived burden that some participants expressed when going to the art gallery with an acquaintance. moreover, our current prototype was designed for use in an exhibition environment. art educators at schools have expressed their interest in using the guide as an educational tool in class. to this end, more research is needed to explore the difference in audio description content and delivery methods to provide tailored information, while electronics , , of making it manageable for users with different content needs. the current prototypes only make use of tactile and audio modalities. we look forward to develop new experi- ences with other modalities such as smell, and explore how they might improve visual artworks exploration. (a) (b) figure . exhibition visitors using the interactive multimodal guide. (a) stand alone use (b) social interaction. author contributions: conceptualization, methodology, formal analysis, data curation, writing— original draft preparation, visualization, and project administration, l.c.q.; software, j.i.b. and l.c.q.; investigation, l.c.q., j.i.b. and j.c.; resources, writing—review and editing, supervision, funding acquisition, j.c. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. funding: this research was funded by the science technology and humanity converging research program of the national research foundation of korea grant number m c b . institutional review board statement: the study was conducted according to the guidelines of the declaration of helsinki, and approved by the institutional review board (or ethics committee) of sungkyunkwan university (skku -ue - - ). informed consent statement: informed consent was obtained from all subjects involved in the study. data availability statement: the data presented in this study are available within the article. acknowledgments: we would like to thank all volunteers for their participation and the reviewers for their insights and suggestions. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. abbreviations the following abbreviations are used in this manuscript: img interactive multimodal guide tg tactile graphics stem science, technology, engineering and mathematics electronics , , of appendix a table a . interactive tactile graphics and multimodal guide projects. author - name input output focus parkes [ ] nomad - touch (surface) - tactile overlay- verbal descriptions - mathematics, geometry, geography, and biology education- orientation & mobility landau et al. [ ] the talking tablet - touch (surface) - tactile overlay- verbal descriptions - mathematics, geometry, geography, and biology education- orientation & mobility gardner et al. [ ] iveo - touch (surface) - tactile overlay- verbal descriptions - education & scientific diagrams taylor et al. [ ] - touch (touchscreen) - tactile overlay- verbal descriptions - orientation & mobility gotzelmann et al. [ ] lucentmaps - touch (touchscreen)- voice - tactile overlay- visual agumentation - orientation & mobility brule et al. [ ] mapsense - touch (touchscreen)- tokens (capacitive)- tactile overlay- smell and taste infused tangible tokens- verbal descriptions - geography education- map exploration- orientation & mobility shen et al. [ ] camio - touch (mounted camera) - tactile graph- tactile d map-tactile objectverbal descriptions - access to d objects- map exploration- access to appliances- access to documents baker et al. [ ]tactile graphics with a voice - touch (mobile camera) - tactile graph- verbal descriptions - stem education baker et al. [ ] tactile graphics with a voice - touch (wearable camera)- voice - tactile graph- verbal descriptions - stem education fusco et al. [ ] the tactile graphics helper - touch (mobile camera)- voice - tactile graph- verbal descriptions - stem education- map exploration holloway et al. [ ] - touch (embedded capacitive sensors) - tactile d map- verbal descriptions - orientation & mobility vaz et al. [ ] - touch (embedded capacitive sensors) - tactile objects- verbal descriptions- visual augmentation - museum object exploration anagnostakis et al. [ ] - touch (pir and touch sensors) - tactile objects- verbal descriptions - museum object exploration leporini et al. [ ] - touch (physical buttons) - tactile d map & model- verbal descriptions - archeological site exploration- artwork exploration reichinger et al. [ – ] - touch (camera)- hand gestures (camera) - tactile d artwork model- verbal descriptions - artwork exploration landau et al. [ ] the talking tactile pen - touch (pen device) - tactile graph- verbal descriptions - stem education- map exploration- games d’agnano et al. [ ] tooteko - touch (ring nfc reader) - tactile d model- verbal descriptions - archelological site exploration- artwork exploration electronics , , of references . maintaining accessibility in museums. available online: https://www.ada.gov/business/museum_access.htm (accessed on november ). . united nations department of economic and social affairs (un-desa). convention on the rights of persons with disabilities (crpd). available online: https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with- disabilities.html (accessed on november ). . the guggenheim museums and foundation. mind’s eye programs. available online: https://www.guggenheim.org/event/ event_series/minds-eye (accessed on november ). . the metropolitan museum of art. for visitors who are blind or partially sighted. available online: https://www.metmuseum. org/events/programs/access/visitors-who-are-blind-or-partially-sighted. (accessed on november ). . museum of moden art. accessibility. available online: https://www.moma.org/visit/accessibility/index#individuals-who-are- blind-or-have-low-vision. (accessed on november ). . hoyt, b. emphasizing observation in a gallery program for blind and low-vision visitors: art beyond sight at the museum of fine arts, houston. available online: https://dsq-sds.org/article/view/ / (accessed on november ). . krantz, g. leveling the participatory field: the mind’s eye program at the guggenheim museum. available online: https: //dsq-sds.org/article/view/ / (accessed on november ). . mesquita, s.; carneiro, m.j. accessibility of european museums to visitors with visual impairments. disabil. soc. , , – . [crossref] . phillips, a.; beesley, l. braille profiling project. . available online: https://www.rnib.org.uk/sites/default/files/braille_ profiling.doc (accessed on november ). . the braille literacy crisis in america. available online: https://www.nfb.org//images/nfb/documents/pdf/braille_literacy_ report_web.pdf. (accessed on november ). . museo del prado. touching the prado. available online: https://www.museodelprado.es/en/whats-on/exhibition/touching- the-prado/ d a bf- d - a- a- f (accessed on november ). . the andy warhol museum. available online: https://www.warhol.org/accessibility-accommodations/ (accessed on november ). . candlin, f. the dubious inheritance of touch: art history and museum access. j. vis. culture , , – . [crossref] . holloway, l.; marriott, k.; butler, m.; borning, a. making sense of art: access for gallery visitors with vision impairments. in proceedings of the chi conference on human factors in computing systems, glasgow, uk, – may ; pp. – . schiff, w.; foulke, e. tactual perception: a sourcebook; cambridge university press: cambridge, uk, . . bana. guidelines and standards for tactile graphics. available online: http://www.brailleauthority.org/tg/web-manual/ index.html (accessed on november ). . sinha, p.; kalia, a.a. tactile picture recognition: errors are in shape acquisition or object matching? see. perc. , , – . [crossref] [pubmed] . brock, a.m.; truillet, p.; oriola, b.; picard, d.; jouffrais, c. interactivity improves usability of geographic maps for visually impaired people. hum. comput. interact. , , – . [crossref] . landau, s.; wells, l. merging tactile sensory input and audio data by means of the talking tactile tablet. in proceedings of the eurohaptics, dublin, ireland, – july ; pp. – . . tatham, a.f. the design of tactile maps: theoretical and practical considerations. in mapping the nations: proceedings, volume ; rybaczuk, k., blakemore, m.j., eds.; international cartographic association: bern, switzerland, . . parkes, d. “nomad”: an audio-tactile tool for the acquisition, use and management of spatially distributed information by partially sighted and blind persons. in proceedings of the second international conference on maps and graphics for visually disabled people, nottingham, uk, april ; pp. – . . landau, s.; holborow, r.; jane, e. use of the talking tactile tablet for delivery of standardized tests. in proceedings of the csun , los angeles, ca, usa, – march . . gardner, j.a.; bulatov, v. scientific diagrams made easy with iveotm. in computers helping people with special needs; miesenberger, k., klaus, j., zagler, w.l., karshmer, a.i., eds.; springer: berlin, germany, ; pp. – . . taylor, b.; dey, a.; siewiorek, d.; smailagic, a. customizable d printed tactile maps as interactive overlays. in proceedings of the th international acm sigaccess conference on computers and accessibility, reno, nv, usa, – october ; pp. – . . götzelmann, t. visually augmented audio-tactile graphics for visually impaired people. acm trans. access. comput. , , – . [crossref] . brule, e.; bailly, g.; brock, a.; valentin, f.; denis, g.; jouffrais, c. mapsense: multi-sensory interactive maps for children living with visual impairments. in proceedings of the chi conference on human factors in computing systems, san jose, ca, usa, – may ; pp. – . . shen, h.; edwards, o.; miele, j.; coughlan, j.m. camio: a d computer vision system enabling audio/haptic interaction with physical objects by blind users; association for computing machinery: new york, ny, usa, . [crossref] https://www.ada.gov/business/museum_access.htm https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html https://www.un.org/development/desa/disabilities/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities.html https://www.guggenheim.org/event/event_series/minds-eye https://www.guggenheim.org/event/event_series/minds-eye https://www.metmuseum.org/events/programs/access/visitors-who-are-blind-or-partially-sighted https://www.metmuseum.org/events/programs/access/visitors-who-are-blind-or-partially-sighted https://www.moma.org/visit/accessibility/index#individuals-who-are-blind-or-have-low-vision https://www.moma.org/visit/accessibility/index#individuals-who-are-blind-or-have-low-vision https://dsq-sds.org/article/view/ / https://dsq-sds.org/article/view/ / https://dsq-sds.org/article/view/ / http://doi.org/ . / . . https://www.rnib.org.uk/sites/default/files/braille_profiling.doc https://www.rnib.org.uk/sites/default/files/braille_profiling.doc https://www.nfb.org//images/nfb/documents/pdf/braille_literacy_report_web.pdf https://www.nfb.org//images/nfb/documents/pdf/braille_literacy_report_web.pdf https://www.museodelprado.es/en/whats-on/exhibition/touching-the-prado/ d a bf- d - a- a- f https://www.museodelprado.es/en/whats-on/exhibition/touching-the-prado/ d a bf- d - a- a- f https://www.warhol.org/accessibility-accommodations/ http://dx.doi.org/ . / http: //www.brailleauthority.org/tg/web-manual/index.html http: //www.brailleauthority.org/tg/web-manual/index.html http://dx.doi.org/ . / x http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / . electronics , , of . baker, c.m.; milne, l.r.; scofield, j.; bennett, c.l.; ladner, r.e. tactile graphics with a voice: using qr codes to access text in tactile graphics. in proceedings of the th international acm sigaccess conference on computers & accessibility, rochester, ny, usa, – october ; pp. – . . baker, c.m.; milne, l.r.; drapeau, r.; scofield, j.; bennett, c.l.; ladner, r.e. tactile graphics with a voice. acm trans. access. comput. (taccess) , , – . [crossref] . fusco, g.; morash, v.s. the tactile graphics helper: providing audio clarification for tactile graphics using machine vi- sion. in proceedings of the th international acm sigaccess conference on computers & accessibility, lisbon, portugal, – october ; pp. – . . holloway, l.; marriott, k.; butler, m. accessible maps for the blind: comparing d printed models with tactile graphics. in proceedings of the chi conference on human factors in computing systems, montreal, qc, canada, – april ; association for computing machinery: new york, ny, usa, ; pp. – . [crossref] . holloway, l.; marriott, k.; butler, m.; reinders, s. d printed maps and icons for inclusion: testing in the wild by people who are blind or have low vision. in proceedings of the st international acm sigaccess conference on computers and accessibility, pittsburgh, pa, usa, – october ; pp. – . . gual, j.; puyuelo, m.; lloveras, j. three-dimensional tactile symbols produced by d printing: improving the process of memo- rizing a tactile map key. br. j. vis. impair. , , – . [crossref] . gual, j.; puyuelo, m.; lloveras, j. the effect of volumetric ( d) tactile symbols within inclusive tactile maps. appl. ergon. , , – . [crossref] [pubmed] . touch graphics. ttpen stem binder. . available online: http://touchgraphics.com/portfolio/ttpen-stem-binder/ (accessed on november ). . d’agnano, f.; balletti, c.; guerra, f.; vernier, p. tooteko: a case study of augmented reality for an accessible cultural heritage. digitization, d printing and sensors for an audio-tactile experience. isprs int. arch. photogramm. remote sens. spat. inf. sci. , , – . [crossref] . axel, e.s.; levent, n.s. art beyond sight: a resource guide to art, creativity, and visual impairment; american foundation for the blind: arlington, va, usa, . . cho, j.d.; quero, l.c.; bartolomé, j.i.; lee, d.w.; oh, u.; lee, i. tactile colour pictogram to improve artwork appreciation of people with visual impairments. color res. appl. , , – . [crossref] . volpe, y.; furferi, r.; governi, l.; tennirelli, g. computer-based methodologies for semi-automatic d model generation from paintings. int. j. comp. aided eng. technol. , , – . [crossref] . hinton, r. use of tactile pictures to communicate the work of visual artists to blind people. j. vis. impair. blind. , , – . [crossref] . anagnostakis, g.; antoniou, m.; kardamitsi, e.; sachinidis, t.; koutsabasis, p.; stavrakis, m.; vosinakis, s.; zissis, d. accessible museum collections for the visually impaired: combining tactile exploration, audio descriptions and mobile gestures. in proceed- ings of the th international conference on human-computer interaction with mobile devices and services adjunct, florence, italy, – september ; pp. – . . vaz, r.; fernandes, p.o.; cecília, a. designing an interactive exhibitor for assisting blind and visually impaired visitors in tactile exploration of original museum pieces. proc. comp. sci. , , – . [crossref] . leporini, b.; rossetti, v.; furfari, f.; pelagatti, s.; quarta, a. design guidelines for an interactive d model as a supporting tool for exploring a cultural site by visually impaired and sighted people. acm trans. access. comp. (taccess) , , – . [crossref] . reichinger, a.; fuhrmann, a.; maierhofer, s.; purgathofer, w. a concept for re-useable interactive tactile reliefs. in computers helping people with special needs; miesenberger, k., bühler, c., penaz, p., eds.; springer: cham, switzerland, ; pp. – . . reichinger, a.; fuhrmann, a.; maierhofer, s.; purgathofer, w. gesture-based interactive audio guide on tactile reliefs. in proceedings of the th international acm sigaccess conference on computers and accessibility, reno, nv, usa, – october ; pp. – . [crossref] . reichinger, a.; carrizosa, h.g.; wood, j.; schröder, s.; löw, c.; luidolt, l.r.; schimkowitsch, m.; fuhrmann, a.; maierhofer, s.; purgathofer, w. pictures in your mind: using interactive gesture-controlled reliefs to explore art. acm trans. access. comput. , , – . [crossref] . elkhuizen, w.s.; callewaert, t.w.; leonhardt, e.; vandivere, a.; song, y.; pont, s.c.; geraedts, j.m.; dik, j. comparison of three d scanning techniques for paintings, as applied to vermeer’s ‘girl with a pearl earring’. herit. sci. , , . [crossref] . zhang, r.; tsai, p.s.; cryer, j.e.; shah, m. shape-from-shading: a survey. ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. , , – . [crossref] . prados, e.; faugeras, o. shape from shading. in handbook of mathematical models in computer vision; paragios, n., chen, y., faugeras, o., eds.; springer: boston, ma, usa, ; pp. – . [crossref] . furferi, r.; governi, l.; volpe, y.; puggelli, l.; vanni, n.; carfagni, m. from d to . d i.e. from painting to tactile model. graph. model. , , – . [crossref] http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.apergo. . . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://touchgraphics.com/portfolio/ttpen-stem-binder/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /isprsarchives-xl- -w - - http://dx.doi.org/ . /col. http://dx.doi.org/ . /ijcaet. . http://dx.doi.org/ . / x http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.procs. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - http://dx.doi.org/ . / . http://dx.doi.org/ . / - - - _ http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.gmod. . . introduction related work tactile graphics interactive tactile graphics and d models interactive multimodal guides for blind and visually impaired people materials and methods formative study accessible visual artworks for blind and visually impaired people accessible visual artwork at art museums and galleries accessible visual artwork and artists design requirements interactive multimodal guide (img) . d relief model control board external hardware interaction design information hierarchy evaluation accessible exhibitions using img and tactile graphics participants materials and apparatus methodology results and discussion general impressions interaction conclusions and future work references edgar allan poe ilustrado silvia sartelli resumen la obra de edgar allan poe ( - ) ejerció una enorme influencia en las creaciones artísticas de distintas épocas y estilos. no fueron pocos los pintores e ilustradores que pretendieron retratar sus cuentos y poemas. su legado trascendió su lugar de origen y se extendió en europa, en parte, gracias a las traducciones hechas por autores como stéphane mallarmé, quien manifestó gran admiración por el escritor norteamericano. en consecuencia, el propósito de este artículo es analizar la forma en que los textos de poe fueron plasmados por artistas clásicos, modernos y contemporáneos. el foco de atención está puesto en la identificación de las similitudes y diferencias de las obras entre sí, así como también de su acercamiento a la letra de los textos seleccionados. palabras clave​: influencia de poe- ilustraciones- “el cuervo”- cuentos abstract edgar allan poe ( - ) had a great influence on works of art of different times. not few painters and illustrators were inspired by his short stories and poems. his legacy transcended its place of birth and extended all over europe, partly thanks to the translations made by writers such as stéphane mallarmé ( - ), who showed great admiration for the american author. the purpose of this article is to analyze the way poe’s texts were captured by classic, modern, and contemporary artists. the focus of attention is put on the identification of the similarities and differences between their works, and their approximation to the selected texts. keywords​: poe’s influence- illustrations- “the raven”- short stories i. introducción indudablemente, edgar allan poe ( - ) ha sido la musa inspiradora de muchos otros artistas que intentaron reflejar su espíritu creativo en las más variadas disciplinas a lo largo del tiempo, lo que demuestra que los textos de poe no solo influyeron en escritores, sino también en pintores, escultores e ilustradores. henri matisse ( - ), por ejemplo, creó un retrato de poe al estilo de una caricatura para acompañar el elogiado poema de stéphane mallarmé ( - ) “the tomb of edgar allan poe” (“la tumba de edgar allan poe”). en , Édouard ​manet ( - ) realizó dibujos que ilustraron la versión francesa de “the raven” (“el cuervo”), a cargo del mismo escritor. sobre la base de estas consideraciones, el propósito de este trabajo es efectuar un recorrido por las principales ilustraciones que se han hecho de la obra del autor americano, para indagar acerca de las similitudes y diferencias entre sí y respecto de los textos. el análisis comienza con el poema “el cuervo” (en adelante ec) y sus ilustraciones a cargo de prestigiosos artistas de la época. posteriormente, se continúa revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año esta obra está bajo una licencia creative commons atribución – no comercial – sin obra derivada . internacional. esta obra está bajo una licencia creative commons atribución – no comercial – sin obra derivada . internacional. con otros textos reunidos en la célebre colección ​cuentos de imaginación y misterio, que también ha sido materia de diversas interpretaciones artísticas. a los efectos de un mejor seguimiento del artículo, se estima de utilidad reproducir distintos párrafos de los textos de las obras de poe seleccionadas, así como las imágenes respecto de las cuales surgen los comentarios ​. ii. la obra de poe muchas son las cualidades que podrían atribuírseles al escritor americano y a su interesante obra. en honor a la brevedad, se sintetizan a continuación algunas de sus principales características. se destaca su composición poética, de estilo romántica, que enfatiza el gusto morboso por la muerte y lo sobrenatural. además, este recurso le valió para convertirse en el antecesor inmediato del simbolismo literario francés, en parte, gracias a la devoción que charles baudelaire ( - ) hiciera de su obra. su escritura en prosa lo ubica como referente del relato corto y maestro del sólido modelo de literatura de horror. poe ha sido considerado el inventor del género policíaco gracias al personaje de auguste dupin, protagonista de “the murders in the rue morgue” (“los crímenes de la calle morgue”) ( ), “the mystery of marie rogêt” (“el misterio de marie rogêt”) ( ) y “the purloined letter” (“la carta robada”) ( ); y a otros relatos de investigación criminal como “ms. found in a bottle” (“manuscrito hallado en una botella”) ( ) y “the gold-bug” (“el escarabajo dorado”) ( ). incluso, el método analítico-deductivo empleado para resolver los crímenes configuró la base teórica fundamental de un género que encontró entre sus discípulos a arthur conan doyle ( - ) y agatha christie ( - ). cabe mencionar que otro rasgo característico de poe es la narración en primera persona, como protagonista o como testigo privilegiado de los hechos. pero lo realmente interesante es que el narrador coincide, en muchos casos, con el criminal del relato “de modo que poe focaliza la historia mediante una perspectiva siniestra, perversa, obligando al lector a enfrentarse directamente con la subjetividad inmoral, incluso demente, del narrador y forzar la posibilidad de una identificación imposible con un punto de vista psicopatológico” (cuéllar ). se incluyen, asimismo, dos aspectos que son propios de su obra y que representan grandes aportes: la neutralidad moral y el distanciamiento emocional, ya resaltadas por howard lovecraft ( - ). esto se comprueba en la ausencia de juicios morales de poe hacia sus personajes. cuéllar alejandro ( ) destaca dos características habituales en las obras que se inspiran en poe: .el uso de poe como marca de prestigio, entendido como garantía comercial asegurada. .el carácter sincrético de las nuevas creaciones. en este sentido, las obras pretenden condensar la esencia temática, narrativa y estética de poe a través de la reunión de diferentes relatos en una única obra. esta característica es comprobable en el ámbito fílmico. tal el caso de ​la chute de la maison usher (jean epstein, ) donde, como mínimo, se unen en su argumento los relatos “the fall of the house usher” (“la caída todas las ilustraciones y pinturas a las que se hace referencia a lo largo del texto se encuentran en el anexo ubicado al final del trabajo. basta con recordar el método empleado por sherlock holmes en sus investigaciones, afamado detective al que dio vida arthur conan doyle. silvia sartelli de la casa usher”) ( ) y “the oval portrait” (“el portarretrato oval”) ( ); y el film estadounidense ​the mask of the ​red death​ (​la máscara de la muerte roja​ ) (roger corman, ) en la que el guionista funde inteligentemente las narraciones “the mask of the red death” ( ) y “hop-frog” ( ). iii. “el cuervo” por redon, manet, doré y rosetti el poema original de edgar a. poe, ec, fue publicado por primera vez el de enero de en el diario neoyorquino ​evening mirror​ . de acuerdo con el texto, un joven estudiante, sentado en un sillón observa cómo un cuervo entra en su habitación, en una fría noche. a lo largo del poema se observa que, junto a la realidad material, se hace presente un espacio imaginario al que sólo se accede a través del dolor y de la tristeza tras la muerte de lenore (romero lópez ). el cuervo -animal mitológico- anuncia un mensaje aterrador del más allá, con su famosa frase “nevermore” (“nunca más”). podría decirse que el cuervo de poe es viejo, siniestro, lúgubre, espectral y posee unos ardientes ojos, particularidad que, como más adelante se verá, ha sido exaltada por el simbolista odilon redon. al final, el propio narrador de esta historia lo define como profeta, cosa diabólica o pájaro ​. la estructura del poema se destaca por su carácter fuertemente rítmico, con un contenido variante, aunque homófono, valiéndose de la repetición (zarandona fernández, ). ​de allí, la existencia de versos tales como “only this and nothing more”, “darkness there and nothing more”, “then the bird said ‘nevermore’” ​. como se observará, estas frases se retoman en muchas de las pinturas e ilustraciones que efectuaron los artistas aquí incluidos. la obra de poe llegó a la pintura de la mano de odilon redon ( - ). la reputación de poe en francia ha sido alta gracias a las traducciones que de sus trabajos hicieron, en primer lugar, baudelaire y más tarde mallarmé. su influencia en la generación de escritores, artistas y compositores simbolistas, también, ha sido enorme. en sus diseños para el autor -así como para baudelaire y gustave flaubert- el pintor no ilustró el texto con exactitud, sino que produjo lo que él mismo llamó “correspondencias”. en sus propias palabras, redon explica que se permitió un estado de inconciencia y de libertad, en el cual cada palabra o frase caía dentro de su mente nerviosamente receptiva, para luego comenzar una sucesión de imágenes las que, casi sin su ayuda, se estampaban en el papel. en otras ocasiones, hacía variaciones sobre esta automaticidad de los dibujos por medio de estudios minuciosos de la naturaleza. después de haber realizado un cierto número de ellas, dejaría a un lado las representaciones para, rápidamente, crear su propia versión (hauptman ). entre sus trabajos se encuentra ​a edgar poe ( ),​ nombre que recibió el álbum compuesto por seis litografías y un frontispicio dedicado al escritor, en el que se demuestra la influencia recibida. como se dijo, no pretenden ser una ilustración directa de la obra, sino que en una tarea de libre asociación el pintor inventó los títulos de las los vocablos empleados varían según las traducciones. por ejemplo, en la versión que juan antonio pérez bonalde realizó en , se alude a profeta, ave o diablo; en la versión de carlos arturo torres de , se menciona al profeta, diablo e infausto cuervo. finalmente, cordero palacios (en prosa literal) se refiere a profeta, ser diabólico, ave o demonio. “eso es todo y nada más”, “sombras solo y nada más”, “dijo el cuervo: ‘nunca más’”. las traducciones del poema incluidas en este artículo corresponden a la versión en español a cargo de j. b. pérez bonalde. revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año imágenes a la manera de su propio creador​. ​a continuación, se enumeran los nombres de las obras realizadas: . frontispicio. . ​el ojo como una pelota extraña se dirige hacia el infinito (figura ). . d​elante del negro sol de la melancolía, lenore, aparecía. ​. ​una máscara toca a muerte (figura ). . ​en el horizonte, el ángel de las certidumbres y, en el cielo oscuro, una mirada interrogativa. . e​l soplo que guía a los seres está también en las esferas. . la locura. en prácticamente la totalidad de sus dibujos, se destacan los ojos, sean del cuervo o de lenore. incluso, la figura muestra a un globo con forma de ojo en vuelo hacia el cielo. el artista simbolista, en la figura , realiza una representación realista del cuervo, asomado en la ventana. la desproporción evidente del animal respecto de la abertura es utilizada como un “signo que indica la presencia de lo fantástico como intruso que perturba la normalidad” (cuéllar ). la maravillosa extrañeza de las imágenes de redon evoca, perfectamente, las propias sensibilidades góticas de poe. a su turno, Édouard manet tuvo en sus manos la ilustración de ec en la versión francesa que realizó mallarmé (“le corbeau”), publicada en una edición de lujo limitada de copias firmadas por el pintor impresionista en y que, generalmente, es considerada uno de los primeros y mejores ejemplos de los modernos libros de artista ( ​livre d’artiste​ ). las ilustraciones de “le corbeau” fueron transferidas en litografías e impresas en papel vergé o papel chino. cuatro ilustraciones de páginas completas estaban insertadas entre los textos en inglés de poe y, en los reversos, aparecía la traducción de mallarmé. asimismo, se incluyeron una cabeza de cuervo de perfil, usada para el poster que publicitaba la obra (figura ) y un cuervo volando para ​ex-libris (figura ) (wilson-bareau et al. ; reed). por su parte, también baudelaire, en , tradujo ec, texto que, de esa forma, tiene la nota distintiva de haber sido traducida por dos de los más grandes poetas del siglo xix. la interpretación que realizó manet del poema se caracteriza por ser de un estilo moderno y por alejarse de una interpretación literal del texto. a modo de ejemplo, en la ilustración del pasaje relativo al momento en que el narrador abre las persianas para dejar entrar al cuervo, se deja ver, en el horizonte, una moderna ciudad. muy diferente es la versión de paul gustave doré ( - ), en la que se comprueba una sobrecarga de detalles victorianos y una atmósfera de melodrama que rodea la escena. en los trabajos de manet se aprecia un uso intenso del negro, líneas de gran precisión y cierta falta de terminación en los dibujos, todo lo cual le valió un gran reconocimiento por parte de la crítica especializada. tal como se adelantó, en el poema de poe, el poeta, atormentado por la muerte de su amada lenore, es visitado por un cuervo que presagia la enfermedad, pero también al ​alter ego​ del propio poeta. el ave se posiciona sobre un busto de pallas atenea, la diosa de la sabiduría, y su repetida respuesta a las preguntas del poeta sobre la difunta es una constante “nevermore”, recordándole así su irrevocable pérdida. las cuatro ilustraciones de manet retratan al narrador en distintas situaciones, que se corresponden con diversos pasajes del texto: . en su estudio, de características claustrofóbicas (figura ). silvia sartelli . abriendo las persianas para permitir el ingreso del cuervo, revelando una ciudad parisina en el fondo (figura ). . mirando fijo al animal desde su silla (figura ). . en la última ilustración, el poeta ha desaparecido o, quizás, está asimilado con la sombra del cuervo reflejada en el piso, desde la cual su alma “shall be lifted-nevermore” (figura ). el ilustrador resalta la simbiosis entre la oscuridad y la claridad por su significado simbólico. en ninguna de las ilustraciones se alude al otro lado de la realidad. Únicamente, están presentes los tres sujetos materiales del poema: el poeta, el cuervo y el busto de pallas. dolores romero lópez señala que el uso abierto de la carbonilla y la falta de completitud de la página sugiere que las escenas fueran observadas por alguien desde el más allá ( ). especial atención merece la última ilustración de manet, la cual se vincula con las líneas finales del poema​:​ “and the lamp-light o'er him streaming throws his shadow on the floor/ and my soul from out that shadow that lies floating on the floor/ shall be lifted – nevermore” ​. aquí, la particularidad radica en la remoción de la presencia física del narrador. se optó, en cambio, por evocar la presencia de su alma o espíritu resignificada en la sombra del cuervo. la modernidad y originalidad de la interpretación de manet se aprecia mejor cuando se las compara con los tallados en metal de doré, publicados en . si bien contemporáneos, lo trabajos de doré significan un retorno a la obra de ilustradores anteriores, pertenecientes a la generación romántica, e incluso a los trabajos anteriores del propio doré, ya que se enfatiza la atmósfera supernatural del poema. esto es comprobable cuando retrata el “seraphim whose foot-falls tinkled on the tufted floor ​” -omitido por manet-, o al resaltar el cuerpo del estudiante en la sombra del cuervo, aspecto que el pintor impresionista prefirió no incluir en su ilustración (figuras y ) (reed). también, es de destacar la figura en la que se aprecia al animal desde el busto de pallas atenea con actitud amenazante, imagen que ha sido retratada en diversas ocasiones por los otros ilustradores. repárese en que los destellos de la lámpara tras el busto hacen las veces de abanico de luz en el que se replica el rostro de lenore. indudablemente, el trabajo de doré es mucho más rico en detalles que el de manet. la crudeza es notoria por el contraste que logra con el uso del color negro y la simplicidad de líneas que resaltan la aspereza del relato. por otra parte, es, en las ilustraciones del primero, donde mejor se percibe “el tránsito de la misteriosa figuración romántica al evocador símbolo” (romero lópez ). se observa, entonces, la presencia de los dos mundos: el de aquí y el de allá, el de la vida y el de la muerte, el del amante y el de la amada, la tumba y los ángeles. esto se logra desde la primera ilustración donde aparece la figura del estudiante, de espaldas al lector, buscando entre las cortinas un pasadizo que le conduzca hasta su amada (figura ). la palabra ​nevermore parece representada gráficamente para acentuar la lectura ecfrástica del poema. aunque publicadas ​post mortem y ocho años después que las de manet, las ilustraciones de doré son más cercanas a los cuatro dibujos inéditos realizados por ​“y la luz sobre él cayendo, sobre el suelo arroja trunca su ancha sombra funeral, y mi alma de esa sombra que en el suelo flota… nunca se alzará, nunca jamás”. “…que un querube columpiase de mi alcoba en el santuario perfumado…” revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año dante gabriel rossetti ( - ), los que fueron producidos casi cuarenta años antes y se cuentan entre sus primeros trabajos (reed). rosetti también muestra al poeta rodeado de ángeles y espíritus, y el estilo de sus dibujos varía desde una composición gótica libre y descontrolada, más al estilo de fausto, a descripciones más etéreas de ángeles que se acercan a un prerrafaelismo. josé maría mesa villar ( ) señala que las ilustraciones que rosetti realizó para ec le permitieron poner su imaginación al servicio de un programa estético propio que examinaba la relación entre la mente creativa y la trascendencia. a diferencia de lo que ocurre con manet, en sus ilustraciones aparecen los dos ámbitos del poema: el real, representado por el estudiante obsesionado por la muerte de su amada, y el trascendente, ilustrado con seres fantasmagóricos con formas de mujeres o ángeles ( ). sus ilustraciones refieren a varios pasajes del poema, pero cada dibujo tiene la particularidad de abarcar la concepción central del texto, según interpretación del pintor. debido a ello, por ejemplo, se aprecia que el encantamiento no solo aparece en el espíritu de lenore, sino a través de la construcción imaginativa de ese espíritu: de ahí que la presencia del retrato de la difunta en la pared sea un aporte propio de la creatividad de rossetti y no se encuentre en el poema de poe (figuras ). iv. otras historias, otros ilustradores: beardsley, clarke, rackham y miller la influencia de poe no sólo fue una cuestión de artistas románticos ni se limitó a su afamado poema ec. por el contrario, muchos de los contemporáneos representaron otras de sus obras. tal es el caso de aubrey beardsley ​( - ), artista inglés considerado el líder del movimiento estético art nouveau​ . tal como lo manifiesta ​piepenbring ( ), favoreció lo grotesco y lo erótico en sus dibujos y tuvo una gran influencia en artistas posteriores. además de cuentos de poe, ilustró trabajos de oscar wilde y alexander pope. si bien las ilustraciones que realizó sobre la obra de poe fueron encargadas en por herbert s. stone and company (chicago) para decorar una colección multi-volumen de los trabajos del autor, aquellas no fueron publicadas hasta después de la muerte del artista. aunque el gato negro (figura ) es su ilustración más reproducida debido al éxito alcanzado, el resto de su producción replica la misma calidad y exquisitez (marshall). en verdad, beardsley no demostraba total afinidad con la atmósfera de horror que envuelve a las historias de poe. de hecho, en la figura , tanto el orangután que lleva puesto un aro en su oreja derecha -se recuerda que en el texto (“crímenes de la calle morgue”) se menciona la existencia de un aro de topacio- así como el mobiliario que lo circunda (figura ) poco dejan entrever el desenfreno del simio asesino que forma parte de la historia. el relato de poe parece ser más descarnado que la ilustración: era una minuciosa descripción anatómica y descriptiva del gran orangután leonado de las islas de la india oriental. la gigantesca estatura, la prodigiosa fuerza y agilidad, la terrible ferocidad y las tendencias imitativas de estos mamíferos son bien conocidas. instantáneamente comprendí todo el horror del asesinato. ( ) silvia sartelli http://www.theparisreview.org/blog/author/dpiepenbring/ posteriormente, en se lanzó una edición de lujo de ​tales of mystery and imagination con las ilustraciones de harry clarke ( - ), las que adicionaron una cuota extra de horror a las historias. la obra recolecta los cuentos más recordados de poe​, ​incluyendo​ “la máscara de la muerte roja”, “el pozo y el péndulo”, “corazón delator” y “la caída de la casa usher”. fue publicada casi años después de la muerte del escritor, por george harrap & co., e incluyó hojas de ilustraciones de clarke. una segunda edición se publicaría en ​ con láminas en color y más de monocromáticas, también de su autoría. sin embargo, con figuras elongadas, las ilustraciones de clarke son mucho más macabras que las de beardsley. a ello contribuye el uso más extendido del negro en un intento por acompañar la atmósfera de misterio de los textos. se puede establecer una comparación entre las figuras y sobre el cuento “la máscara de la muerte roja”. el dibujo de beardsley se centra en resaltar lo que se conoce como el hedonismo decadente de fin de siglo (​fin-de-siecle​ ) y, en consecuencia, pone el acento en lo siniestro y sensual. en efecto, se destacan las figuras del bufón en ánimo festivo hasta lujurioso y los disfraces y máscaras a los que alude la obra y, también, sobresalen las pequeñas imágenes que aparecen en la vestimenta de la figura central simulando ángeles endemoniados o diablillos. esta postura burlona que adopta puede deberse, en parte, a que beardsley fue un gran crítico de la sociedad victoriana (burdett). en palabras del poe: “el príncipe había reunido todo lo necesario para los placeres. había bufones, improvisadores, bailarines y músicos; había hermosura y vino. todo eso y la seguridad estaban del lado de adentro. afuera estaba la muerte roja” ( ). a su turno, el trabajo de clarke retrata el hecho de la muerte misma, representada en una figura esbelta con la máscara en mano. detrás, aparecen los invitados a la fiesta abarrotados en uno de los salones, como si pudieran escapar de esa amenaza latente. resalta también el reloj: en este aposento, contra la pared del poniente, se apoyaba un gigantesco reloj de ébano. su péndulo se balanceaba con un resonar sordo, pesado, monótono. ( ) ... su figura, alta y flaca, estaba envuelta de la cabeza a los pies en una mortaja. la máscara que ocultaba el rostro se parecía de tal manera al semblante de un cadáver ya rígido, que el escrutinio más detallado se habría visto en dificultades para descubrir el engaño. (…) pero el enmascarado se había atrevido a asumir las apariencias de la muerte roja. su mortaja estaba salpicada de sangre, y su amplia frente, así como el rostro, aparecían manchados por el horror escarlata. ( ) ... reuniendo el terrible coraje de la desesperación, numerosas máscaras se lanzaron al aposento negro; pero, al apoderarse del desconocido, cuya alta figura permanecía erecta e inmóvil a la sombra del reloj de ébano, retrocedieron con inexpresable horror al descubrir que el sudario y la máscara cadavérica que con tanta rudeza habían aferrado no contenían ninguna figura tangible. y entonces reconocieron la presencia de la muerte roja. ( ) revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año https://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/a%c %b o_ entre los trabajos de clarke, además, aparece una ilustración de “el tonel de amontillado” (figura ). aparentemente, esta ilustración capta el momento en que montresor, con un claro perfil calculador, goza de su tan esperada venganza, al tiempo que fortunato, entre los efectos del alcohol, advierte la real intención de su compañero. destacan en la imagen el gorro con los cascabeles, las cadenas que atrapan a fortunato, la pila de rocas que el narrador eleva y la excesiva humedad y salitre. se reproducen algunos párrafos del texto que se estiman de interés para valorar esta obra: acercóseme con excesiva cordialidad, pues había estado bebiendo en demasía. disfrazado de bufón, llevaba un ajustado traje a rayas y lucía en la cabeza el cónico gorro de cascabeles... ( ) ... ¡mira cómo el salitre va en aumento! -dije-. abunda como el moho en las criptas. estamos debajo del lecho del río. las gotas de humedad caen entre los huesos... ven, volvámonos antes de que sea demasiado tarde. la tos... ( ) ... en un instante llegó al fondo del nicho y, al ver que la roca interrumpía su marcha, se detuvo como atontado. un segundo más tarde quedaba encadenado al granito. había en la roca dos argollas de hierro, separadas horizontalmente por unos dos pies. de una de ellas colgaba una cadena corta; de la otra, un candado. pasándole la cadena alrededor de la cintura, me bastaron apenas unos segundos para aherrojarlo. demasiado estupefacto estaba para resistirse. extraje la llave y salí del nicho… ( ) también se ocupó de este relato arthur rackham ( - ), ilustrador inglés asociado a la era de oro de la ilustración, quien tuvo a su cargo no solo la obra de poe, sino también otras obras literarias como ​alicia en el país de las maravillas, peter pan​ y los cuentos de los hermanos grimm.​ el trabajo de ilustración de ​poe's tales of mystery and imagination ( ) consistió en trabajos en color y en blanco y negro que acompañaron la colección de historias del autor norteamericano (massey). en las figuras se retratan dos momentos de “el tonel de amontillado”: la entrada a las catacumbas de fortunato y montresor, con sus antorchas y botellas en mano, el disfraz burlesco del primero con sus cascabeles sonoros y una mirada un tanto perdida, quizás como resultado de una embriaguez notoria. en el fondo, restos óseos y barriles de vino y el moho presente en las paredes, como complementos de la escena. la restante figura conserva algunas de las características de la primera; pero aquí se observa el semblante triunfante de montresor, quien con pala en mano se dispone a terminar su plan. fortunato, por su parte, aparece notablemente desmejorado con rasgos de decrepitud e insalubridad en su rostro. también, en el fondo, aparecen esqueletos, tal como se lee en el texto de poe. la imagen parece coincidir con el siguiente pasaje: “​la pared me llegaba ahora hasta el pecho. detúveme nuevamente y, alzando la antorcha sobre la mampostería, proyecté sus débiles rayos sobre la figura allí encerrada” ( ). podría aseverarse, entonces, que las figuras responden a un estilo distinto del logrado por clarke, autor que puso más énfasis en la macabra idea de montresor y en la hostilidad del sitio. en parte, el uso de color ayuda a una versión más amena de la historia. silvia sartelli así como beardsley retrató la historia de “los crímenes de la calle morgue”, clarke, también, tuvo a su cargo la ilustración de ese cuento en la edición de lujo ya mencionada. aquí vale un comentario sobre la forma en que ambos artistas ilustran el mismo cuento. por una parte -como ya se ha indicado-, beardsley optó por un trabajo de líneas más finas y con menos exaltación del horror de los crímenes; en tanto que clarke hizo un dibujo mucho más descarnado (figura ), donde muestra al orangután con toda la crudeza que poe le asigna en el relato. basta con reparar en el pelaje que la bestia ostenta para comprobar que coincide exactamente con la descripción dada por el escritor: “sólo un orangután, entre todos los animales existentes, es capaz de producir las marcas que aparecen en su diseño. y el mechón de pelo coincide en un todo con el pelaje de la bestia descrita por cuvier” ( ). asimismo, se traduce con claridad en la ilustración el estado de desorden en que se encontró la escena del crimen: el aposento se hallaba en el mayor desorden: los muebles, rotos, habían sido lanzados en todas direcciones. el colchón del único lecho aparecía tirado en mitad del piso. sobre una silla había una navaja manchada de sangre. ( ) ... si ahora, en adición a estas cosas, ha reflexionado usted adecuadamente sobre el extraño desorden del aposento, hemos llegado al punto de poder combinar las nociones de una asombrosa agilidad, una fuerza sobrehumana, una ferocidad brutal, una carnicería sin motivo, una grotesquerie en el horror por completo ajeno a lo humano ( ). otros detalles del cuento también se retratan: los vecinos se introdujeron en un pequeño patio pavimentado de la parte posterior del edificio y encontraron el cadáver de la anciana señora, la cual había sido degollada tan salvajemente que, al tratar de levantar el cuerpo, la cabeza se desprendió del tronco. ( ) ... era evidente que la garganta [de la madre] había sido seccionada con un instrumento muy afilado, probablemente una navaja. ( ) ... la garganta de la anciana señora no solamente estaba cortada, sino que la cabeza había quedado completamente separada del cuerpo; el instrumento era una simple navaja. ( ) ... además, el cabello de un loco no es como el que ahora tengo en la mano. arranqué este pequeño mechón de entre los dedos rígidamente apretados de madame l’espanaye. ¿puede decirme qué piensa de ellos? -¡dupin... este cabello es absolutamente extraordinario...! ¡no es cabello humano ​! -grité, trastornado por completo. ( ) ... navaja en mano y embadurnado de jabón, habíase sentado frente a un espejo y trataba de afeitarse, tal como, sin duda, había visto hacer a su amo espiándolo por el ojo de la cerradura. ( ) resaltado en el original. revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año ... en el momento en que el marinero miró hacia el interior del cuarto, el gigantesco animal había aferrado a madame l’espanaye por el cabello (que la dama tenía suelto, como si se hubiera estado peinando) y agitaba la navaja cerca de su cara imitando los movimientos de un barbero. ( ) estos párrafos demuestran que el dibujo de clarke es fiel al texto de poe: la navaja en la mano del mono, su expresión de furia, la ventana cerca del respaldo y el marinero asomado con ojos desorbitados ante la escena de espanto, el cuello ensangrentado de unas de las víctimas, el colchón doblado en el piso y el brazo alargado de la mujer, indicando un forcejeo que terminaría en la extracción de un mechón de pelo del animal. otra atrapante historia sobre la que trabajaron estos artistas fue “el pozo y el péndulo”. en este caso, clarke puso el énfasis en la tensión que el texto de poe describe. aparece el narrador, con una expresión de horror ante la muerte inminente, los roedores que lo circundan y el péndulo intimidante. el efecto de desolación se logra con un uso excesivo de negro, dejando muy poco claros en la obra (figura ). el trabajo de rackham (figura , izquierda) presenta mayor cantidad de claros que el de su colega, sin embargo, es igualmente palpable el efecto de desesperación que invade al personaje, quien intenta librarse de las ataduras con el brazo izquierdo. el espanto que tiñe su mirada habla de la intensidad del texto: ​“bajaba... ¡seguro, incansable, bajaba! ya pasaba vibrando a tres pulgadas de mi pecho. luché con violencia, furiosamente, para soltar mi brazo izquierdo, que sólo estaba libre a partir del codo” ( ). igualmente, se reiteran otros detalles como la proximidad del péndulo que se balancea sobre el cuerpo, los animales a su alrededor y el pozo que da, parcialmente, nombre al relato. en conclusión, puede decirse que ambas ilustraciones se asemejan y resultan fieles al texto que intentan retratar: yacía ahora de espaldas, completamente estirado, sobre una especie de bastidor de madera. estaba firmemente amarrado por una larga banda que parecía un cíngulo. pasaba, dando muchas vueltas, por mis miembros y mi cuerpo, dejándome solamente en libertad la cabeza y el brazo derecho, que con gran trabajo podía extender hasta los alimentos, colocados en un plato de barro a mi alcance. ( ) ... un ligero ruido atrajo mi atención y, mirando hacia el piso, vi cruzar varias enormes ratas. habían salido del pozo, que se hallaba al alcance de mi vista sobre la derecha. aún entonces, mientras las miraba, siguieron saliendo en cantidades, presurosas y con ojos famélicos atraídas por el olor de la carne…. ( ); salían del pozo, corriendo en renovados contingentes. se colgaron de la madera, corriendo por ella y saltaron a centenares sobre mi cuerpo. el acompasado movimiento del péndulo no las molestaba para nada. evitando sus golpes, se precipitaban sobre las untadas ligaduras. se apretaban, pululaban sobre mí en cantidades cada vez más grandes. ( ) ... pero lo que me perturbó fue la idea de que el péndulo había descendido perceptiblemente. noté ahora -y es inútil agregar con cuánto horror- que su silvia sartelli extremidad inferior estaba constituida por una media luna de reluciente acero, cuyo largo de punta a punta alcanzaba a un pie. aunque afilado como una navaja, el péndulo parecía macizo y pesado, y desde el filo se iba ensanchando hasta rematar en una ancha y sólida masa. hallábase fijo a un pesado vástago de bronce y todo el mecanismo silbaba al balancearse en el aire. ( ) la restante ilustración (figura , derecha), realizada a color, refiere a una de las últimas partes de la historia, cuando el narrador libre de las ataduras contempla el pozo: en estos momentos pude advertir por primera vez el origen de la sulfurosa luz que iluminaba la celda. procedía de una fisura de media pulgada de ancho, que rodeaba por completo el calabozo al pie de las paredes, las cuales parecían -y en realidad estaban- completamente separadas del piso… ( ) un detalle interesante de este trabajo es la forma en que se capta la multiplicidad de ojos rojos que el personaje menciona en su relato, con rasgos diabólicos y aterradores. incluso se llega a visualizar un cadáver en uno de los extremos, que suma más consternación al ya de por sí exasperante relato. poe lo expresa así: pero ahora esos colores habían tomado un brillo intenso y sorprendente, que crecía más y más y daba a aquellas espectrales y diabólicas imágenes un aspecto que hubiera quebrantado nervios más resistentes que los míos. ojos demoníacos, de una salvaje y aterradora vida, me contemplaban fijamente desde mil direcciones, donde ninguno había sido antes visible, y brillaban con el cárdeno resplandor de un fuego que mi imaginación no alcanzaba a concebir como irreal. ( ) el último dibujo que se ha elegido del ilustrador irlandés es el correspondiente al cuento “el corazón delator ​”​ y la selección obedece al hecho de ser uno de los pocos realizados en color y en el cual el artista se aleja de la crudeza que caracteriza a sus otros trabajos. aquí se constata la existencia del narrador acechando al viejo en su lecho, la linterna como elemento conductor de la historia, el ojo del anciano –que tanto perturbaba a su asesino y que en algún pasaje lo llama “ojo de buitre” (figura ). se comparten algunos párrafos del texto: me parece que fue su ojo. ¡sí, eso fue! tenía un ojo semejante al de un buitre... un ojo celeste, y velado por una tela. cada vez que lo clavaba en mí se me helaba la sangre. ( ) ... y entonces, cuando tenía la cabeza completamente dentro del cuarto, abría la linterna cautelosamente... ¡oh, tan cautelosamente! sí, cautelosamente iba abriendo la linterna (pues crujían las bisagras), la iba abriendo lo suficiente para que un solo rayo de luz cayera sobre el ojo de buitre. ( ) ... el viejo clamó una vez... nada más que una vez… ( ) la ilustración a color de rackham muestra una escena muy distinta de la elegida por clarke y reúne varios aspectos del cuento. aquí, aparecen los tres oficiales revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año -cruzando entre sí miradas sospechosas- y el narrador, quien, envuelto en un estado de locura, termina confesando el crimen cometido. la silla ocupa un lugar central en el dibujo como elemento que fue escogido para cubrir el cuerpo enterrado y el corazón, sostenido en una de las manos del asesino. en la parte inferior, se observa al viejo descuartizado con su ojo latente y el cuchillo utilizado para seccionar sus miembros (figura ). v. resignificaciones de poe en artistas contemporáneos se ha optado por presentar, al final, una breve referencia al trabajo de un grupo de artistas contemporáneos que fueron reunidos con motivo de una exhibición realizada en londres en honor al poeta norteamericano. el evento tuvo lugar en en london’s white cube y se conoció bajo el nombre de “you dig the tunnel, i’ll hide the soil” ​. su mentor -el artista y escritor harland miller ( )- envió diversas historias de poe a un variopinto grupo de artistas y les pidió que crearan piezas influenciadas en esos textos. el resultado de la convocatoria fue, finalmente, expuesto en esa exhibición que recogió exposiciones y, entre los participantes, se incluyó a anselm kiefer, tracey emin y fred tomaselli (strasnick). entre los trabajos recibidos, destaca el realizado por ​damien hirst ( ) que consiste en un lienzo caleidoscópico y una cama pintada colocada debajo del cuadro (figura ). lo particular de esta obra -además de no implicar una ilustración inmediata de un texto de poe, sino una representación artística basada en uno de sus relatos- está dada por diversos factores. uno de ellos es la multiplicidad de elementos utilizados: el lienzo donde se ha incrustado una pequeña calavera rodeada de un estallido del color en el que, al mismo tiempo, genera un efecto de dramatismo, el cuervo situado en el respaldo de la cama y el oso de peluche sobre la colcha. pero lo interesante es cómo se han nucleado varias historias en una sola obra. si bien estuvo inspirada en la perturbadora “the startling effects of mesmerism on a dying man” (también conocida como “the facts in the case of m. valdemar” – “la verdad sobre el caso del señor valdemar”), la aparición del cuervo induce a pensar que el poema del escritor se hizo presente en este trabajo contemporáneo. la obra estuvo acompañada de la siguiente frase: “for god's sake - quick! - quick! - put me to sleep - or quick! - waken me! - quick! - i say to you that i am dead!” ​. la fotógrafa cindy sherman ( ) también se hizo presente con un trabajo inspirado en “la máscara de la muerte roja” (figura ). por su parte, la artista abigail lane ( ) realizó un corazón de cera con un ojo de acrílico, que capta, enormemente, la atención del visitante, obra que puede considerarse una muy buena y fidedigna representación de la esencia de “corazón delator”. vi. conclusiones “tu cava el túnel, yo esconderé la tierra” (traducción de la autora). ​“por el amor de dios - ¡rápido! - ¡rápido! – ponme a dormir – o ¡rápido! -¡despiértame! - ¡rápido! – te digo que estoy muerto (traducción de la autora). silvia sartelli http://www.damienhirst.com/ el recorrido transitado en este artículo, a través de las obras analizadas, demuestra, con claridad, la enorme influencia que el escritor norteamericano ejerció en talentosos artistas que, de diversas formas y estilos, pretendieron homenajearlo. su notable trascendencia se visualiza en la forma en que ilustradores y pintores dieron vida a sus textos mediante el uso de técnicas disímiles y, asimismo, en la interpretación -a veces libre- que hicieron de sus cuentos y poemas. un aspecto que merece destacarse es la creatividad desplegada por los artistas para retratar diversos pasajes de sus escritos, en algunos casos de forma más trágica y con cierto apego a la letra y en otros, innovando por el uso de colores y formas grotescas que relativizan la tragedia ínsita a las historias de poe. la influencia temporal es otro punto de relevancia. los artistas que han encontrado en poe una musa inspiradora no se han limitado a los existentes en el siglo xx. como se ha visto, en la actualidad, se continúan realizando muestras en las que el disparador creativo resulta la extensa obra del autor estadounidense. la genialidad del escritor es un legado que aún sigue presente y que tiene el valor de exceder el aspecto literario para inmiscuirse en otras ramas artísticas. la riqueza de las obras pictóricas aquí incluidas reafirman esta interrelación y enaltecen sus escritos. referencias bibliográficas alastair i. grieve. “rossetti’s illustrations to poe” en ​apollo magazine​ , , pp. - . burdett​, carolyn. “aestheticism and decadence”, british library, june . web. de abril de . . cuéllar alejandro, carlos. “el artista como musa: la influencia de edgar a. poe en el arte” en ​ars longa, cuadernos de arte​ . ( ), pp. - . web. de abril de . <​www.uv.es/dep /revista/pdf .pdf​>. hauptman, jodi. ​beyond the visible: the art of odilon redon​ , new york: moma, . marshall, collin. “​aubrey beardsley’s macabre illustrations of edgar allan poe’s short stories ( )​” en ​open culture​ , sep. . web. de abril de . . massey, laura. “​the golden age of illustration: arthur rackham ​” en ​peter harringhton​ , nov. . web. de abril de . . mesa villar, j. m. “‘me atrajo su mirada tan suave como mi aliento’: la influencia de los aparecidos de edgar allan poe en el perfil místico virginal de dante gabriel rossetti” en ​the grove. working papers on english studies​ , ( ), pp. - . metropolitan museum of art of new york. ​catalogue of the manet exhibition​ , september, th – november th . open culture. “gustave doré’s splendid illustrations of edgar allan poe’s ‘the raven’” en ​open culture​ , apr. . web. de marzo de . revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año https://www.bl.uk/romantics-and-victorians/articles/aestheticism-and-decadence#authorblock http://www.uv.es/dep /revista/pdf .pdf http://www.openculture.com/ / /aubrey-beardsleys-macabre-illustrations-of-edgar-allan-poes-short-stories- .html http://www.openculture.com/ / /aubrey-beardsleys-macabre-illustrations-of-edgar-allan-poes-short-stories- .html http://www.peterharrington.co.uk/blog/the-golden-age-of-illustration-arthur-rackham/ . piepenbring​, dan. “beardsley’s poe” en ​the paris review​ , aug. . web. de marzo de . < ​www.theparisreview.org/blog/ / / /beardsleys-poe/ ​>. poe, edgar allan. “the raven”. ​new york evening mirror​ , ​ jan.​ ​ ​. poe, edgar allan. ​tales of mistery and imagination​ . london: george harrap & co., . poe, edgar allan. ​cuentos de imaginación y misterio​ , trad. julio cortázar, ilust. harry clarke. bs. as.: libros del zorro rojo, . poe, edgar allan. ​poe cuentos​ . trad. julio cortázar. bs. as.: alianza editorial, . reed, susan. “some flights of poe’s raven – mallarmé and manet, doré, and rossetti” en ​european studies blog​ , british library, march . web. de marzo de . <​blogs.bl.uk/european/ / /some-flights-of-poes-raven.html ​>. romero lópez, dolores. “el trasfondo ocultista del cuervo: desde su simbolismo poético a los topoi modernistas” en ​ilu. revista de ciencias de las religiones.​ ( ), pp. - . web. de abril de . . strasnick​, stephanie. “that’s so raven: artistic visions of poe” en ​arts news​ , set. . web. de abril de . <​www.artnews.com/ / / /edgar-allan-poe-in-art/​>. universidad de cuenca. “el cuervo – the raven” (varias traducciones) en ​revista de la universidad de cuenca​ , serie , no ( ) pp. - . web de marzo de . . w.t. bandy center for baudelaire and modern french studies, “baudelaire and poe” exhibition at the vanderbilt university library, april ninth to thirtieth, . wilson-bareau, juliet et al. “tales of a raven. the origins and fate of le corbeau by mallarmé and manet” en ​print quaterly​ , vol. , no. , sep , pp. - . zarandona fernández, juan miguel. “el cuervo de edgar allan poe, en traducción de juan antonio pérez bonalde ( )”, biblioteca virtual miguel de cervantes. web. de noviembre de . . silvia sartelli http://www.theparisreview.org/blog/author/dpiepenbring/ http://www.theparisreview.org/blog/ / / /beardsleys-poe/ https://es.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=new_york_evening_mirror&action=edit&redlink= https://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/ _de_enero https://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/ http://blogs.bl.uk/european/ / /some-flights-of-poes-raven.html http://revistas.ucm.es/index.php/ilur/article/view/ http://www.artnews.com/author/stephaniestrasnick/ http://www.artnews.com/ / / /edgar-allan-poe-in-art/ anexo ilustraciones de odilon redon​ (figuras a ) figura figura figura revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año ilustraciones de Édouard manet ​(figuras a ) figura figura figura : frontispicio silvia sartelli figura : “once upon a midnight dreary” figura : “open here i flung the shutter” revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año figura : “perched upon a bust of pallas” figura : “that shadow that lies floating on the floor” silvia sartelli ilustraciones de gustave doré ​(figuras a ) figura figura : “something at my window lattice” ​figura : “open here i hung the shutter” revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año figura : “perched upon a bust of pallas” figura : “and my soul from out that shadow that lies floating on the floor shall be lifted – nevermore” figura : “once upon a midnight dreary, while i pondered, weak and weary, over many a quaint and curious volume of forgotten lore, while i nodded, nearly napping, suddenly there came a tapping​, as of some one gently rapping, rapping at my chamber door. “‘t is some visiter,” i muttered, “tapping at my chamber door- only this, and nothing more.” silvia sartelli figura : “presently my soul grew stronger; hesitating then no longer, “sir,” said i, “or madam, truly your forgiveness i implore; but the fact is i was napping, and so gently you came rapping, and so faintly you came tapping, tapping at my chamber door, that i scarce was sure i heard you”—here i opened wide the door;— darkness there, and nothing more” ilustraciones de dante rossetti ​(figuras ) figuras : the raven: angel footfalls (derecha: ; izquierda y debajo: ) revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año silvia sartelli ilustraciones de aubrey beardsley ​(figuras a ) figura : el gato negro figura : los crímenes de la calle morgue figura : la máscara de la muerte roja revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año ilustraciones de harry clarke ​(figuras a ) figura : los crímenes de la calle morgue figura : la máscara de la muerte roja silvia sartelli figura : el tonel de amontillado figura : corazón delator figura : el pozo y el péndulo revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año ilustraciones de arthur rackham ​(figuras a ) figuras : el tonel de amontillado silvia sartelli figuras : el pozo y el péndulo figura : corazón delator revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año obra de damien hirst​ (figura ) the startling effects of mesmerism on a dying man silvia sartelli obra de cindy sherman ​(figura ) the masque of the red death obra de abigail lane​ (figura ) revista de culturas y literaturas comparadas. volumen - año a discrete model for color naming | semantic scholar skip to search formskip to main content> semantic scholar's logo search sign increate free account you are currently offline. some features of the site may not work correctly. doi: . / / corpus id: a discrete model for color naming @article{menegaz adm, title={a discrete model for color naming}, author={g. menegaz and a. troter and j. sequeira and j. bo{\"i}}, journal={eurasip journal on advances in signal processing}, year={ }, volume={ }, pages={ - } } g. menegaz, a. troter, + author j. boï published mathematics, computer science eurasip journal on advances in signal processing the ability to associate labels to colors is very natural for human beings. though, this apparently simple task hides very complex and still unsolved problems, spreading over many different disciplines ranging from neurophysiology to psychology and imaging. in this paper, we propose a discrete model for computational color categorization and naming. starting from the color specimens of the osa-ucs set, we propose a fuzzy partitioning of the color space. each of the basic color categories… expand view on springer asp-eurasipjournals.springeropen.com save to library create alert cite launch research feed share this paper citationshighly influential citations background citations methods citations view all figures and topics from this paper figure figure figure figure figure figure figure figure figure figure figure figure view all figures & tables color space delaunay triangulation computer vision linear interpolation feature vector fuzzy set image segmentation hoc (programming language) experiment categorization sampling (signal processing) citations citation type citation type all types cites results cites methods cites background has pdf publication type author more filters more filters filters sort by relevance sort by most influenced papers sort by citation count sort by recency psychophysical measurements to model intercolor regions of color-naming space c. párraga, r. benavente, maría vanrell, r. baldrich computer science pdf save alert research feed color categorization models for color image segmentation teresa e. alarcón, oscar dalmau computer science save alert research feed linguistic color image segmentation using a hierarchical bayesian approach teresa e. alarcón, j. marroquín mathematics save alert research feed re-locating colors in the osa space giulia paggetti, g. bartoli, g. menegaz mathematics, medicine attention, perception & psychophysics pdf view excerpt, cites methods save alert research feed modelling inter-colour regions of colour naming space c. párraga, r. benavente, m. vanrell, r. baldrich computer science cgiv/mcs pdf save alert research feed fuzzy color spaces: a conceptual approach to color vision j. chamorro-martínez, j. m. soto-hidalgo, p. martínez-jiménez, d. sánchez mathematics, computer science ieee transactions on fuzzy systems view excerpt, cites background save alert research feed color names portions reprinted, with permission, from 'learning color names for real-world r. benavente, m. vanrell, c. schmid, r. baldrich, jakob verbeek, diane larlus view excerpt save alert research feed nice: a computational solution to close the gap from colour perception to colour categorization c. párraga, a. akbarinia computer science, medicine plos one pdf save alert research feed computational color naming for human-machine interaction k. r. jyothi, m. okade computer science ieee region symposium (tensymp) pdf view excerpt, cites background save alert research feed color classification based on pixel intensity values j. sainui, paiboon pattanasatean computer science th ieee/acis international conference on software engineering, artificial intelligence, networking and parallel/distributed computing (snpd) view excerpts, cites background save alert research feed ... ... references showing - of references sort byrelevance most influenced papers recency a computational model of color perception and color naming j. m. lammens psychology save alert research feed a computational model for color naming and describing color composition of images a. mojsilovi highly influential pdf view excerpts, references background save alert research feed a computational model for color naming and describing color composition of images a. mojsilovic computer science, medicine ieee transactions on image processing highly influential view excerpts, references background save alert research feed salient features of munsell colour space as a function of monolexemic naming and response latencies julia sturges, t.w.allan whitfield psychology, medicine vision research highly influential view excerpt, references background save alert research feed simulating the formation of color categories tony belpaeme computer science ijcai highly influential pdf view excerpts, references background save alert research feed associating color appearance with the cone chromaticity space d. cao, j. pokorny, v. smith mathematics, medicine vision research pdf save alert research feed reaching coherent color categories through communication tony belpaeme computer science highly influential view excerpt, references background save alert research feed locating basic colours in the munsell space julia sturges, t. whitfield mathematics highly influential view excerpt, references background save alert research feed locating basic colors in the osa space r. boynton, c. x. olson mathematics view excerpts, references background save alert research feed color vision : perspectives from different disciplines w. backhaus, r. kliegl, j. werner computer science highly influential view excerpt, references background save alert research feed ... ... related papers abstract figures and topics citations references related papers stay connected with semantic scholar sign up about semantic scholar semantic scholar is a free, ai-powered research tool for scientific literature, based at the allen institute for ai. learn more → resources datasetssupp.aiapiopen corpus organization about usresearchpublishing partnersdata partners   faqcontact proudly built by ai with the help of our collaborators terms of service•privacy policy the allen institute for ai by clicking accept or continuing to use the site, you agree to the terms outlined in our privacy policy, terms of service, and dataset license accept & continue none the jewish modernist. isaac grunewald in bertel hintzes art history journal of art historiography number december the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history ludwig qvarnström ‘not for nothing is grünewald a semite.’ (bertel hintze) with these words the finnish art historian and chief curator bertel hintze ( – ) explained the ‘oriental colourfulness’ and captivating rhythm that was the foundation of the art by the ‘incomparable talent’ swedish artist isaac grünewald ( – ), an artist who, according to hintze, could even occasionally surpass his teacher henri matisse ( – ). this is one of several examples of nordic avant- garde artists who are compared to the international avant-garde in hintze’s art historical handbook modern konst: -talet (modern art: twentieth century), published in . hintze’s characterization above clearly reveals traces of a racial and anti-semitic rhetoric, but in swedish and finnish art historiography hintze has never been discussed in relation to the contemporary anti-semitic discourse. in this article, i will analyse the way in which hintze includes and characterizes isaac grünewald into his modernist narration, and its relation to early twentieth century anti-semitism. i use here the american sociologist helen fein’s broad definition of anti-semitism, as a term denoting a wide range of different historical manifestations of hostility towards jews, in order to emphasize its historical continuity as a cultural phenomenon and to distinguish between different anti-semitic manifestations on different levels. in swedish and finnish art historiography, anti-semitism generally seems to be of almost no interest. except for an article from by the art historian lena johannesson, where she analyses anti-semitic caricatures in the swedish fanatic radical press from to , there are very few in-depth studies in the field. bertel hintze, modern konst. -talet, stockholm: lars hökerbergs bokförlag, , – . all translations are mine unless noted. bertel hintze’s biographer erik kruskopf briefly discusses hintze’s relation to the racial discourse in the s and s, but never enters into any kind of discussion of anti- semitism in his biography en konstens världsman. bartel hintze – , helsingfors: svenska litteratursällskapet i finland, . helen fein, ‘dimensions of antisemitism: attitudes, collective accusations, and actions’, in helen fein, ed, the persisting question. sociological perspectives and social contexts of modern antisemitism, berlin and new york: walter de gruyter, , . lena johannesson, ‘‘schene rariteten.’ antisemitisk bildagitation i svensk rabulistpress – ’, in judiskt liv i norden, gunnar broberg, harald runblom and mattias tydén, eds, uppsala: acta universitatis upsaliensis, . there are, however, other non-academic ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history within other fields of study the situation is different, although art, artists or art historians are seldom mentioned. the only existing extensive study that can be described as an analysis of an anti-semitic visual culture in sweden is written by the historian lars m andersson in his dissertation en jude är en jude är en jude…: representationer av “juden” i svensk skämtpress omkring – (a jew is a jew is a jew…: representations of the ‘jew’ in the swedish comic press around – ) from . within a finnish context, the historian of ideas nils erik forsgård describes a similar situation in alias finkelstein: studier i antisemitisk retorik (alias finkelstein: studies in anti-semitic rhetoric) from . analysing art historical handbooks or survey texts is especially revealing when it comes to understanding the historical, ideological and aesthetic foundations of art history. due to its condensed literary character, which is necessary for the genre, this literature probably most clearly states the dominating selection criteria and established ideas concerning epochs as well as individual artists. as with all historiography, this genre is subject to its own internal logic and structure, and is by no means free from discursively associated rhetoric. this makes bertel hintze’s art historical handbook interesting as a focal point in an analysis of the influence of publications of great importance for the public awareness and as documentation of the anti- semitism that isaac grünewald experienced during his lifetime, such as anders wahlgren, sigrid & isaac, stockholm: prisma, ; bernhard grünewald, orientalen. bilden av isaac grünewald i svensk press – , stockholm: ckm förlag, ; per i. gedin, isaac grünewald. modernist och människa, stockholm: bonnier, . see e.g. henrik bachner, ‘judefrågan’. debatt om antisemitism i -talets sverige, stockholm: atlantis, ; lena berggren, nationell upplysning. drag i den svenska antisemitismens idéhistoria, stockholm: carlsson, ; henrik rosengren, ‘judarnas wagner’. moses pergament och den kulturella identifikationens dilemma omkring – , lund: sekel, . lars m andersson, en jude är en jude är en jude…: representationer av ’juden’ i svensk skämtpress omkring – , lund: nordic academic press, . nils erik forsgård, alias finkelstein. studier i antisemitisk retorik, vanda: schildts, . anti- semitism has not been studied as well in finland as in sweden, although we can see a clear change in interest during the last decade, see e.g. simon muir and hana worthen, eds, finland's holocaust: silences of history, new york: palgrave macmillan, , especially simon muir, ‘modes of displacement: ignoring, understating, and denying antisemitism in finnish historiography’, where he discusses the reasons for the lack of interest in anti- semitism within finnish historiography. for an introduction to nineteenth century anti- semitism in finland, see tarja-liisa luukkanen, ‘the jewish conspiracy revealed ( ). adolf stöcker and the th-century antisemitism in finland’, quest. issues in contemporary jewish history, no. , july , online access, retrieved december . dan karlholm, handböckernas konsthistoria. om skapandet av ‘allmän konsthistoria’ i tyskland under -talet, stockholm: symposion, , . see also mitchell schwarzer, ‘origins of the art history survey text’, art journal, : , . my understanding of art historiography as literature is clearly inspired by hayden white, metahistory: the historical imagination in nineteenth-century europe, baltimore and london: the johns hopkins university press, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history anti-semitism on art historiography. hintze’s book is only one of numerous texts discussing grünewald and his importance for swedish modernism, though today it is a rather marginal text. but, that does not make the book less important; i will argue that hintze’s book, with its anti-semitic rhetoric, is typical of the early reception of grünewald’s art. i will also argue that the book, published in , is a good example of the way in which this anti-semitic rhetoric managed to enter into ‘normal’ art historiography right at the moment when the early twentieth century swedish avant-garde became institutionalized. in other words, this analysis is not only important for the understanding of the connection between art historiography and anti-semitism in the early twentieth century, but can also become the starting point for an analysis of the way in which the anti-semitic rhetoric affects later historiography. although this article focuses on the historical situation around , it enters into a discussion of relevance for twenty-first century art historiography. hintze’s modern art history bertel hintze studied art history under j. j. tikkanen ( – ) and aesthetics under yrjö hirn ( – ) at helsinki university during the s. he wrote his phd dissertation in on the nineteenth-century finnish painter robert wilhelm ekman ( – ) and a year later he became the first chief curator at the kunsthalle helsinki, a post he held until . as curator, he produced pioneering work for modern art in finland, developing an interest and great knowledge in contemporary art. he had a large professional network, especially within the nordic countries, and was engaged as an advisor by several art collectors. in sweden, his foremost contact was with carl gunne ( – ), artist and curator of modern art at nationalmuseum (the national gallery of fine arts) in stockholm. they produced several exhibitions together and had a long-lasting professional relationship. hintze’s two-part survey modern konst: -talet and modern konst: -talet (published in and ) is a unique work both among his other writings on art and in comparison to contemporary art historiography in scandinavia. since the first part of this survey was published in the same year he started his job at the kunsthalle helsinki, and the second two years later, these two books can be understood as a way for hintze to establish himself as an authority on modern art. the first book is about nineteenth-century art and the second focuses on the first three decades of the twentieth century. the books are written in swedish and, even though hintze’s focus was on the international, mainly parisian, avant-garde, he has included several nordic artists. as a narration of european modern art, these two books are unconventional since we seldom find nordic artists other than edward munch in this kind of survey literature (munch is included in hintze’s first book on the nineteenth century). modern konst: -talet is one of the first survey books on early twentieth-century art published in swedish. during the s, several other ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history books and articles were published with the aim of describing the swedish art scene during the first decades of the twentieth century, but none are as ambitious or in the format of a survey of western avant-garde art, where the nordic avant-garde is included and compared with the central european avant-garde. later art historical handbooks on modern art either focus on the international avant-garde or the national avant-garde with clear references to international artists. it was not until that a more comprehensive handbook on swedish modernism was written, when rolf söderberg’s book den svenska konsten under -talet was published (later published in a shorter english version with the title modern swedish art), a book that for decades remained the standard book on the first half of twentieth- century swedish art. although hintze was finnish, or more precisely finland- swedish, his books on modern art were published both in finland by the publisher söderström & co and in sweden by the publisher lars hökerberg. they were never published in finnish even though the finnish publisher had plans for a translation. the intended reader of the books was probably the culturally interested public in sweden and the swedish-speaking population in finland. they received very positive reviews in both sweden and in swedish speaking press in finland, and seem to have been wished-for books among the critics. the swedish art critic gustaf näsström was overwhelmingly positive in his review. as far as i know the literature on the field, no other more comprehensive and objectively written survey over the last years art exists, other than the second part of hintze’s account. even though much of hintze’s writings on twentieth-century art was based on his own observations, he was very well aware of the nordic and international writing in the field. he especially mentions two important predecessors in the foreword to part one; the german art historian julius meier-graefe ( – ) and the norwegian art historian and museum director jens thiis ( – ). also, the compare with e.g. august brunius, ‘ års män: den nya linjen i svensk målarkonst’, vintergatan, stockholm ; erik blomberg, den nya svenska konsten, stockholm: norstedt, . in axel romdahl’s book det moderna måleriet och dess förutsättningar. en orientering, stockholm: natur och kultur, , both international and scandinavian artists are discussed, but in separated chapters and very briefly. rolf söderberg, den svenska konsten under -talet, stockholm: bonnier, . söderberg’s book was reprinted in and revised in . there is also a brief version in english, modern swedish art, stockholm: aldus/bonnier, . kruskopf, en konstens världsman, . kruskopf, en konstens världsman, – . ‘såvitt jag känner litteraturen på området existerar det icke någon mer allsidig och objektivt hållen översikt över de senaste årens konst än den som ges i andra delen av hintzes framställning.’ gustaf näsström, ‘en bok om modern konst’, stockholms dagblad, december . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history swedish art critic and writer erik blomberg ( – ) and the danish art historian emil hannover ( – ) are mentioned as important for hintze’s understanding of modern art. in the introduction to modern konst: -talet, opening with an illustration of henri matisse’s the dance from , hintze discusses the s as a transitional period with artists as paul cézanne, auguste renoir, paul gauguin, georges seurat, vincent van gogh and edvard munch. the central figure for the young generation in early twentieth-century was, according to hintze, cézanne, and the mediator ‘[…] the complicated transient phenomenon, the limiting case between two epochs’, was matisse and his followers. the first chapter after the introduction has the headline ‘henri matisse and his circle’. there is no question of the importance of matisse for hintze’s modernist narration. this interest in french art reveals hintze’s reading of and dependence on the writings by julius meier-graefe and jens thiis. two decades before the publication of hintze’s book, very few of the art critics in sweden or finland supported matisse fauvism or any outspoken modernist movement. in sweden, expressionism became connected early on with french art and especially with matisse. the breakthrough of french-inspired expressionism in sweden can be seen gradually during the s, but is probably most clearly manifested in with the large expressionistutställning (expressionist exhibition) at liljevalchs kunsthalle in stockholm, showing paintings by the artists leander engström and the artist couple isaac grünewald and sigrid hjertén. at the end of the first chapter, hintze discusses several nordic artists, many of them as direct followers of matisse, and among them grünewald and engström, but not hjertén. the exclusion of the female avant-garde artist sigrid hjertén is an important topic that has attracted the interest of several art historians since the s, but my focus here is on the inclusion of isaac grünewald and in what way hintze positions him in his art historical narration. since the book had a widespread swedish reception ‘[…] det komplicerade övergångsfenomenet, gränsfallet mellan två epoker’, hintze, modern konst. -talet, . when the first book was published, hintze’s dependence on julius meier-graefe was noted in his review by the swedish art critic gotthard johansson. gotthard johansson, ‘modern konst’, svenska dagbladet, april . gösta lilja, det moderna måleriet i svensk kritik – , malmö: allhem, ; bengt lärkner, det internationella avantgardet och sverige – , malmö: frank stenvalls förlag, . although art criticism in the early th century was very attentive to the art scene in paris, we have to remember that later swedish art historiography has been clearly francophile and has consequently enhanced the importance of french art in sweden, a historiography that in recent years had been revised in andrea kollnitz, konstens nationella identitet. om tysk och österrikisk modernism i svensk konstkritik – , stockholm: drau, . see e.g. elisabet haglund, sigrid hjertén, stockholm: Öppna ögon, ; katarina borgh bertorp and lollo fogelström ed, sigrid hjertén, stockholm: liljevalchs and raster, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history and my main case in this study is hintze’s reception of a swedish artist, my analysis will mainly put hintze’s modern art history in a swedish context. the jewish modernist as already mentioned, bertel hintze introduced isaac grünewald in a very positive way as the ‘incomparable talent’, but then he characterized him as: […] of an aladdin’s nature, more receptive than creative, flowing with ideas, productive like no other, a fast painter like the venetian eighteenth-century masters, at the same time an exoticist and fashionable cosmopolite, bold and ruthless in his art, and above all a fighting man, who not even in front of his easel could keep from being a polemist. grünewald is here introduced as an oriental element in the western art world by describing him as ‘of an aladdin’s nature’, ‘exoticist’ and ‘cosmopolitan.’ he also characterizes grünewald as exceptionally ‘productive’ and as ‘a fast painter like the venetian eighteenth-century masters’, indicating that he is more interested in the quantity and speed of his production than in quality. venetian artists from the eighteenth-century were at the time understood to be more of skilled producers of second-rate art than original artists. in the same line of thought we could understand the description of grünewald as ‘a fighting man’ who is ‘more receptive than creative’, clearly questioning his creativity. at the same time, hintze wrote that no other nordic artist came as close to matisse as grünewald with his festal decoration, colourful fanfares, and rhythmical arabesque lines, occasionally even surpassing his teacher matisse. ‘not for nothing is grünewald a semite,’ hintze concludes. semite refers to members of a middle eastern language group, including hebrew, and consequently once again points to grünewald as of eastern or oriental origin, but, considering the conflation between language groups and racial and ethical classifications in the nineteenth and early twentieth century, it also points at him as a jew. hintze considered grünewald’s ‘oriental colourfulness’ and bartel hintze’s wife lilli hintze noted in her diary that a group of swedish art students had visited helsinki and interviewed him, and that they had a ‘hintze club’ with meetings discussing his book on modern art. kruskopf, en konstens världsman, . ‘[…] en aladdinsnatur, mer receptiv än skapande, flödande av infall, produktiv som ingen annan, en snabbmålare av de venetianska -talsmästarnas art, på en gång exotiker och mondän kosmopolit, djärv och hänsynslös i sin konst, och framför allt en stridens man, som ej ens inför sitt staffli alltid kunde undvika att förbliva polemiker.’ hintze, modern konst. -talet, . hintze, modern konst. -talet, . in the swedish encyclopaedia nordisk familjebok. uggelupplagan from ‘semiter’ (semites) are in a narrow sense defined as jews. ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history captivating rhythm as a natural outcome of his semitic origin. while this oriental expression for matisse was a cultivated skill it was, for grünewald, according to hintze, something unrestrained and primitive. his origin could also explain his productivity and the variation of the quality of his art. figure isaac grünewald, det sjungande trädet, , oil on canvas, x , cm, norrköping: norrköpings konstmuseum. (photo©ludwig qvarnström) of great importance here is that hintze was predominantly positive to grünewald’s art. hintze has included him into his art historical survey book, and compares him with one of the most important artists of that time. matisse and grünewald are presented in the classical art historical formula of father/son or teacher/student, and there is no doubt that he finds grünewald an important contemporary artist. in he also invited grünewald to participate in the exhibition modern svensk konst (modern swedish art) at kunsthalle helsinki, and grünewald contributed with four paintings. but, even though hintze was genuinely ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history positive in his characterization of grünewald as one of matisse’s closest followers and presented him within a modernist narration, he denied that he possessed any individual creativity or originality. nor could hintze find any unifying line in his ‘chameleon-like’ development. from that point of view hintze describes grünewald as one of the biggest question marks within contemporary art in sweden. herein lies his most damning critique of grünewald. his chameleon character and lack of originality undermines any possibility of seeing him as genius in a kantian sense, and within modernist art history it should be possible to identify a unifying thread running through the seemingly heterogeneous oeuvre of an artist. while the idea of a unifying subject has fallen into disfavour since the s, it was a well-established modernist trope that art could only speak in the voice of the individual and original artist-subject, something hintze had difficulties in seeing in grünewald’s oeuvre. from a formal point of view, hintze identifies grünewald’s colourfulness and captivating rhythm in the line of matisse’s modernism. as an internationally oriented artist, as cosmopolitan and exotic, grünewald goes against the contemporary nationally oriented art, and is consequently positioned as an avant- gardist. but, in hintze’s characterization of grünewald he also makes a clear connection between his temperament, expressive formal language and semitic origin, revealing ideas of racial difference, and the use of an anti-semitic rhetoric. when describing grünewald as more of a highly productive fast painter than an original artist, he aligned himself with well-established ideas of jews as greedy, commercial and lacking in creativity. helen fein has listed the most common anti- semitic stereotypes, and her first two examples are: ) the jew as a betrayer and manipulator, and ) the jew as an exploiter personifying usury or modern capitalism. a ‘chameleon-like’ artist who is ‘more receptive than creative’ fits well into fein’s category , and grünewald’s productivity fits well into category . in hintze’s ambivalent characterization of grünewald, there is thus a tendency to conflate the characterization of an avant-gardist and a jew, at the same time undermining and strengthening grünewald’s position within his modernist narration. hintze, modern konst. -talet, . the well-known critique by roland barthes and michel foucault of the unitary subject was a direct response to this modernist trope. roland barthes, ‘the death of the author’ ( ), in image, music, text, trans. stephen heath, london: fontana press ; michel foucault, ‘what is an author?’ ( ), in donald preziosi, ed, the art of art history: a critical anthology, oxford and new york: oxford university press, . for a discussion on the modernist myth of originality, see rosalind e. krauss, ‘the originality of the avant-garde’, in rosalind e. krauss, the originality and the avant-garde and other modernist myths, cambridge & london: mit press, . for a discussion of the jewish lack of creativity, see sander gilman, the jew’s body, new york and london: routledge, , – . fein, ‘dimensions of antisemitism…’, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history the oriental grünewald and civilized matisse correspond with a dichotomy between east and west that is clearly expressed in hintze’s art-criticism from the s. for hintze, this was not a question of style but about civilisation, where the oriental culture risked replacing the classical tradition based on european culture. even though the eastern way of thinking, which he also called ‘jewish-oriental’, with its lack of nature, clarity and harmony, had enriched european art, he found it threatening. from a swedish point of view, germany was in the early th century considered a sister nation with a shared cultural tradition, while france was considered the refined, but also foreign civilization, both of them important for the swedish national identity. matisse is here representing this foreign but inspiring french civilisation, but, even though grünewald is compared to matisse, he could neither be french nor truly swedish due to his jewishness. in hintze’s art history, grünewald enriches swedish modernism with his colourful and exotic art, but as a jewish modernist, this rootless character, he becomes aligned with the negative features of modernity – materialism and the mass market – and consequently endangers the social and national body. hintze often discusses different national artistic temperaments and in the first survey book compares, for example, french impressionism with german impressionism, a way of organizing art that is typical of handbooks. although this is an established practice in art historical handbooks, we have to remember that in the nineteenth century racism helped to give nationhood a basis in biology and art history was a cultural phenomenon that could be used to classify people into races or nations. in the first book, hintze clearly states that his interest lies in what he called the ‘pure human meaning’ in art, and continues with a critique of contemporary formalism since, according to hintze, art history is ‘only superficially a history of formal development, but in reality a history of the human spirit.’ the form is only the vehicle to bring forth the ‘quinta essentia of life.’ in his interpretations, there is a tendency to point to geographically and ethnically based ‘essences’ in line with the early formalists’ connection between ‘form’ and ‘mind’ hintze’s art criticism from the s has been studied by pekka suhonen, bertel hintze ja moderni taide. piirteitä -luvun kriitikontyöstä, taidehalli , helsinki, . here i am referring to kruskopf, en konstens världsman, . this is probably most clearly defined in the swedish art critic august brunius book färg och form. studier af den nya konsten, stockholm: norstedt, . especially the chapter ‘fransk färg och tysk form’ [french colour and german form]. for a discussion on ‘space and time created by the disciplinary gaze’, see robert s. nelson, ‘the map of art history’, art bulletin, : , . on the relation between culture and race, see e.g. georg w. stocking, jr., ‘the turn-of-the- century concept of race’, modernism/modernity, : , . on the relationship between racism and nationalism, see etienne balibar, ‘racism and nationalism’, in etienne balibar and immanuel wallerstein, race, nation, class: ambiguous identities, london and new york: verso, . hintze, modern konst. -talet, stockholm: lars hökerbergs bokförlag, , – . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history and its relation to the world, but hintze seldom uses the openly racial rhetoric we find in his characterization of isaac grünewald. when, for example, writing about the german impressionist max liebermann, he focuses on the sharp observations of reality and his ability to capture the moment, something revealing his connection to the northern german, prussian tradition. he then discusses in what way liebermann was influenced by french impressionism, but never abandons his german character. compared to several other art historians, as for example josef strzygowski (who was professor of art history at Åbo akademi university in finland between and ), hintze did not discuss liebermann as an oriental character or as too cosmopolitan (a german maker of french art), typical of the anti- semitic understanding of liebermann as artist. but, in the end, when comparing lieberman with max slevogt, hintze describes him as a ‘berlin jew’. when discussing another famous jewish artist, marc chagall, hintze immediately introduces him as a jew from liosno near vitebsk. according to hintze, chagall’s art is ‘[…] mystical, surprising; it defies all western demands for logical unity and objectivity’, and in the end hintze concludes that ‘[h]is artistically defects are, at least from a western perspective, obvious, but he has had what western people most of all have lost: the surprise at the wonder of life, that is not only the deepest vein for religions and philosophies, but also for art.’ although hintze does not use the word oriental, he clearly identifies chagall as a non-western jew. it seem as if hintze cannot avoid reflecting on the artist’s origin or ethnic background, and when it comes to jews also their religion, but he does not consistently describe jewish artists as cosmopolitan or oriental, as the case with liebermann shows. hintze never explicitly discusses jewish art or defines any kind of jewishness. but, by repeatedly pointing out the artist’s jewish background and describing grünewald as oriental, david summers has discussed the early formalists in ”form’, nineteenth-century metaphysics, and the problem of art historical description’, critical inquiry , , – . hintze, modern konst. -talet, – . for josef strzygowski’s years in Åbo akademi university, see lars berggren, ’josef strzygowski – en främmande fågel i finland’, in renja suominen-kokkonen, ed, the shaping of art history in finland, helsinki: society of art history, . margaret olin, the nation without art. examining modern discourses on jewish art, lincoln and london: university of nebraska press, , . hintze, modern konst. -talet, . hintze introduces him as the ‘lillryske juden’ that is an old fashioned expression for ‘ukrainian jew’ although chagall was from belarus, hintze, modern konst. -talet, . ‘[…] gåtfull, överraskande, den trotsar alla västerländska krav på logisk enhetlighet och sakligt sammanhang.’ hintze, modern konst. -talet, . ‘[h]ans konstnärliga brister äro, åtminstone ur västerländsk synpunkt sett, uppenbara, men han har ägt vad västerlandets människor mest av allt förlorat: den förvåning inför tillvarons under, som ej blott är religionens och filosofiens, utan även konstens djupaste källåder.’ hintze, modern konst. -talet, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history he is connecting his line of thought with a long tradition of writing art historical handbooks. nineteenth-century art historical handbooks often had a section explicitly devoted to jewish art. the notion of jews as ‘orientals’ is found in the first art historical handbook, handbuch der kunstgeschicte ( ), by franz kugler. the ancient jews had an especial interest in external luxury, according to kugler. and so we know, that in their artworks, in greater or lesser degree, their main consideration was splendor and luxury, that namely they loved bright metallic decorations, and to cover their architectural interiors and also sculpture with expensive metallic materials; [and] that ornament of splendid colored, cleverly woven fabrics was continually found necessary to fit out these works. although kugler is discussing a different historical material, we can recognize the interest in ornamentation and splendid colours from hintze’s characterization of grünewald. albeit with modifications, the basic structure of kugler’s handbook prevails even today. during the s, bertel hintze was active within student politics, strongly attracted by right-wing ideas. leaving his engagement in student life in hintze also, according to his biographer erik kruskopf, left politics, which makes it difficult to follow his later political beliefs. but, according to kruskopf, he later positioned himself politically increasingly towards a humanistic-liberal position. even though in his early writings in the s hintze could use a racial and nationalistic rhetoric, kruskopf argues that he definitely refrained from using that kind of rhetoric from onwards. later on in his career his international interest puts him in opposition to more nationalistically minded art historians in finland, and later research has also showed that hintze was much more politically engaged throughout his career than kruskopf seems to be aware of. kruskopf’s argumentation about hintze’s use of racial rhetoric is based on hintze’s engagement in the debate about the supposedly racial differences between swedes and finns. as i understand it, this is more a question about the position for the swedish-speaking population in finland and its relation to sweden than a general discussion on racialist thinking. although it seems to be difficult to follow hintze’s political beliefs or his personal views on jews, it is clear from his writings on grünewald, for instance, that he embraced the quoted from margaret olin, the nation without art, . karlholm, handböckernas konsthistoria; robert s. nelson, ‘the map of art history’; mitchell schwartzer, ‘origin of the art history’. kruskopf, en konstens världsman, . kruskopf, en konstens världsman, – , . on hintze’s later political engagement, i am in debt to maija koskinen who describes hintze as deeply politically engaged in her forthcoming phd dissertation artistically regenerating and politically topical – kunsthalle helsinki – , at the university of helsinki. email correspondence with the author february , . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history widespread contemporary racial and anti-semitic jargon. in his diary from he could call an impudent passport inspector a ‘jewish chinovnik’, and in another paragraph he describes how he had ‘bargained as a jew’ in a negotiation. does this mean that hintze was an anti-semite? no, i do not think so. hintze does not seem to use this kind of rhetoric later in his career, and he definitely took a stand against the nazi regime when norway was occupied in . as part of his engagement for artists in norway, he participated in arranging an exhibition of finnish art in stockholm in , with the aim of sending the profit to norway. the plan was to give the money to landskommittén för norgehjälpen, an openly anti-german organisation. unfortunately, they never managed to send the money to norway until , after the war had ended. hintze’s book was published in , a couple of years before the role of anti- semitism changed in the public debate in sweden. partly due to the political situation in germany swedish anti-semitism was both radicalised within the extreme right wing politics, and severely criticised by others. during the s, rhetoric similar to that found in hintze’s book became less obvious and later on, after the – war, more or less disappeared from swedish art historiography. at the same time, the first written narration of early swedish modernism with its specific structure of aesthetic and ideological values was in large part established and published in these years. this narration first takes form in the s in the writings by art critics summarizing the first decades of the twentieth century. later, curators and art historians develop this narration in exhibitions, survey books (like the book by hintze) and finally in the s and s the modernist narration is institutionalized in museums and academic writing. but, how can we understand the anti-semitic rhetoric in hintze’s writings, and in what way has it affected swedish modernist art historiography? everyday anti-semitism and the early reception there is a strong link between the art critical and the art historical discourse that calls for a careful analysis. in mid-nineteenth century, the art historian and the artist departed on each other in their relationship to history, and soon art history emerged chinovnik is a disparaging name for a russian public servant or bureaucrat. kruskopf, en konstens världsman, . kruskopf, en konstens världsman, – . kruskopf is unclear in his description of this organisation, probably due to a conflation of two organisations, but i understand it as landskommittén för norgehjälpen, which in august affiliated with the new organisation svenska norgehjälpen. in, for example, brunius, ‘ års män’ and blomberg, den nya svenska konsten. the first article on early twentieth century swedish art published in an academic journal was johnny roosval, ‘den levande konsten i historiens skåpfack’, konsthistorisk tidskrift, no. , . in the s several dissertations on early twentieth century art were published e.g. lilja, det moderna måleriet. ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history as an academic discipline. the professional art historians from that time onwards seldom work with contemporary art as part of their professional activity, even though they might show a great interest in contemporary art. in sweden, this professionalization of the art historian can be identified in the late-nineteenth century at the same time as we can see the emergence of a professional and influential art-criticism. this two-fold professionalization distinguishes art history from art criticism. the art historian lost his authority in the interpretation and evaluation of contemporary art, and instead the art critics became responsible for the description, analysis and evaluation of contemporary art. as the swedish art historian hans hayden has expressed it: ‘[…] when it became necessary within, for example, education and the production of survey texts – art history became more or less dependent on the expertise within the field: in other words, the historiography of modernism itself.’ when the art historians in mid-nineteenth century wrote the story of early modernism, they had to base their history writing on earlier art-critical debates and the art world’s own gradual re-evaluation of the avant-garde. this is not the least important when it comes to the influence of nationalism and anti- semitism on art historiography. even though my analysis focuses on one individual, i understand this as being a structural phenomenon going back to the early academic institutionalization of art history, or, as margaret olin has described it ‘[…] the voice of anti-semitism was built into the language along with nationalism and became part of the structure of art history, even where anti-semitism was not the object.’ this is the reason why i find it very important to look carefully at the way in which the art historical discourse has taken over not only the aesthetic but also ideological system of norms from previous art critical discussions. during the late nineteenth century and the beginning of the twentieth century, a widespread anti-semitism impregnated european social life. this anti- semitism knew nothing about auschwitz-birkenau and was in many cases ideologically and politically confused. in sweden and also finland this anti- semitism is easily traced in for example the comic press with its more or less harmless and stereotypical ideas about jews as liars, greedy, and incapable of creating anything original, etc. the jew was, according to this conception, a nationally rootless individual, a cosmopolitan person threatening any national hans belting, the end of the history of art, transl. by christopher s. wood, chicago: university of chicago press, , f. lilja, det moderna måleriet, . ‘[…] då detta blev nödvändigt exempelvis inom undervisning och i framställning av översiktsverk – blev konstvetenskapen mer eller mindre hänvisade till expertisen på fältet: med andra ord till modernismens egen historiografi.’ hans hayden, modernismen som institution. om etablerandet av ett estetiskt och historiografiskt paradigm, stockholm: symposion, , . margaret olin, ‘from bezal’el to max liebermann. jewish art in nineteenth-century art historical texts’, in catherine m. soussloff, ed-, jewish identity in modern art history, berkeley: university of california press, , . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history identity. in his extensive documentation and analysis of the comic press in sweden, the swedish historian lars m andersson has argued for anti-semitism as a hegemonic discourse in swedish society during the first three decades of the twentieth century. anti-semitism was a self-evident part of the public debate and an important part of the construction of a cultural and national identity. although the political situation in finland was different, especially the finnish relationship with russia, a similar anti-semitic discourse is clearly visible. the kind of manifestations andersson studies can be called an everyday anti-semitism or salon anti-semitism, defined as the first level of anti-semitism, which ends with the fifth level of holocaust, by british historian john c. g. röhl. everyday anti-semitism does not necessarily have to be connected to a specific economic, political or cultural sphere, but functions more on an unconscious level, as a general frame of reference visible in the turns of phrases in everyday communication. the anti-semitic expressions in bertel hintze’s handbook, and in the art critical discourse i will discuss below, i define as of the same kind of unreflecting everyday anti-semitism. the anti-semitic rhetoric in bertel hintze’s art historical survey of modern art is not unique and definitely not the only publication where grünewald is described in this manner. going through the art criticism about him, anti-semitism is almost always lurking underneath the surface or an explicit part of the critical discourse. we can find anti-semitic expressions even in the earliest reviews of grünewald’s art, but the first big debate about his art and a debate where anti-semitism plays an important part is the debate about the decoration of the civil marriage chamber in the stockholm law courts – . grünewald was awarded a prize for his proposal for this decoration, but he did not win the competition. instead, the much older and better established muralist georg pauli won, even though in the end none of them got the commission. this historical event has become very important as grünewald’s first major set-back among many other that followed him throughout his life, and the year when he became publicly known as one of our most radical avant-garde artists, the leading figure of swedish expressionism. andersson, en jude är en jude, . in finland, similar anti-semitic manifestations can be traced in, for example, the magazine fyren, see forsgård, alias finkelstein, - . john c. g. röhl, the kaiser and his court. wilhelm ii and the government of germany, cambridge , f; andersson, en jude är en jude, . andersson uses röhl’s term ‘salon anti-semitism’, but i prefer the similar term ‘everyday anti-semitism’ originating from moshe zimmerman and used in a swedish context by henrik rosengren in rosengren, ‘judarnas wagner’, . isaac grünewald’s grandson bernhard grünewald has documented and presented the art criticism on grünewald in orientalen. bilden av isaac grünewald i svensk press – , stockholm: ckm, . even though this clearly is not a scholarly work, it is a great source of ideas and empirical material. for a documentation and analysis of the competitions for the decoration of the marriage chamber in the stockholm law courts and its historiography, see ludwig qvarnström, ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history figure isaac grünewald, triangel, prize awarded full-size sketch for the decoration of the civil marriage chamber at stockholm law courts, , oil on canvas, x cm, lund: skissernas museum. (photo©skissernas museum) in the art critical debate about the proposals for this decoration we find several expressions on the lack of originality in grünewald’s art. the well-known art critic knut barr described him as if: […] he seems in a high degree to lack fantasy, since everything he here achieves is an echo; where it is at its best, from antique vases and pompeian painting, where it is at its worst, from the donkey boronali’s tail whisk, whose possibilities at the moment seem exhausted, that one could have the right to speak about her epigones. the donkey boronali refers to a joke made in paris a couple of years earlier, and reported in the swedish press. some artists tied a brush to a donkey’s tail and put it in paint. the painting this donkey made was later exhibited at the independent vigselrummet i stockholms rådhus och det tidiga -talets monumentalmåleri. historia, reception, historiografi, diss., uppsala: acta universitatis upsaliensis, . ‘[…] han i hög grad tycks sakna fantasi, ty allt vad han här presterar är efterklang; där det är som bäst från antika vaser och pompejanska målningar, där det är som sämst från åsnan boronalis svansviftningar, vilkas möjligheter för närvarande äro så pass uttömda, att man kan ha rätt att tala om hennes epigoner.’ knut barr, ‘giftasrummets dekorering’, stockholms- tidningen january . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history exhibition in paris with the signature boronali. in other words, knut barr is here pointing at grünewald as not only lacking creativity but as also having the bad judgement to copy the work of a donkey. there are numerous examples like this criticising grünewald for lacking originality, being too productive and obtrusive in promoting his art. not only the established art critics were engaged in the debate, but also the general public and some of the established intellectual leaders, like axel gauffin ( – ). he received his phd in art history before he was appointed assistant at nationalmuseum in stockholm in , and later, in he became superintendent at the museum, a post he held until . gauffin wrote three articles for the daily newspaper stockholms dagblad about grünewald’s proposal. later, the well-known publisher and art historian carl g. laurin published the articles as an offprint, including a foreword by himself. in the first article, gauffin makes clear that grünewald not only lacked originality but also advertised his art in the same way as ads for mass-produced wallpapers, clearly aligning grünewald with materialism and mass marketing. in the third article, gauffin starts out with an argument from a fictitious reader who says to gauffin that ‘[d]on’t you understand, that he [grünewald] rubs his hands with delight every time you mention his name?’ even though gauffin never speaks of grünewald as a jew, the idea of him as a mass- producing adman lacking the originality of a real artist is obvious and typical of the everyday anti-semitism of its time. rubbing his hands clearly indicates grünewald as a salesman. visually, jews were often caricatured with special focus on their hands, usually big hands, indicating them as profiting middlemen. in swedish, this becomes obvious since the swedish word for ‘middlemen’ is mellanhänder (literal translation: middle hands). but there is one more important element here. grünewald never publicly answered axel gauffin, even though gauffin was rather offensive. but, after the competition for the decoration of the marriage chamber was finished, in november , grünewald publicly complained about the negative result. with help from a lawyer, he complained about the voting system used by the competition committee. this resulted in an outburst of reactions. in an article by one of the members in the committee, professor of literature karl warburg, grünewald was criticized for seeking the help of a lawyer. axel gauffin, vigselrummet. en vidräkning med förord av carl g. laurin, stockholm: norstedt, . axel guaffin, ‘vigselrummet iii. nämnden’, stockholms dagblad, mars . andersson, en jude är en jude, - . this protest was published in a pamphlet, david lewinson, vigselrummets dekorering. eva bonniers donationsnämnds beslut, märkliga uttalanden, underlig omröstningsmetod och överraskande resultat, stockholm: bröderna lagerströms förlag, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history it would have pleased me if with my vote i could have promoted a young ambitious artist’s work. but, in any case, i wish he in the future could win his victories with his brush and not with his advocacy. grünewald is described as a bad loser who has to fight for his art with help from a lawyer and a loud voice instead of using his brush. the understanding of grünewald as self-confident and a person always ready to fight for his art became a proof of his jewish identity. this kind of reaction can be seen every time grünewald opened his mouth throughout almost his entire career. it also became an important part of bertel hintze’s characterization of grünewald when he, as already quoted above, described grünewald as ‘above all a fighting man, who not even in front of his easel could keep from being a polemist.’ in the negative reception of isaac grünewald’s art there is a clearly traceable everyday anti-semitism identifying him as a mass-producing, loud-voiced adman without any originality or creativity. this negative critique was, as i have argued elsewhere, an important part of nationalistic art criticism in early twentieth-century sweden. when hintze included grünewald in his modernist narration, and ‘normal’ art historiography, he used a similar description of him as an artist and a person. hintze’s text reveals the translocation of an anti-semitic rhetoric from a basically negative and often disparaging art critical discourse to a well-received art historical handbook, and the creation of the narration of swedish modernism. even though hintze, born in , probably did not follow the art critical debate about the decoration of the marriage chamber in stockholm law courts in – , he definitely knew about the debate. in his handbook, he points out one genre where grünewald could excel, and that was as a stage designer, a talent grünewald showed already in his proposal for the decoration of the marriage chamber. already in his refused proposals for the decoration of the marriage chamber in stockholm law courts ( – ) he had given a splendid proof of his decorative talent, and in them there was also ‘an attempt at real monumentality’ (romdahl) […] ’det skulle glatt mig om jag med min röst kunnat främja en framåtsträvande ung konstnärs verk. men i varje fall tillönskar jag honom att framledes vinna sina segrar med sin pensel, men ej med sin advokatyr.’ karl warburg, ‘striden om vigselrummets dekorering. professor warburg svarar hr isaac grünewald’, dagens nyheter, november . the same article was also published in two other daily newspapers, stockholms dagblad and svenska dagbladet. qvarnström, vigselrummet i stockholms rådhus, – . hintze, modern konst. -talet, . qvarnström, vigselrummet i stockholms rådhus, – . ‘redan i de refuserade förslagen till utsmyckning av vigselrummet i stockholms rådhus ( – ) hade han givit ett glänsande prov på sin dekorativa talang, och i dem fanns ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history as he clearly shows in this quote, hintze was not the first to point to grünewald’s ‘decorative talent’ with reference to his proposal for the marriage chamber, a talent later released in his stage designs. romdahl, whom he quotes here, is the swedish professor of art history axel romdahl ( – ), who had published a popular introduction to modern art in , where he makes the same reference to the marriage chamber. grünewald had a great success with his set designs for saint- saën’s simson and delila, a drama from the old testament, at the royal swedish opera in stockholm in . hintze also mentions his set designs for anthony and cleopatra at stockholm concert hall in . in these stage sets, hintze argued that ‘[…] grünewald [got] unlimited play for the oriental richness of fantasy, and the exotic delight in colours that he had brought with him into swedish art.’ a similar connection was made earlier by one of hintze’s role models jens thiis in his book nordisk kunst idag (nordic art today) from . thiis based his book on articles he had previously written about a large nordic exhibition in gothenburg in . there he characterized grünewald as an intelligent colourist, but not consistent when scrutinized in detail, and recommended that those who wanted to see ‘[…] grünewald’s decorative fantasy and orgiastic colourfulness fully developed’ should go to the nearby exhibition for the swedish textile industry where grünewald had made large decorative and colourful woollen appliqués. no one can deny grünewald’s success as a stage designer and monumental painter in the s, but when entering into the field of the scenographer, or decorative painter as it was called at the time, grünewald entered into a more commercial part of the art field, a part of the field where grünewald’s ‘showmanship’, as hintze described it, was more accepted. aside from hintze’s use of the words ‘oriental’ and ’exotic’, i would disagree that the tendency in the texts by thiis, romdahl and hintze to emphasize grünewald’s decorative talent in connection to his work as scenographer is part of an everyday anti-semitism. at the same time, we cannot ignore the fact that, when they position grünewald within this commercial part of the art field, the anti- semitic preconception of him as aligned with materialism and the mass-market is strengthened. därtill “en ansats till verklig monumentalitet” (romdahl).’ hintze, modern konst. -talet, . romdahl, det moderna måleriet. hintze’s quote is from page . ’[…] grünewald [fick] obegränsat spelrum för den österländska fantasirikedom och den exotiska färgglädje, som han bragt med sig i svensk konst.’ hintze, modern konst. -talet, – . jens thiis, nordisk kunst idag, kristiania: gylendalske bokhandel, , . pierre bourdieu, the rules of art: genesis and structure of the literary field, translated by susan emanuel, cambridge: polity press, , ff. hintze, modern konst. -talet, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history figure interior photography from the exhibition for the swedish textile industry at the gothenburg exhibition . three of isaac grünewald’s woollen appliqués are visible on the right wall. (photo©region- och stadsarkivet i göteborg) oriental jew and/or avant-garde artist in the early twentieth century nationalistic art-critical discourse, an artist representing foreign or international ideas, endangered the social and national body. isaac grünewald was not only challenging the establishment as a jew but also as an avant-garde artist. his international orientation, lack of nationalistic expressions and attacks on the institution of art early positioned him as one of the foremost avant-garde artists in sweden. he became a perfect target for anti-semitic attacks by conservative critics in the service of nationalism. when pointing to him as an oriental, exotic and foreign element in swedish art, the conservative critics not only dismissed him as anti-nationalistic, but also identified him as a jew. at the same time, this identification of him as a foreign element in combination with the frequent comparison with international artists such as matisse positioned him as an avant-garde artist. during the s and s when nationalism gradually lost its importance for artists and critics in sweden and matisse became an acknowledged and respected artist, the understanding of grünewald also changed. his avant- garde position in the s was later acknowledged in a positive sense, especially in when nationalmuseum in stockholm arranged a large exhibition with henri matisse in , he was met by almost all critics as a venerated modern artist. lärkner, det internationella avantgardet, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history the s, in texts such as bertel hintze’s handbook on modern art, exhibitions, and his appointment as professor at the royal swedish academy of arts in . in this process, his earlier exposed position was to his advantage, due to the earlier conflations in the characterizations of an avant-gardist and jewish artist, as expressed in the early criticism and later in hintze’s survey book. what makes hintze’s book especially revealing here is the mixture of anti-semitic expressions with his appraisals of grünewald’s avant-garde and modernist position. in other words the translocation of the anti-semitic rhetoric in hintze’s text is still easily recognised. of great importance here is that the everyday anti-semitism is basically unconscious and has not been considered to be problematic until recently. the effect is that, although the rhetoric has changed and the openly anti-semitic expressions have more or less disappeared in swedish art historiography, many of these problematic characterisations of grünewald have remained. analysing later art historiography on grünewald, we seldom find any directly anti-semitic expressions or racial expression like hintze’s, but we still can trace similar ideas in the characterisations of grünewald. when the art historian bengt lärkner in his dissertation from describes the debate about the decoration of the marriage chamber, he writes that this debate ‘[…] definitely placed grünewald in the position as the best known swedish painter’ and then continued by saying that, in this debate, ‘grünewald managed through his energetic actions to make himself the central figure.’ but grünewald never placed himself in this position, since he never directly participated in this public debate until after the competitions, and then he was rather forced into this position by contemporary art critics. when lärkner later writes about swedish artists as propagandists, he compares grünewald with gösta adrian nilsson, usually called gan, and concludes that ‘[h]is marketing methods for himself and his art were more spectacular and much more effective than gan’s. whatever grünewald undertook aroused attention and most of the time battle.’ although lärkner gives examples of grünewald and gan as propagandistic artists, he never manages to show in what way grünewald is more spectacular and effective, even though he points to grünewald’s own actions as the reason for this spectacular attention. but i would argue that here lärkner is actually passing down a well-established characteristic of grünewald that has lost its connection with its anti-semitic origin. we find an even later and also more problematic example in a very successful double biography of sigrid hjertén and isaac grünewald from by the author and documentary filmmaker anders wahlgren. on the cover of the first ’[…] definitivt förde grünewald upp till positionen som landets mest kände målare. […] lyckades grünewald genom sitt energiska agerande framstå som dess huvudperson.’, lärkner, det internationella avantgardet, . ’[h]ans metoder att marknadsföra sig och sin konst var mera spektakulära och avsevärt mera effektiva än gan’s. vad grünewald än företog sig väckte det uppmärksamhet och för det mesta också strid’, lärkner, det internatioinella avantgardet, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history edition of this book we find a drawing made by isaac grünewald, and wahlgren begins the book with following sentences: ‘today mr. and mrs. grünewald open an exhibition at hallin’s art shop’, was written under a small portrait of sigrid hjertén and isaac grünewald in dagens nyheter on april , . isaac early understood the importance of marketing. that is why he drew himself and his wife in profile. without any argumentation, wahlgren identifies a small drawing over a brief unsigned article informing readers about the opening of the artists-couple’s exhibition as marketing arranged by grünewald. what is interesting here is that, even though wahlgren in this book frequently discuss the anti-semitic attacks on grünewald, he cannot resist describing grünewald as an excellent adman and a very, almost too, productive artist. wahlgren seems to be totally unaware of the origin of the characterisations of grünewald he is repeatedly passing down to us. i am certain that there is no anti-semitic intention behind this kind of description of grünewald. but it seems as if we have created a blind spot in our art historiography during the post-war era in the way that anti-semitic rhetoric has become integrated within our ‘normal’ art history. in conclusion, i would say that widespread everyday anti-semitism played an important part in the early formation of the swedish modernist narration, at least when it comes to one of the foremost swedish avant-garde artists of the first half of the twentieth century. i also want to argue that anti-semitism in a way has in retrospect contributed to our idea of grünewald as the foremost avant-garde artist. my point here is that grünewald of course suffered severely from contemporary anti-semitism, but in retrospect this transformed or translocated anti-semitic rhetoric has strengthened his avant-garde position, despite the obvious ambivalence in the evaluation of his art. since the general characterization on grünewald fits too well into our modernist narration, with its need of propagandistic leading figures, the voice of anti-semitism seems unnoticed to have been built into the language and structure of swedish art historiography. this article is the first attempt to ascertain what is of anti-semitic origin within this vocabulary and what is an actual interpretation of grünewald’s artistic achievements. the voice of anti-semitism still needs to be analysed and problematized, not least when it comes to the swedish art historiography from the second half of the twentieth century and the beginning of the twenty-first century. ludwig qvarnström is senior lecturer at the division of art history and visual studies, lund university. he received his phd at uppsala university in , and his research has mainly focused on swedish art historiography. the current article wahlgren, sigrid & isaac, . ludwig qvarnström the jewish modernist: isaac grünewald in bertel hintze’s art history is part of his research project on the influence of anti-semitism on swedish art historiography, which has received support of the swedish foundation for humanities and social sciences. ludwig.qvarnstrom@kultur.lu.se this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution- noncommercial . international license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . / kt_layout_artikel_ _ renaissance / - in the th century a massive production of fake works was recorded in the arts, as well as in literature and material objects in general. as a result of this, theories appeared in the same period, which began to treat fakes favorably and promote them as a new kind of historical document. this atmosphere is depicted in an outstanding way in the real thing ( ), one of henry james’ mas- terpieces ( – ): a painter in order to illustrate a social novel in which the main characters are aristo- crats, hires a faded genteel couple, which he initially considers to be the best opportunity for high inspira- tion. but surprisingly, the result is disappointing. the wife, once known as the beautiful statue, “looked like a photograph or a copy of a photograph” and “had no sense of variety”. she was authentic but always the same and unaltered. a pair of every-day people who are professional models prove to be able to portray better the heroes of the book. the woman “[…] being so little in herself, she should yet be so much in oth- ers”. here the author vividly presents how the “fic- tional” can take the position of the “original”, which he describes in its absolute decline in a transitional peri- od, where the dominance of “appearance” over the real thing is made clear. at a certain point in the story the painter says: “i liked things that appeared; then one was sure. whether they were or not was a subor- dinate and almost always a profitless question”. these words, although written about the artistic cre- ation at the end of the th century, echoed a per- ception that would generally characterize the era of modernity in the coming decades. in the th century, the dada and surrealist artistic movements, the “objets trouvés” of marcel duchamp ( – ) and the collages of pablo picasso ( – ) were a powerful blow to the notion of originality. the copy, the artificial and ultimately the fake, ex- pressed the artist’s exaggerated pursuit to be absent from his work, as well as his attempt to disclaim his authority and act as an intermediary for works created through impersonal methodology. after the ’s postmodern condition, producing a knowledge that “refines our sensitivity to differences and reinforces our ability to tolerate the incommensurable”, was the historical and the theoretical framework: loans, recita- tions, quotes, imitations, repetitions, the standardiza- tion and counterfeiting of technics, media, material, way of thinking, of style and content, of internal and external elements and traits had no limit or end: robert rauschenberg’s combines ( – ), the cut-ups in the writings of william s. burroughs ( – ), the “specific objects” of minimalist donald judd, andy warhol’s photochemical reproductions ( – ), the repetitive patterns and modules by sol lewitt ( – ), the “death of the author” of roland barthes ( – ), the “fake” creations of appropriation and fake art, were gaining in popularity. at the same time, the development of scientific knowledge around the notion of the fake adopted a similar attitude. the depreciation of the fake had come to an end. although for years everything seemed to work in a stable and universally accepted form – authentic = value / forgery = demerit – now the situation was changing. aesthetics, art history, culture sciences, sociology, economic and legal studies, in- terdisciplinary approaches and academic debates reintroduced the issue from a new perspective. fakes came to the center of interest, in the same way other issues, which until the middle of the th century re- mained obscured and taboo, came to the spotlight. this does not mean that conventional views and ideas changed or were replaced. fakes have been given prominence but have not displaced the genuine and original. what, however, undoubtedly happened is that a new area of knowledge has been created, where the boundaries of theory and practice are test- ed and controlled, sometimes with unexpected sur- prises. anna mykoniati is fake the new original?* file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ anna mykoniati is fake the new original? kunsttexte.de / - the words and their meaning original, copy, imitation, forgery, counterfeit, fake: these are the key concepts around which the subject under investigation revolves. the dividing line be- tween these terms is thin since their sense of content is largely coincident and overlapping, something that creates confusion. in the dictionaries, one quickly re- alizes that these concepts are poorly defined and in particular none of the nuances are recorded in their use in the field of art. often, these definitions instead of clarifying are confusing or even contradictory. original the word “original” comes from the latin word origo (beginning, source, origin) and according to the dictio- nary, it is an object or other creation (e.g. narrative work) from which all later copies and variations are derived. in the early modern times, both as a notion and as a word, originality was the desideratum. the renais- sance humanists aimed to learn from the ancient texts, and in order to restore them in their original form, they sought authentic manuscripts. archeolo- gists and antique dealers gradually developed mecha- nisms and methods for their identification and evalua- tion. the scholars and especially the etymologists performed the research of the original words from which others were derived, and in the area of critical publications and translation the original texts were the “foundation”. but also in the natural sciences, mathe- matics and anatomy, originality was of similar impor- tance, mainly in the concept of the starting point of reasoning and research. with the industrial revolution from the late th century and mainly in the th century, and the preva- lence of the machine as a means of mass production of standardized products in unlimited numbers, the concept of prototype gained a new dimension. in one way it ceased to exist, while on the other hand it was strongly associated with a better quality creation and the establishment of copyrights to the artistic product. the creation of identical and cheap objects, of materi- al, technical and aesthetic precision in large numbers, brought the democratization of the market and of- fered free access to many. the unique, handmade and signed products were available only to an eco- nomically privileged minority and imposed an elitist conception of the original. in the th century, a time of exhaustive mechanis- tic reproduction due to new technology and the pres- ence of media, such as photography and moving im- ages, originality ceased to concern even the artists (who traditionally search for it) and was extinguished from the vocabulary of criticism. after world war ii, an interesting issue was raised: is a copy less valuable, less authentic than the original? how can we distin- guish and define the difference? do these differences exist objectively or do we see them because we search for them? to such a question jean baudrillard gave the most convincing and successful answer, ar- guing that a simulacrum is not a copy of inferior quali- ty but an actual truth per se. in the st century, the reflection on whether or not originality, as a notion, exists has led to its complete denial. modern literary, visual and scientific thinking is characterized by the presence of lengthy references, citations, quotations and copies, stated in an unambiguous, and some- times obviously provocative way. in the most charac- teristic version of this, the original is deemed to be determined by the duplicate, without which there is no original. copy the word “copy”, as john ayto puts it, “has a very devious semantic history”. it comes from latin word copia (abundance) that came into english via the old french word copie. in addition to its central meaning ‘abundance’, latin copia could also mean ‘power, right’, and it appears that its use in such phrases as ‘give someone the right to transcribe’ led to its appli- cation to ‘right of reproduction’ and ultimately to sim- ply ‘reproduction’. a copy was considered for centuries a second- class work with regard to what it duplicated. the copier and its activity were placed at a lower level and sometimes forced to become apologetic. this per- ception, however, was discussed and challenged by many and different points of view. walter benjamin was the first to basically address the subject in file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ anna mykoniati is fake the new original? kunsttexte.de / - in his famous essay the work of art in the age of me- chanical reproduction, without however having a clear position on the original-copy hierarchy. in , hillel schwartz in his book the culture of the copy through the interdisciplinary approach of the subject reached the point of reversing the superi- ority of the original over the copy. stating that culture was creating the natural order, he observed that the cultural course of man showed that the original did not make sense without the copy. we live through a continuous and endless copying process, and without distinct signs of originality, from where one can safely assert that copies derive: "anything unique is at risk of vanishing. […] an object uncopied is under perpet- ual siege, valued less for itself than for the struggle to prevent its being copied. the more adept the west has become at making copies, the more we have ex- alted uniqueness. it is within an exuberant world of copies that we arrive at our experience of originality”. in addition, in order to support such subversive and, to some extent, “strange” as he characterized it, opinion he added “copying is pedestrian. copying is peculiar. on the one hand, copying makes us what we are. our bodies take shape from the transcription of protein templates. our languages from the mimicry of privileged sounds, our crafts from the repetition of prototypes. cultures cohere in the faithful transmis- sion of rituals and rules of contact. to copy cell for cell, word for word, image for image is to make the known world our own”. however, even more strange is the question of whether it is possible to have an absolutely perfect copy. a copy can never be identical to what it dupli- cates. there are still – even if they are not obvious through simple observation – external differences, smaller or greater, mainly due to materials and tech- niques, but also internal ones that concern the cre- ators, simply because people of different physical and mental state create them. even if the original and the copy are made by the same person, again the abso- lute identification is excluded, since they are made under different objective and subjective conditions. but even if we suppose that there can be an absolute identification, then it is clear that we cannot talk about a distinction between the original and the copy and there cannot be any sort of hierarchy. the dispute about the value of the original and the va- lue of the copy may seem odd. this, however, does not diminish its importance, but instead it emphasizes it as it is supported by the fact that there were cultu - res where copying was a permanent and legitimate activity. in such cases, the phenomenon was either driven by practical reasons, such as the preservation and transmission of acquired know-how and the de- sire to maintain traditional forms, since in this way cultural and historical continuity was preserved, or even by simple nostalgia or admiration for the “glo- rious” past. on the other hand, copying was proof that collectivity was a living factor of social life. through it, each individual was coherent to the whole and through the conventions followed in copying, ge- neral principles and order were created upon which this collectivity depended. all the above have to do with hand-made copies. however, in modern times, the copies produced by various photomechanical methods dominate. these are the so-called “reproductions”. these reproduc- tions circulated in large numbers and in materials oth- er than that of the original. although walter benjamin in his essay on the evolution of art under the influence of technological progress seems to have reserva- tions with regard to the handmade copy, saying that there is no “aura” of the original, he is positively in- clined about the technical reproduction, on two main grounds: the first is the fact that reproductions make the work of art accessible to the public. a famous painting, which in the past, one in order to see it had to visit the collection/museum where it was exhibited, becomes accessible to everyone through its repro- duction. the second is that with the mediation of the machine one can see the artwork from different an- gles. close-ups, for example, are very satisfying and instructive and reveal details of the image that are im- possible to spot and observe with the naked eye. in short, with reproductions the interventions are essen- tial as the dimensions of space and time of the art- work change, and from specific, they become varied and volatile. file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ anna mykoniati is fake the new original? kunsttexte.de / - mimesis-imitation the word “mimesis” derives from the etymologically devious greek word mimos (mime), the content of which is related to the dionysian rituals and the begin- nings of the theatrical act. imitation, initially, involved the concept of action and energy. for the ancient greeks from pindar to the pythagoreans it seems to mean that someone is doing something the same way someone else does it or something is done like some- thing else. through plato and especially aristotle, and then in all the periods of western civilization it passed as a basic concept of art theory and was used by aesthetics and literature criticism but also the critique of visual arts with two different meanings: . to define the nature of literature and other arts, and . to de- note the relationship of an artwork to something else, which worked as its model/prototype. in order to un- derstand in which of the two meanings we refer to each time, in english we use the greek word “mime- sis” for the first case, and the word “imitation” coming directly from the latin imitare (to copy) for the second. plato, without trying systematically to define the word mimesis, uses it with both meanings, often con- fusing the reader about what he means each time. particularly interesting is that the significance of mimesis is broadened when the philosopher evolves his thoughts for mimesis as a characteristic of arts, poetry and painting. plato’s position to art is not con- sistent. its strange devaluation in the republic, when he tries to determine the role of art in the ideal state, is based on the view that art is simply imitating the objects of the visible world that in turn are also the mimesis of ideas. that is, art gives copies that are copies of the copies. although he considers mimesis as a withdrawal from truth and art a great lie, and for that reason detrimental, at the same time he recog- nizes the conventions art uses, exploiting the physi- cal imperfections of man and especially of his eyes, to “correct” and render the things of the world. this is how he, perhaps unwittingly, expands the concept of mimesis. for plato mimesis is not simple copying but as it involves mental effort and thought, it ap- proaches the notion of creation and what aristotle in his poetics names as eikos, that is to say, verisimili- tude or perhaps more correctly, a plausible represen- tation. furthermore, the meaning of mimesis is at the beginning of his famous definition of tragedy, and is the property of art in which he often refers to in the poetics. the way that both its “technical” character- istics as well as its deeper “cathartic” function are defined, outline mimesis’ true essence: its achieve- ment is not the result of mere copying nor even a random transformation. it is a representation in the sense of transformation, of overcoming reality. as a product of imitation, the work of art is a creation of thought, not of knowledge, of a moral, redeeming and pedagogical character. it is therefore useful and necessary for man. in other words, aristotle rebuts the platonic elimination of art from the human com- munity. among those who adopted aristotle’s perception of mimesis was cicero ( – bc) in de oratore and marcus fabius quintilianus (ca. – ad), who believed that the artist can imitate but at the same time overcome the simple imitation of things. through the latin scholars, the concept of mimesis continued to exist in the middle ages, as we can see in the texts of bonaventure ( / – ), al- though symbolic values dominated in the fields of life and of pictorial representation during this period. in the th century, during the early period of the italian renaissance, the concept of mimesis was es- tablished in the area of artistic practice and this lasted for centuries. leon battista alberti ( – ) in his work de pictura addressed the issues of beauty and nature. following the aristotelian view, he argued that art was not a shameful copying of nature but an imita- tion of what regulates the laws of nature and leads to the selective rendering of things that are not only the most exquisite but also the most beautiful in the world. mimesis was not an exercise of observation and copying but a personal interpretation of the artist. with a keen interest in the linguistic rules and narra- tive patterns that his contemporaries once again dis- covered in texts of classical antiquity, alberti attempt- ed to define the rules of grammar and syntax of the mimetic visual language. the focus was on the scien- tific perspective, a discovery of his days. the painting as a window to the visible/sensible world, became for the artists a field of gestural development guided by logic and experience, while for the common viewers it file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ anna mykoniati is fake the new original? kunsttexte.de / - functioned as aesthetic pleasure and as a realization of a new dimension of time and history. on the other hand, the concept of imitation has nothing to do with the influences and effects that, al- legedly, an artist or the art of a certain era or place have and which has been a convenient interpretive tool in the hands of criticism. it has primarily to do with the concept of repetition. the ancient orators and philosophers recommended to their students to adopt models established for every occasion or for every type of poetry. the literary and visual work in antiquity is very different from a modern one because it obeys steady regulatory principles in terms of form and style, which have been shaped over the years and sometimes by great craftsmen. faith in tradition was obligatory and innovation was a problem. origi- nality was in the field of the combined effort and, above all, of the systematization of the different mod- els, as well as their explanation. moreover, imitation of classical statues has been for decades the only practice of a number of sculptors around the world who had remained faithful to neo- classicism. furthermore, academic painters worked by imitating the technique and the themes of the great painters of the past, especially of the renaissance. from antiquity to the th century works were pro- duced that were not innovative but served continuity. they were bound by the classical norms which they did not simply follow but were in dialogue with. here lies the basic difference between copy and imitation. a copy is a repetition based on the greatest possible resemblance to the original, a similarity however, that ultimately ends up highlighting and pointing to the dif- ferences between them. on the other hand, imitation is a repetition that does not have to look exactly as the object it imitates, but above all needs to be credi- ble and convincing. forgery-counterfeit a very common mistake in the terminology of fakes is the use of the words forgery and counterfeit as identi- cal, while they are not. for example, the same fake coin is labelled some- times as forgery and sometimes as counterfeit. how- ever, a coin can be either forged or counterfeited, never both at the same time. a counterfeit is an exact copy. when an ancient coin is copied, at least exter- nally, regardless of whether the weight or quality of the metal has been altered, it is a counterfeit. but if the counterfeiter is proven to be “creative” and makes a fake ancient coin copying for example the obverse and the reverse representations of two different an- cient coins, then that coin, that does not have a gen- uine counterpart, is a forgery. the same can happen with a painting. a forged el greco – this painter was chosen because his work has been forged extensively – is an “original” work, which is in the style of el greco but has not been done by him. its creator is someone else copying or imitating the style, themes and pictorial habits of the greek painter who lived in toledo, spain. a counter- feit el greco is a painting that copies an existing origi- nal painting of the artist, that is to say, has a directly identifiable point of reference. such an artwork may pass as genuine in a number of ways, because of well-known practices of the artistic creative process or by the exploitation of particular conditions that ap- pear over time. it can therefore be presented as a variation or repetition by greco himself, which was a common practice even among the greatest artists for purely economic reasons. the organization of their workshops and the presence of a large number of as- sistants, associates and pupils was extremely helpful to this direction. on the other hand, it is not unusual for “lost” works to reappear, when in fact they are copies based solely on reproductions, such as en- gravings or photographs and are not the genuine ones, which were obviously destroyed or lost. the looting and destruction of works of art during the sec- ond world war brought such subversive paintings to the forefront. in conclusion, we can say that a coun- terfeit repeats something that exists, while a forgery is a work where all its individual elements pre-exist but it has never existed as a whole. the counterfeit works of art are often confused with copies and imitations. there is really a common ground between them, since a counterfeit, a copy and an imitation are products of the effort to look exactly like their model. to be identical to another artwork is a basic feature of all three. however, in the case of the copy and the imitation we have the production of an file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ anna mykoniati is fake the new original? kunsttexte.de / - object that its aim is to make its model more widely known, or through it to offer the pleasure and aesthet- ic experience, at least to a degree, that results from it to a wider audience. of course, a copy and an imita- tion are not the same thing. they are two different as- pects of the reproductive process of an object or of the style of an era or of an artist. they both differ from the counterfeit, which is the result of the intention to cheat from the very beginning, at the stage of its pro- duction and when it later comes into circulation. copy and imitation are never presented as genuine in the place of what is copied or imitated, as is the case with counterfeits. of course, a copy and an imitation may be classified as counterfeits when at some point someone by intent or ignorance tries to present them as authentic. it is obvious, therefore, that along with the counterfeits, copies as well as imitations have a place in a debate about forgery, for another reason as well: this is the fact that it is often extremely difficult to prove fraud or even the existence of deception in the case of a fake work of art. this becomes even more complicated if one takes into account that such works were produced and traded in all periods in the history of culture. from another point of view, the counterfeit juxtaposes the forgery. the distinction and the main difference between them is that the forgery raises important claims of authenticity, which is due to the peculiar construction practices followed in his case. their basic similarity is the intention of both of them to deceive and create a false impression of orig- inality. the forger and the counterfeiter are meant to de- ceive in order to reap a benefit, usually financial. how- ever, deception may be committed also by a third person, who tries to promote as genuine, an artwork that was originally manufactured as a legal copy. this can happen as soon as the copy is taken out of the manufacturer’s hands since it is more difficult to re- veal fraud at a later time and under different circum- stances. in both cases deception is intentional. but there is also the case of deception from ignorance. not only ordinary individuals, but also experts and scientists may assume a forgery or a counterfeit as genuine, and even treat it and promote it as such. if we attempt from another perspective to link copy, imitation, counterfeit and forgery, we could ar- gue that they all work within the cultural environment to which they belong and are therefore dictated by and at the same time dictate the predominant taste and fashion. however, as they are closely involved with the aesthetic preferences of the period they be- long to, it is considerably difficult for their contempo- raries to characterize or reveal them as fakes. it is common that the same fake works that today can be identified as such at first glance, in the past could de- ceit and pass for authentic, especially the forgeries. the notion of forgery can only be defined with re- spect to another opposite phenomenon which must in some way involve the perception of authenticity. in this relationship the fake artwork is considered to be negatively charged and of inferior value. but this issue from the point of view of the philosophy of art appears open to many explanations and is therefore problem- atic in many ways. the answer to the question of why a fake artwork is of less value than an authentic one, in terms of aesthetics seems to be impossible in actu- ality. we cannot, for example, claim without conclud- ing to an absurdum, that any genuine work is neces- sarily and aesthetically important whereas every forged has no aesthetic value and is thus insignificant. how is it possible to consider some works remarkable for years, publicly exhibit them and have the crowds fluttering to admire them, but when their falsity is proved, the public rejects them and the museums hide them in storages? but it also works the other way around with artworks, when the original doubts about their paternity are overcome; they are restored and are highly appreciated. this is a common phe- nomenon in the art market and in the world of auc- tions, i.e. when a truly indifferent print suddenly ac- quires the name of henri matisse ( – ), its price rises, as is the public’s admiration for it. it is log- ical to ask where the previous estimations were based. in the forgery-original relationship apart from aes- thetics, other factors come into play. historical, socio- logical, economic, psychological, anthropological es- timations are expressed, to the point where the inter- nal value of excellence is not always distinct, making it difficult to separate fake from genuine based only on artistic quality. the aesthetic experience is itself a complex and complicated phenomenon and compli- file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ anna mykoniati is fake the new original? kunsttexte.de / - cates even more by references to issues of space and time, biographies and psychosocial factors of both creators and audience. the factor that plays a deci- sive role in the valuation of the forgery as of inferior value, is the offense of fraud, which of course shifts the problem from the field of aesthetics to that of ethics. a fake is not accepted, it is reproachable and reprehensible, even if it is an excellent work from an aesthetic point of view, because it offends the moral order since it is extremely close to deception. howev- er reasonable this argument sounds, it does not stand to a more cautious review. few forged artworks can be classified as criminal offenses. most of them owe their existence to the absence of sufficient factual data and relevant information, misconceptions of ex- perts, misunderstandings, misinterpretations and lack of knowledge or scientific insufficiency. also other categories of works such as copies, imitations, repli- cas, reproductions may – as we mentioned earlier – fall into the category of fakes when someone tries to present them as genuine and original. we should also note that even a copy without the intention of fraud is also less appreciated than its prototype. in conclu- sion, the control of deliberate fraud (mainly for eco- nomic reasons) proves to be a difficult job. but in the fake-original dipole the concept of fake is not the only one that is vague and ambiguous. equally fleeting and fluid is the concept of originality. originality is the demand in every era, and this is true also today. its search gives work to historians, philosophers, architects, conservators, artists, and in- tellectuals. how far, however, the knowledge of the past is based on authentic, real facts is a serious question. the “renovation” of buildings, the restora- tion of monuments, the conservation and cleaning of paintings and sculptures and generally of cultural ma- terial documents, are interventions for which no one is confident as up to which point they can restore their original, authentic form. the more likely result is the creation of a partial, fragmentary or even misleading picture. actually, instead of the original in all cases we end up with something that looks or seems original. the representation of events and material objects that the past bequeathed us with cannot be authentic as we do not have the ability to directly observe the past. we study it through information and things that come to us altered, since neither the materials and the envi- ronment in which they were created, nor the inten- tions that created them, remain unchanged. the crite- ria of originality remain problematic and debatable, since for only a few things of the past we are abso- lutely confident that they are authentic. non-originality becomes even more noticeable when modern inter- pretations, influenced by current knowledge, ideas, experience, technology, taste, fashion, are added. the look of a scholar or a simple viewer changes, he sees things differently each time, as he is affected by the standards of his time. conclusion as we have already discussed, there is a tendency to disconnect forgery from a comparison to authenticity or originality. it is a historical reality that has mainly to do with technical skill and technology. the fake art- work is a product of manual labor and is undoubtedly part of the production process. the skepticism that accompanies fakes is beyond any legal, moral, economic or cultural consideration. it reflects above all the predominant western perception that everything original is admirable and anything fake is stigmatized as something of low quality and value. it is the same perception that elevated intellectual work over manual and considered the blue-collar worker inferior to the white-collar worker. fakes, how- ever (often due to their high quality), tend to resist to this separation and are promoted as a historical and cultural indicator. but an art forger is a dangerous villain and should be treated as such. he abuses history, either the artist’s personal history or the collective one, con- cerning the culture of a place or a period of time. the material evidences prove the existence of prior civi- lizations. we use them and try to decode them in or- der to interpret the life of a human being or a society – to approach their ideas, their beliefs and their world- view, but also practically to understand their lives. the forger comes, with the fake objects he manufactures, to blur the image. the fraudulent elements he is spreading lead to erroneous assessments and the creation of a deceptive picture of an artist’s œuvre or of the past in general. file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ anna mykoniati is fake the new original? kunsttexte.de / - although to the common mind there is no denying that forgery is a criminal act, the issue becomes complicated when society has to deal with a real case of forgery. a fake ancient greek statue (i.e. the getty kouros ) does not cause the same emotion to the greeks, who feel that their cultural heritage is being distorted and to the americans who bought it as an original, for whom it is nothing more than an unlucky purchase and loss of a few million dollars. similarly, a fake vermeer affects differently a dutch and a japa- nese. each case is different, depending on where, when, by whom and in what size the forgery has taken place, so there is no consistent handling at all times. but this situation is unreasonable because basically the distinction between authenticity and falsity is an- other form of the dipole truth-lie. all these four words/concepts bring together the visible world with the world of values and the way of their handling should be non-negotiable, beyond and over nations, cultures, time and space. although from the ’s onwards a certain toler- ance, and even acceptance of forgery as one aspect of human creativity can be seen, in terms of real life and history forgery is a nihilistic phenomenon that dis- orientates, confuses and weakens man and the con- tinuance of life, even if one considers it as an unbear- able nonsense that comes as a reaction to an equally unbearable society. endnotes * this paper is based on the author’s phd thesis titled fake antiqui- ties. another aspect of the reception of cultural heritage in the new greek state, aristotle university of thessaloniki . available on- line (in greek only) at https://issuu.com/annamykoniati/docs/miko- niati_book_for_issuu . . the word “fake” is adopted throughout the text as a general term covering all relevant concepts that will be discussed (i.e. copies, forgeries, counterfeits et al.). . henry james, the real thing, http://www.feedbooks.com/book/ /the-real-thing, pdf, ac- cessed . . . . ibid., p. . . ibid., p. . . ibid., p. . . leon tolstoy’s the false coupon, (also translated with the title the counterfeit note and the forged banknote) is another novella which introduces us to a darker area of forgery, the con- flict between good and evil. robert bresson used the novella as the basis for his last film, l’argent ( ), transposing the action from early nineteenth century tsarist russia to capitalistic, pre- sent-day france. . jean-françois lyotard, the postmodern condition, manchester , p. . . for originality and the value that has been accredited to it see roland mortier, l’originalité. une nouvelle categorie esthétique au siècle des lumières, geneva . . jean baudrillard, simulacra and simulation, ann arbor and gesture and signature. semiurgy in contemporary art, in: jean baudrillard, for a critique of the political economy of the sign, new york , p. - . . on the other hand, it is interesting that the concept of originality still exists and is actually highly appreciated even in the field of mass production. the concept of “limited edition” in all kinds of everyday objects of industrial design is in fact a post-modern version of originality. in this case of course there is no unique - ness, a vital feature of an original object. the unique object is re - placed by the multiple, in limited number of copies. otherwise the “limited edition” products are marketed in terms of the origi- nals: they are signed, might differ slightly one from the other and their prices are similar to the ones of the originals. for this issue see modern painters, dec. –jan. , p. . . john ayto, word origins, london , nd edition, p. . . ibid. . walter benjamin, das kunstwerk im zeitalter seiner technischen reproduzierbarkeit, in: zeitschrift für sozialforschung, , , pp. - and walter benjamin, the work of art in the age of mechanical reproduction, scottsdale . . terry eagleton, walter benjamin or towards a revolutionary criticism, london . . hillel schwartz, the culture of the copy. striking likenesses, unreasonable facsimiles, new york . . schwartz , the culture of the copy, p. . . ibid., p. . . benjamin , the work of art in the age of mechanical repro- duction. . for the concept of mimesis-imitation in plato see manolis an- dronikos, plato and art, thessaloniki (only in greek, original title: Μανώλης Ανδρόνικος, Ο Πλάτων και η Τέχνη). . “tragedy, then, is an imitation of an action of high importance, complete and of some amplitude; in language enhanced by dis - tinct and varying beauties; acted not narrated; by means of pity and fear effectuating its purgation of these emotions.” l. j. potts, aristotle on the art of fiction. an english translation of the poetics with an introductory essay and explanatory notes, cambridge , p. . . patrizia castelli, l’estetica del rinascimento, bologna . . an italian medieval franciscan, scholastic theologian and philosopher. regarding mimesis see his work collectiones in hexaemeron in opera omnia that were printed in volumes ( – ) and have been translated in many languages ever since. . an italian humanist author, artist, architect, poet, priest, linguist, philosopher and cryptographer; he epitomised the renaissance man. his works de pictura, de re aedificatoria and de statua have shaped to a large extent the perception and the course of the three arts in the modern era. . for a case on the boundary among imitation, copy and forgery that upset the art scene of london in the th century and in which benjamin west, the first american painter to excel in eng - land, was involved, see claire barliand, he who laughs last, in: modern painters, dec. –jan. , p. - . an article writ- ten on the occasion of the exhibition “benjamin west and the venetian secret” in yale center of british art, u.s.a., january . . it is easier for forgers to forge works of painters whose work is characterized by great changes in style and has chronological and styling gaps. forgers then create works that supposedly fill these gaps. this happened in the case of jan vermeer ( – ), the famous dutch painter who has been a victim of the most famous forgery of the th century (for this case see hope b. werness, han van meegeren fecit, in: the forger’s art. forgery and the philosophy of art, ed. by denis dutton), berkeley , p. - . . a very well-known case is that of giorgio de chirico ( – ), who made paintings that imitated the earlier period of his work, https://issuu.com/annamykoniati/docs/mikoniati_book_for_issuu https://issuu.com/annamykoniati/docs/mikoniati_book_for_issuu file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ file:///c:/users/admin/documents/kunsttexte/original_kopie_f%c %a lschung/aufs%c %a tze/mikoniati/ anna mykoniati is fake the new original? kunsttexte.de / - because these had greater demand in the art market. of course he did not hesitate to date them accordingly, and as a result we have up to repetitions of the same artwork. see carlo l. rag- ghianti, il caso de chirico, in: critica d’arte, issue , , p. - . . as rudolf arnheim points out in his article on duplication, in: the forger’s art, , p. , the same arguments are recycled and the same examples appear again and again. for the sup - porters of the theory that aesthetics has to do with the gaze and the senses, or in another way, with the appearance of things (ap- pearance theory as a successor of formalism) that is the design, color, texture, structural elements, etc., both the original and the forged works of art could have aesthetic value or not. the philosophers of art, however, who place particular emphasis on extrinsic factors that affect the creation of an artwork (social and economic conditions, biographical details, etc.), conclude that a fake work is inferior to the original. for them originality and au- thenticity are aesthetic values and for their control, the main role is played by knowledge and not by the senses. there are also those who try to combine the two above theories. the argu- ments, however, and the conclusions are easily mutually exclu- sive because of the large and varied range of forgery cases and the different angles from which someone can interpret the same case. for the subject see jack w. meiland, originals, copies and aesthetic value, in: the forger’s art, , p. - . mon- roe c. beardsley, notes on forgery, in: the forger’s art, , p. - . richard wollheim, art, interpretation and perception, in: richard wollheim, the mind and its depths, cambridge (mass), , p. - . arthur c. danto, the transfiguration of the commonplace, cambridge (mass), . mark sagoff, the aesthetic status of forgery, in: the forger’s art, , p. - . . andrew harrison, works of art and other cultural objects, in: proceedings of the aristotelian society, , p. - . . for the consequences of forgery and the case of konstantinos simonides, one of the most versatile nineteenth century forgers of ancient manuscripts, see anna mykoniati, biographische be- merkungen zu konstantinos simonides, in: die getäuschte wis- senschaft. ein genie betrügt europa – konstantinos simonides, hg. von andreas müller, lilia diamantopoulou, christian gastge- ber und athanasia katsiakiori-rakl, göttingen , p. - . . for the case of the getty kouros see michael kimmelman, abso- lutely real? absolutely fake?, in: the new york times, august th, and the getty kouros colloquium. conference pro- ceedings, athens . . this attitude led to extreme declarations like the one of eco, who commenting on the american reality wrοte: “[…] the american imagination demands the real thing and, to attain it, must fabri - cate the absolute fake”, umberto eco, faith in fakes. travels in hyperreality, london , p. . . paraphrase of kathy acker’s famous quote: ”the only reaction against an unbearable society is equally unbearable nonsense”, in: kathy acker, art after modernism, new york , in the es- say about goya. summary in the beginning of the th century new theories on the importance of fakes in art have appeared. aes- thetics, art history, culture sciences, sociology, eco- nomic and legal studies, interdisciplinary approaches and academic debates reintroduced the issue from a new perspective that treated fakes favorably and pro- moted them as a new kind of historical document. this paper, through a linguistic, historical and philo- sophical analysis of the terminology, attempts to test these theories and explain why, although forgery is an aspect of human creativity, in terms of real life and history, it is a nihilistic and disorientating phenomenon and should be treated as such. author anna mykoniati is a curator at the national museum of contemporary art (emst), athens. anna holds a ba in history, archaeology and history of art from the aris- totle’s university of thessaloniki and an ma in cultur- al heritage management from the university of birm- ingham (ironbridge institute). in she was award- ed a phd in history of art from the aristotle’s univer- sity of thessaloniki. her thesis was on greek fake an- tiquities, and how they have affected the reception of ancient cultural heritage in modern greece. title anna mykoniati, is fake the new original?, in: original – kopie – fälschung / original – copy – forgery, ed. by angela dressen, susanne gramatzki and berenike knoblich, in: kunsttexte.de, no. , ( pages), www.kunsttexte.de. < db e bcaec a e > 수번호 : # - 수일자 : 년 월 일 심사완료일 : 년 월 일 교신 자 : 김석호, e-mail : ssuko@hanmail.net 큐비즘적 요소를 응용한 도자 조형 the formative ceramic arts by applying expression of cubism 김석호̇ * , 김승연 ** , 김승만 ** 목원 학교 미술 학 * , 홍익 학교 교양학부 ** seok-ho kim(ssuko@hanmail.net) * , seung-yeon kim(uli @hanmail.net) ** , seung-man kim(ksm @naver.com) ** 요약 의 도자 조형은 순수 조형사고에 의해 보다 신선하고 개성 인 조형물의 개념으로 넓게 확장되어가 고 있으며 다양한 요구에 의해 개성과 취향을 만족시킬 수 있는 디자인 개발이 이루어지고 있다. 이에 따라 본 연구에서는 우리의 생활 반에 정서 인 기여를 할 수 있는 조형물을 제시하고자 입체주의의 표 양상을 도입하는 과정에서 주어진 상을 복수시 으로 감지하고도 차원 인 평면에 표 한 입체주의 시 회화의 한계를 넘어 입체감과 공간감의 표 을 해 조형 측면에서 근하여 제작하 다. 따라서 연구자는 작품을 제작하기에 앞서 c 미술계의 커다란 환 이었던 입체주의의 표 양상과 도 의 역확장에 한 선이해가 요하다고 단되어 이에 한 근을 시도하 다. 의 연구를 통하여 기존개념에서 탈피해 새로운 에서 근해보니 창의 이며 실용성을 겸비한 개성 인 조형물로서 새 로운 가능성이 엿보 다. 이는 생활 속의 술로 도자 조형의 역을 확 시켜 연구 상으로서 도 의 한 분야가 될 수 있으리라 생각된다. ■ 중심어 :∣입체주의∣도자조형∣ abstract modern figurative work is designed to have more creativity and characteristic traits by pure thought of the formative ceramic arts. in compliance with the demand which is various the design development could be satisfied an individuality and a taste is become accomplished. in this view, this study looks over expressive aspect of cubism to present partition as a independent formative ceramic arts is able to contribute emotionally to our whole lives. in this procedure, this work is produced to express a three-dimensional effect and a spatial effect, approaching a figurative side. this is to overcome the limitation of cubism art expressed in a two-dimensional surface in spite of its multi-dimensional observation of a given object. accordingly, this study tries approaching pre-understanding of expressive aspect of cubism which was the important turning-point in c art and expansion of the modern ceramic art field before producing the work. this study shows the possibility to become a creative and practical ceramic art work, approaching the new point of view breaking from the established conception. consequently, the field of ceramic art could be expanded to a part of modern ceramic art as an object of study in art of life. ■ keyword : ∣cubism∣multi-dimensional observation∣formative ceramic∣ 큐비즘적 요소를 응용한 도자 조형 Ⅰ. 서 론 . 연구목적 는 산업의 고도화로 인한 량생산체제하에서 획일 이며 비개성 인 환경의 지배를 받고 있다. 이러 한 에서 볼 때 인간성의 회복과 정서 환경을 조 성하기 한 방법으로써 인간과 한 계에 있는 실 내 환경은 보다 개성 이면서 정신 인 여유와 안락함 을 수 있도록 조성되어야 한다. 이러한 시 에서 입 체주의 시 회화의 자유롭고 활달한 감성을 도입하여 인의 다양한 표 욕구에 부응할 수 있는 새로운 디자인 모티 를 제시하고자 한다. 이 과정에서 주어진 상을 복수시 으로 감지하고도 차원 인 평면에 표 한 입체주의 시 회화의 한계를 넘어서 입체감과 공 간감을 지닌 도재 조형물을 제작하여 다양한 각도에서 변화를 주고자 하는데 목표를 두고 있다. 본 연구에서 는 입체주의 작품의 표 양상을 도 의 표 역으로 끌어들여 작품창작에 한 가능성을 살펴보고 작품을 제작해 으로써 그 발 방향을 모색해보고 개발 연구 하고자한다. . 연구 방법 및 범위 본 연구는 문헌 조사를 통한 이론 배경연구와 그것 을 토 로 한 작품제작으로 구성되었다. 이론 배경으 로는 각종 문헌과 선행연구 결과물들을 통해 큐비즘의 개념과 문헌자료 그리고 박물 개인소장품으로 해 지는 실증 인 자료를 통해 큐비즘 회화의 선이나 구도 등 조형 인 특징을 분석하여 그 표 양상을 살펴보고 미술에 끼친 향까지 고찰해 보았다. 사람의 얼굴 형상을 주 소재로 하여 빠른 시각 인 달을 해 그 색상은 백매트유, 흑매트유. 투명유, 꽃유 그리고 벌화장토를 사용하여 간결하고 세련된 이미지를 표 하 다. 그리고 아래 부분에 구멍을 뚫어 철제 구조물 을 끼워 넣음으로써 다른 재료와의 조합도 함께 시도해 보았다. Ⅱ. 작품형성의 이론적 배경 . 입체주의의 개념과 표현 가. 입체주의의 개념과 의의 c 미술계의 커다란 환 이었던 입체주의(큐비즘 cubism)는 년부터 년 까지 랑스 리를 심으로 하여 유럽지역에 된 미술 신운동이다. 이 명칭은 년 마티스(henri matisse)가 라크 (georges braque)의 연작인 「에스타크 풍경」<도 >이라는 입체주의 인 풍경화를 평가하면서 “이것은 작은 입방체(cube)일 뿐이다”라고 말한 것에서 연유했 다. 즉 큐비즘이란 용어는 인상주의를 비롯한 근 의 신운동이 일반에게 인정받지 못하자 그로 인한 경멸 이나 비난의 의미로 사용되었다. 입체주의는 세잔(paul cézanne)의 통 원근법의 무시와 상의 해부학 인 분해에서 아 리카 조각의 상징 인 단순화와 조형상 의 자율성을 그들의 서구 인 인식 안에서 수용하고 이시켰던 회화 명에서 비롯되었다. 년 칸트 (immanuel kant)는 그의 서 ‘순수이성비 ’에서 공 간과 시간의 정의를 엄격하게 규정지으면서 이를 철학 으로 규명하기 시작하 다. 그는 어떠한 직 이라도 모두 시간을 선험 조건으로 제하므로 시간이 공간 보다 우선한다고 하 다. 즉 공간을 생각할 수 없는 곳 에서는 시간은 폐지된다고 주장하 다. 략 ~ 년의 짧은 시간에 유럽에서 일어난 문화 사회 상황 은 빠른 속도로 변화하고 있었다. 그 에서도 년 아인슈타인(albert einstein)은 비공간의 시간 은 끝났다고 보는 특수상 성이론을 발표하여 칸트의 철학 인 연구 안을 자연과학 으로 해석함으로써 뒷 받침해 주었다. 그 원리에 의하면 천문학 거리를 포함 하는 공간속에서는 시간과 공간이 서로의 함수이며 시 간이 공간의 차원에 포함된다고 하는 것이다. 공간 요소를 이루는 조형 술은 작품과 람자의 만남에서 형성되는 심리 시간성, 작품자체의 고유한 시간 그리 고 작품과 작가의 사이에서 일차 으로 끝나 버릴 수 있는 창조행 등 시간과 매우 한 계를 가지고 있기 때문에 공간과 시간을 분리하여 생각할 수 없다 [ ]. 차원의 정 인 개념에 시간이 부가된 차원의 개 념은 입체 를 형성했으며, 유럽회화를 르네상스 이래 의 사실주의 통에서 해방시킨 회화 명으로 지칭되 한국콘텐츠학회논문지 ' vol. no. 고 있다. 나. 입체주의 작품의 표현 양상 c말 이후로 격히 변화한 회화공간은 c 큐비 즘의 태동과 함께 그 모습이 새로워졌다. 큐비즘 회화 태동은 그 기원을 세잔과 흑인 술에 두고 시작되었으 며 그 어떤 시 의 회화공간과 차별화된 획기 인 공간 의 표 을 시도하 다. 미술사에서 세기 원근법을 제 의 명이라 한다면 제 의 명은 c 큐비즘이라 할 수 있다. 르네상스 이래로 서구 회화의 바탕이 되어온 원근법은 차원인 평면에 차원의 물체를 그리는 기본이었다. 하지만 세 잔은 평면의 존재를 자연에서의 깊이와 질량에 한 자 신의 감각과 조화시키려고 하 고 그 결과 원근법의 괴가 수반되었다. 즉 큐비즘은 공간 악에 있어서 르 네상스 원근법이 무 지는 계기를 마련해 주었다[ ]. 다른 특징은 상을 바라보는 시 의 복수화를 통한 분 해이다. 복수시 이란 방향성의 상실 즉, 여러 시 이 동시에 상을 악한다는 것으로 어떠한 시 도 인 시 이 될 수 없다는 제하에 상의 체 인 실체를 악하려 하 다. 시 의 다양성은 화면의 평면성을 강조한다. 그 결과 주어진 상을 복수시 으로 감지하고도 차원 인 평 면에 유기 으로 통합된 차원성을 표 하고자 할 때 에는 그 상은 왜곡되고 분해될 수밖에 없다. 즉 큐비 즘의 변형 수법은 이 게 필연 으로 이루어진 것이 다. 입체 는 사물을 단편으로 분할하여 면을 확장시키 는 방법을 사용하 는데 이 단편들은 화면의 수직면에 약간의 각도로 기울어져 수평, 사선, 수직의 기하학 형태로 결정화 된다. 그리고 이러한 단편들이 첩되고 공통 으로 첩된 부분을 양보하지 않으려 할 때 공간 차원의 모순에 직면하게 된다. 이를 해소하기 해 능동 으로 투명성이 부여되거나 단편들의 모서리가 서로 유출되어 해체됨으로써 불투명성을 띄기도 한다. 여기까지는 사물을 기하학 으로 표 한 분석 큐비 즘시 이며 지 까지 배제되었던 색채가 다시 사용되 어 평면 인 색면 구성과 사실 인 상 는 화면에 악보, 신문지, 벽지 등의 인쇄물을 붙이는 콜라주 (college), 피에콜 (papiercolle) 기법이 사용된 종합 큐비즘시 가 형성되었다. 즉 분석 형태를 재구성 하여 상을 좀 더 알아보기 쉽도록 색 면으로 넓게 나 타내어 단순성과 역동성을 표 하 다. . 현대미술과 입체주의 가. 입체주의가 현대미술에 끼친 영향 리에서 시작된 입체주의는 유럽 체, 심지어 러시 아 회화에까지 되어 나갔다. 유럽에서 수많은 작가들이 이 양식으로 그림을 그리기 시작했고, 랑스 에서 발원한 입체주의를 기 로 새로운 양식들을 이끌 어냈다. 이러한 상은 회화에서만 나타난 것이 아니라 조각. 나아가 기하학 기본도형에 의존해서 건물을 지 었던 건축 부문에도 어느 정도 해당되었다. 입체주의 회화가 등장하고 곧바로 입체주의 조각도 함께 개되 었다. 입체주의 조각은 피카소의 조형 실험을 그 출발 으로 삼았다. 피카소는 스스로 화가라고 생각하고 있 었음에도 불구하고 계속 조각 작업에도 몰두했다. 피카 소는 이후 수년 동안 회화의 형상언어를 새롭게 발 시 키려 노력한 결과 콜라주를 생각해 냈는데 그 연장선상 에서 새로운 조형작품이 만들어지게 된다. 컨 캔버 스에 종이 조각을 붙이는 것 자체가 이미 평면 인 회 화의 차원성을 넘어서는 일이다. 피카소는 다양한 소 재들을 사용하여 부조작품을 제작하 는데 이러한 발 은 당연한 논리 결과 다.<도 , >피카소에게 새로운 자극을 받은 것은 특히 이미 리 입체주의 내 에서 활동하고 있던 조각가들이었다. 그 에서 이몽 뒤샹-비용(raymond duchamp-villon)은 양감과 부피 에 변화를 으로써 역학과 움직임이라는 새 주제들을 취해 역동성과 리듬감이 배어나오도록 하고 있다. <도 > 아르키펭코(alexandr porfiryevich archipenko)는 세기 작가들 가운데 가장 신 인 인물에 속한다. 그는 입체주의 단상들을 흡수하여 이것을 기 로 회화 와 조각의 결합체 즉 입체회화라는 분야를 발 시켰다. <도 , >입체 와 거의 동시에 리에 모습을 드러 낸 움베르토 보umberto boccion( ~ ) 이탈리아, 조각가 ․ 화가 니(umberto boccioni)와 같은 미 큐비즘적 요소를 응용한 도자 조형 래 작가들 역시 조각 작업을 했고 그들의 주제인 움 직임ㆍ리듬ㆍ역학 들을 묘사하기 해 동시성이 스며 든 새로운 양태의 작품을 만들었다. 그러나 이들이 설 정한 목표는 상당히 달랐다. 미래 작가들은 애 부터 사회 통과 상아탑 인 것 일체와 싸우기 해 나섰 다.<도 >[ ] 이와 같은 담한 요구를 조형 으로 실 한 작품들이 속속 뒤따랐으며 세기의 구성 조 형이라 불리는 경향은 미술의 새로운 이해의 길을 마련 해 오늘날에 이르게 했다. 참고도판 <도판 > 브라크,「에스타크풍경」, <도판 > 보초니, 「공간속에서 일회적으로 지나가는 연속 형태물」, <도판 > 뒤샹-비용 「거대한 말」, <도판 > 피카소 「압생트 술잔」, <도판 > 피카소 「구성:바이올 린」, <도판 > 아르키펭코 「권투시합」, <도판 > 아르키펭코 「두 여인」, 나. 현대 도예개념의 변화 도 의 양상은 한 지역에만 국한된 것이 아니라 반 인 경향이라고 할 수 있으며 크게 세부분으로 나 수 있다. 통 인 방법으로 작업하고 실생활에 활 용되는 실용 이고 기능 인 도자, 통 인 방법으로 작업하고 있으나 기능 인 면보다 장식 인 면에 우 를 둔 독특하고 섬세한 도자 그리고 기물의 형태를 벗 어나 조각화한 역으로 토가 표 의 상 수단이 되고 형태에 인 개념을 부가하여 시각 인 조형 물로 인식되는 도자이다[ ]. 이러한 도 의 발생 과 형성에 지배 향력을 끼친 사건으로 크게 세 가 지가 있다. 빅토리아 시 의 미술공 운동, 버나드 리치 (bernard howell leach)에 의한 국과 일본의 미술공 철학의 향 그리고 ~ 년 미국을 심으로 발표된 순수 술의 형식으로서의 도 를 들 수 있다[ ]. 특히 도자 술의 진 인 환기로 도자 술을 순수 술 역으로 규정지을 수 있는 본격 인 양상들은 년에서부터 년까지로 본다. 이 시 의 작품들 은 도자 조각이 주된 경향을 이루면서 통 인 제작방 식과는 다른 새로운 창작의 시발 이 되는 시기이다. 먼 미국에서는 추상표 주의 도 가들이 심이 되 었으며, 유럽에서는 조각가, 화가들이 공방 도 가들과 업을 통해 작품을 제작했고, 일본에서는 도 가 들이 출연하 다. 미국, 유럽, 일본에서 개된 도자 술의 진 변환은 문화 시 배경이 다른 지역 인 차이 을 보이지만 공통 으로 통을 극복하여 새 로운 양식을 추구하는 양상으로 개된다. 세기 반에 이르자 술가들은 유행처럼 도 작 업에 빠져들었고 이 의 단순한 근에서 벗어나 토 를 이용하여 다양한 실험을 하는 등 보다 극 인 시 도를 하게 되었다. 피카소의 유희정신을 바탕으로 한 도 작품<도 >, 샤갈(marc chagall)의 몽상 이며 시 인 도자<도 >, 제의 기계시 의 미학을 통 한 도자 조각과 부조<도 >, 폰타나(lucio fontana)의 공간개념을 바탕으로 한 도자 오 제<도 >, 미로(joan miró)의 조각 오 제와 특유의 기호 와 선으로 장식된 도자벽화<도 >, 그리고 실험 술집단인 코 라(cobra)그룹의 표 주의 이고 한국콘텐츠학회논문지 ' vol. no. 실주의 인 도자기 오 제<도 > 등 많은 술가들 이 그들의 개성 미의식이 투 된 도 작품을 남겼다. 이것은 통을 극복하고 자신의 양식을 추구하려는 의 도 가들에게 큰 호응을 얻었다[ ]. 참고도판 <도판 > 후앙 미로 「다색의 얼굴」, <도판 > 파블로 피카소 「콘도르」, <도판 > 페르낭 레제 「노란사과」, <도판 > 아스거 요른 「무제」, <도판 > 마르크 샤갈 「여인과 꽃」, <도판 > 루치오 폰타나 「무제」, 년 는 미국 회화와 같이 미국 도자에서도 추상 미술의 향으로 인한 신의 시기 다. 이 기간은 오 랫동안 미국 도 가들이 유럽의 도자와 디자인의 양식 과 가치에 속박되었던 구속을 탈피하여 자체 내의 역량 을 발견하고 키워나간 시기 다. 새로운 통을 수립 하고자하는 모색기에 국의 도 가인 버나드 리치는 동서양의 안내자로 불릴 정도로 서로 간에 도자 술의 조화와 결합을 해 노력한 도 작가이다. <도 > 그는 과거로부터 이어져 내려오는 미에 한 일 된 기 을 지니지 못하는 서구의 새로운 통을 수립하기 해서는 동서 문화를 통합시키는 일이 실히 요청된다 고 주장하 다[ ]. 리치의 이론에 힘입어 더욱 보편화된 공방도 는 년 후반에 이르러 두 가지 방향으로 개되었다. 하나는 리치의 향력에 힘입은 실용도자 기들로 도공의 장인 통에 을 둔 것이고 다른 하나는 피카소와 같은 술가들의 도 작품과 그 향 을 받아 실험 이고 창의 으로 근하여 조각 성격 이 강한 작품들이다[ ]. 도 태동은 로스앤젤 스 의 피터 볼커스(peter voulkos)의 자유분방한 지도하에 발생한 오티스 그룹(otis art institute)을 통해 나타나 고 있으며 이들은 도자의 개념에 한 변역을 시도하 다. 참고도판 <도판 > 버나드 리치 「전투」, <도판 > 피터 볼커스 「 , 피트」, <도판 > 피터 볼커스 「갈라스 바위」 - <도판 > 루디 오티오 「구성」, <도판 > 존 메이슨 「창 형태」, <도판 > 케네스 프라이스 「메아리」, 이후 피터 볼커스<도 , >, 존 메이슨(john mason)<도 >, 루디 오티오(rudy autio)<도 >, 네스 라이스(kenneth preiss)<도 >등이 큐비즘적 요소를 응용한 도자 조형 주축이 되어 자신의 도자언어를 성숙시키면서 이때에 이르러 미국 도자는 새로운 면모의 발 기로 어들게 된다. 이들이 공통 으로 추구했던 것은 공 에 한 습으로부터 자유로워진 해방감과 자유에 의한 창작 활동이었다. 표면처리에서 나타나는 유희성, 그리고 형 태와 색체, 직업자체의 유희는 그들 작품의 근본미 학이라 할 수 있으며 이들의 사고를 이어 받은 도 가 들에게 계속해 이어져 오고 있다. 조각 인 표 을 한 토의 응용에 해 새로운 세계를 개척해나가던 볼 커스는 년부터 어셈블리지의 개념과 방법들을 수 용하 고 에폭시(epoxy)를 사용하여 분리된 유니트 (unit)들로 용기들을 조립하기 시작했다. 결국 형태 인 면에 있어서 담을 수 있는 공간의 역할을 하는 볼륨으 로서의 항아리를 덜 다루게 되었고 주로 매스로서의 항 아리를 제작하 다[ ]. 이러한 과정들을 통하여 알 수 있는 것은 토의 개념 혹은 도자의 개념에 한 완 한 변화를 추구하는 가운데 나타나고 있는 새로운 방식 에 의한 제작방법들이다. Ⅲ. 작품연구 . 디자인의도 사람의 얼굴 형상을 주 소재로 하여 빠른 시각 인 달을 해 간결하게 이미지화하 다. 여기에 시 의 복수화를 통해 상을 분해한 입체주의의 표 양상을 도입하여 신선하고 지루하지 않도록 유도하 다. 하지 만 주어진 상을 복수시 으로 감지하고도 차원 인 평면에 표 한 입체주의 시 회화와는 달리 입체감과 공간감을 지닌 조형물로 제작하여 다양한 각도에서 변 화를 주고자하 으며 표면처리도 다양한 색상을 사용 한 입체주의시 회화와 같이 밝고 화려하게 연출하 다. 기존에는 도자의 회화 인 표 을 해 주로 도 에 그림을 그리는 소극 인 방법이 선택되었다. 여기에 서 토는 주원료라기보다 회화에서의 캔버스의 역할 을 신할 뿐이었다. 하지만 본인은 붓 없이도 도자의 주원료인 토를 붓으로 용하여 극 인 방법으로 마치 그림을 보는듯한 효과를 주고자한다. . 제작과정 곡선이 많은 본인의 작품에는 내구성이 강하고 력 이 뛰어나 다양한 형태로 성형하기 용이한 조합토가 합하 다. 성형과정에서 도 으로 일부분을 막아 투시 와 비투시의 공간 비 효과를 의도하여 차원 인 평 면을 차원 인 공간감을 가진 덩어리 형태로 입체 으로 보이도록 유도하 다. 건조시에는 이어붙인 부분 을 비닐로 워 건조시간을 다른 부분보다 비교 오래 걸리게 함으로써 그 문제를 해결할 수 있었다. 거친 표 면과 그 표면에 유약 착을 해 차 소성 후 작품의 표면에 벌화장토를 스펀지로 두드려 발라주고 백매 트유, 흑매트유. 투명유, 꽃유를 분무기로 뿌려 시유 하 다. 건조시킨 작품은 . 루베 기 가마에서 시간 동안 ℃로 차 소성하 다. 시유단계를 거친 후 ℃로 시간 동안 차 소성하 으며 일부작품은 차 소성까지 하 다. 마지막으로 철 에 산볼트를 안 하게 용 시킨 후 미리 뚫어 작품 하단의 구멍에 맞춰 트로 고정시켜주었다. . 작품사진 작품명 작품사진 he is 조합토, 흑매트유, ℃ 산화( 차소성), × × mm she is 조합토, 눈꽃유, ℃ 산화 ( 차소성), × × mm 소년.. 소녀를 만나다 조합토, 백매트유+안료, ℃ 산화 ( 차소성), × × mm 한국콘텐츠학회논문지 ' vol. no. 작품명 작품사진 꿈꾸는 여인 조합토, 백매트유+안료, ℃ 산화 ( 차소성), × × mm coffee & wine 조합토, 초벌화장토, 투명유+안료, ℃ 산화 ( 차소성), × × mm my parents 조합토, 초벌화장토, 흑유, ℃ 산화 ( 차소성), × × mm we're the one 조합토, 백매트유, 던컨유, ℃ 산화소성, × × (mm) Ⅳ. 결론 본 연구에서 연구자는 작품 표 방법에 있어서 개인 인 독창성과 표 성을 불어넣어 술성을 가미하 다는 에서 새로운 도자조형 소재로서의 가능성을 제 시하고자 하 다. 형태를 변화시켜 무한한 조형성을 추 구하 고 다양한 기능을 할 수 있도록 그 의미를 확 해석해 보았으며 환경과의 조화 역시 작품 디자인에 있 어서 주요 건이었다. 첫째, 티션은 본래 공간을 차 단하고 구획하는 본연의 역할에서 꽂이나 선반으로의 부가 인 역할을 함으로써 그 개념의 의미가 확장, 통 합되었다. 둘째, 티션을 제작함에 환경과의 조화가 가 장 요하 으며 그 이 작품 디자인에 있어서의 큰 어려움이었다. 셋째, 흙의 내열성과 소성과정에의 문제 로 인해 형 티션 제작에의 어려움은 분리하여 소성 한 후 산 볼트로 이어 그 규모를 크게 제작하여 해결 책을 찾을 수 있었다. 넷째, 아쉬운 은 이동을 해 작품을 분리할 때 손의 험이 크며 산볼트에 고정 시키는 과정이 번거롭다는 이었다. 이는 앞으로 연구 개발을 통해 개선되어야 할 문제 이다. 이상에서와 같이 본 연구는 우리의 생활 환경 곳곳에 조형물을 제작하여 그 안에서 생활하는 사람들로 하여 이제껏 경험하지 못했던 새로운 미 즐거움을 주는 것이 주된 목 이다. 작품 제작에 있어서 기존개념에서 탈피한 새로운 에서의 근은 기발하고 창의 인 작품의 개발로 이어지고 그 발 가능성은 무궁무진하 다. 그 결과 탄생한 작품들이 각박하고 고단한 사 회를 살아가는 우리들에게 미 즐거움과 기능 편리 함을 제공하기를 기 한다. 참 고 문 헌 [ ] 김 숙, 「모더니즘에 나타난 시간성과 공간성」, 충남 학교 학원 석사학 논문, . [ ] 신상호 『 도 -미래를 향한 움직임』, 홍익 학교 도 연구소, . [ ] 안연희, 『 미술사 』, 서울: 미진사, . [ ] 오 수, 『서양근 회화사』, 서울: 일지사, 큐비즘적 요소를 응용한 도자 조형 [ ] 임두빈, 『한 권으로 보는 서양미술사 이야기』, 서울: 가람기획, [ ] clark, garth. 신 석 역, 『도자 술의 새로운 시 각』, 서울: 미진사, . [ ] cooper, emmanuel. ten thousand years of pottery. pennysylvania university of pennysylvania press, . [ ] cox, neil. 천수원 역,『입체주의』, 주: 한길아 트, . [ ] de waal, edmund. activist th century ceramics, new york: thames & hudson ltd, . [ ] duchting, hajo. 김재웅 역, 『(어떻게 이해할 까?) 입체주의』, 서울: 미술문화, . [ ] durozoi, gerard. 곽동 역, 『세계 미술사 』, 지편, . [ ] e.h, gombrich. 백승길ㆍ이종숭 역, 『서양미술 사』, 서울: 경, . [ ] gleize, albert. 『큐비즘』, 서울: 과학기술, . [ ] golding, john. 황지우 역, 『큐비즘』, 서울: 열 화당, . [ ] hh, arnason.『 미술사』,형설출 사, . [ ] naylor, gillian. 박연실 역,『미술공 운동』, 서 울: 창미, . [ ] strickland, carol. 김호경 역, 『클릭, 서양미술 사』, 서울: 경, . [ ] 강재 , 「 도 의 장르 해체 경향에 한 연 구」, 홍익 학교 학원 석사학 논문, . [ ] 모인순, 『 토 명- 술언어로의 환』, 보문 당, . [ ] 김문정, 「후기 도 의 탈근 주의 시각 과 기표해체에 한 연구」, 홍익 학교 학원 석사학 논문, . [ ] 박승순, 「큐비즘이 미술에 끼친 향」, 홍 익 학교교육 학원 석사학 논문, . [ ] 엄 용, 「추상 표 주의 도조의 미술사 , 환경 동인과 특성에 한 연구」, 원 학교 학 원 박사학 논문, . [ ] 이인숙, 「피카소의 입체주의 특성에 한 연 구」, 홍익 학교교육 학원 석사학 논문, . [ ] 정계옥, 「 블로 피카소의 회화에 한 연구」, 홍익 학교교육 학원 석사학 논문, . [ ] 정담순, 「 토조형물에서 추상성 연구」, 단국 학교 논문집, [ ] 홍 숙, 「 c 조각에 있어서의 입체주의」, 홍익 학교 학원 석사학 논문, 저 자 소 개 김 석 호(seok-ho kim) 정회원 ▪ 년 월 : 홍익 학교 학원 미술학석사 ▪ 년 월 ~ 재 : 목원 학 교 디자인학부 도자디자인과 교 수 < 심분야> : 제품디자인, 공 문화 마 김 승 연(seung-yeon kim) 정회원 ▪ 년 월 : 홍익 학교 산업 학원(미술학석사) ▪ 년 ~ 재 : 홍익 학교 교 양학부 강사 < 심분야> : 제품디자인, 공 문화 마 김 승 만(seung-man kim) 정회원 ▪ 년 월 : 단국 학교 디자인 학원 미술학석사 ▪ 월 ~ 재 : 홍익 학교 교양학부 강사 < 심분야> : 제품디자인, 공 문화 마 << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /all /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain %) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjdffile false /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct /optimize true /opm /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preserveepsinfo true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects false /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /description << /fra /enu (use these settings to create pdf documents with higher image resolution for improved printing quality. the pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and reader . and later.) /jpn /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /ita /nor /sve /kor /chs /cht >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice aldo manuzio in los angeles jlis.it vol. , n. (january ) doi: . /jlis.it- aldo manuzio a los angeles. la collezione ahmanson-murphy all’university of california los angeles angela nuovo nell’appena trascorso quinto centenario della morte di aldo manuzio ( ), hanno avuto luogo numerose celebrazioni non solo a venezia, sede di attività del più grande tra gli editori umanisti, ma anche nei centri ove si trovano oggi custodite ampie collezioni di sue edizioni. uno di questi è l’università della california a los angeles (ucla), prestigioso ateneo pubblico collocato in uno dei più bei campus degli stati uniti. qui, l’anniversario aldino è stato celebrato in combinazione con quello di andrea vesalio in un importante convegno internazionale. los angeles non è solamente il getty center, che pure, tra le massime istituzioni artistico-museali al mondo, è di sicuro la più ricca e innovativa (nuovo ). la regione di los angeles sin the illustrated body: printing, anatomy, and art in the renaissance, convegno tenutosi nei giorni e febbraio , http://www.library.ucla.edu/events/illustrated-body-printing-anatomy-art- renaissance-conference-exhibit. rimando al sito http://www.getty.edu, completo di ogni informazione anche storica sul creatore jean paul getty ( - ) e sulle attività di esposizione, conservazione e ricerca del grande istituto. mi sia concesso di rinviare a una http://dx.doi.org/ . /jlis.it- http://www.library.ucla.edu/events/illustrated-body-printing-anatomy-art-renaissance-conference-exhibit http://www.library.ucla.edu/events/illustrated-body-printing-anatomy-art-renaissance-conference-exhibit a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. dagli anni sessanta è infatti sede di grandi collezioni librarie incentrate sul rinascimento, sia in istituzioni come lo huntington a san marino (thorpe ; dickinson ), che in collezioni private come quella di elmer belt relativa a leonardo da vinci. gli anni sessanta rappresentano una svolta anche nella storia della university of california los angeles. nel , franklin d. murphy ( - ) fu eletto chancellor dell’ucla, il sesto della sua ancora breve storia (davis ). mia breve descrizione della biblioteca (the getty research institute library) pubblicata poco dopo l’apertura al pubblico del nuovo edificio di richard meier nel . the huntington library, art collections, and botanical gardens ha sede a san marino, vicino a pasadena (los angeles); frutto della passione collezionistica di henry e. huntington e arabella duval huntington, il grandioso complesso comprende una biblioteca ricca di mezzo milione di libri antichi e milioni di manoscritti, con focus prevalente sulla storia e letteratura inglese, e sulla storia della scienza, aperta nel . l’accesso alla biblioteca è riservato a studiosi qualificati. della straordinaria collezione di incunaboli fa parte una copia della b in pergamena (james thorpe, the gutenberg bible. [san marino. ca.]: huntington library, ). per una storia complessiva si veda: donald c. dickinson, henry e. huntington’s library of libraries. [san marino, ca.]: huntington library, . il grande urologo e chirurgo elmer belt ( - ), pioniere della tecnica di ri-attribuzione chirurgica del sesso, svolse la sua intera attività presso l’ucla. la sua collezione di opere di e relative a leonardo da vinci (the elmer belt library of vinciana) venne donata nel all’ucla, che ha provveduto ad ampliarla sensibilmente negli anni successivi (http://www.library.ucla.edu/arts/elmer-belt-library-vinciana). il punto di riferimento per lo studio del personaggio è la monografia di margaret leslie davis, the culture broker: franklin d. murphy and the making of los angeles. berkeley; los angeles; london: university of california press, . http://www.library.ucla.edu/arts/elmer-belt-library-vinciana jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. figura : franklin d. murphy ( - ), chancellor della university of california los angeles. medico di formazione, cardiologo per professione, murphy iniziò presto, presso l’università del kansas, il suo servizio in posizioni amministrative e dirigenziali per gli atenei statunitensi, culminato per l’appunto con la responsabilità dell’intera ucla (abrahamson , ). egli è unanimemente ritenuto uno dei protagonisti del processo di determinazione dell’assetto culturale di los angeles, un’immensa metropoli la cui vita intellettuale non si identificava e non si identifica esclusivamente con l’industria cinematografica e televisiva. gli studi dedicati a murphy danno la partenza di murphy dall’università del kansas venne vissuta come un vero disastro da questa istituzione. murphy, in kansas, si era guadagnato l’immagine di «most brilliant and most personable man». a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. conto del suo instancabile lavoro culturale, e sottolineano la sua capacità di creare reti di relazioni con tutti i grandi mecenati suoi contemporanei, da j. p. getty ad armand hammer, da paul mellon a nelson rockefeller. franklin murphy credeva nel ruolo e nella responsabilità di un’élite progressista in una città che stava velocemente crescendo e arricchendosi, ma che stentava a trovare una sintesi culturale specificatamente elaborata in cui identificarsi. egli non era economicamente in grado di intraprendere iniziative mecenatistiche, ma fu capace come pochi di suscitare l’impegno di coloro che disponevano di tali risorse, coinvolgendoli in un disegno di costruzione culturale da lui stesso elaborato in tempi estremamente veloci. murphy sapeva bene che trasformare la armand hammer ( - ), manager della occidental petroleum, fu uno dei massimi mecenati statunitensi del xx secolo. il padre, originario di odessa, era un attivista comunista e anche armand ebbe profondi e controversi legami con l’unione sovietica. la sua collezione artistica comprende soprattutto impressionisti e post-impressionisti e costituisce il cuore dell’attuale ucla hammer museum di los angeles. fu anche proprietario del codice leicester di leonardo, chiamato infatti anche codice hammer, oggi proprietà di bill gates. ben cinque biografie e due autobiografie sono disponibili per documentarsi su questo eccezionale personaggio. paul mellon ( - ), filantropo americano possessore di una delle più grandi fortune del suo tempo, estese le sue attività mecenatistiche oltre i confini del suo paese: legatissimo alla cultura britannica, nel donò otto milioni di dollari all’università di cambridge per il museo fitzwilliam. la sua fondazione, the andrew w. mellon foundation, il cui apporto allo sviluppo della cultura umanistica e artistica è stato nei decenni incalcolabile (si pensi solo al finanziamento di iniziative quali artstore e jstor) venne da lui intitolata al nome di suo padre. nelson a. rockfeller ( - ), importante figura di uomo politico che giunse a ricoprire l’incarico di vice-presidente degli stati uniti durante la presidenza di gerald ford, fu collezionista e filantropo. da governatore dello stato di new york, promosse un’enorme espansione del sistema di istruzione; da collezionista, fu interessato soprattutto all’arte contemporanea ed extra-europea. con la propria collezione fondò nel il museum of primitive art a new york. molto ampia è la bibliografia di questo personaggio così rappresentativo della vita pubblica statunitense del xx secolo; online è disponibile anche l’archivio della famiglia. jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. university of california los angeles in «a world-class institution» implicava una grande crescita qualitativa anche della città che la ospitava, los angeles: e quindi si impegnò a creare ciò che lui stesso definiva «a community rich in cultural and spiritual values» (abrahamson , ). figura : veduta del campus dell’ucla nel contesto della città di los angeles. quella di murphy fu forse la personalità che marcò più profondamente la storia della university of california los angeles in un ampio raggio di iniziative, benché, come sempre si tratta di un concetto centrale nella costruzione del patrimonio culturale americano: si pensi ad esempio all’esemplare lavoro sulla comunità che svolgono i musei californiani, in primis il getty. a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. nel caso di personalità estremamente energiche, non fosse un uomo facile: ogni ritardo, ogni esitazione lo irritavano, e la sua suscettibilità era leggendaria, cosa che lo condusse a frequenti conflitti con il presidente della ucla, clark kerr (pelfrey , – ). all’iniziativa di murphy deve essere ricondotto un prolungato, illuminato e approfondito impegno di costituzione del patrimonio dell’istituzione, verso la quale si calcola fosse in grado di indirizzare donazioni per circa un miliardo di dollari (burlingham ). le biblioteche della università della california los angeles rimasero sempre al cuore dei suoi interessi. la sua prima iniziativa fu l’annessione alla biblioteca universitaria della collezione vinciana di elmer belt, donata dal proprietario. due anni dopo, e in conseguenza a questa grande acquisizione, ebbe luogo la fondazione del centro di studi sul medioevo e rinascimento (abrahamson , ). significativamente, un grande numero di schermaglie sorsero per questioni simboliche, come ad esempio chi dei due, president o chancellor, dovesse aprire la processione accademica durante le cerimonie più importanti, una questione di precedenza insomma, non dissimile da quelle che per secoli avevano scosso la diplomazia europea. forse il più noto intervento all’interno del campus fu la creazione del magnifico giardino delle sculture che oggi porta il suo nome, con opere di alexander calder, henri matisse, joan miró, henry moore, isamu noguchi, auguste rodin. il center for medieval and renaissance studies (http://www.cmrs.ucla.edu) è da allora intensamente attivo. il suo direttore attuale è il professor massimo ciavolella. http://www.cmrs.ucla.edu/ jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. figura : la royce hall, iconica sede degli studi umanistici nell’ucla. costruita ad imitazione della basilica di sant’ambrogio di milano, ospita tra gli altri il center for medieval and renaissance studies. la visione che franklin murphy aveva di una biblioteca universitaria è riassunta in questa sua affermazione (per altro largamente condivisa nel mondo accademico americano): «the quality of the library is a measure of the quality of the institution» (the aldine press , ). di conseguenza, egli stabilì un canale preferenziale con i bibliotecari e soprattutto con i direttori delle collezioni speciali. certamente non si trattava solo di costituire una grande biblioteca moderna, compito non difficile con le ingenti risorse economiche disponibili; si trattava di costruire una collezione di manoscritti e libri antichi, una collezione che fornisse all’insieme delle biblioteche del campus un nucleo identitario e culturale corposo e indiscutibile, materializzato in oggetti librari il cui valore fosse sia simbolico che antiquario. l’avvio della collezione aldina fu possibile grazie all’acquisizione di collezioni private preesistenti, e andò ad inquadrarsi nella a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. crescita generale delle biblioteche dell’ucla. il tasso di incremento delle biblioteche di questa università è significativo. nel si trattava di un posseduto di soli . libri. ci vollero anni per arrivare a un milione di volumi, divenuti milioni nel , milioni nel , milioni nel . poi, sempre più velocemente, i libri divennero milioni nel , milioni nel , milioni nel . oggi sono più di milioni, e continuano a incrementarsi a un tasso notevolissimo, benché nella situazione attuale la crescita delle biblioteche non si misuri più solamente con il numero di libri fisicamente posseduti. attualmente, il budget annuale delle biblioteche dell’ucla è di milioni di dollari, dei quali impiegati nell’acquisizione di collezioni fisiche e digitali. figura : acquisti di libri per le biblioteche dell’ucla ( - ). la ucla library è formata da dieci biblioteche di grandi dimensioni e undici biblioteche dipartimentali, più altre collezioni minori. jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. anche la collezione manuziana andò costantemente accrescendosi, sia grazie ad acquisizioni di biblioteche preesistenti che con acquisti mirati. nel , la ucla procedette all’acquisto di aldine dalla biblioteca del collezionista di san francisco c. templeton crocker ( - ), il cui nonno, charles crocker, era stato uno dei ‘quattro grandi’ costruttori della central pacific railroad. nel , la biblioteca acquistò insieme i cinque volumi della prima edizione di aristotele e l’esemplare dell’hypnerotomachia poliphili ( ) appartenuto a john ruskin. nei primi anni, il focus collezionistico era incentrato solo sulle edizioni di aldo senior, ma dagli anni settanta fu chiaro che la portata dell’impresa stava cambiando, anche perché dal essa guadagnò l’appoggio della fondazione ahmanson (abrahamson , ). a questo punto gli acquisti si estesero a comprendere la produzione di tutti i membri della famiglia manuzio. si calcola che dal al , la fondazione erogò in un ritmo crescente di elargizioni circa milioni di dollari. si spiega perciò che dal la collezione prenda il nome ‘ahmanson-murphy’. le risorse disponibili però crescevano a tal punto che si iniziò a voler contestualizzare le edizioni dei manuzio, arricchendo nel contempo la biblioteca di molti libri celebri e importanti per vari aspetti. la fondazione ahmanson rese possibile la costruzione di una nuova collezione chiamata ‘il primo secolo della stampa italiana’ (pre- , il ‘secolo d’oro’ dell’editoria italiana) comprendente altri filoni collezionistici come le pubblicazioni di nicolas jenson (grande passione di murphy), dei giolito, giunta, scoto e torrentino, un insieme che rende la biblioteca ancora più i ‘big four’ (charles crocker, mark hopkins, collis huntington e leland stanford) furono i protagonisti della costruzione del central pacific railroad e dello sviluppo del sistema ferroviario della california tra il e il . si distinsero anche per le loro attività mecenatistiche: leland stanford ad esempio fondò la stanford university. a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. significativa per gli studiosi del rinascimento italiano. fondi appositi vennero in seguito ottenuti sotto forma di un getty trust per estendere la collezione a comprendere il periodo - , post-controriforma, in un primo momento escluso dal raggio degli interessi della biblioteca. l’estensione fu segnalata con il mutamento del nome della collezione in “ahmanson- murphy collection of early italian printing ( - )”, comprendente oggi circa . libri. la crescita della raccolta di libri rinascimentali e post- rinascimentali è stata così veloce da non aver consentito la formulazione di un paradigma bibliografico esplicito che definisse i criteri di acquisizione, se non a grandi linee. secondo una tradizione orale, viva all’interno della biblioteca, la filosofia che reggeva l’accrescimento della collezione era una sola: «buy, buy, buy» (the ucla ahmanson-murphy aldine collection, through the eyes of james davis and david s. zeidberg , ). i metodi di acquisizione per l’accrescimento della biblioteca si sono perciò basati da una parte sulle bibliografie annalistiche e descrittive, dall’altra sulla collaborazione (scientifica e non solo commerciale) di colti librai antiquari. questo significa innanzi tutto aver usato per la collezione aldina gli annali di renouard come una lista di desiderata (renouard ), un metodo certamente molto efficace per costruire una collezione, la cui impressionante crescita numerica esemplifica perfettamente le dimensioni dell’impegno collezionistico sostenuto dall’ucla. da un insieme di edizioni nel , si questa pubblicazione, stampata dai membri del zamorano club per i membri del roxburghe club in copie in occasione del loro incontro a san francisco nel novembre , riporta un dialogo orale tra i due bibliotecari registrato nel , che conserva memoria di alcuni dati e fatti che altrimenti si sarebbero dimenticati. ringrazio di cuore jane carpenter della special collections library dell’ucla per avermi consentito l’accesso a questa pubblicazione. jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. passa a edizioni nel , nel e nel . nel maggio si giunge a una collezione che comprendeva . libri; la maggiore crescita quantitativa si realizzò nel periodo - , quando responsabile delle special collections era il compianto e rimpianto james g. davis. figura : james g. (jim) davis ( - ), rare book librarian presso l’ucla. una catalogazione adeguata al livello di questa collezione fu raggiunta in diverse tappe, dato che esistono svariati cataloghi una borsa di studio della rare books school (university of virginia) è intitolata al suo nome, si veda http://rarebookschool.org/admissions- awards/scholarships/davis. http://rarebookschool.org/admissions-awards/scholarships/davis http://rarebookschool.org/admissions-awards/scholarships/davis a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. parziali della collezione. alla fine degli anni novanta, nicolas barker e anthony hobson soggiornarono a los angeles per prestare il loro aiuto nel campo dell’analisi dei caratteri tipografici, delle legature e delle provenienze. altri studiosi, come martin lowry, furono in seguito invitati ad esaminare alcuni documenti appartenenti alla collezione. l’istituzione non si limitò a promuovere le loro ricerche, ma se ne assunse anche l’onere editoriale. il catalogo a stampa include ben . descrizioni in quanto comprende anche una serie di materiali limitrofi quali le pubblicazioni di andrea torresani, le cosiddette contraffazioni di lione, ed altri documenti di interesse manuziano. certamente inconsueta è la scelta dei curatori di includere nella sequenza numerica delle aldine anche le edizioni non possedute dall’ucla, ma la cui esistenza è certa. ciò discende sia da un doveroso omaggio al maggiore bibliografo manuziano, renouard, la cui bibliografia come si è detto è stata il punto di partenza e la guida alla costruzione della collezione californiana, che dalla fiducia di poter un giorno integrare i numeri mancanti (the aldine press , ). i maggiori librai antiquari del mondo hanno lavorato insieme ai bibliotecari dell’ucla nella costruzione di questa mirabile risorsa scientifica. bastino alcuni nomi: warren howell, hans p. kraus, fred schreiber, bernard breslauer, jacob zeitlin, christopher sokol, e, in italia, carlo alberto chiesa, guido bortolani, fiammetta soave (the aldine press , – ). al nome di carlo alberto chiesa sono ricondotte alcune delle più significative operazioni di acquisto. chiesa godeva della massima fiducia perché in grado di offrire gruppi consistenti e altamente pregevoli in seguito a questi soggiorni di studio vennero pubblicati: barker ; lowry ; lowry . anche a chi scrive è stata assegnata nel una fellowship per studiare i materiali della collezione aldina. jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. di libri antichi, permettendo ai bibliotecari dell’ucla di spendere nel minor tempo possibile le ingenti cifre di cui disponevano. non solo chiesa preparò un’intera collezione di edizioni giolito per un acquisto in blocco, ma nel concluse una vendita record di edizioni aldine di grande pregio, comprendente la maggior parte degli incunaboli di torresani e di manuzio oggi posseduti dall’ucla e la prima edizione in ottavo, il virgilio del , il tutto negoziato per telefono per un totale di . dollari. certamente di provenienza italiana, il lotto non viene identificato in quanto tale nel catalogo a stampa, e sono perciò avanzabili solo delle ipotesi al proposito dei precedenti possessori (the aldine press , , scheda ). vale la pena di ricordare che, seguendo l’impostazione di murphy, le aldine e in generale i libri del rinascimento non vennero comprati con un particolare interesse per gli aspetti materiali degli esemplari quali le legature o le provenienze ma per il loro contenuto testuale, alla ricerca semmai di varianti tipografiche. questa decisione era basata sulla finalità della collezione che voleva diventare una risorsa per la ricerca la stima di cui godeva chiesa nel mondo anglo-americano è ben sintetizzata nell’obituary scritto da nicolas barker sull’independent del febbraio , ove specificatamente si ricorda l’apporto fondamentale alla costruzione della collezione dell’ucla. in effetti, la descrizione del virgilio del riporta la presenza della fattura di leo s. olschki dell’ dicembre che attesta la vendita del libro per . lire all’«ill. sig. m.sg goffr. de foragna, parma». naturalmente si tratta di un errore di trascrizione (purtroppo ripetuto nell’indice) per goffredo meli lupi, principe di soragna ( - ), grande collezionista di libri antichi, che grazie alla sua amicizia col libraio antiquario olschki venne in possesso di preziosi esemplari delle edizioni di aldo. non si intende con ciò affermare che tutte le aldine vendute da chiesa nel fossero di provenienza soragna. la biblioteca di questa famiglia si era del resto formata nei secoli grazie al collezionismo di diversi importanti membri. ancora nel , pierre bergé metteva in vendita diversi esemplari soragna (ma non di goffredo) in una vendita dedicata solamente alle edizioni di aldo senior. a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. universitaria, e differenziare la collezione ahmanson-murphy da quella di bibliofili puri, come j. p. morgan. allora infatti questi aspetti dell’oggetto-libro (provenienze o legature) non erano ricompresi nel paradigma della ricerca accademica. la scelta di non ricercare libri con lussuose legature o provenienze illustri ha fatto sì che l’apporto dei librai antiquari francesi alla collezione sia piuttosto ristretto, dato la loro predilezione per questo tipo di oggetti librari (the ucla ahmanson-murphy aldine collection, through the eyes of james davis and david s. zeidberg , – ). naturalmente, questo non significa affatto che la collezione non annoveri molti pezzi di grandissimo interesse anche da questo punto di vista. figura : scaffali di aldine nella sala di lettura dedicata presso l’ucla. jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. oggi è molto difficile per i bibliotecari trovare altre edizioni dei manuzio da comprare, come richiede l’incarico che essi hanno dalla fondazione ahmanson. infatti, le edizioni acquistabili sul mercato sono già tutte possedute, mentre quelle che si conoscono in un unico esemplare, ad esempio lo statuto dell’accademia aldina, non saranno mai disponibili. tuttavia non mancano acquisizioni recenti del massimo interesse. un’aggiunta di grande rilievo si è potuta mettere a segno nel quando l’ucla ha comprato l’esemplare appartenuto a jean grolier dell’edizione del degli adagia di erasmo. una pagina a parte, certamente poco nota, è stata scritta in epoca successiva alla scomparsa di murphy, ma sempre nel filone collezionistico manuziano segnato da renouard. quest’ultimo aveva allestito delle aggiunte agli annali dei manuzio, ove aveva segnalato la produzione di altri stampatori che avevano prodotto libri nella scia di aldo. in questo settore, l’attivismo dell’ucla è stato rilevantissimo. non solo la biblioteca conserva una delle più ampie collezioni delle cosiddette ‘contraffazioni lionesi’, ma ha acquistato una collezione eccezionale per ampiezza di edizioni di alessandro paganino, uno dei responsabili delle ‘éditions faites en imitation de celles d’alde’ (renouard , – ). la collezione di paganino comprende ben copie, un insieme inferiore soltanto ai esemplari della biblioteca queriniana di brescia. il metodo collezionistico è stato lo stesso: gli annali della produzione editoriale di paganino, pubblicati nel (nuovo ), sono stati usati come un elenco di libri da scipione fortiguerri, carteromachus, lex neacademiae (in greco). [venezia, aldo manuzio, circa - ], istc if , gw n; unico esemplare al mondo presso la biblioteca apostolica vaticana, stamp. barb. aaa. iv. , digitalizzato e disponibile all’indirizzo http://digi.vatlib.it/view/stamp.barb.aaa.iv. / . un primo elenco di ‘contraffazioni lionesi’, (renouard , – ). la famiglia degli stampatori paganini è infatti originaria di brescia. http://digi.vatlib.it/view/stamp.barb.aaa.iv. / a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. comprare e in una ventina d’anni tutto ciò che era disponibile sul mercato antiquario è stato acquisito. per la maggior parte i libri sono di provenienza italiana e una volta di più carlo alberto chiesa ha fornito il suo aiuto qualificato. tanta determinazione collezionistica spinge a interrogarsi sulle ragioni profonde che hanno portato a queste scelte. È presumibile che la motivazione culturale vada inquadrata in quella stagione della cultura americana che vide nel rinascimento italiano, con gli eccezionali valori artistici e culturali, il pensiero repubblicano, le personalità dei geniali protagonisti (leonardo, michelangelo, aldo) una sorta di antefatto della storia statunitense. il rinascimento italiano diventava così una fase fondamentale del formarsi della cosiddetta western civilization, un passato integrabile nella propria narrazione storica, anzi indispensabile ad essa. occorre anche ricordare che gli studiosi tedeschi fuggiti dai regimi europei dittatoriali e razzisti (bastino i nomi di hans baron, paul oskar kristeller, felix gilbert, ernst cassirer, erwin panofsky) portarono negli stati uniti l’intero bagaglio degli studi tedeschi sul rinascimento italiano, al punto che esso oggi non fa più parte del curriculum umanistico in germania. per gli americani, la storia italiana si sintetizza in tre distinte epoche: l’antichità romana, con tutti i suoi valori artistici e civili, il rinascimento (soprattutto fiorentino e veneziano) con la rinascita di quei valori, e l’emergere dell’uomo rinascimentale, il genio, l’individuo che forgia la sua realtà; e il risorgimento, con le sue conquiste politiche. di queste età, solo le prime due hanno dato origine al grande collezionismo americano, e in ispecie, californiano, nutrendo le passioni delle più celebri figure di mecenati. oggi il numero degli specialisti di rinascimento italiano nelle università statunitensi è certamente molto elevato, e gli approcci di ricerca, indipendenti e innovativi rispetto alla tradizione accademica italiana, si sono fatti molto più sofisticati e dialettici di questa prima ideologia: basti pensare all’attività di una società scientifica quale la renaissance society of america con i jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. suoi . soci. le collezioni però restano, e anzi si incrementano seguendo ancora la forza propulsiva di quegli ideali: ora però sono adoperate per rispondere a ricerche e inchieste molto diverse da quelle che appassionavano i fondatori. l’ambiziosa visione di franklin murphy includeva la realistica presa d’atto che nella zona di los angeles non esistevano studiosi in grado di insegnare a capire e usare adeguatamente la collezione che andava costruendo, donde il reclutamento all’ucla di vari professori italiani: bastino i nomi di alfredo chiappelli, carlo pedretti e dell’appena pensionato carlo ginzburg per capire quale consapevolezza vi fosse della necessità di perpetuare e rinnovare l’uso di quelle fonti messe insieme con grandi investimenti. l’approccio storiografico degli studiosi americani del rinascimento è diventato oggetto di studio soprattutto negli anni novanta del secolo scorso. (chittolini ); (muir ); (molho ). a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. figura : scaffali di aldine nella sala di lettura dedicata presso l’ucla. morto murphy nel , il motore principale dell’impresa è inevitabilmente venuto a mancare. la stagione accademica che si è aperta dopo la sua scomparsa è segnata da interessi diversi da quelli che portarono alla costituzione della collezione (basti pensare all’esplosione del digitale); l’attenzione per i manoscritti medievali sembra permanere più forte di quella per i libri antichi a stampa. gli interessi della maggior parte dei lettori si rivolgono a quelli che in biblioteca sono denominati gli archives, cioè collezioni grazie soprattutto a richard e mary rouse, eccellenti studiosi e consulenti per la costruzione della collezione di manoscritti, e a loro volta donatori della propria biblioteca. jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. speciali ed archivi privati (da carte di scrittori ad archivi di riviste cessate, da materiali in ogni lingua e in ogni formato e vastissimi archivi di immagini e fotografie, anche in connessione con le varie industrie dello spettacolo e della comunicazione di hollywood). si tratta di insiemi di documenti che hanno un assai più profondo legame con la cultura locale, sia pure volendo conferire al termine ‘locale’ un significato commisurato alla multietnica e multilinguistica area di los angeles. la collezione aldina fatica a ritrovare spicco, una volta che il catalogo è stato completato. significativamente, la docente di storia del libro, johanna drucker, la cui posizione accademica è precisamente intitolata martin and bernard breslauer professor of bibliographical studies in the department of information studies at ucla, è una studiosa di media, alfabeto (dal punto di vista visivo e non linguistico), design dell’informazione, digital humanities e persino un’acclamata autrice di libri d’artista. il suo interesse al libro come elemento artistico e non più come strumento di comunicazione e di istruzione, nonché alle forme visive e sociali della comunicazione digitale, è perfettamente coerente al contesto dell’università in cui opera, oggi completamente immersa nella dimensione digitale. la metodologia storica e bibliografica, indispensabile almeno come punto di partenza per dare un senso alle vaste collezioni di libri antichi presso l’ucla, sembra arretrare sensibilmente tra le discipline di studio in università. eppure, lo spazio di lettura ove sono ospitati i lettori delle special collections all’ucla non potrebbe essere più accogliente per uno studioso del rinascimento italiano. l’ultima importante monografia pubblicata da drucker ( ) riassume efficacemente i temi principali della sua ricerca. una sua opera è stata tradotta in italiano (drucker ). a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. figura : sala di lettura per i manoscritti, libri rari e archivi presso l’ucla. la sala di lettura comunica al lettore la percezione di essere giunto in un tempio dedicato al mito accademico di venezia: una riproduzione della veduta di venezia di jacopo de’ barbari domina lo spazio, le aldine sono collocate a vista nelle librerie a parete, il busto in bronzo di murphy sorveglia l’ordinato svolgersi delle procedure. fin troppo ordinato, si direbbe, data la complessa burocrazia di accesso, inconsueta negli states (davis , – ). il divieto di varcare la soglia della sala di lettura muniti di carta e matita, dal momento che si è ammessi soltanto con un dispositivo elettronico (computer o tablet), veicola anche sulla particolare attenzione di murphy alla sicurezza delle collezioni. per la precisione, è consentito usare solo matita e carta fornite dalla biblioteca. per ragioni di sicurezza, la carta è colorata, di un arancione vivace, non proprio l’ideale per la scrittura con mina. jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. simbolicamente una cesura con un antico modo di studiare, che in europa non è ancora del tutto liquidato. rimane che la magnifica collezione aldina presso l’università della california a los angeles è uno dei numerosi gioielli che quella città offre in relazione al patrimonio culturale italiano. la storia della sua formazione racchiude il meglio della cultura americana. un entusiasta e visionario trasformatore della cultura di los angeles come franklin murphy ha presieduto allo sviluppo della biblioteca manuziana con l’accanita passione di un collezionista privato, ma con i fondi di una ricchissima fondazione. anche qualora aldo manuzio e la sua opera di restitutore tipografico della cultura greca in occidente divenissero ancor più periferici rispetto agli interessi dell’ucla, iniziando a sbiadire nel pantheon delle icone californiane, la memoria di franklin murphy e della sua eccezionale energia innovativa manterranno la collezione aldina al suo posto ancora per molti anni. bibliografia abrahamson, eric john. . building home: howard f. ahmanson and the politics of the american dream. berkeley; los angeles: university of california press. barker, nicolas. . aldus manutius, mercantile empire of the intellect. los angeles: dept. of special collections, university research library, university of california. burlingham, cynthia. . the franklin d. murphy sculpture garden at ucla. los angeles: hammer museum. chittolini, giorgio, ed. . “storici americani e rinascimento italiano.” cheiron: materiali e strumenti di aggiornamento bibliografico ( ). a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. davis, margaret leslie. . the culture broker: franklin d. murphy and the making of los angeles. berkeley; los angeles; london: university of california press. dickinson, donald c. . henry e. huntington’s library of libraries. san marino, ca.: huntington library. drucker, johanna. . il labirinto alfabetico. le lettere nella storia e nel pensiero. milano: sylvestre bonnard. ———. . graphesis: visual forms of knowledge production. cambridge, ma; london: harvard university press. lowry, martin. . facing the responsibility of paulus manutius. los angeles: dept. of special collections, university research library, university of california. ———. . book prices in renaissance venice: the stockbook of bernardo giunti. los angeles: dept. of special collections, university research library, university of california. molho, anthony. . in the italian renaissance made in u.s.a., edited by anthony molho and gordon s. wood, imagined histories: american historians interpret the past: – . princeton: princeton university press. nuovo, angela. . alessandro paganino - . padova: antenore. ———. . “una neo-acropoli in california: il getty center di los angeles e la sua biblioteca.” biblioteche oggi ( ): – . pelfrey, patricia a. . entrepreneurial president: richard atkinson and the university of california, - . berkeley; los angeles; london: university of california press. renouard, antoine-augustin. . annales de l’imprimerie des alde ou histoire des trois manuce et de leurs Éditions. paris: renouard. the aldine press: catalogue of the ahmanson-murphy collection of books by or related to the press in the library of the university of california, los angeles incorporating works recorded elsewhere. jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ) jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. . berkeley; los angeles; london: university of california press. the ucla ahmanson-murphy aldine collection, through the eyes of james davis and david s. zeidberg. . los angeles. thorpe, james. . the gutenberg bible. san marino, ca.: huntington library. a. nuovo, aldo manuzio a los angeles… jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ). art. # p. angela nuovo, università degli studi di udine. angela.nuovo@uniud.it. nuovo, angela. "aldo manuzio a los angeles. la collezione ahmanson- murphy all’university of california los angeles". jlis.it. vol. , n. (january ): art: # . doi: . /jlis.it- . acknowledgment: una prima versione di questo testo è stata letta il aprile , a venezia, presso la scuola grande di san marco - aula san domenico, nel quadro della manifestazione cultura del libro, carità e scienza nella venezia di aldo manuzio, giornata di studi promossa dal dipartimento di studi linguistici e culturali dell'università ca' foscari di venezia e dalla casa editrice novacharta e organizzata da alessandro scarsella. abstract: despite its recent foundation, the ahmanson-murphy collection at the university of california los angeles counts the highest number of aldine books outside europe, and it is one of the richest collections in the world. this paper retraces the steps of its development and cataloguing, placing the collection among the main rare books collections in los angeles. franklin d. murphy ( - ), who was the sixth chancellor at ucla, emerges at the real promoter of this great cultural venture. keywords: ahmanson-murphy collection; manuzio, aldo; murphy, franklin d.; rare book collections; ucla. submitted: - - accepted: - - published: - - http://dx.doi.org/ . /jlis.it- aldo manuzio a los angeles. la collezione ahmanson-murphy all’university of california los angeles angela nuovo bibliografia doi: . /j.actpsy. . . acta psychologica ( ) – www.elsevier.com/locate/actpsy entitling art: influence of title information on understanding and appreciation of paintings helmut leder a,b,*, claus-christian carbon a, ai-leen ripsas b a faculty of psychology, university of vienna, liebiggasse , vienna, austria b department of history and cultural sciences, special research division aesthetics, freie universität berlin, altensteinstr, - , berlin, germany received september ; received in revised form august ; accepted august available online november abstract there is evidence that presenting titles together with artworks affects their processing. we inves- tigated whether elaborative and descriptive titles change the appreciation and understanding of paintings. under long presentation times ( s) in experiment , testing representative and abstract paintings, elaborative titles increased the understanding of abstract paintings but not their appreci- ation. in order to test predictions concerning the time course of understanding and aesthetic appre- ciation [leder, h., belke, b., oeberst, a., & augustin, d. ( ). a model of aesthetic appreciation and aesthetic judgments. british journal of psychology, ( ), – ] in experiment , abstract paintings were presented under two presentation times. for short presentation times ( s), descriptive titles increased the understanding more than elaborative titles, whereas for medium presentation times ( s), elaborative titles increased the understanding more than descriptive titles. thus, with artworks a presentation time of around s might be needed, to assign a meaning beyond the mere description. only at medium presentation times did the participants with more art knowledge have a better understanding of the paintings than participants with less art knowledge. thus, it seems that art knowledge becomes significant, if there is sufficient time to assign a meaning and the present stud- ies reveal the importance of considering the time course in aesthetic appreciation. � elsevier b.v. all rights reserved. - /$ - see front matter � elsevier b.v. all rights reserved. doi: . /j.actpsy. . . * corresponding author. address: faculty of psychology, university of vienna, liebiggasse , vienna, austria. tel.: + ; fax: + . e-mail address: helmut.leder@univie.ac.at (h. leder). mailto:helmut.leder@univie.ac.at h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – psycinfo classification: ; ; keywords: cognitive processes; meaning; aesthetic preferences; contextual associations; visual; art perception; entitling . introduction since the late th century (fechner, ), the individual aesthetical experience, pro- voked by a stimulus or an artwork, became the main topic in psychological aesthetic research. the appreciation of artworks is thought to involve an ongoing elaboration of meaning in an ‘‘open’’ and ‘‘indeterminate’’ image (cupchik, shereck, & spiegel, ). the appreciation of artworks is not the mere assignment of an established meaning, but involves an ongoing evaluation of the painting, which generates an incomplete impression, leaving room for further interpretation. it is assumed that part of the pleasure derived from looking at a painting is the feeling of having grasped the meaning and the under- standing of it (russell, ; russell & milne, ). recently, leder, belke, oeberst, and augustin ( ) proposed a stage model for aesthetic processing, which combines aspects of understanding and cognitive mastering with affective and emotional processing. a short version of the model is depicted in fig. . according to the model, aesthetic processing of an artwork involves a number of pro- cessing stages, which might somehow proceed sequentially and therefore allow the formu- lation of hypotheses concerning time sensitive processing of art. after initially classifying a stimulus as an artwork, features such as colour, shape, contrast, etc. are analyzed in the perceptual processing stage. in the next stage, implicit memory effects such as familiarity and prototypicality are analyzed. the content (in representational paintings) and style (particularly in abstract art) are analyzed through a stage of explicit classification. with increasing expertise, the processing of style becomes more dominant (cupchik, ). essential in the model is the need to understand an artwork. this is accomplished in a stage of ‘‘cognitive mastering’’ which builds a feedback-loop with a stage of evaluation, in which affective and cognitive measures trigger further processing or the formation of aesthetic judgments and the experience of aesthetic emotions. fig. . processing stages in aesthetic experiences (adapted from leder et al., ). h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – if understanding and grasping the meaning is essential, as proposed in the model, then information which helps to interpret the image must affect aesthetic processing. here we present a study in which we investigate how verbal information affects cognitive and affec- tive components in the processing of abstract and representational artworks. however, the temporal structure of the model is not yet clear. although bachmann and vipper ( ) showed that some information in artworks is available after short presentation times, it might well be that understanding an artwork requires some time. in the present study, we test the temporal properties of aesthetic appreciation indirectly in that we compare the effect of descriptive titles and elaborative titles for artworks under short and longer presentation times (experiments a and b). descriptive titles should be effective when the output of the model is based on the results of earlier stages such as perceptual analyses and explicit classification of content, while elaborative titles presumably affect the stage of evaluation and understanding which according to the model comes later and presumably needs more time. some studies investigated changes in aesthetic evaluation of artworks as a function of accompanying verbal information. cupchik et al. ( ) showed that interpretative activ- ity increased the perception of the artworks concerning their power, challenge, and per- sonal meaning. cupchik and gebotys ( ) suggested that an indication of such an elaboration process would be a heightened appreciation of the interpretative challenge of the artwork. as liking and preference are most frequently measured in studies of art appreciation, it would be important to see whether an elaboration process also results in higher ratings for liking. short verbal information in the form of titles, besides the purpose of identification, serves as a guide to the interpretation of an artwork (franklin, ). some artworks cause tension between title and artwork. this can be resolved by reworking the visual con- figuration and the meaning of the title until some kind of correspondence or ‘‘fit’’ is estab- lished between the two. this process was seen as an important part of aesthetic experience, for example by kreitler and kreitler ( ). in order to investigate these hypotheses, franklin, becklen, and doyle ( ) studied how viewers responded to a painting under different titling conditions. viewers were shown each of the two paintings twice—on one occasion with the original title, on the another occasion with a fabricated one. in the first session, participants viewed both the paintings with one of its two titles. in the second ses- sion, they viewed both paintings again, in the same order. for the first painting shown, the title was the same as in the first session, for the second painting, an alternate title was pre- sented. the researchers found that a change of title shifted the description of the artwork towards the meaning of the title, although the looking pattern measured by registering eye movements did not change. thus, while the visual processing was rather unaffected by the title, the semantic processing changed. however, affective responses to the paintings (e.g., liking) were not measured. millis ( ) examined the effects of different titling conditions, where participants rated illustrations and photographs for understanding and four qualities of the aesthetic experience (liking, interest, elicited thoughts and emotions). descriptive and elaborative titles increased the comprehension of both materials. furthermore, for illustrations, elab- orative titles, which provided an explanation or a metaphoric interpretation of the scene, increased the aesthetic experience more than descriptive titles. this was interpreted as an increase of aesthetic experience due to elaboration. millis assumed that titles only increase aesthetic experiences when they contribute to rich and coherent representations. as the h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – stimuli used by millis did not consist of artworks, it is worthwhile to study the effect of paintings by artists of high art. leder et al. ( ) considered this to be of particular importance, because a preclassification of an object as an artwork might be a necessary condition for aesthetic experiences. moreover, in millis�s study, the analysis of aesthetic experience as a combination of four variables did not show which of the aspects of aes- thetic experience changed due to the elaboration effect. thus, in the present study we investigated the effects of elaboration separately for the four variables of aesthetic experi- ence, using reproductions of artworks. recently, russell ( ) performed a similar study, also by using artworks to test bartlett�s concept of effort after meaning (bartlett, ). in accordance with bartlett�s pre- diction, in a within-subjects design, russell ( ) found an increase in the meaningfulness and hedonic value from first to second ratings when the paintings were presented with descriptions in the second phase (description plus title and the artist�s name). in russell�s study, images of abstract and semiabstract art were presented. a comparison between abstract and representational art was not made. two dependent variables, meaningfulness and pleasingness, were studied. influences of other aspects like art interest, and art knowl- edge were not considered. consequently, in our study we used measures similar to millis ( ). we also examined expertise and interest in art and applied a within-participants experimental design. in experiment , we systematically compared participants� ratings to abstract and rep- resentational artworks. studies on art perception and evaluation have shown that art nov- ices prefer representational artworks to abstract artworks (e.g., o�hare & gordon, ). moreover, abstract artworks carry meaning either in terms of free interpretations, often referring to the painter�s expressiveness (parsons, ) or simply by their style. with expertise, an abstract painting can be meaningful in terms of its historical background or conceptual level. for example, malevich�s ‘‘white square’’ stretched the concept of abstract art to its limits by presenting a shape that was mainly determined by the canvas and by using a ‘‘non-colour’’. the meaning is often revealed in the title, which either accompanies the painting or is part of the perceiver�s knowledge. in contrast, representa- tional artworks also carry meaning in terms of what is depicted and their content (leder et al., ). in this study, we investigated how these classes of paintings are affected by either descriptive or elaborative titles. another aim of the present study was to get a better understanding of the time course of aesthetic processing. if aesthetic experience consists of a sequence of processing stages (kreitler & kreitler, ; leder et al., ), then the effect of titles accompanying the artwork might also depend on temporal properties. however, bachmann and vipper ( ) found that by limiting presentation times of artworks, a lot of information could be very swiftly accessible, including major information on art styles. in the present study, we investigated whether different presentation times reveal a differential effect of descrip- tive and elaborative titles. when processing time of an artwork is limited, a descriptive title might enhance understanding because it helps to access the content, particularly in abstract art. on the other hand, elaborative titles might change the processing of meaning at a later processing stage, and thus might require more time to have an effect. in order to investigate effects of exposure times, we selected presentation times (in experiment ) similar to previous studies where artworks were also used in the investiga- tion. in experiment a, we used a short presentation time of s, which presumably elicits a spontaneous judgment. in experiment b, a presentation time of s was used. cupchik h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – and gebotys ( ) asked their participants to arrange slides of three paintings or sculp- tures, which were presented in a sequence for s each, which reflected the stylistic change between the paintings. hess and wallsten ( ) presented artworks for s, after which participants were asked to assign the artworks to two artists. in a paired comparison task, o�hare and gordon ( ) asked the participants to judge the similarity of two artworks. after a familiarization time of min, the artwork pairs were presented for s. therefore, we assume that a presentation time of s would be sufficient for an interpretative activity of a painting. . the present study in the present study, we examined the influence of descriptive and elaborative titles on paintings. additionally, we varied the presentation time between experiments and . the first experiment was designed similar to millis ( ) to replicate his elaboration effect with images of artworks. two levels of representativeness in artworks were investigated (abstract versus representational). ratings were collected before and after presenting a title, thus within-subjects comparisons could be made. we chose two paintings similar in an artistic style and contents from artists each, and presented each painting only once to avoid an increase of appreciation due to mere exposure. in the first experiment, the effects of the titling conditions (as independent variables) were investigated for six different seven-point scales (the dependent variables) which comprise cognitive as well as affective aspects of aesthetic processing (leder et al., ): (a) under- standing was measured by the scale whether the participants believed to have understood the artist�s intention; (b) meaning by whether they found a personal meaning in the artwork; (c) liking by whether they liked the artwork; (d) interest by whether the artwork evoked their interest; (e) emotion by whether the artwork affected them emotionally; and (f) thoughts by whether the artwork evoked thoughts in them. all ratings were given on a seven-point scale from (fully agree) to (fully disagree). the aim of experiment was to identify which aspect of aesthetic processing of artworks is affected by descriptive or elaborative titles. in general, as aesthetic experiences with artworks require a certain level of understanding, thus elaborative titles were thought to affect cognitive measures such as understanding and meaning. moreover, interest in art was also measured as a quasiexperimental interpersonal difference in order to confirm that increased interest reveals higher understanding, but also to see whether interest in art interacts with any of the other variables. to better understand the changes in understanding found in experiment , experiment investigated the effects of presentation time on ratings of liking and understanding of abstract paintings. reaction times were collected and effects of art interest, and art knowl- edge considered. . experiment . . method . . . participants forty-eight students, of them females, participated in experiment . mean age was . years [range: – ]. thirty-five of the participants were psychology students from h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – the freie universität berlin. they received course credit for their participation. thirteen students from other departments were paid € for their participation. . . . materials forty-eight images of paintings, two by artists, both similar in artistic style and con- tent, were selected from art books and magazines for the experiment. for example, two paintings by the artist lovis corinth were chosen which both depicted views of the walchensee. twenty-four representational paintings from to were selected from art styles such as expressionism and cubism, e.g., paintings by lovis corinth and lyonel feininger (see appendix a for a list of stimuli). the representational paintings depicted landscape sceneries and buildings. paintings likely unknown to art novices were chosen in order to avoid preferences due to previous encounters. another set of abstract paint- ings (from to ) contained artworks of abstract expressionism and action paint- ing, e.g., paintings by franz kline and jackson pollock. the paintings were presented consecutively in four sets of paintings put together in a pseudo-randomized order. each participant was exposed to a total of paintings. for each picture pair of two paintings by the same artist, two different titles were pro- duced. three members of our research team invented two different types of titles for the paintings, partly referring to the descriptions of the artistic styles in art books. the descriptive titles summarized the most important aspects of the painting in a few descrip- tive words, e.g., ‘‘lakeside view’’ or ‘‘fine curved lines in colour’’. elaborative titles pro- vided a possible interpretation or explanation of the artwork. for example, the paintings by jackson pollock were entitled ‘‘impulsiveness’’ (see appendix a for a complete list of all artists and titles). in a pre-study with six art novices (mean age: . years; four females), we ask for classifying the material in order to validate that the pictures belong to the correct class of representativeness (abstract, representative) and whether the selected titles were fitting with the pictures. concerning the classification of representativeness, participants agreed by . % with the pre-selected assignment. for the validation of the title assignment, a list of all titles of pictures used in experiment were provided to the participants, from which they had to select three most suitable out of all possible for every single picture. of these three selected titles they had to rank them according to the order of plausibility. in . % of all cases, the assigned title matched with the group of three titles selected by the partic- ipants; in . % of all cases, the participants first choice matched with the assigned title. thus, the assignment of being abstract/representative and the assignment of titles were highly plausible. . . . procedure experiment was conducted in small groups consisting of two to five persons. stimuli (resolution: · , hz) were presented by psyscope . . ppc (cohen, macwhinney, flatt, & provost, ) on a macintosh g computer. the participants were asked to sit in a semicircle around the monitor ( ). the distance between partic- ipant and the computer screen was about . m. the paintings were presented with a visual angle of about . �. all participants completed one questionnaire for each painting, containing the six scales concerning (a) understanding the artist�s intention, (b) personal meaning, (c) liking, (d) whether the artwork evoked their interest, (e) whether the artwork affected them emotionally, and (f) thoughts evoked by the artwork. h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – all participants completed the questionnaires within the presentation time for each painting. experiment consisted of two parts, one using the abstract artworks, the other using the representational artworks. each part consisted of two phases. this allows us to analyze both sorts of paintings separately. first participants were shown artworks without titles in a randomized order to view for s each (p ). during that time participants rated each painting separately. in the second phase (p ), the participants were given similar art- works with one of the three possible title conditions: descriptive title, elaborative title, or no-title in a pseudo-randomized order to view. in order to make sure that there was enough time for processing the artworks and the titles the presentation time at test was increased to s. as both presentation times allow exhaustive aesthetic experience these times were chosen, the additional time at test seemed not be critical, as it is no longer in a range in which presentation is critical, but rather both conditions support the partic- ipants in having full aesthetic experiences (leder et al., ; smith & smith, ). the pseudo-randomized order ensured that the same titling condition did not appear more than twice in a row. the order of presentation of representational and abstract paintings, i.e. the order of representativeness, was fully balanced between the participants. more- over, assignment of paintings to each title condition also was balanced by using the latin square procedure and using groups of four images which were randomly put together into one title condition. two practice trials at the beginning of the first part familiarized the participants with the questions asked and the procedure of the experiment; these trials were not further analyzed. the experiment was completed in about min. at the end of the experiment, the participants were asked nine questions about their interest in art (see appendix b). all ratings were given on a seven-point scale from (fully disagree) to (fully agree). we calculated mean ratings for the questions about art interest. a cor- relation analysis for the nine questions on art interest showed high correlations between all nine questions. . . results . . . effects of titling conditions and representativeness on the aesthetic experience first, we analyzed the mean ratings (and standard deviations) for title (no-title, descriptive, elaborative), and representativeness (representational, abstract) for the six scales (table ). pearson product moment correlations revealed medium up to highly significant corre- lations between the six variables, which enabled us to run a multivariate analysis of var- iance (manova). importantly, we separated the pictures used in test phase p in three different sets (no-title, descriptive, elaborative) corresponding with the three titling con- ditions in test phase p . thus, if, for instance, a painting of paul cézanne was assigned to the descriptive title condition in p , then the corresponding painting of cézanne pre- sented in p was assigned to the so-called descriptive p condition. note that this assign- ment does not reflect any change in the presentation mode but was only used to create matches of picture sets between p and p for analyzing the data in a full balanced anal- ysis design. we analyzed the means of the six variables on aesthetic experience by a three-way manova for repeated measurements. the within-subjects factors were phase (p , p ), representativeness (representational, abstract) and title (no-title, descriptive, elaborative). mean ratings sampled over participants on each of the scales (understand- table mean aesthetic scores (and standard deviations) as a function of scale, title representativeness in experiment scale title no-title descriptive elaborative m sd m sd m sd p understanding representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . meaning representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . liking representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . interest representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . emotions representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . thoughts representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . p understanding representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . meaning representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . liking representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . interest representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . emotions representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . thoughts representational . . . . . . abstract . . . . . . h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – ing, meaning, liking, interest, emotions, and thoughts) were analyzed as dependent variables. the values of the manova were calculated according to wilks� lambda. there were sig- nificant main effects of phase, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , representativeness, h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , and title, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , as well as a significant interaction between phase and title, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . furthermore, we computed univariate tests on each of the six dependent variables. main effects of phase were found on all scales (understanding, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; meaning, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; liking, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; interest, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; emotion, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; thoughts, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ). with the exception of the scale understanding, all ratings decreased from p to p . moreover, main effects of representativeness were found on all scales but the thoughts scale (understanding, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; meaning, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; liking, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; interest, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ; emotion, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . ). representational paint- ings revealed higher ratings than abstract paintings in all of these scales. furthermore, main effects of title were found for understanding only, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . ratings given on elaborative titles were significantly higher than ratings on descriptive titles (p < . ) and higher than in the no-title condition (p < . ). ratings on descriptive titles were significantly higher than ratings on no-title (p < . ); all differ- ences were analyzed by bonferroni-adjusted post hoc tests. the interaction between phase and representativeness was only significant for understanding, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . the same was found for the interaction between phase and title, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . and the interaction between title and representative- ness, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . an analysis of simple main effects of title on representativeness revealed that the factor title was significant for the abstract paintings, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , but not for the representational paintings, f( , ) < , n.s. no other effects were significant. . . . influence of titles on understanding as the understanding of paintings was only affected by different types of titles for abstract paintings, we ran a second anova for the scale understanding including only abstract paintings. a two-way repeated measurement anova with phase and title as within-subjects factor revealed that phase, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , and title, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , had a significant effect. most interestingly, there was also an interaction between both factors, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . an analysis of simple main effects of title on phase revealed that the factor title was significant for p , f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , but not for p , f( , ) < , n.s. this interaction is illustrated in fig. . ratings of understanding were significantly higher for elaborative than descriptive titles (p < . ) and higher than in the no-title condition (p < . ). ratings on descriptive titles were significantly higher than ratings on no-title (p < . ). note that it is an important pre-condition that pictures used in p that were matched to the paintings of the same painters for title conditions elaborative, descriptive and no-title, were expected not to differ in any scales as the treatment (here: title) is not yet given. exactly this criterion is confirmed here indicated by a non-existing effect of title at p . . . . . . . . . u n d e rs ta n d in g p p elaborative descriptive no-title abstract paintings fig. . interaction between phase (p and p ) and title (no-title, descriptive and elaborative) on the mean ratings of the scale understanding (error bars indicate standard errors of the mean). h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – . . . influence of interest in art on aesthetic experience in order to analyze the effect of interest in art and effects of titles and representative- ness, a composite art interest score was computed as a mean score of all nine items on the questionnaire. for the assignment of high and low art interest, we computed a med- ian split. scores of and above [range: – ] were assigned to high art interest. in order to test effects of art interest, we first conducted a mixed-design manova with all six scales. as between-subjects factor art interest was used and as within-subjects factors phase, representativeness and title were used. there was a main effect of art interest, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , but no interaction of art interest with any other variable. as art interest was found significant in the multivariate analysis, we fur- ther conducted six independent mixed-design anovas for every scale. as before, we used art interest as between-subjects factor and phase, representativeness and title as within-subjects factors. participants with more interest in art showed higher ratings for understanding, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , interest, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , emotions, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . , and thoughts, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . however, there were no interactions between art interest and any other factor for any scale. . . discussion the results of the manova analysis revealed main effects of representativeness and title, and most important a significant interaction between them. experiment revealed that an elaborative title accompanying an abstract artwork increased its understanding. this finding supports the special need for interpretation of abstract art as assumed by leder et al. ( ). interestingly, no significant effects of titles were found on liking. thus, the presentation of a title per se did not increase the hedonic value of the artworks. russell ( ) added the artist�s name and a description of the painting, which presumably increased the level of elaboration with the painting. however, similar to the effects found h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – by cupchik et al. ( ) descriptive titles in our experiment decreased affective and cog- nitive evaluations. the titles presumably somehow might have reduced the aesthetic mean- ing of the artworks and made them less interesting. in accordance with the stage model of cognitive processing, further processing concerning the contents or the meaning of the art- works was probably disrupted when a trivial content was recognized (leder et al., ). the finding, that the artworks shown with descriptive titles did not elicit further thoughts, supports this argument. the participants interested in art understood the representational paintings better and also assigned a higher personal meaning to them. they also showed higher ratings on affective scales. however, the differences in art interest found in our participants were rather small because we mainly tested art novices. in experiment , we were interested in the nature of the elaboration effect on the understanding of abstract paintings. because only abstract paintings revealed effects of titling condition in experiment , only these paintings were used in experiment . the main question concerned the effect of titling, when presentation time was restricted. . experiment experiment was designed as a two-group experiment to investigate time effects of elaboration. in experiment a, abstract paintings with descriptive and elaborative titles were presented for s; in experiment b, the same paintings and titles were presented for s. participants were asked to rate the paintings on liking and understanding. they were instructed to rate spontaneously and reaction times were measured. afterwards, questionnaires on art interest, and art knowledge had to be completed. different assumptions are possible concerning aesthetic experiences after the short pre- sentation time in experiment a. for the ratings, especially on understanding, a replica- tion of the results from experiment would assume higher ratings for elaborative than for descriptive titles. due to the short presentation time, it also seems likely that this might not be the case, because elaboration and understanding presumably require more time. moreover, we expected a difference in the speed at which ratings were given. according to the model of leder et al. ( ), perceivers can continuously access their affective processing during the time course of aesthetic experience. understanding, however, is a process requiring a deep level of processing and therefore presumably takes more time than s. thus, we expected ratings concerning the liking of a painting to be given faster than ratings for understanding. other studies which investigated processes of similarity judgments (e.g., cupchik & gebotys, ; hess & wallsten, ) indicate that an increase of presentation time up to s should enable sufficient information processing for an interplay between title and judgment in terms of understanding. . . method . . . participants participants were students of the freie universität berlin who were randomly assigned to one of two groups for both experimental conditions (experiments a and h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – b). both groups consisted of students from the freie universität berlin, of them females (mean age in years; experiment a: . , experiment b: . ). in order to assess inter-individual differences, all participants completed a questionnaire consisting of nine questions about art interest and a questionnaire about art knowledge. . . . materials twenty-four abstract paintings, two paintings similar in artistic style and content, cre- ated by artists, were selected from art books and magazines for the experiment. the paintings, dated between and , included for example painting pairs by dorazio and noland. the paintings were presented consecutively in two sets of paintings, each set consisting of paintings by different artists. each participant was shown a total of paintings. for each painting pair, two different titles were selected in the consensus amongst three researchers working in the field of empirical aesthetics, as in experiment . descriptive titles summarized the most important aspects of the scene in a few descriptive words, e.g., ‘‘strokes of colour’’ or ‘‘frames in shades of blue‘‘. the elabo- rative titles provided a possible interpretation or explanation of the artwork. for exam- ple, the paintings by dorazio were entitled ‘‘speed of light’’ (see appendix c for a complete list of all artists and titles). the data of the rating experiment support our assignment of painting pairs, title creations, and title assignments as descriptive and elaborative titles. . . . procedure in experiment , we presented a total of abstract paintings in two consecutive parts. in one part, the participants were asked to rate their liking, in the other part their understanding. the order of the ratings was balanced between participants. the paint- ings were combined into two groups of six artists, respectively. in order to assign the two title conditions (descriptive, elaborative), artist groups, title conditions, and the order of the two variables (liking, understanding) were assigned to participants using a fully balanced design for title conditions and the two variables. four different groups of sequences were used, which differed in their titling conditions and sequence of paintings. each painting was presented for s (experiment a) or s (experiment b). the rat- ings were given on a seven-point-scale from (not at all) to (very much). reaction times (rt) were measured from stimulus offset on. participants were asked to rate spontane- ously after the paintings disappeared. titles and paintings were presented in a pseudo- randomized order. the experiment was conducted individually. the paintings ( · pixels, hz) were presented by psyscope . . ppc on a macintosh g computer. the dis- tance between the participant and the computer screen ( in.) was about . m, result- ing in visual angles of the presentations of about . �. reaction times were measured from stimulus onset on until the participants pressed a target key on the computer keyboard. at the end of the experiment, the participants were given the same questionnaires about their interest in art and their specific art knowledge as in experiment . the questionnaire about art knowledge referred to famous artists, e.g., joseph beuys, henri matisse, and piet mondrian. first, the participants indicated whether they knew the names of artists, h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – their nationality, and the style the artists were famous for. in a second part, the partici- pants were shown a list of nine famous paintings and were asked whether they knew the painting, and to name the artist and the artistic style. a median-split of the averaged score of these questionnaires assigned the participants to high and low art knowledge scores. both versions of the experiment were completed in about (short presentation time) and min (longer presentation time), respectively. . . results first, effects of titling conditions on the aesthetic experience (liking and understanding) are reported. for experiments a and b, the means of both ratings for all paintings were calculated for both titling conditions (fig. ). the rating data were analyzed by a three-way mixed-design anova with title (descriptive, elaborative) and scale (liking, understanding) as within-subjects vari- ables and the presentation time as between-subjects factor. no main effect was found for presentation time, i.e., the ratings of experiments a and b did not differ. the results showed a main effect of scale, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . and an interaction between presentation time and title, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . most interestingly, there was a three-way interaction between presentation time, scale and title, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . in order to analyze the effects of the three-way interaction in more detail, we conducted separate anovas for liking and understanding. the liking ratings were not influenced by the titles for both presentation times, f( , ) < . , n.s. however, there was an inter- action between title and presentation time on the variable understanding, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . for a presentation time of s only, paintings . . . . . . . m e a n r a ti n g l: desc l: elab u: desc u: elab s s liking understanding note. desc = descriptive title elab = elaborative title desc elab desc elab fig. . mean ratings (and standard errors of the mean) of liking and understanding as a function of presentation time and title in experiments a and b. m e a n r t in m s _l: descrt_l: elab rt_u: descrt_u: elab s s liking understanding desc elab desc elab fig. . rts (and standard errors of the mean) of liking and understanding as a function of presentation time and title in experiments a and b. h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – presented with descriptive titles (m = . , sd = . ) were better understood than paint- ings presented with elaborative titles (m = . , sd = . ), f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . in contrast, given a longer presentation time of s, elaborative titles (m = . , sd = . ) were better understood than paintings presented with descriptive titles (m = . , sd = . ), f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . for a comparison between rts of liking and understanding in both experiments, the rt data were analyzed by a three-way mixed-design anova, with scale (liking and understanding), and title (descriptive, elaborative) as within-subjects variables, and pre- sentation time ( s, s) as between-subjects variable. the distribution analysis of the rts showed a few values above ms. all rts above this value were excluded from further analyses, the resulting range was between ms and ms. mean rts for both presen- tation times are shown in fig. . the results showed a significant main effect of presentation time, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . with longer rts for rating paintings presented for s (m = ms, sd = ) than paintings presented for s (m = ms, sd = ). this is not sur- prising as participants in the condition of longer presentation times were presumably more readily prepared to react. therefore, the rts under short presentation times seem to be more informative as they more validly reveal differences in speed of processes underlying appreciation or understanding. a further main effect was found on scale, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . taken the rts of both the experiments together, the mean rts for liking (m = ms, sd = ) were shorter than those for understanding (m = ms, sd = ). no interaction effects were significant. . . . influence of art interest, and art knowledge according to their results in the questionnaires about art interest and art knowledge, the participants were divided into two groups by a median split. the ratings and the corresponding rts for descriptive and elaborative titles were analyzed by separate note. a.k.: art knowledge . . . . . . . m e a n r a tin g low a.k., s low a.k., s high a.k., s high a.k., s liking understanding fig. . mean ratings (and standard errors of the mean) of liking and understanding as a function of presentation time and art knowledge in experiments a and b. h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – between-subjects anovas for liking and understanding. for the s presentation time condition, art interest and art knowledge did not show significant effects for the ratings or the corresponding rts. in experiment b ( s presentation time condition), art inter- est did not show significant effects for the ratings nor the rts, but art knowledge did show significant effects for understanding. mean ratings of the participants in both presentation time conditions are presented in fig. . we conducted a four-way repeated measures anova with scale and title as within- subjects variables, and presentation time and art knowledge as between-subjects variables. there was a three-way interaction between scale, art knowledge and presentation time, f( , ) = . , p < . , g p ¼ . . analyses of simple main effects revealed that participants with higher art knowledge only showed more understanding if the paintings were pre- sented for s. art knowledge did not influence the liking in none of the presentation times. . . discussion similar to the results in experiment with long presentation times ( s), titles did not affect the liking of the paintings for short presentation times in experiment a ( s) and medium presentation times in experiment b ( s). in contrast, the results for under- standing were affected by the titles. given a medium long presentation time of s, elab- orative titles increased the understanding of a painting quite similar as shown in experiment with a presentation time of s, whereas descriptive titles resulted in higher values of understanding than elaborative titles when paintings were only shown for s. in the model of aesthetic appreciation (leder et al., ), we assume that the processing of artworks consists of a number of processing stages, which are supposed to be mainly serial. when processing time is restricted then aesthetic judgments have to be based on analyses which only comprise the earlier processing stages. as these include the analyses of ‘‘what is depicted’’ we conclude that, within the short presentation time it was only h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – possible to accomplish early stages of information processing, including perceptual anal- yses and identifying the content which in abstract art are closely related (leder et al., ). these results challenge the temporal structure of this model which needs further refinement in the future. this, of course, requires more research concerning the possibility that restrictions in presentation time allow different processes to take place (kreitler & kreitler, ). there were no effects of art interest in both experiments, but relative experts seemed to understand the paintings better. this is presumably not only due to the greater experience with artworks but also probably due to a higher level of explicit knowledge. as predicted by leder et al. ( ), the judgment of liking can be accomplished very quickly, after the perceptual analysis has been completed. however, it seems that at least a medium presen- tation time of around s is needed for a first interpretation of an artwork that is already sensitive to titles affecting the understanding of an artwork. . general discussion two experiments investigated the role of titles in the processing of paintings. exper- iment revealed that abstract paintings received higher ratings of understanding when accompanied by elaborative titles. descriptive titles did not improve evaluations. when presentation time was restricted to s in experiment a, descriptive titles improved the understanding more than elaborative titles. such short presentation times seem to restrict information processing of paintings to representations sensitive to such descriptive infor- mation. according to the model of aesthetic appreciation proposed by leder et al. ( ), which predicts a mainly serial information processing, these findings address the possible time needed to allow different ways of aesthetic processing. short presenta- tion times allow the access to the explicit classification of content. in accordance with the model this kind of processing is found under short presentation times and it is affected by descriptive titles. in contrast, the full, or at least rather elaborated aesthetic experience consists of later stages of interpretation and understanding which leder et al. ( ) called ‘‘cognitive mastering’’. elaborative titles presumably affect this later stage of understanding and assignment of meaning. the results of experiment b, using medium long presentation times of s, support this hypothesis. although the model does not make strict predictions on temporal aspects, the distinction between the two presentation times in experiment revealed that in accordance with the model, rather descriptive and elaborative titles do differentially affect aesthetic experiences with art. as bachmann and vipper ( ) found that many aspects of artworks are available quite fast, at least the findings in the s condition support a more complex interplay of seeing and understanding. moreover, judgments concerning the liking of a painting were made faster than judg- ments concerning the understanding of a painting (particularly at short presentation times in experiment a). this is also in accordance with a time sensitive processing of artworks. preferences can be made faster because they are presumably based on an affec- tive processing, which is permanently available throughout the processing stages as assumed by leder et al. ( ). in contrast, understanding, as a cognitive process, requires more time, because it is presumably based on explicit processes of interpretation h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – and structures of knowledge. however, more systematic variation in presentation time (e.g., carbon & leder, ) might be promising in future research. bachmann and vipper ( ) for example, found that many of the visual properties of art are available after relatively short presentation times. this, however, does not exclude that an under- standing in art requires more time. the idea that art requires some time for understand- ing is also in accordance with the hypothesis that particularly contemporary art offers cognitive and knowledge related challenges which often include an explicit disruption of usually fluent application of skills that are effective in everyday object identification and understanding (leder, ; reber, schwarz, & winkielman, ). expertise and interest in art showed rather weak effects, presumably because the range of these variables was relatively small due to our sample consisting of art novices. the effects in experiment b need to be studied further. systematic variation using art experts might be useful for these investigations, particularly as research in the past has shown con- siderable difference in art processing (nodine, locher, & krupinski, ) and apprecia- tions (cupchik, ; parsons, ). the implications for our understanding of how art is processed are as follows. first, the results reveal that information accompanying art has effects depending on the nature of the information. descriptive information can help to classify artworks in situations where fast judgments and classifications are required. however, in the more realistic sit- uation in which perceiver perceives paintings for longer, descriptive titles are not helpful, but elaborative information increases the understanding. as artworks in museums are often perceived under time conditions which rather correspond to the s presentation time as in experiment b (smith & smith, ), we conclude that understanding usually depends on interpretations that take more time. this was also suggested by the temporal structure of the model of aesthetic experience (leder et al., ). consequently in muse- ums accompanying information should consider the possibility that understanding could be increased by carefully selected, understandable information which goes beyond mere descriptions. concerning the nature of aesthetic experience we believe that the combina- tion of different dependent variables, as used in the present study, covers the main dimen- sions of the aesthetic process. however, in future research, the application of a combination of psycho-physiological, neuropsychological and eye tracking measures might also be promising. to summarize, we have shown that accomplishing titles plays a role in the processing of artworks in that they support the assignment of content or meaning, depending on tem- poral constraints, particularly in abstract art. acknowledgements this project was supported by a grant from the german research foundation (deutsche forschungsgemeinschaft; dfg) sfb c to the first author. we thank nicole griesam for her valuable suggestions and her great support in conducting the experiments and contributing to this publication. moreover, we thank paul locher and johan wagemans, as well as an anonymous reviewer for helpful comments on an earlier version of this manuscript. we also thank andries oeberst and katharina kuntz for acquiring the data from experiment . finally, we thank beatrice chew for proof- reading the manuscript. appendix a. list of artists, paintings, and titles used in experiment artists year original title descriptive title elaborative title representational artworks amiet, cuno winterlandschaft houses in snow hibernation winterlandschaft breyer, benno park schloss grunenfeld houses surrounded by trees insights bauernhof mit dünen auf der insel amrum cézanne, paul mont saint victoire mountain different proportions mont saint victoire corinth, lovis ostern am walchensee lakeside view midsummeridyll walchensee mit springbrunnen delaunay, robert / eiffelturm eiffeltower breaking into the technical era marsfeld, der rote turm derain, andré landscape southern france southern scenery paralyzing midday heat paysage du midi feininger, lyonel gaberndorf ii building escape routes torturm ii jawlensky, alexej gebirgsdorf mountain landscape flaming mountains b das oy-tal bei oberstdorf kokoschka, oskar / prag von der kramer-villa gesehen view of a town timeless prag. blick von moldauufer . . . modersohn-becker, paula sandkuhle am weyerberg pastoral landscape autumn mood garben, haus und mond (continued on next page) h . l e d e r e t a l. / a c ta p sy c h o lo g ic a ( ) – appendix a (continued) artists year original title descriptive title elaborative title slevogt, max winterlandschaft—neukastel house on slope longing b winterlandschaft—schneeschmelze vlaminck de, maurice – der schleppzug ship impetus peniche huile sur toile abstract artworks hartung, hans untitled composition in yellow, green and violet part of a firework l kirkeby, per blick in den garten i dark zigzag lines on subdued background water reflection skowhegan i klein, yves untitled fire-painting running colour in light and dark tears untitled fire-colour-painting kline, franz untitled wide black beams loading capacity new york, n.y. kooning de, willem untitled coloured wavy lines on light ground exuberant atmosphere untitled xvii h . l e d e r e t a l. / a c ta p sy c h o lo g ic a ( ) – pollock, jackson eyes in the heat fine curved lines in colour impulsiveness full fathom five rae, fiona untitled colour patterns implosion untitled reichert, hubertus untitled square in the right half of the picture look inside bldv. iv richter, gerhard ingrid coloured areas revolution eule rothko, mark untitled coloured fields inner balance number schuhmacher, emil dunkle wolke dark coloured cloud in diagonal direction enclosed plot fluß velde van, bram – untitled contrasting coloured elements harmony in contrast – untitled h . l e d e r e t a l. / a c ta p sy c h o lo g ic a ( ) – h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – appendix b. nine items presented in the questionnaire on art interest i am interested in art i am involved in art during my leisure time i often visit art exhibitions i enjoyed attending art classes at school i visit events on art or art history in my leisure time or because of my studies i always seek new artful impressions and experiences i enjoy talking to other people about art i enjoy reading articles written by artists or about art in general it often happens in my everyday life, that art objects attract my attention and fascinate me appendix c. list of artists, paintings, and titles used in experiments a and b artists year original title descriptive title elaborative title abstract artworks abad, pacita feeling something inside colourful ornaments wanderlust it�s time to pop the champagne bazaine, jean l�arbre au plongeur dense play of colours flush of senses / variations ii dachlan, umi red brown surface of red and brown constructions of clay komposisi dari nuansa coklat terang dengan uang logam dan emas dorazio, piero qualités jaunes strokes of colour speed of light marmaraviglia halley, peter out like a light coloured surface destillery character generator lasker, jonathan rustic psyche curved lines sabotage the big picture marden, brice / couplet iv net of colours tangle of voices (course) nay, ernst wilhelm untitled colours and forms hide-and-seek der hirte ii appendix c (continued) artists year original title descriptive title elaborative title noland, kenneth bloom frames in shades of blue journey of time cornet riopelle, jean-paul / sans titre dots of colour ice dancing peinture scully, sean four large mirrors ( ) stripes in light and dark disagreement colonsay steir, pat red blue silver waterfall colour gradient rainforest secret night waterfall h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – references bachmann, t., & vipper, k. ( ). perceptual rating of paintings from different artistic styles as a function of semantic differential scales and exposure time. archiv für psychologie, ( ), – . bartlett, f. c. ( ). remembering: a study in experimental and social psychology. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. carbon, c. c., & leder, h. ( ). when feature information comes first! early processing of inverted faces. perception, ( ), – . cohen, j. d., macwhinney, b., flatt, m., & provost, j. ( ). psyscope: a new graphic interactive environment for designing psychology experiments. behavioral research methods, instruments, and computers, ( ), – . cupchik, g. c. ( ). from perception to production: a multilevel analysis of the aesthetic process. psychology, semiology, and philosophy. in g. c. cupchik & j. laszlo (eds.), emerging visions of the aesthetic process (pp. – ). new york: cambridge university press. cupchik, g. c., & gebotys, r. j. ( ). the search for meaning in art: interpretative styles and judgments of quality. visual arts research, , – . cupchik, g. c., shereck, l., & spiegel, s. ( ). the effects of textual information on artistic communication. visual arts research, , – . fechner, g. t. ( ). vorschule der ästhetik. leipzig: breitkopf rtel. franklin, m. b. ( ). museum of the mind: an inquiry into the titling of artworks. metaphor & symbolic activity, ( ), – . franklin, m. b., becklen, r. c., & doyle, c. l. ( ). the influence of titles on how paintings are seen. leonardo, ( ), – . hess, t. m., & wallsten, s. m. ( ). adult age differences in the perception and learning of artistic style categories. psychology & aging, ( ), – . kreitler, h., & kreitler, s. ( ). psychology of the arts. durham: duke university press. kreitler, s., & kreitler, h. ( ). meaning assignment in perception. in w. d. fröhlich, g. j. w. smith, w. smith, j. g. draguns, & u. henschel (eds.), psychological processes in cognition and personality (pp. – ). new york: mcgraw-hill. leder, h. ( ). determinants of preference: when do we like what we know? empirical studies of the arts, ( ), – . leder, h., belke, b., oeberst, a., & augustin, d. ( ). a model of aesthetic appreciation and aesthetic judgments. british journal of psychology, ( ), – . h. leder et al. / acta psychologica ( ) – millis, k. ( ). making meaning brings pleasure: the influence of titles on aesthetic experiences. emotion, ( ), – . nodine, c. f., locher, p. j., & krupinski, e. a. ( ). the role of formal art training on perception and aesthetic judgement of art compositions. leonardo, ( ), – . o�hare, d. p., & gordon, i. e. ( ). dimensions of the perception of art: verbal scales and similarity judgements. scandinavian journal of psychology, ( ), – . parsons, m. j. ( ). how we understand art: a cognitive developmental account of aesthetic experience. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. reber, r., schwarz, n., & winkielman, p. ( ). processing fluency and aesthetic pleasure: is beauty in the perceiver�s processing experience? personality & social psychology review, ( ), – . russell, p. a. ( ). effort after meaning and the hedonic value of paintings. british journal of psychology, ( ), – . russell, p. a., & milne, s. ( ). meaningfulness and hedonic value of paintings: effects of titles. empirical studies of the arts, ( ), – . smith, j. k., & smith, l. f. ( ). spending time on art. empirical studies of the arts, ( ), – . entitling art: influence of title information on understanding and appreciation of paintings introduction the present study experiment method participants materials procedure results effects of titling conditions and representativeness on the aesthetic experience influence of titles on understanding influence of interest in art on aesthetic experience discussion experiment method participants materials procedure results influence of art interest, and art knowledge discussion general discussion acknowledgements list of artists, paintings, and titles used in experiment nine items presented in the questionnaire on art interest list of artists, paintings, and titles used in experiment references a quantitative approach to painting styles physica a ( ) – contents lists available at sciencedirect physica a journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/physa a quantitative approach to painting styles vilson vieira∗, renato fabbri, david sbrissa, luciano da fontoura costa, gonzalo travieso instituto de física de são carlos, universidade de são paulo (ifsc/usp), brazil h i g h l i g h t s • applied statistical mechanics methods to the analysis of painting styles. • philosophical concepts like dialectics were modeled as quantitative metrics. • wider dispersion of characteristics for modern art while superposition for baroque. • confirms art history: moderns are independent in style while baroques share techniques. • painting shows increasing innovation. high opposition in baroque–modern transition. a r t i c l e i n f o article history: received may received in revised form july available online september keywords: pattern recognition arts painting feature extraction creativity a b s t r a c t this research extends a method previously applied to music and philosophy (vilson vieira et al., ), representing the evolution of art as a time-series where relations like dialectics are measured quantitatively. for that, a corpus of paintings of well-known artists from baroque and modern art is analyzed. a set of features is extracted and the features which most contributed to the classification of painters are selected. the projection space obtained provides the basis to the analysis of measurements. these quantitative measures underlie revealing observations about the evolution of painting styles, specially when compared with other humanity fields already analyzed: while music evolved along a master–apprentice tradition (high dialectics) and philosophy by opposition, painting presents another pattern: constant increasing skewness, low opposition between members of the same movement and opposition peaks in the transition between movements. differences between baroque and modern movements are also observed in the projected ‘‘painting space’’: while baroque paintings are presented as an overlapped cluster, the modern paintings present minor overlapping and are disposed more widely in the projection than the baroque counterparts. this finding suggests that baroque painters shared aesthetics while modern painters tend to ‘‘break rules’’ and develop their own style. © elsevier b.v. all rights reserved. . introduction painting classification is a common field of interest for applications such as painter identification – e.g. assessing the authenticity of a given art work – style classification, paintings database search and more recently, automatic aesthetic judgment in computational creativity applications. determining the best features for painting style characterization is a complex task on its own. many studies [ – ] applied image processing to feature extraction for painter and art movements ∗ corresponding author. tel.: + . e-mail addresses: vilson@void.cc (v. vieira), fabbri@usp.br (r. fabbri), davidsbrissa@hotmail.com (d. sbrissa), ldfcosta@gmail.com (l. da fontoura costa), gonzalo@ifsc.usp.br (g. travieso). http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.physa. . . - /© elsevier b.v. all rights reserved. http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.physa. . . http://www.elsevier.com/locate/physa http://www.elsevier.com/locate/physa http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /j.physa. . . &domain=pdf mailto:vilson@void.cc mailto:fabbri@usp.br mailto:davidsbrissa@hotmail.com mailto:ldfcosta@gmail.com mailto:gonzalo@ifsc.usp.br http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.physa. . . v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – identification. manovich [ – ] uses features like entropy, brightness and saturation to map paintings and general images into a -dimensional space and, in this way, to visualize the difference between painters. there are also many related works dealing on feature selection for painting classification. penousal et al. [ ] use features based on aesthetic criteria estimated by image complexity while zujovic et al. [ ] evaluate a large set of features that most contribute to classification. this study also analyzes a set of features which most contribute to the classification of paintings. although, in contrast with previous works, it goes forward: the historic evolution of painting styles is analyzed by means of geometric measures in the feature space. those measures are based on key concepts from philosophy: opposition, skewness and dialectics. the dialectics, for instance, is defined by hegel [ ] as a method of argument where a synthesis solves the tension between two opposing ideas: thesis and antithesis. those concepts are originally qualitative. in this study, thesis, antithesis and synthesis are defined as states in a time-series. the dialectics is then calculated as a quantitative measure: it is defined as the inverse distance between the synthesis state and the perpendicular bisector between thesis and antithesis states. the lower the distance, the greater the dialectics, because the synthesis state is near the perpendicular bisector that models the ideal synthesis. this quantitative approach is not meant to surpass the qualitative approach but to contribute in the understanding of human history. to create the feature space, a set of features is extracted from images of well-known painters. the first six painters of this group represent the baroque movement while the remaining six represent the modern art period. a feature selection process yields the pair of features which most contributed for the classification. similar results using lda (linear discriminant analysis) are obtained, which reinforce the feature selection method. after feature selection, a centroid for each group of paintings is calculated which defines a prototype: a representative work-piece for the respective cluster. the set of all prototypes following a chronological order defines a time-series where the main purpose of this study is performed: the quantitative analysis of the historical evolution of art movements. extending a method already applied to music and philosophy, [ ] opposition, skewness and dialectics measurements are taken. these concepts are central in philosophy – e.g. philosophers from antiquity like aristotle and plato developed their ideas using the dialectics method while it is also found in modern works like hegelian and marxist dialectics – and humanistic fields, however lack studies from a quantitative perspective [ ]. represented as geometric measures, these concepts reveal interesting results and patterns. modern paintings groups show minor superposition when compared with baroque counterparts suggesting the independence in style found historically in modernists and strong influence of shared painting techniques found in baroque painters. dialectics and opposition values presented a peak in the transition between baroque and modern periods – as expected considering history of art – with decreasing values in the beginning of each period. skewness index is presented with oscillating but increasing values during all the time-series, suggesting a constant innovation through art movements. these results present an interesting counterpart with previous results in philosophy – where opposition is strong in almost entire time-series – and in music—where the dialectics is remarkable [ ]. the study starts describing the corpus of paintings used and a review of both aesthetic and historic facts regarding baroque and modern movements (section ). the image processing steps used to extract features from these paintings are presented followed by the feature selection. the results are then discussed in section with basis on geometric measurements in the projected feature space—considering the most clustered projection and lda components. . modeling painting movements . . painting corpus a group of well-known painters is selected to represent artistic styles or movements from baroque to modernism. six painters are chosen to represent each of these movements. the group is presented in table together with their more representative style, in chronological order. it is known that painters like picasso covered more than one style during his life. for example, only the cubist style is considered for picasso, even though the artist developed other styles during his career. for each painter, raw images are considered from the database of public images organized by wikipedia. examples of selected paintings titles and their respective creation years are listed in table and all the paintings are listed in table b. in appendix b. it is interesting to review some historical and aesthetic characteristics from baroque and modern movements before entering into the quantitative analysis in section where those hypotheses are further discussed. baroque is marked by tradition, a desire to portray the truth (found in caravaggio, frans hals and velázquez), the beauty (poussin, vermeer), the nature and the sacred (caravaggio, rembrandt). a remarkable use of light contrast (as in the ‘‘chiaroscuro’’ technique mastered by caravaggio), disregarding simple equilibrium in composition and preference for complex oppositions, both compound aesthetic characteristics which baroque artists used to represent their ideas. the transmission of those techniques from one painter to another is common in baroque. modernists, on the other hand, did not follow ‘‘rules’’. each modern painter employed or created new ways to represent ideas. as noted by gombrich: ‘‘[they] craved for an art that does not consist of tricks that could be learned, for a style that is not a mere style, but something strong and powerful like the human the source code together with all the raw images are available online at http://github.com/automata/ana-pintores. http://github.com/automata/ana-pintores v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table painters ordered chronologically with the artistic style they represent. artists remarkable styles/movements caravaggio baroque, renaissance frans hals baroque, dutch golden age nicolas poussin baroque, classicism diego velázquez baroque rembrandt baroque, dutch golden age, realism johannes vermeer baroque, dutch golden age vincent van gogh post-impressionism wassily kandinsky expressionism, abstract art henri matisse modernism, impressionism pablo picasso cubism joan miró surrealism, dada jackson pollock abstract expressionism passion’’ [ ]. van gogh pursued this artistic trend in his intense use of colors and the caricature aspect of his paintings. paul gauguin searched for ‘‘primitive’’ in his paintings. others, like seurat, applied physical properties of the chromatic vision and started painting the nature like a collection of color points, and ended creating the pointillism. modernists created a new style for each of their experiments using their own techniques to represent a nature outside the domains already covered by their predecessors. . . image processing all images are resized to × pixels and cropped to consider a region positioned in the same coordinates and with same aspect for all original paintings. although details are lost from the original image, windowing is necessary as the paintings have varying sizes and aspect ratios (for instance, pollock has paintings with larger width than height when compared with caravaggio or van gogh) and some of the image measurements are size dependent. after windowing, the images are pre-processed by applying histogram equalization and median filtering with a -size window. feature extraction algorithms are applied to colored, gray-scale or binary versions of images as necessary (e.g. convex-hull used a binary image, whereas haralick texture used the gray-scale image and slic segmentation analysis was applied to color images). curvature measurements are extracted from segments of paintings identified by the slic segmentation method [ ] as presented in fig. . the whole process is represented schematically in fig. and covers all the steps from image processing through measurements, discussed in the following sections. . . extracted features to create a painting space a number of distinct features extracted by computational methods from raw images of the paintings are considered. the features are related with aesthetic characteristics and aim to quantify properties well-known by art critics. all the features are summarized in table and detailed, grouped in classes, in the following list. shape features: after image segmentation, a number of shape descriptors are calculated for each segment, represented as a binary matrix. perimeter is measured as pixel-length of the segment contour. area is estimated by counting the number of pixels representing the segment. a convex-hull of the segment is used to calculate the convex area and its ratio to the original segment area. the number of constituent segments for each painting is also considered as a descriptor. circularity reveals how much a shape remembers a circle and is obtained by the ratio between perimeter and area of the segment. texture and complexity features: to estimate image complexity, a number of entropy measures of its energy (squared fft coefficients) are computed—listed in the first quarter of table . together with entropy, a more specific family of measurements is considered for texture characterization: the haralick texture features [ ] are calculated for this purpose. curvature: this descriptor has an interesting biological motivation related to the human visual system—e.g. object recognition is related to the identification of corners and high curvature points [ ]. these points have more information about object shape than straight lines or smooth curves. in this sense, curvature is well suited for the characterization of the considered paintings. curvature k(t) of a parametric curve c(t) = (x(t), y(t)) is defined as: k(t) = ẋ(t)ÿ(t) − ẏ(t)ẍ(t) (ẋ(t) + ẏ(t) ) ( ) t being the arc-length parameter and ẋ(t), ẏ(t), ẍ(t) and ÿ(t) are respectively the first and second order derivatives of x(t) and y(t). these derivatives are obtained through fourier transform and convolution theorem: ẋ =ℑ− ( πiωx(ω)) ( ) ẏ =ℑ− ( πiωy (ω)) ( ) v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table some of the selected paintings and their respective authors and year of creation. all the paintings are listed in appendix b in table b. . painter painting title year caravaggio musicians judith beheading holofernes david with the head of goliath frans hals portrait of an unknown woman / portrait of paulus van beresteyn s portrait of stephanus geeraerdts / nicolas poussin venus and adonis cephalus and aurora acis and galatea diego velázquez three musicians / the lunch la mulatto rembrandt the spectacles-pedlar (sight) / the three singers (hearing) / balaam and the ass johannes vermeer the milkmaid the astronomer girl with a pearl earring vincent van gogh starry night over the rhone the starry night self-portrait with straw hat / wassily kandinsky on white ii composition x points henri matisse self-portrait in a striped t-shirt portrait of madame matisse the dance (first version) pablo picasso les demoiselles d’avignon guernica dora maar au chat joan miró the farm / the tilled field / bleu ii jackson pollock no. autumn rhythm blue poles ẍ =ℑ− (−( π ω) x(ω)) ( ) ÿ =ℑ− (−( π ω) y (ω)) ( ) where ℑ− is the inverse fourier transform, x and y are the fourier transform of x and y respectively, ω is the angular frequency and i is the imaginary unit (see fig. ). the calculation of the derivatives (ẋ(t), ẏ(t)) and (ẍ(t), ÿ(t)) by a numerical method (i.e. fourier transform) is sensitive to high frequency noise [ ]. a low-pass filter can be used to compensate this effect. a gaussian filter is then applied to the signal and defined as g(t) = π σ exp  − t σ  ( ) and its fourier transform is given by g(ω) = exp  −( π ) ω ( /σ )  . ( ) using the convolution theorem it is possible to apply the gaussian filter g(t) to the signal: ˆ̇x(t) = ẋ∗g(t) =ℑ−  ẋ(ω)g(ω)  ( ) ˆ̇y(t) = ẏ∗g(t) =ℑ−  ẏ (ω)g(ω)  ( ) ˆ̈x(t) = ẍ∗g(t) =ℑ−  ẍ(ω)g(ω)  ( ) v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – fig. . a summary of all steps from image processing through feature extraction through time-series and measurements calculation (skewness, opposition and dialectics). ˆ̈y(t) = ÿ∗g(t) =ℑ−  ÿ (ω)g(ω)  ( ) where∗ represents the convolution operation, obtaining the first and second order multi-scale derivatives (ˆ̇x(t), ˆ̇y(t)) and (ˆ̈x(t), ˆ̈y(t)) for both x(t) and y(t). these are the derivatives used to calculate curvature k(t) (eq. ( )) free from high frequency noise. the corresponding features are calculated from the curvature k(t): the mean and standard deviation of data, the number of peaks and the distance (geometric and in pixels) between peaks. it is important to note that a peak is defined as a high curvature point. a point a is considered a peak if its curvature k(a) satisfies the following criteria: k(a) > k(a− ) ( ) k(a) > k(a+ ) ( ) k(a) > τ ( ) τ being the corresponding threshold defined as median (k) γ ( ) where γ is a factor obtained empirically as values which reveal the desired level of curvature details. . . measurements nf features define an nf -dimensional space, also called painting space where the following measurements are calculated [ ]. for simplification, a prototype p⃗i is defined for each class ci of all the ni feature vectors f⃗j. each prototype summarizes a painting class, being its centroid, calculated in the projected space as: p⃗i = ni ni j= f⃗j. ( ) v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – fig. . (a) the original paintings image. (b) a segmented region. (c) the extracted curvature of segment. (d) the parametric curve k(t) with peaks given by a particular threshold. a sequence s of p⃗i states ordered chronologically defines a time-series. the average state at time i of states p⃗ through p⃗i is defined as: a⃗i = i i j= p⃗j. ( ) the opposite state defines an opposition measure from p⃗i as r⃗i = p⃗i + (a⃗i − p⃗i) ( ) and in this way an opposition vector can be defined: d⃗i = r⃗i − p⃗i. ( ) knowing that any displacement from one state p⃗i to another state p⃗j is defined as m⃗i,j = p⃗j − p⃗i ( ) it is possible to define an opposition index to quantify how much a prototype p⃗j opposes p⃗i (a displacement in direction of r⃗i) or emphasizes p⃗i (a displacement in−r⃗i direction): wi,j =  m⃗i,j, d⃗i  ∥d⃗i∥ . ( ) however, the movements in such painting space are not restricted to confirmation or refutation of ‘‘ideas’’. alternative ideas can exist out of this dualistic displacement. when an idea shows an alternative movement – besides the opposition v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table extracted features. number of features features energy µ of image rows energy σ of image rows energy µ of image columns energy σ of image rows energy centroids of image rows energy centroids of image columns energy µ of rows and columns energy σ of rows and columns angular second moment contrast correlation sum of squares: variance inverse difference moment sum average sum variance sum entropy entropy difference average difference entropy correlation coeff. correlation coeff. max. correlation coeff. µ of distance between curvature peaks σ of distance between curvature peaks µ of number of curvature peaks µ of segments perimeter µ of segments area µ of circularity (per. /area) µ of number of segments µ of convex-hull area µ of convex-hull and original areas ratio total of extracted features movement – that explores a new region of the painting space, it is said the idea is an innovation. this is modeled as a skewness index which quantifies how much a prototype p⃗j is innovative when compared with p⃗i: si,j =  |p⃗i − p⃗j| |a⃗i − p⃗i| −[(p⃗i − p⃗j)(a⃗i − p⃗i)] |a⃗i − p⃗i| . ( ) another measure arises when considering three consecutive states at times i, j and k. p⃗i being the thesis, p⃗j the antithesis and p⃗k the synthesis, a counter-dialectics index can be defined as being di→k = p⃗j − p⃗i, p⃗k + p⃗i − p⃗j, p⃗i + p⃗j |p⃗j − p⃗i| ( ) or, the distance between p⃗k and the perpendicular bisector (or middle-hyperplane for nf -dimensional spaces) between p⃗i and p⃗j. in other words, a p⃗k state with higher di→k is far from the synthesis (low dialectics) and vice-versa. . . feature selection to select the most relevant features a dispersion measure of the clusters is applied using scatter matrices [ ]. for all the np paintings, considering all possible combinations of feature pairs fnp,a and fnp,b, the sb (between class) and sw (within class) scatter matrices are calculated with k = classes, one class ci for each painter: sw = k i= si ( ) sb = k i= ni(µ⃗i − m⃗)(µ⃗i − m⃗) t ( ) with ni the number of paintings in class ci and the scatter matrix for class ci defined as si =  i∈ci (f⃗i − µ⃗i)(f⃗i − µ⃗i) t ( ) v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table feature pairs fnp,a and fnp,b ordered by α. pairs with higher α present better dispersion and clustering. the best feature pairs µ of curvature peaks and µ of number of segments are selected for analysis and metrics calculation. pair nr. feature a feature b α µ of curvature peaks µ of number of seg. . µ of number of seg. µ of convex-hull area . µ of segments perimeter µ of number of seg. . µ of segments area µ of number of seg. . µ of number of segments µ convex/original . µ of circularity (per. /area) µ of number of seg. . energy µ of image rows (green) µ of number of seg. . energy µ of rows and columns (green) µ of number of seg. . energy σ of image rows (green) µ of number of seg. . energy σ of rows and columns (green) µ of number of seg. . µ of local entropy ( -size window) µ of number of seg. . entropy (haralick adj. ) µ of number of seg. . entropy (haralick adj. ) µ of number of seg. . entropy (haralick adj. ) µ of number of seg. . entropy (haralick adj. ) µ of number of seg. . energy µ of image rows (r.) µ of number of seg. . where f⃗i is an object of the feature matrix f whose rows and columns correspond to the paintings and its features f =  ← f ti →  and µ⃗i and m⃗ are the mean feature vectors for the ni objects in class ci and for all the np paintings in the projection, respectively: µ⃗i = ni  i∈ci f⃗i ( ) m⃗ = np np i= f⃗i. ( ) the trace of within- and between-class ratio can be used to quantify dispersion: α = tr(sbs − w ). ( ) large values of α reveal larger dispersion and the features which relate with large values of α are selected for the analysis (section . ). . results and discussion . . best features by calculating α using eq. ( ) for all possible feature pairs fnp,a and fnp,b of the nf = features and ordering the results by α, it is possible to select the features which are most relevant to classification: pairs with high α present better dispersion and clustering than pairs with lower values. as shown in table (and fig. ), features µ of curvature peaks and µ of number of segments have the higher α and are selected to opposition, skewness and dialectics analysis—both features are shown as predominant also in lda, discussed in the next section. it is interesting to note the nature of selected features: the number of segments and curvature peaks is the most prominent characteristics for the classification of paintings, even better than texture or image complexity. other features presenting large values of α – like µ of convex-hull area, segments perimeter and area, and circularity – are also related with shape characteristics. both features presented a similar projection and clustering properties of fig. as shown in fig. a. . the projected painting space considering all the k = groups of paintings that are ‘‘represented’’ by their prototype (i.e. centroid) p⃗i is presented in fig. . the time-series s – a sequence of all the prototype states p⃗i arranged in a chronological order (section . ) – is also shown in the figure as vectors. the projection reveals well clustered groups with minor superposition, mainly for modern paintings. a striking result is the high distance which pollock stays when compared with the other painters: it is a consequence of the lag number of segments present in works of pollock (the y-axis being the projection of this feature: µ of segments number). therefore, both the x-axis (µ of curvature peaks) and y-axis are relevant to separate the baroque and modern art movements. it is possible to note a separation between baroque and modern painters where the baroque paintings are arranged in an overlapping group while the modern painters are more clustered and separated from each other while covering a widely region of the painting space. this is confirmed by the history of art with modern painters being more individualistic in their styles while baroque painters share aesthetic characteristics in their paintings. the same observation arises when following the time-series, the difference between the movements is clear: while baroque artists tend to present a recurring pattern, v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – fig. . projected painting space considering the best pair of features: µ of curvature peaks and µ of number of segments. an abrupt displacement separates van gogh – the first modern painter in the painting space – from the previous, and breaks the cyclic pattern. van gogh, although located near the baroque painters and in the opposite extreme of modern painters, represents a transition to the modern period and after him the following vector displacements will continue until the higher transition in pollock. using an index for clustering evaluation – based on davies–bouldin [ ] index – it is possible to check how clustered each group of paintings is around a given centroid p⃗i. this measure is defined as a cluster scattering index ti for each cluster ci: ti =  ni ni j= |f⃗j − p⃗i| ( ) which represents the mean distance from each painting f⃗j to its centroid p⃗i. this index was normalized by a global scattering index tg⃗: tg⃗ =  np np i= |f⃗i − g⃗| ( ) where g⃗ is the global centroid: the mean vector considering all np paintings. the ratio ti/tg⃗ (table ) gives a measurement of how scattered each cluster is relative to the global dispersion of paintings. in other words, it is possible to check the uniformity of painting style for a single author: painters with higher ti/tg⃗ values present less uniformity of style, while lower values reveal more homogeneous works by a given painter. in general, baroque painters present more homogeneous works than modern painters. modern painters seem to explore more the painting space than baroque painters. while analyzing the baroque group separately, it is possible to observe a trajectory drawn by caravaggio and frans hals through poussin which ends with the opposite (and back forth) movement of velázquez. it can be attributed to the influence of the ‘‘chiaroscuro’’ master on these painters, mainly in velázquez who is known to have studied the works of caravaggio [ ]. it arises again in the return to the caravaggio movement by vermeer—some critics affirm [ ] that painters like vermeer could not have even existed without caravaggio’s influence: vermeer and caravaggio clusters are the most superimposed considering all the portraits in the painting space. both facts are confirmed by the histograms of gray levels shown in fig. . velázquez and vermeer histograms are more similar to caravaggio’s histogram than the remaining baroque painters. v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table cluster scattering index ti for each cluster ci and the ratio between ti and the global cluster scattering index tg⃗ . the ratio measures how scattered the paintings in a given cluster are. painters with lower ti/tg⃗ values present more homogeneous works than painters with higher values of ti/tg⃗ . artists ti ti/tg⃗ caravaggio . . frans hals . . poussin . . velázquez . . rembrandt . . vermeer . . van gogh . . kandinsky . . matisse . . picasso . . miró . . pollock . . fig. . mean gray levels histograms for all the baroque painters. vermeer and velázquez show more similarity with caravaggio than other baroque painters. in summary, the baroque group shows a strong inter-relationship by comparing with modern painters where the absence of super-impositions is remarkable. again, this suggests a strong style-centric distinction among artists of the modern era while baroque artists shared techniques and aesthetic characteristics. this is also confirmed when comparing the histograms of modern paintings in fig. : smaller similarities are observed between the considered artists, contrasting with baroque painters shown in fig. . when considering opposition and skewness, more interesting results arise, as shown in table and fig. . clearly, the larger value for opposition is attributed to rembrandt. this is surprising given that the dutch master figures as a ‘‘counterpoint’’ of baroque even being part of this art movement [ ]. vermeer also presents strong opposition and the nature of his paintings (e.g. domestic interior, use of bright colors) could explain this phenomenon. a pattern is shown in the beginning of baroque and modern art: an opposition decrease is present in both cases, which is followed by an increase in opposition. henceforth, a following plateau of high opposition values is observed in baroque painters. this plateau happens in the transition period between baroque and modern art, gradually decreasing while the modern artists begin to take their place in history. these decreasing opposition values reflect a low opposition role between first artists of baroque period and increasing opposition as long as the period is moving into modernism, although skewness values remain oscillating and increasing during almost all the time-series. this characterizes again a common scene in arts, mostly in modernists, each one trying to define his own style and preparing to change into a new movement. in summary, the painting space is marked by constantly increasing skewness, strong opposition in specific moments of its evolution (the transition between baroque and modern) and minor opposition between the artists of the same movement. v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – fig. . mean gray levels histogram for all the modern painters. there are minor similarities between modern artists. fig. . opposition wi,j and skewness si,j values for the two best features. table opposition and skewness indices for each of the twelve moves from a painter to the next. painting move wi,j si,j caravaggio→frans hals . . frans hals→poussin . . poussin→velázquez . . velázquez→rembrandt . . rembrandt→vermeer . . vermeer→van gogh . . van gogh→kandinsky . . kandinsky→matisse . . matisse→picasso . . picasso→miró . . miró→pollock . . the counter-dialectics, shown in table and fig. , draws a parallel with the opposition and skewness curves. it reinforces the already observed facts: painters of the same movement show initially decreasing followed by increasing counter- dialectics reflecting the concordance of members of the same movement and their preparation to change into the next movement. the larger counter-dialectics happens in van gogh and kandinsky: again, the point where baroque ends and modern art starts, regarding the painters selected for this study. v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – fig. . counter-dialectics values considering the two best features. table counter-dialectics index for each of the ten subsequent moves among painters states for the best two features. painting triple di→k caravaggio→frans hals→poussin . frans hals→poussin→velázquez . poussin→velázquez→rembrandt . velázquez→rembrandt→vermeer . rembrandt→vermeer→van gogh . vermeer→van gogh→kandinsky . van gogh→kandinsky→matisse . kandinsky→matisse→picasso . matisse→picasso→miró . picasso→miró→pollock . table opposition and skewness indices for each of the twelve painters states moves. painting move wi,j si,j caravaggio→frans hals . . frans hals→poussin − . . poussin→velázquez . . velázquez→rembrandt . . rembrandt→vermeer . . vermeer→van gogh . . van gogh→kandinsky . . kandinsky→matisse . . matisse→picasso − . . picasso→miró . . miró→pollock . . . . all the features although features fnp,a (µ of curvature peaks) and fnp,b (µ of number of segments) are shown as an interesting choice for classification, lda is applied considering all the nf = features to test the relevance of these features and the stability of the results. the lda method [ ] projected the features in a -dimensional space that better separates the paintings and yields a time-series as done for the two most prominent features. the first two components give the time-series shown in fig. . it is possible to note, as expected, a similarity with results from section . . the skewness indices show even more an ascending curve along the entire evolution, as presented in table and fig. . the opposition and dialectics (table and fig. ) patterns remain. v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – fig. . time series yielded by -dimensional projected ‘‘painting space’’ considering the two first components obtained by lda transformed into the n = feature matrix. fig. . opposition and skewness values considering the time series for all the features. the same patterns observed when analyzing the best feature pair remains in this observation. for lda validation, the total set of paintings is split into two groups: a training set with random selected paintings for each artist and a test set with the remaining paintings for each artist, without repetition. such a validation is performed times. the confusion matrix (fig. ) reveals the quality of the predicted output. diagonal elements represent the mean number of samples for which the predicted class is equal to the true class, while off-diagonal elements indicate the ones that are unclassified by lda. higher diagonal values indicate more correct predictions. as observed, the lda method performed v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table counter-dialectics index for each of the ten subsequent moves among painters states for the best two components of lda projection. painting triple di→k caravaggio→frans hals→poussin . frans hals→poussin→velázquez . poussin→velázquez→rembrandt . velázquez→rembrandt→vermeer . rembrandt→vermeer→van gogh . vermeer→van gogh→kandinsky . van gogh→kandinsky→matisse . kandinsky→matisse→picasso . matisse→picasso→miró . picasso→miró→pollock . fig. . counter-dialectics values (higher values reveal lower dialectics) considering all the features. the pattern observed in the best pair projection became stronger here: it is possible to observe clearly the highest value along the movement transition period (van gogh and kandinsky). as expected for the considered set of paintings. the best classified samples are pollock paintings which is expected given the high detachment of this cluster observed in the presented projections. in general, the confusion matrix reflects facts previously discussed: a similarity between baroque painters, mainly velázquez, caravaggio and rembrandt and a separation between painters before and after van gogh which defines the frontier between the baroque and modern movements. . conclusions it is shown that two features: (a) the number of curvature peaks and (b) the number of segments of an image – both related with shape characteristics – can be used for the classification of the selected painters with remarkable results, even when compared with canonical feature measures like haralick or image complexity. such relevance is supported by the analysis of a dispersion index calculated for every pair of features and reinforced by lda analysis. the effective characterization of selected paintings by means of these features allowed the definition of a ‘‘painting space’’. while represented as states in this projected space, the baroque paintings are shown as an overlapped cluster. the modern paintings clusters, in contrast, present minor overlapping and are disposed more widely in the projection. these observations are compatible with the history of art: baroque painters shared aesthetics while modern painters tend to define their own styles individually [ ]. a time-series – composed by prototype states representing each painter chronologically – allowed the concepts of opposition, skewness and dialectics to be approached quantitatively, as geometric measures. the painting states show a decrease in opposition and dialectics considering the first members of the same movement (baroque or modern) followed by increasing opposition and dialectics until it reaches the strong opposition momentum between the two movements. also, the skewness curve increases during almost entire time-series. this could reflect a strong influence role of a movement in its members together with an increasing desire to innovate, present in each artist, stronger in modernists. v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – fig. . confusion matrix for lda. half of the paintings are used as a training set and the other half as a test set. the validation is performed times. diagonal elements show the mean number of paintings in the predicted class (a painter) which equals the true class. both opposition, skewness and dialectics measurements can be compared with results already obtained for music and philosophy [ ]. music composers seem to be guided by strong dialectics due to the recognized master–apprentice role. philosophers movements, otherwise, are strong in opposition. painters, as this study reveals, show increasing skewness, and strong values for both opposition and counter-dialectics in specific moments of history—i.e. baroque–modern transition. while not sufficient to exhaust all the characteristics regarding an artist or its work, this method suggests a framework to the study of arts by means of a feature space and geometrical measures. as a future work, the number of painters could be increased and a set of painters could be specifically chosen to analyze influence (e.g. works of frans hals’ sons can be included to verify the influence of their father and master, or paintings by rafael, poussin and guido reni [ ] or carracci can be compared to confront the already known similarity of both painters). a larger number of paintings for each artist could be considered for analysis as well. although this study promotes a quantitative approach, qualitative features can be used, as done in a previous work for musicians and philosophers [ ]. a comparison between results obtained for quantitative and qualitative features can then be applied. the same framework can be applied to other fields of interest like movies or poetry. another interesting use of this framework – being currently developed by the authors – is a component of a generative art model: geometrical measures in the painting space (like the already defined dialectics or opposition and skewness) can guide an evolutionary algorithm, assigning the value of measures as the fitness of generated material. this model complements a framework to the study of creative evolution in arts. acknowledgments gonzalo travieso thanks cnpq ( / - ) for sponsorship. luciano da f. costa thanks cnpq ( / - ) and fapesp ( / - ) for sponsorship. vilson vieira is grateful to capes. appendix a although the first features pair (µ of curvature peaks and µ of number of segments) is selected for the analysis, other features with large α values can be used as shown in fig. a. . appendix b see table b. . v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – fig. a. . scatter plots for each feature pair i listed in table with large values of α. the first projection (pair ) was used for the analysis, however other projections (pairs – ) can be used. table b. all the selected paintings and their respective authors and years of creation. painter painting title year caravaggio musicians judith beheading holofernes david with the head of goliath supper at emmaus entombment narcissus john the baptist denial of saint peter tooth puller annunciation sleeping cupid beheading of saint john the baptist saint jerome writing salome with the head of john the baptist christ at the column (continued on next page) v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table b. (continued) painter painting title year madonna and child with st. anne ecce homo john the baptist madonna of loreto taking of christ frans hals portrait of an unknown woman / portrait of paulus van beresteyn s portrait of stephanus geeraerdts / portrait of pieter van der broecke portrait of a man portrait of ren descartes regenten of the grote of st. elisabeth gasthuis portrait of isaak abrahamsz massa the officers of the st adrian militia company two singing boys with a lute and a music book / the rommelpot player / the ‘mulatto’ / wedding portrait of isaac and beatrix the banquet of the officers of the st george militia portrait of the family gijsbert claesz van campen young man and woman in an inn shrovetide revellers / laughing man with crock / young man with a skull / young woman (the gypsy girl—malle babbe) nicolas poussin venus and adonis cephalus and aurora acis and galatea the adoration of the golden calf a dance to the music of time apollo and daphne or apollo in love with daphne the four seasons: autumn / the four seasons: spring / landscape with hercules and cacus / queen zenobia found on the banks of the river arax / lamentation over the dead christ / the flight into egypt or resting on the journey / saint john baptizing christ the miracle of saint francis xavier / the institution of the eucharist landscape with saint john on patmos venus presenting arms to aeneas finding of moses camillus hands over the schoolmaster of falerii the triumph of neptune or the birth of venus diego velázquez three musicians / the lunch la mulata old woman cooking eggs christ in the house of martha and mary adoration of the magi demócrito/el geógrafo / the triumph of bacchus / la cena de emaús / joseph’s tunic temptation of st. thomas / las meninas / christ crucified equestrian portrait of the count-duke of olivares the surrender of breda / the needlewoman / the jester calabacillas / menipo / mars resting / rokeby venus rembrandt the spectacles-pedlar (sight) / the three singers (hearing) / balaam and the ass v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table b. (continued) painter painting title year history painting the baptism of the eunuch andromeda st. peter in prison the anatomy lesson of dr. tulp the rape of europa christ in the storm on the sea of galilee diana bathing with her nymphs the company of captain frans banning cocq the holy family with angels bathsheba bathing a woman bathing in a stream the syndics of the draper’s guild self-portrait the polish rider the anatomy lesson of dr. jan deyman jacob blessing the children of joseph johannes vermeer lady seated at a virginal / the guitar player lady writing a letter with her maid the love letter / the lacemaker / the geographer / the astronomer girl with a red hat mistress and maid / the allegory of painting / portrait of a young woman / girl with a pearl earring girl interrupted at her music / the girl with the wineglass the milkmaid christ in the house of martha and mary / diana and her companions / girl reading a letter at an open window a girl asleep the music lesson / vincent van gogh starry night over the rhone the starry night self-portrait with straw hat / a wheat field, with cypresses wheat field with crows the red vineyard still life: vase with fifteen sunflowers self-portrait with bandaged ear prisoners’ round road with cypress and star bedroom in arles child with orange portrait of dr. gachet cypresses and two women the sower with setting sun olive grove: orange sky mountains at saint-rémy olive orchard olive trees in a mountainous landscape view of the asylum and chapel of saint-rémy wassily kandinsky on white ii composition x points ensemble multicolore composition viii composition vi composition iv farbstudie quadrate black and violet yellow, red, blue (continued on next page) v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table b. (continued) painter painting title year at rest conglomerat temperered elan last watercolour untitled composition white figure a floating figure intime message reciprocal accords henri matisse self-portrait in a striped t-shirt portrait of madame matisse le bonheur de vivre / the dance (first version) blue nude portrait of the artist’s wife the moroccans / the gourds bathers by a river / la nu rose reclining nude dancer and rocaille armchair on a black background asia red interior, still life on blue table still life still life head white and pink woman in a purple coat still life after jan davidsz. de heem’s ‘‘la desserte’’ coffee pablo picasso les demoiselles d’avignon guernica dora maar au chat massacre in korea the guitar arlequín la table woman with pears femme nue assise le pigeon aux petits pois guitar, bottle, fruit dish and glass on a table lovers jacqueline femme au chapeau assise dans un fauteuil (dora maar) seated woman jacqueline with flowers les femmes d’alger les femmes d’alger xv deux femmes sur la plage portrait of woman (dora maar) joan miró the farm / the tilled field / bleu ii nocturne le coq figure at night guided by (...) dancer harlequin’s carnival / person throwing a stone at a bird painting woman encircled by the flight (...) the bull fight the smile of the flamboyant wings hermitage maternity landscape / head of a catalan peasant ( ) v. vieira et al. / physica a ( ) – table b. (continued) painter painting title year nude the hunter / ciphers and constellations, in love with a woman jackson pollock no. black and white (number ) number number number number number (tiger) untitled alchemy number galaxy enchanted forest lucifer reflection of the big dipper number (gray and red) summertime: number a number autumn rhythm blue poles number references [ ] anaioana deac, jan lubbe, eric backer, feature selection for paintings classification by optimal tree pruning, in: bilge gunsel, anil k. jain, a.murat tekalp, bülent sankur (eds.), multimedia content representation, classification and security, in: lecture notes in computer science, vol. , springer, berlin, heidelberg, , pp. – . [ ] oguz icoglu, bilge gunsel, sanem sariel, classification and indexing of paintings based on art movements, in: proc. of eusipco, , pp. – . [ ] m. spehr, c. wallraven, r.w. fleming, image statistics for clustering paintings according to their visual appearance, in: proceedings of the fifth eurographics conference on computational aesthetics in graphics, visualization and imaging, computational aesthetics’ , eurographics association, aire-la-ville, switzerland, , pp. – . [ ] c.r. johnson, e. hendriks, i.j. berezhnoy, e. brevdo, s.m. hughes, i. daubechies, jia li, e. postma, j.z. wang, image processing for artist identification, ieee signal process. mag. ( ) ( ) – . [ ] lev manovich, style space: how to compare image sets and follow their evolution (draft text), august . http://lab.softwarestudies.com/ / /style-space-how-to-compare-image-sets.html. [ ] lev manovich, mondrian vs rothko: footprints and evolution in style space, june . http://lab.softwarestudies.com/ / /mondrian-vs-rothko- footprints-and.html. [ ] lev manovich, arthistory.viz—visualizing modernism, november . http://lab.softwarestudies.com/ / /arthistoryviz-mining- -images-of.html. [ ] juan romero, penousal machado, adrian carballal, antonino santos, using complexity estimates in aesthetic image classification, j. math. arts ( – ) ( ) – . [ ] j. zujovic, l. gandy, s. friedman, b. pardo, t.n. pappas, classifying paintings by artistic genre: an analysis of features and classifiers, in: ieee international workshop on multimedia signal processing, . mmsp’ , . pp. – . [ ] h.l. williams, hegel, heraclitus, and marx’s dialectic, st. martin’s press, . [ ] vilson vieira, renato fabbri, gonzalo travieso, osvaldo n. oliveira jr., luciano da fontoura costa, a quantitative approach to evolution of music and philosophy, j. stat. mech. theory exp. ( ) ( ) p . [ ] e.h. gombrich, the story of art, in: story of art, phaidon press, ltd., . [ ] radhakrishna achanta, appu shaji, kevin smith, aurélien lucchi, pascal fua, sabine süsstrunk, slic superpixels compared to state-of-the-art superpixel methods, ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. ( ) ( ) – . a previous version of this article was published as a epfl technical report in : http://infoscience.epfl.ch/record/ . supplementary material can be found at: http://ivrg.epfl.ch/research/superpixels. [ ] robert m. haralick, karthikeyan shanmugam, its’ hak dinstein, textural features for image classification, ieee trans. syst. man cybern. ( ) ( ) – . [ ] luciano da fontoura da costa, roberto marcondes cesar jr., shape analysis and classification: theory and practice, first ed., crc press, inc., boca raton, fl, usa, . [ ] d.l. davies, d.w. bouldin, a cluster separation measure, ieee trans. pattern anal. mach. intell. ( ) ( ) – . [ ] g. lambert, g. néret, caravaggio. ediz. tedesca, in: basic art series, taschen deutschland gmbh, . http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://lab.softwarestudies.com/ / /style-space-how-to-compare-image-sets.html http://lab.softwarestudies.com/ / /mondrian-vs-rothko-footprints-and.html http://lab.softwarestudies.com/ / /mondrian-vs-rothko-footprints-and.html http://lab.softwarestudies.com/ / /mondrian-vs-rothko-footprints-and.html http://lab.softwarestudies.com/ / /arthistoryviz-mining- -images-of.html http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://infoscience.epfl.ch/record/ http://ivrg.epfl.ch/research/superpixels http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref http://refhub.elsevier.com/s - ( ) - /sbref a quantitative approach to painting styles introduction modeling painting movements painting corpus image processing extracted features measurements feature selection results and discussion best features all the features conclusions acknowledgments appendix a appendix b references authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires between reality and hyperreality roberto costa introduction some twenty years ago, shelly errington discussed the “double death of authentic primitive art” in her influential work the death of primitive art and other tales of progress. emerging in the first half of the twentieth century in the west, the category of authentic primitive art has comprised all those “exotic” objects with “authentic” ritual or practical functions in their source communities. after a golden epoch, which, to errington, and other authors, spanned from the opening of the new york’s museum of primitive art to moma’s exhibit “‘primitivism’ in th century art,” authentic primitive art began to die out. as errington argues, this was mainly caused by the anti- evolutionary and ethical turn of disciplines such as history and anthropology, along with the “vanishing” of non-literate societies and their “authentic” material cultures (which provoked its “double” death). more recently, errington has observed that artefacts made by third- and fourth-world art makers have continued to be seen as bearing attributes of authentic primitivism, even though they are chiefly targeted at the global (art) market and hence are “inauthentic.” moreover, a further point she raises is that the concept of art has become loose. thus, differences between low and high art, but also authentic and inauthentic or primitive and non-primitive (if it can be put so) are more and more blurred. that being so, errington eventually contends that the terms “authentic” and “primitive” have “lost credibility, at least when linked to the term ‘art’.” shelly errington, the death of authentic primitive art and other tales of progress (berkeley: university of california press, ). cf. james clifford, the predicament of culture (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ); sally price, primitive art in civilized places (university of chicago press, [ ]). shelly errington, “globalizing art history,” in is art history global?, ed. james elkins (new york: routledge, ); shelly errington, “entangled subjects and art objects,” in the routledge companion to contemporary anthropology, ed. simon coleman, susan b. hyatt, and ann kingsolver (abingdon: routledge, ). errington, “entangled subjects and art objects,” . the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) while i am persuaded of the general validity and genuineness of errington’s analysis, her final deduction seems to be controversial. indeed, within what errington defines as “art zone” —that is, the zone of interaction between art makers, patrons, buyers, and other (f)actors—notions of “authentic” and “primitive” seem to maintain a crucial role: for instance, primitivism in art—although often disguised behind milder and politically-correct labels such as “ethnic art”—still animates the production and sale of artefacts and plays a role in differentiating “others” from “us.” in addition, it continues to relate extant source communities with their “primitive” ancestors. similarly, “authenticity” is still the determinant of profit-making in ethnic art sale transactions and processes of cultural restoration and reinvention. thus, more than losing credibility in connection with art in their multiple acceptations and mutual entanglements, the notions of “authentic” and “primitive” seem to retain their topicality within the relational and hierarchical space of the art zone. as such, the point at stake here is to understand how these notions evolve and are employed by the different agents in the art zone. to explore these permutations and different modalities, in this paper i discuss the case of one of the most iconic art traditions belonging to the category of authentic primitive art, the asmat of west papua. framed as “art” (kunst) by dutch missionaries and colonial administrators in the late s, the reception of asmat material culture culminated overseas in the exhibition of michael rockefeller’s asmat collection in the museum of primitive art and, in asmat, in the opening of the local asmat museum of culture and progress, on august , , and the subsequent launch of the asmat cultural festival in . so around the time of the death of primitive art, asmat art’s fame reached its zenith and began to gain centrality in the indonesian nationalistic cultural plan, mainly through the establishment of the asmat museum in the visionary theme park of taman mini “indonesia indah” in . my enquiry will, therefore, attempt to qualify notions of “authentic” and “primitive” by investigating asmat art today both in the reality of asmat land, and the above-mentioned hyperspace of jakarta’s taman mini indonesia indah (henceforth taman mini). this will allow me to reflect on the value of authentic primitive art to asmat art makers. at the same time, errington, “entangled subjects and art objects,” . taman mini is the indonesian edutainment park that was built by then-president suharto and his wife siti hartinah to visualise their highly political and cultural project of the indonesian nation through the juxtaposition of the main customary traits of a selection of ethnicities of the archipelago. authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires it will shed light on their “glocal” proclivity—or, as per pierre bourdieu, habitus —in innovating and cultivating global aspirations while acting locally, adhering to local customary norms, and perpetuating ancestral ways of making art. as i will demonstrate, this habitus also becomes a form of resistance to typical neo-liberal forces of the current global art market that undermine the continuity of asmat art. the analysis is introduced by a brief sketch of the historical process of art formation—or “artification” —of asmat material culture that precedes the ethnographic explorations. the artification of asmat material culture the material culture of southern west new guinea has been known since the first explorations of the southern seas. it was significantly popularised through the post-second world war period when its design “caused a sensation in art collecting circles and led to the extensive collecting expeditions carried out by michael c. rockefeller and others.” western artists, such as the swiss avant-garde painter and sculptor serge brignoni (also the founder of the ethnographic museum of lugano) or, allegedly, henri matisse, were particularly inspired by the oceanic style and in particular that of sepik and asmat. this specific bond with western art, which was labelled as “affinities” here i employ the term “glocal” to indicate the particular attitude that, according to george ritzer, stresses the centrality of the local, relations, and authenticity, and that, within the global world, aspires at “something.” in contrast, the “grobal”—which is a portmanteau word combining “growth” and “global”—alludes to global growing imperialistic and neo-liberal tendencies of massification, standardisation, and hyperrealisation, which aim for devaluation, delocalisation, stigmatisation, falsification, and ultimately “nothing.” see george ritzer, the globalization of nothing (thousand oaks: sage, ), – . for example, in pierre bourdieu, outline of a theory of practice, trans. richard nice (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), – . see note . see roberta shapiro, “artification as process,” cultural sociology , no. (september ): – . the first recorded explorations are those of captain cook in , kolff in , and salomon müller (the “triton”) in . with the turn of the century, we can remember the expeditions of jan gooszen in – , and paul wirz in . see fons bloemen, initial encounters between europeans and papuas of south new guinea from the th until the early th century (jabeek: fons bloemen, ), – , – , – , – ; rené wassing, “history: colony, mission and nation,” in asmat art: woodcarvings of southwest new guinea, ed. dirk smidt (new york: george braziller, ), – ; adriaan lamme and dirk a. m. smidt, “collection: military-explorers and anthropologists,” in asmat art, ed. smidt, – ; alphonse sowada, “perspectives of art in the context of asmat,” in asmat: perception of life in art: the collection of the asmat museum of culture and progress, ed. ursula konrad, alphonse sowada, and gunter konrad (mönchengladbach: b. kühlen verlag, ), – . dirk a. m. smidt, “introduction,” in asmat art, ed. smidt, xiii. the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) in the moma’s exhibit “‘primitivism’ in th century art,” was one of the main and probably best-known reasons for the categorisation of asmat carvings as high authentic primitive art. interestingly, the attribute “high,” as errington also specifies by quoting arthur danto, refers not to the link with western fine arts but to the vernacular ritual function of the object. as such, the paradigm of authentic primitive art is intimately linked to the sacred “aura” of the work of art and its role in accessing higher realities, without which it loses its raison d’être. with the establishment of dutch colonial administration and the catholic mission in the early s, asmat became increasingly familiar with metal tools, such as iron nails rudimentarily mounted on wooden handles (asmat seipiri) and, later, proper chisels, gouges, and files. these new woodcarving tools altered woodcarvers’ techniques at a rapid pace, enabling the usage of harder woods (as the ironwood, asmat pes) that, until then, were not commonly employed because of the frailness of the available source material for tool making (human and animal bones, snail shells, wild boar canines, petrified wood). furthermore, dutch missionaries (in particular the members of the congregation of the sacred heart, huub von peij and willem van dongen) aided woodcarvers in imagining and shaping new artistic models like the two-dimensional openwork board called ajour or the storyboard. this development had the double objective of attuning asmat production to aesthetic and formal canons of western art, such as durability, portability, and accuracy, and guiding asmat expressivity towards a more naturalistic and self-evident see william stanley rubin, “primitivism” in th century art: affinity of the tribal and the modern, vol. (new york: the museum of modern art, ). see errington, the death of authentic primitive art and other tales of progress, – . arthur c. danto, “artifact and art,” in art/artifact: african art in anthropological collections, ed. susan vogel (new york: centre for african art and preston verlag, ), – . although these were the main tools, since the early twentieth century, the asmat have also used rough metal pieces retrieved from the remains of shipwrecks, called kas ndes by atsj people—on this see tobias schneebaum, secret places: my life in new york and new guinea (madison: university of wisconsin press, )—or bartered with chinese crocodile hunters, who were probably among the very first to have come into contact with asmat people. ursula konrad and alphonse sowada, “the collection of the museum of agats,” in asmat: perception of life in art, ; tobias schneebaum, “change in asmat art,” in people of the river, people of the tree: change and continuity in sepik and asmat art, ed. minnesota museum of art, crosier asmat museum, and landmark center galleries (st. paul: minnesota museum of art, ), . authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires style. in addition, it reinforced the individualisation of art production. remarkably, the missionary-induced conversion of asmat abstract-symbolic vernacular style to a representational language occurred in the very same years as when the abstract expressionistic movement was thriving in the west. despite this process of transformation that has been altering asmat expressivity internally, the production of ritual and traditional objects—the authentic primitive art—continued. these, in fact, were produced according to the vernacular standards and sold to collectors and tourists after ceremonies instead of being left to decay in the jungle. however, external causes brought this production to a (temporary) halt. starting from the mid- s, the activity of lumber companies, such as the dutch imex, diverted asmat people from their own woodcarving practices. on may , , the indonesian government—which in the meantime had taken control of the papuan region from the dutch colonial possessions—began to ban asmat traditional rituals and objects because of their link with headhunting and cannibalism. the production continued underground, and from the late s, the intervention of the local catholic diocese, in conjunction with the un, persuaded the state to ease their policy on the grounds that carvings are basically the only source of income for most communities. the development and marketing of asmat handicrafts project ( – ), financed through the fund of the united nations for the development of west irian (fundwi) and the indonesian provincial industrial development programme (perindustrian), brought a further push to the process of art formation in asmat, raising awareness of concepts such as “economic and monetary value” and “aesthetical quality” while opening new trade channels for artefact sales overseas and within indonesia. dirk a. m. smidt, “innovation in asmat art and its presentation in museums,” in asmat: perception of life in art, . a seminal work on asmat artists is adrian gerbrands, wow-ipits: eight asmat woodcarvers of new guinea (the hague: mouton & co. publishers, ), in which he portrays works and personalities of eight of the most renowned woodcarvers of the village of amanamkai. tobias schneebaum, “touring asmat,” pacific arts ( ): . for a detailed account, see alphonse sowada, “asmat art in transition,” in time and tide: the changing art of the asmat of new guinea: from the collection of the american museum of asmat art at the university of st. thomas, ed. molly hennen huber, et al. (minneapolis: minneapolis institute of arts, ), – . jac. hoogerbrugge, “development and marketing of asmat handicrafts fundwi . project findings and recommendations: report prepared for the government of indonesia by the international labour organisation acting as executing agency for the united nations development programme” (geneva: united nations development programme – international labour organisation, ). the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) three subsequent events are worth noting in the process of art formation. on indonesia’s independence day, august , , the asmat museum of culture and progress in agats, the capital city of the region, was opened. its main goal was to preserve the local cultural heritage, raise awareness on asmat identity and enhance asmat artistic genius. in line with the concept of indigenous museums, local people, such as former curator and then asmat governor yuvensius biakai, were selected and trained in universities and museums in indonesia and overseas to operate the museum. also linked to this was the ensuing inauguration of the yearly festival and art woodcarving competition in , which was established to maintain quality standards and provide visibility for the woodcarvers. it was indeed essential for woodcarvers to adhere to (western) aesthetic canons for their artefacts to be selected, win the competition and the prize money, and be sold. lastly, in , the first museum entirely dedicated to the asmat was officially opened in jakarta at the taman mini miniature park, after the then-first lady, ibu tien suharto, evaluated asmat art to be consistent with the values of the indonesian state philosophy (pancasila). asmat artistic production entered the elite of the most representative culture of the archipelago, and the suhartos’ our hope foundation (yayasan harapan kita) sponsored promotional tours of asmat woodcarvers (and dancing groups) overseas as well as commissioning a number of works throughout the archipelago. the artification of asmat material culture has therefore rapidly brought asmat culture to be renowned worldwide and traditional artefacts to be very much sought after by art collectors and members of the general populace the “lomba ukir” or “pesta budaya” is the yearly festival that takes place in agats, the capital of the region, and consists of cultural and artefact exhibitions and an auction of contemporary artworks selected on a competitive basis. see nick stanley, the making of asmat art: indigenous art in a world perspective (canon pyon: sean kingston publishing, ), – . as nick stanley puts it, the “decision about whether a work was of an adequate standard was now exercised by an outside purchaser with his own aesthetic values that carvers had to recognise if they wanted their work to sell.” stanley, the making of asmat art, . filsafah negara pancasila (national philosophy of pancasila) is the ideological programme for the indonesian nation which is articulated in five principles: belief in the almighty god; a just and civilised humanity; a unified indonesia; democracy led by the wisdom in a consensus of representatives; social justice for all indonesians. in , asmat woodcarvers, musicians, and dancers participated in several festivals throughout europe thanks to the support of the yayasan harapan kita. the same happened for events in the us in . see jac. hoogerbrugge, “art today: woodcarving in transition,” in asmat art, ed. smidt, – . according to my woodcarver informants, around those years they received a number of commissions for works from jakarta. authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires looking for a sound investment. however, starting from the mid- s, a decrease in tourism and art trade slowed down the positive trend of recent decades and initiated a period of a general decline in asmat art in which the ideas of “authenticity” and “primitive,” and consequently “art,” have started to be challenged. asmat art in the reality of asmat land already in my first few days in the asmat region, it became immediately clear to me that the area was far more isolated than i had expected. access to the region is difficult because of the volatile political situation in the province of papua and the limited transportation services. in addition, missionaries and aid workers, who until the late s were mostly westerners and acted as brokers between asmat and outsiders and facilitated international tourism, are almost all indonesian these days. sales of artefacts are experiencing a lull amidst a general economic decline in the region. the local government-owned art shop that once traded contemporary asmat artefacts is hardly doing any business, and for those who are looking for fine art pieces or souvenirs in the city, there are only a few art galleries owned by non-asmat that offer old high qualities pieces—and a few contemporary artefacts—at very high prices. during my conversations with the asmat woodcarvers in several villages of central asmat (atsj, amanamkai, ambisu, and yow), i noticed a constant and rather grave concern about this declining situation. in fact, these conditions are discouraging asmat youths from taking up a career in woodcarving and this will lead to cultural obliteration. to avoid this, woodcarvers, often in this regard, it is interesting to mention that, in the column “where to put your money” in the far eastern economic review in the early s, asmat art is indicated as “an opportunity to build a reasonable collection in a particular artistic genre before prices have gone sky-high.” jonathan friedland, “asmat art: carving out a niche,” far eastern economic review, march , , . the study was conducted between and . a few small aircraft connect asmat and its ewer airstrip with the cities of timika and merauke. due to multiple factors, flights can be delayed or cancelled at any time. the ferry can be an alternative mode of transportation, although it runs only a few times a month, and the duration and the conditions of the trip can be rather tough. they mostly come from the indonesian provinces of sumatra, kei, flores, java, and timor. up to now, father vince cole, from the catholic foreign mission society of america, is the only international catholic missionary working in the area. very few people in agats know about the shop, which lies out of the city’s busiest area and is not well advertised. prices are expressed in us dollars and, in most cases, amount to thousands of dollars. artefacts are purchased from local woodcarvers for a very modest price. the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) with the support of the local catholic mission, are trying to adapt their production of artefacts to the formats and the aesthetic taste dictated by the market (which is mainly domestic, i.e., indonesian). they are therefore more and more engaged with applied art, which comprises architectural elements embellished with asmat inlay work and asmatised furnishings (lamps, church supplies, and pieces of furniture). moreover, they are increasingly trying to attune their craftsmanship to the standard of accurateness (kehalusan) that in indonesia is set by the more “civilised” handicrafts of the balinese and javanese traditions. yet, if on the one hand, these concerns are pushing asmat woodcarvers to reorient and commodify their art, on the other hand, they are implicitly confident that their traditional art will never vanish or succumb to any crisis. after all, the woodcarvers i have been working with believe that adhering to their customary prescriptions is the way to please the ancestors and god and, consequently, preserve their artistic traditions. put differently, the practice of their “authentic primitive art” will secure its perpetuity and, in turn, the survival of their culture. in my enquiry into the evolutions of the concepts of authenticity and primitiveness in asmat art, woodcarvers have usually referred to it in terms of “uniqueness.” as explained to me by yohanis tuanban (fifty-five years old), the leader of the woodcarving workshop in the village of atsj, and confirmed by other woodcarvers, uniqueness entails several levels of understanding. the object is unique, which is a unicum not to be replicated (“every woodcarving is unique”). the source of inspiration is also unique (“whatever the tale or the image, everything is stored in our mind”) and the stylistic motives of the work of art that are typical of a specific woodcarver, family, or community (“every woodcarver has got his own motif”). uniqueness also implies improvisation and spirituality. every object is unique (and authentic) not just because it is not duplicated, but also because there is not any preparatory sketch, unlike, for instance, balinese handicraft. this lack of a script is what connects uniqueness with the transcendental component, that is, a further hallmark of asmat material culture and art. as tuanban remarks, “sinking the chisel properly into the wood involves the aid of god and ancestors,” who therefore become co-makers of the objects. indeed, ancestors usually interact with makers “setiap ukiran itu unik.” “ceritera apa, gambar apa, ada tersimpan dalam otaknya.” “setiap cescuwipitsj punya motif sendiri.” “ketika kami tanam, mereka mendukung—tuhan, nenek moyang, leluhur—mereka mendorong.” authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires through dreams or visitations. however, it is the woodcarver who needs to invoke the ancestors, and for that he has to behave ethically and customarily, practice religion (both traditional and christian), and know specific techniques (e.g., sleeping techniques). once the association has been established, ancestral and supernatural assistance runs throughout the whole making process, up until the sale of the artefact. the spiritual power that intervenes, which in indonesian is generically termed roh (asmat ceser), gives the object an aura that people see as contributing to its ceremonial and economic success. this aura is perceivable by woodcarvers and therefore hardly falsifiable. a further hallmark in reference to asmat authentic art is the material used. only specific kinds of woods found in asmat forests can be used to make asmat art. pes (ironwood), pit (weeping paperbark), tow (a nutmeg species), and ci (tropical almond) are among those more frequently used materials. every object is carved from a specific wood because of this particular aspect will be tackled in my phd thesis. see also astrid de hontheim, “imagination behind shape: the invisible content of asmat artefacts,” anthropological forum , no. ( ): . instances of forgery are usually perpetrated by balinese or javanese woodcarvers. several of the woodcarvers with whom i have talked believe that apart from formal discrepancies, the most critical differentiation lies in the absence in the copies of asmat roh (spirit). fig. : master woodcarver tuanban at work in the workshop of the village of atsj. the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) distinct inherent properties and on customary grounds. as confirmed by tuanban, the utilisation of other kinds of wood is not conceivable—“it is not allowed!” wood is, indeed, part of the process of making asmat art and responds to the solicitations of the maker who has to interpret the log correctly and know the qualities of the wood to chisel with ease (“we look at the log thoroughly, and we understand what can be done with it”). there are traditional norms that prevent makers from using different kinds of wood than those customarily allowed for the specific item. moreover, certain species of trees (e.g., mangrove) are generally not employable for woodcarving because of their high level of sacredness. however, several woodcarvers would be happy to work with other types of wood for purposes that are different from the ceremonial ones, as tuanban explains: for instance, to make a mbis pole [ancestor pole] we have to use tow tree [a local kind of nutmeg]. if there is a customary feast, we must use tow. then, we want to carve something for a museum. we can do this by using ironwood; but if the object is for a customary ceremony, it can be tow only. a further example: let’s suppose we want to make an em [drum]—you have to use pes, gambir, or jowob [see footnote ]. it can’t be made of any other kind of wood, because it is against adat [customary law]. nenek moyang won’t agree; we could experience serious repercussions [lit. “we may become victims”]. [should we carve] in europe, we can do differently [with different wood]. asmat power enters the matter anyway. there is already a design from our will. when there is that, we put it into practice, and the chisels move accordingly; that is asmat. in we brought wooden material to build the jeuw [asmat traditional house and socio-cultural centre] from here “tidak bisa!” “kami lihat kayu begitu, begitu dan memahami apa yang bisa diciptakan.” for instance, the em, the traditional asmat drum, can be made from three different species of tree: jowob (peltophorum pterocarpum), kawir (uncaria gambir), or sakar (nauclea orientalis); the mbi or ancestor pole can only be made from two kinds: tow (a local species of myristica fragrans) and fesak (canarium ovatum). “kalau contoh mau bikin mbis, harus pake kayu tow. kalau pesta harus pake kayu tow. terus, mau buat macam apa untuk museum, ini bisa kayu besi, tapi kalau untuk pesta punya, untuk atraksi pesta, tidak bisa kayu lain. contoh lain, buat em. harus pake kayu pes, gambir atau jowob, tetapi tidak, tidak bisa bahan lain, karena lawan adat, ya nenek moyang tidak setuju, paling kita korban.” authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires to jakarta by plane. if woodcarving material is not available there, we can just carry it inside our suitcase! what tuanban suggests is that even if the wood that is used is different, the resulting artefact will still be asmat, for it is the maker who authenticates the object and not (merely) the matter. asmat power, which mainly originates in the connection between the maker and the spiritual forces (ancestors), is always transmitted to the object. so, if asmat ritual objects cannot be made of woods other than those customarily prescribed for their rituals, woodcarvings “for a museum” (which stands for the global art market) can be done with different kinds of woods. in this latter case, asmat woodcarvers are nonetheless required to comply with their customary rules: outside ceremonies, we can directly fell trees, but we have to talk to the tree first [that is, with the spirits dwelling inside]. they deserve this kind of respect. we do also have to make an offering and pray. we must make an offering. if you can’t make an offering, what is important is that we [respectfully] worship it. all ethnic groups have a culture. the moyang [ancestors] get happy like that. what is important is that we utter different words that we intone. when we sing, they [moyang] are glad. no doubt that this is the way to act, we can worship, this is the way. tuanban highlights that customary rules also apply in different contexts. indeed, asmat ethical behaviour is what should guide them in relation to other cultures. the “authentic” and “primitive”—in its etymological sense—way of making art is therefore still of the utmost importance. would this also apply to the hyperspace of taman mini where the asmat art is more exposed to forces of the global art market? “kalau di eropa bisa beda. gaya asmat langsung masuk di bahan. sudah ada gambaran dari ingatan. yang ada itu, sudah langsung dituangkan, dan pahat jalan begitu, tetap asmat. tahun kami bawa bahan jew dari sini ke jakarta dengan pesawat angkatan udara. bahan ukir, kalau di sana kekurangan, bisa bawa di dalam kopor saja!” this is, for example, the case of etsjopok, particular valuable objects (such as soulships, weapons, various sculptures, etc.) that are connected to life-cycle rituals (pokmbu), and are used to remember and “avenge” the ancestors. for instance, see gerard zegwaard, “headhunting practices of the asmat of netherlands new guinea,” american anthropologist , no. (december ): ; pauline van der zee, etsjopok, avenging the ancestors: the bisj poles of the asmat and a proposal for a morphological method (ghent: university of ghent, department of ethnic art, ), . “di luar pesta bisa tebang saja, tetapi harus bicara sama kayu. mereka punya kehormatan itu begini. harus derma juga, berdoa. harus derma. kalau tidak bisa derma, yang penting kami harus percaya, semua suku punya budaya. moyang senang begitu, yang penting kita mengucapkan suatu kata-kata yang kita melagu. kalau menyanyi mereka senang, pasti begitu sesuai dengan keyakinan, bisa percaya, begitu.” the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) fig. : asmat woodcarvers and trees. authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires asmat art in the hyperreality of taman mini my visit to taman mini “indonesia indah” coincides with my very first trip to indonesia in , and is part of an organised tour aimed at familiarising foreigners with indonesia’s cultural and ethnic variety. during the visits to the park’s exhibitions, museums, and the various pavilions displaying different indonesian provinces, i am struck by the stark contrast between the general cheerful atmosphere of the park and the bad mood of a man who is carving a sculpture in a shack selling souvenirs in the papua pavilion. indeed, he appears somewhat irritated and annoyed by the presence of visitors. as i am later able to reconstruct through photos and pieces of memory, that man is there not only to make art for selling but also to embody a living witness of a distinct and singular set of cultural traditions. coming back after several years, in , i go to look for him, but the lady in the pavilion’s souvenir shop (the same shack in which the woodcarver was chiselling) tells me that the man has passed away recently. his name was deki asiam (and was known simply as deki) and he was an asmat man coming from the village of amaru, in the outback of the casuarina coast (the southern coast of asmat). he had apparently left the asmat region in the s and gone to work as a woodcarver in surabaya and bandung, and later moved to jakarta, where he married a javanese woman. he was in his mid-eighties when i saw him, even though i thought he was much younger, perhaps also because of the psychedelic make-up of his body decorations (much more flamboyant than those of the asmat, which are naturally extracted). he died after a trip to bali, where he went to get boards, planks, and various materials for his woodcarving activity. the spot where he used to carve is nearly unaltered, with chisels, wooden blocks, and shaving chips scattered all over, and a cardboard sign asking tourists for a donation if photographed. everything seems to be in place. a portrait of deki in a coloured pastel pencil hangs on the wall amid a collection of asmat and papuan woodcarvings. now his grandson, benyamin birif (twenty-eight years old)—known as benny—has taken up the baton and takes care of the woodcarvings made and left by his grandfather. he is employed at the papua pavilion and plays the asmat-living-witness role as his grandfather did. he belongs to the generation of asmat millennials, those who have started to attend university. he also married a javanese woman. as he explains to me, he is keen on carving—although he admits being not as good as the grandfather yet—as well as conversing with and performing for the pavilion’s guests: my work is done [at the pavilion]. i undress; i put [traditional] make-up on all my body, on my face [he mimes the gestures of wearing makeup], done! i start chiselling and singing an the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) [asmat traditional] song: “wo—wo—wo—yooooooo, ooo…” i keep singing. “yoong yong yoong…” [imitation of chinese language]—chinese tourists come straightaway. that’s it. looking around the shop, what catches my attention are the various woodcarvings showcased: several old objects and a number of sculptures cm to cm in height, rather sloppily displayed, and expressing asmat and kamoro styles and at times a combination of both. most of these objects were carved by deki, who used to make a living by selling them to the (non-asmat) shop owner. benny says these are all kenang-kenangan (remembrances, mementoes), probably also from deki’s life in asmat where, according to my asmat woodcarver informants in asmat, he was a talented carver or cescuwipitsj. the combination of styles is the testimony to the experimental and adaptive style of deki, reflecting the philosophy of the park, wherein the juxtaposition of diverse cultures is aimed to render a homogenous identity modeled upon administrative provinces (thirty-four to date). i am struck by the fact that many of the objects are not properly finished. i think this is probably because of the age of the man, but benny clarifies that in taman mini neither buyers nor the shop owner pay attention to the artefacts’ neatness: some time ago i made a small sculpture, but i hadn’t finished it yet. i had just refined the head. but the shop’s owner sold it to a korean. i said: “it is not finished yet!” “ah, don’t worry,” she replies, “it’s authentic!” she takes it, sells it, and i get some money. i mean, it wasn’t finished yet! it was still rough! she took the original piece, which was still coarse, and wrapped it because she already knew [that it could be sold]. that’s the story, that’s how it is. “dang-dang, terus habis, kerja selesai. buka pakaian; cat semua, muka… udah! memahat; sambil nyanyi: ‘wo wo wo yooooo ooo…’ nyanyi. ‘yung yong yung…’ datang langsung orang cina. begitu.” cescuwipitsj identifies particularly talented woodcarvers, and also masters in other domains than art (hunting, performing rituals, etc.). this term differs from wowipitsj, which is the common term to refer to a person who can carve. “kemarin saya bikin patung kecil, tapi saya belum bikin semua. cuma bikin kepala doang. cuma dia beli sama orang korea. saya bilang ‘belum bikin semua!’ ‘ah, bukan, itu karena asli’ kata dia. dia ambil, dia beli pada dia, saya jual. karena dia sudah tahu, kan? ah ah! oh, berarti ini nggak terlalu halus! dia ambil orisinil, masa kayak belum rapi, bongkar, karena dia udah tahu. sejarahnya begitu, kayaknya begitu.” authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires fig. : the souvenir shop at taman mini’s papuan pavilion. in the middle, the spot where woodcarver deki used to carve for tourists. fig. : artefacts in kamoro-asmat style allegedly carved by deki. the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) just opposite to these artefacts, tourist merchandise is stockpiled at the counter: key rings with miniaturised asmat drums, ethnic bracelets and necklaces, printed batik shirts with bird of paradise motifs, and small wooden statues caricaturing asmat people in various ways: playing hockey, holding an ashtray on their backs, or having bestial sexual intercourse. these products are displayed as if they were the hot deals of the shop, right at the front of the counter. the same caricaturing statues can also be easily found at souvenir shops elsewhere in indonesia (e.g., at jakarta’s soekarno hatta international airport and makassar’s sultan hasanuddin international airport, or in shopping malls), as well as on the web, where they can be sold as “modern asmat art.” in the papua pavilion’s display, elements highlighting “savagery,” “nature,” and “wild instinct” are quite recurrent, demonstrating that the park’s underlying credo is to portray a static and hierarchical view of the nation, wherein the narrative of the timeless and grotesque primitivism of peripheral provinces has remained over the years well-nigh unaltered. when i ask what benny thinks about these souvenirs, he replies, “these are not of good quality because they are copies [tempel-tempel]. the wood is not authentic. this way of making is not original [tidak asli].” not too far from the papua pavilion, the park offers a place entirely dedicated to asmat art: the asmat museum. this museum is located at the opposite side of the papua pavilion, immersed in the flower park from the most common global trade websites, say ebay, to the more local ones (e.g., the indonesian bukalapak), or trade-specific ones (e.g., indonesiaexport.com), the asmat-mocking sculptures portrayed in figs. – are quite often advertised as asmat artefacts. to further confirm this point, the sociologist and former director of the melanesian institute franco zocca, svd showed me similar caricaturing statues. these had been given to him by guests as contemporary asmat art. “ini kurang bagus, karena dia tempel-tempel, nggak asli kayu, ini kayaknya tidak asli.” figs. – : grotesque and inauthentic asmat souvenirs typically sold as asmat original art on the internet and in souvenir shops. authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires (taman bunga) and in between the aquarium, insectarium, and the heirloom museum on one side, and the imax theatre and confucian temple on the other. it is hosted in a kariwari-style building, the customary house of the papuan tobati-enggros ethnic group, and is decorated with asmat motifs and typical colours (red, white, and black). at the heart of this hyperreal and disneyland-like setting of the park, there is this striking paradox: personalised replicas of asmat carvings are sold as objects more valuable than the archetypes. their maker, awaluddin, is one of the employees of the museum. he guides me through the exhibition, which is organised in a modern and interactive fashion. spirit canoes, noken (asmat bags), shields, spears, sculptures, and even a human skull lie behind the display glasses. certain spots are dedicated to living experiences: in the last room, visitors can get their photo taken holding signs in emoji language with life-sized asmat people drawn on a photo booth background delimitated by replicas of mbis poles. right between this room and the previous one, it is possible to play reproductions of the em (traditional drum) or fu (signal horn) under the direction of the museum staff who imitate asmat music performances in a hoo! hoo!-tribal-mocking fashion. close to that spot, a label in english on the wall reads: every piece of art they [asmat] create has a special meaning. this is an artwork that serves as a correlation symbol between the dead and the living […]. their carving works developed into artworks have a selling value and are desired by many societies. the resulting sale can help their economy. awaluddin, a jovial man—particularly generous for letting me in for free and giving me a complimentary museum booklet—admits that he has never been to asmat. nonetheless, his genuine passion for asmat art (and probably his need to make some extra money) pushed him to start this business, competing in a way with wowipitsj (asmat woodcarvers). his artefacts, mostly stone axes and sculptures, are shown under lock and key in the glass counter, right at the exit, surrounded by key rings, publications on asmat culture, and miniatures of sulawesi traditional houses. carvings are made after the objects displayed in the museum, which has an extremely precious collection counting more than a thousand asmat objects from different e.g., benedict r. o’g. anderson, “cartoons and monuments: the evolution of political communication under the new order,” in political power and communications in indonesia, ed. lucian w. pye and karl jackson (berkeley: university of california press, ), – ; john pemberton, “recollections from ‘beautiful indonesia’ (somewhere beyond the postmodern),” public culture , no. (winter ): – ; greg acciaioli, “pavilions and posters: showcasing diversity and development in contemporary indonesia,” eikon ( ): – . the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) areas. when i ask the employee standing at the exit to show me awaluddin’s artefacts, he explains that these objects are kombinasi, a term to express the hybrid nature of the objects, which uses a combination of techniques not exclusively asmat. he adds that the artist (awaluddin) carved the objects himself and that these objects are particularly precious for being smoother and neater (lebih halus) than the asmat ones. he concludes that authentic asmat art can hardly be bought in jakarta, while such kombinasi can be easily ordered and even customised. reconsidering authentic primitive art today ethnographic exploration of the asmat region and taman mini thus points us to questions about what authentic primitive art is today, and what the reasons are for its topicality. the asmat conceptions of uniqueness, tuanban’s reflections on the adherence of vernacular ethics in global settings, awaluddin’s kombinasi style, as well as benny’s colourful anecdotes at the papua pavilion, guide us to multifarious understandings of the notions of “authentic” and “primitive” in relation to art. these different risetyawati, “museum asmat tmii sebagai museum identitas” (master’s thesis, universitas indonesia, ). see also soemadio, et al., museum asmat taman mini indonesia indah (jakarta: taman mini indonesia indah, ). fig. : the asmat museum at taman mini. authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires interpretations, in turn, characterise the polysemic and dynamic nature of authentic primitive art that originates from the asymmetrical interplay between the different agents involved in the art zone. reflecting on the reasons for the centrality of this paradigm at present, it is interesting to note that if the increasing hybridity of low and high art, or of different styles, might seem to go against authentic primitive art, this is not the case. indeed, as also remarked by gunter konrad, ursula konrad, and carolina winkelmann, the process of modernisation of asmat art does not trigger cultural obliteration in the asmat, but rather a “return to old values […] [to] their own world and the cultural heritage of their past.” this return to the past, in the ethnographic investigation, can be remarked in the strict and loyal adherence of tuanban to the customary rules, but also in the “rough” style of deki and benny. these instances demonstrate asmat attachment to ancestral traditions whose degeneration, within the dynamics of the global art market, can be found in the completely fake and sloppy asmat souvenirs sold to tourists in taman mini. in turn, all of these, and each in its own way, are forms of resistance to the gentrification of asmat art that is epitomised by the “original” asmat attempts of applied art and the non-original kombinasi style of awaluddin. to this view, authenticity and primitivism—again, in the meaning of primeval—can be seen as their response to change. gunter konrad, ursula konrad, and carolina winkelmann, “asmat art,” in asmat: perception of life in art, . for the ideas of “civilisation” and “cultivation” in art, see philip yampolsky, “forces for change in the regional performing arts of indonesia,” bijdragen tot de taal-, land- en volkenkunde , no. ( ): – . fig. : kombinasi style sold at the asmat museum. the journal of transcultural studies , no. (winter ) this alludes to a further aspect emerging from the field that pertains to the asmat people’s rather bold spirit of adaptability to new (global) scenarios. despite asmat obstinate adherence to the customary norms, tuanban demonstrates that asmat hallmarks of authenticity can also adjust to unprecedented global settings. given that, along with edward bruner, authenticity has to be considered not intrinsic in the object per se, but the result of processes of authentication, tuanban explains how the customary usage of certain kinds of wood can be altered for specific purposes (non-ceremonial objects) and under certain conditions (absence of raw material). this manifests the “glocal” habitus of the asmat woodcarvers, that is, their particular attitude of manifesting global aspirations and openness to innovations while maintaining their ties with their artistic ethos. indeed, as per jac. hoogerbrugge and simon kooijman, their art is regarded as “vital art capable of translating new ideas and impressions in a creative way and thus represent[ing] an expansion of the traditional asmat art.” at the same time, their habitus can also be framed as a form of resistance against the growing tendencies that promote massification, standardisation, falsification, and stigmatisation, which challenge and endanger asmat authentic primitive art. in conclusion, while the paradigm of authentic primitive art is obsolete and, sensu errington, double dead, the relevance of the attributes “authentic” and “primitive” in reference to art seem to be in their original meanings and further understandings still alive. the comprehension of these notions can be fully grasped only by considering the intricate weave of relations of the art zone, and the heterogeneous constructions that emerge out of it. acknowledgements i am grateful to benyamin “benny” birif, yohanis tuanban, and the woodcarving community of the asmat villages of atsj, yasiw, and bakasei for their trust and generous insights, and to the catholic diocese of agats and the parish of atsj for the logistic support during my fieldwork. i thank jens sejrup for the opportunity to contribute to this issue. jaap timmer’s input and comments on the paper draft were invaluable. thanks also to the two anonymous reviewers for the journal of transcultural studies for their remarks, a. sudiana sasmita for proofreading the indonesian text, and edward bruner, “epilogue: creative persona and the problem of authenticity,” in creativity/ anthropology, ed. smadar lavie, kirin narayan, and renato rosaldo (ithaca: cornell university press, ), . jac. hoogerbrugge and simon kooijman have been among the early promoters of the asmat art formation process. jac. hoogerbrugge, and simon kooijman, jaar asmat houtsnijkunst = tahun seni pahat asmat = years of asmat woodcarving (breda: rijksmuseum voor volkenkunde, ), . authentic primitive art and indigenous global desires managing editor russell Ó ríagáin for his most precious suggestions and assistance. an early version of this paper was presented at the museum fünf kontinente of munich during the european society for oceanists conference. the research has been supported by the international macquarie university research excellence scholarship – . atenea ii sem. resumen el trabajo analiza el escenario de la crítica de arte en el país, desde las últimas décadas del siglo xix hasta la mitad de la pasada centuria. revisa las voces y discursos inicia- les, estableciendo sus modelos, estilos y formas de expresión y difusión. profundiza en algunos autores tales como ricardo richon-brunet, antonio romera y jean emar, vin- culando sus discursos teóricos con aquellos momentos y contenidos más importantes del arte nacional. analiza también la gravitación que tuvieron algunas exposiciones de arte realizadas en chile, concluyendo con una revisión a la historiografía de la escultura en el país. palabras clave: crítica, pintura, escultura, chile, artistas, modelos. abstract this work analyses the scene of critics of art in the country from the last decades of the xix century up through the last half of the xx century. it reviews the voices and initial speeches, establishing models, styles and forms of expression and diffusion. it goes deeper into some authors such as ricardo richon-brunet, antonio romera y jean emar, relating their theoretical speeches with the most important moments and con- artes visuales en chile durante la primera mitad del siglo xx: una mirada al campo teórico pedro emilio zamorano el presente artículo corresponde al proyecto de investigación “escultura chilena - : el trasluz de su identidad”, fondecyt nº , dirigido por el autor de este trabajo e integrado por el académico claudio cortés lópez, coinvestigador; el escultor francisco gazitúa, coinvesti- gador, y las historiadoras marisol richter y cynthia valdivieso. dr. en historia del arte, profesor titular instituto de estudios humanísticos abate juan ignacio molina, universidad de talca. talca, chile. e-mail: pzamoper@utalca.cl visual arts in chile during the first half of the xx century: a look at the theoretical field issn - atenea ii sem. pp. - atenea ii sem. tents of national art. it also analyses the importance that some of the art expositions had in the country, concluding with a revision of the local sculpture historiography. keywords: critics, painting, sculpture, chile, artists, models. antecedentes e xisten dos momentos claramente diferenciados en el panorama de la crítica de arte en chile durante las primeras cinco décadas del siglo xx: el primero, que calificaremos como de orientación e in- formación inicial, a través de crónicas escritas, entre otros, por ricardo ri- chon brunet, nathanael yáñez silva, más algunas figuras provenientes del ámbito literario. otro, de conformación del gusto o esclarecimiento de los movimientos vanguardistas, en figuras como jean emar y antonio romera, personalidades que se encargaron de instruir a un público masivo, diletante y con poca información sobre procesos estéticos. la labor crítica de estos autores consistió en alfabetizar al público nacional en torno al desarrollo universal del arte, especialmente las corrientes más vanguardistas. distinguimos también un tercer momento, materia de otro trabajo, que dice relación con la aparición de un conjunto de críticos, entre ellos luis oyarzún, jorge elliot y enrique lihn, que legitiman sus proyectos de escri- tura desde el campo académico. la actividad de estos teóricos se proyecta hasta la década de los setenta. voces y discursos iniciales el desarrollo de las artes visuales en chile ha tenido por característica una cierta orfandad de sustento teórico. del quehacer de nuestros artistas han quedado sus pinturas o esculturas, y una escasa información sobre aspectos relacionados con la historia, la teoría o la crítica. durante la segunda mitad del siglo xix encontramos ya algunas crónicas, ensayos y textos que nos ilustran acerca de la sensibilidad y conceptos estéticos de la época. entre ellos, el discurso de alejandro cicarelli, leído con motivo de la inaugura- ción de la academia de pintura en , también algunos textos de josé miguel blanco, pedro francisco lira recabarren, paulino alfonso, ignacio domeyko, emilio rodríguez mendoza, arturo blanco, vicente grez y vir- ginio arias, entre otros . escritos de estos autores figuran en anales de artes plásticas de la universidad de chile, re- atenea ii sem. en los años iniciales del siglo xx la contribución teórica más importan- te fue el diccionario biográfico de pintores , de pedro lira ( ). luego van adquiriendo protagonismo otras voces, entre ellas las de ricardo richon- brunet y nathanael yáñez silva , además de varios aportes procedentes del ámbito literario, entre ellos manuel magallanes moure , pedro prado , ál- varo yáñez bianchi (jean emar) , augusto d’halmar , vicente huidobro y, ya hacia el ecuador del siglo, el español antonio romera. a estos nombres debemos sumar la figura del maestro juan francisco gonzález. estos in- telectuales, sin lugar a dudas, contribuyeron a la formación de una cierta cultura estético-visual en el país, mas no lograron dar forma a una crítica profesionalizada, o a configurar una tradición historiográfica demasiado profunda en el ámbito de las artes visuales en el país. hay todavía mucha información referida a movimientos, escuelas, monografías, catalogaciones y otros antecedentes importantes, que están a la espera de un examen teóri- co, de una publicación o, al menos, de su registro documental. copilación de rosario letelier, emilio morales y ernesto muñoz, publicado por el museo de arte contemporáneo de esa universidad, en . lira escribió, además, desde sobre arte en los anales de la universidad de chile, en la revista de santiago y en el correo literario. ricardo richon-brunet ( - ), pintor y crítico de arte francés, llegado a chile en . en fue designado como comisario general de la exposición del centenario, oportu- nidad en que escribió el catálogo oficial de la exposición. nathanael yáñez silva ( - ). periodista, dramaturgo y crítico teatral. obtuvo el pre- mio nacional de teatro en . se dedica también a la crítica pictórica, la que enfrenta desde una mirada tradicional, adhiriendo a los principios neoclasicistas. en la revista zig-zag publicó crónicas de arte, bajo el título de “actualidad artística”, “horas de taller” y “visiones artísticas”. en sus crónicas “interiores” habla de las principales colecciones artísticas de las familias santia- guinas. manuel magallanes moure ( - ). poeta, cuentista, pintor y dramaturgo. realizaba crítica literaria, crónica, comentarios pictóricos y reportajes. junto a pedro prado y otros integra el grupo los diez y también la colonia tolstoyana. en la revistas zig-zag, pacífico magazine y selecta, entre otras, escribió sobre pintura chilena, escultura, artistas, etc. pedro prado ( - ). poeta, novelista y cuentista. en recibió el premio nacional de literatura. escribió artículos de arte en la revista arte y cultura, en zig-zag, la revista juventud, entre otras. álvaro yáñez bianchi ( - ), más conocido como jean emar. novelista, crítico, pintor y viajero. escribió sus crónicas de arte en el diario la nación. fue un entusiasta impulsor en chile de las vanguardias artísticas europeas, especialmente aquellas que estaban en el patrón genético de los artistas vinculados al grupo montparnasse. augusto d’halmar ( - ). escritor y diplomático, en fue nombrado redactor de la revista luz y sombra. junto a fernando santiván y el pintor julio ortiz de zárate fundó en la colonia tolstoyana, convocando en ella a algunos pintores y escultores de la época. m. magallanes a. d’halmar (retrato de j. f. gonzález) atenea ii sem. campo teÓrico: formalidades y circulaciÓn al analizar la primera mitad del siglo xx nos encontramos con una pro- ducción, más heterogénea que abundante, de textos que glosan la escena estética local. es posible distinguir aquí dos tipos de escritos. uno, a nivel de crónicas y artículos breves, que relevan un tipo de información mono- gráfica y documental. estos trabajos ilustran sobre distintos aspectos del quehacer estético local: autores, exposiciones, biografías, obras, entre otros. varios fueron los autores y los medios a través de los cuales se difundieron estos escritos que, en lo formal, se relacionan con un tipo de información más genérica e informativa, muy confiada a “impresiones” y a la sensibili- dad de la pluma de sus autores. el soporte más frecuente de estos escritos fue la prensa escrita. este tipo de información adquirió en nuestro país una gran significación, pues pasó a ser el orientador, casi exclusivo, de la opinión pública en este ámbito. la breve extensión de un artículo y su ne- cesidad de informar sobre temas contingentes a un público masivo y hete- rogéneo hacen que el texto quede liberado a la crónica y a la opinión y no tanto a la reflexión o la investigación, esferas, éstas, propias de un discurso teórico más profesional, articulado por contenidos y argumentaciones de mayor rigor conceptual. así como fueron escasas las voces teóricas, también fueron precarias las fuentes de divulgación a nivel de revistas especializadas. en el período que comprende este estudio son pocas las revistas nacionales de estudios o investigaciones estéticos asociadas a espacios académicos o centros de in- vestigación. algunas de ellas fueron la revista de artes de la universidad de chile, la revista pro arte y, en un plano más misceláneo, la revista atenea de la universidad de concepción, y la revista zig-zag, entre otras. por otra parte, encontramos también otros textos, construidos bajo for- malidades y metodologías más rigurosas, que apuestan por una lectura de escenario y que intentan establecer ciertas articulaciones conceptuales más complejas. en este sentido, el catálogo oficial ilustrado, publicado por ri- cardo richon-brunet con motivo de la exposición internacional de bellas artes ( b), intenta dar cuenta del desenvolvimiento de las artes visuales en el país, organizando conceptos y presencia individuales. en miguel luis rocuant publicó en madrid el ensayo de arte tierras y cromos: pin- miguel luis rocuant ( - ). en rocuant publicó el libro brumas; en , poe- sías; en , impresiones de la vida militar. en fundó, junto a fernando santiván, la revista de artes y letras. publicó una serie de trabajos de orientación estética, entre ellos: “los líricos y los épicos”, “las blancuras sagradas”, dedicado a la escultura, y “los ritmos anunciadores”, dedicado m. l. rocuant atenea ii sem. tura chilena . de este autor encontramos también el texto blancuras sagra- das, en donde examina algunas obras escultóricas. otro texto que apuesta por una conceptualización de la pintura nacional fue el de luis álvarez urquieta , publicado en bajo el título la pintura en chile. en este libro-catálogo se establecen periodos y conceptos tales como precursores, maestros y movimientos, que encontramos todavía vigentes en textos de autores posteriores e incluso contemporáneos. tomás lago, por su parte, en su trabajo el museo de bellas artes - , intenta establecer crite- rios de ordenación para la colección del museo. habla ya de precursores extranjeros, de la academia de pintura, distinguiendo algunos maestros nacionales gravitantes. ricardo richon-brunet: la frontera extraviada la pluma de este crítico se erigió en las décadas iniciales de la pasada cen- turia en la voz oficial en un escenario fuertemente mediatizado por el cen- tralismo del estado, por la mirada de las oligarquías sociales y culturales, y por un poder de opinión y formación estética acaparado por la escuela de bellas artes. sus comentarios de arte, escritos en revista selecta, en cró- nica conversando sobre arte, y otros medios, valoran la capacidad de los chilenos, después de haber conquistado su independencia, de organizar su vida social y cultural tomando como modelo a las naciones europeas, por entender que allí –especialmente en francia– estaba localizado el epicentro artístico. el comentario a este respecto de richon-brunet (revista selecta ) es elocuente: “todo hombre tiene dos patrias: la suya y parís”. en este contexto este crítico confiere a raimundo monvoisin el mérito de ser el introductor y fundador del arte de la pintura en chile, en tanto que a pedro lira, la virtud de haberla afianzado y proyectado. respecto de la escultura, señala a nicanor plaza como “el iniciador de la gran escuela escultórica chi- a la música. rocuant siguió la carrera diplomática, llegando a desempeñarse como subsecretario de relaciones exteriores. en el texto de páginas se incluyen capítulos. la luz, retrato, desnudo, paisaje, marina, animales, flores. luis álvarez urquieta (limache, - santiago, ). coleccionista, artista e historiador. se integra a la academia de la historia de chile en . dos años después, la real academia de bellas artes de san fernando, con sede en madrid, lo designa como su miembro correspon- diente. parte importante de su colección personal de pintura pasó luego a la colección del museo nacional de bellas artes de chile. para profundizar en este aspecto, ver zamorano y cortés ( ). atenea ii sem. lena: él hizo en la escultura lo que monvoisin en la pintura: fundar el arte en chile, y como el pintor también, supo el mismo levantar monumentos her- mosos y duraderos sobre estos cimientos echados por él” (richon-brunet, a). el modelo europeo clasicista fue el paradigma que impregnó el escena- rio de las artes visuales en el país en los inicios de la pasada centuria. carac- terizó la estructura académica de la escuela de bellas artes, los estándares de la crítica, el incipiente mercado artístico local, los criterios de valor para otorgar becas de estudio y las actividades relacionadas con exposiciones y salones de arte. adherían a este modelo los actores principales de la ofi- cialidad estética nacional, además de aquellos personajes vinculados con la sociedad influyente y el gobierno. este paradigma, con las mutaciones románticas y realistas que de hecho tuvo, gozará todavía de vigencia hasta mediados del siglo xx, teniendo mayor fidelidad en el concurso social y en ciertos sectores de la crítica conservadora. su cuestionamiento proviene de algunas voces vinculadas a la literatura, que comienzan a coparticipar de los movimientos vanguardistas internacionales. junto a ello, en los prime- ros decenios del siglo xx adquiere mayor gravitación social en el país la cla- se media y los sectores sociales más postergados, quienes acceden a mayores niveles de educación, incluso al mundo universitario. un buen ejemplo de ello lo constituye la conformación, en la escuela de bellas artes, de la ge- neración de pintores de , integrada por artistas vinculados a sectores sociales medios e incluso bajos, y a sectores campesinos. la crítica de arte y los procesos vanguardistas locales la crítica de arte se diversificó con el aporte de literatos e intelectuales. des- de la revista del grupo los diez ( - ), la revista juventud ( - y - ) y la revista claridad ( - ) comienzan a objetarse las normas académicas, a la vez que a valorarse las tendencias emergentes. el antago- nismo, que se produce entre conservadores y vanguardistas, tiene por pro- tagonistas, de una parte, a aquellos artistas identificados con el consejo y la escuela de bellas artes y con la crítica más conservadora; y, de otra, a los artistas más jóvenes, liderados por juan francisco gonzález. estos se agru- pan en la sociedad nacional de bellas artes, creada en , entidad cuyo signo contestatario la transforma en alternativa de los esquemas académi- cos predominantes. el cuestionamiento al modelo clásico y la aparición del j. f. gonzález atenea ii sem. fenómeno vanguardista tiene una cierta correspondencia con los procesos políticos y sociales que se dan en el país. una de las figuras que tuvo un impacto potente en estos procesos de innovación estética en chile fue el poeta vicente huidobro ( - ). su vinculación con los movimientos vanguardistas europeos y el conocimiento directo que tuvo de algunos de sus protagonistas, tales como guillaume apollinaire, jean cocteau, andré bretón, pablo picasso y juan gris, entre otros, generan una vinculación entre la vanguardia internacional y los procesos estéticos locales. el non serviam ( ), del vate creacionista, dio sentido y contenido a la innova- ción en el espacio estético local. otro antecedente que ilustra acerca del debilitamiento de la hegemonía del modelo clásico proviene de la visión innovadora del grupo los diez , quienes, desde sus distintas disciplinas y sensibilidades, cuestionan al mo- delo imperante, a la vez que manifiestan claros afanes de renovación ar- tística. se trata de una alianza espontánea de poetas, pintores, músicos y arquitectos. donde mejor se definen los diez es en la “somera iniciación al jelsé”, manifiesto escrito por pedro prado en . los diez represen- tan una organización peculiar, de naturaleza contestataria, que no profesa adhesión disciplinar, ni propuesta estética definida. su credo consiste en dignificar un concepto de libertad y de ruptura con lo establecido. en cierto modo se representa en nuestro país similares posturas a las planteadas por los intelectuales dadaístas en europa, más o menos por esta misma época. el grupo los diez no establece un estilo corporativo; cada cual cultivó su arte conforme a su propio criterio y visión. en este escenario, varios artistas comienzan a sumar su voz teórica al debate artístico. muchos fueron los pintores y escultores que incursiona- ron en el ámbito teórico . las dos figuras que marcaron con más fuerza el escenario estético local en los inicios del siglo xx, a los cuales cabe la denominación de figuras patriarcales, fueron pedro lira y juan francisco gonzález, quienes, además de su obra pictórica, destacan por sus escritos e iniciativas artísticas institucionales. juan francisco gonzález ( - ) a pesar de su nombre, los integrantes de este grupo no fueron necesariamente diez. el nú- cleo fundamental está constituido por pedro prado, manuel magallanes moure, juan francisco gonzález, armando donoso, julio bertrand vidal, eduardo barrios, alberto garcía guerrero, alberto ried, acario cotapos, ernesto guzmán, augusto d´halmar y alfonso leng. durante el siglo xix el pintor pedro lira y los escultores josé miguel blanco, virginio arias y arturo blanco tuvieron un fuerte protagonismo en el terreno teórico. juan francisco gonzález dictó conferencias, escribió en la prensa con el pseudónimo de “araucano” y se mezcló en crudas polémicas con los defensores del arte académico. p. prado atenea ii sem. fue un pintor antiacadémico, cuya propuesta innovadora le hacía recha- zar de plano los preceptos tradicionales y el detallismo fotográfico. estas concepciones innovadoras arraigan fuertemente en los pintores del gru- po montparnasse. otros artistas involucrados en el debate teórico fueron camilo mori, jorge letelier, waldo vila y samuel román. en general, la incursión teórica de estos artistas, limitada en cantidad y rigor conceptual, no está articulada por doctrinas o ideas estéticas. se trata de una escritura impresionista, que nace de una demanda de información y que se posiciona con cierta jerarquía en nuestro medio, durante las primeras décadas del siglo xx, dada la ausencia manifiesta de teóricos del arte. la mirada innovadora de jean emar álvaro yáñez bianchi, que escribió con el pseudónimo de jean emar , ha- bía conocido en parís a varias figuras que lideraban la vanguardia europea. en la capital francesa tuvo también contacto con varios pintores chilenos que por esa época residían allí y que luego integran el grupo montparnas- se. de regreso a chile, en febrero de , emar se transformó en crítico de arte y entusiasta promotor de los pintores asociados a este grupo. des- de el diario la nación, empresa periodística de su padre, eliodoro yáñez, comenzó su trabajo de divulgación a través de artículos que hablaron por primera vez en el país sobre distintos temas del arte moderno. los nombres de cézanne, de vlaminck, van dogen, entre muchos otros, a los que habría que sumar los de los artistas chilenos vinculados al montparnasse, son glo- sados ampliamente en los artículos, crónicas y notas de arte que escribió en la nación entre los años y . en cierto modo, jean emar dio sustento teórico a un nuevo marco ideológico estético que hacía su estreno en el país, con la presencia de los artistas montparnasseanos. dedica cróni- cas a cada uno de sus integrantes, en donde ilustra sobre los fundamentos de este nuevo lenguaje estético. intenta en esos escritos dar cuenta de la evolución personal y artística de ellos, a la vez que relevar la importancia de su formación en parís. su pluma abre un espacio en el medio local para jean emar es el pseudónimo de álvaro yáñez bianchi ( - ). novelista, crítico de arte, pintor y viajero. sus principales obras literarias fueron: miltín (novela, ), ayer (novela, ), un año (novela corta, ), diez (cuentos, ), entre otras. se ha explicado que jean emar viene de “j en ai marre”, lo que significa en argot francés “estoy hasta la coronilla”. emar había llegado a la capital francesa en , trabajando en la embajada de chile como primer secretario. viaja por europa y asiste a la academia de la grande chaumiére. c. mori s. román atenea ii sem. conocer y entender la pintura moderna. ilustra a la cultura nacional sobre las concepciones de vanguardia y acerca de los debates sobre la estética con- temporánea. los escritos de emar ahondaron, sin dudas, los debates ideológico-es- téticos en el país. los conflictos y desavenencias también se dieron, y con fuerza, al interior de la escuela de bellas artes. en este contexto se da la excéntrica intervención del gobierno del general carlos ibáñez del campo, quien cierra la escuela en , enviando a veintiséis alumnos y profeso- res a estudiar a europa. esta medida debe ser entendida como la reacción de un estado conservador, orientador e interventor, que no entendía ni respaldaba esta estética de quiebre. antonio romera: una voz fundacional en términos generales, el panorama descrito fue el que conoció el espa- ñol antonio romera cuando llegó a chile, a fines de , y sobre este medio ejerció su influencia. romera desarrolla en chile una vasta labor en el campo de la teoría y la historia de la pintura. además de sus libros y catálogos, una parte muy relevante de su obra está constituida por sus artículos de prensa, publicados en el diario el mercurio y otros medios de información, que en su conjunto cubren casi cuarenta años de reflexión y análisis estéticos. en chile este autor ha sido considerado como un pio- nero en el estudio de la pintura nacional. antes de su libro historia de la pintura chilena, publicado por editorial del pacífico en , existían sólo algunas monografías y artículos dispersos publicados en periódicos y re- vistas. romera marca el escenario de la crítica de arte en chile por casi cuarenta años, desde su llegada al país y hasta su muerte, en . su obra literaria y su pensamiento crítico son un referente obligado a la hora de decreto supremo del de diciembre de . para profundizar en el discurso teórico de romera, ver zamorano et al. ( ), pp. - . también romera ( ), p. . en españa romera había tenido una formación inicial en pedagogía, ejerciendo desde muy joven la docencia. entre los años y , en plena época de la guerra civil española, es en- viado por el ministerio de relaciones exteriores (junta de relaciones culturales del ministerio de relaciones exteriores) a ejercer su profesión a la localidad francesa de lyon, en donde, además, complementa sus estudios de pedagogía y de estética. en había contraído matrimonio con adela laliga, quien le acompañará hasta su muerte. estando en chile, entre y , fue profesor en el windson school, al mismo tiempo que crítico de artes visuales, dramáticas y de cine, en distintos periódicos capitalinos. entre y ejerció el oficio de caricaturista en las Últimas noticias y, también, en el mercurio. atenea ii sem. p. lira r. richon-brunet n. yáñez s. a. romera j. emarv. huidobro atenea ii sem. analizar el desenvolvimiento estético-plástico chileno. los escasos estudios o escritos de arte que se habían publicado a fines del siglo xix y comienzos del xx revistieron algunas de las siguientes connotaciones: fueron concebi- dos principalmente como crónica artístico-periodística, género interesante pero carente de rigurosidad conceptual ; fueron unilaterales y herméticos en sus posiciones estéticas, especialmente a la hora de legitimar los dogmas académicos; y, en general, fueron realizados por personas que no poseían una formación sistemática en aspectos relativos a la teoría o la historia del arte. al respecto milan ivelic señala lo siguiente: “nuestra tradición crítica no se ha caracterizado, precisamente, por el rigor conceptual y por la am- plitud de criterios para ponderar y valorar el fenómeno artístico. nombres como richon-brunet, nathanael yáñez o goldschmidt, ilustran muy bien una etapa de la crítica de arte francamente insuficiente” (ivelic y galaz, ). a decir de waldemar sommer, romera es una especie de “organiza- dor teórico” (sommer, ) en el desenvolvimiento de la pintura chilena. “supo situarse respecto a la polémica figuración - no figuración y calibró con mesura y ponderación las nuevas tendencias gracias al estudio que hizo de ellas” (ivelic y galaz, ). romera estableció un modelo de análisis para la pintura nacional. Éste consideró una doble mirada. por una parte, determinó claves y constantes (romera, ), es decir, propone una for- ma de organización conceptual, que intenta definir el carácter de nuestra plástica a partir de sus orientaciones y caracteres específicos; por otra, plan- tea una estructuración de desarrollo cronológico, cuyo mérito fue haber es- tablecido un orden, una estructura diacrónica que jerarquizaba presencias individuales y grupos . su modelo de análisis no se inscribe en corrientes, ni en escuelas estéticas determinadas. es un ecléctico, que valora las distin- tas propuestas estéticas, atendiendo su especificidad formal y su contexto en muchos casos, cuando se habla de un pintor, las referencias críticas apuntan más bien a cuestiones de entorno y no a la obra misma, o a su proceso creativo. consideraciones tales como el abolengo del artista, su amplia cultura de origen europeo, su gusto refinado, etc., son muy frecuentes en los textos de ricardo richón-brunet y nathanael yáñez silva, quienes intentan sustantivar el mérito estético de la obra en razón de tales argumentaciones. romera habla de las claves y las constantes de la pintura chilena. dentro de las primeras distingue la exaltación, la realidad, el sentimiento, y la razón plástica; dentro de las segundas, el paisaje, el color, el influjo francés, y el carácter. estas categorías fueron definidas por primera vez en el estudio asedio a la pintura chilena, santiago, editorial nascimento, . romera definió doce conceptos en torno a los cuales articula el desarrollo de nuestra plásti- ca: los precursores, el romanticismo, la academia de pintura, tres maestros solitarios, los cuatro maestros y sus seguidores, la generación de , persistencia del naturalismo, los independien- tes, grupo montparnasse, seguidores y movimientos, generación del , nuevas tendencias y últimos nombres. atenea ii sem. histórico. la particularidad radica en que mira al arte nacional bajo los parámetros del arte europeo, haciendo permanentes extrapolaciones entre nuestra plástica y las escuelas del viejo mundo: la francesa, la española y la italiana, principalmente. tal situación no resulta extraña en un país como chile, permeado fuertemente en sus manifestaciones culturales por mode- los foráneos. romera desarrolla y profesionaliza una actividad, cuyo nivel anterior era insuficiente. ello, tanto por la escasez de críticos cuanto por el bajo nivel de su preparación teórica. de hecho, la posibilidad de realizar estudios de estética, de teoría o crítica de arte en el país es tema reciente. las universidades nacionales comienzan recién a formar teóricos a partir de los años sesenta . estimamos que la obra más importante de este autor, por su extensión y profundidad, fue aquélla desarrollada a través de sus artículos de prensa, publicados en los diarios las Últimas noticias (don- de escribe hacia con el seudónimo de federico disraeli), la nación ( a ) y el mercurio (desde a ), medio de información, este último, especialmente relevante por marcar una fuerte línea de opinión estética en nuestro país. algunas exposiciones emblemáticas algunas exposiciones de arte han tenido en nuestro país una importancia especial y, en algunos casos, hasta una cierta capacidad de articulación del escenario estético local. unas lo fueron por su significación protocolar, en tanto que otras por su alto impacto mediático o por los niveles de polémi- ca o nuevos conceptos y miradas que lograron instalar. en este sentido, la primera muestra que destaca, en los inicios del siglo xx, fue la exposición internacional de bellas artes de , conocida como del centenario . en esta actividad es posible colegir un par de consideraciones; en primer lugar, de hecho la formación profesional de teóricos comienza en forma bastante tardía. la uni- versidad católica desarrolla algunos cursos de estética a partir de la década del cincuenta. crea el centro de investigaciones estéticas en ; el departamento de estética en y el instituto de estética, dependiente de la facultad de filosofía, el año . desde imparte la carrera de licenciatura en estética. la universidad de chile crea el departamento de teoría e historia del arte el año , egresando las primeras promociones en . aun cuando los salones oficiales de arte cobraron en chile gran importancia desde el siglo xix, su análisis e impacto merece ser abordado en toda su extensión en otro trabajo. la exposición se inauguró el de septiembre de en el nuevo edificio del museo y la escuela de bellas artes, en el parque forestal. con tal motivo se constituyeron comisiones orga- nizadoras en los principales países de europa y américa. atenea ii sem. la importancia diplomática que tuvo por el hecho de solemnizar los actos conmemorativos de la celebración secular. una segunda cuestión tiene que ver con la envergadura de la exposición y el impacto que produjo sobre la escena artística local. recordemos que, aparte de los salones oficiales, esca- sas eran las exposiciones de arte que se efectuaban en el país en los inicios del siglo. la exposición del centenario, que sirvió también para inaugurar el nuevo edificio del museo nacional y la escuela de bellas artes, reunió obras de artistas de más de quince países, principalmente europeos . la muestra fue administrada por el consejo de bellas artes, entidad que era integrada por artistas e intelectuales influyentes del medio local. el catálogo oficial estuvo a cargo del crítico ricardo richon-brunet ( b). detrás de la iniciativa estaba el gobierno, siendo figuras relevantes en la organi- zación el pintor español fernando álvarez de sotomayor , director de la escuela de bellas artes en esa época, y el diplomático alberto mackenna subercaseaux, a quien se designó, además, como comisario general de la exposición. la gran cantidad de obras extranjeras exhibidas en la muestra, además de los artistas que en ella figuraban, fue vista por algunos como una forma de traer el mundo del arte a nuestro país. la sola representación española –estimulada por la presencia en chile de fernando álvarez de sotomayor– consideró envíos de casi cuarenta de los mejores artistas pe- ninsulares de la época, muchos de ellos ex becarios roma y estrechamente vinculados a la real academia de bellas artes de san fernando . el co- mentario de nathanael yáñez silva es elocuente respecto de la percepción que se tuvo en nuestro medio sobre la exposición: “jamás en chile había habido una fiesta de arte como aquella. se refrescaba el espíritu entrando las bases generales fueron establecidas por el gobierno de chile mediante decreto , estableciendo cuatro secciones para la exposición: a) internacional, b) nacional, c) arte retros- pectivo nacional, y d) arte aplicado a la industria. todo esto, en lo que dice relación con pintura, escultura, grabado y arte aplicado a la industria. fernando álvarez de sotomayor ( - ) fue contratado en para servir docencia en la escuela de bellas artes, en la cátedra de colorido, dibujo y composición. en fue nombrado director de la entidad. sobre su regreso a españa la mayor parte de las fuentes señalan que fue en , sin embargo otras apuntan que su partida fue en . entre estas últimas apun- tamos los datos aportados por yáñez silva, nathanael en la segunda, charlas de los sábados, “la época de Álvarez de sotomayor”, de junio de . llegaron obras de fernando álvarez de sotomayor, manuel benedito, aureliano berue- te, ramón casas, eduardo chicharro, francisco llorens, santiago rusiñol, joaquín sorolla, josé villegas, entre otros. la nómina de escultores hispanos estuvo integrada por mariano benlliure, con siete piezas de bronce, miguel blay y fábrega, con tres (dos en piedra y una en bronce), juan clará, con tres obras, josé clará (seis obras, tres en mármol y tres en bronce), julio antonio (dos obras), antonio marinas garcía (una obra), luciano oslé (tres obras), miguel oslé (cuatro obras) y enrique marín hidalgo, con una obra. atenea ii sem. en esas salas, se sentía uno muy bien, como si visitase europa, porque eu- ropa había venido a nosotros, con su mejor producción y su mejor cariño por esta tierra” (yáñez silva, ). esta opinión releva también una valo- ración al modelo académico europeo que evidenciaba la mayor parte de las obras expuestas. un modelo todavía vigente en los espacios oficiales del viejo continente, como la real academia de bellas artes de san fernando y la propia École de beaux arts de parís, en donde no hacían todavía su entrada las voces vanguardistas. los delegados chilenos que actuaron en europa, entre los que se cuenta a alberto mackenna subercaseaux, se ha- bían entendido directamente con las tradicionales academias oficiales, enti- dades que tenían aún cierta hegemonía sobre el espacio cultural en el viejo continente. recordemos que, en los inicios del siglo xx, españa y francia tenían academias de bellas artes en roma; el premio roma era todavía considerado por muchos como la más alta distinción. este hecho explica que no hayan sido invitados a la exposición aquellos artistas vinculados a la vanguardia europea, que circulaban por lo general en la periferia de la oficialidad cultural. en la exposición del centenario estuvieron también presentes varios artistas chilenos que habían sido alumnos en la escuela del pintor espa- ñol álvarez de sotomayor. algunos de ellos participan años más tarde, en , en una exposición realizada en los salones del diario el mercurio, en donde adquiere presencia y connotación en la historiografía artística lo- cal una generación de pintores que será luego conocida como del trece o del centenario. esta muestra inicial estuvo integrada por el artista español josé prida solares y los pintores chilenos pedro luna y ulises vázquez . se trata del primer grupo generacional que aparece en el arte chileno, unido por circunstancias sociales e intereses estéticos coincidentes. su obra marca un acento más popular y costumbrista respecto de la pintura que se había hecho en chile en el siglo xix. a esto debemos agregar alguna inspiración de raíz hispana, sugerida por el maestro álvarez de sotomayor. los artistas de esta generación manifiestan cierta homogeneidad y sintonía como gru- po. en primer lugar, la mayoría procede de niveles sociales medios y bajos, situación que en ocasiones vehicula su pintura hacia un espacio de crítica y enjuiciamiento social. las pinturas de gordon, lobos y plaza, a modo de ejemplo, plantean una mirada cuestionadora y una vindicación visible junto a estos artistas, integran luego al grupo los pintores agustín abarca, enrique bertrix, abelardo bustamante, jerónimo costa, jorge letelier, los hermanos alberto, enrique y alfredo lobos aránguiz, arturo gordon, guillermo vergara, elmina moissan, entre varios otros. f. alvarez s. atenea ii sem. sobre temas sociales. en el plano estético, estos artistas son principalmente figurativos y su paleta está más cercana de la gama de los colores fríos. de- sarrollaron una obra renovada en temas y en concepciones estéticas, que colisionó con los esquemas académicos decimonónicos que imperaban todavía en el corazón de la escuela. se trata de una obra muy ajena a los preceptos formales e icónicos en los cuales se había fundado, en la media- nía del siglo xix, la academia de pintura. por esta razón la obra de estos pintores no fue, en su momento, apreciada y reconocida por la oficialidad cultural, por la crítica y por el poder comprador. sobre estos artistas se ha ido tejiendo un paradigma, que releva más las difíciles circunstancias de vida de los integrantes del grupo, que el mérito propiamente estético de su obra. “vivieron –anota waldo vila– apresura- damente, como destruyéndose a sí mismos, en una carrera violenta, lle- na de brillo, pero que duró escasamente algunos años” (meltcherts, ). pablo neruda se refirió a ellos como una “heroica capitanía de pintores” (neruda, ). independiente de la lectura contemporánea que se haga de la obra de estos autores, su pintura tiene el mérito de acuñar un registro distinto y renovador respecto de los modelos que habían imperado en chi- le durante el siglo xix. algunos críticos e historiadores se refieren a la obra y presencia de estos artistas como un paréntesis de hispanidad en la pintura chilena; lapso de tiempo que comienza en , con la llegada al país del pintor álvarez de sotomayor, y termina con la irrupción del grupo montparnasse. a decir de josé maría palacios: “fernando álvarez de sotomayor venía a crear un paréntesis en el proceso pictórico chileno. dicho paréntesis tendrá, por un lado, un carácter neutralizador de la influencia francesa y, por otro, vendrá a provocar un cambio de actitud frente a las motivaciones, mostrando a la vez un cambio significativo en el trato del color” (palacios, ). di- mensionar cuán ancha y profunda fue esta adhesión local respecto de la pintura española es un tema que se hace necesario elucidar. cierto acento “goyesco” en la obra de gordon (a quien se llegó a denominar como el “goya chileno”), la fuerte presencia del retrato y una evidente inclinación hacia la gama de los fríos, pueden definir espacios de coincidencia que, por cierto, resultan insuficientes para apostar por un sello o una inclinación. quizá sean las nostalgias y los protocolos del centenario los que propicia- ron una mirada de mayor empatía con la “madre patria”. este sentimiento de hispanidad fue recogido también por algunas plumas locales, tales como la de domingo gómez rojas, cuando comenta el viaje a españa del pintor alfredo lobos (zamorano, , p. ). w. vila atenea ii sem. renovados aires franceses llegan al país con otra exposición emblemática. se trata de una muestra realizada en el mes de junio de , en la casa de remates “rivas y calvo” de santiago, por los pintores del grupo montpar- nasse . estos artistas habían tenido contacto con el ambiente parisino y con algunas figuras de la vanguardia europea de ese entonces. “montparnasse, barrio de artistas en parís, en cuyos cafés, academias y exposiciones, bulle gran parte del porvenir de las artes plásticas y donde muchos ‘ídolos cadu- cos’ se han destrozado, muchas ideas rancias sepultado y no pocas semillas, que luego germinaron, han sido sembradas” (emar, ). reintegrados en el país y liderados por el pintor luis vargas rosas se unen para levantar un testimonio de disconformidad en contra del predominio academicista que todavía imperaba en el país. la exposición de produjo asperezas y convulsionó al público y a la crítica oficial, que adhería todavía a los relictos academicistas. nathanael yánez silva, una voz ciertamente conservadora, señaló acerca de la mues- tra: “no creemos que en esta exposición se realice innovación alguna” (yá- ñez, ). la muestra pretendió exaltar los lenguajes artísticos y los autores más cercanos a las vanguardias, soslayando los relictos académicos (naturalis- mos, romanticismos, realismos, etc.) que todavía gozaban en el país de gran aceptación. la posición revolucionaria de los montparnassianos produjo más reacciones que adeptos, pero entre los que miraron con buenos ojos esta propuesta se encontraba el maestro juan francisco gonzález. el códi- go del grupo montparnasse –estimulado por la reflexión teórica de jean emar– mira con simpatía los preceptos teóricos de paul cézanne, el ra- cionalismo cubista y el desborde cromático de los fauves. sumemos a todo esto la gran acentuación proyectiva de los sentimientos dados por el expre- sionismo alemán, recogidos por algunos integrantes del grupo. en junio de este grupo vuelve a exhibir en la sala “rivas y calvo”. la muestra “salón de junio” fue apoyada por el diario la nación y la llamaron “exposi- ción de arte libre”. se exhibieron también obras “extranjeras” al concurrir con piezas de picasso, gris y lipchitz, entre otros. en junio de , en la casa de remates “rivas y calvo” de santiago, se presenta la primera exposición de estos artistas que se habían formado en parís. integran este grupo, entre otros, luis vargas rosas ( - ), enriqueta petit ( - ), julio ortiz de zárate ( - ), ma- nuel ortiz de zárate ( - ), augusto eguiluz ( - ), josé perotti ( - ), jorge letelier ( - ), hernán gazmuri ( - ), camilo mori ( - ) e isaías cabezón ( - ). atenea ii sem. otra muestra que tuvo un gran impacto en la escena artística local fue la exposición de pintura francesa contemporánea, conocida con el nombre “de manet hasta nuestros días”, realizada en el museo nacional de bellas artes, en mayo de . el catálogo oficial de la muestra cuenta con textos del entonces conservador del museo del louvre, rené huyghe, y de gastón diehl, comisario general de la exposición. los textos de ambos teóricos, que reflexionan sobre la escena pictórica francesa de fines del siglo xix y primera mitad del xx, en cierto modo, reeditan en nuestro país, a partir de obras originales, un debate abierto en chile, años antes, por los artistas montparnassianos y la pluma de jean emar. huyghe comenta lo siguien- te: mas, si el ‘fauvismo’ abría una brecha en la realidad todavía en pie, si el cubismo empleaba sin escrúpulos sus ruinas derribadas, los surrealistas traían como secuela la anarquía tras haber introducido la revolución: en medio de esas ruinas dispersas, entre esa ‘membra disjecta’, hicieron saltar su dinamita e imaginaron profanaciones vengativas y refinadas. en sus lienzos asistimos a los vagidos de una génesis todavía incierta o la disolución última de la creación (huyghe, ). la exposición, que se realiza nada más trascurridos cinco años de fi- nalizada la segunda guerra mundial –“ - , ese ancho vacío, esa pesadilla poblada de gritos guturales y de soldados con botas” (huyghe, )–, además de ser un acontecimiento estético de la máxima jerarquía, puede ser entendido también como un acto de vindicación diplomática; una manera en que francia se sobreponía a un momento dramático de su historia, mostrando al mundo una parte muy significativa de lo mejor de su producción pictórica. la muestra incluyó obras originales de distintos artistas: impresionistas, simbolistas, fauvistas, cubistas, surrealistas, hasta las generaciones más jóvenes. el público y los artistas locales pudieron ver obras de edouard manet, claude monet, berthe morisot, camille pizarro, augusto renoir, henri de tolouse-lautrec, pierre bonnard, maurice denis, george braque, andré derain, roaul dufi, fernand leger, andré lhote, albert marquet, henry matisse, pablo picasso, georges roault, jacques vi- llón, además de los artistas jóvenes más promisorios de la escuela francesa. la muestra se realizó con los auspicios del ministerio de educación pública de chile y a iniciativa del comité france-amerique, por el instituto de extensión de artes plásticas de la universidad de chile. atenea ii sem. la exposición fue atacada por algunas voces conservadoras, entre ellas na- thanael yáñez silva y miguel venegas cifuentes. yáñez silva hizo el siguien- te comentario: “al pintor ya formado esta exposición le servirá de estudio. pero para el joven pintor que está empezando, todo aquello va a ser contra- producente, le va a esgrimir, no lo va a lanzar a la cara. cosa peligrosísima, como elija de proyectil el cuadro coutaud (n. ) ‘los siete fierros’… ¿hay en el conjunto un gran cuadro, una gran emoción artística? fuera de monet y sisley, no la sentimos” (yáñez, ). la muestra, sin embargo, tuvo un impacto significativo en las genera- ciones más jóvenes de artistas y estudiantes de arte. a decir de josé balmes, tuvo la capacidad de modificar la mirada de los que entonces eran estu- diantes de arte; al respecto comentó: “para nosotros fue muy importante. recuerdo que durante más de un mes de exposición pasamos todos los días en el museo. porque en ese momento encontramos que ahí estaba la respuesta a la modernidad; nos decíamos que así como ellos hablan de sus propios problemas, nosotros teníamos que hablar con ese lenguaje pero de nuestros problemas” (badal, ). en se realizó en la quinta normal de agricultura, en el antiguo edificio del museo de arte contemporáneo, la célebre exposición “de cézanne a miró”. la muestra, cuya importancia radica sobre todo en su capacidad de movilización de opinión pública, fue visitada por miles de personas. mario carreño en el mercurio de santiago, diario que auspició la exhi- bición que se realizó entre el de junio y de julio de ese año, señaló lo siguiente: “uno de los aspectos más fascinantes de este arte en esta excelente exposición que se inauguró en el museo de arte contemporáneo, es que los maestros escogidos, más que pintores, en su mayoría son inventores” (ca- rreño, ). fue una exposición que hizo historia en nuestro país, tanto por la singularidad de las obras expuestas como por su efecto mediático. referencias badal, gonzalo (ed.) ( ). “los años de formación - ”, balmes. via- je a la pintura. santiago de chile: ocho libro editores, . emar, jean ( , octubre) “grupo montparnasse”, diario la nación, p. . carreño, mario ( , de junio). “de cézanne a miró. los inventores nue- vos”, diario el mercurio, p. . diario el mercurio ( , de mayo). “nathanael yáñez silva”, p. . atenea ii sem. el diario ilustrado nº ( , jueves de octubre). “nathanael yáñez silva”, p. . emar, juan ( , de junio). “alrededor del salón de junio”, en diario la nación, p. . huyghe, rené ( ). “la joven pintura francesa y sus maestros”, catálogo de exposición “de manet hasta nuestros días”. santiago de chile: museo na- cional de bellas artes. ivelic, milan y galaz, gaspar ( ). chile: arte actual. valparaíso, chile: edi- ciones universidad católica de valparaíso. letelier, rosario; morales, emilio y muñoz, ernesto ( ). anales de artes plásticas de la universidad de chile. santiago de chile: editorial universi- taria. lira, pedro ( ). diccionario biográfico de pintores. santiago de chile: im- prenta encuadernación y litografías esmeralda. lago, tomás ( ). el museo de bellas artes - . santiago de chile: editorial universidad de chile, departamento de extensión cultural y ar- tística. lizama, patricio ( ). jean emar, notas de arte. santiago, chile: centro de in- vestigación barros arana, dirección de bibliotecas, archivos y museos. meltcherts, enrique ( ). “relaciones entre la pintura chilena y española”. goya n° , julio-agosto, p. . neruda, pablo ( ). “una capitanía de pintores” (prólogo), en vila, waldo, una capitanía de pintores. santiago, chile: editorial del pacífico. palacios, josé maría ( ). catálogo exposición del artista arturo gordon. san- tiago, chile: instituto cultural de las condes. revista selecta, ( , agosto). “richon brunet”, p. . richon-brunet, ricardo ( a). catálogo oficial ilustrado, exposición inter- nacional de bellas artes. santiago de chile: imprenta barcelona. richon-brunet, ricardo ( b, abril). crónica conversando sobre arte, “un recuerdo de la araucana - el caupolicán” de don nicanor plaza. selecta n° , p. . romera, antonio ( ). asedio a la pintura chilena. santiago de chile: edito- rial nascimento. ______ ( ). “experiencias de un crítico de artes plásticas”. aisthesis nº , la crítica de arte y sus problemas en chile (pontificia universidad católica de chile, santiago de chile), p. . ______ ( ). historia de la pintura chilena. santiago, chile: editorial andrés bello. sommer, waldemar ( ). “panorama de la pintura chilena desde los precur- sores hasta montparnasse”, en catálogo de exposición del instituto cultural de las condes. yáñez silva, nathanael ( , de octubre). exposición del grupo montpar- nasse” (sala rivas y calvo). diario ilustrado, p. . atenea ii sem. ______ ( , de mayo). el mercurio, p. . ______ ( ). “grandes exposiciones de arte”, en número especial de revista zig-zag, medio siglo de zig-zag a , santiago de chile, impreso en los talleres de la revista, p. . zamorano pérez, pedro ( ). el pintor f. Álvarez de sotomayor y su huella en américa. la coruña, españa: ediciones universidad de la coruña. zamorano pérez, pedro y cortés, claudio ( ). “pintura chilena a comien- zos de siglo: hacia un esbozo de pensamiento crítico”. aisthesis n° , - . zamorano pérez, pedro, cortés, claudio y muñoz, patricio ( ). “antonio romera; asedios a su obra crítica”. aisthesis n° , - . g henri matisse’s jazz: the mystery of the codomas rodney swan fig. , henri matisse, the codomas, , paris, tériade, in ‘jazz’, – , (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) introduction. the two trapeze bars swinging beneath the circus canopy, the blue on the left and the white on the right, give the codomas a sense of movement (fig. ). absent any discernible human figures, the two-yellow wavy aquiline shapes at the upper centre of the image, seemingly suspended in mid- air, highlighted by a green rectangular background, hint at two acrobats performing their challenging routine. perhaps coming together in a gymnastic manoeuvre or separating after one. the safety net positioned below the acrobats, composed in reverse polarity, its dark black square grid accentuating the spaces between the lifesaving ropes, demands the viewer’s attention. emphasised by the yellow background, the blackness of the safety net projects a sense of danger. the high-risk acrobatic performance at the centre of the image is framed by an incomplete orange rectangular outer border which surrounds a brown inner border – the seating. the red, blue and mauve abstract arabesques on the left, right and top of the image present the audience – in the seating area. at the centre of the borders are the green and yellow rectangles – the circus arena. when bisected with an imaginary vertical line running top to bottom of the image, the left and right halves show a remarkable balance. composed of ninety-one découpage cut-outs, this is the most fragmented of the twenty colourful images which henri matisse ( – ) composed during the german occupation of france for his album of wartime prints with a circus theme, cirque, which, by the addition of his self-authored handwritten text, he transformed into his historic livre d'artiste jazz after the liberation of france. the codomas is an intriguing image. it very much a circus scene and aptly reflects the title of the album, but it seems devoid of the wartime symbolism that he embedded into its partner images - it is benign. the codomas was not the only image that matisse distinguished with an identity, there were three others, two of which relate to the circus, monsieur loyal and pierrot’s funeral, and the third, icarus, is a mythological character. while the three characters, icarus, loyal and pierrot, of the personified images are readily identifiable, the codomas was not. despite extensive investigation of art historical databases and archives it was not possible to locate a circus family, circus performers, mythological or fictitious characters or any other group by the name of codoma, or who may have used the name codoma or codomas. further, the research could not locate any correspondence by matisse or his associates which could provide any guidance on origin of the title the codomas. however, what this research found was an internationally renowned circus troupe called the flying codonas whose misfortunes were continually reported in france prior to and during the german occupation. their tragedies were recorded in a film, a music recording and a book, created by the germans and widely publicised and distributed in france at the time matisse created his image. this article reports on the search to decipher the codomas. it argues that the interpretation of the codomas lies in its caption in the same manner as icarus, monsieur loyal and the pierrot’s funeral and the tragedy that matisse intended to depict in the codomas is emphasised by his vignettes in the table of images. the article concludes that that the most likely explanation for matisse’s misspelling of the name was not deliberate or an accident but due to a prolonged memory lapse, where he incorrectly believed the acrobatic troupe was named codoma. however, it remains puzzling how the many associates that handled the image between its creation and final publication did not identify and correct the error. even more difficult to explain is that after over seventy years since the publication of the codomas in the livre d’artiste jazz in , the extensive scholarly, curatorial and journalistic attention accorded to the book has not referenced the misspelling. accordingly in seeking to identify and explain this issue, this article adds to the considerable scholarship accorded to matisse and jazz and opens a discussion on seeking to explain why matisse used the name codoma instead of codona in the caption of his image in my published analysis of jazz, i provided a theoretical framework for interpreting the images in jazz within the context of difficulties faced by many of the french during the german occupation of france. drawing on the work of scholars such as jack flam, rebecca rabinow and pierre schneider, who asserted that the images should be analysed within the context of the occupation, i concluded that "matisse camouflaged his messages of cultural resistance within the circus theme he adopted for the images which he originally created for an album called cirque." of the codomas, i argued "this image references a well- known circus family called the flying codonas, an acrobatic group seeped in tragedy”, asserting that it was the tragedy of the codonas that matisse intended to convey. but there was much more contained in this conclusion that will be of interest to the art historian. it is not known precisely when matisse completed the codomas but apart from the three lagoon images the others, including the codomas, were completed in the first half of , before the allied landings in normandy. documentary evidence suggests that matisse had settled on the caption the codomas by august . nearly four months earlier on april art critic gaston diehl reported on matisse’s images for cirque in an article in comoedia and descriptively referenced the image as les trapèzes volants (the flying trapezes), which suggests that at that time the artist had not yet nominated a caption. a shift of research focus from art history to circus brought immediate clarity. it was during a database search of circus-based archives, that the research for this paper identified the name codona. in seeking to investigate the name codona, further searches brought multiple results. the saga of the codona family was well publicised. a request for clarification was sent to a number of recognised circus historians; all circus historians consulted confirmed that the codona’s were a circus family who formed the internationally acclaimed troupe of trapeze artists called the flying codonas, a circus troupe who were swathed in tragedy. further, the circus historians were unanimous that there were no circus performers named codoma and that the correct name is codona. anthony hughes, head of the national fairground and circus archive, the university of sheffield, england stated ‘although the handwritten table of images with their motifs, list xi les codomas, this would appear to also be an error … whatever led to the variation of spelling, there appears to be no record of a troupe called codomas.’ dr kim baston, senior lecturer, creative arts and english, la trobe university, melbourne australia, confirmed, ‘i’ve never heard of a group called the codomas. or the cadomas. it is far more likely to be the flying codonas, who were immensely famous and did tour the world.’ timothy tegge, director, tegge circus archives was more direct ‘rest assured ... this was supposed to be entitled ‘the codonas’. most convincingly, perhaps the leading circus historian and the creator of the renown circopedia, dominique jando, an authority figure who has written extensively on the codona family was unequivocal about the issue; no there are no codomas in the circus world (unless some trapeziums tried to use that name to confuse people) but i never came across such a name. the collage from jazz illustrates the codonas, who were the biggest international circus stars of the times, and performed at the cirque d’hiver, and at the cirque medrano (without alfredo — and where lalo also ended his career, and the act for that matter). matisse was certainly aware of them and probably saw them in one of the two parisian circuses (or both), and the name “codomas” is a mistake or a misreading. this research confirmed that the codona acrobatic family were well known in paris and performed at the cirque d’ hiver but more often at cirque medrano. cirque medrano had its own wartime controversy, an issue that matisse would have known. medrano was a historic circus institution and a landmark in the entertainment scene in paris for nearly a century. it commenced as cirque fernando in and was taken over by geronimo medrano in , when it also changed its name to reflect the new owner. after a succession of directors, jérôme medrano took over on june and managed it until he was mobilised in september in the french armed forces just days after france declared war on germany. matisse visited cirque medrano, as did a number of other artists including edgar degas ( – ), fernand léger ( – ), matisse, pablo picasso ( – ), pierre-auguste renoir ( – ), and henri toulouse-lautrec ( – ), many of who used cirque medrano as subject matter for some of their artworks. cirque medrano stopped performing in may after the germans invaded france, only to be reopened on november for a trial period of three months under the auspicious of the german propaganda unit based in france propagandastaffel and managed by two prominent german circus figures, paula busch and her partner, son-in-law emil wacker. busch and wacker did not survive the trial period as parisians refused to attend a circus they considered had become a propaganda tool of the german occupiers. the circus reopened again on april by jérôme, who had by then been demobilized and went on to reclaim the circus. it is likely that matisse modelled his cirque images on the cirque medrano, the arena in which the the flying codonas frequently performed and where georges loyal was a prominent figure. the tragedies of the codonas the premature and tragic ending to the flying codonas occurred in paris at the highly anticipated opening night of the cirque medrano’s golden jubilee program on november . during an earlier practice session, the lead trapeze artist lalo codona (born as abelardo, – ) hurt his shoulder, but insisted on performing at the formal show. during the live trapeze performance, lalo codona fell and seriously injured himself after failing to catch his swinging trapeze. georges loyal, régisseur de piste of cirque medrano, the subject of monsieur loyal, rescued lalo by climbing into the net using a ladder. the accident was the main story in many of the leading newspapers in france and would have been difficult to miss. in its front-page headline paris-soir, november , informed its readers that lalo was the only survivor of this most tragic circus family, thus linking lalo with the wider misfortune that beset the family. le petit parisian in its front-page depiction of the tragedy, on the same day, also reported the incident and gave the additional information that it was georges loyal who rescued lalo codona. but the tragedy of the codona family was not confined to this one incident, their history goes back many years the codonas were a world renown, united states based scottish-italian acrobatic family, popularly known as the flying codonas who performed regularly in france. around , eduardo codona born to italian parents, established his circus performing company which in later years incorporated two of his children alfredo ( – ), abelardo, who became known as lalo, and an australian steve outch. alfredo codona became an internationally recognised acrobat being the first person to perform the triple somersault, a challenging and dangerous manoeuvre which at the time was deemed to be the pinnacle of trapeze achievement. his first wife, cincinnati born clara ( – ), also a circus performer, was injured while performing in and was forced to retire. having left the circus and their lives growing apart she divorced alfredo. alfredo invited lilian leitzel ( – ) to take clara’s place in the flying codonas. the charismatic couple became inseparable both in the circus and out of it and eventually married. alfredo, lilian and lalo took on the mantle of the flying codonas and because of their daring performances became international stars with a huge following, performing regularly with world renown circuses such as barnum and bailey circus, ringling bros circus and the sells-floto circus. during a solo performance in the absence of husband alfredo, tragedy struck again when lilian’s supports broke and she fell to her death during a performance in copenhagen on friday february . such was her fame that lilian’s death was widely reported in the french newspapers, in many instances taking front page. beset by loneliness, alfredo married australian born vera bruce, who had earlier joined the flying codonas. tragedy struck again when alfredo seriously damaged his shoulder after a trapeze fall in new york on april leading to his premature retirement from the flying codonas. in , vera, who had not been happy at performing in lilian’s shadow, divorced alfredo. vera and alfredo met on july at their lawyer's office in long beach, california to discuss a settlement of assets. alfredo, who learned that vera was having an affair with his brother lalo, shot and killed vera, aged , before shooting himself with the same pistol. even though this tragedy took place in new york it was also widely reported in france making it difficult for the casual french observer to miss. lalo took over the trapeze act to fulfil the family’s contract to appear with cirque medrano at their golden jubilee celebration performance in paris. that was where lalo’s accident occurred. although lalo’s tragedy occurred five years before matisse created the codomas, the saga of the flying codonas was very much alive and being extensively publicised in france during the occupation. the circus troupe became the subject of a major drama film, created by the germans which was widely advertised in the french media and distributed in public cinemas throughout france during the occupation. released on august , die drei codonas, running for minutes, directed by the renown arthur maria rabenalt, and produced by tobis film, one of germany’s prominent film production companies. the film was sanctioned by the german reichsfilmintendant, head of the film section of the german propaganda ministry. the music from the film, die drei codonas: so wie ein lied im winde verweht (the three codonas: like a song blowing in the wind) but billed as la march de trois codonas in france, composed by peter kreuder, who briefly joined the nazi’s, was released at the same time as a piano composition played by kreuder. also released at the same time was a classical orchestral format of the music, but with a faint jazz melody, by the berlin deutschlandsenders orchestra, also conducted by kreuder. both music formats were repeatedly played in france during the occupation and was widely advertised in the french weekly radio magazine les ondes. the german language book on which the film was based, die drei codonas: ein artistenroman (the three codonas – an artist’s novel), written by joachim bremer and published by albert limbach (berlin) was also available in france. matisse may have been aware of the tragedy of the codonas through the widespread publicity of lalo’s accident in , or through the publicity accorded to the film, music and book during the occupation, or both. the name codona would have been hard to miss in occupied france. matisse may have realised at the time he was assembling jazz, many years after creating the codomas, that the image lacked a pictorial signal of tragedy in the manner of some of his other images such as swimmer in the aquarium. he cleverly resolved this issue by using his carefully constructed vignettes in the table of images to highlight the tragedy of the codomas. in the table of images matisse recorded the codomas as item xi accompanied by a vignette depicting two empty swinging trapeze platforms (fig. ). fig. , henri matisse, “table of images” , paris, tériade, in ‘jazz’, – , (© succession h. matisse/copyright agency, ) below the entry for the codomas in the table of images he positioned swimmer in the aquarium as item xii with its own vignette depicting the swimmer as a falling body. when the two vignettes are viewed as a single integrated image, perhaps with an imaginary border framing the combined image, it presents as two empty trapezes swinging, with a falling acrobat below. here was lalo codona in his tragic fall. or perhaps alberto codona or lilian leitzel. in this way, with the use of the caption and the vignettes matisse cleverly emphasised the codona's tragedies in a second image – while seeming oblivious to the misspelt name. the image title was not the only error in the codomas to have escaped matisse's attention. despite extensive and painstaking printing trials the final printing was not true to the original maquette. the middle prong of the three-legged blue arabesque placed between the ropes of the blue trapeze is missing, one of the black squares at the bottom of the net is missing and two black squares are partially printed over by the orange border instead of the reverse. an explanation matisse clearly intended to appropriate the tragedies of the codona family as a code for the tragedies facing france. but his use of the name codoma rather than codona is puzzling, even as the correct name received continuous public attention during the occupation. there are two possible explanations, first that it was deliberate and second that it was accidental. if it was deliberate the simplest explanation would be the codona’s may have performed under the name codomas or was popularly known by that name. although lalo’s grandfather william used various names in the ’s, cardoni, cardownie, cardone, codone, candone, there is no evidence that he or his successors used the name codoma, and as mentioned earlier the name codoma as a circus performer was rejected by every circus historian consulted. another was that matisse deliberately misspelt the name as he did not wish to overtly publicise the misfortune of a well-known family still alive, perhaps for legal reasons. while being a possibility, there is no documentary evidence supporting this assertion. another hypothesis was that matisse was referring to a relatively small and unknown group of trapeze artists who used the slightly misspelt name to gain recognition. although this too is a distant possibility, as stated earlier, despite intensive investigations no circus performers by using codoma could be traced. if the spelling error was accidental, one possible explanation is that matisse knew the correct name but made the mistake while writing the caption. however, bearing in mind his fastidious involvement in the printing and production of jazz, he more than likely would have discovered this spelling error. indeed, if it was an accidental spelling error it is unlikely he would have repeated the incorrect spelling in his august list of completed images and that it would have gone uncorrected by him over the years. the most likely explanation, but it is speculation, is that matisse genuinely believed that the group was called the codomas. possibly his memory had failed him, and he could not recall the correct name at the time he created the caption, or even at subsequent occasions. it should be noted that this explanation may well be questioned and scholars who review this evidence may well come to different answers. whatever the reason, then an even more inexplicable conundrum arises. how is it possible that this misspelling was not detected by the many hands the image and captions had to pass through during the printing, proofing and checking processes prior to publication? beyond this, what is even more difficult to explain is how this misspelling could have escaped the attention of the many scholars, curators and connoisseurs who have written such a volume of academic papers, newspaper reports, journal articles and catalogue entries in the decades since the publication of jazz. as the above discourse reveals, matisse’s image caption of trapeze acrobats, the codomas, the eleventh image in jazz, was incorrect. it should have been the codonas. the presumptive argument is that the error was due to a memory lapse rather than an accidental or deliberate misspelling. this paper has shown that the codomas joins the other images in jazz to provide a symbolic commentary of the difficulties of the german occupation of france, that of tragedy. in this way this paper adds to the extensive scholarship attributed to jazz. the landmark exhibition ‘henri matisse – the cut-outs’ at the tate modern, london, april – september and then at the museum of modern art, new york, october – february , showed both the maquette and the print of the codomas and neither exhibition identified this misspelling. the book of the exhibition likewise published the maquette with no clarification, see karl buchberg et al (ed.), henri matisse: the cut-outs, exhibition catalogue, tate modern, london , p. . rodney t. swan, symbolism and allusion in matisse’s jazz, riha journal , may , url: https://www.riha-journal.org/articles/ / -swan, swan ‘jazz’ , para . swan ‘jazz’, , para . claude duthuit, henri matisse: catalogue raisonné des ouvrages illustrés, paris, , . matisse recorded the working titles of his captions in a list which he dated august , ( ) verve; ( ) cirque (circus); ( ) trapéziste ou aviator (trapeze artist or aviator); ( ) clowns; ( ) tobogan; ( ) cauchemar de https://www.riha-journal.org/articles/ / -swan l’Éléphant blanc (nightmare of the white elephant); ( ) l’Écuyère et le clown (horsewoman and the clown); ( ) enterrementde pierrot (pierrot’s burial); ( ) avaleur de sabres (sword swallower); ( ) codomas; ( ) loyal; ( ) poses plastiques (plastic poses, later renamed formes); ( ) le cow-boy (the cow-boy); ( ) lanceur de couteau. (knife thrower); ( ) la fatalité; ( ) le loup garou (the werewolf); ( ) aquarium; and ( ) océanie. gaston diehl, ‘le leçon de matisse’, comoedia, april , p. . anthony hughes to author, private correspondence, august . dr kim baston to author, private correspondence, august . timothy tegge to author, private correspondence, august . dominique jando to author, private correspondence, january clair , pp. ; jando, ‘cirque medrano’. dominique jando, ‘the codonas,’ circopedia, http://www.circopedia.org/the_codonas, accessed april . for example, see ‘lalo codona, seul survivant de la plus tragique famille du cirque tombe à son tour à son poste,’ paris-soir, november , front page; ‘le tragique destin des codona,’ le populaire, november , front page; ‘la fin d'un prestigieux ”numero" de cirque”, le petit parisien, november , ; ‘les trapezistes de la mort,’ le mond illustre, november , . jando, ‘the codonas’. for example, see ‘mort tragique de miss lilian leitzel,’ le petit parisien, february , front page; ‘l’acrobate lilian leitzel a fait sur la piste une chute mortelle,’ le journal, february , b; ‘les tragédies du cirque,’ cyrano, february , . for example, see ‘le drame codona,’ l'intransigeant, august , ; ‘le trapéziste codona blesse grièvement sa femme et se suicide,’ l'echo d'alger, august , . ‘les trois codonas’, paris-soir, october , ; ‘les codonas’ film advertisment – royal cinéma may luest-Éclair, may , ; ‘les trois codonas’ film advertisment – capitole pathe), comoedia, june , . richard taylor, film propaganda: soviet russia and nazi germany, , . ‘les trois codonas’(p. kreuder les ondes, may . for broadcast saturday may ; ‘les trois codonas’ p.kreuder, les ondes, august , . the long testing process of alternative printing techniques and inks to satisfy matisse’s exacting requirements has been well researched. the most revealing accounts are in john bidwell, graphic passion: matisse and the book arts, new york , – ; duthuit, henri matisse, – ; rabinow , – , – . http://www.circopedia.org/the_codonas e-issn - revista de etnologie Şi culturologie , volumul xxiv ludmila moisei tradiŢia-valoare versus tradiŢia-proces: acŢiuni culturale de revitalizare a tradiŢiei rezumat tradiţia-valoare versus tradiţia-proces: acţiuni culturale de revitalizare a tradiţiei tradiţia reprezintă un fenomen psiho-social multi- plu, dinamic şi continuu ce asigură participarea societăţii la un sistem specific de valori materiale şi spirituale, ce au o relativă stabilitate. fiecare fenomen cultural de-a lungul timpului este supus schimbărilor de paradigmă, continu- ităţii sau discontinuităţii, revitalizării sau acomodării. de continuitatea sau de pierderea anumitor valori este res- ponsabilă societatea, cea care reacţionează la schimbare în funcţie de condiţiile sociale trăite. prin urmare, articolul dat abordează procesul tradiţiei din perspectivă duală: tra- diţia-valoare şi tradiţia-proces, iar scopul demersului şti- inţific constă în analiza fenomenului tradiţiei prin releva- rea acţiunilor de continuitate a tradiţiei. articolul reflectă evoluţia în dinamică a tradiţiei covorului, precum şi altor practici culturale, devenite surse ale identităţii culturale şi naţionale, precum şi modalităţile de promovare a acestor tradiţii în contemporaneitate. cuvinte-cheie: tradiţie, revitalizare, valori culturale, festival, acomodare. Резюме Традиция как ценность или традиция как процесс: культурные действия по возрождению традиции Традиция – это сложный динамический непре- рывный психосоциальный феномен, который обе- спечивает участие общества в особой системе мате- риальных и духовных ценностей, обладающих отно- сительной стабильностью. Каждое явление культуры с течением времени может претерпеть изменения в парадигме, возрождение или адаптацию, остаться не- прерывным или прерваться. За непрерывность или утрату определенных ценностей несет ответствен- ность общество, которое реагирует на функциональ- ные изменения социальных условий. Таким образом, настоящая статья рассматривает процесс традиции в двойном ракурсе – как ценность и как процесс – с целью анализа феномена через определение действий, направленных на сохранение непрерывности тради- ций. Статья отражает эволюцию в динамике тради- ции ковроткачества и других культурных практик, которые стали источниками национально-культур- ной идентичности, а также способы продвижения этих традиций в современности. Ключевые слова: традиция, возрождение, куль- турные ценности, фестиваль, адаптация. summary tradition-value versus tradition-process: cultural activities for revitalizing tradition tradition is a multiple, dynamic and continuous psycho-social phenomenon that ensures the participa- tion of society in a specific system of material and spiri- tual values that have a relative stability. each cultural phe- nomenon over time is subject to paradigm, continuity or discontinuity, revitalization, or accommodating changes. the continuity or loss of certain values is the responsibility of society, which reacts to change according to the living social conditions. consequently, this article addresses the process of tradition from a dual perspective: value-tradi- tion and tradition-process, and the aim of the scientific approach is to analyze the phenomenon of tradition by revealing the actions of continuity of tradition. the article reflects the dynamic evolution of the carpet tradition, as well as, other cultural practices that have become sources of national identity, so as to sensitize society to appreciate the millenary cultural values. key words: tradition, revitalization, cultural values, festival, accommodation. tradiţiile, obiceiurile, ritualurile şi ceremoniile, portul popular, folclorul sunt comori inestimabile care definesc un popor, făcându-l unic, statornic şi nemuritor. importanţa cunoaşterii valorilor identita- re la nivel individual, comunitar şi naţional este fun- damentală pentru înţelegerea şi consacrarea locului lor în lume. actualmente, promovarea identităţii cul- turale reprezintă o strategie prioritară a ţării. ea poa- te să rămână vie numai prin conservarea moşteniri- lor culturale, numai prin continuitatea tradiţiei. prin urmare, apare dilema: cum poate fi perpetuată tra- diţia, atunci când are loc o confruntare directă a ve- chiului cu noul, atunci când obiectele de valoare sunt devalorizate, iar cele fără valoare, apreciate? cum in- terpretăm procesele culturale atunci când ne aflăm la confluenţa dintre tradiţie şi modernitate, atunci când este cazul să susţinem, pe de o parte, rolul tradiţiei valoare, iar pe de alta, să apreciem tradiţia ca proces în promovarea culturii şi în contextul în care suntem supuşi unui proces continuu de globalizare şi schim- bare radicală a paradigmelor culturale? e-issn: - the journal of ethnology and culturology , volume xxiv trebuie să remarcăm că fenomenul tradiţiei me- reu a fost motiv de dispute şi reflecţii ştiinţifice, iar astăzi tot mai multe studii [ ; ; ; ; ; ] abordea- ză modul de percepţie a tradiţiei de către societate, reieşind din necesitatea continuităţii vechilor proto- tipuri culturale. din punct de vedere ontologic, conceptul tra- diţie vine din limba latină, ceea ce înseamnă trans- mitere [ ]. În timp a dobândit un caracter mai larg ce cuprinde: valori culturale, trecut istoric al cărui amintire este vie în memoria colectivităţii. concep- tul de tradiţie poate fi caracterizat ca fenomen psiho- social, multiplu, dinamic, ce asigură participarea la un sistem specific de valori materiale şi spirituale, ce au o relativă stabilitate, presupune procesul de trans- mitere a faptelor culturale în timp care încorporează atât continuitatea, cât şi schimbarea. din perspectivă antropologică, tradiţia înseamnă continuitate, deci raportarea la trecut. ea aparţine însă prezentului, care o actualizează, o redescoperă şi de multe ori, o adaptează noilor cerinţe socio-culturale [ ; ]. În aceeaşi ordine de idei, tradiţia reprezintă partea ac- tivă a moştenirii culturale, ceea ce rămâne viu din trecut, elementele care acţionează modelator asupra prezentului cultural. o definire expresivă a concep- tului aparţine lui tudor vianu: „scurt spus, tradiţia este influenţa muncii culturale anterioare asupra ce- lei prezente” [ , p. ]. altfel spus, tradiţia este „con- densată” în opere şi acţionează modelator prin insti- tuţiile de învăţământ şi de tezaurizare, prin formele educaţiei şi prin mecanismele memoriei sociale. conform cercetătorului român ana iuga, pentru înţelegerea acestui construct din perspectivă teoreti- că este nevoie de o distincţie duală: tradiţia-valoare şi tradiţia-proces. această distincţie a fost abordată de antropologii richard handler şi jocelyn linnekin, în viziunea cărora tradiţia valoare presupune atribuirea conceptului cu un sens naturalist, organic, tradiţia văzută ca esenţă şi valoare, suprapusă sensului său absolut, iar tradiţia-proces presupune adoptarea unei perspective constructiviste, orientată asupra analizei tradiţiei ca proces „care înglobează atât continuitate, cât şi discontinuitate” [ , p. ]. prin urmare, într-un prim sens, cel naturalist, „tradiţia este”, după cum spunea esteticianul român, andrei pleşu. ea există pur şi simplu şi face referire la anumite valori de necontestat. tradiţia e un model, o stare de fapt, este de sine stătătoare şi are un carac- ter normativ, are „forţa unei legi, ˂…˃ respectată de toţi membrii comunităţii, de comun acord” [ , p. ]. astfel percepută, tradiţia-valoare presupune con- tinuitatea faptelor culturale în timp, favorizând tre- cutul, un trecut normativ, auroral, care oferă modele de imitat. demn de a fi studiat, din această perspec- tivă, ar fi „doar ceea ce este vechi şi suficient de bine conservat – şi tocmai prin aceasta devine obiectul unei pietăţi recuperatoare” [ , p. ], având ca scop ilustrarea continuităţii şi funcţionalităţii societăţilor tradiţionale. de multe ori însă, conform etnografului ana iuga, studiile care se apleacă asupra tradiţiei-va- loare prezintă o limitare, prin lipsa de interes faţă de ceea ce se întâmplă în lumea rurală contemporană şi prin respingerea noului, pentru că ar fi elementul care provoacă dezintegrarea tradiţiei [ , p. ]. potrivit acesteia, adesea, inovaţia este percepută ca o degra- dare artistică, ca o involuţie, iar fiecare element nou grefat pe substanţa tradiţiei este perceput în sens ne- gativ, catalogat drept kitsch fără a conştientiza că de fapt kitsch-ul, după antropologul vintilă mihăilescu, este un fenomen cultural ce face parte din tradiţie [ ; ]. printre aceste studii (dedicate tradiţiei-valoare), se includ cele ale esteticianului grigore smeu care încă la mijlocul secolului al xx-lea, fiind îngrijorat de schimbările care apar în arta populară, propune ca societatea să fie educată estetic, convins că aceasta este singura soluţie pentru a scăpa de acest „proces de involuţie, manifestat preponderent la sat prin in- troducerea motivelor florale, caracterizate de un «mi- mesis sentimental» al naturii” [ , p. ]. totodată, pierderea tradiţiei-valoare a fost afirmată şi de simion mehedinţi în cadrul unui discurs public în care vine cu îndemnul de-a conserva faptele culturale „deoare- ce toată civilizaţia moştenită de la bătrâni e pe cale de vădită risipire şi decadenţă” [apud, , p. ]. cu privi- re la acest fapt, antropologul român vintilă mihăiles- cu este de părere (prea categoric, în viziunea noastră) că o astfel de percepţie în sens negativ reprezintă „un handicap metodologic important, care constă într-o inabilitate sau chiar inapetenţă faţă de schimbările so- ciale” [ , p. ] şi, în consecinţă, o imposibilitate de a percepe tradiţia ca un proces. aşadar, considerăm că tradiţia se alătură concep- tului de creaţie. pe de o parte, creaţia culturală oferă omului tradiţional demnitate, prin ocazia de afirmare a personalităţii, motiv pentru care nu-l putem acu- za de lipsa gustului estetic. pe de altă parte însă, nu putem accepta fiecare creaţie culturală care se abate considerabil de la tiparele prototipice, care totuşi ne- au format identitatea culturală, cristalizând cele mai tainice trăiri ale conştiinţei de neam, oferind valori de performanţă, de mare densitate axiologică şi semanti- că. este bine să conştientizăm valoarea trecutului, să apreciem în mod real şi simbolic actele de creaţie ale prezentului, astfel încât să putem prevedea virtualită- ţile viitorului care pot deveni, în funcţie de contextele variabile, forme de afirmare ale identităţii culturale. referitor la analiza tradiţiei ca proces (continu- itate), abordarea acesteia se regăseşte în numeroase e-issn - revista de etnologie Şi culturologie , volumul xxiv studii de etnologie, antropologie şi sociologie [ ; ; ; ] care investighează dinamica faptelor cultura- le. conform surselor, tradiţia ca proces reprezintă in- teracţiunea diacroniei cu sincronia. diacronia, con- cept temporal, este perceput ca dimensiune verticală: există o anumită continuitate a formelor culturale transmise în timp care vin dinspre trecut. sincronia presupune relevarea tradiţiei ca dimensiune orizon- tală: fenomenele culturale sunt trăite şi performate, sunt actualizate şi adaptate valorilor sociale şi cultu- rale contemporane. prin urmare, tradiţia proces tezaurizează şi acu- mulează valorile, reţine ceea ce este durabil din punct de vedere spiritual, transmiţând peste timp moşteni- rea care poate învinge timpul. este vorba despre ace- le performanţe care rămân actuale prin semnificaţiile lor, din considerentul că nu şi-au consumat mesajul în epoca în care au apărut. este vorba de o selecţie axiologică pe care prezentul o face în corpul acestei moşteniri, aplicând criterii particulare. valorile cul- turale, cele care sintetizează o epocă şi un mod de a înţelege lumea, dobândesc, prin forţa lor ideatică şi expresivă, un caracter de permanenţă, devenind re- pere pentru conştiinţa unei societăţi. ele sunt mereu reinterpretate, din noi perspective, fiind astfel aduse în circuitul viu al culturii. din punctul de vedere al tradiţiei ca proces, fiecare epocă cu adevărat nouă proiectează asupra trecutului o altă perspectivă şi descoperă în el sensuri noi, iar unii creatori, promo- tori ai fenomenelor culturale pot fi redescoperiţi şi revalorizaţi din perspective inedite. pentru exemplificare, vom prezenta evoluţia tradiţiei covorului basarabean cu scopul de a reite- ra modul şi direcţiile evolutive ale covoristicii tra- diţionale, în contextul în care de-a lungul timpului s-au produs mai multe modificări în prelucrarea materiei prime, în tehnicile de confecţionare, în ale- gerea decorului şi a gamei cromatice. În această or- dine de idei, remarcăm în literatura de specialitate trei etape de evoluţie ale covoristicii moldoveneşti [ ]. prima, şi cea mai îndelungată etapă (secolul al xviii-lea – prima jumătate a secolului al xix-lea), desemnează constituirea seculară a domeniului şi atingerea apogeului artistic. principala ei perfor- manţă constă în cristalizarea ca expresie artistică a covorului moldovenesc şi păstrarea particularităţi- lor clare în contextul celorlalte tradiţii europene. În aceste ţesături au fost imprimate arhetipuri culturale specifice ornamenticii, ritmicii şi armonicii întregii arte populare. cea de-a doua etapă (a doua jumătate a secolului al xix-lea) se remarcă prin începutul de- cadenţei covoristicii moldoveneşti (debutul disconti- nuităţii), provocat de răspândirea pe cale comercială a coloranţilor de anilină şi a modelelor de covoare cu decor naturalist [ ]. În consecinţă, coloritul pas- telat al vechilor covoare, obţinut prin vopsirea lânii cu ajutorul coloranţilor de origine naturală, a fost în- locuit cu unul strident, rezultat din vopsirea firelor de lână cu coloranţi chimici, iar vechile motive, pre- ponderent geometrice sau vegetale stilizate (mai pu- ţin cosmomorfe, antropomorfe şi zoomorfe), au fost depersonalizate, înlocuite treptat cu un decor tot mai naturalist ca realizare. a treia etapă a început după cel de-al doilea război mondial şi continuă până în prezent. ca urmare a încercărilor de reorganizare a vieţii economice s-a recurs la organizarea atelierelor meşteşugăreşti. respectiv, s-a început o confruntare a celor două tendinţe – a vechiului cu noul. pe de o parte, unii au început să conştientizeze calităţile co- voarelor tradiţionale, apreciindu-le la justa lor valoa- re, iar ca urmare au întreprins primele măsuri pentru susţinerea tradiţiilor artistice autentice (conservarea modelelor de înaltă ţinută artistică, etalarea covoa- relor la expoziţii regionale şi internaţionale, crearea colecţiilor muzeale şi publicarea primelor lucrări în care se accentua valoarea culturală şi artistică a aces- tor ţesături). pe de altă parte însă, anumite categorii sociale şi-au regăsit confortul în stridenţa cromatică şi naturalismul militant, alimentat de raţionalism şi de progresul industrial. astfel, ţesătoarele angajate în ateliere produceau covoare pentru reţeaua comerci- ală şi expoziţii, ţesându-le după schiţele realizate de pictori, în dependenţă de gustul estetic al solicitantu- lui. totodată, în procesul de realizare a covoarelor se includ tapiserii profesionişti, unii având contribuţie substanţială la conturarea şi diversificarea covoris- ticii din această perioadă (maria saca-răcilă, silvia vrâncean, elena rotaru, carmela golovinov, silvia vrânceanu ş. a.) [ ; ]. actualmente, conştientă de valoarea covoare- lor tradiţionale, societatea se implică în revitalizarea acestora. ne referim la tendinţa fabricilor de covoare industriale (s.a. floare carpet, s. a. covoare un- gheni) de a reproduce covoare conform vechilor ca- noane cromatice şi ornamentale. demnă de apreciat este activitatea complexului de meşteşuguri arta rustică din com. clişova nouă, r-nul orhei (con- ducător ecaterina popescu), atelierului poeniţa din com. tabăra, muzeului casa părintească (s. palanca, r-nul călăraşi), srl grinfor (r-nul orhei) pentru eforturile depuse în restabilirea covoarelor conform principiilor tradiţionale. faptul că în contemporane- itate se insistă asupra promovării covorului vorbeşte despre valoarea artistică şi despre rolul indubitabil în cadrul comunităţii. pe lângă faptul că aveau cele mai elevate trăsături artistice, încă de la început, covoarele erau considera- te în totalitate benefice. totodată, trebuie să consta- e-issn: - the journal of ethnology and culturology , volume xxiv tăm, la o distanţă mare de timp, că şi omul din zilele noastre le percepe la fel, continuând astfel a promova tradiţia acestora. terenul etnografic ne demonstrează că până în prezent covoarele sunt considerate bene- fice, percepute ca surse de energie care menţin firul comunicării între generaţii. presupunem că energia pozitivă a acestor ţesă- turi se acumula treptat prin participarea emotivă a celor care pregăteau materia primă şi ţeseau covoare- le. este vorba de acea „iradiere artistică” a operelor de artă despre care esteticianul moisei kagan afirmă: „... operele de artă care îmbină acţiunea artistică asupra omului cu funcţia utilitară posedă o anumită dialec- tică internă specifică. forţa acţiunii lor constă în fap- tul că oamenii sunt supuşi «iradierii artistice» chiar în timpul procesului activităţii lor practice, ceea ce face ca aceasta să se însufleţească, să se organizeze şi să activeze, dobândind stimuli emoţionali supli- mentari şi transformându-se dintr-o obligaţie într-o bucurie” [ , p. ]. presupunem că oamenii aveau gânduri şi sentimente senine, pentru că operau cu motive consacrate, de o mare putere benefică, care, prin asociere, îi făcea să se simtă fericiţi. potrivit cercetărilor etnografice de teren, „co- voarele emană energii pozitive” [inf. livizoru tatia- na, a.n. , s. tartaul, r-nul cantemir], sunt agre- abile, reconfortează şi, în acelaşi timp, rămân mereu enigmatice, menţinând firul comunicării între mai multe generaţii. probabil, din aceste considerente, în multe localităţi, s-a practicat obiceiul ca, în ultima noapte din ajunul nunţii, mireasa să doarmă culcată pe o scoarţă, „ca să nu uite de casa părintească” [inf. nina crăciun, a.n. , s. trebujeni, r-nul orhei], iar a doua zi, în timpul cununiei la biserică, acest covor era aşternut sub picioarele mirilor, „pentru a fi fericiţi în viaţa de familie” [inf. nina manea, a.n. , s. căinarii vechi, r-nul soroca]. de altfel, până în prezent se continuă tradiţia ca mirii să stea în faţa altarului pe covor. totodată, în timpul nunţii, „mi- reasa îngenunchea pe un covor în faţa părinţilor pen- tru a-şi cere iertare şi a primi binecuvântare de la ei [inf. efrosinia Ţurcan, a.n. , com. cruzeşti, mun. chişinău], iar în timp ce mirii ieşeau din casa părin- ţilor miresei, vorniceii jucau zestrea acesteia, (inclu- siv covoarele), astfel încât nuntaşii aveau posibilitatea să vadă cât de bogată şi de harnică este ea. de dragul acestor clipe rituale, trăite plenar în faţa colectivităţii, actualmente, în contextul procese- lor de continuitate/discontinuitate culturală întreaga societate susţinută de instituţiile abilitate se strădu- ie să revitalizeze tradiţia cu referire la menţinerea în spirit viu a covorului tradiţional. mai mult ca atât, conform antropologului henry glassie, în cadrul procesului de revitalizare, oamenii „reacţionează la nou, întorcându-se la vechi” [ , p. ]; se interesea- ză de ceea ce este moştenit, ce este în comun, aso- ciat sacrului, şi, mai ales, ceea ce este local. astfel se întâmplă când se înfiinţează festivaluri locale, dar şi alte manifestări culturale prin care se reinventează şi sunt revalorizate vechi tradiţii ce sunt în punctul de a fi abandonate, ori au fost deja înlăturate. men- ţionăm în acest context târgul naţional al covorului „covorul dorului” (organizat anual în chişinău, din anul ), festivalul „frumos covor basarabean” (organizat anual la clişova nouă, orhei, în cadrul complexului de meşteşuguri „arta rustică”), ziua universală a iei ( iunie, sub egida muzeului naţio- nal de etnografie şi istorie naturală şi a ministerului culturii), festivalul internaţional de muzică „măr- ţişor” (or. chişinău), „festivalul „iprosop” (s. sele- met, cimişlia) festivalul „ia mania” (s. holercani, dubăsari), festivalul concurs „să trăiţi să înfloriţi” ş. a. trebuie să menţionăm că, în ultimul timp, festi- valurile au luat amploare, astfel încât printre obiecti- vele acestora nu se regăseşte atât promovarea culturii şi a valorilor naţionale, cât posibilităţi de agrement şi petrecere plăcută a timpului liber, iar pentru organi- zatori posibilităţi de profit economic. În cele ce urmează, vom veni cu detalii asupra organizării celor mai relevante şi necesare festivaluri culturale, care prin scopul şi obiectivele asumate au contribuţie substanţială la revitalizarea tradiţiei. În această ordine de idei, menţionăm atelierul de vopsire a lânii în coloranţi naturali cu genericul re- constituirea unei practici artistice dispărute acum un veac ( ), activitate culturală de amploare, orga- nizată în cadrul complexului de meşteşuguri „arta rustică”. la lucrările atelierului au participat meşteri ţesători (din comunele clişova nouă, tabăra şi tre- bujeni, raionul orhei; satul ignăţei, raionul rezina; satul vărzăreşti, raionul nisporeni; satul sadaclia, raionul basarabeasca; satul palanca, raionul călăraşi; oraşele căuşeni şi străşeni), cercetători ştiinţifici, muzeografi şi responsabili din domeniul culturii. toţi cei prezenţi au experimentat mai multe plante pentru a colora firele de lână după reţete tradiţionale, revitalizând în acest fel meşteşugul vopsirii cu ajuto- rul coloranţilor naturali. un eveniment de amploare în vederea valorifică- rii covorului tradiţional îl reprezintă târgul naţional al covorului cu genericul covorul dorului, organizat anual la chişinău din anul . festivalul are drept scop valorificarea covorului autentic românesc şi ce- lor ale etniilor conlocuitoare din republică, cunoaş- terea motivelor şi simbolurilor de bază ale covoarelor ca elemente de identitate culturală. târgul naţional al covorului are la bază trei componente esenţiale. pri- ma componentă se axează pe prezentarea covorului e-issn - revista de etnologie Şi culturologie , volumul xxiv tradiţie, prin care se urmăreşte etalarea expoziţiilor de scoarţe vechi basarabene (adunate de prin muze- ele raionale şi săteşti), inclusiv expoziţia complexu- lui de meşteşuguri „arta rustică” din satul clişova nouă, raionul orhei, care include covoare realizate după modele de scoarţe vechi. În acest fel se asigură continuitatea tradiţiei ţesutului, retransmiterii tehni- cilor de ţesere, precum şi a motivelor ornamentale. tot în cadrul acestei expoziţii sunt etalate covoare- le din patrimoniul muzeului casa părintească (satul palanca, r-nul călăraşi) – păstrătorul şi promotorul tehnicii covorului în bumbi, în persoana meşterului popular tatiana popa, dar şi covoarele firmei de pro- ducţie şi comerţ grinfor srl din r-nul orhei. a doua componentă are la bază promovarea covorului contemporaneitate. este vorba despre co- lecţia de covoare industriale ale s.a. „covoare un- gheni” şi s.a. „floare carpet”, bazate pe cromatica şi stilistica covorului tradiţional, covoare redate până la identitate atât cromatic, cât şi ornamental cu vechile scoarţe basarabene. a treia şi ultima componentă presupune prezen- tarea covorului prieten/ oaspete. componenta inclu- de expoziţia covoarelor din colecţii publice şi private ale reprezentanţilor grupurilor etnice din republica moldova sau din alte ţări. pe parcursul celor patru ediţii au fost prezentate covoare din azerbaidjan, turcia şi bulgaria, ţări cu bogate tradiţii ale ţesutului. ulterior, în parteneriat cu instituţiile de cultu- ră şi învăţământ, comunităţile săteşti au început a desfăşura diverse festivaluri ale covorului: festivalul frumos covor basarabean (s. clişova nouă, r-nul orhei), festivalul covorului naţional (s. mihăileni, r-nul râşcani), festivalul covorului (s. gaidar, găgă- uzia), toate în contextul elaborării dosarului tehnici tradiţionale de realizare a scoarţei din românia şi re- publica moldova inclus în patrimoniul unesco la decembrie . o altă acţiune culturală destinată revitalizării tradiţiei este ziua universală a iei, marcată tradi- ţional la iunie atât la chişinău, cât şi în centrele culturale din republică. ia românească este însemn al identităţii naţionale şi culturale în care se găseşte conservat codul genetic al poporului nostru. reper identitar, ia este sărbătorită, începând cu anul , în „noaptea cerurilor deschise”, de sânziene. ziua universală a iei celebrează piesa principală a costu- mului popular românesc, dar şi ideea de feminitate, întrucât termenul „ie” este atribuit exclusiv cămăşii populare femeieşti. redescoperită permanent, rein- vestită cu semnificaţii, ia a stârnit întotdeauna fasci- naţie, graţie decorului şi croiului original. nu întâm- plător, pictorul francez henri matisse a reprodus ia românească în cunoscuta pictură „la blouse roumai- ne”, iar pictorii români nicolae tonitza, camil res- su, ion theodorescu-sion au surprins frumuseţea şi varietatea cămăşii populare feminine în tablourile lor. menţionăm că ziua universală a iei a debutat la iniţiativa comunităţii online „la blouse roumaine”, fiind preluată cu succes de comunităţile româneşti din peste de oraşe şi din de ţări. devenit tradiţie este festivalul iprosop, desfă- şurat în s. selemet, r-nul cimişlia (din anul ) – eveniment dedicat tradiţiei prosopului ţesut manual ca fiind piesă multifuncţională în viaţa de familie şi în cadrul sărbătorilor festive, piesă omniprezentă în cadrul ceremoniilor şi diverselor ritualuri. festivalul reuneşte meşteri populari din toată regiunea pentru a promova tradiţiile şi obiceiurile etnice de la sud, le- gate de portul naţional, gastronomie, folclor şi stilul de viaţă rural, dar în special – prosopul – simbol al patrimoniului cultural naţional. actualmente, odată cu includerea tradiţiei măr- ţişorului (dosarul multinaţional practici culturale aso- ciate zilei de martie, republica moldova, românia, macedonia, bulgaria) în patrimoniul unesco ( de- cembrie ), a fost sensibilizată întreaga societate, astfel încât, pe lângă tradiţionalul festival de muzică mărţişor (organizat anual din ), în majoritatea comunităţilor, în parteneriat cu instituţiile de cultură şi de învăţământ, se organizează ateliere de confec- ţionare a mărţişoarelor. tradiţia mărţişorului, este o practică distinctă a societăţii din republica moldova, cu adânci rădăcini în istorie şi cultură, având o des- chidere care leagă diferite grupuri sociale. face parte din cultura tradiţională, de sorginte folclorică, orală, iar protejarea acestui element, precum şi menţinerea viabilităţii lui în comunităţi presupune asigurarea unui raport funcţional dintre tradiţie şi modernitate. practică distinctă a societăţii din republica mol- dova sunt obiceiurile şi tradiţiile de iarnă. continui- tatea tradiţiei în cazul obiceiurilor de iarnă se face în cadrul festivalului-concurs să trăiţi să înfloriţi, care adună diverse colective artistice şi grupuri de colin- dători, urători, din diverse localităţi. viabilitatea fes- tivalului a sporit odată cu includerea colindatului de ceată bărbătească în patrimoniul unesco ( ). aceasta confirmă faptul că, în momentul în care valorile sacre sunt pe cale de a se pierde, societatea reacţionează în vederea revitalizării acestora. veche tradiţie la români, colindatul oferă mărturie despre felul cum înţelepciunea populară a ştiut să vestească, prin versuri, venirea în lume a fiului lui dumnezeu. colindele româneşti „sunt încărcate de frumuseţe şi duioşie”, dar au, totodată, şi un puternic mesaj teolo- gic [inf. livizoru tatiana, a.n. , sat. tartaul, r-nul cantemir]. preponderent, colindele sunt dedicate fe- telor de măritat, feciorilor de gospodari cu turme de e-issn: - the journal of ethnology and culturology , volume xxiv oi şi lanuri de grâne, preoţilor, fiilor morţi în războaie ş.a. prin vechimea lor, ele sunt un tezaur valoros al culturii şi spiritualităţii româneşti, transmit mesaje de pace, sănătate, belşug şi voie bună. În acest con- text, putem vorbi despre tradiţie ca permanenţă, ca sursă de viaţă ce prelungeşte experienţa umanităţii, îi conferă durată, acţiune, implicare, permanenţă în sistemul valorilor. prin urmare a celor spuse, concluzionăm urmă- toarele: . raportându-ne la tradiţie, remarcăm două poziţii opuse. pe de o parte, tradiţionalismul, care reprezintă o supraevaluare a culturii anterioare şi o devalorizare a prezentului, iar pe de alta, atitudini antitradiţionaliste, moderniste, care se afirmă une- ori prin negarea tradiţiei culturale şi prin glorificarea noilor aspecte. . este greu de spus dacă în cultura unui popor există raporturi de subordonare sau supraordonare valorică, dar putem considera că există o fuziune a „opuselor”, a aspectelor arhaice, tradiţionale, moder- ne şi postmoderne. aceste două paliere, unul arhaic şi celălalt tradiţional, la care se adaugă cel al moder- nităţii şi al postmodernităţii, valorifică, revalorifică, semnifică şi resemnifică, creează şi (re)creează, fără a lua locul palierelor anterioare şi fără a le nega, toate regăsite în conţinutul cultural actual. . considerăm de maximă importanţă ideea care se degajă din textul de mai sus, şi anume că, prin acţiunile de revitalizare, devenim continuatorii tra- diţiei ca proces şi susţinătorii tradiţiei valoare. prin procesul de transmitere se asigură „permanenţa tre- cutului în prezent”, pentru că totul, oricât de surprin- zător ar părea, este creat dintr-un precedent, iar oa- menii creează noul pe baza trecutului lor, astfel încât, de-a lungul transmiterii, se operează cu un proces de filtrare a mesajelor culturale, care provoacă mutarea accentului dinspre trecut, asupra forţei prezentului. . tradiţia nu se identifică mecanic cu trecutul, ci este vorba de o selecţie axiologică pe care prezen- tul o face în corpul acestei moşteniri, aplicând criterii particulare. valorile culturale, cele care sintetizează o epocă şi un mod de a înţelege lumea, dobândesc, prin forţa lor ideatică şi expresivă, un caracter de permanenţă, devenind repere pentru conştiinţa unei societăţi. ele sunt mereu reinterpretate, din noi per- spective, fiind astfel aduse în circuitul viu al culturii. pentru că unele tradiţii care s-au „uzat” odată cu tim- pul, s-au istoricizat, dar au avut eficienţă în epoca lor, sunt trecute în fondul „pasiv” al culturii; altele rămân vii şi active în permanenţă, prin exemplaritatea lor. acestea sunt valorile de performanţă, de mare den- sitate axiologică şi semantică, opere deschise, care solicită şi permit noi interpretări. referinţe bibliografice . buzilă v. covoarele produse în sistemul indus- trial. in: buletinul Ştiinţific al muzeului naţional de et- nografie şi istorie naturală a moldovei. chişinău, . vol. ( ), p. - . . buzilă v. covoare basarabene. din patrimoniul muzeului de etnografie şi istorie naturală. bucureşti, edi- tura institutului cultural român, . p. . glassie h. tradition. in: the journal of ame- rican folklore, . vol. , nr. , p. - : www. jstor.org (vizitat . . ). . iuga a. valea izei îmbrăcată ţărăneşte. târgu lă- puş: galaxia gutenberg, . p. . kagan m. morfologia artei. bucureşti: meridia- ne, . p. . mihăilescu v. antropologie. cinci introduceri. iaşi: polirom, . p. . moisei l. ornamentul – fenomen artistico-este- tic. chişinău: pontos, . p. . nicolau i., popescu i. kitschul ca tradiţie. in: ref. bucureşti, . t. , nr. , p. - . . papadima o. o viziune românească a lumii. bu- cureşti: saeculum, . p. . pleşu a. ochiul şi lucrurile. meridiane: bucu- reşti, . p. . richard h., linnekin j. tradition genuine or spu- rious. in: the journal of american folklore, . vol. , nr. , p. - : www.jstor.org (vizitat . . ). . simac ana. tapiseria contemporană din repu- blica moldova. chişinău: Ştiinţa, . p. . spânu c. maria saka-răcilă: tapiserie. pictură. chişinău: cartea moldovei, . p. . smeu g. repere estetice în satul românesc. bucu- reşti: albatros, . p. informatori tatiana livizoru, a.n. , s. tartaul, r-nul cante- mir, informaţie culeasă în anul . nina crăciun, a.n. , s. trebujeni, r-nul orhei, in- formaţie culeasă în anul . nina manea, a.n. , s. căinarii vechi, r-nul soro- ca, informaţie culeasă în anul . efrosinia Ţurcan, a.n. , com. cruzeşti, mun. chi- şinău, informaţie culeasă în anul . ludmila moisei (chişinău, republica moldova). doctor în istorie, centrul de etnologie, institutul patri- moniului cultural. Людмила Моисей (Кишинев, Республика Мол- дова). Доктор истории, Центр этнологии, Институт культурного наследия. ludmila moisei (chişinău, republic of moldova). phd in history, center of ethnology, institute of cultural heritage. e-mail: ludmillaturcan@yahoo.com lorusso_conservation _cs .indd i have, on several occasions, in publications and in conferences, highlighted the connection between different disciplines, namely between literature, art history, ar- cheology, library and information science, archival science, music history and cultural heritage preservation. these disciplines are all brought together by the reading and interpretation of specific signs. the discipline that studies signs, as is well-known, is semiotics, which derives from the greek σημέiον, meaning “sign” and τέχνη, meaning “art”. since culture is, moreover, a phenomenon of promotion and communication, and all communication takes place through the use of signs, it can also be said that the semiotic nature of culture, in this particular case, refers to the semiotics of visual art: a discipline that deals with studying the meaning of a visual work of art. the correlation between signs and meaning and, in particular between material and historical signs, is also found in the “preservation of cultural heritage”. this is why then, there is a need for the scholar’s education and international ex- perience in “semiotics and general theory of art” which have resulted in the following scientific contribution. the process forming the image, together with the psychology of perception, be it through sound or movement, as in the expression of a line, rightly complements those aspects of an expressive order in referring to the interdisciplinarity of the journal and in accordance with the holistic value of the cultural artifact. editor-in-chief c o n se r v a t io n s c ie n c e i n c u l t u r a l h e r it a g e the origins of art aleksandre p. lobodanov* department of semiotics and basic theory of fine arts faculty of art lomonosov state university moscow, russia keywords: semiotics, art semiotics, applied arts, non-applied arts . introduction this paper presents a particular line of thought regarding the origins of artistic activi- ties, in particular, art. the argument remains one of the “eternal questions”, and is perceived as being “eternal”, due to the fact that in all social and scientific activities the same issues mani- fest themselves, reappearing however in different contexts and presenting new cir- cumstances and new features. over the last three decades of the twentieth century and the early years of the twen- ty-first century, these new qualitative circumstances were conditioned by the develop- ment and consolidation of a new field in art history, called art semiotics, the science of signs, a naturally occurring feature in art. at that time, what emerged in the field of humanities, was an understanding of the unifying and meaningful character of social activity, unified by the fact that only signs constituting semiotic systems could be considered unifying conveyors of information on cultural issues. signs contain, preserve and transmit to future generations, social semantic information, in other words, knowledge. historically and objectively, signs in art are grouped together in the semiotic sys- tems of the applied and non-applied arts. the non-applied arts are those that consider the abstract model of human relation- ship with the surrounding world, and takes shape in human thought. to this kind of art belong ‘dance’ which represents human behaviour, music which represents the dynam- ic framework of the world, the figurative arts (including sculpture and decorative arts) which represent the world and the individual in a well-defined fixed moment in time. the applied arts (i.e. practical, “for embellishment”) are those used to create the artificial world of objects around people, organizing and differentiating the material environment of their lives. they are represented by architecture (creation of an artificial environment for human life), and artistic forms of household goods and clothes (man’s self-appellation). the applied arts are characterized by the dualism of their nature be- cause they combine material and constructive aspects with aesthetics. in this paper we will look at the non-applied arts, in which the signs are non-verbal means that serve to express human thought in various forms. they are represented * corresponding author: alobodanov@inbox.ru a .p . l o b o d an o v - t h e o ri g in s o f ar t in societies by the signs of dance (the signs of man’s active behavior are the conven- tional non-verbal means of the idea of the relationship “man-man”), the signs of music (the intonations are the conventional non-verbal means of the idea of the relationship “man-universe”), the signs of images (the lines are the non-verbal means of the idea of the relationship with the space of the objective world around him). thus the non- applied arts provide knowledge of man’s existence, so he understands his position in the objective world of sounds and makes him aware of the intentions and moments of his behavior in the environment of creatures similar to himself. the nature of signs from the non-applied arts is based on imitation that endows them with ample possibility of expressing meaning, and charges them with strong spir- itual impulses. mimicry of the sign is visuality, imitation in the form that yields itself to the material of the sign. the philosophers of ancient greece interpreted this idea in a broad sense, not sim- ply re-copying it but artistically reproducing reality. thus plato treated mimesis as a kind of creation. aristotle used this word and the concept within it, in the sense of imi- tating, the result of which is an artistic reproduction of the imitated object. even today, we distinguish between the “mere imitation of existing reality” and the “infinite field of created reality”. by dint of the imitative nature of the sign thus formed, the nature of the signs of the non-applied arts is twofold: the figurative and expressive origins converge in it, con- ditioned by the values of the referents of such signs. unlike in the applied arts, where the subject coexists with its sign, as the form of the sign and as the utilitarian quality of the object itself, in the non-applied arts the position of the signs and their referents in time and space do not coincide, they are separate: the signs are placed in time and space, separately from their referents. this separation explains two fundamental characteristics of the nature of the arts in question: signs in non-applied arts can com- pletely lack the referential correlation expressed, consequently the referent of such signs is not required in relation to the object, but undoubtedly contains the thought of the object; therefore signs in the non-applied arts are symbolic; the remoteness of the referent necessarily activates the mechanisms of memory, creating the phenomenon of memorization which is conditioned and conditions the dualism of the nature of the signs in non-applied arts. we will now examine the origins of the non-applied arts, in sequence. . the origins of the non-applied arts our ancestors observed the diversity of the world around them with a watchful eye, including the animals and their uses. firstly, the variety of animals in the world re- corded in cave paintings was useful to early men as a way of studying them (before hunting a beast it was necessary to know what it looked like and what threats it might represent); the aim was one of self-preservation, to protect family members and be able to provide sustenance for them and himself. in this case, the primary function of what we call “art” is that of protection. secondly, iconographic representation served as a “visual reminder”, a visual aid to educate future generations of hunters. thirdly, an- thropomorphic images represented a means of studying and learning about where an individual’s position was in the world that surrounded them; the appearance of images c o n se r v a t io n s c ie n c e i n c u l t u r a l h e r it a g e with objects from nature, domestic life, numerological signs and symbols testify to the fact that our ancestors learned to use and handle raw materials. the initial function of images was therefore one of protection, education and cognition. let us reason further. the visual means used to express the shape of an object, the only means to create any type of image is a line. it is the line that actually makes it possible to fix the figurative content that is enclosed in the movement of the hand along the surface of the depicted object. the line has become the means to “record” and consolidate the movement simulated and repeated in the human conscience. made on a figurative surface, the line is a sign of the image, the basis of its signification that is the characteristic definition of the entire form of the object. a line is therefore the basis for figurative activity, its prime element (figure - ). figure . venus, - thousand years bc. cussac cave (grotte de cussac), dordogne, france. figure . anna akhmatova,. drawing by amedeo modigliani. . a .p . l o b o d an o v - t h e o ri g in s o f ar t the figurative image was exported to the world outside, beyond the subjective limits of individual perception. the beginning of the figurative representation of objects from the outside world appeared in the form of a new objective reality of the surrounding world, which can be defined as a secondary reality. . figurative and expressive result of the line in the process of image formation in the visual arts, defining “recorded” movement can only be done by means of a line. by transmitting and strengthening the character of the movement it has been pos- sible to express all objects in the visible world. it is conditioned by the dualism of the nature of the line itself. on the one hand, a line is obtained with a movement along the figurative surface with which either a substance or an instrument leaves a material trace of the movement on the outer surface of the other. hence, the line is the track of the movement made on the surface. we shall call this the figurative result. on the other hand, the internalized memorized movement connected with inner emotions arising from the movement on the surface of the chosen object (determined by its curvature), by moving one’s hand with a substance or an instrument that leaves a track/trail along the figurative surface, was also how early humans obtained a line, but as the track/trail of another movement that is memorized produced in the memory. a line that reproduces the thought-of movement on the surface of the object and defined as a recollection. we shall call this the expressive result. the nature of the sign of the line brings together its figurative and expressive origins. . the psychology of perception historically, the line, as a prime element of the sign, is the only reliable means of expressing, recording, preserving and later transmitting to other generations the memorized movement. everything that was common or similar in the cave paintings discovered in various regions was conditioned by the referent of the images’ signs, while everything that was different was conditioned by the style of the images produced, in which attitude was always expressed with respect to what was illustrated as the particularity of the perception of the image of the object; the modes of realizing the thought-of content in the materials conditioned them and gave rise to the stylistic efforts of ancient authors. instead, the shape of the depicted object in the cave paintings became one of the clues that guided early humans towards the idea of space in the environment that surrounded them. the shape characterized the object in its entirety, as it was a key component of the visual world. thus, the form of mimicry too, applied to the material of the signs of the image, was defined by the nature of the referents of these signs, thus by the fullness of the spatial environment and the objects around people. during the process of forming the figurative image of nature (object) in the draw- ing, sculpture, etc., the representation of the model itself (object) is necessarily corre- lated with the depicted object (modeled), given that they are perceived as two different things. but this correlation is not established between our subjective image of the ob- ject and the object itself, between the imagined reality of the drawing and the drawing c o n se r v a t io n s c ie n c e i n c u l t u r a l h e r it a g e itself, between the perception of one’s own drawing and the drawing itself. that said, it is exactly the understanding of this correlation that holds the key to the explanation of the nature of figurative art. let us examine one straightforward example. a person’s movement along any ob- stacle is subject to its geometry; they resemble it, as if carrying their own definition by following the line of movement itself. thus the principal aspect in this figurative activity, as it is the initial active process of perception, is that activating the idea of space of the objective world (object) and establishing the corresponding expressive form of the imagined reality, is: first of all, a collateral and unexpected result, early humans created the expressive form of the idea of space aspiring to a different result and generally aim- ing at utilitarian goals. a secondary and unexpected result of the activity was the image of the objective form of the hand-made animal on the surface; this fact is considered to be the beginning of the history of figurative art; secondly, stabilizing form is not done to search for methods to formally express the idea of space, but to produce utilitarian ob- jectives, created not from external visual contemplation, but from those opportunities to act provided by the object itself, from the type of possible operations which allow the individual to come into contact with the objective reality (the objective part of reality). these actions and these types of operations, “suggested” in some ways by the object itself, are defined by the dimensional properties of the object. the figurative activity initially emerges as an attempt to fix, by means of sign forma- tion in the image, actions performed in space by an individual that are connected with the outer surface of the objects to be perceived. this qualitative aspect of the surrounding world which is the idea of space, man did not and does not perceive as a separate object (of perception). in the retrospective of time when one thinks of the appearance of figurative art, it is difficult to imagine a person consciously seeking the most virtuous way to express this quality. it is more correct to assume that before the concept of space stabilized itself man, no less than other beings that moved, attempted to exploit the opportunities offered by this quality. dimensionality is primarily the ability to move in the broadest sense of the term. dimensionality enabled us then, and still enables us today, to physically change position, the point of observation, to choose a different path to go from one place to another. furthermore, aiming at utilitarian objectives, individuals moved themselves and objects too, they changed their position, took them apart, deformed them, gave them a different shape. in manipulating the objective surroundings in the same way our ancestors did thousands of years ago, modern people do not reflect on the dimen- sional aspect and size and so are unaware of the forms they persistently create without contemplating it in almost all their actions, which follow very different objectives. in other words, with representations taken from nature, two steps are covered: first, the object “initiates” the corresponding perceivable activity, with this activity subse- quently creating the subjective illustrated product, which is the idea of the shape of the object. figurative activity thus becomes a part of the psychology of perception with its spe- cial function; it is this function of the positioning of the subject in the objective activity which is transformed into the subjective product (illustrated). initially then, figurative activity takes the form of actions that are external and opera- tions with objects of perception that are external in the case of people, which are the objects found in the surrounding environment. afterwards, these operations, actions, processes are transformed into operations of inner reflection which are our inner emo- a .p . l o b o d an o v - t h e o ri g in s o f ar t tions regarding the object, the impressions left by the object (by its qualities, particularly the impressions of the curvature of the external surfaces). this is how the thought-of models of movement, connected to the illustrated model, are created. the creation of such thought patterns is the main condition of the transformation dynamics of the de- sign of the objective content (the internal phase of visual language) in the formal design, in the design of the sensitive tissue of the figurative image (the external phase of the visual language). psychology defines these phenomena with the idea of internalisation, whereas philosophy defines them with the term denomination, the creation of the word. within the field of visual perception are found primary names, whereas in the field of figurative activities are derived names composed on the basis of primary ones. this reciprocal double passage from the outside (external activity directed towards the object) to the inside (inner emotion, the impressions made by this activity) and the passage from the inside (impressions seen as the motivation for the figurative activity) to the new external action, this time however, employing tools and materials of the sign formed in the available image, creates the new external product that is the hand-made image (chirographic) of the shape of the observed object. the ‘inner product’ that has been created represents the programme for new exter- nal actions, being the basis of ideas (the design of the objective content in the creation of the image) it contains what is to be expressed in the new figurative design that has at this point, already taken on a figurative form. in other words, the design of the con- tent of the imagined reality contains within itself the expressive objective of the creation of the new formal plan. this formal design is the representation of the form of the object on the surface. this is the modelling principle in figurative activity. . the perception and reproduction of sound: the development of music early humans listened carefully to the sounds of nature: anything could represent a source of sound for them, including everything as a whole that was part of the auditory environment. in memorising what made sounds and what the sounds were, people became famil- iar with their environment, preserving with camouflaging stabilisation this experience of sound perception of the world of objects and space for their own species and their descendents. initially it was necessary to define tribal territories and protect them as well as pre- dicting a change in the weather (e.g. with the sigh, groan and whistle of the wind, the whispering of the leaves, changes in the sound pattern of birds and insects), to find reserves of water (with the lapping of the current of the river, waterfall and sea-waves), and consequently stock up on fish, birds and animals. the sounds of nature not only guided man in the macrocosm, but also in certain areas of his practical objective tasks. thanks to the analytical activity of his five senses and his mind, man shaped his knowledge of sound as a means of learning about the world. in memorising what made sounds and what the sounds were, people imitated (an intentional action) the sounds of nature, of activities that were objective and related to work, of the instinctive passages of the voice (corresponding to different moods, such as joy, sorrow, laughter, crying, etc.) in a form that endowed the material with musical signs, resulting in the figurative element of imitation. c o n se r v a t io n s c ie n c e i n c u l t u r a l h e r it a g e that said, in reproducing the sounds of objects and space from the environment that humans could hear or had heard, they then produced the sounds as echoes of remembered sounds and reproduced them from memory. the intention of imitating the involuntary passages of the voice, presumably led our ancestors to discovering the first musical means of expression and through imitation, seen as being the symbolic reproduction of the sound and musical mimesis of the object, to obtain the expressive result. it would seem that the intensity of musical sounds emerged from the intensity associated with the sounds of nature and the surrounding world; they appeared as a result of specific natural phenomena, such as the flow of water over stones, the rus- tling of the leaves in the wind, the howling of the storm, with thunder and lightning, the eruption of a volcano, birdsong, the roar of beasts, and so on. this combination of the figurative and the expressive later influenced the development of musical composition. in the early stages of anthropogenesis the individual depended upon nature for its pacifying “pleasant” manifestations, but was also influenced by those that were destructive. the frightening manifestations of the natural elements were usually ac- companied by a particular type of sound, whereas those of a reassuring, conciliatory nature were accompanied by sounds of a different kind. with imagination conditioned by the experience of retrospective sound and music, it can be assumed that the first sounds (the roar of animals, the noise of the hurricane, the storm, etc.) were of a low register and had strong dynamics, whereas others (such as the tinkling of rain droplets, the babbling of a stream, the singing of the birds, etc.), on the contrary, were of a high register and had weak dynamics. early humans distinguished, noted, and remembered the character (rhythm) and the type of movement (agogics): actions and rapid movements were accompanied and symbolised by short sharp sounds, while slower ones by long smooth fluid ones. it is known that the very first musical instru- ments which were percussion, according to their characteristics (some have a deficit in high sounds/pitch), with their actions and movements clearly marked the rhythmic pattern that served as a base and accompaniment to their dance movements and was reproduced in their musical sounds. the relationship between the sound source (the phenomenon of the world of ob- jects and space) and the sound was reproduced several times during the life of an individual and as a result, in their perception, correlations crystallised between a vari- ety of phenomena, objects and actions at the same time as various sounds; these cor- relations were of a psycho-emotional nature and not rational and reflective. emotions that were experienced and authentic and caused by different types of sound became evident and led to the appearance of emotional syntheses, which were reproduced by music in people’s movements, in dynamic development; the development of the emotional world in movements was precisely what music was in its early stages, just as it is today. the sound that was memorised, imitated and reproduced by man was perceived as a musical sound. the principles, methods and ways to construct and shape the act of movement in the emotional world later became the subject of theoretical reasoning and was consid- ered philosophically, aesthetically, ethically during the different historical and cultural eras of musical development: whether they were the ancient doctrines of number (py- thagoras), the epic and suffering (plato, aristotle) which saw the purpose of music as harmonising the external aspects of an individual’s life with his state of mind and soul, or the theory of the affections of the th and th centuries, with the “catalogue of feel- ings” (a. kircher, i. walter and others). a .p . l o b o d an o v - t h e o ri g in s o f ar t . the development of dance as an expression of the internal condition of the body through movement dance has a direct impact on people: their every move “belongs” to their body, be- cause it takes place in and by means of their body – as signs of dance. dance move- ments fulfill the inner, potential condition of the body. having by nature a high capacity of synthesis and consequently a high degree of standardisation, dance movements have always been and still are, not only a means to know the world intuitively and bodily but also a way of expressing, with the plasticity of the body, the emotional life of the person dancing, seen in the reflection of his mutual relations with other people (figure - ). figure . il girotondo – from anati e., evolution and style of the rock drawings in the valcamonica archives. vol. ., capo di ponte, figure . la danse. henri matisse – between - . c o n se r v a t io n s c ie n c e i n c u l t u r a l h e r it a g e in the history of the arts of the peoples of the world, dance as well as speech and song is realised, preserved and transmitted through natural semiosis. types of human behaviour with signs occur in natural semiosis in which, specifically with his work, he neither creates the tools for the production of the sign nor the materials of the sign, given that man has been endowed with these tools and materials by nature. after a long series of developments, dance with its characteristic of using motor muscles, was historically produced as a synthesis of plastic models of figurative and expressive behaviour, transforming the potential energy of the material of the sign into dance movements, which became evident with the passage of time in the range of lines and shapes that made up the typology of national and ethnographic material in various dance genres. the musical incarnation of the gesture created various “body intonations”, which conditioned the basic functional purpose of the sign in the emerging system of the non- applied arts and is above all the depiction of man and his behaviour in action. dance is founded on imitation: the signs of dance are created based on the cat- egory of mimesis, which on the one hand conditions the possibility of expression of the choreographic content, and on the other, the possibility to perceive and understand it. imitation in dance is not the aim but the means to express the psycho-emotional area of existence using the physical movements of the human body. in the course of creating dance signs mimesis occurs in choreographic structures with the use of the basic principles and methods of sign formation which include mor- phogenesis and composition, rhythm, meter, dynamic time-metrics, and the volume and dynamic development of stance. what does dance mimic, what does it tell us? it says nothing about the objective world. the world is not expressed through dance, whereas only action is expressed and explained, so the referent of the sign of dance is the behaviour of the person in action. plasticity provides behaviour models, the attitude of one person towards another, hence the language of dance is the behaviour of the person, while dance itself repre- sents the behavioural signs of life. as the behaviour of a person, dance occupies a considerable space in the social life of man. as is known, even chimpanzees ‘dance’, as all the animal world in general does; they do not learn dance and pantomime. what we take for ‘dance’ in the animal world, is essentially part of their coupling behaviour, a manifestation of the congenital function of the continuation of the species. our “inclination to dance” is an ethological legacy, but the fact that dance is learned is a manifestation of human socialisation – dance is an acquired behaviour. historically the education of the body involves two important aspects: the first is that dance is connected with physical education, but is not really identical because it has the characteristics of a sign while physical education does not. physical education is free plastic behaviour, while dance is plastic behaviour that has been specifically dis- sociated from the plasticity of daily existence. education of the body begins with physi- cal education, but without the objective of creating an artistic image based on imitation; secondly, education of the body is closely linked to the establishment of articulate speech. when new skills in movement (compared with animals) and coordination are developed, speech appears as the art of using part of the respiratory and digestive systems to create articulated sounds. only when a person has mastered speech is it possible to teach them to dance. so even “wild individuals”, though possessing only a .p . l o b o d an o v - t h e o ri g in s o f ar t the rudimentary skills of articulate speech, have plasticity consisting of natural symbol- ic gesticulation and movements that have been learned; this type of preliminary danc- ing belongs mainly to these movements, ritual, pantomime, ceremonial plastic actions. dance like music, has its prehistoric beginnings on the one hand, in its therapeutic value, since it organises physiological functions according to the comparison between the microcosm and the macrocosm through music and a system of methodical body movements. “dance involves harmony and measure in the soul of the observer, refin- ing one’s vision with beautiful performances, enchanting one’s hearing with beautiful sounds and presenting a magnificent scene of great physical and spiritual beauty “ writes luciano. on the other hand, dance acts as a component in rituals of magic; ritual dancing is the modelling of a certain future situation using the predicted influence on the pro- ceedings of events. thus, the dance of hunters is not only a preparation for “work”, submission of themselves, of their movements to the harmony of the world, but also the execution of actions to protect the hunter from hostile forces, which included the real danger from wild animals, as well as more superficial threats, but no less real for the hunter, from unknown forces. these more basic dances were accompanied, very simply, by the rhythmic clapping of hands and percussion sounds that formed the time- rhythm pattern of the dance. in accordance with their character, prehistoric dance was joyous, with its clearly expressed imitation it launched people into a particular psycho-physical state: “the dis- tribution of roles” was thus already necessarily present in the dance of hunters, that is to say, to ensure the contents of the rite were complete a part of the dancers had to imi- tate the steps and uses of different animals and birds, etc., the remainder on the other hand, with their plastic behaviour, represented the expected actions and deeds that were aimed at obtaining the desired result. all primitive dances are directly connected with beliefs of sympathetic magic. in the first stage, victory was procured by illustrating it in the dance preceding the fight. but during cultural development, this initially pure image was lost and what becomes evident is the demonstration of skill, strength and prowess, to which are added phallic elements and the impetus to fight and to love. consequently, warlike dances became fertility dances that warded off the enemies of growth and attracted the flourishing of agriculture; these are the dances of the an- cient cretan curetes and the roman salii priests which were performed with swords and shields, but were in essence, peaceful and bucolic. the third aspect of dance is the ritual element; so even at the time of the old tes- tament, david danced during the whole journey of the ark of the testament, from the house of aweddhar to chevron. gregory of nazianzus (c. - ) considered david’s dance “a sort of flexible graceful gait of god”. the various functions of dance were and are present in social life, changing with the passing of time and facing new stages in their development. each type of dance is related to a particular field of social activity: therapeutic dance is used in the field of psycho-physiological therapy, sacred dance is a component of religious practices, social and domestic dance form and regulate relationships between people, stage dancing exists as a kind of independent art. hence, the typical nature of the plastic motif (characteristic of the movement), in ad- dition to containing the concrete features of reality (representation), also contains evi- dence of its synthesis (expression). it is this very expressiveness that starts the dance because these plastic motifs, which are absent in normal life and reflect the inner life of c o n se r v a t io n s c ie n c e i n c u l t u r a l h e r it a g e man, form typified artificial movements. this is when the dynamics of emotions, differ- ent from the dynamics of movement, come into play. it is the emotional aspect that is the basis for the mechanism that influences dancing; given this fact, emotions too are used as a basis, thanks to which movements acquire a conventional nature. in the history of the cultures of the world, the sense of dance and its functions are not limited by the indicated types of organised movements performed by one individual or a group of people. from a historical perspective, dancing for example, helped in the formation of the military army and the greek phalanx, characterised in the first place by parallel deployment and secondly by the regular set of the shoulders and legs of the soldiers in each line. later on, dance becomes increasingly differentiated according to its function: the different types of dance separate, branching off into medicine (or physical), liturgy, folk- lore (or popular), and domestic or scenographic fields. with the passage of time, the last two differ considerably, due to the development of kinematics and consequently to the complexity of objectives, methods and modes of plastic expression. the field of folkloristic and popular dance also becomes more specialised, including stage danc- ing, its main themes becoming “matrimonial”, at the same time however, reinforcing dance methods as an affirmation of good conduct (one should behave well), a fact which involves extending the functional purpose of the sign, as well as the use of dance, acting as a moral impact on individuals. biographical notes aleksandre lobodanov was born in moscow on september , . he gradu- ated in in romance linguistics at the faculty of humanities at moscow university (lomonosov). he is professor of history of the italian language ( ), chair of semiot- ics and general theory of art at the same university ( ), founder and currently dean of the faculty of arts at the same university ( ). he is author of monographs on problems relating to romance, slavic-romance linguistics, history and theory of art, art semiotics. he has published more than articles in various languages in italy, germany, belgium, the usa, china, lebanon. he is a member of the association for the history of the italian language ( , florence) and has given lectures on issues relating to grammar, art history and art semiotics in various universities in rome, flor- ence, bologna, pisa, berlin, new york, prague, belgrade, beijing, beirut and other countries. riha journal | april adolf sandoz, an orientalist painter in algeria agata wójcik polish version available at: / wersja polska dostępna pod adresem: http://www.riha- journal.org/articles/ / -wojcik-pl (riha journal ) abstract adolf karol sandoz was a th-century polish artist who spent his life and developed his artistic career in france. in paris, he studied painting and architecture, and worked as a professional illustrator. he can also be linked with a circle of artist-travellers, who searched for new sources of inspiration in the orient. in and , sandoz travelled in algeria. he described his impressions from the first journey in vividly written memoires published by the krakow journal czas. his travels inspired several genre paintings, including: interior of a house in biskra, dancer from the uled nail tribe, arab woman by a cradle, morning in the sahara, evening in the sahara, oasis, on the oued riverbank at el kantara oasis, and sheik mistress of el kantara. at present, his works emerge at art auctions, are known from reproductions, or only from descriptions. sandoz exhibited in paris, warsaw, krakow, and lviv, where he was appreciated by art critics. the aim of this article is to introduce sandoz’s journey to algeria, analyse his paintings with exotic subject matter, and locate them within a wider context of orientalist painting. it will also present the history of artistic travel to algeria undertaken by th-century painters, including those from poland. contents introduction painters in algeria in the th century polish painters in algeria in the th and early th century adolf sandoz's travels to algeria adolf sandoz's paintings from algeria adolf sandoz's work from algeria and orientalist painting of the second half of the th century introduction [ ] in the early s, critics visiting exhibitions in krakow, lviv, and warsaw noted with interest works presenting scenes from the life of inhabitants of north africa. these seemed interesting both for their subject matter, as well as for their form. curiosity was also raised by their author, adolf karol sandoz (fig. ), a riha journal | april promising young artist, about whom it was said in poland that he was equally talented as a painter, an architect, and a musician. the paintings exhibited were results of sandoz's recent travels to algeria. the painter achieved additional publicity for his works by publishing descriptions of them as well as excerpts of his vividly written travel journals, in which he insisted that his journey to africa was "a magical journey to the land of sun and colours […] which outran anything i could have imagined. it seems to me those were the most beautiful days of my life". photograph of adolf sandoz (b. ), th quarter of the th century (reprod. from: emmanuel swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie – , kraków ) [ ] at present, sandoz's oriental works are in private collections and are known only from reproductions or descriptions, for which reason their author is rarely included in studies on polish and european orientalist painting. the aim of this text is to present the history of the discovery of algeria by painters and to introduce sandoz's journey, to conduct analysis of his paintings with exotic subject matter adolf sandoz (b. ) came from podolia and was educated in switzerland. later, he went to paris, where, since , he studied architecture at the École des beaux-arts de paris. his graduation work involved a project of the building of the academy of sciences in paris. he also studied painting under the supervision of jules Élie delaunay and puvis de chavannes. he travelled around germany, austria, and italy. finally, he settled in paris, where he worked as an illustrator. cf. "adolf karol sandoz", in: polski słownik biograficzny, wrocław, warszawa and kraków , vol. , n. , . "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . riha journal | april and confront them with works by other orientalist artists, and, finally, to locate sandoz's works in the wider context of orientalist painting in the second half of the th century. painters in algeria in the th century [ ] until , for europeans algeria was an overseas land full of mysteries and fairy-tales. it was “discovered” only after the conquest by the king of france, charles x. this event opened it for painters seeking exotic inspirations. the very first military excursions were accompanied by artists. a team of draughtsmen was commissioned to create records of the conquest, depict the topography of the land, the movements and clashes between the two armies as well as portraits of the commanders. the group of draughtsmen-chroniclers included: théodore jung, gaspard gobaut, pierre julien gilbert, jean antoine théodore gudin, antoine léon morel-fatio, and eugène isabey. in , the painter adrien dauzats followed the army of the prince ferdinand-philippe d’orleans to algeria. the goal of this excursion was to pacify the province of constantine, while its route went from oran to algiers. artistic results of this journey included dauzats' watercolours of the army's passage through a mountain pass called the iron gates. the artist displayed his works from algeria in at the paris salon. they also illustrated the journal de l’expédition des portes de fer by charles nodier, who also accompanied the expedition. [ ] dramatic war events in algeria became an impulse for presenting contemporary history in a sublime form. the conquest of north africa became one of the leading propaganda motifs used by king louis philippe i. the ruler engaged famous artists to produce a series of battle scenes from french history intended for display at versailles. pictures of the struggle in africa adorned the room of constantine. they were made by horace vernet, who visited algeria in , , and also later in the s. an important moment in the campaign in algeria, which broke resistance, came with the prince d'aumale's capture of the french's vehement opponent abd al-qadir. this event was depicted by vernet in a gigantic, over twenty metres large canvas. battle scenes from the conquest of algeria also featured in works by french painters of the early th century (denis auguste raffet, hippolyte bellangé, henri félix emmanuel philippoteaux, alphonse chigot, jules monge, Édouard detaille). Élisabeth cazenave, les artistes de l'algérie. dictionnaire des peintres, sculpteurs, graveurs, – , paris , - ; marion vidal-bué, ed., les peintres de l'autre rive. alger - , ex. cat., marseille , ; marion vidal-bué, l'algérie des peintres. – , paris , . gérard-georges lemaire, the orient in western art, paris , ; lynne thornton, the orientalists. painter-travellers, paris , ; vidal-bué, l'algérie des peintres, . riha journal | april [ ] for artists, algeria became a new territory of exotic exploration, an oriental land filled with mystery and mysticism as well as a repository of irrational wisdom and reconciled contradictions. such image of the orient can explain the painters' interest in islam and muslim religious rituals – prayers, pilgrimages to mecca etc. the orient is also a space located as if beyond the real world, outside moral norms. hence, on the other hand, the artists' fascination with the vast desert landscape, as well as their frequent depictions of harems, invested with eroticism and violence. the east is also a space for a cognitive journey, an element of cultural education, a stage in an artistic journey – yet another step made by painters after visiting classical italy. the east is a synonym of internal experience, a space of exploration of unknown aspects of the human psyche and its dark side. those explorations were facilitated by “eastern poisons” – opium and hashish – offering new sensations and experiences. the east stands also for picturesque decadence, “a sinking world”, for such negative reading can be found in compositions featuring declining ruins of ancient civilisations, scenes of the slave trade or slaughter. artists presenting battle scenes from the history of oriental countries tended to see the east as a picturesque stage of wars and political struggles, a background for romantic epic. an encounter with the orient – opening up a variety of thematic possibilities – pushed artists to take up formal experiments. [ ] in the first half of the th century, algeria was visited by several major romantic painters – eugène delacroix, théodore chassériau, and eugène fromentin. their works and memoirs popularised the image of algeria as a land full of fairy-tale harems, sun-scorched landscapes, and oriental horsemen. in the years to follow, algeria was visited by a vast number of orientalist painters who represented a variety of tendencies, including the romantics, realists, as well as impressionists. artists were attracted by the remnants of ancient cultures, picturesque cityscapes, phenomenal desert landscapes, intense light and saturated colours, as well as the inhabitants of algeria, their clothing, daily life, and customs. french artists dominated this group, to mention such figures as théodore frère, charles de tournemine, fabius brest, georges washington, narcisse berchère, charles landelle, paul leroy, auguste renoir, and jean-léon gérôme. travelling to algeria was made possible by scholarship programmes; this kind of support, received in , brought to algeria Étienne dinet, to give one example. apart from the french, algeria was also visited by english artists (william wyld, barbara bodichon, frederick leighton, arthur melville), americans cazenave, les artistes de l'algérie, - , ; christine peltre, orientalism in art, new york , , ; vidal-bué, l'algérie des peintres, . maria piwińska, "orientalizm", in: słownik literatury polskiej xix wieku, ed. józef bachórz and alina kowalczykowa, wrocław , - . cazenave, les artistes de l'algérie, . riha journal | april (frederick arthur bridgman, addison thomas millar, edwin lord week), often students of the french masters fascinated with travelling and oriental subject matter (jean-léon gérôme, jean-joseph benjamin-constant, gustave boulanger), as well as germans, belgians, swiss, and italians. [ ] from a land untouched by western civilisation algeria soon changed in many locations into a resort, where winter months could be comfortably passed in a mild climate. tourists from all around europe came to the ports in philippeville (today skikda), bougie (today béjaïa) and bône (today annaba) to take horses and then the train to biskra. there, hotels offered western standards as well as restaurants, cafes, and even casinos, often erected and decorated in mauritanian style. the most important tourist attractions were described in guides to africa and travel journals, for instance lady herbert's l’algérie contemporaine illustrée ( ) or albert s. gubb's from cloud to sunshine. notes on algiers and algeria as a winter resort ( s). many painters coming to algeria spent their time in luxurious conditions; for instance charles landelle and paul leroy lived in a villa in biskra and organised trips to nearby oases. algeria saw the rapid emergence of a local art scene. in the s, first painting exhibitions were organised, and in , the first university-level art school was opened. [ ] an approach slightly different from that of painters who came as tourists was manifested by realists, who sought a faithful depiction of the life of the local inhabitants of algeria and encounters with an authentic culture barely touched by colonisation. for this purpose, they often travelled to the south of the country. this group included painters such as gustave guillaumet, paul delamain, adolf schreyer, henri rousseau, félix ziem, and Étienne dinet. an important example is guillaumet who first travelled to algeria in to go back for nine or ten more times. in the s, he exhibited in paris desert landscapes full of colour contrasts and chiaroscuro effects as, e. g., evening prayer in the sahara ( ) and the desert ( ). in the s, by travelling to algeria, guillaumet attempted to escape western civilisation – he travelled to the most remote places and was interested in locations such as bou-saâda (today bu sa’ada), el kantara or laghouat (today al-aghwat). at the time, he started painting naturalist scenes with women carrying water, horsemen, camels, wild dogs, etc. guillaumet recorded his memories from algeria in a series of texts entitled “tableaux algériens”, published in la nouvelle revue ( – ). vidal-bué, les peintres de l'autre rive, ; vidal-bué, l'algérie des peintres, . villebrun, l'appel du désert, - . vidal-bué, les peintres de l'autre rive, . vidal-bué, l'algérie des peintres, . thornton, the orientalists. painter-travellers, - . riha journal | april [ ] however, an artist who tied his life most closely to algeria, its inhabitants, culture and religion, was Étienne dinet. he visited algeria for the first time in . eventually, in , after several travels, he settled permanently in the bou- saâda oasis. he had learnt arabic some time earlier, and in he became a muslim. in , he made a pilgrimage to mecca and received the name of hadj nasr ed dine dini. at the same time, he was an active member of the art scene of paris and algeria. his paintings reveal his fascination with intense light and africa's vivid colours. his thorough knowledge of the country helped him capture moments of happiness, sadness and reverie of the inhabitants of algeria. dinet published also several books illustrated with his work, including antar ( ), mirages ( ), el fiafi oua el kifar, ou le désert ( ). polish painters in algeria in the th and early th century [ ] the first polish artist-travellers came to algeria as late as the second half of the th century. before that time, echoes of the conquest of algeria could be found in works by polish artists such as january suchodolski (poles in the french foreign legion in algiers reading a letter from their homeland, ) and piotr michałowski (clash between french infantry and arab cavalry – episode from the war in algeria, – ). perhaps under the influence of a journey to algeria, the amateur painter karol cybulski made his morning in algeria and evening in algeria, exhibited in at the krakow society of friends of fine arts. another polish painter-traveller emerges as late as twenty years later. in , walery brochocki, who had arrived in paris a year earlier, went to algeria, where, commissioned by the society for colonisation, he was to paint panoramas. this journey resulted in a painting titled view from tipaza in africa. perhaps it is identical with a landscape reproduced in a publication on the climate of algeria in . villebrun, l'appel du désert, - ; thornton, the orientalists. painter-travellers, - ; de delacroix à renoir. l'algérie des peintres, ed. stéphane guégan, exh. cat., paris , - . denise brahimi and koudir benchikou, Étienne dinet, paris . orientalizm w malarstwie, rysunku i grafice w polsce w xix i . połowie xx wieku, eds. anna kozak and tadeusz majda, exh. cat., warsaw , , , . swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie - , kraków , . janusz derwojed, "walery brochocki", in: słownik artystów polskich i obcych w polsce działających, vol. , wrocław , - . swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie – , . edward landowski, l’algérie au point de vue climato-thérapique dans les affections consomptives, paris , , . riha journal | april [ ] a painter from warsaw, julian maszyński, spent the turn of the year and in algeria. after his return, he exhibited works with oriental subject matter, such as: lion/marabou, final news, animal dealer in algiers, arab woman, praying arab, algerian shoemaker, and street in algiers. his lion/marabou was particularly well received. for this painting, maszyński received the second prize in a competition organised by the society of friends of fine arts. the work was reproduced in tygodnik ilustrowany and accompanied by maszyński's commentary where he discussed the significance of lions, venerated in algeria, and marabous, that is, scholars of quran capable of taming lions. [ ] around , algeria was visited by the painter and sculptor wincenty trojanowski. this journey resulted in paintings exhibited at the krakow society of friends of fine arts in (arab girl, arab street in algiers) and (inside a seraglio, in the desert) and at the warsaw society of friends of fine arts in (arab) and (dervish). oriental subject matter featured also in trojanowski's sculptures. in , trojanowski exhibited in krakow his praying dervish and oriental type, while his bust of a dervish was shown at the warsaw zachęta the previous year. [ ] in , wacław pawliszak visited algeria during his grand oriental tour. yet his route is not known in details. few pieces of information in the press suggest that in october that year "pawliszak, who left for algiers several weeks ago, is now working there on landscapes of the areas around oran, constantine, and blida". a month later he was already in morocco. algeria has possibly inspired works such as from algiers and in the desert. [ ] in the early th century, algeria was visited by alfred wierusz-kowalski. remarks in the press suggest that on february , the painter "left for africa “wiadomości bieżące”, in: kurier warszawski b ( ), . janina wiercińska, katalog prac wystawionych w towarzystwie zachęty sztuk pięknych w warszawie w latach – , wrocław , - . juliusz maszyński, "lew marabut", in: wędrowiec ( ), - . swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie – , , . wiercińska, katalog prac wystawionych w towarzystwie zachęty sztuk pięknych w warszawie w latach – , . swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie – , ; wiercińska, katalog prac wystawionych w towarzystwie zachęty sztuk pięknych w warszawie w latach – , . "silva rerum", in: tygodnik ilustrowany ( ), . "silva rerum", in: tygodnik ilustrowany ( ), . joanna białynicka-birula, "wacław pawliszak", in: słownik artystów polskich i obcych w polsce działających, vol. , warsaw , . riha journal | april for a long time". yet his journey did not take long, for on april the kurier warszawski reported that the painter had come back to warsaw. only several years after his travels, exhibitions in munich, warsaw and krakow included kowalski-wierusz's paintings with oriental subject matter, ex. g. street scene at the el-wad oasis in the sahara (displayed in at the glaspalast in munich), by a well in the atlas mountains. algiers and hunting with falcons. algiers (displayed in in warsaw and krakow). [ ] algeria was also extensively explored by the st. petersburg-based painter and avid traveller jan ciągliński. in , he travelled in the sahara desert and visited biskra, among other places. his works from this journey are kept in the national museum in krakow. this long, yet incomplete list of polish travelling artists is closed by adam styka, who in , during his studies in paris, went to algiers and tunis. thanks to this journey, he painted orientalist, a work with which he debuted at the salon. in the years to follow, styka specialised in oriental scenes, which he exhibited at the paris salons and at exhibitions of the society of orientalist painters in paris. he received a scholarship that allowed him further travels in north africa. adolf sandoz's travels to algeria [ ] detailed information about adolf sandoz's first journey to algeria can be found in excerpts from his letters published in the krakow-based magazine czas. most probably, those were memoirs rather than letters, which sandoz edited into letter form. sandoz presents his impressions from his travels with much literary talent and expression. for that reason, the polish artist can be counted among orientalist painters who were also skilled writers. apart from the already mentioned fromentin (who published un été dans le sahara, and une année dans le sahel, ), guillaumet and dinet, this group included also narcisse berchère (le désert de suez, ) and frederick arthur bridgman (winters in algeria, ). eliza ptaszyńska, alfred wierusz-kowalski, - , warsaw , , . ptaszyńska, alfred wierusz-kowalski, ; wiercińska, katalog prac wystawionych w towarzystwie zachęty sztuk pięknych w warszawie w latach - , ; sprawozdanie dyrekcyi towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie z czynności za rok , kraków , . kozak and majda, orientalizm w malarstwie, rysunku i grafice w polsce w xix i . połowie xx wieku, , . kozak and majda, orientalizm w malarstwie, rysunku i grafice w polsce w xix i . połowie xx wieku, . villebrun, l'appel du désert, . riha journal | april [ ] sandoz departed from paris in the evening of february , , arriving in marseilles the following day. the same day he boarded a ship destined for philippeville. his trip was uneventful and lasted only one day and two nights. on march , sandoz put his feet on the african soil. he took a train from philippeville to constantine. next, he took a horse carriage to balha. this part of the trip took fourteen hours and was particularly tiring. the route took him across hilly terrain, at that time of the year still covered with snow, which the artist recorded with much surprise. still travelling with the postal carriage, he went from balha towards el kantara gorge. only then he saw the face of africa that he expected and admired: "shadow-casting palm trees, gigantic cacti, and blooming fig trees". he encountered inhabitants of an oasis, who threw flowers into his carriage, and he noted arab women, who glanced curiously at the travellers. sandoz wrote: "i forgot about my fatigue, about four sleepless nights, for my soul was filled with delight at this sight". [ ] he reached biskra, his destination, on march . he stayed there for two months. biskra was an oasis particularly often visited by artists. the town had a french regiment, whose officers eagerly hosted painters. the list of painters who worked there includes fromentin, gustave guillaumet, charles landelle, leroy, maurice bompard, henri matisse, and maurice denis. after the construction of train lines in , biskra became an european-style tourist location, providing a convenient starting point for tourists visiting the sahara desert. sandoz spent all his days in biskra, painting in plain-air. he took with him a young black servant named ahmed. he favoured painting in an old turkish fort called old biskra. this place was also a favourite among other artists (e.g. frederick leighton, gabriel ferrier). [ ] sandoz made a horse trip from biskra to the oases of ziban accompanying a caravan. he had a chance to visit the oases of lichana, zatscha, foughala, el abadia, el bordj, sheima and sidi okba. those excursions offered him new experiences. he learnt new customs and experienced living in a tent. on the way back, his caravan was hit by a sand storm, a so-called samum. it made a great impression on the painter, who described his experience as follows: suddenly, it gets dark, the sand makes it impossible to see further than two steps ahead, one is blinded, the eyes are filled with sand […]. the hair and clothes are filled with sand. one has to lie down on the sand and is unable to find one‘s companions, the only thing left is to trust your horse will find the way. "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . vidal-bué, l'algérie du sud et ses peintres. - , paris , - ; villebrun, l'appel du désert, - . "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . riha journal | april sandoz noted also powerful emotional sensations. he was fascinated with the variety of landscape, clothing, and people's physiognomy. he wrote: each step you take in the wilderness or in an oasis, a new view occurs, always poetic, sometimes even varied: types, people, clothing, animals, tents, buildings – everything is characteristic, everything attracts the painter's brush and calls to his imagination so to speak. the painter admired the intensity of light in africa. he wrote that "the wonderful daylight in the sky with no single cloud" made him exclaim: "what a country! this is paradise for painters". the artist's attention was captured especially by the arabs' attires. men wore white burnous and turbans, while women wore draped fabrics in blue or white-red, fastened with pins. there were belts in bright colours around their waists, while married women would have woollen braids on their heads, in black, red, and blue. the painter was also interested in the clothing, jewellery, and make-up of women from the zuled tribe. he wrote about it: "i have just started several sketches, but how should i describe all those gauds, jewels, embroideries, and those tattooed and red painted faces, hands painted with ochre and nails covered in colourful varnish". [ ] sandoz left biskra on may . on his way, he stopped in constantine, where he did not paint, but followed his other passion – playing the violin. because of bad weather, his return voyage across the mediterranean took a week; the ship had to stop in sardinia. [ ] after his first journey to algeria, the painter grew a passion for travelling, and in the first weeks of he departed for africa again. he stayed longer at the el kantara oasis, called the gate to the desert. he was hosted by a local sheik. the precipitous slopes of the gorge where the oasis is located and the picturesque river banks covered with oriental vegetation attracted numerous artists in the th century. el kantara was visited and portrayed by leroy, guillaumet, washington, karl girardet, landelle, bridgman and others. unfortunately, sandoz did not leave any records of this journey that could provide an interesting commentary on his work. "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . "kronika", in: gazeta lwowska ( ), . vidal-bué, l'algérie du sud et ses peintres, - . riha journal | april adolf sandoz's paintings from algeria [ ] sandoz presented works featuring algeria in poland in . at the lviv society of friends of fine arts he presented interior of a house in biskra (also known as interior of a saharan hut; fig. ) and dancer from the uled nail tribe. the former had already been exhibited at the paris salon the same year. at the krakow society of friends of fine arts sandoz made his debut with these paintings as well as with arab woman by a cradle (fig. ), morning in the sahara and evening in the sahara. the two latter works were also exhibited a year later at the warsaw krywult's salon. interior of a house in biskra (fig. ) and dancer from the uled nail tribe were also presented to the warsaw public in at ungier's salon. sandoz displayed artistic results of his second exotic excursion in the following year at the society of friends of fine arts in lviv and in krakow. the public could see: on the oued riverbank at el kantara oasis (fig. ), sheik mistress of el kantara (fig. ), spinner on a terrace, highlander woman from auris. sandoz came back to krakow's society of friends of fine arts in when he presented caravan of camels in the sahara (fig. ). at the exhibition of contemporary art in lviv in he showed his work the saharan woman. this painting was probably arab woman by a cradle (fig. ). apart from the works displayed in poland, well-known are also other works by sandoz with algerian subject matter, such as oasis ( ) and arab woman from el kantara ( ; fig. ). property of the lviv gallery of art. explication des ouvrages de peinture, sculpture, architecture, gravure, et lithographie des artistes vivants, paris , . swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie – , ; gazeta lwowska ( ), . swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie - , . treść obrazów adolfa sandoza podolanina z podróży artystycznej po afryce, odbytej w r. . wystawione w salonie szt. piękn. j. ungra w warszawie, warsaw . swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie – , . swieykowski, pamiętnik towarzystwa przyjaciół sztuk pięknych w krakowie – , . katalog wystawy sztuki współczesnej, lwów , . riha journal | april adolf sandoz, sheik mistress of el kantara, (reprod. from tygodnik ilustrowany [ ], ) adolf sandoz, arab woman from el kantara, (reprod. from tygodnik ilustrowany [ ], ) riha journal | april adolf sandoz, interior of a house in biskra, (reprod. from: tygodnik ilustrowany [ ], ) [ ] a closer look at sandoz's paintings of algeria reveals that he chose several popular motifs present also in the works of other painter-travellers fascinated with north africa. he described interior of a house in biskra (fig. ), presented in paris and later also in poland, in the following fashion: the painting shows an interior of a house painted from nature, a room supported by four columns roughly hewn from palm trees, resembling with its structure a roman atrium. it is a common room that serves as a kitchen, a room for work, as well as for hosting guests. several low doors lead to other parts of the building. the light falls through an opening in the ceiling […]. this allows for the smoke to escape, which makes the ceiling black with soot. the room is occupied by an arab family: the man is idle, slumbering, sits leaning on one of the pillars in a white burnous that covers him completely. deeper inside, next the chimney three women are seated, one of them spinning wool, another killing flies with a palm, the third idle. another woman standing in the centre of the painting is also spinning. in the foreground, a small girl is playing with black goats. the interior of an arab house, apart from being an interesting topic for genre painting, offered a possibility of producing intriguing formal effects. the artist contrasted the shadow-cast interior with flickers of light falling through the opening in the roof. thus he emphasised colours and details of the arab clothing. other orientalist painters also took up the subject matter of algerian interiors. bridgman painted an interior in biskra ( ), while landalle a scene from arabs' life – weavers in biskra ( ). however, closest to sandoz's work, both in terms of form as well as subject matter, are paintings by guillaumet included in the treść obrazów adolfa sandoza podolanina z podróży artystycznej po afryce, - . riha journal | april collection of the musée d’orsay among others, depicting scenes inside a house at bou saâda or biskra. they contain the same amount of realism and intimacy captured by the artist in situ. [ ] sandoz also chose a quiet interior of an arab home as a scene for his arab woman by a cradle (saharan woman). this work is known from a reproduction in an exhibition catalogue from (fig. ). a young woman is sitting on carpets spread on the floor, dressed in an attire typical for people of the region, one that sandoz took such liking to – a draped vesture fastened with pins. as a married woman she wears braids made of wool covered with a light veil, while her picturesque clothes are complemented with jewellery. the arab woman is nursing a child sleeping in a cradle suspended from the ceiling. sandoz addressed here the always popular subject of motherhood, originating from the iconography of the virgin mary, as well as saint anne, translated however into oriental reality. the topic of motherhood was also addressed by orientalist painters such as chassériau, jean-baptiste huysmans, leroy and landelle. a figure of a seated algerian girl in traditional clothing, looking ahead in a melancholy pose, can be found in louis ernest barrias' sculpture adorning guillaumet's tomb at montparnasse cemetery. adolf sandoz, arab woman by a cradle, (reprod. from: katalog wystawy sztuki współczesnej, lviv , ) katalog wystawy sztuki współczesnej, lwów , . vidal-bué, l'algérie des peintres, - . riha journal | april [ ] during his first journey to algeria sandoz made a painting titled dancer from the uled nail tribe. at present, neither the location nor reproduction of this work are known. therefore, its form and content need to be deduced from a description in the catalogue of unger's salon: judging from the dancer, women from that tribe are characterised by richness of costume and beauty. the painting shows one of them dancing on an oriental carpet. her open arms hold the folds of a white dress with small fingers. a large turban on her head, with a long haik or veil, reaching her feet, gold chains cover the headpiece made of plaits of red and blue wool. her coral necklace has silver adornments, clasps and earrings are also silver, of significant size. the dancer's face is typically arabic, white with distinct deep-set eyes and painted eyelashes and brows. in the background, on her left-hand side, there is a group of musicians, on the right, an arab man smoking tobacco and two women, one of whom is playing with a gazelle, another is daydreaming leaning on a red curtain which covers the room from sunlight that pierces it and gives it the colour of flames […] the depicted dance is characterised by a distinct movement of the figure who moves barefoot on the carpet as if she was sliding on the floor. the scene was depicted in the sidi okba oasis. women from the ouled naïl tribe came from the south of the country and often worked as dancers and prostitutes. while staying in larger cities they lived in specially reserved districts or streets. after making money for a dowry, they returned to their native region, where they enjoyed respect and got married. european artists viewed them as biblical courtesans, embodiment of oriental voluptuous beauty and eastern sensuality. painters created images of the ouled naïl dancers resembling fantastic opera singers (georges clairin), they showed them swirling in dance (rousseau, jules van biesbroeck) or dancing during the feast of the night, m’bita (etienne dinet, maurice potter), or they painted their portraits emphasising their large, dark eyes and sumptuous jewellery (landelle, eugène deshayes). [ ] sandoz's paintings morning in the sahara and evening in the sahara were described as "two small and modest views of african nature, which nevertheless attracted popular attention". the press noted that: in the morning, a group of arab nomads is making its meal, before they move on with their journey, while the smoke rises vertically upwards, proving complete calmness of the air. the smoke is so light that it seems it would float away any treść obrazów adolfa sandoza podolanina z podróży artystycznej po afryce, - . vidal-bué, l'algérie des peintres, , , ; villebrun, l'appel du désert, , ; vidal- bué, l'algérie du sud et ses peintres, - . "przegląd sztuk pięknych", in: tygodnik ilustrowany ( ), . riha journal | april minute, disperse, and reveal again a distinct shape of the rocks that close the horizon. this painting is most probably a work described at a more recent antiquities’ auction under the incorrect title prayer at sunset ( ). for the pendant of the morning in the sahara, though, the lost painting entitled evening in the sahara, researchers must rely exclusively on its description. the tygodnik ilustrowany wrote: in the evening, wild goats are grazing among the green plants of the oasis, with sun-scorched rocks around them, with colours and nature resembling the others. here and there, the sky stretching above them with no sign of clouds, ruthless, somewhat dim, seemingly panting with heat and bearing distinct characteristics of tropical zones. morning in the sahara shows more than a camp of arabs preparing a meal. the group of muslims in the foreground is occupied with morning prayer. behind them, there is a tent, with more groups of nomads in the distance, camels, and horses. a mountain landscape is in the background. the painter divided the composition into two contrasting zones. the bottom one is dominated by dim grey and beige juxtaposed with intense blue, pink, and orange of the morning light cast onto the mountains. the topic of muslim prayers, mystical concentration, and contact with the absolute fascinated the majority of orientalist painters. among those interested in algeria it was taken up by bompard, dinet and van biesbroeck, among others. nineteenth century artists depicted prayers in mosques or on the roofs of houses, yet scenes of prayer in the remote desert brought a more powerful message, for they allowed for a juxtaposition of religious focus with the absolute of nature while playing on the effusion of colours of the sunrise and sunset. apart from sandoz, prayers in the desert in algeria were painted by guillaumet (evening prayer in the sahara, ) and girardet (prayer in the desert). [ ] sandoz's impressions from his second stay in algeria at the el kantara oasis found their expression in the painting on the oued riverbank at el kantara oasis, known from a reproduction (fig. ). "przegląd sztuk pięknych", in:tygodnik ilustrowany ( ), . http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/lot/adolf-karol-sandoz-prayer-at-sunset-outside- -details.aspx?from=searchresults&pos= &intobjectid= &sid= - cffb- -b f - fccc dc (accessed april ). "przegląd sztuk pięknych", in: tygodnik ilustrowany ( ), . vidal-bué, l'algérie du sud et ses peintres, - . http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/lot/adolf-karol-sandoz-prayer-at-sunset-outside- -details.aspx?from=searchresults&pos= &intobjectid= &sid= -cffb- -b f - fccc dc http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/lot/adolf-karol-sandoz-prayer-at-sunset-outside- -details.aspx?from=searchresults&pos= &intobjectid= &sid= -cffb- -b f - fccc dc http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/lot/adolf-karol-sandoz-prayer-at-sunset-outside- -details.aspx?from=searchresults&pos= &intobjectid= &sid= -cffb- -b f - fccc dc riha journal | april adolf sandoz, on the oued riverbank at el kantara oasis, (reprod. from: tygodnik ilustrowany [ ], ) the painter showed women and girls from the family of the sheik of el kantara washing clothes on the river bank. women are wearing traditional clothing and rich abundant jewellery. sandoz depicted them in various poses – leaning over the water, carrying the washing, talking, hanging the fabrics. very clear is his fascination with the grace and picturesque quality of the algerian women's clothing and beauty. the landscape of el kantara is seen in the background – its rocky banks covered with palm trees. water, the miracle emerging in the midst of the desert, concentrated all life – this is where people would find their water, bathe, and wash their clothes. those daily chores, performed by arab women, attracted the attention of painters travelling to algeria: women washing on the river bank were also depicted by dinet, jules taupin and francisque noailly. [ ] in th-century painting, images of caravans amounted to symbols of the desert. in algeria, they were painted by william wyld, jules-Édouard magy, fromentin, victor pierre huguet, gustavo simoni, emile bertrand, washington, and ziem, among others. perhaps it was during his second stay in algeria when sandoz created a watercolour titled caravan of camels in the sahara (fig. ). vidal-bué, l'algérie du sud et ses peintres, - . vidal-bué, l'algérie du sud et ses peintres, - . riha journal | april adolf sandoz, caravan of camels in the sahara, (reprod. from: kłosy [ ], ) this work was reproduced in kłosy magazine, accompanied by the painter's interesting recollections in which he explained the scene taking place in the desert. sandoz had an unexpected encounter with a caravan near biskra. he described this event in the following fashion: i was coming back from the desert with my companion, carrying my painting equipment; both tired, we plodded along on the sand, repeatedly stopping to look with emotion on this amazing landscape and admire breathtaking views. suddenly, we heard a thud resounding deep in the mountains, spreading over the desert like thunder from the distance. in this uninhabited land one gets so used to silence that this rising noise filled us with uncontrolled terror. […] trembling a little, we ran towards the mountains […]. quickly, we reached segia […]. we saw a caravan emerging from beyond the sandy hills […]. the caravan consisted of four hundred camels, making it an orchestra of four hundred double basses with occasional high-pitched shrieks of cameleers and thrusts of their sticks. […] cameleers often sing throughout the entire journey, while the leading camel announces each smallest obstacle with a grim roar, while all the other animals repeat his signal. this horrifying bellow […] fills one with irresistible terror. the caravan was led by a white camel of the mearis breed, carrying a richly adorned, tightly closed sedan with […] a wife for the sheik of touggourt […]. it was followed by other camels with packages and sacks laden with the bride's riches. the caravan stopped for the night in the vicinity of biskra. at night, the white camel died. the next day, sandoz observed the caravan's departure and most probably this was the moment he depicted in his watercolour. sandoz's work can be compared with other representations of caravans majestically travelling across the sun-scorched vastness of the algerian desert (e.g. paul lazerges, caravan near biskra, ). yet, sandoz's work finds its closest artistic counterpart in léon adolf sandoz, "karawana wielbłądów w saharze", in: kłosy ( ), . riha journal | april belly’s masterpiece pilgrims going to mecca ( ). perhaps in his placing a dead camel in the foreground, sandoz was inspired with guillaumet's desert ( ), a poignant and symbolic image of a dead camel shown on the background of the desert. adolf sandoz's work from algeria and orientalist painting of the second half of the th century [ ] contrary to the conventional aesthetic interpretation of orientalist artworks – as exemplified by the exhibition catalogue orientalism. the near east in french painting, – published in – linda nochlin, in an article in , set a new direction for research on orientalism in th-century painting. the author followed a mode of interpretation set forth by edward said and emphasised the need for a critical analysis of such paintings. according to nochlin, many painters had adopted the western view on oriental lands that vindicated the imperialist expansion of european states to the east and to the south. in this perspective, inhabitants of the islamic lands were depicted as passive, dormant, idle and promiscuous and their rulers as cruel and not bound by laws, constituting a complete opposite of the europeans. this theory found its confirmation in the analysis of paintings by jean-léon gérôme – the snake charmer, turkish bath, and the slave market. the new perspective allowed for reading scenes of harems, oriental baths, slaughters, slave markets, and other oriental dramas as expressions of europeans' repressed erotic fantasies, emanations of perverse stereotypes of the orient, and attempts at the west's domination over the east. [ ] nochlin's theses were criticised by john mackenzie. the latter sought to prove that motivations of artists who took up oriental subject matter were more ambiguous and complex. citing historical sources, mackenzie argued that there was no correlation between the development of orientalism in painting and imperialist policies of england and france. he also concluded that the representation of the inhabitants of the orient as cruel or promiscuous, far from an attempt to define them through stereotypes, was meant as an escape from the contaminated culture of industrial europe through embracing primeval ideals and truths. orientalism. the near east in french painting, – , ed. donald a. rosenthal, exh. cat., rochester/new york ; edward said, orientalism, new york ; linda nochlin, "the imaginary orient", in: art in america / ( ), - and - ; reprinted in: linda nochlin, the politics of vision. essays on nineteenth-century art and society, new york , - . john mackenzie, orientalism. history, theory and the arts, manchester/new york ; see also: alexander lyon macfie, "mackenzie versus nochlin", in: macfie, orientalism, london , - . riha journal | april [ ] how, then, to evaluate the group of truthful depictions of the east in numerous examples of genre painting and landscape to which sandoz's work belongs? i suggest that his work does not manifest influence of imperialism. sandoz was one of many painter-travellers who visited oriental lands in search of inspiring motifs, landscapes, colours, and light. the lack of drama, plots, and erotic content in sandoz's work was noted by contemporary critics who expected such elements. in tygodnik ilustrowany his scenes from algeria were accused of lacking a deeper message, and described as follows: "his beautifully finished works would benefit from some idea, if, rather than a faithful photographic record of a quiet moment, they included some human drama, or at least some action that could involve the viewer". [ ] said's theory proves instructive, however, in the consideration of the meaning of orient for sandoz. his statements suggest that in his opinion the people and nature of algeria retained an element of primeval primitivism that europe had already lost. encountering it offered energy and inspiration. the painter noted: "taken together, all this is dirty and wild, but also very much fit for a painting". at the same time, as a man of western culture, sandoz viewed algeria and the muslims through stereotypes. he reproduced clichés about the arab approach to life. when studying an arab man, his clothing, gestures and physiognomy, he concluded that the needs of a muslim man "are so limited that his modest and monotonous life knows no desires, he lives sadly and patiently, awaiting happiness in the other world". the artist thought that inhabitants of the orient fell easily into melancholy and displayed a passive approach to life. this way, he shared misconceptions about the people of the orient that were identified by said: "orientals or arabs are thereafter gullible, ‘devoid of energy and initiative’ […], they are ‘lethargic and suspicious' and in everything oppose the clarity, directness, and nobility of the anglo-saxon race." to conclude, it can be said that sandoz was to some degree inclined to embrace those stereotypes, yet they did not prevent him from carefully observing the inhabitants of africa and becoming fascinated with algeria. [ ] orientalist painting of the second half of the th century was dominated by the realist approach, defined even as ethnographic. théophile gautier saw it as a revival of this genre. artists were rarely satisfied with one journey to the east. thanks to the development of transport and tourism they travelled to oriental countries on multiple occasions, spending there many months and staying for extended periods of time, which gave them the possibility of gaining deeper "sztuki piękne", in: tygodnik ilustrowany ( ), . "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . "z listów adolfa sandoza", in: czas ( ), . said, orientalism, . riha journal | april knowledge of the orient and making studies from nature. the realist perspective on the east was made popular also by artists who participated in research excursions and documented views, historical monuments and people. their works were reproduced in magazines and albums, this way popularising the image of the orient. works such as edward william lane’s an account of the manners and customs of the modern egyptians, published in , allowed many artists to understand the customs of the inhabitants of the orient. there were also published works that presented racial differences, including the essai sur l'inégalité des races humaines ( – ) by joseph-arthur de gobineau, a man who theoretically founded racism. differences in facial features were also interesting for artists – early studies of psychological types were painted by charles gleyre. [ ] two major tendencies can be distinguished within realist orientalist painting. the first one involved realism with the ambition of a possibly faithful depiction of scenes, landscapes as well as physiognomies of the orient. the second may be defined as pseudo-realism. photographically accurate scenes and very precisely depicted details made an impression of truth, yet insightful scholars have pointed out numerous mistakes or perhaps intended alterations made by painters. among those are gérôme's canvases with scenes of prayer in the mosque. françois pouillon identified elements incompatible with muslim religion and customs, such as figures of people praying with their shoes on, half-naked men inside the mosque, and pigeons in the sanctuary. other painters mixed in one scene objects coming from various epochs or fragments of a number of interiors. this way, they achieved scenes with more interesting compositions including more interesting details; sometimes however they simply made mistakes stemming from a lack of knowledge of oriental art and customs. [ ] sandoz's work of algerian subject matter can be identified with the first of the mentioned orientalist trends of realist painting. already in the th century critics appreciated sandoz's scenes for their faithful depictions of oriental life, with czas magazine writing that: "very distinct is his faithful depiction of costumes, peltre, orientalism in art, - ; peter benson miller, "un orientalisme scientifique? l’ethnographie, l’anthropologie et l’esclavage", in: l’orientalisme en europe de delacroix à matisse, ed. davy depelchin and roger diederen, paris , - . françois pouillon, "l’ombre de l’islam. les figurations de la pratique religieuse dans la peinture orientaliste du xixe siècle", in: actes de la recherche en sciences sociales ( ), - . see also walter b. denny, "quotations in and out of context: ottoman turkish art and european orientalist painting", in: muqarnas ( ), - ; sophie makariou and charlotte maury, "the paradox of realism: gérôme in the orient", in: the spectacular art of jean-léon gérôme ( – ), ed. laurence des cars, dominique de font-réaulx and edouard papet, paris , - . riha journal | april accessories, and architecture that gives the painting a particular value". critics noted that sandoz's works allow viewers to get to know remote cultures and landscapes, while the artist reveals "mysteries of the life of a distant, poorly known people and records the details of their life with the meticulousness of exquisite observation". the painter proudly emphasised that interior of a house in biskra was painted: in the same room it shows in the picture. i only added some insignificant changes in paris, so it shows what i saw while painting. […] it is very difficult to get inside those houses. it was only because of my persistence that i had a chance to work there. when they tried to send me away, i would gesticulate that i don't speak arabic until they considered me a madman, and since they see madness as god's blessing, i gained a lot of respect. [ ] sandoz's work was appreciated especially for its attention to detail. dancer from the uled-nail tribe included details such as "shoes dropped on the floor next to a musician, a fan next to a woman playing with a gazelle, a violin held by one of the musicians […]. there is a red clay hand print on one of the columns. it belongs to the owner of the house and symbolises his property of the house". art critics admired the painter's technical skill. they noted that his paintings "were characterised by an incredible delicacy of the paintbrush and good finish to the details, reaching almost the level of miniatures". sandoz's mastery in the depiction of details comes to the fore in his oasis ( ). with a jeweller's precision he chiselled details of the figures' clothing, the figure of the horse, and the landscape. at the same time, he chose harmonious colours for the entire scene. [ ] in africa, sandoz sought to find freshness that europe had lost. as gustave flaubert wrote, the orient offered "gorgeous colour, in contrast to the greyish tonality of the french provincial landscape. it meant exciting spectacle instead of humdrum routine, the perennially mysterious in place of the all too familiar". sandoz hoped that algeria would provide themes, compositional patterns, and figures that had never been exhibited before. with satisfaction he wrote about "z wystawy obrazów", in: czas ( ), . "adolf sandoz", in: tygodnik ilustrowany ( ), . "z wystawy obrazów", in: czas ( ), . treść obrazów adolfa sandoza podolanina z podróży artystycznej po afryce, . "z wystawy obrazów", in: czas ( ), . http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/paintings/adolf-karol-sandoz-at-the-oasis- - details.aspx?from=searchresults&pos= &intobjectid= &sid= -cffb- - b f - fccc dc&page= &lid= (accessed april ). said, orientalism, . http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/paintings/adolf-karol-sandoz-at-the-oasis- -details.aspx?from=searchresults&pos= &intobjectid= &sid= -cffb- -b f - fccc dc&page= &lid= http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/paintings/adolf-karol-sandoz-at-the-oasis- -details.aspx?from=searchresults&pos= &intobjectid= &sid= -cffb- -b f - fccc dc&page= &lid= http://www.christies.com/lotfinder/paintings/adolf-karol-sandoz-at-the-oasis- -details.aspx?from=searchresults&pos= &intobjectid= &sid= -cffb- -b f - fccc dc&page= &lid= riha journal | april interior of a house in biskra that: "it is an interior of a very common house, yet i don't think anyone has painted anything like that before". for him, algeria was a catalogue of motifs to which one could reach out for inspiration. in africa, sandoz wanted to refresh his own work, or perhaps even find a new artistic path to follow. he must have certainly recognised that at the turn of the s and s orientalist painting was very popular. works by orientalist painters were sold for thousands and even tens of thousands of franks, often becoming part of collections of bankers and industrialists from the east coast of the united states. the leader within the paris circles was goupil & cie, a company dealing in art works and reproductions. financial success allowed artists working with this company, such as gérôme and stanisław chlebowski from poland, to live opulent lives in paris, collect eastern crafts and undertake more oriental travels. paintings from algeria were perhaps to open up a new career path for sandoz, which would respond to the contemporary salon trends and demands of the art market. this aspect was recognised by contemporary critics who indicated that due to the unusual, exotic subject matter and high formal qualities, his works became more than realist records of his impressions from algeria, but also attractive decorations that could find their way to the most opulent paris boudoirs. sandoz's apparent pursuit of the fashion for exotica was noted by a reporter from kurier warszawski, who wrote: at the time when the public yearns for objects from the most remote parts of the world, when for collectors and travellers china is already too familiar and accessible, while japan is fully exhausted, a painter who depicts scenes from the life of the nomadic peoples of the sahara and inhabitants of african oases comes right on time. [ ] nevertheless, at the paris salon in , a small-scale work like interior of a house in biskra, came unnoticed. most possibly, this was the reason why sandoz decided to show his algerian works in poland, where they did, in fact, gain some publicity. however, in the s, the artist did not follow the path of orientalist painters, but collaborated with the publishing houses hachette, quantin, and delagrave. his illustrations can be found, among others, in books such as raphaël by alphonse de lamartine ( ), mont salvage by stella blandy ( ), pharos by adriana piazzi ( ), héritiers de montmercy ( ) and un déshérité by "z wystawy obrazów", in: czas ( ), . hélène lafont-couturier, "la maison goupil ou la notion d’oeuvre originale remise en question", in: revue de l’art ( ), - ; hélène lafont-couturier, "mr gérôme works for goupil", in: gérôme & goupil. art and enterprise, ed. hélène lafont-couturier, paris , - ; decourcy e. mcintosh, "goupil and the american triumph of jean-léon gérôme", in: gérôme & goupil. art and enterprise, paris , - . "z wystawy obrazów", in: czas ( ), . "malarz-turysta", in: kurier warszawski ( ), . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . / introduction painters in algeria in the th century polish painters in algeria in the th and early th century adolf sandoz's travels to algeria adolf sandoz's paintings from algeria adolf sandoz's work from algeria and orientalist painting of the second half of the th century john vanderpant and the cultural life of vancouver, - s h e r y l s a l l o u m t h e canadian photographer john vanderpant ( - ) achieved world-wide recognition for his black and white images and was "a major influence on canadian photography in the s and s." he was also a major influence on the cultural development of the vancouver area in those years. vanderpant is an example of the patron who, according to maria tippett, helped to make canadian culture "richly-textured, diver- sified, and spontaneous" in the period between the two world wars. his endeavours to encourage the arts were extraordinary; his contributions to the cultural milieu of the west coast are as unique and intriguing as his photography. vanderpant emigrated from holland in , but he did not become a permanent canadian resident until . at that time he settled in the beautifully rugged region of southern alberta. attracted by its resource- rich economy and scenic expanses, vanderpant felt that the area offered viable employment possibilities and creative freedom. these were espe- cially important to the young man as he was beginning a career as a portrait photographer, and he wanted to escape restricting european traditions. t o vanderpant's dismay, he found that the area was artistically isolated; he yearned for a more vibrant cultural environment. it is not surprising, therefore, that he began importing american and european publications and musical recordings in order to keep himself attuned to new and avant- garde movements. over the years he would disseminate that information, and the ways in which he would do so were distinctive. in vanderpant moved from fort macleod to new westminster, b.c. there he operated a successful portrait studio, and he began partici- j o a n m . schwartz, in the canadian encyclopedia: volume i v , nd éd., s.v. " v a n d e r p a n t , j o h n . " maria tippett, the making of english-canadian culture, / - : the external influences (downsview, o n t . : york university, ), . information given to the author from v a n d e r p a n t ' s daughter, a n n a ackroyd. all subsequent references to anna ackroyd will a p p e a r in the body of t h e text. bc s t u d i e s , no. , spring john vanderpant and the cultural life of vancouver paring in the cultural life of the community. from to he was the vice-chairman of the art committee of british columbia's annual provincial exhibition ( - ), held under the auspices of the royal agricultural and industrial society; he was chairman from to . under his direction the fine arts section, which had "for years . . . lan- guished and deteriorated into an annex to the display of women's work," grew to a large and diverse visual arts gallery. in vanderpant inaugurated the new westminster photographic salon; in it became an international salon. fairgoers had the oppor- tunity to view the work of local and international photographers. by "the number of prints . . . [displayed was] well over five hundred." vanderpant supervised the jurying, hanging, judging, and returning of all the works. according to the september issue of the british columbian, the "international exhibit, . . . [is] one of striking proportions in addition to displaying many works of wonderful merit, from almost every part of the world. . . . t h e success of the photographic art display is attributable to the ability and the untiring zeal of mr. j. vanderpant." from to , the national gallery loaned paintings to the provin- cial exhibition, and works from the members of the group of seven were always included. over the years vanderpant became acquainted with the group's work, and the artists themselves. acceptance of the "new school" was slow in b.c., and vanderpant became one of the painters' ardent supporters. he advocated their paintings in his lectures, many of which were accompanied by slides of the artists' work, along with examples of other "modern" paintings. i n john vanderpant: photographs ( o t t a w a : national gallery of c a n a d a , ), p . , charles c. hill notes t h a t v a n d e r p a n t resigned from the a r t committee in ; however, h e did not quit the position until . i n an article on page of the sept. issue of the british columbian, v a n d e r p a n t "announced t h a t he had decided to retire a n d t h a t . . . [ was] the last exhibition a t which he would . . . be chairman of t h e f i n e arts committee." " a r t exhibit is worthy of n o t e , " british columbian, sept. . "pictorial photography," british columbian, sept. . " a r t salon a n d photographic art will be f e a t u r e , " british columbian, sept. . manuscripts in the v a n d e r p a n t papers (national archives of c a n a d a , m g , d ) indicate that, besides those in his private collection, v a n d e r p a n t used lantern slides loaned from t h e national gallery to complement his lectures: emily carr's gitwangak, a. j. casson's clearing, l. l. fitzgerald doc snider s house, clarence gagnon's village, lawren harris's lake superior and maligne lake, edwin hol- gate's nude in landscape, paul kane's white mud portage, cornelius krieghoff's white landscape, a r t h u r lismer's september gale, j. e . ' h . macdonald's tangled garden and the solemn land, paul peel's venetian bather, g. d . pepper's totem poles, t o m thomson's northern river and the jack pine, and f . h . varley's john and georgian bay. v a n d e r p a n t ' s lantern slides (national archives of c a n a d a ) in- clude of his images and works by painters and photographers. included are bg s t u d i e s vanderpant held nationalist, mystical, and artistic tenets similar to those of the group of seven.® these, and a close friendship with one of the group's members, f. h. (frederick) varley ( i - ) , made him especially interested in their work. in a lecture, "art in general; canadian painting in particular," vanderpant stated that he thought paintings by the group of seven were inspired by their intuitive desire "to express living, moody rhythms, movement in spaces, [and] the inevitable relationship between these forms." his own inspiration was derived from a similar desire to express "the consciousness of life . . . in aesthetic form, pattern, rhythm, and relationship." vanderpant often championed the group in local newspapers, calling it "a yearly privilege to draw the pen" on their behalf and "a glorious duty." in an article for vancouver's daily province, vanderpant wrote that the aim of the school of seven is not representation, but interpretation. these men hold that a mere copy of the beauty in nature always falls short of nature itself, and that this attempt, therefore should not be made. . . . [they] . . . felt that the immensity of canada could not be truly painted with a european brush, . . . so they . . . went for the soul of our land . . . using freedom to emphasize either in form or color, what was personally most striking to interpret. . . . what is urged is the unbiased, open mind required to come to an under- standing of its [the group of seven's] aims, and so as to judge for oneself its achievements. . . . . . . when europe has recognized this canadian movement, can the west afford to stay indifferent? works by emily carr, f . h . varley, h a n s arp, raoul dufy, f e r n a n d léger, vladimir kandinsky, kasimir malevich, h e n r i matisse, lâszlo moholy-nagy, piet mondrian, amédée ozenfant, salomon ruisdael, k u r t schwitters, and v i n c e n t v a n gogh. a thorough discussion of the history and philosophy of the g r o u p of seven is given by ann davis in her unpublished ph.d. thesis, an apprehended vision: the phil- osophy of the group of seven (york university, ). v a n d e r p a n t ' s writings show t h a t he believed t h a t canadian artists had to break away from european traditions and influences in order to create a "heroic vision" of their country. his writings also demonstrate that h e shared spiritual beliefs similar to those of the group's members, a n d that those beliefs were an impetus, as they were to the group of seven, to explore increasingly abstract images. as charles c. hill has pointed out in john vanderpant: photographs, v a n d e r p a n t ' s most successful work includes close-up studies of grain elevators a n d commonplace subjects such as vegetables. j o h n v a n d e r p a n t , untitled, u n d a t e d manuscript. unless otherwise indicated, all further references to v a n d e r p a n t ' s unpublished writings are from a collection t h a t was made available to the a u t h o r by v a n d e r p a n t ' s heirs. t h a t collection, including copies of v a n d e r p a n t ' s published writings, is now held at the national archives of c a n a d a : m g , d . j o h n v a n d e r p a n t , " a r t and criticism," (letter to the e d i t o r ) , vancouver daily province, aug. ; "appreciates the art exhibition," vancouver daily province, (letter to the e d i t o r ) , aug. . v a n d e r p a n t ' s comment on european recogni- john vanderpant and the cultural life of vancouver vanderpant's interests in promoting the arts also led him to join the british columbia art league ( i - ). this group was responsible for the establishment of the vancouver school of decorative and applied arts ( v.s.d.a.a. ) , and the vancouver art gallery. as an executive mem- ber, vanderpant had a prominent role in the activities of the league. h e also joined the b.c. pictorialists, the vancouver-new westminster photo- graphers' association, and the photographers' association of the pacific northwest; he held executive positions with these groups. in vanderpant and harold mortimer-lamb ( - : a retired mining engineer, art critic, and fellow of the royal photographic society) opened the vanderpant galleries at robson street, vancouver. t h e partnership ended in , and vanderpant purchased mortimer-lamb's share of the business. until vanderpant's death in , he and his gallery were to play a vital role in the city's cultural development. vanderpant believed that "the artless community is more intensely poverty stricken, than is the one penniless." when he wasn't tripping his camera shutters he was engaged in numerous activities which made new trends in art and music available to vancouverites. he became a catalyst to the local art scene, promoting artists and art; and he exhibited the works of local, national, and international artists in his gallery. this was important for three reasons: first, the general artistic tastes of the com- munity were conservative; second, vancouver did not have a civic art gallery until ; third, the work of european artists, especially those from britain, were favoured over the work of canadian and, in particular, b.c. artists. situated in a two-storey wooden building (the structure has been the site of la côte d'azur restaurant since ), vanderpant's atelier was spacious and comfortable. t h e room contained a large fireplace and was furnished with ornate china, elegant antique chairs, oriental rugs, vases of flowers, candelabras, camera studies, and the works of local painters such as frederick varley, j. w. g. (jock) macdonald, charles h. scott, and emily carr. over the years different groups such as the b.c. art league, the arts and letters club, the new frontier club, and the van- tion was a reference to the favourable reception given the g r o u p of seven by the british press when the g r o u p exhibited at wembley in a n d . in the exhibition catalogue first class: four graduates from the vancouver school of decorative and applied arts, g, (vancouver: women in focus gallery, ) , p . , letia richardson first described v a n d e r p a n t as a catalyst. she wrote t h a t he, frederick varley, and m o r t i m e r - l a m b "were a catalytic force which fueled the exuberance of the visual arts [in vancouver] in the early 's." bc s t u d i e s couver poetry society used the gallery as a meeting place. many notable canadians, including dorothy livesay, arthur lismer, a. y. jackson, charles g. d. roberts, and bliss carman attended the gallery; others such as philip surrey, jock macdonald, and frederick varley were fre- quent visitors. for eight years, to , vancouver's intellectual and artistic com- munities were drawn to musical evenings at the vanderpant galleries. over the years others, including the painter lawren harris, were also to host musical evenings; however, vanderpant's musicales appear to have been the first, to have been the longest running, to have attracted the largest audiences, and to have had the greatest impact on the community. his "music room," which could accommodate over , was usually filled. his "evenings" were particularly vital as, until when the vancouver symphony began a regular concert schedule, orchestral presentations in the city were infrequent. moreover, the musical tastes of vancouverites parallelled their conservative artistic tastes. john becker has pointed out that "the most memorable aspect" of a concert given by ravel "was the mass exodus of the audience during the first couple of pieces." o n designated evenings guests would listen to selections from vander- pant's extensive record collection, which included classical works by bach, beethoven, and mozart, as well as "modern" works by sibelius, berlioz, paganini, ravel, stravinsky, and the avant-garde german gebrauch- musik. anna ackroyd, vanderpant's eldest daughter, remembers that her inventive father created a dual speaker system for his columbia gramo- phone. " i t had a heavy wood frame with a twelve to fifteen inch opening . . . in which was mounted a speaker identical to the gramophone speaker. he set the gramophone in one corner of the room, and set the other speaker n o records of the arts and letters club appear to have survived. information from a number of former members indicates t h a t the group met once a month a t the v a n d e r p a n t galleries. t h e r e they would listen to guest speakers, selections from v a n d e r p a n t ' s recordings or piano recitals were enjoyed, a n d many topics were dis- cussed. t h e dates on which the club started and ended are not k n o w n ; b u t former members think t h a t the first meetings were held some time in the s and t h a t the last occurred some time during the depression years. i t is also not clear whether the club was initiated by v a n d e r p a n t , or h a r o l d mortimer-lamb, or w h e t h e r they were both responsible; however, none of those interviewed can remember mortimer-lamb ever being in attendance. a letter from dorothy livesay to v a n d e r p a n t , dated may , ( v a n d e r p a n t papers, national archives of c a n a d a ) indicates t h a t at least one of t h e "literary gatherings" of the new frontier club were held at the v a n d e r p a n t galleries, john becker, discord: the story of the vancouver symphony orchestra (van- couver: brighouse press, ), . this information comes from a n n a ackroyd, and from peter varley's published recollection, " j o h n v a n d e r p a n t : a memory," in john vanderpant: photographs ( o t t a w a : national gallery of c a n a d a , ), . john vanderpant and the cultural life of vancouver in a n opposite c o r n e r . b o t h speakers w e r e a b o u t t h r e e feet off t h e floor. t h e t o n e w a s f a n t a s t i c . " a n n a also recalls t h a t s t u d e n t s f r o m t h e v . s . d . a . a . , t h e short-lived british c o l u m b i a college of a r t s ( - ) , a n d t h e u n i v e r s i t y of british c o l u m b i a w e r e i n v i t e d o n different n i g h t s of a l t e r n a t e m o n t h s t o " d r o p in for refreshments, sit o n t h e [ c a r p e t e d ] floor . . . a n d listen. a n d if t h e y w a n t e d t o talk, t h e y t a l k e d ; otherwise, t h e r e w o u l d b e ev en in g s w h e n n o b o d y said a n y t h i n g a n d after t h e c o n c e r t t h e y just t i p t o e d o u t . . . . t h e y just loved i t . " i v a n d e n t o n , a r e p o r t e r for a v a n c o u v e r n e w s p a p e r called t h e west end breeze, a t t e n d e d o n e of t h e e v e n i n g c o n c e r t s in , a n d his p u b - lished d e s c r i p t i o n conveys a sense of w o n d e r , e n j o y m e n t , a n d s t i m u l a t i o n . i c a m e r a t h e r late on a dismal, rainy night. m r . v a n d e r p a n t ' s musical eve- nings begin a t t h e unfashionable h o u r of o'clock. h o w shall i describe t h e r o o m ? — it was dim, spacious — great bulks of shadow were balanced by lighted spaces. like a canvas perfectly composed — no one p a r t of the com- position of t h a t picture could have been taken away without m a r r i n g the completeness of its sombre beauty. m a n y people, sitting in the shadow, m a d e u p p a r t of the picture. surely in a r o o m like this something interesting must take place — so i waited for it to h a p p e n . at the far end — a long way off it seemed — a wood fire b u r n e d briskly on a n open h e a r t h , a n d on the high mantel shelf, the light quivered from three wax tapers, held aloft in an old sheffield c a n d l e a b r a [sic]. i t seemed a t this m o m e n t a crying shame t h a t electric lights h a d even been conceived. t h e room was filled with t h e sound of a great symphony. . . . i a m trying to think how i would describe this music — it was like moving masses of color — chords as vibrant as t h e crash of a waterfall — melodies as delicate a n d elfin as the pipes of pan. i likened the music also to t h e shadows a n d lighted spaces of the room — or the t h u n d e r o u s r h y t h m of old latin verses q u o t e d by a master steeped in classic lore. outside, in the m u r k a n d the wet, the great world-wide depression prowled like a lean old wolf. if you h a d been there with m e you would u n d e r s t a n d w h a t i m e a n a n d w h a t i felt. i c a n n o t quite p u t it into words. for instance, i saw t h e h a n d s of a girl n e a r m e — shapely h a n d s they were — sometimes relaxed a n d sometimes tense — i saw the diminutive spheres of her a m b e r earrings swing to a n d fro, catch the candlelight a n d shatter it into a t h o u s a n d splinters of yellow radiance. f o r quite a p a r t from the music a t m r . v a n d e r p a n t ' s old house on robson street, there is b o t h time a n d inclination to delight in such jocund beauty as a swaying earring in the light of a candle. ivan denton, "surely in a room like this, something interesting must take place," west end breeze vol. ( april ) ; copy in the vanderpant papers, national archives of canada. plate interior view of the vanderpant galleries, circa . the back room was used for taking patrons' portraits, for the musicales, and for any gatherings hosted by vanderpant. the large painting on the left wall is frederick varley's, the immigrants. (photograph courtesy of the vanderpant family.) ^ » w a h c o i—( w john vanderpant and the cultural life of vancouver t h e musical evenings were a special event for the city's art students. margaret williams, who was a student at the v.s.d.a.a. and later taught at the british columbia college of arts, recalls that going to vanderpant's "was so wonderful because he introduced us to all sorts of things that were modern then [and] that we didn't know about . . . and [he] contributed very much to our education and pleasure." for the b.c. painter, irene hoffar reid, the musicales were a wonderful experience. . . . i remember the feeling of music pouring over me. in particular, i recall hearing a very modern composition. it was more strident and unharmonious than stravinsky. . . . it was like seeing an abstract painting for the first time. . . . i was shocked and amazed. i think that was vanderpant's aim: to expose us to new "ways." anna recalls that in , in another attempt to present vancouverites with challenging musical experiences, her father "arranged with one of the local radio stations [ckfc] to do a half-hour, weekly, modern music radio show. he provided his own narrative on the history of the composer, and . . . the music." every wednesday, from : to : , vanderpant played what he described as "the recorded music of modern composers seldom or never heard in british columbia." he was aware of the initial effect his selections would have and tried to prepare the listeners for con- temporary pieces by composers such as roy harris, constant lambert, francis poulenc, and sergei prokofiev. he counselled the audience "to listen rather than to hear. only in active listening rather than passive hearing lays the progress of musical appreciation." he also suggested that if the music sounded "strange" or "weird," it was "better to be . . . dis- turbed at first than by immediately agreeing with certain melodic develop- ments . . . [and that] listening with irritation is far more enriching than 'hearing'." apparently, vancouverites a n d / o r the management did not like "irritation," for the program was cancelled after three months. vanderpant also seems to have worked behind the scenes to encourage the presentation of modern musical compositions. in the hart house string quartet gave two concerts in vancouver. peter varley, son of the painter frederick varley, recalls: the first concert kept to safe ground. the second, however, was to cause "r.j.", the critic, to write: "true, some of the listeners did find much food from an interview conducted by ann pollack, , and held at the national gallery of canada. irene hoffar reid, interview with author, december . bc studies for thought, but the majority must have wondered at times what it was all about " the program consisted of two works : respighi's doric quartet and ernest bloch's quartet in b minor. it is likely that john vanderpant had a hand in selecting the program. another of vanderpant's initiatives appears to have indirectly led to the establishment of malkin bowl in stanley park. h e thought that outdoor symphony concerts would be enjoyed by enthusiasts and, at the same time, would familiarize others with classical music. according to anna, her father also felt that outdoor summer concerts "would help increase atten- dance at the winter symphony concerts." (in , the vancouver sym- phony orchestra again began presenting outdoor summer concerts to bolster its season ticket sales.) he thought that "the perfect spot was a gently sloping grass area [below the dining facility known as the pavilion] in stanley park . . . father invited [the conductor of the vancouver sym- phony orchestra, mr. allard] de ridder to view the area . . . [and he] was most enthused. t h e symphony society was approached, and agreed to the concert. my father met with mr. willie dalton, a prominent businessman who, in turn, involved . . . mr. malkin." in william harold malkin ( - ), a wealthy businessman who was an active participant in vancouver's cultural affairs, donated a shell-style bandstand to the parks board as a memorial to his late wife, marion. it replaced an earlier structure (erected in ) on which the vancouver city band had "played only martial or religious music." anna remembers that "symphony in the park . . . was always well attended . . . [and] during the great depression, people had free food for the soul and spirit, via beauti- ful music, as my father had hoped." today, malkin bowl is used to stage theatre u n d e r the stars : outdoor theatrical productions presented during the summer months. vanderpant's influence was always invigorating. in , under the auspices of the b.c. pictorialists, of which he was then president, vander- pant's gallery hosted an international salon of pictorial photography. according to charles c.hill (p. , john vanderpant: photographs) itwas the first international salon to be held in vancouver. t h e exhibition must have been especially exciting to the city's growing number of amateur photographers. from june to july, : a.m. to : p.m., van- peter varley, frederick h. varley, ( t o r o n t o : key porter books, ), . r i c h a r d m . steele, the stanley park explorer ( n o r t h vancouver: w h i t e c a p books, ), . john vanderpant and the cultural life of vancouver couverites were free to view prints from austria, holland, spain, germany, the u.s.a., italy, england, and belgium. t h e twelve photo- graphers included in the exhibition were, for the most part, noted partici- pants in the salon circuit. this was especially true of h . berssenbrugge ( h o l l a n d ) ; julius aschauer, f.r.p.s. (austria); francis o. libby, f.r.p.s. (u.s.a.) ; and alexander keighley, hon. f.r.p.s. (england). in the vanderpant galleries held two significant and stimulating exhibitions. in april the work of b.c.'s most modern artists — frederick varley, jock macdonald, emily carr, g. h. scott, m. s. maynard, w. p. weston — was displayed, as was that of three promising young painters— fred amess, irene hoffar ( r e i d ) , and vera weatherbie. according to vancouver's daily province, " o n e of the defiite [sic] objects of having the exhibition . . . was to give the purchasing committee . . . [of the new civic art gallery] an opportunity of viewing the type of work that british columbia artists produce." (it is interesting to note that according to the vancouver art gallery's acquisition files, it took six more years for the gallery to follow vanderpant's encouragement to purchase the paintings of b.c.'s then most intriguing artists: in emily carr's totem poles— kitseukla was acquired; in , the gallery bought jock macdonald's indian burial, nootka, and carr's loggers' culls.) in september the vanderpant galleries exhibited the photography of two americans, imogen cunningham ( - ) and edward weston ( - ). this was the first canadian showing for cunningham and the second for weston. (in , he exhibited ten prints with the toronto camera club. ) for vancouverites, it was a stimulating example of t h e new "pure photography." in her view of the exhibition, columnist rita myers wrote : no tricks of the camera are relied on to lend glamor to the work, only the pure form of the subject, plus imagination of the artists in arrangement and placing of lights and shadows, is drawn on for results. it is photography at its most modern point, where the absence of detail emphasizes the mood of the picture. vanderpant also included a number of his prints in the exhibition. un- fortunately, other than those mentioned in myers's review, there are no international master salon of pictorial photography, held under the auspices of the b.c. pictorialists (exhibition catalogue; vancouver: vanderpant galleries, ). this catalogue is in the vanderpant papers, national archives of canada. "in the domain of art," vancouver daily province, apr. . "in the domain of art," vancouver daily province, sept. . bg studies records to indicate which prints were hung. overall, there must have been quite a sampling: gunnigham, alone, sent forty-seven prints. vanderpant also had literary interests. before emigrating to canada, he had attended the universities of amsterdam and leiden, where he studied literature and the history of language. in his youth vanderpant had written prose and poetry, and a number of his early writings were published in dutch literary magazines. in the s and s he wrote numerous articles for american and dutch photographic journals, and prepared lectures on art and photography for canadian and american audiences. vanderpant joined the vancouver poetry society ( - ) and was an active member until his death. t h e man and his studio became well known to the members of the society and their guests. like other members, vanderpant took his turn hosting the literary evenings. t h e ambience of his gallery made it such an ideal meeting place that from to the society held all its meetings there for a nominal fee. by the depression was taking its toll on the society's finances, and the executive decided that meetings would again have to be held in members' homes. t h e vanderpant galleries continued to be used on a rotating basis and for special occasions: for example, a "soiree" in honour of charles g. d. roberts and the canadian authors' association was held in , and approximately one hundred guests attended; from to , an annual "gala night" to mark the close of the poetry society's yearly activities was held at the galleries. in addition to poetry readings, the vancouver poetry society asked special lecturers to present papers on art and literature. t h e guest speakers included writer dorothy livesay, editor and poet alan crawley, and such noted university of british columbia academics as dr. g. g. sedgewick, dr. a. f. b. clark, and dr. hunter lewis. from to vander- pant not only read some of his poems and "lively compositions," but also presented a number of lectures, some of which were illustrated with lantern slides depicting a variety of art works. a few of his topics, which were also presented to other audiences or published in journals, included "concern- ing matters artistic," "art in general; canadian art in particular," and "endeavors in expression." the diversity of his lecture topics ranged from surrealism, modern poetry, education, patriotism, and electric music, to the s architecture of vancouver which he felt "lacked originality." from a list of prints, dated sept. , that cunningham sent to vanderpant. this information was provided by the imogen cunningham trust, california. from the minutes of the vancouver poetry society mss , vancouver city archives. john vanderpant and the cultural life of vancouver minutes of the poetry society indicate that vanderpant's lectures often resulted in both "a somewhat controversial discussion" and an "inspiring evening." vanderpant's poetry was not as successful as his photography. t h e lyrical nature of his photographic titles, however, was an important facet of his work. his poetic imagination also proved useful for his prose. for example, he wrote: "spoken words about art are like butterflies, they hover about, they hesitate — they touch — but they never enter its essence — which is the silence of understanding expressed in balanced action." although he often wrote verses that reflect images of nature, perhaps his most poignant poem is one that sardonically highlights the plight of the canadian artist — a topic that was always paramount to vanderpant. the poor contemporary a buoyant artist (one can hardly laugh or blame him for his pride) called at the hall of fame and knocked . . no answer . . knocked with care again . . then somewhere asked a voice: "can you explain why this abode should open to your glam'rous claim and in its golden halls, your greatness entertain?" "well," spake the artist, "did i paint and work in vain there are a hundred noble works signed with my name!" then looked he wond'ring at the great blind walls, no door or window opened to his ent'ring, so he knocked again : "would please for once the voice its silence now explain?" and through the golden dome it did respond once more : "my artist friend, you are not wholly bad, not that, but too alive; to enter here you must be dead!" in , jock macdonald referred to vanderpant as "the only 'living' being" in vancouver. after vanderpant's death macdonald wrote: " t h e city seems different without vanderpant around." t h e impact of vander- pant's artistry and his vibrant character have not, however, been lost. he has left a unique legacy: his photographs, negatives, lantern slides, and writings ; and a significant contribution to the cultural development of this country. in his photography, vanderpant sought to convey an interpreta- mss , vancouver city archives. jock macdonald, vancouver, to john varley, nootka, december ; copy in the burnaby art gallery; macdonald to john varley, ottawa, september ; copy in the burnaby art gallery. bc s t u d i e s tion of reality that went beyond the surfaces of his subjects so that they carried an "underlying vibration." his impact on the west coast also went beyond the surfaces and carried an "underlying vibration" that reverberates through our cultural history. english was a second language for v a n d e r p a n t ; consequently, spelling and usage mistakes sometimes occur in his writing. t h e author has corrected his phrase "under- laying vibrations" to read "underlying vibrations." j. fash. bus. vol. , no. : - , jun. issn - (print) http://dx.doi.org/ . /jfb. . . . issn - (online) 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구: s/s - s/s 파리컬렉션을 중심으로 최예리 · 최정욱⁺ 경희대학교 아트퓨전디자인대학원 패션아트학과, 경희대학교 의류학과⁺ a study on cubism fashion style appearing in modern fashion: focused on the s/s- s/s paris collection choi yeree · choi jeongwook⁺ dept. of fashion art graduate school of art fusion design, kyung hee university dept. ofclothing & textile design, kyung hee university⁺ abstract this study analyzed the group of experts who were related to cubism, selected among th e works of ~ paris collection based on f.g.r.(focus group research). according to the results of this study, there were appeared first, ‘a one-piece dress’ second, ‘h silh ouette’ third, ‘cotton’, in case of item distribution and frequency. the analysis was done b y using the manner of expression, cubical expression, exaggeration, distortion, dismantleme nt, geometrical division of face, mix-match look, wraparound·repetition, asymmetric structur e, etc. based on the outcomes of the analysis on figurative design elements, this study ad justed three manners appearing on cubism fashion style. first, it was ‘avant garde manner’ of constitution or ‘dismantlement’ which was compiled into multi-view representations of ov erlaps and viewpoints by repetitive use of color tone·trimming·detail. second, it was ‘geom agnetic block placement’ which expresses cubism with geometric partitioning of surface an d separation of panel by cutting·disintegration. finally, it was ‘distortion and simplification of silhouette’ which is a distortion created by constitution-line pressed thin with silhouette. it maximizes the beauty of human body outline, which was distorted by three-dimensional- manipulation, and simplified by ellipsis for another shape for the extension or expansion of detail trimming. ted corresponding author: choi jeongwook , tel. + - - - , fax. + - - - e-mail: jwchoi@khu.ac.kr this research is a part of master's thesis. 최예리 · 최정욱 / 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구 key words : cubism(큐비즘), distortion of silhouette(실루엣의 왜곡), geomagnetic(지오메틱), transposition(전위성) Ⅰ. 서 론 최근 패션계에서는 획일적이고 평범한 스타일은 지양되고 실험적인 디자인이 많이 시도되고 있으며 소비자들의 요구 또한 기능성과 같은 보편적이고 실 용적인 목적보다는 장식성·독창성·심미성 등에 더 많은 관심을 갖게 되었다. 세기에 등장한 예술 운 동 중 하나인 큐비즘은 지속적으로 패션 디자이너들 에 의해 지속적인 영감의 원천으로 해석되어 왔다 (sung, ). 세기 미술 사조의 변혁이었던 큐 비즘은 입체적 표현의 새로운 시도였으며, 기존의 원근법을 부정하는 동시표현의 방법을 시도하였고 차원의 평면 위에 차원적인 공간 감각을 추구하며 예술영역의 확대에 큰 영향을 주었다. 예술사에서 세기 원근법을 제 의 혁명이라 한다면 그 이후 제 의 혁명은 세기 초 큐비즘이라 할 정도로 현 대의 추상예술을 잉태시킨 큐비즘이 차지하는 위치 는 지대하다(yoon, ). 또한 현대미술의 저류가 된 큐비즘이 근대 복식을 벗어나 모더니즘으로 향하 는 세기 현대 패션에 미친 영향은 지대한 것으로 표현영역에서 상호간의 일치성을 나타내는 부분이 있다고 할 수 있다(d. lee, ). 이에 본 연구에서는 큐비즘이 패션디자인에 어떠 한 방식으로 영향을 끼쳤는지 알아보기 위해 큐비즘 패션 스타일의 조형적 디자인 요소를 분석하고 이를 통해 큐비즘스타일패션의 특성을 정리해보고자 하였 다. 큐비즘과 패션과의 연관성에 관한 연구를 살펴보 면, 대부분이 문헌연구에 기초한 미학적 연구이거나, 주관적 해석을 통한 작품 디자인을 제안한 연구가 대부분으로 큐비즘과 패션에 대한 객관적 연구는 미 비한 실정이다. 이에 본 연구는 전문적이고 객관적 인 방법을 통해 현대 패션 디자인에서 나타난 큐비 즘적 디자인 요소를 분석하고, 큐비즘과 현대 패션 과의 연관성을 정리하고자 한다. 본 연구는 객관적이고 논리적인 절차를 통해 큐비 즘적 패션 스타일을 규명하고, 이를 하나의 패션 스 타일로 확립하는 데 목적이 있다. 이를 통해 세기 미술의 신호탄이 된 큐비즘이 패션 디자인 영역에서 큐비즘스타일패션으로 발전해 갈 가능성을 제안하고 현대 패션에 나아갈 방향을 제시하는데 의의가 있 다. Ⅱ. 이론적 배경 . 큐비즘의 개념 및 발생배경 큐비즘은 세기 초 야수파 운동과 전후해서 프랑 스를 중심으로 년부터 년 사이에 일어났던 파리의 아방가르드 미술운동으로서 실험적인 운동이 었다. 매년 가을에 개최되는 프랑스 미술 단체 전시 회인 살롱도톤(salon d'automne)에 년 출품된 브라크의 「레스타크의 집들」이란 연작에 대해 심 사위원장이었던 마티스(henri matisse, - ) 가 '조그만 입체(큐브)의 덩어리’라고 말한 데서 유 래되었다(edward, ). 큐비즘이 발생하기 전인 제 차 세계 대전 직전의 년 간 파리는 사치와 향락의 본거지로서의 역할도 하였지만 경제 붐을 주도하던 자본주의의 역학에 따 라 사회 불평등이 더욱 심화되었고, 이에 따라 사회 주의, 노동자 계층과 페미니즘 운동의 거센 저항에 부딪치게 되었다. 이후 년의 세계대전이 발생하 였으며 이 복잡하고 역동적인 사회 안에서 다양한 예술적 아방가르드 공동체가 형성되었다. 큐비즘 회화는 이전 회화 기법과 달리 불안정한 구조와 공간 배열 및 최소한의 색채사용을 하였다. 뿐만 아니라, 작품 속 인물이 투과되거나 뒤섞여 정 물이나 풍경을 구분할 수 없도록 함으로써 유머러스 한 표현을 보여주었다. 게다가 르네상스 미술에 대 한 그들의 도전은, 그들의 작품이 근본적으로 같아 보이지는 않더라도 전통적인 회화와 조각에 대한 지 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 식을 바탕으로 한 것에 의해 적당히 완화되었다. 즉, 입체주의는 미술 작품이 또 다른 공간으로의 창문 역할을 한다는 평범한 개념을 거부하고, 세상을 보 고 앎으로써 미술이 진정으로 ‘있는 그대로의’ 세상 을 다룰 수 있다고 주장하였다(neil, ). . 패션에 있어서의 큐비즘 현대패션과 미술사조는 서로 장르는 다르지만, 창 작세계 안에서 추구하는 바가 일맥상통한다. 현대미 술의 저류가 된 큐비즘이 근대복식을 벗어나 모더니 즘으로 향하던 세기 현대패션에 미친 영향은 지대 하였으며 현대패션의 표현영역에서 상호 간의 일치 성을 나타낸다고 할 수 있다(yu & kim, ). 세기 초반 패션은 기능주의와 더불어 직선형 실 루엣이 시도되어 인체의 자연미가 추구되며 복식에 많은 영향력을 발휘하였으며, 모드는 이러한 기능주 의의 영향으로 합리적인 의상이 전개되는 모던 스타 일이 정착되기 시작하였다. 큐비즘의 영향을 받은 패션 디자인은 합리성과 구조적인 기능성을 강조한 간결미를 추구하였으며 명쾌한 색채와 기하학적인 문양 그리고 단순한 실루엣의 형태를 추구하였다. 아르누보의 과잉장식인 s-curve 스타일에서 벗어나 완전히 원통형의 단순한 실루엣을 발표하는 등 이러 한 요소들은 큐비즘의 기하학적 단순미와 밀접한 관 계가 있다(chae, ). 이브 생 로랑은 년 s/s 컬렉션의 테마로 큐비즘을 도입하여 화제를 불 (year) name shapes (physical beauty) dismantlement & reconstitution overlap multi-view (simultaneity) reality sung, p. ( ) o song, a. ( ) o o o o o lee, d. ( ) o kang, k. ( ) o o table . cubism fashion’s formativeness based on preceding studies 러일으켰다. 그는 피카소와 더불어 큐비즘을 창시한 프랑스의 거장 브라크의 그림을 그대로 정교하게 수 놓은 입체화된 패션을 선보였다. 큐비즘이 패션에 미친 영향은 단순성, 실용성, 기능성 등 큐비즘의 표현기법 뿐만 아니라, 큐비즘이 사물을 분해시키고 재구성하여 사물의 본질을 찾고자 했던 것처럼 패션 도 좀 더 내면적인 면을 추구하게끔 영향을 끼쳤고 큐비즘의 조형적 특징은 현대 패션의 새로운 방향을 제공하였다고 볼 수 있다(e. lee, ). table 의 큐비즘에 관련된 선행 연구를 살펴보 면, sung( )은 분석적 큐비즘 단계의 기하학적 형태미를 연구하고, 이를 응용한 패션디자인 사례를 분석하여 큐비즘 시대의 풍부한 기하학적 조형성을 의상에 응용한 디자인을 제안하였다. song( )은 큐비즘 패션 디자인을 사실성, 동시성, 도형성, 해체 와 재구성, 중첩성으로 분석하였으며 큐비즘이 활용 된 큐비즘 패션의 조형성을 파악한 후, 그 안에 내 재된 조형미를 도출하여 작품을 제작·제안하였다. d. lee( )는 큐비즘 회화의 조형성을 분석하고 현대 패션 디자인에 표현된 큐비즘의 조형적 특성들 을 분류·분석하였고 이를 바탕으로 새로운 디자인 모티브를 제시하였다. kang( )은 큐비즘의 흐름 을 살펴보고 현대 회화와 패션과의 관계를 분석하였 으며, 그중에서도 피카소의 큐비즘 작품을 분석하여 복식디자인에 응용하여 표현하였다. 위의 선행 연구 에서 살펴본 큐비즘 패션의 조형성을 자세히 살펴보 면 다음과 같다. 최예리 · 최정욱 / 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구 ) 도형성 큐비즘 회화에서 보이는 선의 기하학적 조형미와 다채로운 화면의 분할은 편안하고 자연스럽게 인체 에 밀착되면서 단순한 실루엣을 원하는 현대의 트렌 드에 부합하며 패션에 변화를 줄 수 있는 디자인 요 소로 현대 패션 디자인에 다양한 모습으로 적용되고 있다(ju, ). 서로 다른 크기의 도형들이 점진적인 강조로 시선 을 유도하여 착시현상을 일으킴으로써 인체의 특정 부위를 부각하거나, 톤 온 톤(tone on tone) 배색을 통한 평면 공간의 입체감 부여, 인체에 둘러지면서 인체를 따라 생기는 표면의 나선이나 율동으로 인해 유연한 실루엣으로 바뀌어 이지적인 이미지로 만들 기도 한다. 또한, 서로 크기가 다른 개체를 점증적 으로 반복, 배열함으로써 시선을 확장시키고 비대칭 과 사선의 움직임을 통한 기하학 도형의 대비와 움 직임에 따른 역동성이 도형성 안에 포함될 수 있다. ) 해체와 재구성 큐비즘 패션의 해체와 재구성은 형태요소 중 가장 기본적인 선, 면, 아이템의 형태에 대한 조화를 파 괴하여 해체하고 불규칙하게 재구성하여 새롭고 다 양한 형태로 나타난다. 즉, 큐비즘 회화에서 선이 대상을 분해하여 새롭게 구성하는 매개로 사용되는 것처럼 패션에서 선은 의복구성의 패턴을 해체해 재 구성하는 용도로 절개선, 혹은 여러 가지 재료를 사 용한 장식 선으로 표현되어 단조로운 실루엣에 변화 를 주고 시선을 끄는 효과를 낸다. 또한, 다채로운 화면의 분할은 패션에 변화를 줄 수 있는 디자인 요 소로써 현대 패션 디자인에 다양한 모습으로 적용되 고 있다. 선에 의한 해체와 재구성을 살펴보면 장식 선을 활용하여 다양한 사선에 의해 분할된 면을 사 선과 바탕의 색대비로 인하여 선을 강조시키거나, 의복구성 시 서로 다른 색상의 패널들을 재구성하여 명도 대비에 의한 시각적 즐거움을 준다. 이러한 해 체와 왜곡은 단순히 디자인 요소와 패턴에만 한정되 는 것이 아니라 다양한 소재의 믹스매치를 통해서도 정형화되지 않게 변화를 주고 재구성하여 생동감과 자유로움을 느끼게 한다. ) 중첩성 큐비즘 패션에서의 중첩성은 기하학형 도형을 크 기의 변화를 주어 도형들을 연속적으로 반복, 중첩 하거나 동일한 소재에 상이한 컬러의 아이템을 중첩 시켜 다른 아이템을 입고 있는 것처럼 과장된 실루 엣을 만들 수 있다. 또한 동일한 컬러, 소재의 러플 을 중첩할 수 있으며 여러 아이템을 여러 층으로 겹 겹이 쌓아올려 부풀려서 실루엣을 만들 수도 있다. 이처럼 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘의 두드러진 특징 은 의상의 전체적인 외형에 있어 형태의 변형과 왜 곡에 있으며, 이것은 구성에 있어 기존의 규칙을 버 리고 더욱 기초적인 조형방법으로 구성해나가 기하 학적인 형태에 의해 실현되고 있다(e. lee, ). ) 동시성 큐비즘 회화에서의 동시성은 현대패션에서 인체에 대한 고정적 관념, 즉 인간이 만들어 놓은 아름다운 신체에 대한 전통의 미학적 가치를 거부하며 세기 전반까지 신체의 보호와 미적 기능을 목적으로 하였 던 전통의 관습적 편견들을 해체하고자 하였다 (park, ). 큐비즘 패션에 나타난 동시성은 시점의 각도에 따라 아이템이나 디자인 요소가 갖고 있는 다양한 기능을 변형시키는 방식으로, 앞여밈이 항상 정면에 있어야 하는 정형화 된 셔츠와 재킷의 착장 방식을 부정하여 앞여밈을 어깨 쪽으로 구성하여 시선을 집 중시켜 아이템 형태의 상상을 할 수 있도록 시각적 재미를 나타내기도 하고, 재킷 위에 원피스를 겹쳐 입은 듯 한 느낌을 주면서 왜곡되어 나타나며 원피 스는 재킷의 패널에 의해 마치 원피스 위에 재킷을 입은 듯 한 시각적 착각을 주며 한 벌에 두 가지의 아이템이 동시에 관찰되게 표현하기도 하였다. ) 사실성 큐비즘 패션에서의 사실성은 일상생활에서의 재료 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 로서 성질과 본질을 지닌 전혀 왜곡된 재료가 아님 에도 불구하고 그 재료를 의상에 도입하여 모호하게 왜곡되어 전위적인 조형미로 나타났다(song, ). 다른 용도로 쓰이는 의외의 소재를 왜곡하여 사용하 기도 하며, 특이한 소재를 새로운 기법으로 패션에 전위적으로 표현하기도 한다. 이러한 새롭고 실험적 인 제 의 소재 도입으로 인해 의외성과 부조화를 유 발하는 동시에 유희적인 일종의 그로테스크를 나타 내었다(chae, ). 재료로는 인공물, 동물, 자연물 등의 다양한 종류 가 사용되고 있는데 인공물의 금속 재료를 이용한 디자인 사례를 보면 금속으로 바디스(badies)를 성 형하고 씨퀸으로 장식한 팔, 다리는 빛의 명암효과 로 인해 관능적인 이미지를 주며 관찰자의 시선을 바디스(badies)쪽으로 집중시켜 점차적으로 씨퀸으 로 장식된 팔, 다리 쪽으로 시선을 이동시켜 시각적 확장을 유도하기도 한다. Ⅲ. 연구방법 및 절차 본 연구는 큐비즘스타일패션 선정을 위한 차 f.g.r. 연구와 큐비즘스타일패션의 조형적 디자인 요소 분석을 위한 차 f.g.r. 연구로 나누어 진행되 었다. . 큐비즘스타일패션 선정을 위한 연구 ( 차 f.g.r.) 본 연구는 년 월 일부터 년 월 일까지 기간 중 일 동안 실시되었으며, 연구범위 는 년 s/s부터 년 s/s까지 파리 컬렉션에 발표된 모든 작품을 대상으로 하였다. 자료의 출처 는 패션 정보 사이트 firstviewkorea.com에서 제공 되는 컬렉션 사진을 중심으로 진행되었으며, 분석 자료는 년여 동안 회 파리 컬렉션에 나타난 총 명의 디자이너의 , 점의 작품 전체를 대상 으로 하였다. 년 s/s부터 년 s/s까지의 파리 컬렉션을 선정한 이유는 연구시점에서 최근 컬 렉션에 나타난 큐비즘 적 동향을 알아보기 위함이 고, 세계 대 컬렉션인 파리컬렉션, 밀라노 컬렉션, 뉴욕 컬렉션, 런던 컬렉션 중에서 파리 컬렉션을 선 택한 이유는 대 컬렉션 중 가장 큐비즘 적 성향이 두드러지게 나타나 연구에 적합하다고 판단하여 결 정하게 되었다. 컬렉션 작품 중 큐비즘과 관련성이 있는 패션스타 일을 큐비즘스타일패션으로 선정하기 위해 f.g.r.을 실시하였다. 이는 보다 전문적이고 객관적인 판단을 통해 결과에 대한 신뢰도를 높이기 위함이다. f.g.r.에 참여한 전문가는 의류디자인학을 전공한 석사학위 이상인 자로, 연구 및 실무경력 년 이상 되는 전문가 명으로 구성하였다. 본 연구는 컬렉션에 나타난 패션스타일 중 큐비즘 에 영향을 받은 스타일을 추출해내기 위해 전문가 집단을 대상으로 , 개의 컬렉션 사진을 보여주 고 각각의 스타일에 대해 큐비즘과의 관련성 정도를 점 리커드 척도로 판단하게 하였다. f.g.r.의 진행 은 정해진 시간에 명의 구성원이 한자리에 모여 모 니터 상에 제시되는 패션 스타일에 대해 리커드 척 도에 따른 점수를 무기명으로 각각 평가하도록 하였 다. 집중도를 높이기 위해 동일 장소에 모여 진행하 되, 서로 간 상의과정 없이 비밀평가 방식으로 유도 진행 하였다. . 큐비즘스타일패션의 조형적 디자인 요소 분석을 위한 연구 ( 차 f.g.r.) 본 연구는 년 월 일부터 월 일까지 일 간에 걸쳐 실시되었으며, 연구범위는 선행된 차 f.g.r.을 통해 큐비즘스타일패션으로 분석·선정된 명의 디자이너, 점의 큐비즘스타일패션을 대상 으로 하였다. 차 f.g.r.에서 선정된 점의 큐비즘스타일패션 에 대한 전·후·측면 및 디테일 사진을 연구대상으로 하였다. 이들 개 스타일의 조형적 디자인 요소를 분석하고자 아이템, 실루엣, 색상, 배색, 소재, 디테 일, 트리밍 등 개 요소를 분석 변수로 사용하였다. 개 요소 각각의 세부항목은 요소별로 수를 달리하 여 총 개의 항목을 통해 해당 사항 여부를 분석하 였다. 색상의 경우에는 pantone textile 컬러칩 최예리 · 최정욱 / 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구 을 사용하여 정확한 색상분석을 시도하였다. 보다 전문적이고 객관적인 평가를 통해 결과에 대 한 신뢰도를 높이기 위해 차 연구와 마찬가지로 차 연구에서도 f.g.r.을 실시하였다. f.g.r.의 구성 은 의류디자인학을 전공한 석사학위 이상인 자로, 연구 및 실무경력 년 이상의 전문가 명을 선정 하였다. Ⅳ. 연구 결과 및 고찰 . 큐비즘스타일 선정을 위한 연구 결과 f.g.r.의 구성원인 패션 전문가 인에게 년 s/s부터 년 s/s까지 파리컬렉션에 발표된 총 , 점 전체 작품을 대상으로 각 작품에서 보이 는 큐비즘 관련 정도를 리커드 척도로 표시하도록 하여 분석한 결과는 다음과 같다. 먼저 연구범위의 시즌별 빈도수를 살펴보면, s/s ( , . %), f/w( , . %)이다. s/s 컬렉션의 작품 수가 f/w 컬렉션의 작품 수 보다 많 게 조사되었으며 각 연도별 빈도수를 분석해본 결과 년( , . %), 년( , . %), 년( , . %), 년( , . %) 순으 로 나타났다. 년에서 년까지 파리 컬렉션 에 참여한 디자이너에 대해 조사한 결과, 총 명 인 것으로 나타났으며 이들 디자이너 중 조사범위 동안 매회 컬렉션에 빠짐없이 참여한 디자이너는 명인 것으로 분석되었다. f.g.r.의 구성원인 전문가 명에게 , 점의 파리 컬렉션 작품 각각에 대한 큐비즘과의 관련성을 점 리커드 척도를 통해 평가하도록 하였으며 이때 검사자 간 평가결과의 신뢰도를 알아보기 위하여 상 관분석을 실시하였다. 분석결과 평가자 부터 평가 자 까지 모두 각각 유의수준 . 하에서 상관관계 가 존재함을 알 수 있었으며 이를 통해 평가자들 간 의 응답 경향이 비슷함을 알 수 있고, 평가자들 간 의 응답을 신뢰할 수 있다고 판단할 수 있었다. 큐비즘스타일의 시즌 분포를 살펴보면 s/s( , . %)와 f/w( , . %)가 거의 같은 정도로 나타났는데, 이는 파리 컬렉션에서 시즌에 상관없이 큐비즘스타일이 선보여진 것으로 분석되었다. 다음 으로 큐비즘스타일의 연도별 출현 빈도를 분석한 결 과 전반적으로 매해 출현 빈도가 유사하였으나 년도의 경우 빈도가 높게 나타났다. 즉, 년도 ( , . %)에 비해 년도( , . %)에 눈에 띄게 큐비즘스타일이 많이 선보여진 것으로 나 타났다. 이는 년도에 전 세계적으로 불어 닥친 경제적 불황이 끼친 영향이라 분석할 수 있다. 즉, 불황일수록 디자이너들의 발명 및 창작에 대한 요구 가 커진다는 분석에 근거하듯, 년 불황기에 새 로운 것에 대한 열망이 커진 디자이너들이 년 부터 조심스럽게 예견되는 경기 회복의 기미를 발판 으로 긍정적이고 경쾌한 분위기를 디자인한 것으로 해석할 수 있다. 즉, 년 f/w 시즌에는 안정과 현실의 기반 위에 새로운 변화와 재미를 추구하는 시즌이었으며 생각지 못한 방식과 결합으로 세련된 창조물을 만들어내기 시작한 것으로 볼 수 있다(inte rnet site, firstviewkorea). 그 결과 큐비즘스타일패 션과 같은 새로운 스타일이 많이 선보여지게 된 것 으로 사료된다. 큐비즘스타일을 제안한 디자이너를 조사한 결과 전체 디자이너 명 중 명으로 전체의 . % 에 해당하였다. 이들 디자이너 중 큐비즘스타일의 디자인을 매년 출현 빈도가 이상으로 제작한 디 자이너로는, 꼼 데 가르송( , . %), 알렉산더 맥퀸( , . %), 매니쉬 아로라( , . %), 빅터 앤 롤프( , . %), 메종 마틴 마르지엘라와 파코 라반( , . %), 아마야 아르주아가( , . %), 티에리 뮈글러( , . %), 페드로 로렌코( , . %), 아르주 캐프롤과 릭 오웬스( , . %), 파티 마 로페즈, 가레스 푸, 이세이 미야케( , . %), 이상봉( , . %), 발렌시아가( , . %) 순으로 나타났다. 이들 중 아시아계 디자이너로 꼼 데 가르 송의 레이 가와쿠보와 이세이 미야케가 있으며, 특 히 한국계 디자이너로는 이상봉, 문영희 등이 큐비 즘스타일패션 디자이너로 분류되었음을 알 수 있다. . 큐비즘스타일패션의 조형적 디자인 요소 분석을 위한 연구 결과 ( 차 f.g.r.) 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 차 f.g.r.을 통해 큐비즘과의 관련성에서 점 이상의 점수를 받은 개의 큐비즘스타일 작품 중 다시 . 점 이상의 점수를 받은 개의 작품만을 선별하여 이들 작품의 전·후·측면 및 디테일 사진을 면밀히 분석하였다. 이때 사용된 변수 개의 조형적 디자인 요소를 기 준으로 개 세부항목에 따라 분석하였다. 보다 전 문적이고 객관적인 판단을 통해 결과에 대한 신뢰도 를 높이기 위해 차 연구와 마찬가지로 차 연구에 서도 f.g.r.을 실시하였다. f.g.r.의 구성은 의류디 자인학을 전공한 석사학위 이상인 자로, 연구 및 실 무경력 년 이상의 전문가 명을 선정하여 진행하 였다. 앞서 설명한 바, 조형적 디자인 요소 분석을 위해 차 f.g.r.의 평가 결과에서 . 점 이상의 점수를 받은 개의 작품을 큐비즘스타일패션으로 정하고 이들의 조형적 디자인 요소를 분석하였다. 평가자 평균점수가 점 이상인 경우는 ( . %), . 점 이상인 경우는 ( . %), . 점 이상인 경우는 ( . %), . 점 이상인 경우는 ( . %), 점 이상인 경우는 ( . %)로 나타났다. 이에 평가 값 . 이상인 작품 점을 본 논문의 차 연 구 대상으로 선정하였다. 큐비즘스타일패션에 나타난 아이템의 종류를 살펴 본 결과, 원피스( , . %), 재킷( , . %) 순으로 높게 나타났으며 롱 슬랙스, 블라우스/셔츠, 드레스, 코트 등 여개의 다양한 아이템이 출현한 것으로 조사되었다. 원피스의 출현 빈도가 가장 많 은 이유는 실루엣을 통한 형태 표현이나 입체적 디 테일을 통한 큐비즘적 표현이 용이한 아이템이기 때 문으로 생각된다. 다음으로 큐비즘스타일패션의 실루엣 분포를 살펴 본 결과, h 실루엣( , . %), o 실루엣( , . %), a 실루엣( , . %), y or t 실루엣( , . %) 순이었다. 이 중에서 h 실루엣이나 o 실루 엣이 높은 빈도로 나타난 것은 심플하고 기하학적 형태로 표현되는 큐비즘 성향과 일치한다고 사료된 다. 뿐만 아니라, x 실루엣( , . %)의 빈도가 가 장 낮게 나타난 이유는 x 실루엣이 여성적이고 곡선 적인 느낌이 강한 실루엣이므로 큐비즘의 심플하고 기하학적인 스타일과 대치되기 때문으로 분석되었 다. 큐비즘스타일패션의 각 스타일마다 사용된 색상을 모두(중복응답) 분석한 결과, 총 가지의 색상이 사용되었음을 알 수 있었다. 주로 사용된 색상은 레 드 계열, 옐로우 계열, 블루 계열 색상 정도로 국한 되었으며 저채도나 무채색의 빈도가 높은 것으로 분 석되었다. 큐비즘스타일패션에 나타난 배색 방법을 분석한 결과, 솔리드(solid)( , . )%가 과반 수 이상으 로 가장 많이 응답하였고, 톤 인 톤(tone in tone)( , . %), 톤 온 톤(tone on tone)( , . %), 세퍼레이트(separate)( , . %) 순으로 나타났 다. 솔리드가 많이 사용된 것은 심플하고 입체적인 형태 표현을 주로 하는 큐비즘적 성향을 표현하기에 솔리드가 적합한 배색 방법이기 때문인 것으로 사료 되었다. 즉, 직선적, 곡선적 혹은 입체적으로 실루엣 이나 디테일을 강조하는 경우, 색상에 의한 표현을 절제해야 하는 디자인 원리를 활용하기 때문인 것으 로 생각되었다. 큐비즘스타일패션에 사용된 소재의 분포를 살펴보 면, 면( , . %), 새틴( , . %), 메탈릭( , . %), 가죽( , . %), 실크( , . %), 쉬폰( , . %), 펠트( , . %), 모( , . %), 벨벳( , . %), 저지( , . %), 니트( , . %), 에나멜( , . %), t/c( , . %), 패딩( , . %), 마( , . %), 비닐( , . %), 퍼와 레이스( , . %), 코듀로이( , . %), 진( , . %)으로 나타났다. 이를 통해 알 수 있는 바, 큐비즘스타일패션에는 면, 새틴, 가죽, 실크 등 표면 요철감이 적은 플랫한 소재들이 많이 사용되었고, 특히 가죽이나 메탈릭 등의 빈도가 높게 나타난 것은 큐비즘의 기하학적· 도형적·매니쉬한 느낌을 표현하는데 용이한 까닭으 로 사료된다. 디테일이 큐비즘적 스타일을 표현하기 위해 다양 하게 사용되었는데 이를 살펴본 결과, 입체적 표현( , . %), 과장·확대·연장( , . %), 왜곡( , . %), 해체·전치·도치( , . %), 기하학적 면 분할( , . %), 소재 믹스매치( , . %), 최예리 · 최정욱 / 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구 겹침·반복( , . %), 비대칭적 구조( , . %), 라운드 커팅( , . %), 드레이프( , . %), 레이 어드( , . %), 아웃 커팅( , . %), 기하학적 프린팅( , . %), 구김( , . %), 패치워크( , . %), 묶음·엮음( , . %), 누빔(패딩)( , . %), 페이크(fake)( , . %), 없음( , . %), 추 상적 프린팅( , . %) 순으로 나타났다. 즉, 큐비 즘스타일패션을 표현하는데 있어 ‘입체적 표현’, ‘과 장·확대·연장’, ‘왜곡’, ‘해체·전치·도치’ 등의 디테일 표현방법이 주로 사용된 것으로 분석되었다. 마지막으로 큐비즘스타일패션에 사용된 트리밍의 종류를 분석한 결과, 없음( , . %)이 과반 이 상으로 가장 높게 나타났으며, 다음으로 벨트( , . %), 기타 구조물, 주머니( , . %) 순으로 분 석되었다. 이 결과, 큐비즘스타일패션은 부가적인 트리밍 장식보다 실루엣이나 전체적인 디테일 변화 를 통해 표현하고 있음을 알 수 있었다. figure . cubism fashion’s characteristics based on detail manner of expressions . 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구 앞서 f.g.r.을 통해 큐비즘스타일패션의 조형적 디 자인 요소를 종합하여 살펴본 결과, 큐비즘스타일패 션의 특성은 figure 과 같이 추출되었다. 큐비즘스 타일패션을 표현하는데 있어 디테일 표현방법이 가 장 두드러지게 나타나 이를 바탕으로 큐비즘스타일 패션을 도출하였다. 선행연구와 디테일의 표현방법을 분석한 결과 큐비 즘스타일패션은 다음의 세 가지로 정의해 볼 수 있다. ) 전위적인 구성 방법 먼저 큐비즘스타일패션은 “전위적인 구성 방법”의 성향을 띄는데, 이러한 특성은 ‘중첩’, ‘해체’등의 표 현기법을 통해 보인다. ‘중첩’이란 디테일 또는 색상 을 거듭하여 겹쳐 나타내는 방법으로 반복·방사·그 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 라데이션 등의 방법을 통해 연속적 혹은 규칙적인 배열을 보여주는 경우를 말한다. ‘해체’란 원래 있어 야 하는 자리에 없게 하여 흩어지게 하거나 분해하 는 것을 의미하는 것으로, 전치·도치와 같이 원래 위치해야 하는 곳에 위치하지 않고 위치를 바꿈으로 써 기대와 예측을 바꾸는 것을 말한다. 본 연구의 대상인 큐비즘스타일패션의 경우, ‘중첩’을 사용한 디테일의 표현은 색상의 반복, 트리밍의 반복, 디테 일의 반복 등을 통해 표현되고 있었다. 이를 좀 더 자세히 살펴보면 먼저, 중첩 기법 중 에서도 색상을 반복적으로 사용하여 나타낸 것으로 인도의 디자이너 매니쉬 아로라(manish arora)의 년 f/w 작품 figure 를 들 수 있다. figure 는 블루, 오렌지, 레드 등 비비드한 색상 사이에 블 랙과 화이트를 매치하여 나머지 색들을 돋보이게 하 는 세퍼레이션 배색 기법을 반복적으로 사용한 것으 로, 특히 엉덩이 부분에 사선의 형태로 반복 배치하 는 동시에 입체감을 주어 밋밋할 수 있는 색채 중첩 기법에 리듬감을 더하였다. 조쉬 구트(josh goot)는 년 s/s 컬렉션에서 figure 의 작품을 통해 기 하학적 패턴 배치에 모노톤의 그라데이션 효과를 사 용한 색상 배치를 한 바 있다. 그라데이션 색상의 반복을 기하학적 패턴 안에서 표현함으로써 큐비즘 적 스타일을 잘 나타내고 있다. 다음으로 트리밍의 반복을 통해 표현한 중첩 기법 을 사용한 예로, 빅터 앤 롤프(viktor & rolf)의 년 s/s 컬렉션에서는 figure 와 같이 색색깔 의 쉬폰(chiffon)과 튤(tulle)을 사용하여 옷 자체의 실루엣이 주는 단조로움을 깨고 자잘한 프릴을 여러 겹으로 겹쳐 차원적인 형태로 나타내어 입체감을 더했다. 빅터 앤 롤프는 년 f/w 컬렉션 figure 에서 빳빳한 소재를 사용하여 플리츠를 과장하고 반복적으로 덧붙임으로써 실루엣의 과장 및 확대까 지 보여주었다. 또한 슬리브와 어깨의 연결 부위에 반복적인 주름을 직각으로 세워 어깨를 강조하고 스 커트는 라운드 컷팅 된 조각을 스파이럴 형태로 반 복 배치함으로써 각진 상의와 부드러운 하의 간의 상반된 느낌을 대치시켜 표현하였다. 디테일의 반복을 통해 표현된 중첩의 예로는, 빅 터 앤 롤프의 년 s/s 컬렉션을 들 수 있다. figure 은 슬리브와 커프스를 과장하고 반복시킴으 로써 독특한 조형적 표현을 보여준 원피스이다. 꼼 데 가르송(comme des garcons)은 figure 에서 기존 의복이 갖고 있는 내부의 디테일 선을 모두 생 략하고 최소한의 절개를 통해 심플한 실루엣을 기하 학적 형태로 표현한 후, 오브제로 사용한 꽃을 여러 개 중첩시킴으로써 독창적이며 입체적인 느낌을 강 조하였다. 다음으로 ‘해체’ 기법을 통해 표현된 큐비즘스타일 패션을 살펴보면, 먼저 분해 및 재조립을 통한 해체 에서, figure 의 꼼 데 가르송은 년 s/s 컬렉 션에서 외투의 슬리브가 있을 자리에 또 다른 형태의 코트를 비대칭적으로 배치하여 기이한 실루엣을 만들 어냄으로써 의복의 구조를 완전히 왜곡시켜 새로운 형태로 재탄생시켰다. 년 s/s 컬렉션 figure 에서는 어깨 부분의 볼록한 부분을 가슴 쪽으로 전치 시킴으로써 있어야 할 자리가 아닌 새로운 곳에 특정 형태를 두어 구조적인 형태의 변형을 꾀했다. 다음으로 착장 방법의 무시를 통한 해체의 예를 살펴보면, figure 은 꼼 데 가르송의 년 s/s 컬렉션으로 재킷의 한쪽 혹은 뒤쪽에 또 다른 재킷 을 덧붙임으로써 입는 재킷이 아닌 걸쳐진 형태의 재킷을 통해 착장 방법에 의한 해체를 보여주고 있 다. 다음으로 figure 은 서로 다른 두 가지의 외 투를 연결하여 원피스를 입은 후 상의에 착장하지 않고 목에 두름으로써 기존 의복의 착장 방법을 무 시하고 새로운 형태로 표현하였다. 마지막으로 다시점 표현에 의한 해체 표현에 관해 살펴보면, 큐비즘 회화에서의 동시성과 관련성이 있 다. 큐비즘 패션에서의 동시성이 가지는 의미는 다 시점에서 본 형태들을 동시에 패션에 표현되어 나타 난 것이라 할 수 있겠다. 즉 아이템의 디테일을 해 체해 정형화된 시각에서 벗어나 다양한 시점을 지닌 과장된 형태로 왜곡되어 나타난다. 이는 일반적인 옷의 형태와 착장 방법을 정형화된 실루엣들 사이에 비정형화된 사고의 차이를 통해 본질을 부각하는 시 각적 효과다. 이러한 동시성은 정형화된 패션의 스 타일이 아니라 다양한 시점의 변화를 줌으로써 시선 을 확장하며, 이러한 시각의 확장은 양적인 미적확 장 뿐만 아니라 의외성을 갖는 유희적 수단으로서 활용된다. 그 실례로 로미오 피레(romeo pires)의 년 s/s 컬렉션 작품을 들 수 있다. 측면에 위 치해야 하는 정형화된 셔츠의 소매 위치를 figure 처럼 앞 중심 쪽으로 구성하여 다양한 시점에서 최예리 · 최정욱 / 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구 본 패션의 형태를 표현함으로써 패션의 표현 영역을 확장시켰다. 또한 꼼 데 가르송은 figure 에서와 같이 재킷을 스커트로 사용하여 햄 라인에 라펠과 figure . manish arora f/w rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . josh goot s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . viktor & rolf s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . viktor & rolf f/w rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . viktor & rolf s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . romeo pires s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com 슬리브가 위치하도록 배치함으로써 다각도 시점에서 본 새로운 형태를 제안하여 의복구성의 본질적 질서 를 부정한 유니크한 원피스를 선보였다. 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 ) 지오메틱한 블록 배치 다음으로 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 에서는 컷팅·분해, 프린트, 패치워크 등의 기법을 통 해 기하학적인 면 분할이 많이 나타났으며 다양한 형태의 독특한 오브제를 통한 입체적 표현이 자주 보였는데, 이러한 특성을 ‘지오메틱한 블록 배치’로 정리하였다. 먼저 ‘기하학적 면 분할’을 통한 표현을 살펴보 면, 재단 등에 의해 나누어진 패턴·패널을 기하학적 인 형태로 다채롭게 분할함으로써 다양한 모습으로 패션에 적용하였다. 특히 컷팅, 프린트, 패치워크 등 의 기법을 사용하였는데, 먼저 컷팅·분해를 통한 패 널 분리의 예로는 페드로 로렌코(pedro lourenco) 의 년 s/s 컬렉션의 작품 figure 로 기하학 적 커팅을 사용하여 패널을 분리하여 표현함으로써 고스적인 분위기를 큐비즘적으로 해석·표현하였다. 꼼 데 가르송은 figure 에서 기하학적 면 분할로 나누어진 각각의 패널에 이질적 소재를 믹스매치하 고, 각각의 패널에 라운드 컷팅함으로써 이질적 소 재의 대비를 극대화시켰다. 스테피 크리스티안 (steffie christiaens)은 figure 에서 기하학적인 컷팅으로 패널을 분리시키고 부분적으로 천을 덧붙 여 입체적으로 표현하였다. figure . pedro lourenco s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons f/w rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . steffi chrishan s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . issey miyake f/w rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com 다음으로 프린트를 이용하여 지오메틱한 블록 배 치를 표현한 작품을 살펴보면, figure 의 이세이 미야케 작품에서는 지그재그와 하운드 투스 패턴을 상·하의에 각각 배치하여 써피스 프린트하여 표현하 였으며, 입체적인 칼라가 드레이프로 연출되는 베스 트를 착장함으로써 큐비즘적 느낌을 강조하였다. 한 편, figure 에서 보여지듯이 알렉산더 맥퀸은 파 충류나 바다생물이 떠올려지는 추상적인 문양을 대 칭으로 배치하여 디지털 프린팅 하였는데, 이는 에 어리한 소재와 함께 조화롭게 연출되었다. 패치워크로 표현된 면 배치의 예로, 매니쉬 아로 라의 년 f/w 컬렉션에서 선보인 작품 figure 는 다양한 컬러로 면 분할된 원피스 위에 입체적 인 형태의 패치워크 볼레로를 더해 큐비즘적 패션을 완성하였다. 다음으로 ‘오브제에 의한 입체적 표현’을 통한 큐 비즘스타일패션을 살펴보면, figure 에서 꼼 데 가르송은 외투를 페티코트 형태의 오브제로 사용하 면서 페티코트 골격 형태를 그대로 겉으로 드러내고 슬리브 등의 디테일을 생략함으로써 충격적인 실루 엣을 만들어냈다. figure 은 아르주 캐프롤(arzu kaprol)의 f/w 컬렉션 작품으로, 입체적인 원 통형의 상의에 스터드 등의 메탈 소재 트리밍을 빽 빽하게 달아 오브제를 사용한 입체적인 표현을 잘 나타낸 작품이다. 최예리 · 최정욱 / 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구 figure . alexander mcqueen s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . manish arora f/w rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . arzew kefrol f/w rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . hussein chalayan f/w rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . maison martin margiela s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . viktor & rolf s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . viktor & rolf s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . comme des garcons f/w rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . viktor & rolf s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . rick owens s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com figure . blythe damis emi s/s rtw - www.firstviewkorea.com 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 ) 실루엣의 왜곡 및 단순화 마지막으로 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 은 여성의 인체가 갖고 있는 고유의 곡선미를 부정 하고 평면적 혹은 차원적으로 조작·왜곡하여 실루 엣을 생략·단순화 시키거나 기존의 디테일을 확대· 연장함으로써 ‘실루엣의 왜곡 및 단순화’를 통해 표 현되었다. ‘왜곡’이란, 예술에서 원형과 그 표상 간 의 의도적이거나 비의도적으로 나타나는 차이를 가 리키는 용어로써(“glossary of world art,” ), 미술용어사전에 나타난 왜곡에 대한 용어 정의는 다 양하지만 패션에 있어서 왜곡의 개념은 인체의 이상 적 형태를 이탈해 만들어진 것, 즉 강조와 과장, 확 대 등의 방법으로 인체의 자연적 비례를 무시한 복 식으로 정의할 수 있다(kim, ). ‘단순화’는 복잡 하지 않고 간단하며 단조롭게 만들어지는 형태로 인 체의 실루엣이나 의복의 구조를 단순화시켜 왜곡되 어 표현한 것을 말한다. 이러한 특성은 평면적 혹은 차원적으로 왜곡시키거나 실루엣의 단순화 혹은 디 테일·트리밍의 확대 및 연장에 의해 표현되는 것으 로 나타났다. 먼저 ‘평면적 왜곡’을 표현한 예를 살펴보면, 후 세인 샬라얀(hussein chalayan)은 figure 에서 여성 인체 곡선미를 철저히 부정하고 직사각형의 플 랫한 형태의 실루엣으로 표현하였으며, 메종 마틴 마르지엘라(maison martin margiela)는 figure 에 서 트렌치 코트가 그려진 빳빳한 종이를 어깨에 걸 친 듯한 평면적인 직사각형 실루엣을 표현하였다. 다음으로 ‘ 차원적 조작’ 기법의 예로, figure 에서 빅터 앤 롤프는 차원적으로 면을 마치 전기톱 으로 잘라낸 듯한 독창적인 컷팅감이 돋보이는 드레 스를 선보였다. figure 는 튤 소재로 만든 드레스 의 중간을 뻥 뚫어서 안이 보이게 하는 드레스로, 소재의 특성을 적극 이용하여 차원적인 왜곡·조작 을 진행하였다. 다음으로 ‘실루엣의 생략’을 통한 큐비즘스타일패 션의 표현 사례를 살펴보면, 년 f/w 꼼 데 가 르송의 ‘미래는 평면적이다.’라는 컨셉을 가진 컬렉 션을 볼 수 있다. figure 에서는 실루엣을 단순화 시켜 생략시킴과 동시에 과장되게 표현한 평면적 디 자인을 전개하였으며 단순화한 실루엣의 오버사이즈 의상으로 패션에 대한 고정관념을 무너뜨렸다. 뿐만 아니라 단추와 지퍼 없이 단순한 형태들로 만들어 새로운 의복의 개념을 정립하였으며, 인체의 실루엣 을 생각하지 않고 단순화시킨 표현이 마치 종이 인 형 같은 인상을 주었다. 마지막으로 ‘디테일·트리밍을 확대하고 연장’함으 로써 큐비즘스타일패션을 표현하였는데, figure 에서 빅터 앤 롤프는 얇은 소재를 여러 겹으로 겹쳐 차원적인 도형의 형태를 어깨와 스커트에 어시매트 릭(asymmetric)하게 배치하고, 이를 사선으로 다시 잘라 마치 인체가 도형 안에 들어가 있는 느낌을 연 출하였다. figure 은 릭 오웬스(rick owens)의 작품으로 재킷의 한쪽 칼라만 지오메트릭한 도형의 형태로 확대시켜 어시매트릭하게 표현하였다. 다음 으로 브라이스 다미스 에미(bryce damice aime)의 figure 에서는 베스트 어깨를 입체적인 실루엣으 로 확대시켜 공작새 느낌을 주었고, 스커트는 패널 을 기하학적으로 재단하여 입체적인 요철감을 표현 하였다. Ⅴ. 결론 및 제언 본 연구는 년- 년 파리 컬렉션 작품 중 f.g.r. 분석을 통해 객관적인 방법으로 큐비즘과 관 련 깊은 패션스타일을 선정하고, 선정된 큐비즘스타 일패션의 조형적 디자인 요소를 분석함으로써 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션의 특성을 분석하는 것을 목적으로 하였으며 연구의 결과는 다음과 같 다. 아이템 분포의 경우 ‘원피스’가 가장 많은 것으로 분석되었고, ‘h 실루엣’이 주를 이루었으며 ‘면’ 소 재의 사용빈도가 높은 것으로 나타났다. 색상의 경 우, 주로 사용된 색상은 ‘레드, 옐로우, 블루 계열’ 정도로 국한되었으며 ‘저채도와 무채색’의 빈도가 높은 것으로 분석되었다. 배색은 ‘솔리드’가 대부분 이었으며, 트리밍은 거의 사용하지 않는 것으로 보 였다. 디테일 표현방법의 경우, 큐비즘스타일패션은 입체적 표현, 과장·확대·연장, 왜곡, 해체·전치·도치, 최예리 · 최정욱 / 현대 패션에 나타난 큐비즘스타일패션 연구 기하학적 면 분할 등을 통해 의복 디테일의 변화를 보여주는 것을 알 수 있었다. 이외에도 소재 믹스매 치, 겹침·반복, 비대칭적 구조 등의 표현 방식이 사 용된 것으로 분석되었다. 이상의 결과는 큐비즘적 성향 표현에 있어 용이하기 때문인 것으로 사료되었 다. 즉, 기하학적이고 심플하며 입체적인 디테일 표 현을 주로 하는 큐비즘적 성향을 표현하는데 이와 같은 디자인 요소의 조건이 적합한 것으로 나타났 다. 이상의 실증적 자료의 분석 결과를 통해 큐비즘스 타일패션에 나타난 여러 가지의 표현 방식들을 종합 하고 정리하여 세 가지 특성을 도출할 수 있다. 먼저, '전위적인 구성 방법'이다. 현대 패션에서 색상·트리밍·디테일의 반복적 사용을 통한 ‘중첩’기 법의 빈번한 활용이 큐비즘적 스타일로 연결되었으 며 의복 구성을 위한 여러 디테일 요소를 분해한 후 다시 재조립, 기존의 착장 방법에서 벗어난 착장의 형태를 보여주거나 보는 각도에 따라 다르게 보이는 여러 형태의 집약된 형태로 제시되는 다시점 표현을 통해 집대성된 ‘해체’기법의 표현이 전위적인 구성 형태로 나타나 큐비즘스타일패션을 표현하는 것으로 보여 졌다. 다음으로 '지오메틱한 블록 배치'이다. 컷팅·분해 등을 이용한 물리적 조작에 의한 패널 분리나 프린 트 혹은 패치워크 기법을 이용하여 기하학적 면 분 할을 통해 큐비즘적 느낌을 표현하였다. 뿐만 아니 라, 입체적인 오브제를 사용함으로써 큐비즘적 느낌 을 강조하였다. 마지막으로 '실루엣의 왜곡 및 단순화'이다. 인체 의 윤곽선의 미를 극대화시키기 위해 사용되는 의복 의 구성선 및 실루엣을 평면적으로 납작하게 눌러 왜곡하거나 차원적인 조작을 통한 왜곡, 전혀 다른 형태로 생략하여 단순화시키거나 세부 디테일 트리 밍을 확대 혹은 연장 하는 형태로 표현하는 방법을 통해 큐비즘적 스타일을 나타내고 있었다. 본 연구는 세기에 등장한 예술 운동 중 가장 실 험적이고 새로운 모더니즘의 시작이라 칭해지며 현 대 디자인에 큰 영향을 미친 예술양식인 큐비즘을 살펴보고 현대 패션 디자인에서 나타난 큐비즘적 디 자인 요소를 분석하여 큐비즘적 패션 스타일을 규명 하고 이를 하나의 패션 스타일로 확립하려 하였다. 나아가 패션 디자인 영역에서 큐비즘패션스타일로서 의 자리를 확립하는 가능성을 제시하는데 일조할 수 있으리라 기대한다. 본 연구에서는 현대 패션 디자인에서 나타난 큐비 즘적 요소를 분석하여 큐비즘적 패션 스타일을 규명 하는데 그쳤지만, 후속 연구에서는 큐비즘스타일을 다양하게 다루어 큐비즘 패션 디자인으로 제시하는 연구가 되길 기대한다. references chae g. ( ), modern dress aesthetics, seoul: gyeongchunsa. edward, f. f. ( ). cubism. (i. kim, trans.). seoul: mijinsa. (original work published ). glossary of world art, 'distortion'. ( ). retriev ed from http://terms.naver.com/entry.nhn?cid= &docid= &mobile&categoryid= ju, m. ( ), a study on the modern fashion u nder the influence of fauvis (unpublished doc toral dissertation). chung-ang university, seou l, korea. kang, k. ( ), a study on the dress design u sing p. picasso’s cubistic work (unpublished master’s thesis). ewha women university, seo ul, korea. kim, e. ( ), a study on modern fashion desi gn utilizing memphis design’s characteristics (unpublished master’s thesis). hong-ik univer sity, seoul, korea. lee, d. ( ), the fashion design applying to the formation of cubism arts (unpublished m aster’s thesis). keimyung university, daegu, k orea. lee, e. ( ), the formative characteristics of the cubism expressed in modern fashion (un published doctoral dissertation). daejeon univ ersity, daejeon, korea. 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 neil, c. ( ), cubism a&i. (s. cheon, trans.). s eoul: hangilart. (original work published ). park, h. ( ), the phenomena of body absen ce and irrepresentation in the late twentieth c entury fashion (unpublished doctoral dissertati on). hong-ik university, seoul, korea. song, a. ( ), a study on fashion design ada pting cubism aesthetics (unpublished master’s thesis). hong-ik university, seoul, korea. sung, p. ( ), a study on fashion design ada pting geometric form of analytic cubism aesth etics (unpublished master’s thesis). ewha wo mans university, seoul, korea. yoon, j. ( ), study on expression in self-portr ait by using cubism style (unpublished master’ s thesis). kook-min university, seoul, korea. yu & kim. ( ), a study on concentrated on t he years between s and s: effects o n the modern clothes-design by the art of th e cubism. research bulletin. ( ), - . collection s/s- f/w rtw. ( , dec ember - , march ). firstviewkorea, r etrieved from http://www.firstviewkorea.com received(january , ) revised(march , ) accepted(june , ) journal of art historiography number june ‘our project is not to add to art history as we know it, but to change it.’ the establishment of the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - victoria horne introduction in the burlington magazine announced that, ‘at an inaugural meeting in birmingham in march this year an association of art historians was formed with a regular constitution.’ the following year the aah began organising national conferences and in commenced publication of an affiliated journal titled art history. this was a formative moment in british art history, during which the professional status of the discipline was strengthened within the context of an expanding higher education system. this article investigates the intersections between professional legitimation and disciplinary critique that marked this period in recent history. in , as the uk association of art historians expansively rebrands itself as the association for art history, it is worth looking back and taking stock of this earlier moment of disciplinary self-recognition, institutionalisation and diversification. the coincident emergence of the professional organisation for art history scholars and feminist critique provides a fascinating glimpse of the contradictory forces at play in shaping the contemporary field. women’s unprecedented academic inclusion and consequent investigations into their predecessors’ historical absence demanded the development of new theories, methodologies and ways of looking at, thinking and writing about art and its history. feminist intellectual enquiry therefore ascended, entwined with the expanded participation of women in art and academia, but not reducible to it. as deborah cherry informed readers of art history in this enquiry was not intended to be additive but deeply transformative: ‘our project is not to add to art history as we know it, but to change it.’ thus, feminism’s explicitly political scholarship was fuelled by a profound aspiration to reshape the historical imagination of the late twentieth century. through an analysis of the aah records and its publishing history, this article attempts to capture the modes of feminist scholarship produced for, whilst critiquing, that professional context. this examination will demonstrate how the organisation and its publishing outlets created i am very grateful to professors richard and belinda thomson for generously gifting their collection of art history journals to support my research ‘editorial’, the burlington magazine, : , dec. , . deborah cherry, ‘feminist interventions: feminist imperatives’, rev. of old mistresses by pollock and parker, art history, : , dec. , . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - particular conditions of possibility for feminist research in art history – and, indeed, vice versa. professionalising the discipline: art history in post-war britain in the textile manufacturer and collector of modern french art, samuel courtauld, established an institute in london exclusively for the study of art. however, as griselda pollock has pointed out, even at the ‘institute’s birth there was no unequivocal embrace of art history as an academic study, or as a university discipline connected to the larger humboldtian curriculum in the german sense’. instead the courtauld institute remained intellectually indebted to a nineteenth-century connoisseurial attitude and produced art historians professionally trained for service to museums, galleries and private collections. around the same time british art history received an intellectual and institutional boost when, under the directorship of émigré fritz saxl, the warburg institute opened in . history of art departments were thereafter instituted at the university of glasgow in , university of leeds in and the university of oxford in . during the s higher education experienced sudden expansion under the influential recommendations of the robbins report ( ), which ‘assumed as an axiom that courses of higher education should be available for all those who are qualified by ability and attainment to pursue them and who wish to do so’. almost simultaneously the first coldstream-summerson report ( ) made ‘complementary studies’ a compulsory part of art and design degrees, and the combination of these developments contributed to new departments opening across the country, in both the established ‘red brick’ universities and the newer polytechnics (into which the independent art colleges were increasingly integrated). given the rapid growth of the discipline, it is logical that greater formalisation of the art-historical field was desired. delivered flexibly across historical departments, incorporating aesthetic philosophy, connoisseurship, or taught as complementary studies to film, fine art and design degrees, art history is what francesco ventrella aptly terms ‘an inherently undisciplined discipline’. the american college art association had formed in with similarly formalising motivations. elizabeth mansfield explains: ‘holmes smith [inaugural president of the caa] and other proponents of professionalization sought to give art history the disciplinary character of established academic fields: well defined disciplinary boundaries, pedagogical standards, research guidelines, and peer review prior griselda pollock, ‘art history and visual studies in great britain and ireland’, in matthew rampley ed., art history and visual studies in europe: transnational discourses and national frameworks, leiden: brill, , . http://www.educationengland.org.uk/documents/robbins/robbins .html for a discussion of these reports see malcolm quinn, ‘the pedagogy of capital: art history and art school knowledge’, in matthew potter ed., the concept of the ‘master’ in art education in britain and ireland, to the present, farnham: ashgate, . for more on the contested integration of art colleges within the polytechnic system see lisa tickner, hornsey : the art school revolution, london: frances lincoln, . francesco ventrella, ‘the gender of the art writing genre’ [review], oxford art journal, : ( ), . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - to publication or professional advancement.’ by , however, such impulses towards standardisation would be tempered by the transversal struggles of feminist, postcolonial and queer subjects; as well as an emergent wave of postmodern critique aimed at undermining the logic of the institution. pollock reminds her readers that art history in the uk received ‘major intellectual boosts from two waves of continental migration – one of persons and ideas in the s and another in the s of theories and methods.’ however, also of great importance was the example set by the more mature professional organisation in america. john white had recently returned from a stint teaching in the us and, as the association’s inaugural chair, his experiences were to have a lasting influence on the development of the organisation. alan bowness was one of white’s colleagues on the all-male steering committee that oversaw the establishment of the aah during a series of meetings between and . he recalls that: ‘[the caa] gave people an opportunity to meet one another and i think we thought at that time that it would be a good idea to have something similar, because there was nothing like it.’ the aah launched in and quickly attracted members; its appeal no doubt attributable in part to those collegiate, sociable ambitions of the organisation. at the time of writing in , membership sits at around (having previously reached ), while its rebrand presumably aims to expand on those numbers. while the ‘prestigious association of art historians’ was influenced by disciplinary practices in america, so too were the editors of a ‘radical forum for historians’ titled block. editor jon bird tells readers that ‘block was inspired by a sabbatical awareness of the close relation between research, teaching and publishing in american colleges.’ these recollections from bird and bowness indicate a decisive shift in the intellectual and organisational inclinations of the uk discipline, as north american attitudes towards both professionalization and liberalising curricula exerted influence. intellectually it marked a diminishment of art historical methods grounded in german philosophy and of new alliances being forged throughout the s, as postmodern theory filtered through journals such as the us october ( ), and uk screen (renamed from screen education in ). also significant were the civil rights and women’s liberation movements taking effect on american campuses, as these political contexts began to remake the terms of art historical study along the lines of radical social enquiry, latterly coalescing under the broad umbrella of ‘identity politics’. a radical augmentation in art history scholarship was taking place across the uk. a couple of months subsequent to the formation of the aah, the marxist art historian tj clark penned his landmark essay ‘on the conditions of artistic creation’. published in a elizabeth mansfield, making art history: a changing discipline and its institutions, london and new york: routledge, , . see for instance: michel foucault, discipline and punish: the birth of the prison, harmondsworth: penguin books, [ ]; samuel weber, institution and interpretation, minneapolis: university of minnesota press, . pollock, ‘art history and visual studies in great britain and ireland’, . interviewed by liz bruchet for aah oral histories, . thanks to claire coveney for confirming the current membership figures. these descriptions are borrowed from al rees and frances borzello, the new art history, london: camden press, . jon bird, ‘introduction’, the block reader in visual culture, london and new york: routledge, xi. victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - ‘rewriting art history’ segment of the times literary supplement, clark suggested the discipline was in a state of ‘dissolution’ and needed to reaffirm its serious ambitions through a renewed materialist approach to conceptualising art’s production and ideological relations. at leeds university in the social history of art ma was founded under his direction. in , the same year that art history commenced publication, oxford art journal was established (it is interesting to note the journal’s conservative, local emphasis in distinction to its later radical attitude). - also witnessed the short-lived but influential magazine black phoenix, published by rasheed araeen and mahmood jamal. araeen’s later success with third text ( ) suggests that the late- s british art world was not yet ready for a journal dedicated to the discussion of race and contemporary art in a global context. from to , an editorial collective at middlesex polytechnic published the ‘decidedly alternative’ or ‘cult’ magazine of art, design and cultural politics, block. it is instructive to note parallel expansions occurring across the humanities beyond art history, mediated through periodicals including radical philosophy ( ), race and class (renamed from race in ), and history workshop journal ( ). this overview, whilst selective, showcases the diversity of critical cultural research being produced at this dynamic moment, as differently positioned voices in socialist, feminist, anti-racist and anti-imperialist thought coalesced and found expression in an expansive periodical culture. in the uk the new models of art history being formulated to challenge institutionally dominant formations of knowledge were often markedly absolute. at middlesex polytechnic (home to rebellious journal block) the drive to destabilise bourgeois art history’s distinction between high and low culture, by incorporating design history and new cultural studies approaches, led to the founding of visual culture as a field of study in the uk. at the same time, and often within the same journals, feminist writers seriously dismantled the gendered terrain upon which modern art’s heroic myths were founded. while latterly emerging psychoanalytical and poststructuralist readings called for the deconstruction of liberal humanist theories of art and culture altogether. this drive towards dismantling the boundaries traditionally demarcating the study of art might appear at first glance counteractive to the professionalising impulse motivating the aah steering committee. and yet, both were intimately connected to the transformations in higher education already mentioned: the proliferation of teaching institutions, the relaxation of entry to previously excluded subjects, and the new objects and methods demanded by these classed and gendered transformations. in s britain, therefore, art historians were engaged in a two- fold, yet complexly intra-supportive, struggle towards structural professionalisation and the first issue of the journal was dedicated to ‘art in oxford’ (oxford art journal, vol. , no. , april ). whilst a later editorial preface added: ‘the “oxford” section, which we intend always to retain as an essential part of the journal is a forum for articles, reviews, letters and contributions of local interest.’ oxford art journal, : , april , . jonathan harris positively refers to block as ‘cult’ in ‘art history’, year’s work in critical and cultural theory, : , , . margaret iversen refers to the journal as ‘decidedly alternative’ in ‘the avant- gardian angels’, review of october, art history, : , december , . block’s original editorial collective included jon bird, barry curtis, melinda mash, tim putnam, george robertson and lisa tickner. the uk’s first visual culture ma was established at middlesex in , under the programme leadership of jon bird. for more on the history of this field see marquard smith’s introduction to visual culture studies: interviews with key thinkers, london: sage publishing, . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - intellectual diversification. by considering the dialectical forces of academic convention and political liberation this article seeks to nuance current perspectives on both the aah (in ‘its self-appointed role as the regulator and overseer of mainstream art historical discourse’ ) and of feminist interventions in art history. feminism and the politics of participation although it was also an era of intensifying conservative politics, - was a hugely productive period for feminist culture in the uk. during the s grassroots feminist art networks and collectives flourished, including, feministo: postal art event ( - ), women and work ( - ) and the hackney flashers ( - ). in the interdisciplinary journal feminist review commenced publication, contributing to a ripe periodical culture that included spare rib ( - ), feminist art news ( - ), trouble and strife ( ) and the women’s slide library journal ( - ). this journal was published by the women artists slide library, an organising hub established in london in that provided a vital space for women artists to archive documentation of their work. a number of significant exhibitions during this period publicised feminist art and curatorial strategies to the british public: hayward annual exhibition (london, ); portrait of the artist as a housewife (london: ica, ); issue: social strategies by women artists (london: ica, ); difference: on representation and sexuality (london: ica, ); the subversive stitch (manchester: cornerhouse, ). this overview is far from exhaustive, but demonstrates the variety of feminist work being done across several registers including art production, publishing, exhibiting and archiving. in the uk, feminist art scholarship was formed within activist contexts; in self- directed extramural reading groups, through participation in new left and union organising, and as part of the broader activities associated with the women’s liberation movement. within the academy, however, women were met with a fabricated historical absence. pollock recalls her surprise encounter with a suzanne valadon painting at the courtauld institute during the early s: ‘the shock, not only of my academically condoned ignorance of women as artists, but of the impossibility, within the existing framework of art history of imagining women as artists, led me to invite linda nochlin to harris ‘art history’, year’s work in critical and cultural theory, : , . the establishment of feminist counterculture in british art history has been carefully recorded in a number of publications, e.g. margaret harrison, ‘notes on feminist art in britain’, studio international no. , , - ; rozsika parker and griselda pollock eds., framing feminism: art and the women’s movement: - , london: pandora, ; hilary robinson ed., visibly female: feminism and art, london: camden press, . these have logically tended to focus on the management of independent or extramural spaces; therefore my examination aims to offer an alternative perspective by examining feminism’s interactions with an institutionally-dominant organisation. it seems important to note that those feminist art periodicals have ceased publication, while the interdisciplinary feminist review continues; a development that requires further investigation. the wasl was founded by annie wright, pauline barrie, and felicity allen. the women’s slide library journal was renamed a number of times and continued publication in one form or another until . for a vivid account of early feminist organising within the confines of the male-dominated left- wing see: sheila rowbotham, promise of a dream: remembering the sixties, london: verso, . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - speak at the courtauld in .’ this anecdote illuminates the androcentric conditions of art historical knowledge at the time; it was not only that women’s art was ignored, but that its very existence was unimaginable. in response to that intellectual lacuna, in the women’s art history collective was founded and at various points included denise cale, anthea callen, pat kahn, tina keane, rozsika parker, pollock, alene straussberg, tickner and anne de winter. the group came together at a public meeting to discuss the threatened censorship of monica sjoo’s painting god giving birth ( ), and thereafter worked collectively to research and educate themselves on women in the arts. according to hilary robinson, ‘[i]t was a group that met regularly for only two to three years, but members of it… went on to develop and publish feminist thinking about art that was enormously influential, shaping the way the field developed in the uk and beyond.’ indeed, some of that work was published on the pages of art history. theorist nancy fraser has written about the significance of such spaces for a democratic political practice: i propose to call these subaltern counterpublics in order to signal that they are parallel discursive arenas where members of subordinated social groups invent and circulate counterdiscourses, which in turn permit them to formulate oppositional interpretations of their identities, interests and needs. the existence of alternative sites of knowledge mediation is thus conceived (as per jürgen habermas) as essential to the functioning public sphere; due to the possibility of new perspectives, imaginaries, or ‘counterdiscourses’. however, if one of feminism’s goals is to engage in consciousness-raising, to educate ambivalent audiences – and in so doing challenge the reproduction of hegemonic power – it is necessary also to engage with and work upon dominant cultural formations. this necessity is underscored by jessica sjöholm skrubbe who draws on mikhail bakhtin’s theory of discourse to propose that art history is a site of struggle between ‘the centripetal forces of the official, centralizing discourse, and the centrifrugal forces of unofficial, decentralizing discourses.’ although the binary logic sketched here might benefit from further nuancing, the notion of oppositional forces remains influential in shaping conceptions of institutions, power and participation. in the s and ‘ s, feminism’s success in changing the discipline (rather than adding to it) depended upon working successfully across both central and decentralised discursive arenas. for, as frances borzello pragmatically enquired of feminist art publishing in the period: did feminism confine itself to a ‘ghetto’ where it was simply ‘preaching to the griselda pollock, generations and geographies in the visual arts: feminist readings, london and new york: routledge, , . hilary robinson, ‘the early work of griselda pollock in the context of developing feminist thinking in art history and criticism’, in raluca bibiri ed., ‘griselda pollock: an academic odyssey’, special issue of journal of visual and cultural studies, forthcoming . i would also like to thank hilary for her generous and knowledgeable review of this article prior to publication. nancy fraser, ‘rethinking the public sphere: a contribution to the critique of actually existing democracy’, social text, no. / , , . original emphasis. jessica sjöholm skrubbe, ‘centripetal and heteroglot feminisms’, in skrubbe and malin hedlin hayden eds., feminisms is still our name: seven essays on historiography and curatorial practice, newcastle: cambridge scholars publishing, , . original emphasis. victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - converted?’ while deborah cherry has recalled that ‘placing work across different spaces/readerships was important in extending and expanding feminist art histories.’ therefore, although participation could be a fraught enterprise for feminist scholars, it was essential in providing an analysis of art history that would reach a new readership and redefine the boundaries of the discipline. the annual association of art historians’ conferences were heterogeneous and dynamic, bringing together university and museum professionals to engage with the history of visual and material culture conceived fairly broadly. feminist participation in these conferences was evident from the outset. however, writing in of her experiences at academic conferences, val walsh described the risk run by feminist scholars ‘of being compromised by the dominant ethos of professionalism, unless we explicitly problematize it, make it visible, and actively work to dismantle it through our research and teaching.’ at the aah conference in brighton an afternoon event ran alongside the usual visits and tours, offering a semi-autonomous space within which to tackle some of these issues. the poster for ‘feminism and art history’ advertised presentations from linda nochlin, kathy adler and tamar garb, tag gronberg, margaret iversen, claire pajaczkowska, lynn walker, anthea callen, bridget elliot and lynda nead, and gudrun schubert. tickets were separately available for this event (unusually attendees did not have to pay the full conference fee) and a free crèche was provided to facilitate wider participation. anecdotally, the event is said to have been attended by a couple of hundred people and its management became fairly chaotic after the panel chair, jane beckett, announced that she would relinquish the post during discussion as she was an anarchist. the event concluded with an unrestricted ‘closing forum’, where a ranging discussion strove to provide an analysis of conference structure and the politics of professionalisation. divergences emerged over whether the event should have been explicitly gender separatist (i.e. woman-only), or whether open participation was a valuable ‘publicity exercise to make feminist ideas known’. contributors debated whether the frances borzello, ‘preaching to the converted? feminist art publishing in the s’, in katy deepwell ed., new feminist art criticism: critical strategies, new york and manchester: manchester university press , - . deborah cherry, email to author may . val walsh, ‘art conferences: pacification or politics?’ ( ) in hilary robinson ed., feminism-art- theory: - , basingstoke: wiley-blackwell, , . walsh specifically analyses the experience of ‘white women academics’, who may benefit from feminism’s creation of new opportunities at the expense of other, black or working-class, women. this was a key debate in s feminism. in lubaina himid and griselda pollock debated the issue at the institute of contemporary arts in london, with clare rendell responding later in print; see pollock, ‘framing feminism’ ( ) in feminism-art-theory, , - . workshop poster available at the aah papers in v&a archive of art & design. recordings of some presentations and the closing discussion are also available online at the women’s audio archive: http://www.marysialewandowska.com/waa/index.php. in preparation for the aah conference the following year, a notice appeared in bulletin no. stating: ‘we are hoping to offer a free crèche near to the victoria and albert museum, but whether we are able to do so partly depends on the response from members… if there is insufficient response we will have to cancel it.’ nov. , . whether or not the childcare was provided, this certainly suggests the influence of the organisation’s feminist members. thanks to hilary robinson for sharing her memories of the event. victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - conventional academic language of the conference was exclusionary, and if the discussions of art historians had resecured an artificial division between theory and practice. some voiced concerns that the establishment of a separate ‘feminist’ panel would preclude the diffusion of feminist ideas and political effects throughout the entirety of the professional organisation. one comment is especially valuable in indicating how the feminist participants conceived of their work in the context of the conference: ‘what’s significant about this event today is the insertion of those kinds of [alternative, political] moments into the institution of art history, as represented by the association.’ it is evident from these words that the aah was regarded as a dominant institutional organisation and therefore a meaningful venue for ‘counterpublic’ voices to be expressed. it is implied that feminism (as an external, political discourse) is benefitted by an interventional engagement with that site. the forum ended with a conversation about the following year’s conference and a vote to judge whether an appetite existed for a second, similar event. it seems in any case that a subsequent event was not organised. beyond this one-off workshop, however, the annual conferences also provided valuable networking opportunities for feminist researchers. lisa tickner recalls that as a lecturer in a polytechnic institution the conferences provided a valuable context to meet art historians from university and museum contexts. it was at the at aah conference held in glasgow in that cherry and pollock met and, ‘on discovering our mutual interest’, began a successful collaboration on the art and life of elizabeth sidall. according to pollock their partnership was forged against a palpably hostile conference atmosphere, where a number of male audience members noisily disparaged women art historians and their contributions. it is evident from reading the paper titles published in the association’s bulletin that the victorian and edwardian periods provided a rich source of study for feminist scholars in the early years of the conferences. topics encompassed women in victorian art, the work of gwen john, constructions of the victorian family, john ruskin’s patronage, the depiction of sexuality in victorian painting, and suffrage iconography. however, the audience reception of this politically motivated scholarship was predictably mixed; as kathleen adler reported, a respondent ‘at a recent [c. ] renoir symposium in london equated discussion of renoir within the frameworks of feminist or marxist discourse as akin to “playing the violin with a spanner”.’ the historical focus of the papers is attributable to a number of practical, theoretical and political factors. andrew causey, an executive member of the aah from - , recalls that the study of modern art after was only starting to gain reputability during the s and that a lack of available publications created challenges for researchers. although this perspective was changing (corroborated by the launch of popular left-leaning contemporary magazine art monthly in ) a marked temporal separation continued to be sustained between art history and art criticism. indeed, a editorial in the burlington women’s audio archive tickner, interviewed for the aah oral histories project. pollock, email to author april . ibid. kathleen adler, ‘reappraising renoir’, review of renoir ed. j house et al.; renoir by be white; renoir by w.pach, art history, : , september , . andrew causey, aah oral histories project, . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - magazine discussed the ‘pitfalls in writing about recent art in an essentially historical magazine’. and although the magazine made an effort to expand in that direction, its myopic special issue on ‘twentieth century art’ remained conservative in its focus. in logical response to such conditions of disciplinary knowledge those feminist art historians writing in art history at this time – especially pollock, tickner, cherry, beckett, and nead – emphasised the links between modernism’s ascendancy and the negation of women as cultural producers. correspondingly, the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries provided apposite case studies for feminism’s analysis of modernism’s formative moments and its consequent occlusion of women. in a review article of cherry offers further justification of such a focus, suggesting that ‘[t]his period of our history can, i believe, teach us the dangers of reviving competitive capitalism, unemancipated womanhood, and expansionist empire in the later twentieth century, when our position in world politics is declining, our home economy is collapsing and the pound rather than the worker is strong.’ in other words, nineteenth-century britain experienced serious transformations to the economic and legal systems governing gender and class relations and, for feminists working in the ‘second wave’, there were good reasons to see their battles rooted in that period. there was generally at this time, in embryonic women’s studies across the us and uk, a powerful belief in the value of feminist history for current political struggles. by the mid- s the papers presented at the annual conferences embraced increasingly contemporary subjects, as well as evincing a methodological and theoretical focus. this was a fiercely debated area of study; as margaret iversen recalled in a review article of , ‘a plenary session on methodology ended in heated recriminations one could hardly call a debate’. the following year in edinburgh, iversen convened a panel on ‘innovative methods’ which included abigail solomon-godeau discussing photography and a paper by annette kuhn on film noir and sexuality. at the close of the decade at the tate gallery in london, barbara kruger was invited to present the plenary speech, evidencing a recognition of women artists (if not necessarily of feminist perspectives on art history). throughout this period feminist perspectives contributed meaningfully to the so- called ‘new art histories’, which were compelling a drift towards what janet kraynak has editorial, ‘contemporary art and the burlington magazine’, the burlington magazine, : , july , . i say myopic because the special issue featured writing about pablo picasso, constantin brancusi, roger fry, henri matisse, and r b kitaj. deborah cherry, ‘history repeats itself as farce’, review of german romanticism by w vaughan, william dyce by m pointon, sir charles eastlake by d a robertson, william mulready by k m heleniak. art history, : , december , . in ’s current climate of ‘feminist emergency’ (as a june conference at birkbeck termed it), there are interesting parallels in a new generation of scholars looking back to address women’s place in nineteenth- and early twentieth-century art historiography: see meaghan clarke and francesco ventrella eds., ‘women’s expertise and the culture of connoisseurship’, special issue of visual resources, : - , . laurel thatcher ulrich offers a convincing argument to this effect in well-behaved women seldom make history, new york: vintage, . the aah archive shows that lisa tickner and griselda pollock were invited to this session but unable to attend. margaret iversen, ‘the avant-gardian angels’, review of october, art history, : , december , . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - termed the discipline’s ‘present tense’. according to kraynak the discipline of art history has conventionally defined itself against art criticism, its historical objectivity at odds with criticism’s necessary subjectivity. such divisions became increasingly indistinct under postmodern conditions and changing historical attitudes; those changes also impelled by marxist, feminist, and anti-racist academic methods that demonstrated objectivity is not possible, historically or contemporaneously. publishing in art history writing in the aah bulletin in february , john white announced the formation of the association’s new scholarly journal titled art history. whilst various publications mediated diverse articulations of feminist theory and politics, the task here is to demonstrate how feminism was represented on the pages of this new journal and how scholars chose to represent their politico-cultural ideas to a wider readership. in its early years art history provided a somewhat favourable publishing location for emergent feminist interventions. the opening editorial by john onians explained the journal’s ambition to ‘particularly encourage writers who show how a study of works of art can help us to understand more about our physiological and psychological make-up, our response to political, social and economic pressures, our reaction to religion, philosophy and literature and our relationship to the natural environment.’ onians’ words established an expansive vision for the new journal, and revealed a discipline beginning to look beyond its traditional scope of study to launch itself as a progressive, contemporary field. the book reviews section, added in with alex potts as first editor, provided a particularly fertile space in which writers could explore resonances between art’s history and contemporary issues. key methodologies and subjects emerge from a reading of art history during this period; particularly feminism’s relationship to a materialist paradigm grounded in the social history of art. a question posed by fred orton and pollock in an article of neatly encapsulates this prevailing attitude: ‘how can we go about reclaiming these works for history? what kinds of practices do we, as historians of art practice, need to engage with in order to produce history instead of myth, knowledge instead of cliché and tautology?’ a number of articles consequently returned to and revised interpretations of artistic depictions of the working-class, women and regional communities of france, emphasising the effects of ideology in the production, reception and historicisation of these artworks (thus dismantling janet kraynak, ‘art history’s present tense’, in elizabeth mansfield ed., making art history: a changing discipline and its institutions, london; new york: routledge, . the value of the phrase ‘new art history’ has been debated on numerous occasions, including this journal’s symposium at the university of birmingham. john white, ‘“art history”: proposed journal of the association of art historians’, bulletin of the association of art historians, , february . john onians, ‘editorial’, art history, : , march , v-vi. emphasis added. fred orton and griselda pollock, ‘les donnes bretonantes: la prairie de representation’, art history, : , september , . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - those embedded ‘myths’ and ‘clichés’ that orton and pollock identified). eunice lipton’s article on edgar degas, for instance, argued that his well-known laundress paintings should be considered remarkably progressive in their attitude towards working-class women, during a period in which consolidating middle-class ideology emphasised ‘the sexuality of working-class women’ to rationalise their ‘exploitation’. degas’ realism eschewed the hazily sexualised atmosphere preferred by his contemporaries in order to bring viewers ‘face-to-face with the boredom and alienation inherent in such labour’. lipton’s materialist feminism highlighted the function of visual culture in reinforcing and legitimising the exploitation of women labourers, and, at the same time, art’s potential resistance to ideology. a further theme to emerge in this archive is the function of popular images in producing and affirming moralistic victorian ideals of femininity, as charted through the culturally loaded figures of the mother, maiden, prostitute, and suffragette. in an article first presented as a paper at the annual conference of , lynda nead reminded readers that victorian art ‘could be seen to have a moral function – its purpose was didactic’, thus a ‘picture had to uphold the bourgeois standards of morality, it had to re-produce the dominant beliefs and attitudes, and it had to serve the “correct” moral purpose.’ the picture to which nead refers is alfred elmore’s on the brink, first exhibited at london’s royal academy in . elmore’s painting portrays the moment that a young woman, perched outside a gambling hall after chancing away her money, is approached by a shadowy male figure through an open window; this is the supposedly decisive moment at which she rests ‘on the brink’ of seduction. nead’s article inventively situates the painting in relation to newspaper reports and literary fictions concerning ‘seduced women’ during a period of moral panic on the subject. thus she refocused the emphasis of art historical analysis upon wider discourses of the period that served to generate a profoundly classed notion of femininity, through the proscription of women’s sexuality. the painting, although imagined by elmore, is ‘received as “truth”, as “fact”, and is then offered back as evidence for the reality of the seduction-betrayal-prostitution-suicide cycle.’ nead thus unpacked the politics of representation to demonstrate how pictures, newspaper stories and literary fiction served a powerful regulative function in regard to women’s sexuality. this was a radically new, feminist way of reading victorian narrative painting by situating it within a broader cultural matrix of meaning production. see also: carol zemel, ‘sorrowing women, rescuing men: van gogh’s images of women and family’, art history, : , september ; judy sund, ‘favoured fictions: women and books in the art of van gogh’, art history, : , june . eunice lipton, ‘the laundress in late nineteenth century french culture: imagery, ideology and edgar degas’, art history, : , september , . lipton, see also: margaret maynard, ‘i dream of fair women: revival dress and the formation of late victorian images of femininity’, art history, : , september . robyn cooper, ‘millais’ the rescue: a painting of a “dreadful interruption of domestic peace”’, art history, : , december . katrina rolley, ‘fashion, femininity, and the fight for the vote’, art history, : , march . lynda nead, ‘seduction, prostitution, suicide: on the brink by alfred elmore’, art history, : , september , . nead, , . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - as well as expanding understandings of gender at a visual-representational level, articles by pamela nunn, adele holcomb and hilary taylor investigated women’s legacies as cultural producers who had been excluded from or misrepresented within the annals of art history. these researchers exhumed the histories of individual women to investigate how their positions were materially structured and bounded because of gender. nunn’s article on the artist henrietta ward provocatively begins: ‘the victorian artist, one might think, has been studied at length… but what, in short, of the female victorian artist? she has been studied at virtually no length at all.’ although ward’s painting was well-received at the time, the intervening decades of modernist art writing systematically erased victorian women from the records; nunn therefore proposed that the feminist recovery of ‘lost’ women artists cannot be one of simple reintegration, but must address a system of institutional limitation (defined here as education, exhibition and patronage) to fully understand the logics supporting this erasure. holbomb’s article echoed this approach in an examination of anna jameson, ‘the first writer to define herself as a specialist on victorian art in england.’ holcomb provided a bibliographic recovery of the writer, demonstrating how jameson developed her connoisseurial expertise in advance of art history’s increasingly professional (and masculine) status in the later nineteenth century. thus the specialised historians who followed her, according to holcomb, ‘tend to decry [jameson’s] lack of footnotes’. a essay by hilary taylor explored the gendered framework of art education at the slade during to . taylor investigated both the educational and professional limitations for middle-class women artists, arguing that common (mis)conceptions about gender are practically self-determining. the association of maleness with ‘fierceness and arrogance’ relegated femininity outside of the ideal ‘modern artist’, thus ‘a feminine temperament could not be compatible with an artistic one.’ taylor’s examination carefully emphasised femininity as a site of difference to which the romantic ideal of the male artist is relationally established. this is a theme that runs comprehensively throughout these articles. the analyses encompass the institutional limitations for women artists in art schools, studio spaces, exhibitions and publishing and, eventually, representation in historical narratives. all of these sites have concretely restricted access to women artists, but – these writers argue – the insidious replication of gendered mythologies, which render ‘femininity’ incompatible with artistic greatness, carries greater long-term significance for the maintenance of bourgeois sexual differentiation and political economies in relation to art. there is a concerted effort to not facilely reduce femininity to an obstacle that must be overcome, but to understand the production of sexual difference (on both material and representation levels) in all of its complexity. although the so-called ‘sex wars’ were raging among feminists during this period (particularly in the us), discussions of sexuality, desire and pornography rarely made it pamela nunn, ‘the case history of a woman artist: henrietta ward’, art history, : , september , . original emphasis. adele m holcomb, ‘anna jameson: the first professional english art historian’, art history, : , june , - , . holcomb, . hilary taylor, ‘”if a young painter be not fierce and arrogant god… help him”: some women art students at the slade, c. - ’, art history, : , june , - . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - onto the pages of art history. albert boime’s article on rosa bonheur is therefore notable for foregrounding the subject’s (probable) lesbian sexuality as relevant to a comprehensive understanding of her art; even as it presented some dubious inferences about the queer life of the painter. heather dawkins’ article, published six years later, more successfully explored the fetishistic sexual relationship between a victorian housemaid and her employer, disentangling the complex, classed erotics of their clandestine liaison. dawkins’ analysis is significant in this context for her adherence to poststructuralist psychoanalysis and its mechanisms for understanding the fragmentary nature of identity. the article roamed far beyond a discussion of artists and/or art, opening towards a broader cultural field of study in which an archive of housemaid’s diaries and collection of personal photographs become ‘texts’ subject to historical analysis. this points to the theoretical direction much feminist art history would develop in the s. the relative scarcity of psychoanalytic perspectives during this period of art history’s publication is striking. a review of malek alloula’s the colonial harem pointed to ‘the general failure of psychoanalysis (alloula’s chosen paradigm) to articulate the multifarious and ambivalent manner in which colonial relations reproduce themselves at different moments in specific ways. to collapse this complexity into a generalised thesis of power and domination is to fall precisely into the trap so often laid at the door of “vulgar” historical materialism.’ this remark insinuates a tension between the materialist paradigm that dominated the radical edges of art history during the s and s, and an encroaching attention to psychoanalytical theories. and, although many feminists remained cautious of historical materialism’s inattention to gender, as cherry wrote in a review of , feminism was structurally indebted to marx’s viewpoint that ‘the knowledge validated by a particular society is not neutral but constructed in the interests of the dominant class.’ as a point of comparison, feminist review published a special issue on ‘sexuality’ in summer and signs published ‘the lesbian issue’ in summer . for more on the topic of the ‘sex wars’ see gayle rubin’s essay ‘thinking sex’, reprinted in deviations: a gayle rubin reader, durham nc: duke university press, . some of these strange inferences include the argument that bonheur openly expressed ‘sex reversal’ through the depiction of ‘certain species – oxen, mules, lions – whose sex roles are exceptional’. albert boime, ‘the case of rosa bonheur: why should a woman want to be more like a man’, art history, : , dec , - , . heather dawkins, ‘the diaries and photographs of hannah cullwick’, art history, : , june , - . william b turner has fittingly put it: ‘poststructuralism is queer’. a genealogy of queer theory, philadelphia: temple university press, , . annie e coombes and steve edwards, [review] ‘site unseen: photography in the colonial empire: images of subconscious eroticism’ art history, : , december , - , . although beyond the scope of this essay, the late arrival of postcolonial discourse to the pages of art history is of further interest. as pollock wrote in a review essay of : ‘these publications bear witness to a shadowy presence of that which has been called the social history of art. terms such as class, the bourgeoisie, ideology are trailed across their pages, usually dressing up entirely unchanged perspectives and practices of art history, stylistic history, iconography, compendia and the monograph. the striking absence, however, is of issues of gender and sexuality.’ ‘revising or reviving realism’, art history, : , september , - , . deborah cherry, ‘history repeats itself as farce’ [review], art history, : , december , - . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - resonantly, in , jo anna isaak affirmed (via pollock) that ‘feminism is committed, epistemologically, to realism.’ it was here, in the reviews section, that writers vehemently staked a claim to or defended particular political and theoretical positions. the orthodoxies governing the scholarly field seemed to exert less influence on these back-pages and a number of reviews were collaboratively penned; while many made explicit links between art history and current conservative politics, often reflexively commenting on the ideological function of the discipline in s britain. this was a brief period in the journal’s publishing history in which art history did not seem academic or distant, but spoke urgently to contemporary political contexts, including feminism. art historical backlash it is impossible to know with absolute certainty the editorial decisions that shape a journal’s output; how many articles were rejected, for example, or which contributors failed to meet deadlines. this is perhaps why moments of animated backlash or acrimony – whether stimulated by error or pointed intervention – tend to intrigue audiences. such moments offer tantalising glimpses into the background workings of a publication (and by extension the disciplinary discourse) that only appear in normal circumstances as seamlessly complete to its readers. the controversy surrounding lisa tickner’s article ‘the body politic: female sexuality and women artists since ’ is one such moment offering insight to the tentative reception of feminism’s radically new art history. the heavily illustrated article refers to a range of canonical painting and sculpture (encompassing duccio, bellini, titian, the post-impressionists) to suggest that ‘despite her ubiquitous presence, woman as such is largely absent from art. we are dealing with the sign “woman”, emptied of its original content and refilled with masculine anxieties and desires.’ for women making art in the late twentieth century, tickner asked how, ‘against this inherited framework, women are to construct new meanings which can also be understood.’ this challenge of communicating new ideas was as equally true for the critics and historians tasked with making sense of feminism’s novel modes of art. by reference to a variety of contemporary artworks tickner demonstrated how women were seizing control over female representation, in frequently subversive ways. the accompanying illustrations included judy chicago’s red flag photograph of , revealing the artist in the act of jo anna isaak, ‘representation and its (dis)contents’, rev. of vision and difference by pollock, art history, : , , - . the tempestuous relationships of artforum are perhaps the best example of this, as captured in amy newman’s oral history project challenging art: artforum - , new york: soho press, . it is worth noting that artforum’s editorial board split over the publication of lynda benglis’s advertisement referred to later in this article. lisa tickner, ‘the body politic: female sexuality and women artists since ’, art history, : , june , - . ‘the body politic’, . tickner’s chosen language reflects the emerging significance of feminist psychoanalytic theory, which was particularly evident in the field of cinema studies. see: laura mulvey, ‘visual pleasure and narrative cinema’, screen, : , . elizabeth cowie, ‘woman as sign’, m/f, no. , . ‘the body politic’, . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - removing a bloody tampon; lynda benglis’ notorious centrefold-advertisement from a artforum, in which the naked artist clutches a large dildo; betty dodson’s serial pencil drawings of naturalistic vulvas; and sylvia sleigh’s reversal paintings showing nude men in classically feminine repose, recalling the paintings of ingres, titian and velazquez. interviewed in , tickner evoked the struggle of bringing the contemporary politics of feminism ‘into some kind of conversation’ with the academic discipline of art history. in ‘the body politic’ she negotiated her coterminous allegiances to feminism and art history, consequently breaking the vow of aesthetic disinterestedness that negates invested political knowledge as well as the messy particularities of embodied female experience. in analysing conventional representations of women, and situating contemporary feminist practices against this ‘inherited framework’, tickner’s article merged art historical traditions with a new, politicised visual paradigm and fulfilled her goal of bringing both discourses into conversation. tickner first presented this research at a panel on ‘erotic art’ held at the third annual conference of the aah in london in march . thereafter it was accepted for publication in the first issue of art history. onians was attempting to shape a progressive identity for the journal, writing in his first editorial that ‘in the exploration of new fields for research no materials, no tools, no methods and no new language will be excluded.’ he has, in retrospect, described his early editorial policy as ‘risky’ and ‘hot’ – adding that he ‘always wanted people to take more risks, be stronger, be more assertive.’ in tickner confirmed this, writing: ‘i think he was pleased to have something controversial and th century.’ ‘the body politic’ was well received by feminist researchers; it was included two years later in a bibliographic essay in oxford art journal, has been reprinted in a number of anthologies, and continues to be widely cited. however, the art historical establishment received it less favourably. one member of the art history editorial board, john shearman, went so far as to resign in protest against its publication and the article was deferred to the second issue. according to onians, shearman ‘took offence at the imagery’, while tickner specifically proposes ‘the row they had was about the benglis image’. the outrage therefore seems to have arisen from the publication of explicit female imagery, particularly tickner interviewed by liz bruchet for the aah oral history project. for more on the policed institutionalisation of knowledge see helen c chapman, ‘becoming academics: challenging the disciplinarians’ in breaking the disciplines: reconceptions in art, knowledge and culture, ed. by martin davies and marsha meskimmon, london: ib tauris, . for more on kant and disinterestedness in relation to feminist body art, see amelia jones, body art: performing the subject, minneapolis: university of minnesota press, . editorial, art history, : , march , v. john onians, interviewed by liz bruchet for the aah oral history project. tickner, email to author april . lamia duomato, the literature of woman in art’, oxford art journal, : , april . rosemary betterton ed., looking on: images of femininity in the visual arts, london: pandora press, . roszika parker and griselda pollock eds., framing feminism: art and the women’s movement, - , london: pandora press, . the article has been cited in the feminism and visual culture reader ( : n. ); lynda nead’s the female nude ( : n. ); the routledge companion to feminism and post- feminism ( : ); erotic ambiguities ( : multiple); the ends of performance ( : ); the new art history: a critical introduction ( : - ). onians and tickner, interview for the aah oral history project. victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - in the context of art history’s established nude ‘masterpieces’, consequently exposing the inharmonious conjunction of feminist themes and the conventions of the discipline. the long-running arts magazine apollo responded to the new journal’s expansive attitude with a churlish review essay written by its editor denys sutton. sutton describes tickner’s article as a ‘novelty […] at first reading this might be interpreted as a spoof, but it is clearly meant to be taken seriously.’ tickner is referred to diminutively as ‘miss lisa’ and prurient comments are made regarding the sexual content of the artworks. the editor attempts to shore up tradition by using mockery to delineate a boundary between conventional art history and this feminist interloper. tickner’s article, he suggests, ‘makes a change for students as they plough through some of the more highbrow stuff.’ in this, the article is not unique: sociologist maria do mar pereira has observed similar methods of ‘epistemic splitting’ throughout the academy, whereby educators insidiously disavow feminist politics through ridicule and laughter. tickner identified this strategy in a response, published in art monthly, where she accused sutton of adopting a ‘patronising facetiousness’ rather than engaging in ‘head-on conflict’. this, she added, ‘is sneakier: is ridicules from a position of presumed urbanity whilst avoiding the main issues.’ apollo’s review of volume one of art history is instructive in further ways; as harris has pointed out, it ‘will stand well as an example of the values and perspectives of contemporary “institutionally dominant art history”.’ beyond tickner, sutton takes general aim at a new generation of art historians, plainly wary of the newly professionalised academic sphere. although he admits, ‘now that art-historical doctors and professors abound, some effort might be made to examine the assumptions that underlie this “discipline”’. the reviewer gently criticises potts’s marxist perspective on eighteenth- century historicism for containing ‘unfamiliar material’. thus it seems in regards ‘the body politic’, it was the profane combination of explicit female imagery, unequivocal feminist politics and the contemporaneity of the artworks under discussion that prompted such virulent response. as harris clarifies: ‘feminism, perhaps more than marxism – which has always remained a set of intellectual traditions and political organisations overwhelmingly controlled by men – was perceived by apollo’s editors as a threat, in art history and as a political movement for radical social change.’ ‘is there a doctor in the house?’, apollo: the magazine of the arts, october , - . sections of this editorial and tickner’s response are reprinted in framing feminism, . apollo, . maria do mar pereira, ‘feminist theory is proper knowledge but…’, feminist theory, : , december . lisa tickner, ‘attitudes to women artists’ (correspondence section), art monthly, no. , , - . the response was published in art monthly after apollo failed to acknowledge tickner’s correspondence. the new art history, . harris quotes orton and pollock here. apollo, . the issue of art history’s historical and contemporary focus crops up repeatedly during this period. see onians’ editorial for the second issue of the journal. and dawn ades’ criticism of ‘british art history’s obsession with chronology and history (as that which has passed), not recent or contemporary’, in the new art history, ed. rees and borzello, london: camden press, , . harris, the new art history, page. original emphasis. victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - conclusions the sections above aimed to uncover the contribution made by feminist scholars to the newly established association of art historians and to consider how readers encountered feminist debate on the pages of its academic journal art history. this summary ends in the s for various intersecting reasons. an additional stage of development marked by the further and higher education act ( ) saw polytechnics merge with or transform into universities and in tuition fees were introduced, profoundly altering the educational terrain upon which the new social art histories of the s and s had been built. as lisa tickner mentions, ‘i think the emphasis shifted more towards visual culture for some of us.’ this suggests that, faced with art history’s resistance to their critique, some feminists chose to relocate their intellectual originality to other disciplinary contexts; contexts that had been shaped by the very discourses traced here. the development of visual culture studies was catalysed by feminism’s critique of art history, alongside marxism, postcolonialism and cultural studies methods. how successful these interventions were in remaking rather than diversifying the art historical discipline is something that has been debated since (at least) clark’s tls essay. this transference of intellectual energy is implied by harris who, writing in , pointed to a shift in editorial focus and dramatically decried the enclosing parameters of art history: ‘the reviews section, a hotbed of marginal neo-marxist, neo- feminist and neo-post-structuralist seething phillipic during the early and mid- s, has been tamed.’ feminism’s own institutionalisation also has to be considered at this historical juncture. different publications suggested that in feminism was at the cutting edge of a ‘new art history’, or contributing to a ‘crisis in the discipline’. by , however, a panel convened by ann cullis at the aah annual conference investigated ‘working in a post- feminist world?’. at the same time, susan faludi famously diagnosed a ‘backlash’ against feminism that she had observed mounting throughout the s. this suggests that in the space of little under a decade, feminism had transitioned in general consciousness from ‘new’ to ‘post’. writing in , however, linda nochlin remarked that although feminism may appear ‘safely ensconced in the bosom of one of the most conservative of the intellectual disciplines. this is far from being the case.’ despite such uncertainty or limited recognition, institutional contexts had partially shifted; impelled in large part by two decades of feminist intervention. amelia jones’s article of , for instance, included the photograph of benglis that provoked controversy sixteen years earlier, alongside its diptych counterpart of robert morris in sadomasochistic clothing, and alarming images of tickner, email to author april . deborah cherry has explored these contradictions in ‘art history visual culture’, art history , vol. , no. , sept , - . jonathan harris, ‘art history’, year’s work critical and cultural theory, : , , - , . ‘the new art history?’ was a conference (and later book) organised by jon bird at middlesex polytechnic in . that year a special issue of the us art journal was published to investigate ‘the crisis in the discipline’, ed. henri zerner, : , winter . association of art historians, bulletin, no. , july , . susan faludi, backlash: the undeclared war against american women, new york: crown, . linda nochlin, women, art, power and other essays, boulder co: westview, . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - performance artist bob flanagan nailing his penis to a stool. ‘there was,’ according to jones, ‘no resistance at all to publishing “dis/playing” and no complaints that i know of either.’ debates concerning feminism’s institutional participation would continue into the new decade – and indeed, beyond. one area of dispute (of particular relevance to this journal’s readership), concerns the very writing of art history and criticism; that is the form these new ideas took in print. in the mid- s borzello contended that, ‘[m]uch feminist art writing comes from academics and is couched in a language which many who are interested in the topic of women and art find opaque. feminist book reviews in the journal art history are like reading a foreign language, the language of academia, to be precise’. and indeed, although this article has not examined the writing of feminist art history specifically (concentrating instead on its content and institutional framing), upon reflection the texts published in art history do extend the ‘language of academia’ to an extent that writing in, say, spare rib may not have. however, a rationalisation for this writerly ‘smuggling’ can be found in an earlier declaration from pollock: ‘i know why i write as i do: it is a political act of contesting the power invested in institutions of knowledge and demanding a space for women to redefine the world.’ in his review, harris offered the important observation that art history ‘chooses material, on the whole, which reproduces rather than produces knowledge’. indeed, the furore over tickner’s article illustrates the difficulties encountered by stalwartly novel or political modes of scholarship. feminist work was being done elsewhere – in independent reading groups, women’s art journals, collectives, and consciousness-raising groups – however, the association of art historians acted as a site of disciplinary legitimation. this reproduction of knowledge (as harris frames it) arguably brought awareness of feminist arguments to a wider, less immediately interested readership. encountering feminist writing through the pages of art history permits a glimpse of how these writers explored its theoretical and political conditions of possibility within that institutional space, and how some of those ambitions came into conflict with conservative forces. it can be surmised from this investigation that, during the s and s, at a crucial moment of disciplinary self- recognition, critique and consolidation, feminist participation in new professional spaces enabled a generation of scholars to establish critical authority in a contemporising discipline; whilst reciprocally determining the shape of that field of study. victoria horne is lecturer in art and design history at northumbria university. her research focuses on feminist politics, art and historiography. she was co-editor of feminism and art history now: radical critiques of theory and practice (ib tauris, ) and has jones, email to author june . editor marcia pointon recalled trouble with the printers over the image, but on this occasion the controversy was not within the art historical community. pointon interviewed by liz bruchet for ‘aah oral histories’. frances borzello, ‘preaching to the converted? feminist art publishing in the s’, in katy deepwell ed., new feminist art criticism: critical strategies, new york and manchester: manchester university press , - . i borrow this phrase from irit rogoff, who has theorised smuggling as a form of institutional critique in an essay published on eipcp.net: ‘smuggling: an embodied criticality’, . griselda pollock, ‘framing feminism’ ( ), in feminism-art-theory ed. robinson, - , . jonathan harris, ‘art history’, year’s work critical and cultural theory, : , , - . victoria horne ... the association of art historians and the emergence of feminist interventions, - published essays in third text, journal of visual culture, radical philosophy and feminist review. victoria.horne@northumbria.ac.uk this work is licensed under a creative commons attribution-noncommercial . international license http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . / yves klein caminha no vazio yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje* para se aproximar do trabalho de yves klein, o autor reproduz alguns argumentos de theodor adorno sobre a música de wagner, formulados em dois momentos – em - , sob a experiência do fascismo, e em , com anos de “distância”. no primeiro texto, adorno mostrava, na obra de wagner, os aspectos que traíam a gestação do fascismo. no segundo reconhecia que, com o novo momento histórico, outras camadas vinham à baila naquela obra; ela havia mudado, e a posição de adorno em relação a ela tornava-se “ambivalente”. partindo do paralelismo com wagner, bois revisita o trabalho de klein buscando revelar, em seus ardis e encenações, para além da simples adesão aos expedientes da indústria cultural, uma espetacularização do próprio espetáculo, que acaba por esvaziá-lo. in order to approach the work of yves klein, the author recalls the arguments of theodor adorno in regard to the music of richard wagner, presented in two different texts – the first written in - , under the experience of fascism, and the other in , with a “distance” of years. in the first text, adorno highlighted, in the work of wagner, the aspects that betrayed the birth of fascism. in the second one he recognized that, along with the new historical moment, other layers emerged in wagner’s work; it had changed, and adorno’s position toward it became “ambivalent”. starting with a parallelism with wagner, bois reexamines the work of yves klein, trying to reveal, in his use of staging and artifice, beyond the mere acceptance of the expedients of the culture industry, a spectacularization of spectacle itself, that ends up by deflating it. palavras-chave: yves klein; theodor adorno; richard wagner; indústria cultural; espetáculo keywords: yves klein; theodor adorno; richard wagner; culture industry; spectacle ars ano nº em uma palestra realizada em berlim, em setembro de , theodor w. adorno revisitou seu in search of wagner [em busca de wagner] publicado cerca de anos antes. escrito quando morava em londres, entre o outono de e a primavera de , esse livro pequeno e incisivo foi marcado pela experiência do fascismo. adorno não estava preocupado com o uso da música de wagner na propaganda nazista, mas, alinhado com o trabalho que completava, na época, com seus colegas do institut für sozialforschung , ele pretendia mostrar como essa música, que surgiu das ruínas de uma cultura burguesa em plena crise, elucidava a lenta gestação do fascismo, revelando sua genealogia muda de um modo exemplar . embora adorno negue, seu texto de é uma forma de autocrítica ou, no mínimo, uma declaração reveladora. ele observa, em relação ao trabalho de wagner, que não se pode, por certo não naquela época, “ignorar seu aspecto político”, mas que a situação na qual esse trabalho fora recebido havia mudado. por um lado, “ganhamos distância nos últimos trinta anos. wagner não representa mais, como em minha juventude, o mundo dos pais, mas o dos avós [...]. ganhamos muita liberdade para com wagner enquanto objeto de interesse: nosso laço afetivo com ele se afrouxou” . por outro lado, acontece que “o antiwagnerismo estético entrou na onda do chamado movimento neoclássico, [que não é] absolutamente progressista do ponto de vista político” (é bastante conhecida a tendência de adorno a favor de schoenberg e da escola vienense – e contra stravinsky). o ponto mais destacado do argumento de adorno encontra-se nas linhas que se seguem: contudo, o que mudou a respeito de wagner [...] não é meramente o impacto nos outros, mas seu próprio trabalho, o trabalho em si mesmo. aí está a base da relevância de wagner; não algum segundo triunfo póstumo ou a esperada derrota do neobarroco. como entidades espirituais, obras de arte não são completas em si mesmas. elas criam um campo magnético de todas as possíveis intenções e forças, de tendências internas e outras, opostas a estas, de elementos bem- sucedidos e necessariamente malsucedidos. objetivamente, novas camadas se desprendem de modo contínuo, vêm à baila; outras se tornam irrelevantes e desaparecem. relacionamo-nos com uma obra de arte não, como se diz amiúde, meramente adaptando-a a fim de ajustá-la a uma nova situação, mas decifrando, no interior dela, coisas com as quais temos uma reação historicamente diferente. a posição de consciência que experimento como propriamente minha em face de wagner todas as vezes em que me deparo com ele, posição que não é só minha, é ainda mais merecedora do epíteto de “ambivalente” do que a posição anterior – uma oscilação entre atração e repulsa. o que se segue é uma definição de ambivalência: uma “relação acenada a algo que não se dominou; comportamo-nos de modo ambivalen- te em face de algo que ainda não compreendemos”. adorno complementa: . o instituto de pesquisa social [institut für sozialforschung] foi fundado em frankfurt- sobre-o-main, alemanha, em , e tornou-se conhecido como berço institucional da escola de frankfurt e da teoria crítica. em , max horkheimer passou a dirigir a instituição, da qual seria forte referência intelectual, editando a revista zeitschrift für sozialforschung [revista de pesquisa social]. na década de , a crescente influência dos nazistas levou os fundadores a decidir preparar a transferência do instituto para fora da alemanha. em , após a ascensão de hitler, ele se transferiu para genebra e no ano seguinte, , para nova iorque. em nova iorque afiliou-se à universidade de columbia, e sua revista zeitschrift für sozialforschung passou a chamar-se studies in philosophy and social science [estudos em filosofia e ciência social]. foi nesse contexto que muitos importantes trabalhos dos pensadores da escola de frankfurt começaram a ganhar espaço, sendo recebidos favoravelmente nas universidades inglesas e norte-americanas. o instituto reabriu em frankfurt em . [nota da revisora da tradução]. * este texto foi originalmente publicado em october, cambridge, mass.: mit press, n. , p. - , inverno . yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje “em resposta a isso, a primeira tarefa à vista seria simplesmente experimen- tar o trabalho wagneriano plenamente – algo que até hoje, apesar de todo o sucesso externo, não foi alcançado” . eu diria que ao defrontarmos yves klein hoje, estamos na mesma situação de adorno quando defrontava wagner há mais de quarenta anos. evidentemente, o paralelo é reforçado pelo fato de que as duas obras têm muito em comum, como veremos. mas o que é importante de se notar aqui é que o klein de hoje não é o mesmo dos anos . isso decerto não significa – ao contrário do que pierre restany queria acreditar já há mais de vinte anos – que esse novo klein, não mais do que o novo wagner de adorno, possa ser expurgado de todas as suspeitas envolvendo seu eu antigo ou a identidade que ele forjou para si mesmo (além disso, frequentemente usando restany como um porta-voz). restany em : quando penso que em , na época da primeira retrospectiva de yves klein em um museu de paris, christiane duparc ainda podia escrever: “o irritante a respeito de yves klein é o molho simbólico, o resíduo ao modo de cristo, santa rita, os rosacrucianos [...], nostradamus, judô místico, a ordem de são sebastião [...]. ele chafurdou em um tipo de religiosidade exasperante”, e quando eu comparo a mentalidade da mídia parisiense em a isso, mal posso acreditar no que vejo. leal ao seu papel de defensor oficial, restany parecia acreditar que as artimanhas espiritualistas de klein não eram mais problema na época da retrospectiva do artista em no musée national d’art moderne (em cujo catálogo essas frases foram publicadas). bem ao contrário, um dos principais fatores de mudança que haviam ocorrido no legado de klein era a análise crítica do “tempero” do artista – especialmente o estudo meticuloso do rosacrucianismo de klein conduzido por thomas mcevilley, justamente no catálogo dessa mesma exposição, para o grande desprazer de restany! (mcevilley discute os numerosos empréstimos que klein fez da filosofia rosacruciana antes de o artista perceber que apelar para a autoridade de gaston bachelard era mais respeitável do que invocar max heinel ). para ser ainda mais severo com restany – mas ele merece, ainda que postumamente, tal severidade, pelo desprezo que mostrou por seus sucessores –, sabemos hoje muito mais sobre klein, agora que o monopólio quase exclusivo que esse crítico de arte teve sobre a obra do artista acabou. não fossem os estudos de arquivo conduzidos por mcevilley (sobre o rosacrucianismo, mas também sobre a biografia e a patologia de klein, em um ensaio mais longo e mais ambicioso, igualmente publicado no catálogo de ); nan rosenthal (veja o estudo fundamental, no mesmo catálogo, sobre aquilo que eu chamaria de fraudes ostensivas de klein – o . adorno, theodor w. in search of wagner. trad. rodney livingstone. londres: verso, . quatro capítulos do livro foram publicados em , mas o volume, intitulado versuch über wagner, só foi publicado em . . idem, wagner’s relevance for today. in: leppert, richard (ed.). essays on music. berkeley: university of california press, , p. - . . ibidem, p. . mais adiante, adorno caracteriza o movimento antiwagneriano como “a primeira incidência em larga escala do ressentimento contra a arte moderna na alemanha” (p. ) . ibidem, p. - . . ibidem, p. - . em , segundo adorno, wagner era mais conhecido por certas peças na esteira de a valquíria ( ) do que pela arquitetura complexa de siegfried ( ). sua obra, em resumo, foi reduzida a alguns clichês: “as obras de wagner que não lograram ganhar a apreciação do público são precisamente as mais modernas, aquelas com a técnica mais corajosamente progressista e, portanto, as mais afastadas das convenções.” (p. ). . restany, pierre. vignt ans après. in: yves klein. catálogo de exposição. paris: musée national d’art moderne, centre pompidou, , p. . o texto segue com um ataque de má-fé ars ano nº presente ensaio baseia-se fortemente nesse texto ); sidra stich (que em sua monografia-catálogo sustenta a hipótese de seus dois predecessores com documentação massiva ), e, por último, denys riout (que em seu notável e bem recente yves klein: manifester l’immatériel finalmente nos oferece uma descrição minuciosa do aparato parergonico que klein invocou para suas intervenções e exibições públicas, transformando cada uma delas em um tipo de gesamtkunstwerk grandioso ) –, não fossem os trabalhos persistentes desses quatro mosqueteiros da pesquisa (devemos também incluir a edição excelente dos escritos de klein por marie-anne sichère e didier semin ), nós ainda hoje estaríamos chafurdando no mesmo molho, para adotar uma vez mais a metáfora peremptória de christiane duparc. voltemos a wagner ou aos wagner de adorno. para o teórico (que, não devemos esquecer, foi também um pianista e compositor, na tradição de seu professor, alban berg), wagner é o artista que marcou o início do reinado daquilo que o filósofo chamou de indústria cultural: na música de wagner, o modernismo promissor é o que se preserva contra tal veneno como um anticorpo, mas o que propicia o advento dele é a demagogia e o autoritarismo. wagner representa uma guinada histórica: o momento em que, ao se tornar puro espetáculo, a arte não é, doravante, senão mercadoria, e o espectador, um consumidor passivo a quem se deve seduzir e absorver. ao lermos o livro de adorno, acabamos nos perguntando o que ele, de fato, poderia ter dito de diferente sobre klein: por exemplo, quando fala do “caráter social” de wagner (o rebelde que se tornou um mendigo, a criança mimada que se identifica com a ordem estabelecida contra a qual, todavia, está persuadida a lutar); de seu diletantismo (que, de acordo com thomas mann, é a marca da sua falta de educação formal e a base da ideia mesma de uma “síntese das artes”); da necessidade poética que wagner tem da hipérbole; de como o trabalho é eclipsado em suas produções teatrais (essencial para o que adorno chama de aspecto fantasmagórico do teatro em suas óperas, a meta de tal eclipse sendo criar “a ilusão da realidade absoluta do irreal” ); da fascinação com as possibilidades materiais da tecnologia e com os truques habilidosos envolvendo façanhas teatrais em mágica; da frequentemente sádica manipulação de seu público , a qual se associa à sua obediência a ele (o sintoma mais pungente dela sendo, talvez, a busca pelo sucesso a qualquer preço); de seu ideal ascético (a autoimolação necessária para qualquer martirológio); da constante referência ao mito (mito de um retorno a um passado pré-histórico paradoxalmente visto como um presente eterno e, assim, como uma revogação do futuro ); do sonho, por fim, com uma época congelada que, no entanto, jamais encontra repouso. a acusação de adorno, que gradual e imperceptivelmente transferi para klein, não apenas me ajudou a entender o cerne de minha própria a mcevilley como um dos representantes da “disposição de espírito melindrada e meticulosa” da crítica de arte e da história da arte norte- americanas, contra a qual restany opõe, demagogicamente, os depoimentos generosos oferecidos por artistas. o catálogo será citado, daqui em diante, como mnam. . os ensaios de thomas mcevilley e de nan rosenthal foram publicados originalmente no catálogo das instituições norte- americanas que sediaram a retrospectiva de klein (a rice university, em houston, o museu de arte contemporânea, em chicago, e o solomon r. guggenheim museum, em nova iorque), catálogo este anterior ao do centre pompidou. cf. yves klein e o rosacrucianismo. in: yves klein. catálogo de exposição. houston: institute for the arts, rice university, p. - , . esse catálogo será citado, daqui em diante, como houston. . mcevilley, thomas. yves klein, conquistador of the void. in: houston, op. cit., p. - . . rosenthal, nan. assisted levitation: the art of yves klein. in: houston, op. cit., p. - . . stich, sidra. yves klein. stuttgart: cantz, . essa monografia funcionou como um catálogo da retrospectiva itinerante de klein, organizada por stich, no museum ludwig (colônia), no kunstsammlung nordrhein-westfalen yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje resistência a certos aspectos do seu trabalho, sobretudo a seu exibicionismo [showcasing] (incluindo restany), como também a resistência muito mais forte do meu caríssimo amigo e adorniano estrito, benjamin buchloh. para ele, com efeito, klein é o artista, por excelência, do capitalismo avançado; ele completa a apoteose da indústria cultural de que wagner foi tão somente o início profético. em uma europa devastada pela guerra, klein demonstrou, mais do que qualquer outro, que “a tentativa de redimir a espiritualidade por meios artísticos no momento da ascensão do controle universal da cultura de massa revestiria inevitavelmente o espiritual de uma sórdida (involuntária) paródia”. buchloh prossegue: “ao fazer sua obra dependente, de um modo manifesto, de todos os dispositifs previamente escondidos (por exemplo, os espaços da publicidade e os expedientes da promoção), klein “se tornaria o [...] artista europeu do pós-guerra a iniciar não apenas uma estética da contingência discursiva e institucional total, mas também da espetacularização total” . no entanto, se o livro que adorno escreveu no exílio levou-me ao limiar de minhas reservas em relação à obra de klein (ergon) e à sua embalagem elaborada (parerga), foi a conferência de que me deu uma chave, permitindo-me atravessar a barreira e ultrapassar aquele limiar. há várias razões para isso, mas vou discutir aqui apenas as duas mais importantes. a primeira consiste na seguinte observação a respeito do que há de fraudulento em wagner: adorno nota que, na obra de wagner, “o que é magnífico [...] não pode ser claramente separado do que é questionável. um dificilmente pode ser alcançado sem o outro; seu conteúdo de verdade e aqueles elementos que a crítica legítima julgou questionáveis são mutuamente interdependentes [...]; não há como escapar a esse entrelaçamento do verdadeiro e do falso em sua obra” . a segunda, que é, em essência, parcialmente relacionada à primeira, surge da análise que adorno oferece do papel do mito na obra de wagner (ele fala, mais especificamente, sobre mitos violentos, mas isso se aplica também ao restante, de modo notável a todas as referências à “natureza”). por esse papel nunca ser ocultado, por se revelar em estado, “a obra, não obstante sua tendência mitificadora, é uma denúncia do mito, quer queira ou não” . desde o início, yves klein toca no tema do fraudulento – no que pode ser chamado seu ato de batismo. nan rosenthal foi a primeira a chamar a atenção para os pequenos “livros” que klein “publicou” em madri antes de optar definitivamente por uma carreira artística, yves peintures e sua contraparte irônica, haguernault peintures (“livro” é claramente um exagero, do qual klein frequentemente lançou mão mais tarde, ao se referir a esses folhetos de cerca de quinze pequenas páginas; “publicação” é ainda mais incorreto: longe das cópias numeradas anunciadas no cólofon, havia somente algumas e é muito provável que grande parte delas tenha sido produzida apenas postumamente, a partir dos materiais que klein havia trazido da espanha). (dusseldorf), na hayward gallery (londres) e no museo nacional centro de arte reina sofia (madri). . o neologismo deriva do grego ergon, trabalho; “par + ergon” significando, portanto, algo que se define como acessório em relação a um trabalho ou elemento principal. o termo é usado pelo filósofo jacques derrida para designar algo que se apresenta para além do trabalho (ergon), externo a ele, sendo, contudo, irrecorrivelmente parte dele. [nota da revisora da tradução] . riout, denys. yves klein: manifester l’immatériel. paris: gallimard, . . klein, yves. le dépassement de la problématique de l’art et autres écrits. ed. maria-anne sichère; didier semin. paris: École nationale supérieure des beaux-arts, . este livro será citado, de agora em diante, como dep. . adorno, citando o musicólogo paul bekker, em in search of wagner, op. cit., p. . esse aspecto “fantasmagórico” da produção de klein não é em lugar algum mais impactante que em seus projetos arquiteturais, em especial toda a série de desenhos “urbanísticos” feitos para ele por claude parent, em que o enorme maquinário que ele visionava para sua “arquitetura de ar” e suas fontes de fogo está escondido no subsolo. ars ano nº yves peintures é um caderno de reproduções coloridas enfeitado com um prefácio, em sintonia com o bem estabelecido modelo do catálogo de exposição em galeria comercial chique (ilustrações coloridas, papéis encorpados, um prefácio: tudo conota luxo). o primeiro elemento surpresa encontra-se no “prefácio”: entre seu título genérico (“prefácio”) e o nome do “autor” (claude pascal, amigo de infância de klein e poeta que concordou em emprestar seu nome para esse ritual de deleção simbólico), o “texto” consiste apenas de listras horizontais imitando o layout tipográfico de um ensaio (linhas impressas, parágrafos), muito similar ao poème optique publicado por man ray em , que imita em código morse a configuração de um soneto . a segunda surpresa (na época, importante), é que as “reproduções” em cores são, claro, retângulos monocromáticos (o fato de esses pedaços de papel colorido serem colados à mão nas páginas brancas não era necessariamente uma extravagância; pelo contrário, imitar a prática da skira, então considerada o mais alto padrão em publicação de livros de arte, acentuou a conotação de luxo). o terceiro aspecto incomum diz respeito às “legendas” abaixo dos recortes de papel [paper cutouts] (com o último termo refiro-me deliberadamente a matisse, que devia estar no radar de klein) . essas legendas saem todas do mesmo molde: à esquerda, o nome yves; à direita, o nome de um lugar, seguido de uma data e de uma dimensão da “obra” entre parênteses. por exemplo, “yves/em londres, ( x )” ou “yves/em tóquio, ( x )”. como rosenthal demonstrou de modo claro, as “obras” supostamente reproduzidas em yves peintures não existiam ainda, e de fato nunca chegariam a existir, a menos que nós – tal é, provavelmente, a interpretação com a qual klein teria assentido, caso alguém o tivesse pressionado a esse respeito – tivéssemos de considerar sua simples concepção uma condição necessária e suficiente para sua existência (a variação da data, de a , pretendia, essencialmente, afirmar que o “artista” havia tido a ideia de pinturas monocromáticas já em , muito antes que pudesse considerar-se a si mesmo um artista, o que, de fato, muitos documentos e relatos confirmam). mas como rosenthal também nota, e embora klein se referisse a esse trabalho como uma “seleção de reproduções de sua obra” (removendo as aspas que ele originalmente havia usado em “reprodução de” no rascunho de uma carta que descrevia o pequeno volume) , vários indícios nos levam, provocativamente, a suspeitar de algum truque: as frases mudas assinadas por claude pascal debocham, sem dúvida, da tradição das belles lettres que era popular no mundo da arte em paris (e agora em nova iorque; o prefácio do catálogo da exposição é um exercício necessário para qualquer homem de letras que se preze, assim como o é esse suporte para qualquer artista emergente); a natureza monocromática das “obras” que se alegam reproduzidas é um . o lado sádico de klein alcança o ápice em seus projetos teatrais; veja-se, por exemplo, o intitulado pure sensibility e publicado no dimanche, “o jornal de um dia só”, para o qual ele imaginou amordaçar e acorrentar cada espectador ao seu assento até o final da apresentação. cf. dep, op. cit., p. . . o Éden antes da queda (onde todos vivem nus) é o lugar utópico ao qual klein se refere constantemente em seus escritos. . buchloh, benjamin h. d. plenty or nothing: from yves klein’s le vide to arman’s le plein. in: neo-avantgarde and culture industry: essays on european and american art from to . cambridge, mass.: mit press, , p. . ver também, do mesmo autor: the primary colors for the second time. october, n. , p. - , verão ; klein and poses. artforum, , n. , p. - ; ; , verão . . adorno, op. cit., , p. . . ibidem, p. . . ver o poème optique de man ray, publicado em (o periódico editado por francis picabia), n. , p. , jun. . É perfeitamente possível que klein tenha se familiarizado com o poema de man ray yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje ataque frontal e um embuste irônico sobre o páthos burlesco da art informel que então dominava a cena (retornarei a este ponto); a repetição absurda da palavra “yves” em cada legenda (um primeiro nome, por isso um termo genérico, aqui balbuciado como um leitmotiv, como que em uma repetição infindável – um processo wagneriano, se é que há um – era o único método de afirmar qualquer identidade); as anotações geográficas estranhas (em paris, em londres, em madri, em tóquio, em nice: em todas as cidades onde klein viveu e “trabalhou”) , e, finalmente, as dimensões. conforme escreve rosenthal, “as dimensões de altura e largura em cada legenda são medidas que, no caso de pinturas, e na ausência da abreviação ‘cm’ ou da palavra ‘centímetros’, declaram significar centímetros; acontece que as dimensões de klein não descrevem o que é presumivelmente miniaturizado pela reprodução, mas justo o que está lá, a altura e a largura em milímetros dos papéis coloridos” . essa correspondência exata entre as dimensões reais dos retângulos de papel colorido e as dimensões simbólicas (sem indicação de escala) das pinturas virtuais é essencial ao jogo de espelhos em que klein nos submerge – essencial tanto para o “entrelaçamento do verdadeiro e do falso” quanto para a “denúncia do mito” de que adorno fala com relação a wagner. talvez devêssemos enfatizar o fato de que o início de klein foi pleno de fúria. ele desprezava seus pais, ambos artistas (o pai, figurativo, e a mãe, bem conhecida entre o grupo dos abstratos), por terem-no negligenciado em favor de suas carreiras (frequentemente vivia com sua adorável tia rose, que arcou com seus caprichos até o fim); esteve presente no meio de vanguarda boêmio a que sua mãe pertencia e ficou rapidamente enjoado dos discursos de salão que ela fazia em suas “segundas-feiras”. foi com o cinismo blasé de um adolescente, como um refinado etnologista, que ele observou as engrenagens do mundo da arte, a pompa dos críticos, a economia promocional; ele também aprendeu história da arte como por osmose. acima de tudo, a “arte abstrata” rapidamente o repugnou, com as tendências geométricas pós- cubistas a que sua mãe aderiu (ela expôs na galeria denise rené), e também com a art informel (precocemente, e de modo perspicaz, ele associou ambas as tendências). georges mathieu atraiu sua atenção desde muito cedo: este se tornaria o arquétipo do qual desacreditar, mas também a se imitar (e, assim fazendo, a se ultrapassar) . foi apenas mais tarde que aprendeu a formular seu desprezo para com a art informel, que também era embaraçosa: “eu desprezo artistas que se descarregam em suas pinturas, como ocorre hoje, com frequência. que mórbido! em vez de pensar no belo, no bom, no verdadeiro, eles vomitam, ejaculam, cospem toda a sua horrível complexidade, apodrecida e infecciosa, em suas pinturas, como se fosse para se desonerar e atirar o peso nos ‘outros’, ‘os espectadores’ do trabalho, com toda a carga através de françois dufrêne, um amigo de muitos anos, que era, então, um poeta letrista. sobre klein e o movimento letrista, ver stich, op. cit., p. - ; - . . sobre klein e matisse, ver rosenthal, op. cit, p. , nota . em particular, ficamos sabendo ali que, em dezembro de , a mãe de klein, marie raymond, publicou um artigo sobre matisse em que “os recortes são extensamente discutidos e são reproduzidos”. . cf. ibidem, p. . como nota rosenthal, na versão final de uma carta enviada a jacques tournier em de agosto de , klein procurou dar substância ao mito de que ele era um jovem pintor com um corpo de trabalhos, colecionadores e projetos em que colaborava com arquitetos. yves peintures, ele escreve, está “esgotado no momento, mas a editora tem, creio eu, algumas poucas cópias avulsas”. carta publicada em dep, op. cit., p. . . a interpretação mais lógica dessas indicações geográficas (mas a menos convencional para um catálogo de exposição) seria a de que se referem ao lugar onde as “obras reproduzidas” foram feitas. essa interpretação é reforçada pelo fato de ars ano nº de sua frustração e amargura ressentida” . apenas a posteriori, depois de ter escolhido uma identidade como artista (mas, daquele ponto em diante, tudo aconteceria muito rápido, e cada vez mais rápido, até o momento de sua morte prematura) é que klein seria capaz de entender exatamente o que odiava na cultura para a qual havia sido tragado. não obstante o que disse mais tarde, seus primeiros monocromos eram, acima de tudo, gestos parricidas, que de modo algum haviam sido concebidos como trabalhos de arte. em um de seus muitos relatos autobio- gráficos (que servem para fortalecer sua legitimidade, tal como yves peintures), klein menciona as superfícies monocromáticas que havia pintado em (aos dezoito anos), ao mesmo tempo em que fazia coisas como “cavalos no campo” e “cenas de praia”, ou “composições com forma e cor”, sob a influência de seu pai e de sua mãe, respectivamente. conforme relata, era para “ver, ver com meus próprios olhos, o que era visível no absoluto. eu não considerava esses esforços como uma possibilidade pictórica na época, até o dia, cerca de um ano depois, em que disse: ‘por que não’ [...] contudo, não mostrei nada ao mundo de imediato. eu esperei” . céticos apontarão aí a edulcoração dos julgamen- tos retrospectivos – e parece que klein pré-data em vários anos seu “por que não” metafísico, esse momento “que decide tudo na vida de um homem”, o “sinal para um artista promissor, a indicar que o arquétipo de um estado novo das coisas se havia configurado, amadurecido, podia aparecer no mundo” –, mas, entre outros ensaios monocromáticos precoces, este me parece corroborar o mito: em londres, em , quando trabalhava para um moldureiro (com quem aprendeu, entre outras coisas, a arte do douramento e a técnica de montar de que se serviria mais tarde), ele declarou o seguinte, ao mostrar pequenos monocromos em pastel a seu amigo claude pascal: “encontrei o que quero fazer”. uma eureca tão incerta quanto agressiva já que, depois de pendurar seus pastéis na parede do apartamento que ele dividia com pascal, convidou o professor de inglês de ambos para rir de sua piada . “encontrei”: encontrei a maneira de obter o melhor de todos eles (seus pais, os amigos deles, críticos e pintores, a alta cultura); a maneira de obliterá-los obliterando suas obras. quatro anos mais tarde, yves peintures continuou a servir a essa lógica adolescente, do mesmo modo que o envio, deliberadamente provoca- tivo, ao salon des réalités nouvelles de (o fórum anual de sua mãe), de expression de l’univers de la couleur mine orange (o primeiro monocromo de grande formato, ostensivamente colorido à base de água e pigmento, com um rolo). mais ainda do que o pequeno volume de , foi tal eclosão no cenário público, intencionalmente escandalosa, que estava destinada a mais tarde tornar-se seu verdadeiro “por que não” (a pintura não foi admitida no salon, como se esperava, e klein provocou um alvoroço, de modo que seu status de “rejeitado” – como manet! – entrasse devidamente para os anais da história). que, em haguenault peintures, essas anotações geográficas são convenientemente complementadas por informações sobre a “proveniência” das “obras” – informações claramente fictícias, mas desta vez oferecidas de acordo com a convenção: “haguenault/paris, ( x ), coleção raymond hains”, por exemplo. . rosenthal, op. cit., p. . essas observações são baseadas na cópia que rosenthal estudou nos arquivos de klein (reproduzida em houston, mas não em mnam), assim como em uma outra cópia que teria sido enviada por klein à mãe, recém-saída da pequena prensa pertencente ao seu amigo impressor de madri (conversa com o autor, jun. ). as outras cópias reproduzidas e exibidas desde a morte de klein, em que as dimensões dadas nas legendas não correspondem de modo algum às dimensões reais dos retângulos de papel colado, são, segundo rosenthal, incorretas e póstumas. ver ibidem, p. , nota , e, do mesmo autor, comic relief. artforum, , n. , p. - ; ; , verão . este último artigo, considerando a exposição organizada por stich, critica esse autor por ter exibido uma das cópias incorretas e por se recusar a acreditar que a correspondência yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje * os críticos de klein frequentemente o apresentaram como um ator afetado e patético, um tipo de mau palhaço protofascista, e é verdade que quanto mais ele era acusado de má-fé, mais exagerava seu personagem e sua bizarria. mas adorno, em sua discussão sobre wagner, nos adverte tanto da armadilha que klein constrói (e com a qual nos testa), como da crítica que seu discurso e cada uma de suas atividades implicaram, de modo paradoxal e astucioso. porque klein trazia à tona, com todo o savoir-faire de vanguarda acumulado desde wagner, uma das condições essenciais da arte moderna, pelo menos desde courbet e manet (desde a crise de representação que norteou os trabalhos de ambos). É a consciência de que o risco da fraudulência, o risco de ser motivo de chacota e de se ver denunciado como um rei que está nu tornou-se um risco necessário, mas é, também, a consciência de que cada obra de arte deve confrontar esse risco – deve mesmo solicitá-lo, desafiá-lo – caso se trate de ser totalmente autêntica. mais do que qualquer outro artista dos anos do imediato pós-guerra, klein experimentou essa condição como se assombrado por ela (apenas beuys chega perto; warhol é muito cool). daí, por exemplo, suas inúmeras fantasias sobre uma nova ordem econômica mundial, livre deste “medium fixante” que é o dinheiro (a economia sendo o domínio do valor por excelência); sua fábula brilhante sobre a série de monocromos azuis de dimensões idênticas, na mostra que realizou em milão, em (a anedota que vingou: muitos hoje estão convencidos de que essas pinturas foram todas colocadas à venda por diferentes preços, embora a ideia só tivesse ocorrido a klein mais tarde); sua obsessão paranoica por direitos autorais e cronologia. a mitomania de klein é notória. suas invencionices são várias – as registradas pelos historiadores começaram muito cedo, talvez porque ele tenha sido reprovado no exame de ingresso na universidade, tal como sugere mcevilley: ele disse que klein frequentou a academia da marinha mercante, que tocava com claude luther em clubes de jazz, que criava cavalos na irlanda etc. a anedota que se segue – uma dentre milhares – tipifica o tom de suas inúmeras histórias. para retornar orgulhoso do japão, onde havia passado um ano e meio para aperfeiçoar sua prática de judô, ele precisou obter o título de “ º dan de kokodan” (“sem isso, não poderia retornar, teria perdido tudo”, escreveu à sua supremamente generosa tia rose). mas o nacionalismo japonês foi um obstáculo poderoso (seus examinadores “decidiram não promover com o título um estrangeiro sem que ele tivesse vencido pelo menos dez vezes ou sem que eles fossem adulados com dinheiro”). embora geralmente não tivesse vergonha de pedir dinheiro a sua tia, ele odiava a ideia de comprar o seu título (“tenho milímetro/centímetro era um aspecto importante da concepção de klein, justificando por esse mesmo fato a produção descuidada das cópias póstumas. na cópia recentemente exibida em frankfurt e reproduzida no catálogo (berggruen, olivier; hollein, max; pfeiffer, ingrid. yves klein. ostfildern-ruit: hatje cantz, , p. - ), não apenas essa correspondência de dimensões não é observada nas legendas, mas dois dos retângulos estão “assinados” à direita (assinatura impressa em itálico: “english” [inglês]). um desses retângulos assinados, alaranjado, parece prenunciar expansion of the color orange [expansão da cor laranja], de (o único monocromo que está assinado, ou melhor, carimbado com uma inscrição, também em itálico: “k. mai. ”). nenhuma das pranchas é assinada na “primeira” cópia reproduzida por rosenthal, mas esse autor viu vários retângulos de cor nos arquivos de klein, do mesmo tipo usado no livro, nos quais uma “assinatura” foi impressa. isso parece indicar que, num dado momento enquanto fazia esse livro, o artista pensou em distorcer ainda outra marca de autenticidade institucional. rosenthal nota que, “se klein tivesse ajustado esses papéis coloridos ‘assinados’ aos ars ano nº sido muito sincero no judô até agora; não quero qualquer envolvimento de tráfico de dinheiro para comprar minha posição”). no entanto, ele não teve escrúpulos para inventar um novo subterfúgio (“mas há um jeito de impressioná-los, de fazê-los entender que quando eu retornar serei uma figura muito poderosa na frança, e será vantajoso para eles terem-me do seu lado, fazendo a mim esse favor especial de me dar o º dan antes de minha partida”). ele então solicitou a cumplicidade da sua inocente fada madrinha, convocada a escrever ao chefão do judô no japão: “escreva rápido, tantine [tiazinha], mas construa bem a sua carta...” . a carta deve ter sido “bem construída”, porque funcionou in extremis – embora para dar em nada, já que a federação francesa de judô se recusaria, no final, a ratificar o título dado pelo kokodan. mas importa notar aqui a parcela de verdade (de “sinceridade”) que klein se empenhou em preservar, mesmo mediante a manipulação mais desonesta. você pode mentir o quanto quiser, contar todo tipo de história, desde que os fatos alegados descrevam a realidade tal como deveria ser (quando a “verdade se torna realidade”) – a venalidade pura e simples, todavia, é um veneno capaz de corromper até o mito. com referência à venda de “pinturas imateriais” “durante” a exposição vazio na galeria iris clert, em (mais uma data antecipada), klein afirmaria, em : “acreditem em mim, vocês fazem seu dinheiro valer quando compram pinturas assim. sou eu que estou sendo enganado ao aceitar dinheiro” . ouro puro, o símbolo da inalterabilidade desde tempos imemoriais, ainda mais quando é jogado nas águas do sena durante uma cerimônia de supremo potlatch (o ritual em que todos os compradores de “zonas imateriais de sensibilidade pictórica” teriam de participar), o ouro é o que apagaria a cicatriz da corrupção monetária (o texto que acabo de citar fala de uma exposição coletiva em anvers, em março de , na qual o ouro apareceu pela primeira vez na panóplia de klein: ele estabeleceu o preço para sua obra virtual – existente somente através da presença e do gesto bombástico do artista – em uma barra de ouro de um quilo) . mas, durante sua visita a nova iorque, ele quase admitiria que a transfiguração fiduciária do nada puro em outro (que nesse meio tempo ele havia aperfeiçoado com suas “zonas de sensibilidade”) era charlatanismo e que sua alquimia eficiente resultava apenas da credulidade de seu público (ou antes, de alguns entusiastas). “pode parecer incrível, mas realmente vendi vários desses estados imateriais pictóricos” . esse entrelaçamento de verdadeiro e falso em nenhum lugar é mais chocante do que nos textos de klein sobre sua exposição da “época blu” (a mostra para a qual ele decidiu a posteriori fixar um preço diferente para cada pintura, todas de mesmo tamanho, todas pintadas com o international klein blue). a esse respeito, ele explicitamente faz referência ao valor “real” tamanhos variados das pranchas na versão correta, isso teria resultado no aparecimento de tamanhos variados de assinatura” (op. cit., , p. , nota ). certamente, mas esse expediente teria assinalado talvez depressa demais o caráter fictício das assinaturas . sobre klein e mathieu, ver, em particular, mcevilley, op. cit., p. ; rosenthal, op. cit., , p. ; , e stich, op. cit., p. ; - ; . klein escreveu um texto pequeno mas ambíguo sobre mathieu, não publicado em vida, em que transparece certa admiração (in: dep, op. cit., p. ). na sua palestra na sorbonne, no entanto, embora ele não cite o nome de mathieu (e ninguém na época deixaria de entender), é ele o alvo (ver klein, yves. conférence à la sorbonne. in: dep, op. cit., p. - – toda a passagem sobre os imitadores da caligrafia japonesa e fanáticos por velocidade em pintura). . idem, l’aventure monochrome. in: dep, op. cit., p. - . há outras versões menos violentas (publicadas antes) dessa passagem. . idem, le dépassement de la problématique de l’art. in: dep, op. cit., p. - . . ibidem. yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje da obra (isto é, um valor “invisível” aos olhos, para o qual um preço todavia pode ser estabelecido) e ao problema genérico do falso na arte: desse modo, estou à procura do valor real da pintura, isto é, suponhamos duas pinturas rigorosamente idênticas em todos os seus efeitos visíveis e legíveis, como linhas, cores, desenhos, formas, formato, espessura da tinta e técnica em geral, mas uma é pintada por um “pintor” e a outra por um “técnico” habilidoso, um “artesão”, embora ambos oficialmente reconhecidos como “pintores” pelo público; esse valor real invisível significa que um desses dois objetos é um “quadro” e o outro não. em um dos manuscritos desse texto, klein acrescentou, no final da passagem, entre parênteses, os nomes de vermeer e do famoso falsificador han van meegeren, que havia sido surpreendentemente bem- sucedido em enganar peritos até que fosse levado, de modo espetacular, aos tribunais depois da guerra . talvez klein tivesse desistido de aludir a van meegeren, na versão final de “l’aventure monochrome” [“a aventura monocroma”], porque as imitações produzidas pelo último provaram ser demasiado dessemelhantes de seus modelos (portanto marcando uma diferença visível – embora não percebida pelos historiadores da arte, todos cegos, claro – e não o tipo que ele buscava especificar). em todo caso, a dança do verdadeiro/falso é essencial para a posição do klein: é o que lhe permitiu simultaneamente lamentar o desencantamento do mundo e, de modo irônico, haurir substância e subsistência dele (relembrando suas escapadas juvenis com arman e martial raysse, ele declarou ter exclamado na época “que o kitsch, o estado de mau gosto, é uma nova noção em arte: ‘a grande beleza não é realmente bela se não contiver mau gosto, um elemento autoconsciente do artificial com um toque de desonestidade’” ). como rosenthal analisou soberbamente, há, no mínimo, três tons de voz para o mesmo conjunto de palavras sobre o problema de discernir o “valor real” da pintura [na passagem citada acima]: o tom de um crítico que lamenta a situação em que historiadores da arte tenham motivos questionáveis para fazer atribuições e que pintores abstratos possam perpetrar fraudes; o tom de um impostor, que sugere poder estar compactuando com a atividade que critica; e o tom de um verdadeiro artista, que, ao quebrar os tabus dos artistas e permitir a imputação, mesmo a si próprio, de que alguns artistas podem ser hipócritas, mostra quão sincero ele é. resumindo, em um mundo em que tudo se tornou mito e espetáculo, somente a espetacularização do mito e do espetáculo podem conter uma parcela de verdade: o ato de demonstrá-los. e aqui voltamos a adorno e wagner. . cf. mcevilley, op. cit., p. ; rosenthal, op. cit., , p. , e stich, op. cit., p. . . o autor alude, neste caso metaforicamente, ao fixador químico da cor ikb (international klein blue), que o artista patenteou. a cor resultava da mistura de pigmento puro com uma resina sintética, normalmente aplicada como fixador; tal mistura garantia adesão e estabilidade aos pigmentos sem perda de sua vibração luminosa. [nota da revisora da tradução]. . mcevilley, op. cit., p. - . essa carta foi publicada na íntegra por stich em várias ocasiões; klein não hesita em caracterizar a carta que ele pediu para que sua tia escrevesse como um blefe (a palavra até aparece em letras maiúsculas). stich, op. cit., p. - . . os títulos da primeira parte de “l’aventure monochrome”, uma coleção de textos em que klein trabalhou esporadicamente mas que não foi publicada na íntegra até recentemente, eram “le vrai devient réalité ou pourquoi pas!”. . klein. le dépassement de la problématique de l’art, op. cit., p. . . idem, conférence à la sorbonne, op. cit, p. . ver, a respeito desse ponto, a análise muito boa de riout, ars ano nº mas o meu desvio por wagner não foi motivado apenas por esta questão da delegação da arte ao espetáculo. se fosse esse o caso, um modelo teórico mais direto do que o oferecido por adorno teria sido guy debord, com quem klein teve (por um tempo) excelente relacionamento – chegou mesmo a oferecer-lhe um monocromo –, até que o chefe da internacional situacionista o insultasse em sua revista (por sinal, eles usavam a mesma retórica peremptória – e creio ser um equívoco denegrir as habilidades da escrita de klein se celebram-se as de debord) . a busca obsessiva pela verdade, pelo que klein chamou de “a marca do imediato”, concerne ainda a outro legado do pensamento wagneriano, que teve considerável importância na cultura francesa no final do século dezenove – isto é, o simbolismo (os membros desse movimento consideravam wagner um de seus maiores heróis). ao se ler os textos de klein, não há como não ficar abalado pela extrema semelhança deles com aqueles textos escritos, por exemplo, por georges-albert aurier, gustave moreau, charles morice e até mesmo por gauguin. klein, provavelmente, não tinha familiaridade com os escritos desses poetas e pintores , mas o divertido cosmogonie des rose- croix [cosmogonia dos rosacrucianos], de max heindel, no qual ele esteve profundamente imerso por longo tempo, deu-lhe acesso (mediante uma completa indigestão, mas as consequências disso são irrelevantes), de modo indireto, ao que era a base comum de ambos, uma ideologia difusa, tangida por neoplatonismo e schopenhauer . ao escrever que “a mente não se nutre, não absorve e não dá nada, não rejeita, compreende tudo, vibra com a vida, ‘é’” , klein (sem o saber) parafraseia o uno de plotino. do mesmo modo, quando fala em emanação, em envolver a atmosfera, em radiação invisível, entusiasmo, êxtase, abolição do movimento, vaporização do eu, daquilo que está além do pensamento, de unidade absoluta, é vocabulário neoplatônico copiado com exatidão dos simbolistas. mesmo seus contumazes fatos consumados (a racionalização a posteriori), que ele não tardou a manejar com desenvoltura, parecem ilustrar a doutrina de plotino (de acordo com este, na criação artística “nada resulta de consequências lógicas, da reflexão; tudo acontece antes que se possa atinar com consequências, antes que se reflita; porque todas essas operações vêm depois, do mesmo modo que o raciocínio, a demonstração e a prova” ). a ideia mesma de uma “visão inteligível”, tão cara à filosofia neoplatônica, é bastante próxima daquela à qual klein aspirava (ainda que, provavelmente, tivesse considerado a expressão um oximoro): algo como “a visão sensível da qual alguém teria removido precisamente tudo o que fosse sensível e representativo, isto é, todos os obstáculos, as divisões e traços de opacidade”, uma visão a remover “a distância que separa os objetos da visão sensível” e que “simultaneamente abole a distância que separa o sujeito que vê do objeto visto” . op. cit., p. - . . klein, yves. chelsea hotel manifesto. in: dep, op. cit., p. , originalmente escrito em inglês com a colaboração de neil levine e john archambault. o relato mais preciso das “zonas imateriais de sensibilidade pictórica” e sua análise mais rigorosa podem ser encontrados no livro de riout, op. cit, p. - . . klein. l’aventure monochrome, op. cit., p. . estou citando a tradução de rosenthal (in: houston, op. cit., p. ). . esses parênteses aparecem apenas como uma nota de rodapé na edição dos escritos. encontram- se na publicação do mesmo texto em mnam, op. cit., p. . sobre o escândalo de van meegeren, ver rosenthal, op. cit., , p. - , nota . . “klein, raysse, arman: des nouveaux réalistes” [klein, raysse, arman: os novos realistas], debate moderado por sacha sosnowsky, , transcrição publicada em mnam, op. cit., p. . . rosenthal, op. cit., , p. . . cf. bourseiller, christophe. vie et mort de guy debord. paris: plon, , p. - . foi debord que escolheu uma pequena pintura yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje poderíamos sorrir, chamar isso de bugiganga idealista e obsoleta e perguntar como o débito (inconsciente) de klein para com uma antiga filosofia ressuscitada há mais de um século pelos simbolistas poderia ter o mínimo interesse para a interpretação de sua obra, mas essa pergunta também poderia ser feita com relação aos próprios simbolistas – com exceção, talvez, de mallarmé, que optou por hegel (klein cita o poeta, mas sem estar familiarizado com ele, tendo encontrado citações dele em bachelard). a pergunta, de fato, não é sobre débito algum, mas sobre como este débito é usado. como pierre-henry frangne nota, “no neoplatonismo, o simbolismo encontrou os meios filosóficos de, simultaneamente, manter e reduzir a exigência de transcendência e imanência, como também a de dualismo e monismo (do uno e do múltiplo, de sujeito e objeto, de ver e visto, de alma e corpo, ideia e sensação). tudo isso no interior de uma filosofia que procura desenvolver a ‘simplicidade do ver’ através de um processo de subtração e desatamento, uma vez que o divino, sendo invisível, não admite predicação ou determinação, mas apenas negações” . se substituirmos “divino” por “imaterial”, chegamos basicamente ao programa de klein. no lado “transcendência” do livro de contabilidade, encontramos a busca pelo absoluto, a infinitude azul, a “sublimação” (uma das palavras favoritas de klein, de acordo com arman) , obsessão pela morte e muitas outras características. no lado da “imanência”: a exortação constante à “presença”, o desafio de cada meditação, a paixão cega pelo efêmero, a preferência pelo fogo que faz arder a obra e o homem, mais do que pelos restos derrisórios de cinza. entre os dois, ou antes, dialeticamente, no emaranhado de ambos, temos o conceito de obra de arte como marca material de uma força vital poderosa demais para ser domada, mas também demasiado difusa para ser representada ou intelectualmente apreendida. em termos de dualismo, temos a organização inteira, extremamente complexa, das exposições de klein, tão bem descritas por riout, cada uma concebida como o triunfo do imaterial sobre um contexto material que age por contraste, cada uma encenando algo como uma encarnação antes da ascensão (ou pelo menos da levitação). em termos de monismo e da “simplicidade do ver”, finalmente, temos todas as declarações de klein contra a composição, as mais lúcidas do seu tempo (depois daquelas feitas por wladyslaw strzeminski e pouco antes daquelas feitas por frank stella e donald judd). em suma, embora o pot-pourri sincrético dos textos de klein não seja muito animador, ele é coerente. mas essa consistência (que, conforme creio, deve-se ao viés neoplatônico do seu jeito de pensar, inconscientemente, por meio de heindel) não teria interesse se não lhe tivesse permitido desenvolver, apesar de todos os seus defeitos, uma obra de impacto. por um lado, esta obra levou ao limite uma proposta que havia atraído pintores pelo menos desde malevich (a parousia da cor pura). por outro lado, no cenário (para grande surpresa de klein), “porque eu posso colocar no bolso do meu casaco de baeta”. bourseiller dá bastante informação confirmando a amizade entre klein e o grupo do futuro situacionismo (notadamente, “em , ele pintou uma peça a quatro mãos com [asger] jorn, ralph rumney e wallace ting”). em , klein compareceu à exibição de hurlements en faveur de sade [uivos para sade], o primeiro filme de debord (a tela permanece totalmente branca durante os diálogos e totalmente preta durante os longos intervalos de silêncio). quando a amizade deles acaba, debord acusa klein de plágio. mas as surpreendentes afinidades entre klein e certas produções da internacional situacionista vão bem além da anedota, especialmente com relação às utopias urbanas e arquiteturais de klein, que lembram incrivelmente as de constant. . ele leu muito pouco: histórias em quadrinhos (tintin e mandrake o mágico); depois cosmogonie dês rose-croix de heindel, ao qual ele se referiu incansavelmente durante dez anos (entre e ); depois o diário de delacroix, que ele preferia às suas pinturas, e, finalmente, começando em , alguns capítulos de vários livros de bachelard. . para as páginas que se seguem, sou ars ano nº da arte francesa (e europeia), ela representou um despojamento irreversível e sem precedentes. gostaria de concluir detendo-me um instante nesses dois últimos pontos (cor pura e despojamento). * sabemos do orgulho e do ciúme com que klein guardava sua invenção do ikb, o international klein blue. ele até o patenteou. críticos e historiadores (com exceção de restany, claro) tendem a usar o termo invenção cautelosamente, entre aspas, sob o pretexto, como carol mancusi-ungaro confirmou há anos, de que a fórmula química do ikb não havia sido desenvolvida pelo próprio klein, mas por um empregado da rhône-poulenc: a resina sintética que permitiu a ele fixar os grânulos de pigmento puro sem que eles perdessem a saturação foi providenciada, a seu pedido, por um vendedor de tintas e ferramentas astuto que se havia interessado por seus experimentos (foi também graças a ele que klein tropeçou nas esponjas) . mas é o “a seu pedido” que importa aqui: muitos artistas antes de klein mostraram-se descontentes diante do fato de que, quanto maior o poder de fixação (lamentavelmente, em proporção inversa à sua fragilidade) de um meio (ou aglutinante), mais turva é a intensidade do pigmento que ele deve fixar (o pastel é uma técnica quase sem meios, quase pigmento puro – é extremamente frágil embora suas cores sejam muito saturadas; na extremidade oposta do espectro há a pintura a óleo, que é robusta mas cujas cores são alteradas pelo óleo aglutinante). com sua inabilidade infantil para aceitar uma resposta negativa a qualquer dos seus desejos, para aceitar o fato de que obstáculos materiais podem, sim, existir (uma mentalidade utópica compartilhada por todos os inventores), klein recusou o dilema “saturação-fragilidade/perda de intensidade- estabilidade”. fascinado diante dos frascos de pigmento puro (em pó) na loja do vendedor de tintas, ele logo perguntou se ainda não se haviam descoberto meios técnicos para fixar, de modo permanente, a vivacidade da cor pura (“a matéria-prima da sensibilidade”). daí a fórmula do ikb (que, além disso, não demoveu klein de exibir uma bandeja trazendo pó de pigmento azul, solto, na galeria collette allendy, em , como se prestasse homenagem à sua epifania diante dos frascos de pigmentos). o resultado da sua tenacidade é memorável: nenhum pintor antes dele havia sido tão bem-sucedido a ponto de obter tal riqueza, tal profundidade de cor sem recorrer ao expediente do contraste; nenhum artista havia encontrado os meios (contudo, bastava apenas perguntar) de manter a saturação máxima de uma única cor com tanta potência e em superfícies cada vez maiores (lembremo-nos dos murais no teatro de infinitamente grato ao livro de pierre-henry fragne: la négation à l’oeuvre: la philosophie symboliste de l’art ( - ). rennes: presses universitaire de rennes, . . dep, op. cit., p. . apud fragne, op. cit., p. - . . ibidem, p. . . ibidem, p. . . apud mcevilley, op. cit., p. . . mancusi-ungaro, carol. a technical note on ikb. in: houston, op. cit., p. - . yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje gelsenkirchen, alguns medindo , por , metros). ele está longe de ter inventado o monocromo, mas ninguém antes havia conseguido – dessa maneira tão encantadoramente simples, com apenas uma única cor saturada – “revolver as profundezas sensuais nos homens” . bem a propósito, tomo de empréstimo essas palavras proferidas por matisse, pois de certa maneira klein realizou o sonho de seu predecessor. deixemos que a lembrança relatada por gino severini guie nosso julgamento: um dia, matisse me mostrou um rascunho que havia feito “do natural” em uma rua de tânger. no primeiro plano, uma parede pintada em azul. esse azul influenciava todo o restante, e matisse deu a ele a maior importância de que fora capaz sem comprometer a construção objetiva da paisagem. apesar disso, ele teve de reconhecer que não havia capturado uma fração da “intensidade” do azul, isto é, a “intensidade sensorial” que esse azul produzira nele [...]. ele me disse que, para descarregar essa sensação azul que predominava sobre todas as outras, teria de ter pintado a pintura inteira em azul, como um pintor de parede; mas se tivesse recorrido a essa reação impensada, que teria sido importante apenas no momento da sensação, ele não teria consumado a obra de arte. este sonho não poderia se tornar realidade para matisse, seja por causa das exigências da representação, seja em razão da necessidade de uma transposição (sem o que, conforme ele acreditava, não existiria arte). mas aí reside o paradoxo: klein alcançou o sonho de ter apenas cor, sem mediação, em uma intensidade máxima – de tal modo que esta pudesse ser experimentada tão somente no momento, no momento inarticulado da sensação – através de uma lógica mística que parecia estar em completa oposição à afirmação da cor. porque a cor era, entre todos os elementos não miméticos que compõem as práticas pictóricas, o mais condenado pela estética idealista (em contraposição ao desenho, claro), como algo material e ordinário. esse paradoxo, essa mudança do idealismo mais extremo para o seu mais estrito oposto não é novidade; é, mesmo, uma das mais fascinantes características do simbolismo – como frangne demonstrou brilhantemente a respeito de gauguin e a cor, e como o fez jean clay, para além da cor, a respeito de todas as manipulações não miméticas e da importância do material e do corpóreo mesmo para os pintores simbolistas mais enleados pelo inefável (para o católico maurice denis, por exemplo) . o paradoxo não é novidade, mas foi exacerbado por klein com uma ansiedade sem trégua (de modo notável, na textura de suas superfícies monocromáticas, a respeito das quais ele se tornou maníaco). creio que essa mudança (do ideal para a matéria) governa toda a obra de klein. por um lado, quando ele lida somente com . matisse, henri. statements to teriade: on the purity of the means. in: flam, jack (ed.). matisse on art. berkeley: university of california press, , p. . seria a expressão de matisse “um centímetro quadrado de azul não é tão azul quanto um metro quadrado do mesmo azul” familiar a klein? (matisse, apud aragon, louis. henri matisse: a novel. vol. . trad. jean stewart. nova iorque: harcourt brace jovanovich, , p. ). seus murais oceânicos (wagnerianos) em gelsenkirchen, em todo caso, provam que o antigo mestre estava certo no que tange a cor e expansão de superfície. . severini, gino. la peinture d’avant-garde. mercure de france, jun. . reimpresso em severini. témoignages: ans de réflexion. roma: Éditions art moderne, , p. . . frangne, op. cit., p. - ; clay, jean. gauguin, nietzsche, aurier: notes sur le renversement matériel du symbolisme. in: l’éclatement de l’impressionnisme. saint-germain- en-laye: musée départemental du prieuré, p. - , . ars ano nº a pintura, é ela que conduz a uma de suas invenções mais espetaculares (o próprio formato delgado de alguns de seus primeiros monocromos, na exibição de na galeria collette allendy, por exemplo, medindo centímetros de altura e , centímetros de largura, uma proporção que não tinha precedentes na história da arte exceto em algumas das pinturas de barnett newman, de , que não podiam absolutamente ser familiares a klein). por outro lado, assim que começou a explorar novos campos da atividade artística (ele não sentia embaraços quanto à sua habilidade para enfrentar quaisquer empreendimentos), foi essa mudança que o levou quase automaticamente para além de tudo o que os praticantes desse campo jamais haviam entrevisto. a música talvez seja o caso mais notável: ao despojar, na symphonie monoton, o som “de uma eclosão [attack] e de uma culminação [ending]”, privando assim a música de suas propriedades usuais (do ritmo, até mesmo da melodia – afinal, o que é uma melodia sem começo ou conclusão?), atributos que ainda garantiam a ela uma função narrativa ou figurativa, klein declarou o som como ele é, em sua própria materialidade, erradicado de suas conexões temporais (o que “cria uma sensação vertiginosa”, ele notou, com justeza ). foi ainda nesse momento que ele, talvez o primeiro, junto com cage, rompeu com wagner, para quem, pelo contrário, a eclosão, o golpe do arco no violino (ou o golpe do sopro), era, de acordo com adorno, o processo demagógico mediante o qual se fundava a autoridade com que encantava plateias . o monoton é um equivalente brilhante do monocromo: o único acorde permitido consiste nos ecos harmônicos que o som isolado produz por si próprio, do mesmo modo que qualquer cor vibra apenas porque precipita o eco natural (fisiológico) de seu contraste simultâneo. o que importa é a abolição do contraste formal, da articulação composicional (polifônica, “policrômica”, “poliformal”) que está sempre relacionada a um conceito cartesiano, do artista como agente subjetivo, e à natureza arbitrária do gosto (do artista e do espectador). klein foi muito perspicaz a esse respeito, e por isso estava em condições de empreender o processo de despojamento que mencionei há pouco. permitam-me, primeiramente, destacar como ele tocou no ponto crucial – a posteriori – como de costume. a história é importante e klein a repetiu várias vezes com algumas variações: por que cheguei a esse período azul? porque antes disso, em , na galeria collette allendy e em , [no clube dos solitários] na galeria collette allendy [sic], eu havia mostrado cerca de superfícies monocromáticas, cada uma de cor diferente, verde, vermelho, amarelo, púrpura, azul, laranja... meu objetivo era mostrar “cor” e percebi, na abertura, que os espectadores se mantinham prisioneiros de seu modo condicionado de ver: diante . klein. le dépassement de la problématique de l’art, op. cit., p. . . adorno, t. gesture. in: in search of wagner, op. cit., cap. , p. - . em contraste, ver a nota escrita à mão por klein na partitura de sua symphonie monoton: “nenhuma eclosão deve ser perceptível – os golpes do arco não devem ser ouvidos”. in: dep, op. cit., p. , nota . yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje de todas essas superfícies de cores diferentes apresentadas na parede, continuavam a reconstituir os elementos como decoração policromática. não podiam imergir na contemplação da cor de uma única pintura de cada vez, e isso era decepcionante para mim, porque, precisamente, eu não admito, de modo categórico, ter até mesmo o jogo de duas cores em uma mesma superfície. em minha opinião, duas cores contrastantes em uma única tela forçam o observador não a imergir na sensibilidade, no que é dominante, na intenção pictórica, mas, diferentemente, forçam-no a ver o espetáculo da luta entre as duas cores, ou sua perfeita harmonia. trata-se de uma situação psicológica, sentimental e emocional que perpetua uma espécie de reino da crueldade. por certo, tal posição é praticamente idêntica à de strzeminski, formulada cerca de anos antes (também em textos com os quais klein não poderia ter tido familiaridade, mesmo que tivesse visto inúmeras pinturas do artista polonês) –, com uma diferença chave, todavia. os esforços de strzeminski revelavam um materialismo de base, eram mesmo “realistas” (ele queria abolir toda transcendência, toda referência a um a priori anterior e exterior à existência física, hic et nunc, da pintura) . contudo, por um lado, a similaridade surpreendente entre a teoria do unismo e a de yves – o monocromo – sugere precisamente o quanto a fenomenologia de strzeminski estava longe de escapar à metafísica (aprendemos com derrida que não há nada mais metafísico do que “presença”); por outro lado, no contexto da pintura na frança do pós- guerra, enfadonho a despeito da estridência existencialista, as exigências maximalistas de klein tinham um efeito catalisador. (nesse momento na frança, como por toda parte na europa, era como se ninguém mais lembrasse do trabalho efervescente das vanguardas dos anos e ; pelo contrário, junto aos últimos espasmos do surrealismo, dos vultos monumentais dos grandes totens do início do século – o “estilo tardio” de matisse, picasso, braque, léger et al. – caracterizavam o trabalho da “jovem escola” uma polidez composicional, o academismo pós-cubista dos artistas abstratos, tanto do gênero geométrico como do figurativo). em um único lance, o trabalho de klein tornou inservível toda uma arte pusilânime, a arte de salão que ele detestava em sua mãe – e jovens pintores tinham de escolher sua turma. alguns poucos pintores abstratos que não se sentiram ultrajados e que compreenderam sua lição foram imediatamente colocados em quarentena por críticos beletristas (penso em martin barré, por exemplo) . mas esses artistas é que teriam a última palavra. *podemos levantar o nariz para o teatro farsesco de klein, enxergar de outro modo (na direção do sublime) e acreditar que ao agir assim seremos . idem, conférence à la sorbonne, op. cit., p. - . . tomo a liberdade de remeter a meu ensaio: strzeminski and kobro: in search of motivation. in: painting as model. cambridge, mass.: mit press, p. - , . . no original: “... were put in the stocks”. o termo designa uma espécie de cavalete de madeira usado na ars ano nº capazes de nos furtar de lidar com sua fanfarrice, mas creio que isto seria um grande erro. pois seus truques eram expedientes populistas – algo repugnantes, sim, mas talvez ele não tivesse muitos outros à disposição – com os quais era capaz de lutar contra o espetáculo igualmente pomposo mas ainda mais vazio da alta cultura burguesa de seu tempo (mais vazio porque havia sido aplanado pela indústria cultural embora fingisse ignorar esse fato). quem quer que se recuse a ver uma denúncia radical da art informel nas fotos que o exibem executando suas “pinturas a fogo” com um maçarico no centre d’essais de gaz de france perdeu o trem. entretanto, esse ato é virulento, em grande medida, porque é falso: o bombeiro que klein pusera de pé a seu lado, supostamente para intervir em caso de incêndio, não era realmente um bombeiro, mas um amigo motivado a desempenhar o papel. nisto reside a relevância de klein hoje: ele nos mostra como desmoralizar o espetáculo da indústria cultural encenando um ardil ainda maior que o dela. revisão técnica da tradução: sônia salzstein europa medieval como instrumento de castigo. era fixado ao redor dos pés, mãos, e, às vezes, da cabeça do condenado, forçando-o a permanecer sentado ou de pé em público. [nota da revisora da tradução]. . a respeito da admiração de martin barré pelo trabalho de klein no final da década de , do efeito imediato que tal interesse teve sobre sua prática pictórica e do modo como foi acusado de traição por críticos que até então o apoiavam, ver minha monografia sobre esse artista: martin barré. paris: flammarion, , p. - . ao lado, yves klein apresenta na sorbonne a palestra “a evolução da arte para o imaterial”, em junho de . yve-alain bois a relevância de klein hoje gauging proximities: an inquiry into a possible nexus between middle eastern and western painting evrim emir-sayers* university of amsterdam abstract. the purpose of this paper is to explore the boundaries between the middle eastern miniature tradition and th-century western philosophy of art. orhan pamuk's novel, my name is red, provides the initial inspiration for such a project. in order to in- vestigate possible proximities between middle eastern and western forms of painting, we will focus on pamuk's narrative for the eastern part of the discussion, and evaluate merleau-ponty's and derrida's ideas on the subject for the western part. at the end, we will try to reframe traditional ways of thinking about these two art forms. it will emerge that pamuk's novel suggests possible links between two art forms which appear to be historically as well as philosophically unrelated. the blind and the seeing are not equal. the koran, “the creator”, there is nothing more going on between the things and the eyes, and the eyes and vision, than between the things and the blind man's hands, and between his hands and thoughts. maurice merleau-ponty, “eye and mind”, * email: n.e.emir@uva.nl proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting . introduction nobel-prize-winning turkish author orhan pamuk stages an exploration of the art and philosophy of ottoman miniature painting in his novel, my name is red. pamuk's work clearly suggests parallels between the mid- dle eastern miniature tradition and th-century western philosophy of art. why would a contemporary reader with a western education find my name is red appealing? why do middle eastern paintings themselves, or islamic philosophy, seem to lack the proximity to the west that is sug- gested by the novel? a response may perhaps be found in another set of questions: what could be the inspiration for a th-century author who writes about ottoman miniaturists? ottoman history, clearly. islamic phi- losophy, perhaps. but what about th-century western philosophy? this paper primarily examines whether the proximity between islamic and modern western philosophy of art implied by pamuk is really possi- ble, or whether pamuk's assertions are instead influenced by th-century western philosophy of art, including the ideas of maurice merleau-ponty and jacques derrida. i believe that the philosophy of art portrayed in my name is red is at least unconsciously conditioned by, if not consciously fashioned after, recent western philosophy of art. nonetheless, the novel opens up a space for inquiry into a possible nexus between two art forms, specifically miniature painting and th-century western abstract paint- ing, which seem to be not only historically but philosophically radically apart from each other. . “to god belongs the east and the west” the koran, “the cow”, the old masters of shiraz and herat […] claimed that a minia- turist would have to sketch horses unceasingly for fifty years to be able to truly depict the horse that allah envisioned and desired. they claimed that the best picture of a horse should be drawn in the dark, since a true miniaturist would go blind working over that fifty-year period, but in the process, his hand would memorize the horse. pamuk ( ), p. . proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting we read in my name is red that a miniaturist needs to paint the same fig- ure over and over again to achieve a depiction that is “perfect”‚ or in ac- cordance with god's perception. after many years of illustrating the same form, it would appear, the process is memorized not only by the miniatur- ist's eye, but also his body. thus, a miniaturist can carry on painting even after the loss of his eyes to the demands of his work. according to the miniature tradition described in my name is red, go- ing blind after having devoted a lifetime to painting is reason to be proud. it is believed that god's vision or perception of the world can be man- ifested only through the memory of a blind miniaturist. blindness is the final destination of the miniaturist in his search for god's vision; the inim- itable perspective of god can only be attained through memory, after the eyes have perished. when this image comes to the aging miniaturist, that is, when he sees the world as allah sees it through the darkness of memory and blindness, the illustrator will have spent his lifetime training his hand so it might transfer this splendid revelation to the page. however, the substitution of visual and bodily memory for eyesight is more important than physical blindness. as pamuk puts it, “a blind minia- turist could see the horse of god's vision from within the darkness; how- ever, true talent resided in a sighted miniaturist who could regard the world like a blind man”. the idea of god's darkness is central to the thought of miniaturists in my name is red. this darkness exists before the art of miniature and will continue after it. both color and sight come from darkness, and, by using them, the miniaturist attempts to regain god's darkness. therefore, to illustrate is to remember the darkness. remembering is crucial for a miniaturist, since without it, god, and his darkness, are lost. i am using the third-person singular masculine nominative case, since all the minia- turists at that time were male. pamuk ( ), p. . ibid., p. . according to sufi tradition, light is the symbol of existence and darkness the symbol of nonexistence. it might be suggested that, for instance in ibn arabi, there is a kind of darkness which refers to the non-representable source of all phenomena. pamuk ( ), p. . proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting the project of ottoman miniature painting as described in my name is red ultimately entails the elimination of a painter's individuality, or of any kind of distinction between the miniaturist on the one hand and god (or god's vision) as well as the world created by god on the other. thus, per- spective is banned because it implies a human point of view that does not coincide with god's perception. further, individual artists ought not to distinguish themselves through signatures or particular styles. the signa- ture is seen as a sign of arrogance, while style can only imply imperfection: “it was satan who first said `i'! it was satan who adopted a style. it was satan who separated east from west”. . the darkness of god wherever the blind miniaturist's memories reach allah there reigns an absolute silence, a blessed darkness and the infinity of a blank page. maurice merleau-ponty, in his essays “cézanne's doubt” ( ) and “eye and mind” ( ), engages in a multifaceted scrutiny of painting as a form of vision and of coming into being. according to merleau-ponty, there is a paradox in vision; when we perceive, we not only perceive things around us in the world, but also ourselves in the world. to understand the nature of painting, which is the bodily relation of the painter to the world, one should primarily comprehend what it means for a human being to be `in the world'. for merleau-ponty, our abilities to perceive and move are inextricably entangled, and thus vision cannot be made up of thoughts or representa- tions. vision and movement both belong to the body. the human body, then, experiences itself kinesthetically, visually, and also as a part of the world. if the perceiver perceives things from among them, we cannot take for granted that there is a difference between the perceiver and the per- ceived. even before there is any kind of subject that perceives, the body is taken up in a network of perceptible things. both the seen and the seer are ibid., p. . ibid., p. . merleau-ponty ( ), p. . proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting perceivers and perceived at the same time; they are made out of the same stuff. the cartesian view only presents an assumed dichotomy between the inside and the outside, or subject and object. as merleau-ponty states, “the world is made of the very stuff of the body”. perception, body, and the world are all of the same fabric, or, as merleau-ponty calls it, the same “flesh”. by proposing his notion of `flesh', merleau-ponty emphasizes the unconscious ground of conscious experience as a unified thing. he also calls the flesh “brute and savage be- ing”, an ontological basis or a condition of possibility and of all relations. the concept of flesh is the “anonymous visibility” which precedes the di- chotomy between self and other as well as any identification of individual beings. merleau-ponty also approaches the issue of perception through his concept of the “universal narcissism of perception”. in my opinion, per- ception is called universal because in the endless interplay of perceiver and perceived, it resists any kind of subjectivity. it is called narcissistic because whatever i see, and whatever i am seen by, is ultimately made up of the same stuff. the exchange of gazes cannot be ascribed any subjec- tive origin; it is there before i start perceiving, but what is perceived has not started the game, either. further, the perceiver has a perception of their own perceiving. all in all, this amounts to what merleau-ponty de- scribes as “a total or absolute vision, outside of which there is nothing and which closes itself over” both perceiver and perceived. we are speaking here of a field of vision that shows itself abruptly as being made out of the diacritical relations between all things as both perceiver and perceived. this is a point at which merleau-ponty's and pamuk's thoughts seem to come intriguingly close. the former's “anonymous visibility” and “total or absolute vision” would seem to correspond to the latter's “darkness of god”. the concepts on both sides are neither just material nor just in- tellectual; being is both the invisible ground and the visibility manifested merleau-ponty ( ), p. . ibid. merleau-ponty ( ), p. . ibid., p. . merleau-ponty ( ), p. . ibid., p. . proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting through it. . the miniaturist's doubt according to merleau-ponty, through painting, cézanne articulates what phenomenology only indirectly endeavors to show via philosophical lan- guage, i.e., pre-reflexive perception. by considering not only the real object but also its appearance to our unstable senses, cézanne paints a world that has already and, more importantly, continues to come into being. in other words, he paints the world in the process of coming into being. cézanne's ambition is to account for how we perceive the world as completely accomplished within the temporal finitude of a moment. no- thing can be added to this moment; at best, we can attempt to illustrate it. this kind of perception is a homecoming to nature. it is a brute kind of perception, a bodily one, not judging the world, but bodily digesting it. an `inhuman' perception that perceives the world as free from human con- cerns and projects, not yet structured by scientific objectivism/intellectua- lism. what needs to be discovered is the world as pre-given in its facticity: that which merleau-ponty calls there is. however, while we may be made out of the same flesh, things are neither completely familiar nor completely strange to us. merleau-ponty sheds light on this imperfect interwovenness of perceiver and perceived through the fundamental reality of écart (gap): there is no exact coinci- dence between either me as a perceiver and me as the perceived, or me as the perceiver and the thing that is perceived. since any part of the body merleau-ponty ( ), pp. f. merleau-ponty ( ), p. . at the same time, in “eye and mind,” merleau-ponty mentions his concept of manque (lack). he speaks of a lack inherent in reality, a lack of coherence, a lack in the immedi- ately graspable, rendering our perception incomplete, thereby prompting us to respond to this lack and incompleteness, interrogating us, as it were, to elicit a response from us, an attempt to supply that which is lacking, the lack of which we have uncovered through our own interrogation of that which is in front of us. thus, a double interrogation takes place, going in both directions between perceiver and perceived. this is as true for the painter and that which she is trying to depict as it is for the spectator who in turn beholds the painting as a completed work of art. merleau-ponty ( ), p. . proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting can be touched and touch, there is always an écart between these two ac- tions. one cannot be sure whether she is touched or also touching at the same time. however, since the two acts are reversible, this does not lead us to rationalize a dualism. in other words, the human body can shift between two positions, such as touch and be touched; perceive and be perceived. the perceiver and the perceived are interwoven rather than completely overlapping. for merleau-ponty, then, there is no absolute stranger. but neither is everything so familiar that i can properly understand it. the similarity between our bodily way of perceiving and the world we perceive renders the issue of the separation of inner and outer uncertain. when inner is outer, and outer inner, what belongs to me, what to the world? where to draw the lines, according to what criteria, how? the paradoxical character of cézanne's painting, for merleau-ponty, is that cézanne is trying to do something impossible. he wants to paint brute nature, by contemplating nature, studying nature and landscapes, while also studying his own emotions, the sensations of the painter. the tensions and oppositions leading to this paradoxical character are situated between nature and sensations, but also between sensations and a proper philosophical form of thinking: how can one have ambitions of think- ing/understanding the world clearly, while at the same time being exposed to the very sensations one is attempting to think about and understand? this, i believe, is cézanne's doubt. cézanne doubts both himself and his artistic ambition; whether he is able truly to render what he sees, and whether he can paint it, as merleau-ponty puts it, in the way god created it. a miniaturist's doubt may take on a similar form. according to pamuk, a miniaturist is not painting an image of the world as we know it, either. his intention is to reach the “truly agonizing depiction of the world from an elevated godlike position attained by drawing”. he doubts both him- self and his artistic ambition; whether he can comprehend what god sees, and whether he can paint in the way god sees it. it would appear that the miniaturist's quest in my name is red, albeit following a different route, leads the artist to a paradoxical and impossible challenge not too different from that of cézanne. illustrating according to god's perception appears pamuk ( ), p. . proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting similar to illustrating according to an `inhuman', brute perception. in both cases the effort seems to be a struggle without end. . painting the `memoires' according to merleau-ponty, painting something visible is actually about the invisible; namely, feelings, sensations, affectivity. painting is not the depiction or reproduction of the way things exist in the `outside world'. the painter attempts to reveal something invisible, something we do not see. but actually, painters paint the invisible regardless of what their am- bitions might be. even if they attempt to paint something representative or illustrative, at best, they paint memories. in pamuk's words, [e]ven the most untalented painter – one whose head is empty like those of today's venetian painters – who draws the picture of a horse while looking at a horse will still make the image from memory; be- cause, you see, it is impossible, at one and the same time, to look at the horse and at the page upon which the horse's image appears. another twentieth-century thinker who connects painting and blindness/ memory is jacques derrida. in memoirs of the blind: the self-portrait and other ruins ( ), derrida claims that drawing is blind; drawing a line, in order to either write a word or sketch something, is an act of the blind. as derrida states, the essence of drawing is anticipation and memory. draw- ing substitutes a kind of seeing for another, namely mediated for direct seeing. the artist's gaze is turned away from the thing to be drawn on the canvas. there is an invisibility between the thing and its sketch. there- fore, the origin of painting does not reside in perception but in memory, “the trait must proceed in the night. it escapes the field of vision”. derrida illustrates this point through a certain kind of drawing, namely the self-portrait. one is blind while looking at the line or stroke (the ibid., p. . to be clear from the outset, there is no continuity between the thoughts of merleau- ponty and derrida here. they are both mentioned simply because they relate, in different ways, to what pamuk expresses regarding miniature art. jacques derrida ( ), p. . according to derrida, drawing is always the drawing of itself, a self-portrait. it is narcissistic and subsequently blind. proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting trait) in drawing a self-portrait; one has to draw from memory, which is blind. equally, when one looks at one's own reflection in order to draw one's own image, one cannot observe the stroke or the line. thus, one has to continue blindly. one sees without one's eyes: the process involves both the trait and the re-trait, it is one of appearance and retreat. derrida states that “the subtitle of all these scenes of the blind is thus: the origin of drawing. or, if you prefer, the thought of drawing, a certain pensive pose, a memory of the trait that speculates, as in a dream, about its own possibility. its potency always develops on the brink of blindness”. according to derrida, “in losing his sight man does not lose his eyes. on the contrary. only then does man begin to think the eyes”, and he continues: “he sees between and catches a glimpse of the difference, he keeps it, looks after it in memory”. the exact same point is stressed by pamuk with regard to miniature: first, the illustrator looks at the horse, then he quickly transfers whatever rests in his mind to the page. in the interim, even if only a wink in time, what the artist represents on the page is not the horse he sees, but the memory of the horse he has just seen. proof that for even the most miserable illustrator, a picture is possible only through memory. however, the conclusion that the miniaturists draw from this observation is unique to its cultural context: “the active worklife of a miniaturist [is] but preparation for both the resulting bliss of blindness and blind mem- ory”. . concluding remarks to merleau-ponty, cézanne was a genius not only because of his force as a colorist but also because he shows us a new way of seeing; a non- scientific one. what merleau-ponty sees in cézanne's paintings is an ul- jacques derrida ( ), pp. f. ibid., p. . pamuk ( ), pp. f. ibid. proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting timate instance of phenomenological work with colors. as husserl's phe- nomenological reduction tries to emancipate itself from the presupposi- tions of both the galilean and cartesian traditions, merleau-ponty be- lieved cézanne and he himself faced the same dilemma: a new way is needed, a way which will emancipate one from a dichotomous way of thinking and enable the split between the self and the world, the subject and the object, to be overcome. as we have seen, god's perception was to miniaturists what brute per- ception is to merleau-ponty: a way of transcending that which is `human', i.e., based on our preconceptions, in perception. miniaturists were de- fending this kind of perception against the increasing onslaught of west- ern art, with its `ungodly' innovations, such as perspective. ultimately, the battle was lost, and the art of miniature, along with its attendant form of transcendent perception, was superseded by western forms of artistic ex- pression. merleau-ponty would seem to come full circle in trying to regain, through the means of western painting, the very kind of perception that the art of miniature, as described by pamuk, originally lost in its encounter with western painting. to what extent a real connection exists between the philosophies be- hind middle eastern miniature painting and modern western painting is a question yet to be explored, but it seems safe to say that pamuk's por- trayal of miniaturists is to some extent influenced by his own, western- influenced cultural envelopment. whether this portrayal is the result of an intentional fallacy aimed at appealing to a western audience or not, at the very least, one can speak of an unconscious influence on the author, resulting from the fact that one cannot escape one's own historicity. still, i believe that pamuk's novel opens up a space for inquiry into a nexus be- tween the east and the west in terms of philosophy of art. after all, an established practice of abstract painting existed in the middle east cen- turies before western art started exploring similar forms of expression, partly influenced by miniature itself, as seen in the work of painters such as henri matisse, wassily kandinsky, and paul klee. for merleau-ponty, we do not so much look `at' a painting as we see `according to it', i.e., selon. aesthetic contemplation is not a matter of merleau-ponty ( ), p. . proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , evrim emir-sayers gauging proximities: middle eastern and western painting subjective attitude, but of how a painting appears to us. i believe a paint- ing teaches us how it wants to be looked at according to its own visual categories. but it is not only our way of perceiving the painting that is influenced by it, but also our way of perceiving the world. the richness of the painting depends on the painting itself, rather than on what the spec- tator brings to bear on it. exemplary paintings thus always hold a promise of further meanings, yet to be discovered. in my opinion, middle eastern miniature painting also teaches us a new way of perceiving. it is as rich as western traditions of painting and promises the possibilities of many further readings since it was originally produced only in the service of the court and was largely kept away from scrutinizing eyes for centuries. it is yet to be “discovered”‚ both in a literal and in a merleau-pontian sense. references derrida, jacques ( ). memoirs of the blind: the self-portrait and other ruins. trans. anne brault and michael naas. (chicago and london: university of chicago press.) merleau-ponty, maurice ( ). “cezanne's doubt”, in maurice merleau- ponty: basic writings. ed. thomas baldwin. (london: routledge, .) — ( ). “eye and mind”, in maurice merleau-ponty: basic writings. ed. thomas baldwin. (london: routledge, .) — ( ). the visible and the invisible. trans. a. lingis. (evanston, illinois: northwestern university press.) pamuk, orhan ( ). my name is red. trans. erdağ göknar. (london: faber and faber.) proceedings of the european society for aesthetics, vol. , i plenitudes of painting: wilhelm worringer and the relationship between abstraction and representation in european painting at the beginning of the twentieth century a thesis submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy in art history and theory at the university of canterbury by cristina silaghi university of canterbury ii table of contents acknowledgments ................................................................................................ vi abstract ................................................................................................................. ix key words.............................................................................................................. ix preface .................................................................................................................... x introduction ........................................................................................................... part : outer pictures, inner contours ............................................................ wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait ..................................................... about worringer: w. eugène kleinbauer, hilton kramer, debbie lewer ....................................................................... worringer, t. e. hulme and herbert read .................................................. recent opinions, - .......................................................................... gazing in the mirror of history: worringer’s forewords to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic ........................................... : first foreword to abstraction and empathy ....................................... : abstraction and empathy, third foreword ......................................... and : form in gothic forewords .................................................. : abstraction and empathy republished ............................................... : a new edition of form in gothic ........................................................ worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory ................. immanuel kant and theodor lipps: creativity, aesthetics and experience ............................................................. empathy: friedrich theodor vischer and robert vischer ......................... heinrich wölfflin: embodiment and expression .......................................... objects, feelings, and aspects of empathy .................................................... worringer: subjectivity and objectivity ........................................................ empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy ....................................................... empathy and abstraction: lipps and worringer .......................................... from aesthetics to art-making: naturalism and style ................................... w. j. t. mitchell and juliet koss about empathy ........................................ abstraction and representation: clement greenberg, frances colpitt ....... representation and abstraction in art-making: worringer’s perspective .................................................................................... adolf hildebrand: nature, form, imitation iii and artistic self-sufficiency ............................................................................ imitation, naturalism, empathy and abstraction in abstraction and empathy .......................................................................... ferdinand hodler: exactness and expressiveness, emotion and parallelism ................................................................................. distinctions and transitions: alois riegl on the art of antiquity ............................................................... abstraction: representational inflections .................................................... worringer and classicism ........................................................................... part : predecessors, critics, supporters ....................................................... ‘common to all’: form for kant and worringer ........................................ form, beauty, charm and emotion .............................................................. senses and form ............................................................................................ wölfflin and worringer: beauty, form, matter and will ............................ regularity and uniformity............................................................................ a matter of will: schopenhauer and worringer on life and art ............... distancing, urges, and will .......................................................................... riegl and artistic will ....................................................................................... will, perception, inner drive, and art-making ............................................ abstraction, representation, opposition: worringer and rudolf arnheim .................................................................... withdrawal, productive thinking, and abstraction ..................................... re-examining abstraction and empathy.................................................... the relationship between abstraction and representation: highlights from worringer’s abstraction and empathy, and gilles deleuze’s francis bacon: the logic of sensation ( ) ........ classical ornament and gothic line ............................................................ non-organic dynamism in gothic art ......................................................... painting, representation and abstraction according to deleuze ................ part : around expressionism ....................................................................... the words of worringer: ‘expressionism’ at the beginning of the twentieth century ..................................................... ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ): worringer’s early response to expressionism ............................................. worringer’s impact: expressionism ( ) by paul fechter, iv and expressionism ( ) by hermann bahr .............................................. current questions on art ( ): worringer revisits expressionism ................................................................. questioning worringer: critical discussions on the writings of worringer and his association with the expressionism movement ......... georg lukács and the decline of expressionism ....................................... richard sheppard, and lukács’ debt to worringer ................................... joseph frank’s worringer: expressiveness, emotion and the passage of time ................................................................. william spanos: empathy, abstraction, and the urge to engagement ......................................................................... ulrich weisstein: worringer, expressionism, and abstract-representational middle grounds ............................................ neil donahue: ‘world feeling’ and the history of ideas in abstraction and empathy ........................................................................ worringer and expressionism: late twentieth-century perspectives ...... part : redrawing antithesis .......................................................................... antithesis: classical, modern and contemporary contexts ....................... aristotle and antithesis ................................................................................. worringer’s rhetoric: neil donahue, geoffrey c. w. waite, and joshua dittrich ....................................................................................... kant, schopenhauer, riegl, wölfflin, antithesis ........................................ gradation, displacement and transposition: alternatives to antithesis in worringer’s abstraction and empathy ..................................................... form in gothic: interplay readdressed ......................................................... history and ego: worringer’s approach ..................................................... interplay in naturalism .................................................................................... interplay in the gothic art of northern europe: memory, assimilation, interpolation .............................................................. schiller, worringer, interplay ........................................................................ interplay: a dual, hybrid state in gothic art ................................................ v part : interplay in painting ........................................................................... worringer, his contemporaries, and early twentieth-century art-making in abstraction and empathy ............................................................................. pictorial contexts for abstract-representational interplay: cézanne’s realized sensations ......................................................................... monet, worringer’s impressionism, and the interplay of abstraction and representation .................................................................. monet and his motifs: representational and abstract aspects................... the doorway (morning effect) ( ): re-materializations ....................... representation and abstraction in monet’s water lilies ( ) ............... towards the expression of inner worlds: kandinsky, worringer, and turn-of-the-twentieth century artist writings ....................................... interplay in kandinsky’s on the spiritual in art ( ) and ‘on the question of form’ ( ) .......................................................... on the spiritual in art: oppositions and interplay ..................................... kandinsky’s approach to form and content: the struggle for art ( ), and the first exhibition of the editors of the blaue reiter ( ) ........... inner life, painting, and its relationship with the world in on the spiritual in art ............................................................................. representation and abstraction in interplay ............................................... ‘on the question of form’: the inner similarity of representation and abstraction ............................................................... painting interplay: kandinsky’s impression v (park) ( ), picture with a black arch ( ), and picture with red spot ( ) ......... rethinking abstract-representational interplay: worringer, arnheim, deleuze and guattari ....................................................................................... conclusion .......................................................................................................... selected bibliography ....................................................................................... list of illustrations ............................................................................................ vi acknowledgments a university of canterbury master of arts scholarship ( ), and a doctoral scholarship ( - ) have made this research possible; i would like to extend a debt of gratitude to the postgraduate office and scholarships office of the university of canterbury te whare wānaga o waitaha, who have generously facilitated my inquiries over the last four years. my warmest thanks go to my supervisors, morgan thomas, emilie sitzia, and richard bullen, for their guidance, input, advice and insight, as well as for accepting to gift their time, attention and expertise to a research project proposed by a fine arts student. with the encouragement and support of emilie sitzia, i have presented my work at the conference of the art association of australia and new zealand, contact, as well as at the symposium of the australian modernist studies network, modernism, intimacy and emotion. i wish to express my gratitude to david maskill, lorraine sim, ann vickery, and to all the organizers of these events for granting my access to two most valuable learning opportunities. i very much thank jon winnall and judith brooks for their interest in my project, as well as the university of canterbury, universities new zealand te pōkai tara, and the new zealand federation of graduate women, for their funding my participation to the aaanz conference and the amsn symposium. as a claude mccarthy fellow and recipient of nfgw conference and travel awards, i pursued my research in paris at the institut national d’histoire de l’art, at the bibliothèque kandinsky of the musée national d'art moderne, centre georges pompidou, and in the centre pompidou exhibition spaces; i would like to warmly thank these organizations for their welcome and support. kindest thanks to barbara garrie and katherine higgins for including my contribution in the first number of oculus: postgraduate journal for visual arts research. i am grateful to barbara garrie for inviting me to take part to a collaborative project, stochastic dialogue, presented by her at the conference of the association of art historians of manchester metropolitan university, intersections. the place and placelessness online graduate vii workshop was a great learning opportunity for which i am grateful to andrew watson and michael del vecchio. i warmly thank janet abbot, rudolf boelee, tony bond, wendy cox, margaret duncan, victoria edwards, douglas horrell, kiri jarden, ina johann, simon ogden, and louise palmer for their professional advice, words of kindness, and support of my practice. for their contribution to and support of sense of place ( - , hastings city art gallery) and colour of distance ( - , papakura art gallery), i am most grateful to celia wilson, kim lowe, helga goran, jocelyn mills, tracey williams, maree mills, kath purchas, and the wonderful teams at pag and hcag. i kindly thank justin morgan, jodie dalgleish, warren feeney, janet bayly, jasmine bailey, kim lowe, linda lee and mirabel oliver for welcoming my work at the new zealand academy of fine arts, mahara gallery, and shared lines – the christchurch/sendai project. my thoughts often go, in heartfelt gratitude, to riduan tomkins for his clarity of vision, luminous practice, passionate engagement with art, insightful advice, generosity and support. the earliest motivating factor in the writing of this thesis was my admiration for the art and thought of desmond rochfort; i extend my boundless gratitude to him for his support of my practice and kind encouragement. at crucial points of my research, i have had the chance to be surrounded by the wisdom, kindness and generosity of gabriela and letiția silaghi, libby munt and alex j. plescan, ana and narcis gǎnescu, elena, alex and zoe nesterovich, jane williamson, nadia and andrew plescan, and by the wholehearted support of alex m. plescan; they have my deepest, very special thanks. viii to lucian silaghi, in loving memory ix abstract throughout the twentieth century, the relationship between representation and abstraction has been regarded predominantly in terms of opposition. one of the prominent early twentieth- century defenders of this approach is wilhelm worringer ( - ), who introduces representation and abstraction as antithetic modes of art-making in abstraction and empathy. a contribution to the psychology of style ( ). however, while he distinguishes between abstraction and representation on theoretical grounds, worringer also observes that, in the history of art, these modes of art-making coexist. the current thesis examines worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory, inquiring into his perspective on the personal responses of viewers and artists to the world, and the manifestations of these responses in art. abstraction and empathy addresses issues of empathy, form, and will, in aesthetics and art-making; it discusses and extends the writings of theodor lipps, immanuel kant, arthur schopenhauer, and alois riegl. at the beginning of the twentieth century, worringer’s book attracted much attention: like its sequel, form in gothic ( ), it was often associated with the rise to prominence of expressionism in germany. later in the twentieth century, worringer’s thought came under the scrutiny of rudolf arnheim, who criticized worringer’s emphasis on abstract-representational opposition. gilles deleuze and félix guattari praised worringer’s approach to antithesis, yet questioned the terms worringer proposed as opposites. for arnheim, deleuze and guattari, alternatives to the antithesis between abstraction and representation became visible. indeed, in worringer’s time, artists such as adolf hildebrand, ferdinand hodler, paul cézanne, claude monet and wassily kandinsky underscored the common grounds between representation and abstraction. exploring worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, as well as the words and works of hildebrand, hodler, cézanne, monet and kandinsky, this thesis aims to highlight abstract-representational interplay as observable in early twentieth-century writing and art-making. key words: worringer, abstraction and empathy, form in gothic, abstraction, empathy, representation, antithesis, interplay, painting. x preface painting is either representational or abstract, the notes i had been taking for the last two weeks seemed to imply. the university of canterbury postgraduate seminar for fine arts, art history and theory students organized by desmond rochfort and pamela gerrish nunn was due to begin soon; we would be responding to a painting of their choice, and sharpen our interpretive skills in the process. as a painter working with abstraction, i felt more at ease focusing on my canvases in – to search for the words, concepts and contexts that could accompany my viewing of artworks was a task i approached with the curiosity and hesitation of a newcomer. my readings explained that contemporary pictorial explorations revolved around issues of abstraction and representation, two modes of art-making predominantly approached as antithetic. if common grounds between representation and abstraction were to be found, i mused while hastening towards the seminar room, a key question of the art of painting would be answered. soon i was to come across mark rosenthal’s abstraction in the twentieth century: total risk, freedom, discipline ( ), where the approach of wilhelm worringer ( - ) to artistic tendencies was summarized. worringer, rosenthal explained, recognized two distinct urges (or inner tendencies) in art: an urge to empathy and an urge to abstraction; in worringer’s abstraction and empathy. a contribution to the psychology of style ( ), these urges featured as polar opposites. at first glance, the distinction between representational and abstract tendencies in art-making appeared to drive worringer’s inquiry i explore the interweaving of colours, lines, shapes in my paintings. while my works seem independent from motifs in the world, they develop in resonance with such motifs. the processes that foster ‘abstract’ practices in contemporary painting require in-depth investigation, and need to be addressed in self-standing essays. five years later, i acknowledge the role of this thought as a starting point of my explorations. however, i see in representation and abstraction only two of the coordinates that support the access of viewers and artists to painting. the key questions posed by painting abound; they can indeed receive punctual solutions, but are not limited to them. mark rosenthal, abstraction in the twentieth century: total risk, freedom, discipline (new york: guggenheim museum publications, ), - . wilhelm worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style (new york: international universities press [ ]), . xi – yet i wondered to what extent worringer regarded abstraction and representation as antithetic, and how he pursued their differentiation in abstraction and empathy. the current thesis explores these issues, engaging in an examination of the relationship between tendencies (or urges) to art-making and modes of art-making in worringer’s early twentieth- century writings. as this thesis aims to highlight following from worringer’s writings, abstraction and representation can be approached from the perspective of their opposition, but also from the point of view of their interplay. abstract- representational interplay is particularly visible in contemporary art; nowadays, painters persuasively combine the depiction of their motifs with passages highlighting colour, structure, line, and paint application. see, for instance, the works of richard killeen (b. ), denis castellas (b. ), pia fries (b. ), peter doig (b. ), suzanne mcclelland (b. ), beatriz milhazes (b. ), monique prieto (b. ), franz ackermann (b. ), shane cotton (b. ), toba khedoori (b. ), adriana varejão (b. ), tal r (b. ), cecily brown (b. ), inka essenhigh (b. ), carla klein (b. ), and laura owens (b. ). abstract- representational interplay may assume different shapes, and various levels of visibility; it may be recognized in the art of many more contemporary artists than mentioned above. this topic requires detailed inquiry, yet exceeds the scope of the current thesis. introduction contemporary writers regard wilhelm worringer ( - ) as the creator, in abstraction and empathy ( ), of a much cited manifesto for abstract art, as a supporter of german expressionism and critic of conventionalised art-making, as a contributing force to the development of vorticism, abstract expressionism, and cobra, and as a scholar whose approach to the writing of art history and theory has proved fascinating for artists, writers, psychologists, social theorists, and architectural activists. abstract-representational antithesis – articulated by worringer in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic ( ) – is generally considered a key element of his demonstrations. this thesis acknowledges and examines the role of antithesis in worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, yet shows that worringer’s oppositions tend to assume a certain degree of openness as his demonstrations take shape. my text highlights the place of abstract-representational interplay in worringer’s books. for worringer, who asserts his counter-classicism and counter-impressionism and defines the relationship of representation and abstraction as oppositional, abstract-representational w. wolfgang holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', boundary , , no. , , . also, rudolf arnheim, new essays on the psychology of art (berkeley, los angeles, london: university of california press, ), - . also, neil h. donahue, 'introduction: art history or "sublime hysteria"?' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . also, mary gluck, 'interpreting primitivism, mass culture and modernism: the making of wilhelm worringer's abstraction and empathy', new german critique, no. , , . geoffrey christophe perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism (bern: h. lang, ), . also, joseph masheck, 'raw art: "primitive" authenticity and german expressionism', res: anthropology and aesthetics, no. , , - . susan hiller, the myth of primitivism: perspectives on art (london and new york: routledge, ), . donahue, 'introduction: art history or "sublime hysteria"?', . also, joanna e. ziegler, 'worringer's theory of transcendental space in gothic architecture: a medievalist's perspective' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), . holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', . also, arnheim, new essays on the psychology of art, . also, hal foster, rosalind krauss, yve-alain bois, and benjamin h. d. buchloh, art since : modernism, antimodernism, postmodernism (london: thames and hudson, ), . wilhelm worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style (new york: international universities press [ ]), xiv, - , , - , , - . also, ibid., , - , , . also, wilhelm worringer, and herbert edward read, form in gothic (london: tiranti, [ ]), - , - , - . interplay can actually be observed in many of modes of art-making throughout history. worringer repeatedly inquires into the interplay of abstract and representational elements in gothic, for instance; he also explains the workings of abstract-representational interplay in the art of his contemporaries. where worringer adopts a generic approach to art, my thesis points to the relationship between worringer’s thoughts on abstract-representational antithesis and interplay – as expressed in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic – and early twentieth-century painting. to his english-speaking readership, wilhelm worringer ( - ) is known primarily for two of his earlier books: abstraction and empathy ( ), and form in gothic ( ). comprising the dates of his studies, relocations, and professional activities, his brief biographies tend to name few significant places, and even fewer people of note in his life. the most detailed portrait of worringer is thus invited to emerge from his writings. in ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait’, this thesis traces the profile of worringer by culling and interweaving biographical data as made available in english texts. the forewords worringer provided for successive editions of abstraction and empathy and form in gothic are addressed in ‘gazing in the mirror of history: worringer’s forewords to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic’. bringing to light worringer’s views on the echoes of his thought within his epoch, these shorter texts also reveal the discourse strategies that structure his argument from abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. the key terms of worringer’s investigation are examined in ‘empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’, and ‘representation and abstraction in art-making: worringer’s perspective’. combining aesthetic and artistic viewpoints in his worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - , - , , - , , - . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, - , , , - , - , - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, - , - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , , - . ibid., vii-xv. also, worringer and read, form in gothic, - . i focus on the paintings of early twentieth-century artists to whom worringer refers in abstraction and empathy and ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ); i also analyse paintings produced by artists who mention worringer in their own writings, who feature in circles where worringer is admired, or who are in contact with worringer around the time of his publishing abstraction and empathy, form in gothic and ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( - ). also see, from the current thesis, ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait,’ - . a biographical exploration of worringer’s presence and influence within modern german-speaking contexts (a topic much exceeding the research span of this thesis) still awaits its publication in english. book, worringer intuitively assumes, at times, the standpoint of artists; he follows theodor lipps in this respect. the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction thus come to resonate with both artistic and aesthetic concerns in abstraction and empathy, drawing attention to the terminological challenges worringer’s writings bring along. in the course of his argument, worringer explains that the urge to empathy fosters artistic naturalism, while the urge to abstraction requires a focus on style. yet the opposition between naturalism and style is less effective today than in worringer’s time: later twentieth-century researchers prefer to contrast ‘representation’ (or figuration) and ‘abstraction’ instead. although critical towards the aesthetic inquiries of the past, worringer relies on the investigations of immanuel kant, arthur schopenhauer and alois riegl. worringer, following kant, recognizes the role of form in his interpretation of art; schopenhauer inspires worringer’s approach to opposition, while riegl’s research provides to worringer the concept of artistic will. like robert vischer and heinrich wölfflin, worringer is interested in issues concerning empathy and expressiveness. however, he discusses empathy in less detail than r. vischer, and connects it, unlike wölfflin, with human feelings rather than embodiment and imitation. the direction assumed by worringer’s explorations from abstraction and empathy reflects and expands upon the interests of his predecessors, attracting the attention of later twentieth- century writers such as rudolf arnheim and gilles deleuze. for arnheim, worringer’s abstract-representational opposition is memorably articulated, yet assigns to abstraction a limiting role. deleuze sees worringer as a theoretician of gothic, emphasizing the attention worringer bestows on gothic line, and, in his turn, approaches gothic art by opposing it to egyptian and classical art. both arnheim and deleuze note that worringer develops more than an antithetic strand of inquiry in abstraction and empathy. see, from the current thesis, ‘ “common to all”: form for kant and worringer,’ - , ‘a matter of will: schopenhauer and worringer on life and art,’ - , and ‘riegl and artistic will’, - . exploring the diverse influences observable in worringer’s texts, as well as his discussion of turn-of-the-century aesthetic investigations, would require self-standing inquiry. see ‘abstraction, representation, opposition: worringer and rudolf arnheim,’ - , and ‘the relationship between abstraction and representation: highlights from worringer’s abstraction and empathy, and gilles deleuze’s francis bacon: the logic of sensation ( ),’ - . also, ‘rethinking abstract-representational interplay: worringer, arnheim, deleuze and guattari,’ - . for many twentieth-century writers, worringer’s early texts are associated with the rise and decline of german expressionism. worringer does not refer to expressionism in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, yet the frequency of his employing the term ‘expression’ in these books points to his interests from the first decade of the twentieth century. defending the artistic experiments of his time in an essay entitled ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ), worringer praises contemporary french ‘synthetists and expressionists’ and mentions their appreciation of the works of artists such as paul cézanne, vincent van gogh and henri matisse. worringer’s attention to early twentieth- century artistic explorations surfaces briefly in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, yet is unambiguously revealed in ‘the historical development of modern art’. later texts on expressionism – for instance, expressionism ( ) by paul fechter, and expressionism ( ) by hermann bahr – signal worringer’s influence in particular; indeed, fechter and bahr approach german expressionism from an oppositional vantage point inspired by worringer’s abstract-representational antithesis from abstraction and empathy. worringer proved primarily interested in the exploratory aspects of expressionism, regardless of the specific form they took. in current questions on art ( ), he revealed his doubts concerning the active role of expressionist art around the second decade of the twentieth century, underscoring the experimentalism of writing instead. however, despite the critical position he adopted towards later expressionist art-making, worringer was still considered a representative of expressionist thought by georg lukács. pointing to the abstract aspects of expressionism, lukács argued that the movement had encouraged the bypassing of spatial and temporal considerations, and had shown no commitment to economical and social contexts. see ‘the words of worringer: “expressionism” at the beginning of the twentieth century,’ - , and ‘worringer and expressionism: late twentieth-century perspectives,’ - . from the current thesis, see ‘ “the historical development of modern art’ ( ): worringer’s early response to expressionism,’ - . see ‘worringer’s impact: expressionism ( ) by paul fechter, and expressionism ( ) by hermann bahr,’ - . see, from this thesis, ‘current questions on art ( ): worringer revisits expressionism,’ - . see ‘questioning worringer: critical discussions on the writings of worringer and on worringer’s association with the expressionist movement,’ - . yet lukács’ reference to abstraction and empathy allowed him to configure his own views, richard sheppard maintains, also drawing attention to the impact worringer’s thought had on lukács before . significantly, worringer de-emphasizes western aesthetics, and addresses negative responses to challenging environments, according to joseph frank. william spanos and ulrich weisstein are critical towards worringer’s theoretical and historical perspectives; they both note the existence of alternatives to abstract- representational opposition as articulated by worringer. for neil donahue, emotional aspects, abstraction-oriented practices, and ‘primitivism’ become particularly visible in worringer’s abstraction and empathy. in contemporary writings on expressionism – for instance, in the studies of bernard myers, james bednarz, stephen e. bronner, emily hicks, donald gordon and peter guenther – worringer features as a writer who provided theoretical grounds for the development of the movement. yet worringer did not write about the expressionist movement as such, michael jennings points out. instead, jennings shows that worringer offered an art historical equivalent for expressionist explorations in abstraction and empathy. jennings, mary gluck and debbie lewer also draw attention to the sociological and psychological aspects of abstraction and empathy. for lewer, worringer’s work does not hold contemporary interest; however, she mentions the impact of worringer’s writing on his contemporaries, as do geoffrey c. w. waite, joseph masheck, joseph frank, magdalena bushart, and neil donahue. worringer’s perspective actually encouraged the association of gothic and early twentieth- century art, according to gordon, guenther, horst uhr, and shulamith behr. preoccupied with local as well as international artistic explorations, worringer underscored the ties between contemporary french and german art-making, as gordon and rose-carol washton long point out. the writings of worringer inspired, or defended, practices associated with expressionism, as long, gordon, frank whitford, ida katherine rigby, and norbert lynton explain; however, paul vogt, rigby and long also mention worringer’s growing disbelief in expressionism around the second decade of the twentieth century. charles haxthausen draws attention to worringer’s explorations of the connections between gothic and expressionist ibid. see, from the current thesis, ‘worringer and expressionism: late twentieth-century perspectives,’ - . art; around , worringer finds expressionism to be a systematic approach to art-making, haxthausen observes. as made visible in contemporary research, worringer’s relationship with expressionism in the early decades of the twentieth century is marked by striking shifts in perspective, much like his approach to the relationship between abstraction and representation from abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. the driving force of worringer’s early books, as w. eugène kleinbauer and hilton kramer observe, is the antithesis between urges towards art-making, and also between art-making modes. to establish the distinctive features of the urge to abstraction and the urge to empathy, worringer places them in opposition: this allows him to point to the formal specificities of representation, while emphasizing the characteristics and merits of abstraction-oriented art. artistic polarities reflect, for him, the argumentative engagement of human beings with their environment; in his writings, opposition thus features as a key contributor to art-making, but also as a fundamental form of relating between human beings and the world. contrasting between the modes of art-making of different epochs in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, worringer points to the art and culture of classicism, where, as johann wolfgang goethe notes, harmony between human beings and their world was predominant. yet worringer underscores the negative influence of classicism on aesthetics and art. imitation as approached, for instance, in the writings of aristotle is particularly criticised by worringer. however, aristotle’s rhetoric also requires antithesis to inform a persuasive, memorable argument – a demand that must have attracted the attention of worringer, who, in his early books, proves to follow aristotle’s perspective on the construction of discourse. abstraction and empathy begins by approaching the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction as polar opposites. nevertheless, worringer also draws attention to artistic instances where the two opposite urges coexist. see ‘about worringer: w. eugène kleinbauer, hilton kramer, debbie lewer,’ - . also, ‘antithesis: classical, modern and contemporary contexts,’ - . ibid. as discussed in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, gradation, displacement, transposition, remembering, assimilation and interpolation provide alternatives to antithesis. these processes do not claim the limelight of worringer’s investigations, yet are mentioned in worringer’s explorations of art-making. for instance, worringer, in abstraction and empathy, observes the gradation of feelings and urges, the historical displacement of one style by another, and the formal transposition of representational elements in abstract contexts. he also signals, in form in gothic, the abstracting function of remembering, the formal process of assimilation, and the result of assimilation, namely the interpolation of observational elements in abstract contexts. although worringer is uncomfortable with the possible loss of differentiation between imitative and creative urges in naturalism, he continues referring to instances of abstract-representational interplay in both abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. interplay, unlike antithesis, does not assume a leading role in worringer’s inquiries, yet gains visibility in his analysis of gothic art. for worringer, gothic occasions a notable meeting between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction. having signalled abstract-representational interplay in japanese art, in saracenic (or islamic) arabesque, in byzantine style, and in greek ionic architecture, worringer observes interplay at work in gothic cathedrals, where the urge to empathy animates abstract form. schiller, an admirer of goethe and classicism, had noted in on the aesthetic education of man ( ) that the play drive balanced senses and law, feelings and reason. harmony between material reality and lawful formality, between human beings and their social contexts, was achievable for schiller. worringer, however, considers gothic abstract-representational interplay hybrid rather than harmonious; according to him, gothic art allows opposite elements to coexist without cancelling their differences. from the current thesis, ‘gradation, displacement and transposition: alternatives to antithesis in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’, ‘interplay in naturalism’, and ‘interplay in the gothic art of northern europe: memory, assimilation, interpolation’. see, for instance, ‘form in gothic: interplay readdressed’, and ‘history and ego: worringer’s approach’. see ‘gradation, displacement and transposition: alternatives to antithesis in worringer’s abstraction and empathy,’ - . from the current thesis, ‘schiller, worringer, interplay,’ - . ‘interplay: a dual, hybrid state in gothic art,’ - , from this thesis. worringer addresses the art of the past in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, yet writes with his contemporaries in mind. often critical towards his epoch, he notes that human beings are as disoriented at the beginning of the twentieth century as ‘primitive’ people were when confronted with a world they did not understand. he questions current art- making that is based on classical norms rather than on genuine creative drives, and commends the ability of contemporary artists to differentiate between potentially similar artistic approaches. early twentieth-century creators, he argues, need to recognize the fundamental differences between modes of art-making. according to him, art-making in his time amalgamates geometric and representational elements (a process he also recognizes in ancient egyptian art), allowing the coexistence of representation and abstraction to come to surface. worringer does not focus on the works of particular artists active around the turn of the twentieth century; he comments only briefly on the practices of ferdinand hodler, adolf hildebrand and auguste rodin in abstraction and empathy. the attention worringer bestows on coeval artistic explorations surfaces, for instance, through his addressing impressionist art-making in abstraction and empathy (where he explains its connections with representation), as well as through his frequent references to ‘expression’ in both abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. his ‘historical development of modern art’ ( ) and current questions on art ( ) further reveal his perspective on contemporary artistic practices, and his empathic resonance with them. recognizing abstract-representational interplay during his time, worringer observes its compositional amalgamation of geometric and representational elements. the increased visibility of geometric, regular aspects of art-making as noted by worringer in abstraction and empathy is preceded and supported by two allied processes also mentioned in his book: the growing assertion of personal perspectives, and the decisive reorganization of the processes of art-making. around the turn of the twentieth century, adolf hildebrand see ‘worringer, his contemporaries, and early twentieth-century art-making in abstraction and empathy,’ - . from the current thesis, see ‘monet, worringer’s impressionism, and the interplay of abstraction and representation,’ - . see ‘the words of worringer: “expressionism” at the beginning of the twentieth century,’ - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . wrote about the necessity of achieving self-sufficiency and formal unity in art, while ferdinand hodler underscored the compositional role of parallelism. paul cézanne allowed his brushstrokes to gain visibility and thus impart a distinctive lifelikeness to the rendition of his motifs; readdressing his later works in the studio, claude monet focused on the demands of his canvases as well as on their relationship with motifs as observed in the world. kandinsky, who was in contact with worringer around the time of publishing the blaue reiter almanac ( ), experimented with the expression of inner events in pictures he regarded as ‘improvisations.’ kandinsky’s writings from the second decade of the twentieth century address directly the contemporary meeting of representation and abstraction, reaching conclusions that resonate with worringer’s explorations, but that ultimately differ from them. in the works and words of artists active in the early years of the twentieth century, abstract features of art come to surface, shining a different light on the connections between art- making and the world. adolf hildebrand, the problem of form in painting and sculpture (new york and london: garland publishing, [ ]), . also, from the current thesis, ‘worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory,’ - , ‘empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy,’ - , and ‘representation and abstraction in art-making: worringer’s perspective,’ - . peter selz, ferdinand hodler (berkeley: university of california berkeley, university art museum, ), . also, from the current thesis, ‘representation and abstraction in art-making: worringer’s perspective,’ - . see, from the current thesis, ‘pictorial contexts for abstract-representational interplay: cézanne’s realized sensations,’ - . from the current thesis, ‘monet and his motifs: representational and abstract aspects,’ - , ‘the doorway (morning effect) ( ): re-materializations,’ - , and ‘representation and abstraction in monet’s water lilies ( ),’ - . wassily kandinsky, kenneth c. lindsay, and peter vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art (boston, massachusetts: g.k. hall, ), . also, from the current thesis, ‘towards the expression of inner worlds: kandinsky, worringer, and turn-of-the-twentieth-century artist writings,’ - , ‘interplay in kandinsky’s on the spiritual in art ( ) and “on the question of form” ( ),’ - , and ‘painting interplay: kandinsky’s impression (park) ( ), picture with a black arch ( ), and picture with red spot ( ),’ - . part : outer pictures, inner contours wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait theoretician, historian and critic of art, wilhelm worringer (aachen, january - munich, march ), is best known in english-speaking contexts for two of his debut books: abstraction and empathy. a contribution to the psychology of style ( ), and form in gothic ( ). worringer studied at the universities of freiburg, berlin, munich and bern; georg simmel ( - ), and theodor lipps ( - ), were among his professors. upon completing his doctoral dissertation at the university of bern ( - ), under the supervision of artur weese ( - ), worringer enlisted the help of his family and published his thesis in neuwied. he then posted a printed copy of his dissertation to paul ernst (c. - c. ), who reviewed it for kunst und künstler [art and artists], and sent worringer’s dissertation to simmel. upon reading ernst’s supportive review, reinhard piper ( - ) – a publisher based in munich – decided to make worringer’s book available to a wider audience. the book proved an instant success with the artists of the time. form in gothic, also published with piper in , took worringer’s research from abstraction and empathy a step further; it clarified and expanded on a number of worringer’s core ideas and methodology. at present, the biographical data available to english-speaking researchers offer only glimpses into worringer’s life. joanna e. ziegler, in ‘worringer’s theory of transcendental space in gothic architecture: a medievalist’s perspective’ (an essay from neil donahue’s worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, ix. norbert lynton, 'expressionism' in concepts of modern art: from fauvism to postmodernism ed. nikos stangos (new york: thames and hudson, ), . w. eugene kleinbauer places the completion of worringer’s dissertation in . see w. eugène kleinbauer, modern perspectives in western art history: an anthology of twentieth-century writings on the visual arts (toronto: university of toronto press [medieval academy of america] [holt, rinehart and winston], [ ]), - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xiv. see rhys w. williams, 'worringer, wilhelm', in grove art online. oxford art online. also, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, x. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xi. the spelling of the name of reinhard piper follows worringer’s spelling from the preface. see ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xi. rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, ), . invisible cathedrals, c. ) observes in this respect: ‘much of worringer’s biography remains a mystery, especially his whereabouts between the two world wars and the crucial question of whether he was jewish.’ from the brief notes encountered in contemporary texts, worringer’s trajectory appears meandering, despite the early success of his publications. having lived in munich between and , worringer moved to bern in may . he wrote abstraction and empathy sometime between and , while in munich; from onwards, he focused on completing form in gothic. worringer taught joanna e. ziegler, 'worringer's theory of transcendental space in gothic architecture: a medievalist's perspective' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), . ziegler continues: ‘it seems that he [worringer] taught in the art history institute at the university of bonn during the s, having been called there from the university in bern. after the second world war, in , he held the chair at halle university that [paul] frankl had abandoned in to emigrate to the united states.’ ziegler points to the originality of worringer’s approach to transcendental space in gothic architecture, noting five key statements worringer makes in form in gothic: that predominant art forms and particular expressive means must be analysed; that gothic architecture can be contrasted with classical architecture; that the dematerialisation of stone becomes visible in gothic; that an important formal feature of gothic is the dissolution of walls; that scholasticism is analogous to gothic architecture. worringer’s intuitive arguments, ziegler notes, did not meet with the approval of medievalists (with the exception of paul frankl), yet his ideas were widely adopted and disseminated as truisms. (ibid., - .) she explains this simultaneous acceptance and rejection as follows: ‘why did worringer's five stunning moments of gothic architectural theory become truisms rather than worringerianisms? although to answer this would require a study dedicated to this topic alone, a few ideas can be offered here nonetheless. in the first place, the immigration of german-jewish art historians, like panofsky, needs to be much more fully understood than it is at present. there was, on the other hand, the geographical migration to america in which worringer, who stayed in germany during the second world war, did not participate. scholars also migrated ideologically, as it were, into a new positivism. on our shores a hardy commitment to the "science" of art historical research took root with the emigrés, a position nourished and renourished by a disdain for the seemingly soft and subjective intellectual ground from which worringer's method sprang. the result was that all that modernists found imminent in worringer, medievalists ultimately and systematically dismantled from acceptable interpretations treating gothic as a historical phenomenon. the interaction between these two groups of interpreters (the modernists and medievalists) has not yet been featured, however, in the vast enterprise that constitutes the history of worringer's reception.’ (ibid., .) for further suggestions regarding worringer’s whereabouts between the two world wars, ziegler sends to the work of jolanda nigro covre, ‘wilhelm worringer prima e dopo: da un equivoco a un “tramonto” ’, ricerche di storia dell’arte ( ), - . (ibid., , .) this thesis does not propose to focus on worringer’s biography – a topic that would require extensive exploration. my inquiry highlights specific aspects of worringer’s contribution to the writing of art history and theory, and the relevance of worringer’s thought on abstraction and representation for early twentieth-century painting. donahue explains, in invisible cathedrals, the relatively scant information on worringer. according to donahue: ‘his [i. e., worringer’s archival estate or nachlaβ in the germanisches museum in nuremberg] contains and reveals little, since worringer twice left his belongings behind: in königsberg, where he taught from to , and in halle, where he was professor of modern art history after the war, from to .’ neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, . sebastian preuss, 'spiritual intoxication: sebastian preuss on wilhelm worringer and modernism', deutsche bank artmag, no. , , . magdalena bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), . ibid. at the university of bern between and ; after richard hamann’s review ( ) of form in gothic, worringer applied unsuccessfully for a number of academic positions, continued teaching, and gave public lectures in bern and bonn. he left for the front at the outbreak of the first world war ( - ), completed his military service, and then took up a position at the university of bonn, where he taught between and . with the support of one of his admirers (carl heinrich becker, prussian minister of culture), worringer received a professorship in in königsberg (or kaliningrad, russia), where he resided between and . worringer stopped publishing when the national socialist party came to power ( ). however, his lectures in königsberg – during which he hinted at his anti-nazi views – were met with much interest. sebastian preuss describes worringer’s situation in the nineteen- thirties as follows: when the nazis took power, worringer's educated middleclass, left-wing world collapsed. out of political conviction, he didn't publish anything during these years, and he was eyed with mistrust and considered unworthy of representing germany in lectures abroad. he was now “a quiet person in germany, who is only loud at home,” as he wrote to his publisher piper in . but even during world war ii, educated königsberg residents flocked to his lectures, in which he described the art of old europe, which was now burning to the ground, as a humanitarian value system, and everyone in the hall understood his unspoken criticism of the nazis. after the end of the second world war ( - ), worringer taught modern art in halle from to , at a time when the city was part of germany’s soviet-conquered zone. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, . preuss, 'spiritual intoxication: sebastian preuss on wilhelm worringer and modernism', . wilhelm worringer and herbert edward read, form in gothic (london: tiranti, [ ]), xiv. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, . preuss, 'spiritual intoxication: sebastian preuss on wilhelm worringer and modernism', . lee sorensen, 'worringer, wilhelm', in dictionary of art historians. according to donahue, worringer taught in königsberg until . donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, . preuss, 'spiritual intoxication: sebastian preuss on wilhelm worringer and modernism', - . ibid., . sorensen, 'worringer, wilhelm'. he moved from halle to munich in , to protest against having his name used in local propaganda, and remained in munich until the end of his years in . the works of worringer were extensively published in the first half of the twentieth century. in his books – for instance, lucas cranach ( ), old german book illustration ( ), current questions on art ( ), the origins of german panel painting ( ), egyptian art ( ), greek culture and the gothic: on the empire of hellenism ( ), and on the influence of anglo-saxon book painting on the monumental sculpture on the continent in the early middle ages ( ) – worringer explores topics he had approached in abstraction and empathy. however, despite his sustained activity, worringer’s ideas received widespread recognition for two of his debut publications: abstraction and empathy, and form in gothic. according to worringer: ‘... [f]or the general public, he [i. e., worringer] has remained almost exclusively the much translated author of abstraktion und einfühlung [abstraction and empathy] and formprobleme der gotik [form in gothic]. the youthful exuberance of his early works has overshadowed the continued efforts of his maturity.’ indeed, from worringer’s books, only abstraction and empathy, form in gothic and egyptian art were translated into english during the twentieth century. abstraction and empathy remains the best known and most cited of worringer’s publications up to date. in abstraction and empathy, worringer contrasts the urge to empathy and the urge to donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, . also, preuss, 'spiritual intoxication: sebastian preuss on wilhelm worringer and modernism', . sorensen, 'worringer, wilhelm'., also, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, vii-xv. also, worringer and read, form in gothic, xiv-xv. worringer also wrote: urs graf: the woodcuts of the passion ( ), german youth and eastern spirit ( ), and the book of life and the famous author of the fables, aesop, ulm ( ). he contributed introductions to the cologne bible: woodcuts from ( ), and otto pankok ( ). he lectured on the problematics of contemporary art ( ), and collected his essays from to in questions and counter-questions ( ). further details regarding the publication of worringer’s texts can be found in donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, - . also, long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, - , - . for a list of his articles and reviews, see donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, - . worringer and read, form in gothic, xv. the first of worringer’s books to be published in english is form in gothic. edited and introduced by herbert read, form in gothic appeared in at putnam’s, london; it was then reissued in by a. tiranti, london, and by schocken paperbacks in . donahue draws attention to the existence of an unattributed translation of formprobleme der gotik: form problems of the gothic. this translation, dedicated in and issued in , contains images from collections in the united states of america, as donahue points out in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art of wilhelm worringer (c. ). see donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, . abstraction. he draws a powerful antithesis between two approaches to art: on the one hand, an approach that encourages the empathic engagement of viewers, and relies on the positive emotional responses of artists to their environments; on the other hand, an approach that, through processes of abstraction, highlights the distancing of artists and viewers from the world. his memorable antithesis is rooted in the methodological practices of his time, according to w. eugène kleinbauer. about worringer: w. eugène kleinbauer, hilton kramer, debbie lewer kleinbauer, in modern perspectives in western art history: an anthology of twentieth- century writings on the visual arts ( ), underscores the significance of antithesis in the writing of german art history and theory around the turn of the twentieth century. he notes that worringer is one of the researchers relying on antithetic categories, alongside historians and theoreticians of art such as heinrich wölfflin ( - ), alois riegl ( - ), and max dvořák ( - ). in the words of kleinbauer: wölfflin’s use of antithesis betrays a major tendency in german scholarship of the late th and th century. we have already found such a dichotomy in the work of riegl (haptic and optic), and we shall come to it again, near the end of this introductory essay, in an important book by riegl’s most gifted student, max dvořák (idealism and naturalism). the observation of antithetical categories occurs also in the work of wilhelm worringer ( - ). a major exponent of german expressionism, worringer married lipps’ theory of empathy to riegl’s concept of kunstwollen. in his widely read essay abstraktion und einfühlung; ein beitrag zur stilpsychologie (his doctoral dissertation of ), published the following year, worringer intended to make a “contribution to the aesthetics of a work of art, and especially of a work of art belonging to the domain of the plastic arts”. he observes a distinction between geometrical (abstract) and organic (empathic) forms in the whole history of art, eastern and primitive as well as western. abstract aesthetic styles characterize peoples oppressed by nature and involved with spiritual reality, while organic styles characterize peoples who have an affinity for nature and find spiritual satisfaction in it. kleinbauer notes that worringer’s reliance on antithesis is a key aspect of abstraction and empathy. placing worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory in historical perspective, kleinbauer contextualizes worringer’s research, drawing attention to the employment of dichotomy by riegl, lipps and dvořák in their writings on art. like donald gordon, geoffrey perkins, and rose-carol washton long, kleinbauer notes the association between worringer and expressionism. however, kleinbauer connects expressionism to the inquiries of worringer more decisively than the above-mentioned writers. kleinbauer considers worringer indebted to both lipps and riegl. as signalled by kleinbauer, the contrast between abstract, geometric, spiritually inclined art, and organic, empathic, nature-inclined art, stands out in worringer’s writings. hilton kramer also notes the role of antithesis in the texts of worringer. like kleinbauer, kramer draws attention to worringer’s employment of antithesis when articulating distinctions between modes of art-making. the differentiation worringer traces between art that creates spatial illusions, and art that suppresses such illusions, is existentially relevant for kramer. he explains worringer’s contrast between modes of art-making from the perspective of artistic experience in his introduction to the edition of abstraction and kleinbauer, modern perspectives in western art history: an anthology of twentieth-century writings on the visual arts, - . sections to follow examine in greater detail the connections between worringer and expressionism from the standpoint of several contemporary writers. see, for instance, ‘worringer and expressionism: late twentieth- century perspectives’. regarding worringer’s approach to the theory of empathy as delineated by lipps, see geoffrey c. w. waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, ), - , . also, david morgan, 'the enchantment of art: abstraction and empathy from german romanticism to expressionism', journal of the history of ideas, , no. , , - . ‘spirit’ is a term worringer employs to refer to inner activity – especially the activity of the mind. in form in gothic, worringer defines ‘spirit’ as the opposite of matter. worringer and read, form in gothic, . ‘organic’ is a term worringer associates with lifelikeness in both abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. see, from the current thesis, ‘empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’, and ‘representation and abstraction in art-making: worringer’s perspective’. wilhelm worringer and hilton kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style (chicago: ivan r. dee and elephant paperbacks, [ ]), ix. the term ‘existential’ as employed by kramer points to human experience in the world; it does not acquire further philosophical nuance in his introduction. empathy. kramer notes that the ‘will to abstraction’ as described by worringer is the response of artists to a world they regard as a source of uncertainty and anxiety. focusing on the merits of worringer’s theory rather than on a critique of worringer’s perspective, kramer writes: ‘what proved to be so timely in abstraction and empathy was worringer’s further claim that this will to abstraction was to be understood to be one of the two fundamental aesthetic impulses known to human culture – the other, of course, being the urge to empathy which manifests itself in the naturalistic depiction of the observable world.’ for kramer as for kleinbauer, worringer constructs a memorable opposition between the ‘will to abstraction’ and the ‘urge to empathy’. both these contemporary authors are sensitive to the significance of antithesis in worringer’s writings. although antithesis is a key aspect of abstraction and empathy, different facets of worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory have been readdressed in contemporary criticism. for instance, michael w. jennings notes the implicit criticism directed by worringer towards a depersonalized, commodity-oriented modern capitalist society. pointing to worringer’s discussion of ancient cultures in psychological terms, mary gluck underscores that, much to the benefit of turn-of-the-twentieth-century artists, worringer’s approach signalled the existence of an authentic, creative and redemptive inner space that could be accessed through art-making. in her recent discussion of worringer’s abstraction and empathy, debbie lewer observes that worringer’s book echoes the pervasive sense of alienation experienced by worringer’s contemporaries in early twentieth- century surroundings. lewer, in post-impressionism to world war ii ( ), mentions the current lack of interest in worringer’s writings. yet, as she writes, worringer’s thought attracted the sustained attention of his contemporaries around the time abstraction and empathy and form in gothic ibid., viii-ix. ibid., x. michael w. jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park: pennsylvania state university press, ), - . mary gluck, 'interpreting primitivism, mass culture and modernism: the making of wilhelm worringer's abstraction and empathy', new german critique, no. , , - . debbie lewer, post-impressionism to world war ii (malden: blackwell, ), . ibid., . were published. for instance, painter franz marc ( - ), poet rainer maria rilke ( - ), and architectural historian walter müller-wulckov ( - ), commented appreciatively on worringer’s research, while art historian richard hamann ( - ) and philosopher emil utitz ( - ) signalled the limitations of worringer’s writings. the thought of worringer found considerable appreciation in great britain, where t. e. hulme ( - ) and herbert read ( - ) were among worringer’s earliest supporters. worringer, t. e. hulme and herbert read hulme, an admirer of lipps’ thought, met worringer at the berlin congress of aesthetics ( ). upon his return to great britain in , after nine months in berlin, hulme was joseph masheck considers abstraction and empathy to be ‘[t]he premier theoretical text of the whole german movement’. see joseph masheck, 'raw art: "primitive" authenticity and german expressionism', res: anthropology and aesthetics, no. , , . geoffrey c. w. waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. [ ]), - . neil h. donahue, 'introduction: art history or "sublime hysteria"?' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), . bushart points out that müller-wulckov finds in form in gothic a theory that explains the contemporary transformation of the concept of art. for him, form in gothic has more importance in connection to the art of his time than to the history of art. bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', - . as waite remarks, utitz criticizes worringer for his approach to gothic art, for his emphasis on metaphysics and religion, as well as for his approach to and expansion of riegl’s concept of absolute artistic will. like worringer, utitz does not seek to ally aesthetics with the theory of beauty exclusively. waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', . waite also mentions the critical positions adopted by writers such as rudolf arnheim and e. h. gombrich towards the work of worringer. ———, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', . joseph frank remarks: ‘heinrich wölfflin certainly taught me something about the possibilities of formal analysis; and i was led to wilhelm worringer by his influence on t. e. hulme and the constant references to him in english criticism.’ joseph frank, the idea of spatial form (new brunswick and london: rutgers university press, ), xiv. current research exploring the connections between worringer, hulme and read includes: william c. wees, vorticism and the english avant-garde ([toronto]: university of toronto press, ). also, reed way dasenbrock, the literary vorticism of ezra pound and wyndham lewis: towards the condition of painting (baltimore: johns hopkins university press, ). also, miranda b. hickman, the geometry of modernism: the vorticist idiom in lewis, pound, h. d., and yeats (austin, texas: university of texas press, ). t. e. hulme and herbert read, eds., speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art (london, england: routledge & kegan paul, [ ]), x. the introduction to speculations is written by herbert read. already in favour of worringer’s approach to abstraction. read edited hulme’s speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art ( ), where hulme explained worringer’s views on art in ‘modern art and its philosophy’. while working as a curator of the collection of ceramics at the victoria and albert museum, read contacted worringer, with whose ideas he resonated, and translated form in gothic in english in . worringer’s dichotomies are highlighted and discussed in the writings of both hulme and read, who define modes of art-making through opposition in their books. hulme offers a close, perceptive reading of worringer’s basic tenets from abstraction and empathy; he acknowledges his interest in worringer’s writings, yet does not exclusively refer to worringer for the articulation of his own ideas. in his turn, read prefers to emphasize dichotomy in worringer’s texts, yet, without pointing to worringer, also addresses the possible reconciliation of opposites in later texts. hulme and read bring to light the key methodological role of antithesis in worringer’s writings, and rely on antithesis in the articulation of their own discourses. representational and abstract aspects of art as approached by worringer are emphasized in the writings of hulme and read in particular. in his introduction to the first english edition of form in gothic ( ), read draws attention to the necessity of appraising the relationship between sensuous and formal components of perception. he points to a lineage of aesthetic research that addresses matters of form and sense, underscoring the connection between the thought of lipps and worringer. further distinguishing between general aesthetics (as michael h. levenson, a genealogy of modernism: a study of english literary doctrine, - (cambridge and new york: cambridge university press, ), . worringer’s impact on hulme is regarded as significant by william spanos, who writes: ‘it was no accident that t. e. hulme ... appropriated almost entirely worringer’s aesthetics and principle of artistic periodization as these are presented in abstraktion und einfühlung ( ), his famous critique of theodor lipps’s theory of empathy.’ william v. spanos, 'modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique', the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, , no. , , , . david thistlewood, 'herbert read ( - )', prospects: the quarterly review of comparative education, , no. / , , . also, robin kinross, 'herbert read's "art and industry": a history', journal of design history, , no. , , . donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, . also, shulamith behr and marian malet, arts in exile in britain - : politics and cultural identity (amsterdam and new york: rodopi, ), . see worringer and read, form in gothic, ix-xiii. also, herbert read, the forms of things unknown: essays towards an aesthetic philosophy (cleveland and new york: meridian books, ), - . endorsed by worringer in abstraction and empathy) and the theory of art (visible in form in gothic), read assigns to the domain of general aesthetics the exploration of tone, colour, imagery, and their impact on perception. such elements, read explains, are diverse, lacking organization and unity; he demands structure rather than variety from approaches to art instead. ‘art is ordered expression’, read posits, echoing worringer’s attention to key features of form. like worringer, read differentiates between beauty (which can be recognized in representation, and speaks to the senses) and art – in other words, abstraction. worringer associates art with abstraction and style in abstraction and empathy, regarding abstraction as emergent from instinct rather than intellect. however, for read, art has an intellectual value. read’s standpoint from reflects worringer’s increasingly pro-intellectual argument from form in gothic, as well as current questions on art ( ), rather than worringer’s earlier approach to abstraction from abstraction and empathy. in a concise history of modern painting ( ), read notes that worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic played a key part in the growth of german expressionism. pointing to worringer’s distinction between northern art, classical art and oriental art, read reflects on the forewords worringer wrote to abstraction and empathy, highlighting that worringer’s explorations provided a historical background for the experimentations worringer and read, form in gothic, ix. ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . for instance, worringer mentions the coexistence of ‘the imitation impulse’ and ‘the art impulse’ in the art of ancient egypt. ibid., . ibid., . intellect (or the faculty of the human mind to think, learn, know, reason, and understand) has the power of dimming instinct (or the innate capacity to respond to the world, sometimes equated with impulses and intuitions.) worringer argues in abstraction and empathy. regarding the contribution of intellect to art-making in abstraction and empathy, worringer denies the intellectual origin of abstract art, which he regards as the work of instinct. sensuousness and intellect only come together in classical greek art, according to him. (ibid., , - , .) although critical of the intellect in form in gothic, worringer displays more tolerance towards the connections between intellect and art; he underscores, for instance, the inclinations of german culture towards intellectuality. (worringer and read, form in gothic, - , - , - .) he also signalled the intellectual aspects of german art in abstraction and empathy, criticizing its disregards of form. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, vii-xv. conducted by contemporary artists. abstract, expressive, restless art is characteristic for the north of europe, read argues, following closely worringer’s thought; however, unlike abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, a concise history of modern painting also provides extensive discussions of the art of read’s time. in his epoch, read finds that, due to straining historical conditions, abstraction is emphasized with increased intensity. for him, the works of die brücke [the bridge] expressionists bring to mind the art of the french fauves [wild beasts], but also the style of the northern middle ages. worringer hesitated to trace direct connections between expressionism and gothic art in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. read, however, finds the association of gothic and expressionist art appealing, despite the differences he notes between the historical and ideological backgrounds of these styles. the forms of things unknown, read’s collection of essays from , provides him with the opportunity to distinguish once more between abstraction and representation. following worringer’s antithetic approach to the abstract-representational relationship, read favours abstraction, which he recognizes at work in contemporary art. he signals the distinction between contemporary modes of art-making. according to him: ‘it is the distinction between a nihilism or apathy that accepts and expresses the “crepuscular decomposition” which is the historical fact, and a creative positivism that revolts against the tyranny of time and seeks the timeless perfection of an abstract non-figurative art.’ the art of representation, associated by read with a focus on history, is, according to him, in decline in the second half of the twentieth century. instead, read observes that the art of his time brings to the fore a-temporal perfection, and abandons the figurative approach. the antithetic method articulated by herbert edward read, a concise history of modern painting (london: thames & hudson, [ ]), - . ibid., . ibid. read counts henri matisse ( - ), andré derain ( - ), and maurice de vlaminck ( - ) among the fauves. ibid., . ibid. charles e. haxthausen looks at worringer’s essays from the s, pointing to worringer’s changing attitude towards the expressionist movement, as well as towards the connection between expressionism and gothic art. see charles werner haxthausen, 'modern art after "the end of expressionism": worringer in the s' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . read, the forms of things unknown: essays towards an aesthetic philosophy, . worringer in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic still influences read’s thought in . read’s introduction to worringer’s form in gothic comprises an extensive citation from t. e. hulme’s speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art ( ). in ‘modern art and its philosophy’, a lecture included in speculations and delivered at london’s quest society on january , hulme reviews worringer’s oppositional framing of representation and abstraction. three theses direct hulme’s inquiry: the existence of two distinct types of art (geometrical and vital), that have different aims and answer to different intellectual needs; the emergence of each type of art from a specific response to the world; and the association of contemporary geometric art with a response to the world specific to it. according to hulme, worringer has similar ideas to his own. the debt of hulme to however, read does not refer to worringer in ‘the reconciling image’, an essay from the form of things unknown where he draws attention to the common psychological ground between human beings. in ‘the reconciling image’, read brings together a focus on individuality, and an acceptance of instincts and archetypes common to all. (ibid., - .) without recognizing it, read stands very close to worringer’s thought on interplay and counterplay from abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. hulme and read, eds., speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art, - . also, hickman, the geometry of modernism: the vorticist idiom in lewis, pound, h. d., and yeats, . for hulme, the word ‘vital’ points to living in its strong, creative aspect rather than its weak, imitative aspect. hulme and read, eds., speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art, . ibid., - , . to exemplify current geometric art, hulme points to the work of his friend, jacob epstein ( - ). alun r. jones analyses the differences between the writings of hulme and worringer. for instance, he notes hulme’s approach to empathy, a concept hulme regards as a transferring human emotion onto objects in the world. in his views on empathy, hulme comes closer to the thought of lipps, jones argues. see alun r. jones, 't. e. hulme, wilhelm worringer and the urge to abstraction', the british journal of aesthetics, one, no. , , - . miriam hansen, on the other hand, draws attention to the common ground between the thinking of hulme and worringer, as apparent in hulme’s ‘modern art and its philosophy’. hansen notes that hulme (who attended to the concept of ‘machinery’ more than worringer) expanded on worringer’s thought, emphasizing anti-humanism, primitivism, and the isolation of objects from their living contexts. miriam hansen, 't. e. hulme, mercenary of modernism, or, fragments of avantgarde sensibility in pre-world war i britain', elh, , no. , , - . regarding the relationship between the writings of worringer and hulme, see, for instance, w. wolfgang holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', boundary , , no. , , . also, joseph a. buttigieg, 'worringer among the modernists', boundary , , no. , , - . also, waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', . also, j. b. bullen, 'byzantinism and modernism - ', the burlington magazine, , no. , , , . also, hal foster et al., art since : modernism, antimodernism, postmodernism (london: thames and hudson, ), - . worringer is clearly stated in ‘modern art and its philosophy’, where hulme offers a persuasive presentation of worringer’s thought. like read, hulme draws attention to the formal, psychological and cultural levels of the division that worringer traces between representation and abstraction. in anticipation of his summary of worringer’s line of argument from abstraction and empathy, hulme signals that the art of the first decade of the twentieth century is fundamentally different from the art of the past. according to him: ... i think that the new art differs not in degree, but in kind, from the art we are accustomed to, and that there is a danger that the understanding of the new may be hindered by a way of looking at art which is only appropriate to the art that has preceded it. the general considerations i put forward are of this kind. the new art is geometrical in character, while the art we are accustomed to is vital and organic. following worringer, hulme distinguishes between vital or organic art, specific to pre- modern times, and geometrically oriented art, which he associates with contemporary explorations. however, although hulme draws attention to the persuasive oppositions traced by worringer, antithesis is actually nuanced in worringer’s texts. for instance, worringer may take the side of abstraction in abstraction and empathy, but, despite his criticism, does not intend to disparage the urge to empathy and representational art. his interest lies in exploring processes that lead from direct experience to art-making; while asserting the aesthetic validity of art that tends towards abstraction, he prefers to avoid establishing artistic hierarchies. in abstraction and empathy, worringer refuses to attach value judgments to either geometric or organic art. he cautions: ‘here, however, we are in no way concerned with the attribution of values, but with the demarcation of boundaries, a process to which michael levenson mentions that hulme found inspiration in worringer’s theoretical approach more than in the historical framework provided by abstraction and empathy. (levenson, a genealogy of modernism: a study of english literary doctrine, - , .) hulme and read, eds., speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art, . ibid., - . the interest of early twentieth-century artists in mechanical, dehumanized characteristics of art-making is addressed by jessica burstein in her book, cold modernism: literature, fashion, art (university park: pennsylvania state university press, ). contrasting the psychological and mechanically-oriented tendencies of modernism, burstein relies on the writings of wyndham lewis in her analysis. thanks are due if the admiration that is purified by this means grows in relation to both phenomena.’ antithesis, according to worringer, supports his examination of representation and abstraction, two modes of art-making for which he wishes to provide memorable theoretical definitions and relevant historical contextualisation. recent opinions, - contemporary writers have extended their inquiries beyond highlighting worringer’s seminal articulation of the abstract-representational opposition; for the last forty years, they have continued to examine the distinctive features of worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, the merits and limitations of worringer’s thought, the less noticeable aspects of worringer’s discourse on art, the historical and theoretical contexts where worringer’s writings emerged, as well as worringer’s influence on various directions of exploration from his time to the present day. for instance, worringer’s influence on hulme is discussed by alun r. jones in ‘t. e. hulme, wilhelm worringer and the urge to abstraction’ ( ). jones shows that worringer is only one of the writers who had a significant impact on the thought of hulme. readdressing hulme’s reliance on worringer’s texts, jones mentions that theodor lipps and henri bergson were also relevant for the british writer. the inquiry of jones implies that worringer’s influence during his time needs to be re-examined from nuanced rather than monolithic perspectives. signalling hulme’s interest in lipps’ theory of empathy, jones argues that the impact of worringer’s ideas is visible, yet not exclusive, in hulme’s writings. according to jones, hulme adopts worringer’s theoretical framework indeed, but follows the thought of henri bergson ( - ) when analysing modern art. worringer, jones notes, inspires the decisive contrast hulme draws between geometric and organic art; yet hulme follows his worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . however, worringer is critical towards post-renaissance art, and complains about contemporary art (where the inner dimension is missing, according to worringer). ibid., - . hulme and read, eds., speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art, - . own path when associating representation with humanism and romanticism, and abstraction with current interests in machinery, religious beliefs and classicism. in ‘art and technical progress’ ( ), dennis duerden draws attention to the outstanding characteristics, as well as limitations, of worringer’s inquiries. worringer, according to duerden, is the creator of the typological profile of the northerner in form in gothic. both worringer and riegl accounted for artistic intentions as embedded in the style of artworks, duerden notes; however, he questions the capacity of style to reflect artistic objectives comprehensively. for duerden, the intentions of particular artists cannot be regarded as generic cultural statements. duerden is critical towards worringer’s generalizing approach. worringer’s perspective on style as the sum of personal artistic tendencies within an epoch meets with duerden’s disapproval. duerden thus exposes the downfalls of worringer’s interest in an intuitively charted ‘history of feeling.’ w. wolfgang holdheim, on the other hand, defends worringer’s work in ‘wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding’ ( ). underscoring the fruitfulness of worringer’s preference for and employment of antithesis, holdheim regards abstraction and empathy as an often cited but rarely read manifesto of abstraction – a classic text of almost instant fame having decisively influenced the field of literary theorising. for holdheim, worringer’s exploratory approach to abstraction does not establish whether abstraction precedes representation historically, or whether representation and abstraction are paired yet contrastive throughout history. holdheim exposes the slippage occurring between the historical and theoretical strands of worringer’s inquiry; nevertheless, abstraction and empathy appears to holdheim refreshing and non-dogmatic. drawing attention to the ibid., . dennis duerden, 'art and technical progress', transition, no. , , . holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', . in abstraction and empathy, worringer nevertheless places the abstract urge at the beginning of art. in his words: ‘the primal artistic impulse has nothing to do with the rendering of nature. it seeks after pure abstraction as the only possibility of repose within the confusion and obscurity of the world-picture, and creates out of itself, with instinctive necessity, geometric abstraction.’ worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer expands on the opinions of lipps in this respect; lipps regards the rendering of general qualities of form (or the ‘schema,’ to employ his vocabulary) as the initial goal of artistic renderings. however, lipps distinguishes ‘schema’ from both abstract generality and concrete specificity. see theodor lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, vol. i (bucurești: meridiane, [ ]), - . holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', - . holdheim shows that worringer attempts to negotiate the tension between historical evolution and theoretical polarity by referring to the variations that emerge in the reading of worringer’s texts, holdheim notes the association of three-dimensional space and abstraction in literary theory, and the connections between abstract art and two-dimensionality in art history. this ambiguity, holdheim argues, is occasioned by worringer’s multilayered approach to the urge to abstraction and to abstraction-oriented art-making. however, although holdheim defends the relevance of worringer’s polar approach to artistic forms, he also points to a monistic moment in worringer’s text. the paragraphs that conclude the ‘theoretical section’ of abstraction and empathy, holdheim observes, expose the common ground of the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction: namely, the liberating loss of self in aesthetic contemplation. according to worringer, viewers feel free when engaging with art they find enjoyable: they forget about pressures and constraints experienced in the world. yet holdheim insists that worringer’s fame rests on his employment of opposition, even though this strategy has its limitations. holdheim points to some of these insufficiencies himself: he explains that worringer overemphasizes the harmony characterizing the contexts where empathy emerges, and offers a narrow reading of abstraction as experiential homelessness. nevertheless, addressing and correcting the thought of worringer is always possible, according to holdheim, who argues for the importance of worringer’s antitheses. duality (the necessary form taken by antithesis) is dialectic: it fosters dynamic debate in worringer’s abstraction and empathy, holdheim maintains. for him, worringer’s oppositional framework is worth pursuing: it actually paves the way to an expansion of consciousness. in ‘worringer among the modernists’ ( ), buttigieg singles out worringer’s focus on abstraction. however, he observes that, where holdheim reads worringer’s abstraction as a domains of religion (a faith-based perspective on the world) and epistemology (the philosophy of knowledge), where history and theory can coexist even when opposed. ibid., . ibid., . ‘monism’ refers to a belief in oneness rather than duality. see jonathan schaffer, 'monism', in the stanford encyclopedia of philosophy, ed. edward n. zalta ( ). worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', . ibid., . in form in gothic, worringer indeed argues that genuine objectivity emerges from approaching the writing of history and theory from opposite perspectives, and that such a strategy widens the otherwise limited ego. worringer and read, form in gothic, - . buttigieg, 'worringer among the modernists', . tendency to deorgancization and defamiliarization, attention is needed in explaining precisely how such a process takes place. worringer’s views on the defamiliarizing effect of abstraction are actually very specific, buttigieg argues. he further investigates the influence of worringer on literary criticism, noting hulme’s role in bringing the ideas of worringer to the attention of early twentieth-century english-speaking audiences. buttigieg underscores the limitations of literary interpretations that have distorted, among other sources, worringer’s abstraction and empathy, and asks for careful analyses of literary texts. worringer’s role in a context that saw the emergence of modern german art is delineated by joseph masheck in ‘raw art: “primitive” authenticity and german expressionism’ ( ). for masheck, worringer is a supporter of expressionist art-making and a critic of conventional practices that appear connected to impressionism. comparing french and german art at the turn of the twentieth century, masheck points to the purity and cerebral qualities of french works. he regards german art as emotive and expressive instead. according to masheck, worringer defends expressionist tendencies, sees in primitive art an alternative to classicism, and draws attention to the qualities of gothic, an approach to art- making at home in germany. abstraction and empathy, masheck points out, provides a key theoretical statement to german modern art. yet worringer’s views do not meet with the approval of ernst hans gombrich, from whom worringer appears as a cultural relativist. in ‘ “they were all human beings: so much is ibid., . to buttigieg, hulme seems more influenced by bergson than by worringer. ibid., . ibid., . masheck, 'raw art: "primitive" authenticity and german expressionism', - . ibid., . ibid., - . worringer and read, form in gothic, - . worringer argues that gothic art developed along systematic, organized lines in france, where it initially emerged. instead, according to worringer, gothic art as such flourished in germany, where verticality, exaggeration and excess found space for expression. in worringer’s words: ‘the land of pure gothic culture is the germanic north. and the assertion made at the beginning of our investigation is so far justified, that the true architectonic fulfilment of northern will to form is to be found in german gothic.’ masheck, 'raw art: "primitive" authenticity and german expressionism', . gombrich cites from worringer’s form in gothic to point to the relativism of worringer’s perspective. in a chapter from form in gothic entitled ‘the science of art as human psychology’, worringer writes: ‘the only stable thing in the history of mankind is its actual material, the accumulation of human energies, illimitably variable, but compounded of its single factors and their resultant forms of expression. the variability of these psychical categories, which have found their formal expression in the development of style, progresses by mutations, the orderliness of which is regulated by the fundamental process governing all development in plain”: reflections on cultural relativism in the humanities’ ( ), gombrich, who states his disapproval of relativism, mentions he does not believe that truth is different for each generation. the common ground human beings share is more important for gombrich than the perpetual mobility of phenomena in the world. worringer, on the other hand, regards generic concepts like ‘man’ and ‘art’ (which could lead to the assertion of common ground between human beings) as unsupportive of the writing of art history. gombrich also points to the problems generated by worringer’s exemplifications. if, for instance, northern artists were generically restless, as worringer claims, gombrich asks how worringer’s theory could account for the work of jan van eyck ( - ), johannes vermeer ( - ), or caspar david friedrich ( - ). for gombrich, worringer’s argument is circular: it searches for the confirmation of intuitions by adducing only supportive evidence. worringer appears to gombrich as a writer whose discourse accounts for cultural flux and change – two conditions that lead to the emergence of abstraction and that characterise, from worringer’s viewpoint, the world and its phenomena. in ‘analysis and construction: the aesthetics of carl einstein’, neil donahue addresses worringer’s perspective on abstraction and primitivism. signalling the interdisciplinary relevance of worringer’s thoughts on abstract art, donahue notes that worringer’s defence human history: the chequered, fateful adjustment of man to the outer world.’ worringer and read, form in gothic, . e. h. gombrich, ' "they were all human beings: so much is plain": reflections on cultural relativism in the humanities', critical inquiry, , no. , , . worringer could perhaps have argued that the tormenting changes life brings along make the topic of representation, and that abstract art – a creative approach he defends in abstraction and empathy – seeks precisely to liberate the viewer from uncertainty and change by recourse to elements suggestive of immutability (such as geometrical forms). gombrich’s reading of form in gothic may be shaped by his accounting for only one strand of argument worringer proposes; as further sections of this thesis point out, worringer’s discursive method consists in approaching his topics from opposite points of view, in order to construct an objective argument. worringer employs the term ‘man’ to refer to human beings in general throughout abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. worringer and read, form in gothic, . gombrich, ' "they were all human beings: so much is plain": reflections on cultural relativism in the humanities', . the circularity of worringer’s argument has also been noted in waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', - . the observations of gombrich and waite are justified; however, worringer approaches interplay in mostly generic terms (he does the same with regard to antithesis), addressing overall stylistic tendencies rather than the practices of particular artists, or specific works of art. neil donahue, 'analysis and construction: the aesthetics of carl einstein', the german quarterly, , no. , , . ibid. of ‘primitivism’ supports the understanding of abstraction in an early twentieth-century context. worringer distinguishes between affective (or representational) and absolute (or abstract) art, according to donahue, and rejects emotive, rational naturalism. the response of human beings to their world in primitive times as well as at the beginning of the twentieth century is characterised by fear for worringer, donahue observes. he underscores that worringer considers form a key feature of both primitive and abstract art. for david morgan in ‘the idea of abstraction in german theories of the ornament from kant to kandinsky’ ( ), worringer is the writer of a remarkable text. in the words of morgan: ‘indeed, shortly after the turn of the century, empathy was starkly opposed to abstraction in what has become arguably the most discussed doctoral dissertation in german art history [i. e., abstraction and empathy].’ morgan highlights the key direction of worringer’s research: the historical examination of art from cultures where abstraction and linearity hint to a tendency to transcend the natural realm. he notes that worringer’s abstract art emphasizes inorganic and transcendent aspects, as well as a distancing from bodily forms. explaining the particularities of worringer’s approach, morgan emphasizes that worringer’s abstraction includes representational form where negotiated through line and geometry. abstraction as understood by worringer does not exclude representational values, morgan maintains. ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . according to holdheim, worringer appreciates naturalism but not imitation. holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer’s distinction between naturalism and imitation reflects the tensions at work in the art of his time. extensive research would be necessary regarding the particularities of the relationship between naturalism and imitation at the beginning of the twentieth century; such an inquiry must be conducted in a different essay. donahue, 'analysis and construction: the aesthetics of carl einstein', . ibid., . david morgan, 'the idea of abstraction in german theories of the ornament from kant to kandinsky', the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, , no. , , . ibid. ibid. morgan rightly points to this characteristic of worringer’s framing of abstraction. indeed, at the beginning of the twentieth century, art had seen the emergence of movements such as jugendstil [youth style], fauvism, and synthetism, where the linear approach to form balanced abstract and representational tendencies. jugendstil was well represented in the architecture of munich, where worringer resided at the time of his writing abstraction and empathy. see kathryn b. hiesinger, art nouveau in munich: masters of jugendstil from the stadtmuseum, munich, and other public and private collections (philadelphia and munich: philadelphia museum of art, anthony vidler, in ‘art history posthistoire’ ( ), observes that worringer articulated his thought in a context where form was attentively theorised. according to vidler, issues of subjectivity, anxiety and gender become visible in the historical theories of form as shaped by riegl and worringer, for instance. key elements of such theories include, vidler explains, the fear of space and time, a focus on describing distancing from a psychological perspective, and the attention to the uncanny. donahue, in his introduction to invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (c. ), observes that worringer had a successful career, yet that his explorations did not meet with the approval of his academic colleagues. unconventional, eccentric, fascinating and widely influential, worringer’s approach inspired an international community of artists, critics of art and film, writers, theorists and psychologists, according to donahue. form in gothic appears to him as a manifesto for the german avant-garde. like lewer, donahue finds that current research mentions worringer in passing, and tends to be conducted from the perspective of literary studies rather than art history and theory. worringer’s strongly rhetorical discourse qualifies him as a scholar-artist rather than as a positivist historian, donahue maintains. in his words: worringer is, on the one hand, an art historian who creates a narrative of the past that favours nonnaturalistic art (and which is thereby antithetical to gombrich’s history of naturalistic art in art and illusion), and, on the other hand, an art critic who employs in his early books an engaged and, by all evidence, highly persuasive rhetoric that addresses that historical narrative to the art of his contemporaries. he thus brings his historical narrative and his immediate rhetoric to bear on the unsettled questions at the time of the value and significance of abstract and expressionist art. prestel, and münchner stadtmuseum, ). for a brief introduction to fauvism and synthetism, see read, a concise history of modern painting, - . anthony vidler et al., 'the object of art history [art history posthistoire]', the art bulletin, , no. , , - . ibid., . donahue, 'introduction: art history or "sublime hysteria"?', - . ibid., . invisible cathedrals addresses various facets of worringer’s explorations. for instance, in ‘against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer’s abstraction and empathy,’ michael jennings notes that worringer’s text cannot be considered as reflective of expressionism, although worringer would have known the expressive work of the fauves [wild beasts] around the time of his writing abstraction and empathy. geoffrey c. w. waite, in ‘worringer’s abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism’, highlights the many roles worringer plays in his debut book, as well as the effect of these roles on worringer’s discourse. in ‘abstraction and apathy: crystalline form in expressionism and in the minimalism of tony smith’, joseph masheck argues that worringer did not seek balance in his writing; he selected topics acceptable to an academic public, but responded to contemporary artistic concerns. worringer, in order to connect abstract and pre-classical art effectively, needed to assume that his public did not understand abstraction, masheck explains. he reads the title ‘abstraction and empathy’ as historically charged: art, masheck’s worringer implies at the beginning of the twentieth century, began with abstraction, became representational, and turned abstract once more. in ‘changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch’ (invisible cathedrals, c. ), magdalena bushart finds that worringer’s success was influenced by the moment in time when his books were published, and by their reception. unambiguously nationalist – and antithetic to southern european classicism on such grounds – worringer’s method is racial-psychological, bushart points out. worringer, bushart explains, wanted to kindle scholarly discussion; his preference for debate is revealed in abstraction and empathy. bushart observes that many passages of worringer’s book engage polemically with coeval art-historical writings. yet, where worringer’s academic colleagues did not regard his inquiries as reflective of historical truth, the books of worringer offered to references to the essays of joanna e. ziegler and charles w. haxthausen are included in sections to follow such as ‘form in gothic: interplay readdressed’, and ‘worringer and expressionism: late twentieth-century perspectives’. jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy', . waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', . joseph masheck, 'abstraction and apathy: crystalline form in expressionism and in the minimalism of tony smith' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . ibid. bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', - . artists the chance of discovering the continuity between their inquiries and the art of the past, according to bushart. bushart questions the direct association of worringer’s writings with expressionism. for her, worringer’s texts reflect the concept of ‘changing time’, or ‘epochal shift’ [zeitenwende], which involved the critique of contemporary society and culture at the beginning of the twentieth century. highlighting the roots of the link between worringer’s research and expressionist practices, bushart writes: ‘here, in this critique of modernism, lie then also the actual points of contact between worringer’s understanding of art and the theoretical concept of the expressionists.’ in abstraction in the twentieth century: total risk, freedom, discipline ( ), mark rosenthal focuses on the contribution of worringer to writing about abstraction and about its creators. worringer, for rosenthal, plays a prophetic role in the early years of the twentieth century. analysing abstraction from a psychological perspective in abstraction and empathy, worringer notes the capacity of abstract art to offer emotional relief from a tormenting world; rosenthal underscores worringer’s exploration of the connections between artists and their cultural environments, as well as worringer’s analysis of abstraction as observed in the culture of northern europe. readdressing abstraction in german art and thought, morgan, in ‘the enchantment of art: abstraction and empathy from german romanticism to expressionism’ ( ), underscores worringer’s debt to kant, schopenhauer and lipps. for morgan, the will to abstraction as approached by worringer resonates with schopenhauer’s mention that art facilitates, through contemplation, a temporary escape from the pressures of will. contrasting empathy and abstraction, worringer narrows lipps’ definition of empathy to the realm of the organic – this is a strategy that permits worringer to define abstraction as geometric, inorganic, ibid., - . ibid., . ibid. rosenthal, abstraction in the twentieth century, - . morgan, 'the enchantment of art: abstraction and empathy from german romanticism to expressionism', - . ibid., . ibid., . crystalline, and life-denying, morgan explains. for him, the influence of worringer’s thought on expressionist artists (more particularly, on der blaue reiter [the blue rider] group) is debatable. worringer, according to morgan, did not write in exclusive defence of abstraction; the concept of ‘style’ as employed in abstraction and empathy included all art forms – representational forms included – that did not rely on the urge to empathy, morgan explains. once more, morgan draws attention to the complexity of worringer’s antithetic pairings. allan antliff and j. b. bullen further underscore the impact of worringer’s writings on avant-garde movements. in ‘cosmic modernism: elie nadelman, adolf wolff, and the materialist aesthetics of john weichsel’ ( ), antliff points out that worringer disputed the privileged position verisimilitude held in early twentieth-century aesthetics. worringer, according to antliff, contrasted the culturally rooted psychological tendencies that allowed for the emergence of mimetic and non-mimetic approaches to art-making. drawing attention to the influence of worringer on hulme, bullen mentions the special will to form made visible in byzantine art as discussed by riegl and worringer, two writers whose books hulme had read between and . bullen, in ‘byzantinism and modernism - ’, maintains that hulme consciously explored the connections between byzantinism and modernism following from worringer’s historically focused approach to byzantine art. in ‘interpreting primitivism, mass culture and modernism: the making of wilhelm worringer’s abstraction and empathy’ ( ), mary gluck emphasizes the merits of worringer’s debut book. she regards it as a seminal text that opened the way to the understanding of primitivism, and mentions abstraction and empathy never went out of print for forty years. to gluck, worringer appears as a cultural innovator. according to her: ibid. ibid., . ibid. allan antliff, 'cosmic modernism: elie nadelman, adolf wolff, and the materialist aesthetics of john weichsel', archives of american art journal, , no. / , , . bullen, 'byzantinism and modernism - ', . joanna e. ziegler also notes: ‘[abstraction and empathy] has never gone out of print because of its utility in signalling modernism’s imminence, and in all its branches, so concisely.’ see joanna e. ziegler, 'worringer's theory of transcendental space in gothic architecture: a medievalist's perspective' in neil h. donahue, the treatise [i. e., abstraction and empathy] has been alternately describes as the founding text of german expressionism, as the intellectual catalyst of anglo-british modernism, as well as the theoretical forerunner of twentieth-century formalism. but the enduring resonance of the work cannot be explained simply in terms of its influence. like so many modern manifestos of genius... abstraction and empathy is a work of creative imagination in its own right. pointing to the mixed responses to worringer’s text, as well as to its lack of popularity in academic circles, gluck explains abstraction and empathy proved too speculative for the needs of art historians. nevertheless, abstraction and empathy helped pave worringer’s way to academic acceptance, gluck comments; she finds that worringer’s trajectory, which led from rejection to eventual incorporation by the establishment, is specific to avant-garde initiatives in capitalist contexts. mark jarzombek, in ‘the psychologizing of modernity: art, architecture, and history’ ( ), considers worringer a historian rather than a theorist of empathy and its manifestations. according to jarzombek, abstraction and empathy makes visible the transition from a philosophical focus on empathy to the addressing of empathy in aesthetics, history and culture. worringer, jarzombek notes, attempted to provide historiographic explanations for the workings of will, but wrote from a perspective that did not account for the actual psychology of artists; in other words, interpretation overrode artistic motivation in abstraction and empathy. empathy accompanies civilisation in its progress, jarzombek’s worringer comments. in gothic art, jarzombek observes the complementarity of worringer’s abstraction and empathy. although abstraction and empathy did not focus particularly on invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . gluck, 'interpreting primitivism, mass culture and modernism: the making of wilhelm worringer's abstraction and empathy', . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . mark jarzombek, the psychologizing of modernity: art, architecture, and history (new york: cambridge university press, ), . ibid. ibid. ibid. the possibility of balancing empathy and abstraction in the art of worringer’s time, jarzombek mentions that herbert read, for instance, followed this line of research. worringer’s writings are associated with german expressionism, english vorticism and early abstraction by hal foster, rosalind krauss, yve-alain bois and benjamin buchloh in art since : modernism, antimodernism, postmodernism ( ). foster, krauss, bois and buchloh underscore the key contrast in worringer’s abstraction and empathy: the opposition between geometric abstraction and naturalistic representation. as seen by worringer, these styles of art-making are expressive of two antithetic responses to the world: withdrawal on the one hand, and engagement on the other. foster, krauss, bois and buchloh signal worringer’s debt to lipps’ theory of empathy, as well as to alois riegl’s approach to artistic will, and mention the similarities worringer observes between primitive and modern art – two instances revealing that, in situations of restlessness and fear, human beings tend to adopt an abstract approach to art-making. for lewer in post-impressionism to world war ii ( ), worringer appears more as an art critic than as a historian or theoretician of art. noting the significant role of critics in delineating the terms of early twentieth-century aesthetic discussions, lewer points to worringer in particular and, from the perspective of the twenty-first century, writes that he makes an unfashionable topic for art historical attention. she nevertheless acknowledges worringer’s widespread influence at the beginning of the twentieth century, and finds that worringer addressed ‘primitive’ art, the condition of alienation, and abstraction as generative force, in terms relevant for the art of his age. ibid., . also see read, a concise history of modern painting. also, herbert read, 'the reconciling image' in the forms of things unknown: essays towards an aesthetic philosophy, ed. herbert read (cleveland and new york: meridian books, ). foster et al., art since : modernism, antimodernism, postmodernism, . ibid. ibid. ibid. lewer, post-impressionism to world war ii, x. ibid. ibid., - . katharina lorenz and jas’ elsner mention that worringer’s approach to psychological matters includes racist overtones. in ‘ “on the relationship of art history and art theory”: translators’ introduction’ ( ), lorenz and elsner remark that racism informs worringer’s angle on artistic will in both abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. however, they do not see worringer as a ‘... real apostle of a nazi version of kunstwollen’. in ‘ “pushing the limits of understanding”: the discourse on primitivism in german kukturwissenschaften, - ’( ), doris kaufmann regards worringer as a historian of the similarity between ‘primitive’ art and modern art (especially abstraction). abstraction and empathy, kaufmann notes, reflected the interest of worringer’s contemporaries in psychological matters; worringer, like kandinsky for instance, addressed the relationship between artists and their epoch, between artistic form and content in abstraction and empathy. the approach of worringer signalled a shift in early twentieth-century efforts of appraising the aesthetic value of ‘primitive’ art, kaufmann observes. she explains that intuition assisted the early twentieth-century art historical interpretation of temporally remote epochs. in her words: ‘art historians attested with pathos to the imagination, the capacity katharina lorenz and jas' elsner, ' "on the relationship of art history and art theory": translators' introduction', critical inquiry, , no. , , . in their text, lorenz and elsner address erwin panofsky’s essay, ‘on the relationship of art history and art theory: towards the possibility of a fundamental system of concepts for a science of art’ ( ); worringer’s name features in their article for the purpose of illustrating ‘racism’ as operational in art writing. concerning panofsky’s approach to kunstwollen (an approach acknowledging riegl’s definition of the concept) lorenz and elsner write: ‘with some prescience, panofsky notes that “the will to unveil analogies can easily lead to interpreting the phenomenon in question in capricious and even brutal ways” (p. ) – which may be said to foresee some of the racist and nazi uses to which the notion of a collective will came to be put only after a decade or so after this essay was published.’ lorenz and elsner, ' "on the relationship of art history and art theory": translators' introduction', . as lorenz and elsner note, though, worringer had completed abstraction and empathy and form in gothic before panofsky published his essay, so panofsky’s prescience with regard to the nazi approach to analogy may extend from onwards, but not towards abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, two books published between and . panofsky might have had the texts of worringer in mind when mentioning the impulsiveness of analogical thinking. however, he did not refer specifically to worringer’s writings in ‘ “on the relationship of art history and art theory” ’. tempting as it might be to associate worringer’s explorations with hermeneutic caprice and brutality, the issue of race as made visible in his books is far too complex to be approached as ‘racism’ only; it requires further investigation to an extent that footnotes do not have the space to accommodate. lorenz and elsner, ' "on the relationship of art history and art theory": translators' introduction', . doris kaufmann, ' "pushing the limits of understanding": the discourse on primitivism in german kulturwissenschaften, - ', studies in the history and philosophy of science, , no. , , . ibid. ibid., . ibid., . for empathy, and to the personality of the researcher as a solution to the epistemological problem of “foreign times and foreign art”.’ worringer, kaufmann points out, conducted his research within a context where scholarly investigation sought to highlight eternal, unchanging aspects of art that arise in the course of time, but survive time’s passage. such approaches to art-making could be encountered in ethnographic museums at the turn of the twentieth century. preparing to write abstraction and empathy, worringer had indeed visited paris in and had spent time at the trocadéro museum, a place where he could experience pre-renaissance art directly and where, according to his foreword, the thoughts that took shape in abstraction and empathy first came into being. ibid. gazing in the mirror of history: worringer’s forewords to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic worringer gives an enticing account of the occasion that sparked his interest in researching towards abstraction and empathy. in his foreword to the book, worringer includes his reminiscence of a day at the trocadéro museum in paris. setting an unremarkable stage for an event that proved crucial for the direction of his dissertation (namely, georg simmel’s visit of trocadéro), worringer writes: a grey forenoon destitute of all emotional atmosphere. not a soul in the museum. the solitary sound: my footsteps ringing in the wide halls in which all other life is extinct. neither does any stimulating force issue from the monuments, cold plaster reproductions of medieval cathedral sculpture. i compel myself to study ‘the rendering of drapery’. nothing more. and my impatient glance is frequently directed towards the clock. the disengagement worringer experienced at the trocadéro museum seems to reflect the lifelessness of the setting. wide halls, monuments, and plaster reproductions appear grey and cold to him; medieval cathedral sculpture – a topic worringer approached with much sensitivity in abstraction and empathy – does not seem to appeal to worringer in . against a background skilfully depicted as dull, worringer highlights the exhilaration occasioned by simmel’s visit. in abstraction and empathy, worringer employs similarly strong contrasts when articulating the relationship between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction. on the one hand, the urge to empathy arises in response to organic aspects of nature, to vitality, happiness and beauty; on the other hand, the urge to abstraction requires the elision of lifelike features, giving artistic expression to a state of restlessness and fear inspired by the complexity of phenomena. worringer makes visible his attention to worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, viii-ix. ibid., - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., - . emotional effect in his reminiscence from ; he relies on the same strategy of articulating strong contrasts as in abstraction and empathy. : first foreword to abstraction and empathy at different points in time, worringer wrote new forewords for abstraction and empathy. these short texts bring to light an array of discursive strategies also observable in worringer’s books. for instance, in his foreword to the first edition of abstraction and empathy (munich, september ), worringer finds fault with his newly published book: he mentions that he has already outgrown his research, and that he is strongly aware of its deficiencies. in abstraction and empathy, worringer argued that abstraction-oriented art reveals a need for distancing from a world that artists regard as troubling. exigent towards his own writing, worringer distances himself from his recent research in his first foreword. his criticism of, and distancing from, his own ideas becomes an integral part of his method of inquiry in form in gothic ( ). worringer’s foreword addresses the distribution and reception of abstraction and empathy in positive terms. mentioning that readers interested in art and culture received his book well and encouraged him to make it publically available, worringer remarks that his contemporaries considered his studies relevant. magdalena bushart brings historical evidence that supports his claims. in ‘changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch’ , bushart cites elisabeth erdmann-macke ( - ) – the wife of painter august macke ( - ) – who remembers that early twentieth-century artists found inspiration in worringer’s books. according to erdmann-macke: worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xiii-xiv. ibid., xiii. ibid., - . worringer and read, form in gothic, - . regarding the reception of worringer’s work in his time, magdalena bushart notes that academics were reticent with regard to the theses advanced in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, but that worringer’s books met with popular success instead. see bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', - . ... [t]he books by worringer that appeared at that time, abstraction and empathy and form problems in the gothic, had an enthusiastic circle of well-informed followers among young artists; most of them bought a copy or lent and borrowed it among themselves. finally, for once, there was an academic who was receptive to and understanding of these new ideas, who would perhaps step up for them and defend them against so many conservatively inclined art historians, who rejected from the outset everything new and unusual, or didn’t even bother with it to begin with. although worringer did not focus on the art of his contemporaries in either abstraction and empathy or form in gothic, erdmann-macke underscores that, for early twentieth-century artists, worringer’s works bridged the past and present in art. franz marc ( - ) also appreciated the ideas of worringer. in a letter to kandinsky from february , marc mentioned the disciplined approach of worringer to writing, and noted worringer’s contribution would be much needed in the blue rider almanac. ‘i am just reading worringer's abstraktion und einfühlung [abstraction and empathy], a good mind whom we need very much. marvellously disciplined thinking, concise and cool, extremely cool’, marc wrote to kandinsky. the almost complete absence of contemporary artists from abstraction and empathy did not influence marc’s opinion on worringer’s text and its qualities. the ‘cool’, distanced approach adopted by worringer in abstraction and empathy actually appealed to marc. marc’s insistence that worringer be associated with the blue rider indirectly draws attention to the relevance of worringer’s work for artistic inquiries at the beginning of the twentieth century. ibid., . worringer mentions artists such as adolf hildebrand ( - ), ferdinand hodler ( - ), and auguste rodin ( - ) in abstraction and empathy. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , , , . no mention of contemporary artists is made in form in gothic. erdmann-macke may have had in mind the artists associated with the expressionist movement, such as kandinsky, marc, münter, robert delaunay ( - ), ernst ludwig kirchner ( - ), heinrich campedonk ( - ), albert bloch ( - ), erich heckel ( - ), eugen kahler ( - ), emil nolde ( - ), max pechstein ( - ), alfred kubin ( - ), thomas von hartmann (c. - ), and david burliuk ( - ). see klaus lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, ), - , - . see wassily kandinsky, franz marc, and klaus lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, ), . also, according to bushart, walter müller-wulckov regarded abstraction and empathy as a document that justified in theory the current changes in art. see bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', - . worringer was certainly aware of the artistic investigations of his time, as ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ) reveals. in his essay, he suggested that contemporary art actually inspired art historical research. he did not specify whether his observation applied to his colleagues, in general, or to himself in particular, but his suggestion is clear: academic writers kept an eye on artistic developments at the beginning of the twentieth century. in his foreword, worringer allows for a defining feature of his approach to art history and theory to emerge. he mentions his intention of publishing abstraction and empathy in order to foster debate. the publication of his research is for him an occasion for lively, stimulating and instructive dialogue. thus the importance worringer assigns to the reception of his writing comes to surface. although he researches the art of the past and draws little attention to the present in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, worringer nevertheless emphasizes the relational, contemporary aspects involved by his approach to writing art history and theory. his foreword shows worringer reaching towards his readers. worringer’s ‘the historical development of modern art’ is further discussed in this thesis in ‘ “the historical development of modern art” ( ): worringer’s early response to expressionism’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xiii. for worringer, relationality can manifest in terms of opposition as well as interplay. in abstraction and empathy, worringer emphasizes the importance of distinguishing between modes of art-making; he finds that differentiation supports clarification in contexts laden with uncertainty. ibid., - , - . for instance, he traces sharp distinctions between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction at the beginning of his book. ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , . nevertheless, worringer discusses empathy and abstraction as a pair. he continues to employ pairings throughout abstraction and empathy, where he brings together ancient egyptian and ancient greek art, ancient greek art and gothic art, contrasting between them in his analyses. like in the case of psychological urges, worringer establishes the particularities of antithetic elements by setting them in relationship – even though he frames such relationships negatively. the relational aspect of worringer’s discourse thus comes to the fore. for the purposes of this thesis, ‘relationality’ is defined as a phenomenon of connectedness, observable in lived situations and art-making. this definition follows the research of stephen a. mitchell, who regards relationality as the intersubjective dimension observable in psychoanalytical situations. s. a. mitchell argues that even the critics of relationality start from accepting its indisputable existence and pervasive influence. in the words of s. a. mitchell: ‘we are so much embedded in our relations with others that those very relations are difficult to discern clearly. we are so in the thick of relationality that it is almost impossible to appreciate fully its contours and inner workings.’ stephen a. mitchell, relationality: from attachment to intersubjectivity (hillsdale, new jersey: the analytic press, ), ix-xiii, xiii. : abstraction and empathy, third foreword as early as november , abstraction and empathy was published for the third time. its reprinting confirmed to worringer the success of his ideas. in his foreword, worringer points to the relevance of his thought for artists and contemporary writers on art; he does not provide details concerning the artistic explorations of his time, but notes the effort of artists to articulate new expressive directions. underscoring that artistic practice reaches towards abstraction from ‘inner developmental necessity’, worringer signals the preoccupation of his contemporaries with personal artistic expression. as noted in his foreword, worringer considers abstraction and empathy ‘merely experimental,’ yet mentions the significant extent to which the thoughts advanced in his book resonated with the interests of the public of his time. he highlights the insufficiency of the classical framework influential in the writing of art history and evaluation of art, and observes that many of his contemporaries are equally critical towards this standard of value. the foreword notes the negative response of worringer’s contemporaries to abstraction- oriented art. although worringer’s observations may have been grounded in the reality of his day, his emphasis of the tension between his thought and its reception also serves a rhetorical purpose. by claiming that abstract art met with little understanding during his time, worringer indirectly points to the merits of his book, where he bestows great attention upon examining the urge to abstraction in various historical, cultural and geographical worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xiv-xv. ibid., . the artistic movement emergent at the time of worringer’s writings is expressionism. worringer’s relationship to expressionism surfaces in his texts, ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ) and current questions on art ( ). ibid., xiv. ibid. nevertheless, worringer also points out that abstraction and empathy was written from a scientific perspective. his tendency of combining scientific and experimental aspects of research is brought to fruition in ‘historical methods,’ the opening chapter from form in gothic. in the opening pages of abstraction and empathy, worringer claims that empathy – a psychological process of rapprochement he recognizes in greek classical art, for instance – cannot account for all modes of art- making. (ibid., .) this claim provides worringer with a starting point for his argument, also connecting his research with the approach to art cultivated by his contemporaries. (———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - .) worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xiv. regarding worringer’s rhetoric in abstraction and empathy, see waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', - . also, as abstraction and empathy foregrounds, opposition allows worringer to provide clear boundaries for abstraction and representation. contexts. as in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, worringer strengthens and animates his statements by placing them within an oppositional framework. connecting abstraction and empathy to form in gothic in his foreword, worringer notes that form in gothic applies his findings from abstraction and empathy to ‘... that complex of abstract art which is closest to us’, namely gothic art. form in gothic is also published in ; since worringer regards it as a sequel to abstraction and empathy, he writes that he has decided not to revise his debut book. and : form in gothic forewords in his brief forewords to the fourth and fifth editions of form in gothic (february , and september respectively), worringer emphasizes his reluctance towards readdressing earlier texts. he points out that the new editions of form in gothic comprise no changes, since modifications to his text could be interruptive; he invites critical opinion on his writing, yet cautions that his responses will be included only in future publications. a doubling of the initial number of illustrations for form in gothic – accompanied once more worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xv. in form in gothic, worringer emphasizes the psychological rather than historical aspects of gothic in his definition of this approach to art-making (ulrich weisstein disapproves of worringer’s decision, as noted, in the current thesis, in ‘questioning worringer: critical discussions on the writings of worringer and his association with the expressionist movement’.) according to worringer, historical gothic (c. - , an approach to art-making, or style, particularly visible in northern and central europe) is more limited than psychological gothic. psychological gothic, worringer explains, can be already be recognized in the hallstadt (also ‘halstatt,’ early iron age, c. - b.c.) and la tène (late iron age, c. - b. c.) periods, in the art of the migration period (c. - a. d.), in merovingian art (c. - ), romanesque art (c. - a. d.), and in baroque art (c. - ). he writes: ‘we repeat, then, that in our opinion the art of the entire western world, in so far as it had no direct share in antique mediterranean culture, was in its inmost essence gothic and remained so until the renaissance [c. - ], that great reversal of the northern development: that is to say, its immanent will to form, often scarcely to be recognized in its outward expression, is the very same which has to receive its clear, untroubled, and monumental expression in mature historical gothic... and so gothic, as a term in the psychology of style, also extends beyond the period implied in the academic use of the term, right down to the present day.’ see worringer and read, form in gothic, - . worringer thus extends the domain of the psychological gothic throughout history, hinting to the visibility of gothic influence on the art of his time. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xv. ibid., xiv. ibid. ibid. the presence of illustrations in form in gothic and their absence in abstraction and empathy reflects, by contrast, the self-standing quality of abstraction and empathy. to a certain extent, worringer’s debut book emphasizes his interpretations of art rather than the correlation between his argument and actual artworks by no text modifications – is a distinctive feature of the edition of the book, as worringer points out. worringer saw the fourth and fifth editions of form in gothic appear after the critical comments of richard hamann on his book. in a review of worringer’s form in gothic for max dessoir’s zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine kunstwissenschaft [journal of aesthetics and art history], hamann appraised worringer’s writings from the perspective of early twentieth-century academic practices. for hamann, worringer’s form in gothic was certainly relevant for its epoch, but did not respond to scholarly requirements. hamann connected worringer’s form in gothic to contemporary art-making, acknowledging the artistic qualities of form in gothic, but also voicing his reservation with regard to the academic aspects of worringer’s inquiry. worringer appeared as a creative writer more than as a scholar to hamann. in hamann’s words: and so we appreciate the book [i. e., form in gothic] and estimate its value: as a document of a new consciousness in search of a style, as intellectual-spiritual [geistig] adherent of a new artistic movement, to which the gothic and primitive art, linearity and surface ornament signify a new value... just as worringer describes gothic structures, so appear the works of expressionists and cubists, and as a manifesto of expressionism, as an artistic product, not as a scholarly achievement, one will have also to give this work its due, which was written by someone who is modern, knowledgeable, extremely impressive and probably only too persuasive with words [vielleicht der worte nur zu mächtiger mensch]. time will tell whether [or not] the expressionism of this book will have stood up longer than the art that now already invokes it for legitimation [die sich schon jetzt auf ihn beruft]. (worringer does include a practical section in abstraction and empathy, where he discusses art from a historical, generalizing perspective). in , worringer mentions having previously published ‘transcendence and immanence in art’ with dessoir’s zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine kunstwissenschaft. see worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xv. richard hamann’s words, translated by neil donahue, are cited by magdalena bushart in bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', . the text from which bushart has extracted these words is hamann’s “rezension zu wilhelm worringers ‘formprobleme der gotik’ ”, zeitschrift für Ästhetik und allgemeine kunstwissenschaft ( ), - , f. although he questions the scholarly component of worringer’s research, hamann recognizes that form in gothic provides intellectual-spiritual support to contemporary expressionist and cubist artists. worringer, in form in gothic, offered critics like hamann an opportunity for dissatisfaction with his academic approach. the first chapter of form in gothic, ‘historical methods,’ includes worringer’s claim that objectivity in the writing of art history could only surface from personal responses to art, namely from a widening of ego (a term that appears capitalized in the edition of worringer’s text). in its expanded form, ego would comprise, according to worringer, a positive part, as well as its opposite. worringer intends to account for the contributions of both these parts of ego to his writings. casting a shadow of doubt on worringer’s research methods, hamann nevertheless underscores the personal qualities of worringer. among these qualities, hamann singles out worringer’s capacity to elicit and generate emotion. worringer would further demonstrate his ability to foster empathic connections in his foreword to abstraction and empathy. : abstraction and empathy republished when abstraction and empathy was published again in may , it included an extensive foreword by worringer. worringer took the opportunity to mention his resonance with early twentieth-century interests in readdressing aesthetic standards. in this respect, he maintained he saw himself as ‘... the medium of the necessities of the period’. noting the ‘continually effective vitality’ of abstraction and empathy, worringer regarded his debut book as an occasion for remembering his early efforts; he recognized in its reprinting an opportunity to place his thought under the critical scrutiny of his now mature gaze. see worringer and read, form in gothic, - . worringer’s approach to ego extends his reliance on opposition as previously articulated in abstraction and empathy. art historical and theoretical discourse, worringer argues, can become objective only by accounting for the antithetic viewpoints of ego and its negative counterpart. the current thesis examines this topic in ‘history and ego: worringer’s approach’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, viii-xiii. ibid., vii. ibid., vii, viii. ibid., vii. in abstraction and empathy, worringer associates the term ‘vitality’ with organic life. see, for instance, ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , . the foreword reveals worringer’s frequent recourse to the language of animate life – a significant stylistic feature for a writer mostly associated with the defence of abstraction and its processes of distancing. geoffrey c. w. waite, in ‘worringer’s abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism’ (c. [ ]), points to the organic metaphors worringer employs to encourage the emotional participation of his readers. waite thus draws attention to the empathy-reliant, connective, invested aspects of worringer’s discourse – a surprising set of features in a book that defends the merits of abstraction. worringer’s narrative of the coming into being of abstraction and empathy follows, waite perceptively notes, the coordinates of a complete life cycle, from insemination to death. indeed, worringer is attentive to his own ‘living development,’ and, as he mentions in form in gothic, focuses on providing ‘... a living interpretation’ of art. his cultivation of dynamic, animating features of text draws attention to his interest in the world, and in the opinions of his public. worringer does not seek to prove the validity of his earlier thought in his foreword. abstraction and empathy has become a historical document for him; he regards it – possibly without modesty – as ‘... a paper that ... has probably run into more editions than any other doctorate thesis can ever have done.’ nevertheless, having written this work seems strangely impersonal for worringer in . according to him: ‘the compass of my instinct had pointed in a direction inexorably preordained by the dictate of the spirit of the age.’ ‘animate’ is an attribute of organic and dynamic forms. in abstraction and empathy, worringer recognizes the animation of living creatures, as well as the animation of objects rendered in the classical style. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , . the term ‘animate’ is also employed by worringer in form in gothic. (worringer and read, form in gothic, , , , .) worringer considers that greek art has the quality of animation. he writes: ‘... greek art animated this lifeless nature of stone, making it a wonderfully expressive organism.’ ———, form in gothic, . regarding the positioning of worringer’s approach and ideas, see, for instance, worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, ix, xiii. also, andreas michel, ' "our european arrogance": wilhelm worringer and carl einstein on non-european art', amsterdamer beiträge zur neueren germanistik, , no. , , - . also, juliet koss, 'on the limits of empathy', the art bulletin, , no. , , - . waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', - . ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, viii. worringer and read, form in gothic, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, ix. ibid., vii-viii. worringer prefers to highlight the temporal and historical circumstances that fostered the publication of abstraction and empathy, instead of focusing on individual achievements. according to worringer’s foreword, his ideas in abstraction and empathy were applied in early twentieth-century art. in , worringer had a different opinion on this matter; he emphasized that, although the ‘inner topicality’ of abstraction and empathy had made it relevant to early twentieth-century artists, art-making had reached abstract expression independently, through ‘inner developmental necessity’. yet for an artist such as gabriele münter ( - ) – the partner of wassily kandinsky ( - ) before the first world war – the impact of worringer’s thought on modern art was beyond doubt. she wrote to ibid., vii. worringer does not provide further information on this topic in abstraction and empathy, form in gothic or ‘the historical development of modern art’, mentioning no early twentieth-century artworks where he could discern the influence of his ideas. franz marc and gabriele münter (as following paragraphs note) acknowledge having read worringer’s work and appreciate worringer’s thought. although the impact of his books is highlighted in the writings of münter and marc, the extent of worringer’s influence on them remains unaddressed. in the case of friedrich nietzsche’s influence on expressionist artists, for instance, donald gordon supplies specific evidence: he mentions a fragment of text by nietzsche that inspired the naming of die brücke, and also notes that erich heckel made a woodcut portraying nietzsche. see donald e. gordon, expressionism: art and idea (new haven: yale university press, ), - . the connection between nietzsche and expressionism is easier to trace; this is not the case with worringer. worringer himself proves elusive on the relationship between inner artistic development and the influence of his works on early twentieth-century artists. to my knowledge, only marc and münter are cited with regard to their opinion on worringer in current english publications on expressionism. the direct connections between worringer’s explorations and the art of his time thus become difficult to establish. however, abstraction and empathy certainly answers the aesthetic and artistic preoccupations of worringer’s contemporaries, as marc and münter confirm. we have also seen that erdmann-macke draws attention to the enthusiasm of early twentieth-century artists for the writings of worringer (although, like worringer, erdmann-macke does not mention the artists she has in mind). additionally, worringer’s connections with the artists of his time are made visible in occasions such as: his participation to reinhard piper’s the struggle for art: the answer to the “protest of german artists” ( ); the presentation at gereon club, cologne (founded by emmy worringer, the sister of wilhelm), of the first exhibition of the editors of the blaue reiter ( ); the invitation worringer received to contribute to the second volume of the blue rider almanac; and his addressing recent expressionist art in current questions on art ( ). see klaus lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, ), - , . also, carl vinnen, 'quousque tandem' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, eds. rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), - . also, wilhelm worringer, 'the historical development of modern art' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, eds. rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), - . also, rose carol washton-long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, - . further connections between expressionist theory and art are drawn in the second decade of the twentieth century by worringer’s acknowledged followers, paul fechter and hermann bahr. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xiv. münter is known to have been an informed participant to the circles where kandinsky gravitated. see, for instance, wassily kandinsky, annegret hoberg, and gabriele münter, wassily kandinsky and gabriele münter: letters and reminiscences, - (munich and new york: prestel, ). also, shulamith behr, women expressionists (new york: rizzoli, ). worringer in : ‘we know one another now ever since the beginnings of the postimpressionist developments in art, for which you have helped prepare the ground. from those early years, i still have my old copy of your book abstraction and empathy, which had such an animating effect at that time.’ the foreword to abstraction and empathy reveals once more worringer’s attention to his readership. as in his foreword, worringer offers abstraction and empathy for discussion, thus emphasizing the dialogic nature of his practice. regarding his position towards abstraction and empathy as neutral in , he claims he expects to find out from his current readership whether his book is still relevant for them. worringer’s former distancing from his research is now accompanied by a clearly asserted strategy of rapprochement: namely, by worringer’s interest in his public. : a new edition of form in gothic in the foreword to the edition of form in gothic, as in , worringer mentions that abstraction and empathy had prepared the ground for form in gothic. most of his readers remember him for his debut books, worringer notes, despite his having readdressed his early ideas in subsequent publications. while disagreeing with the preferences of the public, worringer explains that the reasons for writing the foreword are personal and emotional. in his words: understandably, his [i. e., worringer’s] common sense and his better knowledge do not make it easy for him to say an unreserved yes to this hasty judgment of posterity [regarding the preference of the public for abstraction and empathy and form in for further connections between worringer and early twentieth-century research and art-making, see, for instance, donald e. gordon, expressionism: art and idea (new haven: yale university press, ). also, geoffrey christophe perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism (bern: h. lang, ). also, donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer. münter is cited by magdalena bushart in bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, viii. worringer and read, form in gothic, xv. gothic]. yet happily, there is left in him yet another authority, which finds this easier: it is his heart. therefore this foreword can only express how much his heart rejoices in the fact that with this new edition an opportunity is offered to a new generation of english readers, to participate in the fine venture, to be young again, together with him, the author. distancing and connectivity reach a paradoxical combination in worringer’s foreword. stepping back from his previous as well as current writing, worringer refers to himself in the third person in . nevertheless, he also introduces an empathic nuance in his text: he invites readers to join young worringer in the journey of discovery that was for him form in gothic. appealing to his readers’ emotions but resorting to distancing nevertheless, worringer employs the strategies that, in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, support the emergence of representational and abstract art. empathy, or emotional connection, is a characteristic of representational art for worringer, while abstraction requires the distancing of artists from the world. the forewords worringer wrote from to subtly echo the angle of his approach to abstraction and empathy, interweaving the strategies of discourse that shape his books. like abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, worringer’s forewords make visible his partially remote, partially emotive perspective, his emphasis on clear theoretical differentiations as well as his attention to the passionate life of his texts. ibid. worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory abstraction and empathy promises to articulate clear distinctions: significantly, the first of these consists in worringer’s differentiation between the aesthetics of the work of art and the aesthetics of natural beauty. when rendered in artworks, the beauty of nature does not necessarily make the work of art beautiful, worringer explains. ‘... [t]he specific laws of nature have, in principle, nothing to do with the aesthetics of natural beauty’, according to him. worringer makes visible his focus on art-making rather than nature, as well as his preference for underscoring separations between the elements of his inquiry. nature is ‘... the visible surface of things’ for worringer. although he mentions his intention to discuss art rather than nature in his book, worringer frequently employs nature as a term of comparison in his analyses. thus, abstraction and empathy pairs beauty and nature, associating them with the urge to empathy and the art of representation. beauty, according to worringer, is the value that people see in artworks; more specifically, the pleasure onlookers derive from engaging with art. following lipps, he argues that beauty as observed in art offers its viewers possibilities of experiential rapprochement. form in art is beautiful, worringer notes, when it displays ‘organic-vital’ characteristics, even in inorganic, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer does not define aesthetics in abstraction and empathy, yet employs it in a sense that resonates with alexander baumgarten’s use of the term. in his reflections on poetry ( ), baumgarten ( - ) considers aesthetics to be the science that inquires into things as known through senses. see alexander gottlieb baumgarten, reflections on poetry (berkeley and los angeles: university of california press, [ ]), . worringer extends on baumgarten’s definition in abstraction and empathy, arguing that, in aesthetics as in psychology, objects as apprehended through senses are real only insofar as they are animated by the interest of their viewers. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. ibid., , , , , , , - , . ibid., . ibid., . ibid. for the purposes of this thesis, empathy is defined as experiential rapprochement. ibid., . crystalline, abstract contexts. for worringer as for riegl, beauty can therefore characterise abstraction-inclined artworks. in abstraction and empathy, worringer does not attempt to explain the relationship between viewing, nature and beauty, but seeks to illuminate the very conditions that foster the emergence of art. regarding these conditions, worringer explains that modern aesthetics, which operates from the perspective of subjectivism, discusses art in connection with empathy. he notes that one of the philosophers who approached empathy in his writings on aesthetics is theodor lipps, a former professor of his. worringer refers to lipps’ thought throughout abstraction and empathy. the theory of empathy, worringer sets out to demonstrate, cannot be employed to discuss all approaches to art-making. he aims to cultivate a subjectivist approach in his book and focuses on viewers, examining their responses to art. from this perspective, worringer jennings draws attention to the social and political context of worringer’s preference for the inorganic. in his words: ‘the importance of the anorganic for both worringer and [walter] benjamin must surely be understood as a reaction against the stress on organicism, vitality, and wholeness that dominates the “philosophy” of the german right from vitalism to nazism.’ jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy', . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , , . worringer draws attention to riegl’s association of beauty with inorganic, crystalline form. for riegl, the crystalline approximates the highest form of beauty. (———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - .) in abstraction and empathy, worringer employs the term ‘crystalline’ in the same sense as riegl. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer employs the term ‘modern’ to refer to events or practices observed in the early years of the twentieth century. (ibid., , , .) focusing on modernity in germany, françoise forster-hahn points to the diverse and antithetic forces active in german culture around the turn of the twentieth century. forster-hahn notes the tensions between patriotism and internationalism, tradition and innovation, fine arts and popular arts, and mentions the german preference for the polemic approach. a significant aspect of modernity as discussed by forster-hahn is the rise of independent artists’ associations and private galleries, as well as of publications and publishing houses advocating recent art movements. see françoise forster-hahn, ed., imagining modern german culture, - (washington and hanover: national gallery of art and the university press of new england, ), - . at the paris world fair from , for example, the participation of germany revealed an interest in conservatism as well as modernism. see, for further details, forster-hahn, 'constructing new histories: nationalism and modernity in the display of art' in françoise forster-hahn, imagining modern german culture, - (washington and hanover: national gallery of art and the university press of new england, ), . however, worringer gives ‘modern’ times a wide span in abstraction and empathy; he considers the ‘modern standpoint’ to apply to ‘our generation,’ yet also places the beginning of modern art in the renaissance. (———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , .) when this thesis mentions the term ‘modern’ independently of worringer’s opinion, the term ‘modern’ refers to the period in history that begins in , following foster et al., art since : modernism, antimodernism, postmodernism. lynton, 'expressionism', . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. explains that empathy can account for only one aspect of relating to the world. he claims that aesthetics can only achieve comprehensiveness once it has included the view from the standpoint opposite to empathy – more specifically, once aesthetics has begun to address for abstract approaches to art-making. writing about empathy from a perspective that brings together art-making and aesthetics, worringer presupposes that empathy characterizes aesthetic as well as artistic feeling. before him, immanuel kant (a philosopher who influenced worringer’s methodology) pointed to the creativity of the judgment of taste in his critique of the power of judgment ( ). positing that the judgment of taste relied on imagination and understanding, kant observed the active engagement of human imagination with the world. immanuel kant and theodor lipps: creativity, aesthetics and experience kant regards imagination as a key power of the mind in the critique of the power of judgment; for him, imagination supports the grasping of objects, and the placing of intuitions besides concepts in response to art. in judgments of taste, kant notes that imagination does not simply reflect the world. according to him: ‘... [i]f in the judgment of taste the imagination must be considered in its freedom, then it is in the first instance not taken as reproductive as subjected to the laws of association, but as productive and self-active (as the authoress of voluntary forms of possible intuitions)’. kant considers that imagination plays a generative role in the shaping of the discourse of taste. aesthetic judgment is presented as a creative activity in the critique of the power of judgment. the connection between creativity and contemplation, between art-making and aesthetics, is also signalled by lipps. in his aesthetics ( ), lipps argues that the process of stylisation presupposed contemplating and then articulating the general laws of form as observed in ibid. for instance, immanuel kant and paul guyer, critique of the power of judgment (new york: cambridge university press, [ ]), (first introduction), (introduction, vii), (introduction, viii). ibid., (general remark on the first section of the analytic). given objects. eliciting the generality of form relied, for lipps, on interrupting the connection between objects intended for stylisation and their particular surroundings; this activity was based on understanding. lipps wrote: ‘in order to deduct or select the most general laws of natural formation from a given form, i must have first mastered this form through inner reflection. selecting also means understanding.’ lipps illuminates another aspect of the encounter between aesthetics and art-making: he posits that artistic activity is preceded by reflection – in other words, by aesthetic judgment. following kant and lipps, worringer connects art-making, viewing, and feeling, from the very beginning of abstraction and empathy. as his demonstration progresses, worringer pursues his explorations without signalling his transitions from the theoretical perspective of aesthetics to the practical perspective of art-making. art-making and aesthetics are equally creative fields for worringer. later in his career, worringer rebalances the relationship between contemporary art-making and theory in favour of theoretical inquiries. yet in abstraction and empathy worringer discusses aesthetics and art-making without asserting the differences between their domains. worringer, assuming an experiential viewpoint in abstraction and empathy, highlights the contrast between two urges that define two ways of approaching aesthetics: the ‘urge to empathy,’ and the ‘urge to abstraction.’ he explains: ‘just as the urge to empathy as a pre- assumption of aesthetic experience finds its gratification in the beauty of the organic, so the urge to abstraction finds its beauty in the life-denying inorganic, in the crystalline or, in general terms, in all abstract law and necessity.’ lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, - . lipps’s aesthetics [Ästhetik. psychologie des schönen und der kunst] was published in at leopold voss (leipzig and hamburg). the writings of lipps still await their publication in english. for the current thesis, i have translated lipps’ thoughts into english from the romanian version of lipps’ aesthetics. ibid., . lipps also points to the aesthetic imposition of geometric laws onto natural objects – he is critical of this process, which he does not regard as stylisation. for him, stylisation consists in setting form free from particularity and accident. (———, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, - .) in current questions on art ( ), worringer comments that expressionist art-making has become less innovative than science or writing. in these particular circumstances, worringer applauds the creativity of theoretical domains. see long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, - . also, from the current thesis, ‘current questions on art ( ): worringer revisits expressionism’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. from the perspective of the psychological processes involved, worringer’s antithesis makes sense. the urge to empathy could be regarded as a tendency to rapprochement, to being in close contact with the world by means of observation, reflection and art-making, whereas the urge to abstraction could be considered a tendency towards distancing, towards stepping away from the world. in terms of implied motion, worringer’s title hints to two directions (‘away from’ and ‘towards’) that are indeed antithetic, yet that emerge in response to the same point of reference: the world as experienced by viewers and artists. abstraction may be associated by worringer with a tendency of leaving the world behind, yet it still takes shape in the world, in terms specific to it. common ground thus surfaces between empathy and abstraction from the very start of worringer’s abstraction and empathy. worringer establishes further commonalities between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction by referring both to beauty. arguing that the urge to empathy manifests in acknowledgment of the beauty of organic aspects of the world, he also notes the possible associations of beauty with abstraction. for worringer, when spectators and artists enjoy art, they find it beautiful; abstract art, where practiced, is also regarded as beautiful, much like representational art in his early twentieth-century context. worringer differentiates between the psychological responses of human beings to the world, but also points to the satisfaction derived from appreciating art – a feeling common to viewers of all times and places. empathy, as worringer argues towards the end of his book, is possible not only in the case of representation-reliant art, but also in the case of abstraction-oriented art. ibid., , , , , , - . ibid., - , , - . ibid., . ibid., - . andreas michel points out that worringer actually favours modes of art-making he regards as abstract, such as oriental art. see michel, ' "our european arrogance": wilhelm worringer and carl einstein on non- european art', . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . empathy: friedrich theodor vischer and robert vischer for worringer, empathy presupposes experiencing an object in the world, as it were, from within the object itself. the process of empathy requires viewers to transpose themselves within objects by means of imagination, thus assuming the perspective of the experienced objects. worringer refers to the thought of lipps regarding empathy, yet also mentions the writings of robert vischer ( - ) in this regard. expanding upon the aesthetic investigations conducted by his father, friedrich theodor vischer ( - ), r. vischer inquired into the connections between form and emotion in ‘on the optical sense of form: a contribution to aesthetics’ ( ). the research conducted by friedrich theodor vischer on psychological and formal aspects of emotional response to the world had provided his son, robert, with a starting point for his own explorations. upon revising his earlier writings on aesthetics, f. t. vischer had noted that, even in the absence of human beings, of historical and narrative contexts, the experiencing of emotion was still possible, and relied on simple comparisons. in his words: consider first the beauty of landscape, which is so strangely analogous and related to the beauty of music. here light and colour affect us through inorganic forms and yet they do so in such a way that the landscape as a whole appears to us a mirror image of our own emotional state. this act, whereby we believe that we encounter our own interior life in what is inanimate, rests quite simply on a comparison. what is physically bright is compared to what is spiritually or emotionally bright, the dark and gloomy to dark and gloomy moods, and so forth. one sees that language, too, employs the same words, which it derives pictorially from nature. the comparison is ibid., - . ibid., . robert vischer, 'on the optical sense of form' in empathy, form, and space: problems in german aesthetics, - , eds. harry francis mallgrave and eleftherios ikonomou (santa monica, california and chicago, illinois: getty center for the history of art and the humanities, [ ]), . drawn so unconsciously and instinctively that we, far removed from thinking of it as a mere ‘resemblance’, attribute emotional states as predicates to inanimate objects. for f. t. vischer, the connection between self and nature could be explained by means of perceived, and subsequently intuited, similarities. resemblance, f. t. vischer commented, was not a compulsory feature for establishing connections between human beings and inanimate objects; belief, intuition and emotion sufficed. in ‘on the optical sense of form’ ( ), r. vischer also noted: ‘... [t]hose forms devoid of emotional life... are supplied with emotional content that we – the observers – unwittingly transfer to them.’ r. vischer, like f. t. vischer, observed that the human mind constantly found resemblances between the inner world and the outer world. to account for this process of imaginative engagement, r. vischer proposed the use of a generic term, ‘empathy’ [einfühlung]. ‘empathy’ could acquire various nuances in specific perceptual and emotive contexts, as r. vischer observed. r. vischer explained that human imagination projected itself onto organic and inorganic forms in order to experience itself. having defined imagination as the common ground of emotion, representation and will, r. vischer noted that imagination expanded visual sensations. he distinguished between immediate (prompt, instinctive) visual sensations and responsive (encompassing, dynamic) visual sensations. associating such sensations with immediate and responsive feelings, r. vischer remarked that immediate sensations, when friedrich theodor vischer, 'critique of my aesthetics' in art in theory, - : an anthology of changing ideas, eds. charles harrison, paul wood, and jason gaiger (oxford and malden: blackwell, [ ]), . vischer, 'on the optical sense of form', . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . r. vischer had also referred to imagination as to an activity through which indistinct sensations acquired specific forms. in his words: ‘imagination is an act by which we mentally simulate something that previously existed as a vague content of our sensations as sensuous, concrete form.’ (———, 'on the optical sense of form', .) imagination is a hybrid and fluid medium for r. vischer. (———, 'on the optical sense of form', .) vischer, 'on the optical sense of form', . ibid., , , , . for r. vischer, sensations are life impulses that make visible the accord between human beings and their world in a basic form. according to him: ‘sensation is the most primitive impulse of life and out of it evolve the more distinct acts of the imagination, volition and cognition, and it thus constitutes the most primitive form of the sense of universal coherence.’ (———, 'on the optical sense of form', .) vischer, 'on the optical sense of form', . succeeded by responsive sensations, intensified and became attentive feelings. attentive feelings were the basis of empathy, according to r. vischer. feelings, he argued, open more towards the world; their expansion gave rise to emotion – an altruistic mode of relating. in its turn, emotion led to empathy. he explained that the emotions of fellow human beings moved the empathic observer as profoundly as personal experiences. empathy fostered the fusion of observer and observed in imagination, r. vischer pointed out. for him, empathic viewers explored objects from inside out: they concentrated on the core of objects, gazing upon themselves from the standpoint of objects, and then returned in imagination back to their own selves. in a certain respect, empathy as seen by r. vischer implied abandoning the self; worringer also recognized this aspect of empathy in his debut book, where he noted that, in aesthetics, empathic contemplation required to a distancing from the self. yet, for the purposes of his argument, worringer prioritized the association of empathy with the tendency towards naturalism or representation in art-making. in abstraction and empathy, worringer connects the capacity for empathy to a widespread – yet not exclusive – approach to aesthetics. viewers, according to him, can empathise with objects they consider beautiful. beauty (or the value viewers discover in art) offers a pleasurable experience, worringer explains. in his words: ‘aesthetic enjoyment is objectified self-enjoyment. to enjoy aesthetically is to enjoy myself in a sensuous object diverse from myself, to empathise myself into it.’ emphasizing the active role of the experiencing self in the process of empathy, worringer reveals his interest in subjectivism from the first pages of abstraction and empathy. ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . for the purposes of this thesis, subjectivism refers to an interest in aspects of personal, or inner, experience. worringer does not explain the term ‘subjectivism’ from a philosophical perspective, and, apart from mentioning lipps, makes no reference to philosophers or bodies of work he regards as subjectivist. heinrich wölfflin: embodiment and expression in his ‘prolegomena to a psychology of architecture’ ( ), heinrich wölfflin also inquires into the direct link between form and personal experience. worringer, who draws attention to wölfflin’s views on uniformity and regularity in art, signals the emphasis placed by wölfflin on the physical aspects of uniformity, and the intellectual aspects of regularity. yet, although he writes in praise of regularity himself, worringer approaches the personal experiencing of form from a different perspective: he associates regularity with abstraction and instinct, and connects representation with empathy and with the enjoyment of the world. wölfflin, like worringer, acknowledges the contribution of r. vischer to the exploration of empathy. as wölfflin points out, r. vischer considers that the main vehicle of empathy is imagination. expanding on r. vischer’s research, wölfflin pays particular attention to the role of the human body in empathic experience, and on physical expressiveness. he explores emotional expression in architecture, and seeks to pinpoint the principles that enable the connection between architectural form and expression. human beings, wölfflin explains, regard the world in terms of lifelikeness, or animation, because they themselves are alive. he observes that, in general, viewers project their own feelings onto the beings, situations or phenomena they observe. this instinct is fundamental in art, wölfflin notes; in its absence, art would not exist. according to wölfflin: we read our own image into all phenomena. we expect everything to possess what we know to be the conditions of our own well-being. not that we expect to find the appearance of a human being in the forms of inorganic nature: we interpret the physical world through the categories (if i may use this term) that we share with it. we also define the expressive capability of these other forms accordingly. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . also see ‘ “common to all”: form for kant and worringer’. heinrich wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture' in empathy, form, and space: problems in german aesthetics, - , eds. harry francis mallgrave and eleftherios ikonomou (santa monica, california and chicago, illinois: getty center for the history of art and the humanities, [ ]), . ibid., . ibid., . ibid. for wölfflin, the actual representation of objects is not the only mode of connection between human beings and the world. he signals that art-making may account for the world yet diverge from representational practice. in abstraction and empathy, worringer also notes that representation (or naturalism) was distinct from imitation; he finds that naturalism reflects not natural models in their details, but the feelings of aesthetic pleasure artists experience with regard to their surroundings. if worringer gives primacy to the role of feelings in abstraction and empathy, wölfflin focuses on materialization in prolegomena to a psychology of architecture. wölfflin names the common physical characteristics of human beings and inanimate elements in his book; in stones as in people, he observes weight, equilibrium, and solidity at work. these characteristics, wölfflin explains, can acquire expressive nuances. matter is not an indifferent recipient for the human gaze in wölfflin’s prolegomena to a psychology of architecture. grounding his observations in human physiology, wölfflin points to the close connection between embodiment and expression. expression is more than merely suggestive of inner activity for wölfflin; in his words: ‘expression is, rather, the physical manifestation of the mental process. it does not exist only in the tension of facial muscles or in the movements of the extremities but extends to the whole organism.’ wölfflin defends the concreteness of the connection between inner, psychological responses to the world and their outward expressive manifestations; to human emotions, he assigns a psychological starting point that finds physical expression. wölfflin argues that, by imitating outward expression, human beings come to experience emotion. imitation thus leads to empathy, according to wölfflin. where wölfflin sees in imitation a physically based process conducive to the understanding of emotions, worringer approaches imitation critically, from the perspective of its role as a process of art-making. yet for wölfflin imitation offers the possibility of self-forgetting that, like worringer, he worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., - . wölfflin contrasts matter and form in prolegomena to a psychology of architecture; for him, matter is formless and heavy, while form is the condition of expression. wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture', , . ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . considers crucial in aesthetic appreciation. imitation, an embodied way towards will-less experiencing according to wölfflin, has worringer’s empathic self-projecting (or the attribution of expression to observed elements in the world) as its counterpart. pleasant as well as unpleasant effects could accompany the articulation of form, wölfflin noticed: viewers enjoy wavy lines and dislike zigzags, for instance. wölfflin finds that gentleness in the apparent movement of line yields positive responses. on the other hand, he observes that when formal balance seems to be lacking, human beings tend to interpret artistic form negatively. negative responses are amplified by the impossibility to account rationally for artistic form, according to him. in wölfflin’s words: ... it is also known that a severe injury to the equilibrium can have a depressing effect. we ourselves feel fear and anxiety when the restful effect of balance cannot be found. i am reminded in this connection of an engraving by dürer, melencolia i, in which we see a brooding woman staring at a block of stone. what does it mean? the stone block is irregular and irrational; it cannot be defined with compass and with ciphers. but there is more. when one looks at this stone, does it not appear to be falling? surely! and the longer we look at it the more we are drawn into this restlessness. objects, feelings, and aspects of empathy like r. vischer and wölfflin, worringer inquired into the situations where the connection between viewers and objects is not pleasurable. such a connection involves the opposition of viewers to experienced objects. according to worringer: ‘... the self-activation demanded of me by a sensuous object may be so constituted that, precisely by virtue of its constitution, it cannot be performed by me without friction, without inner opposition... [t]here arises a ibid., - . wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture', - . wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture', . ibid., . ibid., . conflict between my natural striving for self-activation and the one that is demanded of me. and the sensation of conflict is likewise a sensation of unpleasure derived from the object.’ where relating to objects in the world becomes difficult for viewers, worringer recognizes negative empathy at work. he observes that the inner opposition of viewers to art objects results in experiential displeasure. following lipps, worringer focuses on the positive as well as negative aspects of empathy. however, negative empathy as discussed by worringer does not cancel experiencing: it presumes that viewers relate actively to objects, albeit on more difficult grounds than in the case of positive empathy. positive and negative empathy bring objects into being, according to worringer. according to him, the existence of objects in the world depends on the inner activity of viewers; as long as the attention of viewers animates them, objects exist, worringer posits. his perspective reflects the thoughts of lipps, according to whom objects become visible to spectators because they begin by empathising with objects. differentiating between objects as apparent in scientific reflection, and objects as apparent in everyday life, lipps explains that, in scientific reflection, viewers can employ their will and concentrate on objects in order to unify their multiple facets. on the other hand, lipps notes that, in everyday life, objects claim the attention of viewers due to the empathy experienced by viewers towards them. an object in everyday life, lipps remarks, appears as a self-standing unity if its viewer thinks of this object as a unity. in his words: ‘the object becomes a unity in itself – that is, independent from my activity of concentrating it into a unity – as long as i allow this directly felt unity i have empathised into it (or a reflexion of this unity) to become a unity in my thoughts as well.’ when viewers empathise with objects in everyday life, lipps observes, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. the distinction between positive and negative empathy, as well as worringer’s replacing ‘negative empathy’ with ‘abstraction,’ is further examined in the current thesis in ‘representation and abstraction in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’. for the indebtedness of worringer to lipps regarding the conditions that generate positive and negative empathy, see lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, i, - . lipps, who inspired worringer’s perspective on objects, further discusses the viewer-dependent existence of objects in the world in ‘objects and empathy’. (ibid., i, - .) ibid., . ibid., . they unify objects by means of feeling; viewers need to think of objects as unitary for these objects to assume individual quality. worringer, like lipps, highlights the connection between objects and the inner activity of viewers; yet in the writings of worringer the emotional aspects of empathy come to the fore. central to his investigation from abstraction and empathy is the following remark: ‘aesthetic enjoyment is objectified self-enjoyment.’ when aesthetically active, worringer argues, viewers enjoy projecting their feelings on objects in the world; their tendency to activity thus receives positive expression. positive empathy is one of the results of the apperceptive process, according to worringer. worringer does not explain the term ‘apperceptive;’ however, lipps discusses ‘apperception’ extensively in his aesthetics. according to lipps, apperception is internalized perception. lipps writes: ‘this taking into account, this understanding, this inner realization (and through it, this given efficient becoming, specific to a process or to a psychic experience connected to life) is what i call “apperception”.’ in other words, lipps considers apperception a form of perception that has been internally processed by viewers; apperception consequently leads to increased understanding, and to an intensification of experience. when worringer employs the term ‘apperception,’ he signals his indebtedness to the thought of lipps, as well as his intention to emphasize inner, personal aspects of experience. the enjoyment of objects in the world is, for worringer, a fundamental aesthetic response. however, worringer does not limit his inquiry to addressing positive experiential aspects. in abstraction and empathy, he provides his readers a pathway for the aesthetic appreciation of abstraction, a form of art-making he connects to negative empathy. form in gothic expands worringer’s engagement with inner, personal aspects of experience; in this book, worringer worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . juliet koss points to the repetition of worringer’s statement in abstraction and empathy. she observes that, by its fifth occurrence in worringer’s text, the connection between personal enjoyment and the world of objects pointed to worringer’s suggestion that abstraction needed its aesthetics, much like empathy. (koss, 'on the limits of empathy', - .) in worringer’s earlier words: ‘apperceptive activity becomes aesthetic enjoyment in the case of positive empathy, in the case of the unison of my natural tendencies to self-activation with the activity demanded of me by the sensuous object.’ worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, . cultivates an approach to the writing of art history that emphasizes personal intuition, speculation and interpretation rather than the organization and processing of historical data. worringer: subjectivity and objectivity in form in gothic, worringer explains his point of view regarding the role of personal aspects of experience in conducting art historical inquiries. he regards explorations that employ references to historical facts as having only experimental value, and argues that, in fact, personal perspective guides inquiries regarded as objective. in the words of worringer: ‘the earnest endeavour of the historian to reconstruct the spirit of the past from the materials at his disposal is at best but an experiment, conducted with unsuitable means. for however faithfully we may strive to compel ourselves to an apparent objectivity, the exponent of historical knowledge remains our own ego with its temporal limitations and restrictions.’ working with historical evidence gives only the appearance of objectivity for worringer; the interpretation of historical data is bound to be restricted by personal perspective. worringer is painfully aware of the boundaries of human objectivity. for his own inquiries, he chooses the path of hypothesising and intuition to the alternative he regards as ‘... a one- sided, subjective forcing of objective facts’. he accepts that his hypotheses trace broad outlines for an experimental type of inquiry fostered by instinct, more precisely by a thirst for knowledge. thus, the key role of personal perspective surfaces once more in worringer’s argument. describing his process of writing art history, he notes: into the darkness of facts, no longer explicable by the inadequate data available to us, this instinct is only able to penetrate by cautiously constructing a network of lines of possibilities of which the points of orientation can only be very roughly indicated by means of concepts directly opposite to this data. since we are instinctively aware that worringer employs the term ‘objective’ to refer to scientific and academic forms of inquiry. a contrasting term for ‘objectivity’ could be ‘subjectivism’ as employed in abstraction and empathy (in worringer’s debut book, subjectivism referred to a focus on aspects of personal experience.) worringer and read, form in gothic, . ibid., . ibid. ibid. all knowledge is merely indirect – fettered as it is by the time-conditioned ego – no possibility of widening the capacity for historical knowledge exists other than by widening our ego. now such an extension of the field of knowledge is not possible in practice, but only by virtue of an ideal auxiliary construction of purely antithetical application. instinct guides worringer’s work as an art historian. he explains that instinct traces speculative connections between historical data and concepts directly opposed to them. to articulate the relationship between historical data and theoretical concepts in his inquiry, worringer uses the strategy of opposition, a significant component of his approach to writing art history and theory; he also refers to the successive predominance of representational and abstract modes of art-making respectively, throughout history. one epoch may thus be distinguished from the next by means of opposition too, according to worringer. first articulated in abstraction and empathy and then in form in gothic, the strategy of opposition plays a role as significant as personal perspective in worringer’s inquiries. worringer sees knowledge as indirect and limited by the ego; the capitalization of this term in the revised edition of form in gothic from further emphasizes the role of personal perspective in his writings. he argues that when ego opens to the world, the ability to cultivate knowledge increases. he considers that the expansion of knowledge is possible in theory on the basis of opposition, or antithesis. worringer employs two key elements to construct his argument in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic: personal perspective, and the strategy of opposition. his emphases on subjectivism and ego reveal the unconventional aspects of his approach to the writing of art history; they also help to explain the wide interest his thoughts attracted at the beginning of ibid. also see jennings in this respect, who writes: ‘... [h]e [i. e., worringer] proposes a pattern of regular alternation between abstract and empathetic eras; there is in this sense no progress or development but only a repeated return through variation on one of the two dominant modes. we find in worringer, then, a kind of history at a standstill, or history with a repetition compulsion.’ jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy', . the twentieth century, as well as the criticism his academic colleagues directed towards his inquiries. contemporary researchers such as andreas michel highlight the unusual perspective worringer has on art historical inquiry. like worringer, michel employs strong, rhetorically effective terms of characterisation; michel thus depicts vividly the role of worringer’s writings in his epoch. michel considers worringer a ‘rogue’ art historian ‘... with a penchant for philosophical speculation’. addressing the revision of european views on art at the beginning of the twentieth century, michel focuses on the writings of worringer and carl einstein ( - ). he explains his characterisation of worringer and einstein as follows: i call them [i. e., worringer and einstein] rogue art historians because their writings violate the scientific etiquette of sobriety, fairness, and objectivity. these texts [i. e., worringer’s abstraction and empathy and einstein’s black sculpture ( )] read more like position statements in a culture war. it is for this reason that their texts – especially worringer’s – have had much larger currency and exerted far greater influence in the aesthetico-political debates of the first decades of the twentieth century than the writings of more conventional art historians. michel draws attention to worringer’s departure from the expected approach to writing art history, as well as to the political echoes generated by worringer’s thought in the early years of the twentieth century. worringer’s approach to the writing of art history is reflected in his use of terminology, which seems speculative to michel; the first terms michel cites to exemplify his claim are ‘abstraction’ and ‘empathy.’ for the perspective of richard hamann on worringer’s form in gothic, see, for instance, ‘gazing in the mirror of history: worringer’s forewords to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic’. michel, ' "our european arrogance": wilhelm worringer and carl einstein on non-european art', . the work of carl einstein, worringer’s influence on einstein, and the political – especially racial – aspects of worringer’s work would require extensive investigation; such investigation is outside the scope of this thesis. michel, ' "our european arrogance": wilhelm worringer and carl einstein on non-european art', . ibid., . empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy cultivating the hypothesising, intuitive, speculative aspects of his inquiries, worringer prefers subjectivism to objectivity, and favours the strategy of opposition when articulating his point of view. his choice of key terms reflects his perspective: ‘empathy’ and ‘abstraction’ are, according to him, antithetic tendencies rooted in the personal responses of artists to their world. for worringer, artists experience urges to (or needs for) empathy or abstraction. in his words: the need for empathy can be looked upon as a presupposition of artistic volition only where this artistic volition inclines toward the truths of organic life, that is toward naturalism in the higher sense.... recollection of the lifeless form of a pyramid or of the suppression of life that is manifested, for instance, in byzantine mosaics tells us at once that here the need for empathy, which for obvious reasons always tends toward the organic, cannot possibly have determined artistic volition. indeed, the idea forces itself upon us that here we have an impulse directly opposed to the empathy impulse, which seeks to suppress precisely that in which the need for empathy finds its satisfaction. this counter-pole to the need for empathy appears to us to be the urge to abstraction. empathy and abstraction: lipps and worringer for worringer, the urge to empathy manifests where organic life attracts the attention of artists. on the other hand, worringer considers that modes of art-making that tend towards abstraction could not have been initiated by an urge to empathy. worringer looks into the worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . as following sections of this thesis show, worringer’s use of the term ‘abstraction’ poses significant difficulties to contemporary researchers. ‘abstraction,’ for worringer, is connected to a psychological tendency of distancing from the world, but also to a mode of art-making where bringing to light inner thoughts and feelings is prioritized. worringer, who considers that the urge to abstraction ‘... stands at the beginning of every art’, recognizes that different degrees of abstraction are visible in art-making, and that many forms of abstraction-oriented art can be recognized throughout history. (see worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy, , - .) herbert read, the translator of form in gothic, agrees with worringer, emphasizing that abstraction informs all approaches to art-making. in his words: ‘we must not be afraid of the word “abstract”. all art is primarily abstract.’ see herbert read, the meaning of art (london: faber and faber, ), . experiential grounds of art-making, and finds that antithetic needs lead to antithetic artistic manifestations. eighteenth and nineteenth-century researchers such as kant, hegel and schopenhauer discuss the experience of psychological distancing as well as abstract aspects of art-making in their works, yet (as this thesis explains) provide interpretations of abstraction that differ from the one worringer proposes in abstraction and empathy. (see, from the current thesis, ‘predecessors, critics, supporters’.) twentieth-century researchers place less emphasis than worringer and read on the role of abstraction in art-making, underscoring instead the variety of abstraction-oriented approaches. for instance, frank whitford notes that ‘abstraction’ may nowadays point to concrete art, pure art, constructed art, non-figurative art, to kandinsky’s non-objective art, or to mondrian’s neo-plasticism. whitford draws attention to the wide coverage of the term ‘abstraction’ in the late twentieth century; for him, ‘abstraction’ cannot be regarded as a specific, historically delimited, style. he writes: ‘abstraction does not describe a style of painting. it is not a word like “baroque”, for example, which is applied to the roughly similar work of a large number of artists to define what it is that they all have in common. abstraction is not a style but an attitude. potentially, there are as many types of abstract art as there are artists. no stylistic definition, however broad, can embrace the work of painters as different as kandinsky and malevich, mondrian and pollock.’ see frank whitford, understanding abstract art (london: barrie & jenkins, ), - . different characteristics of abstraction (such as flatness, a tendency towards interdisciplinary connections, an emphasis on colour, a focus on compositional principles) are recognized by whitford in the late nineteenth century as well as in the twentieth century. whitford points to the compositional emphasis on flatness in Édouard manet’s olympia ( ). he notes that james abbott mcneill whistler traced parallels between painting and musical composition when titling the - portrait of his mother arrangement in grey and black. paul gauguin, whitford notes, emphasized the decorative aspects of an imagined scene in vision after the sermon: jacob wrestling with the angel ( ). citing van gogh, whitford signals the importance of colour as expressive means in night café ( ); in the words of van gogh: ‘i have tried to express the terrible passions of humanity by means of red and green.’ (see van gogh as cited in whitford, understanding abstract art, .) georges seurat, on the other hand, sought to highlight principles of art-making, as whitford shows. according to seurat: “harmony is the analogy of contrary and of similar elements of tone, of colour and of line, considered according to their dominants and under the influence of light in gay, calm, or sad combinations. (seurat as cited in whitford, understanding abstract art, .) maurice denis also highlighted, as early as , the flatness and chromatic order that inform painting; he wrote: ‘it must be remembered that any painting – before being a war horse, a nude woman, or some anecdote, is essentially a flat surface covered with colours and arranged in a certain order.’ (denis as cited in whitford, understanding abstract art, .) whitford continues by addressing the early twentieth-century cubist emphasis on the paintings’ surface, the futurists’ interest in rendering movement, and the geometrical compositions of suprematism and de stijl. (whitford, understanding abstract art, - .) however, whitford recognizes one key division between varieties of abstraction: he considers that abstract art can be regarded as either organic or geometric. (whitford, understanding abstract art, .) he sees these categories as loose, yet his binary, antithetic approach brings to mind worringer’s preferred framing of the abstraction-representation relationship in abstraction and empathy. for further inquiries into the definition of abstraction, see, among many other books: alfred h. barr’s cubism and abstract art ( ) (where barr, echoing worringer, defines abstract art as an effect of the impulse to take distance from nature, and distinguishes between near-abstractions and pure abstractions); mark rosenthal’s abstraction in the twentieth century: total risk, freedom, discipline ( ) (where rosenthal notes the heterogeneity of abstract art in modernism and postmodernism, pointing to summarizing, abbreviating and stylising as methods of abstraction); briony fer’s on abstract art ( ) (where fer addresses the relationship between abstraction and representation and mentions abstraction’s inclusiveness, exclusiveness, and repressive tendencies); mel gooding’s abstract art ( ) (where gooding considers all art – since it departs from naturalistic depiction – to be abstact); frances colpitt’s abstract art in the late twentieth century ( ) (where colpitt contrasts the conventional tendencies of representation and oppositional leanings of abstraction, noting that, in late modern times, abstraction reaches a non-developmental stage). see alfred hamilton barr, cubism and abstract art (london: secker & warburg, and the museum of modern art, [ ]), , . also, mark rosenthal, abstraction in the twentieth century: total risk, freedom, discipline (new york: guggenheim museum publications, ), . also, briony fer, on abstract art (new haven: yale university press, ), . also, mel gooding, abstract art (london: tate publishing, ), - . also, frances colpitt, abstract art in the late twentieth century (new york: cambridge university press, ), xv-xvi. ‘empathy’ and ‘abstraction’ are features that point to (inner) psychological urges as well as to (outer) artistic processes in worringer’s abstraction and empathy; they have a wide coverage, but remain to a certain extent ambiguous in worringer’s book. worringer employs them to point to aspects of inner experience, as well as to their manifestation in art-making: he does not distinguish between aesthetics and art in his discussions from abstraction and empathy. both ‘abstraction’ and ‘empathy’ are addressed in lipps’ aesthetics. for instance, lipps defines abstraction as an aspect of form, rather than as a particular mode of art-making, he contrasts, for instance, the abstract generality of form and the concrete specificity of form. he gives historical priority to neither. worringer, who regards abstraction as the artistic result of an urge, writes: ‘thus the urge to abstraction stands at the beginning of every art’. for him, the need for abstraction precedes the need for representation, and art that relies on empathy follows abstraction-oriented art. worringer discusses abstraction and empathy as personal aspects of experience, as modes of art-making, but also as processes in temporal succession. unlike worringer, lipps believes that schematization precedes the articulation of abstract generality as well as concrete specificity. according to him: ‘... [f]rom a temporal perspective, precedence is assumed neither by concrete specificity in its individual form, nor by abstract generality, but by the schema, by the highlighting of generality: for instance, by geoffrey c. w. waite points to the dual (perceptual and creative) perspective worringer assumes in abstraction and empathy. he writes: ‘now, his text’s awareness of this displacement from a psychology of perception to a psychology of creativity coincides in direct proportion to worringer’s failure to make it explicit.’ see waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', . however, if the influence of kant on the writings of worringer and lipps is taken into account, and if kant’s approach to imagination (on which empathy relies, and which kant sees as both perceptual and creative) is considered, then worringer’s addressing art-viewing and art-making without distinguishing between them could be regarded as an undefended pre-assumption of his inquiry. not separating the perceptual and artistic directions of his argument diminishes the analytical credibility of worringer’s text; however, the inclusiveness of his perspective actually expands the appeal of abstraction and empathy. (in support of the above, also see kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, - . also, for worringer’s process of creative interpretation of the gothic line, see worringer and read, form in gothic, .) lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . in order to reinforce the opposition between abstraction and empathy, worringer associates abstract-oriented art with oriental practices, and empathy-reliant art with occidental art-making. he contrasts not only between types of experience and modes of art-making, but also between geographical locations. the connections traced by worringer between art-making and geography further highlight social, economic and political aspects of modernity which need to make the topics of self-standing inquiries. lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, . emphasis on the essential features that accidentally catch the eye of the viewer.’ for worringer, abstraction results from a specific urge; in his words: ‘... [t]he urge to abstraction is the outcome of a great inner unrest inspired in man by the phenomena of the outside world’. where lipps deemphasizes the contrast between concrete specificity and abstract generality by drawing attention to schematization, worringer prefers to build his argument from abstraction and empathy around the opposition of empathy and abstraction. however, lipps notes that the articulation of form takes opposite directions in the course of history, acquiring either increasingly individualizing aspects or increasingly generalizing aspects. lipps focuses predominantly on experiencing in his aesthetics; nevertheless, he addresses the process of art-making when discussing the evolution of stylisation. with regard to stylisation, lipps discusses art-making and aesthetics without signalling their differentiations, much like worringer in abstraction and empathy. lipps highlights the flexibility of art-making processes through time, as when he writes: if evolution reaches a certain limit, then, in particular cases, progress may take place from abstract law to the multitude of individual structures in nature, and vice-versa. a play of lines may initially be nothing more than a play of lines; however, ramifications assume vegetal characteristics in time; the end of a line becomes the head of a human or animal, or the shape of a flower; rosettes emerge from circles; and so forth. in other instances, the more or less perfect form that has been fashioned following nature is successively turned into abstract geometrical shapes. after all, the law of form has been intentionally extracted, by means of stylisation, from natural forms. abstraction can develop animated, organic aspects, whereas natural elements may inspire the creation of geometric, abstract forms, lipps notes. worringer agrees with lipps’ views, accepting that the transition between abstraction-oriented and empathy-reliant art is ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . ibid. possible; however, for worringer, abstraction initiates art-making. placing the urge to abstraction at the root of art-making in general, worringer also associates abstraction with a particular form of relating with the world. according to him: ‘the less mankind has succeeded, by virtue of its spiritual cognition, in entering into a relation of friendly confidence with the appearance of the outer world, the more forceful is the dynamic that leads to the striving after this highest abstract beauty.’ worringer considers that abstraction-oriented art – where negative empathy is easily recognizable – signals the lack of confidence human beings experience in their relationship with their environment. for lipps, natural forms and geometric forms stand apart, yet both can foster empathic connections and enjoyment. although geometric lines are not connected to the natural world, their particular characteristics still derive from nature, lipps observes. he explains that viewers can enjoy both natural and geometric forms if they can access forms empathically. according to lipps: the geometric line differs from the natural object precisely because it cannot be found in nature... yet this contrast [i. e., between geometric forms and natural objects] does not prevent that something that pleases us in natural objects, and geometric forms respectively, from appearing to us as one and the same... what pleases us in these two cases is thus not only freedom, but the very same freedom; namely, the complete, unbounded experiencing of the inner essence of forms. for instance, worringer discusses lifelike and abstract approaches to drapery in northern pre-renaissance art. (ibid., - .) worringer addresses ‘primitive’ art and the psychological profile of its makers in relation to the world and to the classical age in worringer and read, form in gothic, , - . he writes about ‘classical man’ and the adjustment of people to the world, as well as about the balance between instinct and reason, in — ——, form in gothic, - . worringer may seem to disagree with lipps’s differentiation between stylisation and abstraction; however, in ‘naturalism and style’, worringer equates abstraction and style, much like he had equated positive empathy with empathy earlier in his thesis. simplifying lipps’s distinctions creates greater ambiguity in worringer’s abstraction and empathy, as this section points out. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, . lipps writes about the mechanical forces recognizable in geometric lines and forms: ‘mechanical forces are natural forces, yet in the geometric line and in geometric forms in general they are dissociated from nature and its endless changes, and brought towards inner contemplation.’ the connection of mechanical and natural, organic elements informs worringer’s approach to gothic art. (worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - , - .) lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, - . antithetic elements such as geometric and natural forms find common ground in human experience for lipps, more precisely in the pleasure of the viewers who observe them. lipps had defined this unconditional enjoyment of inner aspects of being or behaviour as empathy, an activity of inner participation to the world external to the self. empathy, lipps explains, brings along joy, which signals inner resonance of onlookers with experienced situations. complete empathy is possible when viewers are fully absorbed by the subject, object or event they contemplate, lipps notes. worringer, following lipps, distinguishes between positive and negative empathy at the beginning of abstraction and empathy. however, the largest part of his text does not reinforce the distinction between positive and negative aspects of empathy, but contains references to empathy only. worringer, in almost all contexts, associates empathy with the positive aspects of the process of transposition, contemplation, and enjoyment. he employs the term ‘abstraction’ instead of ‘negative empathy’ as his demonstration advances, implicitly connecting abstraction to the responses of artists who, according to him, regard the world as tormenting and changeable. in abstraction and empathy, worringer claims that, with regard to works of art, only positive aspects of empathy tend to be highlighted. he writes: ‘in relation to the work of art also, it is this positive empathy alone which comes into question. this is the basis of the theory of empathy, in so far as it finds practical application to the work of art.’ worringer does not provide details regarding specific inquiries that approach the arts from the perspective of positive empathy exclusively. however, he cites from lipps to illustrate the perspective that he considers generic in the examination of the arts. worringer discusses the ideas of lipps to justify his own use of the term ‘empathy.’ for worringer, ‘empathy’ refers only to the positive aspects of transposition and enjoyment as observable in the arts. yet lipps approaches empathy from a complex perspective. positive ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., - , - , - . ibid., . ibid. and negative empathy are aspects of positive and negative experiencing, according to lipps, who actually recognizes the variety of empathic experience. explaining empathy from a viewer-oriented perspective, lipps notes that negative empathy emerges when viewers observe behaviours they find offensive; noting such behaviours is in itself an imposition that viewers strive to oppose, since the perceived offence appears to be an utter negation of the personality of the viewer. lipps writes: for instance, as i have mentioned above, i see a person gazing not proudly, but arrogantly. i feel the arrogance in his gaze. not only do i represent to myself this inner behaviour or adjustment, not only do i acquire knowledge of this behaviour, but this behaviour is also imposed on me, forcing its entrance into my field of feeling. however, i have an inner response to this imposition. my inner essence denies it; i feel in the arrogant gaze a vital negation, a vital holding back, a negation of my personality. thus and only thus can arrogance offend me. my feeling of displeasure is based on this negative form of empathy. the same process takes place when an inner behaviour that contradicts the essence of my perspective is being imposed to me. negative empathy is a negation of positive empathy, much like negative judgment is a negation of positive judgment. lipps argues that negative and positive empathy are experiential aspects of the same process. like worringer, lipps offers equivalents for the significant phrases in his text: he also defines ‘positive empathy’ as ‘sympathetic empathy.’ he connects beauty to positive (or sympathetic) empathy, and ugliness to negative empathy; for him, regarding objects as beautiful or ugly depends on experiencing positive or negative empathy. he explains: we can also define positive empathy as sympathetic empathy. as the object of sympathetic empathy is beautiful, so the object of negative empathy is ugly. and there is nothing ugly that exists in the absence of negative empathy, and nothing beautiful that exists in the absence of positive empathy. the feeling of beauty is a feeling of positive vital activation which i experience in a sensuous object; it is the objectified feeling of my self-affirmation, or of affirming life. the feeling of ugliness lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, . is the objectified feeling of my being denied, or the experienced and objectified feeling of negating life. for lipps, beauty and ugliness are consequences of viewers’ emotional connection with specific points of focus (be these people or objects). positive empathy makes points of focus appear beautiful, and negative empathy makes points of focus appear ugly. lipps’ perspective is crucial for worringer’s argument in abstraction and empathy; however, worringer gives a partial reading to lipps’ thought, implicitly equating abstraction with negative empathy and ugliness. worringer specifies that he does not intend to go into the details of lipps’ argument; this permits him to avoid underscoring the distinction lipps traces between positive and negative empathy. instead, worringer claims he intends to question the premise that the process of empathy (undifferentiated as positive and negative in the largest part of his book) is the ground of all modes of art-making. he chooses to address the process of empathy in generic terms, and equates ‘positive empathy’ with ‘empathy’ in his ensuing demonstrations. even though worringer’s ‘empathy’ includes only the positive aspects of lipps’ ‘empathy,’ the concept of ‘negative empathy’ does not disappear from worringer’s field of inquiry. worringer stops mentioning the phrase ‘negative empathy’ after the first pages of abstraction and empathy, yet continues to refer to it in different terms. for instance, worringer argues that art that is not classical (namely, not greek, roman, or of renaissance inspiration) and not european (not ‘modern occidental,’ in worringer’s terms) cannot be discussed from the perspective of ‘empathy.’ approaches to art that are not derived from european classicism exhibit characteristics worringer introduces as negative in comparison with classical and european models. worringer notes: it [i. e., the theory of empathy] is of no assistance to us, for instance, in the understanding of that vast complex of works of art that pass beyond the narrow framework of graeco-roman and modern occidental art. here we are forced to ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . recognise that quite a different psychic process is involved, which explains the peculiar, and in our assessment purely negative, quality of that style. modes of art-making that are not european or classical have a negative quality, according to worringer. following worringer’s earlier line of thought, such modes of art-making could be said to elicit not positive empathy, but negative empathy – at least for worringer and for the readership he has in mind. having already associated the ‘urge to empathy’ with the process of empathy in general, and having discussed the life-denying, negative aspects of the ‘urge to abstraction’, worringer approaches ‘positive empathy’ as ‘empathy,’ and ‘negative empathy’ as ‘abstraction’ after the first pages of abstraction and empathy. by replacing the phrase ‘negative empathy’ with the term ‘abstraction,’ worringer highlights the common ground of these processes: namely, their influence on art-making. however, ‘empathy’ and ‘negative empathy’ retain their experiential, psychological, viewer-oriented associations more than ‘abstraction’ does in worringer’s text. when worringer begins to refer to ‘abstraction’ as to a mode of art-making, he brings forth the differences between the experiences of art-making and viewing. for instance, when referring to eastern art, ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., - , - , - . at the time of his writing abstraction and empathy, worringer would have had the chance to engage with oriental art as exhibited for european viewers in the early years of the twentieth century. for the purposes of this thesis, i would like to note that worringer’s own angle on the art of the east serves the purposes of his demonstration. oriental art-making provides, for worringer, a significant alternative to western practices. mary gluck, who considers abstraction and empathy an exceptional manifesto, notes the connections between orientalism and primitivism around the turn of the twentieth century. she writes: ‘both [i. e., ‘the primitive’ and ‘the orient’] were distillations of empirical realities and cultural fantasies through which europeans attempted to create alternate identities that lay outside the frame of western modernity.’ (gluck, 'interpreting primitivism, mass culture and modernism: the making of wilhelm worringer's abstraction and empathy', .) gluck also points to the work of edward said on orientalism. for said, the term ‘orientalism’ draws attention less to the orient itself than to the western views on and approaches to it; he highlights the need of the west to define itself in contrast to the east. see edward w. said, orientalism (new york: vintage books, [ ]), - . in the words of said: ‘... european culture gained in strength and identity by setting itself off against the orient as a sort of surrogate and even underground self.’ (said, orientalism, .) said mentions the wide, imprecise coverage of the term ‘orient’. (———, orientalism, .) he does not refer to worringer in his text, yet remarks that, in contrast to great britain and france, germany developed a scholarly orientalism; he explains: ‘’what german oriental scholarship did was to refine and elaborate techniques whose application was to texts, myths, ideas, and languages almost literally gathered from the orient by imperial britain and france.’ (———, orientalism, .) worringer’s perspective on oriental art is illuminated in retrospect by the writings of said and gluck: they confirm that worringer’s approach to the art of the east reflects his antithetic methodology rather worringer argues that empathy does not operate as in western contexts, and leads to different artistic results. he observes: the happiness they [i. e., peoples of the east] sought from art did not consist in the possibility of projecting themselves into the things of the outer world, of enjoying themselves in them, but in the possibility of taking the individual thing of the external world out of its arbitrariness and seeming fortuitousness, of eternalising it by approximation to abstract forms and, in this manner, of finding a point of tranquillity and a refuge from appearances. for worringer, art in eastern cultures relies on interrupting the connections between world and objects, and on emphasizing the fundamental characteristics of objects. he points out that the abstract forms thus reached offer their makers a place of respite from the tumult of changing appearances. finding the defining characteristics of objects ‘by approximation to abstract forms’ signals artistic involvement rather than contemplation. worringer now discusses abstraction from the perspective of art-makers; however, the term ‘abstraction’ retains its capacity to point to aesthetic distancing and contemplation. ‘empathy’ and ‘negative empathy’ draw attention to viewer-oriented experiencing in worringer’s abstraction and empathy. instead, worringer associates ‘abstraction’ with the than his actual engagement with the places and particularities of eastern art. although worringer frames the art of the orient in negative terms, he signals its remarkable contribution to the history of art-making. eastern art and abstraction play a paradoxical part in abstraction and empathy: they are valued participants to a relationship of comparison where worringer presents them negatively in order to intensify their qualities. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer comments admiringly on japanese art, for example. (ibid., .) he refers frequently to oriental art in abstraction and empathy. (———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - , - , , , , , .) discussing arabian art, the jewish view of culture, and assyrian reliefs, worringer particularizes his references to the orient and its artistic practices. (———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , , .) for him, byzantine art provides a bridge between western and eastern tendencies. (———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - , , , .) the intuitive, speculative aspect of worringer’s inquiry comes to the fore in fragments such as the one above, since worringer was not involved in the practice of art himself. however, this citation highlights worringer’s effort to source out psychologically grounded explanations for modes of art-making that enjoyed, according to him, little appreciation and understanding during his time. for instance, when worringer explains naturalism in terms of empathy, he associates empathy with an aesthetic rather than artistic perspective. in his words: ‘its psychic presupposition [i. e., the psychic presupposition of naturalism], as can be clearly understood, is the process of empathy, for which the object nearest to hand is always the cognate organic, i. e. formal processes occur within the work of art which correspond to the natural organic tendencies in man, and permit him, in aesthetic perception, to flow experience of viewing as well as art-making. worringer presents yet another angle on these terms in a chapter entitled ‘naturalism and style’, where he connects ‘naturalism’ to ‘empathy,’ and ‘style’ to ‘abstraction.’ he explains naturalism as an artistic materialization of the urge to empathy, and style as a reflection of the urge to abstraction in art. yet ‘naturalism’ and ‘style’ still expose the differences between experiencing as viewing and experiencing as art-making. from aesthetics to art-making: naturalism and style the term ‘naturalism’ brings along associations with a nineteenth-century approach to art- making; this term is descriptive (it emphasizes connections with nature), and tends to refer to a preference for organic themes and motifs (according to worringer), rather than to a process of art-making as such. ‘style’ (the equivalent worringer offers for ‘abstraction’) uninhibitedly with his inner feeling of vitality, with his inner need for activity, into the felicitous current of this formal happening.’ worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . later in abstraction and empathy, worringer discusses ornament, highlighting that the need for empathy infuses the abstract line of the vitruvian scroll; in this case, the need for empathy reveals its effect on worringer’s own response to art. (———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, .) see, for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , , - . ibid., - . ibid., , . ibid., . worringer explains that he selected the term ‘naturalism’ due to its association with the arts, and that he intends to use it ‘... in the widest sense.’ (ibid., .) regarding the term ‘naturalism,’ hildebrand, to whose thought worringer refers in the first pages of abstraction and empathy, sees naturalism as associated with the imitation of nature (the capitalisation is hildebrand’s); according to him, naturalism is an approach to studying the organic world that must nevertheless expand from imitating to creating unitary forms and compositions. (hildebrand, the problem of form in painting and sculpture, - .) as the current thesis shows, hildebrand is less critical than worringer towards imitation. in a contemporary approach to naturalism, john house draws attention to the cultural inflections of the term, which he does not connect to imitation. according to house: ‘any notion of naturalism, however, depends on cultural assumptions. there has never been a consensus about what constitutes naturalistic representation, even during the past two hundred years when something like our present-day notions of “nature” has been current… in compositional terms, the idea of the “natural” was best invoked by making the picture look as if it had not been “composed” at all.’ see john house, 'framing the landscape' in critical readings in impressionism and post-impressionism: an anthology, ed. mary tompkins lewis (california: university of california press, ), . also see house, 'framing the landscape', . points more readily to the observable results of the process of art-making; in this sense, it remains a term as generic as ‘abstraction’. in abstraction and empathy, ‘empathy’ and ‘abstraction,’ or ‘naturalism’ and ‘style,’ articulate partial rather than polar contrasts. ‘empathy’ and ‘abstraction’ point to the engagement of human beings with the world, even when worringer recognizes them in geographically removed artistic approaches. endeavouring to bring to light the roots of art-making, worringer had explained ‘abstraction’ and ‘empathy’ as opposite psychological processes. he had introduced ‘naturalism’ and ‘style’ as artistic manifestations of the urge to empathy and abstraction respectively. however, his contrast between ‘naturalism’ and ‘style’ reveals his interest in the common ground of these terms: namely, artistic form. for worringer, form is, as we have seen, ‘... that higher condition of matter’. had artistic form been of minor consequence to worringer’s purposes, he could have employed the oppositional pairing of ‘empathy’ and ‘abstraction’ throughout his book. instead, worringer selects the terms ‘naturalism’ and ‘style’ to address precisely the artistic manifestations of psychological urges, and looks at art where he could recognize ‘naturalism’ and ‘style’ at work. the strategy of opposition as employed by worringer associates ‘style’ with the psychological urge to abstraction. stylization is also discussed by lipps in his aesthetics. according to lipps, stylization ‘... is neither addition nor simple omission, but detachment. stylization is not a form of negation, but of artistic recognition; it is not the cause of constraint, but of liberation... in the most general sense, stylization means distancing, for artistic purposes, from the simple duplication of things in nature. stylization especially means the materialization of the essential features of objects found in nature; this contrasts with such copying of objects that does not differentiate between essential and unessential elements of the rendition.’ (lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, .) worringer follows lipps closely in his own approach to style (and implicitly abstraction) in art. in this thesis, the term ‘style’ is explored in connection to the writings of worringer. worringer uses the term ‘style’ generically in abstraction and empathy. in contrast, the term ‘style’ acquires historical particularity in the case of the dutch movement of the nineteen-twenties, ‘de stijl’ [‘the style]. see h. henkels, 'de stijl', in grove art online. oxford art online. worringer later explains that both empathy and abstraction inform a mode of art-making such as gothic. see, for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . waite draws attention to worringer’s rhetorical approach, signalling that geographical distance is a figure of discourse actually pointing back towards the art-making within worringer’s context. (waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', - .) ibid., . ibid., . regarding the formal aspects of naturalism and style as explained by worringer, see, for instance, worringer’s approach to the ‘evolution of artistic experience’ in ‘naturalism and style’, where worringer discusses artistic form and process as manifestations of artistic will. ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - , , , , , , , , . worringer with regard to abstraction and empathy, naturalism and style, succeeds in serving the purposes of definition and clarification; yet the processes of ‘abstraction’ and ‘empathy’ become difficult to regard as opposites after worringer’s discussions of gothic art. w. j. t. mitchell and juliet koss about empathy worringer’s employment of terms such as ‘empathy’ and ‘abstraction’ poses significant problems to the contemporary researchers of his work. twentieth-century writers on art have often cast critical glances towards worringer’s multifaceted terminology in abstraction and empathy. for instance, w. j. t. mitchell and juliet koss expose the negative aspects of the process of empathy, inquiring into its definition, span and contemporary relevance. in what do pictures want? the lives and loves of images ( ), mitchell prefers to connect ‘abstraction’ with intimacy rather than ‘empathy.’ approaching abstraction in its contemporary aspect, he explains that, if the abstraction of today is to explore its possibilities from new angles, it is unlikely to benefit from revisiting the process of empathy and its associated aesthetics. mitchell describes worringer’s discussion of abstract art from abstraction and empathy as influential; he highlights that the connection worringer traces between ‘primitive’ and modern art relies on their common need for distancing, on their evocation of the fear of space, and on their negation of empathy. empathy, as seen by worringer, is a process that relies on imitation and compensation, mitchell argues. in his words: empathy is both a mimetic and a compensatory relation between the beholder and the object. mimetic in that the beholder... “becomes what he beholds,” his language – a meaningless, repetitious “chattering,” just as abstract, nonreferential, and see, from the current thesis, ‘worringer’s approach to antithesis: contexts, connections, differences’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . for mitchell, intimacy can be shared much more than empathy. see w. j. t. mitchell, what do pictures want? the lives and loves of images (chicago: university of chicago press, ), . ibid., , . ibid., . autofigurative with respect to language as the painting is with respect to paint. compensatory in that the beholder makes up for the silence of the image by supplying what it lacks, what it seems to need or demand, a voice adequate to its visual purity. an aesthetics of empathy, then, is a kind of negation of a negation when it encounters abstraction – the negation of a visual alienation associated with voyeurism and “seeing without being seen,” a scenario in which the work of art does not need the spectator, even “turns away” from the spectator... in mitchell’s argument, empathy exposes the ground it shares with embodiment and narrative. imitation and compensation reveal two sides of empathy that make it less likely to support contemporary abstraction-oriented inquiries, according to mitchell. for him, empathy is associated with the domain of aesthetics, and negates abstraction. inverting the negative and positive associations from worringer’s debut book, mitchell highlights the ‘negative’ role of empathy: as he remarks, empathy denies the alienation worringer had recognized in abstract art-making. mitchell, like worringer, shows his distrust in empathy, employing a strategy of opposition to distinguish between empathy and abstraction. the negative aspects of empathy are also emphasized by juliet koss in ‘on the limits of empathy’ ( ). for koss, empathy is an experience that unbalances the viewer. citing the words of r. vischer, koss explains that empathizing involves an object and an observer, and has an impact on both. koss notes: vischer used the term [i. e., empathy] to describe the viewer’s active perceptual engagement with a work of art... this reciprocal experience of exchange and transformation – a solitary, on-on-one experience – created, as it were, both viewer ibid., . in his aesthetics, lipps noted that empathy could be considered the inner side of imitation. (lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, .) however, lipps re-examined his claim and explained that, while imitation was a wilful action manifested externally, empathy was an inner wilful action based on emotional experience. unlike mitchell, lipps ultimately finds that empathy is distinct from imitation. worringer also distinguishes carefully between imitation (which he regards as external to art-making) and naturalism (which he associates with the urge to empathy) in abstraction and empathy. (worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , , - , .) even though mitchell regards empathy as a process contemporary abstract practices would not be advised to incorporate, he points out that looking at abstract art today must not shy away from to acknowledging the temptations of empathy. (mitchell, what do pictures want? the lives and loves of images, .) the gap between looking and art-making surfaces in mitchell’s approach to empathy and abstraction much like in worringer’s abstraction and empathy. and object, destabilizing the identity of the former while animating the latter. physical, emotional, and psychological, the process of einfühlung placed the spectator at the center of aesthetic discourse. empathy, in r. vischer’s time, highlighted the role of the viewer in aesthetic experience according to koss. she maintains that empathy featured as a process that animated objects in r. vischer’s approach; however, empathy also required a shift of the centre of personal awareness from people onto objects. a significant change in the rapport between onlookers and the world thus took place, leading to an unstable positioning of viewers. like mitchell, koss draws attention to the negative potential of empathy: she sees in the imaginative engagement of viewers with objects in the world (works of art included) a loss of balance, and a threat to human identity. tracing the rise and decline of the concept of empathy in writings on art around the beginning of the twentieth century, koss examines worringer’s ideas at length. she argues that abstraction and empathy took a significant step towards questioning the role of empathy in art, and that the concept of empathy had lost currency by . however, koss mentions that empathy ‘... remained central to the understanding of spectatorship throughout the twentieth century, and was merely reworked to accommodate shifts in the status of spectators and the objects to which they attended.’ koss observes that empathy has koss, 'on the limits of empathy', . with regard to the estrangement that the process of empathy (according to koss) brings along, vischer indeed observes that empathy ‘... leaves the self in a certain sense solitary.’ see vischer, 'on the optical sense of form', . however, vischer also emphasizes that empathy, or emotional engagement, actually leads to a selfless appreciation of and care for the world. in the words of vischer: ‘as i think abstractly and learn to see myself as a subordinate part of an indivisible whole, my feeling expands into emotion. thus i am mentally affected by a personal injury or satisfaction to the extent that it can be conceived as a weakening or strengthening of the universal harmony. the instinct for happiness discovers that the only magical secret of satisfaction is care for the general human welfare. thus we rise from the simple love of self to a love of family and species (race) and from there to absolute altruism, philanthropy, and the noble sentiments of civic awareness.’ (———, 'on the optical sense of form', - .) in this thesis, the term ‘image’ refers to the recognizable visualisation or rendition of beings, objects, situations or phenomena in the world. likewise, i consider that the term ‘imagination’ points to the ability of the human mind to reconstruct or construct objects, beings, situations or phenomena. ‘imagination,’ in my understanding, relies on embodied, sensuous experiencing, but is not limited to the exact rendition of such experiencing. koss, 'on the limits of empathy', - . ibid., - . ibid., . continued to inform writings on art, despite the negative associations it acquired from the time of worringer onwards. if recent research has re-examined the concept of empathy from critical perspectives, it has also signalled the changes the concept of abstraction has undergone since worringer’s time. for mitchell, ‘abstraction’ is a mode of art-making associated with a significant modernist strand of inquiry, where religious, scientific, and political echoes interweave. mitchell underscores that modernist abstraction questioned representation, and aimed to depict reality from a different perspective. instead, twenty-first century abstraction is a much quieter pursuit than the abstraction-oriented art of the early s, according to mitchell. contemporary abstraction, mitchell observes, does not need to resort to empathy, emotion or subjectivity, since it can rely on its democratic, emplaced, everyday aspects. mitchell muses: the sort of contemplative, concentrated seeing demanded by abstraction needn’t be associated with a regression to empathy, sentimentality, and (heaven forbid) private, bourgeois subjectivity. the democratizing of abstraction, its availability as a vernacular artistic tradition, offers access to a space of intimacy in which new collective and public subjectivities might be nurtured... its operations [i. e., the operations of abstraction] will have to be quiet, modest, and patient. its apologists will have to be willing to listen to the uninitiated, not just lecture them. if the picture speaks danish, someone will have to translate it for us; if it depends on ironic, knowing allusions to special knowledges, they will have to be explained. abstraction will serve us best, in other words, if it takes milton’s advice to himself, resigning itself to “stand and wait,” not for an artistic messiah, but for a new community of beholders and new forms of intimacy made possible by a very old artistic tradition. from the viewer-oriented perspective of mitchell, contemporary as well traditional forms of abstraction can provide an occasion for the cultivation of public forms of subjectivity, for dialogic exchanges rather than specialist monologues. he points out that, at the beginning of the twenty-first century, abstraction does not translate into the assertion of artistic singularity, but into the attention contemporary communities of viewers direct towards it. empathy, in his mitchell, what do pictures want? the lives and loves of images, - , . ibid., . opinion, does not need to inform abstraction-oriented modes of art-making. nevertheless, mitchell highlights that contemporary abstraction makes possible both subjective engagement and public dialogue. today, the terms ‘abstraction’ and ‘empathy’ are approached from different angles than in the time of worringer. worringer’s thoughts and preoccupations still echo in contemporary writings on art. however, researchers such as mitchell and koss associate ‘empathy’ with viewer responses to art, and consider ‘abstraction’ a method of art-making but also a self- standing artistic modality. for worringer, ‘empathy’ and ‘abstraction’ were specific psychological urges that manifested in art that emphasized ‘naturalism’ (in the case of ‘the urge to empathy’) or ‘style’ (in the case of ‘the urge to abstraction’). the gap between the terminology employed by worringer, and twenty-first century interpretations of terms such as ‘abstraction’ and ‘empathy,’ has widened with the passage of time. abstraction and representation: clement greenberg, frances colpitt in contemporary writings on art, the term ‘abstraction’ tends to stand in contrast to terms such as ‘figuration’ or ‘representation’. frances colpitt addresses these differentiations in abstract art in the late twentieth century ( ), noting that writers now connect ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ even in their antithetic definitions of these terms. colpitt notes: ‘armed with complex theories of representation beyond the mimetic correspondence of an image to its real-world model, contemporary critics reject the oppositional relationship worringer also refers to ‘figurative art’ in abstraction and empathy, and employs the term ‘figure’ in his discussions of representational art. (for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , , , - , - , , , - , - .) according to worringer, figurative art is associated with the most valued approaches to art practice during his time. he observes: ‘... [f]igurative art is one-sidedly preferred as the so-called higher art, and every clumsily modelled lump, every playful scribble, as the first revelations of art, are made the starting point of art historical interpretation’. (———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, .) however, the term ‘figure’ appears in worringer’s abstraction and empathy in association with geometry as well; see, for instance, ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . of abstraction and representation, although they may continue to define one in terms of the other.’ mentioning another equivalent of the term ‘abstraction,’ namely ‘non-representation,’ colpitt explains that, before the rise of non-representational art as such, worringer had discussed empathy (or naturalism) and abstraction in terms of antithesis. colpitt questions the antithesis of abstraction and representation by citing clement greenberg ( - ), who did not regard representation and abstraction as opposites. indeed, in ‘abstract and representational’ ( ), greenberg explains: it is widely assumed that in the fine arts the representational as such is superior to the non-representational as such: that, all other things being equal (which they never are), a work of painting or sculpture that exhibits a recognizable image is always to be preferred to one that does not... the embattled defenders of abstract art reverse the argument by claiming for the non-representational that absolute virtue and inherent superiority which the majority see in the representational... to hold that one kind of art is invariably superior or inferior to another kind is to judge before experiencing. the whole history of art is there to demonstrate the futility of rules of preference laid down beforehand – the impossibility of anticipating the outcome of aesthetic experience. greenberg observes that, for a large number of viewers, a difference in value separates representational art and non-representational (or abstract) art – a situation comparable to worringer’s experience at the beginning of the twentieth century. for his contemporaries, worringer argued, representational art that followed classical norms was valued aesthetically; hence he emphasized the merits of abstraction in abstraction and empathy. in his turn, greenberg finds that later twentieth-century viewers still defend one mode of art- frances colpitt, abstract art in the late twentieth century (new york: cambridge university press, ), . ibid. clement greenberg, 'abstract and representational' in the collected essays and criticism. : affirmations and refusals, - , ed. john o'brian (chicago and london: the university of chicago press, [ ]), - . for example, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . making or the other, relating to abstraction and representation hierarchically. however, he posits that experience should constitute the ground of aesthetic judgment. as colpitt argues, greenberg notes that representation and abstraction do not differ fundamentally, although abstract art brought along a re-examination of painting as a mode of art-making. approaching representation and abstraction as opposite or hierarchical modes of art-making is a questionable angle on exploring their relationship, for greenberg as for colpitt. worringer, in abstraction and empathy, appears to defend the antithesis of abstraction and representation, yet, as his demonstration advances, analyses a variety of artistic instances where abstract-representational interplay is visible. in order to bridge the temporal gap between worringer’s explorations and contemporary approaches to writing on art, the current thesis pairs and contrasts the terns ‘abstraction’ and ‘representation’ rather than ‘abstraction’ and ‘empathy.’ the employment of contrasting terms such as ‘abstraction’ and ‘representation’ has its disadvantages and advantages. among disadvantages, readers could count, firstly, worringer’s not referring to the antithesis between ‘abstraction’ and ‘representation’ in particular, and secondly, the wide, non-specific coverage of the term ‘representation.’ however, although he does not contrast ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ as such, worringer mentions the term ‘representation’ throughout his text; he does so even before referring to the term ‘empathy.’ the first instance when worringer mentions the term ‘representation’ occurs in his discussion of the difference between the beauty of art and the beauty of nature. in the first pages of abstraction and empathy, worringer writes: ‘it is therefore not a matter of, for example, analysing the conditions under which the representation of this landscape appears beautiful, but of the analysis of the conditions under which the representation of this landscape becomes a work of art.’ worringer thus associates ‘representation’ with the artistic rendition of the world as seen, adding a note that comments on hildebrand’s particular perspective on art- making: namely, his architectonic method, a pathway towards surpassing simple imitation colpitt, abstract art in the late twentieth century, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . in this thesis, reference is made to the terms ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ as employed in the translation michael bullock provided for abstraction and empathy. the life of these terms in worringer’s books is therefore examined from the perspective of bullock’s translation. further research could focus on the exploration of the gaps emergent between the english and german versions of worringer’s text. by rendering the formal unity of natural models. at the beginning of worringer’s text, the term ‘representation’ invites further inquiry into particular contexts and processes of art- making. worringer uses the term ‘representation’ (or the phrase ‘artistic representation’) in contexts where he writes about art-making in general; in such contexts, he uses the phrase ‘artistic representation.’ various passages from abstraction and empathy mention, for instance, the representation of space, the approximation of representation to the plane, the representation of material individuality, round-sculptural and free-sculptural representation, and the representation of the human figure. abstraction and empathy also draws attention to particular aspects of representation. worringer discusses ‘impressionistic representation’ and its emphasis on appearances, adding historical nuance to the term ‘representation.’ citing riegl, worringer points to ‘realistic representation’ that assumes decorative purposes, and to the representation of animals and human beings. worringer associates the urge to empathy primarily with ‘naturalism’ in abstraction and empathy; however, he also tends to connect the artistic manifestation of the urge to empathy with the term ‘representation.’ when discussing the urge to abstraction, worringer explains it finds manifestation in the ‘... strict suppression of the representation of space and exclusive rendering of the single form.’ he points out that abstraction-oriented art can emerge in conditions where artists willingly renounce the representation of the three dimensions of space. according to worringer, abstraction highlights regularity, and results from obliterating the connections between artists and their world. he associates ‘abstraction’ with pure, absolute values of form (as found, for hildebrand’s understanding of art is briefly approached in ‘representation and abstraction in art-making’, from the current thesis. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , . ibid., - , , , , , , , . worringer does not mention impressionist artists in abstraction and empathy, nor does he discuss particular impressionist works. instead, he refers to the subjectivity of impressionism, and to its cultivation of appearance rather than objectivity. (ibid., .) ibid., . ibid., . instance, in geometrical regularity), with a distancing from natural models, and with a focus on presenting the material individuality of objects. ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ are not the terms worringer chooses to articulate the polar contrast between psychological urges as reflected in modes of art-making; however, ‘abstraction’ and ‘representation’ belong in groups of concepts that worringer introduces as opposites. this thesis employs the terms ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ to discuss worringer’s text with the understanding that ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ are not perfect equivalents for ‘empathy’ or ‘naturalism’ on the one hand, and ‘style’ on the other. ‘abstraction’ and ‘representation’ retain their experiential associations in my approach, much like in worringer’s abstraction and empathy; like worringer, i consider both modes of art- making reliant on the responses of artists to their environments. however, the connections between the terms ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ are strengthened in my inquiry, since their pairing can emphasize the connections both these terms have with art-making, as well as with processes of rapprochement and distancing. ibid., - . instead of the terms ‘representation and ‘abstraction,’ the terms ‘representing’ and ‘abstracting’ could have been predominantly employed in this thesis. ‘representing’ and ‘abstracting’ would have further emphasized an active involvement with art-making. however, to maintain a closer connection to worringer’s abstraction and empathy, the terms ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ were preferred at this stage of inquiry. representation and abstraction in art-making: worringer’s perspective in abstraction and empathy, worringer dedicates his attention to two antithetic psychological urges: the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction. for him, these urges (or tendencies) lead to different results in art. the urge to empathy (shaped by artistic will) manifests as representational art, whereas the urge to abstraction (also influenced by will), fosters the emergence of abstract art. having approached the two psychological urges as antithetic in abstraction and empathy, worringer extends their oppositional framing to the discussion of abstraction-oriented art, and representation-reliant art. yet his analysis highlights the contrasts as much as the connections between representation and abstraction in art-making. ‘every style represented the maximum bestowal of happiness for the humanity that created it’, worringer notes in the first pages of abstraction and empathy. approaching the term ‘style’ from a generic perspective, worringer observes that, despite their diverse approaches to art-making, artists of all times have a recognizable common goal: they seek to provide occasions for enjoyment and satisfaction through their art. worringer notes that art-making can lead to the creation of different styles (or, in a generic sense, to formally distinct approaches to art-making). each of these styles is significant for its viewers and creators, despite aesthetic differences. accepting the variety of artistic expression at an early stage of his inquiry, worringer prepares the ground for his discussion of an alternative to representational art: abstraction. with regard to the relationship between psychological urges and modes of art-making in worringer’s abstraction and empathy, michael jennings remarks that the psychic states manifested in representational or abstract art are first filtered through the will of artists. in other words, will intermediates between psychological urges and their expression in art, according to jennings. jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy', . for a further discussion of the role of will in worringer’s inquiry, see ‘a matter of will: schopenhauer and worringer on life and art’. the art that worringer associates with abstraction at the beginning of the twentieth century includes egyptian pyramids (where the geometric aspect of abstraction comes to the fore), as well as the work of early twentieth- century painter ferdinand hodler (whose paintings have strong representational aspects). this thesis proposes not to regard the terms ‘abstraction’ and ‘representation’ as polar opposites, but to highlight the points of meeting and exchange between the modes of art-making to which they refer. phrases such as ‘abstraction- oriented art’ and ‘representation-reliant art’ are employed to signal that worringer’s views on representation and abstraction differ from today’s approach to the same terms. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . in ‘naturalism and style’, worringer articulates the opposition of style and naturalism, or, following his associations, of abstraction and empathy, as observed in the art of antiquity. he underscores that naturalism (or representation that focuses on aspects of nature) plays a significant role in art-making as well as in aesthetics at the beginning of the twentieth century. apart from being a specific approach to making art, naturalism provides a measure for contemporary judgments of artistic value, worringer explains. he remarks that, in his time, art is regarded as having aesthetic value if it operates from a naturalist perspective. style (or abstraction), worringer notes, occupies a minor place in the attention of his contemporaries. worringer’s purpose in abstraction and empathy was to question the aesthetic supremacy of naturalism, an approach to art relying on the truthful response to life in its organic, animated aspects. adolf hildebrand: nature, form, imitation and artistic self-sufficiency before worringer, artist adolf hildebrand ( - ) examined the impact of the natural world on artworks in the problem of form in painting and sculpture ( ). the first note worringer introduces in abstraction and empathy refers to the thought of hildebrand; for worringer, hildebrand’s work and writings maintained that, in art, attention could be directed to the relationship between nature and beauty, but also to the conditions that turn a simple rendering of the world into art. with hildebrand’s observations in mind, worringer emphasizes his own interest in art, as well as his intention of questioning current modes of art-making. ibid., - . in worringer’s abstraction and empathy, the terms ‘organic’ and ‘animated’ point to lifelike characteristics visible especially in the natural world. in abstraction and empathy, worringer cites hildebrand with regard to the artist’s thoughts on ‘cubic’ qualities in sculpture (which hildebrand considers indicative of an initial stage in art-making), and with regard to hildebrand’s employment of the term ‘architectonic’ (by which hildebrand points to abstraction-oriented, structural, compositional, constructive preoccupations in art-making). when discussing the attempts of sculptors to bridge representational and abstract tendencies, worringer refers to hildebrand’s approach as assertive of material individuality, unity and tactility. (ibid., - , , , .) ibid., - , . ‘the activity of plastic art takes possession of the object as something to be illumined by the mode of representation’, hildebrand notes in the problem of form in painting and sculpture. although hildebrand cultivates classically oriented form in his sculptural work, worringer refers to the words of hildebrand in order to contextualize his own questioning of representation as exclusively committed to the model provided by classical art. in the problem of form in painting and sculpture, hildebrand contrasts actual and perceptual form, explaining that forms as seen deliver more visual information than forms as such. perceptual form, hildebrand comments, incorporates size, lighting, or colour, and emerges as a result of the changing relationships between such elements. he focuses on representational art in his text; however, like worringer, he is critical towards exact imitation in painting and sculpture. ‘in true art, the actual form has its reality only as an effect’, hildebrand observes. his approach to form signals that art must maintain a certain degree of distance from the models it represents. from his own representational perspective, hildebrand draws attention to the abstract considerations that actually feed into the work of representational artists around the turn of the twentieth century. hildebrand, in his foreword to the third edition of the problem of form in painting and sculpture, introduces sculpture and painting as imitative arts that rely on the rendering of the natural world. yet, although he notes the connections between painting, sculpture and nature, he also mentions the complexity of their relationship. hildebrand points to the problems artists encounter when they attempt to render the world starting from direct observation. even though hildebrand considers sculpture and painting as imitative to a certain extent, he remarks that imitation alone is insufficient in art-making. he writes: ibid., . for a brief glance towards the work of hildebrand, see eric maclagan, 'adolf hildebrand', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , . also, harry francis mallgrave and eleftherios ikonomou, eds., empathy, form, and space: problems in german aesthetics, - (santa monica, california and chicago, illinois: getty center for the history of art and the humanities, ), - . mallgrave and iknonmou mention that conrad fiedler, hildebrand’s friend, inspired hildebrand’s views on form, much like fiedler had been inspired by his conversations with hildebrand. (mallgrave and ikonomou, eds., empathy, form, and space: problems in german aesthetics, - , - .) hildebrand, the problem of form in painting and sculpture, - . ibid., . ibid., . sculpture and painting are, indeed, imitative inasmuch as they are based on a kind of study of nature. and this in a way ties down the artist; for it follows that the problems of form with which he has to deal when imitating emanate directly from his perception of nature. but if these problems and no others be solved, i. e., if the artist’s work claims attention merely on these grounds, it can never attain a self-sufficiency apart from nature. to gain such self-sufficiency the artist must raise the imitative part of his work to a higher plane, and the method by which he accomplishes this i should like to call the architectonic method. of course, i do not here use the word architectonic in its ordinary special significance. as in a drama or symphony, so here our perception enables us to realize a unity of form lacking in objects themselves as they appear in nature. it is the quality essential to this realization which i wish to denote by the term architectonic. hildebrand considers the natural world a crucial element in art-making; indeed, nature is a rich source of motifs for artists. capitalizing the term ‘nature,’ hildebrand draws further attention to the indebtedness of artists to their environment. nevertheless, he notes that painting and sculpture need to aim towards self-sufficiency, towards standing their own ground in front of nature. for works of sculpture or painting to be able to assert themselves as such, hildebrand suggests artists need to give to forms a unity that their appearance in nature does not have. a certain degree of distancing from nature supports art-making, according to him; this preoccupation with form is beneficial in art. nevertheless, where hildebrand explains the limits of imitation in art-making, worringer considers that art cannot include imitation. ibid., - . hildebrand does not define the term ‘nature’ in his foreword to the third edition of the problem of form in painting and sculpture, yet employs it so as to point to the environment where artists find inspiration. for him, the realm of nature can be considered a territory where three-dimensional objective form can be observed. (ibid., .) imitation, naturalism, empathy and abstraction in abstraction and empathy worringer articulates a decisive contrast between imitation and naturalism in abstraction and empathy. naturalism, he explains, reflects the resonance of artists with life in its organic, animated aspects. instead, imitation makes visible the delight of artists in creating copies of models from nature. despite his earlier support for an open-minded approach to different styles in art-making, worringer shows little tolerance towards imitation in art. for him, imitation is a measure of technical skill only – it is thus less likely than naturalism to promote genuine inquiries into the artistic rendering of the world. imitation offers insufficient grounds to be addressed from the perspective of aesthetics, according to worringer. a focus on imitation informed the art practices of the epochs between renaissance and the early twentieth century, worringer observes; the consequences of cultivating imitation, worringer argues, are undesirable in art-making and writing on art alike. imitation cannot be considered a relevant expression of the urge to empathy, according to him. therefore, worringer finds that only naturalism can be effectively contrasted with style (or abstraction) in approaches to art for which aesthetics can account. the urge to empathy (filtered through will) generates art that celebrates life, according to worringer. he explains that style (a wilful manifestation of the urge to abstraction, opposed to naturalism) requires the suppression of life instead. interpreting the urge to abstraction from a negative perspective, worringer reinforces the psychological contrast between abstraction and empathy. he reaffirms the contrast of empathy and abstraction in the examples he provides regarding the artistic expression of these urges. for instance, tracing connections between the need for abstraction and the psychological fear of space, worringer explains that the fear of space is the outcome of the insecurity human beings experience in their surroundings. abstract art proves a reflection of such insecurity, according to worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., - . ibid. also, ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , - , . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . in this respect, worringer emphasizes the necessity to account for ‘an aesthetics of form’ in art-making, as only successfully realized form can confirm the aesthetic value of art. (ibid., - .) ibid., . ibid., . worringer; he finds that the need for tranquillity experienced by oriental artists urges them to divest objects of their transitory characteristics, to approximate the form of these objects, and to render them as abstract. in his words: the happiness they [i. e., the people of the east] sought from art did not consist in the possibility of projecting themselves into the things of the outer world, of enjoying themselves in them, but in the possibility of taking the individual thing of the external world out of its arbitrariness and seeming fortuitousness, of eternalizing it by approximation to abstract forms and, in this manner, of finding a point of tranquillity and a refuge from appearances. their most powerful urge was, so to speak, to wrest the object of the external world out of its natural context, out of the unending flux of being, to purify it of all its dependence upon life, i. e. of everything about it that was arbitrary, to render it necessary and irrefragable, to approximate it to its absolute value. according to worringer, eastern art favours processes of extraction, detemporizing, approximation, and purification. worringer finds that, as a mode of art-making, abstraction relies on approximation; in eastern art, for instance, worringer claims that abstraction cancels detailing which could reveal the passage of time or the relationships between objects and places. worringer, associating abstraction with the exclusion of elements that hint to life in the world, also connects this mode of art-making to formal and compositional properties such as regularity, symmetry, geometrical features, and occasionally formal rhythm. he observes ibid., - . ibid. worringer’s approach to oriental art serves the purposes of his argument in abstraction and empathy. this aspect of his writing has been discussed in ‘empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . for the purposes of this thesis, ‘life in the world’ (or life as observed in environments where human beings dwell) refers to phrases frequently employed by worringer, such as organic life, or animated life. by ‘formal’ i understand an attribute pertaining to form; in abstraction and empathy, worringer associates form with regularity, and considers form a characteristic of matter. the term ‘compositional’ refers to the composition of a work of art, especially of a painting; it points to the organization of elements that constitute representational or abstract paintings (for instance, the placement of, and relationships that develop between, elements of environment, animal or human figures, or objects; alternatively, the interaction of lines, colours and shapes in a picture). ‘regularity’ is associated by worringer with the impulse towards abstraction and towards geometrical expression in art (he the tendency of abstraction not to employ models from nature, but to suppress three- dimensional aspects, and render clearly delineated, single, flat forms. abstraction, as analysed by worringer, reveals that artists can regard objects as self-reliant material elements rather than as participants to a three-dimensional, time-bound, fluctuating environment. ferdinand hodler: exactness and expressiveness, emotion and parallelism according to worringer, a tendency towards abstraction in painting is visible in the early twentieth-century practice of ferdinand hodler ( - ), one of the few contemporary artists worringer mentions in abstraction and empathy. in the early years of the twentieth century, hodler, who had been exhibiting extensively in the last decades of the nineteenth century, proved to have an influence on expressionist artists, according to peter selz. for instance, in his letters from munich ( - ), kandinsky characterized the work of hodler as ‘serious and powerful,’ and singled out hodler’s melodic approach to composition in on the spiritual in art ( ). by the time of worringer’s preparing abstraction and empathy, hodler’s work was receiving national and international recognition for large-scale works such as night ( ), lake geneva from chexbres ( ) (fig. ), and the retreat from marignano ( ). artur contrasts regularity with uniformity, where the urge to empathy begins to be felt). see ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer connects ‘symmetry’ to stylisation, especially when stylisation acquires ornamental value; an example of symmetry is offered, worringer explains, by the figure of the circle in egyptian art. see ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ‘rhythm,’ according to worringer, can be recognized in ornaments as approached by classical greek artists (for instance, in the ornamental figure of the festoon, or in the acanthus motif); it reflects ‘rest in motion’. rhythm connects to empathy, even in abstract contexts, where it asserts organic aspects of form. see ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . selz mentions the impact of hodler’s work on egon schiele, emil nolde, and alexei von jawlensky (the latter being one of kandinsky’s friends). (selz, ferdinand hodler, .) kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, i, . melodic (or rhythmic) compositions, according to kandinsky, are constructions with a simple inner sound. (ibid., .) selz, ferdinand hodler, - , . for instance, hodler had won the first prize in the calame competition (geneva) in and , a third prize in the same competition of , and a second prize in . he had received an honorary award in the competition of the national institute of geneva ( ), had exhibited at the salon du champ-de-mars in paris ( ), and had been awarded the first prize in the swiss national museum competition of . he had also received a gold medal at the paris world exhibition ( ), and had shown weese, the supervisor of worringer’s thesis at the university of bern, was in contact with hodler and wrote about him, according to magdalena bushart. acknowledging the merits of hodler’s work in the terms of his inquiry from abstraction and empathy, worringer explained that hodler’s paintings exemplified an abstract orientation in art-making. the art of hodler, worringer argued, baffled turn-of-the-twentieth-century audiences who regarded ‘...beauty and truth to nature as a precondition of the artistically beautiful’. hodler did not rely on the imitation of nature exclusively, worringer maintained. indeed, hodler’s words from one of his - notebooks reinforce worringer’s observation. listing ten key compositional requirements a painter must meet, hodler writes: his works in the nineteenth exhibition of the vienna secession ( ). see ferdinand hodler et al., ferdinand hodler: landscapes (zürich and london: scalo and thames & hudson, ), - . bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., , . selz, ferdinand hodler, . hodler’s words are quoted from a selection of his writings compiled and edited by jura brüschweiler and translated by madeline jay. the citation above is based on the transcription of c. a. loosli, and, according to loosli, belongs in a text entitled ‘the painter’s decalogue’( - ). loosli places the writing of hodler’s ‘decalogue’ between and ; brüschweiler disagrees. pointing to hodler’s paintings, the student ( ) and the schoolboy ( ), brüschweiler argues the date of the ‘decalogue’ must have been an earlier one. brüschweiler notes that the original version of ‘the painter’s decalogue’ is untraceable. fig. . ferdinand hodler. lake geneva on the evening in chexbres. . oil on canvas. . x cm. private collection. . the painter must practice seeing nature as a flat surface. . he must divide, in a sensible, deliberate way, with all the mathematical accuracy he can muster, the part of the surface he wishes to render into geometrical planes. . when he has thus divided his surface he will place in it the outline of the object he is reproducing, as concisely as possible. . the outline constitutes an expressive feature and an element of beauty in itself. it constitutes the foundation of all later work and therefore must be strong and accurate. . the more concise the outline, the stronger it will be. for hodler, painting relies on recognizing how three-dimensional vistas could be rendered as flat, on dividing surfaces into geometrical planes, and on simple and accurate outlining. although his works are representational, hodler asks of artists to attend to the abstract components of pictorial composition. having studied at the geneva school of fine arts ( - ) with barthélemy menn ( - ) – himself formerly taught by jean auguste dominique ingres ( - ) – , hodler, like menn, paid particular attention to line and form in pictorial composition. ingres had also explained the role of line and exactness as elements of expression; in his notebooks (c. - ), he had explained: ‘expression in painting demands a very great science of drawing; for expression cannot be good if it has not been formulated with absolute exactitude... thus the painters of expression, among the moderns, turn out to be the greatest draftsmen... expression, an essential element of art, is ibid. ibid., . richard a. moore, 'academic "dessin" theory in france after the reorganization of ', journal of the society of architectural historians, , no. , , , . moore notes the influence of menn on hodler. he writes: ‘in switzerland as well the influence of dessin in the post-reorganization period served to reinforce a preexistent academic beaux-arts tradition. a more articulate utilization of dessin géométral was evident in frédéric gillet, resumé sommaire d’une méthode de dessin, geneva, ... gillet was a professor at the École municipale, but his book reflects the method of the geneva École des beaux-arts, where barthélemy menn taught in the late s and early s. it was menn who was instrumental in teaching ferdinand hodler, after he enrolled at the École in , how to apply the aplomb [i. e., ‘a formal or structural vertical accent, which when projected to infinity, passed though the centre of the world’] to the painting of human figures so as to achieve an unprecedentedly monumental, even architectural, effect.’ selz, ferdinand hodler, . therefore intimately bound up with form.’ for ingres and menn, contemplating the role of line and form in picture-making, and then allowing them to articulate representational compositions was an integral aspect of their practice. hodler further explored this line of thought on art-making. the abstract aspects of representational pictures become visible in hodler’s own works. in a painting such as eiger, mönch and jungfrau in the morning sun ( ) (fig. ), for instance, hodler depicts a landscape from nature, yet gives priority to planes and chromatic separations when representing it. focusing on a natural vista, hodler suggests spatial three- dimensionality through the transition from darker, chromatically assertive passages in the foreground to lighter and flatter areas in the background. his attention to communicating depth of space shows his representational intent. however, the painting renders the monumental mass of cliffs and rocks, allowing effects of light as observed on mountain surfaces to shape emplaced materiality rather than the fleetingness of appearances or the passage of time. clouds travel in rows parallel to the horizontal edges of the picture, paradoxically reinforcing the stability of the composition. repetition and parallelism articulate a powerfully representational image, yet reveal the abstraction-oriented preoccupations of the painter at the same time. jean auguste dominique ingres, 'from notebooks' in art in theory - . an anthology of changing ideas, eds. charles harrison, paul wood, and jason gaiger (oxford, uk: blackwell, c. - ), . fig. . ferdinand hodler. eiger, mönch and jungfrau in the morning sun. . oil on canvas. x cm. private collection. hodler and worringer assume comparably complex approaches to representation and abstraction in art. in ‘the mission of the artist,’ a lecture given to the friends of fine arts society [société des amis des beaux arts] in fribourg ( march ), hodler explains his views on representation. for him as for worringer, the art of representation (or reproduction, in hodler’s own terms) reflects the connection of artists with the world. in abstraction and empathy, worringer notes the confidence representational artists have in their environment, their sensuous appreciation of it, and their joyful state of mind in front of nature. hodler also draws attention to the emotions artists working with representation experience in response to their world. according to hodler: we reproduce what we love… emotion is one of the first causes which impels a painter to create a work of art. he wants to convey the charm of a landscape, of a human being, of nature, which has moved him so deeply. the impressions he receives from the outside leave on him more or less deep and lasting traces, and the choice he makes determines the character of his work and his own character as a painter. emotional and ethical aspects characterise representation, hodler maintains: the choice of subject-matter impacts the making of art as well as the character of the artist. art-making and being in the world stand in powerful connection for hodler, who focuses on depicting gestures and attitudes reflective of inner states in many of his paintings. emotion, a work by hodler from (fig. ), creates a sense of visual resonance between figure and landscape. the paths to the left and to the right of the figure echo the shape of her shoulders and position of her arms. hodler employs tints and tones of blue to render the dress of his protagonist as well as the mountains in the distance; while depicting gesture and pose, his painting makes visible an inner state experienced in natural surroundings. pictorial form and the expression of emotion amplify each other in hodler’s approach. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . selz, ferdinand hodler, . where worringer sees abstraction as a mode of distancing from the world, hodler looks at the world in abstract terms, yet engages with it at the same time. for worringer, abstract art arises when artists feel the need for peace and rest in a destabilising world; accordingly, they approximate objects to abstract forms. the resulting geometrical compositions thus reflect anguished or restless states of mind, worringer argues. on the other hand, hodler seems to be at peace with the world when discovering the abstract components of natural motifs. he associates parallelism with unity in ‘the mission of the artist,’ where he notes: parallelism, whether it is the main feature of the picture or whether it is used to set off an element of variety, always produces a feeling of unity. if i go for a walk in a forest of very high fir trees, i can see ahead of me, to the right and to the left, the innumerable columns formed by the tree trunks. i am surrounded by the same vertical line repeated an infinite number of times. whether those tree trunks stand out clear against a darker background or whether they are silhouetted against a deep blue sky, the main note, causing that impression of unity, is the parallelism of the tree trunks. a painting like hodler’s forest brook at leissingen ( ) (fig. ), for instance, balances variety and unity. the different shapes, tonalities and surface textures of stones and boulders for instance, see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid. selz, ferdinand hodler, . fig. . ferdinand hodler. emotion [ergriffenheit]. . oil on canvas. x cm. vienna. Österreichische galerie belvedere. introduce an element of variety and visual dynamism. at the same time, the rhythm established by the line of trees in the middle ground adds a sense of unity and repetition to his picture. abstract aspects of composition come to the fore in hodler’s otherwise representational painting. for worringer, abstract art approximates objects, thus showing their unchanging, enduring aspects. he argues that abstraction can be attained when artists do not render the three- dimensionality of space, when they avoid subjective elements, and when they do not allude to the passage of time. associating abstraction with ‘absolute,’ ‘eternal,’ ‘crystalline’ qualities of form, worringer notes that abstraction is most clearly observable in art that employs geometric components. free from its connections with the world, geometric abstraction nevertheless displays characteristics also recognizable in inorganic matter. yet worringer’s discussions of gothic in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic also reveal his worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , . with regard to the crystalline fundament of organic matter in worrringer’s abstraction and empathy, joseph masheck remarks: ‘[i]t is worth considering that the understanding of specifically organic structure as crypto-crystalline on even the molecular level was only established with august kekulé’s hypothetical hexagon of the benzene ring of organic chemistry, in worringer’s childhood. what, after all, in the entire universe, is more literally organic than the metaphorically crystalline benzene ring?’ masheck, 'abstraction and apathy: crystalline form in expressionism and in the minimalism of tony smith', - . fig. . ferdinand hodler. forest brook at leissingen. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. zurich. kunsthaus. sensitivity to the coexistence between abstraction and representation, as further sections of this thesis highlight. to better delimit the domain of abstraction, worringer contrasts it with representation – the mode of art-making that emerges in response to the urge to empathy. he explains that viewers can regard three-dimensional renditions of models from nature as distressingly changeable; therefore, three-dimensionality cannot become a feature of abstraction. appearances as rendered in impressionism, for instance, do not reveal the enduring qualities of models; according to worringer, abstraction cannot be associated with impressionism. worringer finds that the emphasis of impressionism on optical qualities communicates uncertain, changeable aspects of the world. also, three-dimensional space – articulated through shading and foreshortening in painting – suggests the temporality of and connections between depicted objects and phenomena; it cannot inform abstract art-making, worringer argues. abstraction uses single forms set free from their dependence on space relations, while representation makes visible three-dimensional connections, according to worringer. he underscores that representation, unlike abstraction, relies on optical renditions that account for changes, appearances, atmosphere, depth of space, and the passage of time. artists working with representation allude to spatial depth through techniques such as shading and foreshortening, which amplify spatial effects. observing that compositional elements succeed each other and combine in representational art, worringer exposes the temporal and spatial aspects of representation. representational works exhibit lifelike qualities such as animation (or dynamism of form and composition) for worringer; due to their fostering the process of empathy, they become reflections of human experience. worringer had already pointed out that representation (or naturalism) was an artistic manifestation of the urge to empathy. he emphasized that the urge worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. for the purposes of this thesis, shading is defined as the technique of rendering light fall and shadows as observed on chosen models or environments, and foreshortening as the technique of suggesting depth effects in the rendition of models or environments. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., . ibid. to empathy informed naturalist art; in response to naturalism, viewers resonated with the world, and artists engaged in the communication of their emotions towards organic life. in his discussion of the difference between naturalism and imitation, worringer draws attention to the effect empathy, as experienced by viewers, has on the interpretation of works of art. he observes: ... naturalism alone is accessible to aesthetic evaluation. its psychic presupposition, as can be clearly understood, is the process of empathy, for which the object nearest to hand is always the cognate organic, i. e. formal processes occur within the work of art which correspond to the natural organic tendencies in man, and permit him, in aesthetic perception, to flow uninhibitedly with his inner feeling of vitality, with his inner need for activity, into the felicitous current of this formal happening. for worringer, empathy emerges especially in response to organic, lifelike characteristics; naturalist (or representational) art encourages an empathic response from the part of viewers. empathy surfaces when art-viewing relies on a correspondence between feeling and form, worringer argues. details, descriptions and narratives as rendered in representational art seem less important to worringer than the approach to form proposed by representation. worringer approaches representation from a perspective that underscores its abstract, ‘stylistic’ characteristics. hodler had also addressed the abstract-formal content of representational work in the notes sent to one of his friends, poet and art critic louis duchosal ( - ), around . bearing in mind paintings from his oeuvre such as such as night ( ), tired of living ( ), or the disillusioned ( ) – also known as the saddened souls, or the saddened geniuses –, hodler mentioned that in his work he intended to emphasize the resemblances ibid., . worringer’s opinions on the correspondence between the emotions of viewers and the form of artworks may have been inspired by lipps’ thoughts. in his aesthetics, lipps distinguishes between ‘general apperceptive empathy’ and ‘empirical empathy.’ he argues that, while general apperceptive empathy emerges when the forms of objects are acknowledged, or considered generically, empirical empathy occurs in response to the viewer’s active engagement with such forms. for instance, lipps finds that the active side of empathy causes viewers to relate differently to a vertical line when they trace and respond to its descent, and its ascent respectively. (lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, - .) the relationship between form, representation and abstraction is briefly addressed in ‘ “common to all”: form for kant and worringer’. for further details on hodler’s text as well as on its uncertain dating, see selz, ferdinand hodler, . rather than the differences between human beings. rendering generic unity and harmony were more important to him than depicting the world in its details. in the words of hodler: i want to attain a powerful unity, a religious harmony. what i wish to express, to stress, is that which is the same for us all, what makes us alike; the resemblance between human beings. art has increasingly moved away from that conception since the egyptian period. the greeks, then the romans, introduced more and more variety (variety within symmetry, with michelangelo and raphael). the present period is completely invaded by variety. resemblances between human beings, large and simple harmonies are not translated. technical preoccupations, small preoccupations are all that painters think about, instead of the whole. but art on a small scale is unreal. i start from the great unity of life. there may be differences, but even more there are analogies... i ignore accidental reality, small effects, witty traits, little sparks. the style of painting is subordinated to the form. i do away with whatever could distract the spectator from the whole. for hodler, representational painting needed to underscore resemblances, commonalities, analogies, unity, harmony; his views on representational practice reveal his preference for potentially abstract elements of art-making, such as the cultivation of formal generality through simplification and elision of details. four years after the notes, hodler painted eurythmy ( ) (fig. ), a work where the principles he had drawn around receive persuasive expression. eurythmy employs human and vegetal motifs, yet also asserts hodler’s preoccupations with compositional aspects of form. thin tree trunks emphasize the vertical edges of the painting; between them, hodler depicts a procession of monk-like figures clad in white. providing his protagonists outward and inward grounds for shared expression, hodler shows the monks walking in ibid., . silence. he represents the distinct personality and strongly identifying facial features of each of his characters. unity and harmony of mood – features that also highlight the representational qualities of hodler’s composition – are counterbalanced by his attention to compositional simplicity, repetition and parallelism. abstract generality and representational specificity both inform hodler’s picture. like hodler, worringer is attentive to both abstract and representational characteristics of art. although he distinguishes between abstraction and representation, contrasting them at length, worringer still observes and analyses their shared grounds. hodler considers the interweaving of abstract and representational aspects fundamental in painting; he observes and explains the key qualities of art-making without delineating their theoretical differences. instead, worringer focuses on the differentiations between representation and abstraction; for instance, he notes that, when art ceased to rely on renditions of three-dimensional space, it started to emphasize verticality and horizontality. in the words of worringer: ‘avoidance of the representation of space and suppression of depth relations led to the same result, i. e. restriction of the representation to extension vertically and horizontally.’ associating representation with the rendition of three-dimensional space and depth in art, worringer highlights a point of passage between representation and abstraction: he emphasizes that two- worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . fig. . ferdinand hodler. eurythmy [eurhythmie]. - . oil on canvas. x cm. bern. kunstmuseum. dimensional aspects of art-making surface as soon as artists renounce alluding to three- dimensionality. distinctions and transitions: alois riegl on the art of antiquity to support his views on the transition from representation to abstraction in art-making, worringer cites riegl concerning the art of antiquity. the people of antiquity found the world and its objects confusing, according to riegl; they represented objects as self- standing material unities in order to avoid uncertainty. worringer mentions the insights of riegl into the ancient perspective on the representation of objects. as quoted by worringer in abstraction and empathy, riegl argues that, to represent material individuality clearly, the artists of antiquity needed to emphasize height and width rather than depth and space. for riegl, the horizontal and vertical dimensions were sufficient to render self-standing objects. in late roman art industry ( ), riegl had pointed to three phases in the arts of antiquity: the tactile phase, the tactile-optical phase, and the optical phase. the tactile phase manifested in egyptian art; artworks of this phase highlighted planes (or flat surfaces), the proximity of viewers to such planes, and the symmetry of compositional elements. riegl also pointed to an intermediate, tactile-optical phase, as observable in classical greek art; artists working during this phase still emphasized planes and the connection of elements within planes, but softened their approach to symmetry, and included foreshortenings, half-shadows, as well as worringer’s openly acknowledged debt to riegl with regard to the analysis of artistic processes throughout history is as extensive as worringer’s reliance on lipps’ analysis of empathy. worringer tends to agree with the opinions of riegl; yet exceptions to worringer’s approval of riegl’s thought can also be found in abstraction and empathy. (ibid., , , , - , - .) alois riegl and rolf winkes, late roman art industry (roma: g. bretschneider, [ ]), . margaret iversen focuses on riegl’s views on style. she explains: ‘for riegl, different stylistic types, understood as expressions of a varying kunstwollen, are read as different ideals of perception or as different ways of regarding the mind’s relationship to its objects and of organizing the material of perception. art displays people’s reflexiveness of the mind/world or subject/object relationship. to put it in terms riegl would not have used, art makes explicit the implicit values and presuppositions that structure people’s experience of the world.’ see margaret iversen, alois riegl: art history and theory (cambridge, massachusetts: mit press, ), . iversen also points to gombrich’s critical views on riegl, as expressed in art and illusion ( ). gombrich, iversen notes, signals the possible totalitarian inflections of riegl’s perspective on style as the manifestation of collective rather than personal tendencies in art. riegl addressed the historical aspects of the judgment of taste, iversen writes; she mentions that riegl’s analyses included forms of art previously addressed only in archaeology and anthropology, and argues that worringer follows in riegl’s footsteps. (ibid., , - .) worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . expressions of mental states. in the optical phase of ancient art (noticeable in the time of the late roman empire), riegl explained that individual forms acquired a certain degree of three-dimensionality, although artists placed such forms within planes; however, the deep shadows that divided planes and blurred edges suggested an artistic interest in sight as well as subjectivity. riegl approached the art of antiquity from the perspective of aesthetics in late roman art industry; he privileged the senses of touch and sight in his analyses. distinguishing between tactile and optical phases of art-making, he highlighted their middle ground as made visible in classic greek art. with regard to the intermediate, tactile-optical phase of the art of antiquity, riegl wrote: the absolute purpose in the visual arts is still to awake a perception of tactile impenetrability as a condition for material individuality; the coherent and tactile connection of the partial planes should not be interrupted; on the other side, the eye is now the most important recording organ allowed to perceive the existence of the projecting partial forms; these are mainly disclosed through shadows. to perceive them the eye has to move a little from the nahsicht [i. e., the proximate, the tactile]: not too far away, so that the uninterrupted tactile connection of the parts are no longer visible (fernsicht) [i. e., the visually distant, the optical], but rather to the middle between nahsicht and fernsicht; we may call it normalsicht [i. e., normal vision]. this kind of perception, which characterizes the second stage in ancient art, is tactile- optical and, from the optical point of view, more precisely normalsichtig; its purest expression is the classical art of the greeks. for riegl, the tactile and optical approaches to art found common ground in tactile-optical greek classicism. sight – the sense that accounts for distance, according to riegl – needed adjusting in order to reach the stage of ‘normal vision’ of the tactile-optical phase. ‘normal vision’ required a greater degree of distance than ’the tactile,’ and a lesser degree of distance than ‘the optical,’ indirectly revealing abstract as well as representational components of art- riegl and winkes, late roman art industry, - . ibid., - . ibid., . making. when addressing artworks of the tactile, tactile-optical, and optical phases of antiquity, riegl discussed representational elements (such as the rendering of space and depth) alongside abstract elements (such as the emphasis on tactility, planes, formal individuality and materiality). he was aware of a middle ground between representational and abstract elements. in the time of riegl and worringer, hildebrand also looked into the relationship between sight and touch in art-making. when explaining his architectural method in the problem of form in painting and sculpture, hildebrand had emphasized the role of senses in art. he drew particular attention to sight and touch, noting that these two senses are specific to the human eye. according to him: the artist’s activity consists, then, in further developing such of his faculties as provide him with spatial perception, namely his faculties of sight and touch. these two different means of perceiving the same phenomenon not only have separate existence in our faculties for sight and touch, but are united in the eye. nature having endowed our eyes so richly, these two functions of seeing and touching exist here in a far more intimate union than they do when performed by different sense organs. an artistic talent consists in having these two functions precisely and harmoniously related. asserting that the human eye brought together touching and seeing, hildebrand pointed out that the union of seeing and touching was particularly important in the domain of the arts. riegl, like hildebrand, addressed the union of touch and sight; in late roman art industry, riegl found that the ‘normal vision’ recognizable in the art of ancient greece depended on the balancing of distance and proximity, and on the cooperation of seeing and touching. nevertheless, iversen mentions that the confrontation of opposites is highlighted in riegl’s later works; she points to the influence of hegel’s aesthetics in this regard. see iversen, alois riegl: art history and theory, . iversen notes that riegl was influenced by hildebrand’s approach to ‘near’ and ‘distant’ views, as explained by hildebrand in the problem of form in painting and sculpture ( ). she regards hildebrand’s perspective as also echoed in wölfflin’s linear and painterly from principles of art history ( ). (ibid., .) hildebrand, the problem of form in painting and sculpture, . following riegl, worringer noted the differences between the art of ancient egypt and the art of ancient greece respectively. however, worringer underscored the contrast between ancient greek and egyptian approaches to art-making, associating them with representational and abstract strategies in abstraction and empathy. like riegl, worringer offered his own intuitive interpretation of the artistic motivations that fostered the creation of art in antiquity. yet, unlike riegl, worringer emphasized imagination over observation in his approach to ancient art; for him, representation was associated with reconstructing the world within two- dimensional boundaries. activities worringer connected with abstraction (such as taking distance from the world and rendering two-dimensional rather than three-dimensional characteristics) also informed the making of representational works. in worringer’s view, representational art-making proves to rely on processes of abstraction. the polar antithesis between abstraction and representation thus becomes increasingly difficult to uphold as worringer’s demonstration advances. abstraction: representational inflections in abstraction and empathy, worringer inquires into the two conditions that support the emergence of abstraction: two-dimensionality (where planes are asserted), and the bringing together of natural models and abstract elements (such as geometric forms of crystalline iversen draws attention to worringer’s debt to riegl; like margaret olin in forms of representation in alois riegl’s theory of art ( ), iversen considers worringer to be a representative of expressionist art history. iversen sees worringer’s abstraction and empathy as ‘popularizing and reductive’, and criticizes worringer’s transcendental tendencies, as well as worringer’s approach to types of mankind (primitive man, classical man and oriental man) in form in gothic. see iversen, alois riegl: art history and theory, . also, margaret rose olin, forms of representation in alois riegl's theory of art (university park: pennsylvania state university press, ), xxii. olin points to riegl’s influence on worringer regarding his use of the term ‘style,’ which worringer employs in abstraction and empathy to refer to abstraction in art-making. olin finds worringer’s approach to form in abstraction and empathy to be ‘mystical’, and discusses the relevance of riegl’s thought in connection with worringer’s approach to form and its significance in art. ibid., , , . worringer contrasts ancient greek and egyptian art, finding in them clear examples of representational and abstract approaches to art-making. however, he does not associate greek art with representation, and egyptian art with abstraction, throughout abstraction and empathy. worringer observes, for instance, that representational and abstract tendencies coexisted in egyptian art. (worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, .) worringer does not point to specific works or epochs with regard to egyptian art; the contrast between the art of ancient egypt and the art of ancient greece retains its generality in abstraction and empathy, where it serves a specific purpose: to support worringer’s theory on abstraction and empathy. ibid., - . regularity). thus, abstraction does not rely on the complete exclusion of representational elements for worringer, who observes that art-making may be characterized by different degrees of abstraction. in egyptian art, abstraction was most visible, according to him, since artists transmuted three-dimensional relationships into two-dimensional relationships, and showed the geometric qualities of models from nature. citing riegl, worringer notes the abstract features of ancient egyptian art: regularity and strict proportionality, geometric treatment of motifs, unity and continuity of outlines. however, worringer acknowledges abstraction as manifest to different degrees in different cultural contexts. he notes, for instance, that artworks could meet the second key condition of the emergence of abstraction only: they could connect models from nature to geometric elements, allowing appearances as observed in the world to still inform art-making. worringer recognizes that the urge to empathy operates alongside the urge to abstraction in such contexts; he further discusses their coexistence in gothic art. gothic art provides worringer the opportunity to examine the meeting of representational and abstract tendencies in a historical context. observing that tendencies towards abstraction and tendencies towards representation meet in romanesque and gothic style, worringer focuses on medieval sculpture for exemplification. he considers that the coexistence of representational and abstract elements in medieval sculpture generates an artistic hybrid which combines realism (as expressed in typical, or particularizing, features) and abstraction (as observed in basic, elementary forms). in the words of worringer: this realism [i. e., of medieval sculpture] had now come to terms, in romanesque and gothic art, with the purely formal-abstract artistic volition. this led to an odd hybrid formation. the typifying imitation impulse seized upon the heads of the figures as the seat of expression of the soul; the drapery that suppressed all corporeality, however, remained the province of the abstract artistic urge. ibid., . ibid. ibid., - . ibid., - . ibid., . a certain degree of ambivalence characterizes worringer’s approach to abstraction throughout abstraction and empathy. for instance, worringer argues that, in art-making, the guiding impulse is the urge to abstraction. the world presents a picture laden with uncertainty for him: this provides abstraction its point of emergence. he considers that, if art- making is to offer an opportunity for rest in the midst of changes, it has to strive towards abstraction – more specifically, towards geometric abstraction. offering no definition for ‘geometric abstraction,’ worringer nevertheless employs this phrase to refer to art that highlights geometric characteristics to various degrees. abstraction, according to him, can be informed by representational elements, even when it aspires towards the crystalline qualities of geometry. worringer mentions the pyramids of egypt as examples of fully articulated geometric abstraction. he notes: ‘our reasons for terming the pyramid the perfect example of all abstract tendencies are evident. it gives the purest expression to them. in so far as the cubic can be transmuted into abstraction, it has been done here. lucid rendering of material individuality, severely geometric regularity, transposition of the cubic into surface impressions: all the dictates of an extreme urge to abstraction are here fulfilled.’ nevertheless, he argues that the urge to abstraction goes through yet another phase, during which artists keep referring to the world around them, yet attempt to render observed objects as independent from it. according to him: the primal artistic impulse has nothing to do with nature. it seeks after pure abstraction as the only possibility of repose within the confusion and obscurity of the world-picture, and creates out of itself, with instinctive necessity, geometric abstraction. it is the consummate expression, and the only expression of which man can conceive, of emancipation from all the contingency and temporality of the world- picture. then, however, he feels the urge also to wrest the single thing out of the outer world, which captures his interest in outstanding measure, from its unclear and bewildering connection with the outer world and thereby out of the course of happening: he wishes to approximate it, in its rendering, to its material individuality, to purify it of whatever it has of life and temporality, to make it as far as possible ibid., - . ibid., . independent of both the ambient external world and of the subject – the spectator – who desires to enjoy in it not the cognate-organic, but the necessity and regularity in which, with his attachment to life, he can rest as in the abstraction for which he has yearned and which is alone accessible to him. worringer thus signals the twofold commitments made visible in abstraction-oriented art: firstly, the tendency of artists to seek complete freedom from a world of changes; secondly, the interest of artists in the world around them, and their effort to reshape its observed phenomena. in both cases, abstract art develops in response to the world, albeit through distancing and transformation. the grounds for the urge to empathy are still available, to a certain degree, within worringer’s abstraction-oriented art. the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction support the articulation of worringer’s subjectively oriented perspective in abstraction and empathy. aesthetic objectivity, or the open-minded interest in a world considered external to the self, is of less interest to him. art, according to him, reflects the relationships between human beings and their environments; he intends to explore how the world influences art-viewing and art-making by focusing on emotional aspects of responding to the world. worringer is critical towards early twentieth-century aesthetics. although he thinks that contemporary aesthetic explorations account for the subjective dimension involved in the making and viewing of art, he argues that focusing exclusively on empathy does not suffice. tendencies towards empathy are associated by worringer with the making of, or response to, classical greek art; in abstraction and empathy, it is his purpose to show that artworks emerge from perspectives that are subjective, yet not necessarily reflective of the principles of classicism. worringer and classicism classicism offers worringer an opportunity to articulate the antithesis between representation and abstraction; therefore, it remains under scrutiny throughout worringer’s abstraction and ibid., . empathy. during epochs where classicism was the predominant approach to art-making, worringer argues, a balance between understanding and instinct was attained. however, he emphasizes that, in fact, the relationship between human beings and the world is characterized not by confidence or harmony, but by fear. for example, he points to the ‘... disputation between man and the outer world’ in ‘transcendence and immanence in art’, a text that allows him to revisit and further clarify his claims from abstraction and empathy. highlighting the common ground established by classicism between instinctive and rational approaches to the world, worringer expresses his distrust towards the integrative, harmonizing approach he associates with classicism. in his words: ‘the classical state of soul, in which instinct and understanding no longer represent irreconcilable opposites, but are fused together into an integral organ for the apprehension of the world, has narrower boundaries than our european arrogance admits.’ worringer is critical towards the bringing together of opposites as he observes them in european culture, and notes the limitations of european classicism throughout abstraction and empathy. for him, classical tendencies reach completion in the work of immanuel kant. worringer makes only brief references to kant’s work in abstraction and empathy; however, abstraction and empathy relies on kant’s perspective when establishing the connection between inner experience and predetermined aesthetic categories of form. ibid., - . ibid., - . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. ibid., . part : predecessors, critics, supporters ‘common to all’: form for kant and worringer the writings of immanuel kant provide a point of reference for the end of classical culture, according to worringer. yet worringer’s critical views on classicism do not affect his reliance on kant’s thought; in fact, worringer refers to kant when addressing the question of form in abstraction and empathy. distinguishing between narrative and formal strands in art is obligatory in contemporary aesthetic analyses, worringer argues. he explains that various modes of art-making require writers to employ different terms and methods. for him, aesthetics, more than anything, must focus on an examination of form. form, according to worringer, offers an aesthetic foundation to personal experience – it provides a point of reference to aesthetic feelings of pleasure and displeasure, and opens common grounds for interpretation. worringer writes: in other words, discussion must always be confined to an aesthetics of form, and we can speak of aesthetic effect only where inner experience moves within universal aesthetic categories – if we may carry over onto the province of aesthetics this expression of kant's for a priori forms. for only in so far as it appeals to these categories, to these elementary aesthetic feelings, which are common to all men even if variously developed, does the character of necessity and inner regularity adhere to ibid., . worringer departs from kant’s perspective when arguing, for example, for the strict separation between art and nature, and when focusing his research primarily on art. (ibid., - .) from this point of view, worringer’s thought comes closer to the views of g. w. f. hegel ( - ). in his lectures on fine art ( - ), hegel explains: ‘... [t]he beauty of art is higher than nature. the beauty of art is beauty born of the spirit and born again, and the higher the spirit and its productions stand above nature and its phenomena, the higher too is the beauty of art above that of nature.’ georg wilhelm friedrich hegel and t. m. knox, aesthetics: lectures on fine art (oxford: clarendon press, [ - ]), . examining the applications of the power of judgment in the domain of nature had been a primary concern for kant; he had established that the principles of judgment suited for natural inquiries could be extended to art as well. in the first version of his introduction to the critique of the power of judgment, kant explains that, if the judging of natural beauty occurs according to certain principles, then these principles are also applicable to the judging of art. kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, . (see ‘preface to the first edition, ’.) in the second version of his introductory texts to the third critique, kant posits that for the reflective power of judgment nature and art are equivalent topics. ———, critique of the power of judgment, , . (preface, and introduction, ix). worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . the artistic object; and it is this character alone which justifies us in making a work of art the subject of aesthetic-scientific investigation. readdressing the intent of his investigation, worringer (who had begun his argument by criticizing contemporary aesthetics) states his commitment not only to a psychological framework, but also to an aesthetic perspective. aesthetics, which kant regards as the domain of the judgment of taste, provides worringer with the opportunity to engage with fundamental aspects of artworks, and to emphasize the subjectivity of his own argument. in the critique of the power of judgment ( ), kant had associated taste with subjectivity, and with the feeling of pleasure and displeasure in response to the beautiful object; he had found form to be a key element of aesthetic consideration. for kant, purposive form (or forma finalis) was a key quality of objects. yet the purposiveness of form as observed in objects did not have to meet an end, and did not result from wilful action or rational deduction. viewers could simply reflect on form and recognize its purposiveness, without attaching a specific purpose to it. positing that aesthetic judgments were based on the form taken by the purposiveness of objects, kant argued that aesthetic satisfaction became communicable when it addressed an object’s form of purposiveness. he thus found that aesthetic judgment relied on contemplating form and communicating about it. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, - (preface). ibid., - (first introduction), (introduction, viii). ibid., - (introduction, vi-vii). further inquiry into kant’s views on subjectivity, taste, pleasure and displeasure, as well as into the echoes of kant’s views in abstraction and empathy, need to make the topic of a different investigation – they require extensive focus. kant’s approach to form is briefly discussed in order to contextualize worringer’s research and shed light on the relationship between representation and abstraction in abstraction and empathy. kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, . see § : ‘on purposiveness in general’. ibid. ibid. ibid., . see § : ‘the judgment of taste has nothing but the form of the purposiveness of an object (or of the way of representing it) as its ground’. ibid., - . see § : ‘the judgment of taste rests on a priori grounds’. form, beauty, charm and emotion according to kant, form provided ground for the judgment of the beauty of an object. the beautiful – a quality of objects that generated pleasure in the absence of concepts of reason – invited contemplation and gave the mind of viewers an enjoyable task. ‘we linger over the consideration of the beautiful because this consideration strengthens and reproduces itself’, kant noted. for him, beauty concerned form and invited impartial judgment, while charm and emotions hinted to sensuous gratification, and arose interest rather than disinterestedness. aesthetic judgment had to remain uninfluenced by agreeableness, kant explained, yet mentioned that charms were often considered beautiful. where charm took the place of beauty, aesthetic judgment depended on personal satisfaction rather than on the contemplation of form. in ‘the experience of art is paradise regained: kant on free and dependent beauty’ ( ), denis dutton points out that, where kant distinguishes between charms and emotion on the one hand, and form on the other, he begins to complicate his previously unproblematic approach to aesthetic judgment. once kant accepts that charms and emotion can be connected to judgments of taste, he includes daily aspects of response to beauty in his approach to aesthetic judgment. claims of purity and freedom are increasingly difficult to sustain in the critique of the power of judgment from § onwards, according to dutton. senses and form accepting that senses generate diverse experiences, kant questioned the capacity of sensations (which he defined as representations provided by senses) to offer solid ground for ibid., . ibid., - . see § : ‘investigation of the question: whether in the judgment of taste the feeling of pleasure precedes the judging of the object or the latter precedes the former’. also, ‘the definition of the beautiful drawn from the second moment’. ibid., . see § : ‘the judgment of taste rests on a priori grounds’. ibid., - . see § : ‘the pure judgment of taste is independent from charm and emotion’. ibid. denis dutton, ‘the experience of art is paradise regained: kant on free and dependent beauty’. this essay is unpaginated at http://www.denisdutton.com/kant.htm (unabridged version), and paginated in the british journal of aesthetics, , , - (abridged version). http://www.denisdutton.com/kant.htm aesthetic accord between viewers. he observed that viewers could communicate about the form of objects with much more certainty than when discussing their sensations. form offered better ground for aesthetic judgment, kant found, yet also argued that both sensation and form could offer a starting point for aesthetic judgment as long as viewers were able to communicate their personal feelings on art to the largest audience conceivable. this was the key requirement of aesthetic judgment, according to him. in his words: the universal communicability of the sensation (of satisfaction or dissatisfaction), and indeed one that occurs without concepts, the unanimity, so far as possible, of all times and peoples about this feeling in the representation of certain objects: although weak and hardly sufficient for conjecture, this is the empirical criterion of the derivation of taste, confirmed by examples, from the common ground, deeply buried in all human beings, of unanimity in the judging of forms under which objects are given to them. according to kant, communicating about beauty in generally understood terms was possible because humanity was in fundamental agreement regarding forms and their aesthetic qualities. where kant underscored the common ground between viewers from all cultures and epochs, worringer emphasized cultural and historical differentiations. at the beginning of the twentieth century, worringer wrote in defence of abstraction – a mode of art-making not favoured by his contemporaries. worringer accepted this situation, yet made it his goal to explain to his readers how abstraction could be approached. echoing the negative responses kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, . (see § : ‘elucidation by means of examples’.) kant’s definition of sensation can be found at ———, critique of the power of judgment, . (see § : ‘the satisfaction in the agreeable is combined with interest’.) kant distinguishes between objective sensation (or perception of an object as available to senses) and subjective sensation (or feeling, according to which an object provides satisfaction but not cognition). the judgment of taste relies on the feelings of the viewer, kant explains. (———, critique of the power of judgment, . see § : ‘investigation of the question: whether in the judgment of taste the feeling of pleasure precedes the judging of the object or the latter precedes the former’.) sensation confirms the union between satisfaction and beauty in the judgment of taste. (———, critique of the power of judgment, . see § .) it also registers the effect of the playful exchange between imagination and understanding. (———, critique of the power of judgment, . see § .) sensation is the real in perception for kant. (———, critique of the power of judgment, . see § : ‘on the communicability of a sensation’.) kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, - . see § : ‘elucidation by means of examples’. ibid., . see § : ‘on the ideal of beauty’. dutton draws attention to kant’s insight that disagreement in criticism may signal that writers are highlighting different characteristics of the same work. in the words of dutton: ‘some disputes between critics are doubtless irresolvable. but kant is correct in supposing that many can be settled at least to the extent that it can be shown that apparently disagreeing critics are actually talking about different aspect of the same work of art. glenn gould’s imaginative artistry may not necessarily be to everyone’s liking; there is no question, however, that of his public to abstraction-oriented art, worringer presented abstraction from a negative perspective in abstraction and empathy. his discourse aimed to offer his audience the possibility to come to terms with a less expected type of form. the generality and simplicity of form make it both accessible and describable, as kant and worringer observe. form is ‘organic-vital’ (or ‘organic’), and associated with beauty and nature in abstraction and empathy. in naturalist art, worringer explains, models from nature provide a basis for the expression of the ‘will to form’, which is guided by the interest of artists in organic life. worringer regards even representational works of art from antiquity and the renaissance in terms of their remarkable formal qualities. wölfflin and worringer: beauty, form, matter and will wölfflin, like worringer, had signalled the connections between form and lifelikeness in ‘prolegomena to a psychology of architecture’ ( ). for wölfflin, formal beauty relies on the very conditions that make organic life possible. he writes: ‘thus i maintain that all the decrees of formal aesthetics concerning beautiful form are nothing other than the basic conditions of organic life.’ wölfflin draws attention to the self-projecting tendencies of human beings. in general, people find beauty in forms that seem to sustain life (their life also, by association) according to him. judging objects as beautiful, wölfflin posits, is linked to the lifelikeness such objects exhibit. a ‘force of form’ is at work in the living world, wölfflin observes. the encounter between matter and the ‘force of form’ is dynamic and oppositional, he explains: it exposes the wilful some music critics failed to understand the nature of gould’s art. there are many analogous episodes in the history of the arts, especially when we consider the reception of abstraction in painting at the end of the nineteenth century. (very much the eighteenth-century aesthete, kant himself viewed painting as essentially representative and would undoubtably have been horrified by abstract expressionism.)’ see dutton, 'the experience of art is paradise regained: kant on free and dependent beauty'. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xiv, . ibid., , - , . ibid., . ibid., . wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture', . ibid., . emergence of form from matter. yet wölfflin also underscores that form cannot exist without matter, and that matter could be said to long for form. in his words: ‘the perfect form, for its part, presents itself as an entelechy, that is, as the actualization of the potential inherent in this matter.’ for wölfflin, active engagement with matter results in the articulation of form. wölfflin posits that form wilfully, organically structures matter, thus allowing for the emergence of beauty. formal beauty is, according to wölfflin, an expression of will. in abstraction and empathy, worringer, like wölfflin, inquires into the relationship between beauty, form and artistic will. worringer acknowledges the expression of will specific to naturalism (or representation), an approach to art-making most of his contemporaries associate with beauty. however, he analyses artistic will as expressed in representation in order to reinforce the contrast between the tendency towards naturalism and the tendency towards style (or abstraction) in art-making. the associations traced by worringer between ‘form’ and abstraction are numerous in abstraction and empathy. he writes, for instance, about ‘[t]he lifeless form of a pyramid’, about objects rendered generic through ‘... approximation to abstract forms’, about regular art forms of great purity and beauty, about ‘... the single form set free from [three- dimensional] space’, about geometrical form providing structure to inorganic elements, about linear-geometric, absolute, and abstract-crystalline forms. employed by worringer in general discussions on art, as well as in contexts where representational art-making is highlighted, the term ‘form’ nevertheless acquires predominantly abstract connotations in abstraction and empathy. ibid., - . ibid., . ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., , , . for the role of form in worringer’s abstraction and empathy (for instance, organic and inorganic form), see michel, ' "our european arrogance": wilhelm worringer and carl einstein on non-european art'. also, joshua dittrich, 'a life of matter and death: inorganic life in worringer, deleuze and guattari', discourse, , no. , . regularity and uniformity worringer notes that, when generic aesthetic categories make the focus of investigation, they necessarily bring to light key formal features of artworks. according to him, aesthetic reflection comes first; if successful, it reveals qualities such as ‘necessity’ and ‘inner regularity’ in art. worringer regards aesthetic qualities as specific to the perspective of the contemplating viewer rather than to the contemplated objects themselves. only art that responds to aesthetic discourse by revealing its own inner coherence can become the topic of aesthetic investigation, worringer explains. from his point of view, worringer signals that writing initiates and fosters the resonance between art and reflection. in abstraction and empathy, worringer draws attention to the regularity of form. for him form is, as we have seen, ‘... that higher condition of matter... whose inner essence is regularity, whether this regularity is simple and easily surveyed, or as differentiated as the laws governing the organic, of which we have no more than an inkling.’ citing riegl on egyptian art, worringer elicits geometric abstraction as a remarkable example of regularity. worringer associates the regularity of geometric art with nothing less than abstract beauty – a paradoxical turn of phrase, since worringer, claiming to adopt the perspective of his contemporaries, previously associated beauty primarily with the organic, naturalist art of representation. ‘highest’ in abstraction and ‘purest’ in form, geometrical art and its regularity invite worringer’s admiration. regularity can be recognized in art seeking to set itself free from the threatening fluctuations of the world, worringer argues. for worringer, regularity is a significant quality of form that holds a definite place in art- making. regularity emerges from instinct rather than from intellectual understanding – it is worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . the term worringer employs for the relationship between reflection and art is ‘adherence:’ he signals the connection between interpretation and art, but, in abstraction and empathy, does not privilege interpretation yet: he only assigns it a generative role in the relationship with art. ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . ibid. ibid., , , . ibid., , , , , . an artistic manifestation of the search for the ‘thing in itself’, according to him. in his words: ‘we have more justification for assuming that what we see here is a purely instinctive creation, that the urge to abstraction created this [regular] form for itself with elementary necessity and without the intervention of the intellect. precisely because intellect had not yet dimmed instinct, the disposition to regularity, which after all is already present in the germ- cell, was able to find the appropriate abstract expression.’ worringer, as previous paragraphs have noted, argues that the pinnacle of abstraction is geometric, regularity-reliant art, which provides a noteworthy alternative to representation. worringer further explores the distinction between uniformity and regularity by reference to the writings of wölfflin. in physical, organic sequences, wölfflin observes uniformity at work; worringer notes that wölfflin connects regularity with intellectual organization. indeed, wölfflin addresses two kinds of aesthetic pleasure in prolegomena to a psychology of architecture ( ): the pleasure experienced in response to rhythmic, repetitive organic functions (such as breathing or walking), and the pleasure derived from engaging with geometrical figures or architecture (he points to angles, squares and pyramids). wölfflin posits that the human body is indifferent to pleasure derived from concepts; for him, physical and intellectual enjoyment stand in contrast. yet worringer does not ignore wölfflin’s mention of possible connections between inner activity and physical expression. in prolegomena to a psychology of architecture, wölfflin suggests that inner, psychological activities and outer, physical activities may take place simultaneously rather than in sequence. wölfflin finds the parallelism of psychological processes and outer expression possible, although he notes such a parallelism is largely uncharted at the time of his writing. ibid., . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., - . wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture', . in their translation, mallgrave and ikonomou employ the terms ‘regularity’ and ‘lawfulness’ to contrast between physical, organic rhythm and intellectual, conceptual organization. bullock, who signals the terminological difficulties involved in the translation of worringer’s abstraction and empathy, uses ‘uniformity’ in connection to organic features, and ‘regularity’ so as to point to conceptual organization. (worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, .) wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture', . wölfflin, worringer observes, points to the reflection of intellectual processes into the physical realm. nevertheless, wölfflin does not recognize the contribution of intellectual activity to actual art-making. intellectual aspects matter in art, wölfflin explains, when they account for the intention (or will) that artists make visible in their approach to form. in other words, wölfflin recognizes that artistic form is modelled by the intentions of artists. wölfflin sees a specific form of will at work in the art of his time, for instance. seeking to offer entertainment, late nineteenth-century art promotes asymmetry, according to wölfflin. he muses: ... [a] peculiar need of our time also compels us towards asymmetry in our domestic and decorative arts. the rest and simplicity of stable equilibrium have become tedious; emphatically, we seek movement and excitement – in short, the conditions of imbalance... the modern penchant for high mountains, for the most powerful masses without rule or law, may be traced back in part to a similar urge. wölfflin’s observation regarding contemporary preferences for emphatic, dynamic art echoes in worringer’s discussion of gothic and its departure from classical balance. however, unlike wölfflin, worringer chooses to explore the connections between pleasure, vitality and soul in abstraction and empathy. mentioning his allegiance to the thought of theodor lipps in this respect, worringer is indirectly critical towards wölfflin’s association of organic vitality and embodiment. worringer relies on lipps’ discussion of empathy instead. for lipps, empathy is apperception: a process of sense-based observation and inner understanding that takes place in the soul of viewers. however, the discussion of wölfflin’s ideas allows worringer to suggest that uniformity could be connected to the urge to empathy, while regularity could be associated with the urge ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture', . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . wölfflin had nevertheless recognized the propensity of human beings to interpret architectural form as expressive. see wölfflin, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture', .yet, as worringer implies, for wölfflin empathy found a more tangible ground in the embodied form rather than the soul of viewers. lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, - , - , , . for lipps, soul has a differentiated unity; it participates to perception and hosts apperception. ———, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, - . to abstraction. no expression, or lifelike quality, can be found in regularity, worringer explains. instead, he argues that uniformity may exhibit expression in the case of interwoven linear patterns as observable in greek ornamental forms (for instance, in spirals and vitruvian scrolls). worringer proposes that abstraction and empathy actually meet in greek ornament, a geometrically oriented approach to art-making. he remarks: ‘in this manner the mature geometric style achieves a miraculous equipoise between the elements of abstraction and of empathy.’ the passage of time as recorded by the history of art encourages the creation of a bridge between empathy and abstraction, two art-making tendencies worringer had introduced as polar opposites in the first pages of his book. uniformity and regularity interweave in classical greek ornament, worringer observes. according to him: ‘... the greek wavy line is both uniform and regular, and to this extent still conforms to the abstract need; but in so far as this regularity, in contradistinction to the egyptian regularity, is an organic one (lipps calls it mechanical), it appeals, first and foremost, with the whole sense of its being, to our empathy impulse.’ once more, worringer draws attention that, in art, theoretically antithetic elements actually coexist: for instance, regularity acquires lifelike qualities in the greek wavy line, thus encouraging empathic responses. nevertheless, worringer’s perspective continues to change shape. worringer explains that the interplay of opposites is specific to only certain phases in history; different epochs see the rise of tendencies towards opposition, or duality, for instance. writing about ‘primitive’ times, worringer argues that, in their struggles to make sense of the world, artists created works that emphasized regularity. ‘primitive’ artists attempted to provide opportunities for peaceful contemplation in otherwise unpredictable environments, in worringer’s opinion. he remarks: ‘... [i]t is as though the instinct for the “thing in itself” were most powerful in worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . ibid. ibid., . ibid., . primitive man.’ in support of his views on the emergence of abstraction in art, worringer refers to the writings of schopenhauer. schopenhauer’s inquiries provide to worringer a framework for the questioning of representation in art-making, as well as an indirect opportunity to defend abstract art as an expression of subjective, personal experience. ibid. a matter of will: schopenhauer and worringer on life and art to schopenhauer as cited by worringer, the world is an illusion: ‘... a transitory and in itself unsubstantial semblance’. schopenhauer’s reflections are occasioned by his discussion of the philosophy of kant, which he admires but also criticizes in the world as will and representation ( ). kant’s most significant philosophical contribution consists, according to schopenhauer, in having distinguished transitory phenomena from things-in- themselves. summarizing kant’s findings, schopenhauer notes: ‘this world that appears to the senses has no true being, but only a ceaseless becoming; it is, and it also is not; and its comprehension is not so much a knowledge as an illusion.’ alongside kant, schopenhauer mentions his own distrust in the capacity of knowledge to account for the world, especially when knowledge relies on data collected by senses. in experiencing the world, human beings are burdened by their connection with the wilful self, schopenhauer argues. he explains that the silencing of will dispels the bitter, extreme demands of the world on human beings, leaving room for contemplation. only when human beings resolve their inner conflicts and annihilate the voice of will can they hope to find peace and attain a state of knowing, according to schopenhauer. in his words: such a man who, after bitter struggles with his own nature, has at last completely conquered it, is then left only as pure knowing being, as the undimmed mirror of the world. nothing can distress or alarm him anymore; nothing can any longer move him; for he has cut all the thousand threads of willing which hold us bound to the world, and which as craving, fear, envy, and anger drag us here and there in constant pain. he now looks back calmly and with a smile on the phantasmagoria of this world which was once able to move and agonize even his mind... life and its forms merely float before him as a fleeting phenomenon, as a light morning dream to one half- ibid. also, arthur schopenhauer and e. f. j. payne, the world as will and representation, vol. (new york: dover publications, [ ]), . schopenhauer notes his admiration of kant’s philosophy, but also investigates it critically; see schopenhauer and payne, the world as will and representation, xv, - . the examination of schopenhauer’s reading of kant offers rich ground for self-standing inquiry, yet extends well beyond the scope of this thesis. ibid., . awake, through which reality already shines, and which can no longer deceive; and, like this morning dream, they too vanish without any violent transition. worringer points to schopenhauer’s thought in his own discussion of the conditions that foster the making of abstract art. during ‘primitive’ times, worringer speculates, artists felt helpless in their relationship with their surroundings. their response to contexts worringer presents as destabilizing took shape in works exhibiting a tendency toward abstraction – towards taking distance from unstable environments. according to worringer, this tendency had its roots in the difficulty artists experienced when confronted with a world they did not understand. artists at the beginning of the twentieth century responded to the world like their ‘primitive’ peers, in worringer’s opinion – except that his contemporaries did not lack knowledge, but willingly renounced it. distancing, urges, and will concluding the theoretical section of abstraction and empathy, worringer draws attention to the role that distancing from the world plays in aesthetics. he argues that the most important requirement of aesthetics, and a condition of happiness, is distancing (or, in his terms, ‘self- alienation’). kant’s perspective on the grounds of aesthetic judgment (namely, on purposiveness without a specific end as its distinctive characteristic) echoes in worringer’s ibid., - . in abstraction and empathy, worringer examines the impact life in the world has on the viewing and making of art. schopenhauer’s perspective on human existence inspires him in this respect. both schopenhauer and worringer subscribe to a philosophy of life that addresses forces for which reason cannot account (for instance, will and urges). for an account of the philosophy of life that influenced the writings of worringer, see dittrich, 'a life of matter and death: inorganic life in worringer, deleuze and guattari', - , , , - . mary gluck points to the early twentieth-century connection between ‘primitivism’ and exoticism, noting her interest in interpreting ‘primitivism’ as a cultural experience specific to europeans. she discusses worringer’s disengagement with the art at the trocadéro museum in the early years of the twentieth century, yet also emphasizes that ethnographic museums created an image of ‘primitivism’ for european artists and viewers. see gluck, 'interpreting primitivism, mass culture and modernism: the making of wilhelm worringer's abstraction and empathy', - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., . ibid., - . assertion. yet, with regard to aesthetic distancing, worringer notes his debt to schopenhauer instead. schopenhauer’s writings provide to worringer an analogy for a key opposition in abstraction and empathy: namely, the opposition between distancing from the world (specific to abstraction) and distancing from the self (associated with empathy). as previous sections have noted, empathy presupposes enjoying an object from the perspective of the object itself for worringer. empathy requires the imaginative transposition of the viewer within the object; hence, it implicitly leads to a loss of focus on the contemplating viewer. to have an empathic experience means taking distance from the contemplating self, according to worringer. empathy, like abstraction, is actually informed by distancing in his view. abstraction and empathy thus offers distancing as a shared psychological component of tendencies towards empathy and abstraction respectively. pointing to the role of distancing in the world as will and representation, schopenhauer notes its psychological effect, and its significance in aesthetics. he observes that aesthetic pleasure implies the achievement of an inner state of selfless contemplation. in his words: ‘... aesthetic pleasure in the beautiful consists, to a large extent, in the fact that, when we enter a state of pure contemplation, we are raised for the moment above all willing, above all desires and cares; we are, so to speak, rid of ourselves.’ worringer singles out this strand of schopenhauer’s argument, emphasizing that schopenhauer’s perspective on aesthetic contemplation involves freedom from will, as well as a distancing from the world – the actual territory where will can be seen at work. kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, , , , . see: introduction (viii); § : ‘the satisfaction in the agreeable is combined with interest’; § : ‘the judgment of taste is independent from the concept of perception’; § : ‘on the ideal of beauty’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., , . worringer follows lipps with regard to explaining empathy and its operation. see, from the current thesis, ‘worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory’. holdheim points to worringer’s bridging of opposites at the end of the theoretical section of abstraction and empathy; he regards it as ‘a new artistic monism’, and as a temptation that worringer defeats. (holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', .) schopenhauer and payne, the world as will and representation, . in abstraction and empathy, worringer explains that art emerges as a materialization of artistic will, or volition, and has its roots in artists’ emotional responses to the world. the psychological state of artists manifests in particular needs, or urges, worringer points out; these urges shape artistic will in its expression. he writes: by the feeling about the world i mean the psychic state in which, at any given time, mankind found itself in relation to the cosmos, in relation to the phenomena of the external world. this psychic state is disclosed in the quality of psychic needs, i. e. in the constitution of the absolute artistic volition, and bears outward fruit in the work of art, to be exact in the style of the latter, the specific nature of which is simply the specific nature of the psychic needs. psychological states generate urges, which in turn shape artistic will, worringer observes. according to him, artistic will mediates between urges and their expression in art. beauty, for instance, reflects the fulfilment of artistic will, according to worringer; as his inquiry from abstraction and empathy advances, he emphasizes the connection between will and art- making, assigning greater importance to will than to the connection with objects in the world. in the words of worringer: ‘... [w]e recognize as only secondary the role played by the natural model in the work of art, and assume an absolute artistic volition, which makes itself the master of external things as mere objects to be made use of, as the primary factor in the process that gives birth to the work of art’. human will drives life forward, worringer argues; its activity compels people to engage with objects in the world. when this engagement takes the form of empathy, viewers are set free from the self. according to worringer: ‘in empathising this will to activity into another jennings signals that will intermediates between psychic needs and their effect in art. jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy', . worringer could, but does not, propose a synonymy between ‘instinct’ and ‘absolute artistic volition’, a concept riegl had discussed in leading characteristics of late roman kunstwollen. following riegl, worringer defines ‘absolute artistic volition’ as ‘... latent inner demand which exists per se, entirely independent of the object and of the mode of creation.’ the definition provided by worringer thus reveals it is possible to trace connections between ‘instinct’ and ‘absolute artistic volition’ in abstraction and empathy. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . object... we are in the object. we are delivered from our individual being as long as we are absorbed into an external object, an external form, with our inner urge to experience.’ worringer notes that art comes into being when artists follow their will, and have artistic creation as a conscious goal. ibid. ibid., . riegl and artistic will to reinforce his observations regarding artistic will, worringer turns to the work of riegl, signalling the emphasis his predecessor places on will rather than skill in art. as has been previously noted, worringer finds that will is a catalyst of art-making, and that it has a decisive impact on artistic expression. contrasting riegl’s emphasis on will [wollen] with gottfried semper’s championing of ability in art-making, worringer adopts riegl’s perspective on artistic will [kunstwollen] when analyzing the relationship between abstraction and representation. riegl observed in his introduction to late roman art industry ( ) that the operations of artistic will could be noted predominantly in architecture or in the crafts, especially where figurative elements were absent. he also explained the concept of kunstwollen in his earlier essay, leading characteristics of late roman kunstwollen ( ). according to riegl, late roman art was characterized by the expression of a specific kunstwollen, which influenced all forms of artistic production. in the words of riegl from : to obtain an understanding of the nature of late antique art (that is the art of the middle and late roman period) we may study individual monuments or the surviving literary sources. in either case, we obtain an insight of the same basic proposition: that there was in general at that time only one direction for the kunstwollen to take. this force dominated all four divisions of the visual arts [i. e., architecture, sculpture, painting and the crafts] equally, appropriated every purpose and material to its artistic meaning [kunstzweck] and with fixed independence chose in every case the appropriate technique for the envisioned work of art. there is support for this interpretation of the nature of late antique art in the fact that the kunstwollen of in the introduction to his translation of riegl’s late roman art industry, winkes notes that different degrees of intensity are associated with ‘will’ and ‘volition’ in riegl’s text. hence ‘volition’ is approached by winkes as the more emphatic term of the two. the term ‘volition’ also features extensively in michael bullock’s translation of abstraction and empathy. however, i employ the term ‘will’ in this section, in order to refer generically to the expression of intention in art. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . ibid., - . for a discussion of the relationship between the theories of semper and riegl respectively, see rolf winkes in riegl and winkes, late roman art industry, xvi-xxi. ibid., . antiquity, especially in the final phase, is practically identical with other major forms of expression of the human wollen during the same period. will, perception, inner drive, and art-making riegl considers that will determines artistic purpose in every epoch, including the choice of materials and techniques. human volition operates purposefully, with the intention of generating subjective satisfaction, according to him. like schopenhauer, riegl is sensitive to the impact of will on the relationship between observers and observed: he distinguishes between will-less, passive contemplation and will-driven, active desire in leading characteristics of late roman kunstwollen. he explains: all such human wollen is directed towards self-satisfaction in relation to the surrounding environment (in the widest sense of the word, as it relates to the human being externally and internally). creative kunstwollen regulates the relation between man and objects as we perceive them with our sense; this is how we always give shape and colour to things (just as we visualize things with the kunstwollen in poetry). yet man is not just a being perceiving exclusively with his sense (passive), but also a longing (active) being. consequently, man wants to interpret the world as it can most easily be done in accordance with his inner drive (which may change with nation, location and time). the character of this wollen is always determined by what may be termed the conception of the world at a given time [weltanschauung] (again in the widest sense of the term), not only in religion, philosophy, science, but also in government and law, where one or the other form of expression mentioned above usually dominates. donald preziosi, the art of art history: a critical anthology (oxford and new york: oxford university press, ), . riegl and winkes, late roman art industry, ixi-xx. winkes signals that riegl’s use of the term kunstwollen may have been influenced by a familiarity with sigmund freud’s work. wollen, winkes explains, is a term stronger than ‘will’ [willen]. according to winkes, wollen emphasizes the ‘deeply rooted sources’ of human will more than willen does. alois riegl, 'leading characteristics of late roman kunstwollen' in the art of art history: a critical anthology, ed. donald preziosi (oxford and new york: oxford university press, ), - . riegl sees will as dependent on time and place. according to him, expressions of will demonstrate progress from one age to another. he observes the effects of will on human history and institutions, yet also highlights the psychological, subjective components of will. worringer, who refers extensively to riegl’s thought in abstraction and empathy, employs the concept of artistic will as delineated by riegl in his writings. in agreement with riegl on the purposefulness of artistic will, worringer comments: ‘... every work of art is simply an objectification of this a priori existent artistic volition’. worringer, like riegl, emphasizes that artistic will assumes different forms through time; this perspective supports worringer’s questioning of representation at the beginning of the twentieth century. in abstraction and empathy, worringer approaches both representation and abstraction in terms of will, and engages with the art of the past by accounting intuitively for the psychological processes involved in art-making. he shows that pleasure constitutes the aim of artistic will, and that artistic will changes with the passage of time. according to worringer, artistic will gives rise to tendencies towards empathy or abstraction, which materialize in representational (naturalist) or abstract (style-driven) art. in the words of worringer: when applied to the product of artistic volition, the two poles of artistic volition, which we sought to define and whose mutual frontiers we endeavoured to fix in chapter one, correspond to the two concepts naturalism and style... indeed it is our intention, having associated the concept naturalism with the process of empathy, to associate the concept style with the other pole of human artistic experience, namely the urge to abstraction. worringer, as previous sections have outlined, assigns antithetic positions to abstraction and representation. riegl also recognizes that changes in will generate different approaches to art- see riegl, riegl and winkes, late roman art industry. jennings notes that riegl does not inquire into the specific connection between psychic states, artistic will, and artworks. jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy', . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , , - , - , , - , , , , , - , , . ibid., - . ibid., - . ibid., , . making. for instance, riegl accounts for two forms of will in leading characteristics of late roman kunstwollen: one form of will finds satisfaction in representational pictures, while another form of will seeks personal, inner expression. riegl writes: ‘obviously, an inner relation exists between a wollen, which is directed toward a pleasurable visualisation of things through the visual arts, and that other wollen which wants to interpret them as much as possible according to its own inner drive. in antiquity this relationship can be traced everywhere.’ noting that divergent artistic tendencies can coexist within the same historical epoch, riegl nevertheless underscores the historical connection between potentially antithetic approaches to art-making. on the other hand, worringer’s abstraction and empathy begins by placing representation and abstraction in opposition. worringer argues that representation reflects a form of will functioning in accord with its environment, while abstraction expresses a drive towards taking distance from the world. his preference for the rhetoric of binary opposition distances his approach from riegl’s thought, yet effectively traces the boundaries between abstraction and representation. nevertheless, worringer remains open to the shared ground between representation and abstraction, even though he contrasts these modes of art-making at the beginning of abstraction and empathy. at various points of his demonstration, worringer observes that the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction, as well as the art forms they generate, emerge in response to the world; he also notices the interaction of urges and approaches to art-making in the course of history. worringer writes: ‘for we find the need for empathy and the need for abstraction to be the two poles of human artistic experience, in so far as it is accessible to purely aesthetic evaluation. they are antitheses which, in principle, are mutually exclusive. in actual fact, however, the history of art represents an unceasing disputation between the two tendencies.’ in his discussion of urges towards empathy and abstraction as manifest in art, worringer thus distinguishes between (theoretical) principles and (historical) facts. according to him, abstraction and representation (the artistic outcomes of urges riegl, 'leading characteristics of late roman kunstwollen', - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., - , , - . ibid., . towards abstraction and empathy) can be regarded as opposite from the perspective of theory, and as dialogue partners in art-making. worringer interweaves historical and theoretical viewpoints throughout abstraction and empathy – a decision that enriches his text, bringing to light its fundamental duality. worringer’s early twentieth-century thoughts on abstraction and representation is addressed by rudolf arnheim ( - ) in his book, visual thinking ( ), as well as in ‘wilhelm worringer on abstraction and empathy’, an essay initially published in and revised for arnheim’s new essays on the psychology of art ( ). for arnheim, worringer is a theoretician of the opposition between abstraction and empathy, and a defender of abstraction. yet arnheim casts critical glances towards both these aspects of worringer’s approach. holdheim finds that worringer remains balanced in his negotiation of the relationship between representation and abstraction. (holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', .) if abstract- representational balance appears difficult to maintain in abstraction and empathy, masheck comments that worringer did not aim for such elegance in the first place. (masheck, 'abstraction and apathy: crystalline form in expressionism and in the minimalism of tony smith', .) abstraction, representation, opposition: worringer and rudolf arnheim arnheim questions worringer’s approach to abstraction in visual thinking ( ). according to arnheim, abstraction provides common ground for the activities of perceiving (‘the grasping of significant form’) and thinking. he addresses the negative implications of the term ‘abstraction,’ which suggests drawing away or withdrawing, and associates abstraction with a process of distillation from complex givens. in his words: ‘any phenomenon experienced by the mind can acquire abstraction if it is seen as a distillate of something more complex. such a phenomenon can be a highly rarefied pattern of forces or it can be an event or object in which the relevant properties of a kind of event or object are strikingly embodied.’ arnheim observes that abstraction highlights key relations of form, and can assume remarkable expression in this process. worringer had also noted the emphasis abstraction placed on basic elements of art-making. he had addressed the elemental aspect of the urge to abstraction in abstraction and empathy, dissociating abstraction from intellectual activity. according to him: ‘... [t]he urge to abstraction created this form [i. e., abstract form] for itself with elemental necessity and without the intervention of the intellect.’ for worringer, abstraction emerged as the artistic expression of a fundamental need; abstraction could be associated with the stirrings of instinct rather than with the activity of the mind. by contrast, arnheim sees abstraction as not only linked to thinking, but also as a bridge between human thought and the work of senses. arnheim draws attention to the connective and cognitive aspects of abstraction. for him, abstraction is the result of distillation, of eliciting the key features of complex objects, events, phenomena. he argues that abstraction brings together and makes visible properties shared by various objects. grasping structural features by means of abstraction stabilizes perception, rudolf arnheim, visual thinking (london: faber and faber ltd., ), . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . also, regarding the ‘elementary aesthetic feelings’ worringer (following kant) wishes to examine, see ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . arnheim, visual thinking, . and gives cognition a starting point, according to arnheim. abstraction, for him, is a process fundamental to intellectual life; on the basis of abstraction, arnheim argues, generalization can take place. withdrawal, productive thinking, and abstraction finding the connection between abstraction and withdrawal decisively articulated in worringer’s abstraction and empathy, arnheim is critical towards worringer’s point of view. in visual thinking, arnheim notes the importance of abstraction in intellectual life, as well as in relating to the world. withdrawal from engaging with the world may give rise to abstraction, but not necessarily, arnheim comments. he doubts that abstract thinking needs to rely on a negative response to experience. in his words: ‘the notion that abstraction entails a withdrawal from direct experience also threatens to misrepresent the attitude of productive thinking towards reality. it suggests that in order to show that a person is capable of truly abstract thinking he must ignore, defy, or contradict the life situation in which he finds himself.’ for arnheim, productive thinking (or thinking that engages with the world) relies on abstraction – a process that, as we have seen, requires the mind to observe objects, situations or phenomena in their complexity, and to elicit their key elements. arnheim questions the strict association of abstraction with a preference for withdrawal from experience. he explains: to be sure, there is an important connection between withdrawal and abstraction. when the mind removes itself from the complexities of life, it tends to replace them with simplified, highly formalized patterns. this shows up in the “unrealistic” speculations of secluded thinkers or the ornamentation of artists out of touch with the direct challenges of reality. extreme examples can be found in the speech and ibid., . ibid. ibid., - . ibid., . drawing of schizophrenics. but although withdrawal often leads to abstraction, the opposite is by no means true. if one asserts that abstraction requires withdrawal, one risks subjecting the mind to the conditions under which thinking cannot function; one will also fail to acknowledge genuine thinking when it is concerned with problems posed by direct experience. arnheim partially acknowledges worringer’s viewpoint from abstraction and empathy. he maintains that stepping back from the world leads to simplification and to the articulation of patterns of form, as worringer demonstrated. however, arnheim also underscores that abstraction cannot be considered a consequence of withdrawal exclusively. he mentions the significance of the association of abstraction with thinking, implying that forms of thinking which genuinely respond to the challenges of experience actually rely on abstraction. for arnheim, abstraction needs to be considered in its role of fundamental mode of looking at, thinking about, and responding to the world. re-examining abstraction and empathy in ‘wilhelm worringer on abstraction and empathy’ ( , revised ), arnheim addresses worringer’s work at greater length than in visual thinking. he acknowledges that abstraction and empathy was an influential book on the theory of art – a text with immediate, far-reaching effect, despite worringer’s focus on historical examples rather than on instances of early twentieth-century art-making. drawing attention to worringer’s debt to the psychologically inclined aesthetics of the nineteenth century, arnheim reframes the relationship between empathy and abstraction from his own point of view. worringer claimed that empathy exerted a key influence on art-making throughout the history of art, and that the aesthetics of his time had reinforced the general preference for empathy-reliant art. he ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . rudolf arnheim, new essays on the psychology of art (berkeley, los angeles, london: university of california press, ), . ibid. ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . defended the aesthetics of abstraction in abstraction and empathy, providing a theoretical apparatus for the interpretation of abstraction in art, as well as a historical background for its transformations through time. arnheim acknowledges the merits of worringer’s book, yet sheds a different light on the relationship between empathy and abstraction. according to arnheim: ... it [i. e., abstraction and empathy] proposed a striking relation between two psychological concepts: one of them, abstraction, a two-thousand-year old tool for the understanding of human cognition; the other, empathy, a relatively recent outgrowth of romantic philosophy. by describing the two concepts as antagonists, worringer sharpened and restricted their meaning in a way that has remained relevant to their discussion in psychology as well as in aesthetics. approaching abstraction and empathy as psychological concepts, arnheim nevertheless reverses worringer’s perspective: to arnheim, empathy does not appear as a dominant psychological and aesthetic force, as it did to worringer in abstraction and empathy. abstraction, on the other hand, interests arnheim due to its active associations with knowing and understanding. arnheim actually shares an interest in abstraction with worringer. however, he does not highlight the characteristics of abstraction by placing abstraction and empathy in antithesis. although arnheim focuses less on empathy in his essay, he recognizes the effectiveness of worringer’s addressing empathy in his own investigations. arnheim notes the powerful effect of worringer’s placing empathy and abstraction in an antithetic relationship. however, the distinction worringer articulates between imitation and naturalism (two aspects of representation) is excessive for arnheim. he refers to nineteenth-century art-making to reframe worringer’s discussion of naturalism and imitation. arnheim finds representational art as practiced in the nineteenth century to be a literal, or mechanic, approach to rendering in arnheim, new essays on the psychology of art, . arnheim offers a definition of representation in ‘inverted perspective and the axiom of realism’, where he writes: ‘by definition, representational art derives its subject matter from nature. this implies that at least to some extent the shapes used for such representation must also be taken from the observation of nature since otherwise the depicted subjects would remain unrecognizable.’ (ibid., .) ibid., . the case of most artists; like worringer, he signals the negative impact of a long-term reliance on imitation in art. in his words: only through a weakening of the inborn sense of form was it possible to produce painting and sculpture that conformed to the doctrine of imitation literally and mechanically and thereby created a threat to art. if one looks at the art of the nineteenth century – not as we know it from the work of the great survivors, but for the typical attitude as manifested in the average products of the time and the practices of drawing teachers – one realizes that the threat was very real. worringer’s emphasis on the distinction is not the fruit of dispassionate historical scrutiny but an act of defense. consciously or not, in reacting to the present danger, he was fighting the battle of modern art. arnheim is on the side of worringer with regard to representational practices at the beginning of the twentieth century. he empathises with worringer’s claims, underscoring worringer’s engagement with the challenges of early twentieth-century art. although he mentions the almost complete silence of worringer with regard to early twentieth-century artistic practices, arnheim also highlights worringer’s attention to the pulse of art-making at the beginning of the twentieth century. regarding abstraction, arnheim observes that abstraction and empathy may reflect the general frame of thought of worringer’s time. he points not only to the decisive separation between imitation and naturalism that worringer traces in abstraction and empathy, but also to worringer’s view that abstraction is the outcome of anxiety, or of the emotion of fear. indeed, worringer associates abstraction with the ‘dread of space,’ which he compares with the pathological fear of open places. such a psychological response signals, according to worringer, the discomfort of human beings in environments they find unfamiliar or threatening. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . arnheim, new essays on the psychology of art, . ibid., . ibid., - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer also explains the ‘dread of space’ in terms of the human response to a tormenting world of phenomena. he connects the ‘dread of space’ with abstract modes of art-making – for instance, with oriental art. worringer notes the distrust of eastern civilizations towards reason and intellect. contrasting intellect and instinct in abstraction and empathy, worringer observes the position occupied by eastern art with regard to cognition. he writes: ‘their spiritual dread of space [i. e., the dread of space of the peoples of the east], their instinct for the relativity of all that is, did not stand, as with primitive peoples, before cognition, but above cognition.’ worringer thus associates abstraction with an acknowledgment of relativity, and with the transcendence of intellectual forms of knowledge – two key aspects of early twentieth-century thought. from a later twentieth-century perspective that provides him the benefit of distance, arnheim shows that lifelike qualities feature in approaches to art-making associated by worringer with abstraction. for instance, arnheim points to a doctrine of chinese painting that requires the brushstrokes of painters to be informed by vitality, as well as to the belief of modern abstract painter piet mondrian ( - ) that art must reveal the enduring vital aspects of existence. associating worringer’s thought with the dichotomy between representation and abstraction primarily, arnheim remarks: ‘... [a]n intense inner expression of life is evident in styles of art whose abstractness is supposed to be due to an escape from the organic, for instance in african and romanesque sculpture’. arnheim emphasizes that abstract art-making as seen by worringer contains elements that seem to hint to organic life. bringing to light the imperfection of the abstract-representational antithesis worringer seeks to articulate, worringer’s association of abstraction with oriental art serves the purpose of underscoring the stylistic difference of abstraction from art created in the classical tradition. as a result, abstraction can acquire a memorable image that may appear less threatening due to its allegedly removed point of origin. also see, from the current thesis, ‘empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. see, for instance, thomas j. harrison, : the emancipation of dissonance (berkeley: university of california press, ), - . also see thomas baldwin, the cambridge history of philosophy, - (cambridge, u. k. and new york, u. s. : cambridge university press, ), - , - , - . arnheim, new essays on the psychology of art, . ibid. ibid. arnheim draws attention to the interweaving rather than to the separation of representational and abstract characteristics in art-making. however, abstract-representational connections had not left worringer indifferent. in abstraction and empathy, worringer recognizes representational tendencies in the predominantly abstract romanesque art, for instance. he underscores that romanesque style leaves little space for organic expression, yet that lifelike features inform it nevertheless. according to worringer: like doric, it [i. e., the romanesque style] too repudiated every impulse to empathy. we are confronted by a somewhat compressed, calm, serious architectural structure, in the details of which, however, the development to come is already disclosed. the living tendencies are already contained in the system of flying buttresses, in the rib- vaulting, and in the clusters of pillars. that which is here trying to force itself through on a foreign substratum later becomes the sole and decisive factor... thus arose the gothic style, which gradually conquered the whole north-west of europe. continuing to observe the relationship between abstraction and representation in gothic, worringer explains the transition from early gothic (where abstract tendencies predominate) towards the later, calmer, increasingly lifelike gothic, where the influence of italian renaissance and its emphasis on the human body can be felt. arnheim highlights the oppositional approach worringer takes to abstraction and empathy, yet, in doing so, accounts for the dominant theoretical direction of worringer’s argument only. arnheim concludes his essay with an emphasis on the merits of worringer’s abstraction and empathy. to arnheim, worringer’s book appears as a manifesto for modern art; worringer’s association of abstraction and negative empathy, or abstraction and ‘dread of space,’ appear less defining to arnheim than the positive aspects of worringer’s views on abstraction. nevertheless, arnheim remains unsympathetic towards worringer’s preference for approaching empathy and abstraction mainly by means of antithesis, due to the consequences of such a methodological choice. he explains: worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., - . also, ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . the historical merit of worringer’s manifesto consists in his having proclaimed non- realistic form a positive creation of the human mind, intended and able to produce lawful visual order. his bipolarity of naturalistic versus nonnaturalistic art, however, promoted not only an artificial split in the history of art but also an equally precarious psychological antagonism between man’s concern with nature and his capacity for creating organized form. it is a dichotomy that continues to haunt the theoretical thinking of our century in the somewhat modified guise of the distinctions between perceptual and conceptual art, schematic and realistic art, artists who depict what they see and others who cling to what they know, art of the how and art of the what.... our own thinking has yet to meet the challenge of accounting for the wider range of ways in which the arts represent the world of human experience with the help of organized form. arnheim’s new essays on the psychology of art appeared in ; three years earlier, gilles deleuze published francis bacon: the logic of sensation. unlike arnheim, deleuze writes from a perspective that mostly acknowledges worringer’s points of view. worringer provides a seminal approach to gothic art for deleuze. in his contextualisation of the work of twentieth-century painter francis bacon ( - ), deleuze refers to worringer’s books when reflecting on the specific dynamic of gothic (or barbarian) line. like worringer, deleuze employs the rhetoric of opposition in his discussion of the relationship between gothic, egyptian and classical greek approaches to art-making; he allows his reliance on the precedent set by worringer to surface at various points of his demonstration. however, deleuze questions the association between representation and painting, and argues in favour of abstraction from a different angle than worringer in abstraction and empathy. arnheim, new essays on the psychology of art, - . the relationship between abstraction and representation: highlights from worringer’s abstraction and empathy, and gilles deleuze’s francis bacon: the logic of sensation in francis bacon: the logic of sensation ( ), gilles deleuze inquires into the pictorial practice of bacon, addressing its aspects from the simplest to the most complex. ‘all these aspects, of course, coexist in reality’, deleuze writes. nevertheless, like worringer, deleuze distinguishes between various layers of artistic activity in order to underscore theoretically significant elements in the work of his artist of choice. unlike worringer, however, deleuze constructs his theories on the basis of bacon’s paintings and series. in support of his argument from francis bacon: the logic of sensation, deleuze creates a complex web of contextual references that brings together the domains of psychiatry, psychology, aesthetics, and philosophy, to name but a few. deleuze writes about compositional elements specific to the art of painting as made visible in the oeuvre of bacon, as well as about key figures and styles that further illuminate bacon’s work. worringer features in deleuze’s francis bacon as a theorist of gothic art. for deleuze, worringer provides the definition of gothic, as well as a contrast between gothic and classical art. deleuze notes that, in principle, classical art can be contrasted with gothic art. like worringer, he recognizes the value of contrast: he assigns the articulation of contrast gilles deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation (london: continuum, [ ]), ix. ibid. for instance, deleuze discusses sensation as connected to the nervous system of the subject and to observed objects at the same time. (ibid., - .) also, deleuze follows antonin artaud in explaining the existence of a form of embodiment that precedes representation and recognizable organic form: the ‘body without organs.’ see deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - . also, deleuze addresses the ‘hysteria’ (i. e., the excessive presence) of the body without organs, which lacks not organs, but their organization. see———, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - . deleuze addresses affects (sensations and instincts – but not feelings, according to him), vital emotion (which he describes as a ‘nervous wave’), and the absence of will as readable in bacon’s pictorial marks. see deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, , , - . like riegl before him, deleuze addresses the tactile (or haptic, according to deleuze) functioning of the eye, which encourages the emergence of haptic space. (ibid., - , .) deleuze refers to the thought of kant and hegel, for instance. (ibid., , , .) for instance, deleuze defines composition as ‘... an organization... in the process of disintegrating’. (ibid., .) deleuze also addresses the optical qualities of abstract forms; he sees them belonging in a space that no longer needs the tactility of making. (———, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, .) also, he gives ample attention to the figure, which can be a person or a group evolving against an isolating, non-narrative, amphitheatre-like space. (———, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - .) the work of cézanne is discussed at length by deleuze. see deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - , - . gothic art also attracts the attention of deleuze; (———, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - .) deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, . between different modes of art-making to the domain of theoretical principles. however, deleuze finds that art cannot always sustain the contrast between ‘nonorganic’ (abstract) gothic and ‘organic’ (representational) classicism. for instance, he observes that classical art can be ‘figurative’ (when it includes represented objects, events, phenomena), or abstract (when it makes visible geometric forms). classical ornament and gothic line in abstraction and empathy, worringer discussed the representational aspects of classical art, associating it with the urge to empathy, with naturalism, and with ancient greek culture. nevertheless, he also found that classical art made visible a meeting of abstract and representational features in the case of ornament. classical art, according to worringer, brought together the enlivenment of mycenaean style (c. – c. b. c., bronze age greece) and the geometric strictness of dipylon style (a mode of art-making the emergence of which worringer associated with the doric migration from b. c.). in the words of worringer: we recall that the principle of mycenaean art was that of enlivenment, of naturalism, whereas the dipylon style exhibits a marked abstract tendency. classical art now seems to us to embody a grand synthesis of these two elements, with a clear preponderance of the naturalistic element... this balance between the mycenaean components and the dipylon components, this balance between naturalism and abstraction, brought to maturity that altogether felicitous result which we call classical greek art. for worringer, the synthesis of naturalism (or representational art depicting the natural world) and abstraction became visible in the classical art of greece. despite the dominance of naturalistic elements in greek classicism, worringer noticed that balance informed the worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. ibid., . ibid., - . relationship between abstraction and representation. he compared greek and egyptian art, exploring their differences and continuing to address the relationship between representational (‘organic,’ ‘living,’ ‘vital’) tendencies, and abstract (‘geometric,’ regularity- oriented, rest-oriented) tendencies in classical greek ornament. in his words: classical greek ornament, compared with egyptian, shows in place of geometric regularity an organic regularity whose most sublime goal is rest in motion, living rhythm or rhythmic liveliness, in which our vital sensations can immerse themselves with complete happiness. there is no trace of naturalism in the menial sense, no trace of copying nature. we see before us pure ornament on an organic fundament. like worringer, deleuze draws attention to another territory where abstract and representational tendencies combine: gothic art. deleuze is interested in the dynamism and intensity of gothic; he argues that, in gothic painting, representational vitality is recognizable in abstract geometry or decoration. according to him, gothic line does not describe forms, but registers movement and generates complex relationships. deleuze writes: it [i. e., the geometry of the pictorial line in gothic painting] is a geometry no longer in the service of the essential and eternal, but a geometry in the service of “problems” or “accidents,” ablation, adjunction, projection, intersection. it is thus a line that never ceases to change direction, that is broken, split, diverted, turned in on itself, coiled up, or even extended beyond its natural limits, dying away in a “disordered convulsion”: there are free marks that extend or arrest the line, acting beneath or beyond representation. it is thus a geometry or decoration that has become vital and profound, on the condition that it is no longer organic: it elevates mechanical forces to sensible intuition, it works through violent movements. deleuze observes the peculiar dynamic of gothic line, which generates opportunities for the exploration as well as questioning of pictorial form. gothic line creates forms and relationships: its pictorial presence is that of a force actively responding to a will that appears to be its own. the movement of geometric line in gothic painting seems mechanical to ibid., . deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, . deleuze; worringer also recognized mechanical rather than organic aspects in the design of gothic cathedrals in abstraction and empathy. like worringer, deleuze finds no organic features in the gothic line, which he nevertheless regarded as lively, intuitive (that is, non- cognitive) and violent (that is, physical and forceful). for worringer as for deleuze, representational characteristics such as vitality can inform abstraction-oriented artistic practices, even where imitative renderings of organic forms are absent. worringer also discusses gothic line (or northern line) in form in gothic. contrasting classical ornament and gothic ornament, worringer notes that, where classical ornament is symmetrical, additive, restful, structured and rhythmically measured, northern ornament is active, multiplicative, accelerating, formless, ceaseless, and a-centric. movement seems mechanical and violent in northern geometry, according to worringer. worringer sees a potential for infinite development in the ceaseless, regular repetitions of northern ornament. with regard to northern ornament, worringer notes: a continually increasing activity without pauses or accents is set up and repetition has only the one aim of giving the particular motive a potential infinity. the infinite harmony of the line hovers before northern man in his ornament: that infinite line which gives no pleasure, but which stuns and compels us to helpless surrender. if, after contemplating northern ornament, we close our eyes, all that remains to us is a lingering impression of a formless, ceaseless activity. for worringer, the harmony specific to northern ornament relies on the dynamic of its line. this type of line, worringer observes, is intensely active and difficult to comprehend. previously, worringer had connected representation with rationality, sensuousness, and confidence in the natural world, and abstraction with tendencies towards transcendence, spirituality, and distrust of the world as presented by senses. in the gothic line, he finds a non-cognitive, mechanical, ever-intensifying movement that asserts its immediate physicality while attempting to transcend the world. in other words, northern line as seen by worringer worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer and read, form in gothic, , . ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . interweaves aspects of representation and abstraction beyond the point where they could account for either mode of art-making alone. non-organic dynamism in gothic art deleuze also inquires into the close connection of abstract and representational aspects of art- making. he follows worringer in focusing on the generic features of gothic art (or, according to deleuze, barbarian art). remembering worringer for his discussion of northern line as potentially infinite in its changes of direction, or in its violent return towards itself, deleuze argues that gothic or barbarian art transcends representation through its non-organic dynamism. he explains: barbarian art goes beyond organic representation in two ways, either through the mass of the body in movement, or through the speed and changing direction of the flat line. worringer discovered the formula of this frenetic line: it is a life, but the most bizarre and intense kind of life, a nonorganic vitality. it is an abstraction, but an expressionistic abstraction. it is thus opposed to the organic life of classical representation, but also to the geometric line of egyptian essence, and the optical space of luminous apparition. the specificity of gothic consists, according to deleuze, in its achieving a paradoxical combination of representational and abstract aspects of art-making, where representation is surpassed and abstraction is infused with vitality. like worringer, deleuze employs the rhetoric of opposition to underscore the key characteristics of gothic art. gothic art is distinct from both classical art and egyptian art for him, as we have seen before; furthermore, deleuze considers that gothic art cannot be associated with the rendition of three- dimensional, optical space. he points to the strokes [traits] that gothic art makes visible, and notices their connection to the hand of the artist – more generally, to the body of the artist now present in mark-making, yet in excess of its strictly physical frame. highlighting the role deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, . ibid., - . of hands and eyes in gothic art, deleuze muses: ‘it is as if a purely manual space were taking its revenge, for if the eyes that judge still maintain their accuracy, the hand that manipulates has discovered how to free itself from them.’ associating classical representation with an emphasis on the sense of sight, and on optical organization, deleuze explains that representation relies on intellectual deliberation and accuracy. in contrast, gothic art draws attention to a type of space where the role of the artist’s hand comes to the fore. however, deleuze argues that the opposition of sight and touch in the articulation of pictorial space should not be maintained, since both senses contribute to the questioning of classical representation. he comments that the effects of touch and sight (as observable in manual and optical pictorial spaces) can generate complex associations and relationships. like worringer, deleuze remains open to the connections between elements he discusses in terms of contrast. for worringer as for deleuze, gothic art brings to light many instances where representational and abstract tendencies combine. worringer, in form in gothic, explains that northern (or gothic) art associates an abstract approach to line and a representational approach to actuality (which, according to worringer, is arbitrary, chaotic, and does not coincide with nature). he points out that gothic art engages with actuality, unlike the art of classicism, which avoids rendering its turmoil. for instance, worringer finds representational elements of actuality contributing to the otherwise abstract approach to gothic animal ornament. he explains: northern art, on the other hand [i. e., in contrast with the art of classical culture], was evolved from the conjunction of an abstract linear speech with the reproduction of actuality. the first stage of this conjunction is exhibited in the northern animal ornament. the specific expression of line and its spiritual, non-sensuous mode of expression were in no way weakened by this interpolation of motives from actuality, for the natural, the organic, was still completely concealed in this actuality; and only ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . worringer and read, form in gothic, . the admission of such organic values of expression could have weakened the abstract character of the drawing. on the other hand, this abstract character of the line could readily be amalgamated with values of actuality; indeed, these motives of actuality could, as we have seen, be evolved, even involuntarily, from this abstract linear fantasy. for what is characteristic of any impression of actuality reaches us in a kind of linear “shorthand,” of which the single lines contain a summary expressive value far exceeding the function of the line as a mere indication of outline. painting, representation and abstraction according to deleuze for worringer, abstract and representational tendencies are in conjunction in gothic art; deleuze, in francis bacon, examines the particularities of abstract-representational interactions as observed in bacon’s approach to painting. with bacon’s work and words in mind, deleuze begins by explaining the difficult relationship between representation and painting. painting is an art that aims to be independent of representation, according to deleuze. he writes: painting has neither a model to represent nor a story to narrate. it thus has two possible ways of escaping the figurative: toward pure form, through abstraction; or toward the purely figural, through extraction and isolation. if the painter keeps to the figure, if he or she opts for the second path, it will be to oppose the “figural” to the figurative. isolating the figure will be the primary requirement. the figurative (representation) implies the relationship of an image to an object that it is supposed to illustrate; but it also implies the relationship of an image to other images in a composite whole which assigns a specific object to each of them. narration is the correlate of illustration. a story always slips into, or tends to slip into, the space between two figures in order to animate the illustrated whole. isolation is thus the ibid., - . simplest means, necessary though not sufficient, to break with representation, to disrupt narration, to escape illustration, to liberate the figure: to stick to the fact. deleuze dissociates representation and narration from the art of painting. he connects representation with the figurative (in other words, with the recognizable rendition of figures in the world), observing that the figurative links images to objects (by means of illustration), as well as images to other images. the distinction deleuze operates between the figurative (representation) and the figural as observed in the paintings of francis bacon allows the philosopher to remodel the relationship between representation and abstraction. representation, for deleuze and worringer, is associated with optical organization and organic (lifelike) qualities. deleuze finds that classical representation relies on distance (made visible through depth of field), on perspective (which presupposes the variation of viewpoints, and the overlapping of planes), on the differentiation of planes from the background to the foreground of the picture, and on the incorporation of accident. following riegl, deleuze mentions that representation is tactile-optical: it brings together the sense of sight and the sense of touch, yet subordinates the tactile (or haptic, in deleuze’s terms) function of the eye to the optic. figuration, deleuze notes, is a result of representation. abstraction, deleuze goes on to explain, creates a space that is still optical, yet emphasizes transformation. for deleuze, pictorial abstraction works with light-dark relationships, and disintegrates representation-oriented organization. he associates abstraction with modern painting and with a departure from figurative art, signalling the difficulty of the separation from representational practices. like worringer, deleuze regards abstraction as spiritual. abstraction is ascetic, deleuze considers, and becomes so by a reductive journey towards deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - . in this thesis, the term ‘image’ indicates that visual likeness informs the relationship between beings, objects, events or phenomena, and their representation. deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . see, for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - . optical, non-tactile, non-manual forms. the distancing that worringer recognizes in abstraction also reflects in deleuze’s discussion of abstraction as symbolic code relying on oppositions of form. deleuze explains that abstraction articulates a pure optical space following binary rules. in his words: it [i. e., abstraction] is the code that is responsible for answering the question of painting today: what can save man from “the abyss,” from external tumult and manual chaos? open up a spiritual state for the man of the future, a man without hands. restore to man a pure and internal optical space, which will perhaps be made exclusively of the horizontal and the vertical... the hand is reduced to a finger that presses on an internal optical keyboard. where worringer connects abstraction to geometry, deleuze sees abstraction as a code activated through the selection of opposing units. mechanical characteristics of abstract processes become visible in the worringer’s abstraction and empathy; in his turn, deleuze exposes the almost touch-free regularity of abstraction. abstraction, deleuze argues, is not a code imposed on painting, but a code elaborated through painting. yet, according to deleuze, the spectrum of abstract art also includes a manual form of abstraction: abstract expressionism or art informel [informal art]. the chaotic, contour-free mode of painting practised by jackson pollock ( - ) and morris louis ( - ) challenges the eye but highlights the role of the hand in art-making, deleuze remarks. he agrees that worringer is the inventor of the word ‘expressionism’ – an approach to art deleuze contrasts with the organic symmetry of classicism. however, while the writings of worringer may have provided inspiration to the expressionist movement at the beginning of the twentieth century, the word ‘expressionism’ has proved to have an uncertain parentage. deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, . ibid., . ibid. after discussing the connection between abstraction and geometrical regularity, worringer cites lipps with regard to the mechanical aspects of the geometric line. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, . ibid., - . ibid., . part : around expressionism the words of worringer: ‘expressionism’ at the beginning of the twentieth century writers on art have frequently linked the work of worringer with the growth and decline of german expressionism ( - ), an art movement comprising a wide variety of practices that unfolded in the first decades of the twentieth century. however, the connections between the writings of worringer and german expressionism are problematic to trace in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. these books do not mention expressionism, do not point to artists considered to be expressionists, and include only few notes concerning early twentieth-century makers and approaches to art-making. in his forewords to abstraction and empathy, worringer nevertheless maintains that he resonated with the artistic interests of his time, that artists found his works relevant, that he sensed and addressed ‘... the necessities of the period’, and that his findings were applied in early twentieth-century art. worringer’s approach to early twentieth-century artistic practices and practitioners remains generic; therefore, the exact degree of his influence on the early twentieth-century artists is difficult to establish. worringer focuses on the development of his own argument in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, adducing time-tested historical data in support of his theory. he avoids defending expressionism directly; however, in both books, the significance of expression comes to the fore in his discourse. the approach of worringer to topics of concern for german expressionists (such as artistic will, the necessity of direct expression in art, and the interest in simplified, intensified, reworked form) discourage the separation of abstraction and empathy and form in gothic from expressionist explorations at the beginning of the twentieth century. on the other hand, specific connections between worringer’s argument in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, and early twentieth-century expressionist art- making, remain challenging to retrieve. contemporary researchers illuminate various aspects writers use the term ‘expressionism’ in its capitalized as well as lowercase form. in my approach, the word ‘expressionism’ is capitalized, following long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism. however, where sources i have consulted employ the term ‘expressionism’ in lowercase, i cite or refer to the word ‘expressionism’ in its lowercase form. worringer, wilhelm, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style (new york: international universities press [ ]), vii, viii. of the links between worringer’s writings and german expressionism, adding nuance to the topic but reaching no consensus. for instance, herbert read finds that worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic had a key influence on the development of german expressionist art; read nevertheless offers no start and end date for the movement in his concise history of modern painting ( ). the artists whose works announce or give rise to expressionism include, according to read, christian rohlfs ( - ), ferdinand hodler ( - ), james ensor ( - ), edvard munch ( - ), alexei von jawlensky ( - ), wassily kandinsky ( - ), emil nolde ( - ), and ernst barlach ( - ). the beginnings and demise of german expressionism prove complicated to pinpoint for contemporary researchers; paul vogt and horst uhr consider worringer’s speech at the goethe society in munich as the end of the movement. according to vogt, expressionism extends between (the year of the formation of the dresden die brücke [the bridge] group, which included ernst ludwig kirchner, erich heckel, karl schmidt-rottluff, and fritz bleyl as founding members), and (the year of worringer’s munich speech that, in , became current questions on art). uhr reinforces the temporal boundaries asserted by vogt with regard to the expressionist movement. counting kirchner, heckel, schmidt- rottluff, and max pechstein among die brücke expressionists, uhr points to the aesthetic preoccupations with pictorial structure manifest in the works of expressionist artists after ; he notes the increased traditionalism of later expressionism, which, he finds, renounced early expressionist intensity. for shulamith behr, david fanning and douglas jarman, expressionism is difficult to define both chronologically and in terms of style; they reject the idea that expressionism could reach an end, thus indirectly agreeing with worringer’s perspective on the capacity of style to read, a concise history of modern painting, , - . ibid., . paul vogt, expressionism: german painting, - (new york: h. n. abrams, ), , . horst uhr, masterpieces of german expressionism at the detroit institute of arts (new york: hudson hills press in association with the detroit institute of arts, ), . also, ———, lovis corinth, california studies in the history of art (berkeley: university of california press, ), . shulamith behr, david fanning, and douglas jarman, expressionism reassessed (manchester and new york: manchester university press, ), . exceed historical boundaries and surface in various epochs. behr, fanning and jarman see expressionism as extending between and (the year of the first ‘neue sachlichkeit’ [new objectivity] show in mannheim). expressionism was most recognizable as a movement between these years, behr, fanning and jarman argue. they do not agree to emphasize the death of expressionism, and highlight the impact of the movement instead. in their words: ‘but to speak of expressionism as being “dead”, or to attempt to limit its chronological span, is, in any case, to misrepresent the power and the influence which this amorphous, theoretically ill-defined movement has had.’ behr, fanning and jarman’s perspective contrasts the position worringer adopted regarding expressionism in . to worringer, expressionist art appeared less interesting early in the second decade of the twentieth century; however, although he underscored the ineffectiveness of artistic expressionism in current questions on art ( ), for most researchers from the english-speaking world, discussions of expressionism rely on worringer’s thought from abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. the association of worringer’s writings with expressionism has its grounds: worringer employs the term ‘expression’ extensively throughout abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. a key element in aesthetic inquiries as well as art-making, ‘expression’ provides worringer and read, form in gothic, . behr, fanning, and jarman, expressionism reassessed, . worringer had underscored the lack of experimentalism of later expressionist art in current questions on art ( ). see wilhelm worringer, 'from current questions on art' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, eds. rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), - . the influence of worringer’s thought on early twentieth-century german artists offers rich grounds for further inquiry. for instance, the emphasis on opposition in worringer’s abstraction and empathy, and the oppositional perspective adopted by artists regarded as expressionists, could be explored at length. donald e. gordon points to this research possibility. with regard to the rhetoric of opposition in the context of expressionist art-making, gordon notes: ‘expressionists knew with certainty not what they wanted, but what they opposed. their post- industrial aspiration was a protest against the capitalist and mechanistic values of their own industrial era. just what the post-industrial age would be, however, was never clear.’ also see holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding'. this topic needs in-depth investigation, but exceeds the scope of the current thesis, which examines briefly only the writings and paintings of hodler and kandinsky. as previously noted, the word ‘expressionism’ is capitalized in this study. however, gordon draws attention to the un-capitalized use of the word in english usage. (gordon, expressionism: art and idea, .) worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , , , , , , , - , - , , , , , , , - , - , , - . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, - , - , , , , , - , - , - , - , - , - , - , - , - , - , - , . outer form to inner experiences. indeed, as abstraction and empathy and form in gothic reveal, worringer and expressionist artists share an interest in intense, subjective responses to the world. however, although a preoccupation with expression is visible in the inquiries of expressionists and the writings of worringer, worringer does not address or define the expressionist art movement in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. he refers to expressionist artists in , in ‘the historical development of modern art’; yet ‘expressionism,’ a term that suggests the emergence of shared characteristics in early twentieth-century artworks and approaches to art-making, is employed in a variety of contexts before and around the turn of the twentieth century. in his study from , ‘on the origin of the word “expressionism” ’, gordon notes that the word ‘expressionism’ was not employed by the brücke artists in reference to their painting practices. instead, gordon traces the origin of the word ‘expressionism’ to turn-of-the twentieth-century france – a hypothesis approached critically by geoffrey perkins in , and further addressed by marit werenskiold in . gordon discusses the earliest regarding art forms oriented towards expression, vogt addresses the key characteristics of the term ‘expressive’ as applicable to early twentieth-century art. vogt writes: ‘under “expressive” we can include german expressionism which extended from the primitive to the cosmic-romantic, and which sought, through a passionate scrutiny of the visible world, to heighten reality into a pictorial counterreality. the work of both matisse and kandinsky confirms this: matisse united the ego and the world in the intellectual synthesis of the picture; kandinsky’s newfound symbols pushed out the boundaries of visible reality and touched on the borderline between man’s existence and the cosmic order. he could scarcely convey discoveries of this subtlety by a less sophisticated expressive technique, hence kandinsky’s mistrust of northern expressionism. marc’s german pan-emotionalism, which was rooted in romanticism, and kandinsky’s synthesis of colour harmonies found in contemporary french orphic painting the inspiration they needed for the theoretical and practical cultivation of the resources of colour and form. the aesthetics of the blaue reiter, with elements of both expressionism and constructivism, were directed at the picture as an independent organism and formal unit.’ see paul vogt, expressionism: german painting, - (new york: h. n. abrams, ), . levine underscores the defining characteristics of expressionism; according to him, expressionism emerges out of despair, rejects classicism and realism, sees art as a means for the individual to communicate with humanity, seeks community, and emphasizes two themes: regression and apocalypse. see frederick s. levine, the apocalyptic vision: the art of franz marc as german expressionism (new york: harper & row, ), - . also, stephen eric bronner, and douglas kellner, passion and rebellion: the expressionist heritage (south hadley, massachussetts: j. f. bergin, ), - . donald e. gordon, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', journal of the warburg and courtauld institutes, , , . perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, - . for perkins, the possibility of an english origin for the word ‘expressionism’ seems equally valid. (———, contemporary theory of expressionism, , n .) marit werenskiold, the concept of expressionism: origin and metamorphoses (oslo and new york: universitetsforlaget and columbia university press, ), - . werenskiold mentions that daniel-henry kahnweiler did not accept that the term ‘expressionism’ was first used in by hervé (she agrees with associations of the word ‘expressionism’ with the teachings of gustave moreau ( - ), the writings of henri matisse ( - ) and louis vauxcelles ( - ), as well as with the eight paintings of julien-auguste hervé, titled ‘expressionismes’ and shown at the salon des indépendants [salon of independent artists] in . following his discussion of matisse’s writings, gordon explains that, in early twentieth-century france, the word ‘expression’ referred specifically to the emphasis of artists on self-expression. he notes that the word ‘expressionism’ is also employed in connection with the presence of the work of french artists in early twentieth-century germany; the paintings of eleven french artists were displayed in the twenty-second berlin secession exhibition (april ) in a gallery labelled ‘expressionisten’, according to him. regarding the responses to ‘expressionism’ in the press of the time, gordon highlights the hostility of the press to expressionist artists – an emphasis contested by perkins, who argues that positive responses to the works of french artists were also published. gordon notes worringer’s support of ‘synthetists and expressionists’ in . no further discussion regarding worringer’s association with expressionism occurs in ‘on the origin of the word “expressionism” ’. kahnweiler on this matter). she notes the presence of the term ‘expressionist’ in in britain, in in the united states of america, and, in may , in the german art journal kunst und künstler [art and artist], where aby warburg commented on the ‘expressionist’ graphic art of the late middle ages. werenskiold also points to the use of the term by carl david moselius in the swedish press ( march ) before the term appeared in germany. (werenskiold, the concept of expressionism: origin and metamorphoses, - , .) werenskiold mentions that nine paintings of hervé were shown at salon des indépendants. see werenskiold, the concept of expressionism: origin and metamorphoses, . gordon, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', - . also, perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, - . gordon notes that the salon was led by georges seurat ( - ), paul signac ( - ) and henri-edmond cross ( - ). gordon, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', . ibid. also, perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, . gordon, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', - . perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, - . gordon, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', . however, gordon readdresses the associations between worringer and expressionism in . on this occasion, he discusses worringer’s preoccupations with spirituality at the time when expressionists such as emil nolde, karl schmidt-rottluff, ernst ludwig kirchner, and erich heckel approached religious themes. he also mentions worringer’s defence of the german tendency – visible in expressionism – to respond to existing modes of art-making. gordon discusses worringer’s approach to empathy, as well as the role of empathy in expressionist self-portraits (for instance, in the practices of egon schiele, oskar kokoschka, ernst ludwig kirchner or max beckmann); he addresses worringer’s criticism of expressionism in , and worringer’s expressionism, according to gordon, is a word used with increasing frequency after . paul fechter, gordon notes, mentions his indebtedness to worringer’s form in gothic in expressionism ( ), and goes on to employ the word ‘expressionism’ in connection to german art-making, more precisely in connection with the city of dresden and with the artists of die brücke and der blaue reiter [blue rider]. the word ‘expressionism,’ according to gordon, has grown to acquire the connotations of the german concept of ausdruckskunst (which gordon proposes to translate as ‘emotionalism’) in german-speaking contexts. common interests and aims united german critics and writers between and with regard to expressionism, according to gordon; nevertheless, he maintains that expressionism remained an ambiguous term, and did not point to a unitary artistic attitude at the time. in other words, gordon questions the unity of expressionism as an art movement (perkins agrees with this perspective), and emphasizes the more pronounced cohesiveness of expressionism in art writing and criticism. gordon adds new findings to his research from in expressionism: art and idea ( ). he notes that the word ‘expressionism’ was increasingly applied to discussions of german art starting with the international exhibition of the sonderbund [special league] in cologne (may ). he also attributes the invention of the label ‘expressionism’ to budapest-born, paris-residing art history student, antonin matějček ( - ). the term ‘expressionism,’ gordon signals, was also used by carl david moselius ( - ), a newspaper critic writing about a swedish group of painters – de unga [young ones] – in a review from march . in , gordon remarks that worringer’s approach inspired analysis of ‘... a modern art of “expression” (ausdruck)’ which inspired fechter’s book on expressionism ( ). (———, expressionism: art and idea, - , , , , , , .) gordon refers to an edition of fechter’s work where fechter acknowledges the influence of worringer on page four. (———, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', .) also see perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, - . donald e. gordon, 'on the origin of the word 'expressionism'', journal of the warburg and courtauld institutes, , , - . ibid., - . also, regarding the connection between worringer and the will-to-expression [ausdruckswollen], see gordon, expressionism: art and idea, . gordon, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', . perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, . gordon, expressionism: art and idea, - . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., - . the art of the early twentieth century, and contributed significantly to fechter’s analysis of expressionism. worringer plays a modest role in gordon’s approach to the early years of the expressionist movement; ‘on the origin of the word “expressionism” ’ mentions worringer as a supporter of contemporary ‘synthetists and expressionists’. however, in , gordon dwells more on the relevance of worringer’s writings in connection to expressionism. worringer appears as a supporter, then critic, of german expressionism in both ‘on the origin of the word “expressionism” ’, and expressionism: art and idea. like gordon in , wolf dieter dube traces the term ‘expressionism’ back to hervé, matisse and vauxcelles. dube also signals that, on the occasion of the berlin secession exhibition, gallery dealer paul cassirer ( - ) referred to a painting by max pechstein as fitting under the heading of ‘expressionism’ rather than ‘impressionism;’ however, dube questions the veracity of this information. in his account of expressionism, worringer (whom dube considers a theorist of influence at the beginning of the twentieth century) is mentioned for his having referred to french artists exhibited in germany as ‘expressionists’. dube, like gordon, draws no further attention to worringer’s role in the articulation of the expressionist movement in germany. instead, geoffrey perkins argues that worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic play a major role in the formulation of expressionist theories. in his contemporary theory of expressionism ( ), perkins writes that worringer’s account of the psychology of northerners, as well as his perspective on gothic architecture, exerted a considerable influence on twentieth-century approaches to expressionism, despite worringer’s not referring to expressionism in either abstraction and empathy or form in gothic. perkins ibid., - . wolf dieter dube, the expressionists (london: thames & hudson, ), . ibid. ibid. perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, . ibid., . according to perkins, peter selz mentions worringer’s use of the term ‘expressionism’ in form in gothic (ibid., , ). also see peter selz, german expressionist painting (berkeley and los angeles: university of california press, ), . (discussing worringer’s form in gothic, selz writes: ‘worringer finally linked expressionism with the german gothic tradition.’) in the edition of form in gothic i have consulted ( [ ]), ‘expression’ is a very frequently employed word, even in chapter titles such as ‘transcendentalism of explains that worringer provided a direct presentation of already formulated ideas that made his books relevant to early twentieth-century aesthetic and artistic issues, and notably popular in the epoch (in , according to perkins, nine editions of abstraction and empathy had been printed, and the readers of form in gothic had seen twelve editions published by ). with regard to the early reception of abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, perkins points to the existence of contrasting attitudes towards worringer’s thought. he believes that the positive and negative responses to the books of worringer actually reflect the professional bias of his critics. according to perkins: ‘those who rejected his [i. e., worringer’s] theories tended to be trained and established art historians, those who adopted them, art critics, poets and artists. it was from these latter groups, of course, that the majority of the theories of expressionism came.’ perkins thus emphasizes worringer’s specific research standpoint, which, though academic, opened towards the interests of coeval writers and artists. perkins draws attention to aspects of worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic that supported the formulation of expressionist theories. early twentieth-century aesthetics focused on an art of naturalism exclusively, worringer had argued; perkins underscores worringer’s views regarding the counterproductive emphasis on classical, renaissance and naturalist aesthetic values in a northern context. further inspiration for expressionist writers could have derived, perkins maintains, from the contrast worringer traced between naturalism and style, as well as from worringer’s defence of non-naturalist, instinctive modes of art-making. for perkins, worringer is ‘the leading champion of the cause’, a key writer supporting expressionism in the first decade of the twentieth century. according to perkins: proceeding from the belief that since the renaissance art had become more and more superficial, that society itself had become more and more individualistic and the gothic world of expression;’ although i have found no mention of the term ‘expressionism’ in the [ ] edition, worringer’s text presents the word ‘expression’ as a term of constant reference. worringer’s use of the word ‘expression’ in form in gothic could not have been indifferent to the cultural and artistic context where he developed his thoughts. perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . fragmented, and that the artist, thrown back upon himself, had become increasingly isolated within that society, worringer was, in , one of the most ardent preachers of the need for a new form of art. this art, he felt, should satisfy spiritual, not sensuous needs, and should seek to restore the connection between artist and society, indeed to shift the emphasis from society to community, for only the community was capable of sustaining a monumental, spiritual form of art. perkins thus portrays worringer as highly aware of the complex cultural, social, psychological and artistic dynamics of his context. worringer’s writings were, for perkins, a definite source of inspiration to expressionists. further contextualising the emergence and development of expressionism in ‘brücke, german expressionism and the issue of modernism’ ( ), rose-carol washton long observes that expressionism, a term employed in german art criticism, incorporated various influences. long points out that the use of the term accounted for the impact of recent french artistic inquiries on german art, and hinted to its connections with ‘primitive’ art, gothic art, and the painting of old masters such as michelangelo ( - ) or matthias grünewald ( - ). worringer, according to long, employed the term ‘expressionism’ to refer to innovative german and french artistic explorations; as she underscores, worringer considered the gothic a phenomenon extending beyond historical and national boundaries. from long’s perspective, worringer appears as a writer sensitive to the transnational tendencies of the gothic, and supportive of the intercultural aspects of expressionism. while form in gothic still comprises passages where worringer defends the german characteristics of gothic in particular, his openness towards contemporary artistic developments in germany and abroad emerges with clarity in ‘the historical development of modern art’. perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, . regarding the sources of expressionism, gordon finds six groups of relevant sources: late impressionism, symbolism, jugendstil [youth style]; fauvism, cubism, orphism, futurism; german gothic art, german romanticism; tribal art (african and oceanic); folk art, naive art, children’s art; non-western art (islamic and oriental). (gordon, expressionism: art and idea, .) rose-carol washton long, 'brücke, german expressionism and the issue of modernism' in new perspectives on brücke expressionism: bridging history, ed. christian weikop (farnhem, surrey, and burlington, v. t.: ashgate, ), . ibid., . ‘for the germans, as we have seen, are the conditio sine qua non [i. e. indispensable condition] of gothic’, worringer writes. see worringer and read, form in gothic, . also, ———, form in gothic, - . ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ): worringer’s early response to expressionism while abstraction and empathy ( ) and form in gothic ( ) contain only few references to the art of worringer’s epoch, ‘the historical development of modern art’ – a polemical text explaining and defending contemporary artistic developments in germany – addresses early twentieth-century art-making, placing it in historical perspective. worringer’s text appeared in the struggle for art: the answer to the “protest of german artists”, an anthology published by reinhard piper at the initiative of wassily kandinsky and franz marc. kandinsky, according to magdalena bushart, proposed that worringer edit the struggle for art; worringer preferred to support the publication by contributing his essay, ‘the historical development of modern art’ instead. the struggle for art included texts by artists max liebermann ( - ), lovis corinth ( - ), max slevogt ( - ), gustav klimt ( - ), christian rohlfs ( - ), max pechstein ( - ), henry van der velde ( - ), franz marc ( - ), wassily kandinsky ( - ), and august macke ( - ). writers such as wilhelm worringer ( - ), wilhelm hausenstein ( - ), hans tietze ( - ), gustav pauli ( - ), and alfred lichtwark ( - ) also contributed to the struggle for art. the words of collector karl ernst osthaus ( - ), dealer paul cassirer ( - ), as well as collector, dealer and writer wilhelm uhde ( - ) feature in piper’s publication as well. in his collection of essays entitled the protest of german artists ( ), carl vinnen ( - ), a landscape artist and berlin secession member, questioned the acquisition of french art in germany. he also criticized contemporary german art. ‘quousque tandem’ [‘when,’ or ‘for how long’], vinnen’s essay from the protest of german artists, highlighted a bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', - . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, - . vinnen points to the somderbund alliance with french avant-garde art, as well as to the acquisition of monet’s lady in a green-black dress by director gustav pauli for the bremen museum. vinnen, 'quousque tandem', - . the title of vinnen’s essay could have been inspired by the first oration of marcus tullius cicero for the roman senate; cicero’s speech was directed against lucius sergius catilina, who was attempting to destabilize pattern of acquisition that seemed to favour artists from abroad. pointing to the works of french artists such as claude monet ( - ), alfred sisley ( - ), camille pissarro ( - ), and vincent van gogh ( - ), vinnen noted that their paintings had been purchased at high prices in germany. vinnen underscored his admiration of french art, which he had researched during his stay paris; nevertheless, he considered the german focus on french art-making excessive and threatening, mentioning in particular the speculative aspects of the entrance of french pictures in public and private german collections. the paintings of paul cézanne ( - ), for instance, attracted vinnen’s criticism: he regarded them as drawing too much attention to the artist himself, due to their excessive assertion of personal style. if national aspects of art were to be encouraged, vinnen argued that local approaches were to be cultivated. in ‘the historical development of modern art’, worringer addresses vinnen’s perspective, which worringer considers specific to their time. historical necessity, according to worringer, reflects in contemporary modes of art-making. the passage of time has to bring along artistic change, worringer argues; he maintains that a distancing of contemporary art- making from impressionism as explored in the works of claude monet and pierre-auguste renoir ( - ) is to be historically expected. in abstraction and empathy, worringer claimed that the relationship between human beings and the objects rendered in art changed throughout time; he criticised the widespread opinion that the urge towards art-making was the same in all epochs. for him, inner experiences lead, at different points in history, to different artistic effects. in ‘the historical development of modern art’, worringer the roman government at the time. cicero opens his oration against catilina with the following rhetoric question: ‘quo usque tandem abutere, catilina, patientia nostra?’ [‘when, o catiline, do you mean to cease abusing our patience?’] see marcus tullius cicero, 'first oration against lucius catilina: delivered in the senate' in the orations of marcus tullius cicero, ed. c. d. yonge (london: henry g. bohn, [ b. c.]). if the oration of cicero was indeed vinnen’s inspiration, then vinnen’s indirect reference to a classical source further emphasizes the political dimension of his perspective on the contemporary art world. vinnen, 'quousque tandem', . ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . wilhelm worringer, 'the historical development of modern art' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, eds. rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . ibid., . worringer follows hegel when asserting the intrinsic development of art. in his aesthetics ( - ), hegel had noted: ‘... [t]he individual arts too, independently of the art-forms which they objectify [i. e., the mentions that a new generation of painters in paris follows not the impressionists, but rather paul cézanne, vincent van gogh, and henri matisse. french artists participating in this new direction of inquiry share many interests, worringer notes; this gives unity to a movement that remains unnamed in ‘the historical development of modern art’. when visiting paris around (that is, before having begun his work on abstraction and empathy), worringer had the opportunity to become familiar with the works of cézanne, van gogh and matisse. the paintings of french artists were shown and purchased in germany in the early years of the twentieth century, as vinnen mentions in the protest of german artists, so worringer’s opinion on contemporary french art could have taken shape in germany even before his visit to france. paul cassirer, the berlin-based gallery owner and art historian, exhibited works by cézanne (in , and ), and by van gogh (between and ), as well as matisse’s drawings (in ). for the french and german public of the early twentieth century, cézanne, van gogh and matisse were significant – if not applauded – participants to pictorial explorations that departed from representational traditions. cézanne, van gogh and matisse addressed their creative processes in writing, often in response to the inquiries of fellow artists. less inclined towards theorising on painting, cézanne was probably the least willing communicator of the three. nevertheless, his letters provide glimpses into his opinions on art and pictorial practices, as subsequent sections of this thesis show. for cézanne, painting required an intense focus on nature as well as an symbolic, the classical and the romantic], have in themselves a development, a course which, considered rather abstractly, is common to them all. each art has its time of efflorescence, of its perfect development as an art, and a history preceding and following this moment of perfection. for the products of all the arts are the works of the spirit and therefore are not, like natural productions, complete all at once with their specific sphere; on the contrary, they have a beginning, a progress, a perfection, and an end, a growth, blossoming, and decay.’ (see hegel and knox, aesthetics: lectures on fine art, .) concerning early twentieth-century art, worringer connects its progress to leaving impressionism behind. in the s, worringer would also signal the decline of expressionism in current questions on art ( ). worringer, 'the historical development of modern art', . 'guide to the cassirer collection, - .' stanford: department of special collections, stanford university libraries, , - .s horst uhr, lovis corinth (berkeley: university of california press, ), . also, john rewald, cézanne: a biography (new york: h.n. abrams, ), . also, françoise cachin et al., cézanne (new york: h.n. abrams and the philadelphia museum of art, ), . jill lloyd and michael peppiatt, van gogh and expressionism (ostfildern: hatje cantz, ), . hilary spurling, the unknown matisse: a life of henri matisse: the early years, - (berkeley: university of california press, ), . awareness of the geometrical aspects of composition; his early twentieth-century works – for instance, his depictions of mont sainte-victoire – make increasingly visible his emphasis on structure and repetition, and the interweaving of representational and abstract characteristics. van gogh, on the other hand, wrote with confidence and enthusiasm, expressing his views on ethical, social and behavioural matters in his correspondence. soon after van gogh’s death in , his writings were published in mercure de france. Émile bernard – one of the artists to whom cézanne wrote in the early years of the twentieth century – made available to the french public, between and , extracts from the letters he had received from van gogh. worringer certainly had the opportunity to explore van gogh’s writings in french, as well as in german. kunst and künstler (the magazine of bruno cassirer, paul cassirer’s cousin), also featured selections from van gogh’s letters in and . in , aiming to reach an even wider audience, bruno cassirer issued vincent van gogh, letters, an anthology of van gogh’s late correspondence. van gogh’s views on art were therefore familiar to german readers by the time worringer published ‘the historical development of modern art’, so worringer’s associating current explorations in art-making with the name of van gogh highlighted the lineage and relevance of recent french and german art-making. van gogh’s letters argue passionately for artistic issues that interest him; his remarkable directness intensifies both the generosity and critical edge of his comments. in a letter to bernard from around november , for instance, van gogh praises bernard’s for an introduction to van gogh’s letters and their biographical and art-historical role, see leo jansen, hans luijten, and nienke bakker, vincent van gogh: the letters, vol. (new york: thames & hudson, ), - . van gogh’s admiration for cézanne, as well as for an impressive number of painters from various schools and of diverse nationalities – including impressionists such as monet and pissarro – is mentioned in stolwijk et. al., vincent's choice: van gogh's musée imaginaire, - , - . ibid., . ibid. in april (during the year when abstraction and empathy was published) van gogh’s works were shown in munich twice: at galerie zimmermann, and then at moderne kunsthandlung [dealers of modern art]. van gogh’s solo show from moderne kunsthandlung travelled to emil richter’s gallery in berlin, where, according to lloyd and peppiatt, the artists of die brücke attended the exhibition. see lloyd and peppiatt, van gogh and expressionism, . leo jansen, hans luijten, and nienke bakker, vincent van gogh: the letters, vol. (new york: thames & hudson, ), - . adoration of the shepherds ( ) and points to its faults in the same paragraph. ‘[o]ne has to look for the possible, the logical, the true’, van gogh notes, displeased with the improbable aspects of the scene bernard imagines. instead, van gogh finds bernard’s breton women in the meadow ( ) convincingly composed, simple and dignified. bernard’s use of colour, which van gogh regards as naive, pleases the latter; van gogh also compliments the clear delineation, planar divisions, and strong colour contrasts in bernard’s red poplars ( ). for van gogh, representational subject-matter needs to be believably rendered; however, his comments bring to light his focus on abstract aspects of painting, such as the organization of a picture into planes, its levels of contrast, and the clarity of its colours. observing nature and focusing on representing it brings peace of mind to van gogh. in his own words: ‘... [b]y working very calmly, beautiful subjects will come of their own accord; it’s truly first and foremost a question of immersing oneself in reality again, with no plan made in advance’. attentive engagement with the process of painting yields good representational works, according to van gogh; in the descriptions he gives to his paintings, his deeply felt connection to the natural world acquires psychological inflections. worringer writes that representation relies on the resonance of artists with their surroundings in abstraction and empathy; his remark certainly applies to van gogh’s artistic process. representation, in van gogh’s works, reflects his dedication to rendering the world as observed. on the other hand, van gogh expresses his fear of abstraction in his letter to bernard from november . abstraction, van gogh thinks, would have a softening effect ibid., . ibid. ibid., - . also see, in this respect, chris stolwijk, sjraar van heugten, leo jansen, andreas blühm, and nienke bakker, vincent's choice : van gogh's musée imaginaire (london: thames & hudson, ), - . ibid., . mentioning a work in progress in , van gogh writes to bernard: ‘... [t]he first tree is an enormous trunk, but struck by lightning and sawn off. a side branch thrusts up very high, however, and falls down again in an avalanche of dark green twigs. this dark giant – like a proud man brought low – contrasts, when seen as the character of a living being with the pale smile of the last rose on the bush, which is fading in front of him... you’ll understand that this combination of red ochre, of green saddened with grey, of black lines that define the outlines, this gives rise a little to the feeling of anxiety from which some of my companions in misfortune often suffer, and which is called “seeing red”.’ ibid. wilhelm worringer and hilton kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style (chicago: ivan r. dee and elephant paperbacks, [ ]), - . on him. he dislikes abstraction in his own work as much as in the work of others; he criticises bernard for his choice of ‘abstract,’ biblical subject-matter, and praises his work from life instead. van gogh regards some of his own explorations as abstract, but draws attention to the challenges such an approach to art-making brings along for him. in his words to bernard: ‘when gauguin was in arles, i once or twice allowed myself to be led into abstraction, as you know, in a woman rocking a cradle, a dark woman reading novels in a yellow library, and at that time abstraction seemed an attractive route to me. but that’s enchanted ground, – my good fellow – and one soon finds oneself up against a wall.’ van gogh thus recognizes that his access to creativity is connected to the representational approach, namely to the close relationship between observation and artistic representation. abstraction (a process worringer links with tendencies of distancing from the world in abstraction and empathy) belongs to the domain of enchantment according to van gogh; for him, art needs to assert and explore its connection with reality. van gogh’s understanding of abstraction prevents him from crediting it in his own paintings. unlike worringer, who recognizes and addresses the creative potential of processes of abstraction in abstraction and empathy, van gogh hesitates with regard to paintings he considers abstract, as well as with regard to subject-matter removed from everyday reality (such as biblical scenes). however, while van gogh describes his representational work in emotionally rich terms, he also highlights abstract aspects of painting in his letters. he mentions, for instance, his painting of olive trees to bernard; in this canvas, colour appears as a key compositional element. van gogh writes to bernard: ‘so at present i am working in the olive trees, seeking the different effects of a grey sky against yellow earth, with dark green note of the foliage; another time the earth and foliage all purplish against yellow sky, then red ochre earth and pink and green sky.’ van gogh’s attention to colour juxtapositions and contrasts defines his approach to the rendition of olive trees; he explains to bernard that the symbolic power of a scene may well rely on the careful, invested depiction of simple subject- leo jansen, hans luijten, and nienke bakker, vincent van gogh: the letters, vol. (new york: thames & hudson, ), . ibid., . jansen, luijten and bakker show that van gogh is referring to augustine roulin (‘la berceuse’) ( ), and to woman reading a novel ( ). a higher degree of abstraction is visible in van gogh’s approach to depicting human figures, as well as in his approach to flatter, chromatically assertive backgrounds. however, his protagonists remain recognizable, and his paintings representational. worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . jansen, luijten, and bakker, vincent van gogh: the letters, vol. , . matter. abstract aspects of painting such as van gogh’s focus on colour play a significant role in his representational compositions. in olive grove ( ) (fig. ), a painting van gogh completed around the time of his letter to bernard, the representation of landscape makes visible the intensely vital rhythm of brushwork. the natural elements van gogh depicts are, without exception, activated by visible brushstrokes that reveal van gogh’s interpretation of light direction, intensity and expansion, warmth, mass, solidity and distance. through van gogh’s brushwork, the entire surface of olive grove seems to vibrate. the sun, the remote mountains, the land, the olive trees and their shadows, are rendered by van gogh as brushstroke clusters juxtaposed with varyingly inflected planes. for tree trunks and their branches, for the disk of the sun and sometimes for the dunes in the grove, van gogh indicates the margins of planes by decisive outer contours. unblended lines and clearly observable paint application bring to the fore the abstract component of van gogh’s representational painting. van gogh is a representational artist whose strong emotional connection to his subjects animates landscape and highlights its intrinsic energy. however, the visual impact of his paintings relies on his decisive handling of composition, paint application and colour division ibid., - . fig. . vincent van gogh. olive grove. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. minneapolis. minneapolis institute of arts. – namely, on the abstract aspects of his pictorial process. worringer, in ‘the historical development of modern art’, considers van gogh’s art exemplary for early twentieth- century explorations characterised by sincere, dedicated and personal approaches to painting. for worringer, van gogh’s preference for pictorial representation is less significant, in early twentieth-century contexts, than the painter’s focus on communicating emotion through his art. alongside van gogh, worringer mentions henri matisse as an influence on contemporary artists in ‘the historical development of modern art’. matisse, who held works by cézanne and van gogh in his personal collection, exhibited his own drawings, paintings and sculptures since at the salon of the independents [salon des indépendants], berthe weill gallery, and autumn salon [salon d’automne], and had had his first solo exhibition at ambroise vollard’s gallery in . by the time of his publishing ‘notes of a painter’ in the great review [la grande revue] ( december ), matisse had opened his own academy ( - ); his paintings had been acquired by the french state and by private collectors. matisse’s ‘notes of a painter’ was translated into russian and german by ; worringer had an opportunity to acquaint himself with the art as well as writings of matisse before the publication of his own ‘the historical development of modern art’ in . in ‘notes of a painter’, matisse explains that a connection exists between all the works in his oeuvre, even when his approach has changed over time. apparent stylistic inconsistency is, matisse implies, the result of reflection – therefore, of artistic growth. expression follows thinking for matisse; when his ideas change, so does his art. although matisse believes that painters are best introduced by their own work, he underscores the link between thinking and expressive completeness in his paintings. worringer, whose abstraction and empathy rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, ), - . john elderfield, henri matisse: a retrospective (new york: the museum of modern art, ), - . ibid. ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . henri matisse, 'notes of a painter' in matisse on art, ed. jack flam (oxford: phaidon, [ ]), . ibid., . ibid., - . was published in (like ‘notes of a painter’), draws attention to his own interest in the conditions that bring art into being. the beauty of art is less compelling for worringer than the actual process of art-making and the contexts that trigger it. worringer shares with matisse a preoccupation with the experiences and processes that lead to art-making rather than with the result of art-making alone. the composition of pictures is itself expressive for matisse; it supports the rendering of feeling through figure placement, through the relationships of positive and negative space, through proportions. compositions must include only necessary elements, according to the painter, and must be modified expressively in response to different surface formats. when beginning to work, matisse notices he tends to record sensations that he tries to stabilise during later stages of painting. sensations must come to reflect the artist’s state of mind; in matisse’s words: ‘i want to reach that state of condensation of sensations which makes a painting.’ for him, capturing impressions but not reworking and defining them (as he assumes impressionist artists like monet and sisley do) is insufficient; he seeks to render the basic features of his motifs, in search for ‘... a more lasting interpretation’. matisse’s turning away from impressionism resonates with worringer’s coeval views from abstraction and empathy. for worringer, impressionist representation emphasizes the changeable aspects of the world, while abstract art highlights ‘... a value of necessity and eternity’ in art- making. worringer writes in favour of abstraction throughout abstraction and empathy; worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . matisse, 'notes of a painter', . despite the clarity of his thought, matisse’s work did not meet with unanimous appreciation in the early years of the twentieth century. the painter’s approach to form and composition was regarded by art critic maxime girieud, in , as stylistically varied to the point of inconsistency; girieud contrasted the practices of matisse and van gogh in this respect, noting that van gogh focused exclusively on the development of his art, while matisse assimilated techniques from other painters. alastair wright explains: ‘the suspicion was that matisse was deliberately trying to be new’; this search for novelty resulted, according to art critic charles morice in , in deliberate deformation and awkwardness. maurice denis, in , also found matisse’s painting attenuated, in emotional terms, when compared with the work of van gogh. see alastair wright, matisse and the subject of modernism (princeton: princeton university press, ), - , , , , - . also, rebecca a. rabinow, and dorthe aagesen, matisse: in search of true painting (new york: metropolitan museum of art, new york, statens museum for kunst, denmark, centre georges pompidou, paris, ), - , . ibid. ibid. ibid., - . ibid., . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . like worringer, matisse points out that taking distance from detailed renditions of reality increases the impressiveness of artworks. matisse points to the division between nature and art-making; worringer does the same in the opening pages of abstraction and empathy. for worringer, art and nature are independent from each other, and art is the equal of nature. matisse, in his turn, comments from the perspective of a practising painter: ‘i cannot copy nature in a servile way; i am forced to interpret nature and submit it to the spirit of the picture.’ worringer criticises the role of imitation in art; matisse finds he must depart from copying his motif. the picture, rather than nature, suggests the approach to the model, according to matisse; yet (in contrast to worringer’s thoughts on abstraction) the relationship of model and picture must be based not on tension or fear, but on harmony. however, the clear organization worringer recognizes in abstract art is also considered by matisse a prerequisite of his own artistic process. composition and expression play key roles in the work of matisse. if pictures have to be clearly conceived by matisse before he begins painting, the colour tones he uses are applied instinctively, for expressive purposes. feeling, sensitivity and personal experiencing guide matisse’s chromatic decisions – his practice provides a persuasive answer to worringer’s requirement from abstraction and empathy that art emerge from personal, deeply felt responses to the world. matisse wants his art to be serene, pure and balanced; worringer associates such characteristics with abstraction, yet, unlike matisse, considers that abstract art emerges from the tension between people and their surroundings. where abstraction and empathy looks predominantly into the distinction between representational and abstract modes of art-making, ‘notes of a painter’ draws attention to the matisse, 'notes of a painter', . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . matisse, 'notes of a painter', . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid. also, matisse, 'notes of a painter', . matisse, 'notes of a painter', . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . matisse, 'notes of a painter', . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , - . ibid., . shared grounds of abstraction and representation. matisse mentions the often-asserted contrast between painters who work from nature (observing the world) and painters who work from imagination (without referring to the world). he writes that, in his opinion, artists may combine these approaches in their practice. matisse explains: often a discussion arises as to the value of different processes, and their relationship to different temperaments. a distinction is made between painters who work directly from nature and those who work purely from imagination. personally, i think neither of these methods must be preferred to the exclusion of the other. both may be used in turn by the same individual, either because he needs contact with objects in order to receive sensations that will excite his creative faculty, or his sensations are already organized. in either case he will be able to arrive at that totality which constitutes a picture. in any event i think that one can judge the vitality and power of an artist who, after having received impressions directly from the spectacle of nature, is able to organize his sensations to continue his work in the same frame of mind on different days, and to develop these sensations; this power proves he is sufficiently master of himself to subject himself to discipline. for matisse, the organization of an artist’s sensations can develop in contact with nature, but also independently. matisse emphasizes the importance of such organization in picture- making; whether the world or the artist’s imagination is the motor of this process proves less important to him. the painter’s openness to representational as well as abstract processes surfaces in ‘notes of a painter’. moreover, matisse discusses a hybrid approach to art- making, where painters start by referring to nature and then, in the absence of their motif, continue to develop their picture according to their initial response. worringer also points to matisse, 'notes of a painter', - . abstract-representational interplay in matisse’s early twentieth-century work is also signalled by wright, who points out: ‘... [t]he inconsistency of matisse’s facture, its displacement of static form by process, calls mimesis into question... works such as seascape (beside the sea) (summer )... push the diversity of mark-making and pigment application beyond anything that can be read as a mimetic system. the deep green with which waves are denoted by blunt horizontal strokes at lower left (alternating with blue) reappears as rounded smudges of pigment marking out the tip of the rock that pushes into space from the right; it then reappears in the centre of the image, representing waves once more but now isolated among widely dispersed white strokes. none of this quite adds up to representation.’ see alastair wright, matisse and the subject of modernism (princeton: princeton university press, ), - . the possibility of such practices in abstraction and empathy, as well as in ‘the historical development of modern art’; according to him, early twentieth-century artists may incline towards abstraction, yet need to allow representational motifs with symbolic value to inform the core of their artworks. matisse’s ‘notes of a painter’ were written after his pictorial explorations of in collioure, a port at the mediterranean sea where he was joined by andré derain for the summer. the collioure series of paintings give primacy to the exploration of colour; they emphasize chromatic rhythms as discerned by the painter in his motif, as well as colour application on canvas. landscape at collioure ( ) (fig. ), for instance, orchestrates red- green, blue-orange complementary contrasts by means of brushstrokes that hint to the form of proximate land and distant hills, to the direction of pathways, to vegetation growth and movement. matisse allows the ground of his canvas to show between brushstrokes; he asserts planes mostly through colour composition and application. chromatically complex, landscape at worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer, 'the historical development of modern art' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, - . elderfield, henri matisse: a retrospective, . fig. . henri matisse. landscape at collioure. . oil on canvas. x . cm. new york. museum of modern art. collioure nevertheless remains as open and direct as drawing. matisse’s picture maintains its connection to the motif that inspires it, yet, although representational, highlights abstract aspects (for instance, the distinctness and paradoxical interdependence of brushstrokes, as well as the visual rhythm of a painting that resembles drawing). expressiveness – the result of observation and of personal responding to a motif – finds its form through the interweaving of abstraction and representation in matisse’s works from collioure. for an artist and writer such as vinnen, works that assert personal expressiveness draw too much attention to the painter; vinnen criticises the art of cézanne and van gogh from this point of view, emphasizing that the attention of the german public needs to be directed towards local talent. however, worringer recognizes the impact of the works of painters such as cézanne, van gogh and matisse in their epoch, and, contrary to vinnen’s ideas, argues for the continued cultivation of connections between french and german art. ‘the historical development of modern art’ does not assert the differentiations between national approaches to art-making; worringer is rather interested in finding international commonalities. regarding contemporary art practices, he remarks they are generically characterized by ‘... [t]his unmistakable striving for impartiality, for a compelling simplification of form, an elemental open-mindedness about artistic representation’. he associates contemporary art-making with ‘primitivism’, and notes (as he had done in regarding the paintings matisse produced in at collioure and showed at the salon of the independents in the same year, wright notes that critics such as denis associated matisse’s works, due to their brightness, with threats to perception. see alastair wright, matisse and the subject of modernism (princeton: princeton university press, ), - , . carl vinnen, 'quousque tandem' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, eds. rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), . ibid., . worringer, 'the historical development of modern art' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, - . the cultural connections between france and germany had actually informed, according to ulrich finke, nineteenth-century french culture. finke points to the impact of german idealist thought on romantic and symbolist art in france, through charles baudelaire’s familiarity with the work of heinrich heine. see ulrich finke, german painting: from romanticism to expressionism (london: thames and hudson, ), . jill lloyd also mentions the early twentieth-century contribution of worringer to encouraging the continuation of french-german cultural dialogues. lloyd writes: ‘in many ways worringer circumvented the dichotomy between french and german identity by lifting the discussion onto the level of the primitive and the universal.’ see jill lloyd, german expressionism: primitivism and modernity (new haven: yale university press, ), . lloyd notes that worringer stands against evolutionary theories of art that assert european superiority; she draws attention to the significance of worringer’s thought for expressionist artists, and the timeliness of his inquiries, which coincide with the early twentieth-century gothic revival in germany. (ibid., .) worringer, 'the historical development of modern art', . abstraction and empathy) that such approaches are not the result of unskilled work, but the expression of a specific artistic will. employing the term ‘expressionist’ in this context, worringer connects it to his discussion of artistic will, ‘primitivism,’ and french art-making. the work of ‘the new parisian synthetists and expressionists’ kindles, according to worringer, the interest of contemporary artists in ‘primitive’ art. indeed, in a letter addressed by franz marc to his friend august macke, marc’s attention to ‘primitive’ art comes to the fore. marc, who travelled to italy in and france in and , had the opportunity to engage with recent art and form his opinion on international artistic tendencies. he enthusiastically praised french impressionists (renoir, manet, monet, pissarro, and eugène boudin were among his favourites), and found peace in the works of gauguin and van gogh, whom he also admired. yet, in , marc proves equally interested in tribal art as collected in ethnographic museums; he argues for the necessity to build an intellectual bridge between the explorations of the ‘primitives’ and early twentieth- century art-making. on january , marc writes to macke: i spent some very productive time in the ethnographic museum in order to study the artistic methods of the “primitive peoples.”... i was finally caught up, astonished and shocked, by the carvings of the cameroon people, carvings which can perhaps be see, for instance, ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , . worringer’s historical approach to new art practices at the beginning of the twentieth century brings to mind the words of hegel regarding romantic art. in his own discussion of genuine art-making, hegel points to the artworks of different nations (to indian art, for example) and different historical times (such as the middle ages). hegel mentions that such works reflect common preoccupations of humankind; he also comments on the initial difficulty of accounting theoretically for less-known art. according to hegel: ‘these works, because of their age or foreign nationality, have of course something strange about them for us, but they have a content which outsoars their foreignness and is common to all mankind, and only by the prejudice of theory could they be stamped as products of a barbarous bad taste. this general recognition of works of art which lie outside the circle and forms which were the principal basis for the abstractions of theory has in the first place led to the recognition of a special kind of art – romantic art, and it has become necessary to grasp the concept and nature of the beautiful in a deeper way than was possible for those theories. bound up with this at the same time is the fact that the concept, aware of itself as the thinking spirit, has now recognized itself on its side, more deeply, in philosophy, and this has thereby immediately provided an inducement for taking up the essence of art too in a profounder way.’ (hegel and knox, aesthetics: lectures on fine art, - .) worringer, 'the historical development of modern art', . marc’s visit to paris lasted for six months. his departure to the french capital had as a background the death of marc’s father and marc’s betrothal – a marriage from which marc took a break to leave for paris in the night of his wedding. see frederick s. levine, the apocalyptic vision: the art of franz marc as german expressionism (new york: harper & row, ), - . see marc as cited in ibid., . marc cited in ibid., . surpassed only by the sublime works of the incas. i find it so self-evident that we should seek the rebirth of our artistic feeling in this cold dawn of artistic intelligence, rather than in cultures that have already gone through a thousand-year cycle like the japanese or the italian renaissance. i think i am gradually really coming to understand what matters for us if we are to call ourselves artists at all: we must become ascetics. don’t be frightened; i mean this only in intellectual matters. we must be brave and give up almost everything which until now was dear and indispensable for us good central europeans. our ideas and ideals must wear a hairshirt. we must nourish them with locusts and wild honey, and not with history, if we are to issue forth from the exhaustion of our european bad taste. for marc, contemporary artists need to research ‘primitive’ approaches to art-making; a shift in aesthetic perception is necessary, according to him, in order to correct the patterns of appreciation displayed by his epoch. ‘primitivism’ can, marc argues, open a pathway towards a renewed understanding of art. he addresses ‘primitive’ art and contemporary developments in art-making with an equal degree of enthusiasm. for him as for worringer in abstraction and empathy and ‘the historical development of modern art’, the elemental quality of tribal art is an engaging topic for intellectual research at the beginning of the twentieth century. macke, the recipient of marc’s letter, proves to agree with marc’s viewpoint. in the blue rider almanac ( ), a publication initiated by marc and kandinsky, macke reflects on form as approached in ‘primitive’ and contemporary art-making. macke’s interest in abstract aspects of art comes through in his text, ‘masks’, where he explains the connections between form, emotion, expression and interpretation. form does not need to be fully understood, but seen as an outcome of living, emplaced experience, macke writes. macke is appreciative towards form as articulated in all cultures and life situations, despite the limitations established by the aesthetics of his time. in his words: marc as cited in jack d. flam, miriam deutch, and carl einstein, primitivism and twentieth-century art: a documentary history (berkeley: university of california press, ), - . klaus lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, ), . forms are powerful expressions of powerful life. differences in expression come from the material, word, colour, sound, stone, wood, metal. one need not understand each form. one also need not reach each language. the contemptuous gesture with which connoisseurs and artists have to this day banished all artistic form of primitive cultures to the fields of ethnology or applied art is amazing at the very least. what we hang on the wall as a painting is basically similar to the carved and painted pillars in an african hut. the african considers his idol the comprehensible form for an incomprehensible idea, the personification of an abstract concept. for us the painting is the comprehensible form for the obscure, incomprehensible conception of a deceased person, or an animal, of a plant, of the whole magic of nature, of the rhythmical... everywhere, forms speak in a sublime language right in the face of european aesthetics. form, macke observes, is relevant in all cultural contexts, even where it appears impossible to understand. the artist does not need form to be intellectually explainable; instead, he argues for the intrinsic power of form as observable in the materials through which it is articulated. the connection macke traces between materials and form (rather than between form and meaning) highlights his sensitivity towards aspects of abstraction in art. in abstraction and empathy and especially in form in gothic, worringer addressed the features of abstract form and the experiential background of artists working with abstraction, but also the specific role of stone and materiality in sculpture and architecture. macke, in his turn, explains the attention that form requires from an artist’s viewpoint. in ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ), worringer highlights the key features of ‘primitive’ art: distortion and simplification. according to him, the simplification practised by ‘primitive’ artists can only appeal to viewers who appreciate form rather than illusionism. marc (who, as we have seen, praised worringer’s work to kandinsky in ), and macke (marc’s close friend and contributor to the blue rider almanac) both admire macke as cited in flam, deutch, and einstein, primitivism and twentieth-century art: a documentary history, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , - , - . also, wilhelm worringer and herbert edward read, form in gothic (london: tiranti, [ ]), , , - , - , - , , - , - , . tribal art around ; their works make visible an attention to elemental qualities of art materials, as well as an interest in reworking and simplifying form. in crouching deer ( ) (fig. ), for instance, marc’s muted primaries hint to the tones and shades of wood and animal skin – materials often encountered in tribal art. form is simplified throughout his painting, emphasizing the visual weight of his motifs, as well as his handling of space. colour inflection highlights the placement of the animal protagonist within the canvas instead of communicating spatial recession and three-dimensionality. although depicting a scene from nature in a recognizable manner, marc emphasizes planes that approach flatness in crouching deer. triangular shapes can be recognized throughout marc’s painting; they impart a geometrical aspect to form, but at the same time organize composition and communicate rhythm. representational and abstract characteristics combine in marc’s crouching deer, as in macke’s the storm ( ) (fig. ). bringing to mind herwarth walden’s berlin magazine and gallery, sturm [storm] (where walden defended the expressionist practices of his contemporaries), macke’s painting emphasizes the expressive qualities of form. pictorial motifs connected to the vegetal and animal world suggest movement rather than strict resemblance in the storm, drawing rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, ), - . long draws attention to macke’s seminal role in the organization of the first german autumn salon at walden’s gallery. fig. . franz marc. crouching deer [hockend reh]. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. private collection. attention to the vitality of the scene. sharp and dissolving contours give macke’s work visual variety. macke uses a similar colour palette to the one employed by marc for crouching deer. however, in the storm, tints of yellow and blue stand out more than in marc’s work; macke’s painting thus assumes a lighter aspect. the organic and geometrical forms macke combines in his painting remain partially open due to light-dark gradations and to the smooth transition between planes. unlike in marc’s crouching deer, formal simplification seems to contribute to the mobility and ambiguity of macke’s motifs from the storm, where macke’s tendencies towards abstraction come to the fore. in ‘the historical development of modern art’ as in abstraction and empathy, worringer articulates a polar relationship between representational (or illusion-focused) and abstract (or form-focused) aspects of art-making. however, in the paintings of his contemporaries, abstract-representational antithesis is less visible than the reworking and simplification of form worringer recognizes in ‘primitive’ art. gabriele münter, who was familiar with worringer’s abstraction and empathy in the early years of the twentieth century, remained a representational artist throughout her career, yet employed pictorial techniques that highlighted the abstract aspects of her pictures. münter is cited by magdalena bushart in magdalena bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), . also see, from the current thesis, ‘ : abstraction and empathy republished’. fig. . august macke. the storm [der sturm]. . oil on canvas. x cm. saarbrücken. stiftung saarlandischer kulturbesitz. for münter, working with representation involved a certain amount of anxiety (a feeling worringer associates with the emergence of abstraction). where worringer considers representational art as a manifestation of the confidence artists have in their surroundings, the comments of münter on her own art reveal the hesitation that accompanies the initial stages of her process. in her interview with edouard roditi, münter remarks: ‘my pictures are all moments of life – i mean instantaneous visual experiences, generally noted very rapidly and spontaneously. when i begin to paint, it’s like leaping suddenly into deep water, and i never know beforehand whether i will be able to swim.’ münter finds that giving pictorial shape to her observations relies on her personal, instantaneous responses to her subjects; her directness is paradoxically informed by self-doubt. in , the year when worringer published abstraction and empathy, münter spent her summer in murnau with wassily kandinsky and their mutual friends, painters marianne werefkin and alexei jawlensky. münter regarded her stay in murnau as beneficial to her pictorial practice. in her words: ‘after a brief time of experimentation, i took a major leap there – from painting after nature, more or less impressionistically, to the feeling of a content to abstracting to the presentation of an extract. it was a wonderful, interesting, happy period of work with many discussions about art with the enchanting “giselists” [i. e., werefkin and jawlensky, who lived on gisela street in munich].’ while transiting from observational to increasingly abstract work, münter remained connected to the world around her, finding pleasure in the company of fellow painters werefkin and jawlensky. münter’s experimenting with abstraction did not seem to emerge from a need of distancing from her immediate environment (on the other hand, worringer’s argument from abstraction and empathy associated, in theory, abstraction and distancing from the world). for münter, the transition for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , . ibid., - . reinhold heller and gabriele münter, gabriele münter: the years of expressionism, - (munich: prestel, ), . shulamith behr points out that, at the beginning of the twentieth century, pre-industrial times and romantic values appealed to artists, who reconnected to the natural world through outdoor activities, and cultivated connections with ‘primitive’ forms of culture (folk art, for instance). werefkin and münter – who met in and painted the streets and surroundings of murnau when on holiday together – certainly reflected such preoccupations in their practices and chosen pastimes, according to behr. see shulamith behr, women expressionists (new york: rizzoli, ), , , - , , . ibid., . towards abstraction-oriented experimentations took place in an atmosphere animated by positive emotions. during and after their holiday in murnau, münter painted a number of pictures of jawlensky, werefkin and kandinsky – for instance, jawlensky and werefkin ( - ), listening (portrait of jawlensky) ( ), and boating ( ). münter’s portrait of marianne werefkin ( ) (fig. ) captures, in bold colours and brushstrokes, the allure and personality of the sitter. werefkin appears fascinating and decisive in münter’s painting. the elegance of werefkin is emphasized by münter’s simple, geometric composition that draws attention to the head of the model. applied in large areas of the work, colours that depart from life actually support characterisation in münter’s painting. the perspective of münter on her sitter is the colourful hat werefkin wears and the unusual red and green skin tones münter uses remind of matisse’s earlier woman with the hat ( ). however, in matisse’s work, contrasting colours are juxtaposed almost without blending, while in münter’s portrait of werefkin the skin tone of the protagonist is, by comparison, inflected but uniform. münter’s approach remains more indebted to representational principles than matisse’s woman with the hat. for further details regarding münter’s portrait of marianne werefkin, see shulamith behr, women expressionists (new york: rizzoli, ), . also, john elderfield, henri matisse: a retrospective (new york: museum of modern art and h. n. abrams, ), . fig. . gabriele münter. portrait of marianne werefkin. . oil on board. x cm. munich. städtische galerie im lenbachhaus. complimentary; rather than making visible werefkin’s age, münter focuses on suggesting the enduring personal qualities of werefkin. werefkin, a member of the munich neue künstlervereinigung [new artists’ association] from its early days, exhibited alongside münter, jawlensky, and kandinsky since . for the second show of the association, werefkin prepared six canvases, among which she included the red tree ( ) (fig. ). the reworking and simplification of form as observed by worringer in contemporary art become visible in werefkin’s red tree as well. human presence (a woman resting near the central tree) is discreet in the red tree, and, like the only building in the painting, acquires symbolic rather than descriptive resonance. suggested by tonal gradation, atmospheric behr notes that münter admired werefkin, who was forty-nine in . werefkin regarded herself as a living source of inspiration for other artists. in her words (cited by behr in women expressionists): ‘people have always come to tell me that i am their star, [that] they couldn’t progress in life without me.’ see behr, women expressionists, . werefkin tended to make an impression on her peers, elisabeth erdmann-macke remarks; erdmann-macke remembers werefkin as follows: ‘she was an unusual, vivacious, strong personality... we saw her first as we entered jawlensky’s studio. she was turned away from us, a slender erect figure with a glaring- red blouse, a dark skirt and black patent belt, in her hair a broad taffeta bow. one thought a young girl stood there.’ see behr, women expressionists, . kandinsky, münter, jawlensky, alfred kubin, alexander kanoldt, adolf erbslöh, henri le fauconnier, pablo picasso, georges braque, andré derain, maurice vlaminck, georges rouault, kees van dongen also participated in the second exhibition of the new artists’ association. see levine, the apocalyptic vision: the art of franz marc as german expressionism, . fig. . marianne werefkin. the red tree [die rote baum]. . tempera on board. x cm. ascona. museo comunale d’arte moderna. perspective is employed by werefkin to highlight the elements of landscape in the foreground, their colours, shapes and textures. although werefkin’s canvas has depth, it directs attention towards brushwork and colour modulation by means of composition. in blue mountain ( - ), kandinsky’s brushwork and hue contrast are more assertive than werefkin’s in the red tree. this takes place because werefkin, like münter, shows an interest in experimenting with abstraction, yet proves to have strong commitments to representational aspects of painting. however, in their representational works, both münter and werefkin interpret rather than describe their motifs. in the practices of werefkin and münter, personal expression or, to employ worringer’s vocabulary, ‘inner experience’ (a key element of art-making as signalled in abstraction and empathy), relies on bringing to light elemental aspects of form and emotional approaches to colour. nevertheless, the elemental effects observable in early twentieth-century art-making need not be strictly associated with ‘primitivism,’ worringer argues in ‘the historical development of modern art’. he maintains that ‘primitive’ art is only one of the points of access to the study of elemental effects, and regards the concern of his contemporaries with ‘primitivism’ to be but a stage in the artistic reformulations of his time. for him, the current attention to ‘primitivism’ supports creative inquiries; the interest of artists in distant times actually brings them closer to nature, worringer explains. distortion as observed in the art of his time seeks to assert connections with the natural world, according to worringer, who finds that in recent art nature does not feature as processed by reason, vision and education, but as filtered for a brief discussion of kandinsky’s blue mountain, see, from the current thesis, ‘worringer’s impact: expressionism ( ) by paul fechter, and expressionism ( ) by hermann bahr’. behr notices that werefkin regards art from an abstract perspective, yet favours the representational mode in painting. werefkin (cited in behr’s women expressionists) writes: ‘art is a world-philosophy [weltanschauung] which finds its expression in those forms, which inspire its technical means: sound, colour, form, line, word.’ behr comments: ‘despite this prescription for abstraction, when werefkin resumed painting she pursued startlingly coloured portraits, interior genres and landscapes which invariably incorporated social themes of peasants and washerwomen.’ see behr, women expressionists, . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . behr cites marc with regard to werefkin’s views on the role of colour in early twentieth-century art. according to marc, werefkin signals that colour can suggest more than illumination in painting. in marc’s words: ‘miss werefkin said to helmuth [macke] recently that the germans frequently make the mistake of taking light as colour, while colour is totally different and has, in general, little to do with light viz. illumination. this observation has sense, it is very profound and, i believe, has hit the nail on the head.’ see behr, women expressionists, . ———, 'the historical development of modern art', . through emotion. the works of early twentieth-century artists are characterized, worringer maintains, by ‘... chaste purity and symbolic affective power’. worringer’s thoughts from ‘the historical development of modern art’ certainly resonate with the interests of marc in ‘primitivism,’ in the simplicity of ‘primitive’ art, and in a renewed approach to nature. such preoccupations informed marc’s work before his becoming aware of worringer’s work. as we have seen, marc (who discovered worringer’s abstraction and empathy in february ) argues, in one of his letters to macke from , that intellectual asceticism must inform contemporary art. earlier on, in , marc also wrote to piper (who published abstraction and empathy in the same year), explaining the attention he bestowed on developing intuitively his connections with the natural world. for marc, feeling is the guide to experiencing the life of nature. in his words from : ‘i am attempting to enhance my sensibility for the organic rhythm that i feel in all things; and i am trying to feel pantheistically the rapture of the flow of “blood” in nature, in the trees, in the animals, in the air... i can see no more successful means toward an “animalisation” of art, as i like to call it, than the painting of animals. that is why i have taken it up.’ feelings allow marc to connect to his natural surroundings; in his depictions of animals, the materialization of such feelings finds its best expression, according to marc. representational works such as large lenggries horses ( ) and deer at dusk ( ) show marc’s attention to animal form and movement, as well as to a natural colour palette of brown, ochre, yellow and orange tints and tones. however, after seeing kandinsky’s work in the first new artists’ association exhibition ( ), matisse’s paintings ( ), and the second show of the new artists’ association ( ), marc’s approach to form and colour changes. in horse in a landscape ( ) (fig. ibid. wassily kandinsky, franz marc, and klaus lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, ), . flam, deutch, and einstein, primitivism and twentieth-century art: a documentary history, - . marc to piper ( december ), cited in levine, the apocalyptic vision: the art of franz marc as german expressionism, . ibid., . maria, marc’s wife, mentions the impact of the work of kandinsky on her husband: ‘through the experience of kandinsky’s pictures his eyes were opened and he soon knew the reason why his works had not arrived at an effect of complete unity. he wrote at that time: “everything stood before me on an organic basis, everything but colour.” ’ ibid., . ibid., . ), marc places emphasis on colour and form rather than on the detailed representation of his subject. still recognizable, marc’s landscape setting and animal motif are activated by barely inflected primary and secondary hues. reds, blues, yellows and greens gain an elemental directness in horse in a landscape, emphasizing the clarity and simplicity of marc’s composition. marc, like kandinsky in on the spiritual in art ( ), regards colour as a pictorial vehicle of meaning. he writes to macke on december : ‘blue is the male principle, severe and spiritual. yellow is the female principle, gentle, cheerful and sensual. red is matter, brutal and heavy, the colour that has come into conflict with, and succumb to the other two... green always requires the aid of blue (the sky) and yellow (the sun) to reduce matter to silence.’ the dominance of yellow in marc’s horse in a landscape may thus be alluding not only to the grasses of summer, but also to the experiential delight of being alive. marc’s red and blue horse – a ‘male’ presence anchoring the canvas – seems to contemplate the joyful expanse of ‘female’ yellow and pacifying green. in horse in a landscape, marc may be focusing on chromatic composition and on the life of his motifs on canvas, but could also be exploring the relationship between materiality and spirituality, severity and happiness, female and male energies. his early twentieth-century perspective on colour is informed by his admiration for ‘primitive’ ways of connecting belief and artistic expression. the current thesis focuses on the relationship between abstraction and representation as observed in the work of early twentieth-century artists. an examination of kandinsky and marc’s respective views on colour needs to make the topic of a different inquiry. marc as cited by levine, ibid., p. . fig. . franz marc. horse in a landscape [pferd in landschaft]. . oil on board. x cm. essen. museum folkwang. however, despite the shared grounds of contemporary and ‘primitive’ art as observable in the works of marc, worringer signals in ‘the historical development of modern art’ that a different sense of the inevitable animates the art of the past and the art of his epoch. for worringer, contemporary art approaches feelings in sensuous or spiritual terms, while ‘primitive’ art communicates feelings of ambiguity towards the world. worringer finds greater refinement at work in the art of the early twentieth century, where knowledge is not imperfect – as worringer sees it in ‘primitive’ epochs – but voluntarily renounced. art that may look unskilled actually relies on the intentional abandonment of knowledge; in worringer’s words from abstraction and empathy: ‘that which was previously instinct is now the ultimate product of cognition.’ turn-of-the-twentieth-century artists react against impressionism and the european renaissance, according to worringer. in ‘the historical development of modern art’, he associates renaissance and impressionist art with factual learning, or learning from observation. this type of learning led to the impoverishment of german art, worringer claims. for him, german art relies, by contrast, on very different processes: it is defined by ambiguity, uncertainty, sensuousness and instinctive response to the world. arguing against ‘the rationalization of sight’ in the first person plural, worringer thus implies that he is empathically joining the ranks of contemporary artists and demanding, like them, that art have a powerful emotional effect, that art move viewers more than illusionism ever could. when addressing art from a national perspective, worringer stands against the separatism of vinnen, which worringer considers a narrow and oppositional standpoint. he observes: ‘... [w]e always take our cue first from outside germany, ... we have always had to give up and lose ourselves first, in order to find our real selves. that has been the tragedy and the worringer, 'the historical development of modern art', - . worringer writes: ‘not that primitive man sought more urgently for regularity in nature, or experienced regularity in it more intensely; just the reverse: it is because he stands so lost and spiritually helpless amidst the things of the external world, because he experiences only obscurity and caprice in the inter-connection and flux of the phenomena of the external world, that the urge is so strong in him to divest the things of the external world of their caprice and obscurity in the world-picture and to impart to them a value of necessity and a value of regularity.’ ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., - . ———, 'the historical development of modern art', . ibid., , . grandeur of german art from dürer to marées, and he who would cut our art from interaction with other art worlds is betraying our real national tradition.’ the strategy that defines early twentieth-century art practice relies, according to worringer, on the incorporation and transformation of symbolism. in his words: ‘we want to push external symbolism, hailed as a national trait of german art in particular, back into the innermost centre of the artwork, in order that it might flow out from there of its own natural energy, free of every dualism of form and content.’ worringer does not recommend that art renounce the symbolic aspects of representation; instead, he wants representational elements bearing symbolic value present at the core of contemporary artworks – in other words, representation and symbolism need to inform art-making intrinsically. once representation becomes integrated in the art of his time, form and content can enter an effortless alliance, according to worringer. in ‘the historical development of modern art,’ worringer recognizes the activity of expression in current art-making as a meeting ground of representational features and abstract tendencies. unlike abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, ‘the historical development of modern art’ appraises and contextualises the efforts of early twentieth-century artists. worringer points to key characteristics of contemporary french and german practices: simplification, an attention to the reworking of form, and an open, ‘elemental’ attitude towards art-making. worringer’s observations from ‘the historical development of modern art’ reflect the explorations and interests of artists such as marc (who became aware of worringer’s abstraction and empathy in ), and münter (who held worringer’s writings in high esteem since their early days). macke and werefkin, also supportive of early expressionist works, emphasized the role of form, colour and visual rhythm (rather than the importance of exact depiction) in their paintings and writings. as he observed in his forewords to abstraction and empathy, worringer, sensitive to current art-making while engaged in researching the past, provided relevant historical and contemporary frameworks of reference for the artists of his time. although his discussion of specific contemporary ibid., . worringer does not define the term ‘symbol’ in either abstraction and empathy or form in gothic, but employs it to refer to the capacity of an artistic motif to suggest a connection to an idea not represented directly. see, for instance, ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ———, 'the historical development of modern art', . practices is once more postponed in ‘the historical development of modern art’, worringer highlights current artistic tendencies, pointing to key features of art-making, as well as to innovative approaches to form. worringer’s impact: expressionism ( ) by paul fechter, and expressionism ( ) by hermann bahr the inquiries of worringer drew both direct and indirect attention to early twentieth-century art-making, and influenced the work of writers interested in expressionism. for instance, reinhart piper, who published worringer’s abstraction and empathy in , also issued paul fechter’s book, expressionism [der expressionismus], in . acknowledging the influence of worringer’s form in gothic on his own approach to expressionism, fechter wrote: ‘i was pleased, since there it was, what was all had long looked and wished for, and had found nowhere... we received from wilhelm worringer... finally solid ground beneath our feet for the constant meeting with the modern art that we considered and valued as our art, as the art of our generation of the eighties.’ indeed, worringer and fechter hold similar points of view on historical, theoretical and methodological matters. for fechter as for worringer, impressionism seems an art practice of the past in , due to the emphasis impressionists place on the study of nature. the alternative to impressionism, fechter claims, was the decorative; like kandinsky, he is dismissive towards it. fechter summarizes the preoccupations of contemporary artists by citing three rallying calls: ‘abandon nature!’, ‘back to the picture!’, and ‘back to emotion!’. following worringer, fechter encourages his contemporaries to rely less on the imitation of the world as observed; instead, he recommends that artists focus on rendering their emotions, as well as on particularities of picture-making (such as the relationship between lines, forms and colours on canvas). fechter, much like worringer in abstraction and empathy and ‘the historical development of modern art’, notes that art-making does not involve only skill, but also see, for instance, gordon, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', . (gordon mentions that fechter refers to the influence of worringer on the fourth page of expressionism.) also see bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', . bushart refers to fechter’s menschen auf meinen wegen, gütersloh: bertelsmann, , . paul fechter’s words are cited in bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', . paul fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, eds. rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, i, - . kandinsky‘s on the spiritual in art, where kandinsky discusses the effect of ornament on contemporary viewers, had also been published by piper. also, fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', , . fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', - . worringer, ‘the historical development of modern art’, - . will, need, and an awareness of temperament (or, according to fechter, of the ‘disposition of the soul’). he regards contemporary art as generically expressionistic. in abstraction and empathy, worringer drew attention to artists’ emotional responses to environment; fechter also addresses the importance of emotion in his own book. ‘the essential meaning of art always consists in expressing in a concentrated, direct way – the only possible way – the emotion arising from human existence on earth. the significance of expressionism lies in this insight’, fechter writes. when inquiring into the responses of artists to the world, fechter echoes worringer; however, where worringer generalizes, fechter connects his observations specifically to the expressionist movement. like worringer, fechter relies on antithetic terms when structuring his argument; he distinguishes between two strands of expressionist practice, namely extensive and intensive expressionism. intensive expressionism is associated by fechter with the work of kandinsky, and extensive expressionism with pechstein’s art-making. extensive expressionism, fechter explains, allows artists to articulate their response to the world through depiction – a strategy that brings to light the personal resonance of creators with the deepest aspects of their motifs. keeping the work of pechstein in mind, fechter observes: ‘need’, in the vocabulary of worringer, is a synonym of ‘urge’, or ‘tendency’. like fechter, worringer signals the importance of the disposition of the soul in art-making; he notes his interest in a ‘history of the feeling about the world’, and in disposition of the soul (or, in his vocabulary, état d’âme) in abstraction and empathy. for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , . fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . addressing the emotional responses of human beings to given environments had been one of worringer’s major preoccupations in abstraction and empathy. fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', - . worringer approaches the relationship between representation and abstraction in art mainly in terms of opposition in abstraction and empathy. opposition, as subsequent sections show, is worringer’s key methodological strategy in abstraction and empathy. see, for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , . fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', - . in following sections, this thesis focuses on the work of kandinsky from the perspective of the relationship between representation and abstraction. further inquiries could also address the work of pechstein from the perspective of abstract-representational interplay. for a review of fechter’s book on expressionism, see randolph schwabe, 'expressionism', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , , . schwabe points to fechter’s views on the work of pechstein, and doubts fechter’s enthusiasm with regard to the art of pechstein and hans von marées ( - ). the place of pechstein in expressionism, more precisely in die brücke association, is noted by jay a. clarke; see jay a. clarke, 'neo-idealism, expressionism, and the writing of art history', art institute of chicago museum studies, , no. , , - . using pechstein’s example, clarke draws attention to the german expressionist tendency of echoing french art. in contrast to kandinsky, he [i. e., pechstein] not only maintains a relation to the world, but intensifies it to the highest possible degree only just attainable by him... he thus expresses his own life as this felt existence of things, at the same time revealing their profoundest essence. like kandinsky, he makes contact with transcendence, but at the opposite pole. he takes the longer path, so to speak, since he first passes through the world and only then gets in touch with his inner being... in his bridge over the seine with small steamer [brücke über die seine mit kleinem dampfer] ( ) (fig. ), pechstein’s response to the world assumes powerful pictorial rhythms. his varied brushwork and assertive chromatic contrasts claim key compositional roles; while colour supports the organization of his picture into closer and more distant planes, paint application suggests the dynamism of the scene. longer brushstrokes become descriptive in bridge over the seine with small steamer, hinting to directions of movement; shorter brushstrokes create chromatic counterpoints. as depicted by pechstein, the waters of the river appear to flow parallel to the surface of the canvas, facing their viewers in an emphatic display of energy. pechstein engages interpretively with his motif in bridge over the seine with small steamer; his brushwork depicts and at the same fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', . fig. . max pechstein. bridge over the seine with small steamer [brücke über die seine mit kleinem dampfer]. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. canberra, national gallery of australia. time draws attention to its own abstract dance within the canvas. observing the world takes the shape of decisive personal expression in pechstein’s approach to painting. in fechter’s views on extensive expressionism, artists pursue actively their relationship with the world, and representational characteristics of art-making come to the fore. renouncing the world is not required, yet the connection between creators and their environments is intensified. worringer’s urge to empathy had a similar effect, as pointed out in abstraction and empathy; however, naturalism proved one of the most important manifestations of empathic engagement for worringer – a mode of art-making he distinguished from both abstraction and imitation. for fechter, an emphasis on intensification in art-making is sufficient in his analysis of extensive expressionism in , whereas, in , worringer found the contrast between imitation, naturalism and abstraction necessary in his approach to representation. fechter explains the process involved in intensive expressionism by reference to the inner self of artists. according to him, intensive expressionism as observable in the work of kandinsky does not require reference to the world in its external aspects. instead, intensive expressionist artists respond to their emotions, to their inner life and its activity – or, to echo fechter’s vocabulary, to the indefinite forms and colours they discover in their souls. with regard to the work of kandinsky, fechter notes: he [i. e., kandinsky] finds pure spiritual substance only in the depths of his own soul – where neither idea nor reasoning has access, where a chaos of colour reigns, where experience is still unformed, shapeless, remote from conceptual reasoning and from entering any net of causal projections... it [i. e., the soul] tries to come as close as possible to the limits of transcendence by excluding everything external in order to express the emotions there in pure form and colour without the roundabout symbolism of significant objects. thus landscapes of souls are created without any landscape fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', . the term ‘soul’ is not defined by fechter, but occurs frequently in kandinsky’s on the spiritual in art. for the purposes of this thesis, ‘soul’ is considered the domain of inner life, an aspect of existence where a diversity of sensations, feelings, and emotions are brought together, in the possible (but not necessary) absence of reasoning. features, musical states are transposed into colors and lines; the distance between emotions and expression is shortened here to its minimum. writing in , fechter emphasizes the abstract aspects of kandinsky’s recent explorations. kandinsky had indeed begun to rely less on representational motifs, and assert line, colour and form in paintings such as picture with a white border ( ), black lines i ( ), or bright picture ( ) (fig. ). however, kandinsky had also worked observationally prior to and during the second decade of the twentieth century; he continued to include, in his abstraction-oriented canvases, references to motifs in the world. kandinsky’s relating to observed motifs informs, for instance, a painting like blue mountain ( - ) (fig. ), where seated and standing figures, trees reinforcing the vertical orientation of the canvas, a distant mountain, as well as riders on horseback are clearly fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', . see, for instance, elsa smithgall’s inquiry into the social, political, and artistic contexts that fostered kandinsky’s articulation of his painting with white border ( ). elsa smithgall, kandinsky and the harmony of silence: painting with white border (washington and new york: phillips collection, solomon r. guggenheim museum, ), - . smithgall points to kandinsky’s transformations of the horse, rider, troika (or russian sled), landscape, saint george and dragon motifs in his work. fig. . wassily kandinsky. bright picture. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. new york. the solomon r. guggenheim museum. discernible. emergent in kandinsky’s early twentieth-century art, the figure of the rider eventually becomes emblematic for the explorations encouraged by marc and kandinsky in the blaue reiter exhibitions of , and . the representational characteristics of blue mountain draw attention to the artist’s personal, emotional investment in the selection and combination of compositional elements, as well as to the abstract characteristics having already surfaced in his approach to colour and brushwork. kandinsky’s focus on the simplification of form, the vibrancy of colour, and the expression of inner life are already at work in this painting. intensive expressionism, as described by fechter and practised by kandinsky, emphasizes the elemental aspects of colour, line and personal experience; it renounces the concepts of reason and the connections established through causal thinking, according to fechter. he argues that, significantly, motifs in the world are not required for inspiration, since artists give form to their emotions; thus, art-making becomes more direct, more immediate in intensive expressionism. worringer considered that taking distance from the world is characteristic for the making and viewing of abstract art; fechter’s intensive expressionism for instance, in russian knight ( ), blaue reiter ( ), the farewell ( ), the mounted warrior ( ), sunday (old russian) ( ), a russian scene ( ), in the forest ( ), couple riding ( ), or park of st. cloud with horseman ( ). lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac, - . fig. . wassily kandinsky. blue mountain. - . oil on canvas. . x . cm. new york, the solomon r. guggenheim museum. requires artists not only to distance themselves from their surroundings, but also to immerse within the realm of the creative self. although fechter approaches expressionism by discussing its aspects in antithesis, his extensive and intensive expressionism highlight different aspects of art-making than worringer’s representation and abstraction in abstraction and empathy. in the works of expressionist artists such as pechstein, kandinsky, heckel, kirchner, schmidt-rottluff, and oskar kokoschka ( - ), fechter recognizes the drive of the old gothic soul. like worringer before him, fechter finds the gothic soul expressed in the german baroque and rococo, where it assumes anti-rationalist and anti-materialist forms. as seen by fechter, expressionism offers freedom from the demands of the intellect crudely used, and provides kinship between the works of expressionist artists. the collective value of expressionist works is more important than their personal value, fechter maintains, especially since expressionism arises, according to him, less from a programmatic goal than from the resonance between ‘shared spiritual conditions’. for fechter, expressionism is an art movement characterised by its opposition to materialism and rationalism. abstraction and representation are both valid approaches to art-making, according to him, provided that they rely on the cultivation of personal, emotive responses to the world. for hermann bahr ( - ) as for fechter, expressionism appears to be a critical response to illusionism-focused impressionism. bahr, in expressionism [expressionismus] with regard to kandinsky’s approach to emotion, colour and music, see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, i, - . fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', . the gothic is recognizable in baroque and rococo for fechter, and from baroque to merovingian art for worringer. worringer and read, form in gothic, . fechter, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]', . ibid. hermann bahr, 'from expressionism [expressionismus]' in german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, eds. rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), . also see ———, 'expressionism' in primitivism and twentieth-century art: a documentary history, eds. jack d. flam, miriam deutch, and carl einstein (berkeley, california: university of california press, ). worringer is a source of inspiration for bahr as for fechter. in expressionism, bahr writes: ‘i want to tell the reader who has not noticed yet that i have our late, great explorer alois riegl to thank for many of my opinions, and especially wilhelm worringer’s writings abstraction and empathy and form problems of the gothic’. bahr, 'from expressionism [expressionismus]', . ( ), connects impressionism with classical art; he considers that impressionism, like classicism, tends towards the exclusion of inner qualities of seeing. among expressionist artists attentive to inner seeing and spiritual values, bahr mentions matisse, pechstein, kokoschka, marc and kandinsky. like worringer, bahr considers that contemporary viewers misunderstand the art of their time; he imagines a dialogue taking place between expressionist artists and their viewers, and argues that difficulties arise when viewers and artists employ and define vision differently. bahr attempts to explain the workings of artistic vision in his book. he connects seeing to decision-making, and emphasizes that seeing as experienced by artists requires a transformation of physical seeing into seeing as characteristic for spirit. contrasting ‘the eye of the body’ with ‘the eye of the spirit’, bahr underscores the importance of artists’ balancing of physical and spiritual sight. in his words: artistic seeing is based upon an inner decision: turning the eye of the body (to speak once again like goethe) into the eye of the spirit; and how the artist settles this struggle is the only way in which he truly becomes an artist... the artist, who achieves complete seeing, that neither violates mankind through nature nor nature through man, but allows each their rights in both nature's work and human deeds, is one formed either in times of onesidedness, suddenly overcome by another onesidedness (grünewald, dürer, cézanne), or when the artist is wilful enough to resist the onesidedness of the times equally strongly (greco, rembrandt). in adjusting the way they view the world, artists can reach a balance between will and nature, according to bahr. he notes that complete artistic seeing brings together nature and will, and observes that such seeing arises to replace or to oppose already existent approaches. like bahr, 'from expressionism [expressionismus]', . bahr also mentions the influence of alois riegl on his own writings, as well as the importance of the work of houston stewart chamberlain where chamberlain compares goethe and kant (immanuel kant: a study and comparison with goethe, leonardo da vinci, bruno, plato and descartes, ). ibid. ibid., . ibid. ibid. ibid. worringer, bahr is sensitive to the generic historical contexts that shape art, and constructs his argument by means of antithesis. worringer signalled in abstraction and empathy that classical art-making should not be regarded as the sole measure of artistic value; in his turn, bahr remarks that contemporary education in classical art is a source of discord. he draws attention to the external preoccupations that classical art-making encourages in its reliance on observational approaches. bahr sees expressionism as connected to ‘primitive’ art rather than to classical, representation-oriented art-making. he defines expressionism as a movement reflecting a worldview and a collective emotional state. writing in , bahr accounts for the state of mind of his contemporaries during the first world war. his darkened perspective underscores the sense of urgency and necessity associated with mid-war expressionism. in the words of bahr: never was there a time shaken by such terror, by such dread of death. never was the world so deathly silent. never was man so insignificant. never was he so afraid. never was happiness so distant and freedom so dead. misery cries out, man cries out for his soul, the entire time is a single scream of distress. art too cries into the deep darkness, it cries for help, it cries for the spirit. that is expressionism... so, brought very near the edge of destruction by “civilization,” we discover in ourselves powers which cannot be destroyed. with the fear of death upon us, we muster these and use them as spells against “civilization.” expressionism provides the symbol of the unknown in us in which we confide, hoping that it will save us. it is the mark of the imprisoned spirit that tries to break out of the dungeon, a sign of alarm from all panic- stricken souls. marc, one of the expressionists admiringly mentioned by bahr, anticipates the outbreak of the first world war in a painting from , the fate of animals (fig. ). ‘the hour is unique. is it too daring to call attention to the small, unique signs of the time?’, marc writes worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , - , - , - . bahr, 'from expressionism [expressionismus]', - . ibid. ibid., . in the blaue reiter almanac ( ), attentive to the pace of historical changes. his canvas captures the tensions he senses in his epoch: asserting diagonal movement, the dynamism of geometrical structures takes over the natural world. little room for serene living remains: except for the quieter lower left corner of the work, animals are depicted in a state of turmoil and tension. abstraction and representation, the visual protagonists of marc’s painting, turn into warring parties. in the fate of animals, innocence becomes impossible, and sacrifice inevitable. reflecting on current events through painting and writing, marc also takes direct part to the first world war. his service in the german infantry is brought to an end by his death in action in the same year that sees the publication of bahr’s expressionism. worringer, like bahr, draws attention to the relationship between current art and ‘primitivism’. explaining that geometrical figures acquire symbolising value in ‘primitive’ franz marc, 'two pictures' in the blaue reiter almanac, eds. wassily kandinsky, franz marc, and klaus lankheit (london: tate, [ ]), . marc’s approach to abstract and representational aspects of painting is discussed by david morgan in morgan, 'the enchantment of art: abstraction and empathy from german romanticism to expressionism', . with regard to marc’s deer in the forest ii ( ), morgan describes the meeting of abstraction and representation in oppositional terms. according to him: ‘marc achieved the revelatory clash of inner and outer aspects in such visual devices as the stark contrast of surface and depth... marc subverted but did not efface the descriptive function of line and colour. recognizable forms are framed within broken templates that both echo the forms and distil them into an abstract geometry. contours disintegrate and reemerge within a restless grid that oscillates between opacity and transparency. the contrast between the brilliantly coloured animal family and the violence of the abstract scheme seems to suggest a transformative event.’ john f. moffitt, ' "fighting forms: the fate of the animals." the occultist origins of franz marc's "farbentheorie" ', artibus et historiae, , no. , , . bahr, 'from expressionism [expressionismus]', - . fig. . franz marc. the fate of animals. . oil on canvas. x cm. basel. kunstmuseum. art, and that such art arises in defence against the chaos of the world, worringer approaches the abstract, elemental components of art-making from a different perspective than marc in the fate of animals. geometric forms, worringer maintains, suggest stability and provide to ‘primitive’ people a feeling of protection from confusion and fear. however, despite the appreciation he had shown to both ‘primitive’ and contemporary explorations in ‘the historical development of modern art’, worringer’s opinion about later expressionist art- making changes. in , he explains his current views on expressionism in a speech for the munich goethe society; published in as current questions on art, the speech signals worringer’s doubts regarding the vitality of recent expressionist inquiries. bahr, 'from expressionism [expressionismus]', - . marc also underscores the heartfelt, genuine quality of the illustrations for grimm’s fairy tales ( ); see marc, 'two pictures', . also see franz marc, 'the savages of germany' in the blaue reiter almanac, eds. wassily kandinsky, franz marc, and klaus lankheit (london: tate, [ ]), , . marc writes: ‘in this time of the great struggle for a new art we fight like disorganized “savages” against an old, established power. the battle seems to be unequal, but spiritual matters are never decided by numbers, only by the power of ideas. the dreaded weapons of the “savages” are their new ideas... who are these “savages” in germany? for the most part they are both well known and widely disparaged: the brücke in dresden, the neue sezession in berlin, and the neue vereinigung in munich... their thinking has a different aim: to create out of their work symbols for their own time, symbols that belong to the altar of a future spiritual religion, symbols behind which the technical heritage cannot be seen.’ worringer and read, form in gothic, . ibid., - . charles e. haxthausen discusses the essays worringer publishes in german magazines of the s, highlighting the emphasis worringer now places on writing about art rather than on art. haxthausen, 'modern art after "the end of expressionism": worringer in the s', - . current questions on art ( ): worringer revisits expressionism for worringer, as for fechter and bahr, emerging expressionism was characterized by energy rather than logic. yet in the second decade of the twentieth century worringer considers artistic expressionism exhausted. addressing the reasons for its decline, worringer looks into the creative and cognitive processes generated by the expressionist movement. expressionism, according to worringer, directed the attention of his contemporaries to gothic, baroque, asian, and ‘primitive’ art. the examination of these historically and geographically remote approaches to art-making led, worringer explained, to a greater understanding of basic, elemental aspects of art, and suggested the possible ancestry of expressionism. in the words of worringer: we all know how much expressionism was searching for its forebears. we know further how the lines of the great expressionism of the past ran together and crossed each other when they passed through the small, delicate lens of our modern expressionist feeling – this passing agitation in us – and that we, receiving, recognizing – but not producing it, began to understand what elemental art is. gothic, baroque, primitive and asiatic art: all suddenly revealed themselves as – it may be said, – as they never had to any generation before... and the closer they came to us as observers, the more completely they eluded us as creators. for worringer, expressionism found its historical roots in approaches to art where elementary, abstract forms were highlighted. early twentieth-century expressionism responded to the art of the past in a refined manner, he argued. however, like impressionism, expressionism was only a stage of artistic exploration, in worringer’s opinion. he claimed that expressionist art-making did not come to reflect an understanding of artistic models bahr, 'from expressionism [expressionismus]', . haxthausen underscores worringer’s critical focus on expressionism in art, as well as worringer’s belief in the development of art criticism as an art form. pointing to worringer’s rhetorical discourse, haxthausen mentions worringer’s association of creativity with intellectuality and mind in .haxthausen, 'modern art after "the end of expressionism": worringer in the s', - . worringer, 'from current questions on art', . offered by past epochs. in the second decade of the twentieth century, worringer maintained that expressionist writing and expressionist art had begun to engage on different paths. lamenting recent expressionist tendencies in art, worringer insists that art needs to embody not decorative, but metaphysical concerns. worringer does mention the existence of exceptions to this trend, yet signals the general mannerism of recent expressionist art- making. although dismissive of expressionist painting in , worringer still defends the possibilities inherent in expressionist thought. he remarks: it is difficult to capture in words and terms this atmosphere of a new spirituality equal to art in its creative capacity. it cannot be explained to somebody who does not sense it. for now we can only sense that our thinking is about to enter a new condition of totality and to acquire a new fluidity which will render the assumed polarity between creating art and thinking more invalid with every passing day... until now we could visualise essence only through the medium of art: now we can take part in it directly through the medium of thinking, and this seems to me to be the creative achievement of our time. the polarity between expressionist art-making and thought can be surpassed, worringer suggests, through focusing on thought rather than art-making. he proposes to resolve the conflict between opposites by eliminating one of the parties, at least for a while. although he does not refer to hegel in current questions on art, worringer adopts a perspective on art’s sublimation into thought that echoes hegel’s views on the art of the romantic epoch. romanticism brought along, hegel explains, the perfecting of mind and emotion (or ‘spirit’ ibid., - . ibid., . ibid. worringer believes that artistic expressionism needs time to reassess its possibilities – he intends to grant this time to art-making. worringer thus leaves a door open for future artistic developments. (ibid., .) haxthausen also draws attention to the echoes from hegel he discerns in worringer’s current questions on art. haxthausen, 'modern art after "the end of expressionism": worringer in the s', . as ritchie robertson points out, the thought of hegel – especially hegel’s interest in the relationship between reality and rationality – had marked the nineteenth century in germany. robertson explains that hegel saw reality as a series of stages in the development of geist [mind, or spirit], and that, according to hegel, artistic practice would eventually be replaced by philosophical practice. see ritchie robertson, 'german literature and thought from to ' in helmut walser smith, the oxford handbook of modern german history (oxford: oxford university press, ), . also, robert anchor, germany confronts modernization: german culture and society, - (lexington: heath, ), - . and ‘heart’, in hegel’s terms); romantic art thus came to focus less on external expression than on inner reality, according to him. in current questions on art, worringer, like hegel, is more interested in the intangible ‘pictures of our minds’ than in expressionist art-making as practised around ; his essay suggests that worringer considers the expressionist art of the s as a page in history rather than as an active field of investigation. in aesthetics: lectures on fine art ( - ), hegel gives special attention to the key mode of art-making during his time: romantic art. he argues that romantic art emphasizes inwardness, and dissociates from elements that appeal to the senses. according to hegel: ‘this inner world constitutes the content of the romantic sphere and must therefore be represented as this inwardness and in the pure appearance of this depth of feeling. inwardness celebrates its triumph over the external and manifests its victory in and on the external itself, whereby what is apparent to the senses alone sinks into worthlessness... thereby the separation of idea and shape, their indifference and inadequacy to each other, come to the fore again, as in symbolic art, but with this essential difference, that, in romantic art, the idea, the deficiency of which in the symbol brought with it deficiency in shape, now has to appear perfected in itself as spirit and heart. because of this higher perfection, it is not susceptible of an adequate union with the external, since its true reality and manifestation it can only seek and achieve only within itself.’ hegel and knox, aesthetics: lectures on fine art, - . due to worringer’s silence with regard to hegel’s theories in abstraction and empathy, ‘the historical development of modern art,’ form in gothic, and current questions on art, the connections between the thought of hegel and worringer are only briefly noted in this thesis. worringer, 'from current questions on art', . on worringer’s change of focus from art to art criticism, haxthausen comments: ‘if one strips away the refulgent cloak of worringer’s rhetoric, his position comes down to this: if art had not fulfilled its prophecies, if it had not conformed to his prognosis, then that proved only that painting and sculpture were finished, not that his historicist paradigm was flawed... he and the other apologists of expressionism had been too modest: they had failed to see that their discourse was the true artistic expression of their time.’ haxthausen, 'modern art after "the end of expressionism": worringer in the s', . questioning worringer: critical discussions on the writings of worringer and on his association with the expressionist movement writers such as georg lukács, richard sheppard, joseph frank, william v. spanos, ulrich weisstein and neil donahue have highlighted worringer’s contribution to expressionism from various viewpoints. lukács ( - ), one of worringer’s most incisive critics, attends mainly to the literary dimension of expressionism in ‘expressionism: its significance and decline’ ( ). although he refers to movements such as naturalism, impressionism the pages that follow inquire into several instances of critical response to worringer’s writings in the english- speaking world. this study cannot commit to an in-depth examination of expressionist literature and art, which would require much more space than the current thesis can offer. instead, i focus on worringer’s relation to expressionism as discussed in the literature on worringer published in english, as well as on the interpretation of worringer’s views on representation and abstraction where mentioned in critical perspective. expressionist art and writing have received ample coverage in recent publications. see, among many others, christian weikop, new perspectives on brücke expressionism: bridging history (franham, surrey and burlington, vt: ashgate, ). also, peter lasko, the expressionist roots of modernism (manchester, england & new york, usa: manchester university press, ). also, donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer. also, stephanie barron and bruce davis, eds., german expressionist prints and drawings (los angeles, california: los angeles county museum of art, ). also, shulamith behr, women expressionists (new york: rizzoli, ). also, uhr, masterpieces of german expressionism at the detroit institute of arts. also, vogt, expressionism: german painting, - . regarding the connection between worringer’s thought and the art of his time, further sections of this thesis address the works of paul cézanne, claude monet and wassily kandinsky – three artists whose works are considered to belong to different art movements (post-impressionism, impressionism and expressionism). a thinker associated with central european philosophical traditions, lukács held marxist views. he was influenced by hegel to a degree that made his writings difficult to accept unanimously for leninists and western marxists. lukács was awarded his doctorate in in budapest, and attended simmel’s lectures in berlin ( - ). he published his book, the soul and the forms, in germany in . see george lichtheim, lukács ([london]: fontana, ), - . mary gluck points out that, at the beginning of his career as a literary critic, lukács saw life and work as fused (a position not dissimilar to worringer’s, who underscores the link between art-making and feelings about the world in his books). see mary gluck, georg lukács and his generation, - (cambridge: harvard university press, ), - . gluck also notes that simmel and worringer wrote positive reviews for lukács’s the soul and the forms. (ibid., .) she points to the actual parallelism between the works of lukács and worringer (ibid., ), and notes that researchers tend to favour lukács’s early thought from and before the nineteen-twenties. (ibid., .) in the nineteen-thirties and -fourties, lukács was employed at the moscow marx-engels institute ( - ), was involved with the german communist party in berlin ( - ), and then worked at the philosophical institute of the academy of sciences in moscow ( - ). (lichtheim, lukács, - .) he taught aesthetics and cultural philosophy in budapest during the mátyás rákosi regime ( - ), and retreated from activating in the communist party after being attacked by ultra-stalinists ( - ). lukács served as education minister of the imre nagy ( - ) government; he became involved once more in the communist party, as a member of its central committee, between october-november . when nagy fell from power and was executed ( ), lukács fled to romania. under jános kádár ( - ), lukács’s writings could not be published in hungary, but appeared in the west; nevertheless, lukács could live in budapest. he was readmitted to the communist party in . in , on the occasion of the fiftieth anniversary of the short-lived hungarian soviet republic, lukács was awarded the order of the red banner, and was permitted to speak in public once more. george lichtheim notes that philosophy and politics are difficult to separate in the work of lukács. see lichtheim, lukács, - . georg lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline' in georg lukács: essays on realism, ed. rodney livingstone (london: lawrence and wishart, ), , , - , . richard sheppard highlights that and symbolism in his study, lukács discusses these movements ideologically, criticizing their absence of political commitment as reflected in their creative approaches. like worringer, he takes the perspective of generality with regard to art: the work of specific artists is not analysed in ‘expressionism: its significance and decline.’ nevertheless, writing on art interests lukács, and in his argument from ‘expressionism: its significance and decline’, worringer occupies a key place. georg lukács and the decline of expressionism ‘expressionism: its significance and decline’ opens with a citation from the philosophical notebooks ( ) of vladimir ilich lenin ( - ), and continues with an account of current questions on art, the printed version of worringer’s speech for the goethe society in munich ( ). emotionally connected to, yet also critical of recent expressionist art, worringer’s text meets with lukács’s criticism. for lukács, expressionism appears as a bourgeois movement disregarding the social and economical aspects of its ideology; worringer’s very emphasis on emotion, vitality, and the effort to transcend relativity suggest to lukács why expressionism eventually reached its end. although he mentions the pacifist ideology and left-wing leanings of german expressionism, lukács does not approve of the non-specific, abstract opposition of lukács actually referred to late expressionism ( - ) in ‘expressionism: its significance and decline.’ (lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', .) also see richard sheppard, 'georg lukács, wilhelm worringer and german expressionism', journal of european studies, , no. , , . for example, lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', - . in his ‘critical bibliography of recent methods in german literary research’ ( ) theodore geissendoerfer mentions worringer as one of the representatives of literary investigations based on the study of form and style. for geissendoerfer, worringer emphasizes style in art. see theodore geissendoerfer, 'a critical bibliography of recent methods in german literary research', the journal of english and germanic philology, , no. , , - . for worringer’s own distancing from art-making and expressed belief in intellectuality ( ), see wolf lepenies and barbara harshav, 'between social science and poetry in germany', poetics today, , no. , , - . lukács cites a passage from worringer’s speech where worringer employs the first person plural in his evaluation of expressionism. (lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', .) ibid., , - . with regard to the decline of expressionism, behr, fanning and jarman believe in emphasizing the importance of the movement rather than its insufficiencies. (behr, fanning, and jarman, expressionism reassessed, .) lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . expressionism to ‘middle-classness’ [bürgerlichkeit]. yet lukács employs a similarly general perspective when addressing expressionism himself. like worringer, who did not distinguish between art viewing and art-making in abstraction and empathy, lukács does not elicit the specific characteristic of literary expressionism on the one hand, and artistic expressionism on the other. in its pointing out the failings of the expressionist movement, lukács’s criticism was actually preceded by worringer’s speech. however, where worringer displayed sympathy and understanding, lukács is trenchant towards expressionist artistic practice. for lukács, expressionism approached the world subjectively, idealistically, while claiming to be objective, and did not criticize the middle class from an economical or political standpoint. consequently, lukács regards expressionism as one of the tendencies that facilitated the rise of fascism – a movement that added a reactionary edge to its borrowings from other sources, expressionism included. lukács considers worringer’s connections with expressionism and its perspective on the world to be profound. a key feature of worringer’s argument is the opposition between empathy and abstraction, according to lukács. unlike perkins, lukács remains insensitive to worringer’s discussion of gothic, a mode of art-making where worringer recognizes the meeting between empathy and abstraction. nevertheless, lukács signals ‘the striking effect’ of worringer’s abstraction and empathy. ibid., - . see lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . lukács also criticizes expressionism for its ambition to grasp ‘essence’ without reflecting the world, for its missing content and emphatic form, for its abstraction and distortion. (———, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', , - . ) lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . also note lukács’s later comment: ‘the very partial and problematic interest with which expressionism is honoured by fascism can certainly not suffice to awaken expressionism from its death.’ see ———, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . lukács signals the incorporation of expressionist aspects in the national socialist ideology at a time when expressionism had lost its progressive impetus. uhr agrees with lukács in this respect. see horst uhr, masterpieces of german expressionism at the detroit institute of arts (new york: hudson hills press and the detroit institute of arts, ), . lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . for a discussion of lukács’s response to worringer’s writings, also see geoffrey c. w. waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of criticism' in the turn of the century: german literature and art, - , eds. gerald chapple and hans h. schulte (bonn: bouvier, [ ]), - . perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, . for lukács, worringer’s abstraction and empathy addresses early twentieth-century art more than with pre-modern modes of art-making. lukács argues that the actual goal of abstraction and empathy is the defence of the art practices of worringer’s contemporaries. in his forewords to abstraction and empathy, worringer himself mentioned the positive reception his book had had on artists as well as writers. yet lukács emphasizes the early twentieth-century relevance of abstraction and empathy in order to question the historical aspects of worringer’s inquiry. regarding worringer’s approach to representation and abstraction, lukács remarks that worringer considers the art of empathy (or representation) to be in decline. this, lukács claims, reveals the escapist tendency manifest in worringer’s thought, as much as in expressionism. he connects escapism with worringer’s discussion of agoraphobia, anxiety, and abstraction. as seen by lukács, abstraction is a process of distancing from social issues and from the struggle between classes – it makes the target of one of the main objections lukács brings to expressionism, as well as to worringer’s writings. according to lukács, expressionists left aside the distinctive features of their models in the world, and chose to employ a subjective method of rendering. in lukács’s words: the expressionist precisely abstracted away from these typical characteristics, in as much as he proceeded, like the impressionists and symbolists, from the subjective reflex in experience, and emphasized precisely what in this appears – from the subject’s standpoint – as essential, in as much as he ignored the ‘little’, ‘petty’, lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . magdalena bushart would agree in this respect. see magdalena bushart, ‘changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch’ in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - , . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, vii-viii, xiii-xiv. lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . ibid., . ibid. ibid., . lukács discusses abstraction in connection with expressionism, but does not address expressionism’s representational aspects. an exception would be lukács’s mentioning of expressionist emotionalism (a feature that, as we have seen, worringer associates with empathy and representational art). for lukács, emotion in expressionism is exaggerated. however, the hybridity of expressionism as a mode of making is nevertheless apparent to ulrich weisstein. see ulrich weisstein, 'german literary expressionism: an anatomy', the german quarterly, , no. , , . ‘inessential’ aspects (i. e. precisely the concrete social determinations) and uprooted his ‘essence’ from its causal connection in time and space. bypassing concreteness, connections and references to the world, expressionists, according to lukács, sacrifice the spatial, temporal and social components their work might have included. lukács thinks that this process of abstraction causes expressionist art to lose meaning. he decisively supports representational processes where empathy could operate unhindered. according to lukács, abstraction leads to escapism; expressionism was not able to stand for a socio-political cause due to its reliance on abstraction. lukács clearly writes in favour of representation, or empathy. he does not merely defend the representational function; he seems to militate for the representational duties of literature and art. worringer regards the world as unknowable, ungraspable chaos: ‘a ‘lawless tangle’, in the words of lukács. isolation and passion, lukács explains, are the methods proposed by worringer to grasp ‘essence’ in the world. neither of these alternatives meets with lukács’s approval, who also questions worringer’s emphasis on the rhetoric of opposition. worringer’s contrast between reasoned understanding and irrational passion seems exclusive and rigid to lukács. however, twentieth-century writers on art tend to remember worringer mostly for his oppositional approach to abstraction and representation, as well as for his engaged approach to the writing of art history. while worringer tempers the antithesis between representation and abstraction by pointing to their common grounds in psychology, history and art-making, lukács remains mostly critical towards abstraction. he emphasizes the opposition between abstraction and empathy, thus lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . worringer, had he responded to the criticisms of lukács, could have associated lukács’s defence of representation with classical-oriented approaches to art. in abstraction and empathy, worringer offers the work of kant as a point of reference for the end of classicism; indeed, lukács, as richard sheppard mentions, begins to admire kant’s thought before the first world war. (see the paragraphs that follow, for sheppard’s research of the relationship between the writings of worringer and lukács.) embracing a classical-oriented viewpoint, lukács constructs his own argument on the basis of his rejection of worringer’s perspective. he thus perpetuates the polar oppositions worringer had cultivated in abstraction and empathy. lukács, 'expressionism: its significance and decline', . ibid., - . see, for instance, hulme and read, eds., speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art, - . also, read, the forms of things unknown: essays towards an aesthetic philosophy, - . selz, german expressionist painting, - , - . also see holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', , . also, rosenthal, abstraction in the twentieth century, - . employing the very method he had criticized in worringer’s writings. lukács discusses the connection between literature and art from a perspective also indebted to worringer: he places the creative methods of impressionism, symbolism and expressionism in social, historical, and ideological perspective, connecting literature and art with the worldviews that generate them. from his own psychologically oriented angle on the history and theory of art, worringer had drawn attention to the connections between art-making and its contexts in abstraction and empathy. ‘expressionism: its significance and decline’ points critically towards the writings of worringer, yet reveals significant similarities between the methodologies of worringer and lukács. richard sheppard, and lukács’ debt to worringer the respective approaches of lukács and worringer bear similarities because lukács had a thorough interest in worringer’s work before the first world war. in ‘georg lukács, wilhelm worringer and german expressionism’ ( ), richard sheppard inquires into the connections between the two writers. according to worringer, georg simmel’s presence in the trocadéro museum had inspired him to choose a topic of study that later became abstraction and empathy. lukács, like worringer, had also studied with simmel in berlin. an annotated copy of worringer’s abstraction and empathy was found in lukács’ personal library, sheppard remarks; these annotations, he comments, could have been made at different points in time. sheppard demonstrates that the work of worringer was important for lukács in the early decades of the twentieth century; worringer and lukács even corresponded in , after lukács had sent a free copy of his book, soul and form ( ), to worringer. however, sheppard observes that lukács changed his perspective on worringer’s writings after reading kant’s critique of the power of judgment ( ) at a point in time between worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, ix. sheppard, 'georg lukács, wilhelm worringer and german expressionism', . ibid., - . ibid., . also, joanna e. ziegler, 'worringer's theory of transcendental space in gothic architecture: a medievalist's perspective' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), . and . sheppard finds that lukács’ own aesthetic came to revolve around concepts such as self-defining structure, objectivity, intentionality, the transcendental quality of experience in the world, and beauty as the meeting place of nature and art; such concepts, sheppard explains, were at variance with the practices of pre-war expressionists. as to lukács’s interpretation of worringer’s writings, sheppard finds in favour of worringer; he maintains that lukács’s criticism of worringer and expressionism allowed lukács to articulate his own point of view. worringer appears as a constant point of reference for lukács, as sheppard points out, even when lukács’s references to worringer take the form of negative commentary. joseph frank’s worringer: expressiveness, emotion, and the passage of time for joseph frank in ‘spatial form in modern literature’ ( ), worringer stands against the emphasis on western aesthetics in art. worringer, according to frank, figures among the most significant art historians of the modern age. frank mentions that he finds worringer’s name to be highly visible in english criticism. tracing his own interest for the ideas of worringer to t. e. hulme’s writings, frank also signals the enthusiasm of herbert read towards worringer’s accounts of abstract, geometric aspects of art-making. worringer’s contribution to art, frank highlights, consists in addressing emotions that reflect negative responses to a world of changes. writers such as worringer regarded modes of art-making as reflective of the epoch during which they developed, frank observes. according to him: the great modern masters of art history – alois riegl, max dvořák, wilhelm worringer, erwin panofsky – tended to explain shifts in style by refined versions of ibid., . ibid., - . see, for instance, sheppard’s defence of worringer with regard to lukács’s criticism of worringer’s writing in aesthetics. ibid., - . ibid., - . frank, the idea of spatial form, . ibid., - . ibid., xiv. ibid., , . ibid., . the hegelian idea of zeitgeist [‘spirit of the times’]. all manifestations of a culture were somehow linked together; and art styles were seen as one part of a complex whose ultimate explanation was located in the evolution of racial, religious, or metaphysical categories (a marxist would of course locate this explanation in socio- economic categories). early twentieth-century german and austrian art historians and scholars interested in form, its definition and its changes, belong to hegel’s lineage, frank explains. he mentions that hulme examined the work of such writers in order to configure his own approach to the question of form. worringer’s ‘unusually expressive and incisive style’ gives abstraction and empathy its ‘noticeable quality of intellectual excitement and discovery’, according to frank, who favours worringer’s view that the history of art should not account for artistic skill only. he notes: after worringer, it was no longer possible to look on the development of western art since the renaissance as the slow attainment of perfection and to regard any infraction of its canons either as sensationalism or incompetence. it was necessary to recognize that non-organic styles, tending toward abstraction, might have their own validity and their own raison-d’être. although frank – unlike lukács before him – does not take a critical approach to worringer’s writings, he offers a specific orientation to his reading of worringer. frank focuses on the temporal aspects of the abstract-representational relationship as described by worringer. examining worringer’s thoughts on the passage of time, frank notes that, in abstraction and empathy, organic (naturalistic) and hieratic (non-naturalistic) styles succeed each other throughout history. this approach to the passage of time is indeed visible in the final chapter of abstraction and empathy, where worringer mourns the decline ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., . frank exemplifies by citing worringer’s contrast between greek and renaissance art on the one hand, and egyptian and byzantine art-making on the other hand. of gothic and the beginnings of renaissance; however, in form in gothic, worringer finds traces of gothic in the art of northern and central europe throughout history. worringer’s writings offer to frank the starting point for discussing literature, which frank regards as an art of time, in contrast with abstraction, a creative approach eluding time’s passage. william spanos: empathy, abstraction, and the urge to engagement in ‘modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique’ ( ), william v. spanos points to the aspects he considers as downfalls in the writings of frank and worringer. spanos underscores worringer’s debt to lipps, also addressing the articulation of abstract-representational antithesis in worringer’s writings, and worringer’s exemplification of this antithesis in art-making. spanos disapproves of the extensive reliance of british modernism (more specifically, of vorticism) on worringer’s thought. in the inquiries of worringer, spanos finds room for alternative framings of the abstract- representational opposition. unlike lukács, spanos regards abstraction and empathy as worringer’s critique of lipps’ aesthetics rather than as a defence of early twentieth-century art-making. spanos considers that t. e. hulme, wyndham lewis ( - ) and ezra pound ( - ) appropriated worringer’s angle on aesthetics and art historical periodization. referring to frank’s perspective, spanos finds it uncritical, and maintains that frank does not question worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer and read, form in gothic, - . frank, the idea of spatial form, . frank is interested in worringer’s treatment of the disappearance of depth. depth and time are connected, frank argues – and time gives rise to imbalance and troubling change, according to worringer. spanos, 'modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique', - . spanos’ point of view is correct up to a certain point, since worringer departs from lipps’ aesthetics after having addressed its crucial impact on his own writings. (worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - .) for worringer’s indebtedness to lipps’ aesthetics, more specifically with regard to lipps’ account of empathy as presented by worringer, see morgan, 'the enchantment of art: abstraction and empathy from german romanticism to expressionism', - . (———, 'the idea of abstraction in german theories of the ornament from kant to kandinsky', - , .) spanos, 'modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique', . worringer’s distinction between western humanism and the traditions of other religious cultures with regard to art-making. worringer’s contrast between naturalistic, vital art and geometric, dehumanized art interests spanos. discussing the psychological dimension of human response to environment as described by worringer, spanos differentiates between art that issues from harmony with the world, and art that stems from the fear of space, change, and instability. spanos pays attention to worringer’s angle on geometric art (which worringer regards as a search for transcendence) and notes that worringer’s interpretation provided hulme a starting point for his critique of victorian positivism and romanticism, as well as western sentimentality. addressing the psychological aspects of worringer’s approach to art, spanos underscores the existence of a third urge that remains unrecognized in abstraction and empathy. he criticises the arbitrariness of worringer’s associating, on the one hand, empathy with faith in humanism and an interest in material forms, and, on the other hand, abstraction with highest religious preoccupations and a disinterest in materiality. like gombrich, spanos finds worringer’s exemplifications of empathy-reliant and abstraction-oriented art to be imperfect. for spanos, a third psychological urge exists: the urge to engagement, or dialogic encounter with the world of flux. the urge to engagement destabilizes the opposition between empathy and abstraction, spanos argues. according to him, this urge is still naturalistic, yet communicates the disturbing impact of the world on artists, and reveals less explored depths of existence. spanos emphasizes the religious basis of worringer’s distinctions; he could have also addressed the geographical distance implicit in worringer’s oppositions – yet another modality employed by worringer to reinforce differentiation. see, for instance, worringer’s placing alongside greek and oriental art, in worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . to assert differentiation even further, worringer also discusses age groups and race groups in his book. see ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . spanos, 'modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique', . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., . gombrich, ' "they were all human beings: so much is plain": reflections on cultural relativism in the humanities', . spanos, 'modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique', - . spanos’s account of this third psychological urge that reveals the dark side of naturalism brings to mind expressionist practices as described by guenther. see peter w. guenther, 'an introduction to the expressionist movement' in german expressionist prints and drawings: the robert gore rifkind center for german four years after spanos, perkins recognizes the urge to engagement in worringer’s approach to gothic art. spanos, on the other hand, finds the manifestation of the third urge in the laocoon group, as well as in alberto giacometti’s head of a man on a rod, and comments: ‘this naturalism [...] does not, as worringer’s abstractionism does, reject or subdue the temporal, the existential world of nature. indeed, the distortion is the distortion of impact: the projection of the natural movement of anguish or dread in an authentic encounter.’ for spanos, naturalism can operate in such a way as to reflect emotion, communicate experience, and accept distortions in form, without severing its links to the world. in such an approach to representation, the abstraction-oriented transformation or elision of details, as well as the contribution of artistic media to articulating art remain invisible to spanos. spanos finds worringer’s approach to abstraction justified with reference to the plastic arts, which have a static quality. however, he criticizes both frank and worringer for equating abstraction only with immobility and transcendence, and for discovering the optimistic acceptance of the world only in naturalism (or representation). the negative empathy worringer had connected to abstraction is visible to spanos within the field of naturalism as well; about the art that arises in response to the urge to engagement, spanos remarks: ‘it is a “naturalism” that derives no “delight” or “pleasure” in the reproduction of natural life. yet it is faithful for all that to the image of man in his encounter with the alien temporal universe.’ he sees this naturalism of honest encounter manifest in dürer’s knight, death and the devil, van gogh’s potato eaters, or giacometti’s late bronzes. like lukács, spanos disagrees with worringer’s apparently non-negotiable equivalences; however, he ignores worringer’s approach to modes of art-making where the meeting ground of antithetical urges stands out. expressionist studies, eds. stephanie barron and bruce davis (los angeles, california; munich, federal republic of germany; new york, new york: los angeles county museum of art and prestel ), . perkins, contemporary theory of expressionism, - . spanos, 'modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique', . after spanos, gilles deleuze addresses the relationship between representation, abstraction and the figure in deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, x-xv. spanos, 'modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique', . ibid. ibid. worringer’s approach to gothic art is addressed, in the current thesis, in ‘interplay in the gothic art of northern europe: memory, assimilation, interpolation’, and ‘interplay: a dual, hybrid state in gothic art’. ulrich weisstein: worringer, expressionism, and abstract-representational middle grounds in ‘german literary expressionism: an anatomy’ ( ), ulrich weisstein regards the writings of worringer and the growth of the expressionist movement as implicitly connected. for weisstein, differentiating between gothic art as presented by worringer and early twentieth-century expressionism seems superfluous. worringer’s abstraction and empathy is an ‘immensely influential’ book for weisstein; nevertheless, he does not agree with worringer’s perspective on the alternation of naturalistic and non-naturalistic modes of art-making. according to weisstein, worringer’s views on the historical succession of classical (or realistic), and non-classical (or non-realistic) styles has only historical interest. weisstein also disagrees with worringer’s thoughts regarding trans-historical approaches to art as delineated in form in gothic; for him, it is preferable to discuss expressionism within the boundaries of the twentieth century. weisstein, like lukács, considers that worringer actually addresses early twentieth-century art-making in his books. abstraction and empathy propagates expressionism, according to weisstein, although the term ‘expressionism’ does not feature in worringer’s text. summarizing the expressionist process of form-creation, weisstein comments that franz marc’s depiction of animals, and the paintings of the eiffel tower by robert delaunay ( - ) bring to light the dynamism of expressionism. in order to attain essence, weisstein explains, expressionists pierce the outer shell of appearances, reach the core (or the essence) of their subjects, and express with intensity the form of these subjects. intensity causes distortion; according to weisstein, the attention to inner necessity replaces the demand for beauty in expressionist art. donahue criticizes weisstein’s approach to the writings of worringer, especially with regard to weisstein’s discussion of expressionism as a timeless, or perennial, approach to art-making. see neil h. donahue, forms of disruption: abstraction in modern german prose (ann arbor: university of michigan press, ), - . weisstein, 'german literary expressionism: an anatomy', - . worringer and read, form in gothic, . weisstein, 'german literary expressionism: an anatomy', . ibid., . among expressionist dichotomies, weisstein mentions the relationship between representational (concrete) and non-representational (abstract) aspects in literature and art. expressionism offers a middle ground between matter and idea, weisstein argues. he explains that expressionism is neither anti-mimetic nor fully abstract. in his words: ‘inevitably – or so it seems – the expressionist work of art is suspended between two poles, the realistic and the idealistic. thus while, on the one hand, it is rabidly anti-mimetic, on the other it shies away from pure abstraction. depending on the talent or inclination of the individual writer, painter, composer, etc., it moves in one or the other direction, neither succumbing to the extremes nor reconciling the opposites.’ weisstein thus emphasizes the capacity of expressionism to articulate a dynamic balance between extremes in art-making. worringer also pointed out that gothic art does not cancel opposition, but incorporates it, maintaining the counterplay and interplay of representational and abstract aspects. like worringer, weisstein sees abstract-representational interplay as an aspect of opposition. neil donahue: ‘world feeling’ and the history of ideas in abstraction and empathy unlike weisstein, neil donahue finds that abstraction and empathy holds more than historical interest for twenty-first century writers. he underscores the impact of worringer’s book on his contemporaries, as well as the capacity of the general (therefore comprehensive) terminology worringer employs to bring together different strands of scholarship. worringer’s approach is specific to early twentieth-century inquiries into the history of ideas, donahue points out; such an approach has its benefits (for instance, inclusiveness) and limitations (for instance, the lack of attention to particular artists and works of art), donahue explains. regarding worringer’s views on art, donahue notes that worringer draws attention to psychological grounds of art-making, and to the limitations of the early twentieth-century ibid., . worringer and read, form in gothic, . weisstein, 'german literary expressionism: an anatomy', . donahue, forms of disruption: abstraction in modern german prose, . ibid., - . aesthetics of empathy. worringer, donahue explains, prefers the term ‘world feeling’ [weltgefühl] to ‘rational worldview’ [weltanschauung]: empathy, emotion and instinct stand in the limelight of worringer’s investigation. according to donahue, worringer brings ‘primitive’ art to the attention of his own contemporaries by connecting it to abstraction, and articulates an aesthetic for abstract art. donahue writes: we might in fact note yet further that worringer’s thesis on primitive and modern abstraction, despite its limitations as anthropology, provided a unified aesthetics for abstract, or nonnaturalistic art, when no other existed; and by associating primitive art with the modern condition and to developments in modern art, worringer’s book, in its enormous popularity, certainly awakened an interest in “primitive” art that led to further research. worringer, according to donahue, creates a theoretical platform for approaching abstraction as a mode of art-making in pre-historical as well as modern times. the urge to abstraction worringer addresses is thus based, donahue points out, on a shared will to art-making. donahue lucidly summarizes worringer’s views on abstraction: abstract art is elemental; abstraction reduces art to its fundamental elements of geometric construction. instead of organic development, abstract art aggregates according to self-legitimating principles of necessary addition and combination. therefore, abstract art is accumulative and inorganic, life negating and non-mimetic in favour of the permanence of pure form... the “object” of art is the immediate presentation of forms, not the mediated re-presentation of the recognizable natural world. the forms of abstract art are connected by proximity and juxtaposition, that is, by their very appearance of disconnectedness, their shared evasion of natural mimesis, their logic of apparent disorder. ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . ibid. ibid., . like perkins, donahue regards the relationship between early twentieth-century art and literature on the one hand, and expressionist theory on the other hand, as questionable. donahue points critically to the association of worringer with the history of the expressionist movement in contemporary scholarship. the criticism lukács directs towards worringer’s writings is insightfully approached by donahue as lukács’s attempt to distance his own work from the influence of worringer. unlike spanos, donahue mentions frank’s ‘detailed summary and fair evaluation’ of abstraction and empathy, as well as frank’s extended application of worringer’s findings to the field of twentieth-century literary writing. memorably framed in forms of disruption, the portrait of worringer is, when addressed by donahue, theoretically nuanced, historically relevant, and justly presented with regard to its limitations and successes. to summarize, this section brings together a number of critical texts on worringer’s writings where worringer, his thoughts and his connections to expressionism are discussed. lukács, for instance, finds that worringer’s abstraction and empathy makes a key contribution to expressionism, yet reveals the very reasons that caused the decline of the movement. sheppard shows that lukács had studied himself with simmel, had been in contact with worringer in the early years of the twentieth century, and had actually drawn inspiration from worringer’s abstraction and empathy. frank praises worringer for his memorable writing, for his interest in non-western aesthetics, for his tracing a connection between art-making and its epoch, as well as for addressing emotions reflective of negative responses to the world. according to frank, worringer’s approach constitutes a significant point of reference in the writing of art history. spanos casts a critical glance on frank’s reading of worringer, which, according to spanos, does not question worringer’s approach enough; spanos also points to the undesirable strictness of worringer’s approach to opposition. associating ibid., . ibid., . donahue criticizes weisstein’s perspective on worringer’s writings. on the other hand, donahue mentions adolf klarmann’s sympathetic reading of worringer, and klarmann’s emphasis on empathy, subjectivity and intuition in the texts of worringer. see ———, forms of disruption: abstraction in modern german prose, . donahue also points out that mary gluck ( ) notes the connections between lukács and worringer in her book, georg lukács and his generation, - ( ). donahue, forms of disruption: abstraction in modern german prose, . sheppard ( ) looks further into worringer’s influence on lukács, as the discussion above has highlighted. ibid., - . worringer’s abstraction and empathy with expressionism, weisstein disagrees with worringer’s discussion of expressionism as a timeless approach to art-making. he signals the inherent oppositions in expressionism, much like worringer had noted the counterplay and interplay characteristic of gothic art. finally, donahue writes in favour of worringer, drawing attention to the limitations as well as to the advantages of worringer’s approach. for donahue, worringer paid much needed attention to ‘primitive’ art and abstraction at the beginning of the twentieth century. worringer and expressionism: late twentieth-century perspectives as we have seen, twentieth-century writers have readdressed critically the connections between worringer’s writings and his epoch, especially with regard to expressionism. various aspects of the association of worringer with the expressionist movement have been explored in the second half of the twentieth century; contemporary researchers have asserted the commonalities between the writings of worringer and artistic expressionism, yet have also questioned the extent of worringer’s interest in the work of expressionist artists. for instance, charles e. haxthausen points to worringer’s direct assertion of a link between gothic and expressionist art in an article from entitled ‘the late gothic and expressionist system of form’ [‘spätgotisches und expressionistisches formsystem’] (wallraf-richartz almanac [wallraf-richartz jahrbuch]). worringer’s inquiring into expressionist art-making in , and his connecting expressionism to gothic art, may appear as a drastic change of perspective after worringer’s critique of artistic expressionism in - . nevertheless, worringer did signal his intention of provoking debate and examining opposite viewpoints on given topics in both abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. his renewed attention to expressionist art highlights the pervasiveness of the oppositional pattern in his approach to the writing of art theory and history. yet, for haxthausen, it is the limitations of worringer’s approach that stand out in ‘the late gothic and expressionist system of form’. haxthausen comments that the same characteristics of inquiry having generated dissatisfaction in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic inform worringer’s later discourse on expressionism. discussing worringer’s essays in ‘modern art after “the end of expressionism”: worringer in the s’ (c. ), haxthausen underscores that worringer presents expressionism as a systematic approach to art-making. in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, worringer focused on addressing his topics from art historical and theoretical perspectives, including only a small number of references to the art of his time. he did not assert the existence of an expressionist movement in his books, and did not relate gothic directly to expressionism in and . haxthausen, 'modern art after "the end of expressionism": worringer in the s', . worringer, according to haxthausen, argues in ‘the late gothic and expressionist system of form’ that german artists import formal systems and subsequently stylise them strictly. yet, where worringer underscores the systematic quality of expressionism, haxthausen notes that many of worringer’s contemporaries write about the diversity of the movement instead. adolf behne ( - ), haxthausen points out, regards expressionism as a composite movement; wilhelm hausenstein ( - ) sees no common ground between the works of painters as diverse as kandinsky and rousseau, while paul westheim ( - ) applauds the individuality of the expressionists and the resultant stylistic variety of the movement. worringer’s approach to expressionism, haxthausen remarks, provides no supporting evidence in favour of its argument; it suffers from a lack of reference to specific artists and artworks. worringer had assumed a position of similar generality in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, where he had given priority to articulating and defending his interpretation of art, and had analysed stylistic trends throughout history. haxthausen finds that the tendency towards generic arguments still characterizes worringer’s writings between and . therefore, as haxtahusen makes visible, worringer’s writings assert their connections with artistic expressionism after worringer had completed abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. according to michael jennings, worringer provides a number of landmarks for the writing of a history of expressionism, such as an emphasis on emotion and inner experience, restlessness and fear of space. yet, in ‘against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy’ (c. ), jennings finds that worringer’s inquiry cannot be regarded as strictly reflective of expressionism (an approach to art-making worringer would have had but little time to follow, since die brücke was only founded in ). in the words of jennings: ‘... [t]he equation worringer equals expressionism rests on ibid. ibid., - . ibid., . haxthausen, 'modern art after "the end of expressionism": worringer in the s', . for the purposes of this section, expressionism is regarded as emphasizing experimental, anti-naturalistic, anti- materialist, anti-industrialist, authority-questioning aspects in art-making. rose-carol washton long points to the complex, multilayered implications of a movement often associated with opposite characteristics such as nationalism and internationalism, utopianism and commercialism, inner aspects of art-making and public art practices. see long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, ixi-xxiv. jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy', - . an assumption in the worringer literature, now explicit, now implicit, that worringer’s major work represents a parallel exploitation of the same problems faced by the expressionists, that it is expressionism’s cognate in the theory of art history.’ the commonalities jennings notices between early twentieth-century expressionist explorations and worringer’s direction of research suggest that worringer was interested in the art of his time; however, such commonalities do not confirm a bond that, in fact, remains unacknowledged in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. writers addressing expressionism tend to highlight the influence of worringer’s thought at the beginning of the twentieth century, as well as key characteristics of his texts that resonate with expressionist ideas and techniques. for instance, in expressionism: a generation in revolt ( ), bernard myers draws attention to the connections between worringer and expressionism. myers regards worringer’s abstraction and empathy as a significant book for expressionist artists; he underscores the role of subjectivity and intuition (two factors also valued by expressionists) in worringer’s text. abstraction and empathy, according to myers, created an ideological basis for expressionism; as myers shows, worringer employed the term ‘expressionist’ in his much referenced article for der sturm [the storm,] ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ). for frank whitford in expressionism ( ), worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic signal a shift in aesthetic focus at the beginning of the twentieth century. worringer, whitford notes, defended the aesthetic value of art that did not follow classical principles. the temperament of artists and their inner responses to the world become apparent in gothic art, according to worringer as paraphrased by whitford. underscoring the connections between personal experiences of the world and specific modes of art-making in form in gothic, whitford mentions that worringer considers gothic art to be a specifically german phenomenon. ibid., . bernard s. myers, expressionism: a generation in revolt (london: thames and hudson, ), . ibid., . also see long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, . frank whitford, expressionism (london, new york: hamlyn, ), . ibid., . gordon also emphasizes the national aspects of worringer’s approach to gothic. see gordon, expressionism: art and idea, . worringer pays special attention to the tendency towards abstraction in abstraction and empathy, as paul vogt remarks in expressionism: german painting, - ( ). vogt finds that worringer asserts the independence of art from nature: art, according to worringer, does not need to rely on its connections with the world. referring to worringer’s speech for the munich goethe society, vogt notes that the crisis of artistic expressionism was visible for worringer in the second decade of the twentieth century. horst uhr, highlighting one of the key arguments of worringer’s early writings, observes that worringer’s form in gothic articulated a contrast between classical and gothic art. in masterpieces of german expressionism at the detroit institute of arts ( ), uhr explains that expressionist artists such as emil nolde, ernst barlach, max beckmann ( - ), karl schmidt-rottluff, max pechstein and christian rohlfs were motivated in their choice of religious subjects by their dissatisfaction with their context before, during and after the first world war. the expressionists’ response to the world was, according to uhr, inspired by worringer’s inquiry into the conditions that led to the emergence of gothic art. discussing the political response german expressionism attracted from the national socialist party in the s, uhr mentions the repression of expressionism orchestrated by means of exhibitions organized by the nazis in – government art from to (karlsruhe), cultural bolshevism (mannheim), and art in the service of demoralization (stuttgart) – and – degenerate “art” ( munich). however, uhr (in agreement with worringer’s opinion regarding the decline of expressionism) also notes: ‘ironically, german expressionism in its most authentic form was already a thing of the past when it was ruthlessly suppressed by the national socialists.’ vogt, expressionism: german painting, - , . ibid., . uhr, masterpieces of german expressionism at the detroit institute of arts, - . ———, masterpieces of german expressionism at the detroit institute of arts, - . ibid., - . with regard to the degenerate ‘art’ exhibition from , christian weikop examines the strong supportive response of british intellectuals for modern german art. weikop shows that lady norton, herbert read, irmgard burchart, herbert einstein and roland penrose organized an exhibition entitled twentieth- century german art at the new burlington art galleries (london); the profits derived from this show were to be directed towards artists seeking refuge from national socialist persecution. read was an admirer of worringer, whom read had met after , as weikop explains. (weikop, new perspectives on brücke expressionism: bridging history, - .) uhr, masterpieces of german expressionism at the detroit institute of arts, . for james p. bednarz in 'the dual vision of paul klee's symbolic language' ( ), german expressionism relied on two key texts: worringer’s abstraction and empathy, and wassily kandinsky’s concerning the spiritual in art. the connections between worringer’s writings and expressionism are also recognized by stephen e. bronner and d. emily hicks in ‘expressionist painting and the aesthetic dimension’ ( ). with regard to the aesthetic approach to painting as practiced in expressionism, bronner and hicks point to worringer’s observations on the interaction between abstraction and empathy; they engage with a less highlighted strand of worringer’s inquiry (namely, the coexistence of abstract and representational aspects of art-making) and maintain that the distortion brought along by non- representational work requires empathic participation. like uhr, donald e. gordon underscores the relevance of worringer’s form in gothic for early twentieth-century german cultural contexts. gordon also signals the spiritual preoccupations prevalent in the early years of the twentieth century. in expressionism: art and idea ( ), gordon suggests that worringer’s abstraction and empathy could have contributed to the emphasis painters such as erich heckel ( - ) placed on geometric aspects of nature. discussing expressionist approaches to form, gordon notes that eclecticism characterizes expressionism; he mentions worringer’s defence of french- german artistic exchanges, and cites from worringer’s article, ‘the historical development of modern art’. with regard to the expressionist tendency of referring to other modes of art-making, gordon agrees with worringer’s point of view from ‘the historical development of modern art’. james p. bednarz, 'the dual vision of paul klee's symbolic language' in passion and rebellion: the expressionist heritage, eds. stephen eric bronner and douglas kellner (south hadley, massachussetts: j. f. bergin, ), - . stephen eric bronner and d. emily hicks, 'expressionist painting and the aesthetic dimension' in passion and rebellion: the expressionist heritage, eds. stephen eric bronner and douglas kellner (south hadley, massachusetts: j. f. bergin, ), . gordon, expressionism: art and idea, . gordon illustrates his point by drawing attention to erich heckel’s work, glassy day ( ), as well as to the works of artists and architects like lyonel feininger (mentioned for his paintings that reminded of cubism), bruno taut (the architect of the glass pavilion at the werkbund exhibition, cologne, ), or paul scheerbart (for his glass architecture, a book dedicated to taut). ibid., - . ibid., . worringer’s ‘the historical development of modern art’ is discussed in ‘the historical development of modern art ( ): worringer’s early response to expressionism’. gordon, expressionism: art and idea, . gordon, like worringer before him, points to the tendency of german expressionist artists to seek pre-defined formal solutions. he writes: ‘the expressionist used existing forms rather than inventing new ones. he proceeded not by imitation of a source but by a transformation of it, in other words by a reactive process of simultaneous acceptance and partial modification or rejection.’ for gordon, german expressionism relied on the creative transformation of influences: he recognizes this process at work in the paintings of ernst ludwig kirchner, oskar kokoschka ( - ), max beckmann, and lyonel feininger ( - ). worringer had signalled the tendency of contemporary german artists to respond to current or historical artworks; according to gordon, worringer ‘... actually elevated stylistic dependency to a central position in german art history from dürer to the expressionists.’ associating the writings of worringer with the anti-classical, renewal-oriented direction of early twentieth-century german art, gordon observes that worringer inspired further art historical research, from paul fechter’s expressionism ( ) and heinrich wölfflin’s principles of art history ( ) to karl scheffler the gothic spirit ( ) and eckart von sydow’s german expressionist culture and painting ( ). gordon emphasizes the distinctions drawn by worringer, in form in gothic, between the sensuousness of classical art and the spirituality of gothic art; he notes worringer’s views on gothic as a specifically northern artistic phenomenon. in gordon’s account, german expressionism cultivates art values he sees as particularly german, but also international connections with early twentieth-century french art-making, at least until the beginning of the first world war. where worringer engaged with the various aspects of gothic art, gordon brings to light the multiple facets of expressionism. ibid. ibid. ibid., - . ibid., . also see worringer and read, form in gothic, . in the words of worringer: 'for the germans, as we have seen, are the conditio sine qua non of gothic. they introduce among self-confident peoples that germ of sensuous uncertainty and spiritual distractedness from which the transcendental pathos of gothic then surges so irrepressibly upwards.' gordon, expressionism: art and idea, . in ‘the revival of printmaking in germany’ ( ), ida katherine rigby posits that worringer’s research inspired early twentieth-century german artists. rigby notes that worringer’s writings, including form in gothic, supported a growing interest in german printmaking after . however, she also mentions worringer’s critical views regarding expressionism, as formulated in his munich lecture from . like rigby, rose-carol washton long points to worringer’s initial support of expressionism in , and then to worringer’s dismissive comments regarding the movement. in ‘scholarship: past, present and future directions’ ( ), long emphasizes the key qualities worringer had attributed to expressionism as well as to primitive art: purity, simplicity, mysticism. expressionism was seen as allied with communism by conservatives such as paul schultze-naumburg ( - ), and by the national socialists, long mentions. on the other hand, she also notes that a left-wing writer such as alfred kurella ( - ) considered expressionism to have led to the acceptance of fascism. long underscores the significance of worringer’s approach to gothic art and to the metaphysical preoccupations of northern artists; she also notes the interest of expressionist artists in gothic. peter guenther regards worringer as a key theorist of expressionism in ‘an introduction to the expressionist movement’ ( ). for guenther, expressionism is an art movement specific to germany and its early twentieth-century historical context. the features that characterise german expressionism could have developed only within germany, guenther argues. in his words: ida katherine rigby, 'the revival of printmaking in germany' in german expressionist prints and drawings: the robert gore rifkind center for german expressionist studies, eds. stephanie barron and bruce davis (los angeles, california; munich, federal republic of germany; new york, new york: los angeles county museum of art and prestel ), , , . ibid., - . rose-carol washton long, 'scholarship: past, present and future directions' in german expressionist prints and drawings: the robert gore rifkind center for german expressionist studies, eds. stephanie barron and bruce davis (los angeles, california; munich, federal republic of germany; new york, new york: los angeles county museum of art and prestel ), . ibid. ibid., - , - . ibid., . peter w. guenther, 'an introduction to the expressionist movement' in german expressionist prints and drawings, eds. stephanie barron and bruce davis (los angeles, california: los angeles county museum of art, ), . the emotional intensity, the frequently too honest and depressing subject matter, the strong social undertones, the spiritual ties to a pantheistic world view, the inherent religious fervor, and the harsh condemnation of materialism were understandable only within the historical context of germany. no other country experienced the violent generational conflict that germany did; none so fervently embraced the belief that the arts could and should change man and society. worringer’s abstraction and empathy drew attention to northern european art-making, norbert lynton points out in ‘expressionism’ ( ). for lynton, a defining characteristic of worringer’s inquiry is the emphasis on the features of northern art in contrast to the aesthetically dominant southern art. lynton connects worringer’s explorations to the early twentieth-century work of wassily kandinsky ( - ), and to kandinsky’s first abstractions. according to lynton, the common preoccupations of worringer, kandinsky and franz marc ( - ) are fostered by their shared environment, the city of munich, at point in time when theodor lipps, one of the authors most cited by worringer in abstraction and empathy, was teaching at munich university. the influence of worringer’s form in gothic on paul fechter’s expressionism ( ) is signalled by shulamith behr. worringer’s book provided the foundations for connecting the key tendencies of german art-making to gothic art, according to behr in expressionism ( ). inspired by worringer’s association of gothic and contemporary german art, fechter connects expressionism to a specifically german context, behr observes. ibid., . lynton, 'expressionism', . ibid. the connections between the art of kandinsky, the writings of worringer, and the city of munich at the turn of the twentieth century need to make the topic of in-depth inquiry. research could begin with peg weiss, kandinsky in munich: the formative jugendstil years (princeton: princeton university press, ). lynton, 'expressionism', - . klaus lankheit and peter vergo further bring to light the personal connections between worringer, marc and kandinsky around the time of worringer’s publishing form in gothic ( ) with reinhard piper, and kandinsky’s issuing on the spiritual in art ( ) with the same printing house. see wassily kandinsky, franz marc, and klaus lankheit, eds., the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, ), - , - , , . also, kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, , . shulamith behr, expressionism (london: tate gallery, ), . like behr, shearer west highlights the contribution of worringer to early twentieth-century artistic inquiries. in the visual arts in germany, - : utopia and despair ( ) west draws attention to the historical aspects of worringer’s argument: worringer, west notes, points out that early twentieth-century artistic tendencies were leading towards abstract practices, away from the empathic art of previous epochs. west is critical towards worringer’s approach views on aesthetic matters; nevertheless, he signals the connections between worringer and the blaue reiter artists, showing that worringer’s abstraction and empathy illuminated the relationship between inner experience and abstraction, and provided a ground for the appreciation of ‘primitive’ art. in contemporary writings on expressionism such as the studies of myers, bednarz, gordon and guenther, worringer thus emerges as a writer having provided theoretical grounds for the development of the movement. uhr, gordon, guenther and behr underscore the connection worringer’s writings enabled between early twentieth-century art-making and gothic art. worringer’s support of the relationship between french and german artists is noted by gordon and long. the writings of worringer inspired, or defended, artists associated with the expressionist movement, as whitford, gordon, long, rigby and lynton show; however, vogt, rigby and long also draw attention to worringer’s growing disbelief in expressionism. further complications in appraising the relationship between artistic expressionism and worringer’s writings arise, as signalled by haxthausen, with worringer’s approach to expressionism as a systematic mode of art-making. we have seen that worringer was critical towards artistic aspects of expressionism in - . yet, in , worringer showed his renewed interest in expressionism, delineating a strong profile for the movement while many of his contemporaries, according to haxthausen, highlighted the variety and composite quality of expressionism in art. in his turn, michael jennings observes that worringer’s writings contain landmarks for addressing expressionism in art. jennings nevertheless cautions against the tendency of shearer west, the visual arts in germany, - : utopia and despair (new brunswick: rutgers university press, ), . ibid. researchers to regard worringer’s texts as direct reflections of the expressionist movement. indeed, worringer does not address expressionism in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, and becomes critical of expressionism in the second decade of the twentieth century. however, many contemporary writers continue to regard worringer’s texts as significantly connected to the expressionist movement. part : redrawing antithesis antithesis: classical, modern and contemporary contexts aesthetic inquiries as practiced at the beginning of the twentieth century are bound to be incomplete, worringer argues in the first pages of abstraction and empathy. proposing to start his explorations by emphasizing the perspective of viewers – in other words, by accounting for human, emotional responses to art – worringer notes that contemporary aesthetics should, and does not, address empathy alongside its opposite. the counter-pole of the urge to empathy is the urge to abstraction, worringer explains; although he regards their relationship as antithetical, he perceives the opposition of empathy and abstraction as integral to aesthetic discourse. in his words: ‘it [i. e., modern aesthetics] will only assume the shape of a comprehensive aesthetic system when it has united with the lines that lead from the opposite pole.’ permeating worringer’s opening argument, the vocabulary of opposition allows worringer to contrast the urge to abstraction and the urge to empathy. worringer thus establishes boundaries for his inquiry and at the same time defends the necessity of addressing the urge to abstraction. empathy-reliant art and abstraction-oriented art, he writes, reflect two personal avenues of responding to the world. according to worringer, both these avenues have their aesthetic significance, since they point to the changing perspectives of human beings on the contexts of their experience. worringer posits that the history of art presents the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction in perpetual disputation, or debate. for him, the tendencies towards abstraction and representation respectively do not manifest in isolation from each other, but are worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . for the purposes of this thesis, a number of terms are employed to highlight worringer’s approach to oppositional relationships and the processes that support their articulation. ‘polarity,’ or ‘polar antithesis,’ or ‘polar opposition,’ signal the extreme contrast between juxtaposed terms. ‘antithesis,’ or ‘opposition,’ are employed interchangeably to point to a situation of contrast – as in the case of the relationship between the urge to abstraction and the urge to empathy, or between abstraction and representation in art-making. ‘distinction’ refers to a form of differentiation that could rely on opposition, but does not necessarily do so. ‘separation’ is a process that leads to distinction, and that involves the eliciting of the specific features of contrasted terms. ibid., , . polemically interconnected. the interplay of psychological tendencies in art-making thus receives a negative, conflict-bent interpretation in abstraction and empathy. although worringer’s remark re-establishes the opposition between abstraction and empathy, it nevertheless signals their fundamentally dialogic exchange. opposition as employed by worringer generates lifelikeness: empathy and abstraction feature as theoretical concepts but worringer’s emphasis on antithesis as a method of inquiry relies on his readings of schopenhauer. another admirer of schopenhauer’s work is friedrich nietzsche ( - ), whose resonance with the author of the world as will and representation was instantaneous. in the words of nietzsche cited by ritchie robertson: ‘i am among those readers of schopenhauer who, after reading the first page, know for certain that they will read every page and attend to every word he ever uttered.’ see ritchie robertson, 'german literature and thought from to ' in helmut walser smith, the oxford handbook of modern german history (oxford: oxford university press, ), - . also, shearer west, the visual arts in germany, - : utopia and despair (new brunswick: rutgers university press, ), - . if, as robertson points out, schopenhauer was widely read during the late nineteenth century, nietzsche is considered a key figure of modernism. see stephen e. dowden, meike g. werner, 'the place of german modernism' in helmut walser smith, the oxford handbook of modern german history (oxford: oxford university press, ), . also, seth taylor, left-wing nietzscheans: the politics of german expressionism, - (berlin and new york: w. de gruyter, ), - . worringer is likely to have been aware of nietzsche’s work, although he does not mention nietzsche in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. nevertheless, nietzsche’s writings were widely known in germany around the time of worringer’s researching for abstraction and empathy. donald gordon, for instance, explains that nietzsche influenced die brücke expressionists decisively; nietzsche’s texts inspired the naming of die brücke. heckel even captured nietzsche’s likeness in a woodcut from , gordon notes. gordon also addresses the impact of nietzsche on kandinsky and marc, commenting that nietzsche’s influence was extensive, in germany as well as france, around the turn of the twentieth century. see gordon, expressionism: art and idea, - . bronner and kellner also noye: ‘practically all expressionists followed nietzsche in opposing the society of the “bildungsphilister” (“complacent bourgeois”) and, like nietzsche, they perceived threats to individual subjectivity through new social forces and institutions. ... almost all expressionist artists of the period absorbed nietzschean ideas through osmosis, if not by direct study. nietzsche’s ideas were “in the air” and helped create the intellectual atmosphere in which expressionism emerged.’ see stephen eric bronner, and douglas kellner, passion and rebellion: the expressionist heritage (south hadley, massachussetts: j. f. bergin, ), . nietzsche’s books, peter russell explains, highlighted the gap between ideal and reality, and argued that the transvaluation of values (namely, the annihilation of the distinction between good and evil) was going to replace christian ethic. see peter russell, the divided mind: a portrait of modern german culture (essen, germany and wellington, new zealand: verlag die blaue eule and victoria university press, ), - . however, in an early essay such as the birth of tragedy ( ), nietzsche emphasises separation rather than bridging: he finds that the progress of the science of aesthetics relies on the acceptance of duality, which can take amiable forms, but is most often oppositional. in the words of nietzsche: ‘we will have achieved much for the scientific study of aesthetics when we come, not merely to a logical understanding, but also to the certain and immediate apprehension of the fact that the further development of art is bound up with the duality of the apollonian [the domain of the visual arts and of the dream] and the dionysian [the realm of non-visual arts and music], just as reproduction depends upon the duality of the sexes, their continuing strife and only periodically occurring reconciliation.’ friedrich wilhelm nietzsche, raymond geuss, and ronald speirs, the birth of tragedy and other writings, cambridge texts in the history of philosophy (cambridge, u.k., and new york, u. s. a.: cambridge university press, ), - . in the dionysian, nietzsche recognizes an abandonment of individuality that reminds him of experiences such as ecstasy and intoxication. from this point of view, worringer could be said to highlight, in ‘the historical development of modern art’, how the dionysian takes form in art: more precisely, how early twentieth-century artists articulate the experiencing of inner depth through immersing symbolic motifs within the core of artworks and allowing these ‘hidden’ motifs to vitalise form. worringer may not mention the influence of nietzsche on his own writings, but the texts of worringer certainly resonate with nietzsche’s views on antithesis. also as partners of discussion in abstraction and empathy. worringer’s approach to the polarity of empathy and abstraction allows for the personification and animated communication between opposites. the debate between the urge to abstraction and the urge to empathy reflects, worringer argued, the tension between human beings and the world. he writes: ‘... [a]ll artistic creation is nothing else than a continual registration of the great process of disputation, in which man and the outer world have been engaged, and will be engaged, from the dawn of creation till the end of time.’ yet the historical process of disputation with the world is obliterated, worringer notes, by an emphasis on aesthetic theories of imitation. while he regards tension as necessary in the development of art, worringer disapproves of imitation. previous sections have noted that worringer considers imitation to be distinct from naturalism or representation; for him, imitation cannot be considered to contribute to the development of art-making throughout the ages. yet, worringer argues, imitation is highly regarded in contemporary aesthetics, a domain where the influence of aristotle ( - b. c.), a key figure of greek classicism, is still felt. aristotle and antithesis in his poetics (c. b. c.), aristotle examined the media, objects and modes of artistic imitation – in other words, its characteristics. he pointed to the imitation and representation of human beings in action using colour and form, and recommended that people be represented as better than in real life, worse than in real life, or simply as observed. imitation and representation were therefore distinct, sequential processes for aristotle: while imitation referred to the psychological search for creating persuasive likenesses, representation (as an overall effect) connected to the mode of approaching a selected topic. as such, aristotle ibid., . see ‘worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory’ from the current thesis. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . aristotle and s. h. butcher, the poetics of aristotle (pennsylvania: pennsylvania state university, [c. b. c.]), - . the media of imitation were, for aristotle, epic poetry, tragedy, comedy, dithyrambic verse, and music; he regarded drama and narrative as two modes of artistic imitation. ibid., - . the ‘objects of imitation’ are human beings, according to aristotle. ibid., . accepted that representation could actually make visible different degrees of lifelikeness; he thus accounted for variations of personal expression in art-making. in his poetics, aristotle recognized the intrinsic diversity of representation as an artistic approach for which imitation provided the psychological ground. aristotle posited that human beings learned through imitation, and tended to imitate instinctively. imitation that informs representational art, aristotle observed, provided the necessary amount of distance from painful situations. for instance, aristotle noted that the opportunity to examine detailed renderings of disturbing motifs turned into an occasion of aesthetic enjoyment, especially for the general public. imitation and representation foster learning, according to aristotle: ‘thus the reason why men enjoy seeing a likeness is, that in contemplating it they find themselves learning or inferring, and saying perhaps, “ah, that is he.” for if you happen not to have seen the original, the pleasure will be due not to the imitation as such, but to the execution, the colouring, or some such other cause.’ learning, deduction and recognition were, according to aristotle, among the benefits of representation. nevertheless, aristotle also noted that the faithfulness of imitation did not provide the only reason for aesthetic pleasure. he signalled that specific qualities of rendering could also lead to enjoyment, even when comparison with the rendered motif is impossible. in aristotle’s poetics, imitation is a key process that leads to representation, but not the only quality of representation. worringer appreciative towards aristotle and greek classicism in abstraction and empathy, yet underscores the excessive reliance of his contemporaries on classicism. explaining that classical art makes visible a state of balance between human beings and the world, worringer nevertheless looks down upon the inspiration his own contemporaries derive, he claims, specifically from aristotle’s theory of imitation. yet worringer points out that scientific thinking and philosophy originated in greek culture, which became a point of reference for conceptual work during his time. despite worringer’s composite viewpoint ibid., . ibid. ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., , . ibid., . with regard to classicism, abstraction and empathy finds inspiration in classical rhetoric (the art of spoken and written persuasion), especially concerning the role of antithesis in the structuring of discourse. powerfully drawn contrasts intensify worringer’s leading strands of thought throughout his book. antithesis, hardly by coincidence, is singled out for its persuasive effect in aristotle’s rhetoric (c. b. c.). both persuasion and reasoning could be employed to explore opposite aspects of a topic, aristotle explained in his text: when placed in antithesis, facts gained clarity, and the arguments of opponents could be countered. even when facts did not suit opposite viewpoints equally well, aristotle remarked that rhetoric could articulate opposite conclusions and remain unbiased at the same time. in rhetoric as discussed by aristotle, intellectual exercise mattered more than factual validity. according to aristotle, rhetorical success relied on prose that was either continuous (or free- running), or antithetical and condensed. aristotle regarded antithesis as both effective and enjoyable in rhetorical argument. he wrote: ‘such a form of speech is satisfying, because the significance of contrasted ideas is easily felt, especially when they are thus put side by side, and also because it has the effect of a logical argument; it is by putting two opposing conclusions side by side that you prove one of them false. such, then, is the nature of antithesis.’ simply organized and clearly stated, antithesis seems to rely on reason, aristotle commented; however, he explained that antithesis actually appealed to feelings in its presentation of opposites. simplicity and order appeared to serve logic in rhetorical discourse; yet aristotle remarked that both these means of organization actually aimed to elicit emotional responses. aristotle’s rhetoric recommended the use of antithesis in sayings intended to be memorable and lively. the decisiveness and alertness of discourse depended on antithesis, aristotle remarked. at the beginning of the twentieth century, abstraction and empathy certainly reflects aristotle’s observations. defining empathy and abstraction from an antithetic aristotle and w. rhys roberts, rhetoric (pennsylvania: pennsylvania state university, [c. b. c.]), . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., - . perspective in the first pages of his text, worringer establishes salient profiles for these psychological urges. his demonstration is engaging and memorable, even where art as made visible throughout its history may not support worringer’s argument. worringer’s rhetoric: neil donahue, geoffrey c. w. waite, and joshua dittrich the rhetorical approach practiced by worringer has been the topic of recent critical explorations. for instance, in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer ( ), neil donahue remarks that the work of worringer relies significantly on rhetoric. in donahue’s words: ‘he [i. e., worringer] was never primarily a systematic, “scientific” scholar, but rather a rhetorician and cultural theorist of art and aesthetics. he wrote about general ideas in aesthetics in broadly historical terms, with a simple, powerful rhetoric that assured both an audience outside the academy and deep suspicion or even resentment within it.’ worringer’s construction of discourse has, donahue comments, an important ingredient to succeed in terms of persuasion: simplicity, which yields discursive power. the simplicity donahue highlights is particularly visible in worringer’s antithetical framing of his argument. pointing to the engagement of worringer with the art of his time, donahue mentions the speculative, engaged and creative aspects of worringer’s scholarly approach – in other words, the rhetorical element on which worringer’s writing relies. in 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism' ( [ ]), geoffrey c. w. waite inquires into the rhetorical structure of worringer’s abstraction and empathy. he notices the discursive roles assumed by worringer in his text; for instance, waite observes that the history and psychology of style, the psychoanalysis of fear, the technique of the sacred, and cultural criticism, are all integral to worringer’s discourse from abstraction and empathy. to articulate a personal direction donahue, 'introduction: art history or "sublime hysteria"?', . ibid. waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism'. ibid., . of research, worringer, according to waite, establishes the defining traits of the urge to abstraction and reshapes reductively lipps’ interpretation of empathy. worringer’s approach to empathy silences the subtlety of lipps’ aesthetics, waite explains. he remarks that abstraction and empathy includes value judgments supporting abstraction and irrationality rather than representation and reason – judgments relying on rhetorical power rather than reflection in their defence of abstraction in art-making. for waite, the articulation of worringer’s discourse in abstraction and empathy makes it difficult for this text to be considered a classic, even in the context of modernity. indeed, as waite points out, it is tenuous to associate worringer’s text with the idea of classicism; yet, while worringer himself stood against classicism, he remains its student and employed its methods of organizing discourse. a distinctive mechanism is at work in abstraction and empathy as read by waite; this mechanism transforms worringer’s historical and philosophical signposts into rhetorical figures of reference. according to waite, key characters of worringer’s text such as ‘theodor lipps’, ‘the “pure” greek’, and ‘gothic style’, become indicators of worringer’s intentions and wishes – in other words, they are load-bearing elements in worringer’s subjectivist argument rather than entities that assume self-standing historical, aesthetic, or artistic profiles. signalling that worringer does not separate between art-viewing and art-making in abstraction and empathy, waite addresses the ambiguity of worringer’s antithesis between empathy (which is perception-based, according to him) and abstraction (which, waite notes, rather refers to the activity of art-making). waite thus questions worringer’s key method of discourse, further arguing that worringer writes empathically about abstraction, and ibid., - . ibid., . holdheim nevertheless opens his essay by pointing to the ‘classic’ status of abstraction and empathy in the second part of the twentieth century. holdheim, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', . waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', . ‘subjectivism’ is the term worringer employs to describe the aesthetic inquiries during modern times; he contrasts subjectivism with objectivism, and conducts a subjectivist inquiry in abstraction and empathy. (worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, .) as previously defined for the purposes of this thesis, subjectivism refers to an emphasis on inner processes and responses to the world; objectivism, on the other hand, seeks to reflect the connections between the observing self and the outer world. indeed, worringer’s antithesis is not polar because its terms are not direct opposites, as this thesis has shown. approaches empathy in a distanced manner. the memorability of worringer’s abstraction and empathy relies on the persuasive power of the text; this power, waite observes, is often beyond worringer’s rational control. the uncontrollable aspects of worringer’s discourse are also underscored by joshua dittrich, who analyses the rhetorical structure of worringer’s text, and worringer’s account of inorganic life, in ‘a life of matter and death: inorganic life in worringer, deleuze, and guattari’ ( ). inorganic life is a key figure of thought in worringer’s work; according to dittrich, the expressive heightening observed by worringer in the gothic line is also specific to worringer’s interpretation. dittrich recognizes the complexity and instability of worringer’s argument in abstraction and empathy, analysing its conceptual oscillation between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction. abstraction and empathy, according to dittrich, is a rhetorical performance, where history itself becomes a figure of discourse. however, dittrich points out that rhetoric does not resolve the articulation of the relationship between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction. thus worringer’s antithesis between urges remains undecided, and the conceptual coexistence of urges in ‘inorganic life’ appears unstable, dittrich argues. while antithesis supports the rhetorical aspects of worringer’s argument, it does so, dittrich claims, without providing worringer with an alternative approach. dittrich implicitly points to the circularity of worringer’s demonstration from abstraction and empathy – a characteristic of discourse that had become evident to waite as well. the rhetoric of antithesis, for dittrich, is without exit in worringer’s text. nevertheless, in his own binary terms, worringer suggested that the interplay of opposites was actually observable throughout the course of the waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', . ibid. dittrich, 'a life of matter and death: inorganic life in worringer, deleuze and guattari', . ibid., - . ibid., , , . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., , , . ibid., . ibid., . waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', - . history of art. worringer may not venture too far from the antithetical situations he defines and defends in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic; yet, by addressing abstract- representational interplay, he indicates where an exit from antithetical situations could be found. organizing worringer’s argument from abstraction and empathy, antithesis becomes a key methodological choice for worringer. however, antithesis serves the purposes of persuasion rather than science in worringer’s handling – donahue, waite and dittrich draw attention to the reliance of worringer on rhetoric in this respect. dissatisfied with the impact of classicism on the art and scientific inquiries of his own time, worringer nevertheless employs classical rhetorical devices extensively in abstraction and empathy. aristotle’s writings prove to have influenced worringer’s articulation of argument and interpretive technique more than worringer would have perhaps desired. kant, schopenhauer, riegl, wölfflin, antithesis before worringer, antithesis was widely employed in philosophical and art historical research; for instance, antithesis, or binary opposition, features extensively in kant’s analytic discussions from the critique of the power of judgment, and is considered by schopenhauer a key relational aspect imposed by will onto the world. however, in the approaches of kant and schopenhauer, opposition is less emphasized than in the opening chapter of abstraction and empathy. contrast receives nuanced employment in kant’s critique of the power of judgment. to articulate contrast, separations (or divisions) between terms of inquiry are necessary in philosophical practice, as the critique of the power of judgment shows. kant posits that the absence of division brings along a lack of clarity – an undesirable feature for cognitive work employing concepts. division, he explains, sets principles in contradiction; this is a dynamic specific to philosophical discourse. for kant, divisions can be two-fold or three-fold; he kant explains: ‘... [a]ny division... always presupposes an opposition between the principles of the rational cognition belonging to the different parts of a science.’ kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, , . see introduction (i). defines two-fold divisions as oppositional and analytic (such a division is operated by worringer in abstraction and empathy, for instance), and three-fold divisions as synthetic and concept-productive. kant notes his preference for three-fold divisions. in his approach to the writing of philosophy, differentiation and synthesis are preferred to opposition alone. the dynamic of differentiation can be observed at work in kant’s approach to the beautiful and the sublime. according to kant, beauty pleases freely, subjectively and universally, in the absence of concepts of reason. beauty, kant explains, retains its free purposiveness even when it becomes partially intellectualized due to its association with an idea. for him, beauty is associated with the form of objects, with imagination at play, and with indeterminate concepts of understanding. as to the relationship between the beautiful and the sublime, kant finds that they both arise from reflective judgment, and please without a purpose. however, kant points out that the sublime offers satisfaction through its very challenge to senses – a challenge due to the object-free magnitude or dynamism of its manifestations. the feeling of the sublime, kant explains, leads to negative pleasure because it emerges in response to formless phenomena, while beauty produces positive pleasure due to its association with form-bound objects. kant argues that, in the case of the sublime, reflection itself is being contemplated. in other words, ibid., - . see introduction (ix). ibid., . see introduction (ix). ibid., - , - , - . in his critique of the power of judgment, kant offers multiple definitions of beauty, or the beautiful, and the sublime. he explains, for instance, that beauty is ‘... the form of purposiveness of an object, insofar as it is perceived in it without representation of an end.’ (———, critique of the power of judgment, . see ‘definition of the beautiful inferred from this third moment’.) further on, kant defines the sublime as ‘...that which is absolutely great... that is sublime which even to be able to think demonstrates a faculty of the mind that surpasses every measure of the senses.’ (———, critique of the power of judgment, , . see § : ‘nominal definition of the sublime’.) however, these are only two of the definitions that kant supplies for the beautiful and the sublime respectively. kant’s contrast between the beautiful and the sublime arises from an accumulation of differentiating observations on nature, art, and the responses of viewers with regard to them. for instance, kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, - , - . see § : ‘comparison of the beautiful with the agreeable and the good through the above characteristic’; § - . ibid., - . see § - ; for instance: ‘definition of the beautiful derived from the first moment. taste is the faculty of judging an object or a kind of representation through a satisfaction or dissatisfaction without any interest. the object of such a satisfaction is called beautiful’; § : ‘the beautiful is that which, without concepts, is represented as the object of a universal satisfaction’; ‘the definition of the beautiful drawn from the second moment. that is beautiful which pleases universally without a concept’. ibid., - . see § : ‘transition from the faculty for judging the beautiful to that for judging the sublime’; § : ‘on the division of an investigation of the feeling of the sublime’. ibid., - . see § - . according to kant, the sublime surfaces not in objects or phenomena, but in the mind of the viewer. kant employs opposition to differentiate between the beautiful and the sublime. however, he analyses the sublime and the beautiful from a variety of angles, so that their opposition is never singular or monolithic, but remains open to continued reflection. as kant shows, the sublime and the beautiful do not compete for the same place in subjective attention: seeing objects as beautiful does not diminish, contradict, or cancel out the possibility to have sublime experiences. the opposition kant articulates between the beautiful and the sublime remains inclusive of both terms, further illuminating them in the course of his analysis. for worringer, the opposition between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction begins by being polar – in other words, extreme. however, in the course of his argument from abstraction and empathy, worringer points to the coexistence of the two urges in art. he observes the common artistic grounds between representation and abstraction, yet continues to emphasize opposition as a key method of inquiry throughout his text. when worringer addresses gothic art, negative satisfaction comes to the fore, even though gothic brings abstract and representational tendencies together. kant draws attention to the analytic potential of two-fold divisions; for worringer, the analysis of urges and modes of art-making mostly reinforces their opposition – therefore, his personal point of view. kant focuses on discussing the beautiful and the sublime as experienced in the contemplation of nature, pointing out that the same principles can be applied to the discussion of art. (ibid., - , - . see § ; also, § : ‘on the intellectual interest in the beautiful’, and § : ‘on art in general’.) his discussion of the sublime in terms of negative satisfaction could be connected to worringer’s approaching abstraction in terms of negative empathy; however, for kant the sublime is not object-based. see ———, critique of the power of judgment, . (see § : ‘on the estimation of magnitude of things of nature that is requisite for the idea of the sublime’.) worringer, on the other hand, analyses the urge to abstraction as materialized in art-making throughout abstraction and empathy. kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, - . see § : ‘transition from the faculty for judging the beautiful to that for judging the sublime’; § : ‘on the division of an investigation of the feeling of the sublime’. worringer stated his interest in subjectivist approaches at the very beginning of abstraction and empathy; therefore, opposition could be regarded as his personal, ‘subjective’ preference in point of methodology. waite signals the relevance of circularity with regard to worringer’s discourse, both in the foreword to abstraction and empathy, and in abstraction and empathy. see waite, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism', - . worringer’s opposition to aesthetic viewpoints he regards as generally accepted is a distinctive feature of his strategy of research. in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, for instance, classicism is associated with a balanced relationship between human beings and the world. however, worringer notes the cultural dominance – therefore, the negative aspect – of classicism in his epoch. the rhetorical strategy of opposition allows worringer to build a strong profile for his discourse; his discussing the relationship between urges, as well as between modes of art-making, follows the same predominantly antithetic pathway. the writer having inspired worringer’s articulation of polar antithesis between psychological urges is, according to worringer, schopenhauer. ‘... [o]pposites throw light on each other’, schopenhauer remarked in the world as will and representation; for him, the root of opposition in the world is will, the force that gives the world its existence. schopenhauer argues that will, striving to find objectification (or materialization), assumes various forms that enter oppositional relationships. phenomena of higher objectification subdue and incorporate phenomena of lower objectification, in search for the highest objectification attainable, schopenhauer explains. according to him, opposition characterizes the operation of natural forces. for instance, schopenhauer notices opposition, subordination and assimilation at work in the relation between gravitation and magnetism, or between plants and animals. yet schopenhauer also points out that, in art, knowledge can operate independently from the pressures of will. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., - , , . ibid., . ibid., , . schopenhauer and payne, the world as will and representation, . ibid., - . for instance, ideas are objectifications of will for schopenhauer; in this respect, he follows plato rather than kant. kant regards ideas as concepts of reason, and aesthetic ideas as intuitions of the imagination. see kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, - . also see arthur schopenhauer and e. f. j. payne, the world as will and representation, vol. (new york: dover publications, [ ]), xxii, - , - . looking further into the relationship between the thought of kant and schopenhauer would very much exceed the scope of the current inquiry. ibid., - . ibid., . according to the absence or presence of opposition, schopenhauer distinguishes between the beautiful and the sublime. will-less knowing, he explains, encounters no opposition when the viewer is engaged in contemplating the beautiful; in contrast, when experiencing the sublime, viewers must transcend the opposition arising between their will and the object of contemplation. schopenhauer, like kant, emphasizes the conflict that the experience of the sublime generates in the mind of the contemplating subject; yet, unlike kant, schopenhauer discusses the possibility of transitional steps between experiences of the beautiful and the sublime respectively. subtle transitions from the beautiful to the sublime can be experienced in wintry landscapes, boundless planes or rocky deserts, according to schopenhauer. in such places, he explains, human life is neither protected nor threatened; as a result, will-less contemplation comes to the fore. schopenhauer thus draws attention to the fluidity of the boundaries between the sublime and the beautiful in contemplative experience. for him, observing and explaining the transitions between modes of aesthetic experience plays a part as important as highlighting distinctive features by means of opposition. worringer also relies on opposition to distinguish between representation and abstraction in art-making. however, abstract-representational opposition softens where worringer addresses the coexistence of abstraction and representation in the same epoch, as well as where worringer explores the transition from one mode of art-making to another throughout history. history offers worringer a repository of figures of reference: classicism, romanesque and gothic are examined by him in terms of representation, abstraction, but also in terms of the meeting between modes of art-making. when articulating his theory, worringer sets various approaches to art (and the urges that lead to them) in opposition; like kant, schopenhauer underscores the common ground between the beautiful and the sublime, namely their relationship to ideas. he explains that, in the case of both the sublime and the beautiful, aesthetic contemplation has the idea as its object. the sublime, schopenhauer writes, finds its opposite in the charming, since the charming connects to appetites, stirs the will and interrupts contemplation. from this perspective, schopenhauer disagrees with kant’s discussing the beautiful and the sublime in terms of opposition. (ibid., - .) schopenhauer and payne, the world as will and representation, - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., - . ibid., - . however, when addressing art as made visible in the course of history, worringer highlights abstract-representational interplay. antithesis also supports the construction of argument in the writings of worringer’s contemporaries. for instance, in his late roman art industry, riegl contrasts between close viewing (or the tactile phase of art-making [nahsicht]), and viewing from a distance (or the optical phase of art-making [fernsicht]), in his discussion of the art of antiquity. he remarks that close viewing invites an awareness of planes. according to riegl, tactility, planarity and symmetry are preferred to optical recession in the art of ancient egypt, since optical recession (as encountered in the art of the late roman empire) suggests distance and deemphasizes materiality. the antithesis between close viewing and viewing from a distance provides riegl with the possibility to explain historical changes of style in psychological terms. however, riegl also points to the middle ground between these viewing modes: he addresses tactile-optical viewing as associated with experiencing classical greek art. following riegl, worringer also underscores the balance observable in the art of classical greece; however, worringer refers to the relationship between human beings and their environment when addressing greek equipoise. for riegl, antithesis supports critical, historical and psychological aspects of inquiry, yet does not become a key method of his investigations: it is a mode of drawing attention to differentiations between artistic approaches through time. placing pairs of terms in antithesis is a procedure employed by worringer as well as wölfflin in their organization of argument. wölfflin, in principles of art history ( ), illuminates the key concepts that inform art-viewing by means of binary opposition. he treats the alliance between form and personal expression with caution; for him, processes such as the worringer comments on riegl’s late roman art industry in abstraction and empathy. (ibid., , - , .) further explorations of the connection between the two books are necessary, yet require much more emphasis than the current thesis can provide. previous sections have addressed this aspect of riegl’s argument; see ‘representation and abstraction in art- making: worringer’s perspective’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . at the time of writing abstraction and empathy, worringer was an admirer of the work of wölfflin. (ibid., - .) heinrich wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art (new york: dover publications, [ ]), . transition from linear to painterly seeing emerge from experiencing – a mode of engagement which is not necessarily emotional, since apprehension and representation appear to wölfflin in their formal, rather than expressive, guise. wölfflin considers that an exclusive focus on the history of expression entails significant risks, since expression reflects differently in artistic form through time. he disagrees with approaching the history of art in terms of growth, apogee and decay. instead, wölfflin proposes to focus on highlighting basic concepts that inform artistic development within given historical epochs. he organizes these concepts in five binary pairs: linear and painterly, plane and recession, closed and open form, multiplicity and unity, clearness and unclearness. in abstraction and empathy, worringer considers that writing about art must account for psychological as well as formal factors. he notes that his inquiry focuses on general aesthetic categories; in other words, worringer chooses to address forms of art that encourage the emergence of ‘elementary aesthetic feelings,’ and that facilitate theoretical discourse. abstraction and empathy thus engages with the art of ancient egypt and greece, with oriental and byzantine art, with gothic and renaissance art. addressing landmark styles from the history of art provides worringer a ground of investigation that has already won the favour of his contemporaries. however, worringer supports the writing of a ‘history of feeling about the world’ where the variations of personal responses to life contexts are discussed in connection to art. the intuitive analysis of personal feeling takes place in reference to aesthetically accepted approaches to art-making in abstraction and empathy. ibid., . in the words of wölfflin: ‘all five pairs of concepts [i. e., linear and painterly, plane and recession, closed and open form, multiplicity and unity, clearness and unclearness] can be interpreted both in the decorative and imitative sense. there is a beauty of the tectonic and a truth of the tectonic, a beauty of the painterly and a definite content of the world which is manifested in the painterly, and only in the painterly, style, and so on. but we will not forget that our categories are only forms – forms of apprehension and representation – and that they can therefore have no expressional content in themselves. here it is only a question of the schema within which a definite beauty can manifest itself and only of the vessel in which impressions of nature can be caught and retained.’ wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art, . wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art, . ibid., - , - . ibid., , - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . also see, from the current thesis, ‘ “common to all”: form for kant and worringer’. ibid., . the approach wölfflin employs in principles of art history favours the examination of experience rather than feeling. in prolegomena to a psychology of architecture, wölfflin had also addressed architectural form from the perspective of experience; yet, in this earlier study, the association of empathy and form surfaced more readily. wölfflin had underscored that inanimate architecture could reveal its lifelikeness, its expressiveness, when compared with the human body. attempting to understand built structures by means of imitation could reveal the organic qualities inherent in abstract form, wölfflin explained. the imitation of architecture’s forms could lead to personal experiencing. unlike worringer, wölfflin refers to imitation rather than feeling when approaching art that is difficult to understand; yet imitation appears to wölfflin as a mode of embodied personal engagement, and supports a responsive – if unemotional – interpretation of inanimate form. in principles of art history, wölfflin focuses on the concepts discernible in artistic expression. he prioritizes style and form in his search for key features of representation, and addresses various approaches to art-making during renaissance and baroque. selecting the main terms of investigation and distinguishing between them from changing perspectives, like kant in his own approach to analysing the beautiful and the sublime, wölfflin organizes his findings by means of antithesis. in principles of art history, empirical concepts of increasing generality, as well as differentiation by means of contrast, play important parts. the structural clarity of principles of art history relies on wölfflin’s employment of antithesis. one of his pairs of antithetic concepts brings together the linear (or limiting) and the painterly (or limitless) in art. like riegl in late roman art industry, wölfflin explains linearity by association with the sense of touch and physical proximity, and painterliness by for a discussion of empathy in wölfflin’s prolegomena to a psychology of architecture, see previous subchapter on empathy. also see heinrich wölfflin, ‘prolegomena to a psychology of architecture’ in empathy, form, and space : problems in german aesthetics, - , ed. harry francis malgrave and eleftherios ikonomou (santa monica: university of chicago press, ), - . wölfflin’s approach to the experiencing of form emphasizes embodied aspects, but not emotion; his thought differs in this respect from lipps’ theory, where complete apperceptive understanding includes an emotional aspect. see lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, - . ibid., - . for the influence of kant on wölfflin’s approach to the writing of art history, see michael hatt and charlotte klonk, art history: a critical introduction to its methods (manchester and new york: manchester university press, ), . association with sight and physical distance. wölfflin observes that the linear and the painterly characterize both vision and style, as when he writes: we can thus further define the difference between the styles by saying that linear vision sharply distinguishes form from form, while the painterly eye on the other hand aims at that movement which passes over the sum of things... the great contrast between linear and painterly style corresponds to radically different interests in the world. in the former case, it is the solid figure, in the latter, the changing appearance; in the former, the enduring form, measurable, finite; in the latter, the movement, the form in function; in the former, the thing in itself; in the latter, the thing in its relations. unlike worringer in abstraction and empathy, wölfflin analyses the art of representation in principles of art history. he discusses representational works in terms of outline, interior and exterior form, mass, patch, or movement, thus eliciting their abstract qualities. although he often refers to visual schemas in his discussions, wölfflin nevertheless addresses the dynamic of abstract characteristics as found within representational art. returning to worringer’s abstraction and empathy after engaging with wölfflin’s principles of art history reveals a number of significant continuities and differences between these texts and the methodologies their writers employ. both worringer and wölfflin discuss the relationship between psychological factors and artistic form; both employ antithesis to structure their respective discourses. the inquiries of kant play a significant part for worringer as for wölfflin. in abstraction and empathy and in principles of art history, worringer and wölfflin bring to light specific qualities of form. on the other hand, wölfflin’s carefully structured approach could not be more different from worringer’s exploratory discourse. wölfflin acknowledges the role of seeing and of embodiment at the same time, providing relevant points of reference for art historical analysis through his pairs of contrastive concepts. instead, worringer emphasizes the subjectivity of riegl and winkes, late roman art industry, - . wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art, - , . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , . also, wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art, . his inquiry and his interest in positive as well as negative feelings and emotions. transcendence interests worringer more than embodiment. for him, the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction (which support the surfacing of representational and abstract modes of art-making) enter a relationship of disputation throughout history. this relationship is described by worringer in the terms of argumentative discourse, and carries an implicit negative tinge. worringer, unlike wölfflin, does not work towards constructing a systematic approach to the aesthetics of representation. where wölfflin employs focus, simplification and synthesis to arrive at principles of wide applicability, worringer persuasively asserts oppositional relations while proposing that antithetic terms can and should be regarded as equal. worringer’s antithesis between representation and abstraction did not aim to assert value differences in art – at least, this is worringer’s expressed intention. according to him, urges towards art-making as well as modes of art-making coexist in gothic. organizing worringer’s perspective on representation and abstraction in abstraction and empathy, antithesis also characterizes worringer’s thoughts on the relationship between human beings and their environments. he regards the connections between people and their contexts in terms of perpetual opposition. this state of tension – which becomes visible in wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art, vii-ix. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., - , . worringer does not mention hegel in either abstraction and empathy or form in gothic; however, hegel’s nineteenth-century approach to antithesis as well as to the union of opposites is relevant to consider alongside worringer’s early twentieth-century views. hegel’s impact on german culture was pervasive at the time of worringer’s writing abstraction and empathy; see, among many others, glenn alexander magee, the hegel dictionary (london and new york: continuum, ), - . also, robert anchor, germany confronts modernization: german culture and society, - (lexington: heath, ), - . it is likely that worringer, who studied in berlin before completing abstraction and empathy in bern, would have had the opportunity to engage with the ideas of hegel, who taught at the berlin university between and , and served as university rector from . in his aesthetics: lectures on fine art ( - ), hegel explains the meeting of idea and reality in symbolic, classical and romantic art. for hegel, classical art provides a point of unification between mind and senses (worringer follows hegel in this respect, arguing that classical art creates a bridge between instinct and understanding; see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - ). on the other hand, in symbolic and romantic art, reality and idea diverge, according to hegel. hegel finds that romantic art offers ground for the idea to reach its perfect shape not in the external world, but in the inner world of human beings. he explains: ‘[in romantic art,]... the separation of idea and shape, their indifference and inadequacy to each other come to the fore again, as in symbolic art, but with the essential difference, that, in romantic art, the idea, the deficiency of which in the symbol brought with it the deficiency of shape, now has to appear perfected in itself as spirit and heart. because of this higher perfection, it is not susceptible of an adequate union with the external, since its true reality and manifestation it can seek and achieve only within itself.’ see hegel, georg wilhelm friedrich, and t. m. knox, aesthetics: lectures on fine art (oxford: clarendon press, [ - ]). worringer, like hegel, signals the antithesis between artists and the urge to abstraction, according to worringer – proves to reflect in worringer’s opinions on life in the world. antithesis informs worringer’s views on art as well as existence. apart from antithesis, interplay is another methodological figure observable in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. abstract-representational interplay becomes particularly visible in worringer’s discussions of art. although he begins both abstraction and empathy and form in gothic by assigning a guiding methodological role to antithesis, worringer addresses the ‘amalgamation’ of representational and abstract elements in both books. their world; abstract art makes this separation most visible for worringer. however, where hegel regarded negative relationships as dynamic, arguing that separation could be overcome and the unity of opposites could be achieved (hegel, phenomenology of spirit, ), worringer emphasizes antithesis in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. regarding the interplay of abstraction and representation as another facet of antithesis, worringer provides a key methodological role to antithesis in his writings. ‘union’ between opposites is possible in hegel’s aesthetics; instead, worringer approaches relationships between art-making modes in terms of ‘counterplay and interplay’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, - , . gradation, displacement and transposition: alternatives to antithesis in worringer’s abstraction and empathy worringer reserves a leading methodological role for antithesis in abstraction and empathy, yet also explores alternatives to abstract-representational opposition. for instance, worringer discusses processes such as gradation, displacement, and transposition (or transfer), which he notices in the course of history. in the concluding pages of his ‘theoretical section’ from abstraction and empathy, for instance, worringer argues that representation and abstraction are manifestations of different degrees of distancing from organic existence. instead of contrasting abstraction and representation, worringer presents them as modes of art-making that reflect lesser or greater proximities from the world. such a statement draws attention to the gradual rather than polar relationship of abstraction and representation, as well as to the possibility of their interplay. gradation thus comes forth as a relational modality where the contrast between representation and abstraction need not be absolute. displacement and transposition are gradual processes worringer also addresses in abstraction and empathy. displacement (or the substitution of one mode of art-making by another), can be observed during the transition from the doric to the ionic style of architecture; worringer explains that abstract features as observable in doric style still feature in the representation-oriented ionic style, which combines abstraction and representation, yet gives preference to the urge to empathy. the displacement of doric style by ionic style is not radical, according to worringer, but leads to the incorporation of features of the displaced style. abstract-representational interplay thus becomes visible during times of transition between epochs and modes of art-making. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , . ibid., - . ibid., . the transition from abstraction to representation is also addressed by worringer, from the perspective of history, in form in gothic. worringer explains that, in classicism as observable in ancient greek art, the features that characterized the world of ‘primitive’ people are no longer in sight: chaos turns into cosmos, fear and relativity are replaced by knowledge and objectivity, anthropocentrism becomes dominant, and the ground for opposition disappears. see worringer and read, form in gothic, . if displacement operates in historical terms for worringer, transposition takes place on spatial and formal grounds. worringer observes transposition (or the embedding of one form of art into another) in the classical art of ancient greece, where architecture assimilates sculpture. he explains that, despite of the dominance of abstract features brought along by architecture and the necessities of construction, greek artists soften the impact of abstract elements through the highlighting of lifelike, organic values. according to worringer, a generic tendency can be observed where architecture meets sculpture. in his words: ‘... [i]f this architectonic regularity is of an organic kind, as in greek architecture, the constraint within which sculpture lives also has an organic effect, as for instance in the figures of a pediment; if, on the contrary, it is of an inorganic kind, as in gothic, the figures are drawn into the same inorganic sphere.’ the sculptures that contribute to a building reflect, for worringer, the predominant architectural aspects of that building. underscoring the resonance between arts, worringer signals that in architecture abstract and representational tendencies coexist and interact. transposition also leads to emphasis on inorganic, abstract aspects in ancient egyptian art, according to worringer. egyptian art, worringer notes, displays strong tendencies towards abstraction, yet that, despite the effort of artists to create in an abstract style, representational elements still inform their works. for instance, worringer argues that egyptian artists endeavour to eliminate suggestions of three-dimensionality in sculpture, yet approach the heads of sculptures from the perspective of representation. the reverse process is also visible: egyptian sculptures, according to worringer, transform lifelike details into geometrical pattern, as can be seen in the rendition of fabric folds and hairstyles. an emphasis on planes, geometry, decoration, and the transmission of information through writing predominate in egyptian art, worringer comments. for him, the coexistence of abstraction and representation worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., , - , - , , - . worringer’s discussion of secular style and court style in ancient egyptian art draws attention to the historical coexistence of representation and abstraction. in worringer’s words: ‘that the egyptians had acquired an easy mastery over material is shown by the statues of the secular art of the old empire, which have been sufficiently admired for their realism – the village mayor, the brewer, etc. and at the same time the statues in the court style, that is the authentic monumental art, exhibit an unvividness of form and a severity of style as great as any archaic statue. something else must, therefore, have contributed to this style than technical incompetence, as the artistic materialists would have us believe.’ ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . in the art of egypt makes room for representation in abstract contexts, yet cultivates abstraction. the relationship between representation and abstraction thus receives a dynamic treatment in worringer’s abstraction and empathy. opposition remains worringer’s principal method of relating abstraction to representation in his book. yet worringer also discusses other modes of approaching the abstract-representational relationship, such as gradation (psychological, of emotions, of abstract and representational elements), displacement (historical, of one style by another) and transposition (spatial and formal, of representational elements into abstract contexts and vice-versa). in contrast with opposition, gradation, displacement and transposition do not organize worringer’s discourse in abstraction and empathy. they do not become generic concepts that direct investigation, such as wölfflin’s ‘linear’ and ‘painterly’ from his principles of art history. however, worringer’s discussion of gradation, displacement and transposition reveals his interest in various facets of the abstract-representational relationship in art. opposition simplifies and stabilizes worringer’s approach to the relationship between abstraction and representation in abstraction and empathy. nevertheless, worringer’s attention to the unfolding of processes of gradation, displacement and transposition adds an exploratory edge to his inquiry. abstraction and representation, two modes of art-making that might have been restricted to antithesis, actually receive a dynamic reading in abstraction and empathy. in his approach to psychological urges and to modes of art-making, worringer is not content with the employment of opposition alone; he diverges from it to investigate its alternatives, and to reveal what opposition is bound to leave aside: the meeting ground of abstraction and representation. gradation, displacement and transposition make visible various forms of interplay between representation and abstraction in worringer’s abstraction and empathy. pointing to the interplay of abstraction and representation throughout abstraction and empathy, worringer notes that the meeting of representation and abstraction informed art-making since ancient times. psychological urges to empathy and abstraction could be noticed operating side by side wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art, - . within the same epoch, worringer argues. he implies that the historical coexistence of representational and abstract modes of art-making occasions various forms of interplay. from a psychological viewpoint, worringer considers that specific styles of art-making reflect the enjoyment that artists and viewers derive from art. ‘every style represented the maximum bestowal of happiness for the humanity that created it’, worringer notes. he observes that styles – generally understood as specific creative approaches developed throughout history – give various forms of expression to happiness. he thus connects art- making to emotion – personal, as well as shared – rather than to externally imposed requirements. from this perspective, art appears as an activity depending on the expressive will of its makers, in all its forms. his comment is inclusive of representational expression, of abstract expression, and, last but not least, of the possibility of abstract-representational interplay [wechselspiel in abstraction and empathy, ineinanderspiel in form in gothic]. interplay (a multifaceted, inclusive process of relating between phenomena, thoughts, domains, or modes of art-making) becomes visible for worringer in art, as well as in the natural world. in the opening pages of abstraction and empathy, worringer asserts the independence of art from nature, and the equality of art to nature. he readdresses the relationship between nature (or the world as observed by human beings) and art from a psychological perspective at various points in his book, observing that the urge to empathy manifests in celebration of organic life, while the urge to abstraction signals a tendency to take distance from the world. for worringer, the need of tranquillity he recognizes in eastern art arises from seeing the world as flux, as an entanglement of interrelationships. imaginatively assuming the perspective of the eastern artist or viewer, worringer explains that the state of interplay characteristic of phenomena is arbitrary and tormenting. observed worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer employs the term ‘style’ generically, as well as with reference to the urge to abstraction in abstraction and empathy. see, from the current thesis, ‘worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . also, worringer, form in gothic, . ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., - . for schopenhauer, the world is in constant fluctuation: ‘eternal becoming, endless flux, belongs to the revelation of the essential nature of the will.’ worringer sees the world as a place of struggle, like in the word of appearances and changes, interplay gives rise to abstraction and assumes a negative psychological connotation for worringer. however, worringer notes that the urge to abstraction does not lead to a complete exclusion of elements of environment. while the urge to abstraction can be considered antithetic to the urge to empathy, worringer comments that to abstract could involve bringing representational elements and geometric elements together. this approach to abstraction in art-making, worringer argues, has as a purpose the exclusion of temporality and change, yet does not renounce the depiction of objects in the world altogether. worringer posits the coexistence of representational and abstract elements in cultural terms. although he finds that the urge to abstraction receives its ultimate expression in egyptian art, he observes that artists from different places in the world preferred to amalgamate abstract and representational elements. according to worringer, japanese art offers an opportunity to examine a mode of art-making that is fundamentally concerned with form, and at the same time organic. ionic architecture ( th century b. c.), in contrast with doric architecture ( th - th century b. c.), seems to bring inanimate stone to life, worringer comments. he also points to byzantine style (c. - a. d.) as inclusive of hellenistic (c. - b. c.), early christian (c. - a. d.), and oriental influences, therefore as a composite approach to art-making. saracenic (or islamic) arabesque balances, for worringer, naturalism (or representation) and abstraction. in the interlaced ornament of schopenhauer, yet associates the artistic manifestation of this struggle with abstraction-oriented art. instead, schopenhauer finds that art in all its forms is an opportunity of deliverance from the impositions of will, leading to pure contemplation and will-less knowing. (ibid., .) also, schopenhauer and payne, the world as will and representation, , , - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. ibid., - . ibid., . worringer writes: ‘the study of japanese art in europe must be accounted one of the most important stages in the history of the gradual rehabilitation of art as a purely formal organism, i. e. one that appeals to our elementary aesthetic feelings.’ ibid., . in the words of worringer: ‘whereas in the doric temple the lofty, expressionless law of matter in its exclusivity frightens away all human empathy, in the ionic temple all the sensations of life flow uninhibitedly in, and the joyfulness of these stones irradiated with life becomes our own joy.’ ibid., , - , . ibid., . according to worringer: ‘we find by analysis that this saracenic ornament also represents a balance between abstraction and naturalism, but with a predominance of abstraction as pronounced as the predominance of naturalism in greek ornament.’ northern europe (c. a. d.), worringer recognizes once more the interplay of representation and abstraction. he remarks: in spite of the purely linear, inorganic basis of this ornamental style, we hesitate to term it abstract. rather it is impossible to mistake the restless life contained in this tangle of lines. this unrest, this seeking, has no organic life that draws us gently into its movement; but there is life there, a vigorous, urgent life, that compels us joylessly to follow its movements. thus, on an inorganic fundament, there is heightened movement, heightened expression. here we have the decisive formula for the whole medieval north. here are the elements which later on, as we shall show, culminate in gothic. representational and abstract elements may cohabit in art; the degree of their interaction, worringer notes, varies according to time and place. distinguishing sharply between abstract and representational styles becomes increasingly difficult as worringer turns his gaze towards art styles throughout history. although worringer posits that the urge to abstraction informs the beginnings of art-making, although he emphasizes the opposition of representation and abstraction in order to highlight their formal specificities and psychological points of emergence, addressing art (even in its most generic instances) eventually leads his argument towards an acknowledgment of the interplay between representation and abstraction. in the last chapter of abstraction and empathy, worringer analyses gothic art at length. he points out that greek architecture primarily highlights organic values, while egyptian architecture brings to the fore abstract values. gothic architecture presents a third avenue of artistic investigation; according to worringer: a third possibility now confronts us in the gothic cathedral, which indeed operates with abstract values, but nonetheless directs an extremely strong and forcible appeal to our capacity for empathy. here, however, constructional relations are not ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., - . illuminated by a feeling for the organic, as is the process in greek temple building, but purely mechanical relationships of forces are brought to view per se, and in addition these relationships of forces are intensified to the maximum in their tendency to movement and in their content by a power of empathy that extends to the abstract. it is not the life of an organism which we see before us, but that of a mechanism. worringer observes that the gothic cathedral combines representational and abstract elements. abstraction is specific to the architectural context of gothic for him; nevertheless, he also notes that a gothic cathedral generates an empathic response similar to the one he had previously deemed specific for representational art. to differentiate between greek and gothic architecture, worringer associates greek temples with the concept of ‘organism’ (a living form where parts work to support the whole) and gothic cathedrals with the concept of ‘mechanism’ (a constructed form capable of movement). animation is a characteristic of both ‘organism’ and ‘mechanism,’ worringer notes, yet in a mechanism the abstract, structural, willed component comes to the fore. for worringer, the gothic cathedral infuses abstraction with lifelike qualities; he finds that the interplay of mechanical forces (in other words, of forces that modify or transmit movement) is intensified in gothic architecture, providing the quality of life to an inorganic construction. in gothic, abstract-representational interplay manifests as the coexistence of opposites, according to him; ‘mechanism’ is a term worringer employs metaphorically to characterize the meeting of abstract structure and lifelike movement. worringer’s analysis of gothic architectural style casts a new light on the title of his book, abstraction and empathy. empathy and abstraction, two psychological urges worringer initially approaches as opposite, actually interweave in art-making. in his analyses of the common ground of representation and abstraction, worringer responds empathically to gothic while addressing its formal qualities. he thus demonstrates that abstract structure can encourage empathy, and articulates this demonstration in psychological and formal terms. worringer points to abstract-representational interplay at various stages of his argument, especially when addressing artistic styles throughout history. to begin, he notes that opposite ibid., - . forms of aesthetic experience can lead to the same effect: self-forgetting (or, in his terms, self-alienation). the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction, according to worringer, can be considered as gradations of a generic human need to leave the world behind in imagination, and concentrate on the contemplation of art instead. highlighting the psychological and aesthetic common ground of the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction, worringer prepares his examination of the meeting of these urges in art. when addressing the urge to abstraction as the key impulse in art-making, worringer points to abstract form as made visible in the world of nature, namely in crystalline, inorganic entities. the separation between organic and inorganic aspects is thus not absolute, worringer implies; an affinity exists between them. claiming he does not wish to insist on such matters, worringer rhetorically summons the nameless, generic figure of ‘a convinced evolutionist’ to articulate his own speculations. such an evolutionist, worringer writes, could argue that human beings harbour memories of inorganic natural laws within their organism. thus the urge to abstraction could be considered a longing for the inorganic, which worringer’s ‘evolutionist’ regards as a primitive form of the organic. in addition to the psychological and aesthetic commonalities of the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction, worringer also provides an ontological background to the possibility of abstract- representational interplay in art. positing that the urge to empathy connects to naturalism (or representation), worringer also specifies that empathy may attach to abstract form. he personifies the need for empathy to intensify its claims, thus adding rhetorical edge to his discourse; in his words: ‘... the need for empathy abandons the sphere of the organic, that naturally falls to its lot, and takes possession of abstract forms, which are thereby, of course, robbed of their abstract value.’ ibid., - . ibid., - . ibid., . from this point of view, worringer’s argument echoes the thought of schopenhauer, who writes: ‘indeed, since all things in the world are the objectivity of one and the same will, and consequently identical according to their nature, there must be between them that unmistakable analogy, and in everything less perfect there must be seen the trace, outline, and plan of the next more perfect thing. moreover, since all these forms belong only to the world as representation, it can even be assumed that, in the most universal forms of the representation, in this peculiar framework of the appearing phenomenal world, and thus in space and time, it is already possible to discover and establish the fundamental type, outline and plan of all that fills the forms.’ schopenhauer and payne, the world as will and representation, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., . as imagined by worringer, the meeting between the urge to empathy and actual abstract art may acquire invasive nuances. worringer associates the encounter between empathy and abstraction with northern and gothic art, but also with greek art (for example, with the vitruvian scroll). from his perspective – which in this instance seeks to elicit emotional effect by favouring vivid yet aggressive figures of discourse – abstract-representational interplay may be approached in terms of imposition and inequality. however, worringer also notes the harmonious coexistence of representational and abstract tendencies in art. he observes that in classical art the synthesis of mycenaean naturalism (or representation) and dipylon abstraction becomes visible; these two tendencies are balanced in ornamental forms such as the wavy line and the festoon, although the tendency towards naturalism and empathy predominates. saracenic arabesque also balances abstraction and naturalism, worringer comments, although he thinks the urge to abstraction becomes more assertive in this case. for him, northern interlaced ornament is linear, inorganic, yet lifelike: another instance of abstract-representational interplay. summarizing his previous findings, worringer draws attention to the meeting of representation and abstraction in the art of early epochs. he regards this encounter as a compromise artists make when accounting for natural models. once more, interplay receives a negative interpretation, which worringer counterbalances by examining the various forms abstract-representational interplay assumes throughout history. for instance, worringer explains that architecture imposes either its representational or its abstract aspect on the sculpture it incorporates. greek temple sculptures tend towards representation, while gothic cathedral sculptures tend towards abstraction, worringer remarks. he notes that an overall inclination towards abstraction at work in egyptian art, pyramids being foremost instances of abstract art for him. nevertheless, he remarks that standing sculptures specific to the hieratic court style actually rely on the verisimilitude of representation in order to suggest ibid., . the implicit ethics and politics of worringer’s discourse, and the positioning of worringer’s ideas within early twentieth-century european contexts, need to make the topics of different inquiries. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid. ibid., - . ibid., - . ibid., - . ibid., - . vitality. byzantine art also sets representation and abstraction in interplay; worringer considers it composite, although more pronounced tendencies towards abstraction inform its late stages. abstract-representational interplay becomes highly visible in worringer’s analyses of art from abstraction and empathy. ibid., - . ibid., - , . form in gothic: interplay readdressed worringer continues his research of the meeting between representation and abstraction in form in gothic, a text that expands on worringer’s early insights and provides further articulation to his theoretical standpoint. where abstraction and empathy contrasts the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction, and surveys their points of encounter in art-making, form in gothic offers a theoretical outline to worringer’s views on the role of antithesis in the writing of art history and theory. the last pages of abstraction and empathy contain an essay written by worringer in , the year when form in gothic is published. this essay, entitled ‘transcendence and immanence in art’, contrasts classical and non-classical art, the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction, immanence (or the tendency of seeking, in religion and art, reference points within the world, as in pantheism) and transcendence (the tendency to seek reference points beyond the world, as in christianity). in ‘transcendence and immanence in art’, worringer argues that seeing art from one perspective only is limiting. he claims that, during his epoch, art is addressed mostly in the terms of classicism; he therefore approaches classicism by reference to greek culture in abstraction and empathy, and finds fault with the emphasis his contemporaries place on the heritage of greek culture and classical art. joanna e. ziegler underscores the special place gothic art holds in worringer’s inquiries. she writes: ‘... gothic for worringer was a metaphysical and phenomenological metaphor, one that contained and illuminated the intangible, expressive, and spiritual ideas of the gothic. to frame this within the terms of recent discourse, worringer saw gothic architecture as the supreme cultural product of the gothic past and mind.’ joanna e. ziegler, 'worringer's theory of transcendental space in gothic architecture: a medievalist's perspective' in invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer, ed. neil h. donahue (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), . focusing on gothic art and conducting a detailed investigation of its history and reflection in worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic would much exceed the scope of the current inquiry. in abstraction and empathy, worringer had followed, explained, and expanded upon lipps’s distinction between positive and negative empathy. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer explains: ‘to the polar contrast between empathy and abstraction, which we found applicable to the consideration of art, correspond in the domain of the history of religion and of world views the two concepts of intra-mundaneity (immanence), which is characterised as polytheism or pantheism, and supra-mundaneity (transcendence), which leads over to monotheism.’ (ibid., .) also, ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . worringer connects classicism with european art practices. he notes that the art of classical epochs is an art of empathy, of adjustment to the world, of immanence, of balance between instinct and understanding. he regards classicism as having completed its historical trajectory in the time of kant. for worringer, the polar opposite of classical art is non-classical, transcendental art, as practised in early cultures and in the orient. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ‘transcendence and immanence in art’ is included in the third edition of abstraction and empathy (published in ). classicism, for worringer, is persuasively portrayed by johann wolfgang von goethe ( - ). as worringer observes in abstraction and empathy, goethe drew attention to the resonance between human beings and the world during classical times. indeed, in ‘ancient and modern’ ( ), goethe enthusiastically addressed the characteristics of ancient greek art. he highlighted that art-making depended on its contexts, as well as on the state of mind of the artist at the time of creation. positing that viewers found pleasure in works of art produced skilfully, without struggle, goethe held the astute observation of nature in high esteem. art-making needed to address worthy topics in a nimble yet faultless style, according to goethe. in his words: to see distinctly, to apprehend clearly, to impart with facility, — these are the qualities that enchant us; and when we maintain that all these are to be found in the genuine greek works, united with the noblest subjects, the most unerring and perfect execution, it will be seen why it is we always begin and end with them. let each one be a greek in his own way, but let him be a greek! for goethe, ancient greek art provided a point of reference that needed to be acknowledged for contemporary artistic excellence to be attained. style (the complex yet personal accounting for the world by means of representation) nevertheless had humble origins according to goethe: it started from faithful imitation. explaining the concept of imitation in ‘simple imitation of nature, manner, style’ ( ), goethe inquired into the positive aspects of the process of imitation. the practice of looking and rendering, as well as the attention dedicated to form and colour, led to accuracy, clarity, diversity and expressive power in art-making, according to goethe. by means of imitation, he commented, artists learnt to classify and connect forms, eliciting their distinctive particularities. imitation ibid., . johann wolfgang von goethe, 'ancient and modern' in goethe's literary essays, ed. j. e. spingarn (new york: harcourt, brace and company, [ ]), . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., . ibid. ———, 'simple imitation of nature, manner, style' in goethe's literary essays, ed. j. e. spingarn (new york: harcourt, brace and company, [ ]), - . ibid., - . supported the articulation of style, which communicated empirical knowledge, denoted the achievement of representational excellence, and commanded admiration. ‘simple imitation therefore labours in the ante-chamber that leads to style’, goethe remarked. in abstraction and empathy, worringer disagrees with the praise of imitation; he regards it as characteristic for art practices of the past (such as the art of antiquity or the art of renaissance), but detrimental if exclusively employed by contemporary artists. arguing against the cultivation of one perspective on art-making only, worringer writes: as long as our historical endeavours continue to revolve around the one pole which we call art, but which is in fact only classical art, our vision will remain restricted and conscious of only one goal. only at the moment when we reach the pole itself do our eyes become opened, and we perceive the great beyond, that urges us toward the other pole. and the road that lies behind us seems suddenly small and insignificant in comparison with the infinitude that is now unfolded to our gaze. for worringer, understanding a given form of art brings along an awareness of different art forms as well. engaging with one pole of art-making is only a part of the journey involved in the writing of art history, according to worringer. the picture worringer draws still places representation and abstraction at opposite standpoints in the landscape of art; however, worringer presents the unexplored pole as a territory awaiting discovery rather than as an undesirable alternative. worringer’s readers are indirectly invited to share the writer’s sense of revelation when faced with a less familiar form of art. in ‘transcendence and immanence in art’, the figure of polarity allows worringer to point beyond polarity. worringer employs polar antithesis as well as a subjectivist perspective in the articulation of his argument from abstraction and empathy. for him (as previous sections have noted), the relationship between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction is introduced and described productively by means of antithesis. subjectivism permits worringer to combine aesthetic and psychological strands in his research, to adopt (by means of intuition and ibid., - . ibid., - . ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - . ibid., , - . ibid., . imaginative reconstruction) the standpoint of viewers as well as artists in his writing, to speculate rather than demonstrate beyond doubt, and to favour persuasion. in form in gothic, worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory brings together antithesis and subjectivism once more, proposing an integrated view on their collaboration. history and ego: worringer’s approach ‘historical methods’, the opening chapter of form in gothic, explains worringer’s theoretical model. since he considers knowledge to be filtered through ego, worringer posits that knowledge is indirect and subjective. he aims to widen the span of knowledge yet maintain a subjectivist perspective; as such, he seeks to expand ego through ‘... an ideal worringer, who focuses on generic aspects of art and human experience throughout the ages in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, assumes the perspective of intellectual history, or geistesgeschichte, in his writings. w. eugene kleinbauer explains that geistesgeschichte (a division of the history of ideas having evolved from the works of hegel and nineteenth-century romantic theories) is an approach to the writing of art history practiced predominantly in germany since the second half of the nineteenth century. wilhelm dilthey, max dvořák and erwin panofsky are key figures of geistesgeschichte, according to kleinbauer; dilthey, for example, considers that knowledge arises when a human being develops generic views on the world, or weltanschauungen. for dilthey, knowledge is produced not through intellect, but through ‘living experience’. worringer, who writes after dilthey, and who must have been familiar with dilthey’s work, aims to provide a ‘living interpretation’ to art in form in gothic, as this section further explains. indeed, the works of worringer exhibit the qualities as well as the shortcomings of geistesgeschichte. worringer approaches art in an intuitive and engaged manner, emphasizing the connections between objects, feelings and ideas, yet does not provide specific information on artists and their works. kleinbauer describes geistesgeschichte practices as follows: ‘the history of ideas examines works of art as documents and illustrations of prevailing unit-ideas or idea complexes, for which reason the method possesses great value. at its best, the method reveals how ideas were understood systematically and clearly by artists and how they are embodied (or rejected) in their works. but the gain in our grasp of the intellectual attitudes of artists represents a loss in our grasp of the distinctive aesthetic qualities that characterise their individual works. the history of ideas treats the visual arts not as art but as intellectual phenomena. it clouds an understanding of the significance of art as art. at the same time, the method reminds us of the function of art history as a humanistic discipline: to try to understand, intellectually, the visual arts as products in time and space. to this end, the history of ideas can make, and indeed has made, a substantial contribution. see w. eugène kleinbauer, 'geistesgeschichte and art history', art journal, , no. , - , - . i wish to thank neil donahue for drawing my attention to kleinbauer’s article, as well as to its relevance with regard to worringer’s methods of inquiry. on the topic of geistesgeschichte, also see august k. wiedmann, the german quest for primal origins in art, culture and politics - (lewiston: e. mellen press, c. ), , - , - . (wiedmann points to the empathetic, reader-oriented style of argument employed in early twentieth-century writings, which aimed to engage the emotions and imagination of the public. wiedmann cites dilthey with regard to the role of emotion in the writing of history. according to wiedmann, dilthey argues: ‘we need a felt history as a foundation, for the mind on its own... knocks in vain at the doors of the past.’) the capitalization of the word ‘ego’ acquires theoretical resonance in herbert read’s translation of worringer’s text. the term ‘ego’ points to worringer’s intensified attention to the subjective aspects of his approach. auxiliary construction of purely antithetical application’. this construct emerges, worringer explains, from a duplication of ego. one part of the construct is a positive ego (which offers a firm basis of inquiry); the second part of worringer’s construct is the ideal, theoretical, imaginary double of the ego: its opposite pole, its direct antithesis. addressing the history of art from the perspectives of both these aspects of ego, worringer aims to incorporate opposite viewpoints in his writings, and to attain greater reliability than when examining externally provided data. since it is bound to assume a positive as well as a negative shape in form in gothic, the concept of ego as introduced by worringer attempts to supersede subjective limitations, thus reaching towards objectivity and generality. the concept of ego allows worringer to assert the only inquiry standpoint that he considers both valid and immediately available to him as a historian and theoretician of art. his implicit pessimism with regard to human knowledge (which also surfaces in his interpretation of abstraction) echoes schopenhauer’s thoughts on will and its manifestations in the world. for schopenhauer, will – the force that gives the world its reality, and the only core of every phenomenon – sets its own manifestations in opposition, creating situations of conflict, competition, and continuous change in the world. schopenhauer recognizes the workings of will at all levels of existence. life, according to schopenhauer, is animated by relentless struggle aimed towards the self-assertion of opposing parties. in his words: every grade of the will’s objectification fights for the matter, the space and the time of another. persistent matter must constantly change the form, since, under the guidance of causality, mechanical, physical, chemical, and organic phenomena, eagerly striving to appear, snatch the matter from one another, for each wishes to reveal its own idea... yet this strife itself is only the revelation of that variance with itself that is essential to the will. when duplicating ego and proposing to set its negative and positive aspects in dialogue, worringer replicates the process of relating schopenhauer observes in a world guided by will. accepting implicitly schopenhauer’s assertion that struggle and opposition are characteristic worringer and read, form in gothic, - . schopenhauer and payne, the world as will and representation, . ibid., - . for existence in the world, worringer thus designs an inquiry where knowing emerges from the dialogue between protagonist and antagonist ego facets. in his pursuit of a radical form of truth, worringer confronts ego with its imaginary opposite by highlighting a point of view and then accounting for its very antithesis. paradoxically, in its own terms, worringer’s perspective thus becomes both self-reliant and inclusive. the vital qualities of writing are important for worringer. abstraction and empathy signals worringer’s preoccupation with accounting for aspects of a history of feeling about the world; following from it, form in gothic draws attention to worringer’s intention to provide a dynamic view on art. in form in gothic, the gaze of worringer remains focused on emotion, not only as made visible in art, but also as re-presented through his writing. duplicating ego and placing its aspects in antithesis must lead to ‘... a living interpretation’, according to him. in other words, worringer seeks to articulate an inquiry that brings actuality to his topics, that makes his subject-matter engaging. the role of worringer as an interpreter of art thus comes to the fore, in accordance with his subjectivist intentions. to experience, imagine, and persuade become worringer’s primary self-assigned responsibilities in form in gothic. worringer’s process of interpretation reveals its workings in his discussion of northern ornament. for worringer, northern line is intensely vital – even more so when encountering obstacles. after describing the moments of pause and acceleration of northern line, worringer explains that he approaches it as an expression of the process of art-making. in the words of worringer: ‘for here, too, we ascribe to the line as expression the sensation of the process of its execution felt afterwards at the moment of its apperception.’ worringer observes and articulates his sensations in response to the rhythm of line. as in lipps’ aesthetics, apperception involves sensations, feelings, inner reflection and understanding; it is a process specific to the urge to empathy for worringer as well as lipps. the interpretive approach practiced by worringer thus reveals its consciously empathic component. worringer and read, form in gothic, . ibid., . ibid. lipps, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, . ibid., - . also, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . in his writings, worringer seeks to communicate the dynamism and urgency of his inner experiencing. he brings forward the processes he feels were at work at the time of art- making, drawing attention to form and its intuited engendering. his interpretations animate rather than monumentalize art; however, the benefits of this process reflect less onto the discussed artworks themselves than onto worringer’s own engaging style and argument. in form in gothic as in abstraction and empathy, worringer’s attention is primarily devoted to the defence of his point of view and its exemplification throughout history. a gap thus emerges between art and worringer’s approach to writing about it. emphasizing inner experience, worringer’s texts meet the conditions of creativity sooner than the requirements of scientific research. interplay in naturalism as we have seen, worringer theorizes his approach to opposition in form in gothic, explicitly assigning to antithesis the role of method of inquiry. nevertheless, worringer continues to point to the interplay between elements that, according to his thought from abstraction and empathy, could be considered antithetic. he observes the opposition and interplay of imitative and creative impulses in naturalism, for instance, distinguishing between the imitative impulse and the artistic, or creative, impulse. however, when naturalism approaches actuality, he points to the rapprochement of these opposites. dittrich also signals the difference between the actual history of art and worringer’s reading and writing of art history. see dittrich, 'a life of matter and death: inorganic life in worringer, deleuze and guattari', . worringer and read, form in gothic, . as he had explained in abstraction and empathy, worringer sees imitation to be distinct from naturalism. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , , - . worringer operates a distinction between naturalism and actuality in form in gothic. read’s translation of worringer’s words points to the possible – though unmentioned – influence of hegel on worringer’s thought. in his phenomenology of spirit ( ), hegel explains that philosophy focuses on determining the actual. hegel defines actuality as living self-statement and activity, not equivalent to nature and not necessarily bound to objects. in hegel’s words, the actual is ‘... that which posits itself and is alive within itself – existence within its own notion. it is the process which begets and traverses its own moments, and this whole movement constitutes what is positive [in it] and its truth... appearance is the arising and the passing away that does not itself arise and pass away, but is “in itself'” [i. e., subsists intrinsically], and constitutes the actuality and the movement of the life of truth.’ see georg wilhelm friedrich hegel, arnold v. miller, and j. n. findlay, phenomenology of spirit (oxford: clarendon press, [ ]), , , , . in form in gothic, worringer’s use of the term ‘actuality’ is similar to hegel’s; it is also anticipated by worringer’s earlier statement that the work of art stands although he notes that urges to imitation and urges to artistic creativity may come to coexist in naturalist art, worringer regards their simultaneous manifestation with anxiety. in his words: ‘... [t]he closer naturalism comes to actuality – without being in any way identical with it – the nearer in that case also the imitative impulse and artistic impulse approach the one to the other, and the danger of confounding the two becomes almost unavoidable.’ worringer’s comment reveals his unease regarding the manifestation of interplay in naturalist art. a state of interplay between opposites may bring along a loss of differentiation, he observes. seen as threatening, the absence of differentiation could signal the absence, inapplicability, or obsolescence of boundaries, not to mention antithetic separations. and if the effectiveness of antithesis were to be questioned, a shadow of doubt would inevitably be cast upon worringer’s own methodological choices. interplay in the gothic art of northern europe: memory, assimilation, interpolation worringer expresses his reserve towards abstract-representational (creative-imitative) interplay in naturalist art; nevertheless, he continues to address interplay throughout form in gothic. for instance, he inquires into the meeting of abstraction and representation in the pre- renaissance art of northern europe. the gothic art of northern europe appears as the main historical and geographical site of interplay in worringer’s form in gothic. memory-based linear representations of animals lead to abstract-representational interplay in gothic art, according to him. while gothic apart from nature and is unconnected to it (worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, .). however, nature is not actuality for worringer. in form in gothic, worringer clarifies his understanding of the term ‘actuality’ while drawing an intuitive psychological profile for the medieval northerner. worringer writes: ‘the outer world offered him [i. e., northern man,] only confused interpretations of actuality. he grasped these impressions with all their details quite accurately: but their mere material imitation had not, so far, had any artistic significance for him, for it had not freed any one single impression of actuality from the universal fluctuating sequence of appearances; objective imitation first became art when these impressions of actuality were combined with intensified intellectual complexes of expression.' (worringer and read, form in gothic, .) according to worringer, actuality can be extracted from appearance by means of intellectual and expressive input; only then can imitation become art. worringer and read, form in gothic, . worringer’s discomfort with regard to the semantic coverage of the term ‘interplay’ also informs his comments on northern ornament. he mentions that interplay in gothic art should not be understood as associated with playfulness, but rather as connected with metaphysic content. (ibid., .) representations of animals retain a generic resemblance with animals as observed in the world, worringer notes that the actual species having inspired northern designs is problematic to identify. in gothic art, according to worringer, animal figures seem to have made the subject of observation, yet are rendered as abstractions. representation can thus become a process supportive of abstract-oriented art-making in gothic, as worringer underscores. gothic style provides historical and artistic support for many of worringer’s analyses of interplay. like representation and abstraction, representational-abstract interplay emerges from specific forms of response to environment for worringer. the psychological responses of northern artists to their surroundings lead to the shaping of gothic style; yet worringer points to the distance northern artists take from the rendition of environment. pondering upon the liberating effect of art-making that develops independently from environment and senses in the northern european context, worringer writes: ... to northern man, fettered as he was to a chaotic picture of actuality, the merging into such a world [i. e., a world of super-sensuous spiritual expression] must have been an ecstatic liberation. his artistic adjustment to the world could, therefore, only aim at assimilating the objects of the outer world to his specific language of line, that is to say, at interpolating them into this activity intensified and increased to its highest point of expression. processes such as assimilation and interpolation embody the response of northern artists to their contexts, worringer notes. since, according to him, artistic expression encapsulates the feelings of artists about the world, a situation where representation-reliant and abstraction- oriented elements meet could perhaps appear as harmonious. however, worringer points out that liberation from the struggles of life could only be attained through abstraction. northern artists accept their surroundings, yet still seek to be free from their oppression; as such, they introduce representations of beings and objects in otherwise abstract, linear works of art. ibid., - . ibid., . the connection between art and the expression of feeling is one of the main points of continuity between abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . assimilation – a formal process – leads to the inclusion of representational elements in abstract contexts, worringer explains, while interpolation – the visible result of assimilation – reveals the presence of observational elements in abstraction-oriented art. worringer also finds assimilation at work in ‘primitive’ (or prehistoric) times. ‘primitive’ creators begin by eliciting key characteristics of the world of appearances; worringer explains that representational yet modified elements are then brought to contribute to a language of line free of reference to embodiment or expression. he also notices assimilation in classical art, where it manifests as the communion between people and their world. in classicism, worringer muses, people and place are at one, assimilated to each other, and coexisting in harmony. worringer and read, form in gothic, . ibid., . schiller, worringer, interplay form in gothic also explores the interplay of representational and abstract qualities as observed by worringer in greek art. in ‘the principle of classical architecture’, worringer explains that the will to form specific to greek architecture is the transformation of abstract, inorganic constructions into lifelike presences. keeping the temples of ancient greece in mind, worringer notes that their architecture seeks to reconcile opposite forces by reference to the organic world. ionic temples, for instance, make visible organic characteristics despite their tectonic, earth-bound, inorganic support. contrasting doric and ionic temples, worringer writes: the structural limitations of the doric temple and the consequent compression of its general proportions certainly make it ponderous, but they also give it its unequal solemnity and majestic aloofness. in the ionic style everything is lighter, more flowing, more vital, more supple, more humanly approachable. what is lost in structural gravity is gained in expressive cheerfulness. all restraint due to the demands of the material itself, that is to say, due to structural laws, has vanished: the stone is made completely sensuous, is replete with organic life, and all restraints which constitute the power and grandeur of the doric style are as it were playfully overridden. the doric temple presents itself to us as a sublime drama, the ionic as an exhilarating play of free energies. associating doric architecture with abstract qualities of form, worringer sees the inclusion of and preference for organic characteristics come to the fore in ionic style. a modulation of abstract features, and de-emphasis of structure as such, can be encountered in ionic architecture, according to him. signalling the element of play in ionic architectural style, worringer notes its organic aspect, nevertheless pointing to its abstract, tectonic fundament. ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . in form in gothic as in abstraction and empathy, worringer resorts to the thought of goethe in order to highlight the key characteristics of greek antiquity and classicism. worringer emphasizes the connection observed by goethe between art and nature, between human beings and their environment in ancient greece. indeed, to friedrich schiller ( - ), one of goethe’s closest friends, goethe appeared as significantly and beneficially influenced by greek art and culture. writing to goethe in (the year when their correspondence began), schiller admiringly points out to him: had you been born a greek..., and had a choice nature and an idealising art surrounded you from your cradle, your path would have been infinitely shortened. then would you, on the first contemplation of things, have seized the form of the absolute, and with your first experience would the great art of representation have developed itself in you. but, being born a german, and your grecian spirit having been cast in this northern creation, there was left to you no other choice, but either become a northern artist, or, by the help of the power of thought, to supply to your imagination that which reality withheld from it, and thus, from within outwardly and through a reasoning process, to create as a greek. schiller, focusing on goethe’s pathway in german culture, highlights the cultural leap goethe took in his cultivation of a greek model of thought. around the turn of the nineteenth century, the culture of greece appeared removed from the immediate interests of schiller’s contemporaries. yet by the time of the publication of abstraction and empathy, worringer was criticising a reversed situation: greek influence had become predominant to the point of effacing modes of research and art-making that questioned its framework. in , three years after his early letter of praise to goethe, schiller underscored the effort of german writers to elicit the key features of greek art; according to him, his peers intended to employ such features as a standard of beauty. schiller was critical towards the excesses of this process, which he regarded as too reliant on reason. he disapproved of the attention his worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, , . johann wolfgang von goethe, friedrich schiller, and george h. calvert, correspondence between schiller and goethe from to (new york and london: wiley and putnam, ), . ibid., . contemporaries lent to subject-matter when articulating their judgments regarding beauty; according to him, beauty also had to be sought in artistic approaches as such. wishing that beauty had no longer been a term of reference, schiller commented that truth, in the most generic sense of the term, should make the preferred topic of inquiry in aesthetics. schiller’s comments followed his earlier explorations of aesthetics from on the aesthetic education of man ( ), an inquiry that took the form of a series of letters. slow in the making, as schiller mentioned to goethe, on the aesthetic education of man connects psychological and aesthetic preoccupations, and draws attention to the necessity of bridging the sensuous and formal drives by means of the play drive. like schopenhauer and riegl, schiller inquires into the role played by aesthetics in human life in on the aesthetic education of man. schiller shares with schopenhauer a declared interest in the philosophy of kant. yet the cognitive and systematic components of schiller’s inquiry come to support his social and relational interests. where kant focuses on an ample, systematic investigation of mind and cognition in his critique of the power of judgment ( ), schiller’s letters examine psychological and social dynamics with the intent of bringing clarity to self-understanding, as well as to the relations between human beings, their social contexts and the wider world. schiller and worringer articulate decisive oppositions. for schiller, human beings must bring into accord two opposite laws that stress absolute reality, and absolute formality respectively. schiller explains in his ‘eleventh letter’ that the law of absolute reality requires human beings to manifest their potential and to provide materiality to form. on the other hand, he observes that the law of absolute formality demands that human beings transcend materiality and find harmony in a world of changes. ibid., . ibid., . friedrich schiller, elizabeth m. wilkinson, and l. a. willoughby, on the aesthetic education of man, in a series of letters (oxford: clarendon, [ ]), . to schiller’s letter, goethe replied on august from ettersburg: ‘for my birth-day, which falls in this week, no more agreeable present could have come to me than your letter, in which, with a friendly hand, you give the sum of my existence, and through your sympathy, encourage me to a more assiduous and active use of my powers.’ goethe, schiller, and calvert, correspondence between schiller and goethe from to , . schiller, wilkinson, and willoughby, on the aesthetic education of man, in a series of letters, . reality and form also range among worringer’s main topics of inquiry in abstraction and empathy. for worringer, the urge to empathy connects human beings to reality, while the urge to abstraction (which signals the search of human beings for the absolute) emphasizes a tendency towards transcending reality. yet, unlike schiller, worringer highlights the oppositional aspects of the relationship between human beings and their environment in the case of the urge to abstraction, while schiller finds that harmony is the ultimate goal of the law of absolute formality. however, the commonalities between the approaches of schiller and worringer become increasingly apparent as schiller develops his argument in on the aesthetic education of man. placing the sensuous drive and the formal drive in antithesis in his ‘twelfth letter’, schiller shows that the sensuous drive ties human beings to physical form, matter, time, changes and particularities. he continues by explaining that the formal drive can be considered as generative of laws and supportive of morality. before him, kant had also distinguished between the activity of senses (which he regarded to be influential in the empirical judgment of taste) and the interest in form (made visible, according to him, in the pure judgment of taste). both the beauty of purposeless forms and the sublime of formless natural manifestations could be associated with moral feeling for kant. aesthetics could provide support in matters of ethics, according to kant and schiller. during his examination of the forces that shape human behaviour, schiller bestows the same degree of attention as kant onto constructing theoretical demonstrations of general validity. instead, worringer’s inquiry becomes increasingly specific and subjectivist as he develops his argument in abstraction and empathy. his explorations, as previous sections have highlighted, rely on antithesis as an organizational method. antithesis plays an equally significant role in on the aesthetic education of man. however, schiller is more open to the interplay of opposites than worringer in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. for instance, in his ‘fourteenth letter,’ schiller argues that the worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . kant and guyer, critique of the power of judgment, . see § : ‘elucidation by means of examples’. ibid., - . see ‘general remark on the exposition of aesthetic reflective judgments’. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer differentiates his inquiry from the objectively oriented writings of kant, hegel or schopenhauer by establishing a subjective viewpoint of investigation. sensuous drive and the formal drive require each other, and set boundaries to each other’s activity. for schiller, sensuous-formal antithesis ultimately place senses and form in interplay. he considers the possibility of a simultaneous and conscious experiencing of the formal and sensuous drives. he ponders: should there, however, be cases in which he [i. e., the human being] were to have this twofold experience simultaneously, in which he were to be at once conscious of his freedom and sensible of his existence, were, at one and the same time, to feel himself matter and come to know himself as mind, then he would in such cases, and in such cases only, have a complete intuition of his human nature, and the object which afforded him this vision would become for him a symbol of his accomplished destiny and, in consequence (since that is only to be attained in the totality of time), serve him as a manifestation of the infinite. according to schiller, if the antithetic sensuous and formal drives were to be experienced simultaneously and consciously, they would connect feeling and knowing, matter and mind. schiller accepts that the integration of opposites can take place in response to an object; he considers that such an object would then become a materialized reminder of an experience beyond time and human limitations. in his ‘fourteenth letter,’ schiller thus provides a sketch for the psychological field of interplay between opposite drives. the integration of the sensuous and formal drives generates the play drive for schiller. he regards the play drive as distinct from the sensuous and formal drives respectively, and as opposite to them. schiller employs antithesis to define and ascribe a specific field to the play drive, much like he had done for the sensuous drive and the formal drive. (worringer does not assign the same degree of theoretical attention to interplay in abstraction and empathy.) schiller sees the play drive as a psychological tendency that brings harmony to the action of antithetic elements. in his words: the play drive, in consequence, as the one in which both the others act in concert, will exert upon the psyche at once a moral and a physical constraint: it will, therefore, schiller, wilkinson, and willoughby, on the aesthetic education of man, in a series of letters, . ibid. ibid., - . since it annuls all contingency, annul all constraint too, and set man free both physically and morally... it will therefore, just because it makes both [i. e., both sense- drive and form-drive] contingent, and because with all constraint all contingency too disappears, abolish contingency in both, and, as a result, introduce form into matter and reality into form. to the extent that it deprives feelings and passions of their dynamic power, it will bring them into harmony with the ideas of reason; and to the extent that it deprives the laws of reason of their moral compulsion, it will reconcile them with the interests of the senses. the play drive, schiller explains, sets human beings free by cancelling chance as well as restrictions, the extremes of emotional pressure as well as the obligations imposed by reason. according to him, the play drive balances opposites; it provides a middle ground for matter (or reality) and form, for feelings and reason, for senses and law; it excludes psychological extremes, and fosters harmony and the development of interconnections. demonstrating that the play drive balances embodied senses and abstract form, schiller readdresses their opposition and provides a theoretical solution for the achievement of personal and social harmony. worringer also keeps in mind the continuity between form and embodied experience in form in gothic, yet, given his subjectivist perspective, refers to inner value rather than to senses and embodiment. for instance, he points to the goal of research conducted from a psychological-formal perspective. in his words: ‘... [t]he true psychology of form begins when the formal value is shown to be the accurate expression of the inner value, in such a way that duality of form and content ceases to exist.’ connecting personal experience with its formal rendering is an important aspect of the psychological interpretation of form for worringer. however, worringer focuses on the intuitive correctness of interpretation rather than on the articulation of generically valid principles in form in gothic. worringer addresses interplay as actively as schiller, yet does so by underscoring its problematic nature, and its inner differentiation. ibid., - . worringer and read, form in gothic, . interplay: a dual, hybrid state in gothic art for worringer as for schiller, interplay occurs where strongly articulated opposite tendencies find common ground. schiller considers that aesthetics can reconcile feelings and reason, laws and senses in on the aesthetic education of man. in his turn, worringer observes the meeting of abstract and representational tendencies in gothic art; he addresses representational-abstract interplay without sacrificing his methodological reliance on antithesis. having explored the empathic aspects of the predominantly abstract gothic style in abstraction and empathy, worringer continues his analysis of the vital, organic features of gothic abstraction in form in gothic. for schiller – an admirer of goethe’s allegiances to greek culture – the exuberance of gothic style belonged to the past. worringer, unlike schiller, defends gothic art in his writings: he focuses on its distinctive characteristics, interprets them psychologically, and brings them to life for early twentieth-century readers. gothic art combines abstract linearity and organic vitality, pre-renaissance and classical ornamental styles, worringer observes in form in gothic. he notes the interweaving of formal, psychological, and historical elements in gothic. northern gothic provides a significant opportunity to observe the interplay of abstraction and representation, according to worringer. in his words: we see that, in spite of its abstract linear character, northern ornament gives rise to the impression of vitality, which our own vital feeling, necessarily projecting itself into the object of perception, would immediately attribute solely to the organic world. this ornament seems therefore to unite the abstract character of primitive geometrical ornament with the vital character of classical ornament, with its organic complexion. but this is not the case. it can in no way claim to represent a synthesis, a union of these elementary contrary principles; it would be more correct to describe it as a hybrid phenomenon. this is not a case of the harmonious interpenetration of two worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . schiller, wilkinson, and willoughby, on the aesthetic education of man, in a series of letters, . schiller’s comment on gothic style is embedded into a pointed remark directed towards the art critics of his time. with regard to the nostalgic opinions expressed by some of these critics, schiller writes: ‘they regret the sincerity, soundness, and solidity of former times; but they would like to see reintroduced with these the uncouthness and bluntness of primitive manners, the heavy awkwardness of ancient forms, and the lost exuberance of a gothick age.’ for schiller, the vitality of gothic does not seem to belong in the context and with the values of the late eighteenth century. opposite tendencies, but of an impure, and to a certain extent uncanny, amalgamation of them, a requisition of our capacity for empathy (which is bound up with organic rhythm) for an abstract world which is alien to it. worringer recognizes the vitality of gothic style, an abstract-oriented mode of expression that can nevertheless generate empathic responses. yet worringer explains that vitality (a feature of representational art) and abstraction are not united, or synthesized, in gothic art. his approach to the meeting of opposites differs from schiller’s ultimately harmonizing views. for worringer, the opposite urges that animate gothic style rather articulate a hybrid compound, where they remain simultaneously active. the ‘amalgamation’ worringer had considered specific to the meeting of representation and abstraction in abstraction and empathy preserves its binary particularity in form in gothic. having anxiously noted the proximity of the imitation impulse and artistic impulse in naturalist art, worringer remarks the gothic style to be an aggregate of antithetic characteristics: organic vitality and abstract line, lifelike animation and geometry. duality characterizes gothic art for worringer. he summarizes: and thus we reach the specifically dual, or rather the hybrid, effect of the whole of gothic art: on the one hand, the most acute direct comprehension of actuality, on the other hand, a super-actual, fantastic play of line, uncontrolled by any object, vitalized only by its own specific expression. the whole development of the gothic art of representation is determined by this counterplay and interplay [gegen- und ineinanderspiel]. gothic art, according to worringer, is a field of counterplay and interplay for opposite characteristics; counterplay (a form of antithesis) emphasizes the distinctive features of opposites, while interplay allows for their coexistence. much like in abstraction and empathy, worringer highlights the representational as well as abstract characteristics of gothic art, repeatedly focusing on their dynamic interaction. the state of play between worringer and read, form in gothic, - . ibid., . antithetic elements can lead to their union in schiller’s view. instead, worringer prefers to acknowledge the differentiations as well as common ground of opposites, while placing oppositional differentiations in the limelight of his research. the complexity of worringer’s approach is illuminated in ‘transcendence and immanence in art’. added by worringer to abstraction and empathy in , this article reflects on knowledge from a perspective that implicitly accounts for both antithesis and interplay. worringer notes that, while the antithesis of objectivism and subjectivism cannot apply to classical art, different epochs can operate only antithetically. for worringer, the writing of art history needs to involve intuition in the examination of will as made visible in artworks. worringer rhetorically (if excessively) defends the role of intuition in art historical investigations, and explains that classicism is only one landmark in writing the history and theory of art. with reference to art historical interpretation, worringer explains that to know phenomena means to have become aware of the fluidity of limitations. according to him: ‘our knowledge of phenomena is complete only when it has reached that point at which everything which seemed to be a boundary becomes a transition, and we suddenly become aware of the relativity of the whole.’ in the context of abstraction and empathy, worringer’s observation is certainly unusual, since it promises to question the antithesis he articulated between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction, and between modes of art-making. however, worringer’s analysis of art-making from ancient times to renaissance, his discussion of processes such as gradation, displacement, transposition, assimilation, interpolation, and his approach to gothic art in particular, had already drawn attention to a pervasive feature of his inquiry: namely, to worringer’s dynamic approach to his own key statements. in ‘transcendence and immanence in art’, worringer confirms he is not interested in positing an idea without testing its boundaries. he further explores this method of writing art history in form in gothic, where he affirms that opposites such as schiller, wilkinson, and willoughby, on the aesthetic education of man, in a series of letters, - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, xv. ibid., - . ibid., . ibid., . representational and abstract elements coexist, without losing their respective identities, in gothic art. the concept of hybridity allows worringer to approach art from a perspective that accounts for the antithesis as well as for the interplay of its elements. highlighting one side only of key issues is insufficient for worringer; his subjectivist perspective often brings to the fore the attention he pays to his readership. with his readers in mind, worringer may account for perspectives opposite to his own in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. part : interplay in painting worringer, his contemporaries, and early twentieth-century art-making in abstraction and empathy worringer seeks to distinguish his argument from current art historical and theoretical practices, and does so by means of critical inquiry; nevertheless, his writing reveals the attention worringer bestows on his public. to diminish the distance between him and his readers, worringer relies on rhetoric in ‘transcendence and immanence in art’; he employs the first person plural when referring to contemporary aesthetic research, as well as to its difficult relationship with the writing of art history. according to him: ‘any deeper inquiry into the nature of our scientific aesthetics must lead to the realisation that, measured against actual works of art, its applicability is extremely limited.’ ‘[o]ur scientific aesthetics’ thus becomes a phrase of considerable ambiguity, since worringer starts his demonstration from abstraction and empathy by pointing to the insufficiency of contemporary aesthetic methods, and by mentioning he intends to pursue an alternative line of research. yet the first person plural allows worringer to create a sense of shared cultural context, where, by implication, his views and the perspectives of his opponents are equally welcome. as a contributor to the cultural debates of his time, worringer thus claims his place in a context where classicism is still favoured. hence his remark: ‘our aesthetics is nothing more than a psychology of the classical feeling for art.’ yet worringer’s critical perspective regarding the contemporary approach to classicism surfaces unambiguously when he addresses the widespread reliance of contemporary for instance, worringer stands against the materialist views of gottfried semper ( - ), and takes distance from the perspective lipps has on empathy. ibid., - . ibid., . worringer also writes in unison with his contemporaries when addressing current opinion regarding stylistic distortion, the definition of art, or the capacity to empathise with abstract form. (ibid., , , .) ibid., . worringer addresses the thoughts of carl vinnen, an opponent of internationalism in art, in an integrative manner in ‘the historical development of modern art’. according to worringer: ‘vinnen’s brochure is entirely understandable to me, psychologically, and i don’t hesitate to regard it as a symptomatic phenomenon. i even welcome it as a timely call for an honest discussion of principles. the crisis in which we find our conceptions and our expectations of art cannot be kept quiet: it must lead to open and decisive discussion.’ ———, 'the historical development of modern art', . ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . aesthetics and psychology on classical values. for him, his contemporaries demonstrate the psychological tendencies and aesthetic preferences that he associates with classicism. aesthetics may incline towards greek classical art, worringer comments in abstraction and empathy, but contemporary art gravitates towards different epochs. for instance, worringer notes the preference of his generation for the italian quattrocento – a period he nevertheless describes in negative terms. this fifteenth-century approach to art-making appears to worringer as inquisitive yet uncertain, emphatic in its realism, and prone to error. yet worringer seems to favour the cinquecento even less, due to its austerity. his responses to the quattrocento and cinquecento indirectly remind his readers that abstraction and representation are also approached critically in abstraction and empathy. when discussing the art of the quattrocento, worringer also casts a pessimistic glance towards the current state of humanity. his contemporaries appear to him to distrust the pursuit of knowledge, which, as previous sections have underscored, is associated by worringer with the heritage of classicism. he observes: ‘having slipped down from the pride of knowledge, man is now just as lost and helpless vis-à-vis the world-picture as primitive man’. this state of mind reflects in art practices where worringer notices the predominance of confusion, complication, heterogeneity and diversity. such a panorama of artistic approaches is difficult to address, he comments – except through the differentiation of otherwise comparable tendencies. to distinguish between artistic tendencies plays a particularly important role for worringer. according to him, similar approaches to art-making may have substantially different points of emergence; worringer examines the difference between naturalism (or representation) and imitation in this respect. he mentions that he appreciates the capacity of contemporary artists to differentiate between comparable modes of making art. distinctions can be traced, ibid. ibid., - . ibid., - . ibid., . the cinquecento is an italian approach to art-making during the sixteenth century. ibid., . ibid., . ibid., - . ibid. ibid., - . ibid., - . worringer suggests, by inquiring whether art is the reflection of inner experience. artistic feelings and intuition play key roles in worringer’s views on art-making. if artists do not heed their inner voice, worringer notes, art comes to rely on imitation. he criticizes post- renaissance art precisely because he sees in it the predominance of imitation, and the suppression of personal perspective. according to him, genuine creative drive is lost in his day as well – namely, during a time when classicism appears to provide art-making its norms. however, the criticism worringer directs towards contemporary art does not prevent him from inquiring into its methods. he observes that the process of amalgamating representational and crystalline (inorganic, geometric, abstract) elements is specific to the art- making of his time, as well as to the art of ancient egypt. at its core, early twentieth- century art brings together representation and abstraction, worringer explains; it then makes the coexistence of representation and abstraction visible from within, and manifests it outwardly. formal regularity and the surfacing of empathic tendencies reveal abstract- representational interplay; worringer considers the early twentieth-century abstract- representational amalgamation ‘discreet and purified’. although worringer does not address early twentieth-century art-making extensively in either abstraction and empathy or form in gothic, he notes that the abstract-oriented works of a painter such as ferdinand hodler confuse the modern public. in his words from abstraction and empathy: ‘one need only call to mind, for example, how bewildered even an artistically trained modern public is by such a phenomenon as hodler, to name only one of a thousand instances. this bewilderment clearly reveals how very much we are accustomed to look upon beauty and truth to nature as a precondition of the artistically beautiful.’ worringer also ibid., . ibid. ibid., . worringer looks at the meeting between abstraction and representation when addressing specific art periods and cultures, as this thesis has shown. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid. it is not clear what kind of art-making worringer has in mind when commenting on contemporary abstract-representational interplay, yet the reader of abstraction and empathy may wish to refer to the early twentieth-century works of ferdinand hodler (an artist whose practice worringer associates with recent tendencies towards abstraction). see, for instance, hodler’s thun, stockhornkette ( ), lake geneva from chexbres ( ), or forest brook at leissingen ( ). ibid., . refers to the writings of hildebrand in the first paragraphs of abstraction and empathy, where he draws attention to the emphasis hildebrand places on actual processes of art- making. alongside hildebrand, worringer mentions auguste rodin ( - ) when signalling the interplay between three-dimensional representation and abstract tendencies in sculpture. abstraction and empathy and form in gothic seem to focus exclusively on the art of the past; nevertheless, worringer creates spaces within his argument where he acknowledges, albeit in passing, the art practices of his time. ibid., , . ibid., . according to worringer, abstract-representational interplay manifested in sculpture as an encounter between the compact qualities of matter and the pressures of form (invisible and cubic, according to worringer) on matter. worringer referred to the work of michelangelo in particular when addressing interplay in sculpture. pictorial contexts for abstract-representational interplay: cézanne’s realized sensations when worringer visited paris in the early years of the twentieth century, the work of paul cézanne ( - ) was beginning to receive national and international recognition. after three decades of concentrated effort, the paintings and watercolours of cézanne had finally started attracting the attention of gallery dealers and art collectors. cézanne had a solo exhibition at the rue lafitte gallery of art dealer ambroise vollard in november , two years after the gallery had opened; one hundred and fifty of cézanne’s paintings and drawings were displayed for paris viewers on this occasion (vollard would also exhibit watercolours by cézanne in ). the luxembourg museum acquired two of cézanne’s works in ; the paintings of the artist also appeared at the salon of independent artists [salon des indépendants] ( , , ), at the centennial exhibition in paris ( ), and at the innovative parisian autumn salon [salon d’automne] exhibitions of and . for the purposes of the following sections, representation and abstraction are defined, following worringer, as experiential processes of rapprochement or distancing from chosen motifs. more specifically, ‘representation’ signals the attempt of artists to generate, in painting, a high degree of resemblance between an observed motif and the resulting work of art. ‘abstraction,’ on the other hand, points to artists’ emphasis on the employment of line, shape, value, form, colour in painting, especially when such elements of pictorial composition assert different degrees of freedom from the rendering of motifs. the phrase ‘realized sensations’ is inspired by cézanne’s comments on the realization of his sensations (or the pictorial aspect of his response to nature). see his letter to paul, his son (aix, september ). paul cézanne and john rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters (oxford: b. cassirer, ), . mary gluck places worringer’s visit to the trocadéro museum in paris in approximately. see gluck, 'interpreting primitivism, mass culture and modernism: the making of wilhelm worringer's abstraction and empathy', . sebastian preuss writes that worringer visited paris in , during easter. preuss, 'spiritual intoxication: sebastian preuss on wilhelm worringer and modernism', . jennings finds that worringer’s inquiry is related more to the work of cézanne that to german expressionism. for jennings, worringer’s visit at the trocadéro museum actually places the writing of abstraction and empathy in a context where it becomes impossible to ignore worringer’s awareness of contemporary developments in french art. jennings, 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy', - . richard kendall, cézanne by himself: drawings, paintings, writings (boston: little, brown, ), . marcel brion, cézanne (london: thames and hudson, ), . also, rewald, cézanne: a biography, . also, evmarie schmitt, cézanne in provence, pegasus library (munich: prestel, ), . rewald, cézanne: a biography, . cachin mentions that the press counted around fifty paintings on display, while vollard mentioned that one hundred fifty paintings were on show. rewald, cachin explains, noted that vollard’s gallery space could not accommodate all paintings simultaneously, so successive installations of cézanne’s work had to take place. cachin et al., cézanne, . rewald, cézanne: a biography, . cézanne’s works were also exhibited in germany. in , for instance, the national gallery in berlin purchased a painting by cézanne. his works were on display at paul cassirer’s gallery in berlin ( , , ), in the exhibitions of the vienna secession and berlin secession ( ). emil richter included artworks by cézanne in an exhibition of impressionist paintings at his gallery in dresden. after visiting cézanne in , collector karl ernst osthaus went to vollard and bought two of the artist’s paintings for his own folkwang museum. cézanne’s road to public acceptance had been long and difficult; however, his work was shown, collected, and widely discussed (if not admired) in the early years of the twentieth century. the place cézanne occupied in the attention of the press of his time was controversial. in , for instance, joris-karl huysmans ( - ) noted the chromatic abilities of cézanne in the parisian magazine the whip [la cravache], but associated cézanne’s art with the visual discomfort generated by the creative explorations of his epoch. suggesting that the work of the painter was the outcome of a medical condition, huysmans wrote: apart from germany, the works of cézanne were also exhibited in brussels (with the group free aesthetics [la libre esthétique], in and ), and the hague (on the occasion of an international exhibition, ). the grafton galleries (london) also displayed the work of cézanne in a group show of impressionist works organized by durand-ruel . see john rewald, paul cézanne: a biography (new york: schocken books, ), - . also, cachin et al., cézanne, . also see rewald, cézanne: a biography, . cachin notes that, when the national gallery received an imperial visit from wilhelm ii (‘a fierce francophobe’, according to laure-caroline semmer), director hugo von tschudi removed cézanne’s work (mill on the couleuvre at pontoise) from display. see cachin et al., cézanne, . also see laure-caroline semmer, 'birth of the figure of the father of modern art: cézanne in international exhibitions - ', arts & sociétés, . uhr, lovis corinth, . also, rewald, cézanne: a biography, . also, cachin et al., cézanne, . rewald, cézanne: a biography, . ibid., . also, cachin et al., cézanne, . brion, cézanne, - . also, rewald, cézanne: a biography, - . among the admirers of cézanne, rewald counts poets joachim gasquet ( - ) and léo larguier ( - ), painter charles camoin ( - ), painters and writers Émile bernard ( - ) and maurice denis ( - ), as well as claude monet ( - ), who had already met with fame in the first decade of the twentieth century. attending to the fascinating details of the reception of cézanne’s work in the press of his time would much exceed the scope of the current inquiry. for a survey of critical writings on cézanne in the english language, see cachin et al., cézanne, - . for instance, cachin cites the opinions of artists on cézanne in (around the time of worringer’s visit to paris), as recorded by charles morice ( - ) in the mercury of france [mercure de france]. ‘cézanne has managed to strip pictorial art of all the mildew that it had accumulated over time’, in the opinion of paul sérusier ( - ). for paul signac ( - ), ‘[a] still life by cézanne, a cigarbox top by seurat, these paintings are as beautiful as the mona lisa or the square meters of tintoretto’s paradise.’ kees van dongen ( - ) remarks: ‘cézanne is the most beautiful painter of this period. but how many moths are consumed by this flame!’ see ———, cézanne, . in contrast, also see the predominantly negative opinions cited by vollard in . ambroise vollard and harold livingston van doren, paul cézanne: his life and art (london: brentano's, ), - . in sum, [cézanne is] a revelatory colorist who contributed more than the late manet to the impressionist movement, an artist with diseased retinas who, in his exasperated visual perceptions, discovered the premonitory symptoms of a new art – so might we sum up this too-neglected painter, cézanne. he has not exhibited since the year , when, in the rue le peletier, he showed sixteen canvases whose perfect artistic probity long kept the crowd amused. despite the invisibility of the painter’s work on the art scene of paris, huysmans remembered the paintings of cézanne for their remarkable honesty. the public of nevertheless took this honesty lightly, huysmans observed; the french press of the time responded to the work of cézanne in similar terms, as vollard shows in paul cézanne: his life and art ( ). at the autumn salon of , the painter had a special room reserved for his paintings. yet, regardless of this sign of appreciation for the practice of cézanne, most of the critics cited by vollard (with the exception of alcanter de brahm ( - ) from criticism [la critique] and charles ponsonailhe ( - ) from the illustrated magazine [la revue illustrée] found cézanne’s work primitive, hesitant, awkward, and unknowledgeable. ponsonailhe was among the few to recognize that an aesthetic platform for the interpretation of cézanne’s paintings was unavailable to contemporary art critics; he remarked: ‘my spirit is willing enough, but my eyes haven’t had the proper training.’ when departing from representational standards as established in academies of art, painting practices appeared problematic to early twentieth-century viewers as well as writers. worringer addressed this situation in abstraction and empathy, and revisited it in ‘the historical development of modern art’. ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ) draws attention to the influence of paul cézanne on early twentieth-century painters inquiring into new approaches to art-making. in his essay, worringer responds to vinnen’s opinion that cézanne’s practice was too cachin et al., cézanne, . also, henri dorra, ed. symbolist art theories: a critical anthology (berkeley: university of california press, ), . the excerpt above belongs in joris-karl huysmans, ‘trois peintres – i cézanne’, la cravache, august . vollard and van doren, paul cézanne: his life and art, - . also see vollard’s selection of artist opinions on the practice of cézanne, in ———, paul cézanne: his life and art, - . vollard and van doren, paul cézanne: his life and art, - . ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer, 'the historical development of modern art', . specific to the artist, and bound to have no followers. for worringer, the inspiration provided by the work of cézanne is obvious: it leads to the surpassing of personal limitations, to impartiality, to formal simplification, and to open-minded views on representational practices. far from attracting no interest from younger artists, cézanne’s approach to painting proves to be, according to worringer, one of the sources of synthetism and expressionism. to synthetist painter paul gauguin ( - ), for instance, cézanne appears remarkable, although misunderstood. gauguin was an early collector of cézanne’s paintings, and quoted cézanne in his own work. in a letter to Émile schuffenecker ( ), gauguin created an imaginary portrait of cézanne, emphasizing the peacefulness of cézanne’s paintings. gauguin wrote: ‘he [i. e., cézanne] is partial to forms that exude the mystery and the tranquillity of a man lying down in a dream. his sombre colours are in keeping with the oriental frame of mind. a man of the midi, he spends entire days on mountaintops reading virgil and gazing at the sky. thus his horizons are very high, his blues very intense, his reds stunningly vibrant.’ gauguin’s cézanne loves classical authors as well as painting in the open air. sensitive to cézanne’s approach to form and colour, gauguin is curious about cézanne’s progress. ‘has monsieur cézanne found the exact formula for a work acceptable in vinnen’s words: ‘the art of a cézanne, a van gogh, was too characteristic of its creator, with too little attention to structure to found a school and to make way for successors.’ vinnen, 'quousque tandem', . worringer, 'the historical development of modern art', - . evidence of cézanne’s impact on fellow artists and response to contemporary art is provided in his letters. for instance, claude monet, Émile bernard, maurice denis and charles camoin are some of the painters with whom cézanne was in contact. cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, - . also, erle loran, cézanne's composition: analysis of his form with diagrams and photographs of his motifs (berkeley, california: university of california press, ), . worringer’s influence on synthetist artists such as paul gauguin and Émile bernard, as well as his conceptual impact on expressionist painting, need to be explored in a self-standing inquiry. for the purposes of this thesis, synthetism is defined as a post-impressionist approach to art-making where the observation of motifs combines with attention to qualities of form, feeling, and inner vision. for the anti-realistic, visionary aspects of gauguin’s synthetism, see dario gamboni, 'the vision of a vision: perception, hallucination, and potential images in gauguin's vision of the sermon' in visions: gauguin and his time, ed. belinda thomson (zwolle and amsterdam: waanders publishers and van gogh museum, ), - , . joseph j. rishel, gauguin, cézanne, matisse: visions of arcadia (philadelphia, pa: philadelphia museum of art, ), - . rishel mentions that gauguin bought six works by cézanne; still life with fruit dish ( - ) was among them. this painting was quoted by gauguin in woman in front of a still life by cézanne ( ), rishel shows. michel hoog, cézanne: the first modern painter (london: thames and hudson, ), . gauguin’s words are extracted from his letter to schuffenecker from copenhagen ( january ). to everyone?’, gauguin inquires in a letter to pissarro in . cézanne did not welcome the interest of his fellow painter in his practice, and gauguin’s admiration for his fellow artist remained unreturned. in his ‘letters from munich’ (apollon, st. petersburg, october-november ), expressionist painter wassily kandinsky mentions cézanne’s ‘outstanding talent’. cézanne, like hodler, creates melodic compositions, kandinsky explains in on the spiritual in art ( ). according to kandinsky, one simple form organizes melodic compositions, which in turn emits one simple inner sound – this is the key characteristic of the works of hodler and cézanne. kandinsky notices not only the musicality of cézanne’s work, but also his particular ability to render inner life when focusing on inanimate objects. in the words of kandinsky: ‘he [i. e., cézanne] can raise “still-life” to a level where externally “dead” objects come internally alive. he treats these objects just as he does people, for he had the gift of seeing inner life everywhere.’ for kandinsky, cézanne finds inspiration in objects, yet, starting from them, articulates self-standing pictorial entities, or pictures, where colour and form come to the fore. like worringer, cézanne believes that art develops alongside nature, yet is not subordinated to it. ‘art is a harmony which runs parallel with nature’, according to cézanne. to arrive at such harmony, cézanne observes his motifs and identifies the simplest geometrical forms john rewald, the ordeal of paul cézanne (london: phoenix house, ), . to gauguin’s question, maurice merleau-ponty could possibly have answered that cézanne did reach a form of pictorial practice that has generic validity. see maurice merleau-ponty, 'cézanne's doubt' in sense and non-sense, ed. northwestern university press (evanston, illinois: northwestern university press, [ ]), . merleau-ponty observes: ‘it is nonetheless possible that cézanne conceived a form of art which, while occasioned by his nervous condition, is valid for everyone. left to himself, he was able to look at nature as only a human being can. the meaning of this work cannot be determined from his life... it is thanks to the impressionists, and particularly to pissarro, that cézanne later conceived painting not as the incarnation of imagined scenes, the projection of dreams outward, but as the exact study of appearances: less a work of the studio than a working from nature.’ rewald, the ordeal of paul cézanne, . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . expressionism is defined, following long, as an approach to art-making that questions authority and emphasizes experimental, anti- naturalistic, anti-materialist, and anti-industrialist aspects. see long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, ixi-xxiv. also see ‘worringer and expressionism: late twentieth-century perspectives’. kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . ibid., . ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, . letter to joachim gasquet, from tholonet, september . underlying them. he advises synthetist painter Émile bernard to compose his pictures by attending to the geometry of objects, as well as to geometrical aspects of composition. in the words of cézanne: ‘... [t]reat nature by means of the cylinder, the sphere, the cone, everything brought into proper perspective so that each side of an object or a plane is directed towards a central point... [n]ature for us men is more depth than surface, whence the need to introduce into our light vibrations, represented by the reds and yellows, a sufficient amount of blueness to give the feel of air.’ painting means for cézanne not only working in the open air and responding directly to chosen motifs, but also composing in awareness of the simplest, most generic form of objects. according to him, geometrical concerns need to be accompanied by attention to colour composition, especially in the rendering of depth and light. understanding nature – a long, painful process – is an outcome of the art of painting for cézanne. he consciously brings together representational and abstract aspects in his practice, articulating pictorial equivalents of thoroughly observed motifs in the world. cézanne senses the endless possibilities of pictorial investigation; he accepts that the complexity of his response to the natural world slows down his process of inquiry. he seeks to cultivate an accurate connection between seeing and feeling, between perception and emotion. the pictorial form taken by this connection must be expressed clearly and decisively, according to him. in other words, cézanne considers that expression relies on seeing, feeling, and will. he mentions to bernard that an awareness of the art of the past is helpful, yet that art practice is supported mainly by the study of nature. relating to nature does not need extremes on the part of artists, cézanne writes; however, artists must have their say with regard to their motifs – especially with regard to the expressive means employed in the rendering of these motifs. cézanne’s statement reveals the abstract potential of artistic expression; however, cézanne continues by pointing out that representation needs to account logically for the innermost aspects of the world; cézanne believes in giving clear, observation-based expression to the unknown. as seen by cézanne, artistic practice brings ibid., . letter to Émile bernard, aix-en-provence, april . ibid., . letter to bernard, aix, , friday. ibid., . letter to bernard, aix, may . ibid., . letter to bernard, aix, may . together perception and emotion, observation and will, logic and covertness. his understanding of painting makes the separation between representational and abstract strands of practice visible, yet difficult to operate. given his reticence towards questions of theory, cézanne does not distinguish between perception, sensation and feeling in his letters; he therefore writes to bernard about the transposition of optical sensations of light into colour sensations. nevertheless, cézanne is clear on one point: sensations (or instincts, as interpreted by him when discussing the advice of thomas couture to his students) need to acquire concrete form in art, much like perceptions do. to articulate his sensations in painting, cézanne often travels to places that are difficult to reach, allowing observation and the passage of time to inform each brushstroke he places on canvas. in a letter to his son, cézanne, seventy at the time, reflects on his relationship with the natural model. although he mentions that his understanding of nature has reached greater clarity, cézanne still finds the making of a picture difficult. in his words: ‘i must tell you that as a painter i am becoming more clear-sighted before nature, but that with me the realization of my sensations is always painful. i cannot attain the intensity that is unfolded before my senses. i have not the magnificent richness of colouring that animates nature.’ the process of communicating sensations pictorially remains challenging for cézanne, even more so as his ability to see and understand the natural world enhances. for him, painting (or the realization of sensations) exposes its limitations when facing the world of nature. to ibid., - . a conversation between cézanne and bernard, related by bernard in , clarifies cézanne’s perspective on sensation; however, the dialogue between painters is communicated from bernard’s perspective, and in bernard’s transcription of cézanne’s thought. bernard: ‘so you understand art to be a union of the world and the individual?’ cézanne: ‘i understand it as personal apperception. this apperception i locate in sensation and require of the intellect that it should organize these sensations into a work of art.’ bernard: ‘but what sensations are you referring to? those of your feelings or of your retina?’ cézanne: ‘i don’t think you can distinguish between the two; however, as a painter, i believe in the visual sensation above all else.’ see Émile bernard, 'a conversation with cézanne' in cézanne by himself: drawings, paintings, writings, ed. richard kendall (boston, toronto, new york: little, brown, [ ]), . cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, . ibid., - . ibid., . loran, cézanne's composition: analysis of his form with diagrams and photographs of his motifs, . rewald, paul cézanne: a biography, - , - . pavel machotka, cézanne: landscape into art (london, new haven: yale university press, ), - . cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, . letter to his son, paul, aix, september . represent (even when not working with the exclusive goal of imitation in mind) obliges the painter to face the unavoidable gap between the world as observed and the world as depicted, cézanne seems to imply. (worringer explained this gap as generated by threatening conditions of life, and as primarily reflected in abstraction; deleuze calls it a chaos, an abyss, or a catastrophe.) yet, despite the pain it brings along, the process of rendering the world by means of paint retains an extraordinary fascination for cézanne: he writes to his son he could focus on one location only and find a multitude of motifs at the slightest change of viewpoint. addressing cézanne’s approach to painting in ‘cézanne’s doubt’ ( ), maurice merleau- ponty explains that cézanne works with lived perspective. this type of perspective is neither geometric nor photographic, merleau-ponty argues, but relies on the close observation of phenomena – an activity that preoccupied cézanne throughout most of his life in art. according to merleau-ponty, the distortion of perspective in cézanne’s compositions creates order, allowing objects to emerge and organize themselves for the gaze of the contemplating viewers. pictorial representation thus opens towards exposing abstract values. cézanne, merleau-ponty points out, adds to nature instead of imitating it (an approach to painting worringer could have seen as amalgamating abstraction and represemtation); in this process, the painter witnesses, and allows the viewers to witness, existence perpetually coming into being. in the words of merleau-ponty: ‘the painter recaptures and converts into visible objects what would, without him, remain walled up in the separate life of each worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, . cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, . cachin shows that, at the time of writing his letter to his son, cézanne was painting on the banks on the arc (at the trois sautets bridge, and also at a place known as gour de martelly). see cachin et al., cézanne, . as previous paragraphs have shown, cézanne recommends keeping geometry in mind when looking at the world. however, cézanne does not consider geometric perspective to be the key element of his pictorial process. geometry is important to cézanne, but only in combination with sensation, feeling and will. merleau-ponty, 'cézanne's doubt', . in the first part of his artistic career, cézanne drew and painted still lifes (sugar bowl, pears and blue cup, ), portraits (young man leaning on his elbow, ), and the human body in action (woman diving into the water, - ). he rendered human passions and excesses (the abduction, ; the feast, c. ), as well as quiet interiors scenes (young girl at the piano – overture to tannhäuser, c. ). however, after beginning to paint in the open air alongside camille pissarro ( - ) in , cézanne dedicated more of his attention to landscape and to the relationship between perception and painting. see kendall, cézanne by himself: drawings, paintings, writings, - . also, cachin et al., cézanne, - . merleau-ponty, 'cézanne's doubt', - . ibid., - . consciousness: the vibration of appearances which is the cradle of things. only one emotion is possible for this painter – the feeling of strangeness – and only one lyricism – that of the continual rebirth of existence.’ if cézanne intends to represent the world, then his particular approach to representation invites the surfacing of vital, connective rhythms of being; appearances as recognizable in painting are a consequence of this process rather than its goal. like merleau-ponty, who draws attention to the expressive rather than imitative qualities of cézanne’s painting, gilles deleuze signals cézanne’s departure from representation understood strictly as illustration or figuration. in francis bacon: the logic of sensation ( ), deleuze explains that cézanne follows the way of the figure; this way, which for deleuze is neither representational nor abstract, and distinct from both, relies on sensation. sensible form connecting to a sensation: this is deleuze’s definition of the figure. deleuze focuses on cézanne’s emphasis on sensation (which is characteristic for subject and object simultaneously), and the important role sensation plays in the articulation of cézanne’s pictorial practice. ‘sensation is what is painted’, deleuze notes with regard to the work of cézanne, underscoring the embodied quality of cézanne’s approach in contrast ibid., - . merleau-ponty also signals the perpetual instantaneity of cézanne’s practice of representation in ‘eye and mind’ ( ), where he writes: ‘the “world’s instant” that cézanne wanted to paint, an instant long since passed away, is still hurled towards us by his paintings.’ for merleau-ponty, cézanne’s work unfolds in the present, continuously, for each viewer. see maurice merleau-ponty, 'eye and mind' in the primacy of perception: and other essays on phenomenological psychology, the philosophy of art, history and politics, ed. northwestern university press (evanston, illinois: northwestern university press, [ ]), . merleau-ponty, 'cézanne's doubt', - . merleau-ponty points out that art does not rely on imitating, but on processes of expression. deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, . deleuze defines the figure as opposed to figuration. ibid., . abstraction, for deleuze, is associated with the physicality of the human head and bones; the brain (as in the case of representation) intermediates the impact of abstraction on viewers. on the other hand, sensation refers rather to the nervous system according to him. (ibid., , .) deleuze further defines abstraction as reductive, ascetic, optical, offering spiritual salvation and elaborating a symbolic (‘digital’) code starting from oppositions of form. see ———, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - . at a later point in his text, deleuze explains that cézanne did not actually follow a middle way between representation and abstraction, but invented his specific middle way. deleuze remarks: ‘few painters have produced the experience of chaos and catastrophe as intensely, while fighting to limit and control it at any price.’ deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, , . deleuze mentions merleau-ponty’s approach to sensation in connection to cézanne’s painting, explaining that, for merleau-ponty, each quality of sensation (or sense experience) opens a field connected to a multitude of other fields of sensation. ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . with the emphasis on light and colour as observed in impressionist paintings. deleuze, like merleau-ponty, writes about the vitality of cézanne’s pictures, where sensation and rhythm are associated. the work of cézanne depicts the animating force of life for deleuze. ‘... [w]as it not cézanne’s genius to have subordinated all the techniques of painting to this task: rendering visible the folding force of mountains, the germinative force of a seed, the thermic force of a landscape, and so on?’, deleuze muses. life force becomes significantly visible in cézanne’s pictorial response to the landscape of his birthplace, around the turn of the twentieth century. cézanne engaged with the depiction of places in provence in the last decade of his life, when his approach to landscape reached a simplicity, poise and persuasiveness associated by maurice denis and roger fry with classicism. (worringer would have disagreed with denis and fry, due to cézanne’s emphasis on re-creating rather than imitating his motif, as well as due to the painter’s amalgamating space and geometrical considerations.) in , after the death of cézanne’s mother and the sale of jas de bouffan (the cézanne family home), the painter returned to the small cabin (cabanon) he had rented in the bibémus quarry. he painted at the quarry, at le tholonet, and around château noir, from where mont sainte-victoire could be seen. cézanne’s engaging with motifs (his reasons to take action, as pavel machotka points out) was fostered by the painter’s familiarity with the area and by the opportunity for undisturbed work. the quarry, with which cézanne engaged in pictures such as in the bibémus quarry [dans la carrière de bibemus] (c. ), the ibid., . ibid., - . ibid., . maurice denis and roger e. fry, 'cézanne-i', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , , , - . denis explains that, although it is difficult to define ‘classicism,’ he intends to point to style, order and synthetic qualities when employing this term. objective and subjective qualities are balanced in a classical picture, according to denis. (denis and fry, 'cézanne-i', , .) also, roger eliot fry, cézanne: a study of his development (london: hogarth press, ), . also, meyer schapiro, paul cézanne (london and new york: thames and hudson, and h.n. abrahams, ), . rewald, the ordeal of paul cézanne, - , . rewald draws attention to the existence of many ancient quarries in provence; he notes that the stones extracted from bibémus have a distinctive soft ochre colour, often to be recognized in the facades of stately residencies of aix-en-provence, the town where cézanne was born. the bibémus quarry was active in the early decades of the nineteenth century, athanassoglou-kallmyer notes. see ———, paul cézanne: a biography, - . also, nina m. athanassoglou-kallmyer, cézanne and provence: the painter in his culture (chicago: university of chicago press, ), - . rewald, paul cézanne: a biography, - . machotka, cézanne: landscape into art, . rewald, the ordeal of paul cézanne, . bibémus quarry [la carrière de bibemus] (c. ), or the red rock [le rocher rouge] (c. ), provided much visual interest, as rewald points out. according to rewald: the quarry had been abandoned for some time, and trees and bushes had taken root among the ochre rocks. in the distance, the ever-present mont sainte-victoire rises into the sky... yet it appears as though no plan presided over the exploitation of the quarry, where the stone has been extracted here and left untouched there. it is a vast field of seemingly accidental forms, as if some prehistoric giant, constructing a fantastic playground, had piled up cubes and dug holes and then abandoned them without leaving a hint of his intricate plan. mont sainte-victoire seen from the bibémus quarry [la montagne sainte-victoire vue de bibémus] (c. ) (fig. ) combines representational and abstract aspects of painting, offering an experiential and structural vision of the natural world. cézanne addresses his motif in terms that emphasize physicality and structural rhythm, distancing his approach from the modes of art-making adopted by his predecessors. he overlays brushstrokes, thus producing chromatic modulations that articulate mass, space and movement. however, this repetitive task, which could potentially lead to abstraction, allows cézanne to explore geological, organic and atmospheric aspects of nature, and to communicate patiently observed outdoor rhythms. cézanne does not cultivate imitative rendering, but engages in a personal, decisive reorganization of his motif on canvas. abstract processes support, yet are not subordinated to, representational purposes in cézanne’s mont sainte-victoire seen from the bibémus quarry. articulating his picture by repeatedly adjusting and thus amplifying colour relationships, the painter highlights the abstract potential of his composition while representational elements remain recognizable (‘...one must look at the model and feel very exactly’, according to cézanne). maintaining ———, paul cézanne: a biography, . in the words of cézanne: ‘the louvre is the book in which we learn to read. we must not, however, be satisfied with retaining the beautiful formulas of our illustrious predecessors. let us go forth and study beautiful nature, let us try to free our minds from them, let us strive to express ourselves according to our personal temperament. time and reflection, moreover, modify little by little our vision, and at last comprehension comes to us.’ cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, . to bernard, aix, , friday. ibid., . (to bernard, aix, may .) the influence of impressionism on cézanne’s approach to art- making – namely, the attentive yet subjective response to outdoors motifs – is revealed in the words of the painter. regarding the connections between cézanne and impressionism, see merleau-ponty, ‘cézanne’s his observational commitments, the painter allows a recognizable image of mountain and quarry to emerge. yet his picture reflects not only appearances, but processes in their temporal dynamism: the changing colours of weathering rocks and boulders, the play of light on uneven surfaces, the transit of air through foliage. representation does not operate through imitation, but through chromatic approximations that often invite abstract aspects of picture- making to come to the fore. juxtaposed, overlaid, and rarely interrupted by the outlines of depicted objects, cézanne’s brushstrokes suggest mass and movement, engaging in a constant redefinition of form. they are compositional places of passage between abstraction and representation in cézanne’s work. when indicating main compositional elements such as quarry, mountain, or tree trunks, cézanne still traces outlines; otherwise, his approach to paint application emphasizes the structural connectivity of natural elements. between the few horizontal and vertical boundaries, however, order emerges from the play of colour planes (the embodiment of brushstrokes on canvas). abstraction, in a painting such as mont sainte-victoire seen from the bibémus quarry, features not in its simplifying (geometric) function, but in its additive function (an employment that prioritizes the repetitiveness of paint application, chromatic doubt’, . also, for cézanne’s subsequent impact on symbolist painting, see richard shiff, cézanne and the end of impressionism: a study of the theory, technique, and critical evaluation of modern art (chicago: university of chicago press, ), . fig. . paul cézanne. mont sainte-victoire seen from the bibémus quarry. c. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. baltimore. the baltimore museum of art. variation, and the resulting effect of movement). visible in cézanne’s approach to brushwork and colour handling, abstraction gives representational elements their distinctive vitality. contrasting between representational and abstract aspects of painting proves ineffective with regard to the work of cézanne, as merleau-ponty and deleuze remark. earlier in the twentieth century, roger fry inquires into cézanne’s ability to bring together imagination and intellect, to create form and, at the same time, suggest colour, light and atmosphere. the seemingly casual aspect of cézanne’s compositions relies on an underlying plan that bears architectural associations for fry. in his words: ‘he [i. e., cézanne] sees the face of nature as though it were cut in some incredibly precious crystalline substance, each of its facets different, yet each dependent on the rest.’ fry highlights the abstract aspect of cézanne’s approach to the natural world; cézanne, according to fry, addresses the materiality of objects, yet does so in a pictorial language of imagination rather than imitation. representational and abstract tendencies interweave in cézanne’s approach to painting, which fry regards as impressively subtle and complex. in response to fry’s invitation, maurice denis publishes his thoughts on cézanne in the burlington magazine (january ). denis contrasts between illustrative paintings, where narrative interest predominate, and pictures where, like in the work of cézanne, the love of painting is celebrated as such. reflecting on the interplay between representational and abstract aspects in cézanne’s pictures, denis muses: ‘before the cézanne we think only of the picture; neither the object represented nor the artist’s personality holds our attention. we cannot decide so quickly whether it is an imitation or an interpretation of nature.’ the balance of objective and subjective aspects of painting, of style (or, in the words of denis, ‘synthetic order’) and sensibility, characterizes the practice of cézanne, where sensations inspire a method of art-making. for denis, cézanne may employ abstraction in his work, but not at the cost of representation. according to denis: ‘... [h]e [i. e., cézanne] never roger fry, 'from "the post-impressionists - " ' in cézanne: the first modern painter, ed. michel hoog (london: thames and hudson [nation], [ december ]), - . denis and fry, 'cézanne-i', . ibid., . ibid. maurice denis, 'cézanne-ii', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , , . by abstraction, denis, citing sérusier, means reference to and visibility of geometrical elements in painting, such as straight lines, arcs of circles, ellipses. ibid., . compromises by abstraction the just equilibrium between nature and style.’ abstract- representational interplay, denis comments, emerges in the work of cézanne where the painter’s attention to his motifs and his effort towards pictorial articulation meet. the interplay of representation and abstraction in cézanne’s practice is also visible to james m. carpenter. in ‘cézanne and tradition’ ( ), carpenter notes that cézanne depicts three- dimensionality by comparatively abstract means in his paintings. carpenter writes: ‘cézanne also attempted to create an illusion of three-dimensional form and space, not with means parallel to nature’s but within a more abstract language. despite his greater abstraction he arrived at a kind of illusion in some ways more forceful than theirs [i. e., the impressionists].’ for carpenter, two-dimensional and three-dimensional effects coexist in the work of cézanne – hence the paradox of his approach to painting. a polar tension between flatness and illusion needs to be resolved by viewers when contemplating cézanne’s paintings, carpenter argues. clement greenberg also underscores the coexistence of abstract and representational aspects in cézanne’s pictures. in ‘cézanne’ ( ), greenberg points to the visibility of the painter’s brushstrokes and to their bringing forward the canvas surface. however, greenberg notes that cézanne’s also attempts to suggest spatial recession in his paintings. cézanne gives priority to abstraction in his work, according to greenberg. he remarks: ‘... [w]hen cézanne altered contours and proportions in an unrealistic manner, it was largely because he felt so strongly the need to enhance the unity and decorative force of the surface design that he let himself sacrifice the realism of the illusion to it.’ underscoring the emphasis on surface and design he recognizes in the work of cézanne, greenberg nevertheless signals that representation (or illusion) and pattern (or design) are both active in cézanne’s paintings. in cézanne and the end of impressionism ( ), richard shiff explains the interplay of abstract and representational aspects in the paintings of cézanne from the perspective of ibid. james m. carpenter, 'cézanne and tradition', the art bulletin, , no. , , . clement greenberg, 'cézanne', the american mercury, june, , . ibid., . ibid. cézanne’s debt to impressionism. he underscores the uniformity of cézanne’s paintings – a pictorial characteristic indicating cézanne’s connections with the thought of impressionist painters. uniformity emerges from cézanne’s approach to pictorial depth, colour, and value (or variation on a scale from black to white), shiff observes. cézanne, according to shiff, does not create hierarchical compositions, but correspondences between flatness and depth (or surface and illusion) in order to enhance atmospheric effects. when noting the dialogue between two-dimensional and three-dimensional aspects of composition in cézanne’s work, shiff indirectly points to the interplay of representational and abstract tendencies. the interaction of illusion and surface has a quality shiff chooses to approach in terms of dynamism (or openness, or absence of hierarchy) rather than static integration. highly regarded in contemporary writings on art, the work of cézanne was viewed with reticence by many turn-of-the-twentieth-century critics; nevertheless, many notable artists of artists of cézanne’s time admired his work. painters such as camille pissarro, paul gauguin, claude monet, henri matisse and pablo picasso collected the paintings of cézanne. ‘degas himself has fallen for the charm of this refined savage; monet, everybody. are we wrong? i don’t think so’, pissarro commented. monet, for instance, proved not only an admirer of cézanne’s, but also a friend: he provided support to the reclusive painter, (cézanne was grateful for it), he visited cézanne at l’estaque ( ), and invited him at greenberg also notes the strong connection between cézanne and the impressionists. he writes: ‘at bottom cézanne was an impressionist always, and he learned painting from the impressionists, though he did not belong to their orthodoxy.’ ibid., . in his book, shiff shows that, while cézanne relied on sensation in painting (an impressionist approach), his practice was nevertheless regarded as exemplary by symbolist painters. richard shiff, cézanne and the end of impressionism: a study of the theory, technique, and critical evaluation of modern art (chicago: university of chicago press, ), . ibid., . vollard and van doren, paul cézanne: his life and art, - . denis coutagne, cézanne et paris (paris: musée du luxembourg, ), . paul cézanne et al., classic cézanne (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, ), . pissarro’s words are excerpted from a letter to lucien pissarro dated november . in the words of gérôme maësse: ‘claude monet is perhaps the painter who understands and loves cézanne most completely. to top that, his admiration reaches all the way to his wallet.’ gérôme maësse, 'from "l'opinion de claude monet" ' in classic cézanne, eds. terence maloon, richard shiff, and angela gundert (sydney [paris]: art gallery of new south wales [les tendances nouvelles], [december ]), . cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, . letter to monet, aix, july . rewald mentions that most of the correspondence between monet and cézanne is lost. ———, eds., paul cézanne: letters, - . cézanne’s well-known emotional outbursts led him to be ungenerous to even the closest of his friends, monet included. john rewald, 'cézanne: a biography' (doctoral, sorbonne, ), - . also, cachin et al., cézanne, . however, despite his moments of inner turmoil, cézanne genuinely admired monet. cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, - . argenteiul ( ) and giverny ( ). visiting monet at giverny with georges clémenceau, journalist michel georges-michel remembered the special place cézanne’s work occupied in monet’s home. in the words of georges-michel: ‘i went into the adjoining room where there was only one unframed painting hanging on the wall: the garçon au gilet rouge by cézanne... monet, ... after a long silence, said to us in his beautiful, deep voice: “yes, cézanne, he’s the greatest of us all.” ’ monet, worringer’s impressionism, and abstract-representational interplay ‘i despise all living painters, except monet and renoir’, cézanne writes in . for cézanne, monet is a master of the art of painting; his influence, cézanne advises young artist charles camoin, must be balanced with the study of nature. cézanne’s awareness regarding the impact of monet’s art on younger generations, as well as his admiration for the work of monet, emerge unambiguously from the words addressed to camoin in a letter from september . at the time of his letter to camoin, cézanne had known monet for almost three decades. monet was considered by cézanne a key representative of impressionism. cézanne kept informed regarding the purchases of monet’s work, and attended, at times, monet’s exhibitions. when two impressionist societies (the anonymous cooperative society of artists, painters, sculptors, engravers [société anonyme coopérative des artistes, peintres, sculpteurs, graveurs] – liquidated in – and the union [l’union], founded in ) were competing for the attention of the public, cézanne, who had joined the union, cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, - . to Émile zola, aix, february . cachin et al., cézanne, - . michel georges-michel, 'from peintres et sculpteurs que j'ai connus, - ' in classic cézanne, eds. terence maloon, richard shiff, and angela gundert (sydney [new york]: art gallery of new south wales [brentano's], [ ]), . cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, . to gasquet, aix, july . ibid., . to charles camoin, aix, september . for the success of monet’s work in the early years of the twentieth century, see virginia spate, claude monet: the colour of time (london: thames & hudson, ), . cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, . to camille pissarro, l’estaque, july . ibid., , , . to pissarro, aix, april ; to zola, paris, july ; to zola, aix, march . cachin et al., cézanne, . supported monet’s initiative of re-establishing the anonymous cooperative society. cézanne also asked Émile zola, his friend, to write in favour of monet and renoir in ; at stake was the request of renoir and monet for a suitable exhibition space in the palace of the champs-Élysées, where their paintings could be displayed properly. zola obliged; monet sold some of his works, while renoir received portrait commissions. cézanne and monet exhibited together on a number of occasions – for instance, according to isabelle cahn, in the benefit show organized by pissarro for honoré daumier ( - ) in , as well as in the first and third impressionist exhibitions (april , and april ). cahn draws attention to the interest of hugo von tschudi ( - ), director of the berlin national gallery, in recent french painting – an interest resulting in the acquisition and display of works by cézanne and monet in the late years of the nineteenth century. tschudi’s purchasing and exhibiting contemporary french art, cahn remarks, provided recognition for the practices of artists such as monet and cézanne at a time when the works of these painters were regarded with greater caution by french museums. the enthusiasm of tschudi for french art signalled a trend that appeared threatening towards contemporary german painting to carl vinnen. in ‘quousque tandem?’, his contribution to the protest of german artists ( ), vinnen argued against the acquisition of recent french works in germany – a movement he regarded as speculative. his criticism, vinnen commented, was not addressed to the work of monet; vinnen mentioned that he supported the purchase of monet’s lady in a green-black dress ( ) by the bremen museum. however, vinnen did not miss the opportunity to point to the high cost of this work, as well as to the comparatively low sum received by the artist. cézanne and rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters, - . to pissarro, aix, april . ibid., - . to zola, paris, may . ibid., .to zola, paris, july . cachin et al., cézanne, . rewald, the ordeal of paul cézanne, - . cahn’s list of artists whose works were acquired by tschudi for the berlin national gallery includes Édouard manet ( - ), edgar degas ( - ), camille pissarro ( - ), henri fantin-latour ( - ), and auguste rodin ( - ). cachin et al., cézanne, . ibid. vinnen, 'quousque tandem', - . answering vinnen in ‘the historical development of modern art’ ( ), worringer defended the practices of artists such as cézanne, van gogh and matisse, and pointed to the recent departure from impressionist influences in art-making. for worringer, monet is one of ‘the great classic impressionists’ in ; yet impressionism and the emphasis it places on sight, worringer argues, are no longer the choice of a generation of creators who seek to focus on emotional life instead. without providing references to specific artists, worringer addresses the impressionist approach to art-making in abstraction and empathy. the urge to abstraction, worringer explains, required creators to emphasize the unchanging, absolute aspects of objects by not representing three-dimensional space, not introducing subjective nuances, and not depicting transitory aspects of the world. approximating objects to their fundamental, crystalline forms led to abstraction, worringer notes. impressionist representation, on the other hand, focused on appearances; it proposed a subjective approach to art-making, and emphasized opticality. space, embodiment, three-dimensionality and illusion had to be avoided in abstract art. worringer explains: ‘it is precisely space which, filled with atmospheric air, linking things together and destroying their individual closedness, gives things their temporal value and draws them into the cosmic interplay of phenomena’. for worringer, the rendering of atmosphere asserted the passage of time, the connection and interplay of observed natural elements. impressionist renderings captured the transformation of chosen motifs; as such, impressionist art could not be associated with the urge to abstraction, according to worringer. the attempt of worringer to associate impressionism with representational practices, and to distance it from abstraction, succeeds when the urge to abstraction is seen in its extreme expressions – for instance, when connecting abstraction to geometric art as recognizable in egyptian pyramids. atmospheric and attached to the world, worringer’s impressionism makes visible the interplay of phenomena; as such, it seems to offer ground to the very ‘dread of space’ worringer associates with the emergence of abstract tendencies. however, once worringer has explained the key characteristics of the urge to abstraction and of the urge to worringer, 'the historical development of modern art', - . ibid., . ibid., . ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . ibid., . ibid., - . empathy, he is ready to admit to the existence of art-making that intermediates between abstraction and representation. the rendering of appearances in abstract contexts is actually possible, worringer explains, analysing the interplay of representation and abstraction at various points in the history of art. worringer’s words on impressionism need to be addressed from a perspective that accounts for his inclination towards oppositional discourse. as magdalena bushart remarks in ‘changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch’ (c. ), worringer does not renounce tradition, nor does he seek to interrupt its connections with present-day art. worringer, bushart explains, rather signals the ‘epochal shift’ taking place in the first decades of the twentieth century, and criticizes the society of his time, where impressionism is a favoured mode of art-making. in the words of bushart: ‘his [i. e., worringer’s] contemporaries were entirely correct when they read worringer’s works as comments on contemporary culture.’ to be appreciated in its own right, the art of the first decades of the twentieth century had to enter a process of disputation (to employ worringer’s vocabulary) with its immediate antecedents – worringer’s oppositional understanding of art history relied on such a pattern. the critique of current artistic practices (impressionism, for instance) intensifies worringer’s argument in support of ‘modern primitiveness’, which worringer also regards as only a phase in the course of history. impressionism provides to worringer a set of valuable characteristics in support of his antithetic definition of abstraction, and reveals worringer’s attention to current art-making. ‘the historical development of modern art’ re- entrenches worringer’s point of view from abstraction and empathy, adding temporal ibid., - . for the instances of abstract-representational interplay as singled out by worringer in abstraction and empathy, see, from the current thesis: ‘gradation, displacement and transposition: alternatives to antithesis in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’, ‘form in gothic: interplay readdressed’, ‘interplay in naturalism’, ‘interplay in the gothic art of northern europe: memory, assimilation, interpolation’, ‘interplay: a dual, hybrid state in gothic art’. bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', . ibid. from this point of view, worringer depends on the model of approaching the writing of art history provided by hegel. see georg wilhelm friedrich hegel, and t. m. knox, aesthetics: lectures on fine art (oxford: clarendon press, [ - ]), . for the critique of impressionism during worringer’s time, when impressionism was regarded as connected to renaissance, and as symptomatic for the decline of culture, see bushart, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch', - , . worringer, 'the historical development of modern art', . urgency to his previously articulated theories: impressionism needs to be seen as exiting the contemporary stage for different approaches to art-making to be able to claim the limelight. however, where worringer considers monet a ‘classic’ impressionist, he indirectly draws attention to the coexistence of representational and abstract tendencies in monet’s practice. in abstraction and empathy, worringer had explained classical art as a synthesis of representation (mycenean style) and abstraction (dipylon style), where the representational element was predominant. classicism thus provided ground for the meeting of abstraction and representation, according to worringer. by extension, worringer placed monet’s impressionist art within the same conceptual frame, namely ‘abstract-representational art- making’ emphasizing representation. if worringer considers monet’s work of classical status, and associates it with impressionism, then worringer’s impressionism is not exclusively representational, but predominantly representational. ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . from the perspective of abstraction and empathy, monet’s work, in its representational, motif-connected aspects, can be associated with worringer’s description of the process of empathy – more specifically, with the appreciation of life and nature as apparent in art. worringer, we have seen, considers impressionism representational, and uses it as a term of contrast for abstraction-oriented practices. however, the readers of abstraction and empathy need to keep in mind that worringer was addressing the audience of his time, who was familiar with impressionism and, according to him, less appreciative of newer artistic developments. impressionism, as an artistic approach emphasizing its connections to nature, is presented by worringer as antithetic to modes of art-making favouring the expression of feelings through art and the exploration of inner worlds. worringer thus signals the change in focus recognizable in recent art – namely, the transit from observation-oriented to expression-oriented art-making. nevertheless, an impressionist artist such as monet makes visible abstract features of painting in his works. as following sections of this thesis show, monet experienced anxiety when confronted with the changeability of natural motifs and with the difficulties of depiction. anxiety inspired by the world was associated by worringer with abstraction in abstraction and empathy; he also acknowledged that different degrees of abstracting could be observed in art, and that some art forms made visible both representational and abstract characteristics. (see worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy, - , - .) a combination of abstract and representational features can indeed be noticed in monet’s twentieth-century works. the representational mode and the connection between direct observation and art-making are central to monet’s early paintings; however, his mature output allows abstract preoccupations and emphases to surface decisively. monet never abandons painting from life, yet gives greater freedom to colour and to the rhythm of brushstrokes with the passage of time; he also completes canvases in the studio in his later years of practice, focusing more on his pictures rather than on the motifs that inspired them. although his observation-oriented art differs in its generic impact and intention from the expressionist works worringer may have had in mind when writing abstraction and empathy, form in gothic and ‘the historical development of modern art’, monet’s paintings nevertheless set abstraction and representation in interplay, as many contemporary researchers point out. monet and his motifs: representational and abstract aspects for an artist active around the turn of the twentieth century such as claude monet, to render a chosen motif involves a direct experiencing of the environment, as well as a reconfiguration, in pictorial terms, of the results of observation. monet’s response to subject-matter requires emotional self-activation as well as distancing. his letters offer a glimpse into his pictorial process. when in rouen in the last years of the nineteenth century, for instance, monet paints indoors, yet the changing weather has a powerful impact on his mood and art-making. the flow and tumult of phenomena underscored by worringer in abstraction and empathy are an integral part of monet’s experience: the painter renders his motifs at different times of the day, allowing changes of light and weather to influence his work. struggling to adapt to external changes, especially when his paintings appear unsatisfactory, monet complains to his wife, alice, in the early days of march : i’m working away like a madman but, alas, all your words are in vain, and i feel empty and good for nothing. it all happens at once, the weather isn’t very predictable: wonderful sunshine yesterday, fog this morning, sun this afternoon which disappeared just when i needed it; tomorrow it will be a dark grey day or rainy, and once again, i’m very much afraid i’ll leave everything and come home on an impulse... what’s the good of working when i don’t get to the end of anything? this evening i wanted to compare what i’ve done now with the old paintings, which i don’t like looking at too much in case i fall into the same errors. well, the result of that was that i was right to be unhappy last year; it’s ghastly and what i’m doing now is quite as bad, bad in a different way, that’s all. the essential thing is to avoid the urge of doing it too quickly, try, try again, and get it right once and for all... externalizing monet’s internal dialogue, the letter brings to light a relevant aspect of his process: the painter abstains from looking at previously completed works in order to avoid making similar mistakes. monet fears that abstract, predetermined formulae of composition could have a negative impact on his direct observation and experiencing. monet wishes to ibid., - . claude monet and richard kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters (london: macdonald orbis, ), . monet’s letter is sent to alice from rouen, thursday evening, on march . generate fresh responses to his motifs, work slower, and finalize his pictures in terms he deems acceptable; his pictorial practice thus emerges as a tensioned re-negotiation of his double allegiance to direct observation and artistic effect. ‘i have always worked better alone and from my own impressions’, monet writes to art dealer paul durand-ruel ( - ) in . for monet, the activity of painting relies on his personal ability to engage with his motifs; he places considerable emphasis on his response to conditions of site, light and weather. beginning from impressions, monet’s work nevertheless takes shape through the orchestration of pictorial effects. his attempts to capture effects of light and atmosphere yield intense emotional responses in his letters, as do the changing weather patterns. however, monet does not renounce engaging observationally with his motifs, and does not resort to geometrical renditions to simplify his relationship with the world. where worringer suggests that the distress of artists faced with a perpetually changeable world can be appeased by abstraction, monet, ever sensitive to the hardships imposed by nature, continues to work with representation. in his history of impressionist painters ( ), art critic théodore duret ( - ) notes that, although monet paints from observed motifs, what he captures is their fleeting particularities. monet’s work, according to duret, renders atmosphere rather than permanence. duret points out that the painter communicates the qualities of light, season, time of the day and temperature to his viewers, who thus come to experience the depicted atmospheric conditions themselves. for duret, monet’s canvases have the remarkable power of sharing the direct experiences of the painter: when contemplating a ibid., . this citation is extracted from a letter monet wrote in giverny, on january . art historian moshe barasch ( - ) explains that impression, or sensation, provides immediate access to the surrounding world. see moshe barasch, theories of art: from impressionism to kandinsky (fredericksburg: new york university press, ), - . from my point of view, the term ‘impression’ emphasizes the process of reception and its result; it connects mostly to vision, hearing and distance. the term ‘sensation’ draws my attention to reception having already undergone processing by the mind as well as by the body; i regard ‘sensation’ as connected mostly to touch, taste, smell, temperature and proximity. impression leaves lighter traces than sensation on viewers; sensation brings along an increased internalization of experience. however, barasch observes that ’impression’ and ‘sensation’ have come to be equated in nineteenth- and twentieth-century writings. for the purposes of this section, which explores the relationship between representation and abstraction, i am referring to ‘impression’ and ‘sensation’ as to forms of personal response to environment. monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . théodore duret, histoire des peintres impressionistes (paris: h. floury, [ ]), - . painting by monet, it is as if viewers could experience nature itself. duret argues that viewers can undergo thermal sensations on the basis of monet’s handling of colour. to communicate impressions and sensations, monet relies on colour and paint. he records atmospheric effects, aiming to ‘... get a picture going for every kind of weather, every colour harmony’. for him, rendering atmospheric changes is as important as reaching the pictorial solutions he deems appropriate; he ambitiously aims to translate the observation of weather patterns into complex chromatic compositions. in monet’s works, chromatic variation springs from a limited palette. according to him: ‘the point is to know how to use the colours, the choice of which is, when all’s said and done, a matter of habit.’ a few well-chosen colours lead to rich chromatic orchestrations in the recording of site and weather, he notes; his observation of motifs in the open air relies on the same initial colour choices. monet’s approach to representation involves potentially abstract aspects – for instance, the assertion of personal preference in colour selection, and certain a degree of repetition in their employment – despite his focus on rendering the immediacy of experience. for duret, impressions are visual, and sensations arise in response to movement and light. both impressions and sensations are connected to senses, but impressions connect more readily to visual effect, and sensations to embodied experience. ibid., . monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, - . see monet’s letters to alice monet (london, march ), respectively to georges durand-ruel (giverny, july ). writing to georges durand-ruel about his colour palette, monet notes: ‘anyway, i use flake white, cadmium yellow, vermillion, deep madder, cobalt blue, emerald green and that’s all.’ ibid., . the doorway (morning effect) ( ): re-materializations in monet’s rouen cathedral series ( - ), representational and abstract approaches to painting coexist. the doorway (morning effect) ( ) (fig. ), a work monet completed towards the end of the series, de-emphasizes architectural detail and depicts effects of light and shading on the cathedral’s facade. pictorial form provides support to the rich overlays of colour tints and tones in monet’s painting. as the gaze ascends towards the upper half of the work, chromatic differentiations are less and less asserted in monet’s renditions of structure, mass and ornament. an image of the flamboyant gothic facade of rouen cathedral features in form in gothic (fig. ), where worringer discusses the abstract yet vital characteristics of gothic line. for the stages of construction of the rouen cathedral, as well as the various architectural styles the cathedral incorporates, need to make the topic of a different inquiry. see, for further reference, kevin d. murphy, 'the historic building in the modernized city: the cathedrals of paris and rouen in the nineteenth century', journal of urban history, , no. , , . also, michael t. davis and linda elaine neagley, 'mechanics and meaning: plan design at saint-urbain, troyes and saint-ouen, rouen', gesta, , no. , , - , - . also, linda elaine neagley, 'the flamboyant architecture of st.-maclou, rouen, and the development of a style', journal of the society of architectural historians, , no. , , . worringer and read, form in gothic, , illustration . fig. . claude monet. the doorway (morning effect) [le portail (effet du matin)]. . oil on canvas. x cm. riehen/basel. fondation beyeler. worringer, gothic architecture as made visible in the ruins of the abbey of jumièges (normandy, france), in the church of saint quirinus of neuss (germany), in the cathedrals of rheims (france), ulm (germany), rouen (normandy, france), and cologne (germany), is characterised by pathos and ecstasy. worringer’s gothic is super-sensuous and transcendental: it aspires to a world above the one presented by senses. repetitive, like the northern ornament that announces it, and capable of developing motifs that appear never- ending, gothic architecture allows the materiality of stone to be subdued by the will to form. according to worringer, gothic buildings reflect no representational connection to objects in the world; their tremendous dynamism seems to reach beyond material expression. in his words: ‘common to all [i. e., to northern ornament, gothic architecture, as well as to the wild fantasies of immaturity] is an urge to activity, which, being bound to no one object, loses itself, as a result, in infinity.’ monet’s rendition of rouen cathedral does not underscore the dynamic pathos of gothic, yet invokes, by means of paint, the fundamental similarities of stone and light. monet represents rouen cathedral on the basis of direct experience, combining observation with a personal approach to pictorial technique. for him, painting the doorway (morning ibid., - . form in gothic presents illustrations of french and german churches and cathedrals side by side. the interweaving of images of german and french places of worship hints to worringer’s own artistic interests, as well as to the international aspect of worringer’s views on contemporary art-making. ibid., . ibid. ibid., . fig. . rouen cathedral. facade. in wilhelm worringer, form in gothic [illustration , p. ]. [edition of ]. rouen. france. effect) begins with his response to a specific location; he establishes a vantage point that aligns his perspective with the perspective of a passer-by. depicting rouen cathedral from the ground level looking up, monet focuses less on offering a detailed representation of the majesty of the site than on addressing the meeting between light, structure and ornament in paint. his choice of place and perspective contribute to establishing the composition as well as the atmosphere of the picture. remembering her conversations with the painter, lilla cabot perry mentions that monet had started working on the rouen cathedral series in the window of a milliner’s shop opposite the cathedral. according to her, monet built a little enclosure that isolated him from the shop, permitting him to stand back from the canvas for no more than a yard. ‘[h]e said he had never really seen these rouen cathedral pictures until he brought them back to his studio in giverny’, perry recalls. as her words suggest, monet did not rely on creating an accurate connection between motifs as observed and motifs as depicted. he rather focused on recording lived experience, even when the visual appraisal of pictorial results proved difficult. monet approaches painting from the perspective of representation: his works render people, places, natural elements; on the other hand, his technique creates distance from his motifs by veiling descriptive detail and emphasizing colour, light and paint effects. according to john house in ‘time’s cycles’ ( ), monet intends to pursue the capturing of immaterial sensations rather than to achieve representational accuracy. monet emphasizes the atmospheric rendition of pictorial motifs instead of depicting elements to which social, cultural or spiritual significance could be attached, house notes. he observes that monet’s lilla cabot perry, 'reminiscences of claude monet from to ' in monet and the impressionists, ed. george t. m. shackelford (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, ), - . karin sagner-düchting, monet and modernism (munich and london: prestel, ), - . for the tension between the perception-oriented and the process-oriented aspects of monet’s work, see ———, 'monet's late work from the vantage point of modernism' in monet and modernism, ed. karin sagner- düchting (munich and london: prestel, ), - . also see monet’s words from a letter addressed to gustave geffroy on october : ‘i'm hard at it, working stubbornly on a series of different effects (grain stacks), but at this time of the year the sun sets so fast that it's impossible to keep up with it... i'm getting so slow at my work and it makes me despair, but the further i get, the more i see that a lot of work has to be done in order to render what i'm looking for: “instantaneity”, the “envelope” above all, the same light spread over everything, and more than ever i'm disgusted by easy things that come in one go. anyway, i'm increasingly obsessed by the need to render what i experience, and i'm praying that i'll have a few more good years left to me because i think i may make some progress in that direction’. monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, . late nineteenth-century series bring attention to sequenced variation and aesthetic qualities – in other words, abstract aspects become visible in monet’s mature practice. in the doorway (morning effect), monet’s motif emerges from the overlay of brushstrokes rather than from directional lines and structuring planes. the painter renders the interaction of light with architectural form, and redefines form in this process. composed by the repetitive touch of the brush rather than by unified planar treatment, colour varies within close ranges of tones and tints. the dominant hues of this painting, blue and yellow, are modulated by monet to depict both lit and shaded areas of the cathedral facade. a certain degree of dematerialization characterises monet’s approach to his motif in the doorway (morning effect); bathed in sunlight, the imposing figure of the cathedral is depicted as an interweaving of blue, red, orange, green, yellow and purple tints. architectural detail becomes chromatic harmony – the motif of the cathedral stands as a landmark that makes visible the transformation of light and the passage of time. monet’s approach to depicting gothic architecture resonates with worringer’s later findings; in form in gothic, worringer writes: ‘... [a]ll expression to which gothic architecture attained, was attained – and this is the full significance of the contrast – in spite of the stone’. in monet’s doorway (morning effect), rouen cathedral, a building of historical, social, cultural and spiritual significance, provides a starting point for monet’s exploration of john house, 'time's cycles', art in america, , no. , . also, ———, 'monet and the genesis of his series' in claude monet painter of light, eds. dominik rimbault, philip hurdwood, and christopher scoular (avalon beach, nsw: maxwell's collection distributor, ), , , . in this subchapter, i use the term ‘tint’ to refer to a mixture of colour and white, and the term ‘tone’ to indicate that colour has been mixed with gray. ‘value contrast’ refers to black and white contrast, and ‘hue’ points to colours specifically mentioned. ‘saturation’ refers to the unmixed quality of a colour, while ‘desaturation’ implies that colour has been mixed with white (a desaturated colour is a tint). according to christopher lyon, in the case of monet’s triptych, water lilies (c. ), the painter composed his colour harmonies by bringing together an unexpectedly small number of pigments. lyon explains that monet varied the range of green by mixing small amounts of other pigments with viridian and lead white. lyon’s observation highlights a feature of monet’s pictorial technique already apparent in doorway (morning effect), an earlier work of less chromatic diversity than the water lilies mentioned above. see christopher lyon, 'unveiling monet', moma, no. , , . worringer and read, form in gothic, . regarding monet’s decision to paint the rouen cathedral, robert herbert notes: ‘that rouen cathedral was a deliberate choice on monet’s part is not to be doubted. he could have chosen to paint the palais de justice, or the bourse, or another kind of governmental or financial institution. we know instinctively that this would be ludicrous for monet, owing to the different associations with neo-classical architecture. government buildings of classical style were associated with authority, that is, with government, with bureaucracy, rationality, rules and recipes. gothic architecture was widely believed to be the result of the willing efforts of many artisans and natural light and colour. the painter’s composition relies on the diagonal ascension (and graduated softening) of value; in his handling, value contrast achieves a different effect than in the case of traditional chiaroscuro technique. chiaroscuro, or the graduated articulation of light and dark contrast throughout a picture, emphasizes the three-dimensionality of figures, and suggests spatial depth. doorway (morning effect) orchestrates contrast by means of similarity in tints and tones instead, and allows the transition from dark to light to take place in one principal plane: on the depicted facade of the cathedral. nevertheless, monet continues to attend to representational aspects, establishing the composition of doorway (morning effect) on the grounds of emplaced observation. resemblance with rouen cathedral is still sought by monet; however, visual similarities become relative due to the prominence of brushwork. in this respect, monet’s pictorial technique appeals to the sense of touch as much as to the sense of sight. the brushstrokes of monet dissolve detail and structure, and assert form, colour and texture in doorway (morning effect). paint creates a bridge between light and matter; on monet’s canvas, stone becomes vibrantly present, while light finds embodiment. the overall, paradoxical effect of his picture is one of material weightlessness, articulated through visible, unblended, texturally particularizing brushstrokes. monet is not alone in highlighting the shimmering qualities of gothic architecture. in principles of art history ( ), wölfflin examines the formal aspects of late (or flamboyant) gothic, and observes that gothic architecture communicates movement in painterly rather than linear terms. for wölfflin, late gothic makes visible not static plasticity, but dynamic appearances, and three-dimensional depth. he writes: in contrast to [high gothic], late gothic seeks the painterly effect of vibrating forms. not in the modern sense, but compared with the strict linearity of high gothic, form has been divorced from the type of plastic rigidity and forced over towards the artists, who were given the freedom to choose their decorative motifs from nature.’ robert l. herbert, 'the decorative and the natural in monet's cathedrals' in aspects of monet: a symposium on the artist's life and times, eds. john rewald and frances weitzenhoffer (new york: abrams, ), . monet bridges value contrast and colour in doorway (morning effect). he thus responds, in late nineteenth- century terms, to the observation of john shearman that colour cannot be separated from chiaroscuro, since light in painting is actually rendered by means of colour. see john shearman, 'leonardo's colour and chiaroscuro', zeitschrift für kunstgeschichte, , no. , , . appearance of movement. the style develops recessional motives, motives of overlapping in the ornament as in space. it plays with the apparently lawless and in places softens into flux. and as now calculations with mass effects come, where the single form no longer speaks with a quite independent voice, this art delights in the mysterious and unlucid, in other words, in a partial obscuring of reality. familiar with the work of wölfflin, worringer mentions his opinion on gothic in abstraction and empathy. ‘here [i. e., in gothic] something magnificent came into being’, wölfflin, as cited by worringer, points out. ‘but it is a magnificence that lies beyond life, not life itself magnificently experienced’. like wölfflin, worringer addresses the supra-sensuous characteristics of gothic in abstraction and empathy. for worringer, however, gothic needs to be approached from a subjective, psychologically oriented viewpoint. writing about the exterior of gothic cathedrals, worringer expressively points to the dynamism he finds specific to gothic architecture. he remarks: ‘the upward striving energies, which in the interior have not yet come to rest, seem to press outwards, in order to lose themselves, freed from all limitation and confinement’. while wölfflin signals the apparent absence of laws of gothic form, worringer explains gothic architecture as reflective of a striving to reach beyond the very structure and material that give a building its substantiality. robert l. herbert observes that, for impressionist artists such as monet, renoir, and pissarro, gothic architecture proved appealing on social, political and cultural grounds. according to wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . in the conclusion of principles of art history, wölfflin, writing in , cautions against the exclusive focus on the history of expression in art, which he finds one-sided, and signals his interest in form (or schema, to employ his terminology) instead. in abstraction and empathy worringer noted he intended to cultivate a subjective approach to the ‘history of the feeling about the world’; he made vast employment of the term ‘expression’ in his discussions of art. the term ‘expression’ seems a synonym of ‘art-making’ in abstraction and empathy; worringer focuses on ‘forms of artistic expression’ throughout his text. (ibid., .) while worringer was interested in charting emotional variations on the basis of their manifestation in artistic style, wölfflin prefers to focus on defining and analysing concepts of general applicability in principles of art history. nevertheless, in prolegomena to a psychology of architecture ( ), wölfflin had approached architectural form from a perspective that responded to expressive and psychological concerns. wölfflin, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art, - . worringer and read, form in gothic, - . herbert, 'the decorative and the natural in monet's cathedrals', . however, the dematerialization mentioned by herbert characterizes mainly the visual effect of monet’s approach. from being the subject of the painter’s observation, the rouen cathedral actually transits to becoming a painted motif in monet’s doorway (morning effect). during this transition from observation to picture-making, monet allows abstract aspects to him, impressionist artists appreciated that gothic architecture had emerged as a community effort, where creative contributions permitted personal freedom in the interpretation of natural motifs. from the perspective of herbert’s argument, rouen cathedral can be considered as an architectural extension of the natural world, brought into being through artistic collaboration. herbert explains that monet’s decision to paint the rouen cathedral was supported by the late nineteenth-century connection drawn between gothic art and naturalism. he mentions that admirers of monet’s work such as statesman georges clemenceau ( - ) and writer léon bazalgette ( - ) regarded nature, medieval art, craft and decoration as associated. for monet to focus on painting the rouen cathedral was contextually justified, herbert maintains; he notes monet’s attachment to naturalist values, but also highlights the decorative aspects of monet’s practice. the decorative, according to herbert, takes shape through monet’s cultivation of surface effects, through his emphasis on colour, and through his selection of an architectural motif as a starting point for pictorial exploration. twentieth-century writers have underscored the subtle interweaving of representational and abstract aspects in monet’s work. monet’s pursuit of abstraction is predominantly visible for kazimir malevich ( - ), who emphasizes the key role of painting as such (rather than of painting as representation) in the rouen cathedral series. roger fry draws attention to monet’s deliberate simplifications and instinctive design while signalling monet’s capacity to render appearances. for andré masson ( - ), monet has the representational ability to record sensations, but also the abstraction-oriented capacity to select and organize sensations. in her turn, karen sagner-düchting notes that critical approaches to monet’s work tend to range from interpreting monet’s paintings as precise records of perception to build into his process of representation: he depicts the rouen cathedral in the colours of light (thus suggesting its dematerialization), yet unforgettably re-materializes the cathedral by means of paint. ibid., - . ibid., - . kazimir malevich cited in sagner-düchting, monet and modernism, . roger fry, 'modern french art at the lefevre gallery', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , , . andré masson, 'monet the founder' in monet and the impressionists, ed. george t. m. shackelford (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, [ ]), - . seeing monet’s efforts – especially in his late works – as sensation-oriented, subjective explorations of colour. representation and abstraction in monet’s water lilies ( ) the abstract aspect animating monet’s pictorial effects comes increasingly to the fore in his early twentieth-century series, for instance in water lilies ( - ). his tendency towards abstraction develops gradually, in connection to his process of painting from chosen motifs. as early as , monet was predicating the success of his work on slowing down, on avoiding rapid completion; he often communicated instantaneity through ‘... a stubborn incrustation of colours’, a textural accumulation of paint which required repetitive overlaying. with the passage of time, monet’s commitment to instantaneity becomes a matter of pictorial effect rather than a strategy of immediate response to his motifs; he continues to paint in response to environment, yet, as his early twentieth-century correspondence reveals, also re- addresses his works in the studio. in fact, the painter agonizes over finalizing his works, making numerous alterations before managing to articulate fleeting atmospheric impressions sagner-düchting, 'monet's late work from the vantage point of modernism', - . kandinsky, in his reminiscences ( ), notes he was particularly impressed with one of monet’s haystacks. apart from his rouen cathedral series ( - ), monet also worked on a series of haystacks ( - ), on a series of poplars on the banks of the epte ( ), and on a series of london paintings ( - ). see virginia spate and claude monet, the colour of time: claude monet (london: thames and hudson, ), - . hajo düchting observes that, although colour modelling and brushwork go beyond the purposes of representation in monet’s water lilies, a hint to ‘nature’s intrinsic elemental character’ is still present in these paintings. see hajo düchting, 'colour and technique: monet and his influence on abstract painting' in monet and modernism, ed. karin sagner-düchting (munich and london: prestel, ), - . regarding the diversity of painting techniques employed by monet in the water lilies project, see lyon, 'unveiling monet', - . monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, . regarding monet’s constantly reworking and altering his paintings, see his letters to alice (london, march , and london again, march ). on monet’s views regarding the exhibition of water lilies (which could only be shown together, according to the painter), see his letter to paul durand-ruel (giverny, april ). ———, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, - . monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, - . see monet’s letters to his wife alice (london, march ), his letters to paul durand-ruel (giverny, may and february ), and his letter to gustave geffroy (giverny, august ). and sensations to his relative satisfaction. representational features remain discernible in his mature output, yet the painter’s preoccupations with colour, brushwork, form, space and composition also gain visibility. monet, in his water lilies, does not strive to articulate pictures that render motifs accurately, in all their detail. to depict the world does not rely on imitation, but on communicating personal, embodied experience. in the words of monet: ‘i only know that i do what i can to convey what i experience before nature and that most often, in order to succeed in conveying what i feel, i totally forget the most elementary rules of painting, if they exist that is. in short, i let a good many mistakes show through when fixing my sensations.’ in abstraction and empathy, worringer associates sensation with vitality and organic life – in other words, with representational art (or naturalism). he draws attention to goethe’s remark that, for classically oriented artists (or, according to worringer’s main line of argument, representational artists), the sensations they experience are inner reflections of the natural world. following goethe, worringer explains that nature appeared as the outer manifestation of inner feeling in representational art. he maintains that contemporary artists need to distinguish between naturalism and imitation, and signalled the role of artistic will in naturalism. according to worringer: ... [w]hat is naturalism? the answer is: approximation to the organic and the true to life, but not because the artist desired to depict a natural object true to life in its corporeality, not because he desired to give the illusion of a living object, but because the feeling for the organic form that is true to life had been aroused and because the artist desired to give satisfaction to this feeling, which dominated the absolute artistic see previously cited excerpt from monet’s letter to alice, written from rouen, thursday evening, on march . monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, . letter to gustave geffroy, written from giverny on june . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , . ibid., . for worringer’s association of representation (or naturalism) with classicism, see, from the current thesis, ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait’, ‘gazing in the mirror of history: worringer’s forewords to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic’, ‘empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’, ‘representation and abstraction in art-making: worringer’s perspective’, “ ‘common to all’: form for kant and worringer’, ‘riegl and artistic will’. volition. it was the happiness of the organically alive, not that of truth to life, which was striven after. for worringer, naturalist art communicates the personal responses of artists to the world: more precisely, their enjoyment of organic form and intention of engaging with it. the boundaries of naturalist art as described by worringer thus extend to include works that do not offer strict imitations of natural motifs. in his later works, monet approaches painting from a perspective similar to worringer’s point of view on naturalism. balancing his interest in nature and direct observation with his attention to pictorial effects, monet depicts his motifs while expressing his sensations; his process thus comes to interweave representational and abstract approaches to painting. virginia spate points to the complex connections developed by monet between abstraction and representation in his early twentieth-century works. in transcending the moment – monet’s water lilies – ( ), spate writes: ‘the central paradox of monet's painting is nowhere more clearly exemplified than in the water lilies, which are both “abstract” and accurate, dream-like and intensely familiar.’ two pictorial elements that facilitate monet’s interweaving of abstraction and representation are colour and form. in a canvas from the water lilies series, water lilies ( ) (fig. ), the larger violet and green areas of the canvas reveal the presence of ochre, yellow, pink, blue, indigo veils at close range. due to their dissolved boundaries and textural variations, these veils of colour reflect the physical attributes of movement and fluidity. ibid., - . virginia spate, 'transcending the moment - monet's water lilies - ' in claude monet painter of light, eds. dominik rimbault, philip hurdwood, and christopher scoular (avalon beach, nsw: maxwell's collection distributor, ), - . in the discussion that follows, the term ‘water lilies’ refers specifically to monet’s painting from , unless otherwise indicated (e. g., monet’s water lilies series). monet communicates effects of clustering, undulation, dissolution, enfolding, intermittence, refraction and reflection by building up subtle differences in brushwork, tint and tone in water lilies. red, white and purple punctuate his composition, emphasizing the play of light on leaves and water. nevertheless, the painter organizes his composition around protagonist colours: he establishes green and violet as key chromatic notes of water lilies. in monet’s handling, paint reconfigures the physical specificities of his motif. his brushstrokes model pictorial planes by accumulation in water lilies. blended when employed by monet to depict water and reflections, brushstrokes become shorter and disclose their uneven edges as the painter renders leaves and petals. his application of paint alternates between smooth and textured passages. much like colour and form, brushwork plays a key role in the articulation of monet’s composition. form surfaces from the meeting of colour and brushwork in monet’s water lilies. his choice of motif emphasizes physical processes and levels of coexistence rather than the solid aspects of natural forms. the stability of built environment the cathedral motif had suggested in the muriel ciolkowska shows that monet’s approach to form is characterized by melody and vibration rather than by structural aspects, as in the case of cézanne’s work. ciolkowska notes: ‘if cézanne aimed at harmony through form, monet aimed at melody through tone, and so from stage to stage, as his style acquired perfection and his eyes subtlety, it became more and more intangible, evading increasingly the matter-of-factness of definition through outline, and by means, i repeat, analogous to the chinese artist’s method of translating the form of a bird by painting its feathers, or of a sea wave by numerous strokes building up a form within a form. in other words monet’s preoccupation was not with co-related form, as cézanne’s, but with vibrations within fig. . claude monet. water lilies. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. boston, museum of fine arts. early eighteen-nineties disappears a decade later in the water lilies series. as virginia spate and william seitz remark, monet gradually comes to exclude the bank of the giverny pond from his paintings; his decision to focus on the rendering of water, plants and light thus influences the abstract-representational dynamics of his works. water lilies ( ), for instance, narrows the gap between depiction and pictorial effect. when monet traces boundaries for representational elements, he emphasizes the sketch-like quality of contour, allowing it to dissolve into colour. his approach to form communicates the qualities of mobility inherent in his motif. in his theory of colours ( ), goethe noted that colour had a distinctive capacity for transformation which made it a visual indicator of subtle natural processes. his remark is validated in a work such as water lilies, due to monet’s approach to observation as well as pictorial rendition. for monet, the motif of water lilies requires a sustained examination of physical qualities and processes. he begins by observing and recording colour change in front of his motif – a habit he had developed throughout his practice, as his works and letters show. one form.’ see muriel ciolkowska, 'memories of monet' in monet and the impressionists, ed. george t. m. shackelford (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, [march ]), . spate, claude monet: the colour of time, - . also, early twentieth-century writer henri ghéon describes monet’s decision to focus on water surfaces in terms suggestive of increasing abstraction. ghéon writes in : ‘remark how over the course of five years of studies by the shore of the same flowering pond, claude monet restricts the field of his vision in a progressive fashion. first he paints the pond ringed in by banks, then the banks give way, leaving their reflection; the next year, no more than the reflection of the trees, then nothing but the sky in the water. and thus, from the flower bed of water lilies scarcely a single flower remains at the end.’ see steven z. levine and claude monet, monet, narcissus, and self-reflection: the modernist myth of the self (chicago, ill.: university of chicago press, ), , . also see william seitz, 'monet and abstract painting', college art journal, vol. , no. , , . spate highlights the relationship between abstract and representational modes with regard to monet’s water lilies works from . she writes: ‘these abstract colour harmonies embody intensely observed effects: slight inflections of violet around the lowest island of the leaves – which seem to be coming to form in the thinning mist – suggest the translucent depths of the water, while the different intensities of colour are evocative of the different densities of mist in shadow, in the golden reflections or under the open sky.’ see spate, claude monet: the colour of time, . johann wolfgang von goethe, theory of colours (london: john murray, albemarle street, [ ]), xlvi. in the s, for instance, monet focuses on depicting the interaction of water, rocks and light from belle-Île (fig. ). according to him: ‘... i do know that to paint the sea really well, you need to look at it every hour of every day in the same place so that you can understand its ways in that particular spot; and this is why i am working on the same motifs over and over again, four or six times even’. through concentrated, emplaced looking and successive renditions, monet charts the variations of a dynamic vista. he develops a pictorial approach that combines static and dynamic elements in order to render his chosen motif. a similar interweaving of repeated observation and pictorial rendition informs the water lilies series. however, rocks, clouds, the horizon, and the occasional spell of rain feature in monet’s paintings from belle-Île, where the artist engages in three-dimensional modelling and communicates atmospheric depth of field, as well as a sense of location. two decades later, monet’s water lilies series focuses on vegetation, water surfaces, and the effects of physical processes made visible by his chosen motif. the painter replaces the experience of seeing in the distance with close-range observation. by removing spatial signposts and boundaries, he can explore the interchanges between form and colour , and can bring the abstract potential of colour and brushwork to the surface. gradual chromatic steps lead viewing from the definition to the dissolution of form in water lilies. monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, . this letter is sent by monet to alice from kervilahouen, on october . fig. . claude monet. port donnant, belle-Île. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. new haven, art institute of chicago. at the beginning of the twentieth century, monet’s painting articulates a multifaceted dialogue between representation and abstraction, two modes of art-making worringer frames by means of antithesis in the opening pages of abstraction and empathy. this characteristic of monet’s practice is signalled by duret, for whom monet’s water lilies appear to be ‘... decorative work, but a kind of decoration that relies on reality and is grounded in a long- standing practice of observing nature.’ duret draws attention to the relationship between abstraction and representation in monet’s art as early as . the abstraction-oriented water lilies series emerges after decades of sustained representational inquiry – a mode of art- making that continues to reverberate in monet’s mature output, according to duret. the interweaving of abstraction and representation in monet’s painting, water lilies ( ), takes a different shape than the abstract-representational interplay in the doorway (morning effect). for the doorway (morning effect), monet employed colour to re-materialize architectural structure and detail in pictorial terms. instead, the motif of water lilies presupposes a distancing from physical values such as solidity, form and boundaries; consequently, monet directs his use of colour less towards structuring and light-dark contrasts than towards blending and chromatic modulations. the painter employs primary hues only to create dynamic accents; he emphasizes tints, tones and secondary hues, more readily suggestive of harmony and of a fluid relationship between form and colour. water lilies records subtle shifts in monet’s angle of vision. these changes in viewpoint further enhance the interweaving of abstract and representational values. in the lower left corner of the canvas, for instance, the water lilies seem rendered almost from above; the surface plane thus appears to curve towards the viewer, alluding to the roundness of three- dimensional space. the placement of lily clusters on the right of monet’s composition suggests the possibility of diagonal movement for this visual group. towards the top of the canvas, vegetation seems to glide away from the viewer, indicating spatial recession. monet duret, histoire des peintres impressionistes, . in the revised and translated edition of this book, duret writes about monet’s paintings of the pond at giverny: ‘monet thus reached that last degree of abstraction and imagination allied with reality, of which the art of landscape is capable.’ see théodore duret, manet and the french impressionists (london: grant richards, ), . however, as steven z. levine shows, monet’s pictorial approach provokes a variety of responses from his contemporaries. for example, roger marx regards monet’s water lilies series as a token of egoism and self-absorption, while charles morice considers monet’s work to place exclusive emphasis on physicality. see levine and monet, monet, narcissus, and self-reflection: the modernist myth of the self, , . may have constructed pictorial space from an emplaced vantage point, yet included more than one angle of vision in his picture. his painting configures a composite space where the positioning and representation of elements allude to natural changes, as well as to the passage of time. for monet, direct experience and formal considerations intermix in his approach to environment, work display and art-making. refusing to show a selection of canvases from his water lilies series in , monet explains to paul durand-ruel: ‘... [t]he whole effect can only be achieved from an exhibition of the entire group.’ his attention to compositional aspects of painting comes to reflect in his views on exhibition strategy. in a letter from addressed to georges clemenceau, monet requires that the large decorations he intends to donate to the state be exhibited in accordance with his views, in the space at the orangerie museum. the immersive atmosphere monet wishes to rearticulate by means of display is rooted in his engagement with his garden, pond, and studio at giverny. bringing together direct experience and attention to effects of painting, light and space, monet creates complex, lived connections between representational and abstract aspects of painting at the beginning of the twentieth century. roger marx approaches monet’s bridging of abstraction and representation in terms of change, movement and attentiveness to the brisk pace of modern life. with regard to early twentieth-century painting, marx writes: ‘it is no longer a question of fixing the things that abide, but of seizing what is passing. the concrete reality of things is not so interesting as the temporary links between things, the interdependent rapports. until recently artists prided themselves on representing a palpable reality, yet there is a delicate interrelatedness that comprises and surrounds reality and seems to elude any kind of detailed transcription – however, this is just what monsieur claude monet aspires to do, and where he excels.’ see roger marx, 'the waterlilies by monsieur claude monet' in monet and the impressionists, ed. george t. m. shackelford (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, [june ]), . monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, . ibid., . regarding monet’s negotiation of the visual relationship between his series of large decorations [grandes décorations] and their exhibition space, the orangerie in the tuileries gardens, paris, also see spate, claude monet: the colour of time, - . towards the expression of inner worlds: kandinsky, worringer, and turn-of-the-twentieth century artist writings the transition between rendering outer aspects of the world to expressing inner life takes place gradually in the works of artists during the first years of the twentieth century. in the practices of painters such as hodler, cézanne, monet, and kandinsky, responding to aspects of personal experience brings increased visibility to abstract-representational interplay. for kandinsky, the development of his art relies on artistic experimentation as well as written reflection. kandinsky employs the medium of writing throughout his life, as kenneth c. lindsay and peter vergo remark. the articles of the painter reveal his engagement with early twentieth-century art and criticism, and bring to light his awareness of and direct involvement with international artistic developments. kandinsky participates actively to the cultural and artistic scene of munich, a city where, like worringer, he resides in the early years of the twentieth century. in munich, kandinsky’s see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . also, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - , . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . ibid., - . see kandinsky’s ‘critique of critics’ ( ), an article where he requires art critics to combine sensitivity, consciousness, comprehension and knowledge in their judgments. also see kandinsky’s correspondence from munich ( ), where he comments admiringly on the works of contemporary french and british artists in the international exhibition of the secession. ibid., , - . in english-language sources, the relationship between kandinsky and worringer tends to be mentioned without extensive detailing. kandinsky, as vivian endicott barnett, helmut friedel and rudolf h. wackernagel show, lived in munich between and . see vivian endicott barnett, helmut friedel, and rudolf h. wackernagel, eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich (new york: harry n. abrams, ), . worringer was also located in munich between and , according to sebastian preuss, so (at the very least) kandinsky and worringer would have had the chance to hear each other’s names in art-connected circles. see preuss, 'spiritual intoxication: sebastian preuss on wilhelm worringer and modernism', . kenneth c. lindsay and peter vergo, klaus lankheit, peter selz, and juliet koss note that kandinsky knew worringer and was familiar with his writings; however, these authors do not comment further on the connections between the two. see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . also, kandinsky, marc, and lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac, - , , . also, peter selz, 'the aesthetic theories of wassily kandinsky and their relationship to the origin of non-objective painting', the art bulletin, , no. , , . carmen giménez sketches a background for the links between kandinsky and worringer; she underscores that piper published the works of both worringer and kandinsky, and that marc – kandinsky’s friend – read abstraction and empathy before the publication of the blue rider almanac. according to giménez: ‘between and – the same years that worringer’s book was beginning to circulate – he [i. e., kandinsky] began to consciously develop an art that was purely abstract, working not from cubism or any kind of representational style but from pure colour. just a few years later he wrote on the spiritual in art ( ) and edited, with franz marc, the blaue reiter almanac ( ). we know that kandinsky was familiar with worringer’s work – their books were put out by the same publisher, reinhard piper, and in december marc wrote to kandinsky that he was reading abstraction and empathy. art-making incorporates a variety of influences that shape his writings as well. sixten ringbom, for instance, draws attention to the impact of the writings of philosopher rudolf steiner ( - ) and writer j. w. goethe ( - ) on kandinsky’s thought. according to peg weiss, kandinsky was familiar with the key figures of the munich jugendstil [youth style] movement, such as architect and designer peter behrens ( - ), or sculptor hermann obrist ( - ). in her turn, vivian endicott barnett discusses the contexts and conditions that fuelled kandinsky’s early twentieth-century relationships with artists like gabriele münter ( - ), alexei jawlensky ( - ), and marianne von werefkin ( - ). according to shulamith behr, kandinsky resonated with the utopian worldview of writer and activist dimitrije mitrinovich ( - ), and welcomed mitrinovich’s contribution to the blue rider almanac ( ). these authors do not draw attention to the relationship between kandinsky and worringer, to kandinsky’s having read worringer’s books, or to the significance of worringer’s ideas for worringer was a kindred spirit and had a very disciplined, concise, and extremely strong way of thinking. but kandinsky wrote his own book as an artist, not a historian, so he never referred to him. and i think he had a strong personality, so perhaps he didn’t want to owe anything to worringer, you know?’ see carmen giménez, and nat trotman, 'lasting impact: carmen giménez on abstraction and empathy.' deutsche guggenheim magazine, , - . with regard to worringer’s views on kandinsky’s on the spiritual in art, juliet koss mentions only one letter sent by worringer to kandinsky. she observes: ‘for his part, worringer’s response to kandinsky’s book was polite, but distant. with reference to the artist’s famous description of art as a large, unpwardly moving triangle, he wrote: “briefly formulated, this is my position with regard to your book: i am not standing at the same point, but i find myself in the same triangle.” (worringer to kandinsky, january , .) see koss, 'on the limits of empathy', , . kandinsky saw the triangle of spiritual life as fear-laden and materialist in its lower sections, and increasingly fearless, yet still a prey to confusion, in its higher compartments; artists could be found in every division of the triangle. art historians belonged in a higher division of the triangle, yet, according to him, focused too much on the past. (kandinsky cautioned: ‘...the external principles of art can only be valid for the past and not for the future.’ see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, .) it is unclear whether kandinsky had worringer’s work in mind when writing about contemporary art historical practices; he certainly did not point to worringer in on the spiritual in art. on the other hand, worringer tactfully claimed no specific standpoint in kandinsky’s spiritual triangle, although he saw himself as included in the triangle itself. (see ———, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - .) further explorations of the connection between worringer and kandinsky, as well as of the influence of worringer on kandinsky, need to make the topic of self-standing inquiries. sixten ringbom, 'art in "the epoch of the great spiritual": occult elements in the early theory of abstract painting', journal of the warburg and courtauld institutes, , , - . as weiss explains, behrens had offered kandinsky a teaching position with the düsseldorf arts and crafts school, while obrist, who in time became kandinsky’s friend, held a teaching studio across kandinsky’s own phalanx school. see peg weiss, 'kandinsky and the "jugendstil" arts and crafts movement', the burlington magazine, , no. , , - . barnett shows that münter was kandinsky’s student at the phalanx school in munich, and later became his companion. together with jawlensky and werefkin, barnett explains, kandinsky founded the new artists’ association of munich [neue künstlervereinigung münchen]. see wassily kandinsky et al., eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich (new york: harry n. abrams, ), , - . shulamith behr, 'wassily kandinsky and dimitrije mitrinovic; pan-christian universalism and the yearbook 'towards the mankind of the future through aryan europe'', oxford art journal, , no. , , - . kandinsky. as made evident in english-language sources, the influence of worringer on kandinsky can be considered generic rather than specific; kandinsky would have resonated with worringer’s ideas, yet, unlike in the case of nietzsche, did not mention worringer in on the spiritual in art. kandinsky’s early twentieth-century paintings take shape in conditions that encourage the rise of independent artistic associations, the emphasis on spiritual, intellectual, and interdisciplinary aspects of art-making, and the exploration but also the questioning of decorative art. the early years of the twentieth century find kandinsky experimenting with designs for ceramics, outfits and handbags; in , he writes to münter with regard to his involvement in printmaking: ‘it’s not playing, my love, i am learning a lot from these things and making headway.’ as weiss and barnett show, kandinsky brings together elements of fine art as well as craft in his practice; however, he is critical towards geometrical kandinsky pays tribute to nietzsche rather than to worringer in his own writings. for instance, in ‘whither the new art?’ ( ), an article published in odesskie novosti, odessa, kandinsky refers to the impact of nietzsche in his epoch. for kandinsky, nietzsche’s books provide ground for a focus on the inner world; the signs of this shift of attention from external to internal values manifest as disturbing outer changes. kandinsky writes: ‘consciously or unconsciously, the genius of nietzsche began the “transvaluation of values.” what had stood firm was displaced – as if a great earthquake had erupted in the soul. and it is this tragedy of displacement, instability, and weakness of the material world that is reflected in art by imprecision and by dissonance. when we look at paintings from this point of view, we should not, i repeat, understand and not know, but simply feel, baring our soul completely.’ see wassily kandinsky, kenneth c. lindsay, and peter vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art (boston, massachusetts: g.k. hall, ), i, . in on the spiritual in art ( ), kandinsky mentions once more nietzsche’s contribution to the increased emphasis on inner preoccupations at the beginning of the twentieth century. in the words of kandinsky: ‘when religion, science, and morality are shaken (the last by the mighty hand of nietzsche), when the external supports threaten to collapse, then man’s gaze turns away from the external towards himself. literature, music and art are the first and most sensitive realms where this spiritual change becomes noticeable in real form.’ see wassily kandinsky, kenneth c. lindsay, and peter vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art (boston, massachusetts: g.k. hall, ), i, . in connection with an article published in dekorative kunst (march ) about the school obrist and wilhelm von debschitz ( - ) had opened in - , weiss underscores that instruction at the obrist- debschitz school was regarded as ‘geistige.’ geistige is ‘spiritual-intellectual,’ in weiss’ translation. thus weiss casts an indirect light on two key aspects that inform kandinsky’s own text, on the spiritual in art [Über das geistige in der kunst], namely the preoccupation with spiritual pursuits as well as with intellectual expression. see weiss, 'kandinsky and the "jugendstil" arts and crafts movement', . kandinsky et al., eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich, . ibid., . also, ———, eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich, . peg weiss, 'kandinsky and the 'jugendstil' arts and crafts movement', the burlington magazine, , no. , , - . also, kandinsky et al., eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich, - . ornamentation in on the spiritual in art, highlighting instead the relevance of inner necessity in artistic practice. in his writings, kandinsky proves familiar with contemporary french art. he notes the inner qualities of cézanne’s paintings in ‘letters from munich’ ( - ) and in on the spiritual in art, commenting on cézanne’s ability to animate still life renditions by rendering form through colour, and thus creating harmony with mathematical and abstract inflections. cézanne’s approach to representation leads, kandinsky observes, to the creation of pictures rather than to the depiction of motifs. monet’s work has a similarly intense effect on kandinsky. in his ‘reminiscences’ ( ), kandinsky mentions the impression a haystack painting by monet had made on him at an earlier date. seeing monet’s work brings along a significant realization for kandinsky: memory does not need to rely on recognizable motifs. kandinsky recalls: and suddenly, for the first time, i saw a picture. that it was a haystack, the catalogue informed me. i didn’t recognize it. i found this nonrecognition painful, and thought that the painter had no right to paint so indistinctly. i had a dull feeling that the object was lacking in this picture. and i noticed with surprise and confusion that the picture not only gripped me, but impressed itself ineradicably upon my memory, always hovering quite unexpectedly before my eyes, down to the last detail. in his response to monet’s rendition of a haystack, kandinsky highlights his own preference for paintings that offer ground for empathic responses. such paintings may postpone the recognition of motifs, or dissolve motifs altogether. kandinsky does not empathise exclusively with representational aspects of painting: he records his vivid emotions upon kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . as barnett mentions, kandinsky had exhibited in paris since and had lived in paris between and . see kandinsky et al., eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich, , . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . also, ———, kandinsky. complete writings on art, , , . lindsay and vergo point to the possibility of kandinsky’s having seen the painting of monet in , on the occasion of a touring exhibition of french art in russia (st. petersburg was one of the cities where monet’s work was shown). however, according to lindsay and vergo, the precise identity of monet’s work (cited in the exhibition catalogue as haystack in sunlight) is difficult to ascertain. kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, , - . ibid., . seeing monet’s haystack, a painting he experiences as disturbingly vague, yet memorable. from this perspective, kandinsky’s approach to empathy and abstraction differs from worringer’s views as expressed in abstraction and empathy. for worringer, impressionism is mainly representational, and exemplifies an empathic approach to the world; for kandinsky, monet’s impressionist paintings expose their abstract qualities. pictorial emphasis on abstract elements does not need to exclude representational aspects, according to kandinsky. he believes that representational motifs can be approached in the terms of abstraction. for instance, in ‘on the question of form’ ( ) – an essay he contributes to the blue rider almanac – kandinsky explains that the work of franz marc offers an abstraction-oriented rendition to a representational motif. kandinsky writes: the strong abstract sound of corporeal form does not necessarily demand the destruction of the representational element. we see in the picture by marc (the bull) that here, too, there can be no general rules. the object can retain completely its own internal and external sound, and yet its individual parts can be transformed into independently sounding, abstract forms, which thus occasion an overall, abstract sound. inner life (or the dynamic of personal, emotional experiencing) plays a key role in the writings and works of kandinsky. abstraction was associated by kandinsky with the manifestation of inner life through art-making. the journey from naturalism to abstraction (or style) is also discussed by worringer in abstraction and empathy, where worringer distinguishes between naturalism, imitation and style. for worringer, naturalism means ‘... the happiness of the organically alive, not that of truth to life’; he thus introduces a subtle distinction between types of representational approaches to natural models. worringer, abstraction and empathy, . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . regarding the role of interiority in kandinsky’s thought, see will grohmann, wassily kandinsky: life and work (new york: h. n. abrams, ), - . also see jeremy elie caslin, 'kandinsky's theory of art: hegel, the beginnings of abstraction, and art history' (doctoral dissertation, university of virginia, ), . also, christopher short, the art theory of wassily kandinsky, - . the quest for synthesis (oxford, bern, berlin, bruxelles, frankfurt am main, new york, wien: peter lang, ), - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer associates style with abstraction. he defines style as ‘... that which lifts the rendering of the natural model into a higher sphere’. for him as for kandinsky, abstraction presupposes a sublimation of natural models through art. in the writings of both worringer and kandinsky, the dynamic relationship between representation and abstraction unfolds throughout history and permeates cultural environments, as well as the inner realm of viewers and artists. cézanne also points to the increasing presence of abstract features in his work from the early years of the twentieth century. he associates abstraction with sense-based responses to colours in the world. according to cézanne, the representation of sensations actually requires of objects not to be enclosed within definite contours. his later canvases, that paint covers only partially, reveal his emphasis on sensations. in his words to Émile bernard ( ): ‘now, being old, nearly years, the sensations of colour, which give the light, are for me the reason for the abstractions which do not allow me to cover my canvas entirely nor to pursue the delimitation of the objects where their points of contact are fine and delicate; from which it results that my image or picture is incomplete.’ in june , monet, like cézanne, notes the importance of emphasizing sensations in painting. monet writes to gustave geffroy that he prioritizes sensations, attempting to render them even at the cost of representational accuracy. for him, his work focuses on attentively attentive responding to the world, as well as on the communication of personal experience. paul ferdinand schmidt ( - ) comments in similar terms on expressionist practices in january , when he explains that expressionism develops in opposition to impressionism. a student of medieval art, like worringer, and a defender of early expressionism, schmidt published in der sturm [the storm], a magazine cultivating an international outlook. the gallery associated with the storm exhibited the works of artists ibid., . this excerpt is taken from cézanne’s letter to bernard, aix-en-provence, october . see paul cézanne and john rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters (oxford: b. cassirer, ), . see the letter of monet to gustave geffroy, giverny, june , regarding the achievement of pictorial effects, in monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, . long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, . the founder of the storm magazine and gallery was herwarth walden, a defender of expressionism. ibid., - . such as kandinsky and marc. schmidt’s article, ‘the expressionists,’ inquired into the processes of contemporary artists and into their departure from classical practices of representation. writing about expressionist artists in the storm, schmidt notes their commitment to personal aspects of art-making, and their working in the absence of a system. nevertheless, he finds that expressionists (among whom he counts munch, hodler, pechstein, and nolde) have in common their readdressing the rules of representation. schmidt writes: ‘they [i. e., the expressionists] are united in having pushed aside any obligation to be “correct”; but while one paints in sharply defined planes, another sets down a riot of color, and a third floods one color over into another, or contrasts bright with muted color... instead of an external plausibility, these works possess the powerful configuration of inner truth.’ schmidt thus underscores the cultivation of personal approaches to art-making in his time. however, he emphasizes not sensations (which, as we have seen, were considered by artists to emerge in response to motifs in the world), but to the inner life of artists. ‘inner truth’ is an important aspect of painting for schmidt, as for kandinsky in on the spiritual in art ( ). expressionist artists, schmidt remarks, communicate in terms of artistic will rather than in terms of observation. he considers attention to the natural world to be distracting, and points out that expressionist art-making increases the focus of artists on the act of painting and underscores pictorial means. according to schmidt: a real painterly fervor can now replace the simple slice of nature, whose presence terrorized painter and viewer alike. it often required attention to peripheral matters and so distracted rather than focused one’s attention. now the crucial thing is to be able to “see correctly” in another way: not to insist on a comparison with reality, but to convey the perception of reality in such purity and intensity that the means become persuasive. art is again exercising its ancient rights to extract its works from nature according to higher laws. ibid., - . ibid. ibid., . echoes of worringer’s views on abstraction inform the comments of schmidt on expressionist art-making. in abstraction and empathy, worringer observed the distressing impact of the world’s multifarious, interwoven phenomena on artists whose work favoured abstraction. schmidt, in his turn, maintains that nature has come to place viewers and artists in a state of terror during the early years of the twentieth century, and argues that correct seeing can occur in art-making without requiring the representation of the world. rendering the world can rely instead on the commitment, directness and persuasiveness with which reality is approached, according to him. like worringer, schmidt regards art-making in more than representational terms. worringer’s form in gothic includes, for instance, an account of the transition from abstraction to representation in history. late gothic (or advanced gothic, to employ his terminology) appears to worringer as a field of art-making where abstract and representational features meet. throughout history, the passage from abstraction to representation occurs when ‘a change of temperature’ informs the relationship between people and their environments, worringer notes; late gothic reflects such a transition, bringing together sensuousness (an attribute of representation) and super-sensuousness (a characteristic of abstraction). according to worringer: this sensuous super-sensuousness of advanced gothic is best described as the lyrical element of gothic. the springtime of the soul becomes the springtime of the senses, the delight in the ego, a delight in nature, and a world of lyric exuberance is awakened. it is the most intimate, most delicate drama which the evolution of gothic offers to our observation, to watch how this new lyric element in gothic makes a compromise with the old, rigid, non-naturalistic will to form proper to its constitution, gradually clothing with bud and blossom the rigid world of abstract forms... the capitals become flowery wonders, there is no end to the luxuriance of creeping tendrils, and the tracery, once so formally and geometrically planned, develops into a worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . worringer and read, form in gothic, . marvellous world of bud and blossom. within the chaos of stiff lines there now develops a chaos of bloom. for worringer, late gothic art reveals contrasting elements without cancelling their differences. late gothic, an approach to art-making where dramatic aspects of form acquire delicacy and intimacy, addresses soul and senses at the same time, according to him. artistic will as well as attention to nature, emphasis on abstract structure as well as on naturalistic representation, are acknowledged in late gothic. from this perspective, worringer signals the lyricism of late gothic, while revealing his own interest in responding to art where representation and abstraction meet. ernest k. mundt draws attention to the impact and relevance of senses in worringer’s writings. in ‘three aspects of german aesthetic theory’ ( ), mundt emphasizes the baroque, romantic, and dionysian features of worringer’s perspective, introducing worringer neither as an idealist (such as erwin panofsky), nor as a formalist (such as hildebrand or wölfflin), but as a sensualist, in the lineage of r. vischer and lipps. for mundt, worringer’s defence of abstraction is less visible than worringer’s empathic approach to apparently contrasting modes of art-making. like worringer, kandinsky looks into the dynamic of abstract-representational exchanges in art. on the spiritual in art (a book published by reinhart piper in december with the date ), articulates kandinsky’s views on contemporary social, economical, political and artistic contexts. in his book, kandinsky discusses modes of art-making as visible at the beginning of the twentieth century, highlights the interplay between the arts, and approaches abstract-representational interplay from the perspective of art-making. worringer emphasizes abstract-representational antithesis and points to abstract-representational interplay in his writings; instead, kandinsky recognizes the conflicts and tumult of the early twentieth- ibid., - . worringer also traces an alliance between art and religion throughout form in gothic. this aspect of worringer’s views of art is another point of similarity with the perspective of hegel on art-making. ernest k. mundt, 'three aspects of german aesthetic theory', the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, , no. , , . ibid., . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, i, . century, yet demonstrates his attention to contemporary artists, artistic practices and forms of abstract-representational interplay. interplay in kandinsky’s on the spiritual in art ( ) and ‘on the question of form’ ( ) ‘clashing discords, loss of equilibrium, “principles” overthrown, unexpected drumbeats, great questionings, apparently purposeless strivings, stress and longing (apparently torn apart), chains and fetters broken (which had united many), opposites and contradictions –, this is our harmony’, kandinsky writes in on the spiritual in art. for him, outer instability characterizes the beginning of the twentieth century; he emphasizes the tumult of his time from a point of view worringer had also adopted with regard to the rise of abstraction. observing the apparent longing for serenity of eastern cultures, worringer argues that oriental artists are ‘[t]ormented by the entangled inter-relationship and flux of phenomena of the outer world’. where kandinsky approaches his topics in the terms of contrast, his debt to worringer becomes most visible. on the spiritual in art: oppositions and interplay a contrast that resonates strongly throughout kandinsky’s text can be traced, for instance, between inner (internal) and outer (external) realms. external and internal features of art and life are key points of differentiation for kandinsky: they inform his analysis of social, personal as well as artistic environments. kandinsky discerns the interest of contemporary artists towards the realm of inner nature, more specifically towards the expression of inner worlds. he discusses two groups of painters: on the one hand, painters who seek to render inner aspects by reference to the outer world; on the other hand, painters who work more closely with characteristics of art-making that kandinsky associates with abstraction (namely ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . form, colour, harmony, and self-expression). in the first group, kandinsky places dante gabriel rossetti ( - ), edward burne-jones ( - ), arnold böcklin ( - ), franz von stuck ( - ), giovanni segantini ( - ) and their followers; the second group comprises paul cézanne, henri matisse and pablo picasso. despite differences in expression, kandinsky recognises the presence of an inner perspective in the work of all these artists. the contrast between internal and external tendencies in art had been equally emphasized by worringer in abstraction and empathy. for worringer, external strivings (or the urge to empathy) surfaced when the relationship between artists and their environment was harmonious; such a context was associated by worringer with the art of representation and the culture of ancient greece. internal strivings (or the urge to abstraction), worringer explained, became visible in art forms with abstract, geometrical, inorganic tendencies, and in traditional eastern cultures. worringer acknowledged the cohabitation of abstract and representational, inner and outer tendencies, in gothic art. while worringer directed his attention mainly towards the past in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, kandinsky addressed his own times and looked into the processes of art- making visible around the turn of the twentieth century. less assertive contrasts were employed by kandinsky, who presented the varied facets of apparently opposite artistic elements, and ultimately their constant interaction in painting. for kandinsky, the representational work of segantini had strong abstract undertones, while the work of matisse oscillated between representation and abstraction, between the painter’s attention to the outer world and the cultivation of inner expression. as a practising artist, kandinsky highlights the interplay between inner and outer artistic tendencies, between abstract and representational expression, more than worringer does in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. however, both kandinsky and worringer worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., - . ibid., - . david morgan notes the differences between the views of worringer and kandinsky on topics regarding abstraction and representation. according to morgan, kandinsky chose to delimit representation and abstraction less strictly than worringer in abstraction and empathy. see morgan, 'the idea of abstraction in german theories of the ornament from kant to kandinsky', - . place particular emphasis on the role of emotion and inner life in their writings, thus making visible their affinities with expressionism. abstraction and empathy and on the spiritual in art draw attention to the psychological factors that bring art into being; in kandinsky’s book, inner changes are the cause of the dramatic reshaping of historical and social contexts at the beginning of the twentieth century. contemporary artists, whose works reflect inner values, can lead the world towards a better future, in kandinsky’s visionary interpretation. kandinsky paints a multifaceted panorama of his epoch in on the spiritual in art. he reflects on the pressing problems of his context, noting that progress is ensured by artists who follow the call of spirit. the arts, according to kandinsky, have opened towards interdisciplinary dialogue in the early twentieth century; among them, painting moves away from realism towards impressionism, then neo-impressionism, then abstraction. inspired by music, early twentieth-century painting attends to questions of rhythm, kandinsky observes. for kandinsky as for worringer, art can no longer rely exclusively on representational processes. with regard to kandinsky’s book and its reception, rose-carol washton long notes: ‘by the spring of , wassily kandinsky ( - ) was in the limelight in germany. his manifesto on painting, on the spiritual in art (Über das geistige in der kunst), which went into three editions by the middle of , his co-editorship of the blaue reiter almanac, and his paintings were attracting much attention.’ long, barron, and rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism, . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . ‘spirit’ is an internal force for kandinsky, according to his explanations from the struggle for art; it characterises the internal life of human beings. art, for kandinsky, is itself an internal, spiritual force; its internal element is content, and its external element is form. spirit, therefore, manifests in the content of art; the forms taken by art change to accommodate content. ———, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . ibid., - . ibid., - . the current section of the thesis focuses on instances where interplay, especially abstract-representational interplay, is visible in kandinsky’s on the spiritual in art and ‘on the question of form.’ for an extensive inquiry into kandinsky’s views on art and art-making, see, for instance, grohmann, wassily kandinsky: life and work. also see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art. also, short, the art theory of wassily kandinsky, - . the quest for synthesis. kandinsky’s approach to form and content: the struggle for art ( ), and the first exhibition of the editors of the blaue reiter ( ) prior to the publication of on the spiritual in art, kandinsky had contributed alongside worringer to the struggle for art: the answer to the protest of german artists ( ). kandinsky focused on artistic form in his untitled essay. relying on the rhetoric of opposition, like worringer in abstraction and empathy, kandinsky contrasted external and internal elements of art, namely elements of form and content. he argued that harmony could be attained between content and form, between the internal and external elements of art. however, such harmony was based on subordination, according to him: the element of content was to influence external form, in order to reflect the inner life of the artist. for kandinsky as for schmidt in ‘the expressionists’, the representation of the world, and the attention of artists to external factors such as nature, were no longer necessary. in the catalogue of the first exhibition of the editors of the blaue reiter ( ), kandinsky underscored the formal, external elements that he considered as signals of an emphasis on inner experience. form was not to be imitative of nature, but planned and purposeful, kandinsky posited. he drew attention to the necessity of the process of construction in the art of his time, and noted: ‘the variety of forms: the constructive, compositional [aspect] of these forms; [t]he intensive turning toward the inner [aspect] of nature and, bound up with it, the rejection of any prettifying of the external aspect – these are in general the signs of the new inner renaissance.’ worringer’s contribution to the struggle for art is addressed in ‘the historical development of modern art ( ): worringer’s early response to expressionism’. kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . kandinsky resumes the discussion of form and content in on the spiritual in art; in his terminology, form is associated with the question, ‘how?’, and content with ‘what?’. he emphasizes the significance of content in art. in his words: ‘this “what?” will no longer be the material, objective “what?” of the period left behind, but rather an artistic content, the soul of art, without which its body (the “how?”) can never lead a full healthy life, just like an individual or a whole people. this “what?” is that content which only art can contain, and to which only art can give clear expression through the means available to it.’ (ibid., - .) ibid., - . the employment of uppercase for the last sentence of the citation is kandinsky’s choice, as reflected in lindsay and vergo’s edition. (ibid., .) inner life, painting, and its relationship with the world in on the spiritual in art kandinsky links spirit and emotional life in on the spiritual in art. he suggests that feeling can support artists in their discovering, through talent, the way to connect to spirit. according to kandinsky, ‘[t]he spirit that will lead us into the realms of tomorrow can only be recognized through feeling (to which the talent of the artist is the path).’ for artists as well as for viewers, according to kandinsky, art operates on the basis of emotion. he contrasts emotional and logic-driven approaches to art-making, explaining that measuring, calculating, reasoning, are processes that may inform art, yet that the best artistic results are reached by starting from feeling and letting it guide art-making. kandinsky regards emotions as ‘... material states of the soul’; in other words, as visible manifestations of inner life. inner life, feeling and emotion assume decisive roles in on the spiritual in art; they articulate internal necessity, which influences artistic decisions. for kandinsky, internal necessity and its laws must be followed at all times; he sees the laws of internal necessity as spiritual. kandinsky addresses the distancing of painting from the rendition of nature in on the spiritual in art as well. he connects this phenomenon to the relationship between painting and music. for him, painting does not operate in terms of duration, like music, but of instantaneous presentation; yet music, unlike painting, is free from referring to external elements of nature. kandinsky writes: music, which externally is completely emancipated from nature, does not need to borrow external forms from anywhere to create its own language. painting today is still almost entirely dependent upon natural forms, upon forms borrowed from nature. and its task today is to examine its forces and its materials, to become acquainted ibid., . ‘talent,’ like ‘spirit,’ is a term kandinsky does not define as such; in the citation above, kandinsky explains that the talent of artists provides viewers access to their feelings; emotional life, in its turn, can reveal the spirit-driven way to the future. ibid., - . ibid., . in this instance, kandinsky uses the term ‘material’ to point to the increased degree of concreteness of human emotions (the soul, for instance, is less ‘material’ than human emotions). materiality is connected by kandinsky as a negative aspect of life when human beings focus more on immediate success, gains and technical developments, to the detriment of spiritual values. (———, kandinsky. complete writings on art, .) yet negative nuances are lacking when kandinsky associates materiality and human emotions. kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art. see, for instance, kandinsky’s references to johann wolfgang von goethe, oscar wilde ( - ) and eugène delacroix ( - ) with regard to the optional reliance of artists on the study of nature, on processes of imitation or on realism. ibid., . with them, as music has long since done, and to attempt to use these materials and forces in a purely painterly way for the purpose of creation. early twentieth-century painting needs to employ media and focus on processes in order to emphasize painterly rather than external features, kandinsky argues. in his view, the distancing from the rendering of external elements is to support increased artistic attention to inner aspects of experience and pictorial process. in abstraction and empathy, worringer, following lipps and schopenhauer, argued that objects in the world existed only as long as they were vessels of the inner life of viewers; he considered that the attention and emotional interest of viewers actually brought objects into being. four years later, kandinsky requires artists to create precisely from the perspective of inner life: like worringer, he emphasizes the role of internally felt artistic decision in art-making. in the words of kandinsky: ‘the artist should be blind to “accepted” or unaccepted” form, deaf to the precepts and demands of his time. his eyes should be always directed towards his own inner life, and his ears turned to the voice of internal necessity.’ nevertheless, kandinsky also addresses the role of external, organic elements in art-making. he senses the presence of organic components in abstract forms; for him, ‘... the sound of the organic element, even when pushed right into the background, is able to make itself heard within the chosen form.’ kandinsky wishes to extend painting in the direction of music; however, his preoccupation with organic aspects of the world usually recorded through representational processes still informs his thought in on the spiritual in art. worringer associated the interest in organic, external aspects with the art of representation and with the ibid., . however, distancing from the representation of the external world does not limit the importance kandinsky attributes to senses. kandinsky remains receptive to colours, sounds and scents in on the spiritual in art. ibid., - , - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . also, see, from the current thesis, ‘empathy, abstraction and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy’. regarding inner life as expressed in form, kandinsky approves of construction, yet has his reserves regarding ornament. worringer saw in ornament a key expression of artistic will. kandinsky, less convinced, finds ornament ‘... not, admittedly, an entirely lifeless being.’ (ibid., , - . also, kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, .) wassily kandinsky, 'on the spiritual in art' in kandinsky: complete writings on art, eds. kenneth c. lindsay and peter vergo (boston: g. k. hall, [ - ]), . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . psychological process of empathy; nevertheless, he recognized that empathy could be experienced in response to art he considered predominantly abstract, such as gothic art. like worringer, kandinsky draws attention to the interplay of organic and abstract components in art; according to kandinsky, the organic component preserves its sound within abstract form. objects in the world – found in nature, or in art – are animated beings for kandinsky. where worringer, following lipps, considers that the attention and vitality of the viewer lend their animation to objects, kandinsky believes that objects have their own life, communicate their own effects, and exert their influence on human beings. this influence, kandinsky explains, may be processed consciously or unconsciously; it may also be cancelled through the redirecting of attention. associating nature and music, kandinsky argues that the soul is a piano played by nature, while the objects in the world are much like the keys of the piano. kandinsky points to the colour and form of objects, in order to suggest directions of inquiry that could organize the information derived from nature. however, he does not miss to note the effect of objects themselves on viewers and artists. for kandinsky, nature and objects may be less visible in art; however, their impact is still felt in art-making. kandinsky mentions that renouncing the connections between art and nature would be difficult at the time of his writing. nevertheless, despite his reserves regarding current explorations of form in the art of ornament, kandinsky believes that an art of ‘pure composition’ will become possible in the future. he proposes that, in order to reach see, for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , - . ibid., , - . ibid., - . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . ibid. kandinsky defines nature as ‘...the ever-changing external environment of man’. (ibid.) in abstraction and empathy, worringer had also highlighted the state of perpetual motion characteristic to the natural world, yet regarded this aspect of nature as negative. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . kandinsky approaches nature with less apprehension in on the spiritual in art, although he favours the association of painting and music more than the association of painting with the natural world. for instance, kandinsky considers artists must fight against the influence of nature, as well as against the influence of fairy-tale effects in painting. see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . ibid. abstraction, artists could omit representational (or, in his terminology, corporeal) elements; alternatively, artists could employ forms abstracted from corporeal elements. worringer maintained that abstract art emphasized the articulation of planes rather than the rendition of three-dimensional space. according to kandinsky, abstraction, although turning away from representing the third dimension, can nevertheless allude to three-dimensional space through the quality of line, through the placement of forms on surfaces, through the placement of forms in relation to each other, and through the employment of colours that seem to recede or advance. the painting of space – a key characteristic of representation, according to worringer – is possible in representational as well as abstract art, from kandinsky’s perspective. kandinsky considers that his own works belong in three categories: impressions (inspired by external nature), improvisations (fostered by inner nature) and compositions (characterized by reasoning, purposefulness, deliberation, and conscious compositional effort). revealing that external elements influence his process, kandinsky creates a bridge between observational interests (usually associated with representation) and abstract outcomes. in on the spiritual in art, kandinsky brings to light the tensions inherent in early twentieth-century approaches to art-making. however, he also points to various instances of interplay, where contrasting elements engage in interdisciplinary as well as intra-disciplinary dialogue. for instance, kandinsky finds that the interplay between arts is favoured in the early years of the twentieth century. he observes that the distances between arts diminish due to the very differentiations that separate one form of art from another. artists turn gradually towards an examination of specific materials and elements in order to find their inner value, kandinsky notes. the interplay between arts thus emerges from the acceptance of dialogue between disciplines, while the interplay between modes of art-making occurs due to the gradual transition from externally reflective art-making to internally reflective art-making. ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , - . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . kandinsky makes space seen in his ‘abstract’ paintings, as following sections of this thesis show. kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . for instance. kandinsky is critical towards art that emphasizes skill, and responds to social and commercial pressures. (ibid., - .) ibid., . interdisciplinary and intra-disciplinary emphases characterize early twentieth-century painting, kandinsky notes. responding to music, painting addresses issues of rhythm, construction, repetition, and motion; thus art-making comes to involve both hearing and seeing, connecting senses in the process of its becoming. synaesthesia, an instance of interplay between senses, is characteristic of kandinsky’s work. yet kandinsky addresses compositional aspects of art-making as well. for instance, he explains that unexpected combinations and effects can be achieved when addressing the interplay between colour and form. in his words: ‘since the number of forms and colors is infinite, the number of possible combinations is likewise infinite as well as their effects. this material is inexhaustible.’ kandinsky does not associate colour and form with representation; instead, he notes the possibilities opened by their interplay. highlighting that external elements of form conceal internal elements of content, kandinsky asserts that internal elements surface in various degrees. for him, the contrast between external and internal elements leads to their differentiation, yet not to their mutual exclusion; the internal element is purposeful, and aims to move the viewer. kandinsky writes: ‘... [t]he artist is the hand that purposefully sets the human soul vibrating by pressing this or that key (= form). thus it is clear that the harmony of forms can only be based upon the purposeful touching of the human soul. this is the principle we have called the principle of internal necessity.’ according to kandinsky, inner content manifests through form in abstraction-oriented art- making. the interplay between form and content sometimes acquires symbolic overtones in his work; elements of powerful emotional value for kandinsky (troika, horse and rider, for ibid., . see, in this respect, rose-carol washton long, kandinsky, the development of an abstract style (oxford: clarendon press, ). also, judith zilczer, '"color music": synaesthesia and nineteenth-century sources for abstract art', artibus et historiae, , no. , . also, short, the art theory of wassily kandinsky, - . the quest for synthesis. kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . ibid., . kandinsky, 'on the spiritual in art', . regarding symbolism in kandinsky’s paintings, see peg weiss, 'kandinsky and the symbolist heritage', art journal, , no. , . also, peg weiss and wassily kandinsky, kandinsky and old russia: the artist as ethnographer and shaman (new haven: yale university press, ). also, rose-carol washton long, 'kandinsky's abstract style: the veiling of apocalyptic folk imagery', art journal, , , ———, 'kandinsky's vision of utopia as a garden of love', art journal, , . instance) still participate to kandinsky’s pictures by assuming less recognizable aspects. like worringer before him, kandinsky asserts oppositional relationships, yet remains sensitive to the interplay of antithetic elements such as inner and outer aspects of art-making. representation and abstraction in interplay representation and abstraction find common ground in on the spiritual in art. kandinsky connects abstraction and representation to form (‘the expression of inner content’, according to him), and to its capacity for description. representation, kandinsky explains, brings forms into being by means of contour, while abstraction is free from the need to describe altogether. he notes that abstract-representational interplay can occur between the respective territories of representational and abstract forms. according to kandinsky: between these two boundaries [i. e., of representation, which describes by means of contour, and abstraction, or pure form, which does not describe] lie the infinite number of forms in which both elements are present, and where either the material or the abstract [element] predominates. these forms are at present that store from which the artist borrows all the individual elements of his creations. kandinsky notices that contemporary artists work with forms where representational and abstract tendencies meet. these hybrid forms (to employ worringer’s terminology) include both abstract and representational elements, yet one aspect of the two predominates. an infinite amount of abstract-representational, hybrid forms exist, kandinsky writes, signalling their role as artistic resources for early twentieth-century artists. he also draws attention to the dialogue between self-sufficient forms, which are independent yet woven together by smithgall, kandinsky and the harmony of silence: painting with white border, - . also, from the current thesis, see ‘worringer’s impact: expressionism ( ) by paul fechter, and expressionism ( ) by hermann bahr’. kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . ibid. ibid., . worringer referred to gothic art as hybrid, explaining that empathy and abstraction coexist within its boundaries. see worringer and read, form in gothic, . pictorial composition. however, he finds there is a limit to interplay: for instance, a red horse would be an unnatural presence in a naturalistically rendered landscape. he explains: a normal, naturalistically painted landscape with modelled, anatomically precise figures would produce such a discord when placed together with this [red] horse that no feeling would follow from it, and it would prove impossible to fuse these elements into a single unity. what is to be understood by this “unity,” and what it might be, is shown by the definition of our modern-day harmony. from which we may conclude that it is possible to split up the entire picture, to indulge in contradictions, to lead [the spectator] through and to build upon any and every sort of external plane, while the inner plane remains the same. the elements of construction of the picture are no longer to be sought in terms of external, but rather of internal necessity. artists must listen to the call of inner necessity, according to kandinsky; therefore, constructing a picture informed by contradictions and limitless diversity proves acceptable to him, despite its different approach to articulating compositional relationships. such a picture is characterised by inner coherence as long as it is the materialization of personal experience; its formal variety does not affect its content, kandinsky argues. on the spiritual in art thus traces a boundary of acceptability to the bringing together of contrasting elements; however, kandinsky also points to the contemporary artistic tendencies of readdressing compositional expectations. examining the processes that configure abstract-representational forms, kandinsky notes that such processes can be understood, measured, and limitlessly employed in art-making. worringer had emphasized the instinctual and wilful aspects of making art, detailing intuitively their psychological origin; for kandinsky, art-making may appear will-driven, yet is in fact a materialization of definable processes. kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . ibid., . this limitation is specific to the time of kandinsky’s writing on the spiritual in art and ‘on the question of form.’ the emergence of the art of collage readdressed this possibility later in the twentieth century. see, among many others, brandon taylor, collage: the making of modern art (london: thames & hudson, ). kandinsky, 'on the spiritual in art', - . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . kandinsky, explaining the interplay of forms within black and white compositions, notes the flexibility of forms, as well as their relationships when juxtaposed. among inter-form relationships, he counts meeting, limitation, jostling, confluence and dismemberment; he mentions the similar approach to different groups of forms, the various degrees of delimitation between forms, the combination of hidden and revealed, rhythmic and arrhythmic elements, of describable and difficult to describe abstract forms. for kandinsky, black and white compositions place the forms they include in complex yet comprehensible interplay. colours influence each other specifically, kandinsky observes. he groups colours into opposing pairs such as yellow and blue, red and green, orange and violet, looked into their gradations, analyzes their temperature and movement, and addresses them individually in order to single out the emotions they arise in viewers. kandinsky underscores that the art of painting of his time employs colour combinations previously considered to lack harmony. like for forms, kandinsky looks into the processes that colours undergo in painting. approved and unapproved colour combinations may lead, according to kandinsky, to clashes, to the dominance of a colour over another colour, or to the dominance of a colour over a group of colours. he notes that colours may be contained between lines, and given precise boundaries, also mentioning that one colour may grow to reveal another, and that see, for instance, the influence of yellow and blue on each other as explained by kandinsky. according to kandinsky, the advancing, boundlessly energetic, strident and earthly yellow is tempered by the centripetal, remote, impersonal, deep blue. the combination of these two colours yields peaceful, static green. ibid., . ibid., , , . for instance, kandinsky explained that the colour red had no particular cold or warm tendencies, and consisted of actual gradations of red. colours could not expand boundlessly for him, except in the eyes of the mind. (ibid., .) ibid., - . - . for the indebtedness of kandinsky to goethe’s colour theory, see grohmann, wassily kandinsky: life and work, - . also, short, the art theory of wassily kandinsky, - . the quest for synthesis, - . for instance, see kandinsky’s thoughts on the colour blue, in kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . kandinsky considers blue a heavenly colour that suggests sorrow but also encouraged spiritual tendencies. the ‘sound’ of blue varies from flute (for its lightest tones) to cello to double bass to organ (for its darkest tones). concerning the emotions engendered by colours, kandinsky notes that he regards his analysis as incomplete. ———, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . ibid., . colours may flow over each other’s boundaries, intermingle, or dissolve. the interplay of colours, like the interplay of forms, holds endless possibilities for kandinsky. kandinsky has his reservations regarding the pictures where the employment of colour favours associations with ornament and fantasy. the path that leads to painting, kandinsky finds, runs between two stations to be avoided: fantasy (a realist approach too connected to external elements), and ornament (a geometrical approach to abstraction). beyond ornament lies pure abstraction, and beyond fantasy – realism, kandinsky explains. yet the middle ground between ornament and fantasy is a territory of interplay, of unbounded creativity. in kandinsky’s words: beyond these limits [i. e., imposed by abstraction and realism] (here i abandon my schematic path) lie, on the right, pure abstraction [i. e., greater abstraction than that of geometrical form] and, on the left, pure realism [i. e., a higher form of fantasy - fantasy in the hardest material]. and between the two – unlimited freedom, depth, breadth, a wealth of possibilities, and beyond them the realms of pure abstraction and realism – e v e r y t h i n g today is, thanks to the moment at which we find ourselves, placed at the service of the artist. today is a day of freedom only conceivable when a great epoch is in the making. having brought to light some of the manifestations of interplay in on the spiritual in art, kandinsky casts a confident glance towards the art of his time. he reinforces his views on the relationship between representation (or realism, in his terms) and abstraction in an article entitled ‘on the question of form,’ announced in on the spiritual in art, and published in the blue rider almanac in . ibid. kandinsky is critical of ‘the fairy-tale effect,’ which he connects with the nature effect – both are to be renounced or cancelled in painting, due to their narrative and descriptive associations. for kandinsky, the cultivation of the spiritual requires this sacrifice. (ibid., .) ibid., . ibid. ibid. ‘on the question of form’: the inner similarity of representation and abstraction in ‘on the question of form’ as in on the spiritual in art, kandinsky underscores that form must be a means to express content, or the inner life of the soul. he recognizes the temporality of form, and mentions that form needs to reveal necessity. worringer emphasized the psychological aspects of form in his discussion of the connections between artists and their environments. kandinsky also points to the relevance of expressing inner necessity in art-making. however, unlike worringer, kandinsky places greater emphasis on the interplay between abstract and representational (or, in kandinsky’s terminology, realist) aspects of art-making. kandinsky regards abstraction and representation (or realism) as opposed. nevertheless, he notes that their two distinct paths have one single purpose. abstract-representational interplay manifests in forms that stand between the two poles kandinsky identifies as great realism and great abstraction. the juxtaposition and combination of representation (or realism) and abstraction leads to an emphasis of balance, where one mode of art-making features within the other, or supports the other. the balance of abstraction and representation (or realism) is important for kandinsky; in its absence, art, kandinsky observes, seems to lose either its connection to the world of matter, or its capacity to embody an ideal. ‘[t]he most powerfully affective element’ can balance the polar relationship of representation and abstraction, according to kandinsky. for kandinsky as for worringer, emotion provides a major impetus to the making of art. yet worringer looks primarily towards historical modes of art-making in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, and defends contemporary art from a historical viewpoint in ‘the historical development of modern art.’ on the other hand, kandinsky prefers to focus on the key processes of art-making in ‘on the question of form’. ibid., . ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - , - . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . ibid., . ibid. worringer considers that the emotional responses of artists to their environments exert a decisive influence on art-making. see, for instance, worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ‘on the question of form’ underscores that the most powerfully affective element in a work of art is a subordinate component that nevertheless informs decisively the predominant mode of artworks. abstraction – which assumes a subordinate role in representational, or realist, art – is the most powerfully affective element in a representational, or realist, picture, kandinsky posits. likewise, according to him, representation (or realism) contributes the most powerfully affective element to an abstract work. in the words of kandinsky: thus, finally, we see that if in the case of great realism the real element appears noticeably large and the abstract noticeably small, and if in the case of great abstraction this relationship appears to be reversed, then in their ultimate basis (= goal) these two poles equal one another. between these two antipodes can be put an = sign: realism = abstraction abstraction = realism t h e g r e a t e s t e x t e r n a l d i s s i m i l a r i t y b e c o m e s t h e g r e a t e s t i n t e r n a l s i m i l a r i t y. kandinsky sees representation and abstraction as inseparable in art. he finds that, both fundamentally and in purpose-oriented terms, abstraction and representation can be regarded as equivalent art-making modes. like worringer, kandinsky employs logical reasoning to prove his point, examining relationships in terms of their most elemental demonstrable dynamics. worringer underscored the polarity between representation (or naturalism, or realism) and abstraction (for instance, he associated abstraction with geometrical forms and kandinsky explains that an externally emphasized approach to art-making can result in the lessening of its inner strength. see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . ibid., - . much like worringer before him, kandinsky associates abstraction with ‘artistic’ elements, and representation, or realism, with objective elements. throughout abstraction and empathy, worringer employs the term ‘artistic’ in a generic sense. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . however, worringer underscores that artistic impulse has its origin in abstraction. see ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . . for worringer’s employment of the term ‘objective,’ or ‘objectivity,’ see ———, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , , . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . in abstraction and empathy, worringer begins by asserting the polar opposition between representation and abstraction. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . the fear of space, and representation with organic forms and the cultivation of three- dimensional spatial relationships); nevertheless, he accepted the possibility of abstract- representational interplay in gothic art. kandinsky, like worringer, proposes a memorable formula for the relationship of abstraction and representation, equating them on the basis of their apparent, external opposition. the schematic approach of kandinsky to demonstrating the relationship between representation and abstraction could reflect his belief in the role a scientific outlook could play in the articulation of form. ‘true form arises out of the combination of emotion and science’, he writes. perhaps the interplay of abstraction and representation needed, after all, the validation of reason in the early years of the twentieth century. kandinsky’s inquiry bears similarities to worringer’s argument from abstraction and empathy in this respect; like worringer, kandinsky calls upon strategies of reasoning to buttress his point of view. for worringer, the interplay of abstraction and representation as made visible in gothic art is hybrid: in other words, it does not assert a reconciliation of opposites, but permits their coexistence while maintaining their differences. yet kandinsky goes further than worringer with regard to interplay: for him, the key feature of abstraction and realism is their internal similarity. (worringer could have disagreed, since he regarded the urge to abstraction and the urge to empathy as emergent from opposite tendencies: distancing and rapprochement.) as modes of art-making, realism and abstraction have similar inner constitutions, kandinsky asserts: both contain a small proportion but significant proportion of their opposite. when placing the sign of equality between representation (or realism) and abstraction, kandinsky aims to reveal their inner similarity; however, his formula requires his readers to leap intuitively towards fundamental truths rather than to engage with irrefutable systematic explanations. although kandinsky’s approach reaches towards the clarity of kandinsky regarded politics, economics, law and ethnography as sciences that facilitated the development of his abstract thinking. ‘i loved all these sciences,’ kandinsky wrote, ‘... and today i still think with gratitude of the enthusiasm and perhaps inspiration they gave me.’ (ibid., - .) kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . worringer found common ground between artistic urges in contemplation, or the tendency towards taking distance from the world. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . yet worringer adopted the perspective of aesthetics rather than art-making when drawing attention to distancing as a shared experience, regardless of the contemplated art form. kandinsky points to modes of art- making instead; his assertion of abstract-realist equality is more paradoxical than worringer’s claims for gothic abstract-representational hybridity, and the generic loss of self entailed by contemplation. science, it asserts an abstract-realist relationship that is difficult to demonstrate, but observable in art throughout its history. worringer had written memorable pages on abstract-representational interplay in gothic art, yet had approached interplay with caution in both abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. where worringer finds abstract-representational interplay manifested within historical contexts, kandinsky recognizes abstract-representational interplay as a key component of art-making, and as a source of inspiration for contemporary artists. for worringer, interplay is a process recognizable in the art of the past as well as the creative practices of his time: he discusses processes of gradation, displacement, transposition, remembering, assimilation and interpolation in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. for kandinsky, interplay is generic aspect of relating that assumes a crucial role within his epoch. in ‘on the question of form’, kandinsky maintains that, due to the inner similarity of representation (or realism) and abstraction, artists can choose freely between these modes of art-making. he writes: ‘the combination of the abstract with the representational, the choice between the infinite number of abstract forms and those forms built out of representational material – i. e., the choice between the individual means within each sphere – is and remains entirely according to the inner wishes of the artist.’ kandinsky encourages contemporary artists to follow their intentions when selecting and combining abstract and representational forms. according to him, artists can guide their choices by appraising the inner effects of art- making components, and the combination of such components. worringer recognizes the trans-historical aspects of gothic art (a key site of interplay in both abstraction and empathy and form in gothic), yet addresses mainly the historical aspects of abstract-representational interplay in his books. in other words, gothic art (rather than abstract-representational interplay) is for worringer a phenomenon that transcends the limits of given epochs, and is recognizable throughout history. see worringer and read, form in gothic, - . worringer focuses on psychological aspects of gothic art, and on ideal types of gothic art only; his purpose is to delineate ‘... the idea of gothic’, and the gothic will to form. see ———, form in gothic, . by underscoring the perennial aspects of the gothic approach to form, worringer transits towards approaching gothic art from the perspective of the history of ideas. donahue defends worringer’s perspective from this point of view. see donahue, forms of disruption: abstraction in modern german prose, . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . ibid., . antithesis as well as interplay can inform interdisciplinary dialogues, kandinsky notes. he pays attention to both these aspects of relational exchanges. the dialogue between arts can be fostered, he argues, by reflecting and thus strengthening the ‘sound’ of one art through a similar ‘sound’ from another art. according to him, antithesis can first characterize the meeting of arts; yet, with the passage of time, this meeting can be negotiated in any terms emergent between the extremes of opposition and collaboration. interplay thus appears as a key relational modality in kandinsky’s early writings. within the art of painting, kandinsky discusses the interplay of potential opposites, such as external and internal elements, or representational and abstract modes of art-making. he also draws attention to the possibilities of interplay between various arts. interplay informs kandinsky’s own artistic practice as well: while his improvisations reflect inner life, his compositions rely on the complex organization of material from various sources, and his impressions respond to external natural elements. ibid., - . kandinsky’s involvement in the cultivation of interdisciplinary relationships within his epoch have been briefly noted in this section. further instances of interdisciplinary exchanges – generated by kandinsky or to which kandinsky participated – have been addressed, for instance, in wassily kandinsky et al., kandinsky in munich, - (new york: solomon r. guggenheim foundation, ). also, kandinsky et al., eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich. also, kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art. also, kandinsky, marc, and lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac. painting interplay: kandinsky’s impression v (park) ( ), picture with a black arch ( ), and picture with red spot ( ) in impression v (park) ( ), picture with a black arch ( ), and picture with red spot ( ), kandinsky’s increasing commitment to the exploration of abstraction becomes visible. the titles of his three works suggest that kandinsky now connects the activity of painting with the registering of personal impressions, as well as with the exploration of specific features of picture-making such as line, colour and construction. impression v (park), for instance, still suggests an active attempt of the painter to observe and relate to a place in the world. in picture with black arch, the arch mentioned by kandinsky could be interpreted as an architectural or imagined, representational or abstract element at the same time. similarly, the title of kandinsky’s painting may be referring to an observational or remembered red detail that assumes particular significance for the painter; however, picture with red spot remains the least specific, most abstract of kandinsky’s three titles. kandinsky continues to allude to representational elements in impression v (park) (fig. ). communicating a sense of location has now become a secondary preoccupation for him, as the title of his work suggests; triangular shapes may hint to mountains, indistinct presences, or even directional motion in his painting. the rendering of impressions leads him, on the one hand, and an artist such as monet, on the other hand, to different results. monet prefers to work by himself, from his impressions, rather than in the company of other artists; as his letters show, he directs great efforts towards sourcing the right motif and depicting it in a way he finds satisfactory. for kandinsky, an impression offers only a point of departure to his explorations. kandinsky does not require impressions to generate representational while referring to kandinsky’s thoughts on the elements of composition, this analysis will not focus on examining the reflection of kandinsky’s theory of line, form and colour into his own works, or the hidden symbolism of kandinsky’s paintings. these topics have been investigated in ringbom, 'art in "the epoch of the great spiritual": occult elements in the early theory of abstract painting'. also, maurice tuchman, judi freeman, and carel blotkamp, the spiritual in art: abstract painting - (new york: abbeville press, ). this section explores the meeting points between abstract and representational aspects of art-making, in order to highlight features of interplay in kandinsky’s paintings produced around the time of his writing on the spiritual in art and ‘on the question of form’. see monet’s letter to paul durand-ruel from giverny, january , in monet and kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters, . see, for instance, monet’s letters to alice hoschedé from bordighera, january , and january . ibid., , . in on the spiritual in art, kandinsky regards impressionism as an art movement that had already made its key contribution to the history of art. see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, renderings. he prefers to employ his observations to articulate pictures where space, presence and movement are approached in abstract terms. in impression v (park), kandinsky allows the elongation of his brushstrokes almost to dissolve the materiality of paint; he sets to work ‘... a delicate process of dematerialization’, to employ worringer’s terminology. assertive of its embodiment to a minimum, paint appears as colour more than as pictorial medium. chromatic variation leads to the definition of form; kandinsky’s brushwork suggests texture, weight, three-dimensionality, advancement and recession. the edges that could have separated colours, and indicated forms, melt into dry brushwork or tints; in kandinsky’s handling, both form and colour thus appear to cancel out their zones of beginning and end. kandinsky models pictorial bodies that exhibit fluid and solid qualities at the same time, and that assume presence on canvas while making only distant reference to objects in the world. monet used a similar technique in his series of . worringer approached impressionism critically in abstraction and empathy, due to the emphasis impressionism placed on its connections with the world. see worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, . grohmann writes about kandinsky’s extraordinary visual memory in grohmann, wassily kandinsky: life and work, - . also see kandinsky’s ‘reminiscences’ ( ), in kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . worringer and read, form in gothic, . this observation is the result of my examining kandinsky’s paintings on display at centre georges pompidou in . fig. . wassily kandinsky. impression v (park). . oil on canvas. x . cm. paris. musée national d'art moderne, centre georges pompidou. works on the rouen cathedral, yet his canvases paid homage to the passage of hours, and to the effect of time on his motif. in impression v (park), kandinsky suggests space, atmosphere, and animation without referring to a specific time and place, but relying on the interplay of colour and form instead. kandinsky’s approach to line also combines representational and abstract aspects. he sets line free from the obligation of circumscribing and defining form in impression v (park). line as employed by kandinsky does not impose onto colour; kandinsky assigns equally assertive roles to colour and line when he suggests natural forms, human-made structures, or details of gesture and presence. worringer underscored the capacity of line to summarize expressive value, regardless of its connection to representational forms. for kandinsky, interplay is revealed in his approach to line, which hints to the outer world, structures pictorial space, and expresses inner life. black may stand for motionlessness and extinction in on the spiritual in art, yet the black lines in kandinsky’s paintings are animated and potentially narrative, even when they do not need to make representational motifs visible. picture with a black arch ( ) (fig. ) proposes a different approach to the interplay of colour and form. the territories of form and colour overlap more in picture with a black arch than in impression v (park). an increased emphasis on separation yields greater clarity: kandinsky employs one main colour – blue, red, or purple – to establish the boundaries of the three dominant forms. he anchors the soaring purple form to its blue and red counterparts by means of a black arch. robert herbert inquires into monet’s approach to colour-form. see herbert, 'the decorative and the natural in monet's cathedrals'. worringer addresses this aspect of line in his discussion of northern animal ornament in worringer and read, form in gothic, . kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . also see kandinsky’s memories of a black coach and a gondola boarded at night, and the emotions he associated with these objects, in his reminiscences/three pictures ( ), in ———, kandinsky. complete writings on art, . an assertive element in kandinsky’s picture, the black arch suggests the possibility of relating the purple form and the blue form, yet, due to its own lack of anchoring, preserves its independence and dynamism in the picture. its positioning brings to mind worringer’s discussion of the role of pointed arches in gothic architecture. worringer finds that the arch is an architectural expression of human consciousness. in form in gothic, he writes: it is as if, with the introduction of the pointed arch, the building were permeated by a great wave of self-awareness. the redeeming word seems to have been spoken which allowed its restrained craving for activity and its pathetic yearning for expression to find utterance. the whole building stretches itself upward in the glad consciousness of being freed from all weight of material, from all earthly confinement... the movement of thrust from both sides is gathered into unity by a keystone at the crown of the vault, which, in spite of its actual weight conformable with its structural function as fig. . wassily kandinsky. picture with a black arch. . oil on canvas. x cm. paris. musée national d'art moderne, centre georges pompidou. abutment, fails entirely to produce any aesthetic impression of weight, appearing rather as a natural termination light as a flower. for worringer, the arch suggests liberation from material constraints and weightlessness, despite its material manifestation. he analyzes an architectural element of abstract expression; however, he empathically compares the arch with an element of nature. in this light, kandinsky’s painted arch draws further attention to the dynamism of an abstract element, to its expressive potential, and to its possible association with structures built by human beings in response to their world. kandinsky creates colour-line interplay through the placement of the black arch, as well as through the placement of the smaller black linear elements within his composition. his approach to colour mixing also suggests interplay: for instance, mixing blue and red (the colours of the largest forms in picture with a black arch) results in purple (the colour of the form above the larger red and blue elements). distinct from the blue and red forms, the purple form assumes a connective role in kandinsky’s composition, much like the black arch that overlaps it. as a relational modality, interplay appears emphasized in kandinsky’s picture with a black arch by means of line, colour and form. the interplay of form and content can also be observed in picture with a black arch. kandinsky links content to inner life, while form is for him the outer reflection of content, and can change in response to content. in picture with a black arch, kandinsky uses predominantly abstract pictorial elements – elements that suggest various interpretations. for instance, the pointed arch motif could be regarded as suggestive of a house roof or a boomerang; the grid motif could appear to allude to ribs, or to a bird in flight; the rounded arch motif could suggest the presence of a portal, or the act of jumping. allowing the equivalences between content and form to remain open, kandinsky sets possible contents in interplay with their abstract formal expression. although it takes distance from the direct depiction of the world, kandinsky’s picture with a black arch articulates an additive, inclusive, and relational aspect of abstraction. worringer and read, form in gothic, - . in kandinsky’s picture with red spot ( ) (fig. ), abstracted yet partially recognizable human figures occupy the four corners of the work. a floating presence in the top right corner seems to gaze towards the rest of the composition; in the top left corner, a group of figures in a marine-like setting appears also to examine the scene below. kandinsky makes animated presences easily discernible in the rest of his painting. he reinforces suggestions of vitality by means of directional and radiating patterns of paint application. the distance between the representational and abstract impulses diminishes in kandinsky’s picture with red spot, although the bridging of imitation and creativity occurs in different terms than the ones discussed by worringer. kandinsky vividly describes his emotional connections to the colour red in his reminiscences/three pictures ( ), where he records his impressions on his travels in the vologda province, and his experiencing the interiors of old russian wooden houses. in the words of kandinsky: ‘folk pictures on the walls: a symbolic representation of a hero, a battle, a painted folk song. the “red” corner (red is the same as beautiful in old russian) thickly, completely covered with painted and printed pictures of the saints, burning in front of it the red flame of a small pendant lamp, glowing and blowing like a knowing, discreetly murmuring, modest, and triumphant star, existing in and for itself.’ see kandinsky, lindsay, and vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . regarding kandinsky’s views on the energy and intensity of the colour red, which kandinsky also associates with masculinity, also see his reflections from on the spiritual in art, in ———, kandinsky. complete writings on art, - . the inner and outer aspects of colours as seen by kandinsky could make the topic of further investigation, yet require self-standing essay space. worringer notes that imitation and creativity unite in naturalism, in the absence of transcendentalism, when human beings and their environment are in harmony. in these conditions, worringer finds the rapprochement of imitation and creativity dangerous. see worringer and read, form in gothic, . fig. . wassily kandinsky. picture with red spot. . oil on canvas. x cm. paris. musée national d'art moderne, centre georges pompidou. abstract-representational interplay is balanced in favour of abstraction in picture with red spot; however, some passages retain representational connections with spaces, presences and happenings in the world. kandinsky emphasizes the clustering of detail – a compositional characteristic associated predominantly with the art of representation; in his work, dots, lines, forms and colours articulate a mostly abstract composition, yet their accumulation, inflection, dissolution, gradation, overlapping, occasional flatness, and overall animation provide as much visual information as can be found in a representational painting. abstract elements of composition become kandinsky’s characters in picture with red spot. kandinsky, in picture with red spot, creates textural variety by means of brushwork. he reveals material aspects of paint in some passages; in other passages, he highlights the dynamics of paint application and the weightlessness of paint. full brushstrokes anchor kandinsky’s abstract motifs, asserting their mass by means of paint; emptying brushstrokes dissolve the materiality of paint into colour, and melt single colours into interwoven and graduated hues. when articulating the abstract and representational aspects of his work, kandinsky activates both the sense of touch and the sense of sight. he evokes the interplay of senses in picture with red spot. abstract-representational interplay models the relationship between colours, between forms, between colour and form, between form and content in kandinsky’s early twentieth-century works. his paintings include representational features such as the registering of impressions and presences, attention to details and to lifelike animation. at the same time, kandinsky underscores the inflection, dissolution, gradation, overlapping of dots, lines, forms and colours; in his handling, abstraction is a process that fosters not the isolation, but the connection between compositional elements. even though he creates boundaries and works with separations in impression v (park), picture with a black arch, and picture with red spot, he generates contexts for interplay within and between compositional groups of elements, focusing on the shared grounds that painting can bring to light. rethinking abstract-representational interplay: worringer, arnheim, deleuze and guattari in the paintings of wassily kandinsky, rudolf arnheim recognizes an interest in the uncharted grounds between representation and abstraction. arnheim, writing about the non- representational art of the early twentieth century, observes in visual thinking ( ): ‘... [a]rtists such as wassily kandinsky were exploring the mysterious zone between the representational and the abstract.’ for arnheim, the territories where abstraction and representation overlap may appear mysterious, but their actual manifestation in the paintings of kandinsky leaves no room for doubt. arnheim mentions kandinsky’s paintings in his discussion of non-mimetic images. he explains that non-mimetic images do not cultivate resemblances as recorded by senses: instead, non-mimetic images have ‘non-sensuous content’ and exhibit ‘non-sensorial feelings of relations’. in other words, arnheim considers that images need not display imitative representational content, and need not rely on the depiction of height, width and depth relations in order to be regarded as images. according to him, non-mimetic images support the exploration and solving of theoretical problems, and play a decisive role in the activities of the mind. arnheim, like worringer, finds that responses to the world do not manifest exclusively in terms of representation. however, arnheim insists that abstraction reveals not the stirrings of instinct – as worringer argues in abstraction and empathy – but the expression of thought. worringer explains that abstraction is the manifestation of instinct; instead, arnheim considers the capacity of human beings to abstract as a fundamental component of perceiving, thinking and picture-making. ‘abstractness,’ to employ arnheim’s terminology, thus contributes to the activities of the mind, senses, as well as to art; it does not aim to offer a route of escape from threatening surroundings. the attention arnheim bestows on the negotiable boundaries between representation and abstraction becomes obvious in his arnheim, visual thinking, . the term ‘image’ is defined in this thesis as the visual likeness that informs the relationship between beings, objects, events or phenomena, and their representation. arnheim, visual thinking, . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., - . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, . approach to ‘pictures.’ for him, a picture embodies a specific function of an image. arnheim notes that pictures are not copies, or imitations, and that they can abstract in different degrees. he explains: a picture can dwell at the most varied levels of abstractness. a photograph or a dutch landscape of the seventeenth century may be quite lifelike and yet select, arrange, and almost unnoticeably stylize its subject in such a way that it focuses on some of the subject’s essence. on the other hand, a totally non-mimetic geometrical pattern by mondrian may be intended as a picture of the turmoil of new york’s broadway. a child may capture the character of a human figure or a tree by a few highly abstract circles, ovals, or straight lines. abstractness is a means by which the picture interprets what it portrays. for arnheim, pictures that engage with representing the world also employ processes specific to abstraction, such as selection, arrangement and stylization. abstractness is therefore indispensable to the making of art: as arnheim underscores, it provides a passageway from observed motifs to their interpretation through picture-making, be this picture-making abstract or representational. worringer’s abstraction and arnheim’s abstractness cannot be considered as strictly equivalent. for worringer, abstraction is a psychological urge, and a mode of art-making connected with style, that may include references to the world. instead, arnheim points towards a zone of perception, thinking and art-making where abstractness is specific to both abstraction and representation. abstractness functions as an instrument of art-making, according to arnheim; as such, it is not employed to articulate an antithesis with representation, but exposes abstract-representational common ground, overriding their differentiation. worringer, as we have seen, asserted the polar opposition of representation and abstraction at the beginning of abstraction and empathy; he continued by apparently turning against his earlier statements when highlighting that art he regarded as abstract could comprise arnheim, visual thinking, . ibid., . worringer and read, form in gothic, . representational characteristics. in the demonstration conducted by worringer, abstract- representational opposition facilitated theoretical understanding, yet was difficult to connect to art historical evidence. gothic art offered worringer a prime example of coexistence between abstract and representational aspects. in contrast with worringer’s standpoint from abstraction and empathy, arnheim considers that abstract works of art do not invoke a wish of separation from the world, even though they may not include representational elements. in the words of arnheim: ‘since it [i. e., an “abstract,” non-mimetic work of art] does not portray the external shape of physical objects, it is closer to the pure forces it presents symbolically; but it portrays at the same time the inherent nature of the things and events of the world and thereby maintains its relevance to human life on earth.’ the deep-rooted aspects of forces, things, and events in the world come forth for arnheim in his consideration of abstraction. for him, abstraction is not an attempt to transcend the vicissitudes of unwelcoming surroundings, as worringer had claimed, but a relevant approach to life as experienced by human beings. art benefits from the coexistence of abstract and representational features, arnheim explains – in fact, it improves when abstract work accounts for representational aspects, and when representational art attends to form. according to him: ‘... although a painting may be entirely “abstract” (non-mimetic), it needs to reflect some of the complexity of form by which realistic works depict the wealth of human experience. inversely, a realistic portrayal, in order to be readable, generic, and expressive, must fit its presentation of objects to the pure forms, more directly embodied in non-mimetic art.’ a beneficial overlap of abstraction and representation thus occurs, according to arnheim, in compositions where formal complexity characterizes abstraction, and where representation has formal purity (or simplicity of form). worringer insisted, in abstraction and empathy, that abstraction provides the basis of all art- arnheim, visual thinking, . ibid., - . arnheim points to no artworks in support of his ideas from the cited passage, yet mentions the varied levels of abstractness of photographs, dutch landscapes, or paintings by piet mondrian (which arnheim considers as geometrical patterns). ———, visual thinking, . he discusses the symbolic potential of representational images such as the workshop [l’atélier] ( ) by gustave courbet; he also mentions the picture quality (therefore particularity, and specific cognitive quality) of, for instance, a portrait by rembrandt, or of a non-mimetic work of art . ———, visual thinking, , . arnheim also nods towards approaches to art-making where the decision of abstracting elements from their initial context leads to a novel approach to representation: for instance, arnheim notes that picasso invokes the image of a bull’s head by re-assembling the components of an old bicycle. ———, visual thinking, . making. in visual thinking, arnheim takes worringer’s viewpoint further, exploring its psychological grounds, yet also underscoring the shortcomings of worringer’s emphasis on the opposition between empathy and abstraction. although critical towards worringer’s methodological approach, arnheim acknowledges the lack of dogmatism of worringer’s perspective in ‘wilhelm worringer on abstraction and empathy’ ( ). for instance, arnheim notes worringer’s observation that representation and abstraction can be regarded, theoretically, as opposites, while the history of art shows them engaging in dialogue. worringer’s antithesis between representation and abstraction, and his connecting abstraction to a psychological response of withdrawal, may be questioned, arnheim comments. however, arnheim also mentions that abstraction and empathy points to the interplay of representation and abstraction – an alternative to opposition indeed highlighted by worringer in his discussions of historical transitions between epochs, and in his interpretation of gothic art. gothic art, especially gothic line and its lifelikeness, also fascinate gilles deleuze and félix guattari. in a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia ( ), deleuze and guattari turn to worringer’s views on gothic when inquiring into the transformational aspects of metallurgy. they underscore the contrast traced by worringer between organic, classical art and barbarian, gothic art. unlike arnheim, they accept the oppositional strategy adopted by worringer in his debut book. pointing to the gothic line as seen by worringer, deleuze and guattari examine the ‘nonorganic life’ of metal – a material they regard as having a body without organs (namely, an active life that is not located within given organisms, but that travels between organisms). for deleuze and guattari, ‘nonorganic life’ is the key aspect of worringer’s interpretation of gothic art. worringer’s paradoxical phrase, which brings together opposite terms, is employed in a thousand plateaus to draw attention to the lifelike qualities of inanimate materials. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . arnheim, new essays on the psychology of art, . gilles deleuze and félix guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia (minneapolis: university of minnesota press, ), - . ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . highlighting the continuity between the inquiries of riegl and worringer with regard to sight and touch, deleuze and guattari argue that ‘close vision’ and ‘haptic space’ form an aesthetic couple. indeed, worringer had drawn attention to the tactile qualities of abstract art (especially with regard to sculpture), as well as to the optical features of representation in abstraction and empathy. yet worringer discusses tactility much less than riegl in late roman art industry. representation relies on the sense of sight, and on optical characteristics, for worringer, whereas abstraction emphasizes planes and (to employ his phrase) the ‘closed material individuality’ of objects. worringer, unlike riegl, connects abstraction with the flatness of planes rather than with experiential proximity. although manifesting visually in art, abstraction comes to challenge senses, including the sense of sight, in abstraction and empathy. deleuze and guattari focus on human senses more than worringer, who faced the difficult task of steering clear of riegl’s influence. underscoring the aesthetic relevance of distant and close viewing, as well as their possible coexistence with the sense of touch, deleuze and guattari nevertheless depart from the thought of riegl and worringer. for instance, ‘haptic’ is a term deleuze and guattari prefer to riegl and worringer’s ‘tactile,’ since ‘haptic’ allows for possible touch-sight interconnections. deleuze and guattari thus open their investigation to the overlapping and co-operation of senses: they link sight with physical distance, and the possibility of touch with proximity, recognizing the haptic function the eye can perform. for worringer, the sense of sight supports the articulation of representational art; abstraction, on the other hand, is planar, and embodies the wish of viewers and artists to be released from the pressures of the world. worringer’s abstraction comes to develop supra-sensuous, spiritual aspects in the process of attempting to leave the world behind. worringer observes significant abstract aspects in gothic art. for instance, in form in gothic, he explores the expressive qualities of gothic line. to illuminate the contrast between line in greek ornament and gothic ornament respectively, worringer refers to the activity of ibid., - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , , . ibid., - . deleuze and guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia, . worringer and read, form in gothic, - . drawing in conditions of mental stress; in such instances, he explains, human will does not drive expression, and satisfaction does not follow the completion of work. instead, worringer argues that this type of stress-laden line appears to obey a will of its own, twisting, turning, and gaining momentum from the negotiation of obstacles. worringer comments: ‘the essence of this specific expression of the line is, that it does not represent sensuous, organic values, but values of a non-sensuous, that is to say, a spiritual kind. it does not express organic activity of will, but a psychical, spiritual activity of will, far removed from any connection or conformity with the complexes of organic sensation.’ lines drawn under stress; such lines – the expressiveness of which worringer likens to gothic ornament – have non-sensuous, spiritual qualities, and power rather than beauty of expression. egyptian art appeared predominantly abstract to worringer; gothic art, he argued, was abstract with a difference: it cultivated lifelike movement as well as a preoccupation with structure. worringer argues that all art begins with abstraction, deleuze and guattari observe. indeed, worringer gave priority to the urge to abstraction; he explained in form in gothic: ‘... [a] vital impulse for empathy developed from a powerful impulse for abstraction.’ as deleuze and guattari point out, worringer associated the emergence of abstraction with crystalline, geometric qualities of form, made visible in the art of ancient egypt; then gothic art had driven geometry towards expressiveness. the ‘de-geometrization of line’ at work in northern ibid. ibid., . ibid., . worringer reformulates his position on abstraction and its association with the culture of ancient egypt in egyptian art ( ), donahue points out. comparing egyptian and early twentieth-century american culture, worringer, donahue highlights, criticises their shared superficiality, emptiness and uniformity. donahue points out that egyptian art proposes a reading that negates the appreciation worringer had shown for the abstractness of ancient egyptian art in abstraction and empathy. worringer, as cited by donahue, maintains: ‘it would be untrue to claim for the egyptian, as the author himself has done on a former occasion, a feeling for the “awe- inspiring nature of the cubic,” and to assume that he overcame it by giving a geometrical form to his planes. this would be to introduce into the egyptian’s feeling for life a dramatic element utterly at variance with our present sober conception.’ donahue signals that intellectual history, or geistesgeschichte, as practiced by worringer in abstraction and empathy, now expresses the nationalist tendencies of late weimar culture ( - ). worringer’s argument from egyptian art is tendentious, but also frank; donahue explains that worringer is baffled by modern cities, which he does not approach in as in the past, namely from the perspective of ‘... the logic of artistic sensibility’. donahue’s essay points to the limitations and dangers of ‘ecstatic geistesgeschichte’ as approached by worringer, who subjects art to his powerfully personal views. see neil h. donahue, 'from worringer to baudrillard and back: ancient americans and (post)modern culture in weimar germany' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park: pennsylvania state university press, ), - , , , - , , - . deleuze and guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia, . worringer and read, form in gothic, . (or gothic) ornament interested worringer. nevertheless, deleuze and guattari disagree with his exemplifications. abstraction – more specifically, abstract line – has mainly gothic (or nomadic) characteristics for deleuze and guattari. they do not consider abstraction is observable most notably in egyptian art, as worringer did, nor do they accept that abstraction could be an expression of fear. according to deleuze and guattari: whereas the rectilinear (or “regularly” rounded) egyptian line is negatively motivated by anxiety in the face of all that passes, flows or varies, and erects the constancy and eternity of an in-itself, the nomad line is abstract in an entirely different sense, precisely because it has a multiple orientations and passes between points, figures, and contours: it is positively motivated by the smooth space it draws, not by any striation it might perform to ward off anxiety and subordinate the smooth. the abstract line is the affect of smooth spaces, not a feeling of anxiety that calls forth striation. deleuze and guattari link abstraction with ‘close vision’ and smooth space. bringing forth both touch and sight as functions of the human eye, smooth space has haptic characteristics according to deleuze and guattari. to smooth space they oppose striated space, a predominantly optical type of space that involves distant viewing. worringer associated distant viewing with three-dimensionality and representation; for him, the distant viewing presupposed by representation could be contrasted with the non-sensuous tendencies of abstraction. the sense of sight had as an opposite the non-sensuous, or spiritual, in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. instead, deleuze and guattari refer both the smoothness and the striation of space to the activity of senses. having posited the antithesis of smoothness and striation, deleuze and guattari follow by noting their possible connections. according to them: ‘once again, as always, this analysis must be corrected by a coefficient of transformation according to which passages between the striated and the smooth are at once necessary and uncertain, and all the more disruptive.’ ibid., . deleuze and guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia, - . ibid., . ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, - . deleuze and guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia, . deleuze and guattari, like worringer, remain sensitive to the interplay of terms they introduce as opposites. for them, to oppose smoothness and striation brings along complications, and underscores the intermittence and overlays of the two characteristics of space. yet, according to deleuze and guattari, the lack of symmetry between imperfect opposites confirms the very distinction between them. smoothness and striation can be defined less through opposition than through distinction, according to deleuze and guattari – in other words, not as much through polar antithesis (a strategy preferred by worringer in abstraction and empathy) as through an affirmative assertion of differences. abstraction – a mode of art-making worringer regards as an expression of negative emotions towards the world – appears in a positive light to deleuze and guattari. unlike worringer, they affirm the capacity of abstract (or nomad) line to travel in different directions between various standpoints. deleuze and guattari recognize the connections between abstraction and affect (or emotional expression) yet do not see abstraction as an anxiety-laden response to the world. abstraction is not an aspect of viewers’ negative response to their surroundings, according to deleuze and guattari, but a mode of expression the characteristics of which can receive positive definition. the viewpoints articulated in abstraction and empathy and a thousand plateaus differ significantly with regard to abstract art and its alleged negativity. representation and abstraction should not be contrasted, according to deleuze and guattari, as expressions of antithetic emotions experienced in response to the world. the approach of deleuze and guattari to the strategy of opposition reveals once more its subtlety towards the end of a thousand plateaus, especially with regard to the differentiation between the figurative and the abstract. for deleuze and guattari, the figurative is equivalent to representation or imitation. (worringer, who considered that aesthetics should not be concerned with imitation, would have strongly disagreed with their viewpoint.) they assert that a figurative line cannot be contrasted with an abstract line, but only with a line that is not figurative. in other words, they draw renewed attention to the limits of the strategy of opposition, which may succeed in differentiating between artistic territories, but cannot ibid., - . ibid., . worringer and kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , - . deleuze and guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia, . support their polar contrast. deleuze and guattari do not define the domain of non-figurative art, which they offer as a theoretical counterpart of the figurative; however, their observations expose the insufficiency of approaching the abstract and the figurative (or, in their terms, the representational, the imitative) from the point of view of polar antithesis. despite their implicit criticism towards worringer’s reading of abstraction in negative terms, deleuze and guattari praise worringer’s approach to the contrast between the organic and the abstract. for them, worringer excels in his articulation of the abstract-organic antithesis. however, deleuze and guattari find that worringer’s opposition between the abstract and the organic cannot be sustained. defining ‘the organic’ as the very form taken by representation, deleuze and guattari explain that ‘the organic’ connects the act of representation to represented motifs. ‘the organic’ is also associated with feeling, with empathy, according to deleuze and guattari – it is a key characteristic of life. they argue that ‘the organic’ cannot stand against ‘the abstract’ as discussed by worringer in greek and egyptian art, since greek art is actually inspired by egyptian art, and continues to display geometric, rectilinear qualities of form. for deleuze and guattari, ‘the abstract’ rather finds its beginning in gothic art. the perspective deleuze and guattari take on ‘the abstract’ observed in gothic line powerfully brings to light abstract-representational interplay. mechanical and dynamic, gothic line appears to deleuze and guattari as lifelike, despite being inorganic. worringer approached the ‘abstraction’ of gothic art from a similar perspective in abstraction and empathy, as well as form in gothic: he noted gothic’s inorganic vitality. however, deleuze and guattari expand on worringer’s inquiries, distinguishing gothic line from both ‘the geometrical’ and ‘the organic.’ in their words: in francis bacon: the logic of sensation, deleuze approaches non-figuration when addressing resemblance in bacon’s paintings. deleuze remarks that bacon creates nonfigurative resemblances. to articulate this type of resemblance, deleuze explains, bacon employs procedures such as scrambling, rubbing or hatching, and produces figural images. non-figuration is thus discussed by deleuze in association with resemblance (a pictorial characteristic that could be considered its opposite). see deleuze, francis bacon: the logic of sensation, - . deleuze and guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia, . ibid. ibid. worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , - . also, worringer and read, form in gothic. worringer and read, form in gothic, - , - . it is this nomadic line that he [i. e. worringer] says is mechanical, but in free action and swirling; it is inorganic, yet alive, and all the more alive for being inorganic. it is distinguished both from the geometrical and the organic. it raises “mechanical” relations to the level of intuition. heads (eve a human being’s when it is not a face) unravel and coil into ribbons in a continuous process; mouths curl in spirals. hair, clothes... this streaming, spiralling, zigzagging, snaking, feverish line of variation liberates a power of life that human beings had rectified and organisms had confined, and which matter now expresses as the trait, flow, or impulse traversing it. if everything is alive, it is not because everything is organic or organized but, on the contrary, because the organism is a diversion of life. in short, the life in question is inorganic, germinal, and intensive, a powerful life without organs, a body that is all the more alive for having no organs, everything that passes between organisms... to deleuze and guattari, gothic (or nomadic line) seems to follow an intuitive path of expression; it exceeds the depiction of embodied form. bodies are not recognizably rendered according to the principles of representation, but dynamically transformed by gothic line, deleuze and guattari remark. worringer’s form in gothic signalled the possible association of gothic line and power. according to worringer: ‘... [i]t is evident that the organically determined line contains beauty of expression, while power of expression is reserved for the gothic line.’ for deleuze and guattari as well, gothic line shows the power of life liberated from the restrictions of organization. gothic line is abstract, according to deleuze and guattari, but displays lifelike energy and movement nevertheless. ‘the abstract’ as observed by deleuze and guattari in the gothic line actually presupposes the interplay of abstract and representational characteristics. worringer also noted the predominantly abstract character of gothic line, yet claimed gothic line reflects neither the urge to abstraction, nor the urge to empathy. in the words of worringer: ‘gothic line being essentially abstract, and yet at the same time strongly vital, shows us that a differentiated intermediate state exists, in which the dualism is no longer sufficiently strong to seek artistic freedom in the absolute negation of life, but is on the other hand not yet so weakened as to derive the meaning of art from the organic orderliness of life deleuze and guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia, - . worringer and read, form in gothic, . itself.’ while underscoring the predominantly abstract character of gothic line, worringer finds it informed by representational characteristics. gothic art, he argues, is neither abstract nor representational, but hybrid. abstraction and empathy and form in gothic place abstraction in a positive context when discussing its capacity of transcendence and openness towards spirituality. yet the transcendent, spiritual tendencies of abstraction as seen by worringer are still the outcomes of taking distance from the world – a response worringer frames in negative terms. as long as worringer considers abstraction a psychological urge opposed to empathy, he associates abstraction with negative emotional connections between artists or viewers and the world. gothic, on the other hand, is a mode of art-making worringer addresses in terms of form. his gothic offers a particular avenue towards expression, where lifelike dynamism as well as the urge towards distancing from the world can be recognized. the opposition of abstract and representational characteristics becomes inactive in worringer’s interpretation of gothic art; abstract-representational interplay replaces it. worringer may highlight the interplay of abstraction and representation in negative terms, yet asserts its visibility in gothic art nevertheless; for him, as previous sections have noted, gothic appears as a hybrid approach to art, a territory where the ‘counterplay and interplay’ urges considered opposite may be observed. in the later years of the twentieth century, deleuze and guattari argue that abstraction can be defined in association with smooth, haptic space, and close viewing; they do not need a negative framing for abstraction in order to better establish its aesthetic territory. moreover, for deleuze and guattari, gothic art is abstract rather than hybrid. although abstraction offers an alternative to representation and striated space, it cannot open a door to salvation, according to deleuze and guattari. ‘never believe that a smooth space will suffice to save us’, deleuze and guattari warn their readers. they explain that smooth spaces do not ibid., . ibid., - , , . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - , - , , , - , - , . worringer and read, form in gothic, - , - , - . worringer and read, form in gothic, . ibid., . deleuze and guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia, . liberate viewers from the restrictions of striation, but provide life an opportunity to re- articulate its challenges. abstraction, as deleuze and guattari observe it in gothic art, does not reach for the absolute, but is intensely active in the field between organisms. combining inorganic and organic qualities, abstract linearity and lifelike movement, it makes available a pathway towards the interplay of opposites. where worringer emphasized the spiritual and transcendent aspects of abstraction, deleuze and guattari reinforce the connections of abstraction with the world. although their respective methodologies highlight abstract-representational opposition, the three writers walk on common ground when inquiring into the particularities of abstract- representational interplay as observable in art. towards the end of the twentieth century, worringer’s most significant legacy proves to be his decisive articulation of oppositions that actually open to the interplay of their terms. conclusion according to many modern and contemporary researchers, the key feature of abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, and their most memorable aspect, is the antithesis worringer draws between the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction. having incorporated and re- addressed the ideas of theodor lipps and alois riegl, worringer influenced the articulation of an antithetic approach to modern art in the writings of paul fechter, hermann bahr, t. e. hulme and herbert read. worringer’s ideas had a direct impact on the rise of german expressionism, a mediated influence on the development of english vorticism, and contributed to the validation of abstraction as an approach to fine art practice at the beginning of the twentieth century. later twentieth-century explorations underscore the key role of worringer’s ideas in his time, and the distinctive qualities of his writing. for t. e. hulme, herbert read, w. eugène kleinbauer, hilton kramer, michael w. jennings, mary gluck, w. wolfgang holdheim, joseph masheck, neil donahue, david morgan, madgalena bushart, mark rosenthal, mark jarzombek, hal foster, rosalind krauss, yve-alain bois, and benjamin buchloh, abstraction and empathy draws decisive contrasts between epochs, locations and psychological tendencies, as observed in art throughout its history. worringer’s polemical inclinations and his imaginative approach to the art of distant epochs are matched, as his supporters tend to observe, by his innovative approach to the writing of art history and theory. yet the researchers of worringer’s work also signal the lack of alignment between worringer’s theory and the history of art, his narrowly defined antitheses, questionable generalizations, preference for debate rather than documentation, and focus on art historical interpretation more than on actual artistic motivation. worringer’s employment of antithesis is highlighted, for instance, in the research of w. eugène kleinbauer, hilton kramer, w. wolfgang holdheim, neil donahue, joseph masheck, david morgan, geoffrey c. w. waite, mark rosenthal, allan antliff, as well as hal foster, rosalind krauss, yve-alain bois and benjamin buchloh. see, from the current thesis, ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait,’ - . see, from the current thesis, ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait,’ - , a section that briefly highlights the opinions on worringer of twentieth-century writers. w. wolfgang holdheim in ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait,’ - . e. h. gombrich in ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait,’ - . dennis duerden in ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait,’ - . madgalena bushart in ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait,’ - . mark jarzombek in ‘wilhelm worringer: sketch for a portrait,’ - . the forewords worringer wrote to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic reveal key aspects of his discourse that also reflect into his books. interweaving tendencies towards distancing and connectivity, the forewords emphasize worringer’s interest in generating debate, his views on the limitations of the classical framework in early twentieth-century approaches to art, and his attention to inner aspects of art-making. worringer takes the opportunity of pointing to the experimental aspects of his research, strengthening and animating his statements by placing them within an oppositional framework. the vitality of his writing, his reliance on instinct, his attention to his readership, and his intention to provide a voice to the pressing artistic matters of his epoch, emerge with clarity in the forewords to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. relying on antithesis, worringer’s writing of art history and theory also makes visible situations of significant coexistence between opposites. for instance, in abstraction and empathy, worringer separates between nature and art, and sets urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction in opposition. however, he does not disconnect viewing from feeling and from art-making, thus bringing together art and aesthetics. employing a subjectivist framework, worringer underscores the diversity of the art-viewing experience. he argues that aesthetics cannot account only for instances where the urge to empathy is invited. although the thought of lipps influences worringer’s initial perspective on empathy in its positive and negative aspects, worringer implicitly equates empathy and positive empathy. transferring the negative aspect of empathy onto abstraction, he discusses abstraction rather than negative empathy in abstraction and empathy. he thus articulates a narrower line of research than lipps, accounting emphatically for the opposition of urges and modes of art- making in the early stages of his argument. aiming to provide a critical re-reading of lipps’ aesthetics, abstraction and empathy succeeds in offering an incisive, selective reinterpretation of lipps’ system. worringer associates the urge to empathy with artistic naturalism, and the urge to abstraction with artistic style. he provides to the aesthetic and psychological terms of his inquiry a see ‘gazing in the mirror of history: worringer’s forewords to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic,’ - , from the current thesis. from the current thesis, ‘worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory,’ - . reflection in art-making. nevertheless, as w. j. t. mitchell, juliet koss and andreas michel show, twentieth-century researchers encounter difficulties in assessing and employing worringer’s terminology. empathy, mitchell and koss comment, is regarded from the perspective of its limitations in art historical discussions nowadays. in their turn, clement greenberg and frances colpitt contrast representation (or figuration) and abstraction in art-making instead of employing the naturalism-style pairing proposed by worringer, and question the effectiveness of the abstract-representational polarity. worringer’s opposition of the urge to empathy (and naturalism) and the urge to abstraction (and style) is partial rather than polar in abstraction and empathy. to emphasize the relevance of worringer’s discussion of art-making, as well as late twentieth-century terminological preferences, ‘representation’ and ‘abstraction’ are contrasted in the current thesis with worringer’s emphasis on differentiation in mind. different urges lead to different artistic results, worringer argues in abstraction and empathy. he notes that style, generically understood, provides occasions for enjoyment and satisfaction; however, he disputes the aesthetic supremacy of naturalism in his epoch, pointing to the words and works of adolf hildebrand and ferdinand hodler in support of his argument. naturalism (or representation), a mode of art-making emphasizing the enthusiasm of artists and viewers towards the world, is not to be mistaken for imitation, worringer notes; abstraction, according to him, can be effectively contrasted only with naturalism. observing the tendencies towards abstraction of oriental art, worringer explains that the urge to abstraction sets single forms free from three-dimensional, spatial relations. instead, the urge to empathy supports the rendition of space and three-dimensionality. having asserted the opposition between urges and modes of art-making, worringer nevertheless recognizes their similarities, especially at points of transition between epochs. as his argument advances, worringer notes that representation occasions, much like abstraction, the contemplative distancing of viewers from the world, while abstract art does not require the this topic is approached in ‘empathy, abstract and representation in worringer’s abstraction and empathy and form in gothic,’ - , from the current thesis. see, form the current thesis, ‘representation and abstraction in art-making: worringer’s perspective,’ - . exclusion of representational elements. the meeting of representational and abstract tendencies is recognisable, according to him, in gothic as well as classical art. the completion of classicism is marked by the thought of kant, worringer specifies in abstraction and empathy. although critical towards the impact of classicism on his epoch, worringer relies on kant’s research when addressing the question of form in art. separating between narrative and formal approaches to art-making, worringer considers form a key component in aesthetics. like kant, worringer recognizes the simplicity and generality of form; however, for worringer form is associated mainly with regularity as emergent from instinct rather than intellect. wölfflin, who also follows kant’s direction of research, offers worringer the opportunity to draw attention to the contrast between representation-inclined uniformity and abstraction- oriented regularity in art. the dynamism wölfflin recognizes and criticises in the art of the late nineteenth century is specific to gothic as approvingly described by worringer. gothic, worringer mentions, departs from classical balance as observable in greek ornament, for instance. even where such balance is missing, artists seek opportunities for peaceful contemplation in an unpredictable world often animated by conflict. worringer’s views regarding the limits of representation are influenced by the thought of schopenhauer on will and life in the world. the silencing of will opens room for aesthetic contemplation, worringer remarks, following schopenhauer. in abstraction and empathy, worringer differentiates between two types of experience: the distancing from the world (which he associates with abstraction) and the distancing from the self (which occurs in conditions of empathy). thus distancing emerges as a common psychological ground between modes of art-making for him, much like for schopenhauer, who underscores the experiential loss of self that accompanies aesthetic pleasure. art, according to schopenhauer and worringer, is a materialization of will, rooted in the emotional responses of artists to the world. the influence of kant on worringer is addressed in ‘ “common to all”: form for kant and worringer,’ - , from the current thesis. ‘a matter of will: schopenhauer and worringer on life and art,’ - , is a section that briefly discusses the influence of schopenhauer on worringer. worringer emphasizes the role of will rather than the importance of skill in art-making. he extends the research of riegl in this respect. riegl finds that artistic will becomes most visible in architecture or crafts, where representational elements are eluded. artistic will, according to him depends on time and place, models technique and meaning, and makes progress visible. for worringer, artistic will generates tendencies towards representation or abstraction, giving rise to divergent aspects of art-making; instead, riegl sees will as a force determined by the views of the world at a given time, and recognizes it as a common ground in the interpretation of art. in late twentieth-century research, worringer’s early twentieth-century writings are often discussed in connection to the growth of expressionism in german art. expressionism is a term featuring in a variety of sources around the turn of the twentieth century, and suggests the incorporation of various artistic influences. signalling an interest in responding to the world intensely, from a subjective perspective, expressionism reveals its discursive and emotional similarities with worringer’s approach from abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. a significant contributor to the articulation of expressionism in germany is gothic; this approach to art-making, as described by worringer, extends beyond historical and national boundaries, yet assumes distinctive form in germany. asserting the ties between gothic and german art, worringer provides a historical foundation to the artistic explorations of his time, distancing them (as well as his inquiry) from the dominant approach inspired by renaissance and impressionist art-making. worringer explains that, in early twentieth-century german art practices, external symbolism is immersed into the core of abstraction-oriented artworks and then brought to surface; the resulting works of art stand free from the dualism of form and content, according to him. representational and abstract modes of art-making thus come to relate on new, inclusive grounds. the question of artistic will is approached in ‘riegl and artistic will,’ - , in this thesis. see ‘worringer and expressionism: late twentieth-century perspectives,’ - . ‘the words of worringer: ‘expressionism’ at the beginning of the twentieth century,’ - , from the current thesis. see ‘ “the historical development of modern art’ ( ): worringer’s early response to expressionism,’ - . worringer’s influence becomes visible in the writings of paul fechter and hermann bahr on expressionism. mentioning that the books of worringer support viewers’ access to modern art, fechter emphasizes the attention contemporary art-making places on expressing emotion. for fechter as for worringer, antithesis provides an effective pathway to explaining artistic processes: intensive and extensive expressionism are for fechter key elements of inquiry. in his turn, bahr contrasts ‘the eye of the body’ and ‘the eye of the spirit’, claiming that the two need to find balance in art-making. bahr, who is also inspired by worringer’s writings, notes that the acceptance of art relies on the alignment of viewers’ and artists’ modes of seeing. expressionism offers more than an artistic exploration specific to current times for bahr: it is the mark of enduring spiritual powers available to humanity under the extreme duress of war. worringer proves a supporter of the experimental aspects of expressionism, whether these manifest in art or in different forms of research. later artistic expressionism meets with his empathically articulated criticism; nevertheless, for georg lukács, worringer remains a representative of expressionism and of its ideology. harshly critical towards expressionism as well as towards worringer for their reliance on abstract aspects of art-making, lukács is nevertheless inspired by worringer’s writings, as richard sheppard points out. for joseph frank, worringer’s lively, exciting prose has the merit of addressing emotions that reflect negative responses to a world of changes, and underscores the merits of abstraction as a creative approach eluding time’s passage. william spanos, criticising frank’s response to worringer’s writings, underscores that a third urge can be discerned in art-making: the urge to engagement with the world, where representational and abstract aspects meet. regarding expressionism and the writings of worringer as implicitly connected, ulrich weisstein disagrees with worringer’s trans- historical views on gothic, recommending instead that expressionism be discussed within its this topic is briefly discussed in ‘worringer’s impact: expressionism ( ) by paul fechter, and expressionism ( ) by hermann bahr,’ - , from the current thesis. ‘current questions on art ( ): worringer revisits expressionism,’ - , looks further into worringer’s approach to expressionism in the early nineteen-twenties. lukács’ viewpoint is addressed in ‘questioning worringer: critical discussions on the writings of worringer and on worringer’s association with the expressionist movement,’ - . own epoch. worringer emphasizes feeling rather than reason in his writings; according to neil donahue, worringer addresses his topics from the perspective of the history of ideas. donahue draws attention to the impact of worringer’s writing at the beginning of the twentieth century, as well as to his generic terminology that brings together different strands of scholarship. relying on the vocabulary of opposition, worringer contrasts the urge to empathy and the urge to abstraction. he thus establishes the domains of abstraction and representation in art- making, and underscores their characteristics. approached by neil donahue, geoffrey c. w. waite, and joshua dittrich from the perspective of its rhetorical aspects, worringer’s oppositional line of argument finds an antecedent in the thought of aristotle, a writer worringer mentions when criticising the dependence of contemporary art and thinking on classical models. for aristotle, antithesis is a key aspect of rhetorical discourse, employed for the specific purpose of persuasion. worringer’s argument and interpretation, antithetically articulated, indirectly show his reliance on classical rhetoric. antithesis features in the writings of kant, schopenhauer, riegl, and wölfflin, yet is distinctively associated with subjectivism, emotion, and the defence of abstract art in worringer’s texts. a key strategy in worringer’s discourse, antithesis also characterises the views of worringer on lived experience: he finds that human beings are engaged in a perpetually oppositional relationship with their environments. however, alternatives to opposition also feature in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic. addressing instances of abstract-representational interplay, worringer points to gradation, displacement and transposition in psychological, historical and formal contexts. for him, interplay is visible in japanese art, ionic architecture or byzantine style, but most of all in gothic art. worringer contrasts representation and abstraction; nevertheless, he also notes that, once one pole of the antithetical relationship is reached, its opposite reveals its appeal. in form in gothic, worringer explains that historical objectivity can only be attained for a discussion of the role of the rhetorical strategy of opposition in worringer’s approach to the writing of art history and theory, see ‘antithesis: classical, modern and contemporary contexts,’ - . see ‘gradation, displacement and transposition: alternatives to antithesis in worringer’s abstraction and empathy,’ - , in this thesis. this thesis inquires into worringer’s views on abstract-representational interplay in ‘form in gothic: interplay readdressed,’ - . through a duplication of ego and through attending to the antithetic opinions of its parts. the interplay of opposites is thus revisited by worringer from a new angle. visible in naturalist (or representational) art, which actually draws together the imitative and creative impulses, interplay appears threatening to worringer, since it promises to destabilize the antithesis of representation and abstraction. however, in gothic art, worringer recognizes abstract-representational interplay at work. processes of remembering, assimilation and interpolation feature in the gothic approach to rendering animal figures, according to him; he detects a connection with the world in such representations, but finds it difficult to establish specific sources for gothic motifs. gothic interplay is different from classical interplay as observed in ionic architecture, for instance; it also differs from the play drive as previously described by friedrich schiller. schiller, like worringer, employs strong contrasts when defining the key terms of his inquiry: he writes about the antithetic laws of absolute reality and absolute formality, and the sensuous and formal drives specific to them. yet schiller argues that the play drive mediates between these opposites, balancing matter and form, feelings and reason, senses and law, and fostering harmonious interconnections. gothic art does not attract schiller’s interest, yet becomes the main site of abstract-representational interplay for worringer. underscoring the duality and hybridity of gothic, worringer finds that opposite elements coexist without estranging their defining characteristics in gothic art. worringer approaches the relationship between representation and abstraction with his contemporaries in mind. arguing in favour of abstraction, he seeks the attention and understanding of a public he regards as critical towards current abstract tendencies in art- ‘history and ego: worringer’s approach,’ - , casts a closer glance towards worringer’s historical methods as explained in form in gothic. worringer’s hesitation regarding interplay as made visible in naturalism is approached in ‘interplay in naturalism,’ , from the current thesis. see ‘interplay in the gothic art of northern europe: memory, assimilation, interpolation,’ - . from the current thesis, see ‘schiller, worringer, interplay,’ - . gothic hybridity is underscored in ‘interplay: a dual, hybrid state in gothic art,’ - , from this thesis. the attention worringer directs towards his contemporaries is discussed in ‘worringer: his contemporaries, and early twentieth-century art-making in abstraction and empathy,’ - , from this thesis. making. as his forewords point out, his strategy meets with success during his time. relying on the opposition of abstraction and representation, abstraction and empathy and form in gothic benefit from the advantages worringer’s methodological preference brings along: clarity, persuasive power, memorability. these qualities explain the wide appeal of worringer’s books in the early years of the twentieth century. nevertheless, the disadvantages of polar opposition are highlighted by arnheim; for him, abstract-representational antithesis fails to acknowledge the merits of abstraction as a fundamental activity of thinking, perception, and art-making. deleuze and guattari, who articulate memorable oppositions themselves, also inquire into the interaction between antithetic terms such as organic and inorganic, representational (or figurative) and abstract. arnheim, deleuze and guattari – three writers who discuss worringer’s approach at length – address abstract-representational opposition as well as interplay in their writings. they signal their disagreements with worringer’s views, yet remain open to the complexities of his argument. for them as for worringer, one perspective on the abstract-representational relationship does not suffice. when theorizing opposition in his books, worringer proves more confident than when he discusses interplay. denying the ‘play’ element in order to emphasize the seriousness of artistic pursuits, worringer sees in abstract-representational interplay the threat of a loss of identity for abstract, respectively imitative impulses. however, he employs the term ‘interplay’ with assurance where ‘interplay’ is paired up with its opposite: ‘counterplay.’ interplay acquires predominantly negative associations in worringer’s texts, yet this does not prevent worringer from dedicating a significant number of pages to the analysis of the this thesis has pointed to the reservations of early twentieth-century art historians such as richard hamann to worringer’s approach. see ‘gazing in the mirror of history: worringer’s forewords to abstraction and empathy and form in gothic,’ - . see, from the current thesis, ‘abstraction, representation, opposition: worringer and rudolf arnheim,’ - ; also, ‘rethinking abstract-representational interplay: worringer, arnheim, deleuze,’ - . the approach of deleuze, and deleuze and guattari, to worringer’s writings is explored in ‘the relationship between abstraction and representation: highlights from worringer’s abstraction and empathy, and gilles deleuze’s francis bacon: the logic of sensation,’ - , and ‘rethinking abstract-representational interplay: worringer, arnheim, deleuze,’ - , two sections from this thesis. worringer and read, form in gothic, , . ibid., . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, , . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, , , . interplay of representation and abstraction as observed in gothic art. he also highlights instances of abstract-representational interplay at points of transition between epochs and modes of art-making, for instance in connection to the passage between romanesque and gothic art, or between gothic and renaissance. abstract-representational interplay develops artistic and historical nuances in abstraction and empathy and form in gothic, where worringer discusses it alongside the opposition of representation and abstraction. the title of worringer’s debut book, abstraction and empathy, reveals the peculiar dynamic of opposition and interplay in worringer’s writing. if interpreted according to the first chapters of abstraction and empathy, its title could appear oppositional. nevertheless, when worringer juxtaposes terms he regards as opposites, he creates common ground at the same time as differentiation. he gives no indication that the urge to abstraction has to be read as strictly opposite to the urge to empathy, but allows a fruitful ambiguity to connect the two terms instead. abstraction and empathy shows worringer attending to both abstract-representational opposition and interplay. this dual focus is a key characteristic of his discourse. associated with ‘disputation’ rather than dialogue in abstraction and empathy, and paired with ‘counterplay’ in form in gothic, interplay features in worringer’s texts as an indispensable facet of artistic practice. the writings and works of painters active around the turn of the twentieth century indeed reveal various approaches to abstract-representational interplay. for instance, hildebrand brings together an interest in the study of nature and a structural approach to the unity of form and composition. hodler welcomes personal emotion as well as formal parallelism in his work. painting, according to cézanne, needs to emerge from a worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . also, worringer and read, form in gothic, - , - , - . worringer and read, form in gothic, , - . worringer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style, - . ibid., , . worringer and read, form in gothic, , . see, for instance, ‘pictorial contexts for abstract-representational interplay: cézanne’s realized sensations,’ - , ‘monet, worringer’s impressionism, and abstract-representational interplay,’ - , ‘monet and his motifs: representational and abstract aspects,’ - , ‘representation and abstraction in monet’s water lilies ( ),’ - , ‘towards the expression of inner worlds: kandinsky, worringer, and turn-of-the-twentieth- century artist writings,’ - , ‘painting interplay: kandinsky’s impression v (park) ( ), picture with a black arch ( ), and picture with red spot ( ),’ - . complex combination of attentive observation, direct rendering, studying the old masters at the louvre, finding the geometry of motifs, and bringing sensations to realisation. working in the open air, monet completes his paintings in the studio, where he readdresses the relationship between direct observation and pictorial engagement with the world. kandinsky’s impressions rely on observed motifs, while his improvisations capture the sudden surfacing of inner life; both his impressions and improvisations echo his attention to the world, transfiguring direct observation and allowing it to inform increasingly abstract compositions. a characteristic of art-making particularly visible in the early s, abstract- representational interplay draws together apparently opposite approaches whose actual exchanges highlight the formal, emotional and contextual processes that bring art into being. selected bibliography 'guide to the cassirer collection, - .' stanford: department of special collections, stanford university libraries, . adair-toteff, christopher, 'neo-kantianism: the german idealism movement' in thomas baldwin, the cambridge history of philosophy - (cambridge and new york: cambridge university press, ), - . altieri, charles, 'the concept of force as a frame for modernist art and literature', boundary , vol. , no. , , - . ———, ' "ponderation" in cézanne and williams', poetics today, vol. , no. , , - . ———, 'representation, representativeness and "non-representational" art' in mary ann caws, perspectives on perception. philosophy, art, and literature (new york: peter lang, ), - . anchor, robert, germany confronts modernization: german culture and society, - (lexington: heath, ). antliff, allan, 'cosmic modernism: elie nadelman, adolf wolff, and the materialist aesthetics of john weichsel', archives of american art journal, , no. / , , - . aristotle, and s. h. butcher, the poetics of aristotle (pennsylvania: pennsylvania state university, [c. b. c.]). aristotle, and w. rhys roberts, rhetoric (pennsylvania: pennsylvania state university, [c. b. c.]). arnheim, rudolf, new essays on the psychology of art (berkeley, los angeles, london: university of california press, ). ———, visual thinking (london: faber and faber ltd., ). ———, 'wilhelm worringer and modern art: some reflections on a th anniversary', michigan quarterly review, xx, no. , , - . asendorf, christoph, batteries of life: on the history of things and their perception in modernity (berkeley: university of california press, ). athanassoglou-kallmyer, nina m., cézanne and provence: the painter in his culture (chicago: university of chicago press, ). ———, 'sainte-victoire and the end of time' in nina m. athanassoglou-kallmyer, cézanne and provence: the painter in his culture (chicago: university of chicago press, ), - . bachrach, susan p., 'a comparison of the early landscapes of münter and kandinsky, - ', woman's art journal, vol. , no. , , - . bahr, hermann, 'expressionism' in jack d. flam, miriam deutch and carl einstein, primitivism and twentieth-century art: a documentary history (berkeley, california: university of california press, ), - . ———, 'from expressionism [expressionismus]' in rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), - . baldwin, thomas, the cambridge history of philosophy, - (cambridge, u. k. and new york, u. s. : cambridge university press, ). barasch, moshe, theories of art: from impressionism to kandinsky (fredericksburg: new york university press, ). ———, theories of art: from plato to winckelmann (new york: new york university press, ). barnett, vivian endicott, ed., kandinsky (new york: guggenheim museum publications distributed by distributed art publishers, ). barnett, vivian endicott, helmut friedel, and rudolf h. wackernagel, eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich (new york: harry n. abrams, ). barr, alfred hamilton, cubism and abstract art (london: secker & warburg, and the museum of modern art, [ ]). baumgarten, alexander gottlieb, reflections on poetry (berkeley and los angeles: university of california press, [ ]). behr, shulamith, expressionism (london: tate gallery, ). ———, 'wassily kandinsky and dimitrije mitrinovic; pan-christian universalism and the yearbook 'towards the mankind of the future through aryan europe'', oxford art journal, , no. , , - . ———, women expressionists (new york: rizzoli, ). behr, shulamith, david fanning, and douglas jarman, expressionism reassessed (manchester and new york: manchester university press, ). behr, shulamith, and marian malet, arts in exile in britain - : politics and cultural identity (amsterdam and new york: rodopi, ). bernard, Émile, 'a conversation with cézanne' in richard kendall, cézanne by himself: drawings, paintings, writings (boston, toronto, new york: little, brown, [ ]), - . berry, kenneth, 'the paradox of kandinsky's abstract representation', journal of aesthetic education, , no. , , - . bezzola, tobia, paul lang, paul müller, and oskar bätschmann, ferdinand hodler: landscapes (zurich and london: scalo and thames & hudson, ). bottineau-fuchs, yves, et al., 'rouen.' in grove art online. oxford art online. oxford: oxford university press, . bowron, edgar peters, and helmut börsch-supan, romantics, realists, revolutionaries: masterpieces of nineteenth-century german painting from the museum of fine arts, leipzig (new york: prestel, ). bronner, stephen eric, and d. emily hicks, 'expressionist painting and the aesthetic dimension' in stephen eric bronner and douglas kellner, passion and rebellion: the expressionist heritage (south hadley, massachusetts: j. f. bergin, ), - . bronner, stephen eric, and douglas kellner, passion and rebellion: the expressionist heritage (south hadley, massachussetts: j. f. bergin, ). brown, marshall, 'the classic is the baroque: on the principle of wolfflin's art history', critical inquiry, , no. , , - . bullen, j. b., 'byzantinism and modernism - ', the burlington magazine, , no. , , - . burstein, jessica, cold modernism: literature, fashion, art (university park: pennsylvania state university press, ). bushart, magdalena, 'changing times, changing styles: wilhelm worringer and the art of his epoch' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . buttigieg, joseph a., 'worringer among the modernists', boundary , , no. , , - . cabot perry, lilla, 'reminiscences of claude monet from to ' in george t. m. shackelford, monet and the impressionists (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, ), - . cachin, françoise, isabelle cahn, walter feilchenfeldt, henri loyrette, and joseph j. rishel, cézanne (new york: h.n. abrams and the philadelphia museum of art, ). carpenter, james m., 'cézanne and tradition', the art bulletin, , no. , , - . caws, mary ann, surrealism, themes and movements (london , new york: phaidon press, ). cézanne, paul, and john rewald, eds., paul cézanne: letters (oxford: b. cassirer, ). cicero, marcus tullius, 'first oration against lucius catilina: delivered in the senate' in c. d. yonge, the orations of marcus tullius cicero (london: henry g. bohn, [ b. c.]), . . ciolkowska, muriel, 'memories of monet' in george t. m. shackelford, monet and the impressionists (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, [march ]), - . clarke, jay a. , 'neo-idealism, expressionism, and the writing of art history', art institute of chicago museum studies, , no. , , - + - . colpitt, frances, abstract art in the late twentieth century (new york: cambridge university press, ). conisbee, philip, 'cézanne's provence' in philip conisbee and denis coutagne, cézanne in provence (new haven: national gallery of arts, ), - . ———, 'le tholonet, bibémus and the château noir' in philip conisbee and denis coutagne, cézanne in provence (new haven: national gallery of arts, ), - . conisbee, philip, paul cézanne, denis coutagne, national gallery of art (u.s.), and musée granet., cézanne in provence (new haven: national gallery of arts, ). coutagne, denis, cézanne et paris (paris: musée du luxembourg, ). cuda, anthony, 'the question of t. e. hulme's modernism', english literature in transition, - , , no. , , - . dabrowski, magdalena, 'kandinsky compositions: the music of the spheres', moma, no. , , - . dasenbrock, reed way, the literary vorticism of ezra pound and wyndham lewis: towards the condition of painting (baltimore: johns hopkins university press, ). davis, michael t., and linda elaine neagley, 'mechanics and meaning: plan design at saint-urbain, troyes and saint-ouen, rouen', gesta, , no. , , - . deleuze, gilles, francis bacon: the logic of sensation (london: continuum, [ ]). deleuze, gilles, and félix guattari, a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia (minneapolis: university of minnesota press, ). denis, maurice, 'cézanne-ii', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , , - . denis, maurice, and roger e. fry, 'cézanne-i', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , , - . deutsche guggenheim, berlin, 'abstraction and empathy in berlin: josef albers, blinky palermo, michael buthe, thomas schütte, philip guston, paul klee, piet mondrian.' deutsche guggenheim magazine, . dittrich, joshua, 'a life of matter and death: inorganic life in worringer, deleuze and guattari', discourse, , no. , , - . donahue, neil, 'analysis and construction: the aesthetics of carl einstein', the german quarterly, , no. , , - . donahue, neil h., forms of disruption: abstraction in modern german prose (ann arbor: university of michigan press, ). ———, 'from worringer to baudrillard and back: ancient americans and (post)modern culture in weimar germany' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . ———, 'introduction: art history or "sublime hysteria"?' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . ———, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ). ———, 'worringer, wilhelm.' in encyclopedia of aesthetics. oxford art online, edited by michael kelly. dorra, henri, ed., symbolist art theories: a critical anthology (berkeley: university of california press, ). dowden, stephen e., meike g. werner, 'the place of german modernism' in helmut walser smith, the oxford handbook of modern german history (oxford: oxford university press, ), - . dube, wolf dieter, the expressionists (london: thames & hudson, ). düchting, hajo, 'colour and technique: monet and his influence on abstract painting' in karin sagner-düchting, monet and modernism (munich and london: prestel, ), - . duerden, dennis, 'art and technical progress', transition, no. , , - . duret, théodore, histoire des peintres impressionistes (paris: h. floury, [ ]). dutton, denis, 'the experience of art is paradise regained: kant on free and dependent beauty', the british journal of aesthetics, , , http://www.denisdutton.com/kant.htm. edwards, steve, ed., art and its histories: a reader (new haven and london: yale university press, ). elderfield, john, henri matisse: a retrospective (new york: the museum of modern art, ). faure, elie, les constructeurs [cézanne, lamarck, michelet, dostoievsky, nietsche] ([biarritz]: gontheir, ). ———, p. cézanne (paris: cres et cie, ). fechter, paul, 'from expressionism [der expressionismus]' in rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), - . fer, briony, on abstract art (new haven: yale university press, ). fernie, eric, ed., art history and its methods. a critical anthology (london: phaidon press limited, ). finke, ulrich, german painting: from romanticism to expressionism (london: thames and hudson, ). fischer, hartwig, sean rainbird, and shulamith behr, eds., kandinsky: the path to abstraction (london: tate, ). flam, jack d., miriam deutch, and carl einstein, primitivism and twentieth-century art: a documentary history (berkeley, california: university of california press, ). forster-hahn, françoise, 'constructing new histories: nationalism and modernity in the display of art' in françoise forster-hahn, imagining modern german culture, - (washington and hanover: national gallery of art and the university press of new england, ), - . ———, ed., imagining modern german culture, - (washington and hanover: national gallery of art and the university press of new england, ). foster, hal, '"primitive" scenes', critical inquiry, , no. , , - . foster, hal, rosalind krauss, yve-alain bois, and benjamin h. d. buchloh, art since : modernism, antimodernism, postmodernism (london: thames and hudson, ). francastel, pierre, monet, sisley, pissarro, les trésors de la peinture française (paris: a. skira, ). frank, joseph, the idea of spatial form (new brunswick and london: rutgers university press, ). fritz-joachim von, rintelen, 'philosophical idealism in germany: the way from kant to hegel and the present', philosophy and phenomenological research, , no. , , - . fry, roger, 'the baroque', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , , - . ———, 'from "the post-impressionists - " ' in michel hoog, cézanne: the first modern painter (london: thames and hudson [nation], [ december ]), - . fry, roger eliot, cézanne: a study of his development (london: hogarth press, ). gaiger, jason, 'the aesthetic of kant and hegel' in paul smith and carolyn wilde, a companion to art theory (oxford: blackwell publishing, ), - . gamboni, dario, 'the vision of a vision: perception, hallucination, and potential images in gauguin's vision of the sermon' in belinda thomson, visions: gauguin and his time (zwolle and amsterdam: waanders publishers and van gogh museum, ), - . gardner, sebastian, and paul franks, 'from kant to post-kantian idealism', proceedings of the aristotelian society, supplementary volumes, , , - . geissendoerfer, theodore, 'a critical bibliography of recent methods in german literary research', the journal of english and germanic philology, , no. , , - . georges-michel, michel, 'from peintres et sculpteurs que j'ai connus, - ' in terence maloon, richard shiff and angela gundert, classic cézanne (sydney [new york]: art gallery of new south wales [brentano's], [ ]), [ - ]. gilbert-rolfe, jeremy, beauty and the contemporary sublime (new york: allworth press, ). ———, 'nonrepresentation in : meaning-production beyond the scope of the pious', arts magazine, , no. , , - . giménez, carmen, and nat trotman, 'lasting impact: carmen giménez on abstraction and empathy.' deutsche guggenheim magazine, , - . gluck, mary, georg lukács and his generation, - (cambridge: harvard university press, ). ———, 'interpreting primitivism, mass culture and modernism: the making of wilhelm worringer's abstraction and empathy', new german critique, no. , , - . ———, 'toward a historical definition of modernism: georg lukács and the avant-garde', the journal of modern history, , no. , , - . goethe, johann wolfgang von, 'ancient and modern' in j. e. spingarn, goethe's literary essays (new york: harcourt, brace and company, [ ]), - . ———, 'simple imitation of nature, manner, style' in j. e. spingarn, goethe's literary essays (new york: harcourt, brace and company, [ ]), - . ———, theory of colours (london: john murray, albemarle street, [ ]). goethe, johann wolfgang von, friedrich schiller, and george h. calvert, correspondence between schiller and goethe from to (new york and london: wiley and putnam, ). golding, john, paths to the absolute. mondrian, malevich, kandinsky, pollock, newman, rothko, and still (new jersey: princeton university press, ). gombrich, e.h., 'experiment and experience in the arts' in the image and the eye. further studies in the psychology of pictorial representation (oxford: phaidon, ), - . ———, 'meditations on a hobby horse or the roots of artistic form' in meditations on a hobby horse, and other essays on the theory of art (oxford: phaidon, . gombrich, e. h., ' "they were all human beings: so much is plain": reflections on cultural relativism in the humanities', critical inquiry, , no. , , - . gooding, mel, abstract art (london: tate publishing, ). gordon, donald e., expressionism: art and idea (new haven: yale university press, ). ———, 'on the origin of the word "expressionism" ', journal of the warburg and courtauld institutes, , , - . goude, gunnar, and gunilla derefeldt, 'a study of wölfflin's system for characterizing art', studies in art education, , no. , , - . greenberg, clement, 'abstract and representational' in john o'brian, the collected essays and criticism. : affirmations and refusals, - (chicago and london: the university of chicago press, [ ]), - . ———, 'cézanne', the american mercury, june, , - . grohmann, will, wassily kandinsky: life and work (new york: h. n. abrams, ). gubser, michael, 'time and history in alois riegl's theory of perception', journal of the history of ideas, , no. , , - . guenther, peter w., 'an introduction to the expressionist movement' in stephanie barron and bruce davis, german expressionist prints and drawings: the robert gore rifkind center for german expressionist studies (los angeles, california; munich, federal republic of germany; new york, new york: los angeles county museum of art and prestel ), - . hansen, miriam, 't. e. hulme, mercenary of modernism, or, fragments of avantgarde sensibility in pre-world war i britain', elh, , no. , , - . harrison, charles, francis frascina, and gillian perry, primitivism, cubism, abstraction: the early twentieth century (new haven: yale university press in association with the open university, ). harrison, charles, and fred orton, modernism, criticism, realism (new york: harper & row, ). harrison, charles , and paul wood, eds., art in theory – . an anthology of changing ideas (malden usa, oxford uk, carlton victoria australia: blackwell, ). harrison, charles, paul wood, and jason gaiger, art in theory, - : an anthology of changing ideas (oxford, uk; malden, ma: blackwell, ). harrison, thomas j., : the emancipation of dissonance (berkeley: university of california press, ). hatfield, gary, 'psychology old and new', institute for research in cognitive sciences, . hatt, michael, and charlotte klonk, art history: a critical introduction to its methods (manchester and new york: manchester university press, ). haxthausen, charles werner, 'modern art after "the end of expressionism": worringer in the s' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . hayes, paul, ed., themes in modern european history, - (london: routledge, ). hegel, g. w. f., 'lectures on aesthetics' in charles harrison, paul wood and jason gaiger, art in theory, - : an anthology of changing ideas (oxford, uk and malden, ma: blackwell, [ - ]), - . hegel, georg wilhelm friedrich, and t. m. knox, aesthetics: lectures on fine art (oxford: clarendon press, [ - ]). hegel, georg wilhelm friedrich, arnold v. miller, and j. n. findlay, phenomenology of spirit (oxford: clarendon press, [ ]). heinrich, christoph, claude monet, - (koln ; new york: taschen, ). heller, reinhold, 'kandinsky and traditions apocalyptic', art journal, , no. , , - . heller, reinhold, and gabriele münter, gabriele münter: the years of expressionism, - (munich: prestel, ). henkels, h., 'de stijl.' in grove art online. oxford art online. herbert, robert l., 'the decorative and the natural in monet's cathedrals' in john rewald and frances weitzenhoffer, aspects of monet: a symposium on the artist's life and times (new york: abrams, ), - . hickman, miranda b., the geometry of modernism: the vorticist idiom in lewis, pound, h. d., and yeats (austin, texas: university of texas press, ). hiesinger, kathryn b., art nouveau in munich: masters of jugendstil from the stadtmuseum, munich, and other public and private collections (philadelphia and munich: philadelphia museum of art, prestel, and münchner stadtmuseum, ). hildebrand, adolf, the problem of form in painting and sculpture (new york and london: garland publishing, [ ]). hiller, susan, the myth of primitivism: perspectives on art (london and new york: routledge, ). hirsh, sharon l., and ferdinand hodler, ferdinand hodler (new york: braziller, ). hodler, ferdinand, arts council of great britain, pro helvetia, and hayward gallery, ferdinand hodler, - ([london: arts council, ). hodler, ferdinand, tobia bezzola, paul lang, paul müller, oskar bätschmann, and kunsthaus zürich, ferdinand hodler: landscapes (zürich and london: scalo and thames & hudson, ). hodler, ferdinand, hans a. lüthy, juerg albrecht, and peter fischer, ferdinand hodler: views & visions (zurich and washington: swiss institute for art research trust for museum exhibitions, ). holdheim, w. wolfgang, 'wilhelm worringer and the polarity of understanding', boundary , , no. , , - . hoog, michel, cézanne: the first modern painter (london: thames and hudson, ). house, john, 'monet and the genesis of his series' in dominik rimbault, philip hurdwood and christopher scoular, claude monet, painter of light (avalon beach, nsw: maxwell's collection distributor, ), - . ———, 'time's cycles', art in america, , no. , , - . house, john, and claude monet, monet: nature into art (new haven and london: yale university press, ). hulme, t. e., and herbert read, eds., speculations: essays on humanism and the philosophy of art (london, england: routledge & kegan paul, [ ]). hung, ho-fung, 'orientalist knowledge and social theories: china and the european conceptions of east-west differences from to ', sociological theory, , no. , , - . ingres, jean auguste dominique, 'from notebooks' in charles harrison, paul wood and jason gaiger, art in theory - . an anthology of changing ideas (oxford, uk: blackwell, c. - ), - . ionescu, vlad, 'deleuze's tensive notion of painting in the light of riegl, wölfflin and worringer', deleuze studies, , no. , - . iversen, margaret, alois riegl: art history and theory (cambridge, massachusetts: mit press, ). jansen, leo, hans luijten, and nienke bakker, vincent van gogh: the letters, vol. (new york: thames & hudson, ). jarzombek, mark, 'de-scribing the language of looking: wölfflin and the history of aesthetic experientialism', assemblage, no. , , - . ———, the psychologizing of modernity: art, architecture, and history (new york: cambridge university press, ). jennings, michael w., 'against expressionism: materialism and social theory in worringer's abstraction and empathy' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park: pennsylvania state university press, ), - . jones, alun r., 't. e. hulme, wilhelm worringer and the urge to abstraction', the british journal of aesthetics, no. , , - . kandinsky, wassily, 'on the spiritual in art' in kenneth c. lindsay and peter vergo, kandinsky: complete writings on art (boston: g. k. hall, [ - ]), - . kandinsky, wassily, vivian endicott barnett, helmut friedel, and rudolf h. wackernagel, eds., vasily kandinsky: a colorful life: the collection of the lenbachhaus, munich (new york: harry n. abrams, ). kandinsky, wassily, vivian endicott barnett, solomon r. guggenheim museum., städtische galerie im lenbachhaus münchen., and centre georges pompidou, kandinsky (new york: guggenheim museum publications, ). kandinsky, wassily, annegret hoberg, and gabriele münter, wassily kandinsky and gabriele münter: letters and reminiscences, - (munich and new york: prestel, ). kandinsky, wassily, andré s. labarthe, alain plagne, and centre georges pompidou, vassily kandinsky. . munich: rm arts. kandinsky, wassily, klaus lankheit, and franz marc, der blaue reiter (munchen: r. piper, ). kandinsky, wassily, kenneth c. lindsay, and peter vergo, kandinsky. complete writings on art (boston, massachusetts: g.k. hall, ). kandinsky, wassily, solomon r. guggenheim museum, and hilla von rebay foundation, vasily kandinsky ( - ): a selection from the solomon r. guggenheim museum and the hilla von rebay foundation (sydney, n.s.w.: international cultural corporation of australia, ). kandinsky, wassily, and michael t. h. sadler, 'concerning the spiritual in art.' project gutenberg, [ - ]. kandinsky, wassily, solomon r. guggenheim foundation, solomon r. guggenheim museum, san francisco museum of modern art, and städtische galerie im lenbachhaus münchen., kandinsky in munich, - (new york: solomon r. guggenheim foundation, ). kant, immanuel, and paul guyer, critique of the power of judgment (new york: cambridge university press, [ ]). kaufmann, doris, ' "pushing the limits of understanding": the discourse on primitivism in german kulturwissenschaften, - ', studies in the history and philosophy of science, , no. , , - . kendall, richard, cézanne by himself: drawings, paintings, writings (boston: little, brown, ). kinross, robin, 'herbert read's "art and industry": a history', journal of design history, , no. , , - . kleinbauer, w. eugène, 'geistesgeschichte and art history', art journal, , no. , - , - . ———, modern perspectives in western art history: an anthology of twentieth-century writings on the visual arts (toronto: university of toronto press [medieval academy of america] [holt, rinehart and winston], [ ]). koss, juliet, 'on the limits of empathy', the art bulletin, , no. , , - . lankheit, klaus, the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, ). lasko, peter, the expressionist roots of modernism (manchester, england & new york, usa: manchester university press, ). leca, benedict, 'sites of forgetting: cézanne and the provençal landscape tradition' in philip conisbee and denis coutagne, cézanne in provence (new haven: national gallery of arts, ), - . lenman, robin, artists and society in germany, - (new york: manchester university press, ). levine, frederick s., the apocalyptic vision: the art of franz marc as german expressionism (new york: harper & row, ). levine, steven z., 'monet's series: repetition, obsession', october, , , - . levine, steven z., and claude monet, monet, narcissus, and self-reflection: the modernist myth of the self (chicago, ill.: university of chicago press, ). lewer, debbie, post-impressionism to world war ii (malden: blackwell, ). lichtheim, george, lukács ([london]: fontana, ). lindsay, kenneth, c., and peter vergo, eds. kandinsky. complete writings on art, vol. i ( - ), ii ( - ) (boston, massachusetts: g.k. hall & co., ). lindsay, kenneth c. , 'kandinsky and the compositional factor', art journal, , no. spring, , , - . lipps, theodor, estetica. psihologia frumosului și a artei, vol. i (bucurești: meridiane, [ ]). lloyd, jill, german expressionism: primitivism and modernity (new haven: yale university press, ). lloyd, jill, and michael peppiatt, van gogh and expressionism (ostfildern: hatje cantz, ). long, rose-carol washton, 'brücke, german expressionism and the issue of modernism' in christian weikop, new perspectives on brücke expressionism: bridging history (farnham, surrey and burlington, vt: ashgate, ), - . ———, kandinsky, the development of an abstract style (oxford: clarendon press, ). ———, 'kandinsky's abstract style: the veiling of apocalyptic folk imagery', art journal, , , - . ———, 'kandinsky's vision of utopia as a garden of love', art journal, , no. , , - . ———, 'occultism, anarchism, and abstraction: kandinsky's art of the future', art journal, , no. , , - . long, rose-carol washton, stephanie barron, and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, ). loran, erle, cézanne's composition: analysis of his form with diagrams and photographs of his motifs (berkeley, california: university of california press, ). lorenz, katharina, and jas' elsner, ' "on the relationship of art history and art theory": translators' introduction', critical inquiry, , no. , , - . lukács, georg, 'expressionism: its significance and decline' in rodney livingstone, georg lukács: essays on realism (london: lawrence and wishart, ), - . lynton, norbert, 'expressionism' in nikos stangos, concepts of modern art: from fauvism to postmodernism (new york: thames and hudson, ), - . lyon, christopher, 'unveiling monet', moma, no. , , - . machotka, pavel, cézanne: landscape into art (london, new haven: yale university press, ). maësse, gérôme, 'from "l'opinion de claude monet" ' in terence maloon, richard shiff and angela gundert, classic cézanne (sydney [paris]: art gallery of new south wales [les tendances nouvelles], [december ]), . magee, glenn alexander, the hegel dictionary (london and new york: continuum, ). mallgrave, harry francis, and eleftherios ikonomou, eds., empathy, form, and space: problems in german aesthetics, - (santa monica, california and chicago, illinois: getty center for the history of art and the humanities, ). marc, franz, 'the savages of germany' in wassily kandinsky, franz marc and klaus lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, [ ]), - . ———, 'two pictures' in wassily kandinsky, franz marc and klaus lankheit, the blaue reiter almanac (london: tate, [ ]), - . marx, roger, 'the waterlilies by monsieur claude monet' in george t. m. shackelford, monet and the impressionists (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, [june ]), - . masheck, joseph, 'abstraction and apathy: crystalline form in expressionism and in the minimalism of tony smith' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . ———, 'raw art: "primitive" authenticity and german expressionism', res: anthropology and aesthetics, no. , , - . masson, andré, 'monet the founder' in george t. m. shackelford, monet and the impressionists (sydney: art gallery of new south wales, [ ]), - . matisse, henri, 'notes of a painter' in jack flam, matisse on art (oxford: phaidon, [ ]. mckay, carol, 'modernist primitivism?: the case of kandinsky', oxford art journal, , no. , , - . mellor, david alan, 'herbert read. leeds city art galleries', the burlington magazine, , no. , , - . merleau-ponty, maurice, 'cézanne's doubt' in northwestern university press, sense and non-sense (evanston, illinois: northwestern university press, [ ]), - . ———, 'eye and mind' in northwestern university press, the primacy of perception: and other essays on phenomenological psychology, the philosophy of art, history and politics (evanston, illinois: northwestern university press, [ ]), - . messer, thomas m., vasily kandinsky, (new york: h.n. abrams, ). michel, andreas, ' "our european arrogance": wilhelm worringer and carl einstein on non-european art', amsterdamer beiträge zur neueren germanistik, , no. , , - . mitchell, stephen a., relationality: from attachment to intersubjectivity (hillsdale, new jersey: the analytic press, ). mitchell, w. j.t., 'there are no visual media', journal of visual culture, , no. , , - . mitchell, w. j. t., 'what do pictures "really" want?', october, , , - . ———, what do pictures want? the lives and loves of images (chicago: university of chicago press, ). moffitt, john f., ' "fighting forms: the fate of the animals." the occultist origins of franz marc's "farbentheorie" ', artibus et historiae, , no. , , - . monet, claude, and john house, monet (oxford: phaidon, ). monet, claude, john house, and virginia spate, claude monet, painter of light (auckland, n.z.: auckland city art gallery : nzi corporation, ). monet, claude, and richard kendall, monet by himself: paintings, drawings, pastels, letters (london: macdonald orbis, ). monet, claude, henri matisse, john peter russell, art gallery of new south wales, and queensland art gallery, belle-Île: monet, russell & matisse in brittany (sydney, n.s.w.: art gallery of new south wales, ). monet, claude, and george t. m. shackelford, monet and the impressionists (sydney: art gallery of new south wales and museum of new zealand te papa tongarewa, ). moore, richard a., 'academic "dessin" theory in france after the reorganization of ', journal of the society of architectural historians, , no. , , - . morgan, david, 'the enchantment of art: abstraction and empathy from german romanticism to expressionism', journal of the history of ideas, , no. , , - . ———, 'the idea of abstraction in german theories of the ornament from kant to kandinsky', the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, , no. , , - . mundt, ernest k., 'three aspects of german aesthetic theory', the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, , no. , , - . murphy, kevin d., 'the historic building in the modernized city: the cathedrals of paris and rouen in the nineteenth century', journal of urban history, , no. , , - . myers, bernard s., expressionism: a generation in revolt (london: thames and hudson, ). neagley, linda elaine, 'elegant simplicity: the late gothic plan design of st.-maclou in rouen', college art association, , - . ———, 'the flamboyant architecture of st.-maclou, rouen, and the development of a style', journal of the society of architectural historians, , no. , , - . needham, gerald, 'naturalism.' in grove art online. oxford art online. ———, 'orientalism in france', art journal, , no. , , - . nietzsche, friedrich wilhelm, raymond geuss, and ronald speirs, the birth of tragedy and other writings, cambridge texts in the history of philosophy (cambridge, u.k., and new york, u. s. a.: cambridge university press, ). olin, margaret, 'forms of respect: alois riegl's concept of attentiveness', the art bulletin, , no. , , - . ———, 'validation by touch in kandinsky's early abstract art', critical inquiry, , no. , , - . olin, margaret rose, forms of representation in alois riegl's theory of art (university park: pennsylvania state university press, ). perkins, geoffrey christophe, contemporary theory of expressionism (bern: h. lang, ). petrie, brian, claude monet: the first of the impressionists (oxford: phaidon, ). podro, michael, kant and the aesthetic imagination (art and thought: blackwell publishing ltd., ). preuss, sebastian, 'spiritual intoxication: sebastian preuss on wilhelm worringer and modernism', deutsche bank artmag, no. , . preziosi, donald, the art of art history: a critical anthology (oxford and new york: oxford university press, ). rabinow, rebecca a., and dorthe aagesen, matisse: in search of true painting (new york: metropolitan museum of art, new york, statens museum for kunst, denmark, centre georges pompidou, paris, ). rapetti, rodolphe, symbolism (paris & london: flammarion and thames & hudson, ). read, herbert, the forms of things unknown: essays towards an aesthetic philosophy (cleveland and new york: meridian books, ). ———, the meaning of art (london: faber and faber, ). ———, 'the reconciling image' in herbert read, the forms of things unknown: essays towards an aesthetic philosophy (cleveland and new york: meridian books, ), - . read, herbert edward, a concise history of modern painting (london: thames & hudson, [ ]). restellini, marc, 'expressionismus & expressionismi: berlin-munich - . der blaue reiter vs brücke', la pinacothèque de paris, . rewald, john, 'cézanne: a biography', doctoral, sorbonne, . ———, the history of impressionism (new york and greenwich, connecticut: museum of modern art, ). ———, 'the impressionist brush', the metropolitan museum of art bulletin, , no. , , - . ———, the ordeal of paul cézanne (london: phoenix house, ). ———, paul cézanne: a biography (new york: schocken books, ). ———, post-impressionism: from van gogh to gauguin (new york and boston: museum of modern art, ). rewald, john, irene gordon, and frances weitzenhoffer, eds., studies in post-impressionism (new york: h.n. abrams, ). rewald, john, and frances weitzenhoffer, aspects of monet: a symposium on the artist's life and times (new york: abrams, ). rey, jean dominique, and denis rouart, monet, water lilies: the complete series (paris: flammarion and rizzoli, ). riegl, alois, 'leading characteristics of late roman kunstwollen' in donald preziosi, the art of art history: a critical anthology (oxford and new york: oxford university press, ), - . riegl, alois, and rolf winkes, late roman art industry (roma: g. bretschneider, [ ]). ringbom, sixten, 'art in "the epoch of the great spiritual": occult elements in the early theory of abstract painting', journal of the warburg and courtauld institutes, , , - . rishel, joseph j., gauguin, cézanne, matisse: visions of arcadia (philadelphia, pa: philadelphia museum of art, ). robbins, daniel, 'vasily kandinsky: abstraction and image', art journal, , no. , , - . robertson, ritchie, 'german literature and thought from to ' in helmut walser smith, the oxford handbook of modern german history (oxford: oxford university press, ), - . rogoff, irit, and royal academy of arts (great britain), the divided heritage: themes and problems in german modernism (cambridge and new york: cambridge university press, ). rollins, mark, 'what monet meant: intention and attention in understanding art', the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, , no. , , - . rosenthal, mark, abstraction in the twentieth century: total risk, freedom, discipline (new york: guggenheim museum publications, ). roskill, mark, klee, kandinsky, and the thought of their time: a critical perspective (urbana: university of illinois press, ). rubin, william, "primitivism" in twentieth-century art: affinity of the tribal and the modern (new york, boston: museum of modern art and new york graphic society books, ). russell, peter, the divided mind: a portrait of modern german culture (essen, germany and wellington, new zealand: verlag die blaue eule and victoria university press, ). sagner-düchting, karin, monet and modernism (munich and london: prestel, ). ———, 'monet's late work from the vantage point of modernism' in karin sagner- düchting, monet and modernism (munich and london: prestel, ), - . said, edward w., orientalism (new york: vintage books, [ ]). ———, 'orientalism reconsidered', cultural critique, no. , , - . schaffer, jonathan, 'monism.' in the stanford encyclopedia of philosophy, edited by edward n. zalta, . schapiro, meyer, paul cézanne (london and new york: thames and hudson, ). schapiro, meyer, and paul cézanne, paul cézanne (london: thames and hudson, ). schiller, friedrich, elizabeth m. wilkinson, and l. a. willoughby, on the aesthetic education of man, in a series of letters (oxford: clarendon, [ ]). schopenhauer, arthur, and e. f. j. payne, the world as will and representation, vol. (new york: dover publications, [ ]). schwabe, randolph, 'expressionism', the burlington magazine for connoisseurs, , no. , , - . seitz, william, 'monet and abstract painting', college art journal, vol. , no. , , - . seitz, william c., and claude monet, claude monet (new york: abrams, ). selwood, sara, abstraction and kandinsky (milton keynes: open university press, ). selz, peter, 'the aesthetic theories of wassily kandinsky and their relationship to the origin of non-objective painting', the art bulletin, , no. , , - . ———, ferdinand hodler (berkeley: university of california berkeley, university art museum, ). selz, peter howard, german expressionist painting (berkeley university of california press, [ ]( )). semmer, laure-caroline, 'birth of the figure of the father of modern art: cézanne in international exhibitions - ', arts & sociétés, . sheppard, richard, 'georg lukács, wilhelm worringer and german expressionism', journal of european studies, , no. , , - . shiff, richard, 'art history and the nineteenth century: realism and resistance', the art bulletin, , no. , , - . ———, cézanne and the end of impressionism: a study of the theory, technique, and critical evaluation of modern art (chicago: university of chicago press, ). ———, 'constructing physicality', art journal, , no. , , - . ———, 'remembering impressions', critical inquiry, , no. , , - . ———, 'representation, copying, and the technique of originality', new literary history, , no. , , - . ———, 'seeing cézanne', critical inquiry, , no. , , - . short, christopher, the art theory of wassily kandinsky, - . the quest for synthesis (oxford, bern, berlin, bruxelles, frankfurt am main, new york, wien: peter lang, ). simms, matthew, 'cézanne's unfinish', res: anthropology and aesthetics, no. , , - . smith, helmut walser, the oxford handbook of modern german history (oxford: oxford university press, ). smithgall, elsa, kandinsky and the harmony of silence: painting with white border (washington and new york: phillips collection, solomon r. guggenheim museum, ). sörbom, göran, 'the classical concept of mimesis' in paul smith and carolyn wilde, a companion to art theory (oxford: blackwell, ), - . sorensen, lee, 'worringer, wilhelm.' in dictionary of art historians. spanos, william v., 'modern literary criticism and the spatialization of time: an existential critique', the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, , no. , , - . spate, virginia, claude monet: the colour of time (london: thames & hudson, ). ———, 'transcending the moment - monet's water lilies - ' in dominik rimbault, philip hurdwood and christopher scoular, claude monet painter of light (avalon beach, nsw: maxwell's collection distributor, . spate, virginia, and claude monet, the colour of time: claude monet (london: thames and hudson, ). spurling, hilary, the unknown matisse: a life of henri matisse: the early years, - (berkeley: university of california press, ). stangos, nikos, concepts of modern art: from fauvism to postmodernism (new york: thames and hudson, ). stokes, adrian durham, cézanne (london: faber and faber, ). stolwijk, chris, sjraar van heugten, leo jansen, andreas blühm, and nienke bakker, vincent's choice: van gogh's musée imaginaire (london: thames & hudson, ). stuckey, charles f., monet: a retrospective (new york: park lane : distributed by crown publishers, ). summers, david, ' "form," nineteenth-century metaphysics, and the problem of art historical description', critical inquiry, , no. , , - . taylor, seth, left-wing nietzscheans: the politics of german expressionism, - , monographien und texte zur nietzsche-forschung (berlin and new york: w. de gruyter, ). thistlewood, david, 'herbert read ( - )', prospects: the quarterly review of comparative education, , no. / , , - . turner, jane, ed., from expressionism to post-modernism. styles and movements in th- century western art, the grove dictionary of art (london: macmillan reference limited, ). uhr, horst, lovis corinth, california studies in the history of art (berkeley: university of california press, ). ———, masterpieces of german expressionism at the detroit institute of arts (new york: hudson hills press in association with the detroit institute of arts, ). vidler, anthony, david freedberg, oleg grabar, anne higonnet, cecelia f. klein, and lisa tickner, 'the object of art history [art history posthistoire]', the art bulletin, , no. , , - . vinnen, carl, 'quousque tandem' in rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), - . vischer, friedrich theodor, 'critique of my aesthetics' in charles harrison, paul wood and jason gaiger, art in theory, - : an anthology of changing ideas (oxford and malden: blackwell, [ ]), - . vischer, robert, 'the aesthetic act and pure form' in charles harrison, paul wood and jason gaiger, art in theory, - :an anthology of changing ideas (oxford, uk ; malden, ma: blackwell, [ ]), - . ———, 'on the optical sense of form' in harry francis mallgrave and eleftherios ikonomou, empathy, form, and space: problems in german aesthetics, - (santa monica, california and chicago, illinois: getty center for the history of art and the humanities, [ ]), - . vogt, paul, expressionism: german painting, - (new york: h. n. abrams, ). vollard, ambroise, and harold livingston van doren, paul cézanne: his life and art (london: brentano's, ). waite, geoffrey c. w., 'after worringerian virtual reality: videodromes and cinema , masscult and cyberwar' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . ———, 'worringer's abstraction and empathy: remarks on its reception and on the rhetoric of its criticism' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, ), - . wallis, jeremy, impressionists (oxford: heinemann library, ). wees, william c., vorticism and the english avant-garde ([toronto]: university of toronto press, ). weikop, christian, new perspectives on brücke expressionism: bridging history (franham, surrey and burlington, vt: ashgate, ). weiss, peg, 'are we ready to memorialize kandinsky?', art journal, , no. , , - . ———, 'kandinsky and the 'jugendstil' arts and crafts movement', the burlington magazine, , no. , , - . ———, 'kandinsky and the symbolist heritage', art journal, , no. , , - . ———, kandinsky in munich: the formative jugendstil years (princeton: princeton university press, ). weiss, peg, and wassily kandinsky, kandinsky and old russia: the artist as ethnographer and shaman (new haven: yale university press, ). weisstein, ulrich, 'german literary expressionism: an anatomy', the german quarterly, , no. , , - . west, shearer, the visual arts in germany, - : utopia and despair (new brunswick: rutgers university press, ). whitford, frank, expressionism (london, new york: hamlyn, ). ———, kandinsky (london: hamlyn, ). ———, understanding abstract art (london: barrie & jenkins, ). whitford, frank, wassily kandinsky, and royal academy of arts, kandinsky: watercolours and other works on paper (london: thames and hudson, ). wiedmann, august k., the german quest for primal origins in art, culture and politics - (lewiston: e. mellen press, c. ). wildenstein, daniel, monet: or the triumph of impressionism, ([koln]: taschen and wildenstein institute, ). williams, rhys w., 'worringer, wilhelm.' in grove art online. oxford art online. wilson, ross, 'aesthetics and its discontents:the aesthetic unconscious', the british journal of aesthetics, , no. , , - . witkin, robert w., 'the psychology of abstraction and the visual arts.' - : the mit press, . wölfflin, heinrich, principles of art history. the problem of the development of style in later art (new york: dover publications, [ ]). ———, 'prolegomena to a psychology of architecture' in harry francis mallgrave and eleftherios ikonomou, empathy, form, and space: problems in german aesthetics, - (santa monica, california and chicago, illinois: getty center for the history of art and the humanities, [ ]), - . ———, renaissance and baroque (london: fontana library, ). wölfflin, heinrich, peter murray, and linda murray, classic art: an introduction to the italian renaissance (london: phaidon press, ). wood, christopher s., 'riegl's "mache" ', res: anthropology and aesthetics, no. , , - . worringer, wilhelm, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style (new york: international universities press [ ]). ———, 'from current questions on art' in rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), - . ———, 'the historical development of modern art' in rose-carol washton long, stephanie barron and ida katherine rigby, german expressionism: documents from the end of the wilhelmine empire to the rise of national socialism (new york: maxwell macmillan canada, [ ]), - . ———, 'transcendence and immanence in art', the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, , no. , , - . worringer, wilhelm, and hilton kramer, abstraction and empathy: a contribution to the psychology of style (chicago: ivan r. dee and elephant paperbacks, [ ]). worringer, wilhelm, and herbert edward read, form in gothic (london: tiranti, [ ]). wright, alastair, matisse and the subject of modernism (princeton: princeton university press, ). ziegler, joanna e., 'worringer's theory of transcendental space in gothic architecture: a medievalist's perspective' in neil h. donahue, invisible cathedrals: the expressionist art history of wilhelm worringer (university park, pa.: pennsylvania state university press, c. ), - . zilczer, judith, ' "color music": synaesthesia and nineteenth-century sources for abstract art', artibus et historiae, , no. , , - . list of illustrations . ferdinand hodler. lake geneva on the evening in chexbres. . oil on canvas. . x cm. private collection. . ferdinand hodler. eiger, mönch and jungfrau in the morning sun. . oil on canvas. x cm. private collection. . ferdinand hodler. emotion [ergriffenheit]. . oil on canvas. x cm. vienna, Österreichische galerie belvedere. . ferdinand hodler. forest brook at leissingen. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. zurich. kunsthaus. . ferdinand hodler. eurythmy [eurhythmie]. - . oil on canvas. x cm. bern. kunstmuseum. . vincent van gogh. olive grove. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. minneapolis. minneapolis institute of arts. . henri matisse. landscape at collioure. . oil on canvas. x . cm. new york. museum of modern art. . franz marc. crouching deer [hockend reh]. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. private collection. . august macke. the storm [der sturm]. . oil on canvas. x cm. saarbrücken. stiftung saarlandischer kulturbesitz. . gabriele münter. portrait of marianne werefkin. . oil on board. x cm. munich. städtische galerie im lenbachhaus. . marianne werefkin. the red tree [die rote baum]. . tempera on board. x cm. ascona. museo comunale d’arte moderna. . franz marc. horse in a landscape [pferd in landschaft]. . oil on board. x cm. essen. museum folkwang. . max pechstein. bridge over the seine with small steamer [brücke über die seine mit kleinem dampfer]. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. canberra. national gallery of australia. . wassily kandinsky. bright picture. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. new york. the solomon r. guggenheim museum. . wassily kandinsky. blue mountain. - . oil on canvas. . x . cm. new york. the solomon r. guggenheim museum. . franz marc. the fate of animals. . oil on canvas. x cm. basel. kunstmuseum. . paul cézanne. mont sainte-victoire seen from the bibémus quarry. c. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. baltimore. the baltimore museum of art. . claude monet. the doorway (morning effect) [le portail (effet du matin)]. . oil on canvas. x cm. riehen/basel. fondation beyeler. . rouen cathedral. facade. in wilhelm worringer, form in gothic [illustration , p. ]. [edition of ]. rouen. france. . claude monet. water lilies. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. boston, museum of fine arts. . claude monet. port donnant, belle-Île. . oil on canvas. . x . cm. new haven, art institute of chicago. . wassily kandinsky. impression v (park). . oil on canvas. x . cm. paris. musée national d'art moderne, centre georges pompidou. . wassily kandinsky. picture with a black arch. . oil on canvas. x cm. paris. musée national d'art moderne, centre georges pompidou. . wassily kandinsky. picture with red spot. . oil on canvas. x cm. paris. musée national d'art moderne, centre georges pompidou. doi: . /blft.v i . play, parody, intertextuality and interaction: postmodern flemish picture books as semiotic playgrounds sara van meerbergen* department of baltic languages, finnish and german, stockholm university, stockholm, sweden abstract because of their prominent use of artistic illustrations, contemporary flemish picture books have often been referred to as ‘‘aesthetic picture books’’ in flanders. in this article, i will argue that the use of art and references to art by no means is a feature that is unique for contemporary flemish picture books. the use of artistic allusions is only one of many characteristics that contemporary flemish picture books share with what internationally has come to be described as ‘‘postmodern picture books’’. typical postmodern features such as play, parody, intertextuality and interaction (between text and reader) will consequently be identified and analysed in works by several flemish picture book artists. because of these postmodern features, picture books are furthermore described as ‘‘semiotic playgrounds’’ where readers can become (inter)active readers. keywords: picture books; postmodernism; visual intertextuality; interaction; play; carll cneut; tom schamp; little red riding hood; fairy tales; wimmelbooks because of social, economic and political reasons, the flemish children’s book market has been dominated by the netherlands for a long period of time (ghesquière ; leysen ; van coillie ). flanders is the dutch speaking part of belgium situated in the north of the country inhabiting more than half of the country’s population. when belgium was founded in , french was the only official language and this remained so until , the year that dutch also was recognised as an official language. despite this, a so-called ‘‘language struggle’’ between french and dutch continued for several decades, and it was not until the s that dutch was accepted and implemented for the first time as an official language at a university in flanders. the specific language situation in flanders has played a considerable role for the relatively late development and establishment of the flemish children’s book market. while freeing itself from the french domination, flanders had to simulta- neously position itself against the netherlands, its neighbouring country with which it shares its official language and by which literary and linguistic norms traditionally have been dictated. because of this many, publishers of dutch (children’s) literature have traditionally been located in the netherlands, publishing books in both flanders and in the netherlands. it was not until the decades after the second world war that flemish publishing houses were able to emanci- pate themselves more fully thus creating a more independent flemish book market and establish- ing a more flemish literary identity (absillis ). in the case of flemish children’s literature and the flemish picture book specifically, there has been a clear process of emancipation since the end of the s (leysen ; van coillie , ; vermeulen , � ). it was during this and the following decade that flemish illustrators, such as lieve baeten, koen fossey and klaas verplancke who had long been confined to illust- rating children’s magazines, came out in the open and made their debut as picture book illustrators. some of these illustrators stood out by their explicit artistic approach. this artistic approach would come to be considered one of the central characteristics for contemporary flemish picture books which consequently, in flanders have often *correspondence: e-mail: sara.vanmeerbergen@nederlandska.su.se nordic journal of childlit aesthetics vol. , # s. van meerbergen. this is an open access article distributed under the terms of the creative commons attribution-noncommercial . unported license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . /), permitting all non-commercial use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited. citation: nordic journal of childlit aesthetics, vol. , http://dx.doi.org/ . /blft.v i . (page number not for citation purpose) http://www.childlitaesthetics.net/index.php/blft/article/view/ http://www.childlitaesthetics.net/index.php/blft/article/view/ http://www.childlitaesthetics.net/index.php/blft/article/view/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /blft.v i . been referred to as ‘‘aesthetic picture books’’ (cf. vermeulen ; nauwelaerts ). in this article, i want to question the extent to which the artistic trend really is unique for contemporary flemish picture books. further- more, i will argue that contemporary flemish picture books should instead be seen as part of a more broad development within the western picture book scene which has been referred to as ‘‘postmodern’’ in recent international picture book research. i will start off describing gregie de maeyer’s pioneering role in the establishment of a more artistically oriented flemish picture book scene. following this, the notion of ‘aesthetic picture book’ is discussed and illustrated with the picture book dulle griet ( ) by geert de kockere and carll cneut. the notion is then critically examined and compared to what other researchers have come to refer to as ‘postmodern picture books’. finally, some typical postmodern features will be analysed in contemporary flemish picture books by artists such as isabelle vandena- beele, gerda dendooven, pieter gaudesaboos and tom schamp. gregie de mayer, a postmodern picture book pioneer graphic designer, illustrator and author gregie de maeyer ( � ) is often seen as an important artistic pioneer within the flemish picture book scene (see e.g. van coillie ; vermeulen ). in , de maeyer was the first flemish person to receive the premio grafico prize at the international children’s book fair in bologna. de maeyer considered the picture book as a total work of art. he freely explored its visual, artistic and semiotic boundaries by, for example, integrating poetry, philosophical texts and other (visual) art forms into his books (vermeulen , ; see also van coillie et al. , ). an interesting example of this is the picture book juul ( ), which de maeyer made in collaboration with the flemish conceptual artist koen vanmechelen. in this book, the illustrations consist of a series of photographs showing a wooden sculpture representing the main character of the story, the boy juul (see figure ). through- out the book, juul is being bullied in school because of his physical appearance, for instance his curly red hair. for each page, the wooden sculpture representing juul is shown to be more and more mutilated as the bullying worsens and juul starts to harm himself; juul pulls out his hair, rips off his ears and pushes out his eyes. even- tually he even loses his limbs, and by the end of the story only his decapitated and delimbed wooden torso and his head depraved of ears, eyes and hair are left to be seen. the book does not only strike the reader with its confronting story. the tragic course of events within the story and the seriousness of the issue are also intensified by the symbolic use and the ‘rawness’ of the sys- tematically mutilated and abstract wooden sculp- ture in the pictures. internationally, this book also figure . wooden sculptures in juul by gregie de maeyer and koen vanmechelen, altiora averbode, . s. van meerbergen (page number not for citation purpose) stands out because it was among the first to deal with dark and heavy themes such as bullying and self-harm which together with other taboo themes such as violence or death, had traditionally been avoided in picture books (beckett , � ; reynolds , � ). aesthetic picture books de maeyer’s experimental and artistic way of working cleared the way for a whole new genera- tion of flemish picture book artists that defined and influenced the flemish picture book scene to a great extent throughout the s and up to the present day (van coillie , ; vermeulen , � ). because of their extensive use of artistic images, often with more or less explicit intertextual references to (flemish or belgian) art and painting history, combined with literary texts and a conscious use of graphic design, nauwelaerts ( ), in reference to vermeulen ( ), describes the work of this new generation of flemish picture book artists as aesthetic picture books. a typical example of such a picture book is dulle griet ( *‘mad meg’) written by geert de kockere and illustrated by carll cneut. in a very explicit way, this picture book refers to the well- known th century painting with the same name by the flemish painter pieter brueghel the elder. the story of the picture book is constructed around the main character griet (meg), the woman in the war helmet shown in the centre on brueghel’s painting. in addition to the main character, the images in the picture book also show clear and direct intertextual reference to the painting and its detailed scenery. just like the painting, the book has a very dark and ominous atmosphere, which is already announced by the dark brown cover and the black title pages. throughout the book, many grotesque scenes are shown with horrid looking people and crea- tures bearing a remarkable resemblance to the scenery on the triptych the last judgement by th century dutch painter hieronymus bosch; this painting has often been said to have been a direct inspiration for brueghel’s mad meg. one image in the book shows meg drawn by cneut placed against a background fragment cut out directly from brueghel’s painting (see figure ). here, a direct and explicit intertextual reference is made to the painting. the reference is materialised visually through a mixture of collage and pastiche where the old and the ‘copied new’ are literally combined into a new unity. to conclude the circle, the original painting by brueghel is shown on the backside of the book serving as a direct visual source of reference (see also beckett , ). the picture book by de kockere and cneut clearly shows a multi-layered play with different types of more and less explicit intertextual refe- rences to specific aspects from flemish art and painting history. many contemporary flemish picture books contain not only references to art, they also frequently feature an intricate play with other types of intertextual references to aspects from other (popular) media, genres or literary and visual traditions. while nauwelaerts ( ) figure . fragments from dulle griet by geert de kockere and carll cneut, de eenhoorn, . play, parody, intertextuality and interaction (page number not for citation purpose) mainly in connection to the art references speaks of ‘aesthetic’ flemish picture books, these other types of play, parody and intertextuality have been described by other picture book scholars as typically belonging to the so-called postmodern picture book (see e.g. pantaleo & sipe ). before any further analysis of particular post- modern flemish picture books, let us take a closer look at the notions ‘aesthetic’ and ‘postmodern’ in connection to picture books. aesthetic or postmodern picture books? nauwelaerts ( ) considers the intertextual relations to art as an important and almost defi- ning characteristic for contemporary flemish picture books, which he consequently refers to as aesthetic picture books. at the same time, it is important to point out that the use of intertextual references to art is by no means a characteristic that is unique for (contemporary) flemish picture books. this becomes clear when looking at the detailed discussions of artistic allusions in con- temporary picture books presented in beckett ( ) and beckett ( , � ). while allu- sions to art in contemporary picture books tend to have a strong playful and parodic character which beckett ( , ; , ) describes as typically postmodern, the influence of art on picture books should be seen as a phenomenon of all times (at least for as long as we can speak about picture books). proof of this can, for example, be found in the historical discussions about the development of dutch and flemish picture books presented in vermeulen ( ) and van coillie ( ). the latter discusses, among other things, the influence of jugendstil in the many picture books illustrated by the dutch illustrator rie cramer around the turn between the th and th century (these dutch books were also spread in flanders as pointed out in the introduction of this article). the work of rie cramer shows many interesting parallels to other jugendstil-inspired illustrators and picture book artists of that time, even abroad, such as the swedish elsa beskow and jenny nyström. an example of the use of art in picture books from the s and s is the work by dutch picture book artist dick bruna (see figure ). although greatly commercialised during later years, bruna’s picture books were initially de- signed within the artistic context of modernism and functionalism using a minimalistic design, relatively abstract forms and mainly primary colours (van meerbergen , � , , � ). important inspiration sources for bruna figure . nijntje ( ), nijntje in de sneeuw ( ) and de koning ( ) by dick bruna, mercis. s. van meerbergen (page number not for citation purpose) were modernist artists such as henri matisse, pablo picasso and ferdinand léger, but also artists from the dutch functionalist art group de stijl of which piet mondriaan was a prominent member (see also kohnstam ; linders et al. ; reitsma ). modernist and functionalist inspired picture books can additionally be found in other countries around this time period, for example in the nordic countries which is dis- cussed in more depth by, e.g. christensen ( ) and druker ( b). the notion ‘aesthetic’ thus tends to be slightly misguiding when used to describe a unique feature for contemporary flemish picture books which seems to be suggested by nauwelaerts ( ). the use of the notion ‘aesthetic’ is furthermore proble- matic as it tends to be too closely connected to certain qualitatively evaluated characteristics in a picture book. it inevitably evokes questions such as: ‘what is to be considered as artistic and therefore aesthetic? what is not?’ besides their intertextual connection to art, nauwelaerts ( ) describes some other impor- tant characteristics of what he refers to as aesthetic picture books. because of their artistic character, according to nauwelaerts ( ), aesthetic picture books place a stronger demand on the reader from whom it is, for example, expected and assumed that (s)he has some background knowledge about art. these types of books often also use what nauwelaerts ( ) refers to as ‘layered images’, i.e. images which through their complex composi- tion can encourage different interpretations and readings. nauwelaerts ( ) further mentions visual intertextuality as a typical characteristic for the aesthetic picture book. he makes a distinction between intertextual references that are realised on a text�internal level (i.e. when certain images or aspects appear repeatedly within one and the same book) and those that are realised on a text�external level (i.e. when images refer to art or other reference objects outside the book). interestingly enough these descriptions by nauwelaerts ( ) bear a great deal of resemb- lance to what is described as postmodern picture books by pantaleo and sipe ( ). in contrast to the notion ‘aesthetic’, the notion ‘postmodern’ offers a broader and more neutral reach as it can be used to describe more general tendencies occurring in picture books within the context of the postmodern society. as also pointed out by lewis ( , � ), postmodern fiction (including the picture book) is to be seen as an historical phenomenon rather than to be based solely on qualitative criteria. postmodernism is often used as a term to describe certain changes and tendencies which started occurring within western culture and society during the last half of the th century. as this definition is rather broad and vague, there is no real consensus on what postmodernism exactly entails, and consequently this term is often used and interpreted in different ways (see dis- cussion in pantaleo & sipe ). flieger ( ) summarises the debate on postmodernism by distinguishing between four main positions; it is seen as either ‘‘a reaction, a denial, a residue or an intensification of modernism’’ (cited in pantaleo & sipe , � ). in any case, one central and reoccurring theme within postmodernism seems to be the establishing of a critical and ironic dialogue with the past (grieve , ; see also beckett , ; , ). leaving this particular discussion aside, pantaleo and sipe ( ) discuss and line up some typical characteristics for what has come to be described as postmodern picture books in picture book research (see also, e.g. anstey & bull ; grieve ; lewis , � ; mcguire & sipe ; pantaleo ). a first characteristic is the mixing of genres. the border between ‘high’ and ‘low’ culture is often blurred and thereby (implicitly) challenged and put into question. the breaking of (literary) traditions and conventions can also be mentioned as a typical feature together with the mixing of reality and fiction. furthermore, there is the occurrence of explicit forms of (visual) inter- textuality, combined with play, parody, pastiche and irony. this involves aspects or fragments from other works of art, (well) known stories and other forms of (popular) culture (e.g. board games, (animated) films or computer games) being picked up and combined into a new semiotic unity. all of the features mentioned so far can be seen as metafictive devices as they all in some way draw attention to the picture book text as an artefact (cf. grieve , ). the postmodern picture book text can further be seen as an ‘open text’, i.e. text that invites different interpretations and readings, which in many cases is combined with an open ending or a circular and therefore never-ending structure. the reader is often given an active role as a participant in the story as (s)he is expected to connect certain points and to create all sorts of meanings. in some cases, a direct form of interaction between text and reader is established as the reader is addressed personally play, parody, intertextuality and interaction (page number not for citation purpose) and/or is instructed to perform certain tasks. all of these postmodern features make the picture book text into what can be referred to as a semiotic playground where play, parody, intertextuality and interaction between text and reader are central features. many of these postmodern features can be found in contemporary flemish picture books of which some examples will be discussed below. red cap revisited the postmodern retelling of traditional fairy tales has become an internationally spread pheno- menon in western (children’s) literature during the last four decades (joosen , � ). since the s, the retelling of traditional fairy tales has also become a reoccurring theme in dutch and flemish (children’s) literature (joosen , ; see also joosen & vloeberghs , ). sandra beckett has shown that the story of ‘‘little red riding hood’’ (or ‘‘little red cap’’ as it is sometimes referred to) has been retold in nume- rous ways in contemporary (mostly western) children’s literature (beckett ), but also in works of fiction for all ages (beckett ). some interesting examples of these little red cap retellings can be found in several contemporary flemish picture books. in , two flemish postmodern picture book retellings with clear intertextual reference to ‘‘little red cap’’ were published: rood rood roodkapje (‘red red red cap’) by dutch author edward van de vendel and flemish illustrator isabelle vandenabeele, and roodlapje (‘little red rag’) by flemish picture book artist pieter gaudesaboos. both books typically establish what joosen ( , ), in reference to nikolajeva ( ), calls an ‘open intertextual dialogue’ with the traditional story through their title and through the name of the main character (‘roodkapje’ in dutch). both books also start in a slightly ironic tone with the traditional (dutch) fairy tale opening words, ‘‘er was eens . . .’’ (‘once upon a time . . .’), after which each book presents its own version of the traditional tale. rood rood roodkapje can be read as a feminist parody on the original story as red cap takes the right into her own hands and cold bloodedly kills the wolf with an axe (beckett , ; joosen & vloeberghs , � ). the limited use of colour (black, white, red and tones of grey) in combination with the rough woodcuts, a techni- que that vandenabeele typically uses, gives this book an almost grotesque horror-like character (see figure ). the colour red is further stressed through the repetition in the protagonist’s name which is rood rood roodkapje or ‘red red red cap’. in the pictures, the colour red signals danger and disaster and eventually blood as the killing of the grandmother and later also the wolf take place. although vandenabeele expresses a highly individual style in and through her wood- cuts, the use of the technique in this case also makes the book into a modern version or ‘remake’ of perrault’s traditional version of the tale that was illustrated with the famous woodcuts by gustave doré. compared to the later and extended version by the grimm brothers where the girl and her grandmother are saved by the hunter, perrault’s early version ends in a rather brutal and abrupt way when red cap is eaten by the wolf. also rood rood roodkapje ends in an abrupt and highly macabre way showing red cap in a blood covered room watching the lifeless body of the wolf that is spread out widely over the floor. despite its very traditional opening line, roodlapje by gaudesaboos also proves to be any- thing but traditional. the book consists of what appears to be an associative collage where, for example, photographs, games, postcards, hand- written texts and drawings, th century looking writings and typography, mirror-reflected images, sequences of films and fragments of computer games follow each other freely (see also joosen & vloeberghs , � ). this technique almost works as a visual ‘stream of consciousness’, the literary technique typically used by modernist authors such as virginia woolf and james joyce. a central theme in gaudesaboos’ story is the loneliness of the protagonist little red rag who seems to be moving in a grim, desolate, decayed and, through the structure of the book, also lit- erally fragmented modern society (see figure ). by using multiple photographs of everyday objects and sceneries in combination with the artificially figure . fragment from rood rood roodkapje by edward van de vendel and isabelle vandenabeele, de eenhoorn, . s. van meerbergen (page number not for citation purpose) manipulated visual material in the collages, fiction and reality (or what we would like to perceive of as reality) are mixed and also indirectly put into question (what is manipulated, and what is not?). this fragmentary collage technique and the ten- sion between fiction and reality are key features in the picture books by gaudesaboos. the fragmen- tary structure also forces the reader to become an active participant in the reading process connec- ting all of the details throughout the book into a meaningful unity. a third picture book that can be named within the theme of little red riding hood is de wonderlijke reis van roosje rood ( *‘rosie red’s marvellous journey’) by flemish picture book artist gerda dendooven. contrary to the previously discussed books, this one starts at the end of the traditional story. on the first spread, we see the gigantic black wolf lying on its back while our red-capped protagonist rosie red is professionally sewing up the wolf ’s belly. it is left unclear how this opening scene should be read exactly; maybe rosie just escaped from the wolf ’s belly after she had been eaten by him? in any case, the wolf is depicted on his back with its paws upwards and his gigantic red tongue hanging loosely out of his mouth, both of which can be read as signs of subordination (almost like when a dog lies over to be cuddled). rosie is on top of him and clearly dominates the situation; she is depicted as being empowered over the wolf. after this rosie wants to head home, but where is her home and where is her mother? these are the leading questions throughout the rest of the book where the reader follows rosie on her on-going search for her mother through day and night and through different seasons and landscapes. on her journey, rosie meets several characters from more or less well known fairy tales and popular stories such as the seven dwarfs, the three little pigs, thumbelina and thumb. she also meets a ‘sleeping beauty’, named belle, lying in a forest between thorn bushes. belle has been sleeping for over years and through this character, clear intertextual references are thus made to perrault’s ‘‘sleeping beauty’’, originally named ‘‘la belle au bois dormant’’ in french (‘the beauty in the sleeping forest’). belle is shown in a position similar to the old stone sculptures of important people in churches, her body is stretched out, she has her hands on her chest and her body is arranged symmetrically (see figure ). figure . fragment from roodlapje by pieter gaudesaboos, lannoo, . figure . fragments from de wonderlijke reis van roosje rood by gerda dendooven, querido, . play, parody, intertextuality and interaction (page number not for citation purpose) at the same time belle also is reminiscent of a huge russian matryoshka doll, as she has a rather tall and static figure, clear red painted lips and a reoccurring pattern on her colourful dress which at several points has horizontal cutting lines (as if she could be opened here to get to the next doll inside). her dress also continues over her head covering her hair. this matryoshka doll can be seen as a symbol for the on-going search in the story which continues from page to page. besides fairy tales and toys, references are also made to known (dutch) children’s songs and nursery rhymes. a reference is made to the finger rhyme about duimeloot (thumb) who appears as a character in the book and who is always depicted while clearly showing his five fingers to the reader. in one scene, one of the seven dwarfs is shown swinging on a red mushroom with white dots on it which for dutch speaking readers becomes a clear reference to the famous children’s song ‘‘op een grote paddestoel, rood met witte stippen . . .’’ (‘on a big mushroom, red with white dots . . .’*this song uses the same melody as ‘‘itsy bitsy spider’’). dendooven borrows visual techniques from other genres, such as the cartoon. while the main story line is told through small white text boxes at the bottom of the pages, the dialogue and words of the characters are shown in speech bubbles in the pictures (see figure ). some of the characters are shown in black and very often also in profile, which is suggestive of the early newspaper car- toons made in black and white with limited printing techniques. another feature typically used in cartoons*but also in other popular media for children (e.g. manga, computer games or animated movies)*is that several of the charac- ters are depicted with relatively large heads and eyes (cf. gould ; van meerbergen , � , � on ‘juvenile’ depictions of picture book characters; van meerbergen ). for some of the characters’ clothes and also for some of the background elements (e.g. the trees in figure ), a technique of digital collage is used. this technique is common in several contempo- rary postmodern picture books. similar analogue expressions can be found in several modernist picture books, which are discussed in more depth by druker ( a). dendooven uses a special technique to create a certain form of sequentiality in the story and movement between the pages. throughout the search for rosie’s mother, each page refers to the next one as a small strip or fragment on the right side of the page which already shows the begin- ning of the picture on the next page (see figure ). this is reminiscent of, for example, techniques used in modernist picture books, such as the finland�swedish tove jansson’s picture book hur gick det sen? ( *translated into english as moomin, mymble and little my). in this book, physical holes in the pages are used as so-called ‘page turners’ to create suspense in the story by showing fragments of the next page which makes the reader curious to turn the pages (druker b, � ). in the story about rosie red, the characters are also often depicted (in profile) moving toward the right which together with the horizontally oriented format of the book enhances the page turning even more. another aspect used to create suspense in the story is the reoccurring tail of the wolf shown discreetly in the background on several pages, popping up behind a cactus or behind a tree, without it being mentioned in the written text. this can be described as a form of text�internal intertextuality where elements repeatedly reoccur throughout the story (see earlier discussion of nauwelaerts ). by the end of the story rosie, together with her helpers, finally finds her mother, and at this point the wolf also comes out of hiding. the wolf confesses that he wants to have a mother as well, and after rosie’s mother has tied up his mouth (for safety) the wolf is allowed to join the others on their way to grandma. but where is grandma . . .? with this question, the story gets an open ending and the search can begin all over again. reality revisited and interactive playscapes as mentioned earlier in this article, several of the picture books by flemish pieter gaudesaboos consist of associative collages and experiments with images, materials and graphic design. frequently, the border between reality and fiction is also explored. a clear example of this last feature is the book negen schijfjes banaan op zoek naar een plekje om te slapen (‘nine slices of banana looking for a place to sleep’) published in . the pictures in this book consist of manipulated photographs where the reader can follow the protagonists, nine slices of banana, each time shown against a new background on their search for a place to sleep. everyday sceneries are mixed with the absurd story about the ‘living’ banana slices (see figure ). s. van meerbergen (page number not for citation purpose) the manipulation of reality and the play with reality and fiction are driven to the extreme in the two books about the made up boy briek, briek ( ) and herr luna ( ), which gaudesaboos made in collaboration with the flemish radio documentary maker annick lesage. these books document the life and mysterious disappearance of the fictional character briek, a former supposed child celebrity. because of the great amount of manipulated documentary mate- rial used in the books, great effort is placed in convincing the reader that briek existed in real-life. briek contains an audio cd with a documentary made by annick lesage (whose radio voice sounds relatively familiar to many flemish people) where the reader/listener is presented with, for example, news reports and interviews with so-called eye- witnesses. herr luna also includes a cd which requires listening to while looking at the pictures in the book. on the cd, annick lesage gives the reader/listener clear instructions and tells him/her exactly what to do in order to find briek in berlin of which pictures are shown in the book. as is announced on the cover of the book (‘lead your own investigation. hugely thrilling audio detecti- ve.’*my translation), this is a true detective story where the reader is assumed to play the role of the detective. interaction with the reader is also a central feature in piano! by gaudesaboos from . the title of this book refers to a playground game with the same name (in dutch) that has been popular for several decades in many flemish schools; it will therefore be recognised by both children and their parents. as is suggested by the title, play is one of the central themes in the book along with childhood (days) and everything that can be associated with this such as toys, games and candy. the photographs and pictures often have a slightly nostalgic tone and play with references to a childhood in past times. some of the pictures show, for example, diary pages or fragments of a calendar combined with old and discoloured photographs. these types of images are then varied with visual games where the reader is assigned to perform certain tasks. on one page, for example, different sorts of (photographed) candy are shown, and the reader is asked to compose his/her own little bag of candy (see figure ). the element of play is thus used as an interactive resource in the text, and through play the reader is invited to become an active participant in the reading process. on another page in piano!, several rows of houses are drawn and the reader has to look for the easter eggs that are hidden in some of them. the houses and the style in which they are drawn reoccur in other books by gaudesaboos. on some other pages the nine slices of banana from the previously discussed book suddenly reoccur in a new adventure, this time looking for a place in the sun. by doing this gaudesaboos also establishes a clear play with intertextual references to his own figure . double-spread from piano! by pieter gaudesaboos, lannoo, . figure . cover from negen schijfjes banaan op zoek naar een plaatsje om te slapen by pieter gaudesaboos, lannoo, . play, parody, intertextuality and interaction (page number not for citation purpose) work, which will be picked up by readers who are familiar with his work. gaudesaboos’ books can be described as ‘‘visual�verbal playscapes’’, where play is used to engage the reader, a postmodern feature that has been discussed earlier by, e.g. pantaleo ( , ). in an interview for the flemish magazine leeswelp, gaudesaboos compared his books to a fairground where ‘‘you can walk around freely, see all kinds of things, take a big tour or a small one’’ (bulcaen , *my translation). he further describes them as books to be read, ‘used’ and ‘re-used’ by the readers as it suits them. the idea of the picture book as a functional object made to be ‘used’, played and worked with is already present in some of the modernist picture books discussed by druker ( b), but it is also desc- ribed as a typical feature for postmodern picture books by lewis ( , ). functionality, intertextuality and play are also central features in the three cardboard books about the little cat otto by flemish picture book artist tom schamp. in the first two books, otto rijdt heen en weer ( *‘otto drives back and forth’) and otto in de stad ( *‘otto in the city’), the reader can follow otto on a car trip to and through the city. in the third book, otto in de sneeuw ( *‘otto in the snow’), otto goes on a skiing trip by car. in each of the three books, a circular structure is used which makes it possible to read the books in two directions (in dutch the books are called ‘lusboeken’ which literally means ‘loop books’). the reader can follow otto from the first page to the last and then turn around the book to follow otto’s journey back home. in the last book the reader has to continue reading the last pages in vertical direction instead of horizontally (see figure ). schamp gives his books a highly material and functional use by exploiting the large format and the thick card- board pages. because of these features the books are almost suggestive of a game board or a play mat for cars that can easily be spread out, for example on the floor, while the young reader follows otto on his journeys and is able to turn the books in whichever direction. the large format of the books also provides an opportunity to create large scenes and land- scapes with many details. schamp’s pictures and sceneries contain numerous small details and separate story lines which can engage the reader for hours. they also make the books highly ‘re-readable’ as the reader can choose alternative reading paths and/or discover new details in each reading. these features are typical of what rémi ( ) has described as ‘wimmelbooks’, books crawling with details such as the well-known cardboard books (with a similar large format) by figure . fragment from otto in de sneeuw by tom schamp, lannoo, . s. van meerbergen (page number not for citation purpose) german picture book artist rotraut susanne berner. although wimmelbooks normally do not contain any written text (apart from words integ- rated in the pictures such as signs in a shop or a train station; cf. rémi , � ), schamp’s books still contain a basic storyline formulated in short sentences that are integrated in the pictures on each spread. in his detailed visual compositions, schamp typically uses many visual and verbal puns ma- king intertextual reference to a great variety of things ranging from, for example, existing places, buildings, persons and objects to art, children’s literature, comic books and advertising. in a documentary about his work made by the flemish television channel canvas, schamp states that his work is constantly influenced by whatever is happening around him, be it art exhibitions, work by other artists, youth memories or other aspects from his personal life. in the book about otto in the city, clear references are made to the city of brussels (where schamp grew up and studied), its shops, buildings and squares. the name of the protagonist cat otto, who throughout the books is depicted sitting in a car with his father, is a pun in itself as the word ‘otto’ is often used in the flemish dialect around brussels to refer to a car (in standard dutch ‘auto’). the third book, where otto goes on a skiing trip, is partly inspired by schamp’s youth memories and his own family’s skiing trips to switzerland. many elements in the book reflect the landscape that can be seen when driving to switzerland from belgium. the river rhône, for example, appears and is renamed to toblerhône referring to the famous swiss chocolate (see figure ). just next to the river there is a chocolate fac- tory with a roof made of a triangularly shaped toblerone chocolate tablet. outside the factory there is a truck shaped like the triangular yellowish wrapping of a toblerone chocolate bar with the name ‘‘tomi’’ spelled on it in red letters. on the side of the truck, the letter ‘‘s’’ can be found thus referring to tom(i)’s last name, schamp. the name of the factory is ‘‘& the chocolate factory’’ which then together with the name on the truck (‘‘tomi’’) forms an allusion to the famous roald dahl story charlie and the chocolate factory. this is only one of the many puns and intertex- tual references in the details appearing on each double-spread. schamp’s ‘wimmel style’ and his prominent use of cars and animal characters also evoke images of the busy worlds in the books by richard scarry, which schamp has pointed out as an important inspiration source along with the work by french picture book artist marc boutavant. in the book where otto goes on a skiing trip even a copy of scarry’s little cat protagonist can be found in one of the pictures. in addition to this, other well- known children’s literature characters, such as babar, mickey mouse and a cat in a boot, (re-) appear throughout the three books. other than tom schamp’s own name and/or initials that can be found at least once on every spread, characters can also be found wearing the name or initials of his children on their clothes. furthermore, the same cars and characters constantly reappear in new constellations throughout the three books making them tightly interconnected. these different types of internal and external intertextuality are also typical features in the wimmelbooks by rotraut susanne berner and thé jong king that are discussed by rémi ( ). the reoccurrence of characters adds to the suspense as the experienced schamp-reader will learn to know the characters and might even go in search of them. with all its forms of playful intertextuality constantly activating the reader, tom schamp’s postmodern landscapes make each reading into a unique experience. conclusion while studies such as vermeulen ( ) and nauwelaerts ( ) have mainly focused on the artistic allusions and qualities in contemporary flemish picture books, the goal of this article has been to describe and analyse the contemporary flemish picture book within a more neutral, broad and international context of postmodern picture book research. the many examples discussed in this article have clearly shown that besides artistic allusions, many of the postmodern characteristics that have been described in earlier research are clearly present in contemporary flemish picture books by artists such as isabelle vandenabeele, gerda dendooven, pieter gaudesaboos and tom schamp. through their use of play, parody and intertextuality, these books are typical examples of postmodern semiotic playgrounds activating the reader in different ways and up to different degrees. while some of the books activate the reader by their intertextual playfulness, depending on the reader to recognise and connect aspects from different tales, genres and other media, other books take one step further using play, parody and intertextuality as tools to make the reader into an play, parody, intertextuality and interaction (page number not for citation purpose) active participant in the story and/or an interactive creator of meaning in the reading process. in the latter cases, exemplified in this article by the books by pieter gaudesaboos and tom schamp, the picture book in itself becomes a functional object of play, a semiotic playground where the reader can move around freely and become an interactive reader. notes . see also de bodt ( ) about dutch picture book illustrations and art. . however, also here opinions are divided and some researchers make a clear difference between what they consider to be ‘outstanding’ postmodern pic- ture books and picture book artists and what not (cf. grieve ). . for a further discussion of feminist fairy tale retellings, see joosen ( ) and joosen ( ). . fragments of the books by pieter gaudesaboos are shown on his webpage; accessed september , , http://www.gaudesaboos.be . this book was first published in french as où est maman? in by editions être. . teasers can be found on pieter gaudesaboos webpage; accessed september , , http:// www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width� &height� . as is pointed out by lewis ( : ), picture books that can be worked and played with are not some- thing entirely new; popup books and other ‘‘movab- les of all shapes and sizes’’ have been popular since the s. within research and amongst critics, these books have often not received great attention as they have been considered to be more similar to toys than to books (lewis : ). . these first two books were bundled into one in and also feature some new material. . while this article was in its finishing phase also a fourth book in the series about otto was published, otto in de luchthaven (‘otto in the airport’ � tielt: lannoo, ). . the documentary vormgevers. tom schamp ( ) can be found on tom schamp’s webpage; accessed september , , http://www.tomschamp.com/ about.html . an animated fragment of this book can be found on tom schamp’s webpage; accessed september , : http://www.tomschamp.com/about.html . see documentary made by canvas (note ). children’s books discussed and mentioned in this article bruna, dick. de koning. amsterdam: mercis, / . bruna, dick. nijntje. amsterdam: mercis, / . bruna, dick. nijntje in de sneeuw. amsterdam: mercis, / . dahl, roald. charlie and the chocolate factory. london: george allen & unwin ltd, . de kockere, geert and carll cneut. dulle griet. wielsbeke: de eenhoorn, . de maeyer, gregie and koen vanmechelen. juul. averbode: altiora averbode, . dendooven, gerda. de wonderlijke reis van roosje rood. amsterdam: querido, . gaudesaboos, pieter. piano! tielt: lannoo, . gaudesaboos, pieter. briek. tielt: lannoo, . gaudesaboos, pieter. herr luna. tielt: lannoo, . gaudesaboos, pieter. negen schijfjes banaan op zoek naar een plekje om te slapen. tielt: lannoo, . gaudesaboos, pieter. roodlapje. tielt: lannoo, . jansson, tove. hur gick det sen? boken om mymlan, mumintrollet och lilla my. helsingfors: schildts, . perrault, charles, gustave doré and preface by p-j stahl. les contes de perrault. paris: ed. hetzel, . schamp, tom. otto in de sneeuw. tielt: lannoo, . schamp, tom. otto in de stad. tielt: lannoo, . schamp, tom. otto rijdt heen en weer. tielt: lannoo, . van de vendel, edward and isabelle vandenabeele. rood rood roodkapje. wielsbeke: de eenhoorn, . bibliography absillis, kevin. ‘‘‘from now on we speak civilized dutch’: the authors of flanders, the language of the netherlands, and the readers of a. manteau’’. language and literature ( ) : � . anstey, michèle & geoff bull. ‘‘the picture book. modern and postmodern’’. in international compa- nion encyclopedia of children’s literature (volume ), edited by peter hunt, pp. � . new york: routledge, . beckett, sandra. recycling red riding hood. new york: routledge, . beckett, sandra. red riding hood for all ages. a fairy-tale icon in cross-cultural contexts. detroit: wayne state university press, . beckett, sandra. ‘‘artistic allusions in picturebooks.’’ in new directions in picturebook research, edited by teresa colomer, bettina kümmerling-meibauer and cecilia silva-dı́az, pp. � . new york and london: routledge, . beckett, sandra. crossover picturebooks. a genre for all ages. new york and london: routledge, . bulcaen, chris. ‘‘vrij rondlopen in een boek. chris bulcaen sprak met pieter gaudesaboos’’. de leeswelp ( ) : . christensen, nina. den danske billedbog � . teori, analyse, historie. fredriksberg: roskilde universitets- forlag, center for børnelitteratur, . de bodt, saskia. van poe tot pooh. illustreren om je penselen te kunnen betalen? zwolle: d’jonge hond, . druker, elina. ‘‘from avant-garde to digital images. collage in nordic picturebooks’’. bookbird ( a) : � . druker, elina. modernismens bilder. den moderna bilderbo- ken i norden. stockholm: makadam, b. flieger, jerry. the purloined punch line: freud’s comic theory and the postmodern text. baltimore: the john hopkins university press, . s. van meerbergen (page number not for citation purpose) http://www.gaudesaboos.be http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.gaudesaboos.be/boeken/ _herr_luna/?width= height= http://www.tomschamp.com/about.html http://www.tomschamp.com/about.html http://www.tomschamp.com/about.html ghesquière, rita. ‘‘cinderella and her sisters’’. poetics today ( ) : � . gould, stephen j. ‘‘a biological homage to mickey mouse’’. in the panda’s thumb. more reflections in natural history, pp. � . london and new york: w.w. norton & company, . grieve, ann. ‘‘postmodernism in picture books’’. papers: explorations into children’s literature ( ) : � . joosen, vanessa. critical and creative perspectives on fairy tales. an intertextual dialogue between fairy-tale scholarship and postmodern retellings. detroit: wayne state university press, . joosen, vanessa. ‘‘feminist criticism and the fairy tale. the emancipation of ‘snow white’ in fairy tale criticism and fairy-tale retellings’’. new review of children’s literature and librarianship ( ) : � . joosen, vanessa & katrien vloeberghs. uitgelezen jeugdli- teratuur. ontmoetingen tussen traditie en vernieuwing. leuven: lannoo campus, . kohnstam, dolph. het oog wil oog zien: gedachten bij de kinderboekjes van dick bruna. amsterdam: mercis, . lewis, david. reading contemporary picturebooks. picturing text. london and new york: routledge, . leysen, annemie. ‘‘vlaamse uitgeverijen in beweging’’. literatuur zonder leeftijd ( ) : � . linders, joke, koosje sierman, ivo de wijs & truusje vrooland-löb. dick bruna. amsterdam: mercis, . mcguire, caroline e. and lawrence r. sipe. ‘‘the stinky cheese man and other fairly postmodern picture books for children.’’ in shattering the looking glass. challenge, risk & controversy in children’s literature, edited by susan s. lehr, pp. � . norwood: christopher-gordon publishers, . nauwelaerts, kris. ‘‘de fascinatie voor het esthetisch prentenboek’’. literatuur zonder leeftijd ( ) : � . nikolajeva, maria. children’s literature comes of age. toward a new aesthetic. new york: garland, . pantaleo, sylvia. ‘‘‘everything comes from seeing things’: narrative and illustrative play in black and white’’. children’s literature in education ( ) : � . pantaleo, sylvia & lawrence r. sipe. ‘‘introduction: postmodernism and picturebooks’’. in postmodern picturebooks. play, parody, and self-referentiality, edited by sylvia pantaleo and lawrence r. sipe, pp. � . london and new york: routledge, . reitsma, ella. het paradijs in pictogram: het werk van dick bruna. amsterdam: van goor, . rémi, cornelia. ‘‘reading as playing. the cognitive challenge of the wimmelbook.’’ in emergent literacy. children’s books from to , edited by bettina kümmerling-meibauer, pp. � . amsterdam/ philadelphia: john benjamins publishing company, . reynolds, kimberley. radical children’s literature. future visions and aesthetic transformations in juvenile fiction. new york: palgrave macmillan, . van coillie, jan. leesbeesten en boekenfeesten. hoe werken (met) kinder-en jeugdboeken. leuven: biblion, . van coillie, jan. ‘‘van blauwbaard tot roodlapje’’. litera- tuur zonder leeftijd ( ) : � . van coillie, jan, joke linders, selma niewold & jos staal (editors). encyclopedie van de jeugdliteratuur. baarn: de fontijn, . van meerbergen, sara. ‘‘de kerk als slagroomtaart. een multimodale vertaalanalyse van veranderende kindbeelden in de zweedse vertaling van nijntje in de sneeuw.’’ internationale neerlandistiek ( ): � . accessed september , , http://www. internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c� ivn;idno� a van meerbergen, sara. ‘‘nederländska bilderböcker blir svenska. en multimodal översättningsanalys’’ phd diss., stockholm: acta universitatis stock- holmiensis, . accessed september , , http://su.diva-portal.org/smash/record.jsf?pid�diva : vermeulen, marita. colouring outside the lines. flemish illustrators making their mark. berchem: flemish literature fund, . play, parody, intertextuality and interaction (page number not for citation purpose) http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a http://www.internationaleneerlandistiek.nl/cgi/t/text/get-pdf?c=ivn;idno= a << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain %) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves . /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct /optimize true /opm /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagemindownsampledepth /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagemindownsampledepth /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /createjdffile false /description << /ara /bgr /chs /cht /cze /dan /deu /esp /eti /fra /gre /heb /hrv (za stvaranje adobe pdf dokumenata najpogodnijih za visokokvalitetni ispis prije tiskanja koristite ove postavke. stvoreni pdf dokumenti mogu se otvoriti acrobat i adobe reader . i kasnijim verzijama.) /hun /ita /jpn /kor /lth /lvi /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader . en hoger.) /nor /pol /ptb /rum /rus /sky /slv /suo /sve /tur /ukr /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader . and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) ( . ) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) ( . ) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) ( . ) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice i rothko and architecture a dissertation submitted to the temple university graduate board in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree doctor of philosophy by matthew palczynski august, examining committee members: gerald silk, advisory chair, professor, department of art history therese dolan, professor, department of art history marcia b. hall, professor, department of art history michael taylor, the muriel and philip berman curator of modern art, philadelphia museum of art ii © copyright by matthew palczynski iii table of contents page abstract……………………………………………………………………………...iv acknowledgements………………………………………………………………v list of illustrations…………………………………………………………….vi . introduction…………………………………………………………………….. . space……………………………………………………………………………….. . appropriating italy‘s aggressive environments……………….... . early works…………………………………………………………………….. . rothko, mies, & transcendence ………………………………………… . architectural themes in new york‘s vanguard art ca. - ……………………………………………………………………………..... . conclusion………………………………………………………………........... bibliography……………………………………………………………………… iv abstract the overall goal of this dissertation is to identify and examine the neglected aspects of the literature on mark rothko‘s - project to make murals for the four seasons restaurant (see figs. - ) in the then-newly opened seagram building in manhattan. these include rothko‘s attempts to merge the mediums of painting and architecture in order to create an antagonistic environment in the restaurant; how his visits to italy before and during the project reinforced this goal; how a good deal of the figurative paintings from rothko‘s earliest career anticipated his blend of aggression and architecturally-related themes; the connection between rothko and mies van der rohe, the architect of the building, in regard to the theme of transcendence; and how his experiments with architectural subjects and motifs aligned rothko with some of the most influential vanguard artists in new york in the late s and early s. discussions of these topics will suggest that his career-long references to architecture functioned, for him, as something intended to produce discomfort in the viewer. i will show that his acceptance of a lucrative commission to make paintings for a lavish restaurant that might seem at first to suggest pandering to an élite audience had the paradoxical effect of condemning that audience. i intend also to demonstrate that rothko understood that the project was not merely about making paintings. instead, for him, it dealt more with the challenge of uniting architecture and painting. v acknowledgements i am deeply indebted to the members of my committee: therese dolan, marcia hall, gerald silk, and michael taylor. without their assessments and suggestions, this dissertation would not have come together as it did. i also wish to think tyler school of art more broadly, from the stellar professors in the history of art department for providing leadership in the most gracious way, to my students who continue to impress me. i am also indebted to the philadelphia museum of art for providing me with such an excellent place to work while writing. as always, this project owes a good deal to jg for moral support and suggestions. vi illustrations fig. : mark rothko, untitled {black on maroon} [seagram mural sketch], , oil on canvas, x ½ inches, tate gallery…………...………………………………….... fig. : mark rothko, sketch for “mural no. ” (two openings in black over wine) {black on maroon} [seagram mural sketch], , oil on canvas, x inches, tate gallery……………………………………………………………………………. fig. : mark rothko, untitled {sketch for mural/black on maroon} [seagram mural sketch], , oil on canvas, x inches, tate gallery………………….………. fig. : mark rothko, untitled {black on maroon} [seagram mural sketch], , oil on canvas, x inches, tate gallery…………………………………………………. fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural], , oil on canvas, x inches, tate gallery…………………………………..……………. fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {black on maroon} [seagram mural], , oil on canvas, x inches, tate gallery……………….……………………………. fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural], , oil on canvas, x inches, tate gallery…………………………………………………. fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural], , oil on canvas, x , tate gallery………………………………………………………… fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural], , oil on canvas, x inches, tate gallery…………………………………………………. fig, : ezra stoller, ludwig mies van der rohe, mies van der rohe (with philip johnson and kahn and jacobs), seagram building..., , gelatin silver print, in. x inches, san francisco museum of modern art……………………………………. fig. : current plan, four seasons restaurant, seagram building, new york. what was called the grill room in is at the top-left, in what is now called the ―pool room terrace‖ or pdr (private dining room )………………………………………….. fig. : (above) north wall facing rd street and west/entrance wall (adjacent to pool room); (below) east and south walls, four seasons restaurant, seagram building, new york………………………………………………………………………………….… fig. : the rothko room, tate modern……………………………………………... vii fig. : marcel duchamp, mile of string, , temporarily installed on the second floor of the former whitelaw reid mansion, new york, first papers of surrealism exhibition……………………………………………………………………………..... fig. : jackson pollock, mural, , oil on canvas, / x inches, university of iowa museum of art…………………………………………………………………... fig. : rothko room, phillips collection, washington…………………………….... fig. : leonardo da vinci, ―vitruvian man‖ (the ideal proportions of the human figure, ca. , pen and ink with wash over metalpoint on paper, . x inches, gallerie dell'accademia in venice, italy………………………………………………. fig. : mark rothko, pen drawing in golde’s composition sketchbook, - …... fig. : mark rothko, untitled [nude], / , cat. , oil on canvas, / x / inches, national gallery of art, washington……………………………………… fig. : section of frieze dionysiac mystery cult, from villa of the mysteries, pompeii, wall painting, ca. bce, national museum, naples………………………………... fig. : mark rothko, no. /no. {untitled}, , oil on canvas, / x ¼ inches national gallery of art, washington………………………………………………….. fig. : fresco wall paintings in a cubiculum (bedroom) from the villa of p. fannius synistor at boscoreale, ca. – bce, plaster, the metropolitan museum of art….. fig. : detail, fresco wall paintings in a cubiculum (bedroom) from the villa of p. fannius synistor at boscoreale, ca. – bce, plaster, the metropolitan museum of art……………………………………………………………………………………... fig. : henri matisse, the red studio, , oil on canvas, / x ' ¼ inches, museum of modern art, new york…………………………………………………... fig. : milton avery, girl writing, , oil on canvas, x / inches, the phillips collection, washington……………………………………………………………….. fig. : mark rothko, harvard mural, tryptych, panel i-iii, , installation view, holyoke center, ………………………………………………………………… fig. : domenico ghirlandaio, last supper, ca. , fresco, . x ¼ feet, san marco, florence………………………………………………………………………. fig. : ambush of troilus by achilles, ca. bce, tomb of the bulls, tarquinia.. viii fig. : mark rothko, no. (reds), , oil on canvas, x inches, staatliche museen zu berlin……………………………………………………………………… fig. : giotto di bondone, death of the virgin, ca. , tempera on panel, staatliche museen zu berlin……………………………………………………………………… fig. : giotto di bondone, crucifixion, ca. , tempera on wood, . x inches, staatliche museen zu berlin…………………………………………………………... fig. : marcel duchamp, fresh widow, , miniature french window, painted wood frame, and panes of glass covered with black leather, / x / inches, the museum of modern art, new york………………………………………………….. fig. : marcel duchamp, the bride stripped bare by her bachelors, even (the large glass), - , oil, varnish, lead foil, lead wire, and dust on two glass panels, feet / inches x / inches, philadelphia museum of art…………………………….. fig. : charles sheeler, view of new york, , oil on canvas, x / inches, museum of fine arts, boston………………………………………………………... fig. : casper david friedrich, view from the artist's studio, window on the left, ca. – , graphite and sepia on paper; / x / inches, belvedere, vienna….. fig. : casper david friedrich, view from the artist's studio, window on the right, ca. – , graphite and sepia on paper; / x / inches, belvedere, vienna….. fig. : hans hofmann, autumn gold, , oil on canvas, / x x / inches, national gallery of art, washington………………………………………………… fig. : robert motherwell, open no. in scarlet and blue, , acrylic and drawing on canvas, x inches, tate collection………………………………... fig. : michelangelo, vestibule, the laurentian library, monastery of san lorenzo, , florence, italy…………………………………………………………………. fig. : michelangelo, vestibule, the laurentian library, monastery of san lorenzo, , florence, italy.………………………………………………………………… fig. : mark rothko, mother and child, ca. , oil on canvas, x inches, collection of christopher rothko…………………………………………………… fig. : mark rothko, antigone, - , oil and charcoal on canvas, x ¾, inches, national gallery of art, washington………………………………………... ix fig. : arshile gorky, the artist and his mother, ca. -ca. , oil on canvas, / x inches, national gallery of art, washington ……………………………... fig. : arshile gorky, the artist and his mother, ca. - , oil on canvas, x inches, whitney museum of american art …………………………………………… fig. : giorgio di chirico, the disquieting muses, , oil on canvas, private collection………………………………………………………………………………. fig. : mark rothko, composition i [verso], ca. , oil on hardboard, / x ¾ inches, collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko…………………… fig. : mark rothko, composition i [recto], / , oil on hardboard, / x ¾ inches, collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko…………………. fig. : mark rothko, sophie, ca. , oil on canvas board, ¾ x inches, collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko……………………………. fig. : mark rothko, untitled [portrait of leah farber], ca. , oil on canvas board, ¾ x / inches, collection of herbert and esther schimmel, nashua, n.h……. fig. : mark rothko, portrait of rothko’s mother, / , oil on canvas, / x inches, collection of kate rothko prizel………………………………………....... fig. : mark rothko, portrait of a young boy {untitled}, ca. , oil on canvas, / x / inches, collection of christopher rothko……………………………….. fig. : edward hopper, chop suey, , oil on canvas, / x / inches, private collection……………………………………………………………………………… fig. : mark rothko, discourse, / , oil on canvas, x ¾ inches, collection of christopher rothko……………………………………………………... fig. : mark rothko, interior, , oil on hardboard, / x / inches, national gallery of art, washington……………………………………………………………. fig. : michelangelo, tomb of lorenzo de' medici, - , marble, medici chapel, san lorenzo, florence, italy........................................................................................... fig. : mark rothko, thru the window, / , oil on gesso board, / x / inches, national gallery of art, washington………………………………………….. fig. : fra filippo lippi, portrait of a man and a woman at a casement, ca. , tempera on wood, / x / inches, the metropolitan museum of art……….. x fig. : sandro botticelli, giuliano de' medici, ca. / , tempera on panel, / x / inches, national gallery of art, washington……………………………… fig. : mark rothko, untitled [two nudes standing in front of a doorway], , oil on canvas, / x / inches, neuberger museum of art, purchase college…. fig. : pablo picasso, two nudes, , oil on canvas, / x / inches, museum of modern art, new york……………………………………………………………... fig. : mark rothko, untitled, / , oil on linen, x / inches, national gallery of art, washington…………………………………………………………….. fig. : mark rothko, untitled [children around a table], , oil on canvas, x ¾ inches, collection of christopher rothko…………………………………………… fig. : mark rothko, the party {untitled}, , oil on canvas, / x ¾ inches, national gallery of art, washington…………………………………………………... fig. : mark rothko, subway, , oil on canvas, x inches, collection of kate rothko prizel…………………………………………………………………………... fig. : mark rothko, underground fantasy {subway (subterranean fantasy)}, ca. , oil on canvas, / x ½ inches, national gallery of art, washington…... fig. : adolph gottlieb, south ferry waiting room, ca. , oil on cotton, x inches, private collection……………………………………………………………… fig. : adolph gottlieb, brooklyn bridge, ca. , oil on canvas, / x / inches, private collection……………………………………………………………… fig. : john sloan, the wake of the ferry ii, , oil on canvas, x inches, the phillips collection, washington, d.c…………………………………………………. fig. : robert henri, snow in new york, , oil on canvas, x / inches, national gallery of art, washington, d.c……………………………………….…… fig. : mark rothko, the peddler, / , oil on canvas board, / x inches, collection of blanche goreff…………………………………………………….……. fig. : mark rothko, untitled [two jews], / , oil on canvas board, ¼ x ¾ inches, collection of marjorie g. neuwirth………………………………………… fig. : max weber, new york, , oil on canvas, / x ½ inches, thyssen- bornemisza collection, lugano, switzerland…………………………………………. xi fig. : max weber, new york (the liberty tower from the singer building) [the woolworth building], , oil on canvas, ¼ x / inches, museum of fine arts, boston………………………………………………………………………………….. fig. : milton avery, the steeplechase, coney island, , oil on canvas, x inches, the metropolitan museum of art……………………………………..…….…. fig. : mark rothko, the road, / , oil on canvas, x ½ inches, collection of christopher rothko……………………………………………………… fig. : mark rothko, city phantasy [recto], ca. , oil on canvas, ¾ x ½ inches, collection of christopher rothko……………………………………………… fig. : mark rothko, landscape [?] {untitled} (or, untitled (two women before a cityscape), / , oil on canvas, x / inches, national gallery of art, washington…………………………………………………………………………….. fig. : mark rothko, untitled [cityscape], ca. , oil on canvas, x inches, collection of christopher rothko…………………………………………………….... fig. : mark rothko, street scene, / , oil on canvas, x inches, national gallery of art, washington…………………………………………………………….. fig. : rothko chapel, interior, detail………………………………………………... fig. : dominican chapelle de saint-marie du rosarie, exterior, vence, france, - …………………………………………………………………………………...... fig. : henri matisse, the tree of life (at left; stained glass) and st. dominic (at right; ceramic tiles), , dominican chapelle de saint-marie du rosarie, interior, vence, france…………………………………………………………………………………... fig. : barnett newman, first station, , magna on canvas, / x / inches national gallery of art, washington d.c……………………………………………... fig. : barnett newman, stations of the cross ( - ), detail of installation….….. fig. : kazimir malevich, suprematist composition: airplane flying, (dated on reverse ), oil on canvas, / x inches, museum of modern art, new york………………………………………………………………………….…... fig. : mies van der rohe, barcelona pavilion, - , barcelona, spain................ xii fig. : robert rauschenberg, wager, - , combine painting: oil, pencil, paper, fabric, newspaper, printed reproductions, photographs, wood and pencil body tracing on four canvases, x x ¼ inches, kunstsammlung nordrhein-westfalen, düsseldorf……………………………………………………………………………… fig. : detail, robert rauschenberg, wager, - , combine painting: oil, pencil, paper, fabric, newspaper, printed reproductions, photographs, wood and pencil body tracing on four canvases, x x ¼ inches, kunstsammlung nordrhein-westfalen, düsseldorf……………………………………………………………………………… fig. : detail, robert rauschenberg, wager, - , combine painting: oil, pencil, paper, fabric, newspaper, printed reproductions, photographs, wood and pencil body tracing on four canvases, x x ¼ inches, kunstsammlung nordrhein-westfalen, düsseldorf……………………………………………………………………………... fig. : robert raushenberg, untitled, , oil, paper, fabric, newspaper, and printed reproductions on canvas with wood, stained glass, and electric lights, x ½ x inches, private collection……………………………………………………………… fig. : robert rauschenberg, interview, , combine: oil, pencil, paper, fabric, photographs, printed reproductions, newspaper, wood, baseball, metal fork, found paintings, hinged wood door, and brick on string, on wood structure, ¾ x ¼ x inches, the museum of contemporary art, los angeles…………………………….. fig. : robert rauschenberg, trophy v (for jasper johns), , combine painting on canvas, x inches, honolulu academy of arts………………………….……….. fig. : robert rauschenberg, estate, , oil and screenprinted inks on canvas, feet x feet / inches, philadelphia museum of art………………………………….. fig. : robert rauschenberg, the man with two souls, , photographed by rauschenberg, mixed media, ¼ x / x ½ inches, private collection; and barnett newman, here i, (at left), installed at betty parsons gallery, new york, reinforced plaster, wood, and a wood-and-wire crate, x ¼ x ½ inches the menil collection, houston………………………………………………………… fig. : robert rauschenberg, white painting (three panel), , oil on canvas, x inches, san francisco museum of modern art……………………………….…... fig. : kazimir malevich, suprematist composition: white on white, , oil on canvas, ¼ x ¼ inches, museum of modern art, new york…………….………. fig. : robert rauschenberg, erased de kooning drawing, , traces of ink and crayon on paper, mat, label, and gilded frame, ¼ x ¾ inches, san francisco museum of modern art………………………………………………………………... xiii fig. : spread from allan kaprow, assemblage, environments, and happenings, ; left: hans namuth, jackson pollock, ; right: ken haymen, allan kaprow, …………………………………………………………………………………….. fig. : jasper johns, target with four faces, , encaustic on newspaper and cloth over canvas surmounted by four tinted-plaster faces in wood box with hinged front, overall, with box open, / x x inches, museum of modern art, new york… fig. : jasper johns, target with plaster casts, , encaustic and collage on canvas with objects, x inches, private collection, los angeles………………………… fig. : marcel duchamp, Étant donnés: ° la chute d'eau, ° le gaz d'éclairage . . . (given: . the waterfall, . the illuminating gas . . . ), - , mixed media assemblage, feet / inches x inches, philadelphia museum of art…………... fig. : louise nevelson, dawn’s wedding feast, , installation view of nevelson‘s work at the exhibition americans, held at the museum of modern art, new york, december , through february , ………………………….. fig. : louise nevelson, case with five balusters, from dawn’s wedding feast, , wood, paint, - / x - / x inches, walker art center, minneapolis…………… fig. : louise nevelson, mrs. n’s palace, - , painted wood, mirror, x x inches, the metropolitan museum of art, new york…………………………….. fig. : ellsworth kelly, awnings, avenue matignon, , gouache and pencil on paper, / x ¼ inches, museum of modern art, new york……………………….. fig. : ellsworth kelly, lake ii, , oil on canvas, x / inches, beyeler collection, basel……………………………………………………………………….. fig. : paul cézanne, the gulf of marseille seen from l'estaque, ca. , oil on canvas, / x / inches, the art institute of chicago………………………… fig. : frank stella, the marriage of reason and squalor, , enamel on canvas, ' / " x ' ¾ inches, museum of modern art, new york……………………………. fig. : donald judd, stage set, , mak, vienna……………………………….. fig. : tony smith, black box, - , steel, . x x inches, national gallery of canada………………………………………………………………………………. fig. : tony smith, smoke, , black-painted aluminum, ‘ h, ‘ l, ‘ w los angeles county museum of art…………………………………………………... xiv fig. : sol lewitt, floor structure, , painted wood, ‘ x ‖ x inches, museum of modern art, new york…………………………………………………… fig. : sol lewitt, serial project, i (abcd), , baked enamel on steel units over baked enamel on aluminum, " x ' " x ' inches, museum of modern art, new york…………………………………………………………………………….……… fig. : dan flavin, monument for v. tatlin, , fluorescent lights and metal fixtures, ‘ x / x ½ inches, museum of modern art, new york………………. fig. : carl andré, equivalent viii, , firebricks, x x . inches, tate gallery…………………………………………………………………………….…… chapter : introduction the overall goal of this dissertation is to identify and examine the neglected aspects of the literature on mark rothko‘s - project to make murals for the four seasons restaurant (see figs. - ) in the then-newly opened seagram building in manhattan. these include rothko‘s attempts to merge the mediums of painting and architecture in order to create an antagonistic environment in the restaurant; how his visits to italy before and during the project reinforced this goal; how a good deal of the figurative paintings from rothko‘s earliest career anticipated his blend of aggression and architecturally-related themes; the connection between rothko and mies van der rohe, the architect of the building, in regard to the theme of transcendence; and how his experiments with architectural subjects and motifs aligned rothko with some of the most influential vanguard artists in new york in the late s and early s. discussions of these topics will suggest that his career-long references to architecture functioned, for him, as something intended to produce discomfort in the viewer. i will show that his acceptance of a lucrative commission to make paintings for a lavish restaurant that might seem at first to suggest pandering to an élite audience had the paradoxical effect of condemning that audience. i intend also to demonstrate that rothko understood that the project was not merely about making paintings. instead, for him, it dealt more with the challenge of uniting architecture and painting. two comments he made during the project especially suggest this. in , he remarked that ―my paintings are sometimes described as facades, and indeed they are facades.‖ secondly, while at paestum (in ) he declared: ―i have been painting greek temples all my life without knowing it.‖ taken together, both form a crucial springboard for the current discussion. throughout this dissertation, i will use the terms ―architecture‖ and ―architectural.‖ various definitions of what constitutes ―architecture‖ have been proposed throughout the long history of architectural discourse. in antiquity, vitruvius presented the notion that good architecture ought to contain durability, utility, and beauty. in rothko‘s era, le corbusier promoted the view that ―you employ stone, wood, and concrete, and with these materials you build houses and places…but suddenly you touch my heart…that is architecture.‖ taking these and other definition into consideration, the term ―architecture‖ will be used in its most rudimentary form, to connote what alex maller has referred to as a ―built structure…realized by human beings,‖ or what christian norberg-schulz called a ―dwelling.‖ ―architectural‖ will be used more fluidly, referring to something that is not architecture per se but refers to or signifies it, as in a painting of a building. ―space‖ will be used to refer to the space within and created by architecture or environments. as rudolf arnheim described in the dynamics of architectural form, architectural space is both ―a self-contained entity, infinite or finite, an empty vehicle, mark rothko, from a lecture, quoted in anfam, ―to see, or not to see,‖ image of the not-seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel. dore ashton, about rothko, . vitruvius: ten books on architecture, ingrid drake rowland, trans. (new york: cambridge univ. press, ). le corbusier, toward an architecture, john goodman, trans. (los angeles: getty publications, ): . alex maller, ―signs, systems, structures, spaces in basic architectural design,‖ leonardo, vol. , no. ( ): - . christian norberg-schulz, existence, space, & architecture (new york: praeger, ). ready and having the capacity to be filled with things…[what] plato spoke [of] in timaeus…as a nothingness.‖ this dissertation will examine rothko‘s most architectural work in order to position architecture as one of the most important concerns throughout his career. i will also maintain that rothko‘s interest in architecture was longstanding, with evidence stemming from his very first known canvas. it is also important to examine the different types of architecturally grounded iconographic subjects rothko painted. often his use of these types, such as hybrid architectural spaces that are both interiors and exteriors, reveal an awareness of important contemporary developments in architecture. locating the reasons why he used architectural themes throughout his career will be the driving force of this dissertation. rothko‘s written accounts on the subjects of architecture, italian art, antagonism, transcendence, space, and other relevant subjects form an indispensible component of this project. two important collections of rothko‘s writings will be referenced throughout. these include rothko‘s unfinished manuscript the artist's reality: philosophies of art, which he probably wrote while in a state of depression in and , during a period when he had temporarily abandoned painting. the second is writings on art, a for more on the role of artists‘ statements within the abstract expressionist community, see ann eden gibson, ―the rhetoric of abstract expressionism: the critical developments,‖ in abstract expressionism: the critical developments, - ; ―abstract expressionism‘s evasion of language,‖ art journal, vol. , no. , new myths for old: redefining abstract expressionism (autumn, ): - ; and issues in abstract expressionism: the artist-run periodicals (ann arbor, mi: univ. of michigan press, ). mark rothko, the artist’s reality: philosophies of art, christopher rothko, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). a registrar of the rothko estate discovered the -page sloppily-constructed manuscript in a warehouse in . compilation of nearly one hundred letters and statements that rothko authored at various points throughout his career. commentary from the individuals who knew rothko well, as well as the ideas about his work as promoted by art critics and art historians, will naturally factor prominently. i will also be reference the art and architectural works that he admired, along with his experiences with these objects and places, in addition to the key works by rothko from throughout his oeuvre. all of these sources will bring into clearer focus rothko‘s many comments about his work in relation to architecture. ―they are not pictures,‖ rothko said to dore ashton in october , when she visited his studio and saw his seagram works. instead, as he told ashton, ―i have made a place.‖ in , the joseph e. seagram and sons corporation announced that its new headquarters would be located at park avenue. the new building would commemorate the corporation‘s one-hundredth anniversary. its design was overseen by phyllis bronfman lambert, the daughter of samuel bronfman, c.e.o. of seagram‘s and an important figure in the world of art, architecture, patronage, and collecting. as she described in her essay, ―how a building gets built,‖ lambert explained why she rothko‘s son christopher rothko, a psychotherapist by training, spearheaded its publication. mark rothko, writings on art, miguel lopez-remiro, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). mark rothko, quoted in dore ashton, about rothko (oxford: oxford univ. press, ): . for more on the many stages of the building‘s design, see philip johnson, the philip johnson tapes: interviews by robert a. m. stern, kazys vernelis, ed. (new york: monacelli press, ): - . lambert was so dissatisfied with the california-based firm luckman and pereira (who landed the initial commission for the project) that her father turned the decision of an architect up to her. after consulting with philip johnson (then director of the department of architecture at the museum of modern art in new york), she made a short-list of the most important architects. included in this list were walter gropius, louis kahn, eero saarinen, marcel breuer, i. m. pei, frank lloyd wright, le corbusier, and mies van der rohe. ultimately selected mies. she noted that frank lloyd wright wasn‘t ―the statement that is needed now‖ and that audiences might have been ―blinded by‖ le corbusier‘s style. in her view, mies‘s design was different in part because ―the younger men, the second generation, are talking in terms of mies or denying him.‖ she thus conceived this building from the start as something especially revolutionary. this is precisely why the corporation gave mies free reign over the project, a factor that led to the lavish budget for that time of $ million to complete the building. lambert succeeded in this task. upon its completion, the building became the triumphant symbol of modernist architecture. ada louise huxtable described it as one of the ―sleek-walled buildings that are the pride of modern cities and the symbol of modern life…a glittering, soaring, straight-lined tower of today‘s urban world.‖ the building has maintained importance decades later. nearly thirty years after its completion, huxtable observed, ―after so many vanities, the simple logic of the despised miesian vernacular is beginning to look good.‖ mies‘s biographer franz schulze noted something unique about the building. while mies ―had a reputation for designing architectural objects as self-referential bodies independent of...the context in which they found themselves...it is decidedly not true of the seagram building.‖ in other words, mies considered the location of the building and its relationship to adjacent structures to be essential to the project. in this way, it became part of an architectural tapestry, dissolving itself into its surroundings. along with the phyllis lambert, ―how a building gets built,‖ vassar alumnae magazine (feb. ): . ada louise huxtable, ―the soaring towers that gave form to an age,‖ new york times (aug. , ), reprinted in huxtable, . ada louise huxtable, ―the making of a master,‖ new york times (dec. , ), reprinted in huxtable, . schulze, - . then-newly opened skidmore, owings & merrill-designed lever house (completed in at park avenue), mies‘s building promoted the international style in america. all of these details point toward the building‘s unique position within american postwar architecture, and it is unthinkable that rothko was unaware of how lavish the building was when he accepted the commission for the murals. in , philip johnson invited rothko to paint a series of works for the seagram corporation‘s new headquarters. the contract was finalized on june , , and the corporation issued a purchase order for ―building decorations‖. the commission stipulated that rothko would receive $ , for ― to square feet of paintings‖ destined to be installed in the grill room of the four seasons restaurant, located at the ground floor of the seagram building. commissions given to painters to make something for an architectural environment are often problematic, something harold rosenberg understood: architects have different problems than studio painters and sculptors, but many are very knowledgeable about painting and sculpture. occasionally, an architect wishes to include paintings or sculptures into buildings he is planning – and offers a commission to some well-known artist. quite often such offers are turned down by the artist, though he needs the money and the prestige. why? whatever conditions may have been in the renaissance – the renaissance is always brought as an argument in these situations – a great difference exists today between the architect producing his work according to public conditions and the artist pursuing his aims more or less in solitude. the difference is so great as to make genuine cooperation between the two professionals very difficult, if not impossible – the fact is that most serious contemporary artists who have executed the style was coined in by alfred barr after a debate with philip johnson and henry-russell hitchcock, thus replacing hitchcock‘s term ―new pioneers‖ from his book modern architecture. see alice goldfarb marquis, alfred h. barr, jr., missionary for the modern (chicago: contemporary books, ): . it was popularized by the johnson/hitchcock-organized exhibition modern architecture: international exhibition at the museum of modern art at the museum of modern art. architectural commissions have been dissatisfied and avoid doing more if they can help it. however, even with the complexities the project must have presented for rothko, it appears that at least three factors compelled the artist to go along with it. first, he needed an outlet for his experiments with uniting painting and architecture. secondly, by , he desired to evolve beyond his signature style, in which he had been painting for nearly a decade. as dan rice, his assistant on the project, recalled: i believe he actually felt that he had gone as far as he could in painting until the proposal for the seagram building murals was presented to him…for many years, he had the concept that his work must or should hang together in a permanent environment, fixed only by the work itself. although the grill room only had enough space for a few of his paintings, rothko worked intensely for eight months at the end of and the earlier part of , producing thirty mural-sized canvases. while the works are variously titled in the catalogue raisonné as sketches or murals, it is unclear which rothko believed to be more finished works, or which might have been preparatory mock-ups of later works. the harold rosenberg, ―problems in the teaching of artists,‖ art journal vol. , no. (winter, - ): . rosenberg delivered the essay as a speech in at the midwest college art conference at ohio state university. the - murals, ex. cat., dan rice interviewed by arnold glimcher (new york: the pace gallery, ): n.p. the contract for the seagram project gave rothko carte blanche, with no stipulation for the size, shape, or color, of the paintings, nor of how they would be lit or installed. he was essentially guaranteed that he would have the absolute control over the project that he notoriously craved[craved the project; carved control; or both, please clarify]. while he exhibited such control at various points throughout his career, rothko was especially careful in planning the installation of the seagram paintings. see anfam cat. nos. - for his donation to the tate gallery, which will be discussed later in this dissertation, rothko grouped together what anfam refers to as four ―sketches‖ and five ―mural sections.‖ murals are now dispersed, with ten at the national gallery in washington, nine at the tate gallery, seven at the kawamura memorial museum of art in chiba-ken, japan, and four in private collections. in , rothko described the various stages and the evolution of his style throughout the project. he noted: so far [as of october ] i‘ve painted three sets of panels for this seagram job. the first one didn‘t turn out right, so i sold the panels separately as individual paintings. the second time i got the basic idea, but began to modify it as i went along – because, i guess, i was afraid of being too stark. when i realized my mistake, i started again, and this time i‘m holding tight to the original conception. in all thirty, two formal ingredients can be found. in addition to a much darker palette, all are in a mural scale and have clearly discernible architectural forms. beginning with the large scale, the smallest painting mural sketch [seagram mural sketch] ( , kawamura memorial museum of art, chiba-ken) is sixty-six by sixty inches, and the largest untitled [seagram mural section] ( , national gallery of art) measuring just over one hundred six by one hundred eighty inches. at this scale, they are larger than anything rothko painted previously. the largest work he painted before the seagram series is no. (red, brown and black) ( , the museum of modern art, new york) at just over one hundred six by one hundred seventeen inches. no. was an exception to the standard scale of his signature abstractions. rothko‘s paintings from the s generally fall within the range of approximately between six to seven feet tall to see anfam cat. nos. , , , , - , and . see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , , and . see anfam cat. nos. , - , , , , and . see anfam cat. nos. , , , and . mark rothko, according to john fisher. see fischer, ―mark rothko: portrait of the artist as an angry man,‖ in ―the easy chair,‖ harper’s magazine (july ): - . the set of thirty stemmed from the second and third phases. roughly four to five feet wide. the expansive fifteen-feet canvases thus overwhelm the space in which they are installed. rothko conceived of a space for the restaurant defined by multiple large-scale paintings surrounding and enveloping the viewer. finally, all of the canvases in the series have an unmistakable red or black door/window form. these forms draw attention to architecture more strongly than anything rothko had painted since he first embraced abstraction, ca. - , as they reference specific architectural ornamentation michelangelo used in the laurentian library. while rothko denounced a link between landscapes and his signature abstractions, he promoted a connection between the laurentian forms and his seagram shapes. another important innovation during the project is rothko‘s embrace of an exaggerated horizontal format for the majority of the paintings in the series, seventeen of the thirty. this format mirrored the rectangular shape of the grill room, at fifty-six by twenty-seven feet. it also mimicked the shapes of the three non-windowed walls in the room. it is impossible to know where exactly in the grill room rothko intended to install the paintings. as curator thomas kellein proposed, in his arrangement of some of the murals into an environment for the exhibition mark rothko: kaaba in new york at the kunsthalle basel, held in the first half of , the east/entry wall of the room greeting visitors was likely meant to have included three of the largest horizontal canvases. as the chapters progress, it will become clearer that rothko employed the vertical/signature format for nearly all of his signature abstractions to mirror the upright proportions of viewers, and adopted the horizontal configuration for most of the murals to from north to south (left to right on the wall) they are anfam cat. nos. , , and . see thomas kellein, mark rothko: kaaba in new york (basel: kunsthalle basel publications, ). make the seagram paintings more architectural. in dan rice‘s view, the horizontal format draws more attention to the vertical shapes in the paintings, making them seem more like ―columns.‖ as a result, for rice, the architectural character prevented the paintings from being associated with landscapes, despite the fact that the horizontal format is conventionally associated with landscapes. excerpts from a four-page draft rothko wrote in , in preparation for his retrospective at moma, clarify how the thirty works fit into the various stages of production. rothko‘s written passage never accompanied the important grouping of the seagram paintings at moma that year, raising the intriguing question of whether he had yet to fully come to terms with why he took and later rejected the commission. it is essential that key excerpts be included in this context: in the spring of i received a phone call. it proved to be a commission to fill a space which was to be used as a private room. my one condition that the place be an enclosed space. in so far as i have always maintained that if i should be given an enclosed space which i could surround with my work it would be the realization of a dream that i have always held… what was obvious that there was in me the need to undertake a conception of a place contained and absolutely mine… the first pictures i made were in my old style [as defined by large-scale canvases with translucent washes of color and non-objective rectangular colorfields]. but soon i discovered that the old image would not serve the purpose. it became clear that to be a public man required a different attitude. other pictures are made for nowhere. but once a specific place and permanence and the heterogeneousness of a public situation were involved a new image would have to be evolved. there followed a series of steps in which every step was further and further reduced and at the last the extent of reduction was acceptable… dan rice, in thomas kellein, mark rothko: kaaba in new york (basel: kunsthalle basel publications, ): . ibid., . i locked the door and did not see the pictures for the next two months. when i saw them again their conviction persisted. by this time the place and the spirit for which they were made was functioning. then i saw the completed destination. it was obvious that the two were not for each other. then if not for this place, what other places. banks, lobbys [sic], chapels. during rothko‘s lifetime, nine paintings from the seagram series were exhibited in seven venues, at exhibitions in new york, london, amsterdam, brussels, basel, rome, and paris. the first exhibition to include all nine works was mark rothko, held from january -march , at the museum of modern art. there they occupied a key position: installed in a gallery by themselves. robert goldwater, who reviewed the exhibition, condemned what he believed to be curator peter selz‘s oversight. he observed that: the exhibition as hung at the museum of modern art magnifies the static, apparitional character of rothko‘s work. it ignores the first sixteen of rothko‘s thirty-two exhibiting years. half the canvases in the show have been done during the last six, and many of these belong to the large mural series of - . thus even the movement of development has been underplayed, and the insights of origins has been denied the spectator, who is confronted by a vision without sources, posed with a finality that permits no questions and grants no dialogue. it demands acquiescence, and failing that, stimulates rejection. mark rothko, in rothko, oliver wick (milan: skira editore s.p.a., ): - . for mark rothko, the museum of modern art (january -march , ), see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , , . with the exception of no. , the other eight works were exhibited in mark rothko: a retrospective exhibition, paintings - , whitechapel art gallery, london (october -november , ); and the exhibition mark rothko, which travelled to the stedelijk museum, amsterdam (november -december , ), palais des beaux-arts, brussels (january - , ), kunsthalle basel (march -april , ), galleria nazionale d‘arte moderna, rome (april -may , ), and the musée d‘art modern de la ville de paris (december , -january , ). robert goldwater, ―reflections on the rothko exhibition,‖ in ibid., - . the seagram paintings are shown, even highlighted in their own space, but are not sufficiently explained in the context of rothko‘s other work. in her biographical essay for the catalogue, assistant curator alicia legg included a brief mention about the seagram paintings: in he began a series of murals for a large private dining room on park avenue, new york. after eight months of work, when the paintings were completed, the artist decided they were not appropriate for the setting and therefore did not deliver the work. some of these panels are being shown in the exhibition. with this passing comment, art historical scholarship on the murals commenced. selz‘s remarks, in his catalogue essay, are worth including in detail, as they laid the groundwork for how the seagram works came to be understood: in , when he began to paint murals commissioned for a large private dining room, they turned out to be paintings which may be interpreted as celebrating the death of civilization. in these vast canvases he abandoned solid color areas for rectangular frames of a single hue set in a field of solid color. the open rectangles suggest the rims of flame in containing fires, or the entrances of tombs, like the doors to the dwellings of the dead in egyptian pyramids, behind which the sculptors kept the kings ―alive‖ for eternity in the ka. but unlike the doors of the dead, which were meant to shut out the living room from the place of absolute might, even of patrician death, these paintings—open sarcophagi— moodily dare, and thus invite the spectator to enter their orifices. indeed, the whole series of these murals brings to mind an orphic cycle; their subject might be death and resurrection in classical, not christian, mythology: the artist descending to hades to find the eurydice of his vision. the door to the tomb opens for the artist in search of his muse. for about eight months, rothko was completely occupied with the execution of his mural commission. when it was finished, and the artist had actually created three different series, it was clear to him that these paintings and the setting did not suit each other. one may go so far as to say that this modern dance of death had developed into an ironic commentary on the elegant park avenue dining room for which it had originally been intended. like much of rothko‘s work, these murals really seem to ask for a special place apart, a kind of sanctuary, alicia legg, mark rothko (new york: museum of modern art, ): . where they may perform what is essentially a sacramental function. this is not an absurd notion when one considers the profoundly religious quality of much apparently secular modern art—indeed the work of art has for a small but significant number of people (including spectators as well as artists) taken on something of the ecstatic and redeeming characteristics of the religious experience. perhaps, like medieval altarpieces, these murals can properly be seen only in an ambiance created in total keeping with their mood. perhaps due to the psychic depth of the works just mentioned, the installation of the ten murals provoked diametrically opposed critical interpretations. max kozloff called the works rothko‘s ―first major mistake.‖ offering a completely different view, robert goldwater praised the installation of the seagram murals in the exhibition. in his catalogue essay for the exhibition mark rothko: a retrospective exhibition, paintings - , held at the whitechapel art gallery in london later that year, goldwater called the installation of rothko‘s seagram paintings the ―most successful arrangement‖ of the new york exhibition. after the close of the exhibition mark rothko at the musée d‘art moderne de la ville de paris, on january , , no seagram painting was exhibited until after rothko‘s death. in the mid- s, rothko assembled a set of nine works from the series, what he likely believed to be the best of the thirty, and donated them to the tate gallery in peter selz, in ibid., - . max kozloff, ―mark rothko‘s new retrospective,‖ art journal vol. no. (spring, ): . robert goldwater, ―reflections on the rothko exhibition,‖ in mark rothko: - (london: tate, ): . the essay was originally printed in arts vol. (march ): - , and was published later in in the catalogue for the london exhibition. see mark rothko: a retrospective exhibition, paintings - (london: whitechapel art gallery, ): - . eight of the nine seagram works included in the new york show were sent to london. see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , and . the first work to be exhibited after his death was anfam cat. no. , which was included in the exhibition mark rothko at the museo d‘arte moderna ca‘pesaro, venice (june -october , ). london. in october, , norman reid, then-director of the tate, visited rothko in new york, proposing a permanent gallery at the tate for the seagram paintings. rothko jumped at the chance. the two corresponded and visited again, before the so-called rothko room (see fig. ) officially opened on may , . former tate director alan bowness explained that rothko had agreed to reid‘s offer and had chosen the tate because he ―came to feel, correctly, that his luminous paintings had found an unusually warm reception in the country of [joseph m. w.] turner, and he had many friends and admirers among painters, critics and general public alike.‖ rothko‘s cloudy color fields had already been compared, by that point, to turner‘s airy landscapes, which, as robert rosenblum observed, ―carry us beyond reason to the sublime‖ because they stimulate the viewer's imagination. the nine paintings arrived in london on the day of rothko‘s suicide, on february , . in addition to the nine works on view at the tate, three seagram works were exhibited in the early s. the first important posthumous exhibit of part of the see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , , . currently, the works are in the rothko room of the tate modern, as opposed to the tate gallery. rothko‘s donation was the only one of its kind. that it occurred after his debilitating aneurysm on april , , which exacerbated his already failing mental/physical health and forced him to deal with the inevitability of his own looming death, suggests that he likely viewed the works as a key component of his posthumous legacy. alan bowness, preface to mark rothko: - (london: tate, ): . robert rosenblum, ―the abstract sublime,‖ artnews vol. , no. (feb. ): . see also burke, - (section iv, part ii): ―it is one thing to make an idea clear, and another to make it affecting to the imagination.‖ anfam cat. no. was exhibited in the exhibition mark rothko at the museo d‘arte moderna ca‘pesaro, venice (june -october , ). nos. , , and were included in the exhibition mark rothko, kunsthaus zürich (march -may , ). the exhibition travelled to staatliche museen preussischer kulturbesitz, neue nationalgalerie, berlin (may -july , ); städtische kunsthalle düsseldorf (august -october , ); museum boymans-van beuningen, rotterdam (november series occurred later in the decade, with the exhibition mark rothko: the - murals at the pace gallery in new york, held in october and november of . ten paintings were included in the show. the nine works on view in london at that time along with the additional ten shown in new york made this the first occasion when nearly two-thirds of the set were on public display at one time, though in different locales, another milestone within the scholarship of the murals was arnold glimcher‘s vital interview of rothko‘s assistant dan rice, printed in the exhibition catalogue. also in , a major exhibition of rothko‘s work was mounted at the solomon r. guggenheim museum in new york. organized by diane waldman, then curator of exhibitions, it was the most comprehensive gathering of rothko‘s work up to that point. in the catalogue, waldman identified the changes to rothko‘s style in the late s, including his shift to larger canvases, more opaque colors, and more somber mood. while no seagram works were included in the exhibition, she also rightly pointed out that rothko had achieved, with the seagram project, a series of firsts: the first time he painted in a series, his first acceptance of a mural commission, the first time he used door-like shapes in his abstract phase, and the first time he used the horizontal format for his abstractions. these are some of the reasons why the project became, waldman argued, ―the first time...the work is brooding, forbidding, and tragic.‖ but, rather than position the series as the catalyst for the drastic shift, waldman instead argued that the shift was , -january , ); and in part to the hayward gallery, london (february - march , ). see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , , and . see mark rothko, - : a retrospective, diane waldman (new york: harry n. abrams, inc., in collaboration with the solomon r. guggenheim foundation, ). ibid., . ―clarified and emphatically reflected in ―the seagram series. prior to the seagram paintings, rothko‘s scale of choice was indeed large scale but never mural sized. similarly, he made significantly dark paintings only occasionally before the seagram set. five years later, in , dore ashton‘s biography about rothko provided a personal account of the artist‘s life and art as told through the lens of someone who knew him firsthand. ashton devoted nearly an entire chapter to the seagram project, reinforcing the importance of a lecture rothko gave at pratt institute in new york, on october , . ashton attended the talk, and published her notes originally in . since the lecture occurred during the seagram project, excerpts derived from rothko‘s comments form a crucial piece of the foundation of scholarship on the seagram project. two additional contributions in ashton‘s chapter clarified how rothko understood the - project. first, she noted: at the time he was working arduously on the seagram commission, he was having an intense debate with himself about the meaning of art. he sought out friends who themselves were given to searching questions. there were long philosophical evenings. ashton‘s contention that ―rothko‘s peculiar fusion of architectural tact and painterly individualism‖ is a crucial springboard for the current project. see mark rothko, - : a retrospective, diane waldman, ed. (new york: harry n. abrams, inc., in collaboration with the solomon r. guggenheim foundation, ): . see dore ashton, about rothko (oxford: oxford univ. press, ). the first thorough account of the lecture was by dore ashton, ―art: lecture by rothko,‖ new york times (oct. , ). see also dore ashton, about rothko (new york: oxford univ. press, ): . a transcript was later published as ―address to pratt institute, november ‖ in mark rothko, writings on art, miguel lopez-remiro, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): - . ibid., . ibid., . the late s were a period of reinvigorated investigations of rothko‘s work and in particular his seagram paintings. this fruitful period of scholarship followed the decision by the mark rothko foundation, earlier in the decade, to encourage more research of the foundation‘s collection. in , donald blinken, then president of the foundation, clarified the function of the organization. the collection should be used ―in a thoughtful manner for making long-term loans and outright gifts, or a combination of both, to deserving institutions at home and abroad,‖ and the foundation should consider itself ―a fiduciary and intermediary for the works it had received.‖ as a result, bonnie clearwater, who became the curator of the foundation, worked with the foundation board and staff to donate works of art to twenty-nine american and foreign museums, an undertaking completed in . the national gallery of art in washington received the lion‘s share of the works, or, two hundred ninety-five paintings and six-hundred additional pieces. the foundation also paved the way for the mark rothko: - retrospective at the tate gallery, in , and the catalogue raisonné of rothko‘s works on canvas, published in . a significant amount of important scholarship accompanied the london exhibition, which showcased the tate‘s nine seagram murals. curated by michael compton, then keeper of museum services at the tate, the exhibit provided a greater context for the murals within the larger span of rothko‘s oeuvre. with catalogue essays by irving sandler, robert rosenblum, robert goldwater, david sylvester, michael compton, bonnie clearwater, and dana cranmer, the research presented in the exhibition donald blinken, ―introduction and overview,‖ eliminating the obstacles between the painter and the observer (new york: mark rothko foundation, ): . see david anfam, mark rothko: the works on canvas (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). was by far the most thorough to date. as a result, the murals were touted, finally, as one of rothko‘s great achievements. sandler‘s introductory essay summarized the main themes of rothko‘s work and scholarship. these include rothko‘s frustration with the commentary of art critics, the role of artists‘ statements in decoding their work, the influence of henri matisse and milton avery‘s work, rothko‘s disapproval of clement greenberg‘s formalist analyses of his work, and the key ingredients of tragedy, the sublime as edmund burke defined it, spirituality, and myth. continuing the line of inquiry into rothko‘s pratt lecture, sandler speculated as to why rothko gave the talk at that time, noting that rothko ―felt the need to refute his critics and chose to do so by giving‖ the talk. moreover, sandler argued that rothko, at pratt, ―formulated his self- image as an artist.‖ compton references rothko‘s italy trip, key details of his bowery studio, pictorial characteristics of the three sets of seagram murals, and a theory concerning how rothko might have installed the murals in the restaurant. no references are given to rothko‘s desire to unite pictorial-architectural concerns. compton‘s explanation for why rothko rejected the commission follows the scholarly consensus that rothko ―did not want his pictures to be a background to the eating of the privileged.‖ two exhibitions in made important contributions to the study of the seagram works. in basel, the largest grouping of seagram canvases, even up to the present, was assembled for the exhibition mark rothko: kaaba in new york at the the essay was published three years earlier. see mark rothko: paintings - , irving sandler (new york: the pace gallery, ). the exhibition at the pace ran from april - , . irving sandler, ―mark rothko (in memory of robert goldwater),‖ mark rothko: - (london: tate, ): . irving sandler, in ibid., . michael compton, ―mark rothko, the subjects of the artist,‖ mark rothko: - , . kunsthalle basel, held in the first half of . twenty-eight out of the original thirty works were displayed. as thomas kellein explained in his catalogue essay, the main thrust of the basel show was, as mentioned, to attempt to reconstruct how rothko might have arranged the series at the four seasons the exhibition was quickly followed by the exhibition mark rothko, the seagram mural project at the tate gallery, liverpool. in his catalogue essay for the liverpool show, michael compton repeated some of the major threads of preexisting scholarship on the seagram paintings, referencing the boscoreale frescoes and rothko‘s european trip. to these, compton added two important additions to the literature: the inclusion of architectural plans of the four seasons as well as photos of the spaces rothko was commissioned to augment. both encouraged a more in-depth reading of the paintings in relation to the architecture of the space. james e. b. breslin‘s analysis of the seagram project, in his biography mark rothko: a biography ( ), also added significantly to the seagram literature. that the book begins with an account of the seagram works suggested that breslin attempted to challenge the marginalization of the project within most rothko scholarship to date. as with his predecessors, breslin provided details of the bowery studio, the logistics of the commission, rothko‘s ambivalence about exhibiting his work, and the question of why rothko might have taken on such a project. unlike prior rothko scholars, breslin provided more detailed information both about the seagram corporation and the reasons the two works not included were anfam cat. nos. (the weakest of the set) and no. (the only seagram work owned exclusively by christopher rothko). thomas kellein, mark rothko: kaaba in new york (basel: kunsthalle basel publications, ): - . see james e. b. breslin, mark rothko: a biography (chicago: univ. of chicago press, ): - . its leader samuel bronfman sought to make such an impressive and attention-seeking building. its publication provided an even clearer biographical context for the exhibitions and publications that followed. breslin‘s biography was quickly followed by the solomon r. guggenheim museum-issued book mark rothko in new york by diane waldman. it highlighted the forty-nine works by rothko in new york city‘s five major art museums at that time: the brooklyn museum, the metropolitan museum of art, the museum of modern art, the whitney museum of american art, and the guggenheim‘s own collection. in her review of rothko‘s oeuvre, waldman devoted four paragraphs to the seagram project, locating the works in the context of rothko‘s career. later in the decade, the mark rothko retrospective held at the national gallery in washington in , became the most comprehensive exhibition of rothko‘s work since the guggenheim show. the ambitious installation reflected the donation of nearly one thousand rothko works by the foundation to the gallery, in and . various catalogue essays provided key details about the seagram project. john gage reviewed the literature on rothko‘s color, and in the process found compelling links between the color juxtapositions of the seagram paintings and similar juxtapositions found throughout rothko‘s abstract period. barbara novak and brian o‘doherty focused on issues of tragedy, spectatorship, and spirituality, highlighting the ways that rothko employed the theme of tragedy in various career phases. they argued that the seagram paintings ―launch the viewer on a sea of paint stretched literally over vast canvases, searching in see also michael robert marrus, samuel bronfman: the life and times of seagram’s mr. sam (boston: university press of new england [for] brandeis univ., ). marrus suggests that bronfman‘s need to compensate for the insecurity of being jewish might have triggered his desire to have such a high-profile and lavish headquarters. john gage, ―rothko: color as subject,‖ jeffrey weiss, mark rothko, ed., - . the darkness for whatever incident may be offered.‖ the authors also raised the issue of whether the paintings are dark enough in mood to trigger a darkened response from viewers. here they seem to suggest that this in fact does not generally occur. novak and o‘doherty observe that the color, composition, and overall non-representational nature of the paintings ―may return to the watcher self-generated illusions that he or she mistakes for profundities.‖ their assessment that the seagram paintings reflect rothko‘s ―spiritual quest‖ encourages interpretations of the transcendental nature of rothko‘s abstractions. two important recent exhibitions focused even more attention on the seagram murals. the first was mark rothko, held at the palazzo delle esposizioni in rome, in - . the second show, rothko, held at the tate modern, in - , was the first comprehensive examination of rothko late works, ca. - . it included galleries devoted to the seagram murals, with one main gallery housing the tate‘s nine murals from the series installed together in a single oversized gallery with an additional five murals. installing the works in this manner, in close proximity to one another, drew attention to the serial nature of the seagram paintings in order to show how repetition influenced rothko‘s subsequent work, including his two mural projects from the s rothko‘s preoccupation with the theme of transcendence forms the thesis of a later chapter. barbara novak and brian o‘doherty, ―rothko‘s dark paintings: tragedy and void,‖ mark rothko, jeffrey weiss, ed., . ibid., . ibid., . see rothko, oliver wick, ed. (milan: skira editore s.p.a., ). see rothko, achim borchart-hume, ed. (london: tate, ). and the black/gray paintings he made just before his death. as rothko declared, ―if a thing is worth doing once, it is worth doing over and over again.‖ several ideas, however, have either not been addressed in the literature, or have been significantly downplayed. aiming to correct this, the next chapter will examine issues of space, as defined by the environments created by the installation of a set of abstractions by rothko. rothko‘s many attempts to oversee the installation of his abstractions will be revisited in this context as evidence for his desire to combine painting and architecture. his interest in what is now considered to be spectatorship, or the types of relationships we can have with a work of art, will also play a role here, to flush out that rothko was more interested in what he wanted the viewer to do within an environment of his works rather than in the individual paintings that made up that environment. it will breslin, . for pioneering works on spectatorship, see david carrier, ―art and its spectators,‖ journal of aesthetics and art criticism, - ( ): - , michael ann holly, ―past looking,‖ critical inquiry - ( ): - , and holly, past looking: historical imagination and the rhetoric of an image, (ithaca, ny: cornell univ. press, ). for specific spectatorial analyses by the authors mentioned, see also ernst gombrich, art and illusion: a study in the psychology of pictorial representation, (princeton: princeton univ. press, ) and gombrich, meditations on a hobby horse and other essays on the theory of art, (london: phaidon, ); leo steinberg, michelangelo’s last paintings, (new york: oxford univ. press, ) and steinberg, other criteria: confrontations with twentieth-century art, (new york: oxford univ. press, ); michael fried, absorption and theatricality: painting and beholder in the age of diderot, (berkeley and los angeles: univ. of california press, ), and fried, ―the structure of beholding in courbet‘s burial at ornans,‖ critical inquiry (june ): , ; michel foucault, the order of things: an archaeology of the human sciences, (london and new york: routledge, ); foucault: a critical reader, david couzens hoy, ed. (oxford: oxford univ. press, ); robert rosenblum, on modern american art: selected essays, (new york: harry n. abrams, ); allan kaprow, essays on the blurring of art and life, (berkeley, univ. of california press, ), and kaprow, assemblages, environments, and happenings, (new york: harry n. abrams, ); and abstract expressionism: the critical developments, michael auping, ed. (new york: harry n. abrams, ). also clarify how rothko ultimately prioritized space(s) over object(s) in the seagram project. i will show that assembling spaces with his canvases was, throughout the s, just as important for rothko as making individual paintings, and that his fascination with space provided one of the primary reasons why he accepted the commission. the second chapter will also analyze rothko‘s interest in installation, lighting, and other curatorial issues to the architecturally-minded concerns of key contemporary artists and curators. while the seagram project was an extension of his life-long interest in architecture, it also seems to have been specifically influenced by a reinvigorated interest in the intersections between painting and architecture. the third chapter will probe rothko‘s two visits to italy, in and . as established in the literature, rothko was well aware of the art of italy from antiquity to the then present. re-examining his experiences in pompeii, tarquinia, paestum, and florence will allow us to dig deeper into the roles played in the seagram paintings by color, space, pictorial-architectural relationships, and mood in relation to the various italian sites he visited. the goals of the chapter are to identify the aggressive aspects of the pictorial-architectural environments rothko saw in italy, as well as providing potential reasons why he wanted to antagonize his targeted audience with his seagram works. the uneasy qualities of the seagram paintings provides further evidence that supports the central thesis of meyer schapiro‘s classic essay ―the liberating quality of avant-garde art‖ ( ), that vanguard art has a provocative potential. the fourth chapter will continue the thread of locating rothko‘s aggression, specifically in relation to rothko‘s earliest canvases. select works from rothko‘s figurative period ca. - will be discussed to reveal precisely how he employed architectural settings is an aggressive manner throughout the first phase of his career. key influences on the early works, and in particular on their aggressive character, will be considered. these will be traced to the painters under whom he studied, arshile gorky and max weber, in addition to the work of the artists with whom he was most closely associated in his early period, milton avery and adolph gottlieb. the goal here is to show that rothko did not arrive at such an aggressive pictorial-architectural style in the late s, but that he instead had been developing it since his first extant canvas in . in the fifth chapter, i will hone in on the shared theme of transcendence in rothko‘s abstractions and in mies van der rohe‘s architecture, an important link also never before addressed. the issue of transcendence in relation to rothko‘s work often generates conversations that aim at identifying the more spiritual/religious and ―sublime‖ experiences viewers often have with rothko‘s abstractions. i will also demonstrate that the seagram paintings actually transcend the traditional categorical separation of painting and architecture per se. seeking to overcome the limitations of the two mediums compelled him to engage in two additional mural projects, for harvard university and for the de menils. i will show how rothko, with the rothko chapel in particular, went beyond the medium of painting in order to create an environment within which he envisioned viewers would have spiritually transcendent experiences. the last chapter investigates another ignored aspect of the seagram paintings: their connection to what is perhaps best considered the post-abstract expressionist avant- garde art in new york ca. - . i will identify the important role architecturally- grounded themes/motifs plays in the early work of robert rauschenberg, jasper johns, louise nevelson, ellsworth kelly, frank stella, and in the work of the most important minimalists. whether he sought to align himself with the output of a set of artists who essentially replaced him is unclear. there is also no way to state unequivocally that rothko referenced architecture to fashion an aggressive space in the restaurant in order to reclaim an avant-gardist position he knew he had lost, on account of the rise of the artists who had emerged after the so-called triumph of american painting. his interrogation of the division between painting and architecture in the seagram project, however, nonetheless aligned him with the younger, more cutting-edge generation of artists at the very moment his currency as an avant-garde kingpin withered. chapter : space this chapter examines how rothko‘s use of large scale canvases for his signature abstractions, coupled with his fixation on how they should be installed and lit, point toward his desire to create architecturally-minded paintings and environments for the four seasons. his ideas concerning space will be examined, in addition to how those ideas related to attempts by some of his contemporaries to merge painting and architecture in s vanguard art in new york. the goal here is to show that one of the central reasons why rothko wholeheartedly embraced the seagram project, despite its problematic identification with the world of corporate establishment, was because it afforded him the opportunity to take his experiments with interweaving paintings and architecture to another level. for rothko, space meant different things at different times. in , he used the term to describe the basic pictorial condition of plastic illusionism, within which one one of the earliest pioneers of space was august schmarsow, a late nineteenth- century german professor of art history (mostly at the university of leipzig), whose investigations concerning the relationship between architectural space and form profoundly changed the discussion of both subjects. as bernard berenson argued, schmarsow‘s theories changed how space was understood, from the idea of space as a void, to, as berenson saw it, a place where ―objects, no matter how large or how small, exist only to make us realize mere extension.‖ see bernard berenson, aesthetics and history in the visual arts (new york: pantheon, ): . schmarsow‘s emphasis on space over form, what berenson read as the extension of objects into space, critiqued the dominant thinking in architectural history at that time, one that prioritized form over space. as mitchell w. schwarzer observed, schmarsow was ―the first to formulate a comprehensive theory of architecture as a spatial creation,‖ and, as such, differed ―most from other theorists in his insistence that bodily movement through space rather than stationary perception of form was the essence of architecture.‖ see mitchell w. schwarzer and august schmarsow, ―the emergence of architectural space: august schmarsow‘s theory of ‗raumgestaltung,‘‖ assemblage no. (aug. ): . as viewers positioned in the labyrinth of an installation of rothko‘s abstractions (and, of could ―limit space arbitrarily and then heroify [sic] his objects,‖ or, conversely, ―infinitize [sic] space, dwarfing the importance of objects, causing them to merge and become a part of the space world.‖ writing ca. - , in his chapter on ―space‖ from his manuscript, he described what he termed ―different kinds‖ of pictorial space, comparing two ―divergent spatial philosophies.‖ the first is what he called ―tactile space,‖ which he defined as the ―air, which exists between objects or shapes in the picture,‖ giving a ―sensation of a solid.‖ the second is ―illusory plasticity,‖ or ―an appearance of weight for objects themselves and none for the air that surrounds them.‖ examining how space functions in various styles, such as impressionism, italian renaissance, egyptian, or child art, among others, he concludes the small chapter with a ―philosophical basis‖ for space, which, he argues, is ―the chief plastic manifestation of the artist‘s conception of reality.‖ by , his comment that his paintings do not ―create or…emphasize a formal color-space arrangement‖ suggested that he had moved beyond a limited definition of space in the pictorial-illusory sense. throughout the early s, rothko reiterated his rejection of space as a measure of depth or flatness. in , he declared that his paintings ―do not deal in space.‖ in , he told william seitz that ―space has nothing to do with my work,‖ and, in , argued to katharine kuh that ―if…i were to undertake the discussion of ‗space‘ i would first have to disabuse the word from its current meaning in books on art…and then i would have to redefine course, those of other painters), we are free to define and negotiate the liberating space as plummer explained it, thus prioritizing space over form and experience over object, as schmarsow defined. rothko, writings on art, . rothko, the artist’s reality: philosophies of art, . ibid., . rothko, writings on art, . ibid., . and distort it beyond all recognition in order to attain a common meeting ground for discussion. by the mid- s, however, his comments that some of his works ―do very well in a confined space,‖ that his pictures ―have space,‖ and, finally, his assessment of which types of space work best for the installation of his canvases all suggest that rothko had shifted away from thinking about space only as a plastic concept. thus, by the mid- s, just before the seagram paintings, rothko had prioritized the role of space in an architectural sense. in other words, when we stand in a gallery in the midst of an environment of rothko‘s abstractions, we stand in architectural space. as peter selz observed, in : ibid., , - . ibid., , , . there are, of course, many types and functions of architectural space, as defined by a variety of architects and scholars of architecture. on the issue of types of space, see, for example, alexander purves‘ differentiation of centric space (as in the igloo, the tipi, the roman pantheon, and so on) and linear space, which emphasizes line and a straight path of movement through space. alexander purves, ―the persistence of formal patterns,‖ perspecta vol. ( ): - . in regard to function of architectural space, kenneth d. b. carruthers has observed that ―space, not form‖ is ―the primary focus‖ of architecture, defending his assertion socio-culturally (in relation to the differences between modern western houses and their islamic counterparts). see kenneth d. b. carruthers, ―architecture is space: the space-positive tradition,‖ journal of architectural education ( -) vol. , no. (spring ): . the architect pietro belluschi has shown that ―architecture is space and form serving a social purpose beyond esthetic satisfaction.‖ see pietro belluschi, quoted in louis kahn, paul weiss, and vincent scully, ―on the responsibility of the architect,‖ perspecta vol. ( ): . pioneering installations during the second world war in new york explored issues of space, with the result of uniting pictures with architecture. [you know lewis kachur‘s book?] among the most important include marcel duchamp‘s mile of string installation for the first papers of surrealism retrospective (see fig. ) organized by andré breton, and temporarily installed on the second floor of the former whitelaw reid mansion, in ). peggy guggenheim‘s short-lived galleries guggenheim jeune ( - ) in london and the art of this century gallery ( - ) in new york were important venues for exhibitions that explored the spatial intersections of pictures and architecture. rothko‘s first solo exhibition was held at the new york gallery from january -february the ―space‖ is not really in these pictures of rothko‘s, but rather it inheres in the sensations of actual physical imminence…which they evoke in the viewer…and since man can be cognizant of existence…only in a continuum of space, the space sensations in these pictures actually occur outside of the picture plane, on some meeting ground between the picture and the viewer. once he arrived at this realization, he quickly moved to structure his canvases into sets that created space, in order to aggressively confront viewers with his abstractions. for rothko, large scale canvases facilitated the creation of these environments. in , he abandoned the tradition of easel painting and embraced this scale, a shift that allowed him to focus on strengthening the relationship between his paintings and viewers. his large canvases, as radka zagoroff donnell observed, ―respond to the picture plane more as to a part of architecture,‖ defining that architecture ―by [an] , . for more on the new york space, see susan davidson and philip rylands, eds., peggy guggenheim & frederick kiesler: the story of art of this century (venice: peggy guggenheim collection, ); and mary v. dearborn, mistress of modernism: the life of peggy guggenheim (boston and new york: houghton mifflin, ): - . as clement greenberg described, in a description of the new york gallery, artworks exhibited in that environment ―enter the actual presence of the spectator…as do the walls, the furniture, and people…[in a space where] unframed paintings are suspended in mid-air by ropes running from ceiling to floor, hung on panels at right angels to the wall, thrust out on concave walls on arms, placed on racks at knee level, or, with seeming paradox, put into peepshows and view-boxes.‖ clement greenberg, ―review of the peggy guggenheim collection,‖ the nation (jan. , ), in clement greenberg: the collected essays and criticism, perceptions and judgments, vol. , john o‘brian, ed. (chicago and london: the university of chicago press, ): . peter selz, mark rothko, , . rothko‘s embrace of large-scale canvases by also recalls the influence of edmund burke‘s writings. according to irving sandler, rothko had read burke‘s treatise a philosophical enquiry into the origin of our ideas of the sublime and the beautiful before , and was quite interested in the sublime as burke had defined it. see sandler, ―mark rothko (in memory of robert goldwater),‖ mark rothko - , . [do you feel, then, that you might discuss the ―sublime‖ in relation to issues of transcendence in rothko‘s work] intrusion‖ into the spectatorial space. in , rothko explained our encounter with his oversized paintings further: [i] hang the largest pictures so that they must be first encountered at close quarters, so that the first experience is to be within the picture…i also hang the pictures low rather than high, and particularly in the sense that the largest ones, often as close to the floor as is feasible. rothko thus viewed intimacy as something to preserve. by the end of the s, in the midst of the seagram project, he described, in his pratt lecture, how he wanted ―to create a state of intimacy – an immediate transaction…[because] large pictures take you into them…scale is of tremendous importance to me – human scale…large pictures are like dramas in which one participates in a direct way.‖ ―in his move to a larger format,‖ anna chave noted, rothko ―acted on what was for him a new awareness of scale as a function of the relation between the size of a human body and the size of an object and its parts." as glenn phillips observed, ―most rothko enthusiasts would agree that the act radka zagoroff donnell, ―space in abstract expressionism,‖ the journal of aesthetics and art criticism, vol. , no. (winter, ): . rothko, writings on art, - . ashton, (about rothko, ) explained rothko‘s fondness for large-scale canvases: ―in when he still worked in a cramped room and could never have more than one or two of his large canvases visible, he used to keep one of his earliest huge abstractions, number ( ), against a wall in a narrow storage area.‖ recorded from the pratt lecture. see also mark rothko, ―the romantics were prompted,‖ in reading abstract expressionism: context and critique, where rothko explains, ―i think of my pictures as dramas; the shapes in the pictures are the performers…neither the action nor the actors can be anticipated, or described in advance. they begin as an unknown adventure in an unknown space.‖ chave, . see also diane waldman, mark rothko in new york (new york: guggenheim museum publications, ): . waldman asserts: ―despite the large scale and commanding presence, even the largest of rothko‘s canvases…are intimately and emotionally compelling. rothko was well aware of this, and in a symposium held in the spring of he talked about his desire to retain a sense of intimacy within even the largest of his paintings and to avoid the bombast that characterizes so many large paintings throughout history.‖ of looking at a classic rothko painting can be synonymous with an unmistakable perceptual and bodily affect.‖ both assessments parallel peter selz‘s contention, that, for rothko, ―the painting itself is the proclamation; it is an autonomous object and its very size announces its eminence.‖ rothko also understood that his large-scale canvases function as theatrical stages that transform the viewer into an actor who performs a scene from his/her own life. the drama between the artwork and spectator is intensified with a larger canvas. the ―dramatic‖ notion would have been underscored by the fact that one enters the grill room (see figs. - ) from the pool room by walking a few steps up. this would have produced a the ―stage set‖ quality for the murals in the room, as compton called it, in line with rothko‘s ideas concerning ―dramas‖ from his essay ―the romantics were prompted‖ ( ). the paintings would have been like actors, all performing respective parts of a play designed to affect those dining in the restaurant. compton also argued that the seagram paintings were designed to be installed in the restaurant ―rather high up, [to] be seen from a variety of angles and would be scanned as a group by eyes moving predominantly in a horizontal plane, that is, they would be seen as architecture.‖ employing the scale-space binary after positioned rothko within an increasing trend in new york‘s avant-garde at that time. as clement greenberg glenn phillips, ―introduction: irreconcilable rothko,‖ seeing rothko, . peter selz, in mark rothko, , . irving sandler, the triumph of american painting: a history of abstract expressionism, . michael compton, ―mark rothko: the subjects of the artist,‖ mark rothko: - , ex. cat. (london: tate, ): . michael compton, introduction, mark rothko, the seagram mural project, ex. cat. (the tate gallery, liverpool) (london: tate, ): . asserted, in , the tension between large-scale painting and easel painting was in fact a central component of american postwar abstract painting, which gave even more agency to the role of the large scale. robert motherwell, an unofficial spokesperson for the abstract expressionists as contributor and editor of various small periodicals read by many members of new york‘s avant-garde at that time, disseminated his ideas about scale and space to rothko and his contemporaries. writing in , motherwell clarified what space was, and how it functioned: the nothing the painter begins with is known as space. space is simple: it is merely the canvas before it has been painted. space is very complex: it is nothing wrapped around every object in the world, soothing or strangling it. motherwell‘s colossal signature paintings embraced the space of the viewer, most notably those from his elegies to the spanish republic series. ―the large format, at one blow,‖ he wrote, ―destroyed the century-long tendency of the french to domesticize [sic] modern painting, to make it intimate. we replaced the nude girl and the french door with a modern stonehenge, with the sense of the sublime and the tragic.‖ in addition to motherwell, the massive scale of rothko‘s seagram murals is also indebted to jackson pollock, and to his massive mural ( - , university of iowa museum of art, fig. clement greenberg, ―the situation at the moment,‖ partisan review (jan. ), reprinted in john o‘brien, clement greenberg: the collected essays and criticism, vol. , ed., - . motherwell helped edit possibilities and modern artists in america. for more on the role of the small periodical in disseminating ideas throughout the abstract expressionist community, see ann eden gibson, issues in abstract expressionism: the artist-run periodicals (ann arbor, mich.: umi research press, ). robert motherwell, the intrasubjectives (new york: samuel m. kootz gallery, ); in landau, . statement by robert motherwell from artforum vol , no. (september ), quoted in sandler, triumph of american painting: a history of abstract expressionism, . ). following francis o‘connor, lawrence alloway has argued that pollock‘s major work was an important catalyst for rothko‘s most architectural projects. ―pollock, in ,‖ alloway wrote, ―…opened the way with his version of the death-of-easel painting topic which led him to propose paintings that were halfway between easel and wall,‖ ultimately inspiring rothko‘s ―environmental ambitions.‖ the first important project that crystallized the importance of pictorial- architectural relationships within the abstract expressionist community was the exhibition murals in modern architecture, in , at the betty parsons gallery. it at more than eight by nineteen feet, it is among the most architectural work of the abstract expressionist generation. pollock augmented the architecture of his apartment, removing a wall between two separate rooms in his studio to make a space large enough to accommodate the canvas. he also made the work for a specific architectural space (guggenheim‘s manhattan townhouse), and painted it on canvas (taking marcel duchamp‘s advice) so that it would be portable, ultimately altering the canvas (by trimming eight inches off one end of the work) to fit into that space. see steven naifeh and gregory white smith, jackson pollock: an american saga (new york: clarkson n. potter, ): . moreover, pollock composed it with paints and brushes designed for architectural use (for house-painters), embracing such non-traditional materials as a ―natural growth out of a need.‖ jackson pollock, quoted in pepe karmel and kirk varnedoe, jackson pollock: interviews, articles, and reviews, eds. (new york: museum of modern art, ): . pollock‘s essays, from , for a guggenheim grant, reference not only the large scale (describing how he wants his work to ―function between the easel and mural,‖ and that ―the easel picture‖ is a ―dying form‖), but also the architectural space of his studio, the ―hard wall or the floor,‖ where he preferred to work. see jackson pollock, application for a guggenheim fellowship, , in ibid., . pollock‘s declaration from of being ―in the painting‖ drew even more attention to the growing trend to interrogate the intersections between painting and architecture. jackson pollock, ―my painting,‖ possibilities vol. (winter - ): - . the exhibition of mural ( - ) (at the large scale modern paintings exhibition at the museum of modern art, in ) drew further attention to the spectatorial space suggested by such large-scale works. what became clear with this exhibition was that such massive paintings are not meant to be read as mere objects. instead, they are vehicles that encourage spectatorial performance. lawrence alloway, ―residual sign systems in abstract expressionism,‖ artforum (nov. ): - , reprinted in ellen g. landau, reading abstract expressionism: context and critique, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . see also francis v. o‘connor, jackson pollock (new york: the museum of modern art, ): , . included a model peter blake made, within which miniature replicas of pollock canvases were installed inside a rectangular glass pavilion. the model allowed pollock‘s paintings to be ―suspended between the earth and the sky, and set between mirrored walls so as to extend into infinity,‖ as blake wrote. with glass walls, the ideal museum would seem to dissolve into its targeted natural setting, not unlike how the paintings housed within it would dissolve into adjacent architecture. both with the model and with the actual installation at the parsons, blake made a space for pollock‘s murals that equalized the architecture and the paintings, in a scheme within which neither gained prominence over the other. arthur drexler emphasized this breakthrough in his review of the exhibition, referring to the paintings as ―walls,‖ and observing how the project ―suggests a re-integration of painting and architecture wherein painting is the architecture.‖ in the fall of , jackson pollock asked peter blake (the official head of the department of architecture and industrial design at the museum of modern art, but unofficially in a subordinate role to philip johnson) to design the installation for his upcoming exhibition. enamored with how pollock (in the summer of ) employed the architecture of his studio (walls, floors) to arrange his signature canvases so that the paintings dissolved [into] the architecture, blake made what he called an ―ideal exhibition‖ model, and placed it on view in the exhibition. blake pulled inspiration from, among other places, mies van der rohe‘s museum for a small city project (of , details of which were published in architectural forum in ). see ―museum: mies van der rohe, architect,‖ explanatory text by mies van der rohe, architectural forum, vol. (may ): - . this would also be the central thrust of blake‘s first realized design (for the blake house in water mill, long island, of ). the implications of the model were far-reaching, ultimately suggesting that paintings and architecture could be designed in tandem. this was quite different from simply installing paintings in an already-conceived architectural space. peter blake, no place like utopia: modern architecture and the company we kept (new york: knopf, ): - . arthur drexler, ―unframed space: a museum for jackson pollock‘s paintings,‖ interiors (jan. ): - . unlike traditional wall painting or murals, designed to encourage a penetration of the wall, pollock‘s paintings, like all colossal abstract expressionist canvases, are flat, a quality that is reinforced by their tactility, further measuring the impact of the pollock-blake collaboration points toward why rothko evolved in the early s toward a more architecturally-minded practice. first, marcel breuer, whom pollock brought to the exhibition, was so taken by the challenge of uniting painting and architecture that he commissioned pollock to make a mural for the geller house on long island, a project for which breuer used glass walls among other ingredients to negotiate pictorial-architectural ideas. secondly, the gallery owner samuel kootz, also a key member of the board of the museum of modern art, seeing the potential for forging connections between paintings and architecture, conceived his exhibition the muralist and the modern architect around the idea of collaborations between avant-garde painters and architects. ―the modern painter is in constant search of a wall,‖ kootz wrote in the exhibition catalogue. due to the size constraints of kootz‘s small gallery, and borrowing from the impact of the model at pollock show suggesting that they should be read as new types of walls. the paintings were not only independent of the actual walls on which they were installed, but also devoid of the perspective that seems to penetrate the wall behind the painting. thus, at the moment of the first triumph of abstract expressionism, the pollock-blake collaboration signaled a new chapter in the relationship between paintings and architecture, one in which the actual wall of the gallery and the pictorial competed with one another for the attention of the viewer, a situation in the western tradition that william rubin described as the ―window‖ becoming the ―wall.‖ see william rubin, ―jackson pollock and the modern tradition,‖ artforum vol. , no. (march ): . the model occupied a central position in pollock‘s long island studio after the exhibition (see naifeh and smith, ), suggesting that pollock continued to work through the challenge of how to achieve a union between painting and architecture, one crystallized his famous ―death of easel painting‖ phrase. naifeh and smith, , . the pairings included adolph gottlieb and marcel breuer (on a vassar dormitory), david hare and frederick kiesler (kiesler‘s endless house project), hans hofmann and josé luis sert (civic center in peru), robert motherwell and walter gropius‘s architectural collaborative (public schools in attleboro, massachusetts), and william baziotes and philip johnson (wiley house in new canaan). the muralist and the modern architect, ex. cat. (oct. , (new york: kootz gallery, ). at parsons, models of the collaborative projects that weren‘t for sale, sufficed to give a sense of the pictorial-architectural impact. artists provided smaller versions of their intended paintings for sale. a review of the exhibition highlighted a problem of the marriage of artists and architects: that ―all five architects gave their artists space in buildings for which they had already drawn plans,‖ in the sense that ―in most cases the space was not planned for an artist.‖ all of this laid the foundation for the philip johnson-organized symposium ―the relation of painting and sculpture to architecture,‖ held at the museum of modern art, in march , during which johnson essentially promoted the supremacy of architecture over the other arts. rothko‘s attempts to ―invert this endemic condition,‖ as eric lum observed, however, drew more attention to just how architecturally-minded his goals were for the project. james johnson sweeney, then guggenheim museum director and one of the speakers at the symposium, noted: the combination of painting, sculpture, and architecture is desirable….first, from the viewpoint of the individual arts, because the conception of any one of these in isolation is a limitation. interrelated, as they have been in all the greatest periods of art, they contribute to one another. isolated they dry up, lose their associative values, become inbred, spiritually dwarfed. second, from the viewpoint of the public, a failure to interrelate them is a deprivation, a limitation of the full emotional stimulus their orchestration provides—for the whole of these arts properly combined is greater than the sum of its parts. finally, from the viewpoint of architecture, the discouragement of their combination would be a fatal impoverishment, for painting and sculpture in architecture are an extension review in interiors (nov. ). eric lum has also studied the parsons and kootz exhibitions, along with the moma symposium in the context of rothko‘s architectural practice in the s. however, this current project expands on his analyses. see eric lum, ―pollock‘s promise: toward an abstract expressionist architecture,‖ assemblage, no. (aug. ): - . i propose to build on lum‘s important contribution, however, by locating the genesis of rothko‘s pictorial-architectural concerns much earlier in his career (in his figurative period). see eric lum, ―pollock‘s promise: toward an abstract expressionist architecture,‖ assemblage, no. (aug. ): . of its imaginative factor just as representation is an extension of the imaginative factor in painting and sculpture. sweeney‘s call for a new american gesamtkunstwerk—one that symbolized the postwar era, uniting artists and architects—was decidedly at odds with clement greenberg‘s repeated claims for the purity of painting. but, it wasn‘t at odds with rothko, who also spoke at the symposium: i paint very large pictures, i realize that historically the function of painting large pictures is something very grandiose and pompous. the reason i paint them however – i think it applies to other painters i know – is precisely because i want to be intimate and human. to paint a small picture is to place yourself outside your experience, to look upon an experience as a stereopticon view or with a reducing glass. however you paint the larger picture, you are in it. it isn‘t something you command. johnson pressed rothko on the issue of the large scale. ―i hope all these big painters, from rothko to motherwell,‖ he said, ―are all tending towards more architectural work, ―a symposium on how to combine architecture, painting, and sculpture,‖ interiors (aug. ): . despite his insistence on modernist purity and the separation of painting from other mediums, clement greenberg recognized the central role of architecture in large scale abstract expressionist works.[he also talks about the mural] in , he observed that large works ―spread over‖ and ―acknowledge…[the] physical reality‖ of the wall. see clement greenberg, ―the situation at the moment,‖ in clement greenberg: the collective essays and criticism, vol. , john o‘brian, ed., - . such comments, as william kaizen observed, suggest the ―dissolution [of painting] into the space of architecture,‖ a tendency greenberg sought ―to repress.‖ william kaizen, ―framed space: allan kaprow and the spread of painting, grey rom, no. (autumn, ): . ―the relation of painting and sculpture to architecture,‖ march , , archives of the museum of modern art, new york, transcript . first published as ―a symposium on how to combine architecture, painting and sculpture,‖ interiors vol. , no. (may ); see also rothko, writings on art, , and breslin, . but they are still not. they are still in the trend of easel painting‖ to which rothko replied ―i don‘t think it all comes [down] to easel painting.‖ rothko‘s intense focus on how his large-scale abstractions should be, in his view, exhibited also reflects a type of hybrid, pictorial-architectural enterprise. wilder green, who assisted rothko on the installation of his retrospective, recalled that ―rothko feared that his works, if not appropriately displayed, would be considered too easy and decorative, and he agonized over every decision to their installation.‖ the promotion of the decorative qualities of an abstraction by rothko, in an essay from the april issue of vogue magazine, helps to explain why rothko defended the installation of his canvases so strongly. in the article, his number ( ) is treated as merely one of many ingredients in an overall interior design scheme. the author goes as far as to instruct the reader to install such a ―non-objective painting‖ by itself, so that it ―suggests a single guest of honor, serenity, undefined vistas, and as intangible excitement,‖ quite different from the idea of the ensemble. similarly, elaine de kooning‘s essay, ―two americans in action: franz kline and mark rothko,‖ also promoted the idea that rothko‘s paintings ―do not stay on the wall,‖ but did so in the context of her contention that rothko‘s works suited the comfortable décor of jeanne reynal's house. when she showed him a draft of the essay, he, of course, completely rejected it, in part ―symposium: ‗the relation of painting and sculpture to architecture,‘‖ typescript march , , philip johnson papers, . .a., the museum of modern art archives, new york, a, . bonnie clearwater, ―how rothko looked at rothko,‖ artnews vol. , no. (nov. ): . erika doss, benton, pollock, and the politics of modernism ( ): - . see also bonnie clearwater, ―how rothko looked at rothko,‖ artnews (nov. ): - . elaine de kooning, ―two americans in action: franz kline and mark rothko,‖ ( ), reprinted in elaine de kooning, the spirit of abstract expressionism: selected writings (new york: george braziller, inc., ): . because of her suggestion that his paintings were decorative. he felt that his paintings were too foreboding to be merely ornamental. in an often-quoted letter to katharine kuh, from , rothko elaborated his concerns: since my pictures are large, colorful, and unframed, and since museum walls are usually immense and formidable, there is the danger that the pictures relate themselves as decorative areas to the walls. this would be a distortion of their meaning, since the pictures are intimate and intense, and are the opposite of what is decorative. rothko thus did not see his work integrating with architecture in an ornamental or decorative way, but in a more profound manner. as artist gerhard richter observed, rothko‘s mature paintings ―apparently had a transcendental aspiration…[but] were used for decorative purposes, and looked overly beautiful in collectors‘ apartments. de kooning‘s notion that ―people looked very well against‖ rothko‘s paintings, and that ―they made a wonderful graceful décor‖ would have certainly infuriated rothko. rothko also carefully oversaw the installation of his abstractions at the sidney janis gallery in and , at the art institute of chicago in , at the museum of modern art in , and, among other venues, at the whitechapel gallery in london, in . as michael compton observed, rothko would have ―come to feel that even his own separately conceived works might make too many disparate demands on the viewer.‖ rothko‘s obsessive prescriptions for the installations of his works indicate rothko, writings on art, . gerhard richter, quoted in jacob baal-teshuva, mark rothko (köln: taschen, ): . elaine de kooning, interview conducted by phyllis tuchman august , (smithsonian archives of american art). michael compton, michael compton, introduction to michael compton, mark rothko, the seagram mural project, ex. cat. (the tate gallery, liverpool) (london: tate, ): . others have commented on rothko‘s installation concerns. see how seriously he considered the space outside his canvases, namely, the architectural space of the gallery. in , for example, he stopped letting his works be included in group exhibitions, and described why he wouldn‘t let the whitney museum of american art purchase only one of his paintings, on the grounds that a grouping of his pictures provided the ideal experience for him and his viewers, even despite the fact that he was fine with letting a work of his stand along, separate from anything else. in a letter to lloyd goodrich, then assistant director at the whitney, he explained why he felt so strongly about how his pictures ought to be viewed: i will with gratitude accept any form of their exposition in which their life meaning can be maintained, and avoid all occasions where i think that this cannot be done. i know the likelihood of this being viewed as arrogance. but i assure you that nothing could be further from my mood which is one of great sadness about the situation…nevertheless, in my own life at least, there must be some congruity between convictions and actions if i am to function and work. sidney janis, describing rothko‘s first solo exhibition at his gallery, in , said that rothko ―placed and re-placed every canvas…he juggled them until completely satisfied.‖ in , rothko visited the ―rothko room‖ at the phillips collection in washington (fig. ), the first permanent gallery in a public collection devoted to a specified arrangement of rothko‘s works. rothko insisted that his changes to the installation be implemented. duncan phillips, shortly thereafter, reversed rothko‘s changes. especially bonnie clearwater, ―how rothko looked at rothko,‖ art news vol. , no. (nov. ): - ; and christoph grunenberg, ―mark rothko: painting and environment,‖ master‘s thesis, courtauld inst. of art, . rothko, letter to lloyd goodrich, dec. , , see rothko, writings on art, - . sidney janis, quoted in bonnie clearwater, ―how rothko looked at rothko,‖ artnews vol. , no. (nov. ): . rothko not only related his paintings to the architecture and space of a gallery, but also to each other, from canvas to canvas. as jeffrey weiss observed, rothko denied the location of a fixed ―top‖ and ―bottom‖ in his abstractions. in this way, inversion becomes a key agent, that ―across sequences of multiple works…takes the form of permutation: a series of paintings show vertical color relationships that are reversible or interchangeable…from canvas to canvas.‖ in a situation in which a sequence of rothko‘s mature panels are installed collectively and in relative close proximity to one another, such color inversions link the otherwise disparate canvases into a more unified quasi-architectural ―structure.‖ rothko‘s interest in the cycle-effect of his paintings is suggested by his prescription for how his works should be installed for a exhibition at the whitechapel art gallery in london: walls should be made considerably off-white with umber and warmed by a little red…the light, whether natural or artificial, should not be too strong…the larger pictures should all be hung as close to the floor as possible, ideally not more than six inches above it…it is best not to follow a chronological order but to arrange them according to their best effect upon each other. in the letter, he specifically addressed three of the seagram paintings, which he felt should be hung in a separate gallery, four-and-a-half feet above the floor. such conditions would give the works ―an excellent indication of the way in which the murals were intended to function.‖ while he initially developed this painting-to-painting relationship throughout the s by mandating that his signature canvases be installed as groups, the seagram project was his first design of works for a particular architectural jeffrey weiss, ―dis-orientation: rothko‘s inverted canvases,‖ seeing rothko, . rothko, writings on art: - . ibid., pp space. moreover, rothko endeavored to exhibit his large-scale pictures in small rooms in order to increase this sense of intimacy between his pictures and his audience, as in the phillips gallery. these are the conditions rothko wanted for the seagram space. rather than encouraging the relationships between a particular canvas and the individual who viewed it, rothko endeavored to surround the spectator in a room consumed by his works. such exhibitions of his canvases mounted jointly, what he intended for the initial seagram‘s installation, intensified the various effects of his multiple abstract fields. as a result, paintings, space, and architecture all work together. in addition to the space his paintings would occupy, and thus how they would be read in relation to the architecture of the room, rothko also fastidiously deliberated over how his work should be lit, inspired in part by edmund burke‘s philosophical treatise on the sublime. burke observed that ―when … you enter a building … to make the transition thoroughly striking, you ought to pass from the greatest light … to darkness‖ because ―darkness is more productive of sublime ideas than light.‖ throughout his career, rothko made many comments about lighting, prompting bonnie clearwater‘s comment that ―almost everyone who knew him has a story to tell about how he fussed over the lighting of his paintings.‖ in his manuscript, for example, he references light and its effects, noting how leonardo‘s use of it forms ―for the next five centuries…the basis of the expression of the subjective quality.‖ this subjective light, in his estimation, is ―the instrument of the new unity,‖ one that an artist could enlist it to ―elevate the particular to the plane of generalization through the subjective feelings that edmund burke, a philosophic enquiry into the sublime and the beautiful, david womersley, ed. (london: penguin books ltd., ): . bonnie clearwater, ―how rothko looked at rothko,‖ . rothko, the artist’s reality, philosophies of art, . light can symbolize.‖ varying types of lighting also intrigued rothko. for the americans exhibition curated by dorothy c. miller at the museum of modern art in , rothko suggested that his group of paintings be brightly lit. for his first solo exhibition at sidney janis three years later, he asked for a lower lighting scheme. by , rothko framed his preferences for lighting an installation of his works in no uncertain terms: the light, whether natural or artificial, should not be too strong. the pictures have their own inner light and if there is too much light, the color in the picture is washed out and a distortion of their look occurs. the ideal situation would be to hang them in a normally lit room – that is the way they were painted. they should not be over lit or romanticized by spots; this results in distortion of their meaning. they should either be lighted from a great distance or indirectly, by casting lights at the ceiling or the floor. above all, the picture should be evenly lighted and not too strongly. anna chave, in her review of the rothko retrospective at the national gallery of art in washington ( ) addressed what she considered to be a crucial absence from the catalogue essays: to my mind, an opportunity was missed in the present retrospective to retrieve an under-appreciated and, indeed, forward-looking dimension of rothko‘s practice, namely his efforts to create particular aesthetic contexts affording specific kinesthetic experiences for viewers by keeping as a strict control as possible over the arranging and lighting of his art. excessive or eccentric as these efforts may have seemed to curators and dealers at the time, they eased the path for innumerable, environment-minded artists to follow (segal self-professedly among them). recognizing the centrality of the space created by the seagram works, curators have been presented with the difficulty of how to honor rothko‘s desire for the paintings ibid., . rothko, writings on art, . anna chave, ―mark rothko. washington and new york,‖ the burlington magazine, vol. , no. (oct., ): . to be inexorably linked to or to create an architectural space. in his review of rothko‘s retrospective at the whitechapel art gallery in london, robert goldwater described how a set of seagram murals were installed in a ―small chapel-like room,‖ and that as a result they ―reinforce each other, as they were designed to do.‖ rothko‘s grouping together, later in the decade, of nine seagram paintings for a permanent setting within the tate gallery reinforced the importance of space. he carefully planned the gallery, and hoped that the works would remain unchanged as a permanent temple or chapel to what he seems to have believed, just before his death, was his life‘s work. norman reid, then-director of the tate, assured him that the paintings would be permanently exhibited according to the artist‘s exact specifications. preparing for this eventuality, rothko made minuscule replicas of the murals and fastened them to the tiny walls of a miniature model of the gallery. this was meant to ensure that the placement of the works would follow the formula rothko dictated. using maquettes and tiny reproductions of his work in the models suggests how seriously he considered the architectural space his works created. each work mirrors the work nearby, and those throughout the space, thereby forming the borders of a space/environment. for the guggenheim retrospective, not a single seagram work was included among the nearly two-hundred works in the exhibition. such a selection might suggest that priority was given to rothko‘s more generally embraced mature work at the expense robert goldwater, ―reflections on the rothko exhibition,‖ in mark rothko: - (london: tate, ): - . the essay was originally printed in arts vol. (march ): - , and was published later in in the catalogue for the london exhibition. see mark rothko: a retrospective exhibition, paintings - (london: whitechapel art gallery, ): - . eight of the nine seagram works included in the new york show were sent to london. see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , and . of his pivotal seagram or figurative works. such a claim might even be reinforced by the fact that the seagram commission garnered a scant mention of two paragraphs in waldman‘s catalogue essay. however, the show‘s organizers likely faced the problem of isolating individual works of the series and exhibiting those works out of context. this was probably also the case in the retrospective in washington. in his catalogue essay, jeffrey weiss, who curated the exhibition, again raised the issue of rothko‘s ambitions to create an environmental space with his murals. however, he downplayed the importance of the seagram project overall, choosing not to give the project more of a climactic position within rothko‘s career trajectory. with over one-hundred works on view, only two seagram paintings were included. with no shortage of important seagram paintings in the washington collection, this oversight seems puzzling, echoing the absence in the show. doubtlessly recognizing this as an issue, the gallery mounted, five years later, the exhibition mark rothko: the mural projects, originally installed in - . ten seagram works were included, all exhibited in close proximity, suggesting a spatial environment created by the paintings. as dore ashton observed, in her seminal biography, rothko ―desire[d] to immerse himself in the spaces his paintings proposed…[and] that the most satisfying means would be the most literal: that canvases would surround the viewer as murals.‖ robert rosenblum, in his essay from the catalogue for the mark rothko: - retrospective at the tate gallery, argued that that the space created by the seagram works there was a similar exclusion to rothko‘s figurative works. only one canvas from the s was included, along with only fourteen canvases from the s (those from before his surrealist phase). see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , , , and . dore ashton, about rothko, . was a ―meditative enclosure.‖ the primary implication for thinking of the seagram environment in this manner is that it suggested that the cycle, as it has been presented in its various incarnations, mostly assembled posthumously by curators, is best understood as something that frames/forms a space, architecturally-speaking. it is not a mere assembly of individual canvases. the exhibitions in basel and liverpool embraced the challenge of creating an environment with the seagram paintings. as sir alan bowness observed, the liverpool show sought to ―create the ambience which would have resulted from the murals had they ever been completed and installed in the restaurant.‖ the tate‘s nine seagram works, along with two additional murals, were assembled. the recent exhibitions in rome and london mentioned earlier also underscored rothko‘s environmental ambitions. achim borchardt-hume, who curated the london show, installed nearly all of the murals included in the exhibition together in one gallery. in this way, viewers were encouraged to see the works as a set rather than as individual canvases. borchardt-hume reinforced installed the set higher on the main gallery‘s four walls, intentionally evoking a unified frieze. moreover, he declared: ―rather than seeing them as this very enveloping environment, as you usually see them in the rothko room at tate, you now see them, i think, in a far more architectural way. they seem to be robert rosenblum, ―notes on rothko and tradition,‖ in mark rothko: - (london: tate, ): . see thomas kellein, mark rothko: kaaba in new york (basel: kunsthalle basel publications, ): - ; and sir alan bowness, mark rothko, the seagram mural project (london: tate gallery publications, ): . see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , , , , and . much more engaged. they appear like portals or windows. they seem to almost break through the wall.‖ what all of the curators just mentioned have in common is a desire to approximate an environment that never was manifested. moreover, all of these venues have spaces that are completely different from those in the four seasons, with none of the museums or galleries possessing the distractions, furnishing, and sounds of the restaurant. exhibited in this manner, the seagram works can never have the relationship with the restaurant space or with the building overall. reimagining different grouping of the disparate works offers the only way to present works from the series, and to interview with achim borchardt-hume, tate modern website, http://www.tate.org.uk/modern/exhibitions/markrothko/exclusivevideo.shtm the reality of these various curatorial attempts to ―reproduce‖ rothko‘s project is also problematic, especially considering that we don‘t exactly know how rothko intended these works to be viewed in the first conception, in / . moreover, by the late s, when he groped together some of the paintings for the tate donation, he had moved beyond his initial ideas for the murals. the problem of whether this ―new‖ seagram project, for the tate, was an ―original‖ one is complicated by postmodern notions of what originality actually means in relation to artistic production. see especially jean baudrillard, trans. sheila faria glaser, simulacra & simulation (ann arbor, mi: univ. of michigan press, ). are we supposed to interpret such constructions of the cycle as ―autographic‖ or ―allographic‖ in the binary nelson goodman first proposed in his languages of art: an approach to a theory of symbols, in ? as one of the most important voices within contemporary aesthetics, goodman categorized different types of artforms on a kind of spectrum, generally divided into the two categories. the first type exists only when an art object has some sort of direct connection to the production of the original work. a twenty-first century copy of a rodin sculpture, for example, would not be considered autographic, but a sculpture made from one of his molds is. the allographic, on the other hand, generally encompasses music, dance, and theater, works of art that are not directly tied to how a work was produced. a contemporary re-enactment of a composition by a composer, for example, will never be the same as the original. remei capdevila werning has recently explored this problem, in her analysis of mies‘s barcelona pavilion, which was recreated in in relation to goodman‘s autographic-allographic binary. see remei capdevila werning, ―constructing reconstruction: the barcelona pavilion and nelson goodman‘s aesthetic philosophy,‖ master‘s thesis, dept. of architecture, massachusetts institute of technology, . see also nelson goodman, languages of art: an approach to a theory of symbols, . emphasize rothko‘s desire to control space with his canvases, to create quasi- architectural places. chapter : appropriating italy’s aggressive environments this chapter examines the connection between several architectural sites rothko visited in italy and his project to make an aggressive environment in the four seasons. the first subject that will be addressed concerns the villa of the mysteries in pompeii, and how the sense of confinement it often triggers is exacerbated both through color and also through its pictorial-architectural hybridity. this will be followed by an examination of how the architecture of the etruscan tombs rothko visited similarly provoke discomfort. lastly, michelangelo‘s laurentian library will be revisited, to provide a third example of something architectural rothko experienced in italy that triggered in him an uneasy sensation, one he wanted the viewers of his murals to experience. since it is unclear how many of the seagram paintings rothko completed before his visit to italy, it is quite possible that his experiences with the three sites just mentioned directly influenced the aggressive character of the murals, and certain that how he felt about the architecture reinforced the antagonistic aspects of the project. while michael compton argued that all paintings from the three phases were ―virtually complete‖ before rothko left for europe, dore ashton contended that rothko had completed only the first series long before he visited italy, rothko would have almost certainly experienced a degree of uneasiness with architecture, especially buildings with which he was intimately familiar. among the first structures in america that likely impacted him in this way was lincoln high school in portland, oregon, which he attended from - . the awkwardness and vulnerability rothko felt during his years there doubtless made him especially sensitive to the cold, somewhat oppressive architecture of the building. at that same time, rothko‘s employment in the shipping department of new york outfitting company likely also put him in intimate contact with quasi-aggressive architectural spaces. the lost sketches he made at the company on the store‘s wrapping paper, according to ed weinstein, whose relatives owned the store, raise the intriguing question of whether they were rothko‘s first pictorial-architectural mediations. for more on rothko‘s experiences at lincoln and at the company, see breslin, - . before his trip. by the third series of murals, rothko had darkened his palette, used a heavier painting technique, and had merged his shapes with the background, making the gloomiest set of all three. what is clear, however, is that rothko, from mid-july to june of , continued to shift his paintings around in his studio into mock environments after his italian trip, structuring and re-structuring simulations of the aforementioned architectural sites he visited in italy. following thomas kellein‘s suggestion that rothko ―travelled to europe to gather information about comparable situations,‖ potential reasons why rothko‘s encounters with architecture and architectural painting were so profound in italy in particular will be addressed, as well as evidence of his hostility in the late s. on march , , rothko and his wife mell left new york on the queen elizabeth for europe. they stayed for five months, visiting paris, cagnes-sur-mer, venice, florence, arezzo, siena, rome, london. as robert motherwell said, rothko returned to new york a ―transformed man.‖ two of the many sites he visited that are central to the current discussion were the convent of san marco and the sistine chapel. on june , , rothko, along with his wife mell and his daughter kate, sailed again, this time on the uss constitution, to italy. the trip took him to many sites in europe: after visiting paestum, pompeii, tarquinia, rome, venice, florence, paris, chartres, bordeaux, brussels, antwerp, bruges, the hague, amsterdam, london, and st. ives, they left europe for new york on july th . rothko was ―treated like a king‖ in italy that michael compton, mark rothko: kaaba in new york, . dore ashton, about rothko, . thomas kellein, ―mark rothko – kaaba in new york, seagram murals and a conclusion,‖ mark rothko: kaaba in new york, . robert motherwell, in rothko, oliver wick (milan: skira editore s.p.a., ): . summer, according to dore ashton. as dan rice stated, rothko ―responded more to architecture and music than to painting‖ while in europe in . rothko‘s second european trip was especially fruitful for him. it afforded him the opportunity to revisit some of his favorite sites, with the goal of coming to terms with key works of italian art and architecture that he believed served the same purpose as he imagined his seagram environment would. kate rothko prizel noted that ―it was a working trip…we went to see art…and spent three days at the beach.‖ rothko‘s italian experiences in and have not gone unnoticed by scholars in relation to the seagram project. in , robert goldwater observed that the chapel-like space of the seagram murals, as they were installed at the whitechapel art gallery in london, was like the ―frescoes of some no longer used ancient chapel in an italian church.‖ dore ashton‘s chapter on the seagram works, from her biography, pinpoints the italian pictorial-architectural works rothko admired and visited on his trip. these include churches in rome, wall paintings at tarquinia and pompeii, michelangelo‘s laurentian, and fra angelico‘s murals in the convent of san marco. michael compton, in his essay for the tate retrospective, described how rothko met ―a very respectful response from artist he met‖ in italy during the project, at dore ashton, about rothko, . dan rice, in breslin, . kate rothko prizel, in breslin, . robert goldwater, ―reflections on the rothko exhibition,‖ in mark rothko: - (london: tate, ): - . the essay was originally printed in arts vol. (march ): - , and was published later in in the catalogue for the london exhibition. see mark rothko: a retrospective exhibition, paintings - (london: whitechapel art gallery, ): - . eight of the nine seagram works included in the new york show were sent to london. see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , and . a moment when his reputation in europe ―had been growing for some years.‖ additional references to italy populate the seagram literature. that rothko worked on the project at the moment some of his paintings were exhibited both throughout europe and at the venice biennale in further reinforces the transatlantic connection. the issue of why rothko was so drawn to italy has also been addressed, as his love for italy was especially strong during the seagram project. several factors made michael compton, ―mark rothko, the subjects of the artist,‖ in mark rothko: - (london: tate, ): . the new american painting: as shown in eight european countries, - was curated by alfred h. barr, jr., organized by the international program of the museum of modern art in new york, and exhibited in eight locations throughout europe, in - . see alfred h. barr, jr., the new american painting: as shown in eight european countries, - (new york: museum of modern art, ). see th biennale internazionale d’arte, sam hunter (venice, ). works by david smith, seymour lipton, mark tobey, and rothko were exhibited at the united states pavilion, from june -october , . ten works by rothko were included in gallery devoted just to his work. this italian ―rothko room‖ prefigured the creation of the so-called rothko room at the philips collection in washington. the phillips was the first museum to permanently install a rothko room, in november . at that time, the installation included green and maroon, , fig. , green and tangerine on red, , fig. , and orange and red on red, , fig. . rothko‘s engagement with italian art in the late s was, moreover, part of a larger transatlantic dialogue—one that had steadily increased after the second world war and had, by the late s, climaxed—between the new york avant-garde and that of italy (and, of course, elsewhere in europe). among the best examples of this was the groundbreaking exhibition the new american painting, curated by alfred h. barr, jr., organized by the international program of the museum of modern art in new york, and exhibited in eight locations throughout europe, in - . see alfred h. barr, jr., the new american painting: as shown in eight european countries, - ex cat. (new york: museum of modern art, ): - . the american-centric catalogue promoted the ―independence‖ of work by rothko and his contemporaries, attempting to argue that the new york school had become the new epicenter of avant-garde art, an effort that paradoxically had the effect of bridging the gap between american and european artistic milieus. ―upon entering the room,‖ mercedes molleda wrote, when the exhibition was in barcelona, in , ―a strange sensation like that of magnetic tension surrounds you, as though the expression concentrated in the canvases would spring from them.‖ see mercedes molleda, revista, barcelona (aug. , ), reprinted in ellen g. landau, reading abstract expressionism: context and critique (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). such an embrace was quite different from how it so. peter selz, in his catalogue essay for rothko‘s retrospective at moma, made several important references to rothko‘s connection to italian art, citing both rothko‘s trip to italy and his admiration for fra angelico‘s frescoes in the monastery of san marco. in a discussion of the large scale of rothko‘s signature canvases, selz related that scale to ―man‘s scale and his measure.‖ later in , in november of that year, rothko had finalized a contract with the italian art collector giuseppe panza di biumo for the sale of five seagram murals. two years later, the contract fell through, and panza instead acquired three signature rothko canvases, from , , and , all now in the collection of the museum of contemporary art, los angeles. that rothko agreed within the terms of the initial contract to oversee the installation of the seagram murals in varese may further indicate his willingness to promote the connection between his seagram work and italy. as jeffrey weiss has recently shown, rothko had a special affinity for michelangelo antonioni‘s films. and, as architectural historian william macdonald recalled, rothko and macdonald talked for hours in rome about ancient rothko‘s work was more negatively received abroad a decade prior, in , at the venice biennale of that year. see italo faldi, ―le personali straniere,‖ ulisse vol. , no. (june ): - ; renato guttuso, ―osservazioni generali a proposito della xxiv biennale,‖ rinascita vol. , no. (june ): - ; and giorgio castelfranco, ―la xxic biennale internazionale d‘arte di venezia,‖ bolletino d’arte vol. , no. (oct.-dec. ): . peter selz, mark rothko, , . see giuseppe panza di biumo, letter to rothko (november , ), mark rothko foundation. see anfam cat. nos. , , and . see jeffrey weiss, ―temps mort: rothko and antonioni,‖ rothko, oliver wick (milan: skira editore s.p.a., ): - . antonioni visited rothko at his bowery studio, where rothko analyzed l’avventura ( ) in the context of narrative and figuration. robert motherwell recalled this exchange in his essay ―on rothko,‖ commenting that the link between the two was in part rooted in the sense of ―nothingness‖ both shared. see robert motherwell, ―on rothko,‖ , copyright motherwell archive, dedalus foundation, . buildings. rothko even devised a plan with peter von blanckenhagen, a scholar of roman art, to meet in rome to discuss ancient monuments, a rendezvous prevented by rothko‘s failing health. recently, oliver wick made several provocative observations about rothko‘s relationship to italy. his catalogue essay for the mark rothko exhibition in rome appropriately begins with rothko‘s proclamation, made in just before the seagram project, that ―i am not an abstractionist.‖ this comment raises several questions. did rothko see his colorfield abstractions as representing something tangible, something he could identify with a source? or, as what wick seems to be suggesting here, was there a source in italian art for rothko‘s compositions? wick follows along the path of several scholars of the seagram project and answers the second question in the affirmative. wick compares leonardo‘s ―vitruvian man‖ (ca. , galleria dell'accademia in venice, fig. ) with a rothko pen drawing from - (see fig ). rothko‘s sketch contains a prototype for his classic compositions, with two rectangles nearly in the center divided by a bisecting horizontal band where the rectangles meet. wick acknowledged that rothko didn‘t actually appropriate the leonardo drawing directly. instead, rothko seems to have quoted the ideal human proportions in the leonardo work. given rothko‘s interest in equating the scale of his signature works to the scale of visitors, this comparison is intriguing. ―the size i am speaking about is the size of a see vincent j. bruno, ―mark rothko and the second style: the art of the color field in roman murals,‖ in r. t. scott and a. r. scott, eds., eius virtutis studiosi: classical and postclassical studies in memory of frank edward brown, studies in the history of art, symposium papers , national gallery of art (washington, dc, ): - . mark rothko, quoted in mark rothko, writings on art, miguel lopez- remiro, . man,‖ he wrote in , ―or rather my own relation to my own decisions as to the best size a man can be. to this extent i am again a renaissance man, for my pictures [are] a personal tape measure of my moral values.‖ for this reason, rothko generally made vertical canvases throughout the s (and before the seagram murals), those which mirrored the upright proportions of a standing viewer. david anfam has also recently proposed comparisons between works by rothko and their presumed italian sources. rothko continued to experiment with painted-architectural connections in relation to italian sources after the seagram project. as dore ashton noted, rothko ―[brought] back with him the memory of his experiences in italy,‖ strengthening ―his allusions to post and lintel,‖ resulting in a clarity of the ―architectural character of his enterprise.‖ rothko‘s close friend the sculptor herbert ferber recalled that philip johnson had lent rothko a book on florentine renaissance architecture to use during the rothko chapel project, probably mary mccarthy‘s stones of florence, . rothko kept it ―open for days to photographs showing the exteriors of fortresslike buildings,‖ photographs that were taken in ―strong italian light.‖ ashton‘s recent remarks concerning the shape of the rothko chapel in relation to italian art and architecture are also revealing. mark rothko, the property of (a. seltzer & co., inc.), sketchbook, . the first concerns rothko‘s untitled [nude] ( / , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ), within which the figure pushes on the architecture she inhabits not unlike how leonardo‘s ―vitruvian man‖ presses against the geometric boundaries (made by the square and circle) surrounding him. david anfam, ―to see, or not to see,‖ image of the not-seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel art series, - . ashton, . see also anfam, ―to see, or not to see,‖ image of the not-seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel art series, ; and mary mccarthy, stones of florence (new york, harcourt, ). herbert ferber, interview by dominique de menil and susan barnes, sept. , , the menil collection archives, houston. sheldon nodelman has asserted that this book was probably mary mccarthy, stones of florence. see nodelman, , note . ―dominique de menil wrote that rothko was pleased with philip johnson‘s original floor plan for the chapel, which was octagonal,‖ she wrote, ―because he had a special liking for the twelfth-century octagonal baptistery of santa maria assunta, on the island of torcello, in the venetian lagoon.‖ what has not been addressed, however, is the extent to which rothko sought to interweave painting and architecture in order to antagonize the visitors he imagined would dine at the four seasons restaurant, and how key works of italian art and architecture he saw both in and reinforced his intentions. another notable absence in the scholarship is a deeper consideration of the michelangelo connection, specifically the subject of the laurentian library. this chapter will address these shortcoming, beginning with a contextualization of rothko‘s aggression during the project. in , rothko wrote that ―what i like about the [seagram] commission is that it has steamed up enough anger in me to imbue the pictures with the unbearable bite, i see dominique de menil, ―the rothko chapel,‖ art journal vol. ( ): and dore ashton, ―rothko‘s frame of mind,‖ in seeing rothko, . pope clement vii (giulio de‘ medici), after he brought the library‘s collection, in , back to florence from rome (where it ended up after the banishment of the medici family from florence, in ), immediately commissioned michelangelo to begin designing the space, in . it would house the medician collection of manuscripts, the large number of which, as james f. o‘gorman observed, points to the expansion of the monastic library system in italy from to in the service of university students and humanists. two hundred illuminated codices in the san lorenzo collection exhibited at the library from october to may indicated the impressiveness of the medician collection. see detlef heikamp, ―manuscripts and treasures from san lorenzo: an exhibition at the laurentian library,‖ the burlington magazine vol. , no. (jun. ): - . the collection is arguably the most important repository of antique books in italy. hope.‖ such a prickly feeling was not born in the late s but was, for rothko, a longstanding one. in his signature essay ―the romantics were prompted,‖ written in and first published in the first edition of possibilities, rothko, in the third sentence, observed an antagonism between the painter and society. ―the unfriendliness of society to his activity,‖ he wrote, is difficult for the artist to accept. yet this very hostility can act as a lever for the true liberation.‖ as leo bersani and ulysse dutoit have found, rothko provoked viewers by removing legible form and meaning from his abstract work. this is why, as thomas b. hess commented, there was a famous joke within the abstract expressionist community, that ―barnett newman closed the doors, mark rothko pulled down the shades, ad reinhardt turned out the lights.‖ in his pratt lecture, rothko prescribed five ―ingredients‖ of a ―recipe‖ for a work of art. the first and the third shed light on his aggressive stance. in the first, he notes that ―tragic art, romantic art, etc., deals with the knowledge of death.‖ in the third, he cites ―tension. either conflict or curbed desire‖ as an essential ingredient. he went on to explain his admiration for søren kierkegaard‘s book fear and trembling ( ). rothko strongly believed that the story of abraham and isaac, as reiterated by mark rothko, letter to robert motherwell, july . deadalus foundation, new york. mark rothko, ―the romantics were prompted,‖ possibilities, vol. (winter - ): , reprinted in ellen g. landau, reading abstract expressionism: context and critique (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . leo bersani and ulysse dutoit, arts of impoverishment: beckett, rothko, resnais (cambridge, ma: harvard univ. press, ). thomas b. hess, ―private art: where the public works,‖ new york magazine (oct. , ): . mark rothko, ―address to pratt institute, november ,‖ mark rothko, writings on art, miguel lopez-remiro, ed., . søren kierkegaard, fear and trembling ( ), trans. howard h. hong and edna h. hong, eds. (princeton: princeton univ. press, ); and friedrich nietzsche, the birth of tragedy ( ), trans. walter kaufmann. (new york: random vintage, ). kierkegaard, represented the struggle between the artist, represented by abraham, and the act of that artist, as represented both by the sacrifice of isaac and the creation of art. in the lecture, he described that ―as soon as an act [such as the one abraham believed he had to do] is made by an individual, it becomes universal. this is like the role of the artist.‖ rothko went on to link his work to architecture. ―my pictures are indeed facades…sometimes i open one door and one window or two doors and two windows.‖ during the question and answer period after the talk, he was asked about the role of death in his work. he responded that ―the tragic notion of the image is always present in my mind when i paint and i know when it is achieved, but i couldn‘t point it out, show where it is illustrated. there are no skull and bones.‖ thus, even in the short talk, rothko highlighted his connection to tragedy, sacrifice, architecture, and death. that he selected these particular ideas to highlight just four months after he began work on the seagram project is significant. more evidence for rothko‘s hostility during the seagram project is gleaned from an essay published just after rothko‘s death by the then-former harper's publisher john fischer. fischer and rothko met in the tourist class bar aboard the ss independence en route to europe in june of , where fischer had unfettered access to rothko‘s ideas during the project. as miguel lópez-remiro observed, fischer‘s essay ―is one of those rare texts in which rothko comments freely and explicitly on the art scene of which mark rothko, ―address to pratt institute, november ,‖ mark rothko, writings on art, miguel lopez-remiro, ed., . ibid., . ibid., . john fisher, ―mark rothko: portrait of the artist as an angry man,‖ - . he was a part.‖ once fischer assured rothko that he had no connection with the art world, rothko made several comments that expressed his then-dismal view of that world. key passages from the essay (in which fischer quotes rothko) point toward rothko‘s aggression: [the seagram building is] a place where the richest bastards in new york will come to feed and show off… i‘ll never tackle such a job again…in fact, i‘ve come to believe that no paintings should ever be displayed in a public place. i accepted this assignment as a challenge, with strictly malicious intentions. i hope to paint something to ruin the appetite of every son of a bitch who ever eats in that room. if a restaurant would refuse to put up my murals, that would be the ultimate compliment… i keep my malice constantly in my mind. it is a very strong motivating force. with it pushing me, i think i can finish off the job pretty quickly after i get home from this trip. i hate and distrust all art historians, experts and critics. they are a bunch of parasites, feeding on the body of art. their work not only is useless, it is misleading…[rothko detested] the whole machine for the popularization of art – universities, advertising, museums and the fifty-seventh street salesman. when a crowd of people look at a painting, i think of blasphemy, i believe that a painting can only communicate directly to a rare individual who happens to be in tune with it and the artist… [the museum of modern art] has no convictions and no courage. it can‘t decide which paintings are good and which are bad. so it hedges by buying a little of everything. two years after he spoke with fischer, rothko wrote the following: miguel lópez-remiro, ―introduction to ‗the easy chair: mark rothko, portrait of the artist as an angry man,‖ in rothko, oliver wick (milan: skira editore s.p.a., ): . mark rothko, quoted by john fisher, ―mark rothko: portrait of the artist as an angry man,‖ - . already was the hope that i would paint something which they could not endure. in this wish was embodied…the horror of the great maw which had developed which had a mouth and teeth anything that was offered. nothing could any longer shock or repel. but on the basis of the aesthetic everything could be consumed. that this last passage is taken from an unpublished manuscript that he likely prepared for his moma retrospective suggests that he sought reinforce his aggressive stance, and to promote it to those who came to the exhibition to honor his work. rothko‘s comments call to mind meyer schapiro‘s ideas concerning non- communication, which he articulated in his essay ―the liberating quality of avant- garde art,‖ first published in , just before rothko began working on the commission. ―in comparing the arts of our time with those of a hundred years ago,‖ schapiro wrote, ―we observe that the arts have become more deeply personal, more intimate, more concerned with the experiences of a subtle kind.‖ as such, by recognizing that he was living in a new era of art, one with indistinct boundaries between mediums, schapiro hinted at a hybridity rothko sought to achieve throughout his career. he continued: there is a sense in which all the arts today have a common character shared by painting… we note, too, that in poetry, music and architecture, as well as painting, the attitude to the medium had become much freer, so that artists are willing to search further and to risk experiments or inventions which in the past would have been inconceivable because of fixed ideas of the laws and boundaries of the arts. it is in this new era of abstraction that non-communication becomes an issue, in the sense that ―you cannot extract a message from painting by ordinary means; [that] the usual mark rothko, in rothko, oliver wick (milan: skira editore s.p.a., ): - . meyer schapiro, ―the liberating quality of avant-garde art,‖ artnews (summer ): . ibid., . rules of communication do not hold here[;]…painting, by becoming abstract and giving up its representational function, has achieved a state in which communication seems to be deliberately prevented.‖ schapiro also mentions that avant-garde artists oppose conventional mass-communication because such communication has become perverted and deceptive. in addition to rothko‘s own aggressive statements, the darkened palette he used for the murals also suggests his unease. as mentioned, the seagram works are much darker than any of his previous abstractions. this darker palette is likely what peter selz had in mind when he observed, in , that rothko‘s color ―may be savage‖ and that his ―reds are oppressive, evoking a mood of foreboding and death; there are reds suggesting light, flame, or blood.‖ on the trip, rothko visited the villa of the mysteries in pompeii (ca. bce), which include the wall paintings from the dionysiac mystery cult (ca. mid-first century bce, fig. ). the subject of the scene is most likely a ritual related to becoming a member of a cult of dionysius. as john fischer recalled, it was at the villa that rothko exclaimed that his seagram paintings had a ―deep affinity‖ with the frescoes. he explained that the roman paintings had ―the same feeling … the same broad expanses of somber color‖ as his seagram paintings. scholars have debated the meaning of such comments. michael compton has argued that this comment ibid., . rothko‘s many ideas of how color functioned in his work, variously throughout his career, thus places him somewhere between the poussinistes and the rubenistes, in the centuries-old debate waged in the academy between color and line. he had both an apollonian interest in line (intellect, thoughtfulness, meditation) and a dionysian focus on color (sensory, pathos, body-rooted sensibilities). peter selz, mark rothko, , . john fisher, ―mark rothko: portrait of the artist as an angry man,‖ - . lee seldes, the legacy of mark rothko (new york: holt, reinhart & winston, ): . reflects rothko‘s preoccupation with death. john gage, on the other hand, has argued that the ―rather vivid red orange ground‖ of the pompeian wall paintings actually makes them not seem somber enough to have warranted this link with mortality. rothko‘s reactions in the villa related to his belief that he had found the ideal ancient counterpart to his seagram project. as a triclinium, a roman formal dining room, the space provided the exact function as his seagram murals would. rothko not only painted scenes of dining rooms throughout his figurative period, but also accepted his second commission for a set of murals for another dining room, the then-new holyoke center at harvard university (fig. ), giving himself another stab at trying to merge painting and architecture in the odd setting of a dining room. in the interim between the seagram and harvard projects, as he prepared for his moma retrospective, rothko referenced the seagram murals in the context of another dining room, what he mistakenly thought was a fra angelico work that he had seen in italy, presumably on both his and his visits. ―the question of the dining room,‖ he wrote, ―was always appealing to me for i immediately envisioned the refectory of the san marco church with the wall painting by fra angelico.‖ rothko seems to have meant to refer to domenico ghirlandaio‘s last supper (ca. , san marco, florence, fig. ), since there is no fra angelico in the refectory, though it is safe to assume that the fra angelico is closer to rothko‘s sensibilities concerning color and form. in either case, that rothko likely wrote this passage in preparation for the retrospective, although it was michael compton, mark rothko, the seagram mural project, ex. cat. (the tate gallery, liverpool) (london: tate, ): . john gage, ―rothko: color as subject,‖ jeffrey weiss, mark rothko, ed., . mark rothko, ―notes on the seagram commission,‖ undated, ca. , reprinted in rothko, achim borchart-hume, ed. (london: tate, ): . not published in the catalogue for the exhibition, suggests that he was thinking of both his italian sources and dining rooms in preparation for the largest celebration up to that point of his life‘s work. his profound reaction to the villa rothko during his italian excursion was doubtlessly connected to his ongoing dining room project on hold back in new york. vincent j. bruno has investigated rothko‘s connection to pompeian art on a broader scale. he analyzed what typifies the roman second style including its colorfields, the sensuousness of those fields, the firm presence of buildings in the paintings, and how all of this differs from the other stages of roman wall painting. bruno observed that ―rothko‘s experience in the villa of the mysteries was founded upon an accurate, intuitive reading of the aims and aesthetic predilections that had guided the ancient artists.‖ bruno‘s essay raises two more issues. the first concerns the question of why rothko sought to alter his color suddenly during the seagram project. another question is why he translated the combination of color and architecture he saw in the villa into a dark, brooding set of canvases for the seagram‘s. as bruno observed in a conference paper he delivered at the college art association‘s annual meeting, in , rothko, while inside the villa, equated the architectural component of his own work to myth and drama. the pictorial subject of the villa‘s paintings, including the dionysian initiation rituals, seems to have inspired rothko‘s experiences there. bruno‘s assessments overall suggest that while rothko disliked comparisons of his paintings to those of other modernists, he welcomed the link to ancient roman work. ―in the history ibid., . vincent j. bruno, ―mark rothko and the second style,‖ paper delivered at the annual meeting of the college art association, toronto, . of mural painting,‖ bruno showed, ―there is no parallel but the modern for the great sheets of intense, deeply saturated monochromatic fields of color that characterize roman murals.‖ rothko‘s experience at the villa satisfied his fascination with greek tragic themes including those found in aeschylus‘s orestia trilogy, among other greek literary works he admired. rothko‘s connection to greek literature and literature about ancient greece has been addressed elsewhere. rothko recognized affinities with the art of antiquity, which may explain why he venerated friedrich nietzsche‘s the birth of tragedy out of the spirit of music ( ), which reinforced his own belief that ancient art played a significant role in the service of creating mythic and tragic art. moreover, rothko wholeheartedly adopted nietzsche‘s push for contemporary artists to adopt dionysian themes such as catharsis, drama, struggle, terror, universal truths, myths, among others, in order to become more transcendent in a tragic sense. dionysus, whom rothko equated with tragic suffering, was ever-present in his mind when he visited the ancient sites of italy. rothko‘s incorporation of ancient architectural motifs and symbols into his work of the late s was hardly something new for him. as he and adolph gottlieb noted, in the often-cited draft of a letter to edward alden jewell of the new york times: vincent j. bruno, ―mark rothko and the second style: the art of the color field in roman murals,‖ in r. t. scott and a. r. scott, eds., eius virtutis studiosi: classical and postclassical studies in memory of frank edward brown, studies in the history of art, symposium papers , national gallery of art (washington, dc, ): . see especially stephen polcari, ―mark rothko: heritage, environment, and tradition,‖ - ; peter selz, mark rothko (new york: museum of modern art, ): ; irving sandler, mark rothko/paintings - (new york: pace gallery, ); ashton, about rothko, - . friedrich nietzsche, the birth of tragedy ( ), walter kaufmann, trans. (new york: random vintage, ). ―the modern artist has a spiritual kinship with the emotions which…archaic forms imprison and the myths which they represent.‖ in the final version of the letter, they declared that ―art is timeless,‖ and that ―the significant rendition of a symbol, no matter how archaic, has as full validity today as the archaic symbol had then.‖ as stephen polcari has shown, rothko‘s incorporation of ancient forms continued after into his mature period, in the ―columnar fluting‖ of no. /no. {untitled} ( , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ) or the ―middle section of dentils‖ in untitled ( , estate of mark rothko). polcari characterizes both forms as, borrowing barnett newman‘s term, ―idiographic…part figure, part architecture, part nature; part past, part present, part future; part entombment, part subconscious, and part emotion.‖ polcari also observes that rothko‘s untitled ( - , collection of richard e. and jane m. lang) includes ―horizontally segmented frieze bands‖ inspired in part by architecture and architectural sculpture, ―classical greek architectural fragments,‖ and ―ancient architectural ornaments (including acanthus leaves).‖ polcari links the untitled - work to the boscoreale frescoes rothko adored and often viewed at the metropolitan museum of art, which include a scene from a cubiculum/bedroom from the villa of p. fannius synistor at boscoreale (ca. – bce, metropolitan museum of art, figs. - ). rothko, william baziotes, and others were fascinated by the environmental wall rothko, writings on art, . rothko, writings on art, - . stephen polcari, ―mark rothko: heritage, environment, and tradition,‖ smithsonian studies in american art vol. , no. (spring ): , , . ibid., , , . ibid., - . paintings that had been removed from villas just north of pompeii. all of the information polcari presents, however, leaves the reader wondering why there is no mention of the impact of the pompeian works on the seagram project. rothko was drawn to the villa frescoes, and earlier to the boscoreale works, because they are part of a unified series, not unlike one he had envisioned for his seagram murals. in all of these works, color plays the important role of unifying disparate paintings into a cycle. the frescoes are painted together and literally interwoven. rothko intended for the individual paintings of the seagram series to span multiple walls, similarly encapsulating the viewer. in this way, he meant to underscore the three-dimensionality of the architectural space defined by the canvases. the two- dimensional reality of each individual seagram work is subordinated to a larger total project. color and architecture together create the springboard for a paramount spatial experience. thinking of color, architecture, and scale in this way, while viewing the villa works, afforded rothko the opportunity to more directly control the mood he hoped the viewers of his seagram cycle would experience. rothko‘s career-long bond with the art of henri matisse and milton avery, two artists he adored ―when most other vanguard aritsts venerated picasso and mondrian,‖ as irving sandler suggested, help to clarify rothko‘s seagram color and why he responded to the pompeian color the way he did. by , when the museum of modern art mona hadler, ―william baziotes: the subtlety of life for the artist,‖ in michael preble, william baziotes: a retrospective exhibition (newport harbor, calif: newport harbor art museum, ): . irving sandler, ―mark rothko (in memory of robert goldwater),‖ mark rothko: - , ex. cat., (london: tate gallery, ): . this even impacted his pedagogy. a former student in rothko‘s color course at brooklyn college in the early s permanently installed the red studio ( , the museum of modern art, new york, fig. ), rothko famously visited it repeatedly, telling dore ashton that he spent ―hours and hours and hours‖ sitting in front of it. matisse‘s painting‘s large scale ( ¼ by ‘ ¼ inches) presents the viewer with a palette not unlike that of the dionysiac mystery cult. matisse allows everything in the painting, all of the contents of his studio, to meld into a unified colorfield. it is this colorfield that interrogates distinctions between the objects within the space depicted, allowing matisse to play with the binaries of artifice/nature, color/line, and especially pictorial/architectural. in the pompeian work, the uniform colorfield similarly ties together the various components. moreover, the compositional structure of both the matisse and pompeian paintings relies heavily on imagined architecture. for the matisse, that structure signifies an artist‘s studio. in the wall painting, the painted architectural frieze above and below the horizontal bands of figures provides a rational counterpart to the heavily sensual movements of the cult- figures. the blood/wine-toned color of the pompeian fresco, the matisse, and the murals appealed to rothko‘s sensibilities concerning dionysian art. matisse‘s red, like the fresco, is sensual and hedonistic, while rothko‘s is dark and tragic, all qualities rothko would have related to the dionysian narrative. avery‘s flattened colorfields (see, for example, fig. ) would have also made rothko especially sensitive to the flattened fields in the villa paintings, those which have mentioned that he ―wanted us to do little matisses…just to understand what color was about.‖ celina tried, cited in breslin, , note . ashton, about rothko, . five years later, rothko would translate his experiences with the painting into his homage to matisse ( , private collection), which commemorated the french artist‘s death. their analogue in the large-scale, flattened fields of the seagram paintings. more evidence of an avery connection can be gleaned from the rekindling of the rothko- avery-gottlieb triumvirate just before rothko accepted the seagram project. in , all three spent the summer together in provincetown. while they had not fallen out of touch socially, the three had by that point no longer vacationed together as they once had. avery and rothko would also spend the summers of and together in provincetown. rothko returned alone for the summer of . selected works by all three artists, including two small paper sketches from the seagram project, were exhibited together in at the knoedler & company gallery, in . pictorial influences were seemingly traded back and forth between the three. as e. a. carmean, jr. pointed out in his catalogue essay, it was in provincetown that avery experienced a breakthrough in his work. he shifted from easel-sized paintings to much larger ones, those mirroring the human scale of rothko‘s signature abstractions. his work also became what philip cavanaugh referred to as a ―belated shift toward abstraction, influenced by his two friends…[one also influenced by] a strange abstract quality to the shapes taken by sand dunes and scrub brushes, and a kaleidoscopic formalism in the bay rothko first met avery at the art students league, where avery enrolled in , just after rothko joined max weber‘s course at the league in . their friendship began shortly thereafter when they were both included, in , in an exhibition of eight artists selected by the bernard karfiol at the opportunity gallery. by the summer of , when the rothko‘s vacationed with the avery‘s at gloucester, massachusetts, avery had cemented his reputation as a father figure for rothko. in the mid- s, rothko‘s commemorative essay on avery further acknowledged avery‘s role in rothko‘s artistic development. see una e. johnson, milton avery: prints and drawings, - (new york: shorewood publishers, ). with some of the advance he received from the seagram commission, rothko purchased his first house, in provincetown, in june . itself.‖ avery explained that these changes were born from his desire to want to paint ―like the abstract boys [rothko and gottlieb].‖ avery‘s borrowing from rothko in this manner and at this time points toward a shared flow of artistic ideas between rothko and avery, as was the case in their earlier careers. rothko‘s experiences on the shore might even, as carmean suggested, explain rothko‘s sensitivity to the interpretation of his abstractions as landscapes/seascapes, in the sense that rothko might have recognized that he had in fact conceived of some of these images while at the beach. carmean also raised the intriguing possibility that rothko‘s shift to darker palette and the horizontal format of the seagram works might have occurred earlier than prior scholarship had recognized, in rather than in , employing rothko‘s comment that was the year ―the dark paintings began.‖ by dating the change to , carmean suggests that rothko‘s experiences in provincetown and thus the work of avery and gottlieb might have influenced two of the most important aspects of the seagram paintings. christopher rothko has argued, however, that his father‘s comment that the dark works began in was misleading, since the artist made occasional dark paintings throughout his abstract phase. rothko‘s color became exceptionally darker for a prolonged period beginning philip cavanaugh, in ibid., . e. a. carmean, jr., ―avery, gottlieb, and rothko: provincetown summers,‖ coming to light: avery, gottlieb, rothko, provincetown summers - (new york: knoedler & co., ): . mark rothko to ronald alley, february , . see christopher rothko, ―mark rothko and the quiet dominance of form,‖ in coming to light: avery, gottlieb, rothko, provincetown summers - , e. a. carmean, jr. (new york: knoedler & co., ): . with the seagram project, or what christopher rothko acknowledged as a ―general darkening of the palette in the last thirteen years‖ of rothko‘s career. in addition to the color-architectural relationship rothko carefully studied in pompeii, in tarquinia, he came to understand that several aspects of the etruscan frescoes from the tombs he visited had the aggressive characteristics he sought for his seagram paintings. one aspect of the tombs that would have immediately attracted rothko was their basic function: as monuments to death, as an extension from the etruscan obsession with death and the rituals of burying their dead. another aspect of the ancient site that would have appealed to rothko was the sheer amount of tombs. the more than one hundred fifty painted tombs/tumuli might have conveyed a more impressive number of pictorial narratives of death. rothko would have also appreciated the small scale of the tombs, mostly carved from rock. such an intimate scale would have encouraged personalized experiences with viewers, something rothko also sought. the scale of most of the tombs would have mirrored the human scale he desired for his own seagram cycle. the scale of the tomb of the bulls, for example, creates such a sensation. it also facilitates the narrative of the frescoes, which include the scene of achilles ambushing the trojan prince troilus in the ambush of troilus by achilles (ca. bce, fig. ). the relationship between the large scale of the figures in this fresco and the compacted architecture depicted mirrors the sense of entrapment and claustrophobia one might feel in the enclosed space. moreover, the awkward poses of the see christopher rothko, ―mark rothko and the quiet dominance of form,‖ in coming to light: avery, gottlieb, rothko, provincetown summers - , e. a. carmean, jr. (new york: knoedler & co., ): . see stephan steingräber, abundance of life: etruscan wall painting (los angeles: j. paul getty museum, ). figures, in the sense that they seem incapable of fluid movement or interaction, exacerbates a sense of tension in the work. rothko employed not only a similar tension between many of his figures throughout his figurative period, but also the tightly controlled architectural settings. rothko‘s written statements about italian art provide further evidence for why he was so drawn to the italian works he visited. long before he first went to italy, in , rothko wrote eloquently about italian art. in his posthumously published manuscript the artist’s reality, philosophy of art, he made several comments about giotto, to offer just one example of an italian artist that intrigued him. in his chapter ―generalization since the renaissance,‖ rothko wrote a sophisticated analysis as to what made byzantine (proto-renaissance) art so special: byzantine painters were in the habit of embellishing their works with actual precious stones, and the halos which encircled the heads of their saints were of real gold. these stones, this gold, and the brilliant colors which were really an extension of the same idea and would have not been used if additional materials of great intrinsic and sensuous value were available, were not employed to convey a picture of the garments of the dignitaries pictured, but rather, in themselves, in their own costliness, to give a sense of the power and sumptuousness of the church. in the passage, rothko doesn‘t speculate what ―additional materials of great intrinsic and sensuous value‖ to which he refers. but, his comments leave open the possibility that he is subtly insinuating that his paintings ought to be understood as evolved versions of such pictorial effects. in this way, his works achieve the same result but without stones and gold. rothko praises giotto throughout the passage, noting his ―greatness‖ and rothko, the artist’s reality: philosophies of art, . describing some of his strengths. considering giotto‘s use of form, for example, he offers a comparison with michelangelo. in his estimation, giotto‘s figures ―give us a physical sense of weight; when they lean we feel their potentiality of falling with a crash in a response to the force of gravitation,‖ whereas michelangelo‘s figures ―look [more] powerful,‖ so much so that there would be a ―terrific crash‖ if they fell. he summarized more of the difference as follows: there is a great difference between these two representations, because in the case of giotto we perceive the feeling of weight and massive movement from the tactility of the form, divorced from our experience of a human being, while in the case of michelangelo we simply know that a man with such a powerful and tortured expression must be powerful. this passage would suggest that giotto is more meaningful to him in terms of abstraction. the recent exhibition rothko/giotto (held at the staatliche museen zu berlin from february -may , ) drew more attention to their connection and to rothko‘s fascination with giotto‘s colorfields. the exhibition included only rothko‘s no. (reds) ( , staatliche museen zu berlin, fig. ) and two works by giotto, death of ibid., . ibid., . ibid., david anfam, for example, has recently described his own seismic shift on the issue of european influences on abstract expressionists, from once believing that ―abstract expressionism was no longer a narrative of various european modernist influences,‖ to now thinking of the development as ―inconceivable without the groundings of european thought, art, and culture.‖ linking pollock to luca signorelli and philip guston to piero della francesca, among other old masters on both accounts, anfam participated in the process of re-energizing the study of the transatlantic transmission within abstract expressionism. see david anfam, ―transatlantic anxieties, especially bill‘s folly,‖ joan marter, abstract expressionism: the international context, ed. (new brunswick, nj and london: rutgers univ. press, ): . the virgin (ca. , staatliche museen zu berlin, fig. ) and crucifixion (ca. , staatliche museen zu berlin, fig. ), drawing a set of intriguing parallels. the overall goal of stefan wepplemann and gerhard wolf, who curated the exhibition, was to suggest rothko‘s indebtedness to giotto. this was developed in many ways, not the least of which was, in a catalogue essay by wepplemann, rothko‘s contact with meyer schapiro in the s. schapiro uniquely shaped both modern/contemporary art historical discourse as well as that of the study of giotto and his era. in addition to spelling out the connection outright in the catalogue, wepplemann and wolf suggested one vis-à-vis the installation, which positioned the rothko alongside the two giottos on stark white walls. viewed in this manner, the intense reds of the rothko come into clearer focus in relation to the gold backgrounds of giotto‘s two pieces. the relatively small, chapel-like gallery in which the paintings were installed encouraged viewers to experience all three works simultaneously, in relation to one another and on a more intimate level. the lighting was brighter than rothko, in his lifetime, would have preferred. but, the implication that all three works were tied together by a shared desire to evoke something spiritual/metaphysical in the viewer was made clear. while rothko never saw the berlin giottos, he possessed a keen awareness and an intuitive sense about italian art history. the exhibition drew even more attention to rothko‘s acute sensitivity about the placement of his mature abstractions in relation to their italian predecessors. see stefan weppelmann, ―‗giotto‘s rumblings‘: mark rothko and the renaissance as a rhetoric of modernism,‖ in stefan weppelmann and gerhard wolf, rothko/giotto (berlin: staatliche museen zu berlin, ): . according to robert goldwater, however, rothko did not believe he was a colorist. in his review of the exhibition, goldwater remarked that ―we miss the point of his art‖ by viewing him as a colorist. as marjorie phillips recalled, duncan phillips believed it was rothko‘s ―color of course‖ that contributed to the ―magic‖ of rothko‘s style. for rothko, color suggested a mood, but that mood was more important than the color. the issue of whether rothko was in fact a colorist has been repeatedly addressed, especially in relation to the seagram paintings. christopher rothko has observed: color. always the first word one associates with rothko paintings…and yet i can say, that from my own lifelong involvement with my father‘s work, it is not color, but form, which directs the action. color may be the dancer, engaging the viewer frontally with its undeniable energy, but it is kept on a deceptively tight rein by the forms which define the area. dan rice, rothko‘s assistant in the late s, explained further the issue of how color functioned in the seagram paintings. in his view, the seagram works were ―no color rothko‘s assessments were contrary to the assumptions that critics often held about his work. harold rosenberg, writing two years after rothko‘s death, argued that ―rothko had reduced painting to volume, tone, and color, with color as the vital element.‖ harold rosenberg, in david and cecile shapiro, eds., abstract expressionism: a critical record (cambridge: cambridge univ. press, ): . similar comments were likely the reason that rosenberg was one of the art critics rothko ―especially despised,‖ as james breslin noted. breslin, . rothko expressed this outright in his assessment that ―rosenberg keeps trying to interpret things he can‘t understand,‖ and called him presumptuous. mark rothko, in james fischer, ―mark rothko: portrait of the artist as an angry man,‖ - . robert goldwater, ―reflections on the rothko exhibition,‖ arts vol. (march ): . duncan phillips and mark rothko quoted in marjorie phillips, duncan phillips and his collection (washington: w. w. norton & co., ): . christopher rothko, ―mark rothko and the quiet dominance of form,‖ in coming to light: avery, gottlieb, rothko, provincetown summers - , e. a. carmean, jr. (new york: knoedler & co., ): . paintings – not dealing with color.‖ color is thus instrumental in achieving the mood, but doesn‘t function as the key ingredient on its own. it is merely a springboard, but a crucial one. rothko's shift from his more luminous mature work (before ) to the much darker seagram work is perhaps best understood in rice‘s view, as a ―break from his previous work, where color was the impact.‖ the art historian werner haftmann‘s recollections from a visit to rothko‘s studio during the seagram project clarify this point. he saw a ―darkly luminous frieze of [seagram] pictures running round the whole room,‖ works that rothko believed were the ―climax‖ of his career. that rothko did not ―hesitate to speak of the sistine chapel‖ during this visit suggests that rothko‘s experiences with italian art served as the catalyst for the progressive darkening of his seagram paintings. moreover, john gage has argued for a link between the juxtapositions between the reds and the blacks of the seagram murals and the jarring color contrasts rothko made throughout his abstract phase. gage observed that rothko ―was less concerned to ‗harmonize‘ than to create discordant, uneasy effects through the juxtaposition of [his colors].‖ from an interview with dan rice by arnold glimcher, mark rothko: the - ex cat., pace gallery, new york, oct. – nov , . for a thorough review of dan rice‘s comments on the project, see breslin, - . werner haftmann, mark rothko (kunsthaus zurich, ): ix. john gage, ―rothko: color as subject,‖ jeffrey weiss, mark rothko, ed., . gage also argued that rothko‘s color might have been max doerner‘s handbook the materials of the artist and their use in painting, with notes on the techniques of the old masters, first published in english in , and widely read among the abstract expressionists. see max doerner, the materials of the artist and their use in painting, and notes on the techniques of the old masters, trans. eugen neuhaus (new york, , reprinted san diego: harcourt brace jovanovich, ). rothko would also have had access to clement greenberg‘s observations about venetian color years before he visited italy. see, for example, clement greenberg, ―the venetian line‖ ( ). as with the darkened palette, rothko also employed aggressive architectural motifs in the seagram paintings. all of the paintings in the cycle have a large rectangular door or window form (see figs. - ). for rothko, the rectangle was, as christopher rothko observed, ―simply there: the most essential element in the spatial world he was exploring [and one that] came to define the universe in which he worked, but it was a universe of near infinite possibilities.‖ these forms are, however, much different than the rectangular shapes found in rothko‘s work, from - . they play the role of what michael auping referred to as illusionistic ―portals‖ to other worlds. by contrast, the signature forms before show more evidence of the artist‘s hand and are more painterly than the mural forms. the seagram shapes are also a hollowed version of the mature fields. it is as if rothko, with the seagram works, painted only the frame of his archetypal fields over a darker and flattened color ground. if these forms are in fact windows, rothko‘s reuse of the motif during the seagram project might have been influenced by key contemporary sources. the first is a classic essay by lorenz eitner, first published in a edition of the art bulletin, on the subject of the open window in romantic art. rothko might have also seen the exhibition of one hundred thirty-one masterworks from the kunsthistorisches museum, see christopher rothko, ―mark rothko and the quiet dominance of form,‖ in coming to light: avery, gottlieb, rothko, provincetown summers - , e. a. carmean, jr. (new york: knoedler & co., ): . michael auping, ―beyond the sublime,‖ abstract expressionism: the critical developments, michael auping, ed., - . see lorenz eitner, ―the open window and the storm-tossed boat: an essay in the iconography of romanticism,‖ art bulletin vol. (dec. ): - . eitner‘s essay was the first investigation of the open-window motif in romantic works. vienna on view in new york in early at the metropolitan museum of art. the major impact of the exhibition makes it tempting to assume that rothko must have seen johannes vermeer‘s the artist in his studio (ca. , kunsthistorisches museum, vienna) and other major paintings on view with prominent window motifs. rothko was almost certainly aware of modernist paintings that prominently featured the subject of the window. as carol troyen has shown, this is true of both conceptually themed works and in american modernist paintings. rothko‘s connection to the work of the art treasures from the vienna collections, lent by the austrian government (new york. metropolitan museum of art, ). see also p.t.a. swillins, johannes vermeer: painter of delft, - (utrecht: spectrum, ). it received major press (due to the , attendees at its previous venue, the national gallery of art in washington). the new york times ―referred to it as ―the most important show to come to these shores.‖ see ―vienna art here for loan exhibit,‖ new york times (feb. , ): . see, for example, two works by marcel duchamp. in fresh widow ( , museum of modern art, new york, fig. ), the panes of a small french window are covered in black leather, blocking access and thus suggesting a frustrated sexuality. for this interpretation, see arturo schwartz, the complete works of marcel duchamp (london: thames and hudson, ), cat. no. . duchamp continued the use of the window to in part to convey the idea of frustrated sexuality in the bride stripped bare by her bachelors, even, (the large glass) ( - , philadelphia museum of art, fig. ). [is this germane to a discussion of rothko] see charles sheeler‘s view of new york ( , museum of fine arts, boston, fig. ), a work likely inspired by sheeler‘s friendship with duchamp. as carol troyen has observed, the open-window functions in the work as a metaphor both for an ―ambivalence about the future‖ and ―an unpredictable future.‖ see carol troyen, ―the open window and the empty chair: charles sheeler‘s view of new york,‖ ; and carol troyen, ―photography, painting, and charles sheeler‘s view of new york,‖ art bulletin vol. , no. (dec. ): . as with sheeler‘s non-urban-based architectural paintings, his architectural photography, and his skyscraper-themed works, view of new york relies on images of architecture to ground the piece conceptually. in this case, the open window (in his studio) works with an empty chair and a shrouded camera to signify a change in sheeler‘s career, namely that, by the early s, he is moving away from his two decades as a commercial photographer and beginning another phase of his career. rothko might have seen the painting (in the collection of the mfa since ), or could have read one of the glowing reports of its acquisition. both raise the intriguing question of whether rothko‘s first use of the open-window them, in , might be connected to sheeler‘s work. for more on the acquisition of the painting and the publicity it romantic painter casper david friedrich might also play a role. as the recent exhibition rooms with a view at the metropolitan museum of art, in , has shown, the theme of the window, specifically the open window, was central to key works by casper david friedrich. as sabine rewald, who curated the show, observed, the window motif in two small drawings by friedrich now in vienna ―inaugurated the motif of the open window in romantic painting…[as] a potent symbol for the experience of standing on the threshold between an interior and the outside world.‖ rothko‘s door/window frames focus attention on the area within their borders and, like targets, isolate the central area of each canvas. the fields within the borders do not contain the ―horizon lines‖ robert rosenblum defined, compositional devices that help us penetrate the canvases visually. instead, they encourage us to look through them, but curtail any illusionistic recession into space. not long after rothko painted the murals, max kozloff noted how they ―stop the viewer short, and confine[s] his attention generated, see troyen, ―photography, painting, and charles sheeler‘s view of new york,‖ , and , note . see especially robert rosenblum, ―the abstract sublime,‖ artnews (feb. ): - , - ; and modern painting and the northern romantic tradition: friedrich to rothko (new york: harper and row, ). see casper david friedrich, view from the artist’s studio, window on the left (ca. - , belvdere, vienna, fig. ) and view from the artist’s studio, window on the right (ca. - , belvedere, vienna, fig. ). sabine rewald, rooms with a view: the open window in the th century (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . what is known to us (as signified by the contents of the interior of friedrich‘s dresden studio depicted in the drawings) is thus thrust up against what is unknown (or, the space outside the window). as rewald found, the hybrid space friedrich creates in the drawings is neither a landscape nor an interior, a condition that reinforced a sense of ―uncertainty…[something that] was immediately recognized as a metaphor for unfulfilled longing…[and] of yearning.‖ rewald, , . here rewald continues a discussion also found in carol troyen, ―the open window and the empty chair: charles sheeler‘s view of new york,‖ american art journal vol. , no. (spring ): - . robert rosenblum, ―notes on rothko and tradition,‖ mark rothko - (london: tate gallery, ): . to a few diminishing nuances on their facades.‖ anna chave observed that ―for those who see rothko‘s classic paintings in architectural terms, in he quit moving through his imaginary doorway and made the viewer stop once and for all at the threshold with the door thrown open on an unknown, unmarked space or—depending on the picture and the viewer—with the door slammed shut in the viewer‘s face.‖ chave also found that the doorway-sized scale of rothko‘s signature paintings also points toward the doorway metaphor. novak and o‘doherty have described a ―blankness (or blackness)‖ that exists at such a threshold. clearwater called such an experience an ―endless journey [that]…traps viewers in a claustrophobic labyrinth.‖ moreover, alfred jensen said that rothko ―had always been haunted by the image of…[a square] grave‖ from a czarist pogrom, and felt that ―in some profound way it was locked into his painting.‖ by aggressively denying our access, the door/window forms of the seagram paintings ought to be read in relation to the many architectural settings of his figurative work, within which a sense of isolation and entrapment is often communicated through imagined architectural spaces. the tense, bristly interplay between flatness and depth can be couched in terms of hans hoffmann‘s ―push-pull‖ method, which similarly played with the notion of depth max kozloff, ―mark rothko‘s new retrospective,‖ art journal vol. no. (spring, ): - , citation pp. . anna chave, mark rothko: subjects in abstraction (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . barbara novak and brian o‘doherty, ―rothko‘s dark paintings: tragedy and void,‖ mark rothko, jeffrey weiss, ed., . bonnie clearwater, the rothko book (london: tate, ): . alfred jensen, quoted in breslin, . see michael compton‘s introduction to the mark rothko the seagram mural project ex. cat., (london: tate gallery, ): . he explained: ―the figures [in the subway work] are isolated and seem capable of no mutual communication…the principal relationship is not person to person but person to architecture or space.‖ and recession vis-à-vis color in relation to flattened modernist canvases (see fig. ). for hoffmann, as for rothko, a painting was something with which to interact, as opposed to something at which to look. the seagram‘s door/window forms push toward the viewer, while the flattened color pulls away from us. in , rothko told alfred jensen, that ―either their surfaces [of his own canvases] are expansive and push outward in all directions, or their surfaces contract and rush inward in all directions.‖ as john gage has shown, such comments indicate rothko‘s awareness of hoffmann‘s method. such a recession/advancement bears an interesting parallel with robert motherwell‘s open series. beginning in (see open no. in scarlet and blue ( , tate collection, fig. ) motherwell used colorfields and window shapes abstracted from images of paintings stacked in his studio. in other words, he distilled the basic elements of drawing and color to investigate issues of space. in this way, rothko‘s first series, like motherwell‘s, is indebted to matisse‘s frequent incorporation of doors and windows into his compositions, along with his depictions of paintings, empty frames, and other works of art in the colorfields he fashioned to investigate space, artifice, and nature. by playing with the balance between flatness and illusion vis-à-vis the door/window form, it is quite possible that rothko might have even had leon battista alberti metaphoric window (from his de picture, ) in mind during the project. in either case, the experience of john gage, in weiss, . while rothko never studied with hoffman directly, he was well aware of hoffman‘s theories, which were ubiquitous within the new york avant-garde of the postwar period. rothko had read, in the s, the book expressionism in art by sheldon cheney, whose ideas were heavily influenced by hoffman‘s. see breslin, , and sheldon cheney, expressionism in art (new york, ). breslin, . at once encouraging and denying spectatorial access can be read aggressively, thwarting our efforts at fully accessing his canvases. in addition to the pompeian villa, michelangelo‘s library (see figs. - ) profoundly influenced rothko during both his and italian visits. rothko seems to have had a special kinship with michelangelo, perhaps believing that michelangelo‘s project for san lorenzo augured his own work for the seagram building, in the sense that both epitomize the standards of their respective cities and eras. the san lorenzo complex reflects a uniquely florentine blend of humanism and catholicism not unlike how the seagram building suggests the economic superiority and capitalist enterprise of the corporation. the humanist standard of knowledge and learning was replaced by the capitalist standard of economic prosperity. this might help to explain why the seagram building has been compared to italian renaissance architecture, from its park avenue ―piazza,‖ to what mies‘s biographer franz schulze called the ―neo- florentine palazzo‖ across the street, implying a dialogue between the two buildings. the library is situated within the san lorenzo complex in florence and was commissioned in by pope clement vii, giulio de‘ medici, to house the medician collection of manuscripts. the historiography on the library is lengthy and often schulze, , referring to the racquet and tennis club, built in by mckim, mead, and white. such a conversation mies instigated between the seagram and italian architecture is perhaps unsurprising, given his view that the palazzo pitti in florence was ―one of the strongest buildings,‖ marveling how a building can be made with such ―few means,‖ or that ancient roman aqueducts were ―all of them…of the same character,‖ a simplicity he sought throughout his career, and one that doubtlessly inspired his admiration for andrea palladio. mies, quoted in peter carter, mies van der rohe at work (new york: praeger, ): . for mies‘s admiration of palladio, see schulze, . contradictory. while a good deal of it postdates rothko‘s encounter with the library, the artist seems to have instinctively understood a pivotal idea about the building: namely that its combination of form and space reads aggressively. according to john fisher, rothko articulated his desire to control the mood of the spectator in reference to michelangelo: after i had been at work for some time, i realized that i was much influenced subconsciously by michelangelo‘s walls in the staircase room of the medicean library [laurentian library] in florence [see figs. - ]– he achieved just the kind of feeling i‘m after – he makes the viewers feel that they are trapped in a room where all the doors and windows are bricked up, so that all they can do is butt their heads forever against the wall. in , rudolf wittkower brought the space into modern art historical scholarship with his essay ―michelangelo biblioteca laurenziana,‖ art bulletin vol. ( ): . this was quickly followed by charles de tolnay, ―la bibliothèque laurentienne de michel-ange: nouvelles recherches,‖ gazette des beaux arts ( ): - , revised in charles de tolnay, michel-ange (paris, ): ; and in charles de tolnay, michelangelo: sculptor, painter, architect (princeton : princeton univ. press, ): - . nikolaus pevsner, in his massive study of european architecture, considered the building as a definitive representation of mannerism. see nikolaus pevsner, an outline of european architecture (baltimore: penguin books, th jubilee edition, , first published ). most notable pioneering subsequent accounts focused primarily on the library include james ackerman, the architecture of michelangelo, vol. ii, (new york: viking, ): - ; michelangelo: six lectures by johannes wilde, michael hirst and john shearman, eds. (oxford: oxford univ. press, ): - ; staale singing larsen, ―the laurenziana vestibule as a functional solution,‖ acta ad archaeologiam et artium historiam pertinentia, viii ( ): - ; howard saalman, ―the new sacristy of san lorenzo before michelangelo,‖ art bulletin vol. ( ): - ; ralph lieberman, ―michelangelo‘s design for the biblioteca laurenziana,‖ renaissance studies in honor of craig hugh smyth vol. , art and architecture, andrew morrogh, ed. (florence: giunti barbèra, ): - ; frank salmon, ―the site of michelangelo‘s laurentian library,‖ the journal of the society of architectural historians vol. , no. (dec. ): - ; andrew morrogh, ―the magnificent tomb: a key project in michelangelo‘s architectural career,‖ art bulletin vol. , no. (dec., ): - ; carlo giulio argan and bruno contardi, michelangelo architect (new york: harry n. abrams, ): - ; david hemsoll, ―the laurentian library and michelangelo‘s architectural method,‖ journal of the warburg and courtauld institutes, vol. ( ): - ; and cammy brothers, michelangelo, drawing, and the invention of architecture (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). rothko, in fisher, . rothko made similar comments to his assistant dan rice as he worked on the seagram series that reveal his aggressive endeavors. for rice, such comments indicated rothko‘s preference for the seagram paintings over his signature works. the seagram paintings, in his view, more straightforwardly influenced the mood of the spectator for the reason that employ references to michelangelo‘s blind windows. like the blind windows, the odd space of the library likely affected rothko. the space consists of a small ricetto, or vestibule, which is nearly filled by michelangelo‘s dramatic staircase that leads up to a long, narrow, rectangular reading room. windows face the cloister of san lorenzo on one side and flood each room with ample light. on the opposite wall, a series of blind-windows, which mirror the design of the cloister windows, continue the pattern around the antechamber and within the library proper. as with each individual seagram painting, each blind window is essentially ineffectual on its own and is meant only to be part of a unified composition. the interplay between the blind-windows and the actual windows that face the cloister is part of what creates the tension within the space. rudolf wittkower understood this as an ―irreconcilable glimcher, . ibid, . for more on the function of the blind windows, see ralph lieberman, ―michelangelo‘s design for the biblioteca laurenziana,‖ renaissance studies in honor of craig hugh smyth vol. , art and architecture, andrew morrogh, ed. (florence: giunti barbèra, ): - . michelangelo employed such a tension throughout his career. in terms of the marriage between painting and architecture—a crucial component of the seagram project—michelangelo‘s massive last judgment fresco ( - , sistine chapel, vatican) offers perhaps the best example of such a tension. the fresco becomes an unmistakable part of the architecture of the chapel, pushing and pulling with it in a tension not unlike what rothko anticipated for how his cycle would behave in its anticipated space in the grill room. a similar tension is to be found elsewhere in the conflict,‖ one that reflects a ―a situation of doubt and uncertainty.‖ robert s. jackson deciphered the tension poetically and psychologically, that ―the ricetto will have played its part in bringing about a movement in which body and psyche join to produce not only an ‗artistic‘ resolution but also a personal one.‖ roy daniells similarly accounted for the ―overwhelming oppression‖ of the library in phenomenological terms, concluding that ―to enter the laurentian library is to confront an architectural statement of extreme, perhaps unique, intensity.‖ moreover, guglielmo de angelis d‘ossat described the vestibule of the library as a ―hostile architectural pit.‖ for all these reasons, this odd space appealed to rothko. this is precisely because he sought spaces that elicited the sense of entrapment, claustrophobia, and antagonism. while it is unclear whether michelangelo desired this result, rothko apparently believed that he had fallen into an experiential trap michelangelo had set more than four hundred thirty years previously. the bizarre dimensions of the ricetto, measuring x x feet, contribute to the aggressive character of the space. andrew morrogh called it an ―unusually contained space,‖ coupled with the massive staircase that consumes the room. the dramatic staircase keeps the room from being a destination on its own, forever relegating it, in a servile way, to its adjacent room. rothko was likely thinking about the relationship sistine, most notably in the placement of the prophets/sibyls on the ceiling, who engage with and seem to try to break free from the architecture grounding them. rudolf wittkower, ―michelangelo‘s biblioteca laurenziana‖ in idea and image, (london, ): - . robert s. jackson, ―michelangelo‘s ricetto of the laurentian library,‖ art journal (fall, ): roy daniells, milton, mannerism, and baroque (toronto: univ. of toronto press, ): - . guglielmo de angelis d‘ossat, ―architecture,‖ the complete works of michelangelo, mario salmi, ed. (london: macdonald, ). andrew morrogh, ―the magnificent tomb: a key project in michelangelo‘s architectural career,‖ . between both rooms while he was in the complex and thereafter. for michelangelo, the room-to-room progression resulted from the many restrictions of the library space. as staale sinding larsen found, such restrictions were in fact the driving force behind the design of the library. there was also the challenge of locating the library within a preexisting scheme of buildings at san lorenzo. to overcome this, michelangelo employed what morrogh observed to be a ―highly original choreography of columns‖ in the library, ―blocking and reblocking them‖ specifically to work out a dialectical relationship with ―the wall and…the viewer.‖ he was just as concerned with the relationships between room to room as he was with the relationships between viewer and space as well as viewer and form. rothko would have encountered a similar problem with the seagram project: of finding a way to merge his canvases to the pre-established confines of the grill room in particular and the restaurant overall. rothko was especially sensitive to the relationship between the grill room to the rest of the restaurant not unlike michelangelo‘s concern with linking the ricetto both to neighboring spaces and to the san lorenzo complex overall. knowing that the correlation between his murals and the architecture of the restaurant would be essential, rothko, even before beginning to paint, rented a new studio for the project, a former ymca located at the bowery, one that had enough space to accommodate a full- scale mock-up of the restaurant space. at twenty-three feet high, the studio‘s walls provided him with ample flexibility to conceive and manage the large works he knew he would need to fashion to make his painted environment more architectural. in the studio, staale singing larsen, ―the laurenziana vestibule as a functional solution,‖ acta ad archaeologiam et artium historiam pertinentia, viii ( ): - . andrew morrogh, ―the magnificent tomb: a key project in michelangelo‘s architectural career,‖ art bulletin vol. , no. (dec., ): . he approximated the restaurant‘s space, covering three of the interior walls with a scaffolding covered in plasterboard and making a movable fourth wall. he constructed all of this to the exact specifications of the grill room, fifty-six by twenty-seven feet. rothko went to such lengths to create a template for the space in an attempt to deal with the many complications of the room in which the murals were meant to be installed. he had to take into consideration that the paintings needed to be hung at least three feet above the floor to be seen over the heads of the patrons; that they would have been installed on walls that were covered either in beige-colored carpet or mahogany panels; that he would have had to avoid partitions projecting into the room; and that there were only three window-less walls of the room where art could be placed, all in addition to other quirks of the space. a sequence of grid patterns on the ceiling and walls, not unlike the blind-windows in the laurentian structure, reinforce the geometric rigidity of the room and make it not easy to place art. in addition to recreating the footprint of the room in his studio, rothko then blocked off six of the studio‘s eight windows to simulate what he imagined to be the lighting in the grill room: low and diffused, with windows that look out north onto rd street, framed by dark, heavy drapes, and nearly concealed by additional virtually opaque coverings. the interior décor (see fig. ), which has been more or less remained unchanged since the restaurant‘s opening, in , provides a clear sense of the lighting. as philip johnson saw it, ―mies liked that dark, noble feeling.‖ even at the beginning of the project, rothko imagined that the low-lighting of the restaurant and the windows limited to one end of the space would have made the cycle philip johnson, . seem more mysterious, more brooding, not unlike that of the library, the pompeian villa, and the etruscan tomb. while rothko‘s fondness for italy explains why he selected the italian sources he did as inspiration for the scale, color, and shapes of the murals, what has not been addressed are the potential reasons why he wanted to weave pictorial and architectural concerns to manufacture a potentially tense space for his viewers. to start with, rothko is generally understood to have suffered from depression, which links him to michelangelo. as david anfam recently observed, this is one of the multiple points of intersection between the two artists, specifically that both exhibited the melancholic temperament. pairing a photo from of a gloomy-appearing rothko seated in an adirondack chair in his east hampton studio with a reproduction of albrecht dürer‘s engraving melancholia i ( ), anfam argued that ―melancholia was the reservoir from which rothko‘s high creativity evidently sprung.‖ anfam even speculated on whether rothko‘s loss of a parent at an early age contributed to this tendency, citing clinical studies reported by john bowlby in . in this sense, michelangelo‘s saturnine temperament probably contributed to the aggressiveness of the library‘s design, which, in turn, seems to have triggered rothko‘s uneasy experience of the space. anfam, ―to see, or not to see,‖ image of the not-seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel series. anfam borrows from the pioneering research of rudolf and margot wittkower‘s investigations of the melancholic temperament, in born under saturn: the character and conduct of artists, a documented history from antiquity to the french revolution (new york: norton, ). anfam, ―to see, or not to see,‖ image of the not-seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel series, . john bowlby, attachment and loss vol. : loss, sadness and depression (new york: basic books, ). see also anfam, mark rothko: the works on canvas, note . furthermore, by the time rothko accepted the commission in , the abstract expressionist style he had helped to create had been replaced by a new and different vanguard sensibility in new york, part of a second generation of artists that included rauschenberg and johns. as irving sandler described in the last chapter of the triumph of american painting ( ), there was a dissolution of the abstract expressionist community by the mid- s. the lessened magnetism of both the club and the cedar street tavern contributed to this, symbolically solidified by jackson pollock's death in . it also might have made rothko especially sensitive to his pivotal role as an even larger figurehead of abstract expressionism. as james breslin observed, rothko‘s when revisionist scholarship of abstract expressionism emerged with the publication of serge guilbaut‘s groundbreaking book how new york stole the idea of modern art: abstract expressionism, freedom, and the cold war (chicago: univ. of chicago press, ) it became clear, moreover, that the small, allegedly tightly-knit community of avant-garde artists working in and around new york was in fact far more nuanced than earlier accounts suggested. currently, the transatlantic link is still debated, and the relationship between abstract expressionism and the cold war, an extension of the broad discussion of where american nationalism fits in, is still ―hotly contested,‖ as adrian r. duran pointed out in ―abstract expressionism‘s italian reception: questions of influence,‖ in marter, . continuing the conversation about the european influence on the abstract expressionists, dore ashton provided an explanation for the thorny issue of ―american-ness.‖ citing references to david craven‘s book abstract expressionism as cultural critique, which has at its core the contention that the abstract expressionists were anathema to nationalism (and thus wouldn‘t have promoted themselves as decidedly ―american‖ painters), ashton points out a seemingly irreconcilable conflict: that these artists ―both wanted and didn‘t want to be american artists.‖ see dore ashton, ―implications of nationalism for abstract expressionism,‖ in marter, . see also david craven, abstract expressionism as cultural critique (cambridge: cambridge univ. press, ). although his abstract colorfields suggested a ―place,‖ one that seemed to supersede boarders and boundaries, nationalistic or otherwise, it became clear by the late s that rothko‘s paintings nonetheless began to be exploited as cultural weapons of cold war-era politics. see jonathan harris, ―mark rothko and the development of american modernism,‖ oxford art journal vol. , no. ( ): . for more on the relationship between the c.i.a. and abstract expressionism in cold war politics see david and cecile shapiro ―abstract expressionism: the politics of apolitical painting,‖ first published in jack salzman, ed., prospects vol. ( ). acceptance of the seagram project ―advanced rothko‘s position as perhaps the major living artist of his generation.‖ another explanation for rothko‘s aggression by the late s concerns the onslaught of harsh criticism he received from artists that he believed respected him and his work. rothko‘s acceptance of the seagram commission confirmed for many that he had become as corrupted as those who paid exorbitant prices for his pieces. barnett newman and clyfford still noted that they ―considered themselves purist independents … [and felt that] rothko had become a philistine who courted mainstream acceptance and success." newman wrote to sidney janis, in : ―it is true that rothko talks the fighter. he fights, however, to submit to the philistine world. my struggle against bourgeois society has involved the total rejection of it.‖ espousing a similar tone, robert motherwell made the spiteful remark that rothko ―liked one to treat him as a genius.‖ for the ever-sensitive rothko, such condemnation would have had a major impact, namely that such harsh criticism seems to have inspired rothko to acknowledge overtly the negative implications of his commercial success by working to create an environment that he believed would antagonize the establishment. such an intensely personal/internal debate plagued him during his italian trip. in the spring of , after rothko and his wife mell dined at the four seasons, he notoriously quipped: ―anyone who will eat that kind of food for those kinds of prices breslin, . diane waldman, mark rothko in new york (new york: guggenheim museum publications, ): . barnett newman, in a letter to sidney janis (dated april , ), in john p. o‘neill, barnett newman: selected writings and interviews, ed. (berkeley: univ. of california press, ): . robert motherwell, ―on rothko,‖ ( ). rothko motherwell archive, greenwich, ct. will never look at a picture of mine‖ and immediately abandoned the project. he returned the cash advance he had received from the seagram corporation and withdrew from the commission altogether. as michael compton argued, ―accounts of his motivations and intentions, the dates of events, the progress of the scheme, its final form, and the reasons for its abandonment are contradictory or inadequate.‖ diane waldman found that rothko abandoned the project because he ―probably felt guilty because he was himself rich and had accepted a commission for a commercial establishment that served the wealthy.‖ waldman, in her book mark rothko in new york, observed that the ―intensively meditative paintings…were totally incompatible with the setting for which they were intended. as attracted as he must have been by the idea of his first commission, rothko would allow nothing to interfere with his concern for moral and ethical issues in art.‖ james breslin observed, rothko ―felt ambivalent about the [seagram] project from the start…[because he was] ambivalent about any exhibition of his work. ‖ robert motherwell also thought that rothko ―had a deep-rooted ambivalence, a persistent doubt…that went far beyond an artist‘s usual doubts at work.‖ this is mostly likely why, shortly after he agreed to the terms of the commission, rothko met with willem de kooning, who recalled that rothko ―was happy from an interview with dan rice by arnold glimcher, mark rothko: the - ex cat., pace gallery, new york, oct. – nov , . michael compton, introduction to michael compton, mark rothko, the seagram mural project, ex. cat. (the tate gallery, liverpool) (london: tate, ): . see mark rothko, - : a retrospective, diane waldman, ed. (new york: harry n. abrams, inc., in collaboration with the solomon r. guggenheim foundation, ): . diane waldman, mark rothko in new york (new york: guggenheim museum publications, ): . breslin, . robert motherwell, ―on rothko,‖ ( ). rothko motherwell archive, greenwich, ct. [because]…he made a contract…so he could get out of it.‖ rothko himself alluded to this: my first instinct was the general distrust of all dealing promises of this sort. therefore the first item of the contract was a provision that in the event of a desire on the part of my patrons to dispose of the pictures that they must be resold to me. mell rothko, rothko‘s assistant dan rice, dore ashton, werner haftmann, and thomas hess all had no reason to doubt rothko‘s claim that he had stopped working on the project earnestly. in other words, they all believed rothko, who reiterated the narrative that he had stopped working only when philip johnson and his team, without consultation, changed the restaurant‘s initial design. with the change, only patrons and thus not employees, would be able to see the murals. as haftmann recalled, rothko believed the project was ―completely destroyed when he learned that this room was to be used as a restaurant for the most exclusive parties. he had no intention of handing over his pictures.‖ mell rothko went as far as claiming that ―as far as she could remember, her husband did not know what the room would be used for when he undertook the commission and certainly was unaware that it would be turned into a restaurant.‖ hess joseph liss, ―willem de kooning remembers mark rothko,‖ art news vol. (jan. ): . mark rothko, in rothko, oliver wick (milan: skira editore s.p.a., ): - . ashton, about rothko, . see walter haftmann, mark rothko (zurich: kunsthaus, ): - . mary alice rothko, letter to ronald alley. see ronald alley, catalogue of the tate gallery’s collection of modern art (london: tate gallery, ): - . pointed out that rothko ―thought it would be a ceremonial space in this grand building and did not realize it would be a regular restaurant open every day.‖ on the other hand, phillip johnson, who designed the four seasons space, gave a completely different testimony. so did phyllis bronfman lambert. johnson claimed that rothko ―knew perfectly well [it] would be an expensive restaurant,‖ thus accusing rothko of fabricating a spurious reason to abandon the project. lambert corroborated johnson‘s assessment of what rothko knew about the space when he accepted the commission. to johnson and lambert, it was inconceivable that rothko was unaware of how opulent the restaurant would be. rothko was certainly aware of the opening of the building as a major event in may , before he painted his first mural. he might have even had access to some of the published reviews of the building. one such review, from the july edition of architectural forum, touted the ―luxurious ground floor restaurant.‖ rothko‘s son christopher‘s comments seem to also raise the question of whether rothko‘s explanations for abandoning the project were genuine. ―i think he deceived himself about what that restaurant was going to be about,‖ he observed, ―[because] he desperately wanted to do a major public work ... but once he saw the reality that had always been whispering to him, he couldn't ignore it anymore." rothko‘s aggressive denouncement of his élite audience was in part a rejection of himself, or, specifically his dealings with that community. as james breslin observed, thomas hess, quoted in ronald alley. see alley, catalogue of the tate gallery’s collection of modern art (london: tate gallery, ): - . phillip johnson, quoted in breslin, . phyllis lambert, paper in seagram archive (august , ). ―seagram‘s bronze tower,‖ architectural forum vol. (july ): - . christopher rothko, in clare dwyer hogg, ―rothko revealed: christopher rothko shares troubled memories of his father mark,‖ the independent (sept . , ). rothko‘s ―different aims, values, and social position, and his economic dependence on them…[meant that he] had always approached collectors warily.‖ the lucrative seagram commission together with the publicity it garnered led to a drastic increase in his income, from $ , in to $ , in . by , he was getting anywhere from $ , to $ , per painting. with his starving artist early years now far behind him, rothko, as breslin surmised, ―looked at his career…and wondered if he were corrupt.‖ in august , just weeks after he started the seagram project, rothko‘s canvas no. ( , collection of mrs. paul mellon, upperville, va) won the united states national selection award in the guggenheim museum‘s international awards competition, to which sidney janis submitted the painting without rothko‘s knowledge. furious, rothko rejected both the award and its $ , prize, perhaps attempting to deny the reality that his works were coveted currencies. at some point during the project, perhaps at the time of his visit to the restaurant in , rothko realized that his paintings would not operate in the way that he envisioned, that his targeted viewers probably would not experience them in the way he hoped they would. the embrace of his art by many collectors and the exorbitant prices they were willing to pay for it short-circuited his subversion. what is unclear and perhaps unknowable is whether he, upon recognizing the failure of his aggressive endeavor, hoped that his rejection of the commission earned him the credibility that some breslin, . james e. b. breslin, mark rothko: a biography, . see david craven, "abstract expressionism & left-wing discourse," abstract expressionism as cultural critique (cambridge & new york: cambridge university press, ): - . of his contemporaries believed he had lost. although his seagram environment never manifested as he intended, rothko, by looking to italian sources, moved closer to uniting painting and architecture. in this way, the defunct project recall diego rivera‘s problematic pictorial- architectural commission for rockefeller center, a project which similarly did not manifest as an attack on the establishment as rivera had originally intended. rivera‘s man at the crossroads ( - , formerly at rockefeller center, new york, fig. ) similarly pitted commercial interests against rebellious artistic sensibilities. rivera, who lived in the united states from to , negotiated a similar problem rothko had, namely of accepting major commissions from the american business élite (for rivera, from the rockefellers, and for rothko, from the bronfmans, at the helm of seagram‘s), while at the same time staunchly opposing the sensibilities of that system. rothko‘s distaste for the rich patrons who bought his paintings in this sense mirrors rivera‘s support of socialist and communist ideologies. each of their positions, their respective denouncements of the élite, also encouraged the subjects and themes of their respective mural projects. for rivera, who opposed the stalinist regime, and was, as a result, expelled from the mexican communist party, in , his inclusion of a portrait of vladimir lenin allowed him to reassert his socialist leanings in the new york mural. and for rothko, his inclusion of the architectural and spatial references to the library similarly allowed him to reassert his anti-élite status, borrowing from what he understood to be an aggressive, tense, conflicting environment of michelangelo‘s space. for a thorough account of the project, see irene herner de larrea, diego rivera’s murals at rockefeller center (mexico city, ). not all of rivera‘s mural projects are, however, as antagonistic. in fact, he considered his detroit industry murals for the ford motor company ( - ) to be among his most successful works. chapter : early works this chapter examines selections from rothko‘s figurative period from to ca. with the aim of providing evidence that rothko‘s aggressive architectural use of art during the seagram project has its roots in his prior work. the discussion will focus primarily on mother and child (ca. , collection of christopher rothko, fig. ), the last painting rothko made before his surrealist phase, a work that intriguingly foretells what rothko seems to have intended for his seagram environment. additional paintings will also factor into the discussion, in order to present a stylistic context for rothko‘s high level of interest in architectural settings, and why he seems to have meant for those settings to involve tension and contention. this will include paintings that showcase rothko‘s longstanding interest in tall buildings, one that seems to have culminated in his decision to fashion murals for arguably the most important skyscraper of the s. the subject of how rothko used architectural compositions in his figurative period to convey something uneasy, disagreeable, an even aggressive has been completely neglected, as has the relationship of aspects of these early works to the seagram paintings. it is as if hilton‘s kramer‘s assessment that ―nobody takes [rothko‘s figurative work] very seriously as art‖ has still not been completely debunked. by ―figurative,‖ i am referring to the one hundred seventy-seven works on canvas rothko painted before antigone (ca. - , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ), which launched his surrealist (and ultimately post-figurative) period. while rothko used variations of figures after antigone, the pre-surrealist works are more clearly categorized as traditional figurative paintings. hilton kramer, ―art chronicle,‖ the hudson review vol. , no. (autumn, ): . kramer raised the question of ―how much of his late style was born of a radical deficiency of sensibility and ineptness in the elementary practices of his throughout the s and early s rothko was ―tormented‖ and ―completely absorbed‖ by his work, according to his wife edith sachar, whom he married in november of . this was in part due to their unhappy marriage ca. . morris calden, who lived with the rothkos during that time, mentioned that rothko and edith had ―violent arguments‖ almost daily. they first separated in the summer of , separated again in either or , and ultimately divorced on february , . by , rothko seems to have prioritized his art over his relationship, even perhaps using his art as an escape from edith and from their complex marriage. he found her to be cold and materialistic, and she disapproved both of his abstract paintings as well as the work of his friends. the distance between them is epitomized by edith‘s comment that ―i wouldn‘t hang one [a painting by milton avery] in my bathroom.‖ considering rothko‘s admiration for avery, it is not difficult to see why he was so outraged with edith as a result of her remark. rothko‘s writings from that time also evidence his anger, including a short passage from november written on behalf of the artistic group the ten. in the statement for the exhibition the ten: whitney dissenters he co-wrote with bernard craft…[even when] rothko was in his thirties…[his figurative work] has the look of some juvenilia executed by a not very gifted art student.‖ kramer, . breslin, . breslin, . ibid., . the group debuted in , with the exhibition of the work of rothko and eight other artists (held at the montross gallery, at fifth avenue in new york) under the heading "the ten: an independent group." the exhibition was held from dec. , – jan. , . the group would exhibit together eight times, from - . other members includes ben-zion [weinman], ilya bolotowsky, adolph gottlieb, louis harris, jack kufeld, louis schanker, joseph solman, and nahum tschacbasov. for more on their relationship, see breslin, . the group met regularly at each of their studios to discuss art, among other matters. they commented on the reproductions of european art in such magazines as cahiers d’art. braddon and sidney schectman, who co-owned the mercury galleries on west th street, rothko takes an outsider stance. he calls attention to what he saw as the arrogance of the whitney museum of american art, or what he called, the ―silo.‖ both the exhibition and rothko‘s comments were designed to protest the whitney, which had not, by , collected any work by a member of the ten, interestingly foretelling the letter rothko co-wrote with twenty-seven of the core abstract expressionists denouncing metropolitan museum of art‘s exhibition practices. while it is not clear whether anti- semitism played a role in this exclusion, even though all nine members of the group were jewish, what it clear is that the oversight was especially upsetting to rothko and the other painters in the group, especially considering that the museum‘s founder gertrude vanderbilt whitney had, by that point, already collected nearly six hundred american paintings. provocatively, the group selected an exhibition venue, the mercury galleries, which was a stone‘s throw from the whitney building. while ―attacking the whitney [in this manner],‖ as breslin pointed out, ―was a way to grab some of what little public attention was then paid to art, and it worked,‖ it also revealed just how disturbing such a rejection must have been for rothko, one that anticipated his own rescinding in of the seagram project and all it signified for him. rothko, at this time, also suffered from financial insecurity. in june , the treasury relief art project invited rothko, along with nearly five hundred artists, to apply for one of its coveted positions, which he received in august of , initially rothko, writings on art, . breslin, . making $ . per month to work for fifteen hours per week. he submitted only one known painting, on february , . after losing that position, as most easel- painters did, he worked for the easel division of the works progress administration‘s federal art project, from may , to august . it was during that time that he came into close contact with many of the more than two thousand new york-based artists for more on rothko‘s role in the wpa, see breslin, - . the works progress administration‘s federal art project was created from the emergency relief appropriation act of , funded, in , by congress on the order of president roosevelt. it created nearly eight million jobs for artists and artisans, many of whom went on to become abstract expressionists. new bridges, parks, schools, swimming pools, sewers dams, runways, among other projects, were built. art historians are still uncovering, literally in some cases, the full story of the wpa murals. gorky‘s murals ( - ) for the newark airport administration building, for example, were only recently uncovered and exhibited. see jody patterson, ―flight from reality: a reconsideration of gorky‘s politics and approach to public muralism in the s,‖ in arshile gorky: a retrospective, michael taylor, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). for a thorough account of the wpa murals, see francis v. o‘connor, art for the millions: essays from the s by artists and administrators of the wpa federal art project, ed. (greenwich, ct: new york graphic society, ). ibid, , note . his untitled (study for a social security building mural) ( ) is the only extant work rothko made for a mural competition. it depicts a scene from the life of benjamin franklin (in the lower section). breslin, - . the wpa-fap was created from the emergency relief appropriation act of , funded, in , by congress on the order of president roosevelt. it created nearly eight million jobs for artists and artisans, many of whom went on to become abstract expressionists. new bridges, parks, schools, swimming pools, sewers dams, runways, among other projects, were built. of the many artists who worked under the fap branch of the program, which ran from august to june , william baziotes, adolph gottlieb, philip guston, norman lewis, jackson pollock, and mark tobey, among others, specifically engaged in an architectural themes and concepts. art historians are still uncovering, literally in some cases, the full story of the wpa murals. gorky‘s murals ( - ) for the newark airport administration building, for example, were only recently uncovered and exhibited. see jody patterson, ―flight from reality: a reconsideration of gorky‘s politics and approach to public muralism in the s,‖ in michael taylor, arshile gorky: a retrospective, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). for a thorough account of the wpa murals, see francis v. o‘connor, art for the millions: essays from the s by artists and administrators of the wpa federal art project, ed. (greenwich, ct: new york graphic society, ). working for the wpa. but, it was also during that time that his financial security as an artist was especially uncertain. at that time rothko painted to, ―recover a sensual, emotional aspect of the self that had been repressed, lost, or damaged in childhood…[that] left him feeling depressed and walled-in (like the people in his paintings),‖ as breslin put it. rothko came to america when he was only ten year old, arriving at ellis island on august , , with his mother anna and his sister sonia, after a twelve-day journey at sea. his first exposure to his new country had such a profound impact on him that he expressed grief about it well into his adulthood. he once told robert motherwell that ―you don‘t know what it‘s like to be a jewish kid dressed in a suit that is a dvinsk not an american suit traveling across america and not able to speak english.‖ his father, jacob rothkowitz, whom rothko adored, once describing him as a ―man of great character, great intelligence,‖ died on march , , soon after rothko‘s arrival. both events, his arrival in america and his father‘s death, exacerbated rothko‘s sense of outsiderness and alienation that arose from his early life in his hometown of dvinsk, now in latvia, an extremely cold place located not far from the arctic circle. dvinsk was a hotbed of violence, stemming from russification and anti-semitism, all of which forced rothko inward. moreover, was a transitional year for rothko. he stopped painting around that year to concentrate on delving deeper into philosophical and literary works. as mentioned, it was also at that time ( - ) that he wrote most of the manuscript for what would become the posthumously published, the artist's reality: philosophies of ibid., . robert motherwell, quoted in breslin, . ibid., . ibid., - . art. he was likely in a state of depression at that time, which may help to explain why mother and child and related works involve aggressive architectural settings. mother and child is referred to in only two publications, the first in edward alden jewell‘s short review in the new york times of the federation of modern painters and sculptors second annual exhibition, held at the wildenstein gallery in mid- . in a one-line reading of the painting, jewell observed that it ―seems a pretty-mannered and self-conscious [painting]…its color scheme yellow, beige, orange, and red.‖ in the catalogue raisonné, david anfam refers to the painting only once, noting that its figures ―push beyond the borders that confine them, as do those of the next decade.‖ what makes mother and child worth our attention, however, is that it shows rothko‘s exploration of key pictorial and architecturally-grounded ideas that later culminated in his seagram project. the first is the compacted, claustrophobic sense of space anfam mentioned, though not in relation to the seagram paintings. we are presented with two figures occupying an architectural setting, with decorative architectural details framing the walls and ceiling. the odd scale between figures and environment has forced the mother to bend her head toward our right, wedging herself into the claustrophobic, windowless room. she seems to advance into the spectator‘s zone, especially with her right foot, as if testing these spatial waters. as with many of his figurative works, rothko depicts architectural spaces that seem to aggressively trap the figures within. another ingredient of the seagram paintings prefigured in the work is the merging mark rothko, the artist’s reality: philosophies of art, christopher rothko, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). edward alden jewell, ―exhibition is held by art federation,‖ the new york times (may , ): . anfam, mark rothko: the works on canvas, , note . of painting and architecture, vis-à-vis the red colorfields and the relationship to the walls that surround the two figures. in addition, the rectangular forms on all three walls foretell his preferred arrangements of his mature abstractions as a desire to control how viewers experience the works. moreover, the colorfields of mother and child also anticipate, in color, scale, and emotive character, the seagram paintings. ten years before he first visited pompeii, in , rothko has positioned his figures within the confines of a low- ceilinged, small red room that bears similarities, in color and scale, to the spaces within the villa of the mysteries (fig. ). the way in which he has ―installed‖ the rectangular forms on all three walls in the painting is also intriguing in the context of the seagram‘s work. it is as if the figural pair experiences what he hoped his seagram‘s viewers would, namely an unpleasant sense of entrapment within a pictorial-architectural environment. rothko‘s references to pompeii in his posthumously published manuscript, the artist's reality, which he wrote ca. , make the possibility of a pompeian connection even more enticing. in one chapter, he refers to pompeian painting as being from a ―naturalistic pagan style.‖ in another passage, he describes how ―our best notion of hellenistic paintings comes from the paintings of pompeii.‖ it is unclear, however, whether the red walls depicted in the painting might have been inspired by reproductions of pompeian wall paintings with which he was certainly familiar at that point. the manuscript is believed to have been written in and . a registrar of the rothko estate discovered the -page sloppily-constructed manuscript in a warehouse in . rothko‘s son christopher rothko, a psychotherapist by training, spearheaded its publication. mark rothko, the artist’s reality: philosophies of art, . ibid., . when we stand amidst a grouping of the seagram paintings, we are faced with various spectatorial choices, phenomenologically perceiving the canvases through multiple relationships. in his pioneering work on spectatorship, david carrier has defined four such associations: ―the spectator stands before a work; the spectator sees the work and the work looks back; the spectator is as if absorbed in the work; [or] the work elides the spectator's presence.‖ in the first case, we hold agency, peering into the defenseless canvas. in the second, power is shared reciprocally between the painting and spectator. in the fourth, the artist has eliminated a place for us, as in diego velazquez‘s las meninas ( , museo del prado, madrid). but, it is carrier‘s third relationship that more closely approaches what rothko intended viewers to experience in the seagram paintings. in this type, we are drawn into the painting but quickly realize that what is happening in the painting, in a narrative sense, seems to exist without our voyeuristic gaze. in mother and child, we are invited in via the perspectival space, but are faced david carrier, ―art and its spectators,‖ journal of aesthetics and art criticism vol. , no. (autumn ): . with its painted-painter, mirror, and other suggestive paradoxes, the painting crystallizes the difficulty imbedded in spectatorship. the viewer looks at the work, and is faced with a mirror (located on the back wall) reflecting other figures (the spanish monarchs king philip iv and queen mariana), a reflection that leaves no space for the viewer‘s own imagined reflection. see michel foucault, the order of things, trans., anonymous (new york, ): - . here carrier borrows both from michael fried‘s reading of gustave courbet‘s the painter’s studio; a real allegory ( , musée d‘orsay, paris) and from michael ann holly‘s analysis of jean-baptiste siméon chardin‘s the young schoolmistress ( , the national gallery, london), both of which (in his view) typify his third spectatorial type. see michael fried, ―representing representation: on the central group in courbet‘s ‗studio,‘‖ art in america, vol. , no. ( ): - , - ; michael ann holly, ―past looking,‖ critical inquiry - ( ): - ; and holly, past looking: historical imagination and the rhetoric of an image, (ithaca, ny: cornell univ. press, ). as michael fried observed, the figure of gustave courbet in the painter’s studio; a real allegory ( , musée d‘orsay, paris) is too preoccupied with the act of painting with two figures that seem to interact only with each other. they turn to face one another, but do not engage the viewer. as mentioned earlier, the door/window forms of the seagram paintings similarly enlist this type of attraction/repulsion. decades before rothko told the audience at his pratt lecture during the seagram project that it was ―with the utmost resistance that i found the figure could not serve my purposes,‖ he experimented with the figural-architectural relationships that would evolve into the viewer-painting-architectural relationships of the seagram works. through a careful consideration of the large scale of the painted walls in the work in relation to the figures, of the intersections between painting and architecture in that depicted space, of the soft lighting, and even of the articulation of the frames on the wall of mother and child, rothko appears to have trapped his figures within a claustrophobic environment, experimenting with ingredients, often used antagonistically, that he later assembled for the seagram project. the figure at the right provides a clue for the claustrophobic and thus aggressive nature of the painting. quite possibly because he seems to have been emotionally stunted by the tragic loss of a parent at such a young age, rothko was especially empathetic toward children, as may be gleaned from his teaching. years before his own children and with the other figures to notice the spectator. the painted-courbet‘s absorption into his work mirrors the viewer‘s own absorption (into the experience of viewing the painting). as michael ann holly found, a similar effect is present in jean-baptiste siméon chardin‘s the young schoolmistress ( , the national gallery, london), in which two young figures are so engaged in their lesson that they seem to exist independently of their audience. first published in dore ashton, ―art: lecture by mark rothko,‖ the new york times (oct. , ): . rothko taught art to children twice a week from to , at the center academy, attached to the brooklyn jewish center on eastern parkway. breslin, , - , . were born, kate in and christopher in , rothko loved teaching youngsters. moreover, three of rothko‘s earliest known essays reflect his interest and empathy in children and their art. this sensitivity helps explain why he might have employed entrapping architectural settings to frame the spaces of most of his images of children. i propose that he did so in order to create a vehicle for sympathy, empathy, or perhaps both. rothko sympathized with the trapped figures, and encouraged us to do the same. his first extant essay on art, ―new training for future artists and art lovers‖ ( ), reflects his observations of young children making art. see mark rothko, writings on art, - . the essay shows that rothko sought a more instinctive approach to making art than his young students possessed innately. rather than trying to sway the youngsters, he defined his task as a facilitator of art. in his sketchbook essay (also ca. ) he describes how the public had come to understand children‘s art better, and had begun to respond to it more favorably. mark rothko, writings on art, - . a third written piece from (the unpublished and incomplete ―scribble book‖) provides further context. rothko intended this essay to be the nucleus of a manual for teaching art to children. in it, he explores the relationship between the art of children and that of the modern artist, who he finds self-consciously employs a ―primitivist‖ approach to seek out a pure and uncorrupted state. [re-work this sentence to make it clearer] naturally, here rothko participates in the recurring tendency within modernist art to appropriate so- called primitive arts and mental states, referring to modern-primitive art as ―the exploitation of the picturesque in the charming guise of naiveté‖ and expressionism, ―the greatest resemblance to the children‘s art…[which] is in fact a nostalgia for the innocence of childhood.‖ rothko finds that the mad child, the childish madman, and picasso all ―employ the basic elements of speech,‖ noting how children present pictorial representations of space in a decidedly non-mimetic manner, presumably unbeknownst to them. rothko also places a larger, societal emphasis on the artistic expression of young children, referencing ideas related to what he considered to be ―social action‖ and ―community spirit.‖ methodologically, he examines child art in the context of the western art historical canon. he alludes to general historical periods of western art (i.e., classical, early christian, byzantine, and the italian renaissance); sweeping categories of art like expressionism, abstraction, and representational art; and specific artists including piero della francesca, titian, paul cézanne, pablo picasso, and marc chagall. all of this is meant to explain the immediacy of children‘s art by contextualizing it within the broader discourses of art and art history. see ibid., - . arshile gorky may have influenced rothko‘s use of architectural motifs in this manner. twenty years before the two painters exhibited together, rothko studied under gorky, beginning in early , in the latter‘s old masters course at the new school of design. although rothko claimed that he ―learned painting from his contemporaries in their studios,‖ he in fact honed his craft, if only for short durations, in proper classes. as a teacher, gorky was commanding and unrestrained. at the height of six foot four inches, he towered over his students. in this situation, rothko did not exhibit the bravura of, say, constantin brâncuşi, who famously summed up the student-teacher relationship with his comment, in reference to auguste rodin, that ―nothing grows under the shade of big trees‖. instead, he seems to have turned inward as a result of gorky‘s often-bullish behavior. as matthew spender has shown, gorky, as for more on the rothko-gorky relationship, see breslin, , , , , - . with a shared history of traumatic early childhoods, rothko viewed gorky as a kindred spirit who felt similarly out of place, in new york, in america, and arguably in their own respective identities. for rothko, see breslin, - . for gorky, see matthew spender, from a high place: the life of arshile gorky (new york: knopf, ): - , and hayden herrera, arshile gorky: his life and work (new york: farrar, straus, and giroux, ): - . rothko would have doubtlessly shared gorky‘s pessimism, which might have even inspired rothko to make art that designed to transcend bleakness. both gorky and rothko, however, would ultimately succumb to the darkest parts of their psyches, with their suicides in and , respectively. rothko exhibited with gorky (along with adolph gottlieb, hans hoffman, and jackson pollock) at the ―a problem for critics‖ exhibition, held at the gallery in new york, in . see edward alden jewell, ―towards abstract or away,‖ the new york times (july , ); and rothko‘s reply to jewell‘s article in his letter to the editor (july , ), reprinted in rothko, writings on art, . rothko, quoted in oscar collier, ―mark rothko,‖ the new iconograph vol. (fall ): . for more on gorky‘s teaching and this stage of his life, see spender, - , and herrera, - . constantin brâncuşi, quoted in carola giedion-welker, constantin brâncuşi, trans. maria jolas and anne leroy (new york: george braziller, ): . a teacher, was ―peremptory.‖ meyer schapiro believed such aspects of gorky‘s pedagogy revealed his longing for stable parenting. this may explain why rothko referred to gorky as being ―overcharged with supervision.‖ according to rothko‘s friend raoul hague, gorky ―pushed rothko around,‖ and even made him take out his garbage.‖ we can thus place rothko in gorky‘s studio at the moment the latter began work on his two versions of the artist and his mother (at the national gallery of art in washington, ca. - ca. , fig. ; and at the whitney museum of american art ( - , fig. ). in both paintings, gorky created a private interior to set the emotional tenor. the figures of a young gorky and his mother gaze hauntingly toward the viewer in one of the most profound pictorial expressions of loneliness from that time. through this gaze they possess the same ―frank and direct look which we are accustomed to see only in children,‖ to borrow a phrase from an english cleric who described the spender, . in his teaching and in his work before ca. , gorky emphasized copying from old master works as a source of artistic inspiration. meyer schapiro later told gorky‘s nephew karlen moradian that gorky held the position of a figure of authority at the metropolitan museum of art in new york, where he led his students around the galleries, regaling them with his charm and bravado. in schapiro‘s view, ―many people are imitators for weakness. to him, the power of imitation of the great masters was a strength, where a renaissance painter would want to be as good as a greek master or a roman master.‖ schapiro suggested that gorky‘s veneration of the masters resulted from his search for father figures. meyer schapiro, recorded by karlen moradian, tape , side a no. , collection of the eastern diocese of the armenian church of america. ibid., . the two pieces were based on a now legendary photograph of gorky and his mother shushan, taken in van city, armenia, in . the photograph was sent to gorky‘s father, who had immigrated to america, with the intention of showing him how dire the circumstances were back in armenia. fifteen years later, gorky discovered the photo, tossed in a drawer in his father‘s house in cranston, rhode island, rather than occupying a position of agency as he had expected it to. his father had thus completely moved on from his armenian roots, an abandonment that haunted gorky throughout his life. for more on gorky‘s early life, see spender, - , and herrera, - . by , six years after he had moved to america, painting, for gorky, had evolved into a therapeutic vehicle for him to negotiate the traumatic events of his early life. people of gorky‘s childhood community near lake van, a look that carries with it a quickness to ―detect and resist evil.‖ such vacant, distant glances become the physical markers of two individuals forced inward by the horrors of the outside world. however much the figures plead, through their gazes, for audience interaction, gorky seems to prevent this. to help create this mood, gorky set his figures in front of an architectural backdrop, and has used that structure to reinforce his feelings of grief, loss, and terror. as kim servart theriault found, gorky ―took liberties with space and began to work out compositions that reflected a new interpretation of the past through alterations of form.‖ in a preparatory drawing, he ―drew the mantle in the background straight across, as it is in the photograph, but he made it uneven in the paintings, effectively breaking up the setting.‖ in both versions, the mantle at right, located just behind gorky‘s mother shushan, is thus interrupted by her form, shifting from one horizontal plane to the left of her face to a slightly lower one to the right. gorky‘s architecture shouldn‘t have fluidity or malleability but does. in this way it seems to convey, for gorky, a disruption that metaphorically refers to shushan, who died in his arms of starvation in during an armenian genocide, just six years before rothko studied with him. in addition to the architecture, gorky has also dematerialized other parts of the scene, rendering the figures less realistically than their counterparts in the spender, . kim servart theriault, in arshile gorky: a retrospective, michael taylor, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . ibid., . gorky would continue to use such architectural devices both compositionally and metaphorically throughout his career. in organization ( - ), gorky merged the biomorphic forms he inherited from joan miró with a geometric infrastructure that holds the composition together and at the same time draws attention to the flatness of the spaces created by the structure of black grid lines. photograph from which the painting is based. gorky has immobilized his figures, and has silenced them by making them seemingly incommunicative. having labored over the pair of paintings for at least sixteen years, gorky was quite deliberate about what he included, and about how each pictorial device held a specific function. as harry rand found, ―each detail would take on special significance,‖ and gorky carefully controlled his precise environments, in this case laboriously working on the portraits to ―recapture the lost time when the mother and son posed together in that frozen moment.‖ like rothko, especially at that time, gorky painted in this manner to come to terms with his psychic anguish and his sense of isolation, and placed his figures within architectural backdrops that facilitated the expression of grief. in addition to gorky, giorgio de chirico may have played a role in shaping what david anfam has called the ―bulbous heads or foreheads‖ of the figures in mother and child, those that ―parallel those of de chirico‘s mannequins.‖ rothko might have also responded to another of de chirico‘s characteristic pictorial devices, an expressive use of architectural settings and spaces. writing in , de chirico noted that ―among the many senses that modern painters have lost, we must number the sense of architecture,‖ describing the role of the ―arch of a portico‖ and the ―square or rectangle of a window‖ in particular as fundamental to his practice, because such devices, in his estimation, suggest that ―architecture completes nature.‖ of the nine de chirico‘s on view in the fantastic art, dada, and surrealism exhibition at the museum of modern art in - , which harry rand, arshile gorky: the implications of symbols (montclair, nj: allanheld & schram, ): . anfam, mark rothko: the works on canvas, , note . giorgio de chirico, ―metaphysical art,‖ ( ), reprinted in robert goldwater and marco treves, . rothko would have seen when he visited the show, the columnar figure at left in the foreground of the disquieting muses ( , private collection, fig. ) is especially bulbous. there is no record of rothko‘s reaction to this painting, though it is likely he would have responded to de chirico‘s emphasis on the overall strange arrangement of figures, architecture, and space. such ―odd conjunctions‖ in this and other de chirico works were, as robert rosenblum observed, what allowed the paintings to ―impact on a broad range of american art and architecture.‖ as peter selz noted in , rothko ―always admired…de chirico.‖ with the rothko-de chirico connection in mind, the foreshortened floor/ground of mother and child might even suggest that rothko looked to a similarly tipped ground of de chirico‘s painting for inspiration. in both paintings, the severe orthogonals that tilt the setting unnaturally toward our space furthers a sense of disorientation. rothko had experimented with using architectural settings in this manner since the beginning of his career. in his fifth known painting on canvas, composition i [verso] (ca. , collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko, fig. ), rothko has see fantastic art, dada, surrealism, alfred h. barr, jr., ed. (new york: museum of modern art, ). robert rosenblum, ―de chirico‘s long american shadow,‖ art in america vol. , no. (july ): - , reprinted in rosenblum, on modern american art (new york: harry n. abrams, ): - , . peter selz, mark rothko, , . the slant of the floor might even recall how edvard munch and vincent van gogh used architectural setups to convey something emotive, perhaps most memorably in the latter‘s the night café ( , yale university art gallery) and works on view at the alfred barr-curated major exhibition of van gogh‘s work at the museum of modern art in - . see vincent van gogh, alfred h. barr, jr., ed. (new york: museum of modern art, ). the exhibition, which ran from nov. , to jan. , , had , visitors at the new york venue, and another , and its other locations. its media coverage, even in time magazine, makes it quite likely that rothko would have seen the exhibition. painted a young or adolescent boy within an indecipherable setting. he is virtually nude, wearing only basic undergarments or perhaps even a swimsuit. rothko has turned the figure‘s head away from the viewer, but has positioned his body mostly fully frontal. in this way, his exposed body and inward gaze reinforces a spectatorial gaze, one that exacerbates a sense that he is vulnerable. an indistinguishable architectural structure traps the figure within the confines of an unknowable setting, making it unclear whether the architecturally seeming green rectangular area at right is a door or simply part of the structure of the site. with no verifiable way for the figure to enter or leave the space, the painting is the first in a long line of depictions of figural-architectural relationships in which the architecture rothko has suggested conveys confinement, a theme that ultimately manifested in mother and child. on the recto side of the painting is composition i [recto] ( / , collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko, fig. ), which depicts a young woman perhaps in her mid-twenties, rothko‘s age at the time, seated at a table inside an urban café/restaurant. rothko leaves the identity of this café-dweller uncertain, having given her a face, but one that is left deliberately generic and incomplete. at that point, rothko had painted only three figures with discernible faces, identified as ―sophie,‖ ―leah farber,‖ and ―rothko‘s mother‖ (see figs. - ). the café painting is different from the three portraits in other ways. each portrait sitter is relatively close to the picture plane, and, in two cases, stares directly out at the viewer. the café-dweller instead encourages our gaze, in an act of voyeurism that rebecca zurier has shown to be of the thirteen extant paintings on canvas he painted before this café scene, only three have discernible physiognomic features. see, for example, the faceless figure of a standing man in the background at left, discernible only by an outline, merging with the wall. a crucial facet of social interaction in new york in the early to mid twentieth century. in the three earlier works, rothko has rendered his sitters much more convincingly, with careful chiaroscuro, corporeality, and with the greatest psychological depth of his work from the s. moreover, there are no architectural settings in any of the portraits, perhaps suggesting that rothko only uses something architectural to frame his figures when they are least familiar to him. the interior architecture thus reinforces a sense of the unfamiliar. the café figure sits next to a window, through which part of a sign is legible, with the letters ―ch‖ and ―su‖ presumably advertising the establishment. as david anfam has observed, rothko has clearly borrowed this arrangement from edward hopper‘s chop suey ( , collection of barney a. ebsworth, fig. ), a work he might have seen in or after january when it was first exhibited at the frank k. m. rehn gallery in new york, or as a reproduction in a monograph on hopper published in . rothko once praised hopper, observing that ―[andrew] wyeth is about the pursuit of strangeness. but he is not whole as hopper is whole.‖ both rothko and hopper have harnessed architectural environments and urban-based narratives to convey something rebecca zurier, picturing the city: urban vision and the ashcan school (berkeley and los angeles: univ. of california press, ). he would repeat this pattern and continue to make portraits with the sitter identified in the title without architectural settings portrait of a young boy {untitled} (ca. , collection of christopher rothko, fig. ). anfam, mark rothko: the works on canvas, , and note . mark rothko, quoted in brian o‘doherty, american masters: the voice and the myth (new york: random house, ): , and ibid. . these qualities are also reflected in lloyd goodrich‘s assessment of hopper‘s ―direct language of form, and tone, and color.‖ see lloyd goodrich, john clancy, helen hayes, raphael soyer, brian o‘doherty, james thomas flexner, ―six who knew hopper,‖ art journal vol. , no. , edward hopper symposium at the whitney museum of american art (summer ): . emotive. both have also used expressionistic brushwork to do the same. rothko‘s figure wears the same hat as the figure in the hopper, is close in dress, and sits at the same location at a similar table. the setting is equally analogous, including the lamp positioned just next to the window, a yellow curtain, and a red exterior sign. even the shadows entering the room within each scene fall precisely along the same diagonal. however, the differences are significant. hopper‘s figure is much more serene than rothko‘s, lit as if by the crisp and clear early-morning light of so many of hopper‘s paintings. she holds her body upright, more in tune with appropriate public comportment, whereas rothko‘s figure slumps onto the table in a pose that suggests exhaustion. hopper suggests that she listens politely to her companion, whereas rothko‘s is in solitude. where hopper‘s table is precisely flat and sharp, rothko‘s is slightly convex and distorted. as a result, the lamp at the right of rothko‘s table leans dangerously toward the viewer, while the other elements on the table (wine bottle and cup/saucer, among others) all have a similarly shaky footing. thus, while both employ the theme of the large window to signify the presence of the urban environment even when indoors, hopper‘s scene is perhaps slightly less glum than rothko‘s. discourse ( / , collection of christopher rothko, fig. ) offers another example of how rothko used architectural motifs at that time to enclose figures. the hopper, in the catalogue for a solo exhibition of his work at the museum of modern art, describes, his disinterest in painting that does not record the emotions of the artist who made it. see edward hopper ex. cat., museum of modern art, new york, ( ): - . for hopper, such brushwork is directly related to robert henri. hopper observed that henri‘s ―resources as a teacher everyone knows…[and] of his enthusiasm and his power to energize his students i had firsthand knowledge. few teachers of art have gotten so much out of their pupils, or given them so great an initial impetus as henri.‖ see edward hopper, quoted in henry geldzahler, the metropolitan museum of art bulletin, new series, vol. , no. (nov. ): . arch in the background of the painting frames an ambiguous setting beyond it, a netherworld confounding entry. we are encouraged to penetrate rothko‘s image perspectivally, but are shown nothing beyond the arch but a hybrid space. like the back and forth banter of the discourse presented in the foreground, the architectural grounding of the scene beyond this arch continually shifts between what might be considered an interior or an exterior, or both at once. rothko has envisioned a type of fictive architectural place that thwarts any attempt at decoding the setting, in that we are given no tools to decipher what is depicted beyond the arch. like the seagram door/window forms, we can look through the arch of discourse, but are presented with an indefinable place. mother and child and discourse, among other paintings from rothko‘s figurative period, evoke what oliver wick recently observed as ―a strangely condensed, almost claustrophobic space…[within which] facades and architectural elements parallel to the picture plane close off the pictorial space and emphasize presence in the plane.‖ moreover, the huddling together of the grouping of figures in discourse excludes us and perhaps rothko himself from the closely-knit circle. such an exclusion reflects how the artist felt about himself at the time he painted it, in the position of an outsider looking in, to american culture and to new york‘s art world. the prickly rejection foretells key comments from his essay ―the romantics were prompted.‖ ―the unfriendliness of society to his activity,‖ he wrote, ―is difficult for the artist to accept. yet this very hostility can act as a lever for the true liberation.‖ with these statements in mind, the incommunicative figures in discourse express something somewhat darker. although oliver wick, rothko, . mark rothko, ―the romantics were prompted,‖ possibilities, vol. (winter - ): , reprinted in ellen g. landau, reading abstract expressionism: context and critique (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . rothko has titled the scene to refer to a conversation, even though the mouth of the figure who may be talking, is obscured. has rothko silenced him by not showing us his face, deliberately excluding us, and himself, from the discourse? interior (ca, , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ) also evidences rothko‘s blending of silent figures and the architecture that surrounds them in order to evoke a dark mood. positioned at the bottom center of the canvas on the first register of an unidentifiable type of two-storied architectural structure, a small group of figures stands in a doorway. rothko has again positioned his figures in front of a space suggestive of a precipice, although here it is defined by the unclear architecture. but he appears to have subverted a comprehensible architectural function. stripped of precise utility, this doorway shows how rothko continued to experiment with locating his figures at transitional junctures. the ambiguous space beyond the doorway is underscored by the space within a portrait, located in the center of the second level, in which a figure stands at the edge of a void, a space bereft of light, into which he or she figure gazes. rothko repeatedly used such doorways to nowhere throughout the s, as seen for scholars have often cited this painting as a forerunner to the seagram series, due to the resemblance between the compartmentalized architectural structure and the later door/window forms. david anfam has also discussed the painting in relation to michelangelo‘s the tomb of lorenzo de’medici ( - , medici chapel, san lorenzo, florence, fig. ), observing that rothko divided his painting into six sections not unlike the tomb‘s design (similarly subdivided by pilasters). see anfam, ―to see, or not to see,‖ image of the not-seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel series. the antique or renaissance character of the two sculptures depicted in rothko‘s painting (as evidenced by what might be contrapposto poses, potential nudity, and gray tones that could signify marble) makes the connection more intriguing. anfam has also compared the frontally situated window in rothko‘s thru the window ( / , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ) to both fra filippo lippi‘s portrait of a man and a woman at a casement (ca. , the metropolitan museum of art, fig. ) and sandro botticelli‘s giuliano de medici (ca. , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ). see anfam, mark rothko: the works on canvas, - . example in untitled [two nudes standing in front of a doorway] ( , neuberger museum of art, purchase college, state university of new york, fig. ). like pablo picasso had done in his two nudes ( , museum of modern art, fig. ), in which figures stand in front of the faintest suggestion of what appears to be a wall or a curtain rendered in shades similar to that of the nudes, rothko flattens space with the bluish- white-gray tones of the figures, the floor and wall, dissolving his subjects into the architecture of the setting. rothko encourages our perspectival penetration of the scene via doors and doorways, but provides no clues as to how to read the contents of the space beyond them. his use of this motif extends even into his surrealist phase, as in the doorway in untitled ( / , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ). as chave has observed, ―the threshold metaphor is a suggestive one insofar as thresholds are a recognized trope for crucial turning points in life, for the popular as well as the duchampian ‗passage of the virgin to the bride,‘ for example.‖ while chave did not refer to the two rothko paintings just mentioned, it may be significant that rothko created the doorways of the late s and early s during a crucial transitional phase for him. as julia davis has argued, the ―symbolic discourse of the motif of the doorway‖ in rothko‘s work ―inevitably ends up at the word ‗transcendence.‘‖ in this way, the theme of the doorway functioned to allow rothko a vehicle to metaphorically transcend space. in both untitled [children around a table] ( , collection of christopher rothko, fig. ) and a very similar the party {untitled}, ( , national gallery of art, chave, . again, rothko‘s use of transcendent themes will be addressed later in this dissertation. julia davis, mark rothko: the art of transcendence (kent, u.k.: crescent moon, ): , . fig. ), rothko depicts a group of six figures gathered around a table in an interior in front of a doorway. in addition to being a framing device, it also conveys meaning in the sense that we are prevented from accessing it. in the painting, two figures occupy nearly the entire doorway, except for a small portion at the top right. the murky brown- gray tones of the standing figure‘s hair dissolve into the space beyond the door, making the space beyond the frame even more indistinguishable. in the painting, with similarly positioned figures in the doorway, the right jamb seems to dissolve at its base into a cloudy gray-blue area to the right of the kneeling figure at right, calling into question how this door operates as a passageway. in both paintings, rothko has paid considerable attention to the architecture that surrounds the figures, interweaving diagonal, horizontal, and vertical elements. perhaps the most incommunicative of rothko‘s early figures are those in his thirteen subway-themed paintings, all of which transmit a sense of alienation in the city related to the paradoxes of urban living, including the sharing of personal space with complete strangers but having no intimate contact with them. as georg simmel concluded in his classic essay ―the metropolis and mental life‖ ( - ), ―the deepest problems of modern life derive from the claim of the individual to preserve the autonomy and individuality of his existence in the face of overwhelming social forces.‖ in see anfam cat. nos. , , , , , , , , , , , , and . contemporary critics criticized his contention that individuality, impersonality, and a sense of anxiety are all bred in metropolises. simmel nevertheless saw such a struggle as part of a continually recurring presence throughout history. one‘s relationship to the state and to religion, for example, preoccupied eighteenth-century individuals. similarly, in the nineteenth century, the specializations of an individual in relation to his/her work declared the incomparability of one person to another. this gave him the evidence he needed to argue that struggles with individuality are timeless, that subway ( , collection of kate rothko prizel, fig. ), the first work in the set, five figures populate a claustrophobic, windowless, dark space. they gaze directly forward incommunicatively, eerily motionless as they wait for trains not present in the scene. rendering them all in similar poses, rothko has made them even less natural/realistic, abstracting what could be veristic figures into typologies. they are not individuals but signifiers of an overpopulated world. adam gopnik, writing in the new yorker magazine in about the rothko retrospective of that year at the national gallery of art in washington explored the negativity that shrouds these paintings, relating such animus to ―the experience of an immigrant boy who spent his life on this island,‖ wondering whether ―the light that fills a [signature] rothko‖ was the same light as that found ―at the end of the lexington avenue tunnel.‖ gopnik‘s observation followed jeffrey weiss‘ view that rothko ―experienced the subway as a measured yet eccentric place,‖ one populated in his paintings by ―remote ciphers‖ that ―posses a haunted air.‖ both assessments reinforced james breslin‘s view that public architecture, for example, symbolically conveyed for rothko ―a social order in which he, as a russian immigrant and a modernist painter, felt himself to be an alien.‖ jonathan harris investigated the issue further, arguing that the prevailing zeal of xenophobia inherent in american culture in the s and s ultimately caused rothko‘s feelings of inadequacy. such an the so-called primitive man fought for his existence not unlike how modern individuals do. while rothko would have likely been attracted to the overall thrust of simmel‘s essay, there is no evidence that rothko was aware of it. adam gopnik, ―city boy,‖ the new yorker (june , ): . jeffrey weiss, ―rothko‘s unknown space,‖ mark rothko, jeffrey weiss, ed., . breslin, . jonathan harris, ―mark rothko and the development of american modernism,‖ oxford art journal vol. , no. ( ): - . articulation of dismal experiences, for harris, became a crucial springboard for rothko‘s later work, which, in harris‘ view, similarly conveys something grim. the architecture of the station facilitates the communication of such themes. anticipating the colorfields of rothko‘s signature paintings, rectangular blocks of color, mostly in shades of green, black, red, and yellow, provide the compositional skeleton of the structure, one reinforced by six vertical columns that presumably support a sequence of steel joists. the dissolution of figures and architecture continued throughout the series, culminating in underground fantasy {subway [subterranean fantasy]}, ca. , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ). figures have been abstracted to the point that they dissolve into the architecture and merge with columns, piers, posts, and other structural elements, suggesting maze-like, disorienting places. the figures become weightless, relatively thinly painted rectangular blocks of color, shapes that mimic the architecture that surrounds them and anticipate the standard composition of his mature paintings. rothko‘s incommunicative urban figures and the architectural context in which he placed them were likely influenced by gottlieb‘s figurative work. long before gottlieb‘s architecturally structured pictographs or his aggressive bursts, his depictions of architecture must have appealed to rothko, with whom gottlieb began frequent contact by . in gottlieb‘s south ferry waiting room (ca. , private collection, fig. ), none of the dozen or so figures communicate. as with the figures in his brooklyn bridge (ca. , private collection, fig. ), none have faces. many of the figures are in a shadowed space, including the pair on the bench at left, the three exiting the space through the doorway at left, and the group at right under what appears to be a large window just beneath the artist‘s signature. in contrast, most of the architecture in the waiting room is brightly lit, such as the two large columns in the background, the two windows between the columns, a diamond-patterned section of the floor at center, and the newspaper kiosk in the center. lighting the space in this way reinforces the cold, inorganic character of the dark figures, almost all painted in shades of black. gottlieb‘s subject of a ferry waiting room raises the issues of another important source for rothko‘s use of aggressive architecture to convey urban themes disparagingly. for all of and part of , gottlieb took painting classes with the ashcan painter john sloan at the art students‘ league in new york. gottlieb later declared that sloan ―had the most valuable influence on me.‖ sloan‘s paintings are among the exemplars of how urban architectural motifs can be used to convey negative aspects of urbanism. this is especially true of wake of the ferry, ii ( , phillips collection, fig. ), in which sloan communicates a sense of urban melancholy by removing the communicative abilities of the sole figure, his face in shadow and merging that figure with the darkly-toned structure of the ferry. gottlieb also was familiar with the work of the source of many of sloan‘s ideas: sloan‘s teacher, robert henri. understanding gottlieb‘s connection to the ashcan ideas sloan and henri espoused points toward rothko‘s awareness of these ideas. in the winter and spring of , gottlieb attended lectures robert henri delivered at the art students league, where gottlieb had taken art rothko was well aware of the work of american painters before the second world war. in the artist’s reality, the philosophies of art, he made several remarks on the subjects of both contemporary and past developments in america art. his analyses refer to john singleton copley, gilbert stuart, benjamin west, thomas eakins, winslow homer, albert pinkham ryder, william merritt chase, in addition to his contemporaries, including thomas hart benton. adolph gottlieb, from an interview with dorothy seckler on october , , archives of american art, smithsonian institution, washington, . classes in high school. mary david macnaughton, who co-organized a retrospective of gottlieb‘s works for the adolph and esther gottlieb foundation in new york (in ), explained the importance of henri for gottlieb: henri‘s non-academic approach to painting, which he espoused in these lively talks, left its imprint on gottlieb. he was especially affected by henri‘s advice to paint directly on the canvas, instead of from a preliminary sketch. that gottlieb absorbed henri‘s method is seen in his preference throughout his career for working without sketches to ensure a freshness of execution. henri, and later gottlieb and in turn rothko, wholeheartedly embraced a sketchy, expressionist technique as a critique of academic painting through blemished painted surfaces. ―someone has defined,‖ henri wrote in the art spirit ( ), that ―a work of art as a ‗thing beautifully done.‘ i like to think it better if we cut away the adverb and preserve the word ‗done,‘ and let it stand alone in the fullest meaning. things are not done beautifully. the beauty is an integral part of their being done.‖ this is precisely when henri directed his students to ―paint what you feel. paint what you see. paint what is real to you.‖ henri‘s snow in new york ( , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ) is just one example of how he merged this technique with images of registrar‘s records, the art students‘ league, parsons school of design, and cooper union, new york. mary davis macnaughton, ―adolph gottlieb: his life and art,‖ adolph gottlieb: a retrospective (new york: adolph and esther gottlieb foundation, ): . robert henri, the art spirit (new york: basic books, ): . like so many of the charcoal club members who followed him from philadelphia to new york (including george luks, john sloan, everett shinn, and william glackens) henri studied under thomas anshutz at the pennsylvania academy of the fine arts. it was there that he had direct exposure to anshutz‘s scenes of the gritty urban world. randall c. griffin, homer, eakins, and anshutz: the search for american identity in the gilded age (university park, pa: penn state press, ). henri‘s brushwork also owes its due to the sketchy quality of impressionist paintings, which he had seen in paris after his arrival in . henri also gleaned his pronounced and fluid brushwork from the work of el greco, frans hals, francisco goya, eugène delacroix, Édouard manet in paris. ibid., . urban architecture to convey the gritty reality of industrialized modernity. the combination of the profound impact of henri and sloan on gottlieb‘s early work and the ―very very close‖ connection between rothko and gottlieb, after they met in , makes the transmission of ashcan ideas to rothko, from henri and sloan, through gottlieb, plausible. thus, rothko‘s aggressive attempts to silence his urban figures by using the architectural environment of his scenes as a structuring element are quite possibly related to the incommunicative figures of henri, sloan, and gottlieb. a likely transmission of ideas from henri to rothko raises the question of whether henri‘s depictions of tall urban buildings influenced rothko‘s. as with rothko‘s interiors, his depictions of the exterior facades of urban buildings and of the city itself convey a sense of aggression. throughout the nearly twenty-year span of his figurative period, rothko repeatedly paired incommunicative figures with tall buildings. it is this combination of two elements that particularly suggests an urban pessimism. for rothko, these included a sense of isolation, loneliness, and what might have been an overall depressive malaise. his imagined architecture structures his sad figures in order to convey his own seemingly ever-present sense of disillusionment. rothko‘s first known painting on canvas, the peddler ( / , collection of blanche goreff, fig. ) depicts a crowded city street framed by tall buildings. loosely- painted figures gather around a horse-drawn carriage, on a ground that is perspectivally tipped forward. figures hover over the ground they are meant to occupy, furthering the expressive distortion of the scene. in this urban mélange, the facelessness of the figures contributes to an overall sense of uncertainty. such an incompletion of the figures breslin, . suggests that they might be immigrant typologies with which rothko most identified: recently arrived eastern european working class people that populated the lower east side and other mostly-immigrant neighborhoods of new york. this facelessness perhaps also signifies unfinished identities, or, figures that stand for individuals still in the process of formation. rothko and other immigrants were subjected to a ―social spatiality,‖ to borrow edward soja‘s term, in the sense that he and they occupied a tangential place within the social hierarchy of america. even in this first painting, rothko moves closer to how he wanted the architectural environments he imagined to function: namely, to underscore the urban setting, to order the emotive qualities of the scene, and to structure our empathy with the incomplete figures. rothko was barely more than twenty years old when he painted this scene. in , he returned temporarily to portland, oregon, where he studied acting at josephine dillon theatre company. in early , he came back to new york to begin his career as an artist. he was an outsider to new york and to the art world there, but eager to break into both. it is thus not difficult to imagine why the fragile rothko, so new to the metropolis in , might have been sensitive to the city, and specifically to the threat of losing his individuality within it. rothko‘s apparent silencing of his figures, achieved by painting them without faces, and thus without the ability to communicate, might also reflect his uncertain feelings about the city. rothko‘s earliest exposure to city-life carried promoted distrust. rothko was raised to be wary of the public spaces of the city, in kim servart theriault raised this issue in relation to arshile gorky, in ―exile, trauma, and arshile gorky‘s the artist and his mother,‖ in arshile gorky, michael taylor, ed. (philadelphia: philadelphia museum of art, ). see also edward w. soja, postmodern geographies: the reassertion of space in critical social theory (london: verso, ). dvinsk, fearing the potentially dire consequences of his jewish and latvian identity. the tall buildings of rothko‘s first painting function to frame this urban context, to forcefully wall-in his faceless/expressionless figures. his tall buildings metaphorically seem to convey rothko‘s wariness about the city. rothko uses these buildings to order the emotive qualities of the scene, structuring our empathy with the incomplete figures. the same is true of rothko‘s second extant canvas untitled [two jews] ( / , collection of marjorie g. neuwirth, fig. ). as with his first canvas, the setting of this painting seems to be an urban, industrial street with figures standing directly on that undisclosed street. the overall mood is a darker one. there is an eerie sense of quiet in this scene, with movement restricted to a train passing over a bridge in the background. rothko‘s reference to the jewish identities of the figures in the title suggests why he has enshrouded his figures in such a melancholic gloom. as philip guston noted, from a lunch conversation with rothko in , rothko‘s jewish identity had made him feel lonesome. guston summarized the conversation and rothko‘s feelings on the subject: being brought up as the youngest child when his father was an orthodox jew, mark during the first nine years of his life was an hebrew infant prodigy. all the rules and rigor of religion were never sufficiently observed by his mother, not sufficiently to mark‘s rigid father. and then a complete break came into his life—oblivion of the hebrew language and a complete break with temple rigor— after having gone times to the temple during the holidays[,] one day at the age of he came home and announced to his mother he would never set foot in the temple again. additionally, rothko had only just left yale university in the fall of , the year before he painted his second work, a decision strongly influenced by the overt anti- philip guston, in breslin, . semitism he experienced there. as michael compton has shown, ―the tiny number of jews [at yale] were not well received by the dominant ‗wasps,‘ and as an immigrant radical he must have been particularly suspect in the period immediately following the russian revolution.‖ adding to his sense of shame, rothko, for part of his time at the university, lived with the weinstein family, and was considered, as breslin observed, ―the poor relation.‖ that his tuition scholarship was converted into loans at the end of his first semester, further contributed to the overall disheartening experience there. in his second painting, rothko alluded to an aspect of his identity with which he was not altogether comfortable. the two men in the painting thus symbolized for rothko a mirror of his own conflicted religiousness, reflected in the ostracization he experienced in dvinsk, portland, and now new haven. rothko thus chose such a muddied palette and sketchily-painted brushwork for a scene that was likely a difficult image for him to create. at the moment when he would have almost certainly been thinking about the many stages of the development of his jewish identity, from devoutly adhering to it to being agnostic about it, rothko used gloomy and vague architecture to convey one of the most sensitive aspects of his character. the isolation rothko experienced because he was jewish likely made him receptive to the painter max weber, with whom rothko studied at the art students michael compton, ―mark rothko: the subjects of the artist,‖ mark rothko: - (london: tate gallery, ): . breslin, . rothko would later use the theme of jewish identity in his works for rabbi lewis browne‘s the graphic bible: from genesis to revelation in animated maps & charts (new york, ). for more on the intersections between modernist artists and judaism, see a series of books by matthew baigell on the subject, including jewish art in america: an introduction (lanham: rowman & littlefield, ); american artists: jewish images (syracuse: syracuse univ. press, ); and jewish artists in new york: the holocaust years (new brunswick: rutgers univ. press, ). league after october . like rothko, weber immigrated to america as a child, settling in brooklyn in when he was ten years old. in various depictions of new york, weber presents a city full of tall buildings caught up in kaleidoscopic cubist settings, and often inferred that the mélange of urban architecture was objectionable. recollecting his experiences standing on the brooklyn bridge, in , weber crystallizes his aggression against urban architecture: i stood and gazed at the millions of cubes upon billions of cubes…higher and higher, still piled and still higher with countless window eyes…all this framed and hurled together in mighty mass against rolling clouds…i gazed and thought of this pile throbbing, boiling, seething, as a pile after destruction. for weber, the ―pile of destruction‖ was something to escape. more evidence that weber coded his skyscrapers in negative terms stems from the fact that by the mid- s, weber had grown so disgusted with the urban architecture he painted that he had moved on to painting simple structures in bucolic settings as a critique of urbanism and its architecture. by , weber used architectural subjects to express lighter moods. ―i saw a child playing,‖ he once noted, ―all by itself with stones. it made two lintels and an arch. right there primarily it made more architecture than these blusterers. an arch, an aperture, the heavens over the arch, what more can you want?‖ rothko had direct max weber, ―on the brooklyn bridge,‖ manuscript, , weber papers, archives of american art (ny - ): . see, for example, his high noon ( , the phillips collection). the painting typifies weber‘s return to illusionistic painting just after the first world war. its colorful setting reflects the bucolic life of long island, where weber and his wife had purchased a home in . three small barns in the background and a small gray house at the bottom right are nestled within a landscape made of high-key colors. overall, the mood is significantly much warmer than the mood his images of tall buildings of new york convey. max weber, in breslin, . access to weber‘s pictorial style in relation to coding urban architecture as something problematic. in new york ( , thyssen-bornemisza collection, fig. ), tall buildings point upward from all various footings out of view. weber repeats the pattern of slim, tall, white structures with tiny windows but does little else to structure the scene into one that allows the viewer access. the painting contains no access point for the viewer, resulting in a flattened sequence of shapes that keep the fragmented composition further impenetrable. this is true of his other depictions of skyscrapers from the same time, including new york (the liberty tower from the singer building) [the woolworth building] ( , museum of fine arts, boston, fig. ). in this way, weber certainly borrows from the cubo-futurist techniques he picked up while in paris from - . in this and similar paintings, weber applies the cubist grid to dislocate the stability of architecture. we are presented with a disorienting view of the city, a view in which the conglomerations of stylized buildings convey a sense of urban angst. the swirling sense of motion in new york and in similar paintings by weber also naturally reflects futurism, and thus the aggressive character of filippo marinetti‘s manifesto ―le futurisme,‖ first published february , . as alfred werner found, weber ―brought design into the chaos…[making] a panorama of the public scene. all the city‘s discord, weber‘s connection to the early phase of cubism in paris has been well documented. he met picasso at the salon of gertrude and leo stein and could have even les demoiselles d’avignon ( ) when he visited picasso‘s studio in october . memoirs, correspondence, and scrapbook of max weber, oral history collection, columbia university; see also s. e. leonard, henri rousseau and max weber, new york, : - . weber returned to america with a small still life by picasso, which was the first picture by picasso alfred stieglitz had ever seen. all its cacophony, was illuminated‖ in such pictures. by underscoring the aggressive potential of tall buildings in this way, weber participates in a critique of urbanism vis-à- vis its buildings. as henry james observed, in the american scene ( ), as such ―multitudinous skyscrapers‖ were ―giants of the mere market…consecrated by no uses save the commercial at any cost.‖ such structures were ―thrown up as if by the blind,‖ to borrow alan trachtenberg‘s view, and ―had become the emblem of urban confusion, of defiance of traditional meanings and controls.‖ by using architectural themes and subjects to convey unpleasant aspects of city-life, weber denounced an architectural form that was quite popular at that time. william aiken starrett proclaimed, in , skyscrapers to be ―the most distinctively american thing in the world.‖ moreover, marcel duchamp famously exclaimed: ―look at the sky-scrapers! has europe anything to show more beautiful than these?‖ while the tall building might in fact be ―the landmark of our age‖ as ada louise huxtable claimed, weber‘s depictions of the building type belie the positive potential the skyscraper offered at the moment he painted images of them. alfred werner, max weber (new york: harry n. abrams, ): - . henry james, the american scene (new york: harper & bros., ): ff. alan trachtenberg, ―the photographer‘s new york,‖ reprinted in marianne doezema and elizabeth milroy, ed., reading american art (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . william aiken starrett, skyscrapers and the men who build them (new york: scribner, ): . marcel duchamp, quoted in ―the iconoclastic opinions of m. marcel duchamp [sic] concerning art and america,‖ current opinion vol. (nov. ): . ada louise huxtable, from the tall building artistically reconsidered: the search for a skyscraper style (new york: pantheon books, ), selections reprinted in ada louise huxtable, on architecture: collected reflections on a century of change (new york: walker & co., ): . for the definitive account of the skyscraper at the moment rothko painted the type, see louis i. horowitz and boyden sparkes, the milton avery might have also inspired or reinforced rothko‘s interest in pictorial architectural. throughout the s and s, avery painted many images of new york. these range from scenes without architecture to those in which architectural structures tower over nearby figures. in the steeplechase, coney island ( , metropolitan museum of art, fig. ), avery expresses the massive scale of a steeplechase roller coaster. this particular roller coaster had side-by-side cars in a dueling racing effect, thus making it much scarier than previous roller coasters, reinforcing the sense of danger and fear the amusement park ride conveyed. avery painted the work not long after he moved to new york in from the small town of altmar in northern new york, which may explain his awe with such structures. as a constant presence in avery‘s studio at that point, rothko might have either seen this work or other works by avery in which architecture factors prominently. rothko had seen some of avery‘s early work in an exhibition at the opportunity gallery, held in late , where both artists, along with gottlieb, had exhibited paintings. they officially met in either or through louis kaufman, a mutual friend and musician from rothko‘s hometown of portland, oregon. as e. a. carmean, jr. observed, rothko and towers of new york: the memoirs of a master builder (new york: simon & schuster, ). for a non-architectural work, see rider in central park (early s, brooklyn museum of art). the two extant works on canvas rothko exhibited are landscapes (see anfam cat. nos. and ). two reviews of that exhibition praised ―the landscapes of m. rothkowitz‖ and what was touted as rothko‘s ―painter‘s vision.‖ see murdock pemberton, creative act (december ): n.p.; and new york sun (nov. , ). gottlieb were ―a part of the averys‘s daily life; indeed, when their daughter was born in , rothko helped the averys bring her home from the hospital.‖ key early works by avery show similar faceless figures. among the earliest is sitters by the sea ( , private collection). in the work, four seated adult figures and one standing child are on a beach surveying the ocean. only three years into his mature career at that point, avery‘s signature colorfields, those that significantly influenced rothko‘s own, are already present. while there is no record that rothko had in fact seen this painting, if he had he would have responded to the obvious incommunicability of the figures in avery‘s painting. avery‘s comment that ―i always take something out of my pictures…the facts do not interest me so much as the essence [does]‖ might equate the facelessness and their inability to communicate verbally to avery‘s sense of reducing forms to what he believed were the barest essentials. however, it is possible that rothko nonetheless might have read avery‘s erasure of the figures ability to speak as an aggressive act against them. multiple paintings from rothko‘s figurative period suggest how he employed the architecture of the city in his work. despite his ―interest in people‖ touted in the accompanying literature for rothko‘s first solo exhibition in at the contemporary arts gallery in new york, where the road ( / , collection of christopher rothko, fig. ) was first exhibited, along with fourteen other works by rothko, three barely- discernable sets of figures in are compositionally swallowed up by the architecture e. a. carmean, jr., ―avery, gottlieb, and rothko: provincetown summers,‖ coming to light: avery, gottlieb, rothko, provincetown summers - (new york: knoedler & co., ): . milton avery, quoted in harvey s. shipley miller, ―some aspects of the work of milton avery,‖ milton avery drawings and paintings (austin, tx: the univ. of texas at austin art museum, ): . depicted. and while he paid particular attention to the finely-painted wrought-iron balustrade, located at right, in stark contrast to the way he painted the extremely- abstracted figures, in quick dashes of pigment, rothko has overwhelmingly emphasized the architectural setting, or, his brooklyn neighborhood, at the crossing of atlantic avenue at norstrand avenue. the following year, in city phantasy [recto] (ca. , collection of christopher rothko, fig. ), rothko resolved the issue, giving equal compositional weight to both the figures and the depicted architecture. he has made the figures not only more architectural, with columnar bodies, but has given them more compositional agency by wedging them between two rows of tightly-packed tall buildings, at left and right of both canvases, functioning to direct the figural traffic towards the viewer. large-scaled buildings also appear in landscape [?] {untitled} (or, untitled (two women before a cityscape) ( / , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ), two figures stand on a balcony in what appears to intimate conversation with the backdrop of a sequence of tall buildings in the background. it is nighttime and the city is dark, at a standstill, void of pedestrian traffic, and unwelcoming. emphasizing this, the figures are separate from the desolation below them. that same year, in street scene ( / , national gallery of art, washington, fig. ), rothko has merged his figures with the tall buildings surrounding them, compressing them by the architecture of the city. the bottom half of the central figure who gazes out at the viewer in an intimate here, the work recalls two works in which rothko combined a stark cityscape, tall buildings, and a high vantage point, both his fourth known work sketch done in full sunlight ( , collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko, fig. )— which depicts a view from the area of west th street in manhattan‘s morningside heights neighborhood, looking southward toward columbia university—and untitled [cityscape] (ca. , collection of christopher rothko, fig. ). gesture of connectivity with us/rothko dissolves into the structures. rothko subsequently continued his pictorial investigation of the interplay between the monumental scale of tall buildings and their relationship to the figures positioned alongside them, depicting oversized columns, the massive footing of an enormous structure, and vast plazas enveloped by large-scaled buildings. long before he accepted the seagram commission to make murals for a skyscraper, rothko consistently worked toward hinging unpleasant moods onto the architectural settings he imagined, both the interiors and exteriors of urban architecture. his repeated use of architectural motifs during the period justifies why is it necessary to add painting/architecture to a series of polarities david anfam identified populating rothko‘s earliest work, including precision/blurredness, city/nature, and a static/roving sense of movement. see metropolitan scene (ca. , collection of christopher rothko). see street scene (ca. , national gallery of art, washington). see untitled [four figures in a plaza] (ca. , national gallery of art, washington) and untitled [four figures in a plaza] (ca. , national gallery of art, washington). anfam, mark rothko: the works on canvas, . chapter : rothko, mies, & transcendence michael compton‘s view that rothko ―might also have been impressed by the architect, mies van der rohe, with his reputation for implacable architectural integrity and precision of design‖ inspired the goal of this chapter, which is to examine a neglected connection between rothko and mies‘s respective seagram projects, namely a shared interest in the theme of transcendence. achim borchardt-hume‘s assessment that the murals ―destabalise the architecture they inhabit by dematerialising the solidity of the walls on which they are hung…[creating a] drama between physical reality and its transcendence‖ provided more of an impetus to examine this line of inquiry. as michael leja contended, many abstract expressionists employed themes of transcendence as an escapist retreat from modernity. ―to the increasing materialism, selfishness, and scientism characteristic to modern life,‖ leja wrote, ―were counterposed the spirituality, transcendence, and organic community allegedly exemplified by primitive societies.‖ like film noir, which he found ―thematize[s] the sensations of loss of control,‖ the work of rothko and his contemporaries were preoccupied with what michael compton, mark rothko: kaaba in new york, . i am using the term ―transcendence‖ as defined by gérard genette in the two-part study the work of art: immanence and transcendence. see ganette, the work of art: immanence and transcendence, trans. g. m. goshgarian (ithaca: cornell univ. press, ). as eyal segal found, in an examination of genette‘s distinction between immanence and transcendence, ―immanence‖ is ―the manner in which a work consists in a physical or an ideal object or event,‖ while transcendence is ―the set of all the ways in which a work exceeds this object of immanence.‖ see eyal segal, ―the work of art: immanence and transcendence by gérard ganette, and the aesthetic relation by gérard ganette (review),‖ poetics today vol. , no. (summer ): - . achim borchardt-hume, . michael leja, reframing abstract expressionism: subjectivity and painting in the s (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . leja described as a ―shrill insistence on the continuing, pivotal importance and transcendence of the subject.‖ rothko‘s own statements regarding transcendence, along with his interest in music and his bent toward quasi-spiritual experiences with paintings, all suggest his interest in transcendent themes. understanding this will show that he and mies had a fundamental similarity in how they each approached their respective seagram projects. a link between the painter and the architect has been completely neglected, despite rothko‘s longstanding interest in architecture. while the prior chapters have focused primarily on rothko‘s paintings, this chapter will instead focus on a central idea, perhaps the central idea, of the conceptual platform of his abstractions. for mies, ―the transcendent quality he achieved in his architecture,‖ readers to the moma highlights catalogue will see, ―is epitomized by…reductive purity and structural clarity.‖ for rothko, the idea of transcendent art preoccupied him years before he made his first mural. by the late s, he used objects to get viewers to transcend ibid, . the museum of modern art, moma highlights (new york: the museum of modern art, revised , originally published ): . rothko‘s connection to mies in relation to the theme of transcendence follows a similar connection between mies and piet mondrian. mondrian argued, in ―natural reality and abstract reality‖ ( ), for the breakdown of distinctions between mediums, in order to emphasize something metaphysical. for him, the immaterial and the transcendent, what he called the ―cosmic‖ and the ―universal,‖ were rooted in ―internal things,‖ quasi-emotional states of being on the other side of the duality with the outwardly focused ―cultivated externality.‖ see piet mondrian, ―natural reality and abstract reality,‖ originally published as ―de nieuwe beelding in de schilderkunst‖ in de stijl i, , reprinted in piet mondrian, natural reality and abstract reality: an essay in trialogue form (new york: george braziller, ). theo van doesburg, in as essay from the same year, promoted similar views, offering his own binary of ―spiritual (inward) and material (outward),‖ advocating that artists should resist ―the domination of individuality.‖ see theo van doesburg, introduction to de stijl ii , reprinted in herschel b. chipp, theories of modern art (berkeley, los angeles, and london: univ. them, as vehicles to elicit experiences that are essentially metaphysical. in this way, his abstractions resist the problematical categorization as merely objects in the greenbergian sense, even though they exhibit the modernist characteristics of flatness and evident brushwork, among other factors. this is why rothko claimed that his works were ―no color paintings.‖ while there is no evidence that he knew about mies‘s views about transcendence, he was, of course, had to have been familiar with the building in which his murals were to be located. its opening in may , before he began working on the murals, was, as mentioned, a major event. rothko‘s interest in the sublime affect of the large scale as burke defined it would have also made his interest in a project for a of california press, ): . both artists‘ attempts to interrogate the boundaries between painting and architecture in the de stijl movement has been thoroughly investigated elsewhere, along with the idea that mondrian, van doesburg, and j.j. oud led a movement that sought to demystify the notion of medium specificity. while this seems to have influenced mies‘s own use of transcendent themes, mies considered van doesburg‘s influence on his own work to be ―absolute nonsense,‖ remarking, in a interview, that ―it was not as though he knew very much about architecture.‖ see mies van der rohe, in moisés puente, conversations with mies van der rohe, ed. (new york: princeton architectural press, ): . rothko understood this, and rallied against such interpretations of his work, those that limited his paintings to greenberg‘s definition of modernist painting. to clarify the issue of ―objecthood‖ and how the term functions in relation to modernist art and discourse, see clement greenberg, ―modernist painting,‖ clement greenberg, the collected essays and criticism, vol. , john o‘brian, ed. (chicago: univ. of chicago press, ): - . greenberg argued that painters must become self-critical in order to come to terms with the most basic/fundamental elements of their respective medium, or, in other words, he promoted a central dictum of modernist painting. painting, greenberg advocated, is essentially flat, and should be approached as such. michael fried followed the greenbergian critical model, which had—by the mid- s—come under attack by the onslaught of the pop, conceptual, and minimalist movements. see michael fried, ―art and objecthood,‖ artforum vol. (june ): - . rothko, quoted by dan rice during the seagram project. for a thorough review of rice‘s comments on the project, see breslin, - . massive tower intriguing. as burke noted, on the issue of scale, ―greatness of dimension, is a powerful cause of the sublime,‖ especially what he calls a ―perpendicular‖ form. there are many intriguing links between the seagram paintings and the building, encouraging an exploration of shared themes that both mies and rothko employed in their work for the corporation. to start with, mies and rothko‘s separate commissions for the seagram project afforded them both ideal opportunities to experiment further with their respective signature styles, those that were at that time lucrative and highly critically acclaimed. both projects occurred relatively later in each of their careers. mies‘ later phase, generally understood to be dated to after ca. , was more focused on large scale tall, commercial buildings in urban settings, as opposed to the horizontal format of his most famous building to date, the german pavilion at the barcelona exposition ( - ). for rothko, as mentioned in prior chapters, the project inspired his ongoing experimentation both with architectural motifs and the dissolution of boundaries between his canvases and the architecture they inhabit/create. additionally, many of the upright vertical rectangular shapes of the door/window forms of the canvases have similar proportions as the building. in mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural] ( , tate gallery, fig. ), for example, the central lighter-toned rectangular (framed by the larger, open, darker one) is nearly exactly the same shape as the building‘s park avenue façade (fig. ). rothko originally intended for this painting to hold a central position within the overall installation in the grill burke, . the completion of the seagram building, in , occurred more than fifty years after mies‘s first architectural project, the riehl house (berlin-neubabelsberg). for more on mies‘s work ca. - (as a pivotal new phase of his career), see schulze, - . room, according to dan rice, underscoring this connection. when rotated clockwise, the landscape-formatted canvases also mimic the proportions of mies‘s building. another important link between the seagram paintings and building is that they both championed abstraction. while rothko abstracted the door/window forms from michelangelo‘s library, they are still nonetheless flattened, abstract shapes. similarly, as mies‘s biographer franz schulze observed, mies was part of a zeitgeist that was ―almost ideally suited‖ to him as ―an abstractionist by nature…a perfect prometheus of the new modernism.‖ mies abstracted architecture to what he believed were its purest ingredients: the simplest geometric shapes and materials, steel, glass, and stone. any visual irregularity in its meticulous facade would draw attention to the building as a massive, tangible structure glued to its park avenue footprint, rather than an elegant, weightless-seeming architectural presence. the simple and sleek aesthetic thus allows the building to seem to transcend its massive weight, gravity, and scale. to achieve this, mies kept the composition of the exterior facades as simplified as possible, rejecting outright the standard stepped ziggurat form of a typical new york skyscraper, a convention that resulted from the progressive setbacks mandated by the city‘s zoning laws. he once compared the sleek design of the building in contrast to the rockefeller center tower. in his view, raymond hood‘s earlier art deco tower was a ―mess…[that] has nothing to do with style,‖ a structure in which ―thousands of windows‖ become like an ―army of soldiers.‖ as robert venturi observed, ―mies allows nothing to get in the the - murals, ex. cat., dan rice interviewed by arnold glimcher (new york: the pace gallery, ): n.p. schulze, . mies van der rohe, in puente, . way of the consistency of his order, of the point, line, and plane of his always complete pavilions.‖ an added connection between the building and the paintings is that the abstract colorfields of the canvases function not unlike that of the reflective glass windows of the building, in the sense that the visual impenetrability of both ultimately denies our access perspectivally. mies‘s windows reflect only the surrounding architecture. similarly, the door/window forms of the seagram paintings frame a colorfield that is illusionistically impenetrable. there is nothing depicted within the frames but washes of color. their impenetrability vis-à-vis the flatness of the canvas in this way aligns them with a similar feature of rothko‘s previous abstractions ( - ), works that are, as james breslin argued, ―dangerously close to nothing.‖ for barbara novak and brian o‘doherty, all of rothko‘s abstractions are in fact ―very close to nothing.‖ for robert rosenblum, they are ―near to nothingness.‖ natalie kosoi went as far as to argue that rothko‘s abstractions ―represent‖ nothingness in the sartrean sense. this sense of nothingness stems from rothko‘s stated goal to transcend objecthood, to evoke a mood over the object. rothko aimed at achieving what michael compton has called ―universality.‖ this is precisely why john elderfield observed that rothko‘s abstractions are ―designed to deliver transcendence, to provide access to hidden but immanent truths of the robert venturi, complexity and contradiction in architecture (new york: the museum of modern art, new york, , first published ): . breslin, . barbara novak and brian o‘doherty, ―rothko‘s dark paintings: tragedy and void,‖ mark rothko, jeffrey weiss, ed., . robert rosenblum, modern painting and the northern romantic tradition, . natalie kosoi, ―nothingness made visible: the case of rothko‘s paintings,‖ art journal, vol. , no. (summer ): - . michael compton, . universe—not merely to struggle with that transcendence, those truths (that would be a doubter‘s way) but actually to convey them.‖ all of the assessments reflect rothko‘s statements on the subject of transcendence, views that suggest an affinity with mies‘ views about transcendence. by emphasizing the interrelationships of each individual canvas in the series to the other works in the set when installed jointly, rothko also employed a seminal ingredient of architecture: namely the relationship of a building to the architecture that surrounds it. as mentioned, one painting within the seagram series was less important than an installation of his multiple canvases mounted jointly. each singular canvas of the cycle thus dematerializes into a greater frieze of his other works and of the architectural john elderfield, ―transformations,‖ in glenn phillips and thomas crow, eds., seeing rothko (los angeles: getty research inst., ): . using colorfields to evoke transcendent themes of course prefigures the ―voids‖ of yves klein. in a lecture kline delivered at the sorbonne while rothko worked on the seagram project, he argued for the intangibility of tangible art, specifically describing his immaterial aesthetic experience with the color blue. borrowing from gaston bachelard, who noted ―first there is nothing, next there is a depth of nothingness, then a profundity of blue,‖ klein described how blue ―has no dimensions…is beyond dimensions‖ unlike the other colors, and is instead a state of being that is ―pure and insubstantial.‖ see yves klein, from ―the evolution of art towards the immaterial,‖ extracted from the transcript of a lecture delivered on june , at the sorbonne in paris, originally published in in an exhibition catalogue for klein‘s work at the gimpel fils gallery, london, in harrison & wood, eds., . [i‘m not sure that rothko would be pleased to be compared with klein] mies and rothko‘s focus on the relationships between the individual and the collective in an attempt to dissolve the boundaries between the two paradigms raises an intriguing parallel with noam chomsky, who had, at that point, recently published his theory of transformational-generative grammar. in syntactic structures, chomsky articulated the concept that language is not conditioned, but is instead innately grounded, observing that language as such permeates boundaries, transcending them, in the sense that we are all hard-wired to receive it. by emphasizing cognition over empiricism, his findings not only paved the way for the development of cognitive psychology overall, but also, more pertinent to the current investigation, suggested that people were more closely connected in terms of the mechanics of how we receive and process information than what previous linguists believed. see noam chomsky, syntactic structures (the hague: mouton, ). setting. the color, scale, and architecturally referencing shapes of the seagram paintings all function to underscore the serial nature of the set. we are meant to read each painting as part of a larger frieze-like program. similarly, mies was quite sensitive to the building-to-building relationship throughout his career, and very much so with the seagram. as franz schulze observed, mies ―had a reputation for designing architectural objects as self-referential bodies independent of...the context in which they found themselves...it is decidedly not true of the seagram building.‖ in other words, mies considered the location of the building and its relationship to adjacent structures to be so essential to the project. in this way, it becomes part of an architectural tapestry, dissolving itself into its surroundings. along with the then-newly opened skidmore, owings & merrill-designed lever house, completed in and located at park avenue, mies‘s building promoted the international style in america. johnson felt similarly, as evidenced by what is generally considered to be his response to the seagram building, the at&t/sony building in midtown manhattan, finished in . at least as early as , mies believed that the collective usurped the individual, that the ―questions of a general schulze, - . the style was coined in by alfred barr after a debate with philip johnson and henry-russell hitchcock, thus replacing hitchcock‘s term ―new pioneers‖ from his book modern architecture. see alice goldfarb marquis, alfred h. barr, jr., missionary for the modern (chicago: contemporary books, ): . it was popularized by the johnson/hitchcock-organized exhibition modern architecture: international exhibition at the museum of modern art at the museum of modern art. johnson invokes a conversation between the two buildings vis-à-vis close proximity (the at&t/sony building is located at madison avenue between th and th streets, only a few blocks from the seagram), and also through similar scales (thirty- seven stories in johnson‘s building and thirty-eight in mies‘s). johnson used idiosyncratic design motifs (derived from appropriations of chippendale furniture, brunelleschi‘s pazzi chapel, and so on) as a direct reference to the seagram, as a critique of the less-is-more sensibilities of mies‘s earlier building. nature,‖ he noted, are more important than what he understood to be the lost significance of the individual. translating this view to architectural matters, mies sought to achieve a unity of building and its site, dematerializing the structure into its surroundings, thereby debasing, as gevork hartoonian put it, ―the metaphoric relation of column and wall promulgated by l. battista alberti…[rejecting] all aesthetic, all doctrine, all formalism.‖ the international style emerged in part as a plastic expression of such a dematerialization, a transcendence of a building into its environment. mies van der rohe, ―baukunst und zeitwille,‖ der querschnitt vol. ( ): - . mies‘s prioritization of the collective over the individual in this manner might have been inspired by a central tenet of oswald spengler‘s book the decline of the west (first published in and ): namely, that individuals are powerless, caught up in the magnetic pull of cultural life-cycles (what he called winters and summers). in spengler‘s view, civilization is locked into an irreversible system of life-cycles, dialectically polarized into ―summers‖ (or, great periods of civilization, during which galileo, michelangelo, shakespeare, and mozart, among others, have emerged), and ―winters‖ (as identified by periods of materialism, greed, and burgeoning metropolises). the popularity of spengler‘s books (selling , copies by ) provides evidence for mies‘s familiarity with these ideas. published just after the first world war, spengler‘s notion of a cyclical sociological system provided hope for germans that the low ebb (after the war) would be only temporary. the orderliness and simplicity of spengler‘s binary would have almost certainly appealed to mies. arthur drexler first suggested spengler‘s influence on mies, in a lecture he delivered at the arts club of chicago on september , (in conjunction with the exhibition mies van der rohe: interior spaces). for more on the impact of philosophy on mies‘s notions of transcendence, see peter serenyi, ―spinoza hegel and mies: the meaning of the new national gallery in berlin,‖ journal of the society of architectural historians, vol. (oct. ). mies denied having read the book, though this seems unlikely, especially because he was an avid reader. see schulze pp - . gevork hartoonian, ―mies van der rohe: the genealogy of column and wall,‖ journal of architectural education ( -), vol. , no. (winter, ): - . the new style (of mies, le corbusier, j. j. p. oud, and walter gropius, among others) showcased the use of form to suggest something formless/immaterial. mies and the others employed sleek visual language (in part derived from the geometric wing of modernist painting) to make buildings that are meant to assimilate into any geo-political context worldwide. vernacular architectural styles (of ―french‖ or ―american‖ buildings) were outmoded, replaced by a new utopian-leaning architecture, one that permeated boundaries (of nationalism and culture, among others). le corbusier, in his chapter on airplanes in toward an architecture ( ), the very chapter in which his in his classic essay ―the romantics were prompted‖ ( ), rothko mentions transcendence no less than six times, beginning with the idea that the ―transcendental must involve the strange and unfamiliar,‖ even though ―not everything strange and unfamiliar is transcendental.‖ ―transcendental experiences become possible,‖ he wrote, ―when an artist abandons the false sense of security and community [of a]…plastic bankbook.‖ even before he made his first signature picture, rothko distinguished between object, a commodity purchasable with a ―bankbook,‖ and the metaphysical experience an object suggests or provokes. he rehashes the discussion of such an emphasis on the metaphysical experiences one can have with objects/plastic art throughout his career. in his posthumously published manuscript, for example, he argues that the italian renaissance artists ―whether through knowledge or instinct…understood that in demonstrating a physical law alone…had failed in the ultimate end of art, which is to reduce this law to the terms of profound human sensuality.‖ describing ―fragments of the universe‖ and ―man‘s subjectivity,‖ rothko reinforced his promotion of metaphysicality over objecthood. famous phrase ―the house is a machine for living in‖ was articulated, suggested such a transcendence (of terrestrial space, of architectural types). see le corbusier, vers une architecture (paris: g. crés, ); and toward an architecture, trans. john goodman (los angeles: j. paul getty trust, ): . as vincent scully described, mies‘s transcendence of vernacular architectural languages made his style ―simplified, pure, clean, generalized, reasonable, abstract.‖ vincent scully, american architecture and urbanism (new york: henry holt and co., ): . in this way, mies‘s appropriation of the international style (in the seagram) strongly juxtaposes the style of new york buildings that louis sullivan once denounced as being ―of the same crassness of type; a singularly sordid, vulgar vernacular in architectural speech.‖ louis sullivan, the autobiography of an idea (new york: dover, ): . mark rothko, ―the romantics were prompted,‖ in reading abstract expressionism: context and critique, . rothko, the artist’s reality: philosophies of art, . rothko‘s preoccupation with the theme of transcendence is also evidenced by his passionate interest in music, an aural, non-tangible experience. in his manuscript, he argued that the essential components of the plastic arts—―shapes, space, color, rhythms,‖ and so on—―constitute,‖ in his estimation, ―the language of painting, just as sounds, timbres, and measures constitute that of the musician.‖ he also describes how music should only be understood as ―movement in time,‖ referencing ―timespace‖ and ―the fourth dimension,‖ revealing his deep interest in music in terms of metaphysics. elsewhere in the manuscript he describes how ―the abstraction of music…[can make us] feel gay, sad, heavy, or light, not by any human association but through the relationship of rhythms and the textural quality of the sound.‖ as thomas m. messer found, in , rothko ―shares with composers of music an absence of explicit imagery…an the recent exhibition vertical thoughts: morton feldman and the visual arts (held at the irish museum of modern art in dublin from march – june , ) explores the connection, rooted in a mutual admiration between rothko and his friend feldman. commemorating his friendship with rothko, based in part on a shared russian-jewish kinship, feldman, in , wrote the twenty-minute composition rothko chapel, the solemn, haunting sounds of which are an ideal musical mirror of the chapel paintings and environment. for rothko, music was, like pictorial art, a bridge to something transcendent and intangible. rothko‘s comment that he wanted to elevate painting to the ―level of poignancy of music,‖ since only music was more apt to convey the basic human emotions he sought to express pictorially, is especially crucial to this investigation. barbara novak and brian o‘doherty, ―rothko‘s dark paintings: tragedy and void,‖ mark rothko, jeffrey weiss, ed., . rothko‘s love for music and its metaphysical affects naturally places him in a pantheon of modernist artists with similar tastes, including most notably james abbot mcneill whistler, wassily kandinsky, and paul klee.[ok; since you‘ve established the influence of matisse, he should be mentioned here] whistler, for example, used the terms ―symphony,‖ ―harmony,‖ and ―nocturne‖ in the titles of his works, in order to suggest not only a fluid, synaesthetic union of sound and image, as in ―music is the poetry of sound, so is painting the poetry of sight.‖ james abbott mcneill whistler, ―the red rag,‖ (may, ), reprinted in robert goldwater and marco treves, eds., artists on art from the xiv to the xx century (new york: pantheon books, ): . rothko, the artist’s reality: philosophies of art, . ibid., . ibid., - . ability to engage…the eye…in a process that is akin to listening because it involves attention to consecutive passages; an interest in rhythmic structures…and the use of color to achieve modulations that can be subtly chromatic or dramatically contrasted.‖ dore ashton contended, ―the other great passion in rothko‘s life was music. rothko was a man who could not be without music, a man whose inner life was accompanied constantly by the harmonies of great works and, most particularly, the works of wolfgang amadeus mozart.‖ ashton also described how rothko once gave a musical reading to viewing matisse‘s the red studio ( , the museum of modern art, new york, fig. ). ―when you looked at that painting, you became color, you became totally saturated with it, as if it were music.‖ vincent j. bruno similarly found that: rothko wanted to overwhelm the senses with the emotional shock of certain colors in a way that raised pure sensation to the level of transcendental experience. perhaps his aim was to equal the effects of music, which he loved, to release the power of color with the impact of a crescendo in a beethoven symphony, lifting the mind to a realm beyond the reach of logic. christopher rothko similarly argued for rothko‘s connection to music; ―he really loved music as much – if not more – than he loved art.‖ thomas m. messer, mark rothko, - : a retrospective, diane waldman, . ashton, ―rothko‘s frame of mind,‖ seeing rothko, . breslin, . see also dore ashton, about rothko, - . vincent j. bruno, ―mark rothko and the second style: the art of the color field in roman murals,‖ in r. t. scott and a. r. scott, eds., eius virtutis studiosi: classical and postclassical studies in memory of frank edward brown, studies in the history of art, symposium papers , national gallery of art (washington, dc, ): . christopher rothko, quoted in clare dwyer hogg, ―rothko revealed: christopher rothko shares troubled memories of his father mark,‖ the independent (sept. , ). rothko‘s spiritual-leaning sensibilities, which are also well documented in the rothko literature, also points toward his interest in transcendent themes. his friend, the poet stanley kunitz, referred to him as ―the last rabbi in western art.‖ louise bourgeois stated that rothko ―had dignity that comes from a very serious, long, religious background‖ and that he ―always sounded like a religious official.‖ lawrence alloway suggested, ―rothko‘s art was always putting people in the mind of chapels.‖ anna chave devoted the prime position, most of the first page of her book mark rothko: subjects in abstraction, to the subject of ―religiosity‖ and the ―spiritual‖ in rothko‘s work. hilton kramer weighed-in, noting that the ―religious dimension to rothko‘s art‖ is found in its ―aestheticism – in the religion the artist made of art.‖ all of these sentiments, and many others like them, mirror one of rothko‘s most often-repeated phrases: ―the people who weep before my pictures are having the same religious experience i had when i painted them.‖ wilhelm worringer‘s ―transcendence and immanence in art,‖ published five years before rothko began the seagram paintings, offers a definition of transcendence as it relates to spirituality that would have suited rothko‘s spiritualist-leaning sensibilities: we are all the less familiar with the connections that exist between a state of soul which thus inclines toward transcendentalism, and the form of its expression in art. for the spirit's fear of the unknown and the unknowable not only created the first gods, it also created the first stanley kunitz, interview with avis berman, part i, archives of american art, in breslin, , and note . louise bourgeois, interview with breslin (jan. , ), in breslin, , and note . lawrence alloway, ―art,‖ nation (mar. , ): . anna c. chave, mark rothko: subjects in abstraction, . hilton kramer, ―rothko: art as religious faith,‖ the new york times (nov. , ). mark rothko, in breslin, . art. in other words, to the transcendentalism of religion there always corresponds a transcendentalism of art, for which we lack the organ of understanding only because we obstinately insist upon appraising the vast mass of factual material in the whole field of art from the narrow angle of vision of our european-classical conception. we perceive transcendental feeling in the content, to be sure; but we overlook it in the real core of the process of artistic creation. rothko‘s interest in spiritualist definitions of transcendence culminated in his acceptance of the rothko chapel project in houston (see fig. ). the chapel was the wilhelm worringer, ―transcendence and immanence in art,‖ the journal of aesthetics and art criticism vol. , no. (dec. ): . the transcendent themes of rothko‘s chapel project, and the architectural paintings he fashioned to convey them, were largely influenced by a project matisse completed in , the small dominican chapelle de saint-marie du rosarie in the french town of vence (see figs. - ), located on the french riviera near nice. matisse worked on the project from - as a partial favor to sister jacques-marie, known to matisse as monique bourgeois, who nursed him after his surgery in , and whose ―tenderness…goes beyond words.‖ see henri matisse, letter to r. rouverye (may , ), quoted in gabrielle langdon, ―‗a spiritual space‘: matisse‘s chapel of the dominicans at vence,‖ zeitschrift für kunstgeschichte vol. ( ): . matisse‘s attempts to intersect pictorial and architectural concerns in the chapel resulted from his career-long architecturally-themed/related works, including the large-scale murals dance and music ( , hermitage museum, st. petersburg) for the russian collector sergei shchukin, and dance ii ( , the barnes foundation, merion, pennsylvania). ―in a very restricted space, the breadth is five meters,‖ matisse recalled of the chapel, ―i wanted to inscribe…a spiritual place.‖ henri matisse to maria luz, , quoted in jack d. flam, matisse on art, ed. (new york: phaidon, ): . matisse designed the various accoutrements within the space, including the altar and candlesticks, in order to create a total environment, one designed for the viewer‘s complete immersion and transcendent experiences. ―i consider it, in spite of all its imperfections,‖ matisse wrote, ―to be my masterpiece.‖ henri matisse, in a letter to bishop rémond, quoted in frederick a. sweet, ―henri matisse,‖ the art institute of chicago quarterly vol. , no. (april , ): . links between matisse‘s chapel and the rothko chapel in houston were immediately made, just after the dedication of the latter, in . [people linked the two; did rothko have any thoughts on this] dominique de menil, who described rothko‘s chapel as his masterpiece, equating it with the vence chapel, observed that the chapel ―will probably be known the world over, as the rothko chapel, just as the conventual chapel of the dominican sisters of vence, the chapel of the rosary, is known the world over as the matisse chapel.‖ see dominique de menil, ―the rothko chapel,‖ art journal vol. , no. (spring, ): . for the most recent account of de menil‘s relationship with the chapel, see dominique de menil, brainchild of dominique de menil, who visited rothko in new york, on april , , where she viewed some of the seagram paintings, and declared: ―o miracle,‖ she declared, ―peace invaded me.‖ as a result of that experience, she commissioned a series of paintings for what would ultimately become a non-denominational chapel in houston. shaped in an octagonal form derived from torcello (and baptistery fonts and baptisteries , (meyer schapiro once informed rothko the octagon was of the model for eastern orthodox churches), the chapel, designed by philip johnson and completed by howard barnstone and eugene aubry, fulfilled rothko‘s desire to ―make east and west merge in an octagonal chapel.‖ for most of through april of , when rothko sent the requested fourteen paintings, along with four additional ones, to houston, the project consumed him. the paintings were stored there until , after rothko‘s death, at which point the chapel was completed with the installed paintings. the chapel paintings are among rothko‘s most architectural and are ―in discourse with the architecture,‖ as stephen polcari argued, in the sense that they are ―architectonic in scale, the fulfilment of the artist‘s lifelong search to wed the human inner life to a culturally symbolic, enveloping symbolic, enveloping ‗environment,‘ thereby suggesting the shaping of the individual by tragic and powerful forces.‖ as the rothko chapel: writings on art and the threshold of the divine (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). dominique de menil, quoted in nodelman, the rothko chapel paintings: origins, structure, and meaning, - . she recalled: ―he had placed a chair for me about twenty feet in front of it [the painting]…i just looked. o miracle, peace invaded me. i felt held up, embraced, and free. there was a beyond. nothing was stopping my gaze… as a consequence, she attempted to acquire "a group of these paintings for the future chapel in houston." rothko, quoted in dore ashton, . stephen polcari, ―mark rothko. houston,‖ the burlington magazine vol. , no. (july ), . sheldon nodelman found, the chapel ―inscribes itself within what was probably the century‘s most serious attempt at the reintegration of art and religion, hopelessly estranged since the enlightenment.‖ rothko‘s ―urgency for transcendent experiences,‖ he argued, explained why he would have been drawn to the chapel project. many scholars have proposed similar analyses. julia davis observed that it was ―practically inevitable‖ that rothko would have made paintings for the chapel, and that the ―symbolic discourse of the motif of the doorway inevitably ends up at the word ‗transcendence.‖ david anfam concluded that the chapel works not only ―supplant‖ the walls, but that their reduced palette triggers a transcendent spiritual experience, one he found was not unlike the unmarked stones used by the ancient greeks to represent a deity in its absence. christopher rothko went so far as to describe the chapel as ―the very culmination…the opportunity he had long searched for to make a powerful and sweeping nodelman, . ibid., . julia davis, mark rothko: the art of transcendence (kent, u.k.: crescent moon, ): , . anfam, ―to see, or not to see,‖ image of the not-seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel art series, . in this way, anfam observed, the chapel works are thus not dissimilar to key buddhist reliefs from the nd century c.e. and the kabba at mecca. rothko made the palette from variations of maroon (a combination of alizarin crimson and black, with traces of umber, sienna, and blue). anfam also linked the ideas of ―blackness‖ and ―absence‖ to contemporary popular culture (to the black slab that augments a room in stanley kubrick‘s : a space odyssey ( ), and to references to blackness in the conceptually dark rock-and-roll song paint it black by the rolling stones (which topped the billboard‘s hot chart in , while rothko worked on the chapel project). see david anfam, ―to see, or not to see,‖ , . more recently, anfam linked the darkness of the chapel works not only to rothko‘s predilection for romantic art, melancholia, and mortality, but to contemporaneous dark-themed or dark-toned works (including works by tony smith, eva hesse, robert smithson, richard serra, carl andre, and, among others, ad reinhardt‘s abstract painting, black series (see, for example, fig. ). see david anfam, ―the world in a frame,‖ rothko ex. cat. (london: tate, ): - . statement of all the ideas that had percolated within him for decades.‖ he went on to describe how his father had ―pushed the challenges of his earlier work past their logical conclusion,‖ with the result that the chapel paintings are ―more explicit than rothko‘s other paintings.‖ wessel stoker observed that the chapel paintings code an ―expression of the universal religious in distinction from the institutional religions,‖ one that visualizes pictorially ―[confrontations] with our mortality.‖ as robert rosenblum observed, in his classic essay ―the abstract sublime,‖ ( ) and later his groundbreaking book modern painting and the northern romantic tradition: friedrich to rothko ( ), rothko, newman, still, and pollock, among others, revived not only the sublime tradition in painting, but also the romantic spiritual/metaphysical associations it invites. rosenblum‘s essay begins with one christopher rothko, ―introduction: search for understanding,‖ image of the not- seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel art series (houston, tx: the rothko chapel, ): . ibid., . wessel stoker, ―the rothko chapel paintings and the ‗urgency of transcendent experience,‘‖ international journal for philosophy of religion vol. , no. (feb. ): , . in this way, the chapel also probably responds to le corbusier‘s notre dame du haut ( , ronchamp, france), for the reason that le corbusier united pictorial and architectural forms and concerns so that the chapel would function as an intimate space, noting that ―the requirements of religion have little effect on the design of ronchamp...the form was an answer to the physiology of the feelings.‖ le corbusier, quoted in oeuvre complète vol. (zurich: les editions d‘architecture, ): . blending stained-glass with sweeping modernist forms, he emphasized sensuousness, so that visitors to the chapel would experience a bodily-based, physical reaction, not unlike the one rothko wanted the visitors to the chapel space to experience. rosenblum‘s research was inspired in part by casper david friedrich‘s statements and paintings that reference his preoccupation with quasi-spiritual/transcendent themes. ―close your bodily eye,‖ friedrich directed, ―so that you may see your picture first with the eye of the spirit. then bring to the light of day that which you have seen in the darkness so that it may react upon others from the outside inwards.‖ casper david friedrich, quoted in william vaughan, german romantic painting (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . in his the abbey in the oakwood ( - , schloss charlotteenburg, berlin), to take just one example, friedrich used an spectator‘s reaction to two still paintings: ―it‘s like a religious experience!‖ barnett newman‘s similar interest in the sublime affect and other quasi-spiritual themes related to transcendence would have reinforced rothko‘s attempt to achieve transcendent works. newman‘s pictorial-architectural work often specifically explored jewish- spiritual themes. as karen kurczynski recently observed, newman‘s ―individual architectural subject, a ruined cathedral/church, to covey something dark and emotive, expressing the turbulent context of the napoleonic conflicts. rothko was quite familiar with friedrich‘s work. robert rosenblum, ―the abstract sublime,‖ artnews vol. , no. (feb. ): . see also robert rosenblum, modern painting and the northern romantic tradition: friedrich to rothko (new york: harper and row, ). as michael auping has shown, rothko had a romantic-inspired preoccupation with large scale to achieve a sublime affect that continued to inspire artists after abstract expressionism, including dan flavin, richard serra, and robert smithson, among others. michael auping, ―beyond the sublime,‖ in michael auping, abstract expressionism: the critical developments, ed., - . [auping includes other ab-x artists in this, as well] in his catalogue essay ―the ideographic picture‖ ( ) for a show at betty parsons gallery, newman defined his art in relation to that of rothko, reinhardt, and hofmann also in the exhibition, prioritizing the metaphysical affects of his work over the objects themselves. by opening the essay with an epigraph of three definitions of the ―ideograph,‖ a symbol that suggests something without actually expressing it outright (verbally, rhetorically, or otherwise), newman proclaimed that his work was unconcerned with ―ideas,‖ and instead focused on a viewer‘s intangible reaction to it. see barnett newman, ―the ideographic picture‖ ( ), reprinted in ellen g. landau, reading abstract expressionism: context and critique, - . in his essay ―the sublime is now,‖ he equated the ―pure idea‖ with the sublime as burke understood it, and advocated a pure art that was only pure when it was sublime and thus communicated what he believed to be the primitive nature of human experience. see barnett newman, ―the sublime is now,‖ in ―the ides of art: six opinions on what is sublime in art,‖ the tiger’s eye vol. , no. (dec. ): - , reprinted in harrison & wood, - . in the essay, newman proposed that art must shed its desire for beauty in order to become sublime, and that beauty was ingrained in art as far back at the greco-roman tradition, with only sporadic periods including the baroque when artists attempted to destroy the perfect/beautiful form. in his view, the colossally-scaled vir heroicus sublimis ( - , museum of modern art, new york), which measures / by ¼ inches, increased our sensitivity to the sublime, at once filling our frontal and peripheral visual fields. in a letter to the jewish museum in new york, written after he had attended the symposium ―what about jewish art,‖ newman argued that ―what the jewish museum has done is to compromise me as an artist because i am jewish,‖ vowing never painterly expression led directly to transcendence.‖ in this way, he was perhaps rothko‘s closest analogue in terms of his use of the abstract pictorial language to achieve a metaphysical affect. newman‘s paintings from the series the stations of the cross to ―cooperate ever with any of your shows.‖ see barnett newman, in a letter to hans van weeren-griek, dated jan. , , in mark godfrey, abstraction and the holocaust (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . much of his work, however, dealt specifically with jewish themes. in abraham ( , museum of modern art, new york), for example, newman references the biblical patriarch through the title in order to pay his respects to his father (who died in ). in onement i ( , museum of modern art, new york), to offer a second example, newman referred to the role of atonement in judaism (and in particular to yom kippur, the day of atonement) in order to suggest the theme of rebirth. as thomas hess, in his monograph on newman, and later, robert rosenblum, have shown, the kaballah in particular inspired the ―zip‖ motif he first used in this work. see thomas hess, barnett newman (new york: museum of modern art, ); robert rosenblum, modern painting and the northern romantic tradition: friedrich to rothko, . matthew baigell summarized exactly how kabalistic texts influenced the zip, noting how it represents ―the first ray of light and the first man,‖ in accordance with concepts proposed by the sixteenth-century mystic rabbi isaac luria from safad (in modern-day israel), as summarized in gershon scholem‘s then-recently published book major trends in jewish mysticism. matthew baigell, ―barnett newman‘s stripe paintings and kaballah: a jewish take,‖ american art vol. , no. (spring ): . see also gershon g. scholem, major trends in jewish mysticism (new york: schocken, ). for more on the intersections between modernist artists and judaism, see a series of books by matthew baigell on the subject, including jewish art in america: an introduction (lanham: rowman & littlefield, ); american artists: jewish images (syracuse: syracuse univ. press, ); and jewish artists in new york: the holocaust years (new brunswick: rutgers univ. press, ). karen kurczynski, ―ironic gestures: asger jorn, informel, and abstract expressionism,‖ in joan marter, abstract expressionism: the international context, ed., . among many other works contemporary to rothko‘s seagram paintings, this is also true of ad reinhardt‘s abstract painting, black series, which uses abstract pictorial language to connote quasi-spiritualist themes related to transcendence. for reinhardt, the works were ―pure, abstract, non-objective, timeless, spaceless, changeless, relationless, disinterested painting,‖ with objects that are ―self-conscious (no unconsciousness), ideal, transcendent, aware of no thing but art.‖ [spirituality is a bit trickier in relation to reinhardt] see ad reinhardt, in barbara rose, art-as-art: the selected writings of ad reinhardt, ed. (berkeley: univ. of california press, ): . rothko, however, distinguished himself from reinhardt, whom he called ―the mystic,‖ remarking that his own paintings ―are here‖ whereas reinhardt‘s prioritize the ( - , see figs. - ), begun just after newman‘s first heart attack, in november , are, as ann temkin described, a ―cross-referencing between paintings, and spiritual ambitions.‖ with fourteen paintings, the cycle, as lawrence alloway observed, alludes to the theme of the passion of christ. as mark godfrey has shown, newman‘s reference to christianity in this manner also reflects his signature use of jewish themes, in this case, referencing the holocaust. investigating the judeo- christian connection, ziva amishai-maisels linked newman‘s appropriation of christian concepts to a larger phase in modernist art, one in which his ―christological symbolism‖ signifies the holocaust. the large scale of the works in the series, with each painting measuring about by inches, is also meant to evoke the spiritual affect newman desired, one that he referred to as ―a human scale for the human cry.‖ with nearly four hundred sixty-six square feet of wall space taken up by the stations cycle, it is indebted to rothko‘s seagram cycle, and is similarly meant to interrogate the boundaries between painting and architecture. metaphysical. mark rothko, quoted in david anfam, ―the world in a frame,‖ in rothko ex. cat., . ann temkin, barnett newman, ed. (philadelphia: philadelphia museum of art, ): . lawrence alloway, ―residual sign systems in abstract expressionism,‖ artforum (nov. ): - , reprinted in ellen g. landau, reading abstract expressionism: context and critique, ed. (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . mark godfrey, ―barnett newman‘s stations and the memory of the holocaust,‖ october vol. (spring ): - . see also mark godfrey, abstraction and the holocaust. ziva amishai-maisals, ―christological symbolism of the holocaust,‖ in yehuda bauer, remembering for the future, volume ii: the impact of the holocaust on the contemporary world, ed. (oxford: oxford univ. press, ): - . barnett newman, ―the stations of the cross, - ,‖ artnews vol. , no. (may ): . newman‘s combined pictorial-architectural forms related to judaism might also correspond to marc chagall‘s many architectural works, especially his twelve stained kazimir malevich, also involved in architecture, was perhaps the first to understand this conceptual platform, as evidenced by his iconic painting suprematist composition: airplane flying ( , moma new york, fig. ), a work that suggests an abstracted world without borders, as viewed from a bird‘s-eye view above such arbitrary distinctions which separate people. ―the rectangular picture-plane,‖ in his conception, is just the ―starting point of suprematism…the suprematism of pure feeling,‖ with the intangible essence of the work essentially superseding the canvas. both malevich and rothko, as anna chave has observed, sought unity in their art. ―i have created a new type of unity,‖ rothko told william seitz in a interview, ―a new method of achieving unity.‖ both also variously depicted black squares, malevich because he felt it was ―the embryo of all potentials,‖ and rothko because it, as the collectors robert and jane meyerhoff felt, made the [late] works ―dark, and frighteningly glass windows for the abbell synagogue at the hadassah university medical center in jerusalem. the remarkable success of the exhibition of the windows at the museum of modern art in new york, in - , makes it likely that newman and rothko must have seen them. , attended the show, despite its relatively short run of november , to january , . alfred werner wrote that ―there has been no new york show in years that has received such a flood of publicity.‖ see alfred werner, ―chagall‘s jerusalem windows,‖ art journal vol. , no. (summer ): . kasimir malevich, ―suprematism: the non-objective world,‖ robert goldwater and marco treves, eds., artists on art from the xiv to the xx century (new york: pantheon books, ): . although mies mentioned that he was ―very strongly opposed…to malevich,‖ his rationale for this claim—that he was ―never interested in formalistic ideas‖—suggests that he curiously read the painter‘s work in a very one- dimensional way, with little recognition for malevich‘s emphasis on the transcendent metaphysical. see mies van der rohe, in puente, . rothko, interviewed by william seitz, , quoted in anna chave, mark rothko: subjects in abstraction (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ): . malevich, cited in chave, . see also jean-claude marcadé, ―k.s. malevich,‖ in stephanie barron and maurice tuchman, eds., the avant garde in russia, - : new perspectives (los angeles: los angeles county museum of art, ): - . mysterious.‖ moreover, as brian o‘doherty found, images of squares in particular, linked them, in line with rothko‘s comment that his ―squares were not squares, but all my feelings about life, about humanity.‖ rothko made this comment in the context of malevich‘s belief that he had conveyed pictorially with his squares a feeling, albeit what he considered to be a pure one that transcended form. as with malevich, mies believed his forms had the potential to be transcendent. for his barcelona pavilion (fig. ), the centerpiece of germany‘s contribution to the international exposition in barcelona, - , mies set out to erase the boundary between interior and exterior spaces. he accomplished this through its characteristic horizontality, a quality of the structure emphasized by the juxtaposition of the low building and the neighboring royal palace of the reigning spanish monarch at the time, alfonso xiii. ―[it appears] perfectly obvious,‖ walter genzmer wrote, ―that the main orientation of the pavilion should be perpendicular to the palace wall, that in contrast to the considerable height of that wall the pavilion be quite low, and that in contrast to the calm unbroken surface of the wall it be kept open and airy.‖ several additional attributes of the pavilion‘s design suggested a dissolution of interior and exterior spaces. these include a series of chrome-plated columns lining the passageway to the interior of the building, a colonnade that mirrored the metallic accents of the interior, including the see jane meyerhoff, ―the collector‘s perspective,‖ in nina sundell, the robert and jane meyerhoff collection, - (baltimore: jane b. meyerhoff and nina c. sundell, ). rothko, quoted in brian o‘doherty, american masters: the voice and the myth (new york: random house, ): . see in franz schulze, mies van der rohe: a critical biography (chicago and london: univ. of chicago press, ): - . walter genzmer, ―der deutsche reichspavillion auf der internationalen ausstellung barcelona,‖ die baugilde vol. (oct. , ): - , quoted in schulze, . metal bars of mies‘s barcelona chairs inside, and led the progression from interior to exterior, dissolving the boundary between the two. a massive ten by eighteen foot slab of onyx dorée, a rare marble literally linked interior and exterior spaces. large curtain walls further enhanced the union of the two spaces. as director of the bauhaus, a position he accepted in soon after the pavilion was dismantled after the exposition, he disseminated his ideas concerning the integration of interior and exterior architectural spaces as part of a larger conceptual program/curriculum at the school to think, somewhat utopically, about transcending borders. mies wrote: ―we should strive to bring nature, houses, and people together into a higher unity,‖ a unity which transcends the particulars of each category. mies‘s buildings suggested a way to structure what he called ―the desperate confusion of our times‖ with a ―quiet timeless order, the reassurance of stability.‖ what mattered to him was how ―architecture expresses the real essence of its times…a question of truth.‖ he expressed his prioritization of the ideological/metaphysical over the material repeatedly in interviews, and in noted, ―it took me a long time to understand the relationship between ideas and between objective facts. but after i clearly understood this relationship, i didn‘t fool around with other wild ideas.‖ this is why mies was, as peter blundell-jones argued, more interested in ―the general or typical approach to architectural questions‖ rather than the more specific, minute ibid. mies van der rohe, cited in peter blake, the master builders: le corbusier, mies van der rohe, frank lloyd wright (new york: norton, , first published ): . mies van der rohe, in puente, . ibid., . problems within an overall structure. the ―transcendent: eternal architecture‖ mies sought was, blundell-jones argued, one in which ―the form was as independent of content as possible.‖ mies‘s special interest in philosophy played an important role in the development of his thinking about transcendent themes. it is quite possible that his first client, the neo- kantian philosopher alois riehl, encouraged mies‘s philosophical bent. as franz schulze has shown, riehl wanted to ―advance the career of some gifted neophyte‖ rather than contract an established architect. riehl‘s awareness of contemporaneous developments in physics and metaphysics made him quite familiar with ideas concerning the transcendental. this led him to acknowledge, as michael heidelberger has observed, peter blundell-jones, hugo häring: the organic versus the geometric (stuttgart: ed. axel menges, ): . ibid., . one of riehl‘s most important contributions to the discourse of philosophy was the first monograph on friedrich nietzsche. see alois riehl, friedrich nietzsche. der künstler und der denker (stuttgart: frommann, ). riehl is, however, best known for his most important work, the two-volume philosophy of criticism and its significance for positive science, published variously from to . see riehl, der philosophische kriticismus und seine bedeutung für die positive wissenschaft, vols. (vol. in parts) (leipzig: wilhelm engelmann, , , and ). in addition to his postulation on epistemology, ideas of time and space, and so on, one of the central contributions of the text to the philosophical discourse was his mapping of the roots of immanuel kant‘s philosophical roots to john locke and david hume. in the second part of the second installment of the second volume, riehl explores what he calls ―metaphysical problems,‖ examining determinism and free will. schulze, . for more on the riehl house, see shulze, - . with mies and rothko, the role of the metaphysical is key to understanding riehl‘s philosophy. while riehl‘s influence on mies has been acknowledged (by schulze and others), it is worth positing that rothko might have been aware of his ideas, too. riehl had become more widely known in america after he received an honorary doctorate, from princeton university, in , raising the intriguing question as to whether rothko‘s strong interest in philosophy at that same time could have introduced him to riehl‘s concepts. see alois riehl, ―the vocation of philosophy at the present day,‖ in emile boutroux, alois riehl, a. d. godsley, and arthur shipley, lectures delivered in connection with the graduate college of princeton university in october, (princeton: princeton univ. press, ): - . the existence of ―something outside of consciousness that is not wholly constituted by cognitive categories alone.‖ in addition to riehl, georg simmel‘s ideas on cultural philosophy, as w. gordon brown has demonstrated, also had a major impact on mies and the formation of his ideas concerning transcendence. brown notes that mies was well aware of simmel‘s essay ―the ruin,‖ from his book philosophiche kultur, in which he asserted that a building is built by ―human will‖ and becomes a ruin by the ―crumbling power of nature.‖ as murray s. davis has shown, this dialectic suggests ―the balance between the striving of the spirit and the necessities of nature.‖ an intangible, transcendent ―spirit‖ is thus always present in the reality of building-making. back and forth, human will to construct architecture and nature‘s power to deconstruct it are in flux, in what brian dillon called ―a fragile equilibrium between persistence and decay.‖ subscribing to simmel‘s view, mies understood architecture proper to be the springboard into an intangible essence: a transcendence. michael heidelberger, ―kantianism and realism: alois riehl (and moritz schlick),‖ in michael friedman and alfred nordmann, the kantian legacy in nineteenth-century science, eds. (cambridge, ma: m.i.t. press, ): . w. gordon brown, ―form as the object of experience: georg simmel‘s influence on mies van der rohe,‖ journal of architectural education ( -), vol. , no. (winter, ), pp. - . georg simmel, ―the ruin,‖ in kurt wolff, georg simmel, - , ed. (columbus: ohio state univ. press, ). see also simmel, philosophiche kultur (leipzig: w. klinhardt, ). murray s. davis, ―georg simmel and the aesthetics of social reality,‖ social forces, vol. , no. (mar. ): . brian dillon, ―fragments from a history of ruin,‖ cabinet vol. (winter, / ). chapter : architectural themes in new york’s vanguard art ca. - rothko‘s aggressive quips that ―those young artists are out to murder us‖ and that he ―would kill‖ any member of the younger generation of new york‘s avant garde if that artist attempted to usurp his position as a patriarch underscores an uneasy relationship he had with his younger contemporaries in the s. his withdrawal from the sidney janis gallery, in , as a protest against the new realists exhibit that opened in october of that year firmly declared that he was no longer cutting-edge. by , he knew he had been replaced, telling the painter john-franklin koenig that ―he felt as if he were dead…[that] only museums and large corporations could acquire him,‖ echoing john graham‘s comment from that ―modern painting is worthless.‖ what has been completely ignored, however, is the extent to which rothko‘s experiments with architectural ideas and the culmination of those ideas in the seagram project and two subsequent mural commissions actually aligned him with a handful of the most important artists who made major breakthroughs in advanced art in new york in the late s and early s, at which point rothko worked on his three mural commissions. numerous major works from the period could have been brought into the discussion, including louise bourgeois‘s totemic forms and environments, claes oldenburg‘s architecturally shaped/themed pieces, and, among many others, george rothko, according to herbert ferber in a jan. , interview with james e. b. breslin; and rothko, in fisher. rothko, in breslin, , note . john graham, interviewed by angus deming, september [archives of american art, microfilm roll ], in hayden herrera, ―le feu ardent: john graham‘s journal,‖ archives of american art journal vol. , no. ( ): . segal‘s walk-in environments, which he identified as having been strongly influenced by edward hopper‘s architectural paintings. artists who made significant contributions at that time who later turned their attention to architecture, including vito acconci, could also fit comfortably into a discussion of this kind. however, to streamline the current chapter, a small cross-section of artists who emerged in the late s and early s will be discussed, including robert rauschenberg, jasper johns, louise nevelson, ellsworth kelly, and frank stella. rothko would have been familiar with all of these artists, having attended solo exhibitions of some of their work, and likely having seen the dorothy miller-curated sixteen americans exhibition at the museum of modern art in , where pieces by all five artists were exhibited. a small set of rauschenberg‘s combines, johns‘s targets, nevelson‘s assemblages, kelly‘s non-objective paintings, and stella‘s black paintings, will be discussed as exemplars of vanguard art made in new york all in the late s. the use of doors, windows, images of architecture, architectural ornaments, and references to architecture in these works will be considered. additionally, a succinct rundown of how the minimalist artists donald judd, tony smith, sol lewitt, and carl andré treated architectural themes will also be bought into the discussion. of the seven works by rauschenberg exhibited at the show, among the largest at approximately seven by twelve feet was the wager ( - , kunstsammlung nordrhein-westfalen, düsseldorf, fig. ), a composite of four canvases. while rauschenberg has concentrated a mass of paint drips mixed with various bits of newspapers, fabrics, and other found materials, the right and left panels are sparer, sixteen americans, dorothy c. miller, ed. (new york: museum of modern art, ). focusing attention on two important details. at the right, an unmistakable tracing of a life-sized male figure evokes the human scale of most of the combines, and at the left pair of references to architecture are clearly separated from the rest of the composition. at the bottom left is a small image of the capitol dome in washington, d.c. (fig. ), and at the top left is a pair of what are likely fragments of wallpaper, cropped and outlined in pencil (fig. ). by , when he completed the work, rauschenberg had included dozens of architectural references and objects. in his untitled ( , private collection, fig. ), a stained-glass window dominates the top portion of the work. in the freestanding combine minutiae ( , private collection), a yellow architectural fragment supports one of the panels, not unlike how white architectural fragments act as columns in the subsequent untitled (ca. , the museum of contemporary art, los angeles), odalisk ( / , museum ludwig, cologne), and the tower ( , private collection), all completed before wager. in interview ( , the museum of contemporary art, los angeles, fig. ), a life-sized door jutting out toward the viewer suggests that we are looking into the work rather than at it, a idea he repeated in several subsequent works, including vis-à-vis the window in trophy v (for jasper johns) ( , honolulu academy of arts, fig. ). even outside the realm of his combines, in which the architectural fragments might appear to be as random as the other items included, rauschenberg continued to suggest architectural themes in works in other mediums, including his transfer drawings, prints, and silkscreened paintings. silkscreened depictions of the architecture of manhattan, images of buildings in various stages of construction, populate multiple works of the early s, including tideline ( , louisiana museum of modern art, humlebaek, denmark), scanning ( , san francisco museum of modern art), barge ( - , solomon r. guggenheim museum), and, among others, express ( , fundación colección thyssen-bornemisza, madrid). in estate ( , philadelphia museum of art, fig. ), for example, rauschenberg has paired silkscreened images of urban buildings with a view of the interior of the sistine chapel. given that, as paul schimmel has argued, rauschenberg‘s selection of objects and imagery was not completely random, that it relates to his autobiography and ―evoke[s] the imprint of his body and the residue of a life lived,‖ it is difficult to imagine that his inclusion of an image of the sistine was a haphazard one. that the chapel offers one of the most iconic examples in western art of pictorial imagery that is dominated by architecture and architectural forms makes it intriguing to imagine if, with estate, rauschenberg was perhaps attempting to convey this aspect of the chapel frescoes. while the scope of the current study does not allow for a broader analysis of rauschenberg‘s oeuvre, however, it is worth noting that he continually alluded to architecture throughout the many stages of his long career, in an attempt to bridge the art object and the world outside the gallery. in the catalogue for the moma show, his signature statement that ―painting relates to both art and life…(i try to act in that gap between the two)‖ declared that his artistic enterprise was inexorably linked to the real world and to the objects, some architectural, from that world. as brian o‘doherty observed, even the way we engage with a paul schimmel, ―autobiography and self-portraiture in rauschenberg‘s combines,‖ robert rauschenberg: combines, paul schimmel, ed. (los angeles: museum of contemporary art, ): . robert rauschenberg, statement, in sixteen americans, dorothy c. miller, ed., . rauschenberg combine, in the sense that we ―scan‖ it rather than ―stare‖ at it, mirrors the world outside the gallery and how we quickly scan our surroundings. before he included architectural fragments and images of buildings into his combines and silkscreened paintings, rauschenberg was, like rothko, highly sensitive to architectural concerns, including the space his paintings created. this is evident in his earliest works, including the man with two souls ( , private collection, fig. ), a simple construction of a glass rod and two wine bottles in a plaster he made as a response to one of barnett newman‘s earliest architecturally-related sculptures, here i ( , the menil collection, houston), an over life-sized totemic work made up of two vertical wooden zip-shaped pieces standing inside a milk crate, painted and plastered. as charles stuckey has shown, the exhibition of the rauschenberg piece at his first solo exhibition at betty parsons gallery in may came not long after the exhibition of the newman sculpture a month previously. here i, installed at the , engages architecture through its column-like upright stance, among other factors, setting the tone for newman‘s broken obelisk series and related architecturally-inspired sculptures. in addition to borrowing from newman‘s architectural works, rauschenberg engaged architectural/spatial issues with his monochromes from the early s, including his white painting (three panel) ( , san francisco museum of modern art, fig. ). as sheldon nodelman asserted, rothko ―almost certainly knew‖ rauschenberg‘s monochromatic polyptychs from the early s. moreover, brian o‘doherty, american masters: the voice and the myth (new york: ridge press, random house, ): - . nodelman, . nodelman discusses the rothko chapel paintings in relation to rauschenberg‘s early black monochromes, namely in terms of color, construction, and scale. rauschenberg‘s presence in the new york school community throughout the s would have been unavoidable. borrowing the large scale championed by the abstract expressionists, the work, at by inches, the work encourages viewer participation on a phenomenological level. although all-white paintings had been done previously by kazimir malevich, as in his suprematist composition: white on white ( , museum of modern art, new york, fig. ), rauschenberg‘s seemingly blank canvases offered a critique of the artist-centric more self-absorbed paintings of his abstract expressionist contemporaries. rather than being witnesses to the abstract expressions of rothko‘s emotions, for example, we instead actively participate in the white paintings by conceptually completing them by imagining what we want to see on the surface of the canvases. ridiculing, at least in part, what rothko, newman, and others thought were profound paintings prompted newman‘s reaction, after he had first seen the white paintings: ―what‘s the matter with him? does he think it‘s easy?‖ while erased de kooning drawing ( , san francisco museum of modern art, fig. ) raised the question again of whether rauschenberg‘s work signaled an end to abstract expressionism, an ―erasure‖ of it, his highly spectatorial combines and later his performative pieces similarly activated the architecture/space in which we participate with such pieces. in this way, rauschenberg, along with john cage and allan kaprow, among others, provided a new dimension to the type of actions and dramas both artist and for more on rauschenberg‘s relationship with the abstract expressionists in the early s, see calvin tomkins, off the wall: a portrait of robert rauschenberg (new york: picador, ): - . barnett newman, quoted in tomkins, . viewer can have by ―getting inside the canvas,‖ as harold rosenberg famously declared in his essay ―the american action painters‖ ( ). as with rauschenberg‘s foray into architectural and spatial issues, rothko was, during the seagram project, well aware of johns‘s early work. five months before rothko signed the contract to make the seagram murals, he attended johns‘s first one- man show at leo castelli‘s gallery, in january . it was at the gallery that rothko remarked that ―we worked for years to get rid of all of that.‖ the show was a resounding success, with johns‘s target with four faces ( , the museum of modern art, fig. ) having graced the cover of art news before the show opened officially declared. perhaps the most important early critical inquiry into the work was leo see harold rosenberg, ―the american action painters,‖ artnews vol. , no. (dec. ): - , - . for more on the rauschenberg-cage connection, see ibid., - . for kaprow, who had attended one of the performances of john cage‘s piece at carnegie hall, in , the engagement of the space occupied by the spectator related to jackson pollock‘s performative style, a space kaprow designed his happenings to activate. kaprow‘s pairing, in his book assemblage, environment, and happenings, of a reproduction of one of hans namuth‘s famous photos from , of pollock in the act of painting, with a photograph from his own happening yard ( , temporarily installed at the exhibition environments, situations, spaces at the martha jackson gallery, new york, fig. ) both cemented pollock‘s performative/spatial legacy, and positioned kaprow as the inheritor of that tradition. see allan kaprow, assemblage, environments, and happenings (new york: abrams, ). william kaizen, who has studied the importance of kaprow‘s role as a proselytizer of the dissolution of painting into the space of architecture, has observed that kaprow, ―instead of engaging with untrammeled ego and pure expression, engaged with the problem of painting and space, and with objects in a society turning away from production and toward consumption.‖ william kaizen, ―framed space: allan kaprow and the spread of painting,‖ grey room no. (autumn ): . on kaprow and performance, see amelia jones, body art, performing the subject (minneapolis: univ. of minnesota press, ); paul schimmel, ―leap into the void: performance and the object,‖ in paul schimmel, out of actions: between performance and the object, - , ed. (new york: thames and hudson, ). rothko and johns had multiple encounters. as bernard malamud recalled, both rothko and johns participated in the festivities in washington for lyndon johnson‘s inaugural celebration in , even riding a bus marked ―cultural leaders‖ together. see diane waldman, mark rothko, - : a retrospective, . ibid., . steinberg‘s from , in which saw such paintings as having a ―single image-meaning,‖ suggesting that the painting and the subject the same, at once a depiction of a target and a target itself. along with the target, what garners most attention in the boxlike construction attached to the top edge of the canvas, within which four plasters casts of a face are set in four separate compartments. what cannot be overestimated is the importance of the small door that is hinged to the top of the wooden section. although it is generally open when installed, so we can see the casts, its hinges allow it to function as a proper door, to alter how we view and interpret the work. ―this aspect [of a functioning door] has been lost,‖ johns has explained, ―now that the pictures have been become more museumized, but it was important at the time‖ he made it. when the door is open, the niches and their contents are exposed, raising issues of public versus private, exposure, voyeurism, and spectacle, in addition to the concerns of representation and illusion central to johns‘s work from that time. the magnitude of the impact of the door is even greater with target with plaster casts ( , museum of modern art, fig. ), the first of several dozen target works. in this case, the nine small doors when opened underscore the paired themes of eroticism and display, disclosing the male genitalia and various other body parts. this was made abundantly clear in when johns refused to allow the work to be exhibited at the jewish museum with the doors closed, something that the show‘s organizers felt downplayed the erotic component. in leo steinberg, ―jasper johns: the first seven years of his art,‖ metro / ( ), reprinted in steinberg, other criteria: confrontations with twentieth-century art (london, oxford, and new york: oxford univ. press, ): . jasper johns quoted in roberta bernstein, ―an interview with jasper johns,‖ , reprinted in kirk varnedoe, jasper johns: writings, sketchbook notes, interviews (new york: museum of modern art, ): . varnedoe, . one of johns‘s many visual puns, the meaning of the piece, including to question the role of the nude figure in postwar art, to play with the paradigms of illusion versus abstraction, to test the waters between something that is at once subjective and objective, all literally hinge on the small doors. in addition to the multiple intersections between the early work of rauschenberg and johns and duchamp, including found objects, puns, and the role of chance, architecture must also be considered. with his the bride stripped bare by her bachelors, even ( - , philadelphia museum of art, fig. ), duchamp employs the architectural form of a window, and through its transparency, draws attention to the floors and walls surrounding it. as it is installed at the philadelphia museum of art, its placement directly in front of a window that overlooks the museum‘s east terrace draws more attention to the dissolution of the architectural-sculptural divide. in Étant donnés: . la chute d’eau, . le gaz d’éclairage (given: . the waterfall, . the illuminating gas) ( - , philadelphia museum of art, fig. ), to offer just one more example, entices viewers into an architectural space intentionally estranged from the adjacent gallery by an eerie dark lighting scheme, one that sets the mood for the piece. to create and conceal the piece, duchamp transformed the architecture of his studio, anticipating the augmentation of the philadelphia gallery to accommodate the work. moreover, viewers participate with the work by gazing into two small holes in a readymade, exterior wooden door, onto a mixed-media combination of bricks, nails, stucco, and other architectural ingredients. architectural references/ingredients are also essential to other important works of vanguard art from new york in the late s built with duchamp‘s readymades in mind. nevelson‘s room-sized environment dawn’s wedding feast ( , fig. ), made for the sixteen americans exhibition, combined issues of space and viewer participation with architectural forms. no longer extant in its original form, with its various parts currently housed in the collections of the museum of modern art and the art institute of chicago, among other places, the piece was a massive assemblage of small fragments unified by a single color, white, in forms that robert rosenblum equated to ―the architectural fantasies of gaudi.‖ in relation to her use of white, nevelson has referred to herself as the architect of light, describing how she ―give[s] it [each work] architecture as solid as anything can be.‖ as with her all-black pieces, a series she began in the mid- s, the work is made in part from balusters, doorknobs, and other architectural ornaments, often dating to the turn-of-the-century, she found on the streets of new york. as robert hobbs argued, nevelson did not see these fragments as broken, fragmented parts of something else, but instead as ―alive and virginal…unified in a new composition.‖ in case with five balusters from dawn’s wedding feast ( , walker art center, fig. ), originally part of the larger piece assembled at the exhibition, nevelson devoted at least half of the composition to balusters and reinforced the heavy architectural emphasis by the title. the white-washing not only united the various forms, but also suggested a more traditional link between purity and nuptials. like rothko‘s ill-fated environment for the four seasons, another architectural aspect of nevelson‘s piece was that it structured/created a space. as virginia tillyard found, in robert rosenblum, sixteen americans, dorothy miller, ed., . louise nevelson, dawns + dusks: taped conversations with diana mackown (new york: scribner‘s, ): . robert c. hobbs, ―louise nevelson: a place that is an essence,‖ woman’s art journal, vol. , no. (spring-summer, ): . her review of a nevelson exhibition at the guggenheim, in , her work ―at once sets up organic relationships with the human figure and with its architectural environment.‖ that she hoped one collector would purchase the entire environment rather than breaking it up into disparate parts underscores just how important the architectural/spatial setting was for the piece. after the exhibition, nevelson, in subsequent decades, experimented further with her architectural pieces, fashioning large-scale works including mrs. n’s palace ( - , metropolitan museum of art, fig. ) that mimicked the proportions and scale of architectural spaces. as with sky cathedral ( - , museum of modern art), one of her earliest forays into merging sculpture and architecture, creating what hilton kramer has referred to as ―sculptural architecture,‖ nevelson provided clues in the title, ―palace‖ and ―cathedral,‖ that make her index of architecture unambiguous. along with rauschenberg, johns, and nevelson, ellsworth kelly also exhibited some of his early work at the sixteen americans show. rothko and kelly met only once, when dorothy miller introduced the two at a celebration for rothko‘s retrospective at the museum of modern art in new york. at a subsequent sidney janis gallery exhibition of kelly‘s work in new york, rothko remarked, as george segal recalled, that kelly‘s work made him [rothko] ―feel like a damned expressionist.‖ after his return to new york, in , kelly was brought into closer contact with rothko‘s work, even virginia tillyard, ―louise nevelson. new york, guggenheim museum,‖ the burlington magazine, vol. , no. (nov. ): . see hilton kramer, ―the sculpture of louise nevelson,‖ arts, vol. (june ): - . briony fer, ―rothko and repitition,‖ seeing rothko, glenn phillips and thomas crow, eds. (los angeles: getty research inst., ): . remarking that he ―admire[d] rothko‘s brushwork.‖ as with nearly all of the artists discussed in this chapter, however, rothko‘s often bristly responses to the work of the younger artists does not change the fact that they all shared an interest in incorporating architectural themes, motifs, and forms in their work. much of kelly‘s flattened canvases from the late s are based shapes he derived and often literally transcribed from architecture, observing that ―everywhere i looked, everything i saw became something to be made, and it had to be exactly as it was.‖ in awnings, avenue matignon ( , museum of modern art, fig. ), an early example of his appropriation of architectural forms, kelly has distilled the forms of seven awnings into simple blocks of blue and white color. through its reference to a specific architectural source, kelly‘s title provides the essential clue that we are not faced with what appears superficially to be a non-objective canvas, but are instead looking at kelly‘s manipulation of a proper place. in a september letter to john cage, he articulated the relationship of architecture to his paintings, expressing that he was ―not interested in painting as it has been accepted for so long—to hang on the walls of houses as pictures. to hell with pictures—they should be the wall—even better—on the outside wall—of large buildings.‖ two years later, in a letter to hilla rebay, then director of the museum of non-objective painting in new york, kelly reiterated that ―the future art must go to the wall itself. and this is what kelly interview by mark rosenthal, sept. , , in mark rothko, jeffrey weiss, ed. (washington, d.c.: national gallery of art, ): . ellsworth kelly, ―notes from ,‖ in ellsworth kelly: paintings and sculptures, - , barbara rose, ed. (amsterdam: stedelijk museum, ): . kelly to john cage, excerpts reprinted in ellsworth kelly: the years in france, - , yves alain bois, ed. (washington, d.c.: national gallery of art, ): - . i have been trying to do in my work.‖ as a comparison between his more recent lake ii ( , beyeler collection, basel, fig. ) and paul cézanne‘s the gulf of marseilles seen from l’estaque (ca. , the art institute of chicago, fig. ) indicates, kelly continues to derive his abstract shapes, color, and forms from proper places, subjects, and, in this case, works of art. as michael plante has argued, kelly‘s interest in architectural and spatial concerns has been ―concealed‖ in/by american museums, where his ―multiple-panel paintings that are responsive to their interior setting‖ are generally installed in disproportionally small galleries that ―downplay their interaction with the architecture of the room.‖ arguing that ―kelly‘s work in general has been misread by american critics, who for too long have overlooked the importance of his paris years,‖ plante related kelly‘s early work to the tradition of french mural painting after the second world war, one reinvigorated by the need to repair buildings after the war, to use architectural paintings to promote political agendas, and to champion a more collective artform rather than an highly individualized one. as jeanne cassou, director of the musée national d‘art modern in paris while kelly was in paris in the early s, declared, ―after a period of exasperating individualism, there should be a period of working toward some collective action,‖ one that involves ―the wall, the first element of the house and therefore a sign of the human community,‖ a part of architecture that ―forces the painter, like the architect, to move beyond what is closed and schematic and kelly to hill rebay, nov. , , hilla rebay archives, solomon r. guggenheim museum, new york. michael plante, ―‗things to cover walls‘: ellsworth kelly‘s paris paintings and the tradition of mural decoration,‖ american art, vol. , no. (spring ): . ibid., . to move toward what is the essential in their art.‖ while in france, from - , kelly made pilgrimages out of paris to visit architectural sites, including romanesque churches and unité d‘habitation, a modernist residential/apartment building le corbusier designed in marseilles. moreover, he even pitched an idea for a mural to marcel breuer, who rejected the proposal. frank stella, who once described kelly as ―the world‘s greatest living abstract painter,‖ similarly conceived of flat abstract forms that related to architecture, at the same moment rothko made the seagram paintings. despite a fundamental difference between the rothko and stella as william rubin explained, that rothko ―eliminated from the picture…references to the things of this world,‖ whereas stella ―has aimed lower, but wider,‖ the two painters, at the same time, labored at expanding the limitations of painting from being merely a pictorial enterprise to being a spatial one. stella‘s the marriage of reason and squalor ( , museum of modern art, fig. ), which was included along with three other ―black paintings‖ exhibited in sixteen americans, declared a connection and perhaps an homage to the aspects of a signature rothko he admired most, namely ―rothko‘s softness, bulkiness, the one image – the presence and power of the one thing.‖ ―i was very taken with abstract expressionism…i had always liked house painting anyway…‖ stella told alan solomon in , having jean cassou, situation de l’art modern (paris: editions de minuit, ): - . plante, . frank stella, ―salute,‖ in frank stella and franz-joachim verspoh, the writings of frank stella. die schriften frank stella (köln: verlag der buchhandlung walther könig, ): . william rubin, frank stella, - (new york: museum of modern art, ): . frank stella, in william rubin, frank stella (new york: museum of modern art, ): . worked as a house painter in , ―i still feel rooted in abstract expressionism…as i probably always will be.‖ while, as carl andré explained in a short statement printed in the catalogue for sixteen americans, that stella‘s art ―excludes the unnecessary,‖ touting stella‘s interest in ―the necessities of painting,‖ a number of the works he made immediately after graduating princeton and moving to new york, in mid- , reference architecture directly. in his pre-black paintings of , he referred to buildings and places in the city through his titles, including astoria, coney island, east broadway (door), great jones street, and west broadway. by the end of the year and into , with his first black paintings, he continued to reference architecture and places, including morro castle, reichstag, arundel castle, bethlehem’s hospital, clinton plaza, and tomlinson court park. as robert rosenblum illustrated, stella, at that phase of his career, also referenced ―landmarks of american architecture,‖ including the mausoleum in graceland cemetery in chicago ( ) designed by louis sullivan, in getty tomb ( ), and frank lloyd wright‘s buildings for the campus of florida southern college in lakeland, in stella‘s dade city, plant city, and tampa, all from . stella‘s emphasis on the object, following his famous declaration, in , that ―what you see is what you see,‖ might suggest that his allusions to architecture were contradictory to how stella saw these frank stella, in frank stella and alan solomon, ―frank stella: portions of an interview,‖ members newsletter, no. (spring ): . carl andré, in sixteen americans, dorothy miller, ed., . for the importance of as a pivotal year for stella‘s work, see harry cooper and megan r. luke, frank stella (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). robert rosenblum, introduction to lawrence rubin, frank stella paintings to (new york: stewart, tabori, & chang, ): - . rosenblum followed joseph masheck in linking stella to wright. see masheck, ―frank stella at kasmin,‖ studio international (feb. , ). paintings as functioning. as the architectural critic paul goldberger has recently shown, in his catalogue essay for the frank stella: painting into architecture exhibition held at the metropolitan museum in , however, stella was indifferent to the functionality of architecture. like rothko, stella‘s writings suggest his interest in the history of western art more broadly, and how prior artists employed hybrid pictorial-architectural concerns/ambitions. one of the themes he addressed in a series of lectures he delivered as the charles eliot norton professor at harvard university during his tenure there, in - , was the relationship between painting and architecture in cinquecento art. he described how italian renaissance artists ―became critical of his relationship to the surfaces of architecture and sought to modify it…creating a painted space that interacted in some meaningful, though often competitive, way with the structure…[with] leonardo…signaling the beginning of painting‘s attempt to free itself from architecture.‖ moreover, he isolated what ―two great failures [that] signal the break between painting and architecture – leonardo‘s last supper and michelangelo‘s last judgment,‖ arguing that michelangelo‘s ―florid aggressiveness‖ attacks prior art, making it ―something one could walk through‖ in an architectural sense rather than ―painting one could look at.‖ he provided similar assessments of caravaggio‘s prioritization of the frank stella, from an interview by bruce glaser with stella and donald judd, broadcast by wbai-fm, new york, feb. , under the title ―new nihilism or new art?,‖ published as ―questions to stella and judd,‖ lucy r. lippard, art news (sept. ): - . see paul goldberger, painting into architecture (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). frank stella, ―caravaggio,‖ from ―working space, the charles eliot norton lectures at harvard university,‖ in frank stella and franz-joachim verspoh, . ibid., . spaces his cycles created, including those for the contarelli chapel and for the church of san luigi dei francesi, both in rome, suggesting that the cycles usurp the architecture that houses them by creating their own quasi-architectural environments. the presence of architectural themes and motifs in stella‘s work is so strong that he recently playfully ridiculed the notion of differentiating architecture from other mediums. ―everybody uses plumbing as the definition. if it has plumbing, then it‘s architecture,‖ he declared. in the same interview, he expounded on architecture that closely engages with the pictorial. in his view, he included le corbusier‘s notre dame du haut, philip johnson‘s glass house, mies‘s barcelona pavilion, and frank gehry‘s interactive corporation‘s new manhattan headquarters, as ―pictorial architecture,‖ for the reason that all exploit pictorial, sculptural, and traditional architectural forms. ―the world is so into categories that nobody wants to say,‖ stella noted, ―‗oh, he paints and he makes architecture.‘ but, le corbusier did both, and he was pretty good at them.‖ many of the architectural works just described, including rauschenberg‘s monochromes, kelly‘s abstractions, stella‘s black paintings, and even rothko‘s geometric compositions, have all generally been credited as having laid part of the foundation for the first official minimalist works in the early s. thus, architectural themes, motifs, and references played a vital role in two of the most important styles that gained prominence ca. - , or, the years rothko worked on his three mural projects. with this in mind, fragments of the role architecture played in the work of the primary minimalists from that point, namely donald judd, tony smith, sol lewitt, and frank stella, quoted in ―the archrecord interview,‖ architectural record, published online june . ibid. carl andré, will follow. as briony fer has shown, rothko‘s comment that ―if a thing is worth doing once, it is worth doing over and over again‖ suggests an intriguing parallel between the repetitiveness of rothko‘s abstractions and the repetition central to a good deal of minimalist work, in line with carl andré‘s observation that ―if a thing is worth doing once, it is worth doing again‖ and donald judd‘s phrase ―one thing after another.‖ judd is ―not an architect in the conventional sense‖ according to peter noever, who invited him to create the art-architectural work stage set for the exhibition donald judd: architektur at the mak exhibition hall in vienna (see fig. ), ―but his work is committed to architecture…what he produces in architecture.‖ in her catalogue essay for the show, brigitte huck agreed, noting that ―judd has been concerned with architecture for over twenty years,‖ as of the early s, ―yet both this fact and the work resulting from it are known to very few.‖ judd‘s architectural proclivity, or ―the relationship between object and architecture…between object and space,‖ as huck reaffirmed, ―began with his sculptural works.‖ in judd‘s essay for the catalogue, he praises the seagram building as among ―the few good buildings [that]…represent advance and enlightenment in as simple a way as any survey tells you the first buildings of the renaissance did, contrasting architecture of this high caliber to the ―unnecessary skyscrapers‖ that in his view debase architecture by ignoring or improperly dealing with for rothko‘s quote, see breslin, . see also briony fer, ―rothko and repetition,‖ in seeing rothko, . see also briony fer, the infinite line: re-making art after modernism (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). peter noever, ―architecture within architecture,‖ donald judd: architecture, archiecktur, herausgegeben von peter noever, ed. (ostfildern-ruit : hatje can, ): . brigitte huck, ―donald judd: architect,‖ in ibid., . ibid., . historical architectural precedents. more recently, in , peter flückiger continued the trend to draw more attention to judd‘s architectural work and writing, reaffirming that few people ―are aware of his writing on architecture and how much architectural work he panned and realized during his lifetime.‖ judd‘s sensitivity to architectural concerns can be found throughout the art and architectural criticism he wrote several decades previously, including a passage about rothko. this is perhaps why, on the subject of rothko‘s moma retrospective, judd noted that rothko‘s paintings ―showed that they were improving,‖ an uncommon stance that suggested that the most recent work in the show, the seagram murals, were more advanced than what rothko painted until that time. judd consistently praised rothko, noting once that ―pollock, newman, rothko and still made their work a reality, not a picture of it.‖ possibly the most architectural of the minimalists, and the earliest of the group to delve into architectural themes, tony smith‘s first metal sculpture the black box ( - , national gallery of canada, fig. ) established the pattern of using streamlined, mass-producible forms that harkened back to the manufacturing family into which he was born in addition to streamlined processes galvanized in postwar architecture. in his massive works, including the painted aluminum smoke ( , los angeles county museum of art, fig. ), measuring twenty four by forty seven by thirty three feet, smith mimicked architectural spaces. in scale and form, smoke and related works echo mark di suvero‘s contemporary monumentally-scaled sculptures, the architectural donald judd, ―art and architecture, in ibid., . peter flückiger, donald judd: architecture in marfa, texas (basel and boston: birkhäuser, ): . donald judd, ―abstract expressionism,‖ complete writings: - (eindhoven: van abbemuseum, ): . methods di suvero used to make them, including his use of cranes, and, as barbara rose has argued, his ―architectural use of linear elements to span and extend into space, which was embraced, penetrated, or otherwise activated by di suvero‘s outward angled beams.‖ for smith, his architectural bent began when he studied architecture at the new bauhaus in chicago, under lászló moholy-nagy, later worked, from - , for frank lloyd wright as an office clerk, and in his independent architectural practice designed more than twenty four private homes and spaces. after he relinquished his architectural work to become a sculptor, in , smith immediately incorporated techniques and styles he had worked with as an architect into his sculptures. as with smith‘s architecturally-themed work, sol lewitt‘s early box-like constructions including floor structure ( , museum of modern art, fig. ) emphasized the serial and modular qualities of architecture. begun not long after he abandoned painting, in , such works reflected lewitt‘s prior work in i. m. pei‘s office, from - . lewitt‘s smaller scale works from that time, such as serial project, i (abcd) ( , museum of modern art, fig. ) more closely borrowed, in form, scale, and the use of the grid, architectural models with which he was quite familiar. from there, lewitt progressed to engage architectural spaces more directly, making his first of more than , wall drawings in . as john carlin found in his review of an exhibition of lewitt‘s drawings, lewitt‘s work ―present[s] an apparent contradiction of a seemingly meaningless visual structure married to an implicitly complex conceptual apparatus which remained virtual through the silence of the art work barbara rose, ―on mark di suvero: sculpture outside walls,‖ art journal, vol. , no. (winter, - ): . itself.‖ however, ―his art, like his writing,‖ as robert rosenblum observed, ―has always been in close touch with the abstract components of architecture.‖ while many additional architecturally-minded minimalist pieces can be brought into the discussion, including, in their obvious references to architecture, dan flavin‘s monument for v. tatlin ( , museum of modern art, fig. ), the first of thirty- nine monuments made between and to the russian constructivist and robert morris‘s untitled (column) ( , destroyed), to say nothing of the many non- minimalist architecturally-bound works of the mid- s, one final artist warrants a brief mention. in equivalent viii ( , tate gallery, fig. ), carl andré used unpretentious, rough building bricks inspired by the simplified forms of stonehenge, which had a major impact on him when he visited it in . the precise patterning and geometric emphasis of his work from that time recalled his connection to stella, with whom he shared a studio during his fruitful earliest period, in - . the symmetry, geometry, and architectural references of the black paintings significantly influenced andré‘s work, as did constantin brâncuşi‘s totemic forms, inspired by the jambs of romanian folk architecture. by the mid- s, his use of steel and other industrial materials not only referenced the railroad tracks he grew accustomed to through his work as a train brakerman and conductor in the early s, but also more closely appropriated the function of architecture absent from stella‘s paintings. in aluminum squares ( , norton simon museum) and related sculptures, which functioned not unlike the john carlin, ―sol lewitt wall drawings, - ,‖ art journal, vol. , no. (spring ): . robert rosenblum, ―notes on sol lewitt,‖ on modern american art (new york: harry n. abrams, ): . floor on which they rested, encouraging us to walk on them as we would the floor, downplaying the sacrosanct role of the art object. examining the architectural concerns of the small sampling of pieces just described obviously does not provide a completed narrative for each work. however, by engaging with architecture in his own way, rothko, first with the seagram project, and later with the harvard and houston commissions, participated in a discourse that had a major impact on vanguard of the late s and the first half of the s. while it is unclear and probably unlikely that he did so in order to keep pace with his younger contemporaries, considering his enduring interest in architecture and architectural painting, he nevertheless continued to make inventive work despite the fact that the style he helped to establish inched closer toward being passé. chapter : conclusion in may , , less than a year after the contract between rothko and the seagram corporation was finalized, on june , , he legally changed his name from marcus rothkowitz to mark rothko as he was obtaining a passport for his trip to europe. while the change was more practical than poetic, it points toward a paradigmatic shift for him: the culmination in the seagram work of a career-spanning interest in architecture. to the list of the many contradictions that defined rothko and his work, including marcus rothkowitz/mark rothko, latvian/american, timeless/modern, collective/personal, philosopher/painter, should thus be added the pictorial/architectural binary. like carl jung, with whose writings rothko was familiar, rothko looked to architecture and architectural themes to express and convey emotions. jung constructed his famous tower in bollingen, switzerland at the edge of lake zurich to although dore ashton remembered that rothko ―never mentioned…the teachings of carl jung,‖ irving sandler recalled that artist-writer john graham not only ―stressed the importance of‖ automatic writing to rothko and others, but introduced jungian concepts to rothko, through his book, system and dialectics of art ( ). dore ashton, ―rothko‘s frame of mind,‖ seeing rothko, , and irving sandler, triumph of american painting: a history of abstract expressionism (new york: harper & row, ): . see john graham, system and dialectics of art ( ) reprinted as marcia epstein allentuck, john graham’s system and dialectics of art, ed. (baltimore: johns hopkins press, ). according to the graham specialist eila kokkinen, rothko had given some attention to graham‘s book shortly after it was published. chave, , note . jungian concepts concerning interconnectedness in particular, as evidenced by the collective unconscious, the archetype, and synchronicity, among others, were, of course, ideally suited for rothko‘s artistic sensibilities throughout his career, in the sense that he sought, with his signature painting in particular, to transcend the object in order to connect people and experiences. for a recent investigation on the connections between painting, architecture, and psychology, see susan bernstein, housing problems: writing and architecture in goethe, walpole, freud, and heidegger (stanford: stanford univ. press, ). examine in architectural forms how interior spaces function metaphorically as mirrors of the human psyche. following jung, gaston bachelard, in the poetics of space, first published in during the seagram project, described how we are intimately connected to the architectural spaces we occupy. the space and architecture of the home we occupy shapes both how we behave in it and our moods/experiences as we perceive as mezei and briganti have also shown, jung ―conceptualized domestic structures, both architectural and literary, as possible fruitful replications or images of mental structures, offering grounds, as bachelard wrote, for ‗taking the house as a tool for analysis of the human soul.‖ kathy mezei and chiara briganti, ―reading the house: a literary perspective,‖ . jung‘s famous tower (fig. ), or what he called ―a kind of monument out of stone,‖ offers the most iconic example of his interest in architecture. see carl jung, memories, dreams, reflections, trans. richard winston, fontana library of theology and philosophy series (london: flamingo, ): . for more on jung‘s tower (in relation to similarly themed towers, by william butler yeats, robinson jeffers, and rainer maria rilke), see theodore ziolkowski, the view from the tower: origins of an antimodernist image (princeton: princeton univ. press, ). jung began working on the tower in , and it thereafter became an architectural project that for him represented a process of self-discovery, of returning to his childhood and to a moment when he constructed such structures. recalling his early experiences with architecture, jung, in his autobiography, describes being ―fond of playing with bricks,‖ and that he ―built towers,‖ which he then ―rapturously destroyed by an ‗earthquake.‘‖ carl jung, in ibid., . having worked on the tower intermittently throughout his life, adding what he called a ―spiritual tower‖ ( ), a courtyard and loggia ( ), and an upper room he identified as his ―ego-personality‖ ( ), jung employed architecture to provide himself with, as vaughan hart has observed, ―a place for meditation.‖ vaughan hart, ―carl jung‘s alchemical tower at bollingen,‖ res: anthropology and aesthetics no. (spring ): . see also aniela jaffe, c. g. jung: word and image, ed., bollingen series (princeton: princeton univ. press, ): - ; and clare cooper, ―the house as symbol of the self,‖ in charles burnette, jon lang, walter moleski, eds., designing for human behavior: architecture and the behavioral sciences (stroudsburg, pa: dowden, hutchinson, & ross, ): - . the tower‘s interior spaces thus become metaphors for a handful of archetypes jung variously explored throughout his career, those he would ultimately codify in the archetypes and the collective unconscious ( - ). carl jung, the archetypes and the collective unconscious, in collected works of c. g. jung, volume (part ): archetypes and the collective unconscious, trans. gerhard adler and r.f.c. hull, eds. (princeton: princeton univ. press, ). see also joseph campbell, the portable jung, ed. (new york: penguin books, ): - . it. rothko constructed his seagram cycle for some of the same reasons. when he did so, he re-connected to the architectural concerns that informed his earliest paintings. by making a mid-twentieth century gesamtkunstwerk, one that merged painting and architecture, rothko participated in a wave of renewed interest in architecture that preoccupied some of the most influential artists that emerged in the wake of abstract expressionism. while rauschenberg, johns, and the others mentioned embraced architecture for various reasons, rothko did so hoping to trigger tragic responses in his viewers, something he had been attempting to do as early as ca. . his penchant for tragedy was just as strong during and after the project as it was previously. in , just after he abandoned the seagram project, he remarked: as i have grown older, shakespeare has become closer to me than aeschylus, who meant so much to me in my youth. shakespeare‘s tragic concept embodies for me the full range of life from which the artist draws all his tragic materials, including irony; irony becomes a weapon against fate. rothko‘s connection to architecture is just one piece of a much larger puzzle in modernist and post-modernist art. among the many artists included in this macro spectrum is matisse, the artist rothko perhaps admired most. as john elderfield has recently argued, examining the rothko-matisse-architecture triumvirate is especially see gaston bachelard, the poetics of space, trans. maria jolas (boston: beacon press, ). rothko adored the work of richard wagner. as barbara novak and brian o‘doherty have found, frederick nietsche‘s ideas concerning music—that tragedy ―arose out of the tragic chorus,‖ or that the ―dionysiac musician…is nothing but original pain and reverberation of the image‖—likely reinforced his passion for wagner. frederick nietzsche, the birth of tragedy and the genealogy of morals, trans. francis golffing (garden city, new york, ): , . barbara novak and brian o‘doherty, ―rothko‘s dark paintings: tragedy and void,‖ mark rothko, jeffrey weiss, ed., - . mark rothko, in a conversation with peter selz in , in mark rothko (new york: museum of modern art, new york): . fruitful, since it helps to explain, in matissean terms, the spectatorial relationships we tend to have with rothko‘s abstractions. borrowing a phrase from the contemporary freudian christopher bollas, elderfield reminds us that we ―surrender‖ to a medium that ―alters the self,‖ making a rothko abstraction a ―transformational object.‖ twelve years after rothko‘s death, a groundbreaking study in a edition of the architectural journal perspecta, suggested that architectural concerns were important for many artists working in various mediums. the essay explored the intersections between art and architecture, investigating siah armajani, niki logis, nathaniel lieberman, christopher sproat, robert guillot, richard haas, and vito acconci. a sequence of interviews with these artists revealed that issues of an architectural nature, including space and architectural imagery, were more pressing than the authors had anticipated, leading to the conclusion that such artists were no longer ―content merely to embellish walls and elderfield recalls henri matisse‘s definition of architectural painting. such an experience is suggested both by the vertical/human proportions of such works and also by the logistical-spatial reality that there is only enough room in front of a signature rothko for one viewer at a time. matisse, in his correspondence with the russian art critic alexsandr romm, letters published in and written in relation to his mural the dance ( - , the barnes foundation), distinguished between ―architectural paintings‖ and ―pictures.‖ the former are inexorably linked to the wall, and are meant to be understood within the visual scope of the architecture. they derive their meaning, at least in part, from that connection. such paintings are not figurative, since a figure consumes the viewer‘s attention, thereby making a viewer less aware of the architecture adjacent to the work or the space within which it is installed. with a non- figurative/architectural work, the viewer, as the only ―figure,‖ has more control over where to look in the absence of a painted figure commanding our attention, thereby more strongly participating with the architectural space of the gallery. rothko was likely aware of this distinction. as elderfield asserted, rothko‘s ―conception of his paintings‘ efficacy and display does seem to have been informed by‖ the matisse-romm letters. john elderfield,‖ transformations,‖ seeing rothko, . christopher bollas, the shadow of the object (london: free association books, ): note , p ; cited in elderfield, ―transformations,‖ . siah armajani, niki logis, nathaniel lieberman, christopher sproat, robert guillot, richard haas, and vito acconci, ―the exuviae of visions: architecture as a subject for art,‖ perspecta vol. ( ): - . space…but envision[ed] their role as active participants in the creation of the environment.‖ as logis observed, ―architecture encloses space.‖ and, as scott burton described his own work as a mediation between art and architecture, as ―a kind of resolution of the modern hostility between art and architecture.‖ further research aimed at digging deeper into the role of architecture in vanguard art since will draw even more attention to the fact that rothko‘s interest in architecture was anything but idiosyncratic. with this in mind, it is not surprising that of all of the phases of rothko‘s career that have the potential for engaging dramatic literature, john logan, in his recent tony-award-winning play red, looked to the seagram project as a primary subject and backdrop. the changes rothko made to his style during the seagram project, including his embrace of the colossal scale, his darkening palette, and his use of shapes derived from architecture, are thus best understood not in regard to logistical concerns. how to cover five-hundred-twenty square feet of space in the grill room with large murals seems to have been relatively insignificant for rothko. instead, such changes reflected rothko‘s intense negotiation of architecture. as john fischer surmised, ―this is pure speculation, but i suspect rothko‘s death [eleven years after he abandoned the project] may have been related to the fact that artists these days are not encouraged to paint temples.‖ ibid., . ibid., . scott burton, ―[essay by scott burton],‖ design quarterly no. , site: the meaning of place in art and architecture ( ): . john fischer, in wick, . fig. : mark rothko, untitled {black on maroon} [seagram mural sketch], oil on canvas, x ½ inches tate gallery fig. : mark rothko, sketch for “mural no. ” (two openings in black over wine) {black on maroon} [seagram mural sketch], oil on canvas, x inches tate gallery fig. : mark rothko, untitled {sketch for mural/black on maroon} [seagram mural sketch], oil on canvas, x inches tate gallery fig. : mark rothko, untitled {black on maroon} [seagram mural sketch], oil on canvas, x inches tate gallery fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural], oil on canvas, x inches tate gallery fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {black on maroon} [seagram mural], oil on canvas, x inches tate gallery fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural], oil on canvas, x inches tate gallery fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural], oil on canvas, x tate gallery fig. : mark rothko, mural, section {red on maroon} [seagram mural], oil on canvas, x inches tate gallery fig, : ezra stoller, ludwig mies van der rohe, mies van der rohe (with philip johnson and kahn and jacobs), seagram building..., gelatin silver print, in. x inches san francisco museum of modern art fig. : current plan, four seasons restaurant, seagram building, new york. what was called the grill room in is at the top-left, in what is now called the ―pool room terrace‖ or pdr (private dining room ) fig. : (above) north wall facing rd street and west/entrance wall (adjacent to pool room); (below) east and south walls, four seasons restaurant, seagram building, new york fig. : the rothko room, tate modern fig. : marcel duchamp, mile of string, , temporarily installed on the second floor of the former whitelaw reid mansion, new york, first papers of surrealism exhibition fig. : jackson pollock, mural, oil on canvas, / x inches university of iowa museum of art fig. : rothko room, phillips collection, washington fig. : leonardo da vinci, ―vitruvian man‖ (the ideal proportions of the human figure, ca. pen and ink with wash over metalpoint on paper, . x inches gallerie dell'accademia in venice, italy fig. : mark rothko, pen drawing in golde’s composition sketchbook, - fig. : mark rothko, untitled [nude], / , cat. oil on canvas, / x / inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : section of frieze dionysiac mystery cult, from villa of the mysteries, pompeii, wall painting, ca. bce national museum, naples fig. : mark rothko, no. /no. {untitled}, oil on canvas, / x ¼ inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : fresco wall paintings in a cubiculum (bedroom) from the villa of p. fannius synistor at boscoreale, ca. – bce plaster the metropolitan museum of art fig. : detail, fresco wall paintings in a cubiculum (bedroom) from the villa of p. fannius synistor at boscoreale, ca. – bce plaster the metropolitan museum of art fig. : henri matisse, the red studio, oil on canvas, / x ' ¼ inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : milton avery, girl writing, oil on canvas, x / inches the phillips collection, washington fig. : mark rothko, harvard mural, tryptych, panel i-iii, , installation view, holyoke center, left: mark rothko, panel one [harvard mural triptych], oil on canvas, ¼ x ¼ fogg art museum, harvard university art museums center: mark rothko, panel two [harvard mural triptych], oil on canvas, ¼ x / inches fogg art museum, harvard university art museums right: mark rothko, panel three [harvard mural triptych], oil on canvas, / x inches fogg art museum, harvard university art museums fig. : domenico ghirlandaio, last supper, ca. fresco, . x ¼ feet san marco, florence fig. : ambush of troilus by achilles, ca. bce, tomb of the bulls, tarquinia fig. : mark rothko, no. (reds), oil on canvas, x inches staatliche museen zu berlin fig. : giotto di bondone, death of the virgin, ca. tempera on panel staatliche museen zu berlin fig. : giotto di bondone, crucifixion, ca. tempera on wood, . x inches staatliche museen zu berlin fig. : marcel duchamp, fresh widow, miniature french window, painted wood frame, and panes of glass covered with black leather, / x / inches the museum of modern art, new york fig. : marcel duchamp, the bride stripped bare by her bachelors, even (the large glass), - oil, varnish, lead foil, lead wire, and dust on two glass panels, feet / inches x / inches philadelphia museum of art fig. : charles sheeler, view of new york, oil on canvas, x / inches museum of fine arts, boston fig. : casper david friedrich, view from the artist's studio, window on the left, ca. – graphite and sepia on paper; / x / inches belvedere, vienna fig. : casper david friedrich, view from the artist's studio, window on the right, ca. – graphite and sepia on paper; / x / inches belvedere, vienna fig. : hans hofmann, autumn gold, oil on canvas, / x x / inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : robert motherwell, open no. in scarlet and blue, acrylic and drawing on canvas, x inches tate collection fig. : michelangelo, vestibule, the laurentian library, monastery of san lorenzo, , florence, italy fig. : michelangelo, vestibule, the laurentian library, monastery of san lorenzo, , florence, italy fig. : mark rothko, mother and child, ca. oil on canvas, x inches collection of christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, antigone, - oil and charcoal on canvas, x / inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : arshile gorky, the artist and his mother, ca. -ca. oil on canvas, / x inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : arshile gorky, the artist and his mother, ca. - oil on canvas, x inches whitney museum of american art fig. : giorgio di chirico, the disquieting muses, oil on canvas private collection fig. : mark rothko, composition i [verso], ca. oil on hardboard, / x ¾ inches collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, composition i [recto], / oil on hardboard, / x ¾ inches collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, sophie, ca. oil on canvas board, ¾ x inches collection of kate rothko prizel and christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, untitled [portrait of leah farber], ca. oil on canvas board, ¾ x / inches collection of herbert and esther schimmel, nashua, n.h. fig. : mark rothko, portrait of rothko’s mother, / oil on canvas, / x inches collection of kate rothko prizel fig. : mark rothko, portrait of a young boy {untitled}, ca. oil on canvas, / x / inches collection of christopher rothko fig. : edward hopper, chop suey, oil on canvas, / x / inches private collection fig. : mark rothko, discourse, / oil on canvas, x ¾ inches collection of christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, interior, oil on hardboard, / x / inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : michelangelo, tomb of lorenzo de' medici, - marble medici chapel, san lorenzo, florence, italy fig. : mark rothko, thru the window, / oil on gesso board, / x / inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : fra filippo lippi, portrait of a man and a woman at a casement, ca. tempera on wood, / x / inches. the metropolitan museum of art fig. : sandro botticelli, giuliano de' medici, ca. / tempera on panel, / x / inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : mark rothko, untitled [two nudes standing in front of a doorway], oil on canvas, / x / inches neuberger museum of art, purchase college fig. : pablo picasso, two nudes, oil on canvas, / x / inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : mark rothko, untitled, / oil on linen, x / inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : mark rothko, untitled [children around a table], oil on canvas, x ¾ inches collection of christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, the party {untitled}, oil on canvas, / x ¾ inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : mark rothko, subway, oil on canvas, x inches collection of kate rothko prizel fig. : mark rothko, underground fantasy {subway (subterranean fantasy)}, ca. oil on canvas, / x ½ inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : adolph gottlieb, south ferry waiting room, ca. oil on cotton, x inches private collection fig. : adolph gottlieb, brooklyn bridge, ca. oil on canvas, / x / inches private collection fig. : john sloan, the wake of the ferry ii, oil on canvas, x inches the phillips collection, washington, d.c. fig. : robert henri, snow in new york, oil on canvas, x / inches national gallery of art, washington, d.c. fig. : mark rothko, the peddler, / oil on canvas board, / x inches collection of blanche goreff fig. : mark rothko, untitled [two jews], / oil on canvas board, ¼ x ¾ inches collection of marjorie g. neuwirth fig. : max weber, new york, oil on canvas, / x ½ inches thyssen-bornemisza collection, lugano, switzerland fig. : max weber, new york (the liberty tower from the singer building) [the woolworth building], oil on canvas, ¼ x / inches museum of fine arts, boston fig. : milton avery, the steeplechase, coney island, oil on canvas, x inches the metropolitan museum of art fig. : mark rothko, the road, / oil on canvas, x ½ inches collection of christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, city phantasy [recto], ca. oil on canvas, ¾ x ½ inches collection of christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, landscape [?] {untitled} (or, untitled (two women before a cityscape), / oil on canvas, x / inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : mark rothko, untitled [cityscape], ca. oil on canvas, x inches collection of christopher rothko fig. : mark rothko, street scene, / oil on canvas, x inches national gallery of art, washington fig. : rothko chapel, interior, detail. from left to right: mark rothko, untitled [northwest angle-wall painting], oil on canvas, ½ x inches rothko chapel, houston mark rothko, untitled [north wall apse triptych, left panel], oil on canvas, x inches rothko chapel, houston mark rothko, untitled [north wall apse triptych, middle panel], oil on canvas, ¼ x ¼ inches rothko chapel, houston mark rothko, untitled [north wall apse triptych, right panel], oil on canvas, x inches rothko chapel, houston mark rothko, untitled [northeast angle-wall painting], oil on canvas, ½ x inches rothko chapel, houston fig. : dominican chapelle de saint-marie du rosarie, exterior, vence, france, - fig. : henri matisse, the tree of life (at left; stained glass) and st. dominic (at right; ceramic tiles), dominican chapelle de saint-marie du rosarie, interior, vence, france fig. : barnett newman, first station, magna on canvas, / x / inches national gallery of art, washington d.c. fig. : barnett newman, stations of the cross ( - ), detail of installation fig. : kazimir malevich, suprematist composition: airplane flying, (dated on reverse ) oil on canvas, / x inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : mies van der rohe, barcelona pavilion, - , barcelona, spain fig. : robert rauschenberg, wager, - combine painting: oil, pencil, paper, fabric, newspaper, printed reproductions, photographs, wood and pencil body tracing on four canvases, x x ¼ inches kunstsammlung nordrhein-westfalen, düsseldorf fig. : detail, robert rauschenberg, wager, - combine painting: oil, pencil, paper, fabric, newspaper, printed reproductions, photographs, wood and pencil body tracing on four canvases, x x ¼ inches kunstsammlung nordrhein-westfalen, düsseldorf fig. : detail, robert rauschenberg, wager, - combine painting: oil, pencil, paper, fabric, newspaper, printed reproductions, photographs, wood and pencil body tracing on four canvases, x x ¼ inches kunstsammlung nordrhein-westfalen, düsseldorf fig. : robert raushenberg, untitled, oil, paper, fabric, newspaper, and printed reproductions on canvas with wood, stained glass, and electric lights, x ½ x inches private collection fig. : robert rauschenberg, interview, combine: oil, pencil, paper, fabric, photographs, printed reproductions, newspaper, wood, baseball, metal fork, found paintings, hinged wood door, and brick on string, on wood structure, ¾ x ¼ x inches the museum of contemporary art, los angeles fig. : robert rauschenberg, trophy v (for jasper johns), combine painting on canvas, x inches honolulu academy of arts fig. : robert rauschenberg, estate, oil and screenprinted inks on canvas, feet x feet / inches philadelphia museum of art fig. : (above) robert rauschenberg, the man with two souls, , photographed by rauschenberg mixed media, ¼ x / x ½ inches private collection (below) barnett newman, here i, (at left), installed at betty parsons gallery, new york, reinforced plaster, wood, and a wood-and-wire crate, x ¼ x ½ inches the menil collection, houston fig. : robert rauschenberg, white painting (three panel), oil on canvas, x inches san francisco museum of modern art fig. : kazimir malevich, suprematist composition: white on white, oil on canvas, ¼ x ¼ inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : robert rauschenberg, erased de kooning drawing, traces of ink and crayon on paper, mat, label, and gilded frame, ¼ x ¾ inches san francisco museum of modern art fig. : spread from allan kaprow, assemblage, environments, and happenings, left: hans namuth, jackson pollock, right: ken haymen, allan kaprow, fig. : jasper johns, target with four faces, encaustic on newspaper and cloth over canvas surmounted by four tinted-plaster faces in wood box with hinged front, overall, with box open, / x x inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : jasper johns, target with plaster casts, encaustic and collage on canvas with objects, x inches private collection, los angeles fig. : marcel duchamp, Étant donnés: ° la chute d'eau, ° le gaz d'éclairage . . . (given: . the waterfall, . the illuminating gas . . . ), - mixed media assemblage, feet / inches x inches philadelphia museum of art fig. : louise nevelson, dawn’s wedding feast, installation view of nevelson‘s work at the exhibition americans, held at the museum of modern art, new york, december , through february , fig. : louise nevelson, case with five balusters, from dawn’s wedding feast, wood, paint, - / x - / x inches walker art center, minneapolis fig. : louise nevelson, mrs. n’s palace, - painted wood, mirror, x x inches the metropolitan museum of art, new york fig. : ellsworth kelly, awnings, avenue matignon, gouache and pencil on paper, / x ¼ inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : ellsworth kelly, lake ii, oil on canvas, x / inches beyeler collection, basel fig. : paul cézanne, the gulf of marseille seen from l'estaque, c. oil on canvas, / x / inches the art institute of chicago fig. : frank stella, the marriage of reason and squalor, enamel on canvas, ' / " x ' ¾ inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : donald judd, stage set, mak, vienna fig. : tony smith, black box, - steel, . x x inches national gallery of canada fig. : tony smith, smoke, black-painted aluminum, ‘ h, ‘ l, ‘ w los angeles county museum of art fig. : sol lewitt, floor structure, painted wood, ‘ x ‖ x inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : sol lewitt, serial project, i (abcd), baked enamel on steel units over baked enamel on aluminum, " x ' " x ' inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : dan flavin, monument for v. tatlin, fluorescent lights and metal fixtures, ‘ x / x ½ inches museum of modern art, new york fig. : carl andré, equivalent viii, firebricks, x x . inches tate gallery a selected bibliography ―a symposium on how to combine architecture, painting, and sculpture,‖ interiors, vol. (may ): - . anfam, david, abstract expressionism (new york: haunch of venison, ). ___________, ―to see, or not to see,‖ image of the not-seen: search for understanding, the rothko chapel art series (houston, tx: the rothko chapel, ): - . ___________, mark rothko: the works on canvas (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). anfam, david, et al., mark rothko: the chapel commission (houston, tex: the menil collection, ). armajani, siah, niki logis, nathaniel lieberman, christopher sproat, robert guillot, richard haas, and vito acconci, ―the exuviae of visions: architecture as a subject for art,‖ perspecta vol. ( ): - . ashton, dore, about rothko (new york: oxford univ. press, usa, ). auping, michael, ed., abstract expressionism: the critical developments (new york: harry n. abrams, ). baal-teshuva, jacob, mark rothko, - (köln: taschen, ). baigell, matthew, american artists, jewish images (syracuse: syracuse univ. press, ). barnes, susan, the rothko chapel: an act of faith (houston, tex.: rothko chapel, ). benjamin, walter, ―the work of art in the age of mechanical reproduction,‖ harry zohn, trans., in hannah arendt, ed., walter benjamin: illuminations (london: pimlico, ). bernstein, roberta, jasper johns (new york: rizzoli, ). bersani, leo, and ulysse dutoit, arts of impoverishment: beckett, rothko, resnais (cambridge, ma: harvard univ. press, ). beuys, klein, rothko (london: anthony d‘offay gallery, ). bois, yve-alain, clare elliot, josef helfenstein, robert rauschenberg: cardboards and related pieces (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). bois, yve-alain, ellsworth kelly: the early drawings, - (cambridge, ma: harvard univ. art museums, ). borchardt-hume, achim, ed., rothko (london: tate pub., ). borowitz, helen osterman ―michelangelo‘s harsh music,‖ art journal vol. , no. (spring ): - . breslin, james e., mark rothko: a biography (chicago: univ. of chicago press, ). brown, w. gordon, ―form as the object of experience: georg simmel‘s influence on mies van der rohe,‖ journal of architectural education ( -), vol. , no. (winter, ): - . bruno, vincent j., ―mark rothko and the second style: the art of the color field in roman murals,‖ in r. t. scott and a. r. scott, eds., eius virtutis studiosi: classical and postclassical studies in memory of frank edward brown, studies in the history of art, symposium papers , national gallery of art (washington, dc, ): - . burton, scott, ―[essay by scott burton],‖ design quarterly no. , site: the meaning of place in art and architecture ( ): - . butor, michel, ―the mosques of new york, or the art of mark rothko,‖ richard howard, trans., in michel butor, inventory essays (new york: simon and schuster, ): pp. - . carmean, e.a., coming to light: avery, gottlieb, rothko: provincetown summers - (new york: knoedler, ). cernuschi, claude, not an illustration but the equivalent: a cognitive approach to abstract expressionism (madison, nj: fairleigh dickinson univ. press, ). chappell, george s., ―the sky line,‖ the new yorker (march , ): - . chappell, sally a. kitt, ―a reconsideration of the equitable building in new york,‖ journal of the society of architectural historians vol. , no. (mar. ): - . chave, anna, mark rothko: subjects in abstraction (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). ___________, ―‘who will paint new york?‘: ‗the world‘s new art center‘ and the skyscraper paintings of georgia o‘keeffe,‖ american art vol. , no. / (winter/spring ): - . clearwater, bonnie, the rothko book (london: tate, ). ________________, ―how rothko looked at rothko,‖ artnews, vol. , no. (nov., ): - . ________________, mark rothko, works on paper (new york: hudson hills press, ). cohen, jean-louis, ludwig mies van der rohe (london: springer, ). cohen, stuart, ―the skyscraper as symbolic form,‖ design quarterly no. / , meanings of modernism: form, function, and metaphor ( ): - . cooper, harry, and megan r. luke, frank stella (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). craft, catherine, jasper johns (new york: parkstone, ). craven, david, abstract expressionism and cultural critique (cambridge, u.k.: cambridge univ. press, ). davis, murray s., ―georg simmel and the aesthetics of social reality,‖ social forces, vol. , no. (mar. ): - . dachs, sandra, patricia de muga, and laura garcia hintze, eds., mies van der rohe (new york, distributed art publishers, ). davidson, susan, and david white, robert rauschenberg: gluts (new york: guggenheim museum publications, ). de kooning, elaine, the spirit of abstract expressionism: selected writings (new york: george braziller, ). de menil, dominique, the rothko chapel: writings on art and the threshold of the divine (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). de tolnay, charles, ―la bibliothèque laurentienne de michel-ange: nouvelles recherches,‖ gazette des beaux arts ( ): - , revised in charles de tolnay, michelangelo: sculptor, painter, architect (princeton : princeton univ. press, ): - . elderfield, john, ―transformations,‖ in glenn phillips and thomas crow, eds., seeing rothko (los angeles: getty research inst., ): - . eliminating the obstacles between the painter and the observer: the mark rothko foundation, - (new york: the mark rothko foundation, ). ellsworth kelly: thumbing through the folder: a dialogue on art and architecture with hans ulrich obrist (new york: d. a. p., ). ellsworth kelly: sculpture for a large wall, (new york: matthew marks gallery, ). fisher, john, ―the easy chair. mark rothko: portrait of the artist as an angry man,‖ harper’s vol. , no. (july ): - . flückiger, urs peter, donald judd: architecture in marfa, texas (basel and boston: birkhäuser, ). fried, michael, ―art and objecthood,‖ artforum (june, ): - . foucault, michel, ―what is an author,‖ trans. by josue v. harari in harari, ed., textual strategies: perspectives in post-structuralist criticism (ithaca, ny: cornell univ. press, ). gibson, ann eden, abstract expressionism: other politics (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). _______________, issues in abstract expressionism: the artist-run periodicals (ann arbor, mi: umi research press, ). greenberg, clement, ―review of exhibitions of le corbusier and robert motherwell,‖ nation (may , ): . ________________, ―after abstract expressionism,‖ art international (oct. ): - . goldberger, paul, ―house proud,‖ the new yorker (july , ). golding, john, paths to the absolute: mondrian, malevich, kandinsky, pollock, newman, rothko, and still (princeton: princeton univ. press, ). guberman, sidney, frank stella: an illustrated biography (new york: rizzoli, ). guilbaut, serge, how new york stole the idea of modern art: abstract expressionism, freedom, and the cold war (chicago: univ. of chicago press, ). hall, marcia b. ―michelangelo‘s last judgment: resurrection of the body and predestination,‖ art bulletin vol. ( ): - . hart, jeffrey, ―fitzgerald and hemingway in - ,‖ the swanee review vol. , no. (summer ): - . hartoonian, gevork, ―mies van der rohe: the genealogy of column and wall,‖ journal of architectural education ( -), vol. , no. (winter, ): - . heikamp, detlef, ―manuscripts and treasures from san lorenzo: an exhibition at the laurentian library,‖ the burlington magazine, vol. , no. (jun. ): - . hirst, michael, and john shearman, eds., michelangelo: six lectures by johannes wilde (oxford: oxford univ. press, ): - . hitchcock, henry-russell, ―the evolution of wright, mies & le corbusier,‖ perspecta vol. (summer, ): - . hunter, sam, robert rauschenberg: works, writings, and interviews (new york: distributed art pubs., ). huxtable, ada louise, on architecture (new york: walker, ). kahn, louis, paul weiss, and vincent scully, ―on the responsibility of the architect,‖ perspecta, vol. ( ): - . kaizen, william, ―framed space: allan kaprow and the spread of painting, grey rom, no. (autumn, ): - . kaprow, allan, ―the legacy of jackson pollock,‖ artnews vol. , no. (oct. ): - , - . ____________, assemblage, environments, and happenings (new york: abrams, ). kellein, thomas, donald judd: - (new york: distributed art publishers, ). kierkegaard, søren, fear and trembling, ed. and trans. by howard h. hong and edna h. hong (princeton: princeton univ. press, ). kiesler, frederick j., selected writings, ed. siegfried gohr and gunda luyken (ostfildern, germany: hatje cantz publishers, ). ________________, inside the endless house: art, people, and architecture: a journal (new york: simon and schuster, ). kimmelman, michael, ―mark rothko‘s harvard murals are irreparably faded by sun,‖ the new york times (aug. , ). klein, yves, from ―the evolution of art towards the immaterial,‖ extracted from the transcript of a lecture delivered on june , at the sorbonne in paris, originally published in in an exhibition catalogue for klein‘s work at the gimpel fils gallery, london, in charles harrison & paul wood, eds., art in theory, - : an anthology of changing ideas, nd ed. (malden, ma and oxford: blackwell publishing, ): - . kozloff, max, ―mark rothko‘s new retrospective,‖ art journal vol. no. (spring, ): - . lambert, phyllis, ed., mies in america (new york: harry n. abrams, ). kotz, mary lynn, rauschenberg, art and life (new york: h. n. abrams, ). krauss, rosalind ―stieglitz/‘equivalents‘,‖ october vol. , essays in honor of jay leyda (winter, ): - . landau, ellen g., reading abstract expressionism: context and critique (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). le corbusier, towards a new architecture, trans. john goodman, (los angeles: getty research inst., ). lehan, richard, ―f. scott fitzgerald and romantic destiny,‖ twentieth-century literature vol. , no. , f. scott fitzgerald issue (summer ): - . leja, michael, reframing abstract expressionism: subjectivity and painting in the s (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). linsley, robert, ―utopia will not be televised: rivera at rockefeller center,‖ oxford art journal vol. , no. ( ): - . lisle, laurie, louise nevelson: a passionate life (new york: summit books, ). logan, john, red (new york: dramatists play service, ). louise nevelson: atmospheres and environments (new york: c. n. potter, ). lucie-smith, edward, art today: from abstract expressionism to superrealism (oxford: phaidon, ). lum, eric, ―pollock‘s promise: toward an abstract expressionist architecture,‖ assemblage, no. (aug. ): - . mark rothko: the abstract sublime, four important paintings to be offered in the contemporary art evening sale, tuesday november, (new york: christie‘s, ). mark rothko: fondation beyeler (riehen/basel: fondation beyeler, ). mark rothko: the realist years (new york: pace wildenstein, ). mark rothko and the lure of the figure: paintings - (ann arbor, mich: univ. of michigan museum of art, ). mark rothko, the chapel commission (houston, tex: the menil collection, ). mark rothko: the last paintings (new york: pace wildenstein, ). mark rothko, the spirit of myth: early paintings from the s and s (washington, d.c.: national gallery of art, ). mark rothko, - (london: tate gallery, ). marter, joan, abstract expressionism: the international context (new brunswick, nj: rutgers univ. press, ). merleau-ponty, maurice, phenomenology of perception, trans. colin smith (london: routledge, ). mezia, kathy, and chiara briganti, ―reading the house: a literary perspective,‖ signs vol. , no. (spring ): - . morrogh, andrew, ―the magnificent tomb: a key project in michelangelo‘s architectural career,‖ art bulletin, vol. , no. (dec., ): . mumford, lewis, sticks and stones: a study of american architecture and civilization (new york: boni and liveright, ). newman, sarah, ―george bellows‘s new york and the spectacular reality of the city,‖ american art vol. , no. (fall ): - . nodelman, sheldon, the rothko chapel painting: origins, structure, meaning (austin: univ. of texas press, ). noever, peter, ed., donald judd: architecture (portchester: art books international, ). o‘brian, john, clement greenberg: the collected essays and criticism, vols. - (chicago: univ. of chicago press, ). o‘connor, francis v., ed., art for the millions: essays from the s by artists and administrators of the wpa federal art project (greenwich, ct: new york graphic society, ). _________________, ed., the new deal art projects: an anthology of memoirs (washington, d.c.: smithsonian inst., ). o‘doherty, brian, studio and cube: on the relationship between where art is made and where art is displayed (new york: columbia univ., ). o‘gorman, james f., the architecture of the monastic library in italy - (new york: new york university press, ). pelli, cesar, ―skyscrapers,‖ perspecta, vol. ( ): - . petit, emmanuel, ed., philip johnson: the constancy of change (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). philip johnson and the museum of modern art (new york: museum of modern art, ). phillips, glenn, and thomas crow, seeing rothko (los angeles: getty research institute, ). polcari, steven, abstract expressionism and the modern experience (new york: cambridge univ. press, ). ____________, ―mark rothko: heritage, environment, and tradition,‖ smithsonian studies in american art vol. , no. (spring ): - . pollock, jackson, ―my painting,‖ possibilities no. (winter / ): - . puente, moisés, ed., conversations with mies van der rohe (new york: princeton architectural press, ). rapaport, brooke kamin, the sculpture of louise nevelson (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). raskin, david, donald judd (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). robert rauschenberg: combines (los angeles: museum of contemporary art, ). rose, bernice, bonnard, rothko: color and light (new york: pace wildenstein, ). rosenberg, harold, ―the american action painters,‖ artnews vol. , no. (dec., ): - ; - . _______________, ―problems in the teaching of artists,‖ art journal vol. , no. (winter, - ): - . rosenblum, robert, ―the abstract sublime,‖ artnews (feb. ). _________________, modern painting and the northern romantic tradition (new york: harper & row, ). _________________, mark rothko: notes on rothko’s surrealist years (new york: pace gallery publications, ). rothko: a painter’s progress: the year (new york: pace wildenstein, ). rothko, mark, the artist’s reality: philosophies of art, ed. christopher rothko (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). ____________, writings on art, ed. miguel lopez-remiro (new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). ____________, ―the romantics were prompted…,‖ possibilities, i (winter / ): . rowe, colin, the mathematics of the ideal villa and other essays (cambridge: mit press, ). ____________, ―notes on the seagram commission,‖ undated, ca. , reproduced in rothko, achim borchart-hume (london: tate, ). rubin, lawrence, frank stella: a catalogue raisonné (new york: stewart, tabori & chang, ). rudolph, paul, writings on architecture (new haven: yale school of architecture, ). sandler, irving, abstract expressionism and the american experience: a reevaluation (lenoz, ma: hard press editions, ). ____________, the triumph of american painting: a history of abstract expressionism (new york: harper and row, ). schapiro, meyer, ―the liberating quality of avant-garde art,‖ artnews (summer ): - . schulze, franz, philip johnson: life and work (new york: knopf, ). ____________, mies van der rohe: a critical biography (chicago: univ. of chicago press, ). schwarzer mitchell w. and august schmarsow, ―‖the emergence of architectural space: august schmarsow‘s theory of ‗raumgestaltung,‖ assemblage no. (aug. ): - . scully, vincent, ―frank lloyd wright and the stuff of dreams,‖ perspecta vol. ( ): - , . seldes, lee, the legacy of mark rothko (new york: da capo press, ). selz, peter, mark rothko (garden city, n.y.: doubleday, ). smith, david, ―tradition and identity,‖ text of a speech given at ohio university, athens, ohio, on april , , printed in garnett mccoy, ed., david smith (new york, ): - , reprinted in charles harrison & paul wood, eds., art in theory, - : an anthology of changing ideas, nd ed. (malden, ma and oxford: blackwell publishing, ): - . stella, frank, the writings of frank stella (jena: könig, ). stern, robert a.m., the philip johnson tapes: interviews by robert a.m. stern (new york: monicelli press, ). storr, robert, tony smith: architect, painter, sculptor (new york: museum of modern art, ). sturgis, russell, ―the larkin building in buffalo,‖ architectural record vol. ( ): - . tomkins, calvin, ―the art world: matisse‘s armchair,‖ the new yorker (feb. , ): , - . troyen, carol, ―the open window and the empty chair: charles sheeler‘s view of new york,‖ american art journal vol. , no. (spring ): - . turner, paul venable, ―frank lloyd wright and le corbusier,‖ journal of the society of architectural historians vol. , no. (dec. ): - . van doesburg, theo, introduction to de stijl ii , reprinted in herschel b. chipp, theories of modern art (berkeley, los angeles, and london: univ. of california press, ): - . varnedoe, kirk, ed., jasper johns: writings, sketchbook notes, interviews (new york: museum of modern art, ). ____________, jasper johns: a retrospective (new york: museum of modern art, ). varnelis, kazys, ed., the philip johnson tapes: interviews by robert a. m. stern (new york: monacelli press, ). venturi, robert, complexity and contradiction in architecture (new york: the museum of modern art, ). venturi, robert, denise scott brown, and steven izenour, learning from las vegas (cambridge, ma: mit press, ). waldman, diane, ellsworth kelly: a retrospective (new york: guggenheim museum, ). ______________, mark rothko in new york (new york: guggenheim museum, ). ______________, mark rothko, - : a retrospective (new york: h. n. abrams, ). weiss, jeffrey, jasper johns: an allegory of painting, - (washington: national gallery of art, ). ___________, mark rothko (washington, d.c.: national gallery of art; new haven and london: yale univ. press, ). weppelmann, stefan, and gerhard wolf, rothko/giotto (munich: hirmer, ). wick, oliver, ed., rothko (london: thames & hudson, ). willis, carol, ―zoning and ‗zeitgeist‘: the skyscraper city in the s,‖ the journal of the society of architectural historians, vol. , no. , (mar., ): - . wilson, laurie, louise nevelson: iconography and sources (new york: garland pub., ). wingate, walan, and emily florido, eds., robert rauschenberg (new york: gagosian gallery, ). wittkower, rudolf, ―michelangelo‘s biblioteca laurenziana,‖ art bulletin vol. ( ): - . worringer, wilhelm, ―transcendence and immanence in art,‖ the journal of aesthetics and art criticism vol. , no. (dec. ): - . wright, frank lloyd, ―the art and craft of the machine,‖ brush and pencil vol. , no. (may, ): - , - , - . 현대패션의 로맨틱 이미지에 관한 연구 print issn - journal of the korean society of costume online issn - vol. , no. (june ) pp. - http://dx.doi.org/ . /jksc. . . . 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰 - 제 세대 한국 패션디자이너 노라노(노명자)를 중심으로 - 박 신 미 국립안동대학교 의류학과 조교수 an�observation�on�mid�to�late�twentieth�century�korean�fashion -� focus� on� first� generation� korean�fashion� designer,� nora�noh� - shinmi� park assistant professor, department of clothing & textiles, andong national university (투고일: . . , 심사(수정)일: . . , 게재확정일: . . ) abstract ) the purpose of this research is to classify the historical features of mid-to-late twentieth cen- tury korean fashion with a focus on ‘nora noh’, who is a first generation korean fashion designer. the specific questions of this research are as follows: how did mid-to-late twentieth cen- tury korean fashion and the nora noh brand develop and what is the relationship between the two? what are the important features of korean women’s fashion design in the mid-to-late twen- tieth century? what are the characteristics exhibited in each decade in korean women’s fashion and nora noh's fashion? this paper conducted the research by focusing on the korean fashion development as a background of simplification in the way of dressing and specific historical incident. researchers deployed a qualitative research method providing a systematic review of the previous studies by analyzing content as well as eleven oral statement interviews and the case study of nora noh. the result shows that nora noh is one of the first generation of korean fashion designers who led fashion trend and system in korea. the designer also influenced korean commercial fashion in the s and american fashion trends in the s. key words: nora noh(노라노), the first generation korean fashion designer(제 세대 한국패션디자이너), the mid to late twentieth century korean fashion( 세기 중 후반 한국 패션) corresponding author: shinmi park, e-mail: fashion@anu.ac.kr 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - Ⅰ. 서론 . 선행연구 분석 및 연구 의의 세기 한국패션사 연구는 복식미학이나 서양 패 션디자이너 분석 위주로 진행된 서양복식사부문과 유물 발굴, 사료 분석을 근거로 한 전통복식고증이나 재현 중심의 한국복식사 연구부문 모두에서 주목받 지 못한 것이 현실이다. 그 이유는 세기 한국패션 사 연구가 한국패션사이나 본질적 형식은 서양의복 을 근간(根幹)으로 하고 있기 때문이다. 이러한 상황 속에서 년 유수경이 ‘韓國女性洋裝의 變遷에 관 한 硏究’ )이라는 주제로 박사학위논문을 발표하면서 전통복식연구영역에서 벗어난 한국 근대복식사가 연 구되기 시작했다. 이에 개화기이후 한국복식은 일본 과 미국의 영향이 지대했음이 밝혀졌고, 후속 연구로 시기에 따라 일본의 영향을 받은 내용을 중심으로 분석된 연구 ) ) ) ) )와 미국의 영향을 받은 내용을 고찰한 연구 )가 발표되었다. 또한 뉴밀레니엄에 접 어들면서 세기 한국패션을 다룬 단행본들이 출간 되었다. 고부자의 우리생활 년 · 옷( ) )은 전 통복식전공자의 관점에서 세기 한국패션을 서술하 고 있고, 신혜순의 한국패션 년( ) )은 한국 현대의상박물관의 소장 작품을 정리한 도판서로 사 적흐름과 역사적 분석은 배제되어있다. ‘현대패션 년편찬위원회’의 현대패션 - ( ) )과 이 재정, 박신미의 패션, 문화를 말하다( ) )는 세기 서양복식을 다루면서 한국패션사의 변천을 문 화적 관점에서 서술하고 있으나 한국 근현대 패션사 의 연구는 여전히 충분히 이루어지지 않은 것이 현 실이다. 한국패션 근현대사가 왜곡 없이 연구되기 위해서 는 세기 패션과 관련된 사회 · 문화적 사건의 중심 에 서 있었던 한국 패션디자이너들의 연구가 필수적 이지만 사료적 가치가 있는 제 세대 패션디자이너의 연구는 ‘최경자’의 연구가 차례 ) )진행되었고, ‘노 라노’의 경우는 디자이너의 신문기고문 ) )과 자서 전 ) 그리고 년 개최된 디자이너의 년 회고전 시인 ≪la via en rose展≫ )을 계기로 tv ), 신 문 및 잡지인터뷰 ), 다큐멘터리 영화 ) 자료가 확 보되었고, 년 전시자료를 정리한 논문 )이 발표 된 상태이다. 하지만 이 자료들은 디자이너의 성공담 과 에피소드위주로 동일한 내용이 반복적으로 기록 되거나 이를 수합한 것으로 사적 고찰에 필요한 중 요자료들의 근거추출이 부재하여 개인의 기록물은 될 수 있으나 한국 근현대사의 사료적 가치를 부여 하기에는 어려움이 있어 보인다. ‘노라노(본명, 노명자)’는 미국유학파 제 세대 패션 디자이너로 년부터 현재( )까지 활동하고 있 는 한국 근현대 패션사의 살아있는 증인이다. 노라노 는 한국패션 현대화의 전환점인 년대부터 년 대까지 여성패션의 틀을 구축한 제 세대 디자이너 최 경자, 서수연과 함께 일제강점기이후 한국패션사 연 구를 위한 핵심 인물이다. 한국패션현장을 지켜온 제 세대 디자이너들에 관한 연구는 자료가 불충분한 년대 중반부터 년대까지 한국패션의 실증적 데이터베이스(db) 구축이라는 측면에서 조속히 이루 어져야한다. 하지만 제 세대 패션디자이너 중 ‘최경자’ 는 이미 년 작고했고, 독일에 거주하고 있는 ‘서 수연’은 치매를 앓고 있어 연구에 어려움이 있다. 그 러므로 노라노의 연구를 통해 제 세대 디자이너의 소 장 자료를 사료화하고 패션사의 주요사건을 밝혀내는 것은 세기 중 · 후반 한국패션사 연구의 근간을 마 련할 수 있는 계기이다. 또한 수집된 자료들의 분석 결과는 앞으로 진행될 한국 근현대패션사 부문 후속 연구의 초석이 될 것이라는 측면에서 의의가 있다. . 연구목적 및 방법론 본 연구의 목적은 제 세대 한국 패션디자이너 노 라노의 활동과 선행연구를 분석하여 세기 중․후 반 한국패션의 발전과정을 고찰하는데 있다. 본 연구 는 연구대상자의 삶을 개인의 성공담으로 조명한 기 존 기록물들과 다르게 자료를 사적근거에 의해 분석 한다. 연구목적달성을 위한 연구문제는 다음과 같다. 첫째, 년대~ 년대 한국패션과 패션디자이 너 브랜드 노라노의 발전과정은 어떠한 관계가 있는 가? 이 시기 패션디자이너를 위한 정부의 지원은 어 服飾 第 卷 號  - - 떤 것들이 있었으며 이러한 지원은 디자이너들의 해 외시장진출에 도움이 되었는가? 둘째, 한국패션의 현대화 전환점인 년대부터 디자이너컬렉션 시스템이 구축된 년대까지의 한 국패션의 환경과 노라노의 활동은 어떠했는가? 또한 이를 통해 추출된 한국패션사적 사건들은 무엇이며 이것이 세기 한국패션사에 기여한 점은 무엇인가? 본 연구는 앞서 언급된 연구문제 해결을 위해 노 라노의 패션계입문과정을 통해 년대 패션계의 환경을 살펴보고, 년 양장점 오픈, . 전쟁 직후 패션쇼 개최와 프랑스 연수 이후 ‘패션디자이너 시대’ 를 연 계기 그리고 무대의상제작을 통한 문화계인사 들과의 교류를 고찰하여 한국 근현대패션사의 주요 사건들을 추출하고 한국패션사에 디자이너가 기여한 점을 밝혀낼 것이다. 더불어 년 기성복시대 선언 이후 노라노의 년대~ 년대 해외수출 수주과 정을 통해 패션산업육성을 위한 정부와 민간단체의 지원과 노력 그리고 한국패션의 발전과정을 고찰할 것이다. 본고는 문헌연구와 내용분석, 사례연구를 연구방 법으로 채택하였으며 추가자료 확보와 검증을 위해 디자이너 노라노와의 실증면담연구를 병행하여 연구 대상자의 개인자료와 연구자 수집 자료를 사료화 할 것이다. 본 연구는 년 월 시작되었으며 년 월 초벌자료 분석을 끝냈고 같은 해 월부터 국 립예술자료원의 ‘한국 근현대사 구술채록사업’의 책 임연구자로 차례( . . : . : . )의 예비 면담, 차례의 본 채록면담( . . : . : . : . : . ), 차례의 추가 채록면담( . . : . : . )을 연구대상자 노라노와 진행하였 다. 그리고 이를 바탕으로 년 차례의 연구면담 ( . . : . : . ) )을 실시하여 연구대상 자 소장 자료와 연구자 수집 자료를 분석하여 한국 근현대패션사적 사건들을 추출하였다. 매회차별 예비 면담은 회 시간, 본 채록면담은 시간, 추가 채록 면담은 시간, 연구면담은 시간을 기준으로 진행되 었다. 면담자료는 객관성을 확보하기 위해 출처와 근 거자료가 명확히 밝혀진 내용만을 연구 분석대상에 포함시켰고 연구대상자 개인의 의견이 반영된 불분 명한 내용들은 분석대상 자료에서 제외시켰다. 또한 본고는 이미 추출된 기존자료들에서 나타난 오류를 수정하기 위해 노력하였다. 본 연구는 노라노가 한국패션계 동료들과의 교류 가 활발하지 않은 관계로 세기 중․후반 한국 패 션계 전반적인 흐름을 대상 디자이너 연구만으로는 고찰하기 어렵다는 한계가 있음을 밝혀두며, 연구자 는 추후 세기 한국 근현대 패션사 연구의 객관적 검증 결과도출을 위해 최경자, 서수연 등의 ‘제 세대 디자이너들의 행적사 연구’, ‘ 세기 한국패션디자이 너 연구’ 그리고 ‘상업브랜드들의 발전과정 연구’를 후속연구로 진행할 것이다. Ⅱ. 세기 중․후반 한국패션 본 절에서는 세기 중․후반 한국패션현황과 노 라노패션의 브랜드 성장과정을 년 단위로 고찰하 며, 디자이너 심층연구를 통한 한국패션사적 사건 추 출은 제iii장에서 논의하기로 한다. 본 연구는 세기 중․후반 한국패션사적 사건을 추출하는 것이 목표 이므로 선행연구들에서 이미 분석된 각각의 연대별 시대적배경과 패션사와 관련 없는 정치․문화적 사 건들은 논의하지 않는다. . 세기 중 · 후반 한국 패션 현황 ) 년대 년대는 일제강점기에서 벗어났으나 그동안 일 제의 약탈결과로 의생활이 궁핍했던 ‘의복문화정체기’ 이다. 일제강점기에 몸뻬와 앗빠빠 )가 국민복으로 강요 되었고 해방 후 애국심 재결집의 수단으로 한복착용 이 장려되었으나 빈곤했던 당시의 물자수급 상황과 실용성을 중시한 대중들은 저고리 혹은 구제품 블라 우스에 몸뻬 )를 일상복으로 착용하였다. 해방 후 남성복의 패권을 거머쥔 국내 양복점들의 기술향상을 필두로 남성복지의 수요창출로 섬유산업 발전이 시작되었고 여성복을 전문으로 취급하는 양 장점이 확산되었다. 년 유학파디자이너 이정희에 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - 이어 년 여성복 전문 양장점 '은좌옥'을 연 최경 자가 디자이너로 이 시기 활동하였다. ) 시대의 트렌 드를 수용한 최경자는 년 튜닉톱과 타이트스커 트 착장의 밀리터리 룩을 ) 디자인했다. 대중의 스타 일과 고위층(맞춤복)의 스타일이 명확히 구분된 이 시기의 패션트렌드는 맞춤전문 양복점이 주도했으며 일제강점기 양복점이 많았던 종로와 충무로가 여전 히 패션중심지로 그 명맥을 이어갔다. 일제강점기에 스타일을 주도했던 경기, 이화, 숙명 등 여학교들을 중심으로 교복제청움직임이 일어났 고 ) 해방 후 제 차 구제품이 유입되어 ‘배급품 스템 프제도’와 ‘밀수방지정책’이 실시되었다. 구제품의 영 향으로 군복스타일과 스타킹, 구두 등 서양의복 소품 이 확산되었고 낙하산지로 만든 코트와 머플러 그리 고 밀수품이었던 마카오복지와 빌로드(velvet)가 유 행하였다. ) 부산에는 개의 신발공장이 등록되었 다. ) 일제의 부산물이었던 몸뻬가 계속 착용되자 년 신생활장려위원회에서 '간단복'을 제정하여 대중의 의복생활변화를 위해 노력하였다. ) 년대 . 전쟁이 발발한 년대는 년대와 같은 의생활 빈곤기였으나 전쟁으로 더욱 궁핍해진 사회 는 서구의 의생활 문화를 여과 없이 받아들이는 환 경을 조성하며 이 시기를 ‘서구식 의복문화확산기’로 만들었다. 년 '전시생활개선령'의 시행으로 의복과 사치 품이 규제되었으나 부산광복동을 중심으로 이미 미 군과 연합군을 통해 유입된 구제품과 수입품 전문시 장이 출현했고 이는 전쟁 이후 남대문과 동대문 상 권형성으로 이어졌다. 전쟁이후 제 차 구제품 유입이 해방 후 제 차 구 제품유입과 달랐던 점은 검열 없이 다양한 아이템을 확산시켰다는 것이다. 년대 스타일의 몸뻬와 한 복이 혼용된 가운데 구제품을 염색해 리폼한 코트, 스웨터, un점퍼, 낙하산지 블라우스와 밀리터리 스 타일이 트렌드를 주도했고 ) 청계천을 중심으로 염 색공장들이 생겨났다. 년 <제 회 신사복 패션쇼>가 열렸고 ) 년 에는 ‘신생활복착용법안'이 통과되어 양장보편화에 ) 힘을 더했고 년에는 최초의 디자이너 연합회인 ‘대한복식연우회'가 창설되었다. ) 최경자, 노라노, 서 수정, 서수연, 김경애, 석주선 등이 공인된 패션디자 이너로 활동했고, 후반기에는 송옥, 엘리제, 미성양복 점(임복순), 한양장점 등의 양장점이 명동에 매장을 열면서 ) 명동이 패션의 메카로 급부상하였다. 이들 중 최경자와 노라노는 전쟁 중에도 대구와 부산에서 활동하였다. 최경자는 년 ‘최경자복식연구소’를 세워 복식디자인교육의 기반을 다졌고 노라노는 년 서구식시스템을 갖춘 최초의 디자이너패션쇼 를 열어 파리(paris)의 트렌드를 국내에 소개하였다. 또한 ‘대한복식연우회’의 서수연, 김경애, 석주선, 한 희도 등은 일본 양장계 시찰을 ) 통해 선진시스템을 받아들여 양장점 형식을 탈피한 디자이너 패션의 시 대를 여는데 일조하였다. 미성양복점의 임복순은 이 승만대통령의 영부인 프란체스카 여사를 위해, 한양 장점은 윤보선대통령의 영부인 공귀덕 여사를 위해 우리원단으로 슈트를 디자인하였다. ) 여성패션의 확 산을 증명하듯 <여원>, <여성계>, <주부생활> 등 개 여성잡지가 창간 )되었고 패션트렌드가 남성복중 심에서 여성복중심으로 이동하였다. 제일모직이 우리 기술로 모직을 생산하고 나일론의 국내생산 수급이 가능해진 시기도 년대이었다. ) 년대 년대는 한복의 의례복화와 양장의 보편화가 정착된 ‘서양복식정착기’로 섬유산업이 국가기간산업 으로 선정되어 패션산업에 정부의 지원이 시작된 시 기이다. 년에는 ‘대한디자이너복식협회'가 결성되었고 같은 해 ‘재건 국민복 콘테스트'가 개최되었다. 년 . 군사 쿠데타 주년을 기념하는 문화행사로 정부의 지원 아래 해외디자이너 초청 컬렉션이 열려 미국, 프랑스, 영국, 독일, 이탈리아, 중국, 일본, 필리 핀 등 개국이 행사에 참석했으며 피에르 카르뎅과 일본 디자이너 하라누부코 등이 방한하여 ) 세계 패 션트렌드를 소개하였다. 이 컬렉션에서 디자이너 최 경자는 ‘청자드레스'를 발표해 주목받았다. 반면 노라 服飾 第 卷 號  - - 노는 년 최초의 디자이너 기성복컬렉션을 개최 하며 다가올 기성복시대를 준비하였다. 간편복이 정착되었고 유복한 부인들의 한복을 대 신할 홈드레스가 등장했으며 영화, 드라마, 음악 등 미디어의 영향으로 슬리브리스, 양단드레스, 리버서 블코트, 핫팬츠, 미니스커트 등 해외 패션스타일이 빠른 속도로 전파되었다. 부풀린 헤어, ~ 부의 블 라우스, 미니스커트, 중간 굽의 뽀족한 펌프스착장이 유행했으며 ), 년대 말에는 판탈롱 팬츠가 출현 하였다. 합성섬유와 프린트기술의 발달과 옵아트, 팝 아트의 영향으로 폴리에스테르와 저지에 프린트된 강렬한 색상의 패턴원단이 생산되었다. 청년문화의 확산으로 서구패션스타일이 급속히 전파되자 전통의 현대적 재해석을 필두로 개량한복이 장려되었으나 주류스타일에서는 배제되었다. 년대에 이미 이름 을 올린 디자이너들이 왕성하게 활동한 가운데 김순 희(제일편물), 배천범(석경의상실), 박윤정(미스박 테일러), 이용열(뱅탕), 앙드레김, 조세핀조가 주목받 았고 이들 중 배천범은 년 앙드레 쿠레쥬의 영 향을 받아 <메탈릭 미니드레스>를 달나라여행 컬렉 션에서 발표했고, 년 마드모아젤 김경희의 디자 이너에서 독립한 앙드레김은 년 파리에서 패션 쇼를 개최하였다. 또한 박윤정은 비대칭 클로징 톱과 플리츠 미니스커트를 년 ‘의상계’에 소개하며 표 지모델이었던 윤복희 )의 무대의상을 제작한 노라노 와 함께 패션계에 불어 닥친 미니열풍을 주도하였다. ) 년대 년대는 상업브랜드와 함께 디자이너 기성복이 보편화된 ‘기성복패션시스템확립기’로 디자이너 기성 복브랜드와 상업 패션브랜드시장이 분리된 시기이다. 대기업들이 내어 놓은 상업기성복브랜드의 출현은 실로 위협적인 것이었다. ) 레나온, 논노, 반도패션, 경방, 모라도, 라보테, 벨라, 버킹검, 맥그리거, 톰보이 등이 이 시기 론칭했으며, “ 년 전체 인구의 %가 이미 기성복을 구입했다” )는 통계가 있다. 년 신세계백화점은 <노라노 코너>를 입점 시켰고, 미도 파백화점은 신진 디자이너 코너인 <패션 스트리트> 를 열어 진태옥, 이신우, 트로아조, 박항치, 한혜자, ‘mrs.고’, 오은환 등의 고급 기성복 제품을 진열하며 디자이너 브랜드 시대를 여는데 앞장섰다. ) 또한 디 자이너들의 해외진출이 시작되었으며 섬유산업의 발 달로 동대문원단시장이 확장되었다. 년 유신정국으로 인해 패션관련 tv방영과 호 텔패션쇼 금지령이 ), 년에는 장발단속이 전국적 으로 시행되었지만 이러한 규제가 대를 주축으로 한 청년문화의 확산을 막을 수는 없었다. 세계의 트 렌드였던 펑크는 문화적 이질감을 극복하지 못하고 부분적으로 수용된 반면 히피스타일이 트렌드를 주 도하며 프린트 패턴과 레이어드가 유행하였다. 청년 패션 트렌드의 중심에는 팝과 록 가수들이 있었으며 장발, 판탈롱, 핫팬츠, 미니스커트, 넓은 벨트, 빅 숄 더 백, 통굽 등의 펑크와 히피의 요소들이 믹스 앤 매치된 캐주얼이 유행하였다. 레이어드에 용이한 니 트웨어와 다양한 길이의 스커트가 선보였으며 청바 지가 보편화된 것도 이 시기이다. 또한 가정주부들 사이에 홈웨어가 유행하면서 홈웨어를 전문으로 생 산한 ‘신즈 부띡크’가 인기를 끌었다. ) 합성섬유와 천연섬유가 혼재한 가운데 년 탄성섬유인 스판 텍스의 개발로 스포츠웨어 시장이 확산되기 시작하 였다. ) 년대 년대는 국내시장의 세분화와 함께 해외라이센 스브랜드가 유입된 ‘패션산업성장기’이다. 년 교복자율화로 중저가 영캐쥬얼 시장이 급 성장했고 '제 회 대한민국섬유디자인경진대회'개최되 어 정부차원의 신진디자이너 육성사업이 시작되었다. 또한 년에는 디자이너들이 파리 여성 프레타 포 르테 박람회인 ‘살롱 드 프레타포르테 페미닌(salon de prét-á-porter feminine)’에 참가하여 경쟁력을 길 렀다. ) 년에는 sffa(seoul fashion artistes association)가 결성되어 한국패션컬렉션의 기틀이 마련되었고 같은 해 해외여행자율화 규제가 풀리자 트렌드의 직접 유입환경이 조성되었다. 패션디자이너브랜드의 행보가 활발해지며 여성복 에서 커리어우먼 패션의 시대가 열렸고 남성복 디자 이너 브랜드가 생겨났다. 설윤형이 한국의 전통을 모 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - 티브로 디자인을 전개한 가운데 루비나는 히피의 감 성을 컬렉션에 담아냈고 이외에도 김동순, 김창숙, 박윤수, 손정완, 이상봉, 홍미화가 여성복을 장광효 (카루소)가 남성복의 트렌드를 주도하였다. ) 또한 이 시기 캐주얼과 남성복을 중심으로 해외라이선스 브랜드가 급성장해 국내 패션시장의 투자패턴이 변 화하였다. 또한 이미 포화된 여성복을 대체할 시장으 로 타깃을 년 낮춘 대를 위한 캐릭터 캐주얼과 교복을 대체할 새로운 의상이 필요했던 대 청소년 을 위한 영 캐주얼 시장이 액티브스포츠웨어와 함께 급성장하였다. 년대 초 나산, 신원, 성도 그리고 중반이후 대현, 대하, 한섬, 데코의 클래식브랜드와 년 비비드 컬러를 부각시킨 쌍방울의 기비, 성도 의 퍼즐, 동일레나운의 미끄마끄 등의 캐릭터 여성복 이 시장을 주도했고 영 패션시장을 선점한 이랜드는 브렌따노, 언더우드, 헌트를 론칭하며 사업규모를 키 워나갔다. 가죽제품과 청바지의 유행으로 뱅뱅, 에드 윈 등의 국내 진 브랜드와 게스, 리, 리바이스, 조다 쉬, 서지오바렌테 등 라이센스 브랜드가 데님시장에 서 경쟁하였다. 디자인에서는 컬러감이 중요해졌고 비비드(vivid) 와 뉴트럴(neutral) 계열 모두가 유행하였다. ) 모피 와 인조모피 트리밍, 패딩아이템, 패치워크, 빅 실루 엣, 파워슈트 등 과시적인 스타일, 상의를 강조한 빅 재킷에 미니스커트, 블루종에 레깅스 혹은 스키니 팬 츠착장, 하의를 강조한 디스코팬츠 그리고 레이어드 와 유니섹스스타일이 년대 트렌드의 중심에 있 었다. ) 년대 년대는 해외브랜드의 직접유입과 유통구조 변 화로 인해 시장이 급변한 ‘패션시장급변기’이다. 년 스파(sffa)의 패션 컬렉션 시작으로 해 외컬렉션시스템을 갖춘 디자이너패션의 시대가 개막 했고 년에는 신진디자이너를 중심으로 뉴웨이브 인 서울(new weave in seoul)이 조직되어 컬렉션체 제가 이분화 되었다. 년 이신우와 이영희, 년 진태옥, 년 홍미화, 년 문영희가 파리 프 레타 포르테 컬렉션 )에 년 설윤형, 한혜자, 김 동순, 지춘희, 박윤수가 뉴욕컬렉션에 진출하며 한국 패션을 세계에 알렸고, 김영주, 노승연, 문영희, 박윤 정, 박춘무, 송지오, 신장경, 우영미, 이영희. 임선옥, 지춘희, 최연옥이 활동하였다. imf이전 상업패션시 장이 전성기를 누린 가운데 데코, 아나카프리, 타임, 마인은 고가의 정책을 내세워 클래식 스타일에 집중 했고, 샤틀렌, 미샤, 베스티벨리 등은 명확한 타깃의 스타들을 광고에 기용해 대중을 공략하였다. 또한 마 니아계층을 위한 오브제와 텔레크레프 등이 주목 받 았고 다수의 중저가 캐쥬얼 브랜드가 론칭 해 년대 초․중반이 한국 상업 패션의 전성기임을 입증 하였다. 년 재정경제원의 ‘수입개장정책'발표로 해외패 션브랜드의 직영 진출이 가능해지자 수입브랜드와 함께 남대문과 압구정동에 해외브랜드 편집매장이 늘어났고 이들은 새로운 스타일의 주도세력이 되었 다. 유통시장의 변화로 패션아울렛이 등장했고 이마 트, 까르프, 테스코와 같은 대영할인매장이 문을 열 어 중․저가 pb(privet brand)상표가 생겨났다. 년 imf로 인한 의류회사 도산과 디자이너브랜 드의 부도로 패션시장성장이 둔화되자 일부 디자이 너들이 유통업체와 협업을 통해 pb패션시장에 진출 하였다. 년대 말에는 원단시장이 밀집한 동대문 에 두타, 밀리오레 등 새로운 형식의 패션상권이 형 성되었고 <보그>, <바자> 등 해외라이선스 잡지의 국 내 론칭으로 트렌드전파가 가속화되었다. 개인의 스타일이 중요해진 이 시기는 x세대, n세 대, 오렌지족, 힙합족, 명품족, 미시족 등 특정 소수 계층의 스타일이 주목받았고 대 가수들이 영 패션 리더로 급부상해 기성세대의 클래식라인과 대의 패션을 명확히 구분하였다. 서태지의 힙합패션, 노출 이 심한 배꼽 티셔츠, 찢어진 청바지, 무스탕이 년대의 유행아이템이었다. . ~ 년대 노라노패션 성장과정 노라노패션 주요연혁 분석결과 년대는 ‘패션 입문기’, 년대는 ‘브랜드정착기’, 년대는 ‘사업 확장기’, 년대는 ‘해외시장진출준비기’, 년대 는 ‘해외시장개척기’ 그리고 년대는 ‘사업축소기’ 服飾 第 卷 號  - - <표 > ~ 년대 노라노 브랜드 성장과정 ) 활동시기별 특징 성장과정 년대: 패션입문기 taback of california 보조디자이너, usa. 신당동 의상실 노라노 양장점 개업. 년대: 브랜드정착기 - . 전쟁 중 부산 광복동 양장점 활동. 서울 중구 퇴계로 노라노의 집 개업. 종로로 매장이전. 명동으로 매장이전. 년대: 사업확장기 명동사옥마련 및 미우만 백화점에 디자이너 최초로 기성복 코너 설치. - hawaii honolulu에 기성복라인 쇼룸 개업. 여대생을 위한 신촌지점 개점, 본 매장 대비 % 할인 판매. 년대: 해외시장진출준비기 신세계백화점에 노라노 기성복 코너 입점. ㈜예림양행 설립. new york th ave. 쇼룸 개업. nora noh inc., new york 미국현지법인 설립. 년대: 해외시장개척기 new york, macy's백화점 개 쇼룸 노라노 제품으로 디스플레이. 안산반월공단에 프린트 공장 설립 및 sacks fifth ave.백화점 입점. nora noh west 론칭 및 new york, nordstrom 백화점 입점. 미국판 vogue에 광고 게재. 미국판 harper's bazaar에 광고 게재. 명동에서 청담동으로 사옥이전. 년대: 사업축소기 nora textile limited hk(hong kong) 현지법인 설립: nora noh japan 일본 현지법인 설립: 청담동으로 사옥 이전 후 토털패션브랜드로 사업 확장. 중국 저장성 싸우싱 봉제공장 계약. 할인점 전용브랜드 <노라>론칭. imf 금융위기로 사업축소로 거점매장을 축소하고 여성복만 남김. 로 구분할 수 있다<표 >. ‘패션입문기’인 년대 노라노는 년 미국 프 랭크 웨건 기술대학(frank waggon technical collage) 에서 ) 의상을 전공했고 타백 오브 켈리포니아 (taback of california)의 보조디자이너로 근무하며 패션계에 입문하였다. 대학에서 노라노는 미국식 평 면재단과 프랑스식 입체재단을 학습했고 ) 보조디자 이너로 일하면서 파워 재봉틀 사용법부터 포장까지 분업화되어있는 미국상업패션시스템을 습득하였다. 같은 해 말에 귀국하여 신당동 본가 층에 <노라노 양장점>을 개업했고 외교관 부인들의 파티의상을 제 작하며 한국패션계에 첫 발을 내딛었다. ‘브랜드 정착기인 년대 . 전쟁 중 노라노는 대구를 거쳐 부산 광복동에 양장점을 열었고 년 환도 후 퇴계로에 <노라노의 집>을 오픈하며 무대의 상의 전성기를 맞는다. 년에는 종로로 년에 는 명동으로 매장을 이전하며 명동패션시대에 합류 했고 이 시기 유복한 여성들과 여배우를 위한 맞춤 복을 제작하였다. ‘사업확장기’인 년대 노라노는 년 미우만 백화점에서 최초의 디자이너 기성복컬렉션 )열었고 같은 해 명동사옥을 구입하였다. 년에는 하와이 호놀룰루(hawaii honolulu, ~ )에 기성복라인 쇼룸을 열어 첫 번째 해외 진출을 시도했고 년 에는 신촌지점을 열어 여대생들에게 할인된 가격으 로 제품을 제공하였다. 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - ‘해외시장진출준비기’인 년대에는 신세계백화 점에 년 <노라노 코너>가 입점 되며 브랜드 대 중화가 가속화되었고 년에는 ㈜예림양행을 설립 해 해외진출을 위한 기반을 다졌다. 년 뉴욕 번 가에 쇼룸을 오픈했고 이듬해에는 현지법인 nora noh inc., new york 을 설립해 미국시장진출을 준 비하였다. ‘해외시장개척기’인 년대 노라노는 년 뉴 욕 메이시스(macy's)백화점 층 개 쇼룸에 제품을 디스플레이하며 성공적으로 미국시장에 진입했고 년 미국시장 집중 공략을 위해 안산반월공단에 직영원단공장을 설립하여 실크와 비스코스원단을 디 자인하고 생산해 시장이 요구한 가격과 품질경쟁력 을 충족시켰다. 년에는 미국 서부지역을 위한 ‘노라노 웨스트(nora noh west)’를 론칭했고 같은 해 노스트롬(nordstrom)백화점에 코너를 열며 주요 백화점 입점 권을 얻었다. 년대 노라노는 국내시 장을 제품생산거점으로 삼아 미국에서 사업을 확장 해나갔다. ‘사업축소기’인 년대 초에는 올림픽 이후 급 상승한 인건비 등 국내외 시장변화로 안산반월공장 을 폐쇄했고 이를 대체하기위해 중국 저장성 싸우싱 봉제공장과 계약해 중국 oem생산시스템을 구축하 였다. 또한 미국사업을 정리하고 수출시장의 무대를 아시아로 옮겨 년에는 홍콩(nora textile limited, hong kong)과 일본(nora noh japan)에 현지법인을 설립하였다. 년 명동에서 청담동으로 사옥을 이 전한 후 토털패션브랜드로서 국내시장에 재도전했으 나 imf 금융위기로 여성복만을 남기고 현 체제로 사업규모를 축소했으며 년에는 할인점 전용브랜 드 ‘노라’를 ) 론칭하였다. Ⅲ. 세기 중․후반 노라노패션 분석 본 절에서는 앞서 고찰한 한국패션의 현황과 노라 노브랜드 성장과정의 연대별 분류를 바탕으로 노라 노패션의 활동시기별 특성을 심층분석하여 디자이너 와 관련된 한국패션사의 주요사건들을 추출한다. 노 라노패션의 활동 시기는 문화계인사들과 함께 교류 한 성장의 시대인 ‘패션입문기( ~ )’, 파리의 트 렌드를 한국패션에 소개한 문화전도시대인 ‘오트 쿠 튀르기( ~ )’, 사업 확장과 해외진출을 탐색한 기성복시대인 ‘산업화기( ~ )’, 미국시장에서 성 공한 글로벌 패션시대인 ‘해외시장장악기( ~ )’, 아시아시장 진출 및 국내시장 복귀시대인 ‘사업축소 기( ~ )’로 분류된다<표 >. . 패션입문기( ~ ): 문화계 인사들과 교류한 성장의 시대 ‘패션입문기( ~ )’는 미국유학( )시절부터 서울 신당동양장점( ), . 전쟁 중 부산 광복동 양장점( - ) ), 환도 후 퇴계로 노라노의 집 ( ) 그리고 종로매장 이전 직후인 년 활동시 기로 노라노는 외교관들의 파티복과 당시 패션트렌 드를 주도한 미 군 장교클럽 가수 유정희, 박혜옥, 박단마의 무대의상, 연극협회<신협> )의 ‘인어공주‘, ‘간디( )‘, ‘카르멘’, ‘햄릿( )’, ‘로미오와 줄리 엣’, 맥베스‘, ’오세로‘, 은장도’ 등의 극 의상을 담당하 며 <신협>회원인 이혜랑, 김동원, 이향, 서울발레단의 한동인 ) 그리고 여성국극의 임춘앵 ) 등과 협업을 통해 한국 문화 발전에 일조하였다<그림 >. 물자가 부족했던 이 시기 노라노는 고객들이 해외 에서 구입해온 수입원단 그리고 양단과 같은 한복원 단을 사용했으며 부산 광복동양장점시절에는 무대복 의 비즈장식을 담뱃갑 내지와 맥주 캔을 오려 대체 하였다. 영화배우 최은희와 처음 작업을 시작 한 것 도 광복동양장점시절이다. 또한 <그림 >에서 볼 수 있듯 년에는 “전쟁에도 문화가 있다”라는 콘셉 트로 미국 nbc tv를 위해 <미니패션쇼>를 열어 혼 란 속 한국에도 문화가 있었음을 세계에 알렸다. 비 록 방송사의 요청으로 기획되기는 했으나 nbc 패션 쇼는 비공식적으로 개최된 한국 최초의 디자이너 패 션쇼이다. 패션입문기의 대표디자인은 주로 무대의상 이었으며 대표작으로는 인도전통의상을 모티브로 한 ‘사리드레스(sari dress, )’, 무희들을 위한 브라 탑과 랩스커트 착장의 ‘새틴 룸바드레스( )’, 유정 희를 위한 ‘키스 오브 파이어 드레스(kiss of fire dress, )’ ), 햄릿 김동원을 위한 ‘벨벳케이프 服飾 第 卷 號  - - <그림 > 미국 nbc 방송국을 위한 ‘미니 패션쇼’ 현장모습, - 노라노 제공 <그림 > nbc 패션쇼 직후, - 노라노 제공 <그림 > 노라노의 칼리지패션, - 노라노 제공 <그림 > 플레어스커트 원피스를 입은 년대 미국 여대생들의 모습 - a century of fashion, p. ( )’와 박혜옥을 위한 썬드레스(sundress, ) )가 있다<그림 > ). 노라노는 ‘패션입문기( ~ )’에 문화계인사들 과 교류하며 이들과 함께 성장했으며 해방과 전쟁으 로 혼란했던 이 시기에도 일부 계층에 한정되기는 하였으나 유행스타일과 패션은 존재했다. . 오트 쿠튀르(양장점)기( ~ ): 파리의 트렌드를 한국패션에 소개한 문화전도시대 ‘오트 쿠튀르(맞춤복)기( ~ )’는 패션쇼와 프 랑스 해외연수를 통해 노라노가 기존의 양장점 형식 에서 벗어나 패션디자이너로 거듭난 시기이다. 노라 노는 년 명동매장이전 직후 미국식 칼리지패 션 )을 디자인해 주목받았고 이 시기 연예인들의 이 미지 구축에 관여하며 기존의 양장점들과 차별화된 브랜드 홍보 전략을 세웠다<그림 , > ). 최은희 주연의 <은장도, >, <꿈, >, <춘희, >, <자매의 화원, >, 엄앵란의 <꿈이여 다시 한 번, >, <동심초, >, <젊은이의 양지, >, <배신, >, 최지희의 <아름다운 악녀, >, <자 매의 화원, >, 조미령의 <교차로, >, <호동왕 자와 낙랑공주, >, 김지미의 <양귀비, > 등의 이미지가 노라노와의 협업을 통해 구축되었으며 이 들의 스타일은 대중에게 빠르게 확산되었다. 노라노는 유학시절 이미 미국전역에 퍼져있던 프 랑스 패션트렌드를 경험했고 부틱이 국내에서 정착 하자 년 개월 동안 프랑스 아카데미 줄리아 아 트(academy julian art)로 연수를 떠나 ‘크리스토발 발렌시아가’와 ‘크리스티앙 디올’, ‘니나 리치’의 부틱 바잉 쇼로 진행되었던 패션쇼를 참관하였다. 행사장 에서 노라노는 이들의 작품을 직접 착용해 보고 구 입하며 파리의 트렌드와 의복제작방식을 습득했고 귀국 직후인 년 월 일 오후 시 반도호텔 ) 에서 자신의 이름을 내건 첫 컬렉션을 선보이는데 이것이 유럽식 패션쇼 형식을 충족한 한국 최초의 디자이너 패션쇼이다. 첫 무대의 부는 원피스, 투피 스, 코트의 실용복라인으로 부는 칵테일드레스, 롱 드레스, 웨딩드레스의 파티복라인으로 구성되었고 우 리원단을 사용해 디자인했는데 부에는 고려모직(高 麗毛織)에 요청해 부드럽게 가공한 방모사 )를 부 에서는 년대부터 계속 사용해오던 양단, 시폰, 자카트, 실크를 활용하였다. 이후 노라노는 특별 쇼 를 제외한 정기 쇼를 년에 번 열었으며 이들 중 리플렛이 남아있는 쇼는 년과 년 <노-라·노 팻션쇼> ), 년 , 년 <노-라·노 횃션쇼> )이다<그림 >. 첫 번째 패션쇼 이후 노라노는 프랑스의 감성을 디자인에 담기위해 노력하였다. 크리스티앙 디오르의 ‘라인 룩’과 함께 크리스토발 발렌시아가의 박시한 ‘콜레트라인’의 영향을 받았고 이와 더불어 ‘아리랑드 레스’ ) 같은 한국 전통미를 재해석한 작품을 선보였 다. 또한 프랑스연수이후 년에 한번 파리와 뉴욕을 방문해 자료를 수집했으며 <보그>, <엘르> 등 해외 잡지를 정기 구독해 최신트렌드를 지속적으로 습 득 )하기위해 노력하였다. 이러한 자료를 바탕으로 기획된 노라노의 컬렉션은 한국패션에 세계트렌드를 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - 유입시키는데 일조하였다. 전성기였던 이 시기의 대 표작은 최은희를 위한 <꿈, > )과 <춘희, > 의상, 칼리지룩을 콘셉트로 한 ‘플레어스커트 원피스 ( )’, 미스유니버스 한국대표 오현주를 위한 ‘아리 랑드레스( )’, ‘미아리실크 )원피스( )’가 있다 <그림 >. 노라노패션의 제 전성기인 ‘오트 쿠튀르기( ~ )’는 파리의 트렌드를 국내에 소개한 문화전도시대 로 디자이너패션에 해외트렌드가 반영된 시기이다. . 산업화기( ~ ): 사업 확장과 해외진출을 탐색한 기성복시대 ‘산업화기( ~ )’는 ~ 년의 맞춤복과 기 성복을 혼용한 프레-타-쿠튀르(pret-a-couture)기인 ‘과도기’와 ~ 년 기성복으로 사업패턴을 전환 하고 해외진출을 적극적으로 준비한 ‘도약기’로 구분 할 수 있다. 이 시기는 노라노가 맞춤복사업을 축소 하고 대량생산방식의 기성복라인으로 브랜드 운영체 재를 재편하며 해외시장공략을 준비한 기성복시대이 다. 과도기( ~ )에 노라노는 기존의 개인을 위한 맞춤디자인인 오트 쿠튀르를 유지하면서 컬렉션에서 선보인 디자인을 주문받아 맞춤 제작해주는 프레타 쿠튀르를 새로운 브랜드 운영방식에 추가한다. 이를 위해 년 한국 최초의 <디자이너 기성복패션쇼> 를 미우만백화점에서, 년에는 화신백화점에서 개 최하며 브랜드 대중화에 힘썼고 이를 바탕으로 년 하와이 호놀룰루 로얄 호텔에서 컬렉션을 열고 쇼룸을 오픈해 첫 번째 해외진출을 시도한다. 하와이 시절 년 동안 노라노는 국내고객들과 사이즈의 차 이가 있었던 현지 고객들의 치수를 데이터화해 뉴욕 진출을 준비했으며 수출품에는 태극레이블을 부착하 였다<그림 >. 년에는 여대생을 타깃으로 신촌에 매장을 열어 % 할인된 가격으로 제품을 제공하며 고객층을 넓혀갔다. 또한 <대한방직협회>의 지원으로 개최된 년과 년 차례의 <목화아가씨 패션쇼> ) 를 필두로 년부터 년까지 코트라(kotra)의 지원으로 파리 프레타 포르테(pret-a-porter)박람 회 )에 참석해 해외시장 개척의 판로를 열었고 그 성과로 삭스 피프스 애비뉴(saks fifth ave.)백화점 내 편집매장으로부터 제품을 수주 받아 뉴욕시장 진 입에 성공한다<그림 >. 이후 노라노는 정부와 민간 단체의 협조로 우리섬유와 디자인의 우수성을 해외 에 알리는데 일조하였다. 도약기( ~ )에 노라노는 기성복사업을 확장 하며 해외진출준비를 구체화한다. 이미 해외수주를 성공한 노라노는 년 상공부와 대한잠사협회의 지원으로 개최된 <견직물바이어패션쇼>를 계기로 우 리 실크의 품질과 가격경쟁력을 확인하고 뉴욕진출 을 결심한다<그림 > ). 또한 년에는 신세계백화 점과 <기성복 패션쇼>를 개최하고 백화점 내에 <노 라노 코너>를 설치하는데 이 시기 노라노는 선경 (sk)의 제안으로 년 동안 미국 수출용 oem 블라 우스생산에 뛰어들면서 고급 기성복 대량생산라인을 구축한다. 시스템이 정착되자 노라노는 년 뉴욕 번가에 쇼룸을 오픈하고 년에는 미국현지법인 (nora noh inc)을 설립해 해외시장공략을 위한 준비 를 마친다. 산업화기 노라노는 영화의상과 함께 드리마의상 그리고 가수들의 무대의상을 디자인하였다. 촬영기간 이 길고 이미지메이킹 단계부터 작업을 함께해야했 던 영화와 가수들의 의상은 이전시대와 마찬가지로 역할의상을 캐릭터에 맞게 맞춤 제작해 판매했으며 단발성 촬영이 가능한 드라마의 경우는 기성복라인 을 협찬하였다. 문정숙 주연의 <만추, >, tbc 일 요로맨스극장 <내멋에 산다, >, <웃는 얼굴 다정 해도, >를 위한 윤복희의 미니드레스, <커피한잔, >을 위한 펄 시스터즈의 판탈롱 스타일이 노라 노에 의해 만들어졌으며 강부자, 나옥주, 남미리, 사 미자, 정혜선, 문혜란, 염매리, 윤여정, 윤소정, 태현실 등도 노라노의 디자인을 착용하였다. 대표디자인은 몸뻬와 한복을 대체할 부인복으로 선보인 ‘실크 새틴 홈웨어드레스( )’, ‘튜닉드레스( )’, ‘하운드 투 스 패턴앙상블( )’, 파리박람회 출품작인 ‘엔지니 어 프린팅원피스( )’, 신세계백화점 기성복패션쇼 출품작인 ‘슬리브리스 미니드레스( )’가 있다. ‘산업화기( ~ )’는 프레타 쿠튀르라인을 필 두로 국내시장의 고객층을 확산하고 해외시장진입의 服飾 第 卷 號  - - <그림 > 년 월 일 오후 시 그랜드호텔에서 개최된 ≪노-라·노 횃숀쇼≫의 초대장 겸 프로그램 - 노라노 제공 <그림 > 하와이수출시절의 태극마크레이블, - 연구자 촬영 <그림 > <목화아가씨 패션쇼>의 초대장 겸 프로그램, - 노라노 제공 <그림 > <견직물 바이어 패션쇼> 직후 칵테일파티, - 노라노 제공 교두보를 만든 노라노패션 제 의 전성기로 이 시기 에는 정부와 민간단체의 공조와 지원으로 디자이너 들의 해외진출사업이 지원되었다. . 해외시장장악기( ~ ): 미국시장에서 성공한 글로벌 패션시대 ‘해외시장장악기’인 ~ 년은 노라노가 미국시 장에서 성공한 글로벌 패션시대이다. 미국법인설립 년 만인 년 노라노는 뉴욕 메이시스(macy's)백 화점 층 개 쇼룸 전체에 옷을 걸며 해외 트렌드 를 추종하는 동양디자이너에서 벗어나 미국 트렌드 의 중심에 선 한국 패션디자이너로 거듭났다<그림 >. 년 삭스 피프스 애비뉴백화점에 단독매장 <노라노코너(nora noh corner)>가 생겼고 년에 는 노스트롬(nordstrom)백화점의 편집매장 <셉코너 (savy corner)>에 제품이 입고되었으며 이후 노스트 롬에서 년 블루밍데일(bloomingdale's)백화점에서 년 동안 최우수판매매장으로 선정되었다. 노라노패션이 년대 미국시장에서 성공한 요인 은 세 가지로 정리된다. 첫째는 원단공장과 고급기성 복제작라인의 직접 운영으로 ) 디자인차별화와 가격 경쟁력을 모두 얻어냈고, 둘째는 사전준비를 통한 신 체치수 표준화 구축과 지역특성을 고려한 브랜드 세 분화정책으로 제품현지화에 성공했으며, 마지막으로 바이어들이 손쉽게 주문할 수 있도록 스타일번호체 계를 일원화해 디자인별 고유번호를 부여하였다. 또 한 이를 통해 지역별 선호 스타일을 추출하고 해당 아이템을 체계적으로 관리하고 재생산해 제품 순환 력을 높였다. 년 <견직물바이어패션쇼>에서 노라노는 이미 우리 실크의 품질과 가격경쟁력을 확인했고 년 이를 사업에 적용하기위해 안산반월공장에 직영원단 공장을 세웠다<그림 >. 이미 유행디자인이 빠르게 모방되고 있던 미국시장에서 모방이 어려운 프린트 원단을 직접 생산하여 고급제품을 합리적인 가격으 로 제공 할 수 있었던 것이 노라노패션의 디자인 경 쟁력이었다. 공장 설립직후 노라노는 파리로 프린트 패턴 자료조사를 떠나 미술서를 구입했고 이를 활용 해 호안 미로(joan miro, ~ )와 앙리 마티스 (henri matisse, ~ ) 등의 작품을 재구성하 여 프린트패턴을 디자인하였다. 또한 노라노는 하와 이 프레타 쿠튀르시절 기록한 미국인들의 치수를 데 이터화해 동양인과 다른 서양인의 사이즈 문제를 해 결했다. 미국법인 설립이후 년 중반까지 뉴욕시 장을 타깃으로 실크제품을 주로 판매하는 를 단독으로 운용하다 년 월부터 기 온이 온화한 로스앤젤리스와 달라스 지역을 위해 린 넨(linen)과 비스코스(viscose)를 사용한 젊은 감각의 저가라인인 를 내어놓으며 브랜드 분리전략으로 노라노는 지역맞춤식 현지화에 성공한 다 )<그림 >. 그리고 디자인에 고유번호를 붙여 히 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - <그림 > 메이시스백화점 쇼 윈도우를 장식한 노라노의 의상들, - 노라노 제공 <그림 > 의 컬렉션 드로잉, - 노라노 제공 <그림 > 안산반월프린트공장 내부전경, - 노라노 제공 <그림 > 청담동 <노라노 집>의 내부전경, - 노라노 제공 트디자인의 원단과 프린트패턴을 즉시 변경해 재생 산했고 바이어의 주문 간소화를 위해 표준화된 제품 번호시스템을 구축했다. 년대 노라노제품의 스타 일번호 표기방법은 개의 숫자로 구성되며 첫 번째 번호는 제품제작년도를, 두 번째 번호는 원단프린트 패턴디자인을, 나머지 두 숫자는 디자인을 의미한다. 곧 ‘ ’는 ‘ ’ 년 ‘ ’ 번 프린트 원단으로 만든 ‘ ’ 디자인을 말한다. 무늬가 없는 원단의 경우는 두 번째 숫자를 ‘ ’으로 표시해 같은 해 생산된 동일 디 자인이라면 ‘ ’로 표시했다. ) 이외에도 노라노는 이미 구축된 안산공장시설을 이용하여 해외에서 oem으로 수주 받은 스카프원단을 생산해 브랜드이 외의 수익원을 창출해냈다. 시즌별로 바이어 컬렉션과 함께 노라노는 년 주한미국 women's club의 후원으로 패션쇼를, 년에는 로마 모피회사와 협업 으로 를 여는 등 특별 쇼를 지속적으로 기획하였다. 대표작으로는 메이시스백화 점에 진열되었던 디자인인 원피스형 점퍼슈트 ‘ ( )’, 미국 보그 광고에 실린 ‘프린트 오버 재킷과 블랙팬츠( )’, 베이지와 블랙 스트라이프 원피스 로 년간 판매한 ‘ ( )’, 스트라이프무늬 실크 원피스인 ‘ ( )’, 바자 광고에 실린 ‘프린트 실 크원피스( )’ 그리고 재생산된 ‘ ’의 솔리드라 인 ‘ ( )’ 디자인이 있다. 노라노 제 의 전성기인 ‘해외시장장악기( ~ )’는 신진디자이너들이 대거 주목받았던 국내시장 의 비중을 줄이고 발 빠르게 미국시장을 공략한 글 로벌 시대로 노라노는 국내에서 원단부터 제품제작 까지 일괄관리가 가능한 고급기성복 원스톱 제품생 산시스템을 구축해 가격 경쟁력을 지닌 고품질 디자 인을 전면애 내세워 미국시장을 장악하는데 성공한 한국패션디자이너가 되었다. . 사업축소기( ~ ): 아시아시장 진출 및 국내시장복귀시대 ‘사업축소기’인 ~ 년까지는 노라노가 미국사 업을 축소하는 대신 아시아시장에 진출하며 국내시 장에 복귀한 시대이다. 노라노패션이 미국시장에서 철수한 배경은 두 가지를 들 수 있는데, 첫째 글로벌 패션 환경의 변화로 프랑스와 이탈리아 브랜드들의 직영체제가 도입되었고 상업브랜드의 경쟁력이 높아 지면서 미국패션시장의 판도가 급변했으며, 둘째 국 내인건비의 상승으로 합리적인 가격으로 고급제품을 생산할 수 있었던 년대와 달리 제품생산단가가 상승해 가격경쟁력을 지켜낼 수 없었기 때문이다. 위의 문제를 해결하기 위해 노라노는 미국사업을 대신할 아시아 시장의 거점으로 년 홍콩(nora textile limited, hk)과 일본(nora noh, japan)에 현지법인을 설립했고 년 전인 년 이미 국내시 장을 복귀를 위해 명동에서 청담동으로 사옥을 이전 하였다. 노라노는 년 안산반월공장의 문을 닫은 후 원단은 홍콩현지법인에서 직접 생산관리하고 의 服飾 第 卷 號  - - 활동시기구분 주요패션쇼 패션사적사건 패션입문기 ( ~ ): 문화계 인사들과 교류한 성장의 시대 - : 미국 nbc tv를 위한 <미니패션쇼> 외교관 부인, 신협, 여성국극 그리고 미 군 무대의상디자인 - : 미국 유학 후 외교관 부인들의 모임을 위한 파티복 제작. - - : 신협, 서울발레단, 미 군 무대의상제작으로 파티복시장이 생성. - : “전쟁에도 문화가 있다”는 콘셉트로 미국 nbc tv를 위한 패 션쇼 개최 <비공식 노라노 최초의 패션쇼이자 한국 최초의 디자이너 패션쇼> -한복원단과 양장복지 모두 사용. 제 전성기 오트 쿠튀르 (맞춤복)기 ( ~ ): 파리의 트렌드를 한국패션에 소개한 문화전도시대 - : <제 회 노-라·노 팻션쇼>, 반도호텔. - : <노-라·노 팻션쇼> - : - : <노-라·노 횃션쇼> 파리 트렌드의 국내유입과 우리섬유개발 - : 칼리지패션(college fashion)의 유행. 해외연수에서 크리스토발 발렌시아가, 크리스티앙 디오르, 니나리치의 컬렉션 관람 후 귀국 컬렉션에서 세계의 트렌드를 한국시장에 전파. 유럽식 패션쇼의 형식을 충족한 최초의 디자이너 패션쇼 개최. -고려모직과 양장에 맞는 방모사 개발. -트렌드잡지구독과 파리, 뉴욕 시장조사를 통해 세계의 트렌드를 지속 적으로 반영. -영화배우의상제작을 통한 패션트렌드 전파. 제 전성기 산업화기 ( ~ ): 사업확장과 해외진출을 탐색한 기성복시대 ) 과도기 ( ~ ): 프레타 쿠튀르시대 ) 도약기 ( ~ ): 기성복 시대 - : <기성복 패션쇼> 미우만백화점. - : <기성복 패션쇼> 화신백화점. - : - , : <목화아가씨 패션쇼> 극동호텔( ). 조선호텔( ). - : <견직물 바이어 패션쇼>, new york plaza hotel. <기성복 패션쇼>, 서울, plaza hotel. - : <기성복 패션쇼>, 퍼시픽호텔. 신세계백화점 주최. 기성복의 보편화와 정부, 민간단체의 지원으로 해외진출준비 - : 디자이너 기성복 패션의 시대가 열림. -몸뻬와 한복을 대체할 부인복 <홈웨어드레스> 디자인: 백화점에 기성 복 디자이너 코너를 설치로 미국식 쇼핑환경 조성. - : 하와이 시장진출, 국내디자이너의 해외단독 패션쇼. 수출용디자인에 태극레이블 부착. - : 대한방직협회의 지원으로 패션쇼 개최. - - : kotra ≪paris 기성복(prêt-à-porter) 박람회≫국내패션디자 이너 지원으로 국내 디자이너의 해외시장 개척판로(販路)가 열림. - : 대한잠사협회와 정부의 지원으로 우리 실크의 우수성을 알리기 위한 디자이너 패션쇼가 개최. -정부와 민간단체의 지원으로 목화, 실크 등 우리 원단사용이 증가. - : 신세계백화점 <노라노 코너> 입점, 대량생산 디자이너 기성복 체제 정립. -선경(sk)의 oem 블라우스 생산으로 고급기성복생산체제 구축. - : new york th ave. show room 오픈. - : nora noh inc., new york 미국현지법인 설립. -드라마의상의 기성복협찬과 가수의 무대의상으로 인해 패션트렌드 전 파가 가속화 됨. 제 전성기 해외시장장악기 ( ~ ): 미국시장에서 성공한 글로벌 패션시대 - : , 주한미국 women's club. -시즌별로 바이어 패션쇼 개최. - : 국내제작시스템을 교두보로 한 미국시장장악 - : 메이시스백화점 쇼윈도에 제품 진열. - : 상업브랜드가 아닌 디자이너브랜드 최초로 원스톱 고급기성복 생산체제 설립, 안산반월공단. 뉴욕 삭스 피프스 애비뉴백화점에 <노라노 코너>오픈. - : 노스트롬백화점 <셉코너>에 디자인 입점. 로스앤젤리스와 달라스 지역을 위한 출시로 지역 <표 > 노라노패션 활동 시기별 특성분석 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - 에 맞는 브랜드 정책을 수립. -국내생산, 현지법인설립의 이원체제 운영으로 가격경쟁력이 있는 고 급제품 생산. -사전조사를 통해 수출용 치수체계 정립. -표준화된 제품번호시스템을 구축해 디자인을 체계적으로 관리하고 바 이어의 수주를 용이하게 함. -<보그>와 <바자> 등 현지매체에 지속적으로 광고를 게재해 브랜드 인 지도를 높임. 사업축소기 ( ~ ): 아시아시장 진출 및 국내시장복귀시대 - : 청담동 사업 오픈 기념 패션쇼. -고정고객을 위해 프레타쿠튀르 시즌 컬렉션을 개최. 토털패션의 도입과 새로운 유통시스템의 수용 - : 아시아시장 진출 및 청담동 거점매장 오픈으로 토털패션시스템 도입. 홍콩 및 일본 현지법인설립. - : 중국 저장성 샤우싱 공장과 oem 계약을 통해 생산거점을 옮김. - : 이마트, 까르프 등의 할인점을 위한 전용브랜드 <노라> 출시. - : imf로 여성복라인만 남겨 사업축소. 류제작은 년 중국 쌰우싱 봉제공장과 한국현지 책임자파견조건으로 oem계약을 체결해 제작환경을 개선하며 가격경쟁력의 우위를 지켜내기 위해 노력 하였다. 노라노패션은 이 시기 아시아시장과 내수시장 전 략에 차이를 두었는데 수출품의 경우는 한국에서 제 작한 샘플을 중국으로 보내 oem으로 생산하여 가 격경쟁력을 높인 기성복으로, 국내에서는 기성복라인 과 함께 고정고객들을 위해 산업화 도약기( ~ )의 프레타 쿠튀르 방식을 재도입해 컬렉션에서 선보인 디자인을 맞춤복으로 판매하는 고급화전략으 로 시장에 접근하였다. 이에 청담동 매장을 토털패션 을 지향(志向)하는 거점매장으로 삼아 여성복뿐만 아니라 남성복, 아동복, 기타액세서리류 등을 함께 취급하였다.<그림 > 하지만 년대 중반 이후 해 외브랜드 유입과 imf로 인해 년 여성복라인만 을 남기고 사업을 축소한다. 하지만 년 이미 변 화된 내수시장 환경을 읽어내며 이마트, 까르프, 나 산 끌레프 등 개의 할인점을 위한 전용브랜드 <노 라>를 론칭 )해 저가의 기성복을 주력으로 내수시장 패턴을 전환하였다. ‘사업축소기( ~ )’는 노라노가 미국사업을 정리하고 아시아와 내수시장에 집중해 실속을 취한 국내시장복귀시대이다. Ⅳ. 세기 중․후반 한국패션 분석 선행연구와 노라노패션연구로 밝혀진 한국패션사 적 주요사건을 고찰한 결과 년대부터 년대 한국패션의 특성은 다음과 같이 분석되었다<표 >. 년대는 해방으로 인한 민족의식고취와 실용성 사이에서 의생활패턴이 혼란했던 ‘의생활 혼란기’로 여성복을 전문으로 취급하는 양장점이 문을 열며 고 급 여성복시대가 도래(到來)했다. 년 여성복전문 양장점 ‘은좌옥’을 연 최경자가 활동하고 있는 가운 데 노라노가 패션계에 입문해 년대는 제 세대 한국패션디자이너시대의 시작점이 되었다. 대중의 스 타일과 경성을 중심으로 한 지식층의 스타일이 이분 화 된 이 시기는 여성복시장이 정립되지 않은 상황 에서 고급패션시장의 트렌드는 일제 강점기부터 기 반을 다져온 남성복이 주도했다. 년에는 신생활 장려위원회에서 간단복을 재정하여 활동에 용이한 양장의 보급에 힘썼다. 년대는 새로운 의복문화 생성이 정체된 가운데 부유층을 중심으로 한복과 양 장이 혼용되며 전통복과 서양복스타일의 명맥을 이 어갔다. 년대는 검열 없이 유입된 구제품과 디자이너 들의 노력으로 해외트렌드가 전파된 ‘서구문화확산기’ 로 년에는 제 회 신사복 패션쇼가, 년에는 nbc 방송의 기획으로 진행된 노라노의 미니패션쇼 服飾 第 卷 號  - - 시대 패션사적 사건 및 유행 스타일 대표디자이너 ) 년대 패션사적 사건 유행스타일 최경자(은좌옥) -일제강점기 말 몸뻬와 앗빠빠가 국민복으로 강요. -해방 후: 여성복 양장점의 보편화시작점. 남성복 기술향상과 국내원단시장발전시작. 여학교들을 중심으로 교복제청움직임. 제 차 구제품유입. 배급품 스템프제도와 밀수 방지정책실시. - : 신생활장려위원회에서 <간단복> 제정. 부산에 신발공장이 밀집(등록기준 개). -대중의 스타일과 고위층의 스타일이 명확히 구분됨. -남성복이 트렌드를 주도한 가운데 종로와 충무로 가 패션의 메카. -해방 전·후: 저고리 혹은 블라우스 에 몸뻬 착장이 보편화. -해방 직후: 여대생을 중심으로 통 치마에 저고리 착장과 개량한복이 유행. 군복스타일과 스타킹, 구두 등 서양 의복소품이 확산됨. 낙하산지로 만든 코트와 머플러. -밀수품 마카오복지와 빌로드. -부유층을 중심으로 한복과 양장이 혼용. 의생활 빈곤기: 제 차 구제품의유입과 의생활패턴의 혼란 년대 -전쟁 전: 대중의 의생활의 빈곤 속에 무대의상을 중심으로 서양 파티복이 소개됨. 부산광복동을 중심으로 디자이너 활동 및 구제품 전문 취급점이 생김. - : 전시 생활 개선령 시행으로 의복과 사치품 규제. <제 회 신사복 패션쇼> 개최. - : 노라노, nbc를 위한 <미니패션쇼> 개최. -전쟁이후: 제 차 구제품 유입. 남대문과 동대문 상권 형성. - : <최경자복장연구소> 설립. - : 노라노, 한국 최초의 디자이너패션쇼 개최. - : <대한복식연우회> 창설. 양장점을 탈피한 패션디자이너시대가 열림. - : 제일모직, 우리기술로 모직생산, 나일론 국 내생산. -디자이너들의 해외연수와 패션잡지구독을 통해 해외트렌드가 국내에 유입됨. (노라노: 파리 연수 / 서수연, 김경애, 석주선, 한 희도 등: 일본 산업시찰) -명동이 패션의 메카로 부상. -<여원>, <여성계>, <주부생활>등 개 여성잡지 창간. -전쟁 기: 년대 몸뻬와 한복의 혼재. -전쟁 후: 구제품을 염색해 리폼한 코트, 스웨터, un점퍼, 낙하산지 블라우스, 밀리터리스타일. -칼리지패션과 크리스토발 발렌시아 가, 크리스티앙 디오르, 니나 리치 스타일이 유행. -파티복으로 전통한복을 개량한 <아 리랑드레스> 유행. -대중의 스타일은 궁핍하였으나 신 협, 서울발래단, 여성국극을 통해 무대의상이 발전했고 서양복과 전 통한복 유행스타일이 대중에게 소 개됨. 김경희(마드모아 젤), 노라노, 서수현(아리사), 송옥, 이병복, 엘리제, 한희도, 임복순 (미성양장점) 서구문화 확산기: 제 차 구제품유입과 빈곤 속에 피어난 한국패션디자인 년대 -섬유산업이 국가기간산업으로 선정됨. -한복의 의례복화와 양장의 보편화 정착. -개량한복의 출현. - : <대한디자이너복식협회> 결성. - : 정부지원으로 해외디자이너 초청 컬렉션개최. - : 노라노가 최초의 디자이너기성복 컬렉션을 미우만백화점에서 개최. -간편복의 보편화와 한복을 대신할 홈드레스의 출현. -영화, 드라마, 음악 등 미디어의 영 향으로 슬리브리스, 양단드레스, 리 버서블코트, 핫팬츠, 미니스커트 등 해외패션 스타일이 전파됨. -여대생: 부풀린 헤어, ~ 부의 블 김순희 (제일편물), 배천범 (석경의상실), 박윤정(미스박 테일러), 이용렬(벵탕), <표 > 세기 중 · 후반 한국패션 분석 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - -디자이너 드라마의상 협찬시작. -백화점에 디자이너 기성복 코너가 입점 되기 시 작해 미국적 쇼핑환경이 조성됨. - : 우리 디자인의 해외수출이 시작됨. - : 앙드레김이 파리에서 패션쇼 개최. - : 대한방직협회의 디자이너 컬렉션 지원. -합성섬유와 프린트기술의 발달. 라우스, 미니스커트, 중간 굽의 뾰 족한 펌프스. - 년대 디오르 스타일의 영향으로 a라인과 h라인이 계속 유행. - 년대 말 판탈롱팬츠 출현. -폴리에스테르와 저지에 프린트된 강렬한 색상의 프린트 패턴. -옵아트, 팝아트의 영향. 앙드레김, 조세핀조 복식현대화 성취기: 한복의 의례화와 양장의 보편화 년대 -맞춤복과 기성복 그리고 합성섬유와 천연섬유의 혼재. -섬유회사의 패션회사전환으로 상업브랜드가 패션 시장을 장악하여 대중을 위한 기성복 시장이 열 림.(레나온, 논노, 반도패션, 경방, 모라도, 라보테, 벨라, 버킹검, 맥그리거, 톰보이 등) - - : 코트라, 우리 디자이너의 해외진출지원. - : 유신체제 패션물 tv방영 금지 및 호텔 패 션쇼 금지. - : 노라노, 식스 피프스 애비뉴백화점에서 재 품 수주. - : 우리 실크의 우수성을 해외에 알리기 위한 대한잠사협회의 노라노 뉴욕패션쇼 지원. - : 신세계백화점에 <노라노 코너> 입점. - : 탄성섬유 스판텍스의 개발로 스포츠웨어 시장 확산. -백화점 기성복코너의 보편화로 미도파백화점에 신진 디자이너 코너인 <패션 스트리트> 오픈. -디자이너패션과 상업패션시장 분리. -상업패션브랜드의 컬렉션 디자이너 고용시작. -원단산업의 발달로 동대문시장의 활성화. -국내 디자이너의 해외진출 본격화. -특성화 부티크의 출현(예: 홈웨어) -풍기문란 죄에 장발과 미니스커트가 포함됨. -프린트. -팝과 록가수의 스타일이 트렌드를 주도하여 캐주얼이 유행. -펑크는 부분적으로 수용되었고 히 피스타일이 트렌드를 주도함. -장발, 판탈롱, 핫팬츠, 미니스커트, 넓은 벨트, 빅 숄더 백, 통굽의 믹 스 앤 매치. -레이어드에 용이한 니트웨어와 다 양한 길이의 스커트가 유행. -남성정정: 콘티넨탈룩. -청바지가 보편화 됨. mrs고, 박항치, 이동수, 이신우, 오은환, 진태옥, 트로아조, 한혜자 패션산업의 혁신기: 상업브랜드의 도약과 디자이너 기성복의 보편화 년대 - : 교복자율화로 중저가 영 캐쥬얼 시장이 급 성장. <제 회 대한민국섬유디자인경진대회>개최. - : 정부의 지원으로 국내디자이너들이 파리 프레타 포르테 박람회 <살롱 드 포르테 페미닌> 참가. - : 결성으로 한국패션컬렉션의 기틀 이 만들어짐. 해외여행자율화로 스타일이 직접 전파환경이 조 성됨. -패션디자이너브랜드의 활동이 활발해짐. -국내디자이너의 해외시장진입성공. -디자이너 컬렉션에서 한국의 전통을 모티브로 한 -가죽, 청제품의 유행. -모피와 인조모피 트리밍, 패딩아이 템, 패치워크. -빅실루엣, 파워슈트 등 과시적인 스타일. -상의 강조: 빅 재킷에 미니스커트 혹은 디스코바지. -하의강조: 블루종에 레깅스 혹은 스키니. -레이어드와 유니섹스스타일의 혼재. -디자인에서 컬러감이 중요해져 비 비드(vivid)와 뉴드럴(neutral)계열 모두 유행. 김동순, 김창숙, 루비나, 박동준, 박윤수, 설윤형, 손정완, 이상봉, 하용수, 홍미화 服飾 第 卷 號  - - 디자인이 전개됨. -디자이너 직영공장 출현으로 디자이너브랜드의 상업화가 가속화됨. -캐릭터 캐주얼과 액티브스포츠웨어 시장의 급부상. -해외디자이너브랜드의 라이선스 레이블계약이 남 성복과 액세서리 부문을 중심으로 체결됨. -영 캐주얼부문의 라이선스 브랜드 론칭으로 기술이 전이 이루어져 국내패션시장투자패턴이 다양해짐. -국내생산브랜드의 의존이 높으나 해외 트렌드가 스타일을 주도함. 패션산업의 전성기: 디자이너브랜드의 확산과 해외 라이선스 브랜드의 도약 년대 - : 패션컬렉션 시작으로 해외컬렉션 시스템을 갖춘 디자이너 패션시대 개막. - : 신진디자이너를 중심으로 조직. -국내디자이너 해외패션시장진출확산: 파리컬렉션 (프레타 포르테), 뉴욕컬렉션. - : 재정경제원의 ‘수입개장정책 발표’로 해외 패션브랜드의 직영 진출이 가능해짐. 남대문과 압구정동에 해외브랜드 편집 매장이 늘 어남. - : 문화관광부 <한복 입는 날> 제정. - : imf여파로 이신우 등 디자이너 브랜드와 의류회사의 파산으로 패션시장 성장둔화가 시작됨. 유통시장의 변화로 생겨난 이마트, 까르프, 테스 코와 같은 대영할인매장이 진출로 중·저가 pb (privet brand)가 생겼고 <노라> 등 할인점전용 디자이너 브랜드가 출시 됨. -패션전문아울렛의 등장과 두타, 밀리오레 등 동 대문중심 상권형성. -해외라이선스 잡지의 진출로 트렌드전파가 가속 화됨. -아동복시장의 성장. - 년대 말: 케이블 tv 쇼핑 채널과 인터넷 쇼 핑시작. -개인의 스타일이 중요해짐. -x세대, n세대, 오렌지족, 힙합족, 명품족, 미시족 등 특정 소수계층 의 스타일의 유행. - 대 가수들이 영 패션리더로 급부 상해 기성세대의 클래식라인과 대의 패션이 명확히 구분됨. -서태지의 힙합패션, 노출이 심한 배꼽 티셔츠, 찢어진 청바지, 무스탕. -해외직수입브랜드가 트렌드 주도한 가운데 미니멀 한 젠스타일과 로맨 틱스타일이 공존. 김영주, 노승연, 문영희, 박윤정, 박춘무, 송지오, 신장경, 우영미, 이영희. 임선옥, 지춘희, 최연옥 패션시장다각화기: 패션컬렉션 시스템의 정립과 유통체제의 변화 가, 년에는 노라노의 한국 최초의 디자이너패션 쇼가 열렸고, 년에는 서수정의 의상발표회가 개 최되었다. 년 대한복식연우회가 창설되었고 최경 자, 노라노, 서수정, 서수연, 김경애, 석주선, 송옥, 엘 리제, 임복순(미성양복점)이 활동했으며 이들의 매장 이 있었던 명동이 패션의 메카로 급부상하였다. 년 노라노는 프랑스 파리연수를, 이후 대한복식연우 회 주최로 서수연, 김경애, 석주선, 한희도 등은 일본 으로 산업시찰을 떠나 해외트렌드와 선진의복 제작 시스템을 받아들이며 양장점시대를 벗어난 패션디자 이너시대가 열렸다. 년대 초반은 무대복이 후반 은 여성복이 고급패션시장의 트렌드를 주도한 가운 데 년 신생활복착용법안의 통과로 양장보편화가 정책화되었다. 년대는 대중의 스타일은 빈곤했으 나 구제품이 검열 없이 유입되고 디자이너들이 해외 트렌드를 소개하면서 서구식 의복문화가 확산되었다. 년대는 양장의 보편화와 한복의 의례화가 정 립된 ‘복식현대화성취기’로 년 대한디자이너복식 협회가 결성되었고 같은 해 재건 국민복 콘테스트, 년에는 정부주최로 해외디자이너 초정 패션쇼가 열려 문호(文豪)가 개방되며 의복현대화가 빠르게 진행되었다. 년에는 노라노가 최초의 디자이너 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - 기성복패션쇼를 미우만백화점에서 개최했고 년 에는 하와이시장에 진출해 해외시장공략을 시작하였 다. 제 세대 디자이너들이 활동이 활발한 가운데 제 세대 디자이너 김순희(제일편물), 배천범(석경의상 실), 박윤정(미스박 테일러), 이용열(뱅탕), 앙드레김, 조세핀조가 주목받았고 이들 중 앙드레김은 년 파리에서 패션쇼를 개최하였다. 드라마의상과 윤복희, 펄시스터즈 등 가수들의 무대의상이 주목받으면서 이들의 의상을 협찬한 디자이너들의 스타일이 유행 을 주도하였다. 또한 국가기간사업으로 정부의 지원 을 받고 있던 대한방직협회를 비롯한 섬유사업관련 민간단체에서 우리원단의 우수성을 세계에 알리기 위해 디자이너들을 지원을 시작하였다. 년대는 패션디자이너들의 디자인 콘셉트가 ‘한국전통을 모티 브로 한 서양복’과 ‘서구의 트렌트를 직접 수용하는 패턴’으로 이분화 된 가운데 디자이너의 맞춤복이 스 타일을 주도했고 기성복시장의 성장이 시작된 서양 의복정착기이다. 년대는 상업브랜드의 도약과 디자이너 기성복 이 보편화된 ‘패션산업혁신기’로 년대 섬유회사 들이 패션부문으로 사업을 확장하면서 레나온, 논노, 반도패션, 경방, 모라도, 라보테, 벨라, 버킹검, 맥그리 거, 톰보이 등이 론칭했으며 합성섬유와 천연섬유가 혼재한 가운데 년 탄성섬유인 스판텍스의 개발 로 스포츠웨어 시장이 확산되었다. 맞춤복체제에서 벗어난 디자이너들의 기성복사업이 본격화된 것도 이 시기이다. 년대 초반 코트라(kotra)는 디 자이너들의 파리박람회를 지원했으며 대한잠사협회 역시 우리 실크의 우수성을 알리기 위해 노라노의 뉴욕컬렉션을 후원했다. 년 신세계백화점에 <노 라노코너>가 입점 되었고, 미도파백화점은 신진 디자 이너 코너인 <패션스트리트>를 열어 제 세대 디자이 너 진태옥, 이신우, 트로아조, 박항치, 한혜자, ‘mrs. 고’, 오은환 등의 고급 기성복 제품을 진열하며 디자 이너 기성복 브랜드 시대를 열었다. 년대는 년대 섬유회사가 패션사업에 진입하여 상업브랜드가 시장을 장악했으며 백화점 내 디자이너 기성복 코너 설치가 보편화되며 대중을 위한 기성복 시장이 열린 기성복패션시스템의 확립기로 정부와 민간단체의 지 원이 확산되어 디자이너들의 해외진출 판로가 열린 패션산업혁신기이다. 년대는 디자이너브랜드가 확산되고 해외라이 선스브랜드가 도약한 ‘패션산업전성기’로 년 정 부의 지원으로 디자이너들이 파리 프레타 포르테 박 람회에 대거 참석했고 이들은 년 스파(sffa)가 결성하며 한국패션컬렉션의 기틀을 마련했다. 노라노 는 년 논스톱 고급기성복생산시스템을 안산반월 공단에 설립해 국내생산 해외 판매 전략으로 가격경 쟁력이 있는 고급제품으로 미국시장을 장악하며 한 국패션디자이너의 위상을 세계에 알렸다. 제 세대 디 자이너들과 함께 설윤형, 루비나, 김동순, 김창숙, 박 윤수, 손정완, 이상봉, 홍미화, 장광효 등이 국내에서 활발히 활동하며 디자이너브랜드는 전성기를 맞는다. 과시적인 년대 사회적 분위기와 전국으로 확산 된 백화점 유통망의 구축도 이러한 행보에 힘을 실 었다. 남성복과 액세서리제품을 중심으로 해외 디자 이너 브랜드들의 라이선스계약이 체결된 것도 이 시 기이다. 년 교복자율화로 이랜드와 같은 청소년 패션브랜드가 출현했고 이들을 타깃으로 한 게스, 리, 리바이스, 조다쉬, 서지오바렌테 등 라이센스 브랜드 데님시장이 급성장했으며 뱅뱅, 에드윈 등의 국내 진 브랜드도 경쟁대열에 합류했다. 또한 나이키, 아디다 스, 라피도 등의 스포츠브랜드들 역시 호황을 맞았다. 타깃이 년 이상 내려간 여성복시장에서는 년 대식 클래식라인이 주류를 이룬 가운데 후반에는 비 비드컬러를 콘셉트로 한 캐릭터 브랜드들이 출현했 다. 년대는 패션디자이너들이 고급기성복시장과 트렌드를 주도한 가운데 상업브랜드의 라이선스 계 약 체결로 기술이전이 현실화되며 의류제작환경이 개선되고 해외 브랜드의 디자인 일부가 유입된 패션 산업전성기이다. 년대는 패션디자이너컬렉션 시스템이 정립되 고 유통체제가 변화한 ‘패션시장다각화기’로 년 ‘스파(sffa)’컬렉션을 시작으로 디자이너 부틱 쇼에 서 벗어난 도시 중심의 시스템을 갖춘 디자이너컬렉 션 시대의 막이 올랐다. 년에는 신진디자이너를 중심으로 ‘뉴 웨이브인 서울’이 조직되어 한국패션디 자이너 컬렉션 체제가 이분화 된다. 제 세대 디자이 服飾 第 卷 號  - - 너들이 정부의 지원을 받아 파리와 뉴욕컬렉션 진출 의 기회를 얻는 가운데 김영주, 노승연, 박윤정, 박춘 무, 송지오, 신장경, 우영미, 임선옥, 지춘희, 최연옥 등이 자신만의 색깔을 내세워 국내에서 활동하였다. 상업브랜드는 클래식라인과 마니아계층을 집중 공 략하는 고가정책브랜드들이 성공을 거두었고 서태지 와 아이들, hot의 영향으로 대들이 중심이 된 영 캐주얼 시장을 타깃으로 중저가 캐주얼 브랜드들이 imf이전 마지막 호황을 누리며 대거 론칭하였다. 한 국패션시장에서 중소기업브랜드들이 성공할 수 있었 던 시기도 년대이다. 년 정부의 수입개방정 책발표로 패션계는 혼란기에 접어드는데 년대부 터 사업을 키워오던 나산 등 기성브랜드들의 몰락도 이 시기 시작되었다. 반면 해외직수입편집매장이 남 대문과 압구정동을 중심으로 늘어나면서 해외브랜드 의 인지도가 높아졌고 이는 년대 이들 브랜드의 한국시장 직영 진출에 도움을 주었다. 정부의 지원으 로 해외에 진출하며 사업을 확장한 디자이너들 역시 이 시기 사업에 어려움을 격어 년대 도쿄 컬렉 션의 초대디자이너로 패션쇼를 선보였던 이신우(오 리지날리)와 김창숙 등이 imf를 극복하지 못하고 년 파산하였다. 변화된 유통체재에 맞추어 노라 노는 할인점 전용브랜드 ‘노라'를 출시해 이마트 까 르프, 나산 클레프 등 개의 할인점에 공급했고 lg 패션의 스포츠캐주얼 ‘포맥스', 코오롱의 ‘이니지오', 제일모직의 니트 브랜드 ‘펠리체 폰타나', 삼성물산의 ‘위크엔드' 등이 할인점 전용으로 출시되어 어려운 시장상황을 해쳐나갔다. 또한 패션전문아울렛이 등장 하고 두타, 밀리오레 등 동대문중심의 상권이 형성된 것도 이 시기이다. 년대는 스타일면에서는 미니멀한 젠(zen)스타 일과 로맨틱스타일이 공존했고 세대별로 구분되는 세 대의 취향이 중요해진 가운데 해외 직수입 브랜드의 유입과 케이블 tv 쇼핑채널, 인터넷 쇼핑이 론칭되 며 더욱 심해질 경쟁을 예고한 패션시장급변기이다. Ⅴ. 결론 본 연구의 목적은 제 세대 한국 패션디자이너 노 라노의 활동과 선행연구를 분석하여 세기 중․후 반 한국패션의 발전과정을 고찰하는데 있었다. 노라 노는 해방이후인 년부터 현재까지 활동하고 있 는 제 세대 한국 패션디자이너 중 한명으로 본 연구 에서는 노라노패션 연구를 통해 한국 근현대 패션사 의 중요사건을 추출할 수 있었다. 노라노 패션의 연혁을 분석한 결과 브랜드의 성장 과정은 년대 ‘패션입문기’, 년대 ‘브랜드정착 기’, 년대 ‘사업확장기’, 년대 ‘해외시장진출준 비기’, 년대 ‘해외시장개척기’, 년대 ‘사업축소 기’로 고찰되었다<표 >. 본 연구의 결과 디자이너 노라노의 활동시기별 특 성은 첫째 해외유학 후 . 전쟁까지 문화계인사들과 의 교류를 통해 성장한 ‘패션입문기( - )’, 둘째 파리의 트렌드를 한국 패션에 소개한 ‘오트 쿠튀르 (양장점)기( - )’, 셋째, 사업확장과 해외진출을 탐색하며 디자이너 패션브랜드의 산업화를 이루어낸 ‘기성복기( - )’, 넷째, 미국시장에서 성공한 글 로벌 패션시대인 ‘해외시장장악기( ~ )’, 마지막 으로 아시아시장에 진출하고 내수시장으로 복귀한 ‘사업축소기( ~ )’로 구분할 수 있었다<표 >. 첫째, ‘패션입문기( - )’는 문화계인사들과의 교류를 통해 무대의상을 제작하며 디자이너로 성장 한 시기이다. 미국유학( )을 시작으로 . 전쟁 전 서울 신당동양장점( )과 전쟁 중 부산 광복동양 장점( - ) 활동기로 이 시기 노라노는 당시 패션 트렌드를 주도한 미 군 무대복을 비롯해 ‘인어공주’, ‘간디’, ‘카르멘’, ‘햄릿’, ‘은장도’ 등의 무대의상을 담 당했고 연극협회 신협구성원들과 여성국극의 임춘앵 과 교류하며 성장했다. 해방과 전쟁으로 혼란했던 당 시의 사회적 환경과는 동떨어져 보이나 노라노의 활 동을 통해 일부계층이기는 하나 유행스타일과 패션 이 존재했음이 증명되었다. 둘째, ‘오트 쿠튀르(맞춤복)기( - )’는 파리의 트렌드를 한국패션에 소개한 문화전도의 시대로 이 시기는 노라노가 패션쇼와 프랑스 해외연수를 통해 기존의 양장점 형식에서 벗어나 패션디자이너로 거 듭난 시기이다. 년 초 칼리지 패션을 유행시켰으 며, ‘크리스토발 발렌시아가’와 ‘크리스티앙 디올’, ‘니 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - 나 리치’ 쿠튀르 컬렉션 참관과 프랑스 아카데미 줄 리아 아트연수를 통해 노라노는 유학시절 경험한 미 국적 실용주의에 프랑스패션의 감각을 담았고 귀국 후 세계의 트렌드를 한국 패션시장에 전파하며 주목 받는다. 당시 노라노의 의상은 크리스토발 발렌시아 가와 크리스티앙 디오르의 영향을 받은 프랑스 쿠튀 르 스타일 그리고 한국 전통미를 재해석한 작품으로 구분된다. 이 시기는 노라노가 한국시장에서 가장 활 발히 활동한 제 전성기로 최은희, 엄앵란 등 영화배 우의 이미지 구축에 관여하며 차별화된 브랜드 홍보 전략을 세웠다. 셋째, ‘산업화기( - )’는 사업확장과 해외진출 을 탐색한 기성복시대로 이 시기는 과도기( ~ )인 프레타 쿠튀르시대와 도약기( ~ )인 기 성복시대로 구분된다. 년 미우만백화점 기성복패 션쇼를 기점으로 시작된 과도기에 노라노는 기존의 맞춤복라인을 유지하면서 프레타 쿠튀르방식을 브랜 드운영체제에 추가한다. 또한 년 하와이시장에 진출했으며 년에는 신촌에 매장을 오픈해 여대 생들을 공략하며 브랜드 확장을 시작한다. 또한 코트 라의 지원으로 ~ 년까지 파리 프레타 포르테 박람회에 참석하며 해외시장의 판로를 개척한다. 기 성복기인 도약기에 노라노는 정부와 민간단체의 지 원을 받아 지속적으로 해외에서 우리원단과 자신의 디자인을 알리는 패션쇼를 개최하며 한국원단으로 디자이너 기성복시대를 열었다. 또한 선경(sk)의 oem 블라우스를 생산하여 고급기성복생산시스템을 정립하고 년 뉴욕에 쇼룸을 년에는 미국현 지법인을 세워 해외진출을 본격화한다. 산업화체제를 구축한 이 시기는 노라노패션 제 의 전성기이다. 넷째, ‘해외시장장악기( ~ )’는 미국시장에서 성공한 글로벌 시대로 노라노는 년 메이시스 (macy's)백화점 쇼룸 전체에 작품을 디스플레이하며 해외 트렌드를 모방하는 동양디자이너에서 벗어나 미국스타일을 주도하는 한국패션디자이너로 거듭났 다. 년에는 반월공단에 직영 프린트 원단공장을 세워 시장장악에 속도를 냈고 같은 해 삭스 피프스 애비뉴백화점에 <노라노코너>를 입점 시켰다. 년 에는 노스트롬 백화점 <셉코너>에 디자인을 제공했 고 브랜드를 분리시켜 뉴욕은 실크를 주력으로 하는 를 달라스는 린넨과 비스코스를 주 력으로 하는 저가라인 를 론칭해 지역별 선호디자인과 기후에 맞는 제품을 출시하였 다. 또한 스타일번호를 개의 숫자체계로 일원화해 제품재생산과 바이어들의 수주를 용이하게 시스템을 구축하였다. 노라노는 모방이 어려운 프린트원단의 직접생산과 고급기성복제작 직영체제를 바탕으로 가 격경쟁력이 있는 고품질 제품을 생산하고 사전조사 를 통해 서양인의 치수를 표준화해 미국시장에서 성 공하였다. 지역특성을 고려한 제품라인구성과 스타일 번호 규격화를 통한 제품관리시스템도입한 이 시기 가 노라노 제 의 전성기이다. 다섯째, 사업축소기( ~ )는 노라노가 미국시 장을 접고 아시아시장진출과 동시에 내수시장으로 복귀한 시대이다. 아시아시장 진출을 위해 년 홍 콩에 텍스타일 생산현지법인과 일본현지법인을 세웠 으며 올림픽이후 인건비상승으로 가격경쟁력이 떨 어진 안산반월공장을 정리하고 년 중국 공장과 oem계약을 통해 가격우위를 지켜냈다. 상업기성복 체제의 해외시장과 달리 국내시장은 고급화전략으로 토털 패션브랜드화를 선언하며 남성복, 아동복, 기타 액세서리류로 사업을 확장했고 기성복과 함께 년대식 프레타 쿠튀르 방식을 재도입한다. 하지만 년대 중반 이후 해외브랜드 유입과 imf로 인해 년 여성복라인만을 남기고 현 상태로 사업을 축 소한다. 년 할인점 전용브랜드 '노라'를 출시해 변화된 시장에 적응한 이 시기는 실속기이다. 제 세대 패션디자이너 노라노 연구를 통해 추출된 세기 중․후반 한국패션사의 주요사건은 다음과 같다: ) : nbc를 위한 미니패션쇼 개최, 공중 파에 방영된 비공식 한국 최초의 디자이너패션쇼, ) : 최초의 디자이너패션쇼 개최, 반도호텔, ) : 최초의 디자이너 기성복패션쇼 개최, 미우만백 화점(현. 롯데백화점자리), ) 백화점에 디자이너 코 너를 설치하여 미국식 쇼핑환경 조성, 미우만백화점 ( ), 신세계백화점( ) 등, ) ~ : 프레 타 쿠튀르로 하와이시장 진출, 한국 패션디자이너 최 초의 해외직영 진출, ) , : 대한방직협회와 服飾 第 卷 號  - - ymca의 후원으로 <목화아가씨 선발 자선패션쇼> 개최, 제 세대 모텔 이희재, 변자영 발굴 ) ~ : 코트라(kotra)의 지원으로 파리 프레타 포르테 (pret-a-porter)박람회 참가, 뉴욕 삭스 피프스 애비 뉴백화점에서 제품 수주, ) : 상공부와 대한잠 사협회의 후원으로 뉴욕 프라자 호텔(plaza hotel) 패션쇼 개최, 우리 실크의 우수성을 세계에 알림, ) : 메이시스백화점 쇼윈도에 제품진열, 한국 패션 디자이너의 미국시장 장악 사례, ) : 프린트 원단공장 설립, 안산반월공단: 삭스 피프스 애비뉴백 화점 <노라노코너> 입점, ) : 지역의 특성을 고려하여 브랜드 세분화 (nora noh west와 east 론 칭): 노스트롬백화점 <셉코너> 단독입점, ) 한 · 중 수교( )이전 년 중국 저장성 샤우싱 공장 과 계약하고 직접 관리체재 oem방식으로 제품생산 ( ), ) 년 imf금융위기를 예측하여 할인점 전용브랜드 <노라> 론칭. 선행연구와 노라노패션 고찰결과 년대부터 년대 한국패션은 다음과 같이 분석되었다<표 >: ‘의생활빈곤기’인 년대는 해방으로 인한 민 족의식고취와 실용성사이에서 의생활패턴이 혼란한 가운데 제 차구제품의 유입되고 여성복 전문 맞춤 부틱들이 생겨난 양장점시대이다. ‘서구문화확산기’인 년대는 제 차구제품이 유입되었고 빈곤 속에서 도 년대는 최경자, 노라노, 서수연, 김경희 등 제 세대디자이너들이 프랑스, 일본 등 해외연수와 산업 시찰을 통해 선진기술과 해외 트렌드를 습득해 작품 을 발표하여 양장점에서 벗어난 한국패션디자이너시 대가 열렸다. ‘복식현대화성취기’인 년대는 한복 의 의례화와 양장의 보편화가 이루어지면서 디자이 너들의 부틱 패션쇼가 활발히 개최되었고 정부주도 의 해외 친선 패션쇼가 열려 문호교류가 일어났으며 제 세대 디자이너들의 활발히 활동한 가운데 제 세 대 디자이너들이 출현하였다. ‘패션산업혁신기’인 년대는 청년문화가 확산되었고 이전시대 섬유산업을 주도하던 대기업들이 패션사업에 진출하면서 상업브 랜드들이 도약한 기성복시대이다. 또한 호텔 패션쇼 금지 등 각종규제가 있었으나 우리의 원단과 디자인 을 세계에 알리려는 정부와 민간단체의 노력이 있었 으며 백화점에 디자이너 코너가 생기면서 디자이너 기성복시대가 열렸다. ‘패션산업전성기’인 년대는 디자이너브랜드가 성장하고 해외라이선스브랜드가 도 약했으며 교복자율화로 유스패션이 부상하며 영 캐 주얼시장이 확산되었다. 정부의 지원으로 제 세대 디 자이너들이 파리 프레타 포르테 박람회에 참가하며 해외시장을 타진한 가운데 노라노는 미국시장에서 성과를 얻었다. ‘패션시장다각화기’인 년대는 국 내 상업브랜드의 급성장한 가운데 부틱 쇼에서 벗어 난 도시중심의 패션컬렉션시스템이 ‘스파(sffa)’와 ‘뉴웨이브인 서울’을 통해 정립된 시기로 제 세대와 제 세대 디자이너들이 파리와 뉴욕컬렉션에 진출하 였다. imf 이전 패션계는 호황을 누렸으나 해외시장 개방과 인터넷 쇼핑 등 새로운 유통체재의 유입으로 년대 후반 국내 패션시장은 급변하였다. 결론적으로 일제강점기와 . 전쟁이라는 정치적 혼란 속에서도 한국패션은 세계의 트렌드를 받아들 이며 발전하고 있었으며 년대 이후 정부 주도의 디자이너 지원 사업이 기획되어 성과는 미흡하나 한 국패션디자이너의 해외시장진출이 가능하였다. 노라 노는 ‘ ~ 년대 해외 패션트렌드를 한국에 유 입했다’는 점과 ‘ ~ 년대 해외시장개척의 선 봉에 섰다’는 측면에서 한국 근현대패션사에서 의의 가 있다. 본 연구는 세기 중 · 후반 한국패션을 고찰하면 서 연구대상자 노라노의 년대 행적이 해외활동 에 치중되어있고 지면의 제한으로 사례연구대상이외 의 디자이너들을 심층 분석하지 못해 유형분류가 선 행연구와 사례연구분석에만 국한된 점이 연구의 한 계점으로 남으며 이에 연구자는 연구계획에서 밝힌 후속연구를 추후 진행할 것이다. 참고문헌 ) 유수경 ( ), 韓國女性洋裝의 變遷에 관한 硏究, 이 화여자대학교대학원, 박사학위논문; 유수경 ( ). 韓國女性洋裝變遷史, 서울: 一志社. ) 박길수, 김서현 ( ), 한국 현대복식에 나타난 일본 패션의 영향: 여대생을 중심으로, 복식문화연구, ( ), pp. - . ) 조희진 ( ), 몸뻬를 통해 본 의생활의 전통과 외래 문화, 실천민속학연구, , pp. - . 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - ) 공제욱 ( ), 일제의 의복통제와 ‘국민’ 만들기: 백의 탄압 및 국민복 장려를 중심으로, 사회와 문화, ( ), pp. - . ) 안태윤 ( ), 일제 말 전시체제기 여성에 대한 복장 통제: 몸뻬 강제와 여셩셩 유지의 전략, 사회와 문화, (여름), pp. - . ) 윤주리, 홍나영 ( ). 우리나라 몸뻬에 관한 연구, 한 국복식학회 춘계학술대회포스터발표, pp. - ; 윤주리 ( ), 몸뻬의 보급과 확산 과정에 관한 연구, 이화여자대학교 석사학위논문. ) 최수아 ( ), 해방이후 한국패션에 나타난 미국화·탈 미국화, 서울대학교 대학원 박사학위논문; 최수아( ), 한국 복식문화의 근․현대화과정에 나타 난 미국화의 특성, 복식, ( ), pp. - . ) 고부자 ( ), 우리생활 년 · 옷, 서울: 현암사. ) 신혜순 ( ), 한국패션 년, 서울: 미술문화. ) 현대패션 년편찬위원회 ( ), 현대패션 년: - , 파주: 교문사. ) 이재정, 박신미 ( ), 패션, 문화를 말하다: 패션으 로 세기 문화읽기, 서울: 예경. ) 방기완 ( , . ), 意慾的인 服飾디자이너 崔敬子 (의욕적인 복식디자이너 최경자), 여원, pp. - . ) 이정우 ( ), 한국패션의 태두 최 경자 선생, 공예 와 문화, 통권 호(봄), pp. - . ) 노라노 ( ), “의상야화”, 한국일보, 연재 회. ) 노라노 ( ), “남기고 싶은 이야기 ‘나의 선택, 나의 패션”, 중앙일보, 연재 개월. ) 노라노 ( ), 노라노, 열정을 디자인하다, 서울: 황 금나침판. ) 노라노 ( . . - . ), 노라노 주년 회고전 ≪la vie en rose 展≫, 호림미술관 jnb gallery, 서울; 조덕현 ( . . - . ), ≪re-collection≫전, 조덕 현작가 전시모델, 국제갤러리, 서울: 경기여자고등학 교 주년 기념전 ≪한국패션 년전≫( . . - . ), 서울: 경운박물관. ) “패션계의 신화, 디자이너 노라노” ( . . .), <김미화의 u> 회, sbs tv; “한국패션의 전설 노라노” ( . . ), <이슈 앤 피플>, ytn뉴스: ‘한국패션의 뿌리 노라노, ( . . ), <이슈 인 스토리>, mbc뉴스. ) “노라노가 말하는 파리의 유행” ( . . ), 중앙일 보, 회; “the real thing” ( ), woman's wear daily: ( . . ), new york times; patricia shelton ( . . ), chicago daily news: ( . ). vogue 미국판 광고: ( ) harper's bazaar 미국판 광고; “나의 일, 나의 삶” ( ), 여성저널, 한국일보사; 유인경 ( . . ), “고급 옷 거품 빼는 한국의 사 넬”, <이사람이야기>, 경향신문; “노라의 선택” ( ), 바자 한국판: “노라는 누구” ( ), 월간조선, 조선일보사; 유인경 ( . . ). “디자이너 노라노 선생” <유인 경이 만난 사람>, 주간경향, 경향신문사; 김현수 ( . . ). “한국 첫 양장디자이너 노라 노”, 동아일보; 김문 ( . . ). “패션인생 년 전 여는 디자이너 노라노”, <김문이 만난 사람>, 서울신문; 김윤덕 ( . . .), “대한민국 호 패션디자이너 ‘노라노’, 노명자”, , 조선일보; “chic to bones” ( . ), 보그 한국판; <“the moment of nora noh” ( . ), 바자 한국판; “노라노 그녀의 뜨거운 인생” ( . ), 마리클레르 한국판; “the legend of nora” ( . ), 엘르 한국판; “nora's house” ( . ), 보그 걸; “대한민국 호 패션디자이너 노라노 패션인생 년” ( . ), 우먼센스; “한국 최초 패션 디자이너 노라노” ( . ), fashiongio. ) “kbs 한국 현대사 증언” ( . . , ), , 회( . ), 회( . . ): 김성희 ( ), “노라노”, 연분홍치마, 독립다큐멘터리 영화. ) 한수연 ( ), 한국 패션에 나타난 미국화에 관한 연 구 - 년대~ 년대 노라노 패션을 중심으로-, 한 국의상디자인학회지, ( ), pp. - ; 한수연 ( ), 패션 커뮤니케이션 매체로서의 패션 전시에 관한 연구: 노라노 <라 비 엥 로즈> 전시 사례를 중심으로, 한국의류학회지, ( ), pp. - . ) 연구면담에는 다큐멘터리 ‘노라노( )’ 감독 김성희 의 면담이 포함됨. ) 원어표현: あっぱっぱ/アッパッパ. ) 이재정, 박신미, op. cit., p. . ) ibid., pp. , . ) 신혜순 ( ), op. cit., pp. - . ) 유수경, op. cit., p. . ) ibid., pp. - , ; 이재정, 박신미, op. cit., pp. - . ) 배천범 ( ), “ 년대”, p. in 현대패션 년 편찬위원회, op. cit., pp. - . ) 고부자, op. cit., p. : 신혜순 ( ), “ 년대”, pp. - in 현대패션 년편찬위원회, op. cit., pp. - ; 이재정, 박신미, op. cit., p. . ) 신혜순 ( ), op. cit., p. . ) 박민여 ( ), “ 년대”, p. , in 현대패션 년 편찬위원회, op. cit., pp. - . ) 유수경, op. cit., p. . ) ibid. ) 신혜순 ( ), op. cit., p. . ) ibid., pp. - . ) 고부자, ibid., p. . ) 이재정, 박신미, op. cit., p. ; 신혜순 ( ), op. cit., p. . ) ibid., p. . ) 의상계 ( 가을호) 창간호 표지. ) 이재정, 박신미, op. cit., p. ) 고부자, op. cit., p. . 服飾 第 卷 號  - - ) 이재정, 박신미, op. cit., p. . ) 김진식 ( ), 한국양복 년사, 서울: 미리내, p. . ) 신혜순 ( ), op. cit., p. . ) 김영인 ( ), “ 년대 패션", p. . in 현대패션 년 편찬위원회, op. cit., pp. - . ) 이재정, 박신미, op. cit., p. . ) ibid., p. . ) 김윤희 ( ). 년대 패션’, p. . in 현대패션 년 편찬위원회, op. cit., pp. - . ) 당시 기술대학에서는 미국식 평면패턴과 프랑스식 입 재재단 그리고 패션사를 가르쳤으며 패션일러스트레 이션 과목은 없었다. 제 차 채록면담( . . ). ) ibid. ) 년 월 자료수집과정에서 예림양행자료에는 최초 의 노라노 <기성복 패션쇼>는 년 화신백화점 주 최 패션쇼로 기록되어있었으나 노라노는 년으로 기억했다. 하지만 노라노와의 면담과 소장 자료 추가 분석으로 최초의 디자이너 기성복패션쇼는 년 미 우만 백화점 패션쇼임을 본 연구에서 밝혀냄. 미우만백화점: 년 월 일 문을 연 정진욱이 만든 백화점. “치솟는 眼下無人: ( ) 時代百貨店" ( . . ), 매일경제. ) 이성희 ( . . ), “할인점 전용브랜드 인기”, 한국 일보. ) 년 월 일부터 월 일까지 노라노 구술채록 을 통해 수집된 자료를 정리한 것임. ) 부산에서의 활동시기를 노라노는 ‘전쟁 중’으로만 기 억하고 있으며 제시된 활동년도( - )는 년 월 일 차 채록 면담 후 추가면담을 통해 추정된 활동시기임을 밝혀둔다. ) 신협(新協): 년 월에 국립극장의 전속극단으로 결성된 단체로서, 현존하는 극단 중 가장 오래된 것이 다. 발족 당시의 중심인물은 이해랑(李海浪), 김동원 (金東園), 주선태(朱善泰), 오사랑(吳史良), 유계선(劉 桂仙), 황정순(黃貞順) 등이며, 이들은 원래 년에 발족한 극협(劇協)의 회원들이었는데 국립극장이 설 립되면서 협의기구인 신극협의회로 흡수되었다가 전 속극단인 신협으로 발족했다. 두산백과사전, “신협”, 자료검색일 . . . http://www.doopedia.co.kr/d oopedia/master/master.do?_method=view&mas_i dx= ) 한동인(韓東人, 미상): 년 한국인으로 구성된 최 초의 발레단인 ‘서울발레단’을 창단했다. ) 임춘앵(林春鶯, ~ ): 살에 광주국악원에서 창무를 배웠고 년 여성국악동호회를 조직하여 여 성으로 이루어진 여성국극체제를 정립했다. <춘향전> 을 창극으로 공연했고 당시 이도령역을 맡았으며 이 후 ‘남장연기의 인자’로 불렸다. 박황 ( ), 창극사 연구, 서울: 백녹출판사; 이원기 ( ), 국악예술인명감, 서울: 국악계사. ) 노라노의 자서전과 기존의 저작물에 <키스 오브 파이 어 드레스>는 년 작으로 표기되었으나 년 월 일 면담에서 노라노는 해당 작품이 환도( )전 인 년 미 군 가수 유정희를 위한 무대의상 작품 이 확실하다고함. ) 썬드레스(sundress): 팔과 어깨를 드러낸 여름용 드레 스를 말함. <그림 > 오른쪽에서 두 번째 박혜옥의 의 상 참고. ) 오른쪽부터 박단마, 박혜옥. 유정희, 왼쪽에서 번째 노라노, 왼쪽 끝 유부영, 나머지 가수는 노라노가 기 억 못함. ) 칼리지패션(college fashion)은 대학생들의 패션스타 일만이 아닌 고등학교이상의 학생복스타일로 기성세 대의 스타일과 다르게 학생의 신분에 벗어나지 않는 선에서 멋을 낸 패션스타일을 말한다. 년대부터 유행했으며 남성복의 ‘아이비 룩(ivy look)’ 여성복 의 ‘블레이저(blazer)에 플리츠스커트(pleats skirt) 혹 은 타탄체크스커트(tartan check skirt)’착장이 이 스 타일을 대표한다. 이것은 유스패션(youth)의 또 다른 형식이다. ) francois baudot ( ), a century of fashion, london: thames & hudson, p. . ) 년 월 일 시 반도호텔 그랜드 볼륨. ) 방모사(紡毛絲)라고 부른다. 모사(毛絲)의 일종(一種) 으로 방모사 방적법(紡毛絲紡績法)으로 만든 실이다. 링(ring)사와 뮬(mule)사의 종류가 있으며 굵기가 균일하지 않고 꼬임이 약간 느슨하다. 외관은 조잡하 고 둔탁한 느낌이나 부드럽고 보온성이 풍부한 원단 으로 생산된다. 복식대사전 ( ), p. . ) 년 월 일 오후 시 분 반도호텔, <노-라·노 팻션쇼> 초대장. ) 년 월 일 오후 시 그랜드호텔, <노-라·노 횃 션쇼> 초대장. ) 우리 한복감인 ‘갑사’와 ‘양단’을 사용해 노라노가 년대 후반에서 년대 중반까지 한복을 모티브로 디자인한 파티용드레스를 말한다. 이후 한복을 모티브 로 한 디자인들은 ‘아리랑드레스’로 명명되었다. ) 노라노는 “사발비행기 시대에는 년에 번, 년대 이후는 년에 번 파리, 뉴욕, 로마를 방문했고 주로 현지에서 잡지 구독을 신청하여 해외트렌드 정보를 입수하였다.”고 답변함. 년 월 일 추가면담 시 “해외트렌드 입수경로와 디자인 영감 출처”에 관한 질문의 답변. ) 최은희를 위한 <꿈> 의상은 중국복식을 차용해 디자 인되었다. ) 서울 미아리지역에서 생산된 수자직 실크를 말함. ) 년 월 일 오후 시 극동호텔 <자선패션쇼>. 목 화아가씨 패션쇼 초대장: 목화아가씨패션쇼는 ymca 와 대한방직협회와 함께 기획한 패션쇼로 수익금의 일부가 ymca 건물증축에 기부되었다. 년 월 일 면담에서 노라노는 년과 년 차례 개최 되었다고 기억하였으나 신문자료 확인결과 년과 년에 개최된 것으로 나타났다. 당시 패션쇼의 취 지는 우리면의 우수성을 알리는 동시에 한국패션모델 은 선발하는 것인데 년 이희재, 변자영이 선발되 었으며 이들이 한국여자패션모델 제 세대이다. ) 노라노의 이전 기록물들에는(예: 자서전 및 인터뷰) 노라노가 년부터 년까지 paris pret-a-porter 세기 중·후반 한국패션 고찰  - - 패션쇼에 참석한 것으로 기록되어있으나 파리의상조 합에 기성복조합이 포함된 것은 년이므로 이는 논리적 오류가 있다. 실증자료로 확인 된 것은 노라 노가 년은 코트라(kotra)의 지원으로 <파리 프레타 포르테 박람회>전시에 참석한 것이며, 년 월 일 노라노와 면담결과 년~ 년까지 코 트라의 지원으로 <기성복 판매를 위한 부스전시회>에 참석한 것으로 밝혀졌다. 하지만 년 월 일 연구자가 당시 중앙일보와 동아일보 신문기사를 분석 한 결과 해당 박람회가 년 f/w~ 년 f/w까 지 차례 지원된 것으로 확인되었다. ) 가운데 여성이 노라노. ) 당시 제품제작을 위한 기술자들은 ~ 여명이었으 며 년 올림픽이후 인건비상승으로 공장을 패업할 때까지 이들이 가장 많이 생산한 수출품 생산량은 년에 만 벌이었다. 년 월 일 채록 면담. ) 연구대상자는 미국법인 세분화를 잊고 있었으나 년 월 일 채록 면담에서 연구자가 노라노의 소장 자료 중 미국시절 리플렛에 기재된 브랜드 이름과 법 인명을 찾아내 노라노가 년 설립이후 지역의 특성에 맞게 년 중 반까지 실크제품을 주로 판매하는 를 단독 운용하였고, 년 저가라인인 를 론칭해 브랜드를 세분화 한 것을 본 연구에 서 밝혀냄. ) 연구자는 번의 면담을 통해 노라노의 년대 제품 번호 표기방법을 추출했다. 년 월 일 면담에 서 연구대상자가 언급한 히트상품의 제품코드가 < >이었는데 자료정리 중 동일디자인의 드로잉에 는 < >로 스타일번호가 기재된 것을 발견했다. 이 에 년 월 일 추가면담 시 연구대상자의 기억 을 유도했고, 그 결과 스타일번호의 첫 숫자는 제작연 도로 < >, < >, < >, < >, < >가 모두 년 동안 계속 생산되어 판매된 동일 디자인임을 밝 혀냈다. 노라노의 공장직원은 해당디자인을 모두 < >로 기억하는데 그 이유는 두 번째 숫자가 프린 트패턴의 종류를 말하는 것으로 ‘ ’은 프린트 패턴이 없는 솔리드라인 디자인을 ‘ ’은 프린트 패턴이 있는 디자인의 종류를 지칭하는 것이어서 이들은 원단의 종류가 아닌 기본 디자인을 제품번호를 기억해 해당 디자인을 < >로 인식했다. ) 이성희 ( . . ), op. cit.. ) 시대별 대표디자이너 구분은 역사적 전환점 그리고 디자이너가 가장 활발히 활동한 시점을 기준으로 분 류했으므로 선정결과가 하우스 오픈 시기와는 차이가 있을 수 있음을 밝혀 둔다. 그러므로 이미 언급된 디 자이너가 다음 시대에 지속적으로 활동하더라도 차 하위년도에는 기재대상에서 제외시켰다. 디자이너의 구분은 명확한 기준 아래 추후 추가연구가 필요함을 밝혀둔다. plastİk sanatlarda toplumsal cİnsİyet: femİnİzme karŞi femİnİzm m. demet ulusoy* Özet İnsan davranışının belirleyicisinin doğa mı yoksa sosyal kurumlar mı olduğu tartışması hala cevabını aramaktadır. onca yıldır bu bağlamda devam eden amansız mücadelenin, birbiri ile çelişen kanıtlar eşliğinde geldiği nokta konunun tek yönlü olarak ele alınmasının eksik olacağı ve yanılgılara neden olacağıdır. bu çerçevede toplumsal cinsiyet tartışmalarının da bu eksende olmasının çok daha verimli olacağı açıktır. feminist sanat tarihi literatürü incelendiğinde sanat ve toplumsal cinsiyet tartışmalarının bu entellektüel serüvenden kendine düşen payı almış olduğu görülmektedir. feminist sanat tarihi, temel feminist paradigmanın argümanları altında seyrini takip ederken ünlü sanat tarihçi nochlin’in formülasyonu ile farkındalık yakalayan “plastik sanatlarda kadının neden yok olduğu” sorunsalını sosyolojik, psikolojik ve antropolojik bakış açılarını büyük oranda ıskalayarak, ister istemez kadını güçsüz ve edilgen bir konuma yerleştirmiş ve üstesinden hala gelemediği bu durumdan kurtulmak için de giderek radikalleşmeyi seçmiş ve böylelikle daha da güçsüz hale gelmesine ya da öyle algılanmasına katkıda bulunmuştur. oysa kadın sosyal gerçekliğin kurgusunda aktif rol oynayan stratejist taraflardan biridir. bunun en taze kanıtı da onun değişen sosyal koşullara bağlı olarak çağımızda kendini yeniden inşa etme girişiminde bulunmasıdır. bu bakış açısı ile çalışmamızın araştırma sorusu; “kadının plastik sanatlarda neden yeterince var olmayı tercih etmediği” üzerine kurgulanmıştır. bu bağlamda, çalışmamız plastik sanatlar üzerinden, feminizme belki de her zamankinden daha fazla ihtiyaç duyduğumuz günümüzde içine düştüğü çelişkileri ve çıkmazları disiplinlerarası bir bakış açısıyla yeniden tartışması için açık bir çağrı niteliğindedir. anahtar kelimeler: toplumsal cinsiyet, feminizm, feminist sanat, postmodernizm, evrimsel psikoloji. sosyoloji konferansları no: ( - ) / - * prof. dr., hacettepe Üniversitesi, edebiyat fakültesi, sosyoloji bölümü. İletişim: demet@hacettepe.edu.tr kuramsal makale/ theoretical article doi: . /iusoskon. plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy gender in plastic arts: feminism versus feminism abstract the debate on whether it is social institutions or nature determines that human behavior is yet to be resolved. all those years of ongoing debates in this context, accompanied by contradictory pieces of evidence, have reached the final point, in which addressing this issue in a unilateral way could be considered incomplete and can thus lead to delusions. in this context, engaging in gender debates would be much more efficient. when feminist art history is examined, it cab be seen that the debates on gender and art have also occurred during this intellectual journey. while feminist art history has followed its own course under the fundamental feminist arguments, the question “why have there been no great women artists?” exemplifies the belief of the renowned art historian nochline who, in his analysis, inevitably placed women in a powerless and passive position by overlooking the sociological, psychological, and anthropological perspectives. in overcoming this situation—something that nochline has been unable to do—the formulation has become increasingly radicalized, further reinforcing the “weakness” of women or the perception of women having a weak and passive position. however, as we all know women play an active role in the construction of social reality. the most current proof of their role is their attempt to reconstruct themselves according to the changing social conditions. within this perspective, our study is founded upon the research question “why have there been few women who prefer to create in the plastic arts?” based on plastic arts, our study is an open call for feminists to discuss their contradictions and dilemmas using an interdisciplinary perspective. keywords: gender, feminism, feminist art, postmodernism, evolutionary psychology. giriş bu çalışmanın gerçekleşmesinin esin kaynağı internet sanat portallarında sık sık yer verilen feminist makalelerdir. bu makalelerin önemli bir kısmının -alıntı vermemekle birlikte- linda nochlin’in ( ) yaklaşık yılı aşkın bir süre önce ’de yayınladığı ve sanata ilk olarak feminist bakış açısını getiren “neden hiç büyük kadın sanatçı yok?” başlıklı çalışmasındaki sorgulamayı yineledikleri ve ’lerin sonunda, amerika’da bir grup kadın sanatçı tarafından oluşturulan “gerilla kızlar”ın protestolarındaki iddiaları tekrarladıkları görülür. gerilla kızlar, sanat tarihindeki cinsiyet ayrımcı, erkek egemen yapıyı deşifre etmek için sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - uğraş vermiş ve dönemin tartışmalarından da esinlenerek goril maskesi takarak protesto eylemlerinde bulunmuşlardır. başlıca eleştiri konularından biri; metropolitan müzesindeki kadınların yüzde doksanının çıplak olmasını işaret ederek, kadın bedeninin seyirlik bir nesne haline getirilmesi ve bunun ‘dünyanın en doğal durumu’ymuş gibi sunulmasıydı. bunun için hazırladıkları “kadın sanatçıların müzelerde yer almak için kadınların çıplak olması mı gerekir?” başlıklı posterleri ile o dönemde; sanatta cinsiyet ayrımcılığına büyük dikkat çekmeyi başarmışlardır. feminist sanat hareketinin temel iddiası; sanat alanında kadınların erkek egemen yapı nedeniyle hak ettikleri biçimde yer alamamalarıdır. başta nochlin olmak üzere feminist hareketin mücadeleleri sonucunda günümüzde sanat alanında bu ayrımcılığın büyük oranda ortadan kalktığı ve eskiye göre çok daha fazla sayıda kadının görünür olduğu kabul edilmektedir. ancak bu söylendiğinde hemen pek çoğumuzun gözlerinin önüne mayıs ’de, paris’deki d’orsay müzesi’nde sergilenen gustave courbet’nin ünlü “dünyanın kökeni” tablosunun önünde yere oturarak vajinasını sergileyen performans sanatçısı deborah de robertis gelir. aslında, bu sıra dışı gibi görünen gösteri toplumda gittikçe daha çok pazarlanan bir olguya işaret eden sayısız örnekten sadece biridir. nitekim, benzer performanslar, megumi igarişi ve nobuyoshi araki gibi sanatçılar tarafından da tekrarlanmıştır. bu tarz gösterilerin sonrasında sanatçılar “ahlaka aykırılık”dan göz altına alınmışlardır. Çünkü, performansları estetik değil, pornografik bulunmuştur. giriş bu çalışmanın gerçekleşmesinin esin kaynağı internet sanat portallarında sık sık yer verilen feminist makalelerdir. bu makalelerin önemli bir kısmının -alıntı vermemekle birlikte- linda nochlin’in ( ) yaklaşık yılı aşkın bir süre önce ’de yayınladığı ve sanata ilk olarak feminist bakış açısını getiren "neden hiç büyük kadın sanatçı yok?" başlıklı çalışmasındaki sorgulamayı yineledikleri ve ’lerin sonunda, amerika’da bir grup kadın sanatçı tarafından oluşturulan “gerilla kızlar”ın protestolarındaki iddiaları tekrarladıkları görülür. gerilla kızlar, sanat tarihindeki cinsiyet ayrımcı, erkek egemen yapıyı deşifre etmek için uğraş vermiş ve dönemin tartışmalarından da esinlenerek goril maskesi takarak protesto eylemlerinde bulunmuşlardır. başlıca eleştiri konularından biri; metropolitan müzesindeki kadınların yüzde doksanının çıplak olmasını işaret ederek, kadın bedeninin seyirlik bir nesne haline getirilmesi ve bunun ‘dünyanın en doğal durumu’ymuş gibi sunulmasıydı. bunun için hazırladıkları “kadın sanatçıların müzelerde yer almak için kadınların çıplak olması mı gerekir?” başlıklı posterleri ile o dönemde; sanatta cinsiyet ayrımcılığına büyük dikkat çekmeyi başarmışlardır. feminist sanat hareketinin temel iddiası; sanat alanında kadınların erkek egemen yapı nedeniyle hak ettikleri biçimde yer alamamalarıdır. başta nochlin olmak üzere feminist hareketin mücadeleleri sonucunda günümüzde sanat alanında bu ayrımcılığın büyük oranda ortadan kalktığı ve eskiye göre çok daha fazla sayıda kadının görünür olduğu kabul edilmektedir. ancak bu söylendiğinde hemen pek çoğumuzun gözlerinin önüne mayıs ’de, paris’deki d’orsay müzesi’nde sergilenen gustave courbet'nin ünlü “dünyanın kökeni” tablosunun önünde yere oturarak vajinasını sergileyen performans sanatçısı deborah de robertis gelir. aslında, bu sıra dışı gibi görünen gösteri toplumda gittikçe daha çok pazarlanan bir olguya işaret eden sayısız örnekten sadece biridir. nitekim, benzer performanslar, megumi igarişi ve nobuyoshi araki gibi sanatçılar tarafından da tekrarlanmıştır. bu tarz gösterilerin sonrasında sanatçılar “ahlaka aykırılık”dan göz altına alınmışlardır. Çünkü, performansları estetik değil, pornografik bulunmuştur. ayrıca, örneğin; sanatçı nabuyoshi araki ’nin çalışmaları çıplaklığın yanında insanları rahatsız edecek düzeyde şiddet unsurları da içermektedir. Çok benzer bir yaklaşımı ünlü İngiliz stilist vivienne westwood’un moda performanslarında da görürüz. westwood tüm cüretkârlığı ile punk ve bdsm akımının düşüncelerini podyumlara taşımıştır: http://www.artnet.com/artists/nobuyoshi-araki/ bdsm, genelde seksüel tercihleriyle farklılık gösteren ve literatürde d/s veya s&m (sadomazoşizm) olarak tanımlanan ve bondage (kölelik, bağlılık) ve discipline (disiplin), domination (baskınlık) ve submission (itaat), sadism (sadizm) ve masochism (mazoşizm) plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy bir moda gösterisinde mankenler düzen karşıtlıklarını sembolize etmek için podyumda sigara içerek, deri maskeler, zincir ve kamçı, deri bandaj gibi fetiş duyguları simgeleyen aksesuarlarla zenginleştirilmiş özel lateks kıyafetleri giyerek serbest seksi simgelemişlerdir. erkek ve kadın mankenler podyumda kadın- erkek, erkek-erkek, kadın-kadın olmak üzere her üç kombinasyon içinde öpüşmüşler, ellerinde penis figürünü taşımışlar ve cinsel organları öne çıkaran kıyafetler giymişlerdir. böylece bu defile ile moda dünyasında da sembolik anlatımını bulan serbest seks ve şiddet, yani pornografi, yeni bir akım olarak “fashion porn” tanımlamasıyla reklamlarda, müzikte, resim ve diğer plastik sanatlarda olduğu kadar moda dünyasında da yerini almış olur. deborah de robertis megumi igarişi nobuyoshi araki nobuyoshi araki ayrıca, örneğin; sanatçı nabuyoshi araki ’nin çalışmaları çıplaklığın yanında insanları rahatsız edecek düzeyde şiddet unsurları da içermektedir. Çok benzer bir yaklaşımı ünlü İngiliz stilist vivienne westwood’un moda performanslarında da görürüz. westwood tüm cüretkârlığı ile punk ve bdsm akımının düşüncelerini podyumlara taşımıştır: bir moda gösterisinde mankenler düzen karşıtlıklarını sembolize etmek için podyumda sigara içerek, deri maskeler, zincir ve kamçı, deri bandaj gibi fetiş duyguları simgeleyen aksesuarlarla zenginleştirilmiş özel lateks kıyafetleri giyerek serbest seksi simgelemişlerdir. erkek ve kadın mankenler podyumda kadın- erkek, erkek-erkek, kadın-kadın olmak üzere her üç kombinasyon içinde öpüşmüşler, ellerinde penis figürünü taşımışlar ve cinsel organları öne çıkaran kıyafetler giymişlerdir. böylece bu defile ile moda dünyasında da sembolik anlatımını bulan serbest seks ve şiddet, yani pornografi, yeni bir akım olarak “fashion porn” tanımlamasıyla reklamlarda, müzikte, resim ve diğer plastik sanatlarda olduğu kadar moda dünyasında da yerini almış olur. vivienne westwood ve moda gösterisi nochlin ( ), tarih boyunca kadın sanatçıların her alanda ve her düzeyde baskılandığını ileri sürmüştür; ancak, günümüzde artık bundan söz etmek pek mümkün görünmemektedir. Önceden sanat okullarına bile alınmayan kadınlar günümüzde okul kontenjanlarını büyük bir ekseriyetle doldurmakta ve ünlü sergi salonlarında eserlerini sergileme imkanı buldukları gibi, ülkelerin en prestijli müzelerine eserler vermektedirler. Örneğin, tracey emin; aslen göçmen olan bir İngiliz sanatçıdır. maidstone college of art ve royal college of art’da eğitim görmüştür. Şu anda aynı okulda üçyüz yılı aşkın bir süreden sonra royal academician olarak ders veren ilk iki kadından biridir. İlk olarak şansı yılında londra’da royal college of art’da, charles saatchi’s sergisindeki çalışması http://www.artnet.com/artists/nobuyoshi-araki/ bdsm, genelde seksüel tercihleriyle farklılık gösteren ve literatürde d/s veya s&m (sadomazoşizm) olarak tanımlanan ve bondage (kölelik, bağlılık) ve discipline (disiplin), domination (baskınlık) ve submission (itaat), sadism (sadizm) ve masochism (mazoşizm) kelimelerinin baş harflerinden üretilen ve daha çok seksüel aktivitelerdeki hemen hiçbir sınırı kabul etmeyen ve cinsel hazzı esas alan geniş bir davranış biçimini yaşam tarzı olarak kabul eden sıra dışı bir alt grup olarak tanımlanabilir. ancak, bu gruplar her ne kadar marjinal olsalar da düşüncelerinin belli oranda ve boyutta toplumda yerleştiğini kabul etmek gerekir. nochlin ( ), tarih boyunca kadın sanatçıların her alanda ve her düzeyde baskılandığını ileri sürmüştür; ancak, günümüzde artık bundan söz etmek pek mümkün görünmemektedir. Önceden sanat okullarına bile alınmayan kadınlar günümüzde okul kontenjanlarını büyük bir ekseriyetle doldurmakta ve ünlü sergi salonlarında eserlerini sergileme imkanı buldukları gibi, ülkelerin en prestijli müzelerine eserler vermektedirler. Örneğin, tracey emin; aslen göçmen olan bir İngiliz sanatçıdır. maidstone college of art ve royal college of art’da eğitim görmüştür. Şu anda aynı okulda üçyüz yılı aşkın bir süreden sonra royal academician olarak ders veren ilk iki kadından biridir. İlk olarak şansı yılında londra’da royal college of art’da, charles saatchi’s sergisindeki çalışması “everyone i have ever slept with - ” ile dönmüştür. sanatçının mavi bir çadırın içinde yılından beri yatağını paylaştığı insanlara yer verdiği bu sansasyonel çalışması, medyanın ilgisini çekmeyi başarmıştır. emin, peşi sıra medyadan mülakat için çağrılar almış ve bu programlarda da çarpıcı sansasyonel kelimelerinin baş harflerinden üretilen ve daha çok seksüel aktivitelerdeki hemen hiçbir sınırı kabul etmeyen ve cinsel hazzı esas alan geniş bir davranış biçimini yaşam tarzı olarak kabul eden sıra dışı bir alt grup olarak tanımlanabilir. ancak, bu gruplar her ne kadar marjinal olsalar da düşüncelerinin belli oranda ve boyutta toplumda yerleştiğini kabul etmek gerekir. sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - duruşunu devam ettirmiştir. canlı yayına sarhoş olarak elinde içki kadehi ve sigara ile katılarak sokak ağzı ile konuşmuş, evinde yapılan bir ropörtajda ise dekolte kıyafeti ve rahat hareketleri ile sıra dışı bir görüntü vermiştir. sanki bu gösteri, sanatçının kendisini ve kişisel tarihini bir sanat malzemesi olarak kullanarak sanat nesnesini ve sanat üreticisini bütünleştirdiği ve sonuçta toplumsal yaşamının tümünü bir eser olarak sergilediği bir performansa dönmüştür. sergilenen, pazarlanan ürünle birlikte onu üreten sanatçının bizzat kendisiydi ve değeri medya tarafından belirleniyordu. bundan bir yıl sonra, seks yaparak, yemek yiyerek, içki ve sigara içerek üzerinde birkaç hafta zaman geçirildiği izlenimini veren; kanlı iç çamaşırlarının, kondonların, içki kadehlerinin, sigara izmaritlerinin ve ilaç kutularının aksesuar olarak kullanılarak dağınık ve kirli bir yatağın tasvir edildiği “my bed” isimli çalışmasıyla çok daha popüler olmuş ve turner ödülüne aday gösterilmiştir. “everyone i have ever slept with - ” ile dönmüştür. sanatçının mavi bir çadırın içinde yılından beri yatağını paylaştığı insanlara yer verdiği bu sansasyonel çalışması, medyanın ilgisini çekmeyi başarmıştır. emin, peşi sıra medyadan mülakat için çağrılar almış ve bu programlarda da çarpıcı sansasyonel duruşunu devam ettirmiştir. canlı yayına sarhoş olarak elinde içki kadehi ve sigara ile katılarak sokak ağzı ile konuşmuş, evinde yapılan bir ropörtajda ise dekolte kıyafeti ve rahat hareketleri ile sıra dışı bir görüntü vermiştir. sanki bu gösteri, sanatçının kendisini ve kişisel tarihini bir sanat malzemesi olarak kullanarak sanat nesnesini ve sanat üreticisini bütünleştirdiği ve sonuçta toplumsal yaşamının tümünü bir eser olarak sergilediği bir performansa dönmüştür. sergilenen, pazarlanan ürünle birlikte onu üreten sanatçının bizzat kendisiydi ve değeri medya tarafından belirleniyordu. bundan bir yıl sonra, seks yaparak, yemek yiyerek, içki ve sigara içerek üzerinde birkaç hafta zaman geçirildiği izlenimini veren; kanlı iç çamaşırlarının, kondonların, içki kadehlerinin, sigara izmaritlerinin ve ilaç kutularının aksesuar olarak kullanılarak dağınık ve kirli bir yatağın tasvir edildiği “my bed” isimli çalışmasıyla çok daha popüler olmuş ve turner ödülüne aday gösterilmiştir. tracey emin everyone i have ever slept with – my bed tv ropörtajı nochlin’in ’de kaleme aldığı bu tarihsel makaleden ve ’lerde gerilla kızların çarpıcı iddia ve mücadelelerinin ardından, günümüze kadar gelinen bu süreci nasıl değerlendireceğiz? . feminizmin kısa tarihsel gelişimi ve cevaplanamayan sorular İlk feminist hareketler ’lü yıllarda, kadınların toplumsal yaşama katılımında eşit hak talepleriyle başlamış ve john stuart mill ( - ), harriet tatlor ( - ) gibi filozoflar dahil erkeklerden de destek görmüştür. feminizm modernizmin bir ürünü, fransız devriminin düşünsel değerlerinin bir sonucuydu. tüm vatandaşlar için eşitlik ve özgürlük talep ediliyordu; doğal olarak kadınlar için de. kısa sayılabilecek sürede, en azından batı dünyasında, kadınların yasalar önünde büyük oranda eşitliği sağlandı. ancak toplumsal bu konuda, taylor’un enfranchisement of women ( ) ve mill’in the subjection of women ( ) yayınlarına bakmak fikir verecektir. nochlin’in ’de kaleme aldığı bu tarihsel makaleden ve ’lerde gerilla kızların çarpıcı iddia ve mücadelelerinin ardından, günümüze kadar gelinen bu süreci nasıl değerlendireceğiz? . feminizmin kısa tarihsel gelişimi ve cevaplanamayan sorular İlk feminist hareketler ’lü yıllarda, kadınların toplumsal yaşama katılımında eşit hak talepleriyle başlamış ve john stuart mill ( - ), harriet tatlor ( - ) gibi filozoflar dahil erkeklerden de destek görmüştür. feminizm modernizmin bir ürünü, fransız devriminin düşünsel değerlerinin bir sonucuydu. tüm vatandaşlar için eşitlik ve özgürlük talep ediliyordu; doğal olarak kadınlar için de. kısa sayılabilecek sürede, en azından batı dünyasında, kadınların yasalar önünde büyük oranda eşitliği sağlandı. ancak toplumsal yaşam içinde, köklerini belki de varoluşun bu konuda, taylor’un enfranchisement of women ( ) ve mill’in the subjection of women ( ) yayınlarına bakmak fikir verecektir. plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy derinliklerinden alan kültürel örüntüler nedeniyle kadınlar, erkekler karşısında ikincil konumlarından kurtulamıyorlardı. “kadın ve erkek gerçekten fiziki ve zihinsel melekeler açısından eşit midir?” ya da “kadın ve erkeğe atfedilen özellikler doğuştan mı geliyor, yoksa toplum içinde mi kazanılıyor?” gibi sorularla günümüze kadar azalarak da olsa devam eden bu entelletüel tartışma bir dönem “cinsiyet savaşları” tanımını hak edecek şekilde, entelektüel camianın tüm kesimlerinin katılımıyla şiddetle yürütülmüştür. bu arada İkinci dünya savaşı ve sonrası yaşanan ekonomik koşulların kadının aile dışına çıkarak toplumsal ve ekonomik yaşama katılımını hızlandırması da tartışmalara yeni boyutların ilave edilmesini sağlamıştır: eşitsizliğin kaynağı ailedir ve aile cinsiyetçilik üzerine kuruludur. böylelikle ’ler, cinsellik üzerine politik ve kültürel tartışmalarla, cinsiyet savaşlarının (sex wars) en yoğun yaşandığı yıllar olmuştur (duggan, : ). nochlin’in plastik sanatlar tarihinde neden ünlü kadınların olmadığını ya da çok az olduğunu irdelemesi de tam bu tartışmaların merkezine oturur. sanat kamusunun bu alanda temelde iki kategoriye ayrıldığını söyleyebiliriz: bir tarafta bunun nedenini kadınların doğaları gereği erkekler kadar yaratıcı olmamasına kadar vardıran, deyim yerindeyse kadının bu alandaki yetersizliğini savunanlar; diğer tarafta ise kadının sanattaki başarısızlığını tamamen erkeklerin ve eril sosyal yapılanmanın koyduğu aşılmaz bariyerlerle açıklayanlar yer almaktadır. bu iki zıt bakış açısının taraftarlarının amansız ve şiddetli entellektüel mücadeleleri sanki hiç bitmeyecekmiş gibi görünmektedir. kuşkusuz bu tartışma, aslında sosyal bilimler alanındaki insan davranışının belirleyicisinin doğa mı; yoksa sosyalleşme süreci mi? olduğuna dair günümüze kadar uzanan sorunsalın bir alt varyantıdır. sanat alanında da yapılan bu entellektüel tartışmaların istemeyerek tek vardığı somut nokta “sanat yapma gücü”nü betimleyen söylemin giderek içinin boşaltılması olmuştur (garrard, - : ). son dönem tartışmaları ise, feminist düşüncede ve sanat anlayışındaki dönüşümlerde büyük etkisi olan, ’larda başlayan, ’lere gelindiğinde popülerliğinin doruğuna ulaşan postmodernizmi anlamadan değerlendirmek mümkün değildir. dünyadaki temel problemlerin çözümü konusunda umutlarını yitiren ve bundan aydınlanma ve onun ürünü modernizmi sorumlu olarak gören sol entelijans içinde ortaya çıkan postmodernizm, modernizme bir tepki sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - olarak; gerçeği, bilimi ve düalizmi yadsır. bireylerin kendi gerçekliklerinden kaynaklanan bütüncül bir kişilik ve benlik olgusunun varlığının olanaksızlığını, aksine; kişiliğin çelişkili ve çok parçalı olduğunu ileri sürer. gerçeğin olmadığı bir ortamda, doğru ve yanlışın baskın iktidar tarafından belirlendiğini ve bu nedenle modernitenin, gerçekleştirdiği bu hegomonik yapı nedeniyle ortadan kaldırılması gerektiğini ileri sürer (Örneğin, faucault). postmodernizm, modernizmin dayattığı bütüncül hegemonik yapıyı sergileyebilmek için yapıbozum (deconstruction) metodu ile tekrar parçalarına ayırarak iktidar mekanizmalarını ortaya çıkarmayı amaçlar. bu metod feministler tarafından da toplumsal yapıdaki ataerkil hegemonik yapıyı sergilemek amacıyla kullanılır. geliştirilen ortak söylem feminizm ile post-modernizmin birbirlerine eklemlenmesine yol açar. onlara göre ataerkil bir hegemonyanın “gerçek”lerini meşrulaştıran bilim; bunu kabul etmeyenleri hasta, deli, mantıksız, bilim dışı olarak damgalayarak “ötekileştirir” ve sistem dışına çıkarır. böylece feministler de sistemin bütün kurum ve dil dahil tüm kültürel yapılarıyla toplumdaki erkek egemen yapının inşası ve devamını sağlamaya yönelik olduğu konusunda postmodernistlerle aynı düşünceleri paylaşırlar ve özgürlüğe kavuşmanın bu yapının tümüyle reddi ve yıkılması ile mümkün olacağı savına da katılırlar. bu düşünce zaman zaman anarşizm ile de özdeşleşir (millett, ). modern endüstriyel kapitalizmin temel unsurunun ataerkil toplumsal yapı olarak görülmesi nedeniyle, doug brown( : ) postmodernizmin, kapitalizmi de değiştireceğini ileri sürer. günümüze kadar gelen üçüncü dalga feminizm, postmodernizme eklemlenme ile birlikte, öncelikle ırk ve çok kültürlülük gibi kavramların ve ’lı yıllarda ise melezlik politikaları (politics of hybridity) ve çoklu kimlikler (multiple identities) kavramları merkezinde çoklu etnik, kültür ve sınıf kimliklerinin sorgulandığı aşırı akımlar olarak belirginleşmiştir. aslında, bugünün de temel konuları olan göç, sınıf çatışması, çok kültürlülük, ulusal ve uluslar arası insan hakları, sosyal aktivizm ve çevre konularına feminist teorinin katkıları yadsınamaz. ancak, ne var ki, daha sonra feminizmde cinsiyet ve cinsellik üzerine oluşan düşünceler çok daha radikal bir boyuta taşınmış ve ardından da ortaya atılan eşcinsellik teorisi (queer theory) eleştirel feminist düşüncenin merkezine yerleşmiştir. İlginç bir şekilde, bütün bu entellektüel tartışmalara karşın hala cevaplanamayan soruların pörtföyü de küçülmemiştir. plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy . hala cevaplanamayan sorular Şimdi kendi bağlamımızda sorumuzu tekrar edelim: nochlin’in kaleme aldığı tarihsel makaleden ve ’lerde gerilla kızların çarpıcı iddia ve mücadelelerinin ardından günümüzde gelinen noktayı nasıl değerlendireceğiz? ayrıca, sormamız gereken başka sorular da bulabiliriz: plastik sanatların dışında örneğin müzikte ne kadar dünyaca tanınmış, ekol, akım ya da -izm yaratmış kadın kompozitör, koreograf vardır? ya da plastik sanatlarla ilgili olduğunu düşündüğümüz mimaride, toplumsal olarak kadının rolü içinde tanımlanan aşçılıkta -herhangi bir engel olmamasına rağmen -kadının yeri nedir? günümüzde jet uçağını uçuran kadın varken, kaç balıkçı teknesi kaptanı vardır? yine üniversitelerde, medyada, eğitimde çalışan kadın oranı en azından eşitlenmişken, kadınlar madenlerde, inşaatda neden yok denecek kadar azlar? kadınlar, örneğin makina mühendisi olmak yerine çok daha fazla oranda neden doktor olmayı yeğliyorlar? ya da pek çok kadın diş hekimimiz varken; diş teknisyenliğine o oranda neden ilgi göstermiyorlar? bu soruların yanıtlarını da birlikte vermemiz gerekmez mi? feminist pencereden daha geniş bir bağlamda; bugün kadınlar, tarihsel olarak güçlerinin zirvesinde görüldükleri bu noktada bile, neden dramatik olarak hala temsil edilememekte, daha düşük ücretler almakta, kadının metalaştırılması artarak devam etmekte ve hemen her alanda artan oranda daha çok şiddete maruz kalmaktadırlar? sanatta eşitlik adına yapılan bu performanslar kadınların ironik bir şekilde eleştirdikleri konumlarını pekiştirme ya da yeniden üretme fonksiyonunun dışına çıkabilmekte midir? Çağımızda özellikle gelişmiş ülkelerde kadın, çok daha eğitimli, çoğunlukla ekonomik özgürlüğünü kazanmış, tüm politik haklarını elde etmiş ve kamusal alanda çok daha görünürdür. hatta çağdaş dünyada, plastik sanatlar alanı büyük oranda kadınlara bırakılmıştır. Örneğin, pek çok ülkede üniversite düzeyinde plastik sanatlarla ilgili eğitim kurumları neredeyse kadınların hakimiyetindedir. sanatçı kişilikleri ile kamuda ve meslek piyasalarında profesyonel olarak da çalışmaktadırlar. ancak, yine de kadınlar bir ekol ya da “izm” yaratamamışlar, karar alma, sevk ve yönlendirme ya da prestijli konum elde etme ve daha fazla gelir kazanma gibi durumlarda yine erkeklerin ilerisine geçememektedirler. gelişmiş batılı ülkelerde bile, sanat müzelerinde yönetici olarak görev alanlar arasında, daha yüksek ücret alanlar yine de sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - erkeklerdir (schwarzer, ; katz, ; gan ve diğerleri, ). rhode ve kellerman ( ) yayınladıkları kitapta dünyanın ilk ceo’sunun ancak % ’sinin ve üst düzey yöneticilerinin % ’sının kadın olduğunu belirtirler. dünyada sosyal refah düzeyinin en yüksek olduğu ve en eşitlikçi politikaların hayata geçirildiği İsveç gibi ülkeler, işgücü piyasasındaki eşitsizlikleri ortadan kaldıramadıkları gibi, bu ülkelerde bile hâlâ tam olarak cinsiyet eşitliği sağlanabilmiş ve kadına yönelik şiddet, cinsel istismar, aile içi taciz, tecavüz olayları önlenebilmiş değildir (gelb, ). İsveç, son yirmi yılda rapor edilen tecavüz vakalarının dörde katlanması ile avrupa’nın en yüksek tecavüz oranına sahip ülkesidir. feminist parti temsilcisi johanna grantaxem: “İsveç’te kime sorsanız feministtir. kime sorsanız burada kadına şiddet ve taciz yoktur. ancak bu kocaman bir pazarlama stratejisinin görünen kısmından başka bir şey değildir” diyerek, İsveç’te bilinenin aksine, kadınlarla erkeklerin hiç de eşit olmadığını ve acilen feminizme ihtiyaç duyduklarını söylerken neyi ifade etmek istemektedir? İngiltere gibi batılı ve çağdaş bir ülkede yapılan bir araştırma, insanların büyük oranda kadınların erkeklerle eşit haklara sahip olması gerektiğine inanırlarken, kendilerini feminist olarak tanımlamakta isteksiz olduklarını ortaya koymaktadır. kadınlarda dahi kendini feminist olarak tanımlayanların oranı sadece % ’dir. Ülkenin başbakanı david cameron, politik herhangi bir kaygı gütmeden kendini feminist olarak tanımlamayı red etmiştir. türkiye gibi büyük oranda geleneksel yapısını koruyan ülkelerde ise bu tanımlamayı yapanların çok daha azınlıkta olacaklarını öngörmek falcılık olmayacaktır. bugün pek çok kişi tarafından feminizm toksitlenmiş bir alan olarak görülmektedir ve artık eski popüleritesinden söz etmek mümkün değildir. hammer ( )’in belirttiği üzere, kadın haklarını savunan ve kadının sosyal hayata daha etkin olarak katılımını amaçlayan feminist hareket, sonunda feminizmin kurbanı olmuştur. Şimdi sorgulanması gereken de budur. http://www.ucansupurge.org/tr, /feministlere-verilen-oy-bos-oydur.html https://yougov.co.uk/news/ / / /treat-women-equally-dont-call-it-feminism/ plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy . feminizmin hataları feminizm gelinen noktada kendini ve içine düştüğü hataları sorgulayarak yeni söylemler geliştirmelidir. bu aşamada, bu konudaki tartışmalara katkı sağlamak üzere şunlar tartışılabilir: ) eril toplumsal yapının düşünsel sistematiğinin temelinde var olduğu için, başta feministler tarafından eleştirilen dualektik düşünce sistematiği –belki de kaçınılmaz olarak- ister istemez tekrar edilmiştir. bunun sonucunda kadın ve erkek karşıtlığına dayalı bir cinsiyet savaşları kurgusundan öteye geçilememiştir. uzun yıllar boyunca kadınların da erkekler kadar yetenekli, güçlü, zeki ve atılgan olabileceği, çünkü bu özelliklerin kişinin yetiştiği sosyo-kültürel çevre tarafından belirlendiği, yoksa ilahi güçler tarafından erkeklere bahşedilmediği ve tüm erilliği yücelten kültürel tanımlamaların bizzat erkekler tarafından kadınların sömürülmesi amacıyla üretildiği ve kullanılageldiği, başlangıçta anaerkil topluluklar varken, tarihsel süreçte gelinen son noktada aileden başlayarak toplumun tüm kurumsal yapısında hegomonik ilişkinin inşa edildiği, bu nedenle de sürekli olarak yeniden kendini ürettiği gibi tartışılmaların içine hapsolunmuştur. bu hegemonik ortamın kadının kendini geliştirmesine olanak vermediğini iddia eden feministler; bunun tek sorumlusu olarak da erkekleri işaret etmişlerdir. böyle olunca tarafların kendi iddialarını desteklemek amacıyla, uzunca bir süreyi biyolojinin, antropolojinin, psikolojinin ve tarihin birbirini çürütür verilerini kullanarak birbirlerini aşma çabaları içinde geçirdikleri görülmektedir. oysa, bu düşünce ölü doğmuş bir bebek gibidir ve feministler tarafından ileri sürülen veriler de kendi iddiaları ile çelişir konumdadır: Çünkü bir şekilde mevcut erkek egemen yapının tüm sorumluluğu erkekler üzerinden tanımlandığında, günümüzde kadının pek çok açıdan erkekten daha geri düzeyde olduğu da dolaylı olarak kabul edilmiş olur. nochlin de kadınların plastik sanatlar alanında erkekler ve ataerkil sosyal kurumlar tarafından engellenmeleri nedeniyle yeteneklerini geliştiremediklerini ifade ederek, kadınların edilgen, aciz ve fiziksel ya da zihinsel olarak yeterli olmadıklarını söylemektedir. ) Özellikle üçüncü dalga feminist hareketin düalektik bakışı reddetmesi ile de feminizm, iddialarının aksine, monoloğa dönüşmüştür. feminizme göre, kadın ancak ataerkil hegemonyanın ürünü olan toplumsal rollerinden sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - ve değerlerinden arındırıldığında özgürleşebilir. ancak bu durumda kadına kalan tek gerçeklik bedeni ve seksüelitesi olmuştur. bu durum sanatta da kadın bedeni ve cinsel organ fetişizmine (örneğin, vajina sanatı) yol açmıştır. sanatta bu bağlamda ilk örneği judy chicago verir. chicago’nun arkadaşları ile gerçekleştirdiği “yemek ziyafeti” (the dinner party) isimli çalışmasında üçgen şeklinde ince ince nakış gibi işlenmiş masa üzerinde o döneme kadar bilinen kadın ressamları temsilen vajina şeklinde tabaklar bulunmaktadır. ferdinand saint-martin’in de ifade ettiği üzere; chicago, kadınların tarihsel konumlarından çok vajina ile ilgilenmiştir; onun öne çıkmasına vesile olmuştur (akt: gouma peterson ve mathews, : ). bu aslında, queer teorinin feminist düşünce içine aşılanmasıyla “seks ve haz”ın ön plana çıkarılarak konunun çok daha radikal bir noktaya taşınmasının öncüllerindendir. İşte, feminizmin içindeki en büyük kırılma da bu noktada gerçekleşmiştir. susan faludi ( ), kendilerini üçüncü kuşak ya da post feminist olarak adlandıranlara şiddetle karşı çıkarak, bu yeni feministleri “media made-pseudo feminist” ya da “pod feminist” olarak adlandırmakta ve bu yeni akımı şöyle tanımlamaktadır; “….. bu dramanın en doğru tanımı, kadın vücudunun medya yardımı ile istilasıdır..” (faludi, : ). böylece, sorgulamaya yönelik metodundan olsa gerek, daha çok sol düşünceye sahip, erkek karşıtı, aslında genç kadınların ihtiyaçlarını karşılamaktan uzak, özgür ve serbest cinselliği savunan , medya tarafından kuvvetle desteklenen yalancı, basma kalıp bir feminist tipi yaratılmıştır. popüler medya, ultra kapitalist, tüketim toplumunun değerlerini pompalamak üzere, seks ve alışveriş üzerine kurulu bu yeni hayat tarzını hemen benimseyip metalaştırmakta gecikmemiştir. michelle goldberg ( ) bu yeni feminizmi “shoping-and fucking feminism” olarak tanımlamakta ve mevcut durumu şöyle özetlemektedir: “pod” saksı benzetmesi yılına ait bir bilim kurgu filmi olan “invasion of the body snatchers” filminden bir uyarlamadır. bir kasabada yaşayanlar, esrarengiz bir şekilde, saksıdaki bir bitkiden farksız benzerleri ile değiştirilmekte, ruhları çalınmaktadır. dramatik olarak, bu dönemde kadın cinsel organlarının “fethedilmesi gereken kaleler” olduğuna ilişkin görüşler de yaygındı. bu görüş, kendi cinsellikleri üzerindeki hâkimiyetlerini ve cinselliği ön plana taşımayı amaçlıyordu. ancak, her kale gibi bir şekilde ele geçirildi, bunun için de en bilinen ve genel yöntem olarak “şiddet” kullanılır oldu. plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy “bu yeni “shoping-and-fucking feminism”, tüketim toplumunun mesajları ile öylesine uyum içindedir ki, özgürlüğün anlamı, “hotter” seks, daha iyi yemek, manolo blahniks’de çift çift ayakkabı, betsey johnson’dan döşeli bir gardrop, kate spade çanta ve mac rujları demektir ve bu, yeni feminist akımın bu kadar yaygın olmasını da anlaşılır kılmaktadır. “ (goldberg, ). Özellikle, kadını metalaştıran medya, onu sadece bir seks objesi olarak ele alıp, bunu yaygın bir reklam unsuru olarak kullanmaktadır. ayrıca, temelleri herbert macuse ( [ ])’un felsefi düşüncesine dayanan eros da, s&m’in cinsellik ve tehlike içerikli fantezileri ile teknoloji potasında birleştirilerek, sanal seks (pornografi)’e feda edilmiştir. böylece başlangıçda kadınların sömürülmesi üzerine kurulu kapitalist dünyaya bir başkaldırı olarak ortaya çıkan feminizm, ultrakapitalist sisteme, tüketim toplumunun medyadaki ajanları olarak eklemlenmiştir. gerilla kızlar bir bakıma amaçlarına ulaşmışlardır. artık kadınlar sanatta çok daha görünür olmuşlardır; ancak kadın bedeni halen yine en geçerli malzemedir ve neyin sanat olup olmadığı ve kimin sanatçı olacağı da kapitalizmin en önemli kültür ajanı medya tarafından belirlenmektedir. ) diğer bir sonuç ise, feminizmin hegemonik toplumsal yapıyı parçalayarak alttaki küçük güç odaklarını daha görünür kılmaya ve bu yolla bu düzeni değiştirme idiasındaki postmodern düşünceye eklemlenmesi ile ortaya çıkmıştır. postmodern düşünceye göre gerçeklik yoktur, doğru yoktur. bu nedenle de gelecek için bir vaadi, öngörüsü, kurgusu da yoktur. ancak ironik bir biçimde toplumsal yaşamdaki tüm “gerçeklikleri” yadsıyan postmodernizm, sanat faaliyetini gerçekliği arama çabası; yeni olasıklara yer açma çabası olarak tanımlayarak, sanat eserlerini de gerçekliğin kendisi olarak tanımlamıştır. baudrillard ( ) bu durumu, sanat ile gerçekliğin arasındaki sınırların ortadan kalktığı, ‘simulacra’ların gerçeğin yerini aldığı yeni bir süreç olarak tanımlamaktadır. modernist sanatın ince fikir işçiliğinin, biçimsel bilgiçliğinin ve estetik meraklılığının aksine, yüksek kültür ve popüler kültür biçimlerini karıştıran, herbert marcuse, ’de yayınlanan eros and civilization adlı kitabında, yasaksız bir medeniyeti tartışmış ve sadece freudyen bir yaklaşımla, üreme organlarına odaklanmış bir cinsellik anlayışının eros’a yönelmesi gerektiğini önermiştir. sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - estetik sınırları alt üst eden, sanatın alanını reklam imgelerini, televizyonun oldukça değişken mozaiklerini, soykırım sonrası nükleer çağın deneyimlerini kapsayacak şekilde genişleten ve her zaman tüketim kapitalizmini arttırarak üreten postmodernist sanat, bölük pörçük ve eklektiktir. böylece yüksek modernizmin ahlaki ciddiyetinin yerini, ironi, “pastiche-postij”, kinizm, ticari tutum ve bazı durumlarda çok keskin bir nihilizm anlayışı almıştır (kellner, : ). böylelikle herşey sanattır hükmü ile sanat ile sanat olmayan arasındaki ayrımı silikleştirerek sanatın özerk alanını yani ontolojik varlık alanını yok etmiştir. bu bağlamda ortada üretilecek bir özel alan kalmadığından, sanatın kimin tarafından sahiplenildiği tartışması da otomotik olarak anlamsızlaşmıştır. )ayrıca postmodernizmin tarihsel araştırma yöntemi de sorunludur. Öldürücü bir silah gibidir; silahı kimin tuttuğu ve hedefe kimin konulduğuna göre sonuç verir ve bir otopsi gibi kaba bir yöntemdir. fonksiyonel olarak bir araya getirme kaygısı olmadan bedenin bütünlüğünü parçalamaktadır. “neden” sorusuna cevap bulunabilse bile “nasıl” sorusu genelde hatalı bir tarihsel bakış ile cevaplandırılır: Çünkü postmodern sanattaki “postij” uygulaması gibi; olaylar, kavramlar, kişiler, zaman ve mekan bağlamından uzak olarak kurgulanır. bu açıdan bazı postmodern feministler, postmodernizmin kadınları dışlayan erkek icatlarından biri daha olabileceği tehlikesine bile işaret ederken (owens, : ) postmodernizm kendi yöntemiyle irdelendiğinde de, iddia ettiğinin dışında bir sistem görünümü vermektedir. Çünkü lyotard ( )’ın da ifade ettiği üzere “cinsler arasında çizilen sınır, aynı toplumsal bütünü bozmaz”. tam bu noktada konumuzla ilgili olarak nochlin’in “tarihte neden kadın sanatçılar yok” sorusuna tekrar dönersek; bu durumu zaman ve mekan bağlamından kopararak en basit şekliyle sadece erkeklerin engellemesine ya da hegomanyasına bağlamak ne kadar gerçekçidir? ya da garrard ( - : )’ın plastik sanatlar alanında kadının yokluğu için yaptığı; “en azından rönesans’tan bu yana kadın sanatçı ile toplum arasında bir ayrı durma hali görülmektedir. bu ayrışma kadınları “yaratıcılığın erkek tarafında”rakip olarak görmek istemeyen erkek sanatçılar tarafından kasten yaratılmıştır. kadın sanatçılar sanatın inşaasında sınırın içinde güçsüz, yetkisiz ve ‘sanatçı olarak görünmez’ kalmışlardır…...” açıklaması ne derece gerçeği yansıtmaktadır? plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy bu bakış açılarından hareketle avustralyalı akademisyen, yazar ve aktivist olan germain greer ( ) de “the obstacle race: the fortunes of women painters and their work” adlı çalışmasında, ortaçağdan .yüzyıla kadar batı plastik sanatlarında istinai bazı kadın sanatçıların varlığını ortaya koymaya çalışmış ve sanatsal başarı için erkeklerle rekabet eden kadın sanatçıların çoğunluğunun yaşadığı sosyal hayattaki silik konumlarını, başta kendileri de sanatçı olan babaları ya da aşkları veya hayran oldukları erkeklerle girdikleri ailevi veya romantik ilişkilere bağlamıştır. greer ( ) paula modersohn- becker, sonia terk delaunay gibi uzak ve yakın tarihten sanatçıları örnek olarak vererek, kadınların kocaları ile birlikte çalışmalarına rağmen, sanat tarihine sadece kocalarının isimlerinin geçtiğini ileri sürmektedir. kadın sanatçıların geri plandaki konumunu, tarihsel zaman ve mekanından kopararak, erkeklerin engellemelerine, hatta sömürülmelerine bağlamak ne kadar doğrudur? herşeyden önce, bu iddialar aslında kanıtlanamaz bir değerlendirme niteliğindedir. Çünkü, hangisinin ne kadar katkı verdiği belli değildir ve asla da ölçülebilir değildir. İkinci olarak tarihte kocası ya da babasının desteği ya da şöhreti nedeniyle sosyal konum elde eden kadın da pek çoktur. bu bağlamda feminist sanat tarihinde bu konunun greer’in tersine değerlendirilmesine olanak sağlayacak pek çok örnek vardır. hatta bir kadın sanatçı eğer tanınmış ise; bunun yine bir erkeğin desteği ile sağlandığı da iddia edilmektedir. eleanor tufts ( ) ve cowen ( ) kadın sanatçılar üzerine yaptıkları çalışmalarda, kadın sanatçıların büyük bir kısmının babalarının da sanatçı olduğunu, onlara eğitmenlik, mentörlük, menejerlik yaptıklarını ya da mali destek sağladıklarını anlatmaktadırlar. ailesinde sanatçı olan kadınların önemli bir kısmı, ailelerinden eğitim, eleştirel geri bildirim, sanatsal malzeme ya da mekan elde etme şansını bulmuştur (cowen ). Örneğin, angelica kauffmann ( - ), ressam joseph kauffmann’ın kızıdır. babasının atölyesinde ona yardım ederken, babası tarafından yeteneği keşfedilmiş ve onun tarafından eğitilmiştir. baba kız, milano, bolonya, parma, florensa’ya birlikte gitmişler ve böylelikle angelica buralarda İtalyan duayenlerin eserlerini kopyalama şansını elde etmiştir. yani, angelica’nın başarılı olması babasının sayesindedir. feminist sanat tarihi literatüründe marry cassatt, berthe ve edma morisot kardeşler gibi bir çok kadın sanatçının oldukça zengin ailelerden geldikleri ve babalarının ya da kocaların desteğinin onların plastik sanatlar alanındaki başarılarının temel anahtarı olduğu sık sık anlatılmaktadır. http://www.angelica-kauffmann.com/index.shtml sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - diğer ilginç bir örnek ise, artemisia gentileschi’dir. artemisia gentileschi ( - / )’in babası; orazio gentileschi de ressamdır. artemisia ailenin dört çocuğundan biridir. diğer kardeşleri içinde (ki diğerleri erkektir) onun sıradışı yeteneği babası tarafından erken yaşlarda farkedilmiş ve babasının bir çalışanı tarafından eğitilmeye başlanmıştır. İlk bağımsız eseri olan “susanna and the elders” ( )’i yaşındayken yapmıştır. daha sonra babası onu perspektif çalışması yapması için arkadaşı ressam agostino tassi ile tanıştırmıştır. ancak, bu baba destekli olumlu atmosfer artemisia’nın, tassi tarafından tecavüze uğraması ile talihsizliğe dönmüştür. sanatta pek çok erkek tarafından destek ve teşvik görmesine rağmen, tassi bu davranışı ile bu alanın da kadınlar için tehlikeli olduğuna ilişkin bir görüntü vermiştir. artemisia daha sonra yine bir ressam olan ve kendisini destekleyen floransalı pietro antonio di vincenzo stiattesi ile evlenmiş ve yılında floransa’da accademia del disegno’ya kabul edilen ilk kadın ünvanını almıştır. yaşadığı tecavüzün intikamını ise İncil’deki bir hikayeye vücut verirken, bir yandan da ister istemez erkek iktidarını eleştirdiği ve kadını bu yolda savaş veren bir kahraman olarak sunduğu ünlü tablosu “judith slaying holofernes / judith holofernes’i katlediyor”i yaparak almış ve böylelikle sanat tarihine de, kadın tarihine de çok tartışılacak bir imza atmıştır. greer ve nochlin gibi sanat tarihçi yazarların, kadınların sanat hayatında leonardo vinci, rambrandt, picasso, dali, matis vb. gibi konumlanamayışlarının sebebini irdelerken tarihe bakışlarının sosyolojik temelden noksan, hatta hatalı olduğu söylenebilir; onlar postmodernizmin yarattığı yanılsama ile; kavramları, değerleri tarihsel bağlamlarından bağımsız olarak değerlendirmek hatasına düşmüşlerdir: klasik dönem sanatçılarının tek müşterileri saray, aristokratlar ve kilisedir. bu dönemde sanatçılar her ne kadar yüksek sanat icra etseler de, iyi bir taş ya da marangoz ustasından toplumsal statü olarak farklı konumda değillerdir. zaten bu dönemde heykel ya da resim sanatı, mimarinin içinde bir dekorasyon (süsleme) ya da aristokratların tarihe kendilerini yazdırma çabalarının bir ürünüdür ve ancak rönesans sonrası, modernleşme ile birlikte ayrışarak müstakil sanat alanlarına dönüşmüş ve burjuvazinin gelişip yaygınlaşması ile şansını elde etmiştir. yani, angelica’nın başarılı olması babasının sayesindedir. feminist sanat tarihi literatüründe marry cassatt, berthe ve edma morisot kardeşler gibi bir çok kadın sanatçının oldukça zengin ailelerden geldikleri ve babalarının ya da kocaların desteğinin onların plastik sanatlar alanındaki başarılarının temel anahtarı olduğu sık sık anlatılmaktadır. diğer ilginç bir örnek ise, artemisia gentileschi’dir. artemisia gentileschi ( - / )’in babası; orazio gentileschi de ressamdır. artemisia ailenin dört çocuğundan biridir. diğer kardeşleri içinde (ki diğerleri erkektir) onun sıradışı yeteneği babası tarafından erken yaşlarda farkedilmiş ve babasının bir çalışanı tarafından eğitilmeye başlanmıştır. İlk bağımsız eseri olan “susanna and the elders” ( )’i yaşındayken yapmıştır. daha sonra babası onu perspektif çalışması yapması için arkadaşı ressam agostino tassi ile tanıştırmıştır. ancak, bu baba destekli olumlu atmosfer artemisia’nın, tassi tarafından tecavüze uğraması ile talihsizliğe dönmüştür. sanatta pek çok erkek tarafından destek ve teşvik görmesine rağmen, tassi bu davranışı ile bu alanın da kadınlar için tehlikeli olduğuna ilişkin bir görüntü vermiştir. artemisia daha sonra yine bir ressam olan ve kendisini destekleyen floransalı pietro antonio di vincenzo stiattesi ile evlenmiş ve yılında floransa’da accademia del disegno’ya kabul edilen ilk kadın ünvanını almıştır. yaşadığı tecavüzün intikamını ise İncil’deki bir hikayeye vücut verirken, bir yandan da ister istemez erkek iktidarını eleştirdiği ve kadını bu yolda savaş veren bir kahraman olarak sunduğu ünlü tablosu “judith slaying holofernes /judith holofernes’i katlediyor”i yaparak almış ve böylelikle sanat tarihine de, kadın tarihine de çok tartışılacak bir imza atmıştır. greer ve nochlin gibi sanat tarihçi yazarların, kadınların sanat hayatında leonardo vinci, rambrandt, picasso, dali, matis vb. gibi konumlanamayışlarının sebebini irdelerken tarihe bakışlarının sosyolojik temelden noksan, hatta hatalı olduğu söylenebilir; onlar postmodernizmin yarattığı yanılsama ile; kavramları, değerleri tarihsel bağlamlarından bağımsız olarak değerlendirmek hatasına düşmüşlerdir: klasik dönem sanatçılarının tek müşterileri saray, aristokratlar ve kilisedir. bu dönemde sanatçılar her ne kadar yüksek sanat icra etseler de, iyi bir taş ya da marangoz ustasından toplumsal statü olarak farklı konumda değillerdir. zaten bu dönemde heykel ya da resim sanatı, mimarinin içinde bir dekorasyon (süsleme) ya da aristokratların tarihe kendilerini yazdırma çabalarının bir ürünüdür ve ancak rönesans sonrası, modernleşme ile birlikte ayrışarak müstakil sanat alanlarına dönüşmüş ve burjuvazinin gelişip yaygınlaşması ile de judith slaying holofernes plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy de sanat ve sanatçının toplumsal statüsü artmıştır. bunun en açık göstergesi yaptıkları evliliklerdir. bu dönemde hiç soyluluk ünvanı ya da soylu bir ailenin kızını almış bir sanatçıya rastlamak mümkün değildir. ya da ressam olup da geriye saraylar veya geniş topraklar bırakan da yoktur. bırakın klasik dönemi, gelişen burjuvazi ile birlikte statü ve maddi olarak daha iyi koşullara sahip modern dönem sanatçıları arasında bile zengin, soylu kaç tane sanatçı sayabiliriz? pek çok sanatçı ciddi olarak -en azından belli dönemde- maddi sıkıntılar içinde yaşamış, uzun süreli ilişkiler kuramamış, çoğu kendi sosyal konumlarının altındaki kadınlarla yaşamlarını birleştirmişlerdir. büyük olasılıkla yüzlerce sanatçı da, yeteri kadar ünlenemediklerinden isimlerini günümüze taşıyamamışlardır. günümüzdeki sanatçıya ilişkin toplumsal değer algısı son - yıllık bir geçmişte yaratılmıştır ve halen de çok az kişiye nasip olmaktadır. sanatçı olmak belirsiz bir geleceğe, meşakkatli bir süreçten geçmeye, şansın yaver gitmesine ve genelde “sefil” bir yaşama direnebilmeye bağlıdır. (günümüzde de pek farklı değildir.) sanat eseri üretim süreci ve koşulları kolay değildir; getirisi de şüphelidir. bu yüzden tarihin hiç bir döneminde ortalama bir aile, çoçuklarını sanatçı olmaları için teşvik etmemişlerdir. nitekim erkek sanatçıların biyografileri bu koşullar hakkında bize fikir vermektedir: albrecht dürer ( - )’in, babası kuyumcuydu ve bir tüccarın kızıyla evliydi. pieter paul rubens ( - ) bir hollandalı avukatın oğluydu. başta montova dükü olmak üzere pek çok aristokratın himayesinde çalıştı. antwerp’in yüksek dereceli memuru ve bir hukukçunun güzelliği ile bilinen kızıyla ilk evliliğini yaptı. İlk olarak bir düzineyi aşkın asistanıyla birlikte civarında seri resim üretimi yaptı. bunların ancak ’ünde katkısı olduğu tahmin edilmektedir. eşinin ölümünü takiben yaşında, yaşında bir tüccarın kızıyla ikinci evliliğini yaptı ve yaşamının son yıllarını satın aldığı şatoda geçirdi. rembrant van rijn ( - ), dönemin pek çok sanatçısına aykırı bir hayat çizgisi takip etti. varlıklı bir değirmencinin oğlu olarak dünyaya gelen rembrandt, çok küçük yaştan itibaren resme ilgi duydu. hollanda’nın en parlak dönemi idi ve yeni zengin pek çok burjuva bir moda olarak rembrandt’ın kapısında kuyruk oluyorlardı. Çok erken sayılabilecek yaşta gösterişli bir yaşama kavuşmuştu. zengin bir kızla evlendi. ancak karısının ölümünü müteakip şansı dönmeye başladı. modası geçmiş, gün geçtikçe zenginler sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - kapısını çalmaz olmuştu. evinde çalışan, modellik yapan kadınlarla hayatını sürdürdü ve geride resimlerinden başka bir şey bırakmadan öldü. jean- baptiste camille corot ( - ) iyi halli bir tüccar ailenin çocuğuydu. ticaret üzerine eğitim almasına ve ailenin bu yönde yönlendirmesine karşın ressamlığı seçti. camilla pissarro ( - ), tüccar bir babanın oğluydu ve babasından kaçarak resme başladı. bir köylü genç kızla evlendi. edgar degas ( - ), varlıklı sayılabilecek bankacı bir ailenin çocuğu idi. ailenin hukukçu olması için yönlendirmelerine karşın resmi seçti. hiç evlenmedi. alfred sisley ( - ), bir İngiliz tüccar ailenin çocuğu idi. ailenin tüccar olması isteklerine rağmen resmi seçti ve buna rağmen uzun yıllar ancak aile desteği ile yaşadı. claude monet ( - )’de bir tüccarın oğluydu. uzun dönem ressam arkadaşlarının ve ailesinin maddi desteği ile ayakta durdu. İlk eşi model camille doncieux idi. İkinci eşi, bir süre metres hayatı yaşadığı dul alice hoschede idi. eugene henri pal gauguin ( - ), bir gazetecinin oğluydu. Önce gemilerde çalıştı. borsa işine girdi ve büyük başarı kazandı. borsadan kazandığı büyük paralarla tablo komisyonculuğu yapmaya, amatör olarak resim çalışmaya başladı. bu arada danimarkalı bir hakimin devletin hayır işleri organizasyonlarında çalışan kızıyla evlenerek sakin bir yaşam sürerken, yaşına geldiğinde ailesine bile haber vermeden paris’e, oradan pek çok ülkeye gitti ve kendini tamamen resme verdi. yaşında ölümüne kadar, cava’lı metresiyle yoksulluk, sefalet içinde bir yaşam sürdü. hikayesi en ilginç ressamlardan biri vincent van gogh ( - )’dur. zengin bir aile içinde bir köy papazının oğlu olarak dünyaya gelmiştir. Çocukluk ve gençlik yıllarında girip çıkmadığı iş kalmayan, ölümle yüzleşecek kadar sefalet içinde yaşam süren, ancak kardeşinin desteği ile hayatının son yıllarında resim yapmaya zaman ayırabilen van gogh, kısa yaşamında ancak tek bir resminin satışını görmüştür. başlangıçta sevdiği iki kadın evlenme isteğini red etmişti. ruh sağlığı da bozulan van gogh bundan sonra yaşamını genelevlerden kadınlarla paylaştı. henri matisse ( - ), yine bir tüccarın oğlu, hukuk eğitimi gördü. yaşından sonra resimle ilgilendi. ailesini zor ikna ederek paris’e eğitim için gitti. ressamın ilk sevgilisi ve çocuğunun annesi, modeli caroline joblau idi. İkinci eşi elit bir burjuva ailesinden gelen amelie noellie parayre’di. diego rivera ( - ), öğretmenlik, bir dergide editörlük ve sağlık müfettişliği yapan bir baba ile doktor annenin çocukları olarak dünyaya geldi. küçük yaşta resme başlayarak dikkat çekti. daha ilkokulda okurken, burslu olarak sanat akademisinde dersler almaya başladı. ’lerden itibaren tanınmaya başlayan rivera, ’lara geldiğinde dünyaca tanınır olmuştu. abd’den, plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy başta henry ford ve rockefeller olmak üzere siparişler almaya başladı. bu arada henüz öğrenci olan frida kahlo ile tanıştı ve büyük bir aşkla ’da evlendi. frida üçüncü eşiydi. frida’nın sanat alanında yükselmesi için destek oldu. Çirkin denilebilecek fizik özelliklere sahip rivera, dönemin en güzel kadınları ile frida’yı defalarca aldattı. frida da benzer şekilde karşılık verdi. sanat tarihini ya da yukarıda isimlerini sıraladığımız pek çok sanatçının yaşamlarını irdelediğimizde şu ortak özellikleri görürüz: ) sanatçı olma talebi büyük çoğunlukla başta soylu ve zengin olmayan zanaatkar, tüccar, orta halli, sonra da giderek zenginleşmiş burjuva ailelerden gelmektedir. ) avrupa’da üç sanat merkezi oluşmuştu: fransa (paris), İtalya ve hollanda. buralardaki sanat okullarına devam etmek ve daha sonra belli başlı atölyelerde uzunca sayılabilecek bir süre çıraklık yapmak gerekmekteydi. tanınma ya da şöhret kazanma, şansı varsa genellikle ileri yaşlarda mümkün olabilmekteydi. pek çoğu sanat tarihindeki yerlerini bilmeden öldüler. ) klasik ve rönesans dönemi sanatının mimari ile olan birlikteliği nedeniyle sanatsal faaliyetler şantiyelerde, geniş mekanlarda, bireyselden çok bir atölye çalışması olarak icra ediliyordu. eserler, michelangelo, leonardo da vinci gibi sanatçıların imzasını taşısa da, beraberlerinde adları bile bilinmeyen pek çok sanatçı çalışırdı. bu dönem sanatçılarının bu çalışma koşulları nedeniyle bir evlilik yapmaları da çok zordu. ) sanatçı olmak üzere yola çıkmak tam bir maceraydı ve bu nedenle erkekler, aileleri tarafından teşvik edilmekten ziyade büyük bir dirençle karşılaşıyorlardı. ) İstisnai olarak varlık elde edilen dönemler dışında çoğunlukla, kendi aile statülerinin altında statüden gelen kadınlarla evlilikler yapıyorlardı. bu bulgular, erkeklerin kadınları sanat alanına sokmayarak, baskıladığına ilişkin hükmü geçersiz kılmaktadır. ailelerin kendilerinin, varlıklı olsalar bile, erkek çocuklarını sanatçı olmaktan alıkoymaya çalışmaları ve ancak daha alt statü gruplarından kadınlarla evlilik yapabilmeleri, sanatçı olmanın toplumda tercih edilen bir statü olmadığını göstermektedir. erkeğin aileye bakma yükümlülüğünden ve sanatın bu yükümlülüğü yerine getirmeye olanak verecek bir gelir düzeyini ve yaşam koşullarını sağlayamayacak olduğuna ilişkin inanç nedeniyle; o dönemden günümüze uzanan “sanatçıya, çalgıcıya kız verilmez” toplumsal yargısı anlamlılık kazanır. kadın sanatçılar ise; erkeklerin aksine genellikle toplumda belli bir statüye ve varlığa sahip ya da kendi de sanatçı olan babaları ya da eşleri tarafından sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - desteklenmişlerdir. kadınlar için evi geçindirme gibi bir yükümlülüğün olmaması ile teşvik etme arasında anlamlı bir korelasyon vardır. Örneğin, bologna, rönesans döneminde pek çok kadın sanatçı çıkarmıştır. varlıklı bir ailenin kızı olan ve erkeklerle birlikte mermer rölyef çalışan properzia de’rossi ( - ) buna iyi bir örnekdir. bu açıdan, sanat tarihinde engellemenin aksine erkeklerden gördükleri destek sayesinde, kariyerlerinde hızlı yükselen ve erkeklerin geçmek zorunda oldukları meşakkatli süreçleri yaşamayan kadın sanatçı örneği de çoktur. daha alt sosyal grupların ise ister kadın, ister erkek olsun, böyle bir maceraya atılmak için hiç şanslarının olmadığı açıktır. Özellikle alt sınıf üyesi kadınlar için, çömlekçilik, sepetçilik, küçük eşya süslemeciliği, dokumacılık çok daha güvenilir ve garantili işlerdir. kadının sanat bağlamında toplumsal görünürlüğünü irdelediğimizde, bir diğer tarihsel olguya daha dikkat çekmek gerekir: ortalama yaşam süresi. kadınların doğum ve hastalık kaynaklı ölüm olguları gözardı edildiğinde, erkeklerin ortalama ömürleri yüzyıllardır hemen hemen aynı seviyededir. aynı dönemde kadınların ortalama ömürleri ise dramatik bir şekilde artış göstermiştir. Örneğin - yıllarındaki erkek İtalyan ressamların ortalama ömürleri . ± . yıldı (griffin, : ). buna karşın bir çalışmaya göre İngiltere’de - yıllarında yaşındaki bir kadının yaşam beklentisi . yıldır. kadınlar için ortalama ömür beklentisi ancak ’li yıllarda erkeklerle eşitlenmiştir. bu süre yılında ise erkekleri geçerek . yıla çıkmıştır (hollingsworth, : - ). yukarıda verdiğimiz sanatçı ve ailelerinden oluşan örneklem grubu da bu sonucu doğrulamaktadır. Örneğin, erkek sanatçıların pek çoğu, kendilerinden genç yaşta olmalarına ragmen, ilk eşlerini kaybettikten sonra çoğunlukla ikinci evliliklerini yapmışlardır. bunun temel nedeni, kadınların yüksek orandaki doğurganlık oranlarıdır. avrupa’da ’lü yılların sonunda ortalama doğum sayısı toplumun ileri gelen yönetici gruplarına ait kadınlar için ( )’nın, çalışan gruplara ait kadınlar için ise ( )’nin üzerindedir ve bir yüz yıl sonra bu değerler ancak birer adet düşmüştür. bu verilere, sayılarının tesbiti mümkün olmayan düşükler ya da ölü doğumlar dahil değildir. dolayısıyla, çok yakın tarihe kadar, tek başına sadece kadın olmak, anne olma fonksiyonu nedeniyle oldukça tehlikeli bir işti. sanatsal alanda eğer şans yardım ederse meşhur olmak ve tanınmak çoğu zaman ileri yaşlarda mümkün oluyordu ki, kadınların önemli bir kısmının bu yaşları göremeden öldükleri görülmektedir. plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy ancak sanat tarihinde istisnai örnekler de vardır. Örneğin, lavinia fontana ( - ), bologna/İtalya’da school of bologna’da ressam olan bir babanın kızıdır. resim eğitimini öncelikle babasından almıştır. daha önce kadınların alınmadığı bu okula erkeklerle birlikte devam etmiş ve yine babasının desteği altında kısa sürede kariyerinde yükselerek para kazanmaya başlamıştır. profesyonel olarak resim yapan ilk kadın sanatçı olmanın yanı sıra ilk nü çalışan kadındır. fontana kariyerinde başarıya ulaşmış ve pek çok kez anne olmayı başarmış nadir örneklerden biridir. çocuk sahibiydi ve öldüğünde yaşındaydı. tüm bunlardan anlaşılacağı üzere; evlenmek, çocuk sahibi olmak ve onların yaşamını garanti altına almak istiyorsa; hele önünde yolunu açıp destek olacak biri de yok ise, ne sanatçı olmak; ne de bir sanatçının eşi olmak, bir kadın için tercih edilebilir görülmemektedir. nitekim, sanat tarihinde bu korelatif ilişkiyi anlatan ünlü bir aile vardır: sofonisba’nın ailesi. sofonisba anguissola ( - ), rönesans dönemi kadın sanatçılarına ilginç bir örnektir. cremona/İtalya’da soylu bir anne babanın, kız ve bir oğlan yedi çocuğunun en büyüğüdür. babaları tüm çocuklarının sanatçı olmaları için çaba göstermiş ve özel dersler aldırmıştır. sofonisba kariyerinde hızla yükselerek - yaşında resimlerini michelangelo’ya gösterme şansını elde etmiştir. onun da desteği ile kısa zamanda önce yerel soylular daha sonra İspanya kralının sarayına ve himayesine girmeyi başarmıştır. İki kez evlenmiş ve eşlerinden resim konusunda destek görmüştür. İstisnai bir durum olarak yaşında ölmüştür. ancak, hiç çocuğu olmamıştır. diğer üç kız kardeşi de aynı ortamda resimle iç içe büyümelerine rağmen, ikisi evlilik ve çocukları nedeniyle resim çalışmalarını bırakmışlardır. en az kendisi kadar yetenekli bulunan küçük kardeşi lucia ise çok genç yaşta hayatını kaybetmiştir. . feminizm, ‘female’e karşı: kendini arayan feminizm kadını tamamen edilgen ve bunun sorumlusu olarak da tamamen erkekler tarafından kurulmuş bilinçli hegemonik yapıyı gören ve bunu delillendirmek için tarihi yeniden kurgulayan ve içinde bulunduğumuz dönemde diğer tüm feminist yaklaşımları da dışlayarak, temsili tamamen üstlenen postmodern feminizmin yeniden kendini sorgulaması gerekmektedir. yıllardır belli bir bakışı yansıtan ve neredeyse söylemlerinin ilahi bir yasaya dönüştüğü, sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - alternatif düşüncenin aforoz edildiği bir dönemi yaşamaktayız. halbuki her zamankinden çok feminist çözümlere ihtiyacımız var. günümüzde yapılan pek çok araştırmanın ortaya koyduğu üzere objektif olarak bir kadın tanımını yapamadığımız sürece, bir “erillik/masculinity” krizinin de doğmakta olduğunu görüyoruz (carrigan, t. ve diğerleri, ; clare, ; pleck, ; beynon, ). son yıllarda gelişimsel psikolojinin sunduğu veriler, günümüz ve onun tarihsel gelişiminin gizillerinin aydınlanmasına ışık tutmaktadır. Örneğin, psikolog melissa hines ve gerianne m. alexander’ın ( ) çocukların cinsiyete dayalı oyuncak tercihlerinin sosyalleşme süreçleri içinde toplum tarafından mı; yoksa doğuştan gelen güdüleri ile mi belirlendiğine ilişkin deneysel çalışmaları oldukça ilginçtir. araştırmacılar erkek ve kız çocuklarına yönelik oyuncakları maymunlara verdiklerinde maymunların insanlardakine benzer şekilde tercihler yaptıklarını saptamışlardır. bunun anlamı şudur; pek çok davranış modellerimiz sosyalleşme sürecinde kazanılmasına karşın, bazı temel dürtülerin de biyolojik olarak aktarıldığını kabul etmemiz gerekir. bunlardan biri de kadının anneliğine ilişkin davranışlarıdır. Üreme dürtüsü erkek ve kadında ortak olmasına rağmen, annenin bebeği ile olan özel bağı, erkeğe göre farklılık gösterir. bir başka ilgi çekici bulgu ise kadın ve erkeğin eş seçimine ilişkindir. romantizm, sosyal psikologlar tarafından cinsel partner, yani eş seçiminde “aşk”ın en önemli kriter olma hali olarak tanımlanır (weaver ve ganong, ). araştırmacılar geliştirdikleri “romantik İnanç skalası” (sprecher ve metts, ) ile kadın ve erkeklerin hangisinin daha romantik olduğunu incelemişlerdir. yapılan araştırmalar pek çoğumuzun inancının aksine, erkeklerin kadınlara göre çok daha romantik (northrup ve diğerleri, ) ve kadınların da eş seçimlerinde çok daha pragmatik (hendrick ve diğerleri, ) olduğunu ortaya koymuştur. evrimsel psikoloji çalışanlar bunu, biyolojik gerekliliğin kadının erkeğe göre çok daha seçici olmasını zorunlu kılması nedeniyle, kadın tarafından geliştirilen bir cinsel strateji olarak açıklamaktadırlar (buss ve schmitt; ). bu stratejinin diğer unsurlarını yine evrimsel psikolojinin bulguları ortaya koymaktadır. günümüzde kadınlar, erkeklere oranla iki kat daha fazla, seçecekleri erkeklerde finansal bir güç aramaktadırlar (buss; ). kenrick ve arkadaşları ( ) araştırma sonuçlarında bu farklılığı çok daha açık plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy biçimde tartışmaktadırlar (Şekil- ). erkek cinsel ilişki için, hiçbir finansal güç aramazken, kadın romantik bir ilişki için bile, erkekten finansal güç talep etmektedir. kadın için finansal standartlar evlilik durumunda ise erkeğe göre -iki katı bir oranla- en yüksek seviyeye çıkmaktadır. yine kadınlar romantik bir ilişkide, büyük oranda yüksek statüyü, cinsel çekiciliğe tercih etmekteler (townsend ve levy; a). yüksek statü sahibi kadınlar bile, eş seçimlerinde, kendinden yüksek statülü erkekleri tercih etmektedirler. sadella ve arkadaşları ( ) araştırmalarında kadın ve erkeklerin kendi hemcins sosyal grupları içinde, baskın olma durumlarının, karşı cinsin tercihlerini ne yönde etkilediğini incelemişlerdir. bulgulara göre kadınlar büyük oranda baskın erkekleri tercih ederlerken, erkeklerin tercihlerinde belirgin bir değişiklik olmadığı görülmüştür. bu kadının erkeğin statüsü üzerinden statü arayışı olarak açıklanmaktadır (sadella ve diğerleri; ). tüm bu bulgular erkeğin pek seçici olmadığını işaret eder. babalıkla ilişkisi kadınla geçirdiği sadece birkaç dakikadır. hâlbuki kadın için annelik uzun bir süreçtir. Çocuğu dokuz ay karnında taşıması gerekecek ve doğan çocuk daha uzun yıllar bakıma muhtaç olacaktır. kadın bu nedenle, erkeğin aksine çok daha seçici olmak zorundadır. erkek sağlıklı çocuklar vermek için sağlıklı olmalı, kendini diğer erkeklerin tecavüzlerinden koruyabilmeli, çocuğunun ve kendisinin temel ihtiyaçlarını karşılayabilmelidir. yani her bakımdan “güçlü” olmalıdır. kadının eş seçiminde uyguladığı bu strateji günümüzde de onbinlerce yılda oluşturduğu stratejinin devamıdır. biyolojinin birbirlerine zorunlu kıldığı kadın ve erkeğin beklentilerinin birbirlerinden bu farklılığı, erkekleri kısa süreli, kadınları ise çocukları ile olan ilişkilerinden dolayı, çok daha uzun süreli stratejiler geliştirme zorunda bırakmıştır. kadın bu stratejisi ile, kendisinden birkaç dakikalık zevk beklentisi olan erkeği kendine bağlayarak pek çok şeyden sorumlu kılmıştır. bu bağlamda iddia edilenin aksine, kadın günümüz medeniyetinin temelini teşkil eden kendi stratejisi ile merkeze yerleşmiştir. aslında mitolojideki pek çok hikayede kadının şeytani, akıl çelen olarak tasvir edilmesi, erkeğin bu gerçeği idrakinin bir başka ilgi çekici bulgu ise kadın ve erkeğin eş seçimine ilişkindir. romantizm, sosyal psikologlar tarafından cinsel partner, yani eş seçiminde “aşk”ın en önemli kriter olma hali olarak tanımlanır (weaver ve ganong, ). araştırmacılar geliştirdikleri “romantik İnanç skalası” (sprecher ve metts, ) ile kadın ve erkeklerin hangisinin daha romantik olduğunu incelemişlerdir. yapılan araştırmalar pek çoğumuzun inancının aksine, erkeklerin kadınlara göre çok daha romantik (northrup ve diğerleri, ) ve kadınların da eş seçimlerinde çok daha pragmatik (hendrick ve diğerleri, ) olduğunu ortaya koymuştur. evrimsel psikoloji çalışanlar bunu, biyolojik gerekliliğin kadının erkeğe göre çok daha seçici olmasını zorunlu kılması nedeniyle, kadın tarafından geliştirilen bir cinsel strateji olarak açıklamaktadırlar (buss ve schmitt; ). bu stratejinin diğer unsurlarını yine evrimsel psikolojinin bulguları ortaya koymaktadır. günümüzde kadınlar, erkeklere oranla iki kat daha fazla, seçecekleri erkeklerde finansal bir güç aramaktadırlar (buss; ). kenrick ve arkadaşları ( ) araştırma sonuçlarında bu farklılığı çok daha açık biçimde tartışmaktadırlar (Şekil- ). erkek cinsel ilişki için, hiçbir finansal güç aramazken, kadın romantik bir ilişki için bile, erkekten finansal güç talep etmektedir. kadın için finansal standartlar evlilik durumunda ise erkeğe göre -iki katı bir oranla- en yüksek seviyeye çıkmaktadır. yine kadınlar romantik bir ilişkide, büyük oranda yüksek statüyü, cinsel çekiciliğe tercih etmekteler (townsend ve levy; a). yüksek statü sahibi kadınlar bile, eş seçimlerinde, kendinden yüksek statülü erkekleri tercih etmektedirler. sadella ve arkadaşları ( ) araştırmalarında kadın ve erkeklerin kendi hemcins sosyal grupları içinde, baskın olma durumlarının, karşı cinsin tercihlerini ne yönde etkilediğini incelemişlerdir. bulgulara göre kadınlar büyük oranda baskın erkekleri tercih ederlerken, erkeklerin tercihlerinde belirgin bir değişiklik olmadığı görülmüştür. bu kadının erkeğin statüsü üzerinden statü arayışı olarak açıklanmaktadır (sadella ve diğerleri; ). tüm bu bulgular erkeğin pek seçici olmadığını işaret eder. babalıkla ilişkisi kadınla geçirdiği sadece birkaç dakikadır. hâlbuki kadın için annelik uzun bir süreçtir. Çocuğu dokuz ay karnında taşıması gerekecek ve doğan çocuk daha uzun yıllar bakıma muhtaç olacaktır. kadın bu nedenle, erkeğin aksine çok daha seçici olmak zorundadır. erkek sağlıklı çocuklar vermek için sağlıklı olmalı, kendini diğer erkeklerin tecavüzlerinden koruyabilmeli, çocuğunun ve kendisinin temel ihtiyaçlarını karşılayabilmelidir. yani her bakımdan “güçlü” Şekil sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - ifadesi olsa gerek: yaratılış mitinde adem, dünyevi pek çok problemle yüzleşmesinde, bir anlık zevk için kendini kandıran havva’yı sorumlu tutar. radikal feminizmin önemli isimlerinden birisi olan shulamith firestone, feminizmin temel eserlerinden biri sayılan cinselliğin diyalektiği ( ) isimli çalışmasında kadınların ikincileştirilmesinin temelinin sosyal değil, biyolojik unsurlardan kaynaklandığını savunurken aslında bu görüşe yaklaşmıştı. o da kadının doğurmasını ve adet görüyor olmasını onun güçsüzlüğünün temeli olarak görür. ayrıca, aile, din, cinsellik gibi diğer tüm sosyal, kültürel unsurların bu temel biyolojik varoluş üzerine kurulduğunu iddia eder. bu bağlamda firestone sözkonusu durumdan kurtuluş yolu olarak kadınların biyolojik yeniden üretim araçlarını ele geçirmeleri gerektiğini öne sürmüştür. yani tıbbi ve teknolojik olarak kadınları bu biyolojik boyunduruktan kurtaracak olan yeniliklerin geliştirilmesi gerektiğini söylemiştir. bu çerçevede özellikle tüp bebek gibi teknolojilerin desteklenmesi gerektiğini ve kadınların sadece bu şekilde özgürleşebileceğini söyleyerek yandaşları ile çelişmiş ve çözüm olarak insanlık tarihi boyunca birlikte yürüdüğü erkek ile olan ilişkisini sadece seks boyutuna indirgemiştir (ki artık ona da ihtiyaç yoktur). görmediği, tüm kurgunun kadının uyum stratejilerinin bir ürünü olduğu ve sınırsız bir özgürlüğün de aslında bir mahkûmiyet olduğudur. kadınların pek çoğunun bu aşırı liberal düşüncelere uzak durması, bu temelde bir çözümün de toplumsal bir karşılığının olmadığını göstermesi açısından önemlidir. schopenhauer ( ) “aşka ve kadınlara dair aşkın metafiziği” adlı eserinde erkeklerin kadınlardan ne beklediğini ve kadınların erkeklerden ne istediğini analiz ederek tarihe geçecek kadar önemli işlerde kadının adının olamamasının nedenini kadınların, zihinsel ya da bedensel olarak, büyük işler için yaratılmamış olmalarına bağlamaktaydı. paglia camille ( ) bu iddiayı “sexual personae: art and decadence from nefertiti to emily dickinson” adlı eserinde daha da ileriye taşıyarak, erkeklerin olağanüstü olduklarına ve ’de time’da yayınlanan “it’s a man’s world, and it always will be” adlı makalesinde de erkeklerin olmadığı yerde kadınların da olamayacağına kadar vardırmıştı. halbuki, bilimsel veriler hiç de böyle olmadığını göstermektedir. kadının belli alanlarda nisbi olarak yokluğu, kadınların acizliğinden çok, kendi olmalıdır. kadının eş seçiminde uyguladığı bu strateji günümüzde de onbinlerce yılda oluşturduğu stratejinin devamıdır. biyolojinin birbirlerine zorunlu kıldığı kadın ve erkeğin beklentilerinin birbirlerinden bu farklılığı, erkekleri kısa süreli, kadınları ise çocukları ile olan ilişkilerinden dolayı, çok daha uzun süreli stratejiler geliştirme zorunda bırakmıştır. kadın bu stratejisi ile, kendisinden birkaç dakikalık zevk beklentisi olan erkeği kendine bağlayarak pek çok şeyden sorumlu kılmıştır. bu bağlamda iddia edilenin aksine, kadın günümüz medeniyetinin temelini teşkil eden kendi stratejisi ile merkeze yerleşmiştir. aslında mitolojideki pek çok hikayede kadının şeytani, akıl çelen olarak tasvir edilmesi, erkeğin bu gerçeği idrakinin ifadesi olsa gerek: yaratılış mitinde adem, dünyevi pek çok problemle yüzleşmesinde, bir anlık zevk için kendini kandıran havva’yı sorumlu tutar. radikal feminizmin önemli isimlerinden birisi olan shulamith firestone, feminizmin temel eserlerinden biri sayılan cinselliğin diyalektiği ( ) isimli çalışmasında kadınların ikincileştirilmesinin temelinin sosyal değil, biyolojik unsurlardan kaynaklandığını savunurken aslında bu görüşe yaklaşmıştı. o da kadının doğurmasını ve adet görüyor olmasını onun güçsüzlüğünün temeli olarak görür. ayrıca, aile, din, cinsellik gibi diğer tüm sosyal, kültürel unsurların bu temel biyolojik varoluş üzerine kurulduğunu iddia eder. bu bağlamda firestone sözkonusu durumdan kurtuluş yolu olarak kadınların biyolojik yeniden üretim araçlarını ele geçirmeleri gerektiğini öne sürmüştür. yani tıbbi ve teknolojik olarak kadınları bu biyolojik boyunduruktan kurtaracak olan yeniliklerin geliştirilmesi gerektiğini söylemiştir. bu çerçevede özellikle tüp bebek gibi teknolojilerin desteklenmesi gerektiğini ve kadınların sadece bu şekilde özgürleşebileceğini söyleyerek yandaşları ile çelişmiş ve çözüm olarak insanlık tarihi boyunca birlikte yürüdüğü erkek ile olan ilişkisini sadece seks boyutuna indirgemiştir (ki artık ona da ihtiyaç yoktur). görmediği, tüm kurgunun kadının uyum stratejilerinin bir ürünü olduğu ve sınırsız bir özgürlüğün de aslında bir mahkûmiyet olduğudur. kadınların pek çoğunun bu aşırı liberal düşüncelere uzak durması, bu temelde bir çözümün de toplumsal bir karşılığının olmadığını göstermesi açısından önemlidir. schopenhauer ( ) “aşka ve kadınlara dair aşkın metafiziği” adlı eserinde erkeklerin kadınlardan ne beklediğini ve kadınların erkeklerden ne istediğini analiz ederek tarihe geçecek kadar önemli işlerde kadının adının olamamasının nedenini kadınların, zihinsel ya da bedensel olarak, büyük işler için yaratılmamış olmalarına bağlamaktaydı. paglia camille ( ) bu iddiayı “sexual personae: art and decadence from nefertiti to emily dickinson” error! style not defined.adem ve havva adem ve havva plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy stratejilerinin bir sonucudur: uğraşların cinsiyet temelinde tanımlanan rollerle birlikte kesin olarak ayrışması, yeteneklerin hatta düşünce sistematiğindeki değerlerin bile farklılaşmasına neden olmuştur. harvard universitesi’nden psikolog mahzarin banaji ( : ) de benliği, kültürden ayıran net bir çizginin olmadığına ve içinde geliştiğimiz kültürün zihinlerimizdeki “derin uzantısına” dikkat çeker. bu yüzden, kadın ile erkek beyinleri arasındaki -düşüncelerimizin, duygularımızın, yeteneklerimizin, motivasyonlarımızın ve davranışlarımızın kaynağı olan zihinlerimiz- toplumsal cinsiyet farklılıklarını, psikolojik olarak sosyo-kültürel bağlamın zihne ne kadar nüfuz ettiğini kavrayamadan anlayamayacağımızı ileri sürer. Çevre toplumsal cinsiyeti önemli kılınca, zihinde uyarıcı etkisi oluşur ve kendimizi toplumsal cinsiyetimiz üzerinden düşünmeye başlarız; kalıp yargılarla toplumsal beklentiler zihinde daha önemli hale gelir. bu durum, benlik algısını ve ilgi alanlarını değiştirebilir, yetkinlikleri azaltabilir ya da çoğaltabilir, istençsiz ayrımcılığı tetikleyebilir. diğer bir deyişle, toplumsal bağlam kendinizin kim olduğunu, nasıl düşündüğünüzü ve ne yaptığınızı etkiler. bu düşüncelerimiz, tutumlarımız ve davranışlarımız toplumsal bağlamın bir parçası olur. mahremdir ve banajiye göre bunun çözülmesi zordur. bu nedenle, toplumsal cinsiyet hakkında, farklı bir düşünme biçimi gereklidir. böyle değerlendirdiğimizde kadının, toplumsal olarak erkeğe ait bir statüyü işgal ettiğinde, erillikle ilişkilendirilen davranış kalıplarını kullanması anlaşılabilir hale gelir. yılında yapılan bir araştırmada, katılımcıların % ’i ofis ortamında yöneticilerinin sözlü şiddet, işini sabote etme, otoritesini yanlış kullanma ve ilişkiyi bozacak davranışlarına maruz kaldıklarını ifade ediyorlardı. İlginç olan bu davranışı gösteren yöneticilerin % ’ı kadındı. benaji’nin ifade ettiği gibi kadın, erilliğe atfedilen bir statüdeki rolünü oynarken, yine bu statü ile ilişkilendirilen eril davranış kalıplarını kullanmaktadır. günümüzde pek çok kadın, bu yolla kendi zihinsel kabuğunu kırarak, erilliğe atfedilen alanlara girmekte ve başarı kazanmaktadır. ancak, burada bir sorun vardır; erilliğin rolleri alınırken, davranış kalıpları da alınmaktadır. yılında yapılan diğer bir araştırmaya gore, yine iş ortamında kadından gelen tacizkar davranışların % ’i yine kadınlara yöneliktir. gallup, http://www.wsj.com/news/articles/sb sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - yıldır kadın ve erkeklerin iş yaşamlarında, kadın mı; yoksa erkek bir patronu mu tercih ettiklerini sorgulamaktadır ve araştırmalarına göre, ilginç bir şekilde % ile kadınlar, erkeklerden daha fazla bir oranla (% ) erkek yönetici ile çalışmayı tercih edeceklerini; yine kadınların % ’i, profesyonel yaşamlarında en az bir kez, diğer bir kadın tarafından önlerinin kesildiğini ve kadın yönetici ile çalışırken de, erkek yöneticilerle çalışmaya göre daha fazla stres yaşadıklarını beyan etmişlerdir. bu verilere bakarak, kadınların profesyonel yaşama katılmalarının ve yükselmelerinin önündeki engelin yine kadınlar olduğu iddiası ortaya atılamaz mı? peki, kadının, kadına olan bu ‘düşmanlığının’ nedeni nedir? bunun aslında kadının kendi geliştirdiği stratejisinin doğal bir sonucu olduğu düşünülebilir; erkekleri yarıştırırken, diğer kadınları kendine rakip kılmıştır. yine kadın üstlendiği rol nedeniyle çok daha fazla insani ilişkilere odaklanmaktadır. günümüzde de pek çok araştırmanın ortaya koyduğu üzere; onun için güvenlik esasdır ve risk almak, maceralara girmek onun işi değildir. ancak, yeri geldiğinde risk almak, maceralara girmek, sert mücadelelere girişmek gerekiyorsa da bu, kadın tarafından cesaret kavramı etrafında “erkeklik” değeri ile birlikte, erkeğin sorumluluğu olarak tanımlanmıştır. tüm savaşlarda, erkekleri cepheye göndermek için bir anda ortaya çıkan ve onlara görevlerini hatırlatan kimi anne, kimi sevgili, kimi tanrıça görünümlü kadın figürleri rastlantı değildir. bu anlamda cennete; kadın melekleri (hurileri) koymadığınızda, oraya gitmek için bile çaba göstermeyeceğini bildiğiniz erkeklerin, kadınların olmadığı bir dünyada günümüz medeniyetini inşa edebileceklerini ileri sürmek mümkün değildir. yaşamlarında, kadın mı; yoksa erkek bir patronu mu tercih ettiklerini sorgulamaktadır ve araştırmalarına göre, ilginç bir şekilde % ile kadınlar, erkeklerden daha fazla bir oranla (% ) erkek yönetici ile çalışmayı tercih edeceklerini; yine kadınların % ’i, profesyonel yaşamlarında en az bir kez, diğer bir kadın tarafından önlerinin kesildiğini ve kadın yönetici ile çalışırken de, erkek yöneticilerle çalışmaya göre daha fazla stres yaşadıklarını beyan etmişlerdir. bu verilere bakarak, kadınların profesyonel yaşama katılmalarının ve yükselmelerinin önündeki engelin yine kadınlar olduğu iddiası ortaya atılamaz mı? peki, kadının, kadına olan bu ‘düşmanlığının’ nedeni nedir? bunun aslında kadının kendi geliştirdiği stratejisinin doğal bir sonucu olduğu düşünülebilir; erkekleri yarıştırırken, diğer kadınları kendine rakip kılmıştır. yine kadın üstlendiği rol nedeniyle çok daha fazla insani ilişkilere odaklanmaktadır. günümüzde de pek çok araştırmanın ortaya koyduğu üzere; onun için güvenlik esasdır ve risk almak, maceralara girmek onun işi değildir. ancak, yeri geldiğinde risk almak, maceralara girmek, sert mücadelelere girişmek gerekiyorsa da bu, kadın tarafından cesaret kavramı etrafında “erkeklik” değeri ile birlikte, erkeğin sorumluluğu olarak tanımlanmıştır. tüm savaşlarda, erkekleri cepheye göndermek için bir anda ortaya çıkan ve onlara görevlerini hatırlatan kimi anne, kimi sevgili, kimi tanrıça görünümlü kadın figürleri rastlantı değildir. bu anlamda cennete; kadın melekleri (hurileri) koymadığınızda, oraya gitmek için bile çaba göstermeyeceğini bildiğiniz erkeklerin, kadınların olmadığı bir dünyada günümüz medeniyetini inşa edebileceklerini ileri sürmek mümkün değildir. gustave courbet, ünlü “dünyanın kökeni” tablosunda bu gerçeği en çarpıcı biçimde ortaya koymuştur. günümüzün dünyası ve medeniyeti kadının bu stratejisi üzerine şekillenmiştir. kate millett ( )’in cinsel politika isimli kitabında ataerkilliği yeniden üreten kurumlar olarak tanımladığı aile, aşk ve cinsellik kadının bu stratejisi gereği kadın tarafından üretilen kurumlar olarak işaretlenir. ataerkil sistemi ailede yeniden üreten, nesilleri yetiştiren yine kadındır. en önemlisi kendi stratejisi gereği erkeğe bu gücü atfeden de kadın değil midir? http://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/ - - /women-dislike-having-female-bosses-more-than-men- do gustave courbet, ünlü “dünyanın kökeni” tablosunda bu gerçeği en çarpıcı biçimde ortaya koymuştur. günümüzün dünyası ve medeniyeti kadının bu stratejisi üzerine şekillenmiştir. kate millett ( )’in cinsel politika isimli kitabında ataerkilliği yeniden üreten kurumlar olarak tanımladığı aile, aşk http://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/ - - /women-dislike-having-female-bosses- more-than-men-do plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy ve cinsellik kadının bu stratejisi gereği kadın tarafından üretilen kurumlar olarak işaretlenir. ataerkil sistemi ailede yeniden üreten, nesilleri yetiştiren yine kadındır. en önemlisi kendi stratejisi gereği erkeğe bu gücü atfeden de kadın değil midir? zaman içinde her güç yapılanması gibi kimi zaman ve kimi yerde hegomonik bir yapıya bürünse de, bu strateji uzunca bir süre toplumsal ilişkilerin temel belirleyicisi olmuştur. ancak, zaman içindeki gelişmeler karşısında gelinen noktada yine kadın, feminizm kavramı içinde geleceğin yeni stratejisinin arayışı içindedir. tarihsel süreç içinde, kadınları buna yönlendiren modernitenin sunduğu dört önemli gelişmedir: doğum kontrol teknolojilerinin gelişimi ile kadının bedeni üzerindeki kontrolünün mümkün olması ve doğum olayının kadın için tehlikeli bir olay olmaktan çıkması; teknolojik gelişmelerin beden gücünün istihdamdaki yerini alabildiğine düşürmesi, hizmet sektörünün payının yükselmesi ve erkeğe gücü sağlayan fonksiyonlarının önemini yitirmesi; teknolojik gelişimlere paralel demografik yapı değişimlerinin sonucu olarak, kadın üzerindeki doğurganlığa ilişkin toplumsal baskının azalması. ataerkil bir sistem olarak tanımlanan kapitalizmin, postmodern feminizm ile yıkılacağı iddiasının da yaşanan gerçeklikte bir karşılığı bulunmamaktadır. ancak feminizmin günümüzde bu sistemin karşısında alacağı tutum ile sınanacağı da muhakkaktır. döneminin en zengin armatörlerinden ve en hızlı uluslararası kazanova olarak bilinen aristotle onassis’e atfedilen sözler bir gerçeği anlatır: “eğer kadın olmasaydı, dünyadaki tüm paraların bir anlamı kalmazdı.” o para kapitalist sistemde erkeğin elindedir. ancak günümüzde, paranın tamamen özgürlüğünü ilan ettiği ultra kapitalist sistemde, “kadın eski stratejisinin kriterlerine dokunmadan, bu yeni sisteme mi entegre olacaktır, yoksa zoru tercih ederek kendine daha eşitlikçi bir dünyayı mı inşa edecektir?” sorusu cevabını aramaktadır. sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - sonuç abyss creation llc, abd, california, san marcos’da bir firma; realdoll adı altında gerçeğe her iki cinsiyete çok yakın, gerçek boyutlu, cinsel organlar dahil bire bir kopya edilmiş yüksek kaliteli silikondan “seks robotu” oyuncaklar i m a l e t m e k t e d i r l e r. erkeklerin oyuna olan düşkünlüğünden tahmin edilebileceği üzere, bu seks oyuncaklarından çok büyük oranda kadın olanları satılmaktadır. fiyatları - bin dolardan başlamaktadır. firma son olarak ‘artificial intelligence’ teknolojisi ile bu oyuncaklara ruh kazandırmaya çalışmaktadır. Şimdiden belli bir mesafe almış görünmektedirler; bu oyuncak mankenlerin konuşma ve belli mimikleri de kulanabilme düzeyinde bir teknolojileri bulunmaktadır. Üzerinde çalışılan bu üst modellerin fiyatlarının bin dolara çıkması beklenmektedir. firma şimdiye kadar beşbin’in üzerinde satış gerçekleştirdiğini beyan etmiştir. firma ömür boyu garanti vermektedir. kısaca, artık erkekler için de çok daha gerçekçi ‘virtual sex’ olanakları var olduğu görülmektedir; üstelik baş ağrıtmayan, hiç bir sorumluluk talep etmeyen ve her daim emre amade..... yani, bir anlamda erkekler de gittikçe ‘özgürleşiyorlar’. feminizm ile salt cinselliğe indirgenen kadın ve erkek ilişkisinin ‘sexbot’ların gelişip yaygınlaşmasıyla gelecek yaşamımızda günümüzden oldukça farklı olacağı anlaşılmaktadır. birbirlerimizden koptukça, bizler de birer ‘realdoll’a dönüşüyoruz: parayla alıp satılan ve kendimizin bile farkında olmadan pek çok duygularımızı yitirdiğimiz, tekdüze bir yaşam … bir kadın ve erkeğin birlikteliği, anne ve çocuğun birlikteliğinden sonra gelen en güzel bağdır. sevgi bu ortamda yeşerir ve öğrenilir. empati yetisi başka nerede daha iyi kazanılabilir? düşünce zenginliği daha fazla başka hangi ortamda sağlanabilir? dünyada kadın ve erkeğin birlikteliğinden daha fazla dayanışmayı sağlayan bir birlik yoktur. ve çocuklar için bu birlikten daha ideal bir yetişme ortamı bulunabilir mi? realdolls- sexbots plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy feminizm kendini geçmişe hapsederek, geleceği atlamaktadır. günümüz medeniyeti kadının stratejisi ve erkekle olan dayanışmasının ürünüdür. korkarız bu birlikteliğin dağılması nedeniyle, gelecek medeniyetimiz insana ait olmayacak. Çalışmamızda feminizm çalışmalarına farklı bir pencereden katkı sunulmak istenmiştir. Çerçeve alabildiğine geniş tutularak, konunun; dağılma riskine rağmen, çok boyutluluğunun ve bütünlüğünün vurgulanması amaçlanmıştır. Öncelikle de feminizmin içindeki çelişkiler, çıkmazlar vurgulanmaya çalışılmıştır. günümüzde yaşanan ve kadını ikinci plana öteleyen hegomonik yapının erkek kaynaklı ataerkil sistem olduğu ve bu nedenle problemin bir “erkek” problemi olduğuna ilişkin neredeyse ideolojik hale gelmiş söylemlerin yanlışlığına dikkat çekilmek istenilmiştir. bu bakışın, tek başına bir erkek problemi olmasa da bir “erkeklik” krizi yarattığı düşünülebilir. problemin kaynağı öncelikle kadınlardır. bu nedenle sağlıklı bir geleceğin kurgulanması açısından feminist bakış açısı büyük önem taşımaktadır. buna erkeklerin de ihtiyacı vardır. feministler, modernite ile birlikte fonksiyonları zaten zayıflamış kurumları ve bu nedenle erozyona uğramış değerleri terk ederken, stratejilerinde değişikliğe gitmezlerse korkarız farklı ve humanizmadan çok daha uzak bir hegomonyanın inşasına sebep olacaklar. bu nedenle kadınlar, feministlerin bile istemeden kendilerine biçtiği değeri red ederek, güçlerinin ve yeteneklerinin farkına varmalı ve sorumluluklarını üstlenmelidirler. sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - kaynakÇa bailey, j.m., gaulin, s., agyei, y., & gladue, b.a. ( ), “effects of gender and sexual orientation on evolutionary relevant aspects of human mating psychology”, journal of personality and social psychology, : pp. - . banaji, m. r. ( ), “implicit attitudes can be measured”, in (eds. h. l. roediger, j. s. naime, i. neath & a. suprenant ) the nature of remembering: essays in honor of robert g. crowder , washington dc, american psychological association, - . banaji, m.r. ( ). implicit attitudes can be measured. in h.l. roediger, iii, j.s. nairne, i. neath, & a. surprenant (eds.), the nature of remembering: essays in honor of robert g. crowder (pp. – ). washington, dc: american psychological association. baudrillard, jean ( ), simulacra and simulation, university of michigan press. beynon, j. ( ), issues in cultural and media studies, masculinity and culture, buckingham, open university press. brown, doug ( ), “an institutionalist look at postmodernism”, journal of economic issues, vol. , no. . pp - . buss, d. m. ( ), “human mate selection”, american scientist, : pp. - . buss, d.m. ( ), “sex differences in human mate preferences: evolutionary hypotheses tested in cultures”, behavioural and brain sciences, : pp. - . buss, d.m. ( ; ), the evolution of desire: strategies of human mating (revised edition ), new york, basic books. buss, d.m., ve schmitt, d.p. ( ), “sexual strategies theory: an evolutionary perspective on human mating”, psychological review, : pp. - . carrigan, t., connell, r.w. and lee, j. ( ), “towards a new sociology of masculinity” theory and society, , pp, - . clare, a. ( ), on men: masculinity in crisis, london, chatto and windus. cowen, taylor, ( ), “why women succeed and fail, in the arts”, journal of cultural economics, netherland, kluwer academic publishers, pp. - . duggan, lisa ve nan d. hunter ( ), sex wars: sexual dissent and political culture, new york and london, u.s.a, routledge. faludi, s. ( ), “i’m not a feminist but i play one on tv”, ms , no. , mar./april - . gan, a.m., voss, z.g., phillips, l. ve christine a. ( ), “the gender gap in art museum directorships”, assosiation of art directors, pp. - . plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy garrard, m.d. ( - ), “women, art and society by whitney chadwick, thames and hudson, ”, book review, woman’s art journal, vol. , no. , pp. - . gelb, joyce ( ), feminism and politics; a comparative perspective, berkeley, university of california press, vol. . germain, greer ( ), the obstacle race: the fortunes of women painters and their work, new york, farrar staus giroux. goldberg, michelle ( ), “feminism for sale.” alternet.org, jan ,www.alternet.org. gouma-peterson thalia, patricia mathews, ( ), sanat tarihinin feminist eleştirisi, sanat cinsiyet, haz. ahu antmen, İstanbul, İletişim yayınları. griffin jp. ( ), “changing life epectancy througout hitory”, int. pham. j, pp: - . hammer, r. ( ), antifeminism and family violence: a critical feminist perspective, lanham, rowman & littlefield publishers, inc. hendrick, c., hendrick, s. s. ve dicke, a. ( ), “the love attitudes scale: short form”, journal of social and personal relationships, ( ), - . doi: . / hollingsworth th. ( ), “demographic study of the british ducal families”, population in industrialisation, (ed. m drake.), london, methuen & co. katz, philip m., ( ), national comparative museum salary study, washington, dc, american alliance of museums. kellerman, b., ve rhode, d.l. ( ), women &leadership: the state of play and strategies for change, jossey-bass. kellner, douglas, ( ), “toplumsal teori olarak postmodernizm: bazı meydan okumalar ve sorunlar”, modernite versus postmodernite, (çev. & der. mehmet küçük), ankara, vadi yayınları. kenrick, d. t., sadalla, e. k., groth, g., ve trost, m. r. ( ), “evolution, traits, and the stages of human courtship: qualifying the parental İnvestment model”, journal of personality, , – . lyotard, jean françois, ( ), potmodern durum, ara yayıncılık. marcuse, h. ( [ ]), eros and civilization, boston, beacon pres. melissa hines and gerianne m. alexander ( ), “horm behav”. august; ( ): – . doi: . /j.yhbeh. . . . millett, kate ( ), cinsel politika, . baskı, (Çev. seçkin selvi), İstanbul, payel yay. sosyoloji konferansları, no: ( - ) / - nochlin, l. ( , ), “why have ther been no great women artists” in art sexual politics, (ed.) thomas b. and elizabeth c. baker, newyork, collier, pp. - . nochlin, linda ( ), women, art and power and other essays, westview press. northrup, c. , schwartz, p., ve wittle, j. ( ), the normal bar: the surprising secrets of happy couples and what they reveal about creating a new normal in your relationship, new york, ny, crown publishing group. owens, craig, ( ), “the discourse of others: feminists and postmodernism”, the anti-aesthetic, ed.; h. foster, bay press. paglia, camille ( ), sexual personae: art and decadence from nefertiti to emily dickinson, london, yale university press. paglia, camille ( ), “it’s a man’s world, and it always will be”, time, december . pawlowski, b., ve koziel, s. ( ), “the İmpact of traits offered İn personal advertisements on response rates”, evolution and human behaviour, : pp. - . pleck, j.h ( ), the myth of masculinity, cambridge, ma, mit press. rajecki, d.w., bledsoe, s.b., ve rasmussen, j.l. ( ), “successful personal ads: gender differences and similarities İn offers, stipulations, and outcomes”, basic and applied social psychology, : pp. - . sadalla, e.k., kenrick, d.t., ve vershure, b., ( ), “dominance and heterosexual attraction”, journal of personality and social psychology, vol. , no. , - . schopenhauer, arthur ( ), aşka ve kadınlara dair, aşkın metafiziği, toplu eserleri- , (Çev. ahmet aydoğan), İstanbul, say yayınları. schwarzer, marjorie ( ), “women in the temple: gender and leadership in museums,” in gender, sexuality, and museums, ed. amy k. levin, - . new york, routledge. shulamith firestone ( ), cinselliğin diyalektiği, . baskı, (Çev. yurdanur salman), İstanbul, payel yay. sprecher, s., and metts, s. ( ), “development of ‘romantic beliefs scale’ and eamination of the effect of gender and gender-role orientation”, journal of social and personal relationships, ( ), - . thiessen, d., young, r.k., ve burroughs, r. ( ), “lonely hearts advertisements reflect sexually dimorphic mating strategies”, ethology and sociobiology, : - . townsend, j.m. ( ), “mate-selection criteria: a pilot study”, ethology and sociobiology, , - . plastik sanatlarda toplumsal cinsiyet: feminizme karşı feminizm / m. demet ulusoy townsend, j.m. ve levy, g.d. ( a), “effects of potential partners’ costume and physical attractiveness on sexuality and partner selection”, journal of psychology, , - . townsend, j.m. ve levy, g.d. ( b), “effects of potential partners’ costume and physical attractiveness on sexuality and socioeconomic status on sexuality and partner selection: sex differences in reported preferences of university students”, archives of sexual behavior, , - . waynforth, d., ve dunbar, r.i.m. ( ), “conditional mate choice strategies in humans: evidence from ‘lonely hearts’ advertisements”, behaviour, : - . weaver, s.e., ve ganong, l. h. ( ), “the factor structure of the romantic beliefs scale for africans and european americans”, journal of social and personal relationships, , - . doi: . / wiederman, m.w. ( ), “evolved gender differences in mate preferences: evidence from personal advertisements”, ethology and sociobiology, : - . painting the body: feminist musings on visual autographies maria tamboukou, university of east london, uk abstract in this paper i look at autographical depictions of the body in the work of mato ioannidou, a greek woman artist, who participated in a wider narrative-based project on visual and textual entanglements between life and art. the paper unfolds in three parts: first , i give an overview of ioannidou’s artwork, making connections with significant events in her life; then i discuss feminist theorizations of embodiment and visual auto/biography; and finally i draw on insights from spinozist feminist philosophers to discuss the artist’s portrayal of women’s bodies in three cycles of her work. what i argue is that the body becomes a centerpiece in the attempt to perceive connections between life and art through expressionism rather than representation. my painting is all about my life, nothing else. . . . through my paintings i tell my life-story, i write my autobiography. . . . i have often painted raw feelings and emotions before i had even realized what i had been going through. — mato ioannidou the extract above comes from a life-history interview with the greek artist mato ioannidou in her studio in athens in may , part of a wider project with contemporary women artists. in preparation for this interview, i had visited ioannidou’s solo exhibition in the greek island of syros in the summer of , and i had also meticulously studied exhibition catalogs of her previous work. however, it was actually when i went to her studio for the interview that i had the chance to immerse myself in the rich and colorful world of her paintings across times and places. ioannidou’s artwork is rich and multifaceted, in terms of both themes and topics as well as the media and materials she is working with, but in this paper i will focus on her artistic and aesthetic practices vis-à-vis female bodies. what i argue is that ioannidou’s paintings are forcefully entangled with autobiographical narratives and create a plane for the female self to emerge as an embodied figure in the web of human and nonhuman relations. the essay unfolds in three parts: first i give an overview of ioannidou’s artwork, then i discuss feminist theorizations of embodiment in philosophy and visual auto/biography, and finally i make connections between insights from spinozist feminist philosophers with ioannidou’s portrayal of women’s bodies in three cycles of her work: erotics, women, and ai-giorgis (saint george). mato ioannidou: a self-portrait of the artist mato ioannidou was born in athens in and studied french literature, theater, and painting at the sorbonne and at the École des beaux-arts in paris between and . she then returned to athens, where she has lived and worked as an independent artist but also as an art teacher in schools and community workshops. talking about her journey, ioannidou remembered that she had always wanted to become an artist, but the routes she followed to become one were not quite straightforward. after failing to enter the school of fine arts in athens, she went to paris, and it was while being absorbed in the literary worlds and the medieval phonetics of the french language that she became inspired to take up painting again. her first maître was the sculptor roger plin, about whom she says, “i owe a lot”; when he retired, and after some anxious wanderings, she followed jean bertolle’s atelier. what drew her to these ateliers was a disciplined approach to what art should be about, which was quite out of tune with the s spirit of experimentation and of “anything goes.” ioannidou fondly remembered plin as an art teacher of the old guard, who would show interest in his students but would also be sharply critical of their work. “he would look at our drawings and would say, ‘no, rodin would never do that, what are you doing?’” ioannidou admits that such an approach was quite unpopular for many art students, “but for me it was exceptionally rich to be juxtaposed with rodin. i didn’t know about camille claudel then . . .” she commented playfully during the interview. upon her return to athens, a city she had greatly missed, since she “never got excited with paris,” ioannidou set up her studio in a flat near the acropolis, where she is still based and where the interview was conducted. her first solo exhibition in was a collection of seascapes and landscapes as well as interiors and urban scenes painted from the window of her atelier, “in the joy of the greek light.” it was soon after this exhibition that “i fell in love,” and from then on, “i started painting the erotics,” she told me at the interview. when i asked her about whether her life and artwork were intertwined, ioannidou was bold and adamant, as we have already seen in the interview extract that opened this paper: “my painting is all about my life, nothing else. i have not found another reason to paint. for better or for worse, i can’t do otherwise. i say it as i feel it. if i want to take a distance and theorize it, my life is the prime raison d’être of my painting, but beyond that, every time i experiment with modalities of expression, i unconsciously respond to things of concern that i am not necessarily aware of. . . . my painting is of my times, a response to what is happening around me. . . . i can tell you that through my paintings, i tell my life story, i write my autobiography.” in elaborating on the complex interrelationship between her art and her life, ioannidou places her lived experiences at the heart of her artistic creativity, adding that her artistic expression preceded her cognitive understanding of complex relations with the world and with others: “first i paint something and it might take months or years to look back and understand how i felt at the time,” she told me at the interview. this reciprocal relation between art and life was expressed in the two cycles of her erotics, in and : “the first cycle of the erotics were landscapes. figures are still like shadows within spaces.” ioannidou thus sees her erotics exhibition as a continuation of the landscapes and interiors: “the emergence of the figure is still indiscernible in these oeuvres.” there was a feeling of incompleteness in this first cycle of the erotics, which is why she went on working with this theme until , when she had the second exhibition on the same theme. in her view, this second exhibition marked the point where “the encounter of bodies, as well as the energy they emitted in space” was exhausted, in her artwork but also in her life, as the turmoil of love came to devour her energy and creativity for a very long period: “i could not touch my brushes and i was not motivated whatsoever to paint.” ioannidou went through dark times of total disillusionment, not only with her own work and motivation but also with the wider state of things in art at the time: “painting was torturing me and i did not want to have anything to do with it.” despite her disillusionment, she kept her studio, “which meant something.” it was during these two years of artistic paralysis that she started doing some collage work with torn papers and other materials, which somehow expressed the chaos and fragmentation of her lived experiences, but which were also a sign of her flickering desire to reconstitute some sense of order and orientation: “this is why i have since thought that art took me out of this.” collage work was thus “the thread” that she took up again, supported by theoretical and auto/biographical readings, mostly artists’ diaries and journals. when this short interim period of collage work ended, women emerged as the overarching theme of her artwork: “with the women, my own self-healing started. . . . these were broken women in dark backgrounds, they were essentially like rubber dummies, who could barely live or stand on their feet and they were definitely endangered. . . . i worked with this theme for many years, five maybe, and that’s why the paintings evolve in phases; beyond those who melt away and are in the brink of existence, there were others who were leaping, crying, burning, setting themselves on fire, and in the last period there were the kourotrofoi and the kores, who start having bodily dimensions, take up a bit of space, feed and care for others.” ioannidou had difficulties in finding gallery space for her women, although she was reluctant to admit that it might have to do with the theme. what she vividly remembered is that the exhibition had a psychic influence on the spectators: “they were all leaving shaken.” the time of the exhibition was an eventful one in her personal and professional life: apart from immersing herself passionately into painting again, she left her job as an art teacher in a prestigious private school in athens. she separated from her lover and also founded the leschi artistic workshops, a community art club at the heart of an ethnic minority area in athens, which took up a lot of her energy, time, and creative work. her next exhibition in , a collection of bazaars and mermaids, was largely influenced by the leschi artistic workshops activities and particularly by the street theater performances that she had directed until then. this time it was not just her personal life but the everyday life of her neighborhood that inspired her artwork: “this was an urban area that hosted the muslim minority from thrace [northern greece], and it was like an island at the heart of the city with many children in the streets, not abandoned, but there were no boundaries between the house, the doorstep, and the street, and i somehow felt connected with this neighborhood. . . . it is not that i was not initially scared, but i eventually found it rich. so, as the muslim people would organize wedding parties in the street and would block the traffic and nobody stopped them and there would be barbecues and life music. . . . i had the idea of staging street theater performances for children.” it was in this colorful context of street theater, collective art workshops, and surrealist group writing that the figure of the mermaid emerged in ioannidou’s artwork. as a mythical greek female figure, the mermaid cast a spell on her artistic imagination to the point that, she says, “i thought i was the mermaid.” there were many playful elements in this cycle of work, which blended with images from her childhood, when she would be happy being left alone to play with button boxes and other mundane materials that she would reassemble and experiment with: “i was happy because i had been given beads and i could play with them.” having seen this exhibition in syros myself, i asked ioannidou about the role of texts in this cycle of her work. she told me that apart from objects, she had also been collecting literary and folk stories about the mermaid, some of which had found a place in her artwork. the autobiographical aspects of her artwork notwithstanding, she had never used her own texts in her work, since this would be very restrictive and would foreclose possibilities for whatever meaning her work might convey: “i am not interested in expressing myself through discourse. . . . i refuse to add textual commentaries on my work; it should speak for itself.” although refusing to write about her work, ioannidou was open to dialogic exchanges between her visual art and literary production, specifically poetry. as the mermaid cycle was coming full circle, the ai-giorgis (saint george) series emerged. this artistic idea did not come out of the blue: ai-giorgis was the answer to the mermaid series, this is what i said without knowing why. . . . it was during this time that i happened to listen to a verse from maria topali, which excited me, did something to me, it gave birth to images and ideas: i, st. george, shall free the all-beautiful one whom i hold captive in my guts, i, the dragon. i asked maria topali, “who is st. george?” and she told me “saint george is me” . . . so later in my paintings the all-beautiful one was saint george. . . .” the ai-giorgis series—some pieces of which were also exhibited in london at an exhibition i curated for the women artists who had participated in my project (tamboukou, “becomings”)—initiated a cycle of paintings by ioannidou wherein male, female, monster, and animal bodies are entangled and intertwined. it was through blending colors, lines, symbols, and figures that sex, gender, and human and nonhuman borders were traversed and reconfigured. the artist identified herself with st. george: “i was ai-giorgis,” she told me, but also “the all-beautiful one” becomes ai-giorgis in ioannidou’s artistic imagination. it is this explosion of human and nonhuman bodies in the artistic and auto/biographical imagination that i want to consider in the next section. in doing so, i will look at feminist theorizations of the body, and i will explore ways of seeing and understanding embodied depictions in textual and visual autographical narratives. corporeal feminisms and visual autographies feminist theorists have long interrogated philosophical representations of human embodiment. they have particularly grappled with the problem of how to theorize embodiment, considering the corporeality of the human condition as well as its multiple material, social, cultural, and sexual differences. visual theorists— feminists among them—have further been concerned with the difficulty of representing the diversity of bodies through language, images, and discourse, and they have radically interrogated representation as a concept. the literature is vast and ever growing, but for the purpose of this essay, i will focus on spinozist feminists and their critique of poststructuralist approaches to the body. judith butler’s work, and particularly her argument that bodies are always already effects of discursive formations, was pathbreaking in interrogating the sex-gender distinction (butler, bodies that matter). while undoing this distinction, however, butler’s work intensified the matter-representation dichotomy, as claire colebrook has argued (“from” ). in colebrook’s analysis, it was the australian philosophers genevieve lloyd, moira gatens, and elizabeth grosz who used corporeality “as a means of deconstructing [the] sameness/difference opposition” ( ), mostly influenced by spinoza and deleuze.” gatens’s work has been highly influential in the field of corporeal feminisms, and her notion of “imaginary bodies” has inspired new ways of interrogating discourses around and about the body. in explicating her use of the notion, gatens has clarified that “an imaginary body is not simply a product of subjective imagination, fantasy or folklore” (imaginary viii). it is rather used to denote “the (often unconscious) imaginaries of a specific culture: those ready-made images and symbols through which we make sense of social bodies” (viii). gatens’s idea of “imaginary bodies,” therefore, has been at the heart of how i have tried to understand artistic depictions of the female body in ioannidou’s paintings. here, i have been particularly captivated by gatens’s strong spinozistic influences in how she understands bodies, imagination, and expression: “drawing upon deleuze’s readings of spinoza, i have used spinoza’s notion of imagination in order to develop a notion of embodiment that posits multiple and historically specific social imaginaries” (gatens, imaginary x). what has also drawn gatens to spinoza is his take on imagination and his insistence to keep it as an important component of the philosophical analysis, succinctly encapsulated in the first proposition of the fourth part of the ethics: “nothing positive which a false idea has is removed by the presence of the true insofar as it is true” (e ivp ). as gatens has noted, spinozistic approaches to the theorization of the body have been largely neglected in anglo-american philosophy, although there has recently been an important wave of thinkers who have turned to spinoza’s ideas and writings for inspiration in the area of bodies, body politics, and beyond. although biology and natural sciences have radically changed and advanced since spinoza’s times, his monistic philosophy has opened up ways to transcend dualisms that have dominated social and political thought in modernity, the mind-body distinction being one of them. as gatens succinctly puts it, “for spinoza the body is not part of passive nature ruled over by an active mind but rather the body is the ground of human action” (imaginary ). since “the mind is the idea of the body” in spinoza’s universe, there is an ongoing body-mind interaction, a process through which neither the body nor the mind can be frozen or stabilized as substances; they are rather becomings in a neverending process of transformation. lloyd has responded to spinoza’s proposition, arguing that “the body is not the underlying cause of the mind’s awareness and knowledge, but rather the mind’s object—what it knows. and the mind knows itself only through reflection on its ideas of body. its nature is to be the idea of a particular body” (“woman” ). it is through this mind-body assemblage that reason is not a force that submits the body to the orders and control of the mind. as sarah donovan has noted, “the mind is constituted by the affirmation of the actual existence of the body, and reason is active and embodied, precisely because it is the affirmation of a particular bodily existence” ( ). perceived beyond the mind-body dichotomy, reason thus emerges in its splendid materiality and situatedness. once we have moved beyond the mind-body split and we have established “that the mind and the body are one and the same thing [and] that the order of actions and passions of the mind is, by nature, at one with the order of actions and passions of the mind” (e iiip s), then we can understand spinoza’s beautiful scholium in the third part of the ethics that “no one has yet determined what the body can do” (e iiip s). deleuze has particularly drawn on this passage to argue that this scholium is spinoza’s “cry” about what ethics should be about: “the point of view of an ethics is: of what are you capable, what can you do? hence a return to this sort of cry of spinoza’s: what can a body do? we never know in advance what a body can do. we never know how we’re organized and how the modes of existence are enveloped in somebody” (“cours”). in deleuze’s reading of spinoza’s thought as expressionism in philosophy, the structure (fabrica) of a body and its potential for action cannot be separated: “what a body can do corresponds to the nature and limits of its capacity to be affected” (expressionism ). it is within this spinozist-deleuzian ontology that the body is not a ground, a being, or a substance but a modality of expression. as lloyd has commented, we can grasp the notion of “expression” in deleuze through the metaphors of the mirror and the seed: “spinoza’s attributes are mirrors, each expressing in its own way the essence of substances. but what is ‘expressed’ is also enveloped in the expression, like the tree in the seed” (spinoza ). this idea of expressionism in philosophy— and particularly its readings in corporeal feminisms—has been catalytic in the way i have seen ioannidou’s autographical depictions of the body, as i will discuss in the next section. but how is the body seen in the light of feminist approaches to visual autographies? in using the notion of “autography,” i have drawn on domna stanton’s important work, the female autograph, wherein she has bracketed “bio,” that is life, from autobiographical theorizing. she did that not to deny that there is a “real” life out there but to foreground the problematic relationship between lived experiences and their representation, be it textual or visual. stanton’s insights have opened a line of feminist theorization of the autographical subject, which i have traced, followed, and indeed bended in my own work with textual and visual narratives of the female self. how we see, sense, interpret, and textualize art and how we bring together texts and images are pertinent questions around which a rich body of literature and a range of quite different approaches has evolved. in thus exploring the body in the context of visual autographies, i have deployed a mode of seeing, very much drawing on deleuze’s take on paintings developed in his work on bacon and in his coauthored text with felix guattari, a thousand plateaus (tamboukou, “beyond”). there are two main themes that i have found particularly interesting for my own experiment in seeing: the concept of “faciality” and the problem of “painting forces.” ronald bogue has pithily noted that deleuze sees the human face “as an important constituent of every social configuration of language practices and power relations” ( ). deleuze has theorized the task of painting as “the attempt to render visible forces that are not themselves visible” (francis ). “dismantling the face” and “capturing forces” have therefore become central axes in my analytical strategies of ioannidou’s autographical paintings. while working in the fold of life and art, however, i have always been aware of the problem that griselda pollock has so succinctly identified and criticized, namely the auto/biographical lens that women artists’ work has often been viewed through, as opposed to “the universal principles” that male artists’ work is often assumed to address even when their work is discussed in relation to their life (differencing ). in tackling the problem of what i have called the “autobiographication” of women’s art (tamboukou, in the fold ), it is not the “bio” but rather ioannidou’s art as an autographic practice that i have focused on—that is, the multiplicity of ways she constitutes and indeed makes sense of herself as an artist through her art. as beautifully expressed in her interview, through painting she was expressing affects, emotions, and feelings, well before she had become aware of them. in this context, it is not ioannidou’s “real life” events that i have been interested in, then, but “the logic of sense” (deleuze, logic) and indeed “the logic of sensation” (deleuze, francis) that allow autographical images and embodied figures to emerge from her paintings as “two sides of a certain folding” (colebrook, “grammar” ), the folding between life and art. pointing to the relation between philosophy and art in deleuze and guattari’s thought, colebrook has noted that “whereas philosophers create concepts that lead thought to the plane of pure difference from which intensities emerge, artists present us with those intensities” (understanding ). what i therefore argue is that ioannidou’s paintings create planes of intensities for singularities to emerge and forces to be released. in charting these intensities and forces, i have drawn upon her artwork as well as her life story to create an assemblage of visual and textual images of embodiment. it is thus to ioannidou’s artwork that i now turn, particularly focusing on her pictorial approaches to the body in three cycles of her work, the erotics, women, and ai-giorgis (saint george). painting what a body can do although as we have seen in the first section, ioannidou locates the emergence of the erotics theme in the landscapes and interiors she painted upon her return to athens in , bodies emerge in her paintings through her first cycle of the erotics, created between and . her first exhibition in was a continuation of her landscapes series and comprised small-scale paintings, where body figures are indiscernible and entangled, saturated by mostly red, blue, and greenish backgrounds. the artist was still uncertain about the role of these figures in her paintings, and so she went on with the erotics series until , the date of her second exhibition. her colors became darker in this second series, with mostly brown and grey hues; the paintings became bigger, while the bodies got even more entangled and indiscernible, gradually losing their sex and gender markers that were more readily identified in the first series. this second series is stronger in painting bodies that emit energy and intensities of pleasure and pain. it was the possibility of bodies to affect and to be affected that the artist was interested in, “the ferment of bodies,” as she put it in her interview. figure : erotics, oil on canvas x “i shall consider human actions and appetites just as if it were a question of lines, planes and bodies,” wrote spinoza in the third part of the ethics (e, iii). as deleuze has pointed out, spinoza defines beings “by their capacity for being affected by the affections of which they are capable, the excitations to which they react, those by which they are unaffected, and those which exceed their capacity and make them ill or cause them to die” (spinoza ). the more bodies become aware of their capacity to act the more joyful they become. joy (laetitia) in spinoza’s philosophy is a primary affect, tightly interwoven with the crucial concept of conatus, the desire to persevere in our existence, as the essence of all beings—humans and nonhumans. sadness (tristia) comes with the gradual realization that we lose the power to affect and be affected, and this capacity to act rather than be acted on “is an expression of one’s freedom, power, virtue or conatus,” gatens has pithily noted (“politics” ). thus bodies do not act in isolation; their power to act, to affect, and to be affected is always relational. it is in this light that embodiment in spinoza’s thought is not about individual bodies but about “their total milieu” (gatens, “politics” ). it is precisely the “total milieu” of embodied encounters that ioannidou’s erotics forcefully express, visualizing the “lines, planes and bodies” that spinoza refers to, in defining “human actions and appetites,” as we have seen above. in painting lines, planes, and bodies, ioannidou’s artistic practices dismantle the faces of the lovers, rendering them indiscernible and insignificant. it is the encounter of the bodies, their movement in space, and the energy they emit that the artist is interested in as she tries to make sense of eros’s effects upon her own constitution as a woman in love: “the question for my art has always been how you can freeze in a pictorial image the sensation of some boiling material, which is most probably me.” i was particularly attracted to ioannidou’s idea of creating images of eros as an assemblage of corporeal forces. as i have argued elsewhere in my work, love is often conceptualized as passion in philosophical histories, while “women in love” is a topic often invoking passivity and submission or hysteria and madness (tamboukou, nomadic). ioannidou’s erotics visualize the embodied link between eros, desire, and movement and bring the body at the heart of visually capturing love as force. but, as deleuze has commented above on spinoza’s ontology, there are forces that exceed the capacity of bodies and may “make them ill or cause them to die.” it is such a destructive period that ioannidou went through in her life and work, temporarily defeated by the erotic forces she had celebrated in her paintings: “this great love almost destroyed me . . . and i started doubting the whole idea of painting, as a mode of expression.” it is after this dark period that women emerged as a forceful topic in her art, as we have already seen in the first section. painting became for ioannidou a mode of experimentation: it was through colors, lines, and embodied planes that she expressed forces of “becoming other.” there are several striking motifs in this autographical series of female body paintings that i want to discuss in the light of spinoza’s philosophical insights around the unpredictability of “what a body can do”: ) bodies that fold and unfold, thus blurring distinctions between inner and outer boundaries; ) bodies that hang in space with no orientation or association; ) bodies that move and dance anxiously, leaping or falling; ) body lines that become curves at the end of the cycle; and ) embodied encounters in caring relations that put forward the figure of the wet nurse—not the mother. as susan langer has shown, “motifs are organized devices that give the artist’s imagination a start. . . . they guide it forward and guide its progress” (feeling ). figure : women-mato ioannidou, acrylic on paper, x , deleuze has used leibniz’s concept of “the fold” to trace connections between spaces and bodies: the world folds into the self in different speeds and on a variety of levels and intensities, affecting the ways we live, relate to other bodies, and make sense of our worldliness (deleuze, fold). at the same time, however, we keep folding out into the world, as foucault in his later work argued, acting upon received knowledge, discourses, and practices and thus molding ourselves as subjects through the deployment of “technologies of the self” (foucault, “technologies of the self”). elspeth probyn has particularly pointed to the crucial concept of “the fold” in both foucault’s and deleuze’s analyses, foregrounding the very constitution of subjectivity as an incessant process of folding and unfolding: “the act of pleating or folding (‘la pliure’) is thus the doubling-up, the refolding, the bending-onto-itself of the line of the outside in order to constitute the inside/outside—the modes of the self” ( ). in this light, the artist’s erotic experiences fold into her body, activating a series of movements, thoughts, affects, and eventually pictorial practices that render embodied forces visible through processes of symbolic transformation. this was most influentially theorized by langer, who took symbols as the expression of relations between material components and entities. symbols are always material, she argued, looking closely at the minutiae, processes, and details of their transformation into words, propositions, and artwork (philosophy ). in this context, bodies hanging in space are pictorial symbols of the artist’s feelings of creative paralysis, of having lost the desire to paint, of having surrendered herself to the black holes and destructive forces of eros, as recounted in her interview. “a work of art is often a spontaneous expression of feeling, i.e., a symptom of the artist’s state of mind,” langer has noted (feeling ). ioannidou has clearly admitted in her interview that in the beginning of her women series their bodies expressed this feeling between existence and nonexistence, the ambiguity of art’s and life’s worth in their interrelation. in this sense, her female bodies hanging in space have become “significant forms,” a concept introduced by art critic clive bell to denote “lines and colors combined in a particular way, certain forms and relations of forms, [that] stir our aesthetic emotions” ( ). bell coined this concept to articulate the idea that even when artworks cannot be linked to a recognizable context, they can still be expressive through their “significant form” as “the one quality common to all works of visual art” ( ). female bodies frozen in different positions of motion and rest thus became “significant forms,” expressing the artist’s feelings but also stirring the viewers’ affects and imagination, although on different levels and in different times. while for ioannidou women expressed her emergence from the black hole of non-creativity, viewers would be thrown into the darkness the artist had escaped from; “they would leave shaken by the slaughtered women,” as ioannidou puts it. it is precisely the artist’s escape that the bodies’ movement and dance would ultimately express: “in art forms are abstracted only to be made clearly apparent, and are freed from their common use only to be put to new uses: to act as symbols, to become expressive of human feeling,” langer has aptly commented (feeling ). female bodies in ioannidou’s women fly down from high above and move through disjointed articulations. yet in their free-falling movement, they reassemble the artist’s conatus, her will to persevere: while they throw light to what has come to ruin, they also point to new possibilities and potentialities—one can never know what a woman’s body can do. as women’s bodies move against destruction and erasure, they gradually take up space and expand. it is through this ongoing process that “transpositions” occur: lines turn into embodied curves, and the female figure, on the brink of extinction, becomes a source of life and care. in rosi braidotti’s theorization, transpositions is a concept drawn from both music and genetics indicating “an intertextual, cross-boundary or transversal transfer, in the sense of a leap from one code, field or axis into another, not merely in the quantitative mode of plural multiplications, but rather in the qualitative sense of complex multiplicities” (transpositions ). the artist holds her lines and curves together as a variation on the theme of how it feels to be a woman. there are changes, ruptures, and shifts, but also an overall harmonious pattern, while “central to transpositions is the notion of material embodiment” expressed through a spatial rhythm of forms, intersecting planes, shadows, and lights; in short, the artist’s pictorial techniques. for henri matisse, expression is not about “the passion that will burst upon a face or will be asserted by a violent movement” ( ), it is rather the overall arrangement of the “virtual space” of the picture that becomes a plane for embodied forces to become visible. as langer has noted, we should not conflate the space we live and experience with “the virtual space” of the picture, which is created by means of color and “exists for vision alone” (feeling ). interestingly enough, the curved figures are not “mothers” but kourotrofoi, women who feed and nurture in the tradition of neolithic figurines. although ioannidou’s late women are depicted as carers, they do not necessarily become mothers, an essentialist trap that the artist carefully avoids. it was this artistic commitment to “transpositions” that was taken forward to the ai-giorgis (saint george) series. as we have already seen in the first section, the inspiration for these paintings was a verse from a poem wherein saint george pledges to free “the all-beautiful one” from the dragon. but the figures of the poetess, the artist, saint george, the dragon, and “the all-beautiful one” are blended in this series of paintings. replete with embodied encounters between monsters, women, animals, and mythical figures, the ai-giorgis series is a cartography of metamorphoses, transpositions, and becomings par excellence. as braidotti has suggested, becoming is “a collective assemblage of forces that coalesce around commonly shared elements and empower them to grow and to last” (metamorphoses ). the ai-giorgis series thus becomes an assemblage where humans, animals, and monsters join forces, and in doing so they get entangled in a plane of immanence, where bodily differences become indiscernible. this process of becoming is saturated by desires and affects and thus explodes conventions of visual and textual representations. “the all-beautiful one” becomes saint george, trying to kill the dragon, who lives within her viscera. the face of “the all-beautiful one” returns powerful in this series. moreover, the mythical figure of saint george brings in more religious myths in ioannidou’s paintings, most notably eve and the serpent as the visual motif of “the cursed women,” as ioannidou told me in the interview. in creating this series of paintings, ioannidou was inspired by a wide range of motifs, colors, and techniques from religious and popular art, radically disrupting their conventions through the female nude and the female face in countless repetitions and renditions. the fusion and blending of bodies is strikingly visible in this series, since “the encounter of two bodies bring something more than the two bodies together,” as she told me at the interview. figure : saint george, mato ioannidou, x , oil on canvas, given that “the process of becoming is collectively driven,” in braidotti’s theorization (metamorphoses ), it creates its own imaginaries. in this light the ai-giorgis series is the artist’s visual imaginary par excellence. it obviously does not express unconscious desires and dreams, as in salvador dali’s surrealist paintings, among others. rather, ioannidou’s series remains close to the social and cultural practices that created conditions of possibility for the artist to reimagine the female figure within religious and cultural myths that had initially marginalized and excluded her. the body of “the all-beautiful one” is clearly crucial in this process, wherein the imaginary functions as “a symbolic glue between the social and the self, the outside and the subject; the material and the ethereal” ( ). through the human, animal, and monster figures that blend and intra-act in the pictorial space, the artist blurs boundaries between actions and passions, reason and imagination, body and mind. ai-giorgis thus visualizes a plane of intensities as a spinozistic way of living with intensities, and in doing so it increases one’s reasonable understanding and intuitive knowledge and therefore freedom. the depiction of “the all-beautiful one” riding her horse and slaying the dragon in her guts is one of the most powerful symbols of becoming free. the idea of becoming rather than being free comes from deleuze’s reading of spinoza: “man is not born free, but becomes free or frees himself” (spinoza ). it is this process of becoming free through action that ioannidou’s artwork has visually expressed. embodied cartographies of feelings in this paper, i have looked at entanglements between life and art in a woman artist’s paintings. throughout her life-history interview, ioannidou expressed in no uncertain terms that her art was all about her life, but the autobiographical components of her artistic compositions cannot be subsumed under any regime of representation-based ways of thinking, not in terms of mediating “the real self of the artist.” her artwork has thus been seen and discussed in the light of expressionism, a line of thinking that deleuze has traced back to spinoza’s philosophy. in this light, ioannidou’s pictorial images have expressed feelings, affects, impressions, and desires as responses to “the real” rather than representations of it. the artist’s response to the concerns, problems, and questions of “real life” in general and her own self in particular has the body at its heart. indeed, the body has become the central piece of ioannidou’s artwork. it has created a material unity for the artist’s imaginaries to unfold through lines, colors, planes, and forms expressed in a sequence of cycles in her artwork. presented and discussed as a series rather than single works of art, ioannidou’s paintings chart planes of lived experiences in terms of resolving space-time tensions and creating visual rhythms, eventually becoming embodied cartographies of affects, emotions, and feelings. as langer has noted, it is not pure sensation that creates unity and meaning in human life but rather “sensation remembered and anticipated, feared or sought or even imagined and eschewed . . . by virtue of our thought and imagination we have not only feelings, but a life of feeling” (feeling ). it is thus “lives of feelings” that ioannidou’s paintings express through a variety of pictorial techniques and aesthetic practices that revolve around the female body, perceived within different sociocultural encounters, regimes, and imaginaries. acknowledgement i want to thank mato ioannidou for generously sharing her life story and for giving me permission to include images of her beautiful paintings in this article. notes for an overview of this project, see tamboukou, “in the fold.” the exhibition that i saw in syros in had also been curated in athens in . for an overview, see ioannidou, “astra.” for an overview of her work, see ioannidou, homepage. for more information on plin, see plin. for more information on bertholle, see bertholle. camille claudel was a french sculptor who worked with rodin but also had a volatile relationship with him. for an overview of this exhibition, see ioannidou, “third.” for an overview of these two exhibitions, see ioannidou, “adyto”; and “ .” for an overview of her work, see ioannidou, “leschi.” also, as noted above, see ioannidou, “astra.” see ioannidou, “adam.” verse translated by alexandra halkias. see topali. for an overview of this body of literature, see gonzalez-arnal et al.; and price and shildrick. see, among others, davis, et al.; fleetwood; jones; mirzoeff; and rice. for an overview of feminists’ encounters with deleuze, see buchanan and colebrook; and nigianni and storr. abbreviated references to the ethics follow the conventions introduced by curley in the introduction to a spinoza reader (xxxv). thus: e=ethics, p=proposition, s=scholium see gatens, ed. for a comprehensive overview of this field. “[t]he object of the idea constituting the human mind is the body. or a certain mode of extension which actually exists, and nothing else” (e iip ). see gilmore; perrault; and tamboukou, “relational.” see, among others, brophy and hladki; gingell and roy; pollock, vision; riessman-kohler; rose; smith and watson; and tamboukou, “narrative.” for more information, see “adyto.” for more information, see “ .” for more information, see “women.” for more information, see “adam.” works cited bell, clive. art. new york: f. a. stokes, . print. jean bertholle. wikipedia, n.d. web. feb. . bogue, ronald. deleuze on music, painting and the arts. london: routledge, . print. braidotti, rosi. metamorphoses: towards a materialist theory of becoming. cambridge: polity, . print. —. transpositions: on nomadic ethics. cambridge: polity, . print. brophy, sarah, and janice hladki, eds. embodied politics in visual autobiography. toronto: u of toronto p, . print. buchanan, ian, and claire colebrook, eds. deleuze and feminist theory. edinburgh: edinburgh up, . print. butler, judith. bodies that matter: on the discursive limits of sex. london: routledge, . print. colebrook, claire. “from radical representations to corporeal becomings: the feminist philosophy of lloyd, grosz and gatens.” hypatia . ( ): – . print. —. “a grammar of becoming: strategy, subjectivism and style.” becomings: explorations in time, memory, and futures. ed. elizabeth grosz. ithaca: cornell up, . – . print. —. understanding deleuze. crows nest, nsw: allen & unwin, . print. curley, edwin, ed. and trans. a spinoza reader: the ethics and other works: benedict de spinoza. princeton: princeton up, . print. davis, rocío, et al., eds. aesthetic practices and politics in media, music, and art: performing migration. london: routledge, . print. deleuze, gilles. expressionism in philosophy: spinoza. trans. martin joughin. new york: zone, . print. —. the fold: leibniz and the baroque. trans. t. conley. minneapolis: u of minnesota p, . print. —. francis bacon: the logic of sensation. trans. daniel w. smith. . london: continuum, . print. —. “cours vincennes: ontologie/ethique, dec. .” les cours de gille deleuze. webdeleuze, . feb. . —. the logic of sense. trans. mark lester. . london: continuum, . print. —. spinoza: practical philosophy. trans. robert hurley. san francisco: city lights, . print. deleuze, gilles, and felix guattari. a thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia. trans. brian massumi. . london: athlone, . print. donovan, sarah. “rereading irigaray’s spinoza.” gatens, ed. – . fleetwood, nicole r. troubling visions: performance, visuality, and blackness. chicago: u of chicago p, . print. foucault, michel. “technologies of the self”. technologies of the self. eds. luther, h. martin, huck, gutman, patrick, h. hutton. london: tavistock. - . print. gatens, moira. imaginary bodies: ethics, power and corporeality. london: routledge, . print. —. “the politics of the imagination.” feminist interpretations of benedict spinoza. ed. gatens. university park: pennsylvania state up. – . print. gatens, moira, ed. feminist interpretations of benedict spinoza. london: routledge, . print. gilmore, leigh. autobiographics: a feminist theory of women’s self-representation. ithaca: cornell up, . print. gingell, susan, and wendy roy, eds. listening up, writing down, and looking beyond: interfaces of the oral, written, and visual. waterloo: wilfred laurier up, . print. gonzalez-arnal, stella, et al., eds. embodied selves. london: palgrave. . print. grosz, elizabeth. volatile bodies: toward a corporeal feminism. bloomington: indiana up, . print. ioannidou, mato. “ .” mato ioannidou. web. feb. . —. “adam .” mato ioannidou. web. feb. . —. “adyto .” mato ioannidou. web. feb. . —. “astra .” mato ioannidou. web. feb. . —. homepage. mato ioannidou. web. feb. . —. “leschi.” mato ioannidou. web. feb. . —. personal interview. may . —. “third [to trito mati ].” mato ioannidou. web. feb. . —. “women .” mato ioannidou. web. feb. . jones, amelia. “material traces: performativity, artistic ‘work,’ and new concepts of agency.” tdr: the drama review ( ): – . print. langer, susanne k. feeling and form. london: routledge & kegan paul, . print. —. philosophy in a new key: a study in the symbolism of reason, rite and art. . new york: mentor books, . print. lloyd, genevieve. spinoza and the ethics. london: routledge, . print. —. “woman as other: sex, gender, and subjectivity.” australian feminist studies . ( ): – . print. matisse, henri. “notes d’un peintre, .” matisse on art. ed. jack d. flam. berkeley: u of california p, . – . print. mirzoeff, nicholas. the right to look: a counterhistory of visuality. durham: duke up, . print. nigianni, chrysanthi, and merl storr, eds. deleuze and queer theory. edinburgh: edinburgh up, . print. perrault, jeanne. writing selves: contemporary feminist autography. minneapolis: u of minnesota p, . print. roger plin. wikipedia, n.d. web. feb. . pollock, griselda. differencing the canon: feminist desire and the writing of art’s histories. london: routledge, . print. —. vision and difference: femininity, feminism and the histories of art. london: routledge, . print. price, janet, and shildrick, margrit, eds. feminist theory and the body: a reader, edinburgh: edinburgh up, . print. probyn, elspeth. sexing the self: gendered positions in cultural studies. london: routledge, . print. rice, carla. becoming women: the embodied self in image culture. toronto: toronto up, . print. riessman-kohler, catherine. narrative methods for the human sciences. london: sage, . print. rose, gillian. visual methodologies: an introduction to the interpretation of visual materials. . london: sage, . print. smith, sidonie, and julia watson, eds. interfaces: women, autobiography, image, performance. hawaii: u of hawai’i p, . print spinoza, baruch. ethics. ed. seymour feldman. trans. samuel shirley. indianapolis: hackett, . print. stanton, domna c., ed. the female autograph: theory and practice of autobiography from the tenth to the twentieth century. chicago: u of chicago p, . print. tamboukou, maria. “becomings: narrative entanglements and microsociology.” forum: qualitative social research . ( ): – . institute for qualitative research. web. feb. . —. “beyond figuration and narration: deleuzian approaches to gwen john’s paintings.” deleuze studies . ( ): – . —. “in the fold between life and art.” mariatamboukoupersonalblog, n.d. web. feb. . —. “narrative personae and visual signs: reading leonard’s intimate photo-memoir.” a/b: auto/biography studies . ( ): – . —. nomadic narratives, visual forces: gwen john’s letters and paintings. new york: peter lang, . print. —. “relational narratives: autobiography and the portrait.” women studies international forum ( ): – . print. topali, maria. “dream on a light blue background.” tea set. . greek poetry now!: a directory for contemporary greek poetry, translated by alexandra halkias, www.greekpoetrynow.com/poet_poems_eng/topali_poems.html. accessed feb. . painting the body: feminist musings on visual autographies abstract mato ioannidou: a self-portrait of the artist corporeal feminisms and visual autographies painting what a body can do embodied cartographies of feelings acknowledgement notes works cited ÆмÇÇ¥Áö ±Ç½Ã¸®Áî j. fash. bus. vol. , no. : - , may. issn - (print) http://dx.doi.org/ . /jfb. . . . issn - (online) corresponding author: jeansuk cho, tel. + - - - , fax. + - - e-mail : bich @naver.com this research is a part of master’s thesis. this research was presented at the spring conference of the korean society of fashion business. 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구: 패브릭 패턴 디자인을 중심으로 이목결 조진숙· + 가천대학교 예술대학 디자인학부 패션디자인전공 the development of a bag design using the yi tribe's traditional patterns: focusing on the fabric pattern design mokgyul lee · jeansuk cho+ dept. of fashion design, college of art, gachon university abstract the purpose of this study is to link the yi tribe's traditional patterns to bag design. yi tribe is a minor ethic group in china, whose traditional pattern has a high artistic value in that its shapes are diverse and each one has peculiar elegance. traditional patterns are also indicative of spiritual dept or symbolic stories, rather than being indicative of simple formative beauty. thus, reorganizing these patterns and applying them artistically to design- in terms of resource utilization- would be significant. out of all of the yi tribe's traditional patterns, the cherry blossom_( ), water wave_( ), sky father and earth 花 水波马樱 mother_( ), pomegranate blossom, triangle, sheep' horn, wisteria vine_( ), square 天父地母 藤条 and diaper_( ) and the zigzag_( ) patterns were chosen for use during the 四角菱形 曲折 development of a bag design. this study is based upon document study, including research papers and internet web sites, the point of which was to investigate the form of the traditional patterns, and the creative design process. the design procedure includes these sub-processes: selection, arrangement and color-scheme. in the selection process, the form of the pattern was edited using adobe photoshop. the pattern was freely arranged to reflect various emotions. in terms of the color-scheme of the patterns, the colors used by henri matisse( - ) in his work were selected and adapted when dyeing the patterns. subsequently, the final design resulting from these design development processes was applied to the actual production of the bag by using canvas fabric and 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 서론. Ⅰ 현대사회에 산업주의 물질만능주의가 심화되면서 , 위기감의 해결방안으로 기계와 물질적인 가치보다는 자연과 정신적인 가치에 의미를 두는 동양문화에 대 한 관심이 증가하고 있다 최근 잡지나 인터넷을 살. 펴보면 서구에서는 아시아 여러 나라의 에스닉한 , 요소들을 패션 뿐 아니라 여러 디자인 분야에서도 다양하게 활용하고 있음을 알 수 있다 서양문화의 . 물질적 관념과는 대조적인 동양문화의 정신을 재해 석하여 활용한 것이다 이처럼 동서양의 융합현상이 . 일어나는 세계적 흐름 속에서 동양의 전통적 요소에 대한 발굴과 이에 대한 활용을 모색하는 연구는 동 양문화에 대한 관심과 비중을 높이고 신선하고 우수 한 디자인을 개발한다는 측면에서도 매우 필요하다. 본 연구에서 다루고자 하는 이족은 본 연구자의 조상으로 박물관이나 전시회 또는 관련된 자료를 통 해서 살펴보면 전통복식이 매우 다채롭고 화려하여 , 문화적 자긍심을 갖게 한다 또한 이족의 전통복식. 은 그 자체의 아름다움 뿐 아니라 천백년이래 형성 된 전통 관념이나 문화를 심층적으로 보여주고 있으 며 더욱이 전통복식에 나타난 문양들은 그 형태가 , 독창적이고 아름다우며 심지어 어떤 문양들은 현대 화가의 작품을 연상케 하기도 한다 일반적으로 문. 양은 대중들의 생활 풍습이나 정서를 상징적으로 표 현한 것으로서 오랜 역사를 통하여 변화와 발전을 거듭하면서 한 민족의 전통문양으로 정착된다 따라. 서 전통문양 속에는 장식적인 아름다움과 함께 그 민족의 의식이나 관념 즉 고유한 내면의 이미지를 , 간직하고 있다 단순히 형태적인 아름다움에만 그치. 지 않고 정신적인 내면의 깊이 또는 상징적 스토리, 를 보여준다는 것이다 문화로부터 자유로운 세계적 . 디자인은 존재하지 않는다 세계화와 다문화 시대의 . 흐름 속에서 현대의 많은 디자인은 문화적 시각에서 만들어지고 있으며 문화는 디자인의 이미지를 결정 하는 보이지 않는 뿌리이다 라는 측면에(yun, ) 서 볼 때 민족 고유의 멋을 나타내는 전통문양들은 , 디자인의 이미지와 경쟁력을 갖게 하는 중요한 요소 로서 독창적 아이디어 제시에 좋은 소재가 된다 따. 라서 이를 재편성하여 예술적으로 디자인에 활용한 다는 것은 자원의 활용 전통과 현대의 융합 그리고 , 전통문화의 재발굴이라는 측면에서 매우 의미 있는 일이다 이처럼 본 연구자는 조상의 전통문화를 발. 굴하여 현대적 디자인에 활용하는 연구를 진행함으 로써 문화산업에 기여한다는 점에 자부심을 갖고, 독창적인 아름다움을 표현하고 있는 이족의 전통문 양을 모티브로 창의적인 가방디자인을 개발하고자 한다. 가방은 물건을 넣어 들거나 메고 다닐 수 있게 만 든 용구(national academy of the korean 로 처음에는 기능이 강조된 의복의 languae, ) 부속물로 시작하였으나 현대에 와서 기능보다는 개 인의 외모를 장식해주는 패션소품으로서 의상에 버 금가는 역할을 하고 있다 세기 현대여성에게 있. 어서 가방은 단순히 실용적 목적 뿐 아니라 지위, 신분 취향 등을 상징하는 아이템이 되었다 특히 , . 가방의 로고나 디자인을 통해 사람의 직업이나 경제 적인 지위를 가늠하는 단서가 되어 사회적 지위를 나타내기도 한다(jung, kim, bang, cho & kim, 최근 세계적인 가방 트렌드를 살펴보면 형 ). , 태적 측면보다는 소재의 측면에서 고유한 패턴과 색 상을 활용하여 새로운 디자인을 제시하고 있다 일. leather, after which the bag image was proposed using computer simulation. in conclusion, six bag designs were created using traditional patterns from the yi tribe. through the processes explained above, this study confirmed that traditional patterns could be widely applied as design motifs and that more sophisticated, modern, and creative designs could be developed based on traditional patterns. key words : 이족의 전통문양 가방디자인yi tribe' traditional pattern( ), bag design( ), a 문양 배치 문양의 색채배색rrangement of the pattern( ), color-scheme of the pattern( ) 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 반적으로 브랜드마다 가방의 외형 디자인은 거의 한 정되어 있고 그들만의 고유한 소재패턴을 개발함으, 로써 소비자들에게 상품인지도를 높이고 그 가치를 인정받고 있다(sung & oh, ). 본 연구에서 개발하고자 하는 가방디자인의 외형 은 손에 들고 다니는 손가방으로 박스형이며 일상, 생활에서 편리하게 사용하는 캐주얼한 용도의 가방 이다 캐주얼한 용도의 가방은 정장용보다는 가격이 . 저렴하고 개발이 용이하기 때문에 소재패턴도 기하 학적무늬 꽃무늬 동물무늬 다양한 무늬의 믹스, , , , 팝아트무늬 에스닉한 무늬 등 다양하다, (kim & 이러한 다양한 무늬의 홍수 속에서 본 jung, ). 연구의 문화적 정체성을 보여주는 전통문양에 현대 적 기법을 활용한 재해석은 현대적 요소의 접목을 통해 이를 차별화시키고 대중화 시킬 수 있다는 의, 의를 제공할 것으로 기대된다. 연구방법은 이론적 연구로 이족복식과 관련된 문 헌 인터넷 선행연구 등을 통하여 이족의 전통복식, , 과 문양을 고찰하였다 그리고 색채 배색을 위하여 . 야수파의 대표적 화가인 앙리 마티스(henri 의 작품에 대해서도 고찰하였matisse, - ) 다 색채배색은 선행연구를 통해 살펴보면 한국적 . , 색상 유행색상 현대미술에 나타난 색상 디자이너 , , , 컨셉에 의한 색상 아프리카의 민속적 색상 사용 등, 으로 다양하게 나타났다 본 (kang & cho, ). 연구에서는 문양의 형태는 전통적이지만 현대적이면 서도 글로벌한 이미지를 부여하고자 서양의 여러 현 대미술 작가들 중에서 앙리 마티스(henri matisse, 를 선택하였다 이는 앙리 마티스 작품 - ) . 에 표현된 색채가 단순하고 강렬하기 때문에 의상과 조화를 이루거나 악센트를 주는 가방의 이미지를 표 현하는데 적절하다고 사료되었기 때문이다 실증적 . 연구로 가방디자인 개발과정은 문헌 인터넷 선행, , 연구 등을 통하여 얻어진 이론을 바탕으로 문양의 형태 선정 문양의 배치 문양의 색채 배색 등의 과, , 정을 거쳤다 문양의 형태 선정은 전통적인 형태를 . 그대로 사용하기로 하였으며 문양의 배치는 전통문, 양만을 배치한 것과 전통문양과 기하문양을 함께 배 치한 것 등 두 가지 방법을 사용하였다 문양의 색. 채 배색은 앙리 마티스의 작품들에서 색상을 추출한 후 추출된 색상을 중심으로 배색하였다 이와 같은 , . 과정을 거쳐서 완성된 디자인은 캔버스 원단 (canvas)(dictionary of the costume 과 부, ) 분적으로 가죽을 사용하여 실제로 가방을 제작한 후 컴퓨터 시뮬레이션 작업을 통해서 가상으로 제, 시하였다. 본 연구는 이러한 전통적 요소와 현대적 요소와의 융합을 통한 디자인 프로세스를 거쳐서 창의적인 가 방디자인이 개발될 수 있음을 밝힘으로써 가방디자 인의 다양한 발상을 위한 기초 자료를 제시 할 수 있다는데 그 의의를 두며 이러한 연구결과가 세계, 화를 향한 가방디자인 개발에 도움이 되었으면 한다. 이론적 배경. Ⅱ 이족의 전통복식 . 중국의 소수민족인 이족은 원래 고대의 강인 (羌 이 남하하여 서남지역의 토박이 부족과 서로 다)人 투고 경쟁해 나가면서 한편으로는 끊임없이 융합하 여 형성된 민족이다 원래 이족은 이라는 명칭. 夷族 이었는데 청나라 시절에 한족이 아닌 만주인을 이 오랑캐 라고 부르기 때문에 그 호칭을 싫어해서 ( : )夷 소리가 동음인 라는 글자로 교체하였다(yi tribe, 彝 수당 이래로 이족의 조상들은 오랫동 ). ( ) 隋唐 안 변화와 발전을 거듭하면서 그 활동범위를 점차 넓혀서 오늘날 운남 사천 귀주 의 ( ), ( ), ( )云南 四川 州贵 성 과 광서 의 일부분까지 이족의 핵심 거 ( ) ( )省 广西 주지역이 되었다. 이족은 역사적으로 종족관념이 깊고 지계 가 , ( )支系 많으며 자연환경이 산 평야 강 등으로 이루어져 , , , 있기 때문에 복잡하다 따라서 지역별로 산업 유형. 이 다르고 다른 민족과의 교류정도에 따라 복식의 , 형태나 소재 액세서리 문양 등이 다른 특징을 이, , 루고 있다 즉 지역에 따라 복식에 전통(figure ). , 적인 특징이 강하게 나타나거나 다른 민족의 영향을 받은 것이 반영된 것이다 그러나 공통적인 것은 이. 족이 호랑이를 숭상하고 검정색을 선호하며 불을 , 존경하고 무 를 숭상한다는 것이다, ( ) (the cult of 武 yi tribe, ). 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 figure . yi tribe's environment -http://www. tour.cn/ 본 연구자는 년 월에 곤명에 있는 운남민 족박물관을 직접 방문하여 이족의 다양한 복식들을 직접 관찰하였다. 이족의 복식은 지역적 특징과 사회의 화석으로 불 리는 언어 분포 상황을 참고로 하여 양산 오( ), 凉山 몽산 홍하 진동남 진서( ), ( ), ( ), (蒙山 紅河 東南乌 滇 滇 초웅 등 개의 유형으로 분류한다), ( ) (西 楚雄 中国 the yi tribe's costume of china , 彝族服 [ ]饰 본 연구에서 다루고자 하는 문양은 그 중에 ). 서도 초웅형 복식 오몽산형 복식 진동남형 복식에 , , 나타나있는 문양으로 이를 중심으로 살펴보면, 초웅형 복식은 운남 의 초웅이족자치주 ( ) (云南 楚雄 및 주변지역에서 착용되고 있다 이 지) . 彝族自治州 역은 다른 이족지역에 비해 이족지계가 가장 많고, 집중된 지역이어서 이족의 전통문화가 비교적 많이 남아 있는 지역 중 하나이다 초웅형 복식은 상의. , 치마 각반으로 구성된다 상의는 앞부분이 짧고 뒤, . 가 길며 긴소매이다 검은색이나 붉은색 바탕에 , . 쪽의 꽃잎무늬 외에 사각무늬 사각 마름무늬 동전, , 무늬 별점무늬 곡선무늬 나비무늬 공 자형무늬 , , , , ( )工 등이 화려하게 장식되어있어서 마치 하나의 예술 작품을 보는 듯하다( the 中 彝族服 之楚雄型[国 饰 chowoong style of the yi tribe's costume of 무늬는 좌우가 서로 대칭되어 있china , ). ] 다 치마는 모두 검은색 바탕에 붉은색 계열의 단. 색 천이나 꽃무늬 천 소량의 녹색 꽃무늬 천을 줄, 무늬처럼 장식한다 상의는 세로무늬 치마는 가로. , 무늬 그리고 전체적으로 볼 때 꽃무늬는 마치 얼룩, 덜룩한 호랑이 무늬와 같아 호랑이무늬 옷이라고도 불린다(figure ). 오몽산형 복식은 귀주 비제지구 ( ) ( ), 州 地贵 毕节 区 육판수시 와 운남 소통시 의 진웅( ) ( )六 水市 云南昭通盘 이량 위신 및 사천서영( ), ( ), ( ) (雄 彝良 威信 四川镇 叙 고린 과 광시융림 등의 지역에), ( ) ( ) 永 古 广西隆林蔺 서 널리 착용되고 있다 오몽산은 예로부터 서남 이. 족문화의 발원지이며 고대 중원으로 부터 서남으로 통하는 교통의 요로이다 따라서 타민족과의 교류가 . 많았으며 이로 인해 오몽산형 복식에는 고유의 민족 전통 뿐 아니라 명나라 말기와 청나라 초기 복식의 영향을 받았다 옛날에는 옷의 재료로 모피와 모직. 물을 주로 사용하였지만 지금은 다양한 종류의 옷감 을 사용한다 옷의 색상은 주로 청색 남색이며 기. , , 본적으로 소매 길이가 길고 무릎아래까지 오는 긴 상의와 폭이 넓은 바지를 입는다 여성복식은 긴 상. 의와 폭이 넓은 바지로 구성되어 있다 상의의 경우. , 보통 청색 남색으로 좁은 폭의 밴드칼라, (band 가 달려있고 소매가 길며 상의의 길이는 무collar) , 릎까지 온다 허리에는 흰색의 허리띠를 하고 있다. . 칼라 목둘레 여밈 옆선 밑단 소매단 등에 화려, , , , , 한 꽃문양을 장식하였고 특히 밑단에는 천부지모(天 문양을 장식하였다 천부지모문양은 이족어) . 父地母 로 삐리터러 라고 하며 원형의 우( ) ‘ ( )’彝 力妥语 毕 罗 주를 의미한다 중국어로는 판퉈어잰 이라 . ‘ ( )’反托肩 부르며 우주만물을 상징한다 이 회오리형 문양은 . 흰색바탕에 검은색의 나선무늬 형태로 흰색은 이족 어로 무푸우무구르 라 부르며 천부’ ( )‘ , (木普木古 天鲁 라는 뜻이다 검은색은 이족어 로 미머미아) . ( ) “父 彝语 나 라고 부르며 지모 라는 뜻이( )” “ ( )”米莫米阿 地母哪 다( the omongsan style of 中 彝族服 之 蒙山[国 饰 乌 즉 흰the yi tribe's costume of china , ). ] 색 바탕에 검은색의 나선무늬는 천부지모를 상징하 는 이족의 우주관을 나타낸다 하의로는 폭이 넓은 . 바지를 착용한다(figure ). 진동남형 복식은 선명한 지계의 차이로 인해 이족 복식 중에서도 다른 특색을 나타내고 있다 진동남. 형 복식은 주로 운남 의 광남 부녕( ) ( ), (云南 广南 富 마관 마율파 미륵 개원), ( ), ( ), ( ), 宁 麻栗坡 弥勒马关 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 figure . the tiger pattern dress of the chowoong style -yi tribe costume, p. figure . a woman's costume of the omongsan style -www.yizuren.com 사종 및 광서 의 나파 등의 ( ), ( ) ( ) ( ) 元 宗 广西 那坡开 师 지역에서 착용되고 있다 이 지역들은 중국의 변방. 지역이라서 관두의 방두루마기 사각형 두루마기 등 , ( ) 전통적인 복식양식을 지금까지 잘 보유하고 있다. 진동남형 복식은 로남식 미륵식( , (路南式 弥勒    ) 문서식 이 있다, ( ) . 式 文西式) 로남식의 여성복식은 상의 앞치마 바지로 구성 , , 된다 상의의 경우 앞이 짧고 뒤는 긴 홑옷이며 주. , , 름이 많은 치마를 입기도 하는데 치마는 여러 색상, 으로 된 천을 이어서 만들어 놓아 색채가 서로 어울 리고 보기에 아름답다(figure ). 미륵식의 여성복식은 상의와 앞치마 바지로 구성 , 된다 상의의 경우 앞은 짧고 뒤는 길며 소매는 폭. , , 이 좁고 길다 상의의 칼라와 몸체 그리고 소매단에. 는 화려하게 자수로 장식하였다 앞치마를 착용하고 . 허리띠를 맨다 허리띠의 길이는 넓이. cm- cm, 는 이며 십자수로 수를 놓는다 하의로는 긴바 cm . 지를 입는다. ( the 中 彝族服 之 南型[国 饰 滇东 jindongnam style of the yi tribe's costume of 복식의 색상 장식품 머리장식 등 china , ). , , ] 다른 지역과 비교하면 차이가 많다(figure ). 문서식 여성복식은 상의와 치마로 구성된다 상의 . 의 경우 어깨 옷깃 여밈 소매 단 부분에 납염으, , , , 로 장식한다 사철 치마를 입고 치마에 삼각형으로. 염색한 천을 아플리케 기법으로 장식한다( & 茂钟 兰 술이 달린 jong, m. r. & bum, p. ). 范朴[ ] 사각형 수건은 납염과 보철기술로 만든다(figure ). 이상과 같이 이족의 전통복식을 통해서 이족은 호 랑이를 숭상하며 검정색 복식을 선호하고 빨강색, , 노랑색 녹색 보라색 등 선명한 색상과의 화려한 , , 배색을 사용하였음을 알 수 있었다 이처럼 이족의 . 전통복식은 천백년이래 미학 종교 철학 및 풍습 , , 등 다양한 방면에서 형성된 전통 관념이나 문화구조 를 잘 보여주고 있다. 앙리 마티스 의 작품 고찰 . (henri matisse) 야수파의 선구주자인 앙리 마티스 (henri matisse, 는 세기 프랑스 미술의 일반적인 특 - ) 징을 가장 잘 보여준 화가이다 앙(h. park, ). 리 마티스는 후기 인상파들의 화풍을 실험하고 받아 들이면서도 자기만의 색채표현 방식을 구축하며 야, 수파의 지도자적인 역할을 수행하면서 동료 화가들 의 화풍에 많은 영향을 미쳤다 마티(g. kim, ). 스의 회화에서 표현의 가장 주된 수단은 색채였다. 마티스는 고갱과 고호 등의 영향을 받았으며 원색, 의 대부분을 구사하면서 선명한 색채의 표현으로 독 창적으로 발전시켜 나갔다 작품의 색채는 강렬한 . 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 figure . the ronam style -http:// . . . /mzwz/news/ /z_ _ .html figure . the miruk style - .中 少 民族服国 数 饰 , p. figure . the moonseo style - .中 少 民族服国 数 饰 .p. figure . "woman reading", henri matisse, -http://www.henrimatisse.org/ woman-reading.jsp figure . "notre dame", heri matisse -http://www.henrimatisse.org/ notre-dame.jsp figure . "henri: matisse" andre derain, -http://www.cdpantings.com/andre-derai n/henrie-matisse- -by-andre-derain 보색 대비로 바뀌면서 색채의 균형과 색의 단순화 는 계속된다 마티스의 회화는 원(s. hoang, ) . 근법 명암법 운필법을 모두 버리고 자연의 재현에, , , 서 해방되어 자신의 감동을 색채만으로 자유분방하 게 표현하였다 리드미컬한 선적 패(h. park, ). 턴과 단색의 평평한 색 영역을 표현적으로 구성하는 독자적 양식을 발전시키면서 세기 초 몇 년 동안 자신만의 장식적이고 표현적인 추상양식을 완성해 나갔다(h. osbon, ). 마티스 작품세계의 변화를 살펴보면 다른 화풍의 , 영향을 받은 초기 야수파 활동 등을 ( ~ ), 통해 자신만의 작품세계를 구축한 중기( ~ ), 색채의 결정체라고 보아지는 후기 의 총 ( ~ ) 기로 구분할 수 있다 . 마티스 회화는 사물 자체를 관찰하고 발견하고 느 끼고 경험하는 것에 중점을 두고 있다 초기에 그는 . 다른 당대 화가들의 작품들을 모사하고 연구하여 , 자신의 작품 세계에 접목 활용함으로써 자신만의 , 개성적인 작품세계를 창조해 나가기 시작했다 초기 . 작품은 밝은 색채와 어두운 색채가 공존 하는 시기 로 소재는 주로 정물 풍경 인물을 중점으로 하였, , 다(figure - ). 마티스의 중기 작품들은 밝은 색채와 뚜렷한 윤곽 과 단순화된 형태감의 특징을 보이며 인상파를 거쳐 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 figure . dance( ), henrie Ⅱ matisse, -http://www.wikiart.org/en/ henri-matisse/dance- - Ⅱ figure . la musique, henrie matisse, -http://www.henrimatisse.org/ the-music.jsp figure . the snail, henrie matisse, -http://www.henriematisse.org/ the-snail.jsp selection of the pattern the form of the pattern was edited using adobe photoshop ⇓ arrangement of the pattern the arrangement of the pattern was freely placed to reflect various emotions ⇓ color-scheme of the pattern henri matisse work was selected and the colors in his work were adopted when dyeing the patterns figure . the design process 신인상파의 영향을 받아 야수파의 시기를 맞게 된 다 강한 터치와 색채대비의 표현 등을 통해 빛을 . 추구하고 동적인 화면을 구사하게 된다 전체적으로 . 간결한 인물과 사물의 표현은 빛을 재창조 함으로써 나타나는 아름다움을 보여준다 선은 더욱더 유동적. 이 되고 빛의 묘사는 통일성을 부여했으며 색채와 , 문양의 반복 등을 통해 자율성과 리듬감 장식성을 , 추구하였다(figure - ). 마티스의 말기 작품들을 보면 장식성 직선적인 , 강렬한 형태감 통일적인 리듬감의 결정체를 엿볼 , 수 있다 명암과 양감 원근법 등 회화 표현상의 기. , 법들을 배제하고 생동감을 살릴 수 있는 색채와 평 면적 단순화의 결합이라는 특성을 나타내고 있다. 윤곽선이 색채와 색채 사이의 구분을 위해 나타내기 도 하지만 색채와 색채 사이를 무선으로 남겨둠으, 로써 물체의 윤곽선에 나타나는 빛을 효과적으로 사 용하였다 뚜렷하고 과하지 않은(sim & ryu, ). 형태의 단순함과 다양한 구성 강렬한 색채들이 자, 유로운 공간 속을 통일하며 통일감 있는 리듬감과 , 뚜렷한 색채의 자연스러움은 마티스 작품 세계의 결 정체를 이뤘다(figure - ). 가방디자인 개발과정. Ⅲ 이족의 전통문양을 모티브로 한 가방디자인의 디 자인 개발과정은 선행연구들(mok & cho, ; 을 참조로 하여 문양의 형태 선lim & cho, ) 정 문양의 배치 문양의 색채 배색 등의 과정을 거, , 쳤다(figure ). 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 문양의 형태 선정 . 이족의 전통문양은 문헌 및 인터넷 사이트를 검색 한 후 가방디자인에 적절하다고 사료되는 문양을 , 초웅형 복식에서 말벚꽃 문양 수파 문( ) , ( )花 水波马樱 양 주망 문양 석류꽃문양 양각문양 양의 뿔, ( ) , , ( ), 蛛网 등조 등나무 덩굴 문양 사각능형( , ) , ( ), 藤 四角菱形条 곡절 문양 오몽산형 복식에서 천부지모( ) , (曲折 天父地 문양 그리고 진동남형 복식에서 삼각문양을 선정)母 하여 사용하였다 선정된 문양 형태는 . adobe 와 프로그램illustrator cs adobe photoshop cs 을 활용하여 정리하였다. 초웅형 복식에 나타나있는 말벚꽃문양은 활짝 피 어있는 모습이 사실적이면서도 단순화하여 표현한 꽃잎 형태가 현대적이면서도 아름답고 안정감이 있 다 수파문양은 움직이는 물결의 모습을 유연한 곡. table . a traditional pattern of the chowoong style of clothing title clothing expand of the pattern pattern cherry blossom pattern water wave pattern spider web pattern pomegranate blossom pattern 선으로 표현하였으며 맨 윗부분을 더 굵게 강조함, 으로써 율동감이 힘 있게 느껴진다 주망문양은 개. 의 마름모꼴을 중심으로 주위에 원을 형성하고 반지 름선과 마름모꼴을 만나게 함으로써 거미가 줄을 치 고 있는 모습을 표현하였다 석류꽃문양은 꽃의 단. 면을 보는 듯 형태가 매우 흥미롭다 양각문양은 양. 의 뿔을 표현한 것으로 안으로 굽은 모습은 사실적 형태를 과장한 것으로 보인다 등조문양은 등나무 . 넝쿨의 얽혀진 형태를 단순화 하여 표현한 문양으로 두 가닥의 끈을 꼬아서 매듭을 지은 형태이다 사각. 능형 문양은 바둑판 모양의 네모 안에 조( )四角菱形 금씩 다른 타원형의 입사귀모양이 규칙적으로 배열 되어있다 매우 현대적인 이미지를 보여준다 곡절. . 문양은 좁은 폭의 네모가 지그재그 형태로 곡( )曲折 절되는 모습이다(table ). 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 table . continued title clothing expand of the pattern pattern horn of a sheep pattern wisteria vine pattern square and diaper pattern zigzag pattern 오몽산형 복식에 나타나있는 천부지모문양은 흰색 바탕에 검은색으로 나선형의 원이 그려져 있다 흰. 색의 나선무늬는 천부 를 의미하며 검은색의 “ ( )”天父 나선무늬는 지모 를 의미하는 이족의 우주관“ ( )”地母 을 나타내는 문양이다 천부지모문양에 꽃잎처럼 반. 원이 주위에 붙어 있는 문양은 옷 속에서는 반 정도 표현되어있다 그러나 문양을 사용할 때 나머지 부. 분을 모두 마무리하여 사용하였다(table ). 삼각형의 문양은 진동남형 복식의 허리띠에 장식 되어 있는 수건 테두리에 나타난 삼각형의 기하학적 문양이다 문양은 천을 삼각형 모양으로 잘라 붙여. 서 바느질로 고정하는 아플리케 기법으로 표현하였 다(table ). 문양의 배치 . 문양의 배치는 전통문양만을 사용한 경우와 현대 문양을 함께 사용한 경우 등 두 가지 방법으로 배치 하였다 전통문양 외에 에 . adobe photoshop cs 나타나있는 원 네모 반원 사선 등의 기하문양을 , , , 선택하여 사용하였다 문양 배치에 관한 (table ). 선행연구들(zong & cho, ; jun & cho, ; 을 살펴보면mok & cho, ; lim & cho, ) , 단독무늬 사방연속무늬 이방연속무늬 체크리스트, , , 법 테셀레이션 등 다양한 방법이 사용되었다 본 , . 연구에서는 문양 배치가 가방이라는 일정한 면적에 제한되었다는 점을 고려하여 다양한 감성으로 문양 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 table . a traditional pattern of the omongsan style of clothing title clothing expand of the pattern pattern sky father and earth mother pattern table . a traditional pattern of the jindongnam style of clothing title clothing expand of the pattern pattern triangle pattern table . geometric pattern geometric pattern oblique line square half circle circle stripe rectangular stripe 을 자유롭게 배치하였다 문양의 배치 과정에서 디. 자인 선호에 대한 객관성을 높이기 위하여 문양 배 치가 완성된 가방디자인 여 작품을 대상으로 의상 학을 전공한 석사이상의 전문가 인이 함께 참여하 여 선정하였다 그 결과 전통문양만을 사용하여 문. , 양을 배치한 디자인 작품 전통문양과 기하학적문 , 양을 함께 사용하여 문양을 배치한 디자인 작품이 선정되었다 선정과정에서 흥미로운 점은 전통문양 . 만을 배치한 것보다는 전통문양과 기하문양을 함께 배치한 것이 더 선호되었다는 것이다 소재는 일반. 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 적으로 차양막 텐트 가방 구두 등에 많이 사용되, , , 는 면사 굵은 실로 오밀조밀 두껍게 짠 캔버스 원단 을 사용하였고 손잡이와 가방의 입구 부분은 가죽, 을 사용하였으며 여닫는 부분은 지퍼로 처리하였다, . 가방의 형태는 박스형으로 사이즈는 폭 길 . cm, 이 이다 cm (figure ). figure . the bag design 디자인 ) Ⅰ 디자인 은 말벚꽃문양과 수파문양을 모티브로 Ⅰ 디자인하였다 가방의 아랫부분에는 수파문양을 반. 복하여 배치하였고 왼쪽의 손잡이 끝부분과 오른쪽, 의 수파문양 위에 말벚꽃문양을 배치하였다 배치 . 과정에서 오른쪽과 왼쪽의 문양 크기를 다르게 하여 table . the arrangement of the pattern of designⅠ bag design traditional pattern arrangement of the pattern 변화를 주었고 왼쪽부분에는 수파문양 위에 말벚꽃, 문양의 일부분만 보이도록 함으로써 꽃잎이 물결위 에 떠다니는 낭만적인 감성을 표현하였다 즉 문양 . , 배치에 스토리를 부여하였다(table ). 디자인 ) Ⅱ 디자인 는 천부지모문양과 사선 네모 반원 등, , Ⅱ 의 기하문양을 함께 배치하였다 바탕에 천부지모문. 양을 배치한 뒤 그 위에 사선 네모 반원 등의 문, , , 양을 배치하였다 배치과정에서 천부지모문양을 겹. 쳐서 배치함으로써 평면에 차원적인 입체감을 부여 하였으며 전통문양에서 보여주는 시공간적 깊이와 , 기하문양에서 보여주는 단순함 모던함이 아름다운 , 조화를 이루었다 또한 중심에 기하문양을 배치하였. 기 때문에 현대적인 이미지가 강하게 표현되었다 (table ). 디자인 ) Ⅲ 디자인 은 천부지모문양과 원이 반복되는 기하Ⅲ 문양을 함께 배치하였다 바탕에 원을 겹쳐서 배치. 하고 그 위에 천부지모문양을 자유롭게 배치하였다, . 문양 배치과정에서 반복적인 원을 겹쳐서 배치함으 로써 평면에 차원적인 입체감을 표현하였으며 자 , 유롭게 배치된 천부지모문양은 마치 갓 피어난 꽃처 럼 아름다움을 표현하였고 꽃이 단순하게 표현된, 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 모습은 보는 이로 하여금 즐거움을 느끼게 하였다 (table ). 디자인 ) Ⅳ 디자인 는Ⅳ 주망문양과 기하문양인 줄무늬를 함 께 배치하였다 가방의 위 아래 부분에 줄무늬를 . , 배치하고 가운데에 주망문양을 배치하였다 세련된 . 줄무늬와 수공예적인 전통문양과의 조합은 모던하면 서도 내추럴한 아름다움을 표현하였다 중심에 위치. 한 주망문양은 거미줄 문양으로서 줄무늬와 의미가 서로 통하는 듯하다(table ). table . the arrangement of the pattern of design Ⅱ bag design traditional pattern geometic pattern arrangement of the pattern table . the arrangement of the pattern of design Ⅲ bag design traditional pattern geometric pattern arrangement of the pattern 디자인 의 문양 배치 ) Ⅴ 디자인 는Ⅴ 석류꽃문양 삼각문양 양각문양 등, , , 조문양과 그라데이션 효과를 나타내는 (gradation) 기하문양인 직각의 줄무늬를 함께 배치하였 다 가. 방의 중앙에 석류꽃문양을 배치하고 그 둘레에 직, 각의 줄무늬를 배치하였으며 또 다음은 삼각문양, , 등조문양 양각문양을 배치하였다 직각 줄무늬의 , . 그라데이션 효과는 평면적인 패턴에 입체감을 부여 하였으며 현대적인 이미지를 표현하였다 더불어 중. 앙에 위치한 석류꽃문양을 강조하기도 하였다 가장. 자리에 배치된 삼각문양 등조문양 양각문양은 상, , 상력을 불러일으키는 시각적 효과를 주었다(table ). 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 table . the arrangement of the pattern of design Ⅳ bag design traditional pattern geometric pattern arrangement of the pattern table . the arrangement of the pattern of design Ⅴ bag design traditional pattern geometric pattern arrangement of the pattern 디자인 ) Ⅵ 디자인 은 사각능형문양 곡절문양과 원이 반복, Ⅵ 되는 기하문양을 함께 배치하였다 가방의 중앙에 . 사각능형문양을 배치하고 좌우에 곡절문양을 배치, 하였으며 아래 부분에는 원이 반복되는 기하문양을 , 겹쳐서 배치하였다 사각능형문양과 곡절문양은 그 . 형태가 나뭇잎과 나무줄기를 연상시킨다 자연적인 . 이미지에 현대적인 감성이 가미된 디자인이다(table ). 이상과 같이 전통문양만으로 혹은 전통문양과 기 하문양을 함께 배치하여 가방디자인 , , , , Ⅰ Ⅱ Ⅲ Ⅳ 를 완성하였다 문양 배치 과정에서 문양 배, . Ⅴ Ⅵ 치를 스토리가 있게 배치하거나 기하문양과 전통문 양을 함께 사용하여 전통적인 이미지에 세련된 현대 적 감성을 가미하였다 즉 전통문양과 기하문양의 . 조합을 통해서 전통의 깊이 자연미 현대의 모던함, , 과 세련미를 더한 감성을 표현하였다. 문양의 색채 배색 . 문양의 색채 배색에 사용하고자 하는 작품은 앙리 마티스의 여러 작품 중에서 'harmony in 을 red( )', 'sans titre( )', 'nach( )' 선택하였다 색상추출 방법은 . panton textile color guide(panton textile color system, 를 사용 ) 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 table . the arrangement of the pattern of desig Ⅵ bag design traditional pattern geometric pattern arrangement of the pattern 하여 추출하였다 팬톤 시스템은 실용성을 목적으로 . 만들어졌기 때문에 색선정과 색채 배색에는 용이하 나 색의 기본 속성에 따라 논리적으로 배열이 되어 있지 않다 이를 보완하기 위해 한국 산업규격의 . ks 현색계 색표집의 기본 바탕이 되는 의 가munsell 지 색상 주요 가지 색상 와 중간색 ( r, y, g, b, p 을 추가적으로 표기하여 색의 yg, gy, bg, pb, rp) 속성을 명확히 하였으며 색상 명도, (hue), (value), 채도 로 색상 추출의 정확성을 높이고자 하(chroma) 였다 색상표기는 색채 영문명 색채 . ‘panton (panton 고유번호 의 형태로 제시하였다, munsell h v/c)’ . 색상추출 방법은 의 스포이adobe photoshop cs ‘ 드 도구 를 사용하여 색상을 추출(eyedropper tool)’ 한 후 의 색상들 중에pantone textile color guide 서 가장 적합한 색상을 선택하였다 의 색상. munsell 은 에서 추출된 색상의 값을 구한 photoshop rgb 후 을 사용하여 , ‘munsell conversion(version . )’ 값을 로 변환하여 색상값을 구하였으며 rgb h v/c 변환된 색상 와 명도 채도 의 값은 소수점 h( ) v( ), c( ) 아래 반올림하여 표기하였다. 그러나 색상 추출 과정에서 인터넷에 나타난 작품 을 활용하였기에 원본의 색상과 다소 차이가 있을 수 있다는 제한점이 있다. ) harmony in red( ) 에서 ‘harmony in red’ rugby tan( - tp, yr / ), medium green( - tp, gy / ), musk melon( - tp, r / ), peat ( - tp, gy / ), deep periwinkle ( - tp, pb / ), musk melon( - tp, yr / ), lemonade( - tp, gy / ), tomato puree( - tp, r / ), stone green( - tp, gy / ), pristine( - tp, 등 가지 색상을 추출하였다 추출된 gy / ) . 색상은 디자인 과 디자인 에 사용되었다. Ⅰ Ⅵ 디자인 은 전통문양만으로 이루어진 디자인이 Ⅰ 다 디자인 에서 바탕색으로 윗부분에 . medium Ⅰ 아래 부분에 을 배색하였다green, deep periwinkle . 꽃문양에는 과 을 배색하였rugby tan musk melon 으며 수파문양은 로 배색하였다 들과 강물을 , peat . 연상시키는 과 의 배medium green deep periwinkle 색 위에 과 의 꽃문양은 들rugby tan musk melon 에 핀 꽃 강물에 떠다니는 꽃 등의 이미지를 연상, 시키며 자연의 아름다움을 잘 표현하였다 많은 상. 상력을 불러일으키는 디자인이다. 디자인 은 전통문양과 기하문양으로 이루어진 Ⅵ 디자인이다 디자인 에서 바탕색은 를 배색하. peatⅥ 였다 중앙에 위치한 사각능문의 바탕색은 . musk 와 을 배색하였다melon, lemonade stone green . 사각능문의 타원형문양에는 을 배색하였고pristine , 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 table . the color-scheme of design and Ⅵ harmony in red( ) 출처 : http://blog.naver.com/hetulevafi?redirect=log&logno= color-scheme design design Ⅵ 타원형문양의 테두리는 를 배색하였tomato puree 다 곡절문양과 아래 부분의 원문양은 으로 . pristine 배색하였다 중앙의 화사한 색채 배색은 어두운 바. 탕색과 대비되어 화사함과 생동감이 강조되었다 (table ). ) sans titre( ) 에서 'sans titre‘ peat( - tp, gy / ), nautical blue( - tp, pb / ), cashew( - tp, yr / ), pompeian red( - tp, r / ), old gold ( - tp, y / ), green mist( - tp, 등 가 gy / ), pristine( - tp, gy / ) 지 색상과 악센트로 필요하다고 생각되어 에서 추출한 을 추가로 선‘harmony in red’ pristine 정하여 디자인 와 디자인 에 배색하였다. Ⅱ Ⅲ 디자인 는 전통문양과 기하문양으로 이루어진 Ⅱ 디자인이다 디자인 의 바탕색은 를 배색하였. peatⅡ 다 천부지모문양과 사선문양은 을 배색하였. pristine 다 사각형으로 이루어진 바둑문양은 . pompeian 와 를 교대로 배색하였다 바둑문양 뒤red cashew . 에 있는 마름모꼴의 문양은 를 배색하였green mist 다 또한 오른쪽에 있는 반원은 를 사. nautical blue 용하여 악센트를 주었다 천부지모문양 위에 마름모. 꼴문양 바둑문양 사선문양 반원문양 등에 색상차, , , 이를 잘 활용하여 배색함으로써 입체감을 나타내었 다 전통문양의 바탕위에 현대적 문양의 배열은 시. 공간적 깊이감과 더불어 기하학적 단순성과 추상성 이 가미됨으로써 모던하면서도 깊이 있는 아름다움 을 표현하고 있다. 디자인 은 전통문양과 기하문양으로 이루어진 Ⅲ 디자인이다 디자인 의 바탕색은 을 배색. pristineⅢ 하였다 바탕의 둥근 원들의 굵거나 가는 선들은 . 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 등으로 다양cashew, pompeian red, green mist 하게 배색하였다 가장자리에 꽃잎처럼 반원이 장식. 된 천부지모문양은 peat, nautical blue, cashew, 등으로 자pompeian red, old gold, green mist 유롭고 다양하게 표현하였다 꽃처럼 피어난 천부지. 모문양은 유머러스하면서도 귀엽고 아름다운 감성을 표현하였다(table ). ) nach( ) 에서 'nach( )’ peat( - tp, gy / ), garnet rose( - tp, r / ), golden oak( - tp, yr / ), little boy blue ( - tp, pb / ), lime sherbet( - tp, gy / ), nautical blue( - tp, pb / ) table . the color-scheme of design and Ⅱ Ⅲ sans titre ( ) 출처: http://cn.wahooart.com/@@/ zkcqp-henri-matisse-%e %a %ac%e % % f%e % b%a color-scheme design Ⅱ design Ⅲ 등 가지 색상과 악센트로 필요하다고 사료되어 에서 추출한 을 추가로 ‘harmony in red’ pristine 선정하여 디자인 와 디자인 에 배색하였다.Ⅳ Ⅴ 디자인 는 전통문양과 기하문양으로 이루어진 Ⅳ 디자인이다 디자인 에서 가방의 윗부분과 아래 . Ⅳ 부분에 있는 세련된 줄무늬의 색채 배색은 와 peat 를 배색하였으며 악센트로 을 배golden oak pristine 색하였다 가운데 부분의 주망문양은 바탕색으로 . 를 배색하였으며 문양의 둥근 부분과 lime sherbet , 마름모형에는 garnet rose, golden oak, little 를 배색 하boy blue, lime sherbet, nautical blue 였다 세련된 현대적 줄무늬와 주망문양의 조합은 . 모던하면서도 에스닉 한 이미지를 잘 표현하(ethnic) 고 있다. 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 디자인 는 전통문양과 기하문양으로 이루어진 Ⅴ 디자인이다 디자인 의 바탕색은 를 . garnet roseⅤ 배색하였다 중심의 꽃문양은 와 . little boy blue 를 반반씩 배색하였고 윤곽선은 nautical blue , peat 로 배색하였다 꽃무늬 주위의 사각형의 줄무늬는 . 를 배색하였다 그러나 사각형의 peat, golden oak . 줄무늬 색채가 너무 어둡기 때문에 악센트를 주기 위하여 을 배색하여 산뜻함을 첨가하였다pristine . 가장자리의 삼각문양과 등조문양은 little boy blue 와 를 배색하였다 양각문양은 nautical blue . golden 와 를 배색하였으며 양각문양의 oak garnet rose , 테두리는 로 배색하였다 디자인 는 nautical blue . Ⅴ 다른 가방 디자인과 달리 전통문양이 비교적 많이 사용되었다 그러나 그라데이션 효과가 있는 사각형. 의 줄무늬로 인하여 현대적인 감각과 전통이 균형을 잘 이룰 수 있도록 하였다 사각형의 줄무늬는 입체. table . the color-scheme of design and Ⅳ Ⅴ nach( ) 출처: http://www.grundschuletreuchtlingen.de/ideenboerse_kunst/matisse.jpg color-scheme design Ⅳ design Ⅴ 감을 표현하며 중심의 꽃문양을 강조하였다 주위의. 다양한 전통문양은 많은 스토리를 지니고 있는 듯 상상력을 불러일으킨다(table ). 디자인 제시 . 디자인 제시는 면사로 거칠게 직조한 캔버스 원단 을 사용하여 가방을 실물 제작한 후 컴퓨터 프로그, 램 을 활용하여 가상으로 제시하adobe photoshop 였다 그 결과는 와 같다. table . 이상의 가방 디자인 개발과정을 요약 정리하면 , 와 같다table . 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 table . the production of the bag design bag design production of the dag design design Ⅰ design Ⅱ design Ⅲ design Ⅳ design Ⅴ design Ⅵ table . the bag design procedure title bag design selection of the pattern arrangement of the pattern color- scheme production of the design designⅠ tradition geometric designⅡ 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 table . continued title bag design selection of the pattern arrangement of the pattern color- scheme production of the design designⅢ designⅣ designⅤ designⅥ 결론. Ⅳ 현대사회는 세기에 나타난 포스트모더니즘의 영 향으로 비주류 전통문화에 대한 관심이 높아졌으며, 특히 물질만능주의가 만연하면서 정신적 가치를 존 중하는 동양권 전통문화에 대한 관심이 높아지고 있 다 각 나라의 전통문화에는 그들의 역사 환경 종. , , 교 철학 미학 풍습 등이 축적되어 있으며 그들의 , , , , 전통문화는 다른 나라 사람들에게는 매우 흥미롭고 신선하다 따라서 각 나라의 전통적 요소는 신선함. 과 창의력을 우선으로 하는 디자인 분야에 있어서 다양하게 활용할 수 있는 디자인 소스 로서(source) 매우 가치가 있다. 본 연구에서 다루고 있는 이족은 중국의 소수민족 으로 그들의 복식문화는 우리들에게 잘 알려져 있지 않지만 다채롭고 화려하며 아름답다 더욱이 복식에 . 나타난 전통문양은 그 형태가 아름답고 특이하며 심 지어는 추상적이고 모던하기까지 하다 따라서 본 . 연구에서는 이족의 전통문화 요소 중 하나인 전통문 양을 모티브로 가방 디자인을 개발하고자 한다. 연구방법은 이론적 연구로 문헌 선행연구 인터 , , 넷 사이트 등을 통하여 이족의 전통복식과 문양을 살펴보았으며 색채 배색을 위하여 대표적 현대화가 , 중 하나인 앙리 마티스의 작품에 대하여 고찰하였 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 다 실증적 연구로 가방디자인 개발과정은 문양의 . 형태 선정 문양의 배치 문양의 색채 배색 등의 과, , 정을 거쳤으며 디자인 제시는 면사로 거칠게 직조, 한 캔버스 원단으로 가방을 실물 제작한 후 컴퓨터 , 작업을 통하여 가상으로 제시하였다 그 결과는 다. 음과 같다. 첫째 이족은 중국의 소수민족으로서 호랑이를 숭 , 상하고 검정색을 선호하며 빨강 노랑 파랑 초록, , , , 보라 등 화려한 배색을 선호한다 이족의 전통복식. 은 양산 오몽산 홍하 진동남( ), ( ), ( ), 凉山 蒙山 紅河乌 진서 초웅 등 개의 유형으로 ( ), ( ), ( ) 東南 西 楚雄滇 滇 나누어 볼 수 있다. 둘째 가방디자인 개발은 문양의 형태 선정 문양 , , 의 배치 문양의 색채 배색의 과정을 거쳤다, . 문양의 형태 선정은 이족복식의 개의 유형 중에 서 초웅형 복식에 나타난 말벚꽃문양 석류꽃문양, , 등조문양 수파문양 양각문양 주망문양 사각능형, , , , 문양 곡절문양 오몽산형 복식에 나타난 천부지모, , 문양 진동남형 복식에 나타난 삼각문양 등을 선정, 하였다 디자인의 모티브로 적절하다고 사료되는 문. 양은 과 adobe illustrator cs adobe photoshop 프로그램을 활용하여 형태를 정리하였다cs . 문양의 배치는 가방이라는 일정한 면적에 제한되 었다는 점을 고려하여 문양을 다양한 감성으로 자유 롭게 배치하였다 배치에 사용된 문양은 전통문양만. 으로 또는 전통문양과 일반적인 기하문양을 함께 배 치하였다 기하문양은 에 나. adobe photoshop cs 타나있는 원 네모 반원 사선 등을 선택하여 사용, , , 하였다 디자인 은 말벚꽃문양 수파문양 등 전통. , Ⅰ 문양 만으로 배치하였으며 디자인 는 천부지모문, Ⅱ 양과 사선 네모 반원 등의 기하문양을 함께 배치, , 함으로써 시공간의 깊이감과 더불어 모던하고 세련 된 감성을 표현하였다 디자인 은 가장자리에 반. Ⅲ 원이 꽃잎처럼 장식 되어있는 천부지모문양과 원이 반복적으로 나타나는 기하문양을 함께 배치하여 활 짝 핀 꽃과 같은 화려한 아름다움을 표현하도록 하 였다 디자인 는. Ⅳ 주망문양과 기하문양인 줄무늬를 함께 배치하여 모던하면서도 내추럴한 감성을 표현 하였다 디자인 는. Ⅴ 석류꽃문양 삼각문양 양각문, , 양 등조문양과 사각의 줄무늬가 그라데이션, 효과를 나타내는 기하문양을 함께 배치(gradation) 하여 입체감과 더불어 다양한 전통문양에서 표현되 는 스토리를 부여하였다 디자인 는 사각능형문양. , Ⅵ 곡절문양과 원이 반복되어 나타나는 기하문양을 함 께 배치하여 자연의 감성과 더불어 기하학적 현대미 를 가미하였다. 문양의 색채 배색은 대표적 현대화가인 마티스의 여러 작품 중에서 'harmony in red( )', 'sans 을 선택하여 색상을 추titre( )', 'nach( )' 출한 후 사용하였다 색상추출 방법은 . panton 를 사용하여 추출하였다textile color guide . 에서 ‘harmony in red’ rugby tan( - tp, yr / ), medium green( - tp, gy / ), melon( - tp, r / ), peat( - tp, gy / ), deep periwinkle( - tp, pb / ), musk melon( - tp, yr / ), lemonade( - tp, gy / ), tomato puree( - tp, r / ), stone green ( - tp, gy / ), pristine( - tp, gy 등 가지 색상을 추출하였다 추출된 색상은 / ) . 디자인 과 디자인 에 사용되었다. 'sans titreⅠ Ⅵ 에서 ‘ peat( - tp, gy / ), nautical blue( - tp, pb / ), cashew( - tp, yr / ), pompeian red( - tp, r / ), old gold( - tp, y / ), green mist 등 가지 색상과 악센트로 ( - tp, gy / ) 필요하다고 사료되어 에서 추출한 ‘harmony in red’ 을 추가로 선정하여 디자인 와 디자인 pristine Ⅱ Ⅲ 에 배색하였다 에서 . 'nach( )‘ peat ( - tp, gy / ), garnet rose ( - tp, r / ), golden oak( - tp, yr / ), little boy blue( - tp, pb / ), lime sherbet( - tp, gy / ), nautical 등 가지 색상과 악센blue( - tp, pb / ) 트로 필요하다고 사료되어 에서 ‘harmony in red’ 추출한 을 추가로 선정하여 디자인 와 디pristine Ⅳ 자인 에 배색하였다.Ⅴ 셋째 디자인 제시는 면사로 거칠게 짠 캔버스 원 , 단으로 가방을 실물 제작한 후 컴퓨터 프로그램을 , 활용하여 가상으로 제시하였다. 이목결 조진숙 · / 이족의 전통문양을 활용한 가방디자인 개발 연구 이상과 같은 연구를 통해서 전통문양이 디자인의 모티브로서 다양하게 활용될 수 있으며 특히 디자인 개발과정에서 전통문양만으로도 디자인 할 수 있지 만 일반적인 기하문양과의 조화를 통해서 더욱 세련 되고 모던하며 창의적인 디자인을 발상할 수 있었 다 이처럼 전통적 요소와 현대적 요소의 융합은 전. 통문양이 표현하는 시공간적 깊이감과 상징적 스토 리 그리고 기하문양이 표현하는 단순성과 모던함, 추상성의 세련됨이 조화를 이룸으로써 더욱더 참신 하고 스토리가 있는 가방디자인을 개발 할 수 있었 다 본 연구는 실물 제작 후 컴퓨터에 의한 가상 . , 제시로 인해 소재에 대한 다양한 기법을 제시하지 못했다는 제한점이 있다 따라서 후속연구로는 문양 을 모티브로 한 소재기법 개발에 대한 연구를 기대 해 본다. references dictionary of the costume. ( ). seoul: korea dictionary research publishing ltd., . hoang, s. j. ( ). artistic culture of france. daegu: cathoric university press, . jun, j. j. & cho, j. s. ( ). design expression of lotus pattern presented in minhwa. journal of the costume culture, ( ), - . & jong, m. r. & bum, p. .( ). 茂 范朴[ ]钟 兰 .中 少 民族服国 数 饰 : a 中 北京 中 出版社[国 国纺织 minor ethnic group in china. beijing, china: china spinning publisher , .] the yi tribe's costume of china . 中 彝族服 [ ]国 饰 ( ). 百度 backdo[ ]. retrieved august , from http://tieba.baidu.com/p/ jung d. w., kim t. e., bang h. e., cho s. h. & kim m. j. ( ). the cultural identity found in tote bag as a cultural product and the a development of a design. journal of the korean society of clothing & textiles, ( ), . kang m. j. & cho j. s. ( ). analysis of previous study of traditional pattern. journal of the fashion business, ( ), . kim, g. h. ( ). a study on color expression appeared on henri matisse's painting works (unpublished master's thesis). sangmyung university, seoul, korea, . kim j. m. & jung j. y. ( ). discussion of bag design using fashion illustion. journal of the korean society of fashion design, ( ), . korean standard dictionary. ( ). national academy of the korean language. seoul: doosan donga lim, b. s. & cho, j. s. ( ). development of a man's fashion goods design using a traditional bat pattern. journal of the fashion business, ( ), - . mok, s. r. & cho, j. s. ( ). a study on a creative design development using a traditional pattern. journal of the korean fashion & costume design association, ( ), - . osbon, h. ( ). oxford dictionary of th centry (korea art research trans.). seoul: sigongsa, . lee, h. m. . ( ). 彝 中 彝族服 之楚雄[ ]学网 国 饰 . the chowoong style of the yi tribe's 型 [ costume of china retrieved august , ] , from http:// . . . / mzwz/news/ /z_ _ .html lee, h. m. . ( ). 彝 中 彝族服 之 蒙[ ]学网 国 饰 乌 the omongsan style of the yi tribe's 山[ costume of china . retrieved august , ] , from http:// . . . /mzwz/news/ /z_ _ .html lee, h. m. . ( ). 彝 中 彝族服 之[ ]学网 国 饰 滇东 the jindongnam style of the yi tribe's 南型[ costume of china . retrieved august , ] 패 션 비 즈 니 스 제 권 호 , from http:// . . . /mzwz/news/ /z_ _ .html park, h. g. ( ). time and art. daegu: yeongnam university press, - . panton textile color system. ( ). panton textile color specifier carlstadt. new jersey: panton inc., isen- - - . sung, y. s. & oh, k. h. ( ). textile design for bag using a jogacbo. proceeding of conference of the korean society of clothing and textile, , . sim, m. j. ( ). a study on design for casual look applying painting images of henri matisse. journal of the costume culture, ( ), - . the cult of yi tribe. ( ). huaxia. retrieved august , , from http://www.huaxia.com/ gd/mzfq/ .html yi tribe. ( ). wikipedia. retrieved may , , from http://ko.wikipedia.org/wiki/%ec % d%b %ec%a %b zong, h. r. & cho, j. s.( ). t-shirts design motivated from hongyo tribe of chnise traditional pattern. journal of the korean society of visual design forum, , - . received (march , ) revised (april , ; may , ) accepted (may , ) teologia y vida n .indb teología y vida, vol. lii ( ), - tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación en la transmisión de la fe alberto toutin, ss.cc. pontificia universidad catÓlica de chile facultad de teologÍa . un contexto desafi ante para la relación entre tradición e historia. ofrecer una presentación sobre la comprensión de la relación entre his- toria y tradición –y tradiciones– en yves-marie congar es entrar en un terreno complejo y dinámico. una primera aproximación a la complejidad de esta articulación es dada ya por las distintas acepciones que tiene en el habla corriente la voz tradición y que se encuentran recogidas en el dic- cionario de la real academia española: - transmisión de noticias, de composiciones literarias, doctrinas, ritos, costumbres, etc., hecha de generación en generación. - noticia de un hecho antiguo transmitida de este modo. - doctrina, costumbres, etc., conservada en un pueblo por transmisión de padres a hijos. - elaboración literaria, en prosa o verso, de un suceso transmitido vía oral. - entrega de algo a alguien. - conjunto de los textos, conservados o no, que a lo largo del tiempo han transmitido una determinada obra . una primera dimensión de la complejidad de la tradición tiene que ver con el objeto multiforme de lo trasmitido: noticias de hechos o sucesos, http://buscon.rae.es/draei/ [consultado el de septiembre de ]. alberto toutin, ss.cc. doctrinas, textos literarios, ritos, costumbres. una segunda dimensión se refi ere a la acción misma implicada en la tradición: transmisión, entrega, conservación, elaboración de textos. una tercera dimensión tiene que ver esta vez con los actores o agentes de esta tradición, que son sujetos vivos que se encuentran ya implicados en una relación: miembros de una gene- ración, la relación padre-hijo. una cuarta dimensión toma en cuenta las mediaciones de esta comunicación: la oralidad, la escritura, en distintas formas, en defi nitiva, el encuentro. y fi nalmente, una quinta dimensión dice relación con el medio en que se realiza esta acción, la historia, que no es un mero vehículo o canal aséptico o indiferente a lo transmitido y a quienes lo transmiten sino que los envuelve a ambos y los condiciona mutuamente. otra vía que permite sopesar la complejidad de la articulación entre tradición e historia, es dada, esta vez, por la acción pastoral de nuestra iglesia y el contexto en el que ella se inscribe. en efecto, en distintos contextos socioculturales se observa una crisis en la transmisión o tra- dición (entrega) de la fe, en sus expresiones espirituales, celebrativas, dogmáticas, imaginativas, artísticas y normativas, de una generación a otra. en especial, las generaciones jóvenes no reciben o no están en condiciones de recibir dichas expresiones como estructurantes para sus vidas. lejos de toda moralización apresurada que apuntaría a una mala voluntad o indisposición de los jóvenes, se trata de una situación radical- mente nueva ante la cual los actores de esta transmisión se sienten a menudo sin recursos. además a los jóvenes los contenidos de la misma les resultan anacrónicos, los canales de socialización y de comunicación de la fe se muestran desfasados y sus lenguajes poco o prácticamente insignifi cantes. es lo que señalan los pastores y laicos reunidos en aparecida como una de las sombras que desafían hondamente a la iglesia en la hora pre- sente: «en la evangelización, en la catequesis y, en general, en la pastoral, persisten también lenguajes poco signifi cativos para la cultura actual, en particular para los jóvenes. muchas veces, los lenguajes utilizados parecie- ran no tener en cuenta la mutación de los códigos existencialmente rele- vantes en las sociedades infl uenciadas por la postmodernidad y marcadas por un amplio pluralismo social y cultural. los cambios culturales difi cul- tan la transmisión de la fe por parte de la familia y de la sociedad. frente a ello, no se ve una presencia importante de la iglesia en la generación de tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... cultura, de modo especial en el mundo universitario y en los medios de comunicación» . esta constatación creciente de una crisis de la transmisión de la fe –tanto en sus contenidos como en los actores e instancias que la favorecerían– es la repercusión de un fenómeno más vasto de una crisis de transmisión de sentido de una generación a otra, debido, en gran medida, a una mutación importante del contexto en donde acontece dicha transmisión: efectiva- mente, el contexto de mutaciones sociales y culturales rápidas y profundas como la globalización, el pluralismo, la multiculturalidad, la tecnifi cación de la vida cotidiana, sin desconocer los progresos que representa, opera una transformación de la cosmovisión en cuyo horizonte se despliega la vida humana: los valores, imaginarios, actitudes y criterios humanos y cristianos que tradicionalmente permitían situarse existencialmente. todo ello incide en la realidad de la iglesia tanto en los sentimientos de perte- nencia por parte de los fi eles como en la vivencia, en la comprensión y en la transmisión de la fe. todos estos aspectos se ven afectados, para bien y para mal, por un proceso creciente de desinstitucionalización o destradicio- nalización de la experiencia religiosa y de una correlativa individualización y subjetivación de la experiencia religiosa . por un lado, se observa un fuerte debilitamiento del sentido comunitario, de las pertenencias a colectivos concretos y de los referentes y modelos de vida tradicionales. por otro, se instalan en su lugar otros modelos que se fundan más bien en el sujeto individual y en su proceso de individualización entendido este como el proceso que hace «que los referentes y valores tradicionales son tomados como opción y no como obligación y, paralelamente, que hay un aumento de la capacidad de los individuos para diseñar o escoger por sí mismos el tipo de vida que desean» . todo ello no signifi ca que lo religioso-católico desaparezca del espacio social y público sino que se reconfi gura, confor- me a las oportunidades que ofrece y requerimientos que exige este nuevo contexto social: «en contexto de individualización ella [la religión] tiende a ser una fuente de sentido subjetivo que cada persona elige, selecciona y orga- niza de manera más o menos arbitraria para otorgar orientación a sus v conferencia general del episcopado latinoamericano y del caribe, aparecida- do- cumento conclusivo, e). desarrollo humano en chile, nosotros los chilenos. un desafío cultural (programa de las naciones unidas para el desarrollo –pnud–), (santiago ) - . desarrollo humano en chile, nosotros los chilenos. un desafío cultural, . alberto toutin, ss.cc. proyectos personales» . en el proceso de reconfi guración de lo religio- so, existe pues una difi cultad para muchos de los contemporáneos tan- to para vivir como para transmitir y comunicar de manera signifi cativa los valores, prácticas, conocimientos e imaginarios religiosos católicos que informaron su vida e inspiraron sus opciones a una nueva genera- ción. esta, por su parte, se ve enfrentada a nuevas preguntas que sus mayores no conocieron: amor en tiempos de inestabilidad, movilidad y precariedad laboral, tecnifi cación de la vida, etc. además la genera- ción de los jóvenes se muestra particularmente reticente a modelos valóricos y religiosos que se les impongan y que no se hayan hecho cargo de su realidad, de su gramática o códigos de lenguaje, no solo en su condición de destinatarios sino también como interlocutores capa- ces o, al menos, deseosos de decidir y organizar dichos modelos para dar sentido a sus proyecto biográfi cos o personales. en este contexto presentaremos algunos de los elementos principales que caracterizan la comprensión de la tradición y el vínculo de esta con la historia en el pensamiento de yves-marie congar, o.p. ( - ). esta presentación apunta a poner en perspectiva crítica a los elementos contextuales antes señalados y a ofrecer elementos para un discernimien- to sobre los desafíos y oportunidades que existen en este contexto para hacer presente de manera signifi cativa el evangelio que hemos recibido. . tradición e historia en congar en una primera aproximación a la realidad de la tradición, congar la ca- racteriza de la manera siguiente: «la tradición es una entrega mediante la cual el don del padre se co- munica a un gran número de hombres a través del espacio y en la sucesión de las generaciones, de tal manera que una multitud de indi- viduos, materialmente separados por la distancia y por los años, viven de una misma e idéntica realidad que es el don del padre y, en primer lugar, la verdad salvadora, la revelación divina realizada en jesucris- to. esta es comunicación de un tesoro que permanece idéntico a sí mismo: es victoria sobre el tiempo y su caducidad, sobre el espacio y alejamiento de la distancia» . desarrollo humano en chile, nosotros los chilenos. un desafío cultural, . y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia. traducido por f. revilla (yo sé, yo creo ; casal i vall (andorra ) . esta obra es una presentación más sucinta y pensada para un público amplio, de su estudio consagrado al tema de la tradición y tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... en esta defi nición se encuentran sintetizados todos los elementos que componen la realidad compleja de la tradición y su nexo con la historia. su contenido: el don del padre, y en primer lugar, la verdad salvadora, la revelación divina realizada en jesucristo. no se trata entonces de un contenido periférico o marginal de la fe. ni tampoco es un listado de verdades o de normas sino alguien, dios que se dio y comunicó defi niti- vamente en su hijo jesús y que ahora resucitado desea seguir dándose y ofreciendo su vida por la humanidad, mediante su espíritu. los actores implicados: se trata de todos aquellos que, tras la revela- ción de dios acontecida de una vez en jesús, han recibido y entregado este acontecimiento a las futuras generaciones. entre estos actores desta- can el sujeto trascendente, el espíritu y el sujeto histórico, la iglesia. en esta destacan en primer lugar los apóstoles y su generación que recibió y puso por escrito, inspirada por el espíritu, las palabras y hechos de jesús y su impacto en las primeras comunidades apostólicas. y también sus sucesores y los fi eles, que asistidos por el mismo espíritu, despliegan, actualizan e interiorizan la acción de jesús. el proceso de la tradición: consiste en un recibir y dar, el proceso de comunicación, de profundización y de actualización de una relación entre el señor viviente y los hombres y mujeres de todo tiempo y lugar, rela- ción que se hace existencialmente contemporánea de ellos. contenido, sujetos y proceso de la tradición se condicionan e impli- can mutuamente en la realidad compleja de la tradición. detengámonos en cada uno de estos elementos, destacando en ellos su estrecha vincula- ción con la historia, como contexto y medio de la tradición. el contenido de la tradición dos elementos caracterizan de manera constante la comprensión de la tradición en congar. por un lado, que lo transmitido no es algo fi jo, está- tico, sino alguien vivo, dinámico. al punto que es toda la tradición la que es cualifi cada por quien es así transmitido: es la tradición viva. por otro, toma distancia de una comprensión historizante y meramente documen- taria de la tradición, según la cual su contenido verídico es aquel del que las tradiciones. y.m.congar, la tradition et les traditions. essai historique (i) essai théolo- gique (ii) (le signe; arthème fayard, paris ). alberto toutin, ss.cc. se pueden proveer las piezas documentales, comprobables mediante los procedimientos historiográfi cos. para comprender mejor el alcance del contenido de la tradición, con- gar distingue entre el aspecto más objetivo de la misma, entendido como la creencia común y unánime de la iglesia, considerada no solo en su ac- tualidad sino incluso a lo largo de la historia; es la manera de ser cristiano común a los fi eles de ayer y de hoy, recibida de los primeros cristianos y de los apóstoles. este contenido es católico total, que supera con mucho lo que de él se encuentra formulado (tradiciones apostólicas escritas y no escritas) y todavía más lo que hemos comprendido y seríamos capaces de explicar. lo que ha sido transmitido no es solo un enunciado teórico, ni siquiera una profesión de fe, sino la realidad misma del cristianismo, siempre presentes, especialmente en la palabra proclamada y acogida en la iglesia y en los sacramentos. el sentido subjetivo, corresponde al modo como dicha realidad pre- sente es recibida por los testigos. congar llama a este sentido subjetivo de la tradición el sentido católico, entendido como «cierto instinto, sentimiento o disposición íntima debida a la conciencia que la iglesia tiene de su pro- pia identidad y de lo que pudiera hacerla peligrar» . llamamos la atención sobre el hecho que la catolicidad de la tradición se refi ere tanto a la realidad presente y relacional que defi ne al cristianis- mo (contenido), expresada en las formas variadas y jerarquizadas como a los sujetos que la acogen y viven de ella (actores). esta articulación entre el contenido de la tradición y los sujetos es po- sible por cuanto la tradición atañe también al proceso de la «transmisión vital del cristianismo» y por esta vía «es poseído y tenido en su totalidad y como totalidad más allá de lo que se pueda comprender y formular del mismo e incluso más allá de lo que se pueda justifi car mediante referencias externas de tipo histórico-crítico» . en esta perspectiva, congar está lejos de oponer una transmisión viva y una concepción historiográfi ca de la misma, en primer lugar, por el hecho de que el contenido fundamental de la tradición –dios que se comunica, especialmente en jesús de nazaret muerto y resucitado– aconteció en una historia y cultura particular, cuyas huellas e impacto en los que lo encontraron son efectivamente identifi ca- bles historiográfi camente. luego, la actitud subyacente a los testimonios y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... historiográfi cos es la misma que anima a la tradición como transmisión vital del cristianismo, a saber, como expresión de la manera como la co- munidad recibió, vivió y plasmó la vitalidad del cristianismo tradicional. sin embargo, congar advierte que la comunicación vital del cristianismo no se agota ni es reducible a sus testimonios historiográfi camente com- probables, como tampoco, mutatis mutandi, la obra escrita de una persona agota su paso y su devenir por la historia. a ello se añade el hecho de que la realidad de la tradición no solo está residualmente viva en la memoria de los que conservan su recuerdo sino también su gesto y su entrega se actualizan existencialmente para cada hombre y cada mujer en la fe de los que viven del resucitado, en la comunidad –la iglesia– que visibiliza especialmente su presencia y su actuar. la tradición se la aprecia, por tanto, en su real valor no solo ni exclusivamente por los documentos historiográfi cos que atestiguan su ve- racidad sino también y sobre todo, en los testigos que en sus propias vidas verifi can la realidad siempre actual y presente de la acción del resucitado. estos ofrecen una síntesis vital del viviente, síntesis que implica elemen- tos históricos por cierto pero también intelectuales, afectivos, morales. la iglesia, como el conjunto de los testigos que creen en jesús, profundiza la tradición que ha recibido de los apóstoles –en la fase constitutiva de la revelación– y la recibe en la circunstancia inédita del hoy, asistida por el espíritu santo para ver en donde está actuando el señor resucitado: «refl exionando sobre los textos y sobre los hechos, cobrando conciencia de lo que implica la experiencia que verifi ca de las realidades santas que la habitan, releyendo una vez más los textos a la luz de esa experiencia, la iglesia llega a reconocer, con la confi rmación divina, un contenido más rico que lo que pudiera resultar de una simple lectura histórica de los tex- tos, sin más» . sujetos de la tradición si bien congar introduce la noción de sujeto de la tradición, en correla- ción con el objeto o contenido de la misma, sin embargo, esta distinción es más formal que real en la medida en que el contenido de la tradición no es un objeto fi jo sino un sujeto actuante –dios que se manifestó de una vez para siempre en jesús– que sigue comunicándose y comunicando la fuerza de este acontecimiento cuando hombres y mujeres en la historia y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . alberto toutin, ss.cc. lo hacen suyo. puesto que la tradición es la comunicación vital de rela- ción religiosa –fi lial y fraternal– de dios en jesús por su espíritu, ella se hace presente en una relación entre dos sujetos: el espíritu santo como sujeto trascendental de la tradición y la iglesia como sujeto visible e his- tórico de la tradición. estos dos sujetos interactúan de manera sinérgica y asimétrica, mutuamente implicados en una misma historia. el espíritu, por ser espíritu de cristo, en los tiempos apostólicos –por inspiración– y posapostólicos –por asistencia– «actualiza e interioriza lo que fue dicho y hecho de una vez para siempre por cristo, es decir, el evangelio (cf. jn , ; , - )» . esto signifi ca que la vida según en el evangelio, cuyos rasgos esencia- les se hicieron visibles de una vez para siempre en la misión histórica y visible del verbo encarnado, apunta precisamente a ser conocida y ofre- cida como una forma válida para todos los tiempos, que debe por tanto extenderse al mundo y a la historia, aplicándose a la infi nita variedad de situaciones y de personas. lo propio de la acción del espíritu es su nexo indefectible tanto al acontecimiento único de jesús, en su vida y su his- toria como en su realidad presente y actuante resucitada. y, a la vez, en cuanto espíritu del resucitado, él actualiza, universaliza e interioriza el pro nobis que defi ne el ser, las actitudes y las acciones de jesús. esta compren- sión de la acción cristifi cante del espíritu reposa sobre lo que el mismo congar desarrolla en lo que él llama una «cristología pneumatológica» . esta recomprensión del único y defi nitivo acontecimiento de cristo bus- ca poner de relieve no tanto las relaciones eternas intratrinitarias entre el verbo y el espíritu sino más bien la estrecha relación histórica que se dan entre jesús muerto y resucitado y el espíritu: en el estado de kénosis en donde jesús aparece como el ungido por el espíritu y guiado por Él y en el estado glorioso, en donde jesús, señor resucitado aparece como señor que comunica su espíritu y a través de este –dios en nosotros– nos hace hijos adoptivos del padre y hermanos de jesús. la relación indisociable que se da por naturaleza entre el señor resu- citado y su espíritu, se mantiene también en la realidad de la iglesia –¡su iglesia!– en cuanto cuerpo social que visibiliza en la historia la presencia de cristo. el espíritu del resucitado es coinstituyente de la iglesia, la y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . y.m. congar, el espíritu santo. traducido por a. martÍnez de lapera (barcelona ), - . tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... que no tiene otro fi n que hacer visible y presente al señor resucitado en la historia. de esta unión de la acción del espíritu en el testigo de jesús resucitado habla pablo cuando formula el criterio cristológico de discernimiento de la acción del espíritu: «nadie puede decir: “jesús es el señor” si no lo hace movido por el espíritu santo» ( co , ). lo que el espíritu hace en cada creyente, lo hace también en el conjunto de la realidad de la iglesia, en sus distintas actividades, ministerios y carismas, así como en las distintas expresiones –dogmáticas, litúrgicas, normativas, artísticas– en las que se le da cuerpo y rostro humano a la acción del re- sucitado. retomando una imagen de ireneo de lyon, congar expresa esta acción conjunta del resucitado y de su espíritu en la marcha de la iglesia, como las «dos manos» cf. ireneo de lyon, adversus haereses v, , ; v, , . de dios: «la iglesia aparece así provenir a la vez del verbo en su encarnación y del espíritu –o del señor glorifi cado– incesantemente activo al interior de las personas como de las estructuras sacramentales y jurídicas. verdaderamente, dios opera con sus dos manos conjuntas» . esta acción cristifi cante del espíritu se verifi ca entonces ad intra eccle- siae. dicha acción no anula la condición creatural, pecadora y peregrinante en el tiempo de sus miembros. si bien a la iglesia, como a su cuerpo, el re- sucitado le ha prometido la asistencia indefectible de su espíritu, no todo lo que la iglesia hace y dice es obra del espíritu del resucitado. dicha acción requiere ser discernida por el conjunto de la iglesia, teniendo en cuenta sus diferentes instancias y actores, en los niveles de corresponsabi- lidad que les competen, así como una suerte de gradación –¡la expresión es infeliz!– de la presencia del espíritu operante en ella: «existe una grada- ción muy matizada y compleja en lo que pudiera llamarse su compromiso [el del espíritu] en lo humano de la historia de la salvación y que va desde su don perfecto a cristo a los trabajosos tanteos de los teólogos, pasando por las gracias concedidas a los apóstoles, a los profetas, a los padres, a los grandes pontífi ces o a los fundadores religiosos... . congar insiste también en la atención que la iglesia ha de prestar a la acción del espíritu ad extra ecclesiae, en las experiencias de la mundanidad del mundo, en su implicación en los acontecimientos y movimientos his- tóricos en favor de condiciones de vida más humana para todos, leyendo cf. ireneo de lyon, adversus haereses v, , ; v, , . y.m. congar, la parole et le souffl e (jésus et jésus-christ ; paris ) . y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . alberto toutin, ss.cc. a la luz del evangelio los signos de los tiempos: «el pueblo de dios, movi- do por la fe, que le impulsa a creer que quien conduce es el espíritu santo, que llena el universo, procura discernir en los acontecimientos, exigencias y deseos, de los cuales participa juntamente con sus contemporáneos los signos verdaderos de la presencia o de los planes de dios» (gs , ). el espíritu santo que asiste a la iglesia, y que opera discreta y efi caz- mente en el mundo, la pone a ella entera en una dinámica de descentra- miento de sí para estar efectivamente centrada en la acción de dios en la historia y en el mundo. de este modo, la iglesia asume su propia mun- danidad e historicidad que le son constitutivas en virtud de la presencia operante del espíritu que la sostiene y la precede. esta comunicación en la tradición de lo que dios es por lo que él hace en favor de la humanidad conlleva una verdadera sinergia de los todos los actores implicados en dicho proceso. cada uno en su ámbito y nivel de corresponsabilidad está llamado a hacer visible eso que el espíritu del resucitado está realizando por todos. magisterio pastoral, teólogos y pueblo fi el en su conjunto están llamados a colaborarse en la tarea del discerni- miento y de la visibilización de la acción del espíritu de dios. dicha ac- ción se hace patente de modo especial en los testigos cuyas vidas son una respuesta creíble a lo que dios por su espíritu hace en favor de ellos. en este sentido, los fi eles no se contentan simplemente con una conserva- ción y transmisión de la tradición, no devuelven al magisterio pastoral un mero «eco de su enseñanza», sino algo que realiza una recepción original, produciendo algo inédito como «el eco de unos sujetos vivos» en una auténtica colaboración entre la jerarquía y fi eles así como entre las iglesias particulares entre sí . pero esta colaboración se funda en otra sinergia más fundamental que es la que acontece en el corazón del ser humano entre el dios que se abre paso entre las aspiraciones, obstáculos anhelos y esperanzas del hombre. allí se entregan y reciben mutuamente como sujetos vivos. una vez más, la realidad misma del dios cuyo ser lo conoce- mos por la relación que establece con la humanidad y por lo que continúa haciendo en su favor requiere el concurso de las energías y de las mejores capacidades de todos los fi eles. la riqueza siempre desbordante de dios y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . sobre la recepción como dinámica eclesial que hace la verdad de lo transmitido por la tradición. cf. y.m. congar, «la "réception" comme réalité ecclésiologique», en revue des sciences philosophiques et théologiques ( ) - . tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... brilla así de manera más homogénea con esta realidad, en la diversidad también inédita de ministerios y carismas que interactúan en la iglesia. congar precisa de qué manera los fi eles, con sus competencias, con- tribuyen a la transmisión viva, recepción y comunicación eclesialmente mediada de la tradición y a su desarrollo multiforme en el tiempo: «lo hacen con la piedad y el ejercicio de su vida religiosa. es un hecho que así han contribuido poderosamente a desplegar la creencia de la iglesia, por ejemplo, en lo referente al misterio mariano: se ha visto en el dogma de la inmaculada concepción. pero asimismo lo hacen me- diante el estudio científi co de las fuentes de la fe y de los monumentos de la tradición, mediante la refl exión fi losófi ca e incluso teológica, mediante las creaciones artísticas y culturales que afectan la religión, y mediante sus iniciativas apostólicas y misioneras, sin contar todo lo que monjes y hombres de elevada espiritualidad que no fueron sacer- dotes han aportado al tesoro de la espiritualidad cristiana» . proceso de la tradición dado que lo que se transmite es la relación religiosa, la relación que dios establece con la humanidad y que para actualizarla y profundizarla, re- quiere de las mejores energías y de los recursos con los que cuentan los actores implicados en ella, lo que defi ne a la tradición como proceso es que es del orden de una comunicación viva. esto supone no solo cono- cer las normas que rigen toda comunicación humana y someterse a ellas –atención al mensaje, al emisor y al receptor/interlocutor y al contexto en que se da dicha comunicación– sino también acoger la comunicación específi ca que dios estableció con la humanidad, en especial al entrar en la historia de un pueblo y hacer alianza, a través de él, con toda la humani- dad. en este sentido, la tradición comporta una dimensión comunicativa que abraza toda la historia en virtud de la modalidad misma mediante la cual dios entra en comunicación con nosotros. esta idea madura poco a poco en congar y se va a consolidar durante el año de exilio que vivió en jerusalén en . allí profundiza sus conoci- mientos bíblicos que van a enriquecer de manera decisiva su comprensión de dios. pasa de una visión de cuño más tomista, esencialista, centrada en los atributos de dios como absoluto, a una visión más bíblica, existencial, centrada en la relación que dios quiere establecer con la humanidad. así y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . alberto toutin, ss.cc. lo explicita años más tarde cuando es consultado acerca de su visión de dios. por un lado, se opone a las imágenes de un dios en sí que parecería desentenderse de su compromiso real con la historia de la humanidad, ya sea en la fi gura del gran arquitecto o del relojero del mundo, de un dios que habría actuado en el impulso inicial de la creación para luego des- aparecer. por otro, afi rma que su imagen de dios es de fuerte raigambre bíblica, el dios vivo, activo y presente, un dios que está volcado hacia la humanidad y entra en relación permanente con ella. para referirse a dios habría que llamarlo, estima él, en una sola frase: «dios-que-hizo-salir-a is- rael- de egipto». «dios-que-ha-hecho-alianza». el dios de la biblia es «yo soy- yo era- yo vengo», [...] y siempre el dios que ha hecho alguna cosa . una vez admitido que dios en su diálogo con la humanidad, asume la historicidad para hacerla lugar de encuentro salvífi co con él, congar saca una consecuencia fundamental que concierne tanto el conocimiento que podemos tener de dios como los modos de hacerlo visible y de comuni- carlo a los demás. se trata de la aproximación a dios desde su economía, es decir, desde «la gestión del mundo por dios en vista de la salvación. y el conocimiento económico de dios –por tanto, a través de lo que Él hace– nos lleva a conocer lo que Él es en sí mismo: Él es según lo que hace y hace según lo que Él es» . esta afi rmación implica reconocer que la historia no es ajena al quehacer y ser de dios, sino que al contrario es el espacio media- dor en donde lleva su acción salvífi ca y en donde la humanidad, en la fe, puede abrirse a esa misma acción. dicho de otro modo, el compromiso de dios con la historia –máxime en jesús, en que el verbo se hace historia, cultura, carne– es expresión de su estar permanentemente volcado hacia la humanidad y en donde atisbamos su ser en el eterno interrelacionarse del padre, del hijo y del espíritu. esta aproximación económica a dios entraña también para la tradición la tarea del discernimiento, de recono- cimiento y de colaboración en el hoy de esta relación salvífi ca de dios con toda la humanidad. la tradición está entonces normativamente orientada al servicio de esta relación de dios actuante y actual de dios. para ello ha de buscar y crear los modos de comunicación que le sean más adecuados al dios que así actúa y a la humanidad en cuyo favor opera. j. puyo, une vie pour la vérité. jean puyo interroge le père congar (paris ) - . j. puyo, une vie pour la vérité. jean puyo interroge le père congar, . el destacado es de congar. tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... por lo mismo, la realidad misma de la tradición –en su contenido indisociable de sus modos de comunicación en la revelación y de actua- lización mediante la tradición– requiere de sujetos vivos, de testigos que vivan de «lo que han recibido» en la fe y ellos mismos, a su vez, en sus mo- dos de entenderse, de relacionarse con los demás, de actuar, «entreguen» a los otros, de manera veraz y creíble la realidad viva que los sostiene. se trata de vivir como testigo de un encuentro con el dios vivo, el cual reconfi gura la existencia cristiana, introduciéndole un nuevo principio de acción y urgiéndola a una radical coherencia de vida: «yo ya no vivo, sino cristo vive en mí». (gál , ) al modo de pablo y de tantos otros hom- bres y mujeres, creyentes en la historia, el espíritu de jesús actualiza la presencia del resucitado en los testigos que este mismo espíritu suscita. la relación personal de dios con su pueblo, el don de su fi liación adop- tiva en jesús por el espíritu, se hace visible y operacional en la realidad de los testigos que así viven: «la tradición, como medio en que recibimos el cristianismo y somos formados según él, no existe sino por medio de quienes, habiéndola recibido, viven de ella y la transmiten a otros, para que estos vivan de ella a su vez. es, como la educación, una comunicación viva; es la comunicación cuyo contenido es inseparable del acto con que una persona viva hace benefi ciaria de ella a otra persona viva» . por la unión indisociable que existe en el núcleo de la tradición entre lo que dios es y lo que él hace y continúa haciendo en favor de la humani- dad, la atención prestada a la historia en toda su contingencia y su perma- nente devenir, corresponde a un acto de fi delidad al dios que así se reveló y sigue actuando. de este modo, la novedad de la acción presente de dios requiere ser discernida en las circunstancias siempre inéditas y cambiantes de la historia. de algún modo, la acción defi nitiva de dios manifestada ya en jesús, de una vez para siempre, es profundizada y desplegada en las coordenadas dinámicas de la historia, con sus interrogantes y desafíos propios, a la vez que mantiene a los testigos abiertos a esa acción-por- venir de dios cuando el señor resucitado vuelva en su gloria y dios «sea todo en todos» ( co , ): «la tradición es algo vivo porque es vehiculada por unos espíritus vivos, y que viven en el tiempo. estos encuentran en él unos proble- mas o adquieren unos recursos que les llevan a dar a la tradición, o a la verdad que la misma contiene, las formas y las reacciones de una cosa viva: adaptación, reacción, crecimiento, fecundidad. la tradición y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . alberto toutin, ss.cc. es algo vivo porque la sostienen unos espíritus que viven de ella en la historia, una historia que es actividad, problemas, discusiones, aporta- ciones y exigencias de respuesta» . todos estos esfuerzos de adaptación requeridos por el contenido mis- mo de la tradición no son meramente pragmáticos que, en el sentido que apuntarían a que el mensaje pase mejor o sea mejor recibido. ello comporta una renovación en la comprensión de ese mismo mensaje del que la iglesia es portadora en la medida en que acoge esas preguntas y desafíos inéditos que plantea el presente histórico y se dota de recursos categoriales nue- vos, acordes con el carácter también inédito de la acción de dios en la historia. de alguna manera, el contenido mismo de la tradición y los ac- tores implicados en su fi delidad testimonial se ven renovados al procurar nuevas formas de expresión. la relación contenido y forma no es de ex- trinsecismo mutuo sino que se hallan mutuamente referidos y condiciona- dos. congar describe en la imagen elocuente de la arteria esta interacción entre forma y contenido que se opera en la transmisión de la tradición: «en el acto mismo en que es canal, por no ser un canal mecánico, sino viviente, es también fuente en cierto modo. alimentando los tejidos, la sangre se regenera también en las arterias que la vehiculan. la tra- dición es arteria viva que, en el acto mismo de transmitir, recibe un crecimiento de la vida misma que comunica» . con todo, congar articula estas exigencias de adaptación inherentes a tradición con las exigencias no menos importantes de fi delidad al conte- nido de la misma, en su carácter irreductible. en este sentido, toma dis- tancia de lo que él califi ca como un «relativismo de la verdad» que «no es otra cosa que el pensamiento sucesivo y cambiante de los hombres», una dilución del contenido objetivo y de la pretensión de verdad aneja a ese contenido, en el proceso de la transmisión viva en la historia. «la tradi- ción no implica ni siquiera soporta alteración alguna en su contenido ob- jetivo. es comunicación de un ser vivo a otro, pero comunicación de un objeto defi nido y que permanece idéntico en su naturaleza profunda» . en la relación indisociable que existe al interior de la tradición entre su objeto –Él es lo que hace por nosotros– y sus modalidades –relacio- nales históricas– según las cuales se da conocer y se actualiza, todo el y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... trabajo teológico reside en mantener la tensión, lo más fecunda posible, entre la necesaria adaptación de formas de expresión y de inteligibilidad de la tradición y la conservación de la naturaleza profunda e irreductible de su contenido. esta tensión se ha de orientar tanto por el ideal de pleni- tud –de lo que aún está por venir y manifestarse de dios y su acción en la historia– como por un ideal de pureza- respecto a lo que hemos recibido de nuestros predecesores, desde los apóstoles a nuestros días. «toda la historia de la iglesia está atravesada por una tensión entre un ideal de plenitud y un ideal de pureza. el primero inclina a bus- car la apertura, la acogida y el movimiento, la síntesis con lo que se le presenta, pero entraña el peligro de perder la pureza. esta debe reafi rmar continuamente sus exigencias, en nombre de los princi- pios originales cuyo testimonio más inmutable, más íntegro y más indiscutible presentan las sagradas escrituras. por ello, estas son una referencia crítica necesaria para todo desarrollo o crecimiento de la tradición» . . acerca del arte de la transmisión de la tradición. notas de una sinfonía inconclusa con este telón de fondo de las grandes líneas del pensamiento de congar sobre los vínculos entre la tradición y la historia, volvamos a las pregun- tas iniciales que sitúan hoy la problemática de la crisis de la transmisión de la tradición a las nuevas generaciones y precisemos de manera específi ca el trabajo que le incumbe a la teología. al servicio de lo inédito y porvenir de la acción de dios en la historia la fi delidad al objeto/sujeto de la tradición como a su dinámica comuni- cacional propia –de un ser vivo a otro en la historia– es la que justamente pone a los sujetos que colaboran en su transmisión en una situación de una inconfortable inestabilidad. es cierto que, a lo largo de la historia, la iglesia ha ido institucionalizando algunas distintas formas de expresión –escrita y no escrita– sacramental, dogmática, normativa, exegética, ar- tística mediante las cuales se ha hecho visible para el hoy de cada época, la relación kairótica de dios con la humanidad. esta relación tiene su pa- radigma en la relación establecida por dios, de una vez para siempre, en la humanidad crucifi cada y resucitada de jesús de nazaret. la fi delidad al dios de jesús y al dios de nuestros padres conlleva entonces una atención al carácter siempre nuevo y por venir –desde dios para nosotros– de esa y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . alberto toutin, ss.cc. relación de dios en el transcurso de tiempo y al carácter también nuevo de los desafíos, inquietudes y anhelos que trabajan abierta o secretamente a la humanidad. desde el punto de vista de la tradición como proceso comunicacional, las mismas formas en que se ha ido plasmando llevan en sí y hablan a la vez de las circunstancias –preguntas o desafíos– que les dieron origen. recibir estas formas para iluminar el presente con su novedad involucra un trabajo hermenéutico parte de la teología de resignifi cación de esas formas en los nuevos contextos en que son leídas y asumidas. sin em- bargo, hoy nos enfrentamos a desafíos culturales de tal envergadura que dicho esfuerzo interpretativo requiere ser llevado adelante con un nuevo vigor. pensemos tan solo en los avances tecnológicos y su impacto en dos áreas como son las comunicaciones y la salud. la novedad que estas introducen entre nosotros sobre la comprensión de la vida humana –de su inicio, calidad de vida y su fi n– sobre lo que signifi can los vínculos comunicacionales, las nuevas formas de lo presencial-virtual, son de tal magnitud que por mucho que interroguemos a la tradición a la luz de es- tos nuevos cuestionamientos, las respuestas que surjan estarán marcadas por un desfase inevitable entre las matrices culturales de la tradición y las nuevas coordenadas culturales en que nos situamos. «hay que echar el vino nuevo en pellejos nuevos, y así ambos se conservan» (mt , ) res- pondía jesús a lo que lo criticaban porque sus discípulos no se moldeaban a las formas de ayuno entonces normativas para la piedad judía. la novedad de la acción de dios hoy en la movediza y vertiginosa realidad de la historia exige de la tradición y de los distintos sujetos que la reciben y transmiten un trabajo que no se puede contentar con una adaptación de formas –permaneciendo el contenido radicalmente inal- terable– sino que exige en fi delidad a esta novedad del actuar de dios en el hoy, lo que von balthasar llama un trabajo de fundición: «conocer, repensar y apropiarse de manera originaria y nueva la revelación entera para cada época» . este trabajo de fundición viene exigido no solo por las circunstancias históricas cambiantes que dictarían los cambios –formales y de comprensión– que deben introducirse en la tradición sino también y sobre todo, por la misma tradición que hace que su contenido mistérico h.u. von balthasar, ¿qué es un cristiano? traducido por a. sÁnchez pascual (omega ; madrid ), - . tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... no pueda ser encapsulado en una fórmula única y rígida, so pena de incu- rrir en las diferentes formas de idolatría. a quienes se dedican a la teología entendida como «la forma o el cul- tivo científi co de la fe, que toma en una razón humana utilizando para su mejor comprensión sus recursos racionales» , les corresponde un ejerci- cio de racionalidad de la fe que dé cuenta de la legitimidad de su acceso singular a la multidimensionalidad de lo real y de sus condicionamientos mutuos en confrontación crítica con otros sistemas sectoriales de inter- pretación de lo real. este ejercicio además tiene por un lado, un sentido propositivo, que apunta a «designar en el presente» –en expresión de da- vid tracy– de la iglesia y del mundo, la acción siempre inédita de dios, y por otro, un sentido crítico respecto a toda forma que, desde la precarie- dad de su propia relatividad hermenéutica y teológica, pretenda encapsu- lar la realidad inobjetualizable del misterio de dios. un nuevo ropaje cultural para la tradición en su lectura de la realidad de la tradición, congar subraya el valor que tienen en ella las tradiciones que «son maneras de obrar y de expresar la fe, unas costumbres, unos ritos, unas disposiciones prácticas, toda suerte de determinaciones concretas, asimismo heredadas, que forman una cier- ta disciplina de la vida cristiana» . entre estas tradiciones se cuentan el ayuno pascual, el bautismo de niños, el culto a las imágenes, las oraciones fúnebres, etc.” . en efecto estas tradiciones obedecen al esfuerzo cons- tante de la iglesia de dotar de un ropaje cultural adecuado a los contenidos fundamentales de la fe y que se expresan en formas doctrinales, litúrgica, rituales, disciplinares, normativas y artísticas. dichas formas confi guran una cosmovisión, ordenadora de la existencia, que surge como resultado de un trabajo creativo de los distintos actores de la iglesia por articular la vitalidad de la fe con las formas de la creencia y de pensamiento que se ofrecen en cada época. incluso más, la fe tradicional recibida de los pa- dres ha sido capaz, en muchos períodos de la historia, de engendrar y de promover formas culturales nuevas de expresión. pensemos en lo que ha signifi cado como contribución al pensamiento de la humanidad la noción y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . para una presentación detallada de estas tradiciones cf. y.m. congar, la tradition et les traditions. (i) essai historique (paris, ), - . alberto toutin, ss.cc. de persona o algunas expresiones del arte religioso, como las obras de miguel Ángel buonarroti en la capilla sixtina o henri matisse en la ca- pilla de vence o en un contexto más nuestro las escultura de peter horn y los retablos de claudio di girólamo. en defi nitivas estas tradiciones son las que crean un medio, un hogar, un contexto que no solo cualifi ca la cultura de una época dada sino que permite la socialización de los va- lores, conocimientos, normas e imaginarios que constituyen la tradición. «las tradiciones son también los medios humildes de un calor sin el que nuestra iglesia, más que un hogar, parecería una sala de escuela del siglo pasado: forman ese clima de calor, de familiaridad y de seguridad propio de una casa habitada, de una mansión familiar. no obstante, no tienen el mismo valor de absoluto que la tradición de la fe. son más bien el ropaje de esta» . sin embargo, congar constata que hoy en día existe una suerte de des- pojamiento del ropaje cultural de la fe, en parte debido al hecho que las formas en las que tradicionalmente se la ha revestido no resultan signifi ca- tivas para el hombre y mujer de hoy y, en parte, por un exilio –voluntario u obligado– de los creyentes de los espacios generadores de cultura. congar habla de una suerte de iconoclasmo contemporáneo de la fe que hace que no posea ni se la haya dotado de imágenes culturales que expresen adecuada y sólidamente para el hoy una visión de la existencia cristiana. «estoy convencido por una parte que la fe, [...] tiene necesidad de una expresión cultural, de ceremonias, del arte, de la belleza, de la literatu- ra, de la música. empero, hoy el medio cultural no es favorable a ello, aun cuando exista un sentido espiritual real en ciertos artistas, sobre todo fuera de la iglesia. lo que antes existió del revestimiento cultural católico y cristiano en diferentes ámbitos del arte, de la literatura y de la música, hoy es bastante débil o se limita a grupos a menudo margi- nales, en una suerte de subcultura» . ya no existe un medio cristiano que sea espiritualmente consistente como para atraer y engendrar formas culturales nuevas y sufi cientemente contundentes en las que la tradición hable en católico, es decir hable la lengua de los hombres y mujeres de hoy. se trata de formas dotadas de la fuerza confi guradora de mentes y de existencias que se ofrezcan como caminos de sentido –y de salvación como felicidad ofrecida (por dios)– a quienes quieran recorrerlos. esta tarea incumbe de modo particular a la y.m. congar, la tradición y la vida de la iglesia, . y.m. congar, entretiens d’automne. présentés par bernard lauret (paris ), . tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... teología entendida ella misma como una expresión en el orden de la in- teligencia del diálogo entre la fe y la cultura, en un momento dado de la historia. bajo este respecto, la teología es, según congar «la cultura de la fe por el uso honesto de los medios de cultura disponibles en un momento dado» . la teología tiene en sí una vocación cultural y es generadora de cultura, como expresión del dinamismo de la fe, de su carácter englobante del conjunto de la persona y de sus relaciones. muestra de la vitalidad de fe es precisamente una teología, capaz de utilizar con discernimiento críti- co los recursos de la racionalidad humana para dar que pensar la novedad permanente de dios volcándose hacia la humanidad y su relación con las cuestiones fundamentales a las que todo ser humano, tarde o temprano, se enfrenta en su propia tarea de existir. de la selección a la elección el contexto actual en que constatamos una cierta crisis de transmisión de la fe a las generaciones jóvenes puede ser leído simplemente como un espacio amenazante que conduzca a petrifi car ciertas formas tradicionales como una respuesta a los tiempos inestables y hostiles que corren. detrás de una desconfi anza de las generaciones mayores hacia los jóvenes y las acusaciones recíprocas de indiferencia de unos y de rigidez de otros, pue- den esconderse respuestas paralizantes a un problema que ambos experi- mentan como real: ¿cuál es el terreno propicio en que pueda acontecer la transmisión de la fe tradicional de una generación a otra? pregunta que se hace más urgente por el desfase cada vez mayor, más heterogéneo y más rápido que se instala entre una generación y otra. para enfrentar este desafío se requiere discernir en el presente no solo amenazas sino también oportunidades. en el nuevo contexto en que se dan las experiencias religiosas en nuestro país marcado por un proceso por un lado de desinstitucionalización de las prácticas y desafi liación a las pertenencias colectivas y, por otro, de creciente individualización, ello no signifi ca la desaparición de lo religioso sino una nueva confi guración que estaría en curso. en efecto, lo religioso-católico –en el caso nuestro– puede seguir siendo recibido por las nuevas generaciones, en la medida que sea presentado como un objeto no de selección aleatoria, motivada por las necesidades variables de los sujetos sino de elección, de algo fun- y.m. congar, je crois en l’esprit saint. iii (paris ), . alberto toutin, ss.cc. damental para vivir y estructurar con sentido la propia vida, los proyectos biográfi cos y los sociales. esto representa una tarea tan vasta como la que señalábamos antes como una fundición de la tradición. en clave de comunicación, implica que los mismos agentes de la transmisión hayan experimentado en carne propia que lo central de la fe es recibido como un acontecimiento trans- formador, que confi gure sus modos de ver, de sentir, de pensar, de actuar y de situarse en el mundo. es lo que probablemente constituye uno de los aportes mayores de la v conferencia del episcopado latinoamericano y del caribe, reunida en aparecida, al poner el acento en que solo puede ser misionero –comunicador de la vida en abundancia que ofrece jesús– quien es primero discípulo, que él mismo se ha dejado encontrar por jesús que es la vida y ha transformado su existencia en una proexistencia como la suya. supone también un esfuerzo decidido tanto de la acción pastoral como de la refl exión teológica que la acompaña por situarse en la perspectiva de su interlocutor de la comunicación. ello no solo para conocer sus códigos de comunicación y adaptar pragmáticamente el mensaje sino para abrirse comunicador y receptor a un mensaje nuevo que surge precisamente del encuentro, del reconocimiento de una acción del espíritu que precede a la comunicación de la fe. ocurre, por tanto, algo inédito e imprevisible rela- cionado con dios, también para el que lo presenta explícitamente cuando se dispone a buscar las formas que sean más adecuadas y signifi cativas para el interlocutor y cuando se abre a lo que ya el espíritu está operando en este último. esto implica además que la relación entre iglesia y mundo, en lo que a la fe y a la tradición se refi ere, ya no se estructura sobre la lógica de pre- guntas que el mundo presuntamente se plantearía o que la iglesia ayudaría a formular y las respuestas que esta, desde la fe, le presentaría como su servicio. se trata más bien de estructurar estas relaciones sobre la base una lógica de preguntas-preguntas: ya sea porque reconocemos como nues- tras las preguntas de los hombres, ya sea porque nos permitimos poner en estado de pregunta a los hombres, desde nuestra fe. evidentemente no se trata de renunciar a la posibilidad de la respuesta, pero esta la bus- camos juntos con los hombres y mujeres de nuestro tiempo, ofreciendo el evangelio del que somos portadores como un camino de sentido –de salvación– que invitamos a recorrer por las sendas de los hombres, que tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... son también las nuestras. de ello depende una de las formas que tenemos como iglesia de asumir nuestra propia mundanidad constitutiva. en lo que concierne a esta otra lógica de relación iglesia-mundo, con- gar, se reprochaba el no haber dado sufi ciente espacio a las preguntas que le venían de sus contemporáneos –reproche que pareciera provenir más bien de la sabiduría de los años que de un sentimiento inconfeso de culpa por una pusilanimidad intelectual para enfrentar las verdaderas pre- guntas–. al mismo tiempo, valora como una oportunidad que le ofrece el tiempo presente el dar mayor espacio a las preguntas y a las búsquedas con los hombres y mujeres de hoy, en especial con los jóvenes: «me reprocho a veces no vivir sufi cientemente las preguntas, cortarlas demasiado rápido por las respuestas. en esas condiciones, ellas po- drían ser solo respuestas a las cuestiones de anteayer o de ayer pero tal vez no las de hoy ni las de mañana. en la incertidumbre en la que parecen complacerse muchos jóvenes ¿no hay allí una riqueza de es- píritu que me haría falta un poco?» . ello no le hace de ningún modo renunciar a la tradición, pues le da un lugar, un medio y hace de él un testigo, al mismo tiempo que le ofrece un impulso nuevo para situarse en el tiempo presente, por incierto que parez- ca. lo que señala congar estimo válido para todo testigo de la tradición: «pero mi rol –si tengo alguno– sería ser sin duda un testigo de la tradición en medio del cambio: siendo la tradición completamente otra cosa que una afi rmación mecánica y repetitiva del pasado: es la presencia activa de un principio en toda su historia» . se trata de pensar el conjunto de la tradición de la fe en clave de pro- posición, de oferta signifi cativa no solo para el que la comunica sino ade- más deseable y razonable para el que la recibe. este paso lo encontramos por ejemplo en el esfuerzo realizado por la iglesia de francia que duró más de cuatro años ( - ), en que se pensó el conjunto de la vida pastoral de la iglesia ya no en clave de herencia que se transmite sino en clave de proposición que se ofrece. el camino emprendido fue acorde con este propósito: hubo encuentros de pastores con los fi eles y de estos con recomenzantes y con personas alejadas o situadas fuera de la iglesia. tam- bién la forma en que se expresó ese camino refl exivo hablaba por sí mis- ma de lo que se quería comunicar: una carta dirigida en primer lugar a los j. puyo, une vie pour la vérité. jean puyo interroge le père congar, . j. puyo, une vie pour la vérité. jean puyo interroge le père congar, . alberto toutin, ss.cc. católicos de francia para proponer la fe en la sociedad actual. esta carta iba dirigida también a los hermanos de las iglesias protestante y ortodoxa, a los hombres y mujeres de otras confesiones y tradiciones religiosas e incluso a los hombres y mujeres que se interesan en el lugar y futuro de la fe cristiana en la sociedad actual, aun cuando no compartan las mismas convicciones creyentes . en esta misma perspectiva se sitúa el esfuerzo teológico de síntesis y de divulgación inteligente de la fe realizado por el teólogo bernard sesboüé, en donde propone un panorama del conjunto de la fe católica expresada en el credo y tematizada a lo largo de la historia en la tradición de la iglesia. en coherencia con este propósito de fondo, el autor presenta su libro –¡de más de páginas!– como una invitación a creer. en cuanto invitación, sitúa esta obra «en un clima de libertad mutua y de gratuidad entre el autor y el lector. el primero no desea imponerle nada al segundo, ni exhortarlo a lo que quiera que sea. el segundo, por su parte, no está obligado a nada. es invitado simplemente a entrar en un diálogo de hombre a hombre y a recorrer un camino en relación con cuestiones de hombre». y en cuanto invitación a creer, apunta a entrar en el acto de creer que supone «un acto de libertad personal que ningún otro puede realizar en nuestro lugar» y, a la vez, «ciertas condiciones [...], superar numerosos obstáculo en nosotros y fuera de nosotros» . el mismo espíritu de invitación es el que anima al documento de la conferencia episcopal de chile, en camino al bicentenario, presentado en septiembre de . el acontecimiento que lo motiva es el bicentenario de la independencia de nuestro país que involucra a todos los chilenos y chilenas. se trata de una proposición dirigida a los católicos, creyen- tes adultos, a quienes la iglesia considera como instauradores del orden temporal, así como a los hermanos o hermanas cristianos y no cristia- nos, creyentes y no creyentes, «con el fi n de escucharlos, enriquecer nues- tras refl exiones y llegar, eventualmente, a un documento más maduro y representativo» . para lograr este propósito el documento fue presentado en la forma no de un texto magisterial –vinculante para el pueblo cris- tiano– sino de un documento de trabajo para «estimular la refl exión y les ÉvÊques de france, proposer la foi dans la société actuelle iii. lettre aux catholiques de france (paris, ). b. sesboÜÉ, creer. invitación a la fe católica para las mujeres y los hombres del siglo xxi. tra- ducido por j. padilla moreno (magister ; madrid ) . conferencia episcopal de chile, en camino al bicentenario. en el mes de la patria , nº , . tradición e historia en congar. desafío y oportunidades para una renovación... ayudar» a los destinatarios invitándoles a sopesar sus responsabilidades en la construcción del país. si la perspectiva de la invitación y de la proposición fuera una perspec- tiva adecuada para situarnos en la coyuntura actual del país y de la iglesia, podríamos imaginar lo que signifi caría repensar la liturgia, la moral, la iniciación sacramental y la teología misma desde esta óptica. si nos situá- ramos más decididamente en esta perspectiva, probablemente no solo la transmisión de la tradición de la fe podría ser un tesoro que una genera- ción le ofrece a otra sino también ese tesoro mismo sería comprendido en su perenne novedad y ofrecimiento, bajo la forma presente y defi nitiva de la comensalidad: «ten en cuenta que estoy a la puerta y voy a llamar: y, si alguno oye mi voz y me abre, entraré en su casa y cenaremos juntos los dos» (ap , ). conferencia episcopal de chile, en camino al bicentenario. en el mes de la patria , nº , . alberto toutin, ss.cc. resumen: en un contexto de crisis de transmisión de la cultura y de la fe cristiana de una generación a otra se hace urgente preguntarse por la dinámica que defi ne a la tradición de la iglesia y su articulación dialéctica con las tradiciones que la alimentan y expresan a los largo de la historia. para ello, estudiamos dicha articulación en la obra del teólogo francés yves-marie congar. esta lectura la hacemos en diálogo con el presente de nuestra cultura e iglesia para discernir allí las oportunidades, resisten- cias y desafíos que se ofrecen tanto para la comprensión como para la comunicación de la tradición eclesial. palabras clave: crisis de la transmisión de la fe, tradición y tradiciones, yves-marie congar, proposición de la fe. abstract: in a context of a crisis of transmission of culture and the christian faith from one generation to the next, it becomes urgent to question the dynamic that defi nes the church tradition and its dialectic articulation with the traditions that nourish and express it throughout history. to do this, we studied this articulation in the work of the french theologian yves-marie congar. we did this reading in relation to the present state of our culture and church to discern there the oppor- tunities, strengths and challenges that are offered both for the understanding of and communication of the ecclesiastical tradition. keywords: faith transmission crisis, tradition and traditions, yves-marie congar, proposition of faith. n. cop , , , prova .ai studies on the value of cultural heritage journal of the section of cultural heritage university of macerata il capitale culturale department of education, cultural heritage and tourism il capitale culturale studies on the value of cultural heritage vol. , issn - (online) © eum edizioni università di macerata registrazione al roc n. del / / direttore massimo montella co-direttori tommy d. andersson, elio borgonovi, rosanna cioffi , stefano della torre, michela di macco, daniele manacorda, serge noiret, tonino pencarelli, angelo r. pupino, girolamo sciullo coordinatore editoriale francesca coltrinari coordinatore tecnico pierluigi feliciati comitato editoriale giuseppe capriotti, alessio cavicchi, mara cerquetti, francesca coltrinari, patrizia dragoni, pierluigi feliciati, enrico nicosia, valeria merola, francesco pirani, mauro saracco, emanuela stortoni comitato scientifi co - sezione di beni culturali giuseppe capriotti, mara cerquetti, francesca coltrinari, patrizia dragoni, pierluigi feliciati, maria teresa gigliozzi, valeria merola, susanne adina meyer, massimo montella, umberto moscatelli, sabina pavone, francesco pirani, mauro saracco, michela scolaro, emanuela stortoni, federico valacchi, carmen vitale comitato scientifi co michela addis, tommy d. andersson, alberto mario banti, carla barbati, sergio barile, nadia barrella, marisa borraccini, rossella caffo, ileana chirassi colombo, rosanna cioffi , caterina cirelli, alan clarke, claudine cohen, gian luigi corinto, lucia corrain, giuseppe cruciani, girolamo cusimano, fiorella dallari, stefano della torre, maria del mar gonzalez chacon, maurizio de vita, michela di macco, fabio donato, rolando dondarini, andrea emiliani, gaetano maria golinelli, xavier greffe, alberto grohmann, susan hazan, joel heuillon, emanuele invernizzi, lutz klinkhammer, federico marazzi, fabio mariano, aldo m. morace, raffaella morselli, olena motuzenko, giuliano pinto, marco pizzo, edouard pommier, carlo pongetti, adriano prosperi, angelo r. pupino, bernardino quattrociocchi, mauro renna, orietta rossi pinelli, roberto sani, girolamo sciullo, mislav simunic, simonetta stopponi, michele tamma, frank vermeulen, stefano vitali web http://riviste.unimc.it/index.php/cap-cult e-mail icc@unimc.it editore eum edizioni università di macerata, centro direzionale, via carducci /a – macerata tel ( ) fax ( ) http://eum.unimc.it info.ceum@unimc.it layout editor cinzia de santis progetto grafi co +crocevia / studio grafi co rivista riconosciuta cunsta rivista accreditata aidea rivista riconosciuta sismed rivista indicizzata wos musei e mostre tra le due guerre a cura di silvia cecchini e patrizia dragoni saggi «il capitale culturale», xiv ( ), pp. - issn - (online) doi: http://dx.doi.org/ . / - / © eum the “mostra del quarantennio” and the canon of modern art at the venice biennale in the interwar period laura moure cecchini* * laura moure cecchini, assistant professor, department of art and art history, colgate university, little hall, oak drive, hamilton, ny , e-mail: lmourececchini@colgate. edu. i am very thankful to matteo piccolo (ca’ pesaro) who shared with me key information about the works included in the “mostra dei quarant’anni”. he and paolo di marzio (galleria nazionale d’arte moderna) provided me with images of the rarely-seen artworks exhibited in the mostra, which allowed me to virtually reconstruct some of its sections. elena cazzaro and marica gallina at the archivio storico delle arti contemporanee (venice), and clementina conte, cristina tani, and stefania navarra at the archivio storico della gnam facilitated the archival research for this paper. neil mcwilliam helped me to reformulate the theoretical framework of the article, and shared with me his knowledge of interwar artistic debates. hannah jacobs very patiently worked with me on the digital model of the “mostra”. the research for this article has been supported by numerous grants from the visualizing venice project. i am very thankful to caroline bruzelius and donatella calabi who initiated and sustain the program, to mark olson and victoria szabo who fi rst introduced me to digital technologies for art historical visualization, to kristin love huffman who encouraged my research in more ways that can be counted, to francesca castellani who directed the visualizing la biennale project, and fi nally to elisabeth narkin, iara dundas, ludovica galeazzo, and chiara di stefano who shared with me the joys and sorrows of art historical research. laura moure cecchini abstract in the venice biennale organized an atypical exhibition commemorating its th anniversary. the “mostra dei quarant’anni” was mostly devoted to art from the triveneto. yet four rooms showed works by european artists who had exhibited in the biennale, and were part of the collections of the gallerie d’arte moderna in rome and venice. the show refl ected on the evolution of modern art and of the biennale between and , exemplifying the aesthetic criteria of italian public collections at the time. it included many artists that are still considered part of the modernist canon but most of them are now all but forgotten. it thus represents an optimal case study to analyze renegotiations of the artistic canon. furthermore, the “mostra” played a key role in re-defi ning the international role of venice within fascist artistic organization. as the “mostra” took place in the gap year between two biennales and received little support from governmental institutions, it is generally overlooked in the literature on the period. yet, on the basis of unpublished archival documentation and of the digital reconstruction of these rooms, this paper argues that the “mostra dei quarant’anni” is crucial for our understanding of the history of the biennale and of the cultural policies of the fascist state. nel la biennale di venezia ha organizzato una mostra atipica per commemorare il proprio ° anniversario. la “mostra dei quarant’anni” era in gran parte dedicata all’arte dal triveneto. eppure quattro sale espongono opere di artisti europei che furono in mostra alla biennale, e divennero parte delle collezioni della galleria d’arte moderna di roma e venezia. la mostra rifl ette sull’evoluzione dell’arte moderna e della biennale tra il e il , esemplifi cando i criteri estetici adottati a quell’epoca in collezioni pubbliche italiane. vengono esposti molti artisti ancora considerati parte del canone modernista. essa rappresenta un caso di studio signifi cativo per analizzare la rinegoziazione del canone artistico. la mostra, inoltre, ha giocato un ruolo chiave nella ridefi nizione del ruolo artistico internazionale di venezia all’interno dell’organizzazione fascista. poiché la mostra ha avuto luogo durante l’anno di intervallo tra le due biennali e ha ricevuto poco sostegno da parte delle istituzioni governative, è generalmente trascurata nella letteratura sul periodo. tuttavia, sulla base di documentazione archivistica inedita e della ricostruzione digitale di queste sale internazionali, questo saggio sostiene che la “mostra dei quarant’anni” è fondamentale per la nostra comprensione della storia della biennale e delle politiche culturali dello stato fascista. in the venice biennale organized an atypical exhibition commemorating its th anniversary. the “mostra commemorativa dei quarant’anni della biennale” (“commemorative exhibition of the forty years of the biennale”) was devoted to art from the “triveneto” or “tre venezie” (that is, the veneto, trentino-south tyrol, and friuli-venezia giulia regions), a regionalist move that run counter to the international aspirations of the prestigious art venue. yet four rooms showed works by international artists who had exhibited in the biennale and who were included in the collections of the galleria nazionale d’arte moderna in rome and of the galleria internazionale d’arte moderna in venice, the two major italian museums of modern art. the show included many artists who are still considered part of the modernist canon – mark chagall, the “mostra del quarantennio” gustav klimt, moïse kisling, pierre bonnard, auguste rodin, among others – but most of them are now all but forgotten. it thus represents an optimal case study to analyze renegotiations of the canon of modern art in the interwar period. unlike modern art museums elsewhere, italian “gallerie d’arte moderna” mostly focused on local art, and rarely purchased foreign paintings and sculptures . because of the proximity of the biennale, the venetian museum was exceptional because since its inauguration in it collected international art, in addition to works by venetian and veneto artists . the galleria nazionale d’arte moderna in rome, by contrast, was instituted in with the explicit aim of promoting contemporary italian art; its original statute established that «paintings, sculptures, drawings, and engravings, with no preference for genre or manner», would be acquired in italian exhibitions of fi ne arts . yet the lack of important art shows in italy – the venice biennale opened only in – prevented the purchase of important works, and the collection had considerable lacunae. in the aim of the gallery expanded to include italian artworks from the early nineteenth century to the contemporary period . but the collection continued to grow in a haphazard manner, and through donations and acquisitions in the venice biennale and in the international exhibition of rome of , the galleria nazionale d’arte moderna came to include foreign art as well . as early as italian public intellectuals suggested a division of roles between rome and venice’s museums of modern art to avoid redundancy . lorente , p. . among its fi rst artworks were paintings by british, danish, and russian artists, as well as by italians; they were acquired at the second venice biennale in and donated by one of the fi rst patrons of the gallery, prince alberto giovanelli. palazzo pesaro was donated by duchess felicita bevilacqua to the city of venice with the condition that it hosted exhibitions of young artists. the bevilacqua-la masa art exhibitions, organized by nino barbantini (who was also the director of ca’ pesaro) often went against the prevailing taste of the biennale, for example devoting an important retrospective to umberto boccioni in . yet despite some exceptions, until the postwar period ca’ pesaro was the “memory of the biennale”, as flavia scotton described it, and no traces of its avant-garde shows remained in its collection. only in the s were masterpieces by these young artists who had exhibited in ca’ pesaro added to the permanent collection. scotton , p. . fleres , p. . «il decreto marzo stabilisce, correggendo la legge di fondazione, che la galleria nazionale d’arte moderna deve contenere “opere di pittura, scultura, disegno e incisione, senza distinzione di genere e di maniera, degli artisti fi oriti dal principio del secolo decimonono in avanti e di quelli viventi». roma, archivio storico della galleria nazionale d’arte moderna (from now on, as gnam). roberto papini to ministro della educazione nazionale- direzione generale delle belle arti, riordinamento della galleria, june , , pos. galleria e riordinamento - . for the acquisition policies of the gallery between and , see margozzi and di fabio . michetti, bistolfi , ojetti . laura moure cecchini the artist francesco paolo michetti, the art critic ugo ojetti, and the sculptor leonardo bistolfi proposed that, in accordance to its name, the galleria nazionale d’arte moderna ceased the acquisition of artworks made by foreign artists. the roman gallery should be exclusively devoted to italian modern art, the venetian to international modern art, in ideal continuity with the vocation of the biennale. the international holdings of the roman galleria should be sent to venice, and in exchange, the venetian gallery would loan its collection of italian modern art to the galleria nazionale d’arte moderna, which in had moved to its current premises in an expansive beaux-arts palace in the valle giulia area. michetti, ojetti, and bistolfi ’s suggestion was not heeded, but in ojetti proposed it again . in the ten intervening years the quality of the collections in the galleries had not improved much. yet the times were more mature for a division of roles between the two museums. the venice biennale now responded directly to the government in rome, and more importantly, while the venetian modern art museum was still under the control of the municipality, the city was now headed by a podestà, not a democratically elected mayor but an administrator directly appointed by royal decree and therefore under direct control of the centralized state. furthermore, the director of the gallery of rome, roberto papini, was committed to the idea that this museum should represent a «public documentation of [italian modern art], a period that was not without glory and that has not been until now suffi ciently appreciated and understood by the italians and the foreigners» . therefore, he suggested improving the quality of the collection of the galleria nazionale through gifts, permanent loans, acquisitions, and exchanges with other galleries in italy. the project of the artistic exchange between the venetian and roman galleries was fi nally brought to fruition in , so the international rooms of the “mostra dei quarant’anni” were a testing laboratory for their new installations, and re-defi ned the international role of venice within the fascist art system. as the “mostra” took place in the gap year between two biennales and received little support from governmental institutions, it is generally overlooked in the literature . yet on the basis of unpublished archival documentation ojetti . «scopo precipuo della galleria è di rappresentare degnamente l’arte italiana, dal canova ai nostri giorni in una ordinata esposizione storica, artistica e documentaria che metta in evidenza i principali periodi e le più singolari fi gure d’artisti, si da dare un’idea quanto più è possibile completa ed esauriente di ciò che è stata e ciò che è l’arte italiana moderna. manca infatti in italia una tale documentazione pubblica della arte d’un periodo che non è senza gloria e che non è stato fi nora, appunto per tale mancanza, suffi cientemente apprezzato e compreso da italiani e da stranieri». roma, archivio centrale dello stato (henceforth acs). roberto papini to ministero dell’educazione nazionale-direzione generale antichità e belle arti, june , , ministero dell’educazione nazionale-direzione generale antichità e belle arti, divisione iii - b. . exceptions are alloway , p. , and di stefano . the “mostra del quarantennio” that i have retrieved in venice and rome, and of the partial reconstruction of these international rooms, i will argue that the “mostra dei quarant’anni” is crucial for our understanding of how the biennale envisaged its own history during the interwar period, and more importantly, our understanding of the canon of modern art before the normalization of the avant-garde and the institutionalization of modernism. . the organization of the show in the inaugural speech of the biennale of , the president of the institution, count giuseppe volpi di misurata reassured venetian artists that their work would soon return to be prominently displayed in the next editions of the biennale. the creation of the venice biennale in had indeed been inspired and supported by local artists, who suggested that an exhibition of international art was an appropriate way to celebrate the th wedding anniversary of the king and queen of italy – a pretext to revitalize the cultural and touristic potential of venice . yet in the fi rst decades of the th century, as the venue acquired more prestige, its international character trumped its connection with the local art scene. this process accelerated after , when the ambitious antonio maraini, a sculptor and art writer, became the new secretary of the institution. in this capacity, maraini implemented important changes in the functioning of the biennale, with the aim of increasing its international stature and publicizing the fascist art system. as sileno salvagnini and marla stone have pointed out, under volpi and maraini the biennale incorporated popular culture – the music festival was launched in , the film festival in , and the theatre festival in – as a way of attracting mass tourism to the venice lagoon . one of maraini’s more drastic, and controversial, measures, was to implement a system by which only artists directly invited by the jury could participate in the biennale. since maraini aspired to render the biennale a truly cosmopolitan venue, he carefully avoided inviting many of the venetian and veneto artists who had local fame but no international prestige. maraini’s decision to separate the biennale from the local art scene echoed the restructuring that the fascist government had imposed on the institution, which was to become the offi cial showcase of international art in italy . originally franzina ; stringa . stone ; salvagnini . «ora però che il governo nazionale ha costituito la biennale in ente autonomo, dopo averla riconosciuta per legge come unica esposizione uffi ciale internazionale, i suoi compiti divengono più precisi e più vasti.” acs, relazione dalla xvii alla xviii biennale, , segreteria particolare del duce, carteggio ordinario. esposizione internazionale venezia b. . laura moure cecchini administered by the venice city council, in the venice biennale was transformed into an ente autonomo (autonomous corporation) that directly responded to the central government. the roman quadriennale, another state- sponsored art exhibition that opened in , would concentrate on promoting contemporary italian art, so the venice biennale could devote itself to showing international tendencies, and «italian artistic production worthy of being placed in competition with international art», as a memorandum from the biennale administration to mussolini stated . many venetian artists protested this state of affairs, and in june , while the biennale was still open, they sent an anonymous letter to the duce. they lamented that «[maraini’s] well-known artistic ineptitude and boundless and unquestionable role» had caused a decrease in the quality of the artistic contributions to the biennale. to protest that an «artist so partial and incompetent» was given such an unlimited power, the venetian artists claimed, even those of them who had been invited did not send their best work or refused to participate . maraini and volpi, however, had no intention to pay heed to the venetian artists’ complaints by undoing the changes they had implemented. their ambition was for the venice biennale to be an internationally prestigious venue, and as he had indicated in a meeting with maraini in , this was also mussolini’s plan for the institution – it was to become a “geneva for contemporary international art,” an expression that many journalists employed until it became tragically ironic when italy invaded ethiopia in and was expelled from the society of nations . «ora che esiste la quadriennale romana con fi ni unicamente nazionali, la biennale veneziana potrà proporsi di selezionale al massimo la produzione italiana da porre in gara con la produzione internazionale. ed in al modo l’ordinamento delle esposizioni troverà nella biennale il sommo di quell’ordine di gerarchie che si è inteso giustamente creare». acs, relazione dalla xvii alla xviii biennale, , segreteria particolare del duce, carteggio ordinario. esposizione internazionale venezia b. . «il livello inferiore della presente biennale non è causato da una minore capacità collettiva, e gli artisti, anche invitati, sono concordi nel vedere la causa maggiore nel lato organizzativo, e specialmente nella persona dell’on. maraini per la ben nota incapacità artistica e la veste assoluta e insindacabile. È assurdo pensare che una mostra d’importanza mondiale come la biennale veneziana, alla quale è inoltre legata la tradizione artistica nazionale, sia affi data ad artista così poco obiettivo come critico e così incapace.[…] ecco una causa dell’insuccesso; artisti invitati che non hanno aderito, altri, e particolarmente i più noti, che potevano presentare liberamente senza la visita di maraini, hanno mandato di proposito una produzione inferiore. per quanto riguarda gl’inviti, ci sarebbe molto da dire, eccellenza, specialmente per questo ripetersi di imparzialità [sic] che creano degli equivoci e falsano i valori personali». acs, artisti veneziani anonimi to benito mussolini, june , , presidenza consiglio dei ministri - b. . . . «ora io vorrei richiamare la sua attenzione [di mussolini] sul fatto che la conclusione del congresso d’arte è stata quella di considerare venezia come “una ginevra per l’arte contemporanea internazionale” (vedi l’accluso ritaglio). e se ardisco tanto è perché egli proprio aveva detto in una delle udienze concessemi, che a ciò la biennale doveva mirare». rome, acs. antonio maraini to guido beer, may , , presidenza consiglio dei ministri - , b. . . . it is worth noting that mussolini’s was not too keen about this expression. in a note with maraini’s report on the “mostra del quarantennio” yet the complaints of the venetian artists could not be disregarded, so during the opening of the biennale volpi offi cially announced that in the following year, to celebrate the years since the foundation of the biennale, the ente would organize an homage to «artists from venice and the veneto who had so validly contributed to the arduous but steady ascent of the biennale» . at the moment in which the biennale became autonomous from the administration of venice, the “mostra” trumpeted the “venetianness” of the institution. the organization of the “mostra dei quarant’anni” began as soon as the biennale closed. to acquiesce the belligerent venetian artists, three distinguished local glories were invited to head the jury: ettore tito ( - ), alessandro milesi ( – ), and italico brass ( - ). tito, milesi, and brass – three living venetian artists with market and critical success – would each have a retrospective of their work. tito, who was a member of the steering committee of the biennale, was given a place of honor, occupying the three fi rst rooms of the central pavilion. however tito quickly understood that the “mostra dei quarant’anni” was a “contentino” (sop) for local artists, and a strategy to avoid including them in the actual biennale exhibitions . as the show was devoted exclusively to artists from the triveneto, many would be included who had not made the cut in recent biennales, and who would not be invited to future shows because their work was considered outdated or not aligned with maraini’s taste. thus tito refused to participate in the jury, claiming a confl ict of interest, as he would be at the same time an exhibitor and a member of the selecting committee. milesi and brass followed suit . maraini harshly condemned tito’s gesture. the art congress that had convened in venice, mussolini wrote down «male!» next to the the expression «the geneva of the arts». acs, appunto per s.e. il capo del governo, may , , presidenza consiglio dei ministri - b. . . . «presidente [volpi] ricorda che quest’anno si compiono i quarant’anni dell’apertura della prima biennale. fin dallo scorso anno abbiamo solennemente promesso alla presenza di s.m.il re di fare per questa occasione una manifestazione di omaggio agli artisti veneziani e veneti, che hanno validamente contribuito all’affermarsi della biennale nella sua laboriosa e sicura ascesa». venice, archivio storico delle arti contemporanee (henceforth asac). adunanza del comitato d’amministrazione tenutasi in roma in palazzo volpi il giorno gennaio xiii ad ore , fondo storico la biennale di venezia. organi di gestione. serie: . . . verbali. minute, copie, trascrizioni, stenogrammi. b . atti delle adunanze del consiglio di amministrazione, - . . relazioni, ossia verbali delle adunanze e relazioni. «mi permetto inoltre osservare che questa esposizione non potrà avere che un interesse puramente locale e ciò, mi si lasci francamente dire, è ben poca cosa». asac, ettore tito to giuseppe volpi di misurata, december , , fondo storico la biennale di venezia. serie: attività - (serie “scatole nere” b. b. mostra dei quarant’anni di arte veneta. «non ce lo nascondiamo; l’esposizione del maggio venturo ha il carattere di un contentino per i rifi utati dell’ultima mostra. non mi interessa e non sento di parteciparvi». asac, ettore tito to giuseppe volpi di misurata, january th , fondo storico la biennale di venezia. serie: attività - (serie “scatole nere” b. b. mostra dei quarant’anni di arte veneta. rome, fondo antonio maraini, galleria nazionale d’arte moderna (henceforth fm gnam) ettore tito, italico brass, and alessandro milesi to giuseppe volpi di misurata, december , laura moure cecchini in a personal letter to volpi, he accused tito of lacking «solidarity towards less famous venetian artists and towards the new generations» . maraini suggested replacing him with someone younger, someone who «having been raised in fascism’s atmosphere of discipline and duty has a stronger spirit of comradeship» . yet tito’s point that the “mostra dei quarant’anni” was a mediocre enterprise unworthy of venetian artists and of the glorious history of the biennale, worried volpi. maraini, then, suggested occupying the three main rooms of the exhibition, which were left vacant after tito’s resignation, with a «very selective anthology of the most celebrated foreign artworks» presented in the biennale, «which remained in italian galleries and collections» . volpi liked the idea because «it will serve to elevate the tone of the exhibition while preserving its character of homage to the years of the exhibition», as he wrote to maraini . thanks to the collaboration of the podestà of venice mario alverà, under whose jurisdiction was the venice museum of modern art, and of roberto papini, the director of the galleria nazionale d’arte moderna, the “mostra” would include a selection of international art showing the foresight of public collecting as well as the changes in taste between the fi rst and the nineteenth biennale. the “mostra dei quarant’anni” thus began to take shape. it would take place in the central pavilion of the biennale (the padiglione italia), whose façade had been redesigned in in a streamlined style by the architect , sezione , serie , sottoserie : esposizioni biennale internazionale d’arte. b. . “mostra artisti veneziani”, / / - / / . «so il grande affetto che ella porta a tito e comprendo anche come al grande artista che ha raggiunto ormai il massimo della fama e degli onori, questa mostra non possa molto interessare. bisognerebbe per questo che egli l’avesse guardata prescindendo totalmente dal suo vantaggio personale e quasi dirò con un po’ di spirito di sacrifi cio mirando soprattutto a far opera di cameratismo verso i colleghi veneziani meno grandi e meno fortunati e verso le generazioni nuove. ma questa non è mai stata una caratteristica della generazione di tito». fm gnam, antonio maraini to giuseppe volpi di misurata, december , , sezione , serie , sottoserie : esposizioni biennale internazionale d’arte. b. . “mostra artisti veneziani”, / / - / / . «il gruppo dei giovani che fortunatamente non hanno le perplessità e i dubbi degli anziani, e che allevati nell’atmosfera di disciplina e di dovere del fascismo, sentono di più lo spirito di cameratismo». ibidem. «che se potesse sembrare opportuno di aggiungere un interesse internazionale alla mostra si potrà dedicare i grandi saloni cui tito rinuncia a radunare una sceltissima antologia delle opere straniere che più furono celebrate al loro apparire e che sono rimaste nelle gallerie e nelle collezioni italiane». ibidem. «l’idea di adornare il salone centrale, al quale rinuncia tito, con le maggiori opere internazionali raccolte nelle gallerie italiane mi pare buonissima, e servirà a rialzare il tono di tutta la mostra, pur mantenendolo in quello di onoranza ai quarant’anni di esposizione». fm gnam, giuseppe volpi di misurata to antonio maraini [segretario generale della biennale], december , , sezione , serie , sottoserie : esposizioni biennale internazionale d’arte. b. . “mostra artisti veneziani,” / / - / / . the “mostra del quarantennio” duilio torres. the “mostra” was divided in three sections: one for triveneto artists who had exhibited in the biennale between al ; another for triveneto artists who had exhibited in the biennale between al ; and four central rooms – the biggest, most important ones, located right in front of the entrance and at the center of the pavilion – reserved for foreign art exhibited in the biennale between and (fi g. ). these central rooms, named “homage to foreign art,” are the focus of the next pages. . “omaggio all’arte straniera” as anticipated in the introduction, the peculiar nature of the “mostra dei quarant’anni” – a non-biennale that celebrated the history of the biennale – partially explains the scarce information available on this show. for example, although a catalogue was published, contrary to their usual practice the administrators of the biennale did not preserve an extensive documentation of the rooms’ layout. i have found very few photos of this exhibition in the archive of the biennale, and only three of the international section; moreover, the information they provide is partial because they record the inauguration of the show so the guests impede clearly seeing the works on view . a short clip fi lmed by the istituto luce provides more images of the display, but very few scenes were taken in the international rooms . this very fragmentary information can be supplemented with the numerous reviews of the exhibition that appeared in the italian press. nevertheless, with the material available at the moment it is possible to reconstruct with certainty the layout of a few walls in the “omaggio.” the fi rst artwork that the visitor of the “mostra dei quarant’anni” viewed after entering through the portico of the central pavilion was a massive polychrome bust of mussolini by the artist, cultural promoter, and jury member paolo boldrin. from the entryway into the next room, where the international show began, the visitor would see an enfi lade of galleries that culminated in the tribune, where tito’s tondo the triumph of venice ( ) occupied a place of honor (fi g. ). the message was clear: the foreign art on view in the show, such as auguste rodin’s the thinker, which was in the line of vision, was meant to glorify the italian institution that had exhibited it. this was in accordance with maraini’s overall intentions for the biennale. as massimo de sabbata has venice, asac. fondo arti visive. fototeca. attualità allestimenti. b. . . mostra commemorativa anni della biennale. giornale istituto luce b , may th , inaugurazione della mostra dei anni della biennale, , . . . laura moure cecchini shown, for the secretary of the venice biennale the foreign participation was meant to pay tribute to italian art, emphasizing the centrality of the classical tradition for the contemporary arts of other countries . it is worth noting that the international participation to the biennale increased signifi cantly under maraini: before his tenure, there were only international pavilions; in , there were . the fi rst room of the homage to foreign art (sala ii) was the so-called “sala della rotonda.” redesigned by giò ponti in , its domed ceiling had a linear white plaster decoration that covered the colorful art nouveau cupola painted by galileo chini in . the space, characterized by classicizing and restrained ornamentation, included a series of niches in which were placed portraits such as john lavery’s woman in pink ( ), william nicholson’s nancy ( ), and charles shannon’ the lady with the feathered hat ( ), which elaborated on eighteenth-century precedents (fi g. ). other pairings, however, aimed at showing that although the art exhibited in the biennale was rooted in the past, it also moved forward. for instance, the room included the restrained nude eva ( ) by henri fantin-latour, as well as the symbolist medusa ( ) by franz von stuck, one of the masterpieces of the galleria d’arte moderna in venice (fi g. and fi g. ). in the center of the room were two sculptures that despite their colossal size purposely represented elevated themes in an unheroic manner: rodin’s the burghers of calais ( ) and emile bourdelle’s hercules throwing arrows ( ). the fi rst belonged to the venetian galleria d’arte moderna, the second to the roman galleria nazionale d’arte moderna – the presence of these two iconic artworks signaled that the “omaggio” was a collaborative project between the two major italian modern art museums – even if the exhibition included almost three times more artworks from venice than from rome. the second room (sala iii) of the “omaggio” was a rectangular space with squared edges, illuminated from above, that connected with the next three rooms through wide doorways. the sala iii is the room that is best recorded by the photographic information on the “mostra”, so it has been possible to digitally reconstruct its aspect (fi g. ). the entryway from the sala della cupola was framed by two bronze sculptures: salomé, by the bohemian artist jan stursa ( ) and dancer by the belgian marnix d’haveloose ( ). to the left of dancer was emile claus’ landscape autumn ( ). at the corner of the room, a place of honor was given to gustav klimt’s judith ( ), one of the showpieces of the venetian museum. to the right of salomé was the communion of saint simon stylite ( ), by the welsh painter and designer franck brangwyn, one of the fi rst works to enter the collection of ca’ pesaro. in the two main walls of the room two massive paintings faced each other: on the left, the laughter ( ) by the russian naturalist painter philip maliavin; on de sabbata . the “mostra del quarantennio” the right, charles cottet’s procession of saint john in brittany ( ). to the left of maliavin’s brazenly colorful painting was an idealized mediterranean seascape of by emile ménard, placed over hermen anglada y camarasa’s horse and rooster ( ). to the right, two scenes of peasant life painted by the belgian eugène laermans: winter ( ) and shadows and lights ( ). the other side of the room is harder to reconstruct. in the only view that i have been able to retrieve, a guest is covering almost completely the paintings on view. however, it is possible to glimpse – and to confi rm this hypothesis on the basis of the artworks’ measurements and reviews of the show – that lucien simon’s holy thursday ( ) was placed over heinrich zügel’s the pasture ( ), while on the corner of the room, mirroring klimt’s judith, was anders zorn’ nude in a landscape, titled the stream ( ). on the remaining walls were albert besnard’s feminine vision ( ), a moody scene set in a dark interior by the german ernst oppler, another bucolic scene by heinrich zügel, an autumnal landscape by emile claus, and lucien simon’s lighthearted en plain air scene the boat ( ). the majority of the artworks on view in these two rooms had been acquired between and , that is, during the fi rst administration of the biennale under antonio fradeletto ( - ) (fi g. ). fradeletto – a professor of italian literature and a tireless cultural promoter – tolerated the conservative taste of the venetian founders of the biennale, even if during he tenure he frequently clashed with them when they insisted on having a more prominent role in the organization of the exhibition . yet fradeletto’s biennales included some riskier choices, such as shows of gustav klimt, gustave courbet, and pierre-auguste renoir in . despite these overtures, fradeletto’s biennales were cautious at best; it was his decision, for example, to remove an artwork by pablo picasso from the spanish pavilion in . by , many critics accused fradeletto’s administration of being backward-looking and doing a disservice to the aesthetic education of italian and foreign audiences by catering to the conservative taste of the bourgeois market . by contrast, the third room of the show (sala iv) hosted, in the words of one journalist, «the more recent, or with an incorrect but maybe more understandable expression, the more «modernist» works by foreign artists who have exhibited in the various biennales» . it is unfortunate that the installation of this room has not been recorded in any of the visual materials that i have found on the “mostra dei quarant’anni.” only a sequence from the short clip by the istituto luce shows that at its center was rodin’s plaster for the thinker, and that sculptures were positioned at the ends of the four dividing walls (fi g. ). the donzello and ceschin . barbantini . «È destinato a raccogliere le opere degli stranieri più recenti, o, per dirla con espressione impropria ma forse più chiara, più «modernisti» che fi gurarono alle varie biennali». come si allestisce, may , . laura moure cecchini two recognizable ones from the clip are symbolist: george frampton’s la belle dame sans merci ( ) and george minne’s marble sculpture the man with the wineskin ( ). from the catalogue, we know that six more sculptures were placed in this small space: two sculptures by constantin meunier, the bust of the poet arnold goffi n ( ) by jules lagae, two female peasants by the belgian charles van der stappen, and a bronze sculpture of atlas by franz von stuck whose whereabouts are currently unknown . except stuck’s, these sculptures belong to the galleria internazionale d’arte moderna in venice. on the walls in the small sala iv were the more experimental paintings exhibited at the biennale from to , that is, during the administrations of vittorio pica and antonio maraini. it is not a coincidence that most of the works on view were french and belgian, while the other rooms included an international miscellany of artists (fi g. ). pica, an early champion of impressionism, became secretary of the biennale in and attempted to open the biennale to the international avant-garde. for example, the biennale included a retrospective of the work of amedeo modigliani, and a contentious exhibition of african sculpture. the fi rst editions of the biennale under the supervision of maraini were similarly open to foreign art, although with less space devoted to experimental artworks. for instance in the biennale held the fi rst italian retrospective of paul gauguin – who had died in – and an important show on the École de paris, which included works by marc chagall, max ernst, and ossip zadkine. among the earliest works on view in the sala iv were marc chagall’s rabbi from vitebsk ( ), a copy of a artwork that had been exhibited in venice in (fi g. ) . the sala iv included three paintings shown in the french pavilion at the biennale of , which had been curated by the neo- impressionist paul signac and included a retrospective of paul cézanne: charles guérin’s the ladies’ bath ( ), maximilien luce’s rotterdam harbour ( ), and the nabis ker-xavier roussel’s silenus ( ). the majority of the works on view in this room, however, had been fi rst exhibited in the biennale during maraini’s tenure. for example, andré derain’s pine grove and moise kisling’s dutch girl were exhibited in , and pierre bonnard’s woman at the mirror and cuno amiet’s garden in . another modernist work worth noting was pub ( ) by the hungarian expressionist wilhelm aba-novak (fi g. ). although the catalogue of the mostra does not indicate the provenance of this sculpture, and all the works on view were claimed to belong to the two public modern art museums, i have found a document in the biennale archive in which this work is described as “franz von stuck, propietario casa de blaas, bronzo, “atleta”. asac, elenco di opere provenienti da venezia, n.d., fondo storico la biennale di venezia. uffi cio trasporti. b. . quarant’anni d’arte veneta. mostra commemorativa della fondazione della biennale. maggio-luglio - xiii “venezia”. eugene von blaas ( - ) was an italian-austrian painter who lived and worked in venice. scotton , p. . the “mostra del quarantennio” after the “modernist” interlude of the sala iv, the last room of the “omaggio” again included artworks acquired for the most part during fradeletto’s tenure as secretary – indeed, the majority of the artworks in the “mostra” had been acquired between and . the right wall of the sala v was captured in the short istituto luce clip, so it is possible to digitally reconstruct its appearance (fi g. ). the place of honor was given to joaquín sorolla y bastida’s sewing the sails ( ), exhibited in in the paris international exhibition, and then in at the venice biennale . to its right was heinrich knirr’s family portrait of , hanging over emile ménard’s opal sea. to the left of sorolla’s massive painting was a view of a dutch dock covered in snow by albert baertson ( ), hanging over susanne ( ) by the hungarian istvan csök. to the left of these paintings was jacques-emile blanche’s study for the portrait of andrew noble ( ), and on the corner of the room a normandy riverscape by fritz thaulow ( ) and a somber portrait of the sculptor august shreitmüller by wilhelm leibl ( ), the oldest artwork on view, which had been exhibited in and donated to ca’ pesaro by the collector ernst seeger. to the right of the entryway was a full body portrait by john lavery, polimnia ( ), and melons ( ) by franck brangwyn – who in had been awarded a prize for his decoration of the british room of the biennale. on the other side of the doorway – from which it was possible to accede to the podium with tito’s the triumph of venice – the public could see fisherman of skägen ( ) by the danish painter michael ancher, a naturalist scene that was the fi rst painting to be donated to the venetian modern art gallery, and the celebrated hungarian portraitist philip de laszlo’s portrait of my wife ( ). opposite to sorolla’s painting was an equally massive painting, wladimir schereschewski’s syberian deportees ( ), which depicted the suffering of the polish people after the failed “january uprising” against the tsar; it had been acquired by king umberto i at the second biennale and donated to ca’ pesaro. no photos or fi lms record the remaining walls, but from the catalogue we know that among the works on view were blanche’s berenice ( ), robert brough’s saint anne of brittany ( ), ferdinand khnopff’s portrait of mademoiselle de rothmaler ( ), ignacio zuloaga’s aunt luisa ( ), and franz von lenbach’s portrait of pope leo xii, which had been awarded a gold medal when it was exhibited at the biennale. two sculptures from the venetian modern gallery were also in the room: joseph bernard water carrier and max klinger’s bather ( ). it is not easy to parse the criteria by which these four rooms were organized. i have been unable to fi nd any documentation about the rationale that guided the distribution of these artworks; they are not organized by date, nor by biennale, nor by the artists’ national origin. the material in the biennale archives reveals lorandi and lacagnina . laura moure cecchini that romolo bazzoni (an administrator of the biennale who had worked in the institution since its fi rst edition), count giorgio viola, and the journalist and art critic elio zorzi were in charge of selecting which works from the venetian and roman galleries would be exhibited in the “omaggio” . maraini and viola were the ones ultimately responsible for the distribution of the artworks in this section, although it was bazzoni who suggested placing in the sala della cupola the selection of portraits . art critics of the time similarly struggled to identify the organizing principles behind the layout of the international rooms. the critic for the roman newspaper il messaggero suggested that the “omaggio all’arte straniera” recapitulated the characteristics of the three phases in the history of the biennale, determined by the «temperament and inclinations» of the secretaries: the «literary and almost journalistic» tone of antonio fradeletto, secretary from to ; the «eclectic and cultural» approach of vittorio pica, at the helm of the institution from to , and the «rhythmic and stylistic» method of maraini . yet, as i have shown, the rooms were not organized chronologically; neither were there informative labels or wall texts, so the general public would have been unable to identify when each artwork had been exhibited and acquired, and thus to derive any conclusions about the aesthetic preferences of each secretary of the biennale. indeed, above all journalists noted that what the four rooms of the international section revealed was the scarce quality of the holdings of italian public collections of modern art. art critic giuseppe marchiori, for example, observed that the majority of the paintings on view – he singled out zuloaga, sorolla, von stuck, and lazlo – was «either vulgarly naturalistic or pointlessly symbolic or decorative» . only laermans, fantin-latour, and klimt represented the best of european art at the turn of the twentieth century; only derain, bonnard, kisling, and chagall illustrated contemporary international tendencies. this was not the fault of the organizers, marchiori observed, but evidence of the failings of the national modern art collections; «the homage» to foreign art, he concluded, «is purely symbolic» . fm gnam, romolo bazzoni to antonio maraini [segretario generale della biennale], february , , sezione , serie , sottoserie : esposizioni biennale internazionale d’arte. b. . “mostra artisti veneziani”, / / - / / . asac, romolo bazzoni to antonio maraini, april , , fondo storico la biennale di venezia. serie: attività - (serie “scatole nere” b. (mostra commemorativa ). fasc. corrispondenza con l’on. maraini. berardinelli . ibidem. marchiori , p. . the “mostra del quarantennio” . an overlooked exhibition despite gathering a selection of international art that could not be viewed elsewhere in italy, and bringing back to venice works that had not been seen in the city since they were fi rst shown in the biennale, the “mostra dei quarant’anni” was hindered in multiple ways. when the show had initially been proposed, it included only artists from the veneto, and the criteria with which admission would be granted were not made explicit. therefore it had been framed as a “mostra sindacale,” that is, one of the artistic shows organized by the local chapter of the syndicate of artists. however, after tito’s defection, the inclusion of foreign artists, the introduction of some measure of selectiveness to elevate the quality of the art on view, and the renunciation of teodoro gianniotti, regional secretary of the fascist syndicate of fine arts, from the jury, the “mostra” could no longer be properly considered one of the “sindacali.” this was not a minor problem. in the interwar period all artistic shows had to be authorized by the ministry of corporations, which oversaw that no confl ict of interests between different syndicates took place and approved the budget for all public events. by january , when the “mostra dei quarant’anni” began to take shape in its defi nitive form, the deadline to ask for permission had passed . volpi decided to play by ear, and to forfeit asking explicit permission from the authorities . when in mid-january maraini requested an audience with mussolini to talk about “the summer projects of the biennale”, the secretary of the duce reminded him that the next biennale would be in , and to be in touch later in the year . unlike volpi, maraini was aware that not going through the offi cial channels would be a mistake; in the rest of his correspondence with the secretary of mussolini, he alludes to many of the summer activities of the biennale but carefully avoids mentioning the “mostra”. in april the ministry of corporations began to question the legality of this show; the regulations of the biennale explicitly stated that the exhibition would take place every two years, and the “mostra dei quarant’anni” clearly went against them. in a stern letter, the subsecretary to the ministry announced that the show would be cancelled, because it went against the regulations of the biennale, and even if it was to be considered an out-of-the-ordinary fm gnam, antonio maraini to giuseppe volpi di misurata, january , sezione , serie , sottoserie : esposizioni biennale internazionale d’arte. b. . “mostra artisti veneziani”, / / - / / . asac, giuseppe volpi di misurata to romolo bazzoni, january , , fondo storico la biennale di venezia. serie: attività - (serie “scatole nere” b. b. mostra dei quarant’anni di arte veneta. acs, antonio maraini to osvaldo sebastiani, january , , segreteria particolare del duce. carteggio ordinario b. . . a handwritten note of the secretary reads, «la prossima biennale avrà luogo nel - dirlo a questo ambizioso»; («the next biennale will take place in – tell it to this power-hungry man»). laura moure cecchini show, it still had not received authorization . maraini, however, was an able diplomat, and he counter-argued that the show was only local, unlike the biennales, and that it had been authorized by the syndicate of fine arts; it was not, therefore, a biennale and should be exonerated from following the statute of the ente . although ultimately the biennale was allowed to continue organizing the “mostra,” the authorities gave it very little economic and press support. president volpi encouraged maraini to contact the ministry of press and propaganda so that the show could be promoted in the days before the inauguration, but he also cautioned against using too many resources for the remodeling of the rooms because he did not expect the “mostra” to be a fi nancial success . even the galleria nazionale d’arte moderna proved unhelpful, as it insisted – contrary to its practice for loans to other more prestigious shows organized by the biennale, such as the major show on nineteenth and twentieth century art that opened in that same year at the jeu de paume in paris – on having all its works insured, thus causing a signifi cant expense to the biennale . volpi di misurata invited mussolini to participate in the inauguration – he had visited the biennale – but the duce had other commitments . volpi then set his sights on cesare maria de vecchi, the minister of education, but he could not attend either . volpi had to content himself with a minor political fi gure, renato ricci, a subsecretary of physical education, and a minor member of the savoy house, the duke of genoa . this meant that the inauguration of the show received only cursory attention in the press. fm gnam, ferruccio lantini to antonio maraini, april , , sezione , serie , sottoserie : esposizioni biennale internazionale d’arte. b. . “mostra artisti veneziani” , / / - / / . fm gnam, antonio maraini to ferruccio lantini, april , sezione , serie , sottoserie : esposizioni biennale internazionale d’arte. . “mostra artisti veneziani”, / / - / / . fm gnam, giuseppe volpi di misurata to antonio maraini, april , , sezione , serie , sottoserie : esposizioni biennale internazionale d’arte. . “mostra artisti veneziani”, / / - / / . as gnam, roberto papini [direttore della r. galleria d’arte moderna] to romolo bazzoni, may , pos. b prestiti opere d’arte def. - . . b. . prestiti opere di autori vari per mostra d’arte italiana e straniera a venezia; venice, asac. romolo bazzoni to ditta tartaglia, may , , fondo storico la biennale di venezia. serie: attività - (serie “scatole nere” b. (mostra commemorativa ). acs, giuseppe volpi di misurata to benito mussolini, may , , presidenza consiglio dei ministri - b. . . / . ivi, giuseppe volpi di misurata to benito mussolini, april , , presidenza consiglio dei ministri - b. . . / . ivi, benito mussolini to giuseppe volpi di misurata, may , , presidenza consiglio dei ministri - b. . . / ; “uomini, cose e avvenimenti. s.a.r. il duca di genova, accompagnato dal conte volpi di misurata e da s.e. ricci, si reca all’«esposizione dei anni» organizzata dalla biennale di venezia”, l’illustrazione italiana lxx, no. (june , ): . the “mostra del quarantennio” furthermore, the “mostra dei quarant’anni” coincided with other more interesting events in venice, such as a major exhibition on titian that took place in ca’ pesaro at the same time . nino barbantini, the curator of the venetian galleria d’arte moderna and of the show, had secured loans from museums all over the world, and paintings usually secluded in dark churches or private palaces were for the fi rst time easy to admire . thus, although many newspapers published news about the “mostra,” the press coverage of the show was cursory at best. after all, by defi nition the “mostra dei quarant’anni” did not include any new art that had not been exhibited already in previous biennales. most journalists, like the aforementioned marchiori, understood that the show’s most important feature was its symbolic import as an homage to the artists who had participated in the biennale, rather than the works on view. indeed the most authoritative art critics of the national press – for example ugo ojetti, margherita sarfatti, cipriano efi sio oppo, and nino barbantini – did not dedicate any coverage to the “mostra”. an anonymous note in the biennale archives hypothesized that «the newspapers did not cover the show because they deemed it to have regional character and therefore to not be well-regarded by the government» . its déja vu character did not help either. . the “omaggio all’arte straniera” and the modern art canon what is the meaning of the eclectic selection of international artworks on view in the “omaggio”? it might be tempting to read the “mostra dei quarant’anni” as refl ecting the history of the biennale and of the artists that exhibited there. however, this would be misleading. important international artists who had exhibited in the biennale were not included in the “mostra” because their works were not acquired by the galleria nazionale d’arte moderna or by ca’ pesaro. for example, the fi rst biennale included works by puvis de chavanne and odilon redon; the second biennale exhibited claude monet this show was one of the so-called “biennales of ancient art”; in addition to the show on titian, an exhibition was devoted to tintoretto ( ) and to veronese ( ), and they took place on odd years to avoid overlapping with the biennale. some journalists suspected that the international section of the “mostra dei quarant’anni” had been organized to free the rooms of ca’ pesaro needed for the titian exhibition. see piovan . torriano . «per la propaganda in italia ho l’impressione che i giornali credano opportuno di non occuparsi della mostra ritenendo che essa abbia carattere regionale, e perciò non sia ben vista dal governo. a prova di questa mia asserzione sta il fatto che gli articoli inviati da zajotti al giornale d’italia, da haertsarich alla tribuna e da bergamo alla gazzetta del popolo non sono stati pubblica». asac, “promemoria,” , fondo storico la biennale di venezia. serie: attività - (serie “scatole nere” b. (mostra commemorativa ). a. mostra del quarantennio: uffi cio stampa. laura moure cecchini and arnold böcklin. in , alexander archipenko and natalia goncharova were represented in the russian pavilion, and the french pavilion had works by paul cézanne, henri matisse, and georges seurat, while in the german pavilion included expressionist works by oskar kokoschka and ernst ludwig kirchner, among others. in , maleviç and rodchenko participated in the biennale. none of their works were acquired by italian public art galleries. the biennale commissions were more progressive in their taste than the acquisition committees for the venice and rome modern art museums . as they had a limited budget to expand their collections, acquisition committees favored conventional rather than controversial artworks, hoping that the former would maintain their value over time. if exhibition venues and shows contribute to the construction of the canon by integrating artists and artworks into the history of art, what view of modern art was promoted in the “omaggio all’arte straniera”? firstly, it was one that run counter to the french-centered canon of modern art currently in place, but rather included a plurality of national traditions. although france was still the nationality most represented in the show with artists, it was followed by belgium ( ), germany ( ), and england and hungary ( artists each). the catalogue emphasized contested national identities as well, for instance specifying that anglada y camerasa was catalan and brangwyn welsh. artists from peripheral european regions, for example eastern europe (poles, russians, and czechs) and scandinavia (danish, norwegian, and swedes) were included, while only one artwork by an american was exhibited. secondly, the “omaggio” had a conservative view of what genres dominated a narrative of modern art. most of the artworks on view developed genres with a long-standing tradition: portraiture, landscape, history painting, genre painting. the “omaggio” prominently featured impressionists, realists and naturalists, symbolists, and only very few modernists – and none of the ones more commonly reproduced in modern art textbooks, or their more subversive artworks . no ruptures were displayed: even the “modernist” room iv included artworks belonging to traditional academic genres. abstraction and non-fi gurative art were completely absent from the overview presented in the or than other collectors of the time, for that matter, as claudia gian ferrari points out: “collecting was not channeled either spontaneously by its own preparation, or by the art critics who should have partaken of a more informative and propositional role, towards the most interesting choices among those presented by the ample exhibiting panorama”. gian ferrari , p. . a special note should be devoted to the critical fortune, or lack thereof, of the french impressionists in the venice biennale. maria mimita lamberti had devoted several studies to this issue. she has concluded that «the international market for the impressionists fl ew rather higher and further so much so as to be able to ignore the venetian stage. while the protagonists still alive, like monet and renoir, were by then producing for wealthy and highly qualifi ed united states collectors, the historicization by museums of their earlier painting placed them in many ways outside of the myopic gaze of those who frequented the biennale». lamberti , p. . her other analyses of this phenomenon are lamberti , lamberti , and lamberti . the “mostra del quarantennio” “omaggio” – and in the modern art collections of venice and rome, even if as i have mentioned they were shown at the venice biennale. lastly, although many works on view demonstrated an attention to regional folklore – for example scenes set in brittany or in the russian countryside – they were depicted in common international styles. the view of modern art that the “omaggio” promoted was one in which artistic styles transcended national borders; the colorful impressionism of anglada y camarasa, anders zorn, or albert besnard were representative of impressionism as a movement, and it was unnecessary to look for its origins in s paris . as early as , the critic gino damerini condemned this situation and denounced: «why does [the biennale] pretend to spurn the masters, when it opens its doors to their disciples?» . more than ten years later, the art historian lionello venturi could diagnose in this trend the origins of a certain provincialism that affected italian contemporary art. «renoir and cézanne have been overlooked in favor of zuloaga and zorn», venturi observed, which made it hard to promote the art of the french impressionists among the italians; rather, critics condemned impressionism tout court without having encountered the work of its original practitioners. the result was that italian artists of the fi rst half of the twentieth century were, in venturi’s view, «provincial to the second degree: not only imitators, but imitators of the imitators» . for venturi, the scandinavian, german, belgian, and dutch impressionists had translated the pictorial language of renoir and cézanne in a more traditional way; it was this domesticated, not experimental version of impressionism that italian artists followed . venturi’s assessment derived from his fi rst-hand knowledge of the international developments of art at the time. most italian critics who attended the biennale, however, instead of focusing on international art styles and tendencies, frequently emphasized the national peculiarities of the artists; for example, in the critic diego angeli, describing contemporary artistic tendencies on view at the biennale, mentioned sorolla, brangwyn, and raffaelli as representatives of impressionism. angeli . «nelle varie sale molti pittori non nascondono, anzi vantano, nelle loro opere, una strettissima parentela spirituale con maestri quali il cézanne, van gogh, gauguin, matisse e via discorrendo: ebbene, perché dunque si fi nge di ignorare i maestri quando si aprono le porte ai discepoli?» damerini . «dopo aver esaltato al pubblico zorn e zuloaga, come persuaderlo che monet e renoir erano artisti autentici? [...] in seguito [alla mostra di roma del ] ci si accorse pubblicamente che la pittura italiana stava male. come curarla? troppo impressionismo, si disse, senza accorgersi che il male derivava dall’ignoranza e dall’incomprensione dell’impressionismo autentico, quello francese, e dalla fi ducia nell’impressionismo falso, quello scozzese, olandese, svedese, spagnuolo, o che so io. era cioè avvenuto che la tradizione italiana, provincialotta anzi che no, pure capace ancora di sviluppi, era stata troncata non dal gusto di chi era alla testa del movimento pittorico mondiale, ma da chi gli andava dietro. e quindi i pittori italiani che si misero sull’orma degli olandesi, dei tedeschi, degli svedesi, divennero, senza accorgersene, non solo imitatori, ma anzi imitatori degli imitatori, provinciali alla seconda potenza». venturi . venturi . laura moure cecchini the fact that, like in universal exhibitions, in the biennales artists were grouped according to national origin, favored this form of reading. as de sabbata has observed, this was also part of a broader strategy on the part of maraini. in his years as secretary of the biennale, he accurately promoted «the illusion of a unitary italian art […] fi nally liberated from regional differences» . the equivalent strategy for the international contributions to the biennale was that foreign countries «should tap from their artistic past and free themselves from foreign impulses, in order to draw an artistic landscape in which the concept of internationalism was based on the juxtaposition of different national languages»: promoting national traditions was for maraini the best way of condemning “cosmopolitanism” and “cerebralism,” his main targets during his tenure at the helm of the biennale . the “mostra dei quarant’anni” did include innovative artists from the school of paris, such as moisé kisling and marc chagall. however, neither the rabbi of vitebsk nor dutch girl are among their most representative or innovative works. in other cases, by being exhibited alongside contemporary works in a more conservative style, the disruptive import of inventive artworks was tamed. for example, klimt’s judith was described by a reviewer as «clearly revolutionary», but was shown side by side with more conventional artworks such as emile claus’s autumn ( ) and emile rené ménard errants ( ) . furthermore, the distribution of the rooms of the “mostra” – with works organized neither by country, nor by period, nor by style – resulted in a tamed and pacifi ed version of the confl ictual history of the biennale, presented in terms of similarities rather than contrasts, as if a common view of art had been carried forward from to , throughout the three administrations of the institution. instead of emphasizing the stark differences between the various administrations, it represented them in ideal continuity, concealing the struggles and debates that had characterized the fi rst forty years of the biennale. as a retrospective view of the history of the biennale, the show should also be considered as part of maraini’s project to historicize the institution, and to go beyond its ephemeral nature as a temporary exhibition. since the beginning of his administration, maraini had aspired to render the biennale autonomous from the interferences of the venetian city council, under whose jurisdiction it had been since and on whose budget approval it depended. the foundation of the archivio storico delle arti contemporanee was, in the words of chiara rabitti, «the modern expression of a clear desire for stability and permanence by way of a work of documentation […] giving an identity that was visible, both from the inside and from the outside, independently of the chronological rhythm of the de sabbata , p. . ibidem. hartsarich . the “mostra del quarantennio” two-year exhibition» . this process of increased autonomy and historicization could be then considered to have had three important steps: fi rstly, the creation of an archive to document the history of the biennale ( ); secondly, the royal decree of january by which the biennale became an autonomous body, independent from any inferences of the venetian municipality; thirdly, the “mostra dei quarant’anni,” a temporary museum that recorded, in visible rather than archival form, the exhibition history of the biennale. as has already been noted the “mostra” was an experiment for a new permanent installation of ca’ pesaro that would reunite in venice the international artworks acquired in the biennale by both the venetian and the roman museums of modern art. this installation, which opened in and lasted until the mid s could be considered the fourth ideal phase in maraini’s process of historicization and autonomization of the biennale. the museum gave permanence to what had been created as an ephemeral exhibition, and concealed its fundamentally commercial nature under the pretenses of museography. a book published by the biennale in made this very clear: it published the story and statistics of the exhibitions between and , and stated that ca’ pesaro was «nothing more than a huge artwork that with one thousand paintings shows the trajectory of art in the period of the different biennales» . as volpi had predicted, the “mostra” was not a success of public; it only received . visitors, while a normal biennale would have more than . . years later, romolo bazzoni described the show as a success, but documents from prove otherwise . in a meeting of the board of trustees of the biennale, the causes for such lack of interest were mentioned: the “mostra” was not publicized enough; the titian show obscured any other artistic events taking place in venice; the railway administration – contrary to its practice for actual biennales – did not grant any fare discounts . yet as i have shown in the previous pages, the “mostra” is worthy of study as it was an attempt on the part of the biennale to control the narrative of its own history, concealing its most radical and subversive episodes – as if the avant-garde had never been exhibited in venice. the show also reveals the negotiations and debates in the processes of canon formation, since with the “omaggio” maraini and his collaborators sought to present an alternative view of the development of modern art between rabitti , p. . varagnolo , p. . asac, “visitatori alla mostra dei quarant’anni,” , fondo storico la biennale di venezia. serie: attività - (serie “scatole nere” b. (mostra commemorativa ). g. mostra dei quarant’anni: corrispondenza. bazzoni , p. . asac, “adunanza del comitato d’amministrazione tenutasi venezia nella sede della biennale in palazzo ducale il giorno luglio xiii ad ore : .,” july , . fondo storico la biennale di venezia. organi di gestione. serie: . . . verbali. minute, copie, trascrizioni, stenogrammi. b . atti delle adunanze del consiglio di amministrazione, - . . relazioni, ossia verbali delle adunanze e relazioni. laura moure cecchini and , a view that expanded the range of what was considered worthy of being exhibited by consecrating a plurality of national artistic traditions, while at the same time rejecting all the disruptive experiments of the period. references / riferimenti bibliografi ci alloway l. ( ), the venice biennale, - ; from salon to goldfi sh bowl, greenwich, conn.: new york graphic society. angeli d. ( ), i problemi della tecnica all’esposizione di venezia, «il marzocco», viii, , maggio. barbantini n. ( ), . lettera all’onorevole fradeletto, in biennali, venezia: tridente, p. . bazzoni r. ( ), anni della biennale di venezia, venezia: lombroso. berardinelli o. ( ), i quaranta anni della biennale attraverso la mostra celebrativa, «il messaggero», may . ceschin d. ( ), la “voce” di venezia: antonio fradeletto e l’organizzazione della cultura tra otto e novecento, padova: il poligrafo. damerini g. ( ), le novità alla biennale veneziana, «il marzocco», april . de sabbata m. ( ), contro ogni forma di ‘cerebralismo’. antonio maraini e l’arte francese alla biennale di venezia ( - ), in vers une europe latine. acteurs et enjeux des échanges culturels entre la france et l’italie fasciste, edited by c. fraixe, l. piccioni, c. poulpault, bruxelles: p.i.e peter lang, pp. - . di fabio f. ( ), la direzione di roberto papini alla galleria nazionale di arte moderna ( - ). la politica degli acquisti, «bollettino d’arte», no. (march), pp. - . di stefano c. ( ), il fascismo e le arti. il caso biennale di venezia - , master thesis, venezia: istituto universitario di venezia. donzello g. ( ), arte e collezionismo: fradeletto e pica primi segretari alle biennali veneziane, - , firenze: firenze libri. fleres u. ( ), la galleria nazionale d’arte moderna in roma, roma: la libreria dello stato. franzina e. ( ), l’eredità dell’ottocento e le origini della politica di massa, in venezia, roma: laterza, pp. - . gian ferrari c. ( ), le vendite alla biennale dal al , in venezia e la biennale. i percorsi del gusto, venezia: fabbri editori, pp. - . hartsarich g. ( ), l’arte mondiale dell’ultimo quarantennio rievocata alla mostra commemorativa della biennale di venezia, «la tribuna», may . la biennale di venezia. storia e statistiche. con l’indice generale degli artisti espositori dal al ( ), venezia: uffi cio stampa dell’esposizione. lacagnina d. ( ), ‘votre oeuvre si originale et si puissante’. vittorio pica scrive a joaquín sorolla, «materia», , pp. - . the “mostra del quarantennio” lamberti m.m. ( ), vittorio pica e l’impressionismo in italia, «annali della scuola normale superiore di pisa» iii, iv, n. , pp. - . lamberti m.m. ( ), - : i mutamenti del mercato e le ricerche degli artisti, in storia dell’arte italiana. parte seconda: dal medioevo al novecento, vii, il novecento, torino: einaudi, pp. - . lamberti m.m. ( ), the context of the early exhibits, from the end of the centruy to the first world war: artists and the public in the giardini. in venice and the biennale: itineraries of taste, milano: fabbri, pp. - . lamberti m.m. ( ), appunti sulle sezioni straniere alle prime biennali, «l’uomo nero», , n. , pp. - . lorandi m. ( ), dalla tradizione alla tradizione: rusiñol, sorolla, zuloaga, anglada e la pittura della reiberizzazione in spagna - , viareggio: m. baroni. lorente j.p. ( ), the museums of contemporary art: notion and development, london: ashgate publishing. marchiori g. ( ), venezia. la mostra del quarantennio della biennale, «emporium», lxxxi, n. , pp. - . margozzi m. ( ), la politica delle acquisizioni e il riordinamento della galleria nazionale d’arte moderna tra gli anni venti e gli anni quaranta, in attraverso gli anni trenta: dal novecento a corrente: opere della galleria nazionale d’arte moderna di roma, edited by v. fagone, bergamo: lubrina, pp. - . michetti f.p., bistolfi l., ojetti u. ( ), d’un nuovo regolamento della galleria nazionale d’arte moderna in roma. relazione al ministro della pubblica istruzione, «cronaca delle belle arti (supplemento al bollettino d’arte)», vi, n. - , pp. - . ojetti u. ( ), perché abbiamo due gallerie internazionali d’arte?, «corriere della sera», april . piovan c. ( ), la mostra per i quarant’anni della biennale, «brennero», june . rabitti c. ( ), the events and the people: the brief history of an institution, in venice and the biennale: itineraries of taste, milano: fabbri, pp. - . salvagnini s. ( ), il sistema delle arti in italia - , bologna: minerva. scotton f. ( ), venezia: ca’ pesaro, galleria internazionale d’arte moderna, venezia: marsilio. stone m. ( ), challenging cultural categories: the transformation of the venice biennale under fascism, «journal of modern italian studies», , n. , pp. - . stringa n. ( ), venezia ’ : il secolo delle mostre, «laboratoire italien. politique et société», n. , december, pp. - . torriano p. ( ), la mostra di tiziano a venezia. «l’illustrazione italiana», lxii, n. , pp. - . venturi l. ( ), il gusto italiano, «il secolo», april . venturi l. ( ), problemi d’arte, «leonardo», iii, n. , january, pp. - . laura moure cecchini appendix fig. . map of the “omaggio all’arte straniera”, mostra dei quarant’anni della biennale ( ), venezia: offi cine grafi che carlo ferrari fig. . clip from cinegiornale istituto luce, “inaugurazione della mostra dei anni della biennale”, may th the “mostra del quarantennio” fig. . john lavery’s woman in pink ( ), oil on canvas, venice, ca’ pesaro, galleria internazionale d’arte moderna, fondazione musei civici di venezia laura moure cecchini fig. . henri fantin-latour, eva ( ), oil on canvas, venice, ca’ pesaro, galleria internazionale d’arte moderna, fondazione musei civici di venezia the “mostra del quarantennio” fig. . digital reconstruction of sala iii, work by the author using sketchup program, recreated in autodesk maya by cameron mckenzie (colgate university) fig. . franz von stuck, medusa ( ), oil on wood, venice, ca’ pesaro, galleria internazionale d’arte moderna, fondazione musei civici di venezia laura moure cecchini fig. . distribution of artworks by acquisition date, visualization by the author using tableau program fig. . clip from cinegiornale istituto luce, inaugurazione della mostra dei anni della biennale, may th the “mostra del quarantennio” fig. . marc chagall, the rabbi ( ), oil on canvas, venice, ca’ pesaro, galleria internazionale d’arte moderna, fondazione musei civici di venezia fig. . distribution of artworks by artist’s nationality, visualization by the author using tableau program laura moure cecchini fig. . vilmos aba-novak, the pub ( ), oil on canvas, galleria nazionale d’arte moderna, rome. su concessione del ministero dei beni e delle attività culturali e del turismo fig. . digital reconstruction of sala v, work by the author using sketchup program, recreated in autodesk maya by cameron mckenzie (colgate university) direttore / editor massimo montella co-direttori / co-editors tommy d. andersson, university of gothenburg, svezia elio borgonovi, università bocconi di milano rosanna cioffi, seconda università di napoli stefano della torre, politecnico di milano michela di macco, università di roma ‘la sapienza’ daniele manacorda, università degli studi di roma tre serge noiret, european university institute tonino pencarelli, università di urbino "carlo bo" angelo r. pupino, università degli studi di napoli l'orientale girolamo sciullo, università di bologna comitato editoriale / editorial office giuseppe capriotti, alessio cavicchi, mara cerquetti, francesca coltrinari, patrizia dragoni, pierluigi feliciati, valeria merola, enrico nicosia, francesco pirani, mauro saracco, emanuela stortoni comitato scientifico / scientific committee dipartimento di scienze della formazione, dei beni culturali e del turismo sezione di beni culturali “giovanni urbani” – università di macerata department of education, cultural heritage and tourism division of cultural heritage “giovanni urbani” – university of macerata giuseppe capriotti, mara cerquetti, francesca coltrinari, patrizia dragoni, pierluigi feliciati, maria teresa gigliozzi, valeria merola, susanne adina meyer, massimo montella, umberto moscatelli, sabina pavone, francesco pirani, mauro saracco, michela scolaro, emanuela stortoni, federico valacchi, carmen vitale wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk params is empty sys_ exception wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk no params is empty exception params is empty / / - : : if (typeof jquery === "undefined") document.write('[script type="text/javascript" src="/corehtml/pmc/jig/ . . /js/jig.min.js"][/script]'.replace(/\[/g,string.fromcharcode( )).replace(/\]/g,string.fromcharcode( ))); // // // window.name="mainwindow"; .pmc-wm {background:transparent repeat-y top left;background-image:url(/corehtml/pmc/pmcgifs/wm-nobrand.png);background-size: auto, contain} .print-view{display:block} page not available reason: the web page address (url) that you used may be incorrect. message id: (wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk) time: / / : : if you need further help, please send an email to pmc. include the information from the box above in your message. otherwise, click on one of the following links to continue using pmc: search the complete pmc archive. browse the contents of a specific journal in pmc. find a specific article by its citation (journal, date, volume, first page, author or article title). http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/ learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta barbara lutz, independent scholar with the title “learning from athens,” the fourteenth edition of documenta— the internationally renowned exhibition series for contemporary art in germany—opened in . it took place in two separate locations for one hundred days each: in the greek metropolis of athens from april onward and in the city of kassel in central germany from june. as artistic director adam szymczyk proposed upon his election in , documenta should manifest “in the form of two autonomous, simultaneous, and related exhibitions in two very different cities and countries” to express “the dissolution of barriers separating those who lack the simplest means from those who are usually all too willing to give them lessons but seldom a hand.” thus, both projects of documenta aimed not only at “learning from their respective places and from each other,” but also at disengaging from its well-established position as a german hosting institution for artists and cultural creators from all over the world despite their different cultural, political, and socioeconomic contexts. by creating these aims, szymcyzk assigned documenta a new role—“as a guest, with all the limitations and possibilities such a status implies.” thus, the curatorial approach to documenta comprised a structural shift and extension of its spatial and temporal dimension. it can be argued that the strategic repositioning of the institution as a guest that has to adapt itself to the conditions of a nation facing an ongoing crisis, coupled with the call to not only to learn from athens but also provide concrete assistance, may appear to be an affront to documenta, because it shakes the foundations this text is an edited version of a lecture given at the workshop “de-essentializing difference—acknowledging transculturality. art (history) education and the public sphere in a globalized world” on the occasion of documenta , kunsthochschule kassel, june , , organized by rntp—research network for transcultural practices in the arts and humanities. adam szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” in jahre documenta. die lokale geschichte einer globalisierung, ed. hans eichel (berlin: b&s siebenhaar, ), – , on . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta of the venerable art institution, which has been in existence for more than sixty years. however, this approach is closely tied to its origins; documenta was founded after the second world war in through an initiative by a group surrounding the painter, designer, and teacher arnold bode in kassel. bode is not only responsible for setting the duration of documenta, which is based on his idea of the “museum of days,” but also for the realization and periodic recurrence of the exhibition at its venue in kassel, which, in addition to the election of a new artistic director, has been an essential characteristic of each documenta to date. at the same time, the educational claim of szymczyk’s curatorial approach to documenta seems to be entirely incongruous with the ongoing precarious financial situation of athens and greece, the full extent of which first became apparent in . still, “learning from athens” was “not meant to be the definite title of the exhibition,” and thus does not imply, for example, a thematic priority or a selecting criterion for the artworks on show. however, the term raises numerous questions: how is it possible to meet the expectations of the prestigious and well-attended international art institution in learning from a city or nation in crisis, where cultural institutions are affected by financial cutbacks and closures? what can be learned bode used the term for the first time in the preface to the catalogue of documenta iii ( , xix). with this, he not only wanted to rehabilitate the notion of the international exhibition, which he considered at the time unfocused and meaningless, but he also indirectly criticized the museum’s preserving function as a mummification of the past and instead appealed to the museum to act as a production site and a lively place of encounter. see klaus siebenhaar, “die ausstellung als medium. Überlegungen zu einem zentrum kuratorischer theorie und praxis,” in jahre documenta, – , on – . although bode headed the first four editions, he helped shape the position of the artistic director at documenta when he stepped down from the board of directors of the documenta council and appointed harald szeemann as head of the fifth edition, designated as “general secretary.” from then on, the advisory board regulated the selection process for this position, which up to and including documenta corresponds to the position of a curator solely responsible for one edition. the only exception was in , when the supervisory board appointed ruangrupa—a collective of ten artists and creatives from jakarta, indonesia—as the artistic direction of documenta , which will open its doors in . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . since its beginnings, documenta’s prestige and international success is, for example, confirmed by its steadily increasing visitor numbers. see “about documenta,” documenta archive, accessed april , , http://www.documenta-archiv.de/en/documenta/ /about-documenta. according to greece’s minister of culture lydía koniórdou Λυδία Κονιόρδου in , the ministry has had to face a forty percent budget cut since , making it impossible to create new jobs for the increasing number of museums and archaeological sites, or even keep the sites running during their opening hours. see lydía koniórdou, “zwischen dem antiken und dem zeitgenössischen. (ein gespräch mit der kulturministerin griechenlands von heinz-norbert jocks),” kunstforum international – (august/september ): – , on – . the journal of transcultural studies , issue from athens, traditionally regarded as the birthplace of democracy and considered to be the cradle of western civilization? moreover, who is invited to participate in this exhibition and who is supposed to learn? furthermore—referring to the establishment itself—is it possible for documenta to change its status as an art institution in the northwest of europe and unlearn its cultural perspective and politics in order to learn from a city located in the southeast of europe? and finally, how should learning—understood as continuous act(ion) or even a mode of being— be arranged in the context of this major project, and are there any preconditions required for that process? on the one hand, these questions can hardly be answered comprehensively. referring to the educational scientists sönke ahrens and michael wimmer, it could be stated that learning, especially in the context of political education and learning democracy, is bound to the possibility of participating in social life, while this possibility is at the same time a precondition for learning and getting access to education. thus, learning and participating are not only mutually dependent but also coincide. according to this, the educational claim of “learning from athens” requires a detailed analysis of its theoretical foundations and its practical implications in relation to participation in documenta , and must address the question of who is allowed or encouraged to participate, as well as which modes or formats are provided for that exchange. on the other hand, a closer look at the curatorial concept of documenta suggests that szymczyk does not simply disregard the history of the exhibition institution, but that he is particularly concerned with the primary “sense of cultural urgency,” as he defines the initial situation of documenta in , which, in his opinion, “brought forth an experimental exhibition understood both as a harbinger of change and as a means to build a national and international community with the help of an aesthetic experience.” for szymczyk, the decisive factors of the significant development and achievement of documenta are determined by “the specific timing and choice of locale.” facing the current greek financial crisis, the increase in migration worldwide, and the refugee crisis at the borders of europe at the end for more on the invention of democracy by the ancient greeks and how greek democracy differs from modern forms of democracy, see, for example, paul cartledge, democracy: a life (oxford: oxford university press, ). sönke ahrens and michael wimmer, “das demokratieversprechen des partizipationsdiskurses,” in hegemonie und autorisierende verführung: zum verhältnis von politischem und pädagogischem, ed. alfred schäfer (paderborn: schöningh, ), – , on – . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta of —which continue to affect the world today—he sees the need to restore this sense of cultural urgency founded in the origin of documenta and thus aims to reclaim its social relevance for its fourteenth edition. however, szymczyk neither discusses the meaning of this initial cultural urgency of documenta in his curatorial concept nor does he describe its potential effects on the cultural ethics of documenta . meanwhile, the practical implementation of this theoretical concept can be examined from a visitor’s perspective. for example, documenta was advertised with the slogan “transdocumenta,” which was printed on a t-shirt and sold as a souvenir together with documenta ’s publications in the accompanying gift shops (fig. ). what is actually meant by this self-image of documenta, that connects to the latin prefix “trans-” in its meaning of “across,” “beyond,” or “through,” and how does it relate to the cultural understanding of documenta with its specific twofold structure of kassel and athens? szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . the souvenir was part of the product line of three black t-shirts with white letters on a red and blue background, commissioned by, and printed with slogans from, the artistic director. they were designed by niko mainaris, a graduate student in design at reutlingen university, germany. fig. : t-shirt with the slogan “transdocumenta,” souvenir shop of documenta , kassel, . photo: barbara lutz the journal of transcultural studies , issue in this essay, i will investigate how the curatorial concept of documenta takes on the cultural self-conception of documenta’s origins and how it challenges not only the history, structure, and status of the institution, but also how it resumes and transforms documenta’s initial understanding of a community between nations in times of crisis and traumatic historical ruptures in the face of today’s global cultural relations. in this respect, it can be useful to question the meaning of “trans-” with regard to the cultural ethics of documenta and to analyze the curatorial concept and its realization in relation to a transcultural understanding. in order to do so, i refer to monica juneja’s art historical approach to transculturality, which is based “on an understanding of culture that is in a condition of being made and remade, [and] does not take historical units and boundaries as given, but rather constitutes them as a subject of investigation, as products of spatial and cultural displacements.” as such, this approach refers to different kinds of transcending binaries and not only takes into account postcolonial and decolonial debates, but goes beyond oppositions and “views cultural phenomena as multi-sited interactions” in a global context. in relation to this understanding, i will critically reflect on how documenta ’s claim of “learning from athens” addresses a shift and repositioning of documenta in the global context of art, and how it correlates with democratic demands of participation and the legitimacy to produce knowledge and meaning in a globally interconnected and increasingly unpredictable world. the origins of documenta’s cultural self-conception the cultural self-conception at the origin of documenta is closely linked to its kassel-born founder, arnold bode, and his confrontation with the post-war situation in the city of kassel, which had been mostly destroyed in and was considered culturally desolate by the remaining population. monica juneja and christian kravagna, “understanding transculturalism (a conversation),” in transcultural modernisms, ed. model house research group (berlin: sternberg, ), – , on . from a transcultural perspective, juneja points to binaries “in which culture is seen as flowing from high metropolitan centres to absorptive colonial peripheries,” as the approach is based on postcolonial and subaltern studies with their focus on the asymmetries of power from the margins. in order to dismantle “the colonizer-colony binary,” she locates “these processes in a global context that transcends this opposition and views cultural phenomena as multi-sited interactions.” juneja and kravagna, “understanding transculturalism,” . juneja and kravagna, “understanding transculturalism,” . see alfred nemeczek, documenta (hamburg: europäische verlagsanstalt, ), . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta as an art-creating visionary and university lecturer, bode was not only committed to restoring the city to more decent and humane conditions, but also felt the urge to comment on and document the artistic practices between and in germany that had been denounced and prohibited during the nazi regime. seeing the bombed ruins of the classicist museum fridericianum, bode believed in the improvement of conditions through aesthetic interventions. furthermore, he saw the necessity of finding a way to reorient himself with new friends in kassel, in post-war germany, and in europe, emphasizing the importance of active engagement. thus, bode, in close collaboration with art historian werner haftmann, implemented an international exhibition of twentieth-century art with two aims. the first was to represent the development and european interconnectedness of modern art. the second was to present works of artists ostracized by the third reich, which in germany up to this point had never been exhibited together with abstract and expressionist works by artists from europe and the united states. as haftmann stated, according to his understanding of art at that time, all of europe was involved, in a kind of call-and-response, in creating forms of expression through which the contemporary world would be able to articulate itself artistically. in order to resume this mutual cultural exchange on the aesthetic level after the isolation of germany during the war, the curatorial ambition of the in , after the war, together with artists and colleagues, bode re-established the kassel art academy, which had been closed in by the nazi regime, and later founded the association for the abendländische kunst des xx. jahrhunderts e.v., through which he was able to realize his plans for a major international art exhibition, known today as the first documenta. with this focus on documentation, the name documenta came into being. see nemeczek, documenta, . see nemeczek, documenta, . (original quote: “die notwendigkeit, sich wieder zurechtzufinden mit neuen freunden in kassel, in deutschland, in europa – sich ‘zurechtzufinden’, aber nicht einfach wieder einzurichten – das kam hinzu.”) see werner haftmann, “einleitung,” in documenta. kunst des xx. jahrhunderts. internationale ausstellung im museum fridericianum in kassel [july to september , , exhibition catalogue], ed. museum fridericianum (munich: prestel, ), – , on . (original quote: “als aufgabe stellte sich also: entwicklung und verflechtung der modernen kunst.”) for the first time, the founders of modern art in germany, including, for example, paul klee, oskar schlemmer, and max beckmann, were put on display together with the established artists of european modernity, such as pablo picasso, henri matisse, wassily kandinsky, and henry moore. the only included artists living in america were josef albers, kurt roesch, and alexander calder. see haftmann, “einleitung,” . (original quote: “ganz europa war daran tätig, in ruf und gegenruf die ausdrucksweisen zu schaffen, in denen der bildnerische ausdruck der zeitgenössischen weltvorstellung möglich werden konnte.”) the journal of transcultural studies , issue first documenta was to restore the international interplay by picking up the interrupted dialogue and bringing it back to its own turf. from today’s point of view, the first documenta followed an understanding of art that represented the perspective of european modernity at the beginning of the twentieth century, while the cultural dialogue with other countries remained largely limited to europe and the western art world at that time. regarding the participating artists of the first documenta, walter grasskamp, for example, speaks of a “selective eurocentrism” and critically points to a lack of true internationality in adopting “the notion of art’s universality” in the exhibition. at the core of documenta’s civilizing mission was, according to nuit banai, the formal language of abstraction that “became a symbol of individualism and artistic freedom, and a means to differentiate west from east in the early years of the cold war,” in which kassel became “the stage for the construction of the contemporary in relation to highly contested (art-)historical, socio-political, and ideological entanglements.” thus, in its desire to socially and culturally revitalize the city of kassel as well as to reconnect germany internationally, the beginning of documenta can be understood as a place of reflection on the artistic practice and its working conditions on one the hand, and as a place for engaging in a specific socio-political situation on the basis of art on the other. this is shown, for example, in the selection and representation of artists in the catalogue of the first documenta, where they were listed by location. over one third of the participating artists were listed under germany, england, france, italy, the netherlands, switzerland, and north america. it is worth noting that for reasons of voluntary or involuntary migration, artists no longer identified with their national origin but with their various cultural affiliations related to their respective place of residence and work. according to grasskamp, when national origin is taken into see haftmann, “einleitung,” . (original quote: “man soll sie [die ausstellung] sehen als einen breit angelegten versuch, wieder den internationalen kontakt in breiter form aufzunehmen und in ein lange unterbrochenes gespräch sozusagen im eigenen hause wieder einzutreten.”) walter grasskamp, “becoming global: from eurocentrism to north atlantic feedback— documenta as an ‘international exhibition’ ( – ),” in documenta. curating the history of the present, ed. dorothee richter and nanne buurman, oncurating (june ): – , on . grasskamp, “becoming global,” . nuit banai, “border as form,” artforum [september ]: – , on . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta account, artists from around eighteen nations participated in the first documenta. thus, the artists were classified according to their official national origin in only some cases in the catalogue. this discrepency reflects that in cases of political emigration—e.g. from russia and germany—where the national affiliation of a number of artists had become uncertain, they were assigned either to their home or to their host countries depending on their (artistic) impact. however, although the transcultural biographies of the artists were not mentioned explicitly or indicated in the catalogue of the first documenta due to the labeling rules at that time, they were implicitly acknowledged and taken for granted because of their cultural significance to the arts. despite the eurocentric understanding of art in the early days of documenta, its specific reference to the present was characterized by the curatorial ambition to grasp artistic positions and tendencies transnationally and transculturally, rather than merely within or between individual nations or clearly defined cultures. in this sense, documenta was driven by the idea of a place and an aesthetic for the “future of ‘europe’ as moral arbiter and guardian of humanistic values” in kassel. while the first efforts to mend the foreign relationships of post-war germany focused on germany’s struggle to regain its rights as a sovereign most of the artists that were attributed to germany and italy actually originated from these countries, while many of the artists who lived in paris at that time and were attributed to france, were born in belgium, spain, portugal, russia, hungary, denmark, bohemia, or greece. other native countries, such as austria, were not even mentioned. see grasskamp, “becoming global,” – . see grasskamp, “becoming global,” . see documenta. kunst des xx. jahrhunderts, . this is demonstrated by the fact that the artists josef albers and kurt roesch, who were both born in germany and had emigrated to the united states in after the national socialists seized power, were attributed to north america, while american-born lyonel feininger was listed under germany. see walter grasskamp, “kunst, medien und globalisierung. ein rückblick auf die documenta ,” in die kanäle der macht. herrschaft und freiheit im medienzeitalter, ed. konrad paul liessmann, (wien: paul zsolnay, ), – , on . according to grasskamp, the “official list of artists and nations […] was still regarded as possible, necessary, and helpful” in the context of the first documenta. the problematic classification of art and artists along national lines, which is still being practiced for example by national museums today, goes back to “the nineteenth century, when european art was explicitly meant and officially supported to profile and celebrate national cultures,” and “started to become difficult and outdated, when radical modernism arose from many widespread national centres and mingled in international metropoles like berlin, paris, or new york.” grasskamp, “becoming global,” . banai, “border as form,” . the journal of transcultural studies , issue state, documenta can also be understood as a means to restore international contacts. from today’s perspective, it rather represents an attempt to develop a social transformation of the culturally desolate, local situation of kassel and within germany by means of an art exhibition. according to okwui enwezor, documenta can therefore be related to a huge number of large-scale, perennial exhibitions, which have gained importance as post-war activities. by comparing documenta in regards to its significance as biennial with the gwangju biennale in south korea and the johannesburg biennale in south africa, he questions the degree to which “the desire to establish such an exhibition forum have [sic] been informed by responses to events connected to traumatic historical ruptures.” while, in this respect, documenta can be considered as an “attempt to rebuild the basis of its destroyed civil society as well as the artistic and intellectual frameworks […] of the avantgarde,” all three exhibitions reflect in different ways “the political and social transitions of each of the countries.” even though the biennials in gwangju and johannesburg commenced forty years after documenta in and differ substantially in the political histories of their countries, all three exhibitions mark “an important part of the transition,” which is based on “the work of the imagination, as a fundamental part of society in transition towards democracy and development of new concepts of citizen.” as the end of apartheid, for example, gave an with the termination of germany’s status as an occupied territory (the state of hesse belonged to the american occupation zone) in and the re-establishment of the foreign office in , the federal republic of germany widely regained its sovereignty in foreign affairs. on that basis, the foreign office founded the first cultural institutes in , which later became the goethe institute. although documenta traditionally occurs every five years and significantly differs from the history of the oldest biennial established in , the venice biennale, which is modeled on the nineteenth-century world exhibition, it ranks among the world’s more than two hundred existing biennials today. this is because the term biennial is no longer only considered a two-year cycle, as its etymology suggests, but represents “a type or model of large-scale, perennial, international manifestation that has become so common in the landscape of exhibition-making today”, as elena filipovic, marieke van hal, and solveig Øvstebø state. see filipovic, van hal, and Øvstebø, “biennialogy,” in the biennial reader: an anthology on large-scale perennial exhibitions of contemporary art, ed. filipovic, van hal, and Øvstebø (ostfildern: hatje cantz, ), – , on . for a directory of the currently listed biennials in the world, see for example the homepage of the biennial foundation: http://www.biennialfoundation.org/. okwui enwezor, großausstellungen und die antinomien einer transnationalen globalen form [german/english] (munich: wilhelm fink, ), . enwezor, großausstellungen und die antinomien einer transnationalen globalen form, . while the gwangju biennale still takes place every two years, the second johannesburg biennale in was closed one month before it was due to occur and never continued. enwezor, großausstellungen und die antinomien einer transnationalen globalen form, . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta important impetus for the artistic power of imagination in south africa, each of the exhibitions that are responding to traumatic historical ruptures can be understood as a translation of this imagination into practice, in the sense of an ethical approach to change the social and cultural self-understanding of society for democratic reasons. moreover, by comparing the post-war activity of biennials, documenta is set in relation to the “south” in the global discourse of art and its institutions. according to anthony gardner and charles green, this term is “clearly not restricted to exhibitions, but part of a broader, significant invocation of the south as inspiration for resisting the north atlantic’s devouring of space, resources, alternative histories and epistemologies […] for antagonising the neo-colonial sweep,” and can thus be generally considered as “a model for change.” situating documenta in space and time szymczyk’s idea of taking athens as a starting point for conceptionalizing documenta indirectly involves enwezor’s proposed strategy of responding to a traumatic situation on the basis of artistic imagination and by the means of an art exhibition. in this respect, documenta can be considered as an opportunity to reflect on and cope with the economic crisis of the greek state and the ruinous social and cultural situation in its capital. as ruins, in the literal sense, also played a central role in the conception and realization of the first documenta—for example, the reconstruction while the first johannesburg biennale was meant to restore the dialogue between south africa and the international art scene after the years of isolation caused by the apartheid policy, the first gwangju biennale, titled “beyond the borders,” was intended to establish new orders and relationships between the arts and mankind, as well as to convey a kind of global citizenship that transcends divisions between ideologies, territories, religion, race, culture, humanity, and the arts. see “ st gwangju biennale, ,” universes in universe, accessed april , , https://universes.art/en/gwangju-biennale/ . for more on the recovery and valorization of epistemological diversity into an empowering instrument against hegemonic globalization see, for example, boaventura de sousa santos ( ). in his book, he argues that western domination has profoundly marginalized knowledge and wisdom in the global south, and, therefore, global social justice is not possible without global cognitive justice. he points to a new kind of bottom-up cosmopolitanism that would promote a wide conversation of humankind, celebrating conviviality, solidarity, and life against the logic of market-ridden greed and individualism. see sousa santos, epistemologies of the south. justice against epistemicide (boulder: paradigm, ). anthony gardner and charles green, “south as method. biennials past and present,” in making biennials in contemporary times: essays from the world biennial forum n° são paulo, brazil, ed. galit eilat et al. (amsterdam: biennial foundation, ), – , on . the journal of transcultural studies , issue of the museum fridericianum —the ancient greek ruins, whose aesthetics have always inspired artists as well as travellers, in a certain way still reflect the relationship between ruinous pasts and the present-day situation of athens and greece, and can thus be considered a possible source of life and revitalization. however, at second glance, the situation of athens and greece is not only addressed in a narrow sense, but also more broadly in a more global perspective. as szymczyk points out, “athens, located forever between cultures, connecting three continents and holding multitudes, remains the nexus of challenges and transformations that the entire continent is now experiencing.” in this sense, the city not only reflects an important connection between several parts of a system that spans different cultural and geopolitical settings in europe, but according to szymczyk actually indicates “the stiffening embrace of neoliberalism.” while the ideas of neoliberalism go back to the nineteeth century and are primarily associated with economic liberalism at the end of the twentieth century, they have gained hegemonic power on a global scale today. moreover, szymczyk argues that these ideas are part of the crisis that reached greece in , broadening its geopolitical and economic impact, and led up to “the present and its defining, as-yet-unresolved moments the museum fridericianum was almost entirely destroyed in and during the second world war (apart from the enclosing walls and the zwehrenturm tower) and reconstructed for the purpose of documenta’s main venue in , as it remains today. the confrontation with past, present, and future ruins in connection with documenta was, for example, part of the two-year research project “learning from documenta” that started in . the independent project was situated in athens between anthropology, art, and media with the aim to critically observe and discuss aspects of documenta ’s presence in athens in relation to artistic, economic, and socio-political developments in greece and internationally. see “about,” learning from documenta, accessed september , , http://learningfromdocumenta.org/about/. adam szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness—learning and working from athens,” in the documenta reader, ed. quinn latimer and adam szymczyk (munich: prestel, ): – , on . szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . in this context, szymczyk speaks about “the neoliberal war machine” that is supported by the “hegemonic order” and occurs as “the neocolonial, patriarchal, heteronormative order of power and discourse.” the term neoliberalism refers to market-oriented economic concepts that have gained hegemonic power on an international scale since the end of fordism around the s. in comparison to the traditional liberal definition of a self-regulating, free market in the nineteenth century, neoliberal concepts of the twentieth century are characterized by a deep mistrust in any kind of interference with the market and only tolerate a minimum of involvement by the state and other institutions in economic activities. see fernand kreff, eva-maria knoll, and andre gingrich, lexikon der globalisierung (bielefeld: transcript, ), and . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta in europe and around the mediterranean.” in his view, it is exactly this “complex entanglement of political and military powers” that keeps “the old and untenable concept of a world comprised of sovereign nation-states” alive and provides “an inescapable framework that must be addressed anew in order to understand our current circumstances.” taking into account this statement for situating documenta temporally and spatially in athens, it is also interesting to note that szymczyk also ideologically points to “that part of europe, which seems to be a model example of often extremely violent contradictions, fears, and fragile hopes” which could as well take place in “any other precarious contemporary democracy.” thus, he not only points to greece’s confrontation with the consequences of the economic crisis, the destruction of social structures and the associated rise of right-wing populism in the western world, which in times of crisis often flourishes and calls democracy into question, but he also addresses the shared challenge for the entire continent of europe to handle the increasing migration at its borders. with this in mind, he argues that documenta cannot just be considered as “a good starting point for reflection on the contemporary condition of actually existing neoliberalism,” but rather stresses the need to give “a real-time response to the changing situation of europe, which as a birthplace of both democracy and colonialism is a continent whose future must be urgently addressed.” with this conceptual approach to documenta , szymczyk seems to resume, transfer, and translate the particular cultural relevance founded in the origin of documenta, which helped to enable a social transition of the desolate country after the second world war through a new idea of democracy, according to the political and historical experiences of the people at that time. according to banai, szymczyk and his curatorial team have not only considered recent permutations of the institution’s foundational conditions and aspirations, but they also “responded to the changed landscape of today […] with timely questions about borders and their power szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . by this, szymczyk especially addresses the arab spring, the war in syria, russia’s annexation of the crimea, followed by the war in eastern ukraine, and the advances of authoritarian rule in turkey. see szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” – . szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . quinn latimer and adam szymczyk, “editors’ letter,” south as a state of mind # [documenta # ] (fall–winter ): – , on . the journal of transcultural studies , issue to police people, knowledge and (art) history.” while this goes along with enwezor’s notion of the founding principles of documenta, in a certain way szymczyk also adopts the transnational and transcultural perspective of the first documenta. just like bode, he does not consider the local situation of the city or country as an issue limited to itself. he sees nationally and culturally interrelated processes and entangled (hi)stories of the european continent as a necessity and an opportunity to critically reflect upon its difficult times, to react to them, and to transform them by the means of art and in the format of an exhibition. moreover, he seems to be convinced that, “rather than being a mere reproduction of existing social relationships, art can produce and inhabit space, enable discourses […], and act to challenge the predictable, gloomy course of current political and social global events that keep us sleepless and suspended.” as the living and working conditions of artists are far more international and globally intertwined than in , for a number of artists, their national identity is in question, as they affiliate with various cultures at the same time. according to the transcultural understanding that describes culture as being in a permanent process of becoming, the artists in documenta ’s daybook are also neither assigned to a single nation nor characterized by linear biographies. situating documenta in relation to the desolate conditions of a city and country at the border of europe can thus be considered as referring in a more comprehensive way to “the uncertain future of western-european democracy in a world gradually losing fixed points of reference,” which “makes athens possibly the most productive location from which to think and learn about the future to come,” as szymczyk points out. in this sense, banai, “border as form,” . here, banai goes even further by relating the history of documenta to its present when she recognizes documenta ’s geographical focus as an update of “the mega-exhibition’s historical status as a frontier and bellwether of western humanism for contemporary conditions of neoliberal global capitalism.” szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . the daybook is a kind of polyphonic anthology in which each living artist of documenta is granted one day of the exhibition’s -day period and, respectively, two pages including a newly commissioned text in the form of a close reading of the artist’s practice (e.g., a criticism, a letter, a poem, or a parable) by different writers, such as critics, curators, poets, novelists, or historians, and images selected by each artist. see “publications—documenta ,” documenta daybook, accessed april , , http://www.documenta .de/en/publications/ / documenta- –daybook. in some cases, biographical data of the artists and their (trans)cultural affiliations are mentioned in the text of the two pages or can be read between the lines and in the selected images. learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta the additional claim “learning from athens” as a working title specifies both the transitional stage of europe’s current social, political, economic, and cultural upheavals, and the provisional stage for the emerging event of documenta as a nationally and culturally shared process of working and learning, which can no longer be limited to a temporary and local exhibition of exactly one hundred days in one single place—which first and foremost addresses the well-established western and northern european position and status of the institution —as the origin and tradition of documenta implies. decentralizing documenta’s institutional and ideological structures in fact, documenta ’s focus on athens does not completely disregard the institution’s home in kassel. however, the specific relationship to the world that documenta holds with its twofold structure is neither based on a one-sided reference of kassel to athens, nor on its exchange or any kind of comparison between germany and greece. thus, instead of importing the crisis to kassel and analysing it on an aesthetic level in germany alone, szymczyk decided from the beginning of his conceptual preparations for documenta to move one part of its production from the centre of europe to its southeastern border. szymcyzk adopted a transcultural perspective by taking into account a postcolonial approach to current socio-political and cultural affairs in the global intertwinings of art on the structural level of documenta. this can firstly be seen in the way he takes the historical units and boundaries of the western art institution as a subject of investigation and as products of spatial and cultural displacements, on the one hand, while on the other the two words were designed with a blue hand-lettered font and presented in brackets right underneath the block letters of the heading “learning from athens,” and appeared in every newsletter of documenta , beginning with its ninth release on november , . see “newsletter archive,” documenta newsletter, accessed april , , http://www.documenta .de/en/press- materials. according to szymczyk, “[t]he world cannot be explained, commented on and narrated from kassel exclusively—a vantage point that is singularly located in northern and western europe—or from any one particular place at all.” szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” – . in contrast to the modern western conception of culture during the colonial past that is founded on the notion that a people, nation, or race bear and represent merely one culture, contributions to early transcultural thought are not only based on the attempt to dissociate race from culture, but also on acknowledging the permeability of boundaries (e.g., between european, amerindian, and african cultures) and the hybrid forms of cultures and races—even as a means of undoing racist orders of domination, as kravagna points out in reference to the development of cultural studies in south america between the s and s. see christian kravagna, “transcultural beginnings: decolonisation, transculturalism, and the overcoming of race,” in transcultural modernisms, – , on . the journal of transcultural studies , issue hand, he applies the divide and shift of a part of the exhibition as a curatorial method to deconstruct, rethink, and confront the institution with its western history and its implicit narratives of modernity. here, one of documenta’s main venues in kassel, the museum fridericianum, plays an important role, being one of the first public museums on the european continent, and is thus also a bearer of europe’s colonial history. secondly, szymczyk aims to free athens from the role of the subordinate. he does so by taking into account the fact that “athens stands metonymically for the ‘rest’ of the world that is lacking privileges.” with this approach, he not only implicitly refers to the binary notion of the west in contrast to the rest of the world, as it was taken up in postcolonial theory, but he rather goes beyond the binary thinking of western superiority in opposition to non-western inferiority, or any kind of hierarchical order, when he brings up a “distrust toward any essentializing and reductive concepts of identity, belonging, roots, and property in a world that is visibly out of joint” and claims to “think in solidarity”—with germany and greece acting both “as simultaneously real and metaphoric sites.” in this sense, szymczyk’s concerns can be related not only to a post- and decolonial discourse, but also to a transcultural thinking in the arts which, for example, refers to the understanding of the dissolution of artistic limits, its pluralization, decentralization, and interconnectivity in terms of its production and reception. the perspective of a transcultural history of art would furthermore involve questioning the “canonical premises” and “the taxonomies and values that have been built into the discipline since its inception and have been taken as universal,” particularly according to stable and homogeneous units of national, stylistic, or epochal categories of western art historiography. in what ways szymczyk’s concerns for a practical realization of his ideas for both germany and greece can be linked to “transformatory processes that constitute art practices through cultural encounters and relationships,” as juneja’s conception of a transcultural history of art also implies, will be considered later on. the museum fridericianum was built and completed in , in the spirit of enlightenment and classicism. szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . see stuart hall, “the west and the rest: discourse and power,” in formations of modernity, ed. stuart hall and bram geiben (cambridge: polity press, ), – . latimer and szymczyk, “editors’ letter,” – . monica juneja, “global art history and the ‘burden of representation’,” in global studies. mapping contemporary art and culture, ed. hans belting, jacob birken, andrea buddensieg, and peter weibel (ostfildern: hatje cantz, ), – , on . juneja, “global art history and the ‘burden of representation’,” . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta with regard to previous editions of documenta , it can be argued that the curatorial idea of a spatial extension and geographical decentralization is nothing new and has already been applied in various ways and dimensions by some of its direct predecessors: documenta ( ), documenta ( ), and documenta ( ) have each developed specific formats taking place outside of germany and europe on different continents before or simultaneously, and partially with direct reference to the exhibition in kassel. with differing emphasis, whether explicitly or implicitly, the western centralization of the institution was questioned, destabilized, or at least suspended for the duration of the respective documenta. although documenta ’s structure does not extend beyond the european continent, it falls in line with the global perspective of its predecessors by creating a counterhegemonic position with athens towards the established center of the west. furthermore, documenta not only refers to, but rather connects with a specific location in southern europe where “the contradictions of the contemporary world, embodied by loaded directionals like east and west, north and south, meet and clash.” therefore, athens, or rather greece, can be recognized as a european hub of key importance that marks a point of intersection. it is at this point where people with different world perspectives and cultures are gathering and interacting with each other—notably at a time of rising levels of migration, which recalls the climate of documenta’s origin. thus, by relating documenta’s home to a specific location that is characterized by challenges and changes affecting the whole of europe in an increasingly interconnected and complex world, szymczyk does not want to reproduce colonial categories, but enables, encourages, and induces a fundamental repositioning of the institution on the structural, organizational, and discursive level. this is also shown, for instance, in the name and meaning of the documenta magazine south as a state of mind, which is designed to represent a “counterhegemonic library for present battles.” it is “filled with essays, images, stories, speeches, diaries, and poems” and therefore considered one year before the opening of documenta , five transdisciplinary, discursive platforms were presented on four continents, taking place in vienna, berlin, new delhi, st. lucia, and lagos. before the opening of documenta , transregional meetings for the documenta magazines project were held in hong kong, new delhi, são paulo, cairo, johannesburg, and new york with participating editors, authors, and theorists of local magazines. documenta organized a parallel exhibition in kabul and a study and exchange program in cairo and alexandria, as well as a retreat and research residency program in banff in alberta, canada. latimer and szymczyk, “editors’ letter,” . the magazine was founded by marina fokidis in athens in . in , it temporarily became the journal of documenta , publishing four special issues, with the last one published in the summer of . the journal of transcultural studies , issue as a “guiding vision for […] the documenta publication program as a whole,” as the editors claim with reference to the contribution of françoise vergès in the first volume. as such, documenta ’s relation to the south describes a working concept beyond the postcolonial center–periphery model. in considering the south operating on a synchronic axis of the trans-local, this concept “extends beyond geographical location and beyond the contours of the ‘global south’ as a category of geo-economic development [and] tries to resist easy assimilation within hegemonic global currents.” according to marieke van hal, who asks for the meaning of south in the context of the ongoing “north-south dialectic of postcolonialism” in the making of biennials in contemporary times, “south as a state of mind” represents “a more abstract or creative concept” in contrast to “a geo-political focus that relates to a certain history tied to the struggle against colonization and the necessity of decolonization.” documenta ’s successive start at two locations, with the earlier than usual opening of one part of the exhibition in athens outside the institution’s home in kassel and its temporal extension by a total of sixty days can thus be understood as a practical implication of acknowledging the institution’s western position from a post- and decolonial point of view. it can further be seen as a creative attempt to equalize its cultural significance with other institutions in other parts of the world. according to this approach, the claim of learning from athens seems to be, first and foremost, an invitation to question western (i.e. white and male, as well as nationalist and colonialist) privileges. this is also apparent in marina fokidis’s critique of the “idea of the purity of so-called mythical ancient greece” that is not only represented through the assumption of greece as the cradle of western civilization, but is in fact “a construct” and a result of several cleansing processes of “western hegemonic culture” with latimer and szymczyk, “editors’ letter,” . for gardner and green, the south emphasizes not only “a rich history generated from long-standing unease with north atlantic hegemony” and thus operates on “the diachronic axis of reference back to rich if unstable histories of trying to conceive different models of trans-local exchange,” but it also requires a kind of “transnational response through which that hegemony might be displaced,” and thus operates as well on “a synchronic axis of the transnational—or better still, the trans-local, given the vicious arbitrariness of national frontiers.” gardner and green, “south as method. biennials past and present,” . gardner and green, “south as method. biennials past and present,” . marieke van hal, “[untitled preface],” in making biennials in contemporary times, . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta the aim of creating a pure past. in line with this recognition, szymczyk wants to “see the world again in an unprejudiced way, unlearning and abandoning the predominant cultural conditioning that, silently or explicitly, presupposes the supremacy of the west, its institutions and culture.” accordingly, a space of possibility should be created to unlearn what is known, such as outdated concepts of belonging, rootedness, and identity, instead of giving lessons to people. in order to overcome the form of an “asymmetrical power relationship between the sovereign and the subalterns” criticized by postcolonial theory, szymczyk suggests that we “imagine a symmetrical situation of the encounter of equals” as is shown and implemented for him especially in the way artists are “‘learning to learn from below’,” as szymczyk points out with reference to gayatri chakravorty spivak, or “learning from others in order to live together,” with reference to souleymane bachir diagne. while the latter two theorists are part of the postcolonial discourse that suggests submitting any westernized self to the opposite and thereby defining a kind of prerequisite for the encounter of equals, spivak’s claim especially relates to the challenge of a critically minded education. it does not merely advocate an improvement or change of conditions, but rather suggests that we “learn to let the logic of what constitutes the ‘here-and-now’ emerge and render that aspect accessible,” as nikita dhawan and maría do mar castro varela point out in relation to postcolonial strategies of unlearning. in practical terms, documenta aimed to create an awareness for the individual cultural (pre)conditions of both locations. marina fokidis, “learning from athens—a working title and a working process for documenta in athens and kassel,” in stages # : the biennial condition, ed. joasia krysa (liverpool: liverpool biennial, ), – , on . here, she also argues that the “classicists’ idea of the pure white of the greek statues and temples” is “a construct, since everything was painted in vivid colours: fuchsia, gold, cyan, red, terracotta. even the columns of the parthenon were painted with stripes […]. the assumption of whiteness […] was a kind of a cleansing process, eradicating paganism, multi-theism, multivalent expression, a successful effort to create a pure past, stripped not only of its shadows but also of its variety of aesthetics.” szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” – . see szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . as szymczyk clarifies here, artists like “writers, filmmakers, sculptors, painters, musicians, actors, and all those once excluded from the republic—can teach us that we must first learn to become strangers to ourselves, and thus undergo a decreation […] instead of sustaining overproduction. they can show us how to shake the foundations of our positive and passive understanding of the world, teach us how to abandon the cities and then inhabit the cities again (kassel and athens are cases in point), and how to care about the way in which we work and what we do with the fruits of our labors.” nikita dhawan and maría do mar castro varela, “breaking the rules. education and post-colonialism,” in documenta education ii: between critical practice and visitor services. results of a research project, ed. carmen mörsch (berlin: diaphanes, ), – , on . the journal of transcultural studies , issue challenging documenta’s host role according to the idea of learning in relation to the encounter of equals, the structural repositioning of the institution also addresses an adjustment or a change of the cultural-political involvement, which, in the case of the internationally-operating institution of documenta, is related to european foreign (and integration) policy. concerning this policy, an involvement in cultural affairs basically refers to the framework of intercultural dialogue. according to the united nations educational, scientific and cultural organization (unesco), this framework should facilitate an “[e]quitable exchange and dialogue among civilizations, cultures and peoples, based on mutual understanding and respect and the equal dignity of all cultures,” which in turn marks “the essential prerequisite for constructing social cohesion, reconciliation among peoples and peace among nations.” however, the concept of interculturalism as such was strongly criticized from the perspective of postcolonial studies in the s because in most cases, dialogue did not occur on a level playing field, while the focus on cultural difference and hybridity tended to conceal social and political inequality, as carmen mörsch stated. furthermore, from the philosophical perspective of transculturality, an intercultural understanding is not sufficient to overcome classical cultural boundaries because it only advocates a mutual understanding of different cultures and refers to the concept of culture as part of a homogeneous and separate sphere, which can only collide with, defame, or combat other cultures, as wolfgang welsch points out. thus, in the framework of the intercultural dialogue, documenta’s historically established, cultural-political position of host, which for szymczyk “becomes ideologically difficult to maintain if the host never according to art educator carmen mörsch, even at the beginning of the twenty-first century, the concept of intercultural dialogue is still a dominant approach in german-speaking areas in discussions of appropriate guiding principles for cultural institutions in a migration society. see carmen mörsch, “Über zugang hinaus: nachträgliche einführende gedanken zur arbeitstagung ‘kunstvermittlung in der migrationsgesellschaft’,” in agency, ambivalence, analysis: approaching the museum with migration in mind, ed. ruth noack (milan: politecnico di milano, ), – , on . “intercultural dialogue,” unesco, accessed april , , http://www.unesco.org/new/en/ culture/themes/dialogue/intercultural-dialogue/. see mörsch, “Über zugang hinaus,“ – . see wolfgang welsch, “transculturality—the puzzling form of cultures today,” in spaces of culture: city, nation, world, ed. mike featherstone and scott lash (london: thousand oaks, ), – , on – . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta dares to assume the role of guest and leave home,” would keep its traditional, privileged western perspective and could only end up in the symbolic meaning of a bridge or a mere cooperation between greece and germany. while cooperation describes a number of actors who work together and split into intact entities after their joint activity, thus remaining separate from each other, a necessary prerequisite for rethinking and shifting the traditional western position of the institution is seen in abandoning its “exclusive role of host,” which has been assumed by documenta over the decades, and instead take on the role of guest. but how can an institution’s established role of host be subverted into the role of guest without being invited as such? the proposed guest status of documenta challenges the stable position of the more than sixty-year-old art institution to welcome artists and artworks from around the world in kassel. moreover, it creates a paradoxical attitude especially towards the role of the artistic director, if one assumes that a “curatorial situation is always one of hospitality” because it “implies invitations—to artists, artworks, curators, audiences, and institutions; […] which have left their habitual surroundings and find themselves in the process of relocation in the sense of being a guest,” as beatrice von bismarck and benjamin meyer-krahmer say. according to the claim of decentralizing and repositioning the institution, the “nation-regulated right to hospitality,” which once created the position of the foreigner, would have to be relinquished. this relates to jacques derrida’s fundamental tension szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . instead of “a bridge in the form of projects that complete each other between the two locations, or end up as two isolated sequences of displays addressing the specifics of each of the two sites separately,” szymczyk wanted the exhibition to be built on a “structure of gaps, disconcerting repetitions and dislocations” that “would embrace discontinuity.” szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . see mark terkessidis, kollaboration (berlin: suhrkamp, ), . latimer and szymczyk, “editors’ letter,” . beatrice von bismarck and benjamin meyer-krahmer, “introduction,” in hospitality. hosting relations in exhibitions: (cultures of the curatorial ), ed. von bismark and meyer-krahmer (berlin: sternberg, ), – , on . von bismarck and meyer-krahmer, “introduction,” . with reference to evi fountoulakis and boris previsic, “gesetz, politik und erzählung der gastlichkeit. einleitung,” in der gast als fremder. narrative alterität in der literatur, ed. fountoulakis and previsic (bielefeld: transcript, ), – , on , the open concept of accommodating all those who travel—understood as an anthropological, fundamental right that persisted into the middle ages—was already redefined in ancient times by laws on hospitality in the sense of the law concerning foreigners. see von bismarck and meyer-krahmer, “introduction,” – . the journal of transcultural studies , issue between the regulated and unregulated conditions of hospitality, in which the latter is based on an altruistic concept that abandons all claims to ownership and control of the guest but is thereby, at the same time, circumventing the possibility of hospitality. therefore, in whatever way the mutual relationship of host and guest is built, it has to deal with questions of superiority and with the negotiation of the conditions for its functioning. in connection with the worldwide increase in migration and the refugee crisis in europe, the status of the host as well as the status and conditions of the guest seem more than ever to be a key question for transnational and transcultural cohabitation and social interaction. taking a look at the political structure of the exhibition, according to beatrice von bismarck, the relation of hospitality generally raises questions about responsibility, dependencies, rules, codices, and the conditions of inclusion and exclusion, while also describing a situation in which people and things transfer from a familiar setting into the exposed setting of an exhibition and could thereby experience uncertainty and defenselessness. thus, hospitality constitutes a necessary antithesis to the foreignness, unfamiliarity, or strangeness towards all people and things that are arranged in the process of curating an exhibition. in this sense, hospitality also marks a kind of cultural-political position from which the institution of documenta should think and learn about its hierarchical and powerful role in the cultural sector and in the global intertwinings of art with other institutions. from the perspective of critical education, szymczyk’s abovementioned claim of “unlearning and abandoning the predominant cultural conditioning” points to “the necessity of unlearning, [as] a reflexive approach and […] a shift in the position of cultural institutions from representing civil society to an active role as agents and arenas in the political domain.” on the other hand, his reference to spivak’s “learning to learn from below” especially addresses those who are advocating change to be willing to change themselves. taking into account szymczyk’s claim to “think in solidarity” with germany and greece acting both “as simultaneously real and metaphoric according to derrida, any attempt to be hospitable is inevitably associated with keeping guests under control, with the closing of boundaries, with nationalism, and even with the exclusion of particular groups or ethnicities. see jacques derrida and anne dufourmantelle, of hospitality: anne dufourmantelle invites jacques derrida to respond, trans. rachel bowlby (stanford: stanford university press, ), – . see beatrice von bismarck, “die politizität des gastspiels: zur politischen struktur der ausstellung,” in when exhibitions become politics, ed. verena krieger and elisabeth fritz, (cologne: böhlau, ), – , on . mörsch, “Über zugang hinaus,” . see dhawan and castro varela, “breaking the rules. education and post-colonialism,” . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta sites,” documenta ’s aim to reposition the institution stresses the necessity not only to acknowledge its emergence and historical development in the western context but also to question its own privileges. consequently, documenta ’s claim of learning proposes an inherent process of “unlearning the given,” as documenta ’s curator-at-large, bonaventure soh bejeng ndikung, stated in a joint project with elena agudio, which paralleled his work on documenta . in his view, “the dominant western and eurocentric educational structure intimately supports racist power structures and knowledge systems” and continues “along a universal qua western educational system that has found or forced its way into almost all four corners […] of the globe.” in line with this thinking, the project’s concept points to the challenge “of deconstructing the ideologies and connotations eminent to the constructs that frame our societies today.” while the project also refers to spivak’s notion of the fundamental process of unlearning privilege —for example, in relation to race, class, nationality, and gender— both curators want to open up to “a certain kind of other knowledge” that does not imply receiving more information but “knowledge that we are not equipped to understand by reason of our social position.” in this sense, the process of unlearning privilege can be considered “the beginning of an ethical relation to the other.” similarly, from the perspective of critical education, this process means more “than being well-read and accumulating information; in fact, it involves confronting the often painful process of self-questioning,” and draws attention to the necessity of allowing oneself to experience a fundamental uncertainty in relation to self-image, in the sense of not reproducing but shifting power relations. the project was called “unlearning the given. exercises in demodernity and decoloniality of ideas and knowledge” and was conceived as “a performative, discoursive and corporeal curatorial framework” for the long night of ideas in berlin, which took place on april , at savvy contemporary. see bonaventure soh bejeng ndikung and elena agudio, “unlearning the given. exercises in demodernity and decoloniality of ideas and knowledge,” art at berlin (april , ), accessed april , , https://www.artatberlin.com/savvy-contemporary-zur- langen-nacht-der-ideen-art-at-berlin/. for the original quotation, see gayatri c. spivak, donna landry, and gerald maclean, the spivak reader: selected works of gayatri chakravorty spivak (london: routledge, ), . see ndikung and agudio, “unlearning the given.” dhawan and castro varela, “breaking the rules: education and post-colonialism,” . in this context, dhawan and castro varela relate to spivak’s term of “‘transnational literacy,’” which can only be achieved by questioning one’s own privileges. mörsch, “Über zugang hinaus,” – . the journal of transcultural studies , issue sharing experiences by means of an art exhibition as noted above, in line with the post- and decolonial demand for a critical self-reflection of one’s position and privilege, szymczyk aimed to free athens from the role of the subordinate, or rather refused to relegate the city or country to the role of a guest of documenta in the first place. although he tries to change documenta’s established position of host, he nevertheless speaks of invitations. obviously, this does not mean a unilateral request from athens or from the inside of documenta. according to his idea of reconnecting documenta to “the urgency of its beginnings,” this is conceived as a more open approach of a “journey” in order to get “a better understanding of the world and of ourselves.” however, this journey has no clear purpose and should not be misunderstood as an expedition. it is rather meant as an inner journey in the way of a “willful estrangement that is supposed to lead to new realizations for those who undertake it.” according to sepake angiama, head of education at documenta , from a geographical perspective, “learning from athens” implies a deliberate way of distancing oneself “from a location that is considered on the edge of europe but is almost a central connection between europe and other geographies, between europe and its shared histories with the middle east and africa.” in respect to the fact that learning is closely tied to “unlearning,” angiama stresses the need for “considering forms of knowledge that have been suppressed and excluded from the ‘canon’” and, even more fundamentally, of recognizing that also “education has been colonized.” thus, she first pleads for the decolonization of education in the form of an “acceptance and acknowledgement of wrongdoing.” while this requires a process that will question, change, and leave behind usual ways of knowledge production in order to gain new or different insights than the ones already established, the entire project of documenta cannot simply be “divided into exhibition, public program, and education,” but must be defined as a whole organism that relies both on “collective action and individual capacity,” as documenta ’s education program of see szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . sepake angiama and elke aus dem moore, “under the mango tree (a conversation),” contemporary and (c&) ( ): – , on . while the “process of colonizing education was a violent and brutal obliteration of indigenous cultures, traditions, and language,” as angiama states, the “process of decolonization will bear the fruits of a painful process of recognition, repatriation, and reconciliation.” angiama and aus dem moore, “under the mango tree,” . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta “aneducation” implies. the question that remains is, did this way of learning take place within the production and reception of documenta , and if so, how did it take place? or, returning to one of the fundamental arguments of this essay, namely that learning is bound to the possibility of participating in educational processes: who is actually invited and how could the process of (un)learning be realized in relation to participating in documenta ? taking into account the reconsideration or reinvention of democracy in difficult times “when authoritarian thinking prevails over the participatory model,” szymczyk points to the role of the “‘audience’—which the art world and its institutions, including documenta, conventionally tends to think of less as participants in a common task and rather as voters.” with the aim of taking a different, much more collective approach from the bottom up, he therefore suggests that documenta should overcome “normative economic, political and geographic divisions” by “attempting a shared experience mediated by culture and, more specifically,by the contemporary art exhibition.” according to this experience, the visitors to documenta were invited “to take a similar route as its makers,” with the hope that “the exhibition will thus become an agent of change and a transformative experience for its audience and participants in both cities.” from the curatorial point of view, it has therefore not been a matter of fulfilling “one predetermined scenario during the three years of making,” but rather a “thorough onsite research to forge connections including political ones and to find local allies willing to engage.” within this process, szymczyk wanted to develop “forms of collaboration” and to negotiate “terms of invitation.” in order to become in connection with education, the prefix “an-” refers to undoing something and describes learning as a way of shifting positions or seeing something from another point of view. see angiama and aus dem moore, “under the mango tree,” . see “about,” documenta public education, accessed april , , http://www. documenta .de/en/public-education/. szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . szymczyk, “documenta : learning from athens,” . the journal of transcultural studies , issue a “participatory experience, and an exercise in presentist democracy,” documenta ’s visitors should be empowered “as the true owners of documenta, each holding a share in a common undertaking, together with the makers and the organizers of documenta , alongside the artists and other participants”. hence, the possibility of inviting others should not be based “on the representative capacity of legitimate elected officials.” this relates to the context of museum studies in the cultural sector where participation is used to define the possibility of opening up and reconnecting the museum or the exhibition to society as the actual owner of public space. here, in the sense of “ownership,” visitors are encouraged to leave behind the role of passive consumers and to take on a more active role as coworkers in the process of mediating, designing, selecting, denoting, and representing works within the museum. thus, documenta ’s call for participation does not mean to simply go and visit an exhibition or to accept an invitation to it. instead, visitors need to have “the possibility to question the rules of the game: the conditions under which education, the public realm and representation within institutions happen,” as nora sternfeld points out in connection to “participation in the post-representative museum.” in doing so, the existing logics of society can be shifted and participation opens up “the possibility of transformation.” but how could this “shared experience mediated by culture” be realized, and to what extent does it actually involve all the participants of documenta , such as curators, institutions, artists, artworks, visitors, and the citizens of athens and kassel? and finally, does the self-image of documenta as “transdocumenta” reveal itself in relation to these practical implications? since collaboration is based on participation and only szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” . similarly, marina fokidis, curatorial advisor of documenta , points out that “[n]othing can be completed, assumed, learned without the participation of the visitors, whom we like to think of as part of our team in this endless process of learning.” fokidis, “learning from athens,” . szymczyk, “ : iterability and otherness,” – . anja piontek, “einführung,” in museum und partizipation. theorie und praxis kooperativer ausstellungsprojekte und beteiligungsangebote, ed. anja piontek (bielefeld: transcript, ), – , on . in doing so, sternfeld relates to the political theory of jacques rancière, for whom “demanding to have a part is also a question of politics. extending an invitation does not result in participation: this is achieved through struggles that transgress and reshape the hitherto existing social logics.” nora sternfeld, “playing by the rules of the game. participation in the post-representative museum,” cumma papers : – , on ; see also jacques rancière, disagreement. politics and philosophy, trans. julie rose (minneapolis: university of minnesota press, ). sternfeld, “playing by the rules of the game,” . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta takes place when actors work together interactively and welcome being truly transformed through this process, a look at its particular forms could provide insight into how far the collaborations of documenta go beyond intercultural cooperation and open up to various modes of a transcultural practice. for the realization of documenta , various collaborations were specifically developed for the exhibition, and also for parallel projects, public meetings, and events set up by a variety of actors in different locations. besides the position of the artistic director, about twenty curatorial co-workers were located in athens, in addition to about twelve curatorial co-workers in kassel, together with a large team responsible for organizing the exhibition at the many venues, for presenting art, mediating art, and running the public programs in both cities. after the three years of the curatorially proposed process of making, a large number of institutional and urban interventions could be found both in athens and in kassel. besides several main institutional partners and venues, documenta spread across the city of athens in more than forty different public institutions, squares, cinemas, university locations, and libraries in approximately thirty different locations in kassel, including many conversions of existing buildings. a special form of collaboration was realized by one of documenta’s main venues. the museum fridericianum became the temporary home for the collection of the national museum of contemporary art in athens (emst) during the exhibition in kassel. as katerina koskina, director of the emst and curator of the exhibition at the museum fridericianum, pointed out in the wall text of the entrance hall, the exhibition marked the first extensive presentation of the collection of the emst and presented artworks by “pioneering greek artists, highlighting and revisiting their national and international journeys.” futhermore, this exchange not only allowed both institutions to learn more about their diverse missions and common goals, but also strengthened their links to showcase the social role of art and its capacity to denounce and transform the traumatized world. with the title “antidoron,” the exhibition referred to concepts of negotiation, such as sharing and offering or, more literally, “the returning of a gift.” thus, the prefix “anti-” points to “a distinct position and consequently a view, not necessarily opposed to, see terkessidis, kollaboration, . “team,” documenta team, accessed april , , http://www.documenta .de/en/team. “athens venues/ kassel venues,” documenta venues, accessed april , , http://www. documenta .de/en/public-exhibition/. as such, the exhibition also took up issues of border crossings, diasporas, and cultural exchange. the journal of transcultural studies , issue but departing from a different point in order to communicate, to argue, to bridge, to converge, and to accept each other’s stances,” and should embody “the mutual respect of both institions.” from a transcultural perspective, the curatorially initiated terms of invitation and forms of collaboration for this part of documenta ’s exhibition could, on the one hand, be acknowledged as a shared cultural practice going beyond the simple logic of differences or oppositions between kassel and athens. on the other hand, this approach resembles the established invitation from documenta as a hosting institution, where the guest is generously invited on the basis of individual conditions and unintentionally returns the favor with a gift for the duration of documenta in kassel. the act of giving that is implied in this approach by documenta could easily turn into a patronizing attitude. this becomes even more clear in documenta ’s support to open the four floors of the museum in athens, including those which had been open to the public since the museum’s reconstruction in . although it might be also the first time for the museum fridericianum to host a collection from another museum in europe during documenta, the question remains whether this approach goes beyond an intercultural dialogue and whether it helps decolonize the western perspective of modernity, or if it is just reconstructing the canon of art in its definition of international, contemporary art for both museums on a joint basis and for the institution of documenta itself. another concept of collaboration was to involve artists who do not belong to the established art market. this can be said for most of the nearly two hundred artists who were invited to present their works in kassel and athens. these artists presented the same or different artworks to the exhibitions and could thus respond to one or both contexts, establishing contingent, possible, or new connections between different narratives. according to fokidis, by “receiving artists from all over the world,” documenta was not only “sharing the organisation, the implementation, and later, the presentation of the work” in both cities, but “has triggered the ‘locals’ of each city to think actively about issues of identity and relationships between economy and power structure rather than in terms of nation.” from the perspective of athens, this became apparent in a specific manner. here, the reversal of the relationship between guest see katerina koskina, fridericianum wall text, unpublished photography at documenta (kassel, ) by barbara lutz. in terms of an in-depth analysis of the exhibition, this question should also be asked in relation to the visual realization of the exhibition and the design of its display. fokidis, “learning from athens,” . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta and host remained quite ambivalent. the questions that emerged first concerned the possibility for such a hierarchically structured and financially powerful institution to come to athens with the aim to provide concrete assistance to “those who lack the simplest means”—to return to the initially mentioned claim of documenta —without running the risk of exoticizing or colonizing the city and its citizens, or exploiting their trauma for the institution’s own benefit. this concern, for example, became visible in two artworks—a poster and a work of graffiti—critical of documenta that were on the walls at the premises of the athens school of fine arts. one criticized the kind of capitalistic gesture inherent in the financial support of documenta while at the same time misstating the amount of the budget (fig. ). the other excoriated the hierarchical structures of the documenta institution by portraying a decapitated depiction of the owl with a turned head adopted each documenta is funded by the city of kassel and the state of hesse with million euro, and by the german federal cultural foundation with . million euro. the remaining portion of the budget has to be generated by each documenta itself through the exhibition (e.g., tickets, catalogues, merchandising products, and sponsors), brings the total up to million euro. in athens, documenta was additionally supported by the federal foreign office of germany and the goethe institute. fig. :  graffiti  at  the  premises  of  the  athens  school  of  fine  arts  (asfa),  .  photo: barbara lutz. the journal of transcultural studies , issue as a symbol by documenta , due to its status as the traditional symbol of athena, the goddess of wisdom and learning, and mythological patron of the greek capital. this poster, with its rolling head, can be interpreted as harshly questioning the claim “learning from athens” (fig. ). furthermore, the art scene of athens was split on the matter. while many local artists who were not included in documenta complained that documenta did not care for the reality in athens or its residents but was, first and foremost, perceived as an event for tourists, local gallerists and curators welcomed the international attention for the local art scene and presented alternative concepts or projects, thus also offering a platform for artists who were not invited to take part in documenta . one of those projects was the th athens biennale ( – ), which was titled “waiting for the barbarians.” with reference to documenta , it critically reflected on questions like, “will there ever be any ‘learning from athens’? what do words such as ‘education,’ ‘freedom,’ ‘queer,’ ‘north,’ ‘south,’ ‘indigenous’ signify in contemporary cultural debates? are we witnessing the coming of the barbarians, or the taming of the barbarian?” however, since the barbarian was neither considered to be “the ominous other, the refugee, the migrant, the muslim, nor […] the ‘northern colonialist’,” here, the barbarian was supposed to be “closer than ever.” according to this, the th athens biennale did not consider itself a host, but “invite[d] the barbarians in.” “ th athens biennale – ,” athens biennale, accessed april , , http://athensbiennale.org/barbarians/. fig. : poster at the premises of the athens school of fine arts (asfa), . photo: barbara lutz. learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta the greek anthropologist elpida rikou Ελπίδα Ρίκου articulates another critique of documenta ’s presence in athens. she problematizes the legacy of documenta in adopting “a discourse of the oppressed other, of the refugee, of the trans subject, or of the marginalized indigenous,” while “at the same time, documenta is a powerful institution that comes to a city in crisis.” taking into account this kind of relationship, she compares it to the situation when “activists acquire an important role in an important institution,” while their discourse changes the context and creates other effects. in this respect, she calls on every art production to consider “the relationship between grassroots projects and the institutions that adopt the same language.” while, from a transcultural perspective, the selection of artists, their site-specific work, and their multi- and trans-local ways of presentation can be acknowledged as a step beyond the master program of the western art canon, from a post- or decolonial point of view, the institution does not seem to have reflected on its own position of superiority—be it culturally or economically—and has proved to be sucessful mainly in connection with comparable institutions in the cultural and educational sector. in order to truly experience the exhibition venues and to learn from documenta , visitors were faced with its geographical extension, and thus with the financial and logistical challenges of visiting both cities. as it was almost impossible, or not the aim of documenta at all, to attend all venues during a stay in one of the cities, visitors were not only invited but expected to select a few locations or drop in randomly. in this way, individuals were encouraged to find their own route through the urban infrastructure, thereby getting the opportunity to deeply involve themselves in the matrix of the respective city and its people, or at least gaining a better understanding of (their capacity to involve) themselves. together with anthropologist eleana yalouri Ελεάνα Γιαλούρη from the department of social anthropology of panteion university, rikou is one of the coordinators of the research project “learning from documenta,” that has been investigating documenta ’s impact on athens since its curatorial team first arrived in the city in . risa puelo, “the messy politics of documenta’s arrival in athens,” hyperallergic (april , ), accessed april , , https://hyperallergic.com/ /the-messy-politics-of- documentas-arrival-in-athens/?utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=the. in athens, institutional partners were, for example, national museums, theaters and festivals, libraries, universities, foundations, or research centers. see latimer and szymczyk, the documenta reader, . as stated in documenta ’s newsletter on september , , during the one hundred days of documenta in kassel , people visited the exhibition venues, the events, and works in public space, while the exhibition venues of documenta in athens were visited over , times. see “newsletter archive,” documenta newsletter, accessed april , , http://www.documenta .de/en/press-materials. the journal of transcultural studies , issue in this context, “aneducation” invited “the visiting public to engage with contemporary artistic practices and to leave traces in athens and kassel.” it provided a public program which focused on learning as a process that engages one’s body and senses in an active way. one of the activities that exhibition visitors in kassel and athens could attend, for example, was a walk in a group with one of the nearly two hundred members of the documenta chorus, who took their point of departure from the encounter between different “voices” of different people, with the aim of learning from each other’s contexts in relation to art, artists, and the public. in this respect, the program did not refer to usual “dichotomies,” such as “knowing and not knowing, sense and nonsense, significance or insignificance.” instead, it was rather pointing to the “absence of grand narratives” and approaching “the project of working and learning together through a reorientation guided by shadows and echoes.” athough this process of art mediation could also be experienced as a disillusion for visitors hungry for factual, easily accessible knowledge, it was in line with the curators’ claim of “learning from” as a “working process that forms multiple questions rather than concrete answers,” as fokidis points out with the intention of “a creative and necessary confusion.” by adopting this approach, participating in documenta could be an “unsettling experience,” as it is termed in postcolonial pedagogy in order to question what remains uncontested in educational and cultural machinery. this kind of experience should make us realize how we are inevitably intertwined in specific histories, social settings, and cultural conditions that let us (re)produce difference, because “[o]nly then does unlearning become a means to imagine non-dominant futures.” closing thoughts almost two years after documenta finished, the question remains whether its various forms of collaboration turned out to be anti-authoritarian and thereby have actually effected transformation and ensured equality for the various positions, such as those of the participating institutions, artists, curators, visitors, and the many other actors in and beyond kassel and as the education program for documenta , aneducation adopted methodologies and approaches that were based on the work and understanding of different artists, architectural practitioners, thinkers, or educators, such as annemarie and lucius burckhardt, lina bo bardi, oscar and zofia hansen, and ulises carrión, who lived and worked mainly in the twentieth century. “about,” documenta public education, accessed april , , http://www.documenta . de/en/public-education/. fokidis, “learning from athens,” . dhawan and castro varela, “breaking the rules. education and post-colonialism,” . learning from crisis? on the transcultural approach to curating documenta athens on a cultural level. another question is whether and in what way the high demands of the curatorial concept could generally meet the educational claim of the postcolonial approach to exhibiting and mediating art in a global context, and could also be of value for documenta ’s successors. in order to overcome the shortcomings of intercultural dialogue in the light of current realities, the process of learning with instead of from others could have been the next reasonable step to reduce or even dismantle hierarchies and overcome binaries from a transcultural perspective. thus, in addressing principal aspects of postcolonial pedagogy in the global intertwinings of art today, many of documenta ’s initiated collaborations seem to reveal an international exchange for the benefit of some powerful intitutions. in this way, documenta only appears as a powerful catalyst for the image of the institution in the global context of art with reference to athens, or respectively to a european hub of key cultural importance. n. cop , , , prova .ai studies on the value of cultural heritage journal of the section of cultural heritage university of macerata il capitale culturale department of education, cultural heritage and tourism il capitale culturale studies on the value of cultural heritage vol. , issn - (online) © eum edizioni università di macerata registrazione al roc n. del / / direttore massimo montella co-direttori tommy d. andersson, elio borgonovi, rosanna cioffi , stefano della torre, michela di macco, daniele manacorda, serge noiret, tonino pencarelli, angelo r. pupino, girolamo sciullo coordinatore editoriale francesca coltrinari coordinatore tecnico pierluigi feliciati comitato editoriale giuseppe capriotti, alessio cavicchi, mara cerquetti, francesca coltrinari, patrizia dragoni, pierluigi feliciati, enrico nicosia, valeria merola, francesco pirani, mauro saracco, emanuela stortoni comitato scientifi co - sezione di beni culturali giuseppe capriotti, mara cerquetti, francesca coltrinari, patrizia dragoni, pierluigi feliciati, maria teresa gigliozzi, valeria merola, susanne adina meyer, massimo montella, umberto moscatelli, sabina pavone, francesco pirani, mauro saracco, michela scolaro, emanuela stortoni, federico valacchi, carmen vitale comitato scientifi co michela addis, tommy d. andersson, alberto mario banti, carla barbati, sergio barile, nadia barrella, marisa borraccini, rossella caffo, ileana chirassi colombo, rosanna cioffi , caterina cirelli, alan clarke, claudine cohen, gian luigi corinto, lucia corrain, giuseppe cruciani, girolamo cusimano, fiorella dallari, stefano della torre, maria del mar gonzalez chacon, maurizio de vita, michela di macco, fabio donato, rolando dondarini, andrea emiliani, gaetano maria golinelli, xavier greffe, alberto grohmann, susan hazan, joel heuillon, emanuele invernizzi, lutz klinkhammer, federico marazzi, fabio mariano, aldo m. morace, raffaella morselli, olena motuzenko, giuliano pinto, marco pizzo, edouard pommier, carlo pongetti, adriano prosperi, angelo r. pupino, bernardino quattrociocchi, mauro renna, orietta rossi pinelli, roberto sani, girolamo sciullo, mislav simunic, simonetta stopponi, michele tamma, frank vermeulen, stefano vitali web http://riviste.unimc.it/index.php/cap-cult e-mail icc@unimc.it editore eum edizioni università di macerata, centro direzionale, via carducci /a – macerata tel ( ) fax ( ) http://eum.unimc.it info.ceum@unimc.it layout editor cinzia de santis progetto grafi co +crocevia / studio grafi co rivista riconosciuta cunsta rivista accreditata aidea rivista riconosciuta sismed rivista indicizzata wos musei e mostre tra le due guerre a cura di silvia cecchini e patrizia dragoni saggi «il capitale culturale», xiv ( ), pp. - issn - (online) doi: http://dx.doi.org/ . / - / © eum painting the national portrait. retrospectives of italian and french art in the ’s kate kangaslahti* un portrait risque parfois de ressembler au modèle, il ressemble toujours au peintre. paul léon, exhibition of french art , p. xiv nous avons tenté aussi notre portrait de la france. henri focillon, chefs d’œuvre de l’art français , p. xiii abstract in contrast to the museum, exhibitions, by virtue of their temporary nature, allow art to be mobilised in response to more immediate demands and, in the case of the travelling exhibition, export historical narratives of the nation abroad. this essays examines four * kate kangaslahti, research fellow ku leuven, etienne sabbelaan - box kortrijk, belgium, e-mail: kate.kangaslahti@kuleuven.be. kate kangaslahti exhibitions of french and italian art which took place in the decade before the second world war: two in london, the “exhibition of italian art” in and the “exhibition of french art” in ; and two in paris, “l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo” in and the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” in . in comparing the shows – their organisation, contents, display and critical reception – my intention is to unpick the various political, art historical, even economic interests which sought to marshal art in these years. if the different faces these retrospectives presented were neither faithful nor scholarly refl ections, in each case the evocation of a distant past was a mirror that refl ected the divergent needs of the present. contrariamente ai musei, la natura temporanea delle esposizioni permette all’arte di essere spostata in risposta a domande più immediate e, nel caso di esposizioni itineranti, di esportare narrative storiche della nazione all’estero. questo saggio esamina quattro esibizioni d’arte francese e italiana che si sono tenute nel decennio che ha preceduto la seconda guerra mondiale: due a londra, “l’esposizione d’arte italiana” del e “l’esposizione d’arte francese” del ; due a parigi, “l’arte italiana da cimabue a tiepolo” del e “capolavori dell’arte francese” del . dal confronto delle suddette – la loro organizzazione, i contenuti, l’esposizione e la critica – la mia intenzione è di discernere i fattori politici, artistici, ed anche economici che hanno spinto ha promuovere l’arte in questi anni. se le varie sfaccettature che queste retrospettive hanno presentato non erano né fedeli e neppure rifl essioni erudite, in ogni caso l’evocazione di un distante passato era uno specchio che rifl etteva i divergenti bisogni del presente. on december , the directeur général des beaux-arts, georges huisman, assembled a distinguished group of scholars, curators and cultural functionaries to discuss plans for a vast retrospective of french art. the exhibition was a late addition to the programme for the exposition internationale des arts et techniques dans la vie moderne in paris the following year and the directive came from the prime minister, léon blum. the committee’s brief was two- fold: fi rstly, «to demonstrate the continuity of french art from its earliest beginnings» ; secondly, «to show the public an ensemble of works of art, the likes of which [had] never before been seen» . organised in admirable haste, the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” (fi g. ) opened at the newly built palais de tokyo on june and excited great fanfare. the . works on display collectively offered, in the words of the minister for national education and fine arts, jean zay, «a census of our national artistic riches» , a wealth all the more apparent because none of the masterpieces were from the nation’s greatest repository, the louvre. the various paintings, drawings, sculptures and tapestries were drawn from provincial and foreign museums, from private collections at home and abroad, representing some ten centuries of work that paris, archives nationales, (henceforth an), sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , organising committee meeting, december . an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , letter from georges huisman to andré françois- poncet, french ambassador to germany, february . chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français , p. viii. painting the national portrait had come, blum noted with pride, «from all corners of the globe to attest to the eternal prestige of french art» . more than merely the sum of these magnifi cent parts, the incontestable glory of le patrimoine here stood as a likeness for la patrie. as the eminent french scholar henri focillon declared in his introduction to the catalogue, «we have attempted too our portrait of france» . despite the lofty ambitions of the committee and the accolades which invariably greeted the display, the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” was not an event without parallel or precedent. the art historian louis gillet attributed the speed with which organisers had assembled the show to their involvement in «the unforgettable exhibition at the royal academy» fi ve years earlier, when they had served on france’s offi cial delegation to the “exhibition of french art, - ” in . putting this experience to good use, the same learned team had doubled its efforts to ensure that «paris [was] equal to london, and the quai de tokyo [was] every bit as good as, if not better than, burlington house» . the exhibition of french art in london was itself one of a number of ambitious national retrospectives that had taken place at the royal academy, including the equally memorable “exhibition of italian art, - ” in . then, precious works from many of italy’s leading museums had graced the walls of burlington house, to the delight of expectant crowds and the confi dent prediction of the english press that such an event would «not be robbed of its importance as a ‘gesture’ by repetition» . yet only fi ve years passed before this fi rst, spectacular manifestation of italianità was followed by a second, even greater display. in , many more loans again arrived at the petit palais in paris for “l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo”, where this time the french public enjoyed the privilege of beholding «the eternal face of italy» . each of these never to be – but soon to be – repeated events, more than simply presenting a slice of french or italian cultural heritage, rich though it was, were intended as embodiments of the national character. as scholars like francis haskell and eric michaud have shown, by the mid-nineteenth century european historians widely believed that the arts of a given society were the most reliable marker of its true complexion ; as a corollary, burgeoning scholarship devoted to the history of art studied individual objects according to “styles”, styles that were determined along national lines . other, now ivi, p. vi. ivi, p. xiii. gillet , p. . the various committees are listed in the respective catalogues. see exhibition of french art, - , pp. vi-xiii; and chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français , pp. xxvii-xxix. gillet , p. . italian art exhibition , p. . ojetti . haskell , p. . michaud , p. ; michaud , p. . donald preziosi is more vehement in his kate kangaslahti classic texts have discussed the concomitant development of new principles of display, in which artworks were grouped in museums by national schools and art-historical periods . in newly public galleries, paintings and sculptures became actors in a performance of the nation’s past ; no longer prized just for their rarity, such works were valued for the access they offered to something that normally could not be “seen”, for the visibility they conferred upon the nation itself . in france this assumption was given vivid expression in by jules michelet, the spiritual father for generations of french historians and art historians to come . recalling the defunct musée des monuments français, he wrote that the «eternal continuity of the nation was reproduced there»; fi nally able to contemplate her arts, «france was at last able to see herself» . cultural heritage as a modern concept has always been the subject of an identity imperative, dominique poulot has long argued, precisely because it guarantees the representation of the nation, and in so doing, «incarnates a communal truth» . by the early twentieth century the sense of ideological urgency that underpinned both the presentation of the nation’s art and the study of its history was fi rmly entrenched throughout europe and showed no signs of abate . displayed in the museum in ways intended to communicate specifi c cultural meaning, art was instrumental in the construction of the nation as an «imagined community» . yet in order for a museum’s display to speak persuasively to its public, it could not be subject to impulsive change. the authority of a collection depended upon the consistency of its iconographic programme. exhibitions, by virtue of their temporary nature, bridged this gap, making the order of things dynamic, as tony bennett writes, allowing art to be mobilised «strategically, in relation to more immediate ideological and political exigencies» . as «a strategic system of representations […] the will to infl uence», bruce ferguson likewise suggests, «is at the core of any exhibition». it is, however, these very suggestion that the very “art” of art history is its fabrication of qualitative distinctions between societies. preziosi , p. . duncan, wallach ; karp, lavine ; pearce ; hooper-greenhill ; mcclellan . poulot , p. . pomian , p. ; see also kaplan ; knell, aronsson, amundsen . for more on michelet’s romantic historiography and his personifi cation of france through “her” arts, see gossmann ; see also the many texts in michelet: inventaire critique des notions- clés, special issue of the review «l’esprit créateur», edited by vivian kogan in . michelet , bk xii, ch. , p. . poulot , p. ; see also the essays by stefan berger, tony bennett, and poulot in aronsson, elgenius . see, for example, michela passini’s comparative historiography on the infl uence of nationalism in the development of art history as a discipline in france and germany in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. passini . anderson . bennett , p. . painting the national portrait systems of representation that are «available to investigation […] or even exorcism» . the scope of an exhibition, the individuals who stage it, their choice of objects and strategies of display, all speak to the various social, political, economic and art-historical forces that converge – and collide – in its makeup. this essay builds upon the scholarship of haskell, emily braun, james herbert and others, broadly reconstructing these four retrospective exhibitions of french and italian art, comparing aspects of their organisation, contents, display and critical reception, in order to unpick the national and transnational interests that marshalled cultural heritage in the decade before the second world war. as london challenged paris for the title of europe’s cultural capital, and italy and france staked their rival claims as the torchbearers of european civilisation, in what ways were the shows interconnected, as sites of «transnational entanglements» ? how were they devised for, presented to, and received by their different audiences, at home or abroad? as paul léon acknowledged in , with rare sincerity and insight, «if a portrait sometimes risks resembling the model, it always resembles the painter» . the different faces these exhibitions presented were neither faithful nor even scholarly refl ections, but in each case the evocation of a distant past was a mirror that refl ected the divergent needs of the present. . the “exhibition of italian art, - ” at the royal academy in london in the schema of large retrospective exhibitions, in which the works of a given country were presented as a key expression of its people and culture, came to the fore in britain in the ’s. francis haskell has traced the origins of these events to the turn of the century when, in a period of heightened nationalism, the battleground between nations extended more and more to the cultural realm. in france as in flanders, in germany as in italy, countries competed with one another to stage grandiose exhibitions devoted to their most famous artists or to groups of their early painters in order to demonstrate the glory and antiquity of their respective schools . an ambitious display of “les primitifs fl amands” in bruges in memorably asserted the foundational role of the flemish school in the development of european painting . two years later, ferguson , p. . meyer, savoy , p. . exhibition of french art, - , p. xiv. haskell , p. . see also passini b. see haskell , p. ; and hayum . kate kangaslahti henri bouchot mounted a strident reply in paris : “les primitifs français” reclaimed a number of the same flemish artists as french and expressly sought to counter the hypnotic «legend of an italian “renaissance”» with the «true, human, and naturalist tendencies» of french painting in the fourteenth and fi fteenth centuries. in the years before the first world war such shows took place in cities where there was an obvious connection; after exhibitions of a wider historical scope, but still equally strong national character, were exported. the fi rst, an exhibition of spanish paintings at the royal academy in london at the end of , was not an unqualifi ed critical success as the most impressive old master paintings were outnumbered by less popular, modern exhibits . the example it set, however, as an «act of national propaganda» , attracted observers from afar, including the keen eye of the italian journalist and art critic ugo ojetti, who had been closely involved in italy’s wartime propaganda machine and the country’s efforts to safeguard its monuments and artworks during the confl ict . in weighing these two interests in , in response to the spanish show in london, he called upon cultural bureaucrats to relax their stringent custodial practices in order better to promote the nation’s cultural heritage abroad. writing across two issues of the journal he edited, «dedalo», ojetti inveighed against the inactivity of civil servants, who, citing the risks posed by travel and lurking antique dealers, were denying italy, queen of all arts, the right to be represented by her incomparable treasures. appealing to a sense of both political and economic rivalry, he noted that the novels, paintings and elegance of paris had promoted france and her various industries most effectively for more than a century, suggesting that «if beauty does not rule the world, it certainly helps» . despite ojetti’s entreaties, it was only at the very end of that a shipload of some italian treasures left the port of genoa bound for london, and they braved the perils of their journey and those ever furtive dealers at the initiative of the british. in the intervening years, the royal academy had hosted a further two, well-received exhibitions, one dedicated to flemish and belgian see haskell , p. ; lorentz, martin, thiébaut ; morowitz p. ; and passini , p. . bouchot , p. . ivi, p. . “an exhibition of spanish painting” at the royal academy, london, november -january . haskell , p. . ojetti a. on ojetti’s various wartime activities, see nezzo a; nezzo b. ojetti remained one of italy’s most prominent and outspoken cultural fi gures during the interwar period. through the exhibitions he staged, the columns he wrote for «corriere della serra», and the journals he founded and edited, «dedalo» ( ) «pègaso» ( ), and «pan» ( ), he was to play an instrumental role in fascism’s revival of italy’s past, and the shaping of a new, national mythology. see dotti ; de lorenzi ; canali . ojetti b. painting the national portrait art in , a second to dutch art in . yet even as rembrandt and vermeer were still hanging on the walls of burlington house, a letter in «the times» written by the art collector sir robert witt, chairman of the national art collections fund, anticipated an italian sequel the following winter . the public’s enthusiastic response to the «revelations of the art of the north» had encouraged a number of infl uential people «to cast their eyes southward, beyond the alps […] [to] italy […] the cradle of the supreme art of painting» ; an executive committee had already formed, of which witt was a member . the royal academy itself was not behind initial plans for the exhibition. to the contrary, the «authorities» at burlington house, as it was later reported, «adopted a most unhelpful attitude throughout» , demanding an exorbitant share of any profi ts, in addition to a sizeable weekly fee for the hire of the rooms . events had actually been set in motion by the chair of the executive committee, lady chamberlain, an art lover, avid italophile, and the wife of britain’s then foreign secretary, sir austen chamberlain. she presided over a group which included witt, the dealer sir joseph duveen, the critic roger fry , and even kenneth clark, future director of the national gallery in london, then only an «untried youth […] just returned from florence» . ultimately, as he later recalled, «an exhibition of this kind is a policy decision made by busy and powerful men. they then fi nd idle elderly men to form a committee, and take the credit. these then have to fi nd someone to do the work» . with typical sardonic economy, clark not only alluded here to his own role in proceedings, but also to the deciding political force behind the exhibition. from the outset lady chamberlain had solicited the support of benito mussolini, whom she “exhibition of flemish and belgian art, - ” at the royal academy, london, january- march . “exhibition of dutch art, - ” at the royal academy, london, january- march . witt . exhibition of italian art, - , p. x. the exhibition’s executive committee had fi rst met at the end of . london, royal academy archive (henceforth ra), raa/sec/ / , minutes of the executive committee meeting, december . mortimer , p. . ra, raa/sec/ / , letter from the secretary to robert witt, dated march ; and letter from lady chamberlain to the secretary, dated june . fry was better known as a critic of modern art in britain by this time, but during the course of the exhibition he returned to his origins as an italian renaissance scholar. on fry, see spalding and elam . for a speculative account of the infl uence of fry’s conceptualisation of “signifi cant form” upon the display of works at burlington house in , see borghi . clark , p. . for more on clark’s specifi c involvement in the exhibition see cumming . clark’s contribution to british cultural life was the subject of an exhibition at tate britain in london in . see stephens, stonnard ; see also secrest . ibidem. the committees listed in the catalogue were, as clark pointedly suggested, awash with the names of english and italian dignitaries. see exhibition of italian art, - , pp. vi- xix. kate kangaslahti knew through her husband, and il duce threw his full and formidable weight behind the scheme. when the highly anticipated “exhibition of italian art, - ” opened at burlington house on st january , the italian ambassador to great britain, antonio chiaramonte bordonaro, signalled mussolini’s decisive role, emphasising that «without him not a single picture could have been taken out of italy» . there was an unintended edge to his words. while italy imposed some of the world’s strictest laws on the exportation of works of art, there were several owners and custodians who had tried to prevent their own slices of patrimonio artistico from leaving home soil . the pressure to loan works was considerable, as ojetti’s once sleepy «signori funzionarii» were roused from their slumber. mussolini mobilised the country’s vast bureaucracy, leaving its provincial prefects in no doubt of the personal importance he attached to la mostra: the exhibition of italian art, due to open in january, constitutes an exceptional manifestation of italianità. i request your excellency to engage yourself personally, in the most effective possible manner, with owners, both institutional and private, to ensure that the works of art requested should be conceded, without any exception whatsoever […] i count on their co-operation . mussolini’s unequivocal endorsement was typical of his idiosyncratic approach to diplomacy, at once pragmatic and propagandistic. conscious of his problematic image abroad, still poor following the assassination of giacomo matteotti in , it must have seemed politically expedient to continue to curry favour with the british foreign secretary by indulging his wife in the organisation of an exhibition sure to appeal to the british public . the crescendo of grateful anticipation that surrounded the arrival of italy’s famed treasures in the british capital was cleverly depicted by bernard partridge in london’s punch magazine (fi g. ). the italian dictator appears in the guise of a fi fteenth-century medici patron, «mussolini the magnifi cent», graciously offering the botticelli-like embodiment of italian art to the deferential fi gure of «giovanni toro» – john bull – who kneels before an open catalogue. the british, as partridge’s cartoon deftly illustrated, had long worshipped at the altar of italian art and this enduring reverence unquestionably fuelled the public’s fervent expectations . since the seventeenth century, fi rst-hand study the italian art exhibition: opening dinner, signor mussolini’s message . see haskell , pp. - . ojetti b. florence, archivio delle gallerie (henceforth agf), circular to the prefect at the commune di prato, cited in haskell , p. . for more on mussolini’s distinctive diplomacy see burgwyn , p. and ff. on austen’s ambivalent relationship with mussolini during the ’s and the questions it raised in britain at the time, see edwards . by the time the exhibition opened, austen had resigned from his cabinet position and retired to the parliamentary backbench. john hale’s pioneering historiography on the growth of english interest in the history of the painting the national portrait of the peninsular’s history and culture had formed a rite of passage for the upper echelons of english society, as they embarked upon the grand tour . the show at the royal academy in enacted the same historical pilgrimage, but in reverse, and the artworks that subsequently travelled from the shores of the mediterranean to the banks of the thames refl ected fi rst and foremost the preferences of modern-day british devotees of italian painting. while ettore modigliani, soprintendente delle belle arti of lombardy and director of the pinacoteca di brera, ably served as the exhibition’s commissioner general, his role was to cater to the choices of the british executive committee, about which he voiced deep misgivings. «they have included rubbish unworthy of an exhibition of this kind and omitted other fi rst class and particularly interesting works that would not be diffi cult for me to obtain» . modigliani had also originally hoped the exhibition would be entirely composed of loans from italy, the better to show the english «that although italy ha[d] been robbed and looted for centuries, she still remain[ed] a great lady when opening up her own treasure chest» . the committee’s contrary goal was to make the display «as international as possible» and to include works from all over europe and even the united states. furthermore, while the scope of the exhibition was initially fi xed to paintings, drawings and a few sculptures from - , the loans from italy and elsewhere spoke to a more limited view of italian art, one dominated by the scholarship of bernard berenson, in which the fi fteenth and early sixteenth centuries prevailed and venetian painting occupied a place of privilege as «the most complete expression» of the renaissance . echoing berenson, roger fry wrote in the commemorative catalogue that «nothing else in the history of art compared to venice’s rejuvenating power» . from the early days of jacobello del fiore, through the splendours of titian, giorgione, and tintoretto, to the last fl ames of tiepolo, venice, agreed another critic, offered «four centuries of unparalleled achievement» . italian renaissance, fi rst published in , remains the authoritative account on this subject. see hale . on the grand tour see wilton, bignamini ; black ; sweet . letter from modigliani to an unnamed correspondent, dated april , cited in haskell , p. . letter from modigliani to the italian ambassador to great britain, dated september , cited in haskell , p. . exhibition of italian art. date fi xed for . berenson , p. vii. berenson’s four infl uential volumes, the venetian painters of the renaissance ( ), the florentine painters of the renaissance ( ), the central italian painters of the renaissance ( ), and the north italian painters of the renaissance ( ), were republished together as the italian painters of the renaissance by oxford university press in the winter of , after the exhibition at the royal academy. on berenson, see samuels ; see also clark . baniel, clark , vol. , p. xxvi. brinton , p. . kate kangaslahti in deciding upon the display of the bounty entrusted to them, the committee, witt acknowledged, had chosen to follow the claims of chronology above those of locality (fi g. ) . in the very fi rst room, the lingering, byzantine allure of early venetian masters like lorenzo veneziano and michele giambono were interspersed among other trecento and early quattrocento treasures from siena, florence, pisa, rimini, and verona. it was a small selection, due in part to the rarity and fragility of early works, but also a local indifference. «there is something a little suspicious about an extreme enthusiasm for the primitives», suggested one critic at the time. «they are to a large extent experts’ delights and the legitimate prey of attribution hunters» . viewers caught their fi rst glimpse of the fi fteenth-century florentine masters in the second gallery, but the most popularly recognisable works, such as botticelli’s birth of venus and piero della francesca’s twin portraits of the duke and duchess of urbino, appeared in the third room. the largest space in burlington house showcased the most breathtaking quattrocento and cinquecento jewels that italy had lent from its treasure chest. there were seven paintings by andrea mantegna, notably dead christ and st george, and eight works by raphael, including head of an angel and christ blessing from brescia’s pinacoteca. giovanni bellini’s transfi guration and paris bordone’s the venetian lovers appeared alongside giorgione’s the trial of moses and the tempest, playing to the local taste for venetian painting. there were no less than eleven titians, such as the baptism of christ, salomé, and the vendramin family, fi nally lent, after much hand-wringing, by london’s own national gallery . in defi ance of the stated chronology, tiepolo’s the finding of moses also hung in this room, happily reunited with a halberdier (fi g. ), «the piece some vandal cut off it», offering the public a unique opportunity to see «the enormous superiority of his original composition» . by sheer virtue of their numbers, and, in some instances the size of their panels and canvases, venetian artists were predominant. the selection of works in galleries and went on to illustrate the role that landscape assumed in venetian painting, the sympathy for nature that, according to fry, prolonged the fertility of its school . among further, verdant works by giorgione and titian, visitors encountered the energetic painting style of “il furioso”, jacopo tintoretto. ten of the artist’s luxuriant canvases, including the deposition and adam and eve, hung in close proximity to others by palma vecchio and paolo veronese. the hanging committee then suspended the usual sequence of paintings. in past shows works on paper had been relegated to the south rooms, but here drawings were allocated prime space in galleries and . exhibition of italian art, - , p. xii. earp , p. . haskell details the hostile negotiations which took place over this work. haskell , p. ff. mortimer , p. . baniel, clark , p. xxvi. painting the national portrait the change was intended to refl ect, as witt wrote in the catalogue, the essential importance of drawings in «revealing the processes, mental and technical alike, of the master painters of italy […] studies through which the artist felt and fought his way from the fi rst glimpse to the fi nal vision» . the place of privilege was perhaps also due to the fact that only here, in this «series of masterpieces of unparalleled quality» , did the work of michelangelo and leonardo da vinci appear. kenneth clark, who was cataloguing da vinci’s drawings in the royal collections at windsor castle at the time, went so far as to write that the «magnifi cent wall of drawings by leonardo [was] the most completely satisfactory part of the whole exhibition» . the sense of intimacy and hidden discovery that the display conveyed also appealed, by many accounts, to the wider public. «never before», remarked another critic, «have we seen visitors as interested and enthusiastic as they were before the pages that offered them a glimpse of the workshops of the italian masters half-a-millennium ago» . the interruption, however warmly welcomed, served to reinforce the sense that the main attraction was over. if the painting of the seicento was undergoing a revival in italy, this was not yet the case in britain, and while witt admitted it may have been «time to throw a more sympathetic glance upon the indisputable skill of […] the bolognese eclectics» , the small, indifferent selection of works in gallery by annibale carracci, guido reni, domenichino, guercino and caravaggio did little to advance the cause of the baroque. «the later italians», suggested sir charles holmes, «do not show to conspicuous advantage, the venetians excepted» . tiepolo and his contemporaries, francesco guardi and canaletto, were appreciably better represented in gallery and the architectural room. according to the renowned italian scholar adolfo venturi, who wrote the main catalogue essay, these artists not only «manifested some of the old italian greatness», but, «in depicting the life of their own time, [and] in painting with swift, light touches» , they heralded the start of “modern” painting. the “modernity” of the eighteenth century venetian painters was not a radical or even unfamiliar proposition to the british public. berenson had similarly argued that guardi and canaletto, in their «eye for the picturesque and for […] instantaneous effects», had anticipated «both the romantic and impressionist exhibition of italian art, - , p. xii. well before the exhibition opened «the times» had announced that, due to their importance, drawings were to occupy two rooms. see italian art: burlington house exhibition . exhibition of italian art, - , p. xiii. clark , p. . mayer , p. . photographs of da vinci’s cartoon of the virgin with st anne outsold all other reproductions at the exhibition, although it could be seen all-year-round in the diploma gallery of the royal academy. see the last of the italian pictures . exhibition of italian art, - , p. xiv. holmes , p. . exhibition of italian art, - , p. xxvi. kate kangaslahti painters of our own century» ; tiepolo likewise, in his «feeling for splendour, for movement, and for colour […] gave a new impulse to art», inspiring the revival of painting in spain under goya and in turn infl uencing «the best french artists of our time» . in the hands of venturi, however, the author of the storia dell’arte italiana and the putative “father” of modern italian art history, this critical stance acquired a new, national signifi cance . venturi’s contribution, which began with bonaventura berlinghieri’s st francis of and culminated in eighteenth-century venice, was still implicitly, rather than explicitly, chauvinistic, in that it sustained an interpretation of art history limited to italian artists and their works and was written by an italian scholar. in contrast, ugo ojetti’s contribution to the catalogue, devoted to italian painting in the nineteenth century, was more militantly nationalistic. throughout the ’s, both in his published criticism and in exhibitions he mounted in italy, ojetti had been striving to create a new narrative for italian art, a self-referential pictorial lineage «without gaps», free from the scourge of foreign infl uences, that extended through the seventeenth, eighteenth and nineteenth centuries . british organisers of the show had initially decided against venturing beyond for fear «of what [they] might be asked to take» , but, in a political concession, eventually acquiesced to wish of their guests. in the last display in the lecture room of burlington house, ojetti sought to prove to the english public that once italy’s painters threw off the cold neoclassicism imposed under foreign occupation in the early nineteenth century they resumed their dialogue with the past, forging a modern movement that was at once uniquely italian and equal to any in europe. a new florentine school had emerged in the second half of the century, ojetti suggested in his text, painters whose studies of nature and genre scenes, created by means of «macchia, or spots of unmixed colour» , bore no relationship to contemporary french naturalism . following in the wake of their venetian forebears in previous rooms, artists such as telemaco signori, giovanni fattori and silvestro lega were exhibited as the «rebirth» of eighteenth-century italian painting, heirs to the gift for swift, light touches that venturi had described in the same berenson , p. . ivi, p. . for more on venturi’s role in the development of art history in italy, including his relationship to berenson, see agosti ; iamurri ; and iamurri . miraglio , p. . two years before the exhibition at the royal academy in london, ojetti’s efforts had culminated in the “mostra della pittura italiana dell’ottocento” at the venice biennale of , followed by the publication in of la pittura italiana dell’ottocento. ra, raa/sec/ / , letter from sir frank dicksee to lady chamberlain, november . exhibition of italian art, - , p. xxix. for more on italian attempts during the fascist period to refute the infl uence of french nineteenth-century painting, above all impressionism, by asserting the originality of the macchiaioli, see picconi . exhibition of italian art, - , p. xviii. painting the national portrait pages. these «macchiaioli» forged the path for vittore grubicy and giovanni segantini, whose later divisionism ojetti attempted to sell as a «fortunate counterpart» to, or even the predecessor of, french neoimpressionism. english critics, when they acknowledged the display, were rarely kind. with the exception of michele cammarano’s piazza san marco, the modern room was, wrote one, «deplorable» ; another wondered what had possessed so proud a people to advertise the degeneration of its art . ojetti found a more receptive audience at home where, in these glories of the recent and distant past, «corriere della serra» found proof of italy’s modern revival: «the exhibition at burlington house is a portentous sign of the eternal vitality of the italian race, which has enabled it to be always and everywhere in the vanguard, leaving others only the freedom to imitate» . self-congratulation was not the preserve of the italian press. in introducing the exhibition witt had marvelled that, «for the third time in the last four years, london […] is the mecca of art-lovers the world over» . the show, most british commentators agreed, had set a new standard of artistic excellence; by the time it closed on march, after a two-week extension, it had attracted some . visitors and the british public had been a superb host to these many «exceptional guests» . the journey of these masterpieces, it was widely acknowledged, had not been without risk, but just as art could become invisible through familiarity, roger fry suggested, so it could be nourished by new situations, reuniting works separated over centuries and throwing valuable critical light on attributions. the physical confrontation of portrait of a young lady from milan’s poldi pezzoli with a second profi le from the kaiser friedrich museum in berlin, for example, convinced fry that both works were by piero del pollaiuolo . t.w. earp and sir charles holmes, the former director of london’s national gallery, used their reviews as an opportunity for more patriotic comparisons, and directed readers’ attention to the strength of britain’s own collections . this, however, also provided pause for thought, for whereas the national gallery had only reluctantly lent titian’s the vendramin family to the exhibition, and was prohibited by law from sending works overseas, foreign institutions had been generous. was there not, sir austen chamberlain wondered, a lesson here for englishmen ? witt, in the catalogue, even cited ivi, p. xxx. earp , p. . mortimer , p. . a gratifi ed italian press . exhibition of italian art, - , p. x. english art for rome . fry , pp. - . earp ; and holmes . remarks made during a speech given at a dinner by the executive committee to celebrate the opening of the exhibition and reported in «the times». the italian art exhibition: opening dinner, signor mussolini’s message . kate kangaslahti part i of the final report of the royal commission on national museums and galleries, published in september : «a nation which welcomes great international exhibitions to its capital and fails to reciprocate cannot escape from the charge of churlishness» . it was not, however, simply a question of lending works, but also of promoting britain’s own national school abroad. «in sending, in a special meaning, herself, italy has given us a clearer sense of how we should respond: alike we need to send ourselves, in our great portrait and landscape painters» . despite diplomatic suggestions of a corresponding exhibition of english art in rome, the british, for the moment, were destined to remain hosts, not guests . reviews that appeared in specialist publications outside either england or italy more clearly addressed the exhibition proper. in the german periodical «pantheon», august mayer, chief curator of munich’s alte pinakothek, stressed the nature of the exhibition as a crowd-pleaser, suggesting that, in comparison to earlier presentations of flemish and dutch art, it offered the art historian little by way of new insights, attributions or reference materials . hans mackowsky in «der cicerone» critiqued a display that was neither strictly chronological nor by school, and lamented the large space uselessly allocated to the nineteenth century when the baroque masters, by comparison, received so little consideration . andré duboscq also queried arrangements in «la revue de l’art», suggesting that in choosing to exhibit such a large number of paintings organisers had failed to show many of those works to their best advantage. he also took pains to remind his readers that while the exhibition was not the fi rst the british had organised, such events, «as everyone knows», originated in france at the musée du jeu de paume . france’s competing claim to the title of cultural trailblazer emerged in more ways than one during the course of the exhibition. it undoubtedly informed ojetti’s push to include nineteenth-century examples in the display as evidence of the vitality of italian art. when english critics sought to assert the contemporary relevance of italy’s artistic past, however, they preferred to draw comparisons with modern french painting: the virgin and child attributed to cimabue recalled henri matisse, in the extreme beauty of its colour scheme; the foreground of antonio del pollaiuolo’s the rape of deianira illustrated an impressionist technique bewildering in a quattrocento painting; bramantino’s ecco home could be mistaken for «the exhibition of italian art, - , p. xv. the last of the italian pictures . english art for rome . mayer , p. . mackowsky , p. . duboscq , p. . most of the shows to which duboscq was referring took place after the jeu de paume was designated the musée des écoles étrangères in , and while an exhibition of dutch art had also taken place there in april and may , it still followed the exhibition of spanish painting at the royal academy in . such displays in paris were also invariably much smaller than those at the royal academy, so his claim is tenuous. painting the national portrait work of some very up-to-date parisian» . raymond mortimer addressed the countries’ rivalrous claims directly when he assured his readers that «not even in nineteenth-century france has the stream of great painting run so strongly as it did in italy from the time of giotto to that of bronzino» . the next national retrospective at the royal academy in was to present the british public with the opportunity to test that very proposition. . the “exhibition of french art, - ” at the royal academy in london in the president of the royal academy, sir william llewellyn, who had often proved a thorn in lady chamberlain’s side, more amicably negotiated preparations for the “exhibition of french art” in london in january ; the problems this time were on the french side. planning was overseen by the association française d’expansion et des échanges artistique (afeea), the agency founded in to facilitate better collaboration between the ministry of foreign affairs and the ministry of public instruction and fine arts, together responsible for exhibits of french art abroad, but often uncooperative in the planning of events. london proved no different. france’s ambassador to great britain, aimé-joseph de fleuriau, wrote repeatedly to the french foreign minister aristide briand regarding the obstruction of loans, emphasising that, «given the strength of both public and private collections in england, it would be useless, harmful even, to send to london works that were not of the fi rst order» . careful to manage expectations, he did not anticipate a french triumph equivalent to the extraordinary success of la mostra in , but used its salient example: it was due to the unconditional support of the italian government that london had been able to exhibit masterpieces from municipal and state collections never before seen outside italy. the quai d’orsay was aware of the burden of comparison france faced, and of the imperative to organise an exhibition of the same distinction as the dutch, flemish, and italian displays . it confronted the clear reluctance of beaux-arts fonctionnaires, who denounced such overseas shows as contrary to efforts in favour of french tourism and the conservation of the nation’s artistic heritage. the words of the sous-secrétaire d’État des beaux-arts, reported at the time, refl ected his mortimer , pp. - . ivi, p. . an, sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , letter from aimé-joseph de fleuriau to aristide briand, march . he repeated the sentiment in a second letter, february . ivi, letter from the ministre des affaires étrangères to the sous-secrétaire d’État des beaux- arts, march . kate kangaslahti administration’s attitude: «if the english wish to see our pictures they have only to come over here» . the objections that french cultural administrators voiced were similar to those mussolini had simply overridden: moving works always presented risks; the costs were prohibitive; the public disliked seeing its collections stripped, even temporarily, of their prized possessions . more particularly, since the law forbade british museums from lending artworks overseas france would be ill- advised to send anything of its own across the channel. when it looked like plans were all but sunk, waldemar george, founding editor of «formes» and one of the more complicated cultural fi gures of the interwar period, penned a clear rebuke in the pages of his review . under the title le gouvernment de la france contre l’art français, he decried the loss of the chance «to situate french art in relation to european art, to consider the problem of our primitive painters, to shed light on, to defi ne the term “french painting”, to create the notion of an art indisputably french» , subjects george had long been deliberating in his own criticism . «the exhibition in london», he lamented, «would have consecrated the artistic primacy of france in the eyes of the world» . he also regretted that, in comparison to the inspiring spectacle the italians had offered of «a whole nation united in its understanding of the kingdom’s artistic interests», the work of french organisers had not elicited the unanimous support it merited as a valuable exercise in «french propaganda» . the show, while it went ahead, never completely overcame this initial scepticism, ill will and obstruction. on the eve of its opening, the art historian germain bazin observed that organisers had been forced to rely on foreign collections and that while the louvre was sending some pieces, many other french institutions had not shown a like largesse. he accused provincial collections in nantes, aix, and particularly avignon, which had possessively clung to enguerrand quarton’s coronation of the virgin, of depriving the exhibition of an entire aspect of french painting, its primitives . «deaf to every proposal, inaccessible to every argument», some museums refused to lend even one work. valenciennes, marseilles, and above all saint-lô, which had withheld one of george a. ibidem. george’s critical trajectory, or rather puzzling volte face, has been well documented, from staunch advocate of parisian modernism in the early ’s, to one of its most vehement critics by and, eventually, apologist for italian fascism. see golan ; affron ; chevrefi ls desbiolles ; wierzbicka ; and fraixe b. on the editorial direction he pursued in «formes», see chevresfi ls desbiolles , especially pp. - . george a (my emphasis). for more on the way in which george specifi cally used the advent of the exhibition at the royal academy to synthesise his own critical positions on the nature of french art, see iamurri . george a. l’exposition d’art français à londres , p. . bazin , p. ; see also guenne , p. . painting the national portrait the greatest works of the french school, jean-baptiste-camille corot’s homère et les bergers, also found themselves on bazin’s «black list» for their failure «to recognise their most primordial national duty» . for georges and bazin, the patriotic duty of those responsible for france’s public collections was determined here not by the need to preserve the country’s cultural heritage, but the art-historical-cum-national imperative to promote it, and, more importantly, write its story. the history of french art within france had proved divisive in the past, characterised throughout the nineteenth century by what edmond bonnaffé dubbed in as the enduring battle between «les pontifes de l’antiquité et les paladins du moyen âge» . the “pontiffs” celebrated france’s delivery from gothic barbarism under the reign of françois ier, following the introduction of classical art and culture from italy; conversely, the “paladins” associated the arrival of italian artists at fontainebleu in the sixteenth century with the corruption of french painting by an already decadent tradition . louis courajod notably fuelled the polemic in a series of lectures he gave at the École du louvre between and , in which he directly challenged italy’s status as the well-spring of european art, linking the origins of modern painting not to the rediscovery of antiquity but to the principle of observation and the imitation of nature. according to courajod, the true renaissance blossomed in france in the thirteenth and fourteen centuries, in the naturalist tendencies of franco-flemish artists working in the french court . henri bouchot closely reprised courajod’s thesis in staging “les primitifs français” in paris in , a display that in turn provoked the ire of classicists such as the arch-conservative louis dimier, who had long deplored what he saw as the «modern [french] mania to denigrate [italy]» . different ideological positions had both crystallised and polarised at the turn of the twentieth-century in the intellectual fallout of the dreyfus affair, when, as james herbert discusses, art-historical preferences «served as the scantiest cover for raging political controversy» . some thirty years later, however, for a new generation of historians and critics who sought to retrace a more bazin , p. . bonnaffée , p. . this ongoing scholarly debate has been well documented. see for example, schnapper ; zerner ; bresc-bautier ; passini . courajod . on courajod see vaisse ; passini , pp. - . letter from louis dimier to eugène müntz, dated may . cited in passini a, p. . on dimier’s response to bouchot’s exhibition, see passini , pp. - . herbert , p. . herbert observes that, in the wake of the dreyfus affair, reactionary commentators championed the classicism of nicolas poussin and claude lorrain and their model of la grande tradition as emblematic of the nation’s cultural and political ascendancy in the seventeenth century, under the absolutist state of louis xiv. conversely, liberal or republican authors countered this canon by emphasising the importance of eighteenth century and those artists who bore a fi liation to the later impressionist painters and the realist masters of the dutch republic. kate kangaslahti reconciliatory genealogy of french art, the exhibition at burlington house in represented a pivotal moment. in anticipation of the event, george prepared a special issue of «formes», collating thematic pieces refl ecting upon le portrait français, les primitifs français, la tenue classique de l’art français, and le dessin français, and inviting a number of prominent french and foreign experts to contribute to a debate on french art considered as «a cultural unit» . several distinct, but concomitant ideas emerged from the many responses to this enquête sur l’art français . firstly, the french school demonstrated, according to w. g. constable, director of the newly founded courtauld institute of art, «a well-marked unity, both in underlying spirit and in technical character» ; it mirrored, wrote the viennese scholar, hans tietze, the national unity france had attained earlier, and more completely, than her european neighbours and especially germany . secondly, french painting, historically and geographically, lay at the confl uence of two strong artistic currents, one from flanders and the netherlands, the other from italy . it sat, explained rené huyghe, curator at the louvre, at the «aesthetic crossroads of europe», where the spiritual ideals of «mediterranean classicism» met a northern art «engrossed in the material world» . french art was the natural intercessor between north and south, suggested herman voss, because france, «in painting as in other respects, [was] the enemy of all extremes» . «measure, clarity and grace», agreed the belgian art historian, paul fierens, but these qualities were not to be confused with stasis, or the impossibility of development, because «great frenchman resist and they react» . the french artist was, as huyghe’s colleague, paul jamot emphasised, «an individualist […] little fi tted for collective effort, but apt for personal creation» . in a stand-alone volume penned in conjunction with the upcoming exhibition, george further elaborated upon l’esprit francais et la peinture française and his own thoughts closely refl ected the “fi ndings” of the enquête he had launched in «formes»: «french art represents unity in time […] a point of intersection between the south and the north, it is a subtle blend of enquête sur l’art français . this issue typifi es george’s overall editorial approach in «formes», what yves chevrefi ls desbiolles has identifi ed as the critic’s rejection of the modern parisian scene, and above all its foreign painters, in favour of a more conservative, specifi cally french, national tradition. see chevrefi ls desbiolles , p. . for more on this enquiry into french art, see also iamurri , pp. - . enquête sur l’art français , p. . constable also served on the executive committee of the “exhibition of italian art” in and had recently moved from the national gallery. ivi, p. . eric michaud has shown the extent to which this myth of a north-south dichotomy, of two «artistic phenomenalities in eternal confl ict», was intrinsic to the foundation of art history as a discipline. michaud , p. . enquête sur l’art français , p. . ivi, p. . voss was a curator at the kaiser friedrich museum in berlin. ivi, p. . ivi, p. . painting the national portrait italian and dutch art! it seems to oscillate unceasingly between these two poles. it produces great painters […] of personality, of originality» . other major french reviews, including «gazette des beaux-arts», «l’amour de l’art» and «la renaissance», also published special numbers to coincide with the event, offering century-by-century histories written by prominent art historians and critics, some of whom – rené huyghe, henri focillon, jean babylon and jacques-Émile blanche – were involved in planning the show. paul jamot, who served on the executive committee with huyghe, wrote an extensive two-part essay on french painting for «the burlington magazine», in which he reiterated «the advantage of an uninterrupted continuity», that french painting alone enjoyed; «this continuity» he stressed, had remained uppermost in the minds of the organisers and was «regarded by them as one of the principles themes offered to the attention of the public» . in the introduction to the exhibition catalogue, paul léon, the directeur général des beaux-arts, reprised the motif of equilibrium to imply the superiority of the french school: «so as virtue, according to aristotle, achieves a means between two excesses, our art is born of a balance between two oscillations» . constable went further in the commemorative catalogue, expanding upon his reply to george’s enquête in «formes» and more explicitly linking these two ideas to suggest that the very «continuity of tradition in french art, [was] expressed in a consistent striving for a balance between the claims of classical abstraction and of realistic imitation» . the same overarching narrative of french art that emerged so clearly from this considerable literature also plainly determined the hanging of paintings, as the french executive committee, led by huyghe, sought to illustrate on the walls of burlington house the sense of continuity that jamot and constable described. while each room was primarily devoted to a specifi c century, works of earlier or later dates, «which fell most harmoniously into the decorative and historical scheme» , were hung alongside. when the exhibition opened on january , «the times» enthusiastically reported that the display «elucidate[d] the connexions between ancient and modern painting better than any we have ever seen before […] what can be observed is a true evolution, or unfolding» . arrangements were «widdershins» , reversing the usual clockwise order of the galleries (fi g. ); the visit began to the right, with an array of unattributed objects, from the ninth to the sixteenth centuries, illustrating the earliest beginnings of french painting, still then only «extricating itself from the linear bonds of the george c, p. . jamot , p. . exhibition of french art, - , p. xv. commemorative catalogue of the exhibition of french art, - , p. xxv. ibidem. the french art exhibition. second notice . the french art exhibition. popular appeal . kate kangaslahti illuminated page and the fl at patterns of tapestry» . the real story began in the second gallery with artists who had come to light, «in all their brilliance» , as “les primitifs français” at bouchot’s exhibition in paris in . the selection on offer in london was not extensive, but there were works by jean clouet, corneille de lyon and the maître de moulins (jean hey). nicolas froment’s triptych the raising of lazarus hung next to françois clouet’s diane de poitiers (fi g. ). the altarpiece panel now known as the pietà de nouans (fi g. ) was exhibited for the fi rst time and catalogued as the descent from the cross by the school of jean fouquet. it hung close to the two panels of fouquet’s diptyche de melun, brought together from antwerp and berlin, a proximity which encouraged paul jamot to attribute the work to the master himself . in the third gallery, different sixteenth- and seventeenth-century personalities encountered one another: clouet’s charles ix looked out at charles le brun’s presumed portrait de philippe, duc d’orléans, corneille de lyon’s madeleine de france regarded robert nanteuil’s drawing of jean dorieu, conseiller au grand-conseil, and together they oversaw the arrival of le grand siècle. the careful juxtaposition of works, however, sought to counter «the myth of a century imposing but cold» , contrasting the idealised classicism of nicolas poussin with the sensitive and modest observations of the le nain brothers and georges de la tour. poussin’s the mystic marriage of saint catherine, hung near louis le nain’s an interior with peasant family; de la tour’s nouveau-né from rennes appeared alongside poussin’s lamentation of the body of christ from munich. huyghe’s display illustrated what his account of the seventeenth century in «l’amour de l’art» similarly described: that while french painting, in its innate sensibility, was attached to northern art, it was also allied to the mediterranean and classical schools by virtue of its reason. «the balance between the two is france herself» . poussin and claude lorrain then dominated gallery . their «classical dignity» had long been popular among britain’s nobility and gentry, and nine out of the sixteen works by poussin, and six out of the nine paintings by claude, had been lent by local or irish collections, mostly private. their later, atmospheric landscapes also appeared in the following room, plotting a passage to the eighteenth century. galleries , , and parts of then presented a veritable feast of rococo charm, but also displayed more moments of quiet humility and sensitivity: jean-baptiste-siméon chardin’s genre scenes and jean-baptiste oudry’s still-lives appeared among antoine watteau’s variations on les fêtes champêtres and the elegant female fi gures of françois boucher and jean-honoré fragonard. the french art exhibition. second notice . guenne , p. . jamot , p. . du colombier , p. . huyghe , p. . the french exhibition of art. popular appeal . painting the national portrait well before the exhibition opened, organisers had signalled that there were to be important, but logical, differences from earlier shows at the royal academy, referring specifi cally to «the weight of interest in the nineteenth century» . from the neoclassicism of jacques-louis david and jean-auguste-dominque ingres to the romanticism of théodore géricault and eugène delacroix, from the landscape painting of camille corot and the barbizon school to the realism of gustave courbet, from impressionism to postimpressionism: the furious developments french artists had led demanded nothing less. such emphasis also served to give a sequential logic to the exhibitions which had taken place at burlington house, but which had never been planned as a series, for, as herman voss had earlier suggested, «at the very moment when italian and dutch painters had said their last word, french painting came at last into her own» . it also explained why the usual order of rooms had been reversed, allowing developments to unfurl over fi ve rooms and reach their climactic heights «at just the right moment», when the largest space could «accommodate the nineteenth- century giants» . on the same walls where rubens, rembrandt, raphael and titian had amazed visitors, there were now works by france’s modern vedettes, including delacroix’s femmes d’algers dans leurs apartment, jean- françois millet’s le printemps, and auguste renoir’s la loge (fi g. ). Édouard manet’s jolly fat man, le bon bock, appeared alongside david’s equestrian portrait of comte stanislas kostka potocki; la source, by ingres, stood next to paul cézanne’s la pendule noire, «a prestigious still-life, a symphony in black and white» . «cézanne, frame to frame with ingres!», marvelled andré dezarrois, director of the jeu de paume . «cézanne, rejected by the salon, horror of the institut, makes his debut at the royal academy between delacroix and ingres. all these dazzling personalities, whose struggles fi lled this tumultuous nineteenth century, turn this vast room into an indescribable salon carré, unique in french painting» . as much dezarrois marvelled at the liberal ease with which huyghe juxtaposed france’s acclaimed neoclassical and romantic masters with «impressionist artists and even cézanne», their inclusion in the exhibition mirrored recent accounts of french painting that, by the end of the ’s, had fi rmly established the historical importance of impressionism and even postimpressionism . more remarkable was the exclusion of france’s nineteenth-century academic french art exhibition. members of committees , p. . enquête sur l’art français , p. . the french exhibition of art. popular appeal . dezarrois , p. . dezarrois was also editor of «revue de l’art ancien et moderne», the journal in which his review appeared. dezarrois , p. . toby norris points out that impressionism fared poorly in major works of french art history published prior to the first world war, including those by louis hourticq and louis dimier, now considered extremely conservative in their outlook. he notes, however, that the situation changed kate kangaslahti painters. paul léon, in his introduction to the catalogue, had explained that «we are trying to offer our hosts an image of french art […] our portrait will emphasise its essential traits, by stripping away the incidental, the contingent, the ephemeral» . the great pompiers and prix de rome winners of the past, reputable teachers and studio masters fêted in their lifetime at home and abroad, were thus cast as incidental and cast aside. dezarrois, one of the few to venture a critical analysis of the display and the selection of works, remarked the way time, seconded by fashion, had now repudiated the likes of paul delaroche, thomas couture, jean-léon gérôme, gustave moreau, and william-adolphe bougereau. only alexandre cabanel received the most cursory of nods, his inoffensive portrait de femme hanging in room . dezarrois also noted the singularity of dedicating the largest spaces to works from the past century, surmising that, in comparison to past shows, «it was our game to play; we were the only ones able to win it» . according pride of place to paintings which came from the brush of those who, in some cases, died but yesterday, happily served to prove the continued vitality of french art. unlike its italian, dutch or flemish rivals, there was «no reason to suppose» wrote paul jamot, «that the tree of french art [was] yet withering» . in the last room, gallery , there were works by artists still painting in the twentieth century; renoir had died in , monet only in . their canvases, alongside those of georges seurat, toulouse lautrec, and paul gauguin, including his spirit of the dead watching (manao tupapau) and nevermore, brought the circuit to a close. these fi nal steps in «the most seductive of promenades» offered proof that the «garden of french art» continued to bloom, even as the scope of show, limited to , saved organisers the trouble of confronting the new, controversial varieties the plot had more recently yielded. the historical value of twentieth-century artistic developments in france, those collectively labelled as l’art vivant or l’art indépendant, still provoked vociferous critical debate, especially among writers like waldemar george, who increasingly opposed pure, contemporary french painting to a cosmopolitan parisian modernism . in his account of opening night, the english correspondent for the parisian daily «l’intransigeant», congratulated the franco-english committee for escaping the charge oscar wilde famously levelled the royal academy: «too many people to be able to see the pictures; too many pictures to be able to see rapidly after , when authors such as elie faure and henri focillon proclaimed the movement’s signifi cance. norris , pp. - . exhibition of french art, - , p. xiv. dezarrois , p. . jamot , p. . gobillot , . for more on that nature of the debate surrounding l’art vivant and georges’s conceptualisation of the École française versus the École de paris see golan pp. - ; cf. kangaslahti , p. and ff. painting the national portrait the people» . two points of note emerge from his observation. firstly, in comparison to the exhibition of italian art in , there were some fewer paintings on display, in part a consequence of loans that were refused, but more generously imputed to a preference for quality over quantity, and enough space to regulate the presentation of works . secondly, fewer people were going to see the show. when it closed on march , . visitors had passed through the exhibition, an impressive, but signifi cantly lower number than had fl ocked to its italian predecessor. «with the bringing together of works», léon had written, «there is the bringing together of men» , but as a diplomatic exercise, and on a popular level, the “exhibition of french art” did not generate the same kind of excitement. while one english commentator exalted that, as a result of the display, the very soul of france was beating in the heart of great britain , another suggested that it palpitated only with a «prudence and respect for regulations» that was characteristic of both france and its art. the french were content, however, to make prudence a virtue, in art as in life, and certainly at a time of international economic crisis. «the french spirit is not idealistic or impractical, but extraordinarily pragmatic and positive» . at the beginning of , france had yet to feel the worst effects of the global depression, encouraging robert rey, among others, to claim – imprudently – that the art on display in london corroborated, and was corroborated by, what the world was then learning from the nation’s judicious economic policies . the french show at the royal academy in was the last in what max friedländer, director of berlin’s kaiser friedrich museum, referred to as the «cultural parade of nations in london» . it was the fi nal episode in a «series» that developed accidentally, driven, according to his german colleague, jakob rosenberg, by the respective countries’ cultural and political propaganda needs . unable to surpass the incredible scale of the italian exhibition, or offer towering masters to rival rubens or rembrandt, the french committee had adopted a purposeful approach and rosenberg applauded the consistent quality of its selections and the way the display blended adjacent epochs together in order to call attention to the twin principles of «continuity» and «change» . friedländer remarked the propagandistic effect of focusing upon the nineteenth-century, «boasting a thriving production as other historians and antiquarians look[ed] back on their glorious pasts», although he noted that pattinson-knight a. he is paraphrasing wilde’s the picture of dorian gray. gobillot , p. . exhibition of french art, - , p. xiv. pattinson-knight b. french art at burlington house . rey . see also george b. friedländer , p. . rosenberg , p. . ivi, p. . kate kangaslahti living artists «had been carefully excluded in order to avoid controversy» . like rosenberg, he complimented the way organisers had created a sense of temporal continuity and an artistic rhythm based on the fl ows of infl uence from north and south, but also emphasised the fortunate political and economic conditions that had allowed a refi ned, unifi ed french culture to emerge so early in and around paris. an exhibition of german art, «devoid of the dominant centre and the uninterrupted fl ow», would, in contrast, «sport huge temporal gaps and be sharply divided at a local level according to tribes and towns» . while friedländer’s comparison was hypothetical, germany’s ambassador to great britain at the time, konstantin von neurath, also carefully scrutinised the french show, reporting at length to his superiors on the precise nature of its «unusually large success» among the british press and public, in the fervent hope of laying the foundations for a german equivalent, necessarily more modest in scope, but displaying pieces of fi rst-rate quality . von neurath was recalled to berlin in to serve as foreign minister, a position he would hold up until , and the exhibition never came to fruition. the last of the great national retrospectives at the royal academy, the french exhibition was also the fi nal occasion in which reputable german art historians would so freely serve as “third-party” observers to france and italy’s propagandistic cultural endeavours. following the national socialists’ rise to power, august mayer, herman voss, friedländer, and rosenberg all left, or were forced to leave, their institutional positions. the increasingly rampant commingling of art historical endeavour and political ambition, embraced by many, was not without its critics. roger fry prefaced quelques réfl exions sur l’art français by suggesting that it was becoming more and more diffi cult to sustain very general theses on vast groups of artworks labelled french, italian, greek, or chinese; any kind of dogmatic affi rmation, he continued, only indicated «poorly justifi ed prejudices and individual tastes» . walter friedländer, in george’s enquête in «formes», confessed that he did not want to «lay a wholesale embargo on all those national affi nities – obcure as they often [were]», but warned that an indiscriminate belief in the «national character» of art closely accorded with «romantic- nationalist tendencies» . «the analytical historian» he advised, «need[ed] to walk warily in this domain» . in the same inquiry, pierre du colombier, friedländer , p. . ivi, p. . this contention partly refl ected the fact that friedländer, like many of his generation, had a broad notion of what constituted “german” art, which, as keith moxey notes, frequently included netherlandish and flemish culture. see moxey , pp. - . berlin, archiv der akademie der künste (henceforth aak), kunstausstellungen, : fi che / - , letter from konstantin von neurath to the auswärtiges amt in berlin, st february . fry , p. . enquête sur l’art français , p. . ibidem. painting the national portrait resident critic of the right-wing french newspaper «candide», wrote that while «some basis of classifi cation [was] obviously necessarily […] a classifi cation by nationality [was] far from perfect», and he further questioned why hippolyte taine’s theories on race and milieu were still so widely accredited by art historians . even louis dimier, a militant monarchist and erstwhile member of action française, decried the «supposed permanence of a national genius throughout the centuries [as] a chimera of our times […] another chimera: that the genius of a people expresses itself naively and unreservedly in its art» . at the other end of the political spectrum, lionello venturi, son of adolfo venturi, a distinguished scholar and critic in his own right, ventured that the history of art in europe depended on chronology more than geography and claims otherwise had little to do with art, but belonged to «the so-called science of the “psychology of nations”» . having lost his chair at the university of rome in august , when he refused to swear allegiance to mussolini’s regime, venturi was better versed in this subject than most. now exiled in paris, he was well-placed to watch as france and italy’s ongoing “cultural parade” soon resumed across the channel. . the exhibition “l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo” at the petit palais in paris in even before it opened on may , the french announced that the parisian exhibition of italian art was to be «richer even than the one in london […] richer and more varied» . “l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo” at the petit palais assembled more than . objects, and of the paintings on display over came on loan from italy . their triumphant journey across the alps re-enacted another key moment in the history of franco-italian cultural exchange that did not go unnoticed. «we will do it the way napoleon did», remarked giovanni poggi, soprintendente delle belle arti of tuscany and a member of the exhibition’s executive committee, «except that when the show is over, we will bring everything back» . the sheer scale of the loans, their rarity and importance, all but effaced the memory of burlington house fi ve ivi, p. . ivi, p. . dimier’s steadfast refusal to entertain the idea of a “national genius” was a governing principle of his scholarship and set him against the vast proportion of his contemporaries. see passini a. ivi, p. . hazard , p. . there were, additionally, some sculptures, drawings, prints and a vast array of tapestries, manuscripts, and objets d’art on show, but the vast proportion of public and critical attention fell indisputably upon painting. cited in tarchiani a, p. . kate kangaslahti years earlier. «this manifestation of art [is] without precedent [and] without sequel» , wrote raymond escholier, curator of the petit palais. giotto’s magnifi cent two-metre crucifi x was removed from padua’s scrovegni chapel for the occasion, and fra angelico’s triptych, descent from the cross, came from the convento di san marco in florence. for the fi rst time the soviet union lents works to a foreign capital, sending giorgione’s judith, raphael’s st george, and two paintings by leonardo da vinci, the benois madonna and (the less certain) madonna litta (fi g. ), from leningrad’s hermitage museum. whereas london had not exhibited a single painting by da vinci, paris boasted six. it was, in escholier’s estimation, «such a pile a treasures as exceeded the limits of human reason» . little wonder even italy’s own citizens were entreated to imitate the journey the works had undertaken, to see «una esposizione, quale non si è mai veduta e non si vedrà mai più» . as paul valéry suggested in his préambule to the catalogue, however, the fi rst object of wonder to behold at the petit palais was not the painting on display, but the symbolism of its presence, «italy’s magnifi cent reply to france’s noble request» . during the first world war, as common heirs to, and defenders of, a mediterranean classical tradition, france and italy had formed a «latin bloc» against germanic barbarism, but relations between the two countries swiftly declined in the war’s aftermath . following his rise to power, mussolini had exploited italian resentment over the terms of the paris peace agreement to solidify his own rule; his meddling in the balkans, france’s alliance with yugoslavia in , and the countries’ competing colonial interests in north africa had further estranged these sœurs latines . when, in may , mussolini received the newly appointed directeur général des beaux-arts, georges huisman, and france’s ambassador to italy, charles de chambrun, and agreed to support an exhibition of italian art in paris, the seeds of a political rapprochement between the two nations were already being sewn . their mutual interest in austrian independence, threatened by hitler’s ambitions for a greater germany, paved the way for the franco-italian agreement of january between mussolini and france’s foreign minister, l’art italien. chefs-d’œuvre de la peinture , n.p. ibidem. tarchiani b, p. . exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo , p. iii. fraixe, poupault , p. . for the different ways in which the notion of latinité punctuated cultural relations and discourse between france and italy in the interwar period, see the many essays in fraixe, piccioni, poupault . for a longer historical and supranational view, see pommier ; see also michaud . this meeting is described by huisman himself in his avant-propos in the catalogue. exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo , p. i. catherine fraixe has examined the role of the french in the initial conception of the project. see fraixe a, pp. - . painting the national portrait pierre laval . numerous cultural and artistic exchanges further cultivated this entente, likened, at the time, to the sort of care needed to grow a diffi cult plant . botticelli’s primavera did not accompany her famous companion, but when the birth of venus arrived in paris in the spring of «le printemps italo-français» was in full fl ower. the infl uential businessman senatore borletti presented the exhibition to the french public as a «sumptuous italian embassy of beauty» , beauty intended to «sing a hymn to [our] fraternity […] our shared latinité» . latinité, however, was not to be mistaken for communal ties of race or blood – there was no probing value to such fallacious (german) arguments, ugo ojetti insisted in his preface to the catalogue. it was rather a question of civilisation, a conception of the world shaped over time by shared moral, legal, religious and, most importantly, cultural institutions . in his speech inaugurating the exhibition, galeazzo ciano, mussolini’s son-in-law and the undersecretary for press and propaganda, even took the opportunity to distinguish this reunited “latin bloc” from its traditional – resurgent – sylvan foe: «for we latins, the moral world has always had a clear architecture, simple, solid and secure; for other peoples it is a forest […] of shadows and darkness, where it is diffi cult to recognise each other, and one must always proceed cautiously, bearing arms» . the exhibition, in its very planning and the composition of its committees, seemed to manifest this renewed spirit of civilised cooperation. senator henry de jouvenel, france’s former ambassador to italy, and the well-connected borletti jointly presided over the general comité d’organisation, aided by huisman, and henri verne, director of france’s musées nationaux . escholier served as the exhibition’s commissaire général, assisting the omnipresent ojetti, who, promoted from his ancillary role in london, led the italian executive committee. as martina dei recently describes, however, relations between the different parties were not always fraternal . ojetti had early determined that – on this occasion – italy would not be browbeaten by its host, and he much literature exists on the changing nature of franco-italian relations in the lead-up to the rome agreement. see, for example, duroselle, sera ; duroselle, sera , and therein especially decleva ; guillen ; decleva, milza ; and poupault . pecci blunt . ibidem. borletti , p. . ivi, p. . see emily braun’s analysis of fascism’s co-option of “humanism” and “latinité” as a means of political persuasion. braun , pp. - . see also fraixe , p. . exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo , p. xii. l’exposition d’art italien a été inaugurée hier , p. . a veritable army of national curators and administrators made up the members of the general committee. for full listings see exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo , pp. xxxix-xlv. using the available archival correspondence on both sides, annadea salvatore has carefully pieced together the interactions of exhibition organisers and the tense negotiation of loans. see salvatore . dei , p. and ff. kate kangaslahti was both exasperated by the many requests his french counterparts made «without rhyme or reason» and shocked by their oversights and errors of attribution . yet he also clashed repeatedly with his compatriot borletti, each determined to assert his authority over the other on any number of issues. there was also, just as there had been fi ve years earlier, more than a little coercion in securing loans for an exhibition backed by dictatorial decree. «i want it to be magnifi cent», mussolini had told ojetti, «if you encounter the least resistance let me know» . even ettore modigliani, director of the brera, who had worked so tirelessly on the exhibition at burlington house, found himself compelled to lend a painting to paris he had refused to send to london, raphael’s the marriage of the virgin . requests for works from foreign institutions proved more complicated. the soviets withheld formal approval up until the very last moment ; britain, according to its laws, refused to send key works from its national collections ; so too did germany, a rejection that french diplomats interpreted as «aimed [solely] at italy, and due to hitler» . hungary agreed fi nally to send giorgione’s portrait of a man, correggio’s madonna del latte and two other paintings, but only in exchange for three works from french collections for the duration of the exhibition . whatever the machinations behind the scenes, however, outwardly any diffi culties were seamlessly resolved through bipartisan good will. costs were evenly shared between france and italy and, in a particularly deft stroke, mussolini waived indemnity for works from italy’s national collections, «entrusting them to the french state» . escholier summed up the general feeling when he cited the declaration of one florence, biblioteca nazionale centrale di firenze (henceforth bncf), mss. da ord. , p.v.p. , , i, c. , letter from ugo ojetti to galeazzo ciano, december . dei , p. . ojetti was so shocked at the number of mistakes in one list he received that he refused either to take it seriously or to believe that paul jamot, rené huyghe or any other curator from the louvre had been involved in drafting it. bncf, mss. da ord. , p.v.p. , , ii, unnumbered sheet, letter from ugo ojetti to galeazzo ciano, december . bncf, mss. da ord. , p.v.p. , , i, c. . dei , p. . escholier quoted mussolini verbatim in l’art italien. chefs-d’œuvre de la peinture , n.p. although modigliani, as soprintendente delle belle arti of lombardy, was listed as a member of the exhibition’s executive committee under ojetti, by he was increasingly the victim of political intrigues and lost his post suddenly the same year. haskell , p. . salvatore , pp. - . it is hardly a coincidence that in the years between the “exhibition of italian art” at the royal academy and the show in paris, british parliament twice debated the loan abroad of foreign art from national collections: once in december , when edgar vincent, viscount d’abernon, former chairman of the royal commission on national museums and galleries, unsuccessfully sponsored the british museum & national gallery (overseas loans) bill; and again in january , when the british museum was excluded, and the national gallery (overseas loans) bill was introduced. it too failed. braun , p. . the three works were watteau’s reunion dans un parc, honoré daumier’s l’amateur d’estampes and courbet’s les demoiselles des bords de la seine, the latter two from the collections of the petit palais. salvatore , p. . italian art in paris . painting the national portrait his packers before da vinci’s annunciation from the uffi zi: «well mon vieux, there’s no doubt about it. they sent us the pick of the bunch!» . whereas in london in the british had elected to present works century- by-century, in the honeycombed galleries of the petit palais organisers devised an itinerary based on locality, beginning in fi fteenth-century florence (fi g. ). in the «bulletin des musées de france», charles sterling, huyghe and jamot’s colleague at the louvre, explained the disparity according to the shows’ different goals and intended audiences. aimed at art historians and an elite public, «the exhibition at burlington house sought to show the evolution of italian painting as completely possible», and so had included, «alongside the works of the great masters, judiciously chosen examples by secondary artists» according to a principle of chronological development. in paris, the criteria had been to «show italian art both as a whole, through its painting, sculpture and minor arts, and at its very fi nest», and as such «a greater number of masterpieces by individual masters» had been grouped together according to place, for the pleasure of «artists and the greater public». sterling’s account obscured the fact that the display was not the work of french organisers, but ojetti’s italian colleagues, the art historians carlo gamba, nello tarchiani and giovanni poggi. their choice of a geographical scheme that began with the florentine quattrocento undoubtedly refl ected a certain amount of personal and professional bias: gamba was ispettore onorario of the florentine galleries, tarchiani was director of the royal galleries of florence, and poggi was soprintendente delle belle arti of tuscany. secondly, given that italy was concertedly reviving past cultural glories in order to legitimate present political claims, it was also shrewd to start with a moment in history when, as roger crum has written elsewhere, the florentines «had brought about a revival in art and in society» . arrangements by school also manifested a more complex, strategic relationship to the peninsula’s multiple histories: room-by-room the exhibits celebrated the individual traditions of italy’s historic city states and principalities – still a keen source of municipal pride – even as the exhibition as a whole subsumed these different parts into a glorious, shared artistic patrimony . the facade of the petit palais was even made over according to the same strategy for the show’s opening, whereby the ensigns and escutcheons of participating italian cities hung between the building’s columns, while an enormous italian fl ag, overlaid against the french tricolore, adorned the entrance, bearing the words «l’art italien» (fi g. ). yet as the french art historian louis horticq wrote at the time, the painters of florence were the students of sculptors; «one must never forget», he reminded bromberger . crum , p. . on fascism’s strategic use of the past see also lazzaro . i am grateful to elisa camporeale for emphasising to me the continued importance of italy’s municipal identities and to giuliana tomasella for bringing to my attention the exterior photograph of the petit palais. kate kangaslahti his readers, «that florentine drawing translates a sculptural vision» . so in the fi rst rooms visitors found an aspect of italian art that had been sorely neglected in london: marble and bronze sculptures and bas-reliefs, including lorenzo ghiberti and filippo brunelleschi’s competing entries of the sacrifi ce of isaac for the design of florence’s baptistry doors. from room onwards the exhibition then traced «the formation of the modern style» according to vasari, «what might be called the florentine grammar of perspective, anatomy and chiaroscuro» , beginning with the paintings of masaccio, andrea del castagno, filippo lippi, and two of paolo ucello’s panels from his series of cavalry engaged in the battle of san romano. the birth of venus followed in room , alongside another fi ve of botticelli’s works and others by ghirlandaio, antonio del pollaiuolo, andrea del verrocchio and lorenzo di credi. tuscan painting ceded to the classicism of umbria in the cinquecento in rooms and , while in room visitors moved north through the schools of emilia and lombardy. the rough, chronological fl ow of the journey was then interrupted. to the left of the next room, a turreted staircase ascended to the upper galleries , and , leading visitors back in time to the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries through a selection of early italian painting from cimabue to giotto to fra angelico. implicitly critical of the poor treatment these artists had received in london, tarchiani emphasised that this was fi rst time that «our so- called primitives – so wise and conscious – have been widely represented in a general retrospective» . «they have been placed a little aside», he continued, in rooms painted pale grey, «to give them a space devoid of decoration and attract an attentive and curious crowd» . their (dis)placement, however, formed a temporal and physical detour from the principle and celebratory path of the renaissance, which visitors only resumed in returning back downstairs to the large rotunda and the crimson triumph of the venetian rooms . due to a discrepancy in size between rooms and , the sixteenth-century painters palma vecchio, bartolomeo veneto and bonifazio veronese appeared before their predecessors, jacopo and giovanni bellini and vittore carpaccio, but in paris, as in london, the venetian school proved critically popular. in emphasising its «wholly personal countenance» , however, french reviewers more explicitly attributed venice’s singularity, beginning with the brilliance of the bellini family, to the city-state’s unique status as a republic and the prosperity of its merchant class . moving into the sixteenth century, freed from strict obedience to the church under the protection of the doge, venetian hourticq , p. . ivi, p. . tarchiani b, p. . ibidem. iamurri , p. . grappe , p. . ibidem; and besson . painting the national portrait artists played «a preponderant role in the revolution to come» , heralding, as paul jamot explained in the exhibition catalogue, a new era for art, that of painting divorced from religion. in their acute observations of light, their taste for dazzling colour, their fl are for dramatic composition, giorgione, titian, veronese, tintoretto were, according to jamot and others, the true precursors of modern painting . in the salle ovale, the exhibition’s “tribune de gloire” (fi g. ), alongside leonardo da vinci, raphael, and michelangelo’s tondo of the holy family, giorgione and titian appeared by virtue of their invention of what jamot called the most perfect of profane themes, «the beauty of women in the beauty of nature» . the tempest and judith, both by giorgione, hung alongside the louvre’s le concert champêtre, a work then credited to the artist, but which hourticq unequivocally insisted was by titian . titian’s sensuous beauties, woman with a mirror, flora and the venus of urbino, the model of every reclining nude since, from velasquez to manet, fl anked tintoretto’s susanne and the elders. tintoretto then received his own tribute in room , a mini-retrospective in which the artist’s lush depictions of adam and eve and narcissus at the fountain hung together with a further eleven of his works, in appreciation of the «frenzied drama that heralded romanticism» . at the turn of the century, general opinion of the baroque had been poor, in italy as in france, but it underwent a revival between the wars, due in part, as escholier acknowledged now , to the admirable show of “la pittura italiana del seicento e del settecento” at the palazzo pitti in florence in . then, ojetti, gamba, poggi and tarchiani had sought to convince their audience that the era did not signify the decadence of italian painting, but rather heralded «a return, as in the early renaissance, to provincial schools and regional varieties […] of free and individual character» . the same scholars now worked to insure the once maligned bolognese artists of the seventeenth century, annibale and ludovico carracci, guercino, guido reni and domenichino, received their due in paris, installing a broad selection of their works in the prime corner space of gallery . as recently as the end of , paul jamot and charles sterling had similarly reacquainted the french public with the forgotten achievements of france’s own early seventeenth century in an exhibition at the orangerie, “les peintres de la réalité en france au xviie siècle”. in wanting «to show the vitality and diversity of the realist current in france in the seventeenth century, its high artistic qualities, its very particular characteristics» , jamot exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo , p. xxix. hourticq , pp. - ; and grappe , pp. - . exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo , p. xxix. hourticq , pp. - . besson . l’art italien , p. . ojetti, dami, tarchiani , p. . see also miraglio ; and haskell , pp. - . sterling b, p. . kate kangaslahti and sterling had revived the reputations of painters «so long hidden by the pomp of versailles» : the le nain brothers, philippe de champaigne, and, most signifi cantly, france’s own “caravagesque”, georges de la tour . with an eye newly accustomed to, or appreciative of, french tenebrism, visitors to the petit palais in were perhaps more inclined to consider the merits of caravaggio’s painting in room , the artist whom sterling himself had described as «the origin of this new research in the sphere of pictorial light» . for hourticq, at least, the chiaroscuro and frank naturalism of caravaggio’s madonna dei pellegrini, the conversion of saint paul and the crucifi xion of saint peter constituted one of the true revelations of the exhibition . the show concluded, as per its title, with eighteenth-century venice. but french critics did not generally accord tiepolo, «the veronese of the rococo» , much originality, seeing in the morbidezza of his large works, such as the immaculate conception, «the frivolous breath, full of grace» , that infused the century. with the delicate tones of canaletto and francesco guardi’s venetian scenes, «the last glorious fl ames of italian art extinguished over the laguna» . except the show was not over, because, as borletti explained, «we have added modern works to affi rm the admirable continuity of our tradition through the nineteenth and twentieth centuries» . organisers, however, had learnt from their experience at burlington house that too close a proximity to the glories of the past did not fl atter modern italian painting. the solution, as huisman signalled in his avant-propos, was to present this extravaganza of italian art in two parts . where the petit palais left off – italy’s last recognised old masters – the musée du jeu du paume began: with modern and contemporary artists, in a display devised by the secretary general of the venice biennale, antonio maraini, in conjunction with the museum’s director, andré dezarrois . as dezarrois explained in the catalogue, these works offered proof that, contrary to popular opinion, «the fl ame [of italian art] had not died» . during the diffi cult years of gauthier , p. . pierre georgel partly restaged the exhibition at the orangerie in , examining its advent in light of the nationalism of the day, the contemporary compulsion to trace the “national genius” in art, and the resurgence of a fi gurative and realist tendency in painting. see georgel . on the show, see also haskell , pp. - . sterling b, p. . hourticq , p. . ivi, p. . grappe , p. . ibidem. borletti , p. . l’art italien des xixe et xxe siècles , p. . exactly the same avant-propos was published in the catalogue for the petit palais, exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo . for more on the planning of the display at the jeu de paume, see tomasella . l’art italien des xixe et xxe siècles , p. . painting the national portrait the risorgimento, «it was preserved in the provincial centres» of milan and florence: in the lombardic romanticism of daniele ranzoni and tranquillo cremona, who mixed a leonardesque chiaroscuro with impressionist sentiment ; and in the works of the tuscan macchiaioli like giovanni fattori and silvestro lega. in modern-day italy, «renascent, saved and made beautiful by fascism» , the fl ame burned with a new intensity in the works of contemporary artists like carlo carrà, gino severini, enrico prampolini, giorgio de chirico, felice casorati and mario tozzi. the novocento, promised margherita sarfatti, was to be «a period of art visibly italian in character» . while more charitable than their english counterparts had been, even french critics predisposed towards fascism, including waldemar george, were faint in their praise. casorati was «eclectic and indecisive» ; prampolini’s aerodynamic cubism was «simply out-of-date […] de chirico seemed no less infantile and exhausted» . the most the vociferous reactionary camille mauclair could offer was that «these artists, whether or not we understand them and like them, are always sincere and pure, unsullied by mercantile speculation and venal criticism» . his remarks were less a tribute to the italian art on display than a tacit reference to what he deemed to be the french «farce» of l’art vivant . for conservative french commentators convinced that contemporary art in france was in spiritual crisis, an entire generation of artists fooled, according to mauclair, by the «chimera of the new» , the real exemplars were back at the petit palais. «here [was] the real l’art vivant» . as paul valéry had written in the catalogue, no artist during the renaissance believed they had to create their own aesthetic, deform nature in a way that was exclusively their own . «this lesson of masterpieces», agreed paul hazard, came at an opportune time, «when, in our own art we seek a balance between recent discoveries and eternal beauty» . but there was more on display here than merely art, ibidem. ivi, p. . ivi, p. . sarfatti . salvatore suggests that sarfatti in fact had deep misgivings about displaying contemporary italian art in paris, due to the unfavourable comparisons it might encourage. see salvatore , p. . george , p. . mauclair b, p. . ivi, p. . the focus of mauclair’s ire in his critical writings, a collection of which was collated in under the very title la farce de l’art vivant, was not only the formal nature of contemporary painting, but also the unscrupulous (jewish) dealers whom he believed promoted new tendencies of no artistic value and encouraged the overproduction of works for wholly mercantile reasons. for more on mauclair’s xenophobia see golan , pp. - . mauclair a, p. . ivi, p. . exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo , p. vii. hazard , p. . kate kangaslahti however masterful. according to ojetti in the «corriere della sera», in lending these works il duce was presenting france with nothing less than «the eternal face of italy» and he entreated the french public «to look at it straight in the eye, now that you have returned cordially as a friend» . by the time it closed on the july , nearly . people had visited the exhibition in paris. most, like the city’s own président du conseil municipal, georges contenot, had been happy not only «to admire present-day italy through the splendours of its dazzling past», but also to see in the show «a kind of proof that this people, […] under an illustrious latin leader, was today putting its power in the service of peace» . the suspicions that the french had harboured towards fascist italy now seemed entirely unwarranted and mussolini, jacques guenne suggested, had been wholly misrepresented. «bad photographers, impatient fi lmmakers have given us the wrathful faces or threatening gestures of il duce, [but] we know now that his strength stems from his placidity and wisdom» . the italian masterpieces in paris, graciously lent and rapturously received, reassuringly testifi ed to the renewed spiritual unity and strength of the latin bloc, at a time when, «on the other side of the rhine, the clamour of arms mounts […] how to reply to this provocation of a race which thinks itself elected to dominate the earth? by the majesty of roman peace, the trophies of humanism! the teutons mobilise their planes, their engines of death and destruction, we, the sons of la louve, we will mobilise beauty» . even before the exhibition opened, however, the anti-fascist critic mario mascarin had warned that italy’s cultural policies were nothing but an illusory mask, cautioning his french readers that «fascism only shows one of its faces, and not, evidently its true being» . the show at the petit palais peddled the political myth of fascist italy as a contemporary force for peace, pledging a modern-day pax romana, a symbolism apparent even in the entrance hall. the ancient roman muse melpomene stood beneath the main dome, surrounded by «the founders of roman order» , julius caesar and caesar augustus, overseen, from the second gallery, by a copy of the lupa capitolina, that «very palladium of latinité» , and, from the opposite side of the cupola, giuseppe graziosi’s bronze bust of mussolini. the ensemble served as a reminder, escholier wrote, «that art cannot live without the security that gives it power» . in order even to reach the foyer, visitors fi rst crossed the threshold – parapet – of a petit palais ojetti . l’exposition d’art italien a été inaugurée hier . guenne . guenne conveniently ignored the fact that mussolini personally vetted the release (or not) of every image of himself. brousson , p. . mascarin . l’art italien , p. . ibidem. l’art italien. chefs-d’œuvre de la peinture , n.p. painting the national portrait «under siege» , surrounded by wooden palings, behind which steel-helmeted sentries from france’s garde mobile stood to attention, armed with bayoneted rifl es, oddly militaristic companions for works of art that came in peace. maurice raynal and tériade, under the pseudonym “les deux aveugles”, satirised the martial forces mobilising art in their review «la bête noire», although in this instance the politician parading in front of these masterpieces was not mussolini, but his signatory on the rome agreement, pierre laval. in a photomontage that appeared alongside (fi g. ), france’s heavy-set foreign minister emerges from the sea in full military uniform, imposed upon botticelli’s venus in such a way that her fl owing locks form an elaborate casque de cuirassier. «to be blind» they wrote, «is to choose what one sees» . what raynal and tériade spied, behind several beautiful masterpieces lost in a miscellany of mediocrity, was a propaganda exercise of such gigantic proportions that the french public failed to realise many of the best works had come from french collections. the artist paul signac read the signs more ominously, appalled that «fascism, the extinguisher of human thought, [sought] to claim these leading lights», seeing «now, before all this, [only] the blackshirts of hangmen and torturers» . but by october , as italian forces invaded ethiopia, fascism revealed its true face and any frenchmen once dazzled by the brilliance of so many renaissance masterpieces were left no illusions about the peaceable limits of mussolini’s third rome. . the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” at the palais de tokyo in paris in «why», asked andré dezarrois, in the course of reviewing the exhibition of french art at the royal academy in , «did we never stage it ourselves, as part of our great expositions, the one in , for example?» . it was a pertinent question. since the inaugural parisian event in , exhibitions of art had fulfi lled a prominent role in the expositions universelles, but in keeping with a principle of progress, such exhibits had been limited fi rst to the work of the living, and then, from , in the case of the centennale, to art produced in the last century. these displays still carried strong, nationalist overtones. as both paul greenhalgh and eric hobsbawm have argued, the expositions universelles were part of the nation’s post-revolutionary construction of “frenchness”, occasions to represent unity, consensus and prosperity, in brousson , p. . les deux aveugles [raynal et tériade] . les peintres français devant les maîtres italiens , p. . dezarrois , p. . kate kangaslahti which france’s role as europe’s cultural torchbearer fi gured strongly . for these reasons, during preparations for the exposition internationale des arts et techniques dans la vie moderne, scheduled to open in paris in may , paul léon, in his new role as the fair’s commissaire générale adjoint, swore that art would have the place it deserved: «the premier! it expresses that which is best in us; it is the incarnation of the national genius» . by the end of , however, despite léon’s lofty pronouncement, no place had been reserved for the display of the nation’s accumulated artistic wealth, an omission louis gillet subsequently likened to «the well-known story of the all-powerful fairy left out of the celebrations» . the oversight was all the more conspicuous because france, as host, was in ever greater need of the cachet its artistic dominance typically guaranteed. the exposition internationale in coincided with a period of economic stagnation, social instability and political confl ict, in france as abroad . gone was the confi dence of early , when the country’s «economic risorgimento» , like its pictorial tradition, had manifested proof of the nation’s virtuous prudence and respect for measure. france had not escaped the ill-winds of global depression blowing elsewhere, and the economic hardship it brought infl amed social schisms and political volatility, spilling onto the streets in skirmishes between extra-parliamentary, right-wing ligues and left-wing demonstrators . the violent factiousness paved the way for an anti-fascist coalition of the radicals, socialists and french communists in july , leading to the rise to power of the popular front in the elections of april and may . plans for the exposition internationale were well underway when the new government, led by the socialist léon blum, inherited the project, in the face of considerable opposition willing its failure . aware of the litmus test to his administration, it was blum who, in december , charged jean zay, the minister for national education and fine arts, and georges huisman hobsbawm , p. ; and greenhalgh , p. . labbé , vol. , p. . gillet , p. . the paris exposition was, scholars have recently suggested, «as disorderly as the european politics in which it was embedded». kargon, fiss, low, molella , p. . george b. the history of france in the ’s has been frequently documented in relation both to the “decline”, “decadence” or “demise” of the third republic and the ongoing culture wars between left and right. see, for example, duroselle ; bernard, dubief ; jackson ; lebovics ; mcmillan ; weber ; and young . pascal ory offers a panoramic account of the popular front’s ambitious cultural agenda, pursued under the intellectual leadership of blum and young ministers such as jean zay and léo lagrange. following its election, the new administration made many additions to the exposition programme and ory counts the retrospective of french art at the palais de tokyo among what he nominates as «sites de gauche», part of wider attempts to popularise the event and familiarise the “people” with its own national heritage. see ory , p. ; see also weiser . for a general history of the popular front see jackson . painting the national portrait with co-ordinating a vast exhibition of french art to inaugurate the newly built palais de tokyo . the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” was an act of legitimation. blum made this explicitly clear, in familiar terms, to his minister of foreign affairs, during preparations for the event: «i attach a very particular importance to this exhibition, where the prestige of france itself is at stake» . a time when the contemporary face of the country was visibly confl icted, the state was investing in a retrospective display of le patrimoine to preserve the pride of la patrie, before its international rivals . while the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” was an exhibition of french art staged in france, it was directed towards «the considerable public from around the world» that the exposition internationale was to attract to paris. in their stated aim to bring before this international audience an «ensemble of artworks, the likes of which [had] never before been seen» , organisers tacitly voiced a want to eclipse the display of french art assembled at burlington house in . from the outset there were two key differences between the exhibitions. first and foremost was the issue of the louvre, which had lent items to london. its collections were, understandably, to remain intact intact for the duration of the expo. instead, organisers deliberately sought unfamiliar and inaccessible pieces from provincial and foreign museums and from private lenders, gathering works from seventeen countries that had been separated for centuries «by oceans, continents or simply the walls of private life» . in so doing, paris was to be enriched with a «second louvre» , an «ephemeral louvre, a supplemental louvre» , attesting not only to the sheer breadth of the nation’s art, but the esteem in which it was held worldwide. huisman prefaced his requests to foreign institutions by observing that «french art has shone forth so brightly throughout the world […] that it is often beyond the borders of france it appears with the most brilliance» . the spectacle was to be all the more «stunning», echoed zay, because it would bring together works that had remained on native soil with others that had travelled afar . by means of their happy reunifi cation, he continued, visitors would fi nd a resplendent vision, not merely of art, but also of nation: «in this exhibition chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français , p. vii. an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , letter from léon blum to yvon delbos, february . on the claims of national identity staked through the display of art within the exhibition, see kangaslahti pp. - ; and, more recently, ducci , pp. - . an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , letter from georges huisman to andré françois- poncet, french ambassador to germany, february . ibidem. huisman . gillet , p. . lécuyer . an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , letter from georges huisman to william valentiner, director of the detroit institute of arts, february . chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français , p. vii. kate kangaslahti france will show herself as both rooted and radiating, that is to say in all the fullness of her reality» . secondly, the choice of title indicated the show’s scope and limits. in contrast to the exhibition at the royal academy, «it [was] not to be about a history of french art, but a reunion of masterpieces» . as huisman announced well before it even opened, «the exhibition will be much less a systematic lesson than a marvellous promenade in the past» . «there [was] to be nothing systematic», explained robert burnand, «nothing that smells of pedantry nor the pitiless rigidity of certain methods» . the tendency of exhibition organisers to downplay the interpretative nature of their display, or to disavow their strategies of representation, seems at fi rst incongruous because in the years since the french show in london great strides had been made in the study of museum practices . in , the international museums offi ce had organised the fi rst international conference on museology in madrid, a seminal moment in the history of the fi eld, when experts gathered from around the world to share recent developments in the architecture and design of art museums, with particular reference to the most desirable methods of installation . three years later the fairgrounds of the exposition internationale became an important site for the diffusion of this fl edgling discipline and its techniques. many of the scholars and curators who oversaw the imposing display of french masterpieces in one half of the palais de tokyo also co-ordinated the fair’s museological section, located in the opposite wing of the same complex . they assembled an impressive array of statistics, photographs, and maquettes and the different exhibits traced the evolution of the museum from the nineteenth century to the present day, schooling visitors in contemporary problems of conservation, diffusion and display, through international comparisons . whereas museums once seemed to be evocations of the past, rené huyghe explained, today they were called upon to play an immediate and genuine public role. the latest methods of presentation, of ibidem. an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , transcript of a publicity segment for radio paris, : pm, february (my emphasis). ibidem. burnand . see, for example, poncelet ; see also kott . the proceedings of the conference were published in two volumes in french, with a familiar list of contributors, including the ubiquitous ugo ojetti, who provided his thoughts on expositions permanentes et expositions temporaires. see muséographie n.d. ( ). paul alfassa, julien cain, henri focillon, louis hautcœur, rené huyghe, jacques jaujard, raymond lantier, paul lemoine, louis metman, georges-henri rivière, and paul vitry all served on the organising committees for the both the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” and “musées et expositions”, class iii of group i (“expression de la pensée”) in the programme of the exposition internationale. to coincide with the presentation, huyghe co-ordinated a special issue of «l’amour de l’art» in june dedicated to la muséographie à l’exposition internationale, with contributions by germain bazin, louis cheronnet and georges-henri rivière. painting the national portrait grouping objects and endowing them with commentary, offered, he continued, new ways of producing meaning for the modern audience. yet he was also wary of a «power all the more formidable because it is less visible» , suggesting that too much “method”, or the wrong kind, also impinged upon the authority of the artwork. to fi x upon the history of an object, huyghe continued, was to eschew art itself in favour of the mark it leaves upon time . such refl ections give some clue as to why, within the context of the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français”, he and his colleagues outwardly foreswore history in favour of art and placed their rhetorical focus upon the masterpiece. its «eternal truth», according to huyghe, was a «natural counterweight to the present, its practices, its partialities» . when it opened on june , however, georges huisman did not attempt to deny the exhibition’s «systematic presentation of works» , nearly . objects, including some paintings, which were carefully arranged chronologically in twenty-four galleries across two fl oors (fi g. ). less a marvellous and relaxed promenade, the display proposed an itinerary to be followed, and while the show’s title emphasised the nature of the works as singular objects of wonder, the logic of their sequential display gave every “masterpiece” both sources and consequences . from an early desire to «highlight our national antiquities» and lay claim to a tradition spanning two millenia, organisers assembled a group of gallo-roman bronze artefacts – neither strictly french, nor really masterpieces – in the small vestibule to the left of the entrance . the fi rst, long winding galleries (fi g. ) were then devoted to an array of tapestries, sculptures, ivories, wooden carvings, precious orfèvreries, and illuminated manuscripts from the middle ages, setting the scene for the paintings to follow. these objects, huisman suggested, offered visitors access to an historical milieu and to «the men who had lived dans un tel décor» , france’s fi rst painters and the subjects of their portraits . many of the same fi fteenth-century works seen fi ve years earlier at burlington house reappeared in rooms and : the pietà from nouans was now given to jean fouquet ; the two panels from his diptyque de melun travelled again from huyghe b, p. . ivi, p. . ivi, p. . an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , transcript of a publicity segment for radio paris, : pm, february . see bennett , p. . an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , organising committee meeting, december . herbert , pp. - . chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français , p. x. huisman’s otherwise casual reference calls to mind stephen bann’s discussion of the different ways material objects were used in historical settings to evoke an image of the past in nineteenth-century france. see bann , p. ff. this attribution would not be universally accepted for another years. kate kangaslahti antwerp and berlin, but this time they fl anked nicolas froment’s triptyque du buisson ardent, which the cathédrale d’aix-en-provence had refused to lend to london in . enguerrand quarton’s couronnement de la vierge, which likewise had not left avignon since the exhibition of “les primitifs français” in , also fi gured. and while the number of works was small, they were applauded as «the best suited to show victoriously, defi nitively, the profound originality, the invention, the grace and the force of our french “primitives”» . a selection of sixteenth century portraits by corneille de lyon and françois clouet in alveoli and led visitors onto le grand siècle, but while at burlington house the two main pictorial tendencies of the era had been deliberately interwoven, here the seventeenth century was divided across galleries and . «the painters of family life» and the french caravaggesques were to be found in the fi rst room, those artists whose reputations, since london, had been materially enhanced by jamot and sterling’s exhibition at the orangerie in . the three le nain brothers, philippe de champaigne and georges de la tour were all well represented. france’s classical masters, claude lorrain and nicolas poussin, followed in the next room, prefaced by a selection of their drawings in the outer alcove. poussin’s later, meditative landscapes fi gured prominently among the range of paintings on display . one of the strongest discursive threads to have emerged in london in was the equilibrium french painting maintained between the infl uences of north and south and their competing claims of “classical abstraction” and “realistic imitation”; or, as rené huyghe wrote now, reprising the same thread, its balance between «italian art […] so penetrated by the superiority of man […] and northern art [which] excessively infl ates the physical forces of nature» . poussin’s carefully observed scenes such as paysage avec saint matthieu et l’ange and les cendres de phocion remises par une femme de mégare clearly showed, according to huyghe, that «the “form” over which [he] never ceased to muse was none other than this expressive harmony […] of that which signifi ed man by his actions, and nature by its aspects» . so while the norman painter may have «abandoned his homeland for rome, he never abdicated his french personality» . as a «living synthesis of the latin character and the spirit of the lécuyer . du colombier b. to this effect, the works chosen were from between - , representing what anthony blunt later described as the «the harmony of nature and the virtue of man», and not those executed in the last ten years of the artist life, when more and more poussin had depicted not the order, but the awe-inspiring immensity of nature. see blunt , p. . the prominence of poussin’s landscape paintings was complemented by the choice of drawings preceding the display, which also favoured the artist’s topographical sketches. huyghe , p. . ivi, p. . bazin , p. . painting the national portrait north, of classicism and naturalism» his works, waldemar george agreed, were made in the image of france. from the seventeenth century onwards, french art «unfurled at a more and more rapid rate, reaching ever greater heights» , an ascendancy visitors to the exhibition performed physically, as they climbed upstairs to continue through the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. pierre du colombier suggested that while «in london the balance had been lightly skewed in favour of the nineteenth century» , here the display gave the opposite impression. it was certainly true that the show at the royal academy in had included a greater number of nineteenth-century paintings, an additional eighty works, and the representation of impressionism and postimpressionism had been particularly strong, due to the loan of key pieces from the local collection of samuel courtauld and other private, american collectors. nineteenth-century artists still outnumbered their eighteenth-century predecessors at the palais de tokyo, and there were pieces of real quality. david’s marat assassiné, delacroix’s medée furieuse and corot’s homère et les bergers, the work the musée de saint-lô had refused to send to london, were on show, as were courbet’s la rencontre (bonjour monsieur courbet!), manet’s la femme au perroquet, and gauguin’s ia orana maria. there were no less than eleven works by cézanne in gallery , presented as the spiritual heir to french classicism from his purported wish, oft-repeated at the time, to imbue impressionism with gravitas and refaire poussin sur nature. douglas lord suggested, however, that the selection was unequal, and while david and ingres appeared «in all their splendour, the latter especially with jupiter et thétis […] most of the [late nineteenth-century] painters […] appear[ed] at their worst» . du colombier agreed that the fi nal rooms in which the impressionists and postimpressionists fi gured were «strangely and uselessly twisted» . by comparison, in the largest and best spaces, the painting of the eighteenth century «was represented in unforgettable, spellbinding fashion» . gallery offered the «apotheosis» of watteau, eleven works, including his lively depiction of a parisian picture gallery, the monumental l’enseigne de gersaint, diplomatically lent for the occasion by berlin’s schloss charlottenburg . this painting, as james herbert george , pp. - . besson . du colombier a. lord . du colombier a. lécuyer . ibidem. curiously, there is no mention of this particular work in the archived material regarding french requests for loans. in a letter to the french ambassador in berlin, andré françois-poncet, dated february, in preparation for huyghe’s visit to the german capital, georges huisman specifi ed fi ve works by watteau (la leçon d’amour, danse d’enfants, comédiens italiens, l’amour paisible, assemblé dans un parc), but not l’enseigne de gersaint. neither was it mentioned in the kate kangaslahti eloquently argues, embodied the familiar premise of french equilibrium and continuity, incorporating the drama and scale of seventeenth-century classicism and the intimacy and humour of eighteenth-century genre scenes . in gallery visitors moved on to the «poetry and verve» of fragonard’s nimble touches and discovered the dignity chardin brought to familiar, domestic scenes in dame cachetant une lettre and la maîtresse d’école. by infusing unlikely subjects with grandeur through the highest standards of painting, chardin similarly «integrate[d] into classical art all of that old french heritage of the painters of reality» . the exhibition was a public triumph in france, personally for the beleaguered blum, whose role was acknowledged – «let us be just now» – even in the right-wing «candide». in contrast to the polarised reactions the exposition internationale aroused domestically, the retrospective at the palais de tokyo inspired the same critical platitudes the length of the political spectrum. for the fascist-sympathiser lucien rebatet it concretely showed that «french art benefi ts from a continuity that none of its neighbours possesses […] and a profound unity its variety» . the art historian elie faure, in the communist organ «l’humanité», similarly signalled «the continuity of french art […] as giving it its own physiognomy», a countenance born of its «power to balance reason and sensibility» . such claims of “continuous tradition” are central to national histories of art and their display, matthew rampley suggests, because they promote the sense of the nation as a lasting and stable vehicle of cultural identity . unsurprisingly, then, few contemporary critics probed the exhibition’s strategies of display too closely to fi nd the source of its unity and raymond bouyer in «la revue de l’art ancient et moderne» was alone in remarking organisers’ «fl agrant fondness for the painters of life» , a selection of works in which the famous balance of french painting was actually tipped in favour of “realistic imitation” over “classical abstraction”. herein lay the key to the «very particular familial air» which seemed to suffuse the spaces of the palais de tokyo, a display in which louis le nain’s repas de paysan anticipated manet’s le bon bock, in which the atmospheric delicacy of claude’s le chateau enchanté prepared the way for corot’s vue de mantes-la-jolie, and minutes of the committee meeting on march , following huyghe’s return (in which it was noted that the germans agreed in principle to all loans requested), suggesting the possibility that the work was proposed by german authorities. an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / . herbert , pp. - . lécuyer . lassaigne , p. . du colombier a. rebatet , p. . faure . rampley , p. . bouyer , p. . barotte . painting the national portrait in which the domestic intimacy of chardin’s l’écureuse reappeared a century- and-a-half later in edgar degas’s les repasseuses. the claim to continuity necessarily reduces historical complexity, frequently demanding a choice of paintings that are atypical of an artist’s œuvre – poussin the paysagiste – and in the context of the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” this was even more apparent in gallery , where the great neoclassicists and romantics of the early nineteenth century were largely represented by their portraiture. david’s portrait du fl ûtiste françois devienne and la marachère hung alongside théodore géricault’s sympathetic image of la folle and his study of lord byron; jean-antoine gros’s portrait de mme recamier was next to ingres’ madame moitessier and the charming la belle zélie, which, in addition to fouquet’s vierge, was the “face” of exhibition posters (fi g. ). the selection served to reinforce, as bouyer remarked, that they «were portraitists too, these painters of history, adulators of rome and greece, and portraitists above all, in the eyes of our contemporaries» . organisers, in other words, focused upon examples in which the artists seemed to relinquish or renounce their own classical doctrines or romantic ideals in order to observe the idiosyncrasies of their real, individual subjects with probity and care. from here there emerged a second, related conviction in critical literature about the nature of the french art, led by the display: that every truly great artist was also an individual who, at some point, fl outed convention and found himself excluded from academic tradition; that for some three hundred years true french painting had been the preserve of «non-conformists, of rebels […] each pursuing in his own way his need for perfection» . in the fi nal, winding galleries of the palais de tokyo, in the absence once again of their forgotten academic peers, a group of nineteenth- century recalcitrants – géricault and delacroix, corot and courbet, manet and degas, cézanne, renoir and monet – brought french art to its celestial heights, in a timely reminder to other nations, according to maurice raynal, that art’s progress depended above all on individual originality, and never grew from collectively enforced practices . while french critics were universal in their admiration, the responses that the exhibition excited outside france were ambivalent. annamaria ducci, for example, has recently addressed what amounted to italy’s critical boycott of the show. following the victory of the popular front and the intensifying political situation in europe, the sœurs latines were increasingly estranged and the few italian critics who broke the pointed silence viewed the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” through this lens of ideological disaffection. when ugo ojetti fi nally published a short review in «corriere della sera» in late october, he emphasised that the works on show at the palais de tokyo lacked unity and bouyer , p. . gillet , pp. - . raynal , p. . kate kangaslahti consistency, proving that the development of french art was disjointed, based upon a series of shocks very much «linked to the changing social and political life» . ojetti’s compatriot, giuseppe delogu spoke more enthusiastically of the incomparable heights that french artists reached in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, but he too attributed much of their creative power to a life lived in a state of «bloody torment» and «constant uproar» . «what is really pictured here», he continued, «is the face of france in every moment of her life, of her troubled, stunning and dramatic history» . the english writer winifred boulter proved more receptive to the “continuity” of the display, remarking both the exhibition’s «extraordinary homogeneity», and the way french painting seemed to follow «a logical, harmonious progression, from the work of the early primitives to that of cézanne» . «the whole collection», she enthused, «leaves one breathless in admiration» . her compatriot douglas lord was less effusive in «the burlington magazine», and while he acknowledge the selection was generally very good, he saw little to distinguish it from the show in , suggesting to his readers that the greater part of the works on display had been seen recently in england . the germans, like the italians, largely ignored the exhibition, although exceptionally paul wescher, then exiled in paris, wrote a review for «pantheon». on the one hand, he emphasised the elitism of the french painting, claiming «france has never had a popular art» , all the while admiring the early unifi ed, national consciousness which had underpinned its «great line of development». invoking henri focillon’s poetic description from the pages of the exhibition catalogue, wescher reiterated that while «the centuries might colour the surface differently, they have never changed the substance; the language remains the same, even as its expression develops from one stage to the next» . «we have attempted too our portrait of france» , focillon had explained in his introduction to the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français”. the masterpieces on show, he continued, represented the «eternal relevance» of france’s cultural heritage, and by extension france herself, in comparison to «intensity of the moment» then on display – and how – along the banks of the seine . only a short distance away from the palais de tokyo, the pavilions of germany and the u. ojetti, pittura francese, «corriere della sera», october , p. . cited in ducci , p. . g. delogu, cronache delle esposizioni in europa, «critica d’arte», , , p. . cited in ducci , p. . ivi, p. . boulter . ibidem. lord . wescher , p. . ivi, p. . chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français , p. xiii. ibidem. painting the national portrait soviet union confronted one another across the fairgrounds of the exposition internationale (fi g. ), mirroring the clash of fascism and communism on the world stage and offering a visual metaphor for france’s own existential crisis. the symbol of its capital, the eiffel tower, an ageing monument to a bygone fair and era of prosperity, now stood ineffectually between the monumental effi gies of two newly-invigorated twentieth-century regimes . in the face of these belligerent rivals, blum’s government had invested in the nation’s art both to bolster its own image and as a civilising force. the exhibition refl ected a persistent, humanistic conviction among key intellectuals in france that culture, and the arts in particular, could function as a civic antidote to unrestrained nationalism, even as their own understanding of what constituted culture remained patriotically determined. as georges huisman declared, for the duration of the expo the palais de tokyo was to be «a reliquary of french humanism […] where each will sample, as he pleases, the lessons of an art […] that remains, at the forefront of european civilisation, an incomparable instrument of reconciliation and peace» . by the time the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” closed on november , more than . people had passed through it, a record number for any exhibition in any country, the committee claimed . but only two years later, those same visitors learnt the true consequences of europe’s cultural diplomacy-cum-braggadocio in the ’s, and as the world again descended into war the limits of art as an instrument of unity and peace were all too apparent. . conclusion the general chauvinism that suffused the study, display and critical appreciation of art in france and italy during the interwar period came to the fore in a myriad of ways during the course of these four retrospective exhibitions. the many bureaucrats, museum professionals, art historians and critics who were willingly co-opted to the state-mandated task of promoting their respective cultural identities, be it at home or abroad, commonly laid claim to an unbroken chain of historical development. antonio muñoz, in his review of the show at the petit palais in , extolled the «continuous bond kaplan , p. - . huisman . i read huisman’s reference to “humanism” here in relation to his belief that france remained a beacon of humanistic values, specifi cally man’s capacity for self-realisation through reason. the term, however, was wielded along the length of the political spectrum and carried clear fascist overtones in the criticism of fi gures like waldemar george. see herbert , p. .; cfr. affron p. ; see also ducci , p. . an sous-série beaux-arts, f/ / , final report, “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français”, direction des musées nationaux, january , p. . kate kangaslahti throughout the centuries uniting all these creations, at once so different and yet so bluntly and obviously italian», even as he acknowledged that it was «diffi cult to say exactly what this unity comprises» . according to most of his italian compatriots, such continuity generally depended upon a self-referential tradition gloriously free of external infl uences. in presenting italy’s contribution to the nineteenth-century in london in , for example, ugo ojetti had insisted that the «french impressionists […] had not touched to any degree the fancy of [modern] italian landscape painters» . the long-standing sense of artistic rivalry between france and italy that ojetti’s posturing clearly projected had, once upon a time, charged french scholarship. throughout the nineteenth century debate had raged in france as to whether the arrival of italian classicism in the sixteenth century marked the blossoming or the deterioration of french painting. by the ’s, however, french art historians and critics were adopting a more reconciliatory – but still patriotic – stance. in contrast to their italian counterparts, they confi dently based their premise of unity and continuity upon the ability of french artists to absorb «foreign infl uences as the very breath of life» . «when such infl uences fall upon the soil of a suffi ciently robust national temperament», explained pierre du colombier, in the lead up to the french exhibition in london in , «it assimilates them and transforms them» . «an “infl uence”», agreed rené huyghe, «does not imply for [france] the peril of plagiarism, but the possibility of development» . while such viewpoints may seem par for the course in the decade before the second world war, both donald preziosi and matthew rampley emphasise the surprising resilience of art history’s topographies . charting the jingoistic heights of the ’s is also a chance to refl ect upon how and why old national myths – or even new ones – continue to cast their shadow over the study of cultural heritage. while these grandiose displays of french and italian art were unquestionably a consequence of escalating nationalism in europe between the wars, in purely practical terms such events equally relied upon widening channels of international collaboration. the recurring cast of characters who assembled and presented the shows, and the multiple roles played by such fi gures as huyghe and ojetti, demonstrate the way that museum, art-historical and critical circles overlapped within increasingly professionalised, international networks. the success of events hung upon the strength of contacts and connections behind the scenes, between institutions, and across national borders. michela passini, in comparing different national showings of early modern painting at the turn a. muñoz, arte italiana a parigi. la mostra al petit palais e quella al jeu de paume, «note e rassegne», june , cited in salvatore , pp. - . exhibition of italian art, - , p. xxx. enquête sur l’art français , p. . ibidem. ivi, p. . preziosi , p. ; rampley , p. . painting the national portrait of the century, indeed argues that such large-scale exhibitions reveal the way nationalist discourse on art and identity, more than coinciding with, depended upon the internationalisation of culture and the global circulation of museum objects and expertise , a process that only accelerated after the first world war. in , henri focillon was instrumental in founding the international museums offi ce, under the auspices of the league of nations . he argued that museums, in displaying together «the genius of the nation and that of foreign civilisations», had sketched «the fi rst outline of a european and global consciousness» and were as such «the natural means of peaceful, international cooperation» . the exhibitions staged in london and paris between and , particularly in bringing together examples of the nation’s art that were not part of the state’s collections, took place against this backdrop of formal exchange and borrowed from the same script of cultural diplomacy. firstly, the masterpieces of the national school that populated the world’s museums were celebrated as perpetual envoys, or, as jean zay wrote in , «the interpreters and emissaries of our national genius in the universe» . secondly, the act of reuniting these works through amicable international loans became itself an instrument of peace and reconciliation. as one french critic was moved to ask in , «if mussolini and italy, if europe and the new world all believed in war, would they be sending their venuses and madonnas into battle?» . such (misplaced) hopes surely informed the display at the palais de tokyo two years later, when organisers hung poussin’s tancrède et herminie from leningrad’s hermitage museum next to l’empire de flore from dresden’s staatliche gemäldegalerie, even as their respective lenders “faced-off” against each other a short distance away. if the political symbolism of these vast enterprises was continually brought to the public’s attention, the mundane, logistical aspects of their organisation were habitually veiled, and «everything was accomplished as if by magic» . the sense of magic, francis haskell observes, has been instrumental in the ascendancy of temporary exhibitions in the present day and age . the heightened emotion surrounding ephemeral displays in the ’s not only stemmed from the intensity of nationalist sentiments, but a more general awareness that the enchantment was short-lived and never to be replicated. «at last we have before our eyes beauties of which we have dreamed», wrote t.w. earp in , «an experience which a lifetime of travelling could hardly passini b, p. . the international museums offi ce (iom) fell under the umbrella of the international institute for intellectual cooperation (iici). for more on the creation of the iom and the work of the iici during the interwar period see ducci , p. and ff. focillon , p. . chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français , p. viii. brousson , p. . hazard , p. . haskell , p. . kate kangaslahti recreate» . when the same beauties gathered again at the petit palais in , louis hourticq described the unrepeatable extravaganza as a display to end all displays: «the period of the moving masterpiece is over» . this has patently not been the case and the “magic” persists. the study of historical exhibitions, particularly those staged in the feverish period between the wars, invites us to look more closely at the different interests which continue to mobilise art today as “soft” power: the ever-present competition between countries, cities and institutions; the delicate negotiations which still underpin cultural exchange. as a last, salient example, when the madonna litta travelled from the soviet union to the petit palais in paris in , there were already doubts about its authorship, and while it was given to the artist, it was listed last among his catalogued works with the proviso that «this painting has always passed for a work by leonardo da vinci» . «it is not by leonardo», nello tarchiani insisted, but he explained to his italian readers that it was displayed as such, because to «ask for it, and have it come from leningrad, only to renounce it, would be stupidly rude» . when the same painting left the hermitage again in , this time bound for the national gallery in london for another blockbuster, “leonardo da vinci: painter at the court of milan”, it was once more attributed to the artist, which, one scholar remarked suggestively at the time, «was presumably a condition of the loan» . plus ça change, as the french might say. references / riferimenti bibliografi ci a gratifi ed italian press ( ), «the times», january, p. . affron m. ( ), waldemar george: a parisian art critic on modernism and fascism, in fascist visions: art and ideology in france and italy, edited by m. affron, m. antliff, princeton: princeton university press, pp. - . agosti g. ( ), la nascita della storia dell’arte in italia. adolfo venturi dal museo all’università, venezia: marsilio. anderson b. ( ), imagined communities: refl ections on the origin and spread of nationalism, london: verso. aronsson p., elgenius g., edited by ( ), national museums and nation- building in europe, - : mobilization and legitimacy, continuity and change, abingdon, oxon: routledge. earp , p. . hourticq , p. . exposition de l’art italien , p. . tarchiani b, p. . kemp . painting the national portrait baisse p. ( ), courajod et le problème de la renaissance, in histoire de l’histoire de l’art en france au xixe siècle, edited by r. recht, c. barbillon, f.r. martin, paris: la documentation française, pp. - . balniel lord, clark k., edited by ( ), a commemorative catalogue of the exhibition of italian art held in the galleries of the royal academy, burlington house, london, january-march, , london: oxford university press and humphrey milford. bann s. ( ), the clothing of clio: a study of the representation of history in nineteenth-century britain and france, cambridge: cambridge university press. barotte r. ( ), six siècle d’art français de fouquet à cézanne sont évoqués à l’exposition, «paris-soir», june, p. . bazin g. ( ), l’exposition d’art français à londres, «formes», n. , december, pp. - . bazin g. ( ), notices. la rétrospective d’art français, «l’amour de l’art», xviii, n. , may, pp. - . bennett t. ( ), the birth of the museum: history, theory, politics, london: routledge. berenson b. ( ), the venetian painters of the renaissance, with an index to their works, new york-london: g.p. putnam’s sons. bernard p., dubief h. ( ), the decline of the third republic: - , translated by a. forster, cambridge: cambridge university press. besson g. ( ), l’exposition d’art italien, «monde», june, p. . besson g. ( ), une exposition unique de chefs-d’œuvre, «l’humanité», july, p. . black j. ( ), italy and the grand tour, new haven: yale university press. blunt a. ( ), nicolas poussin, new york: bollingen foundation. bonnaffé e. ( ), maître pihourt et ses hétéroclites, «gazette des beaux- arts», n. , pp. - . borghi b.c. ( ), una “signifi cant form” svelata. l’allestimento della mostra “italian art” alla royal academy nella londra del , «altre modernità», n. , pp. - . borletti s. ( ), l’exposition d’art italien à paris, «la renaissance», vol. , nn. - - , pp. - . bouchot h. ( ), les primitifs français, - . complément documentaire au catalogue offi ciel de l’exposition, paris: librairie de l’art ancien et moderne. boulder w. ( ), exhibition of french masterpieces, «london studio», vol. , november, p. . bouyer r. ( ), l’art à l’exposition de . chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français, «revue de l’art ancien et moderne», vol. , september, pp. - . braun e. ( ), leonardo’s smile, in donatello among the blackshirts: the visual culture of fascist italy, edited by c. lazzaro, r. crum, ithaca: cornell university press, pp. - . kate kangaslahti bresc-bautier g. ( ), “la bataille dure encore entre les pontifes de l’antiquité et les paladins du moyen Âge”: la querelle de la “première renaissance française”, in histoire de l’histoire de l’art en france au xixe siècle, edited by r. recht, c. barbillon, f.-r. martin, paris: la documentation française, pp. - . brinton s.j.c. ( ), italian masters in london, «american magazine of art», vol. , april, pp. - . british debt to italian art ( ), «the times», january, p. . bromberger m. ( ), la merveilleuse exposition d’art italien sera inaugurée jeudi, «l’intransigeant», may, p. . brousson j.-j. ( ), m. albert lebrun inaugure l’exposition d’art italien, «l’intransigeant», may, pp. - . burgwyn h.j. ( ), italian foreign policy in the interwar period, - , westport ct: praeger publishers. burnand r. ( ), la rétrospective de l’art français, «l’illustration», may (supplement), n.p. canali f., a cura di ( ), ugo ojetti ( - ) critico: tra architettura e arte, florence: alinea. chefs d’œuvre de l’art français ( ), exhibition catalogue, paris: palais national des arts. chevrefi ls desbiolles y. ( ), la critique d’art waldemar-george. les paradoxes d’un non-conformiste, «archives juives», vol. , n. , pp. - . chevrefi ls desbiolles y. ( ), les revues d’art à paris ( - ), aix-en- provence: presses de l’université de provence. clark k. ( ), italian drawings at burlington house, «the burlington magazine for connoisseurs», vol. , n. , pp. - . clark k. ( ), another part of the wood: a self-portrait, london: john murray publishers. commemorative catalogue of the exhibition of french art, - ( ), london: oxford university press and humphrey milford. courajod l. ( ), leçons professées à l’école du louvre, - . publiées par mm. henry lemmonier et andré michel, vol. ii, les origines de la renaissance, paris: picard. crum r. ( ), shaping the fascist “new man”: donatello’s st george and mussolini’s appropriated renaissance of the italian nation, in donatello among the blackshirts: the visual culture of fascist italy, edited by c. lazzaro, r. crum, ithaca: cornell university press, pp. - . cumming r., edited by ( ), my dear bb. the letters of bernard berenson and kenneth clark, - , new haven-london: yale university press. decleva e. ( ), relazioni culturali e propaganda negli anni ’ : i comitati “france-italie” et “italia-francia”, in duroselle, serra ( ), pp. - . decleva e., milza p., edited by ( ), la francia e l’italia negli anni venti: tra politica e cultura, milan: ispi. painting the national portrait dei m. ( ), ojetti e l’exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo di parigi, «studi di memofonte», , pp. - . de lorenzi g. ( ), ugo ojetti critico d’arte: dal “mazocco” a “dedalo”, firenze: le lettere. dezarrois a. ( ), l’art français à londres, «revue de l’art ancien et moderne», vol. , february, pp. - . dotti g. ( ), i contenuti culturali di pan e il giornalismo letargo di ugo ojetti, «accademie e biblioteche d’italia», vol. , pp. - . duboscq a. ( ), l’exposition d’art italien de londres, «revue de l’art ancien et moderne», vol. , february, pp. - . ducci a. ( ), europe and the artistic patrimony of the interwar period: the international institute of intellectual cooperation at the league of nations, in europe in crisis: intellectuals and the european idea, - , edited by m. hewitson, m. d’auria, new york-oxford: berghan books, pp. - . ducci a. ( ), l’esposizione “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” ( ) e l’italia: l’ostracismo del silenzio e due eccezioni, «annali di critica d’arte», xi, pp. - . du colombier p. ( ), le xviie siècle, «gazette des beaux-arts», , january, pp. - . du colombier p. ( a), chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français, «candide», july, p. . du colombier p. ( b), À travers l’exposition, «candide», july, pp. - . duncan c., wallach a. ( ), the universal survey museum, «art history», vol. , n. , december, pp. - . duroselle j.-b. ( ), la décadence, - , paris: imprimerie nationale. duroselle j.-b., serra e., a cura di ( ), italia e francia dal al , milano: ispi. duroselle j. b., serra e., a cura di ( ), il vincolo culturale tra italia e francia negli anni trenta e quaranta, milano: franco angeli. earp t. w. ( ), the italian exhibition, «the new statesman», vol. xxxiv, n. , january, pp. - . edwards p. ( ), the austen chamberlain-mussolini meetings, «the historical journal», vol. , n. , march, pp. - . elam c. ( ), a more and more important work: roger fry and the burlington magazine, «the burlington magazine», vol. , n. , march, pp. - . english art for rome. suggested return exhibition ( ), «the times», march, p. . enquête sur l’art français ( ), «formes», no. , december, pp. - . exhibition of french art, - ( ), exhibition catalogue, london: royal academy. exhibition of italian art, - ( ), exhibition catalogue, london: royal academy. kate kangaslahti exhibition of italian art. date fi xed for ( ), «the times», may, p. . exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo ( ), exhibition catalogue, paris: petit palais. faure e. ( ), splendeurs de l’art français, «l’humanité», july, p. . ferguson b.w. ( ), exhibition rhetorics: material speech and utter sense in thinking about exhibitions, edited by r. greenberg, b.w. ferguson, s. nairne, abingdon, oxon: routledge, pp. - . focillon h. ( ), l’œuvre de coopération intellectuelle et l’offi ce international des musées, «mouseion», n. , april, pp. - . fraixe c. ( a), l’art au service de la propagande fasciste. les dons d’œuvres italiennes à la france ( - ), in vers une europe latine. acteurs et enjeux des échanges culturels entre la france et l’italie fasciste, edited by c. fraixe, l. piccioni, c. poupault, bruxelles: peter lang; paris: inha, pp. - . fraixe c. ( b), waldemar-george et “l’art européen”, in vers une europe latine. acteurs et enjeux des échanges culturels entre la france et l’italie fasciste, edited by c. fraixe, l. piccioni, c. poupault, bruxelles: peter lang; paris: inha, pp. - . fraixe c., poupault c. ( ), introduction, in vers une europe latine. acteurs et enjeux des échanges culturels entre la france et l’italie fasciste, edited by c. fraixe, l. piccioni, c. poupault, bruxelles: peter lang; paris: inha, pp. - . french art at burlington house ( ), «the times», december, p. . french art exhibition. members of committees ( ), «the times», july, p. . fry r. ( ), notes on the italian exhibition at burlington house (ii), «the burlington magazine», vol. , n. , march, pp. - . fry r. ( ), quelques réfl exions sur l’art français, «formes», n. , december, pp. - . friedländer m. ( ), die ausstellung französischer kunst in london, «zeitschrift für kunstgeschichte», vol. , n. , pp. - . gauthier m. ( ), l’École bolonaise, le caravage et la suite, «l’art vivant», n. , october, pp. - . george w. ( a), le gouvernement de la france contre l’art français, «formes», n. , may, p. . george w. ( b), défense et illustration de l’art français, «formes», n. , december, pp. . george w. ( c), l’esprit francais et la peinture française. en marge de l’exposition d’art français à londres, paris: les quatres chemins. george w. ( ), l’art italien au xixe et au xxe siècle, «la renaissance», vol. , nn. - - , pp. - . george w. ( ), l’art français et l’esprit de suite, «le renaissance», vol. , nn. - , pp. - . painting the national portrait georgel p., edited by ( ), orangerie, : les “peintres de la réalité”, paris: réunion des musées nationaux. gillet l. ( ), chefs d’œuvre de l’art français (i). la peinture, «revue des deux mondes», vol. , n. , september, pp. - . gobillot r. ( ), l’exposition de l’art français à londres, «l’art et les artistes», vol. , n. , january, pp. - . golan r. ( ), modernity and nostalgia: art and politics in france between the wars, new haven and london: yale university press. gossmann l. ( ), jules michelet: histoire nationale, biographie, autobiographie, «littérature», vol. , may, pp. - . grappe g. ( ), la peinture vénitienne, «l’art vivant», n. , october, pp. - . greenhalgh p. ( ), ephemeral vistas: the expositions universelles, the great exhibitions and the world’s fairs, - , manchester: manchester university press. guenne j. ( ), la vraie tradition de la peinture française, «l’art vivant», n. , january, pp. - . guenne j. ( ), les visages d’italie, «l’art vivant», n. , october, p. guillon p. ( ), l’échec d’un rapprochement franco-italien dans les années - , in diplomazia e storia delle relazioni internazionali. studi in onore di enrico serra, edited by a. migliazza, e. decleva. milan: spai, pp. - . hale j. ( ), england and the italian renaissance: the growth of interest in its history and art, malden-oxford: blackwell publishing. haskell f. ( ), history and its images, new haven-london: yale university press. haskell f. ( ), botticelli, fascism and burlington house: the ‘italian exhibition’ of , «the burlington magazine», vol. , n. , august, pp. - . haskell f. ( ), the ephemeral museum: old master paintings and the rise of the art exhibition, new haven-london: yale university press. hayum a. ( ), the exhibition, “les primitifs fl amands”: scholarly fallout and art historical refl ections, «journal of art historiography», n. , december, pp. - . hazard p. ( ), espoir, «la renaissance», vol. , nn. - - , pp. - . herbert j.-d. ( ), paris : worlds on exhibition, ithaca: cornell university press. hobsbawm e. ( ), mass-producing tradition: europe - , in the invention of tradition, edited by e. hobsbawm, t. ranger, cambridge: cambridge university press, pp. - . holmes c. ( ), the italian exhibition, «the burlington magazine», vol. , n. , february, pp. - . kate kangaslahti hooper-greenhill e. ( ), museums and the shaping of knowledge, london: routledge. hourticq l. ( ), l’art italien à paris, au petit palais et au jeu de paume. l’art ancien, «revue de l’art ancien et moderne», vol. , june, pp. - . huisman g. ( ), préface. la rétrospective d’art français, «l’amour de l’art», vol. , n. , may, p. . huyghe r. ( ), le xviie siècle, «l’amour de l’art», vol. , n. , january, p. . huyghe r. ( a), l’art français, in cent trente chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français du moyen âge au xxe siècle, paris: arts et métiers graphiques, pp. - . huyghe r. ( b), le rôle des musées dans la vie moderne, «revue des deux mondes», vol. , october, pp. - . iamurri l. ( ), berenson, la pittura moderna e la nuova critica italiana, «prospettiva», nn. - , july-october, pp. - . iamurri l. ( ), la tradizione, il culto del passato, l’identità nazionale: un’inchiesta sull’arte francese, «prospettiva», no. , january, pp. - . iamurri l. ( ), adolfo venturi e bernard berenson, in adolfo venturi e la storia dell’arte oggi, a cura di m. d’onofrio, modena: franco cosimo panini, pp. - . iamurri l. ( ), art history in italy: connoisseurship, academic scholarship and the protection of cultural heritage, in art history and visual studies in europe, edited by m. rampley et al., leiden-boston: brill, pp. - . iamurri l. ( ), lionello venturi à paris. antifascisme et histoire de l’art moderne, in vers une europe latine. acteurs et enjeux des échanges culturels entre la france et l’italie fasciste, edited by c. fraixe, l. piccioni, c. poupault, bruxelles: peter lang; paris: inha, pp. - . italian art: burlington house exhibition ( ), «the times», september, p. . italian art exhibition ( ), «the times», october, p. . italian art in paris ( ), «the times», may , p. . jackson j. ( ), the politics of depression in france: - , cambridge: cambridge university press. jackson j. ( ), the popular front in france: defending democracy, - , cambridge: cambridge university press. jamot p. ( ), french painting (i), «the burlington magazine», vol. , n. , december, pp. - . jamot p. ( ), two pictures in the french art exhibition, «the burlington magazine», vol. , n. , april, pp. - . kangaslahti k. ( ), the exhibition in paris in : art and the struggle for french identity, in nation, style, modernism, edited by j. purchla, w. tegethof, cracow: international cultural centre; munich: zentralinstitut für kunstgeschichte, pp. - . painting the national portrait kangaslahti k. ( ), foreign artists and the École de paris: critical and institutional ambivalence between the wars, in academics, pompiers, offi cial artists and the arrière-garde: defi ning modern and traditional in france, - , edited by n. adamson, t. norris, newcastle: cambridge scholars publishing, pp. - . kaplan a. ( ), reproductions of banality: fascism, literature, and french intellectual life, minneapolis: university of minnesota press. kaplan f., edited by ( ), museums and the making of ourselves: the role of objects in national identity, london: leicester university press. kargon r.h., fiss k., low m., molella a.p. ( ), world’s fairs on the eve of war: science, technology and modernity, - , pittsburg: university of pittsburg press. karp i., lavine s., edited by ( ), exhibiting cultures: the poetics and politics of museum display, washington d.c.: smithsonian institution press. kemp m. ( ), where next after leo-mania?, «the art newspaper», n. , february, p. . knell s., aronson p., amundsen a.b., edited by ( ), national museums: new studies from around the world, london and new york: routledge. kott c. ( ), the german museum curators and the international museums offi ce, - , in the museum is open: towards a transnational history of museums - , edited by a. meyer, b. savoy, berlin: de gruyter, pp. - . labbé e., edited by ( ), rapport général. exposition internationale des art et techniques dans la vie moderne, vol. , paris: ministère du commerce et de l’industrie, imprimerie nationale. lassaigne j. ( ), chronique de l’exposition: triomphe de l’art français (i), «la revue hebdomadaire», - august, pp. - . lazzaro c. ( ), forging a visible fascist nation: strategies for fusing past and present, in donatello among the blackshirts: the visual culture of fascist italy, edited by c. lazzaro, r. crum, ithaca: cornell university press, pp. - . l’art italien. chefs-d’œuvre de la peinture ( ), paris: librarie plon. l’art italien des xixe et xxe siècles ( ), exhibition catalogue, paris: musée des écoles étrangères contemporaines. l’exposition d’art français à londres ( ), «formes», n. , december, p. . l’exposition d’art italien a été inaugurée hier par m. lebrun et le comte ciano ( ), «le figaro», may, p. + . lebovics h. ( ), true france: the wars over cultural identity - , ithaca: cornell university press. lécuyer r. ( ), treize cents chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français, «le figaro littéraire», july, p. . kate kangaslahti lemoine b., edited by ( ), paris : cinquantenaire de l’exposition internationale des arts et techniques dans la vie moderne, paris: institut français d’architecture. les deux aveugles [raynal et tériade] ( ), la france donne à l’italie une leçon de modestie, «la bête noire», no. , june, p. . les peintres français devant les maîtres italiens ( ), «monde», no. , may, pp. - . lord d. ( ), chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français, «the burlington magazine», vol. , n. , august, p. . lorentz p., martin f.-r., thiébaut d., eds ( ), primitifs français, découvertes et redécouvertes, paris: réunion des musées nationaux. mackowsky h. ( ), ausstellung italienischer kunst in london, «der cicerone», vol. , n. , february, pp. - . mascarin m. ( ), la grande pitié de l’art en italie, «monde», march, p. . mauclair c. ( a), l’art italien au petit palais, «l’art et les artistes», vol. , n. (july), pp. - . mauclair c. ( b), l’art italien des xixe et xxe siècles au jeu de paume, «l’art et les artistes», vol. , n. (november), pp. - . mayer a.l. ( ), grosse und kleine lehren der italienischen ausstellung in london, «pantheon», vol. , may, pp. - . mcclellan a. ( ), inventing the louvre: art, politics, and the origins of the modern museum in eighteenth-century paris, cambridge: cambridge university press. mcmillan j.f. ( ), twentieth-century france: french politics and society, - , london: edward arnold. meyer a., savoy b. ( ), towards a transnational history of museums, in the museum is open: towards a transnational history of museums - , edited by a. meyer, b. savoy, berlin: de gruyter, pp. - . michaud e. ( ), nord-sud. du nationalisme et du racisme en histoire de l’art. une anthologie, «critique», n. , march, pp. - . michaud e. ( ), barbarian invasions and the racialization of art history, «october», n. , winter, pp. - . michelet j. ( ), histoire de la révolution française, vol. v, paris: chamerot. miraglio e. ( ), seicento, settecento, ottocento e via dicendo: ojetti e l’arte fi gurativa italiana, «studi di memofonte», , pp. - . morowitz l. ( ), medievalism, classicism and nationalism: the appropriation of the french “primitifs” in turn-of-the-century france, in nationalism and french visual culture, - , edited by j. hargrove, n. mcwilliam, new haven-london: yale university press, pp. - . mortimer r. ( ), architecture in the italian pictures, «the architectural review», lxvii, n. , february, pp. - . moxey k. ( ), the practice of persuasion: paradox and power in art history, ithaca: cornell university press. painting the national portrait muséographie. architecture et aménagement des musées d’art. conférence internationale d’études, madrid, (n.d. ), vol. , [paris]: société des nations, offi ce international des musées, institut international de coopération intellectuelle. nezzo m. ( a), critica d’arte in guerra: ojetti, - , venice: terra ferma. nezzo m. ( b), prodromi a una propaganda di guerra: i rapport ojetti, «contemporanea», vol. , n. , april, pp. - . norris t. ( ), between the lines: the juste milieu in interwar france, in academics, pompiers, offi cial artists and the arrière-garde: defi ning modern and traditional in france, - , edited by n. adamson, t. norris, newcastle: cambridge scholars publishing, pp. - . ojetti u. ( a), commenti, «dedalo», i, vol. , , p. . ojetti u. ( b), commenti, «dedalo», ii, vol. , , p. . ojetti u. ( ), la mostra al petit palais, «corriere della sera», may, p. . ojetti u., dami l., tarchiani n. ( ), la pittura italiana del seicento e del settecento alla mostra di palazzo pitti, milan: bestetti e tumminelli. ory p. ( ), la belle illusion. culture et politique sous la signe du front populaire - , paris: plon. passini m. ( ), l’italia come problema. la storia dell’arte francese e la questione del rinascimento, «annali di critica d’arte», iv, pp. - . passini m. ( a), louis dimier, l’action française et la question de l’art nationale, in le maurassisme et la culture. l’action francaise. culture, société, politique (iii), edited by o. dard, m. leymarie, n. mcwilliam, villeneuve d’ascq: presses universitaires du septentrion, pp. - . passini m. ( b), pour une histoire transnationale des expositions d’art ancien. les primitifs exposés à bruges, sienne, pris et düsselfdorf ( - ), «intermédialités», n. , printemps, pp. - . passini m. ( ), la fabrique de l’art national. le nationalisme et les origines de l’histoire de l’art en france et en allemagne ( - ), paris: maison des sciences de l’homme. pattinson-knight h. ( a), tout londres à l’exposition d’art français, «l’intransigeant», january, p. . pattinson-knight h. ( b), visite à l’exposition d’art français. a travers les salles, «l’intransigeant», january, p. . pearce s. ( ), museums objects and collections: a cultural study, washington d.c.: smithsonian institution press. pecci blunt a.-l. ( ), lettre de rome: printemps italo-français, «le figaro», may, p. . piccioni l. ( ), les enjeux politiques de la réception de l’impressionnisme dans l’italie fasciste, «la revue de l’art», n. , january, pp. - . pomian k. ( ), the collection: between the visible and the invisible, in interpreting objects and collections, edited by s. m. pearce, london: routledge, pp. - . kate kangaslahti pommier e. ( ), notes sur l’histoire de l’idée latine, in la latinité en question, paris: Éditions de l’institut des hautes Études de l’amérique latine and union latine, pp. - . poncelet f. ( ), regards actuels sur la muséographie d’entre-deux-guerres, «ceroart», n. , , . . . poulot d. ( ), musée, nation, patrimoine, - , paris: gallimard. poulot d. ( ), uses of the past: historical narratives and the museum, in great narratives of the past traditions and revisions in national museums, eunamus report n. , edited by d. poulot, f. bodenstein, j.m. lanzarote guiral, linköping: linköping university electronic press, pp. - . poupault c. ( ), le rapprochement culturel franco-italien et ses enjeux idéologiques ( - ), in vers une europe latine. acteurs et enjeux des échanges culturels entre la france et l’italie fasciste, edited by c. fraixe, l. piccioni, c. poupault, bruxelles: peter lang; paris: inha, pp. - . preziosi d. ( ) brain of the earth’s body: art, museums, and the phantasms of modernity, minneapolis, university of minnesota press. rampley m. ( ), the construction of national art histories and the ‘new’ europe, in art history and visual studies in europe, edited by matthew rampley et al., leiden-boston: brill, pp. - . raynal m. ( ), le xixe siècle, in cent trente chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français du moyen âge au xxe siècle, paris: arts et métiers graphiques, pp. - . rebatet l. ( ), les chefs-d’œuvre de l’art français, «revue universelle», vol. , august, pp. - . rey r. ( ), le génie français et les doctrines d’art, «l’art vivant», n. , january, pp. - . rosenberg j. ( ), die ausstellungen der nationen in london, «kunst und künstler», vol. , january, pp. - . salvatore a. ( ), exposition de l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo, parigi, petit palais, , doctoral dissertation, università ca’ foscari venezia. sarfatti m. ( ), l’ottocento et le novecento, «l’amour de l’art», xvi, n. , may, , p. . schnapper a. ( ), les “primitifs français” au temps de léon de laborde, in hommage à michel laclotte. Études sur la peinture du moyen Âge et de la renaissance, edited by p. rosenberg, c. scailliérez, d. thiébaut, milano: electa; paris: réunion des musées nationaux, pp. - . secrest m. ( ), kenneth clark: a biography, london: weidenfeld and nicolson. spalding f. ( ) roger fry: art and life, berkeley: university of california press. stephens c., stonnard j.p., edited by ( ), kenneth clark: looking for civilisation, london: tate publishing. sterling c. ( a), l’exposition de l’art italien au petit palais, «bulletin des musées de france», vol. , n. , may, pp. - . painting the national portrait sterling c. ( b), musée de l’orangerie. l’exposition des peintres de la réalité en france au xviie siècle, «bulletin des musées de france», vol. , n. , january, pp. - . sweet r. ( ), cities and the grand tour: the british in italy, c. - , cambridge: cambridge university press. tarchiani n. ( a), l’arte italiana al petit palais, «pan», iii, n. , august, pp. - . tarchiani n. ( b), l’arte italiana al petit palais. la pittura, «emporium», , n. , july, pp. - . the french art exhibition. popular appeal ( ), «the times», january, p. . the french art exhibition. second notice ( ), «the times», january, p. . the italian art exhibition: opening dinner, signor mussolini’s message ( ), «the times», january, p. . the last of the italian pictures ( ), «the times», march, p. . tomasella g. ( ), venezia-parigi-venezia. la mostra di arte italiana a parigi e le presenze francesi alla biennale di venezia ( - ), in il futuro alla spalle. italia-francia: l’arte tra le due guerre, edited by f. pirani, rome: edizioni de luca, pp. - . weber e. ( ), the hollow years: france in the s, new york-london: w.w. norton. weiser p. ( ), l’exposition internationale, l’etat et les beaux-arts, in paris -paris : créations en france, paris: centre georges pompidou, pp. - . wescher p. ( ), ausstellung meisterwerke der französischen kunst im palais national des arts, paris, «pantheon», vol. , october, pp. - . wierzbicka a. ( ), appels d’italie: waldemar george’s texts on art dating from the early s, in reinterpreting the past: traditionalist artistic trends in central and eastern europe of the s and s, edited by i. kossowska, warsaw: institute of art of the polish academy of sciences, pp. - . wilton a., bignamini i., edited by ( ), grand tour: lure of italy in the eighteenth century, london: tate publishing. witt r. ( ), dutch art at the royal academy [letter to the editor], «the times», february, p. . young r.j. ( ), an uncertain idea of france: essays and reminiscence on the third republic, new york: peter lang. zerner h. ( ), l’art de la renaissance en france. l’invention du classicisme, paris: flammarion. kate kangaslahti appendix fig. . large-format poster for the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” in paris, , showing jean fouquet’s la vierge et l’enfant, one half of his diptyque de melun, lent by the koninklijk museum voor schone kunsten in antwerp for the occasion. colour lithograph, x cm. bibliothèque nationale de france painting the national portrait fig. . bernardo pernice [bernard patridge], mussolini the magnifi cent, cartoon from punch, december kate kangaslahti fig. . plan of galleries at the “exhibition of italian art, - ”, at the royal academy, january-march, , included as page xxiii of the main catalogue painting the national portrait fig. . contents and plan of the galleries at the “exhibition of french art, - ”, at the royal academy, january-march , included as pages xxxii and xxiii of the main catalogue fig. . giovanni battista tiepolo, the finding of moses, from the national gallery of scotland, reunited with the section (right), a halberdier, lent from a private collection in paris, and reproduced in italian art. an illustrated souvenir of the exhibition of italian art at burlington house, london, london: william clowes and sons, , p. kate kangaslahti fig. . jean fouquet, la pietà de nouans, c. from the church of saint-martin in nouans, catalogued for the “exhibition of french art, - ” as n. , school of fouquet, descente de croix (the descent from the cross) fig. . installation photograph of the “exhibition of french art, - ” at the royal academy of arts, . gallery ii (paintings) showing, amongst other things a lady in her bath (diane de poitiers) by françois clouet and the triptych of moulins by the maître de moulins painting the national portrait fig. . auguste renoir, la loge (the opera box), lent by samuel courtauld, reproduced in french art. an illustrated souvenir of the french of italian art at burlington house, london, london: william clowes and sons, , p. kate kangaslahti fig. . leonardo da vinci, la madonna litta (pl. ), lent to the exhibition “l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo”, by the hermitage museum, leningrad, reproduced in l’art italien, paris: libraire plon, , n.p. painting the national portrait fig. . plan of galleries at the exhibition “l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo”, at the petit palais, paris, may-july , included in the main catalogue (n.p.) fig. . photograph of the facade of the petit palais, on the day of inauguration of the exhibition “l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo”, may kate kangaslahti fig. . the birth of venus by botticelli, caricature of pierre laval in «la bête noire», june fig. . installation photograph of the “l’art italien de cimabue à tiepolo” at the petit palais, paris, . salle (paintings), tribune de gloire, showing, amongst other things judith by giorgione and flora by titian painting the national portrait fig. . plan of galleries at the exhibition “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français”, at the palais de tokyo, paris, june-november , included as pages - of the guide topographique fig. . installation photograph of the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” at the palais de tokyo, paris, , salle (tapestries and manuscripts from the fi fteenth century) kate kangaslahti fig. . small-format poster for the “chefs d’œuvre de l’art français” in paris, , showing jean-auguste-dominique ingre’s la belle zélie, lent by the musée des beaux-arts in rouen for the occasion. colour lithograph, x cm painting the national portrait fig. . postcard of the fairgrounds of the “exposition internationale des arts et techniques dans la vie moderne”, paris, , view from the terrace of the trocadéro, showing the german pavilion by albert speer (left) and the soviet pavilion by boris iofan (right) direttore / editor massimo montella co-direttori / co-editors tommy d. andersson, university of gothenburg, svezia elio borgonovi, università bocconi di milano rosanna cioffi, seconda università di napoli stefano della torre, politecnico di milano michela di macco, università di roma ‘la sapienza’ daniele manacorda, università degli studi di roma tre serge noiret, european university institute tonino pencarelli, università di urbino "carlo bo" angelo r. pupino, università degli studi di napoli l'orientale girolamo sciullo, università di bologna comitato editoriale / editorial office giuseppe capriotti, alessio cavicchi, mara cerquetti, francesca coltrinari, patrizia dragoni, pierluigi feliciati, valeria merola, enrico nicosia, francesco pirani, mauro saracco, emanuela stortoni comitato scientifico / scientific committee dipartimento di scienze della formazione, dei beni culturali e del turismo sezione di beni culturali “giovanni urbani” – università di macerata department of education, cultural heritage and tourism division of cultural heritage “giovanni urbani” – university of macerata giuseppe capriotti, mara cerquetti, francesca coltrinari, patrizia dragoni, pierluigi feliciati, maria teresa gigliozzi, valeria merola, susanne adina meyer, massimo montella, umberto moscatelli, sabina pavone, francesco pirani, mauro saracco, michela scolaro, emanuela stortoni, federico valacchi, carmen vitale time, art and resistance: visual art programs in prisons by graeme knight b.f.a., queen's university, b.ed., queen's university, a thesis submitted in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of master of arts in the faculty of graduate studies (department of curriculum studies) we accept this thesis as conforming to the required standard the university of british columbia march © graeme knight, in presenting this thesis in partial fulfilment of the requirements for an advanced degree at the university of british columbia, i agree that the library shall make it freely available for reference and study. i further agree that permission for extensive copying of this thesis for scholarly purposes may be granted by the head of my department or by his or her representatives. it is understood that copying or publication of this thesis for financial gain shall not be allowed without my written permission. department the university of british columbia vancouver, canada de- ( / ) a b s t r a c t the following study evolved out of a pilot study which i conducted in the summer of at a correctional facility in eastern ontario. the testimony of two volunteer inmates there led me to the present enquiry: how do inmates experience time, what are their perceptions of it, and to what extent art making has any impact on those perceptions? using the temporal theories of two sociologists, edward hall ( ) and victor gioscia ( ), which i illustrated through relevant literary works concerning inmates of long-term institutions, i sought evidence of alternative temporal constructs in the behavior and testimonies of the volunteer inmates. the twelve week case study involved setting up a course of art similar to the one offered in . this one took place in a medium security correctional facility for men in the lower mainland of british columbia, during the summer of . unlike the pilot study, which operated during regular school time, the latter study was held during inmates' leisure time, two evenings a week, for three hours each evening. the following ethnographic methods of data collection were used: pre-program questionnaires, field notes, interviews, and document analysis. thirteen men originally participated in the art course, of whom, six agreed to be interviewed. because the art course was canceled mid- way through my research, i reconsidered my study, my double role as researcher-teacher, and the data that i had so far collected, to ponder the dynamics of research and volunteer programs within the prison bureaucracy. evidence of hall's temporal notions was scant; however, some of the inmates interviewed indicated negative effects of long-term incarceration that corresponded to gioscia's definitions; these men also demonstrated resistance mechanisms through the practice and mentoring of art and hobbies. as well, prison staff, particularly administrators, are implicated in the failure of volunteer/adult education program delivery. closing reflections support participatory strategies in qualitative research in the light of postmodern research theory and end with practical and theoretical recommendations. ii t a b l e of contents a b s t r a c t i i t a b l e o f c o n t e n t s i i i l i s t o f f i g u r e s v i i a c k n o w l e d g m e n t s v i i i c h a p t e r o n e : a p r o p o s a l f o r s t u d y i n g a r t in prisons p r e f a c e : i n t r o d u c t i o n . h o w i c a m e t o s t u d y t h i s g r o u p o f l e a r n e r s b e n e f i t s o f a r t s p r o g r a m s i n p r i s o n s p r i s o n s , p r i s o n e r s a n d t i m e c o n c e p t s o f t i m e - t e a c h e r s v e r s u s a d m i n i s t r a t o r s c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s o f p r i s o n e r s a p p r o a c h i n g a r e s e a r c h q u e s t i o n s i g n i f i c a n c e o f t h i s s t u d y f o r a r t e d u c a t i o n c h a p t e r t w o : a l i t e r a r y c o m p a r i s o n o f prisoner s u r v i v a l a n d s o c i o l o g i c a l t h e o r i e s o f t i m e t w o l i t e r a r y e x a m p l e s o f p o l y c h r o n i c t e m p o r a l o r i e n t a t i o n s : t h e g e o g r a p h y o f t i m e s y n c h r o n y a n d i t s v a r i a n t s t h e b o d y a s a s i t e o f r e s i s t a n c e c h a p t e r t h r e e : m e t h o d o l o g y m e t h o d o l o g i c a l o r i e n t a t i o n t h e p i l o t s t u d y , : iii the study site selection study population timeline data collection procedures data analysis bias and slibjecttvity names and language whose voice? reciprocity • validity c h a p t e r : discussion o f d a t a c o l l e c t i o n : e i g h t t h e m e s researcher/teacher dilemmas instructional/curriculum dilemmas enrollment and attendance material and logistical problems conflicting roles: researcher versus teacher security and space • volunteer access materials and supplies information and surveillance • space • staff resistance access and orientation ' renegotiated space security clearances program scheduling and enrollment inmate resistance • iv inmate indifference education and experience paranoia perceived slights confrontations personal barbs : curriculum differences ' co-operation and successful arts programs co-operation with inmates positive art experiences staff co-operation other successful arts programs , prison structure r prison programs prison routine inmates' routine prisoners' concepts and experiences of time effects of prisonization inmates' world knowledge and mentoring inmate imagery and values inmate ethos chapter five: reflections and recommendations time and prisonization: prison as haven or hell art as psychic resistance resistance to art courses • recommendations for teaching as a volunteer acrtvtty : . . mentoring v t h e j o y o f p a r t i c i p a t i o n : t h e p r o b l e m o f c r i t i c i s m w o r k i n g w i t h a d m i n i s t r a t o r s a c r i t i q u e o f t h e p r a x i s o f r e s e a r c h s u g g e s t i o n s f o r t h e o r y a n d f i n a l l y , a g a l a o p e n i n g a n d a d r e a m r e f e r e n c e s a p p e n d i x i a p p e n d i x ii a p p e n d i x iii a p p e n d i x iv a p p e n d i x v .... a p p e n d i x vi i vi list o f figures figure : gioscia's diagram of temporal states figure : abe's linoleum print vii a c k n o w l e d g m e n t s i would like to thank my advisor, dr. rita irwin for her support from the very beginning. it was she who answered my call to the department of curriculum studies, suggesting i would be "an ideal candidate" for admission to the art education program at u . b . c . , in the spring of . her encouragement and advice since then have pulled me through many of my darkest hours. also, i was privileged to work with dr. stephen duguid, the guiding force behind the correctional education program at simon fraser university, whose formidable experience with prisoner education he was so generous in sharing with me, outside his faculty and university. he supported my findings throughout my research and analysis as a true friend and mentor. thanks also to dr. ron macgregor, who agreed to join my committee the year before his retirement, on top of all his other commitments. tactfully steering me towards greater clarity in my writing and thinking, his comments were always exact and welcome. thanks go to my friends, family and the staff of u . b . c . faculty of education. due to spacial constraints i can name only one here, rosa mastri: without her technical and emotional support, this thesis might not have been realized. the directors of prison arts foundation, gary wyatt and marian otterstrom, arranged for my placement and provided me with art supplies and funds. as important, their comments validated many of my own subjective impressions while conducting the research. lastly, i wish to thank the volunteer inmates at the host institution, who, unfortunately, must remain unnamed. this thesis is written for them. vm chapter one: a proposal for studying art in prisons only your freedom of movement has been taken away, (hobbycraft officer of a british columbia prison, may ) preface the two worlds appear, at first glance, worlds apart: the notion of prisons conjures a closed society where all freedom has been successfully managed and, where necessary, aggressively suppressed. art/artists stand for freedom - of thought and expression, of voice, of mobility if need be, of the dispensing of one's civic duties only as one sees fit, without regard for the petty responsibilities of 'normal' society - that only an elite segment of society enjoys. as if inscribing, via f m broadcast, this divide, the c . b . c . on february , isolated two stories: the first, highlight of the 'arts report', announced a meeting in ottawa of major chiefs of government and the corporate sector to discuss the future of the arts in canada. meanwhile, on the regular news cast, another riot broke out in a midwestern canadian penitentiary: inmates were stabbed and rushed to hospital; reasons for the uprising included double bunking of prison cells. introduction many administrators and teaching staff laud prison art/s programs, citing such intrinsic attributes as inmate interest and the potential for therapeutic effects. as such these effects comprise part of the menu of rehabilitation training and education in the prison milieu. however, an equally vocal and powerful body of correctional staff regard arts in prisons as evidence of inmate coddling (cleveland, ; peaker & vincent, ; szekely, ). the judicious program coordinator must administer carefully between these two mutually antipathetic interests in order to operate a course of equitable access to educational programs and a mutually sustaining work/study environment. by proposing to study a group of inmates in a long-term correctional facility, i wished to understand issues specific to prison art programs. the teaching of art in any situation brings its own constraints and problems; within the prison environment some of these problems are reduced - classroom discipline, for example - while others are exacerbated. it is with respect to the latter set of issues that my research is concerned. the amount of research conducted in the area of prison arts is relatively scant; what does exist is largely contained within the context of adult correctional education. some issues which affect correctional education are: restriction of access to visual artifacts, artists and visual stimuli; security surrounding the appropriateness of material and processes; theft of materials; censorship/self-censorship of imagery; space restrictions (for studio work, storage and display); dealing with emotional consequences and therapeutic management of intense artistic engagement; program timetabling/duration within an open-ended school calendar; and other disruptions to class scheduling and size due to parole, court dates, transfers, visits and lockdowns. in researching art programs in prisons, i intended to concentrate on one aspect in particular, taking into account those aforementioned issues where they occured: the impact of visual art education on prisoner/students' perception of time, paying particular attention to inmates': a) potential for improved ability to deal with time during their sentence; b) change in their experiential conception of time; c) ability to 'suspend' time, by engaging with visual art, 'leaving prison' for portions of the day, thereby mitigating some of the negative effects of prisonisation. prisonisation refers to a complexity of counterproductive effects upon incarcerated people, including institutionalization, forced immersion in an authoritarian environment, and the long-term results of having too much time and too little to do (duguid, ). how i came to study this group of learners kingston, ontario is famous for its correctional institutions. as little information as those high walls admit either way, their presence is unmistakable. from to i lived almost literally within the shadow of kingston penitentiary (now a detention centre). across the street from our house, a large cement fence post reminded us that the neighbourhood was built on former penitentiary farmland. the street around the corner was lined with homes of many penitentiary staff. the correctional staff college was located across from a park at the end of this street; across from the college, on the shore of lake ontario, and sandwiched improbably between an exclusive neighborhood known as alwington place to the east, and the olympic sailing harbour to the west, was kingston pen itself. the summer we moved to kingston ( ), fourteen men escaped from bath (minimum security) institution, exciting panic among all good citizens within a fifty mile radius until, one by one, the escapees were all rounded up. the idea of teaching art iri prison first occurred to me as a pre-b.f.a. student at queen's university, when an instructor mentioned that was what he did during the summer when he was not teaching the open studio course. he was in his late s, had had a couple of significant exhibitions locally, and presented a role model for me. i was intrigued by the danger and the aura of mystery that prisons exuded. here was someone who had been inside and appeared to enjoy the experience. arranging a teaching practicum at a prison was an option in the education program at queen's, although our professor advised us that the experience of being locked up for an entire working day, exactly as the inmates were, was not to everybody's taste: one education student had to be evacuated within two hours, so great was his anxiety over his forced containment. when i returned to kingston on a visit in the spring of , the opportunity presented itself again: a permanent teaching position at a nearby correctional facility was advertised in a local newspaper. i applied, and although the position was filled, i accepted the offer of a summer supply position, working at various institutions in the kingston area. at one of these institutions, which was to become my home base, two summer arts courses, visual art and music, were offered concurrently for five weeks. my impression of the visual art course was such that i thought i could do better, and shared this with the institution's principal, who invited me to submit a syllabus. i was hired for the following summer's art course. i used the situation to construct a pilot study research project, looking at art in prisons. out of that pilot study the present research proposal was born. among my list of friends i can name no convicts or ex-cons. my empathy for prisoners stems from a general empathy for the powerless and dispossessed members of society. this empathy derives, in turn, from a christian upbringing, and has been fostered recently by an interest in buddhism, and neo-marxist liberatory educators and philosophers such as paolo friere( ). professionally, my decision to become a teacher derived in part from experiences as a volunteer counsellor with inner city youth, many of whom had histories of minor offences. for five years i was a member of amnesty international, among whose activities, writing letters on behalf of political prisoners is paramount. for two years i worked part-time as a counsellor in an addiction recovery home for men. although this was not a 'halfway house', most of the residents had been ordered to spend time there as part of, or in lieu of, their probation or parole. part of my job was enforcing curfew. without engaging in the debate as to whether prisoners deserve the sentence they have been handed down, my basic response to the environment that these people must endure is one of deep revulsion. any intervention must be an improvement into the lives of these human beings, for whom a complex assortment of restrictions - social/familial, sexual, intellectual, sensory, and geographic - comprises their lived reality. the sum effect of these privations on the individual has not yet been accurately assessed. benefits of arts programs in prisons while research on prison arts programs indicates real and measurable benefits, different parties involved in prisoner containment and education hold differing views regarding those benefits. peaker and vincent ( ) conducted an extensive survey on arts programs in prisons and young offender institutes in england and wales between and . they distinguished those benefits cited by: a) artists-in-residence and art therapists; b) educational staff, including regular art teachers; c) administrative staff: governors, heads of inmate activities, parole and other uniformed officers, and chaplains; and d) prisoners. this section summarizes their findings. observations of other researchers, teachers and art therapists are included where relevant. a) artists and art therapists: among the benefits to prisoners, those therapeutic in nature are most praised: the arts provide a sense of achievement, a humanizing environment, a sense of internal freedom within the confines of prison, and the opportunity to develop latent skills, thereby improving self-esteem. artists and art therapists view their contact with prisoners as vehicles for increasing prisoners' self-knowledge, via significant emotional contact and opportunities to explore old problems in new ways. joyce laing ( ) considers the expression of the inner psyche as fundamental to real growth. the teaching of art with this emphasis provides prisoners with opportunities for significant rehabilitative gain. piazza ( ; ) finds the work he does with young offenders fosters their awareness of their situation, among whose existential realities include the notion of living under surveillance. art activities can also alleviate tension around stressful periods, such as waiting for parole. end products are valued only insofar as they give inmates tangible proof of an acquired skill and success. art therapists caution against fostering conformity through the pursuit of unchallenging crafts, such as casting from molds, or already attained skills (carrel & laing, ; peaker & vincent, ; uren, ). social benefits are provided through the sharing of equipment, supplies and ideas, working together on projects, and forging links with the outside world. in this sense, artists-in-residence assume the role of ambassador for inmates. the acquisition of an enjoyable skill which prisoners can retain upon release, provides a recreational and vocational benefit (cleveland, ; skelly, ; szekely, ). b) educational staff: the kinds of benefits cited by educational staff fall roughly into the categories mentioned above: therapeutic, social and recreational. arts courses are believed to encourage prisoners in resisting their imprisonment from an intrapersonal level, countering a view common among prisoners that prison life is somehow a suspension of their real lives (szekely, ). prisoners can make decisions, be open to stimuli, take responsibility, make decisions and thereby gain some control over their immediate environments. in young offender reformatories, arts activities are emphasized for the positive occupation and social skills they provide. a tutor at a women's open prison (peaker & vincent, : ), used role play and encouraged skills like dressmaking and soft sculpture. encouraging the participants to take the broadest view of what constitutes art, she elicited the natural creativity of everyone in her class. the inmates took pride in their work and appreciated the opportunity to communicate on a deeper level than in regular classes. prison staff do not unanimously endorse indications of inmate freedom: many take the view that prisons are intended only for punishment: to them, arts courses are further evidence of inmate coddling. meticulous observation of prison policies and regulations, building personal relationships with uniformed staff and keeping them informed of program goals and progress can help the intrepid arts instructor convince prison staff of the value of arts courses (cleveland, ; peaker & vincent, ; szekely, ). from peaker & vincent's survey ( ), commercial benefits encompassed a twofold purpose: the production of goods for a): personal sale and exchange, and b): charities. the latter purpose was considered more valuable. traditional educational benefits applied to arts activities included broadening intellectual boundaries, acquiring alternative learning strategies and skills, and developing creativity and imagination. in general, educational staff evaluated the success of arts activities on a personal effect basis; that is, how well they countered the negative effects of prison life. in this respect, arts were seen as tools by which prisoners could construct positive channels for their energy and emotions. the adult education model - free choice, experimentation and personal responsibility - was emphasized, to counter memories of negative school experiences. c) administrative staff: administrators regard therapeutic benefits as most important. arts activities are considered a help in relieving frustrations, developing self-understanding, self-esteem and skills: painting, for example, enables the constructive expression of aggression. participation in the arts are believed to humanize 'hardened' characters, and offer a means of escape from the more punitive aspects of prison life. one governor (peaker & vincent, : ) cautioned against the potential for therapists and psychologists to misdiagnose, or 'trap' prisoners (identifying personality traits, thereby influencing decisions regarding a prisoner's length and/or condition of sentence). administrators considered any educational benefits of arts programs as part of the general effects of education. staff noted the potential of arts subjects as a means of enticing inmates toward more academic subjects, with which many inmates have had unsuccessful experiences. from this perspective, arts subjects were considered secondary (and therefore expendable) to the more pressing need for adult basic education. another advantage of arts in prisons, social benefits were understood as those which improved relationships, the environment, and the smooth operation of prison life. particularly in young offender institutes, social control was considered a priority. staff and inmates alike welcomed the break in routine offered by arts activities, which constituted for them a recreational benefit. commercial benefits were understood as those that suggested marketable skills, although cash transactions within the prison were discouraged. the governor of a women's prison saw a superior legitimacy in creative art work over crafts, but mentioned the difficulty of encouraging inmates toward these less certain, riskier and messier activities. all but one governor stressed the security and control advantages of traditional crafts and busy-work. this attitude informs many prison decisions, where concerns for security and authoritarian control take precedence over program accessibility (cleveland, ; goldin & thomas, ; nicolai, ; szekely, ). d) prisoners: peaker and vincent's ( ) survey did not include annotated responses from prisoners. the following benefits are inferred from discussions between the researchers and prisoners, observations of, and recorded comments by, prisoners. other researchers' observations are noted as well. prisoners need to be able to mark the passage of time, to keep records of the progress of their sentence. they are constantly addressed and managed as groups; in contrast, the intimate scale of the art class allows them to be treated on a personal level. individual instruction fosters a prisoner's sense of uniqueness, building trust and openness, which in turn may lead to prisoners' greater risk-taking (carrel & laing, ; congdon, ; szekely, ). enrollment in school and especially evening programs may help to break up a prisoner's day, thereby augmenting the sense of the passing of time. bored prisoners with little or no previous art or musical experience will often take up individual activities, especially those that can be easily transported from cell to cell, or from one facility to another. arts classes can also offer a safe and informal common ground where prisoners can communicate with one another with less fear of surveillance. drawing, writing, small model and soft toy making, and playing a small instrument are especially popular. creating a tangible artifact confirms one's existence in an environment that some have described as a state of limbo. for example, in a women's county jail in milwaukee, wisconsin, congdon ( ) found that inmates were compelled to take art for the opportunity it provided them to make something to give to a loved one on the outside. some prisoners will establish contact with family through extensive writing or drawing, intending to pass on or show their collections to relatives. while the prospect of continuing one's success with post-release sales of artwork can be a worthy incentive, prisoners may harbour unrealistic expectations of lucrative careers in art. in this respect professional artists may provide essential career counseling. prisoners' frustration with the lack of contact with other artists, including writers and musicians, may be alleviated as well. restrictions on materials pose a formidable and ongoing constraint. one prisoner described his method of inspiration in terms of a bricoleur. "well you haven't got much to work from in here. you have to use bits of this and bits of that and put them together" (peaker & vincent, : ). the lack of art books and other visual resources in libraries poses a further obstruction to prisoners and visiting artists and teachers alike. policies concerning the clearance of materials can seem inconsistent and unfair to the novice outside artist, unfamiliar with the complexities of prison security. one positive outcome is the shared frustration by teacher and inmate students; thus teachers are welcomed more closely into the inmate ranks, and in their view, further distanced from the 'other'; that is, uniformed staff. where arts activities have been provided, prisoners have championed them. one prisoner appreciated the general therapeutic benefits of the arts. another remarked how his involvement in sculpture helped him expend physical energy in a constructive and creative way. a group of prisoners involved in a multicultural arts week of music and dance described the event as "fun, pleasure, information, release of tension, an escape from day to day life in prison" (peaker & vincent, : ). from the foregoing accounts, it is clear that prisoners do not categorize the benefits of art programs into discreet parameters. these categories, while providing useful distinctions to researchers, become less clearly defined, and overlap more readily, within the prisoners' purview. rather, if they distinguish the various benefits of arts activities at all, they concentrate on the diversionary and possibly gainful outcomes, in the form of tangible items for barter and exchange. prisons. prisoners and time one of the problems that both prisoners and staff, particularly teaching staff, must deal with in prisons is that of time. the typical prisoner's experience of time is qualitatively different from that of the teacher. teachers and prisoners are, however, constrained by a hierarchical system that is based on an understanding of time that undermines both. the severe regimentation of prisoners' routine, imposed by a seemingly indifferent and anonymous administration, automatically forestalls any extended discussions or studio work beyond the allotment of hours parceled out to a class (goldin & thomas, ; otterstrom & wyatt, ). to the novice teacher of art/s, the routine is rendered more unpredictable by the loss of inmate-students due to parole hearings or transfers, or closures of schools due to lockdowns and other security measures. prisoners generally view time spent in prison as something they are forced to endure, in some way separate from the "real" time of their lives on the outside (szekely, ). an exception is the institutionalized prisoner, who may experience more status and meaning within prison than in the outside world. this is the 'professional' prisoner, for whom prison has replaced the free world as home. for inmates, school and work routines break up an otherwise monotonous day. several prison instructors note that inmate students tend to escape 'into' the class, in contrast to regular students who escape out of it (mentally), so much do prisoners appreciate the opportunity to learn (duguid, ; mcewen & martinez, ). locked in their cell at any time between and hours, prisoners experience these unstructured hours as tedious. anything that helps collapse this time is welcomed. at the other extreme, a highly regimented structure, wherein prisoners are constantly shuffled from place to place, forced to wait in line and submit to depersonalizing counts and searches, can have deleterious effects on their self-esteem. lack of personal control over the environment can induce a passive or depressive state with some inmates; others may experience mounting frustrations. violent outbursts often result as the only available stress releaser (mcewen & martinez, ; szekely, ). arts teachers and therapists may also experience frustration with the administration's seemingly high-handed and hierarchical management of prison routines (carrel & laing, ; williams, ). teachers' syllabi need to be flexible enough to accommodate the capricious logic of the prison system. concepts of time - teachers versus administrators while prisoners' daily lives are aggravated by having too much free time on their hands, the typical teacher does not have enough time in a day to implement her or his course. planning, preparation, meetings, extracurricular activities and personal time all vie for attention, beyond scheduled classroom time, in the daily routine of almost any teacher. administrators' increasing demands on teachers' limited temporal resources are receiving consideration as one cause of an alarming rise in teacher 'burnout' (hargreaves, ). prison administrators fare no better in this respect; if anything, the relative isolation and autonomy of the prison system only exacerbates this basic differential experience and management of time, by teachers and administrators. hall's ( ) identification of two opposing views of time: monochrome and polychrome, helps to explain this lack of agreement in temporal understanding. according to hall, monochronic time pervades western civilization; it is embedded in the policies and organization of governmental and other bureaucracies. in this view, time is an objective, rational resource to be carved up and distributed managerially. it is fixed, linear, and external to humanity or anything else (see also hargreaves, ; priestly, ). people who operate from this paradigm delegate responsibility with little regard for spontaneity, change, or subjective, contextual peculiarities. of greater importance to them is the completion of a task within the allotted time: qualitative criteria are obliged to give way to a measurable appearance of success. a predominantly male social construct (hargreaves, ), time's objective aspect can be traced to ancient greece and earlier: greek civilization distinguished chronos, measurable time, from cairos, subjectively experienced time (macgregor, in conversation, ). the enlightenment, with its infatuation with mechanistic inventions, promoted time's carving up into increasingly smaller units through the perfection of chronometers. sir isaac newton formulated these arbitrary divisions into a grand, infallible, mechanistic theory of the universe. despite the discoveries of later physicists, particularly einstein with his theory of relativity, this limited and linear understanding of time continues to predominate in the popular imagination (priestly, ). prison structure and administration, based on the operational schema of military life, which in turn evolved from medieval monastic orders (foucault, ), incorporated the monochronic understanding of time. polychrome time, on the other hand, supports the simultaneous occurrence of a multiplicity of tasks and events. its proponents' experience of time is subjective, phenomenological and situation-based. relationships, quality, character and context take precedence over strict adherence to schedules and the quantifiable appearance of change. quantitatively, time can seem to stretch endlessly (as with prisoners awaiting release) or fly past (as with a condemned man awaiting his last hours before the gas chamber). these two very different mindsets (teachers and administrators) are forced to co-exist and cooperate in large institutions. much of the frustrations that teachers experience, to the bafflement of administrators, arises from these fundamentally opposing world views (hargreaves, ). characteristics of prisoners bearing in mind the danger and arbitrariness of generalizing any social group, certain identifying characteristics can help in understanding how prisoners relate to time. in north america, the majority of prisoners are between sixteen and thirty-five years of age (williams, ). predominantly from the poorest socio-economic classes, few prisoners will have completed high school (speckman, ). in the united states, african- americans comprise the largest single ethnic group, an indication, more accurately, of the racist underpinnings of american justice, as well as the constrained economic conditions of this visible miniority, rather than a predisposition to crime as such. in canada, west indian, aboriginal, middle eastern, and asian minorities similarly constitute larger proportions of the ethnic distribution inside prisons than outside. limited educational and skills resources, marginal literacy levels and scant employment history in regular occupations, handicap the majority of prisoners' opportunities for gainful employment in mainstream society (nicolai, ). two issues vital to the discussion of time in prisons invite scrutiny. first is a shared cultural attitude to time to which many prisoners' backgrounds predispose them: having grown up outside of the bourgeois, monochronic, time-as-money paradigm, they are, so to speak, polychronically-oriented.also of note in this regard, and supporting hall's ( ) thesis, is the relative predominance of non-white cultures that comprise the majority of prisoners in north america. might a significant component of their conflict with society, with its culturally-approved conventions of clock-time (gorman & wessman, ; hall, ; hargreaves, ; priestly, ), be grounded in this fundamentally different temporal understanding? the second issue concerns the excess of discretionary time that many prisoners have had, previous to their incarceration. a function of their reduced employment opportunities or motivation (many have chosen to engage with mainstream economy in only the most opportunistic and illegal ways), prisoners' former leisure times have often occasioned destructive, rather than constructive, activities (garibaldi & moore, ). several recreational instructors and researchers have found prisoners will exhibit very limited leisure time resources and imagination. these researchers believe that constructive use of leisure time is paramount to prisoners' rehabilitation and re-integration into society (garibaldi & moore, ; mccall, ; nicolai, ; mcewen & martinez, ; speckman, ; williams, ). leisure time management is of particular importance as the prospect of worthwhile, steady employment is further limited by a criminal record. approaching a research question the aforementioned issues, briefly glossed over, indicate a need for research in the area of prisoners' experiential understanding of time. there are two dimensions to my enquiry. the first comprises an exploration into prisoners' values and attitudes surrounding their sentence: how do inmates make sense of their world, and how does their perception of time in particular influence their learning? these values and attitudes constitute the matrix of the prisoners' time-related constructs. this question involves two sub-components: long-term and day-to-day. each can be treated as discrete but related categories; for example, how do prisoners define their long-term sentences? what emotions and attitudes do they bring to them? do these attitudes change over time; for example, as prisoners approach the end of their sentence? from my experience working with prisoners, i suspect they will demonstrate a polychronic understanding of time; further, i think that this orientation, insofar as it conflicts with the monochronic structure of prison routine, represents an ongoing source of prisoners' malaise. the second dimension of my enquiry is: do these individuals' perceptions of time change as a result of an immersion in art, and if so, how? might the practice of art in prison enhance their sense of time, not only its quantity, but the quality of time as well? i expect to find evidence of identifiable and positive results from this immersion, with respect to prisoners' experience and understanding of time. significance of this study for art education the relative dearth of literature devoted to researching issues surrounding prison education, and art education in particular, points to a gap in the spectrum of education. without additional research, this stratum of society will continue to be marginalized. prisoners, by their forced containment and shared experiences, comprise a unique culture in society. yet to the general population, this culture remains out of sight. part of the mandate of the criminal justice system is, apparently, to keep prisoners invisible and silent. in the context of postmodern educational theory and praxis, this approach is misguided, anachronistic and inappropriate: it harms the majority of offenders for whom it was established: this suppression of individual voices constitutes a punishment which exceeds the crime. the current trend in prison reform is one of humane containment, as opposed to the former term of rehabilitation. what this means, in lay terms, amounts to an admission of failure, on the part of prison administrators, to rehabilitate prisoners. what is now hoped for, more realistically, is that prisoners end their sentences no worse off than when they began. this is a frank admission of the harm that these institutions perpetuate. this proposed intervention of art immersion is supported by a considerable record of improvement in the lives of the incarcerated. what is astonishing is the continued struggle in which these 'frills' must engage. evidence of positive behavioral change, improved self-esteem and important networking with committed outsiders can be wiped away with the malevolent sweep of an indifferent administrator's pen: another casualty of the overriding concern for fiscal restraint. while prison populations expand, pressuring already limited facilities, their operations budgets continue to shrink. if the arts have anything to offer for the care of the soul, or repair of damaged psyches — and i believe that they do — then the need for these kinds of strategies is greater now than ever before. any research into this cloistered world opens a window in its walls. from this window, prisoners can, with effort and the collaboration of concerned outsiders, make their voices heard. this is a right that all people possess, regardless of their crime or their debt to society.. chapter two: a literary comparison of prisoner survival and sociological theories of time "i... was sixteen years old when i learnt that the hour was divided into minutes. in my village, when the peasants had to travel to town, they would go to the railway station at sunrise and lie down to sleep in the waiting room until the train came, which usually was about midday; sometimes it only came in the evening or next morning. these are the peasants who now work in our factories.... in all other countries, the peasants had one or two hundred years to develop the habit of industrial precision and of the handling of machines. here they only had ten years.... you [comrade rubashov] were given a watch as a child...." (koestler, , pp. - ) this chapter concentrates on two theories of time that i have selected for their relevance to the particular milieu of long-term incarceration and its psychological effects on prisoners. other social researchers and historians who have lent credibility to these authors' works are cited where their findings bear mentioning. the temporal theories that i paraphrase here find their corresponding exemplars in two literary works, thomas mann's the magic mountain ( ) and brothers and keepers, by john wideman ( ). working in the s and s, two sociologists have delineated similar conceptions of cultural orientations to time. edward hall ( ), working from empirically gathered data from the s and s, found that cultures approach time in either of two fundamentally different ways. he identifies these opposing temporal attitudes as monochronic and polychronic orientations. monochrony defines the operative temporal system of world trade, commerce and administration, a quantitative model that parcels out regular, predictable units of time from an otherwise undifferentiated day. within this view, time becomes a commodity, linked with money in a profane industro-commercial union of efficiency, energy and speed. progress is bound up with time, and linked to productivity (the efficient use of time). since the industrial revolution, workers' behavior has been tailored increasingly to fit this technological paradigm. natural rhythms of work, rest and play, and calendar feast days that honored the cycles of nature in agrarian, pre-industrial europe, have all but disappeared. in their place, tight schedules, hourly wages interrupted by crisp, regular breaks, have been implemented to maximize the productive potential of a working day. from factories to hospitals, prisons, schools and government offices, this model has served western civilization without serious disturbance until the counter-culture revolution of the s. leading philosophers such as aldous huxley ( ) and timothy leary ( ) disseminated accounts of alternate experiences of time via eastern mystical disciplines or (for those impatient of the time required) psychoactive drugs such as l.s.d.. a generation disenchanted with their parents' chronometric work ethic began to 'tune in, turn on and drop out' in significant numbers. the revolution did not last. today proponents of the work ethic cast disparaging glances on those who consciously buck its mainstream values. nonetheless, important as this orientation is to northern european and north american cultures, with their short growing season and, consequently, its urgent demand for planning and preparation, monochronism is a learned trait, as piaget ( ), has demonstrated. by comparison, communist civilizations such as the former u.s.s.r. and mainland china entered the industrial revolution much later, between and years after europe, with only to years to catch up with the rest of the developed world. evidence suggests that china is still making adjustments: an acquaintance, recently traveling there, when he asked whether a train was leaving for shanghai at : p.m., was told, "perhaps." what rural chinese culture shares with developing nations, as well as agrarian societies, mediterranean, aboriginal, and hispanic-american cultures, is, according to hall, a polychronic orientation to time. these societies tend to experience time in a more varied and less structured way than their monochronic counterparts. at work, several tasks might be managed at any time, each at a different speed and stage of completion. time has multiple layers, rather than a linear, numeric aspect. this qualitative understanding allows for metaphoric descriptions of time: 'hard time' (a common prison expression), 'good times/bad times,' 'an easy time,' 'big time' and so on (gioscia, ). problems occur when the two temporal systems must operate in tandem. as time and money become increasingly intertwined, highly numerate administrators, adept at balancing budgets and timesheets, are increasingly placed in positions of authority and power. workers lacking a monochronic aptitude become the 'managees', disposable and disempowered. two literary examples of polychronic temporal orientations the authors thomas mann and john wideman, in their respective books the magic mountain (mann, ) and. brothers and keepers (wideman, ), portray two individuals with very different backgrounds: one white, german upper-middle class, the other black, american lower class, who nonetheless share a common orientation to time. the facilities described in these works, the one patho-physiological, the other correctional, share characteristic effects of long-term institutional residency. mann's fictional protagonist hans castorp finds his innate sense of time's cyclic nature supported in the rarefied world of a swiss tuberculosis sanatorium, in the early part of the twentieth century. the two 'incarcerated' men in mann's opus, hans castorp and his cousin joachim, demonstrate opposing attitudes to time, and hence different tolerances of their residency in the sanatorium. wideman presents a personal voyage of self-discovery as he re-integrates his brother's criminal status with his own as a successful author and professor. wideman's distant association with his brother robby, a drug addict forced to steal to support his habit, is dramatically telescoped when the younger brother arrives bleeding at the professor's door after a bungled sale of stolen televisions. this catalyzing moment compels the author to trace the paths of each brother that led them to such different lifestyles. in his search wideman discovers the roots of his identity: his shame and his pride. he fleshes out a portrait of robby that is loving and full of admiration: you were a pinprick of light, a spark whose radiance momentarily upheld the design, stabilized the ever expanding v that opens up to infinity. at some inconceivable distance the light bends, curves back on itself like a ram's horn or conch's shell, spiraling toward its greatest compass but simultaneously narrowing to that needle's eye it must enter in order to flow forth bounteously again. you hovered at that nexus, took your turn through that open door. (wideman, , p. ) in tracing their ancestral links the way an astronomer might search for new constellations, wideman's metaphysics hint at the beginning of creation, of time itself. one of society's conventions, objective, sequential time, had to be set aside if wideman wished to understand his brother: "the usual notion of time, of one thing happening first and opening the way for another and another, becomes useless pretty quickly when i try to isolate the shape your life from the rest of us..." (wideman, p. ). one of the tenets of sequential time, progress, had no meaning to young robby. for him, every day was like another, its main purpose to find the party, to enjoy the here and now. in their mother's words, "every day god sends here robby thinks is a party....he's thinking, where's it at today?...where's the fun?" (p. ). in his carefree disregard for work, with its attendant schedules, appointments and remote payoffs, the young robby resembles that other dreamy youth, the fictional hans castorp, who ... did not keep inward count of the time, as does the man who husbands it, notes its passing, divides and tells and labels its units....but he was arrested by its appeal to the senses. ...by nature and temperament passive, [hans castorp] could sit without occupation hours on end, and loved, as we know, to see time spacious before him, and not have the sense of its passing banished, wiped out, or eaten up by prosaic activity. (mann, , pp. , ) hans' adjustment to sanatorium life is, not surprisingly, quite effortless. he discovers, after a bout of fever, that the passing days are merely "...the same day repeating itself..." (mann, p. ). this same discovery arouses in robby wideman a different reaction: "outside your cell ain't nothing going on but the same old shit. that's what gets to you after awhile. repetition. same ole same ole all the time" (wideman, p. ). robby's background is markedly different from that of hans castorp. both 'characters' reject the rules and rewards of life lived according to middle-class societal expectations. hans, while not having chosen the sanctuary of the sanatorium, has no pressing desire to leave it; sanatorium life suits his temperament. hans has been raised in a comfortable, bourgeois milieu. his rejection of the businessman's calling (at the beginning of the novel, he has just completed his degree as a marine engineer) incurs his uncle's uncomprehending wrath for wasting so much time at the 'house berghof.' neither did robby wideman choose life in prison. the wideman roots are set in the underclass world of the african-american ghetto. john wideman makes frequent references to the narrowness, the lack of opportunities, the near impossibility of escape from this predetermined existence. his mother railed against the biased legal forces that denied her son the basic rights of humanity. she came to understand "...that most of the ugliest things that happen to black people are not accidental but the predictable result of the working of the plan" (wideman, p. ). wideman's blackness is a constant reminder, an inescapable source of embarrassment and anger in the face of white oppression: whenever he must submit to humiliating searches at airports (p. ), or when prison staff harass him while visiting his brother (p. ). his kid brother had long before decided that for him, the only way out of the ghetto was to 'melt the rock', to grasp whatever he could, materially, from its mean streets. robby's attitude toward his birthright seems more accepting than that of john. he played by the rules of the street, and ultimately accepts its odds, prison or death: "if we had made it to the big time it just be a matter of time before somebody off us. wheel's always turning. you can get to the top but ain't no way you gon stay at the top" (p. ). robby has no illusions about crossing those two invisible but inviolable lines, colour and class: "the money ain't nothing. you just use the money to make your play....you throw it away cause it's here today and gone tomorrow....people in the life ain't looking for no home and grass in the yard and shit like that. we the show people. the glamour people.... see, it's rep. it's glamour. that's what it's about.... you make something out of nothing". (wideman, p. ) the geography of time wideman's description of the approach to western penitentiary on the outskirts of pittsburgh, with its setting removed from mainstream society, recalls the geographic remove of that august institution, the sanatorium in mann's the magic mountain. they differ in one significant aspect, however: mann's house berghof (literally, 'high mountain house')is set high aloft in the swiss alps, vertically suspended over the 'flat- land dwellers' with their worldly cares below. here time is suspended: alternately compressed, expanded, or distorted. might mann have had in mind that medieval conception of the vertical intersection of timelessness, via the advent of the son of man, into a western, horizontal temporal alignment (gioscia, )? the possibility is suggested by his many ruminations, as omniscient narrator, over alternative conceptions and metaphors of time. he appears favorably disposed toward the medieval view, "...that time is an illusion, and the real existence of things is an abiding present" (mann, p. ). wideman's western penitentiary is all too earth-bound, removed though it is from normal daily concerns. nonetheless, its inner life follows its own secular schedule: "at some point the rules change. visitors must take leave of the certainties underpinning their everyday lives" (wideman, p. ). as at house berghof, typical rules, implicit in normal society, are suspended: "inside the walls, nothing can be taken for granted except the arbitrary exercise of absolute power" (p. ). earthly powers are thus inverted and recast. unlike the staff at the sanatorium, who reside at the institution, prison staff must return to and from mainstream civilization every day. wideman asks, "how could one world reside so placidly next to the other?" (p. ). robby wideman, raised in a culture whose polychronic values are discounted by the dominant culture, failed at his only socially respectable employment, as a careworker for retarded and autistic children. his innate indifference to strict routines, for example, arriving on time for regularly scheduled shifts, conflicted with the professionals' administration of the organization. wideman sheds some understanding on the culture out of which robby's polychronic aptitude was formed. he admits, "none of us knew how traditional west african families were organized or what values the circular shape of their villages embodied, but the living arrangements we had worked out among ourselves resembled the ancient african patterns" (p. ). each member was granted as much privacy as s/he needed, yet no one needed to feel alone. mothering was shared between all older women, while family ties extended to a wide, all-embracing network. opposed to the wideman's polychronic, multivalent household, the white, middle class ideal of the nuclear family is unitary and finite, its generations discrete. monochronist values flourish more readily in this milieu. synchrony and its variants paralleling hall's construction of two temporal systems is victor gioscia's ( ) theory of vertical time intersecting newtonian horizontal time. he derives his theory from medieval eschatology, which posited the end of human history with the second coming of christ. within this view, 'upward' was the heavenly realm above time, i.e. beyond normal quotidian concerns. below the conventional earth-bound time lay hell. both realms were considered eternal: one reward, the other punishment, for one's thoughts and deeds on earth. similarly, ancient greeks placed their gods high on mount olympus, as, later, law was considered to emanate from on high. in recent years, users of drugs refer to their altered state as a 'high'. the depressive, negative meanings associated with the 'below time' zone of the vertical axis are many: a bad experience makes one feel 'low'; one speaks of being 'in the depths of despair'; one is 'weighed down' by cares; the poor are referred to as 'downtrodden', forming the 'lower' or even 'underclass' of society. sensitivity to time in either the low or high condition places one in a position along a diagonal axis between these two intersecting vectors. thus gioscia's construction of metaphoric understanding/experience of time: figure i: gioscia's diagram of temporal states epichrony (above time) hypochrony (insensitive to time) anachrony synchrony metachrony (behind time) (ahead of time) hyperchrony (overly sensitive to time) catachrony (below time) © victor gioscia, . according to this diagram, people who are overly-sensitive to time, 'hyperchronics', would experience a slowness, a dragging of time. such is the typical experience of the prisoner, whose real punishment consists in the variable quantity of time added to or subtracted from his or her sentence. all too fleeting are those moments when one is truly happy: for example, 'quality time' spent with family and friends, on vacation, during sex or 'riffing' with other musicians, can be occasions which often seem to rush by, unaware as we are of time's passing. one experiences at these times a diminished temporal sensitivity, or 'hypochrony'. these states are located at opposite ends of the diagonal vector. they are not fixed, but fluid, although environment may predispose one to either end of the scale. synchrony describes the realm whose diameters are equivalent: one's personal rate of time is felt_to be in harmony with that of society. conversely, achrony may assume any of four realms: anachrony, wherein one feels one's personal pace to be lagging behind societal expectations or rate as a whole; for example, when one's rate of attainment at work is experienced as falling behind the company's or boss's guidelines. a metachronic orientation, on the other hand, might be used to describe a precocious child or avant-garde painter. workers confronted with technological advancement, without the knowledge required to operate it, would find themselves in a metachronic situation, and may well find their positions declared redundant due to their suddenly anachronistic skills. the company may experience a shortfall of metachronically prepared workers. this is a common scenario today, when rapid advancements in computer and electronic circuitry are displacing technicians, mechanics and front line office staff. as gioscia reminds us, physically mature young men and women must wait until they attain the legal age before they may enjoy the full rights and freedoms of society. gioscia and his colleagues' interpretation of delinquency literature leads them to view this disparity between biological (metachronic) and societal (anachronic) maturation as anachronistic, thus anxiety-inducing, for the adolescent. this understanding helps to explain the case of robby wideman, whose social and sexual maturity developed counter to society's expectations: "these aspirations of love and desire turned on me when i wasn't able to live up to this sweet-self morality, so i began to self-destruct, burning up in my sensitivity, losing direction, because nowhere could i find this world of truth and love and harmony." (wideman, p. ) epichrony is the experience of being 'above' time, when one rises above a situation to take a broader, more distant and detached view of it. philosophers, futurists and visionary politicians will often assume this stance. during periods of epichrony society grants special privilege to those in power, such as declaration of martial law (gioscia, p. ); the war measures act initiated by the trudeau government in may come to mind. in incarceral settings, which have developed and administer their own rules outside of normal society, void of democratic checks and limitations such as those provided by electoral processes, epichronic-style power is arrogated with similar caprice and oppression. wideman makes several references to such occasions in his frequent dealings with prison guards (pp. , , , , - , ). to the catachronic individual, time weighs heavy. life is felt to be unfair, and any hope of improving upon one's circumstances is delimited by few choices and fewer chances. decisions are made by people 'up on high', but the road to that place is too arduous for the catachronic person to reach it. depression, despair and even suicide may result (gioscia, pp. - ). wideman's referral to his ghetto upbringing fits the catachronic domain. his brother tells him: "you know the shit's coming down and it's falling on everybody in homewood....i'm in here but it's still falling on me. it's falling on daddy and mommy and dave and gene and tish and all the kids. falls till it knocks you down." (wideman, p. ) wideman's account of that other arena, prohibited to black americans, assumes a quasi- mythical dimension: if you're born black in america you must quickly teach yourself to recognize the invisible barriers disciplining the space in which you may move....you ignore the visible landscape. it has nothing to do with you, it will never change, so you learn a kind of systematic skepticism, a stoicism,...i can't get to the mountain and the mountain ain't hardly coming to me no matter how long i sit and holler, so i mize well do what i got to do right here on level ground and leave the mountain to them folks think they own it. (wideman, p. ) gioscia describes the catachronic state as a prison. metaphorically or literally, its severely depressive effects are known to be relieved, temporarily, by narcotics, whose users describe their bliss as a 'high', an epichronic realm wherein time seems not to move at all (cheek & laucius, ). the catachronic's propensity for narcotics also sheds understanding on the underworld of robby wideman and his friends, with their habitual escapes via heavy drug use. the body as a site of resistance given robby wideman's background, his drug habit and his subsequent incarceration, it is surprising to find no mention of his using any drugs while serving time. this is not to suggest that it did not happen: both author and subject would prefer, understandably, to present a more flattering portrait. but wideman emphasizes, wisely, alternative forms of survival in prison. ironically, one of the reasons robby functioned well in prison may rest in his never having had to give up a regular, monochronic routine. the typical benchmarks of time's passing - the eight hour working day, the weekend, holidays, visits to relatives and other planned trips - were not part of his reality previous to his incarceration. such mundane events help the monochronized citizen to cope with an otherwise undifferentiated landscape of time, a 'misty abyss', as some prisoners have described it (cohen & taylor, , p. ). pondering the temporal landscape of his sentence, robby assumed a kind of bifocal vision, not unlike that of the long-term prisoners in cohen & taylor's study. they focused partly on the distant horizon, their release date, and otherwise on the quotidian events that filled and passed their days, the moments 'at close range'. the landscape's middle ground was thus scrupulously avoided. like hans castorp, robby wideman seemed at greater ease with his forced removal from a monochronic society than some of his cohorts (wideman, p. - ). never fully submitting to the caprices of prison routine, he maintained his wits and integrity. he put his energies into constructive uses: developing his mind and maintaining his youthful body. resistance to the cruel disruptions of guards and administrators, who would arbitrarily cancel programs, change schedules and single out individual inmates who caught their cruel fancy, required a kind of tightrope mindfulness: "vigilance is the price of survival. ...to pretend you could control your own destiny was a joke" (wideman, p. ). robby's situation bears comparison with the residents of the sanatorium in mann's the magic mountain. unlike monks and nuns, who are privy to a personal communion with their lord, or hippies, who disdain all concepts of past or future, neither prisoners nor hospitalized patients have chosen their solitude, their removal from normal society. these two kinds of 'incarcerees' also share an important existential conidtion with respect to time: bargaining. for patients of the tuberculosis asylum, bargaining with their doctor and negotiating an earlier release date occupies a good deal of their energy (roth, , in cohen & taylor, ). this is the strategy which hans' cousin, the good soldier joachim, uses. in spite of his strenuous physical discipline, none of his efforts win him a single day's shortening of his 'sentence'. his frustration mounts to such a pitch that he ultimately acts on his own, defying his doctor and leaving the house berghof. his choice proves fatal. prisoners are generally told what length of time to expect to spend behind bars. for the long-term prisoner, this knowledge opens up a paradox: to contemplate the entirety of one's sentence becomes unbearable; one prisoner advised another to do his twenty-year sentence "...five years at a time" (cohen & taylor, , p. ). at the same time, the contemplation of one's future release sustains one through temporally undifferentiated days. to alleviate the interminable futurity of this release date, long-term prisoners will devote years of their sentence negotiating, plea bargaining, applying for parole, in order to reduce their sentences: as of this writing,the convicted child killer clifford olsen has been granted the right to apply for parole, under a controversial 'faint hope' clause of his sentence. untenable is the idea that one's life in prison is being played out; one may be serving life, but not one's own. time has been served them as punishment, but someone else's time: their own time has been abstracted by the courts and in its place, prison time is served out like a monetary fine. time becomes a controller, not a resource, to be served rather than used. this abstraction of time may be one reason for the qualitative metaphors prisoners use to describe it: enduring a difficult situation, or when days seem to stretch out endlessly, is known as doing 'hard time'. bothering another inmate with one's own complaints or problems, a prisoner might be admonished to "do your own time, not mine!" one inmate has said, "you try to eat time, rather than enjoy it." (cohen & taylor, , p. ). contemplating his brother's fate, wideman makes similar observations: a narrow sense of time as a material entity, as a commodity like money that can be spent, earned, lost, owed or stolen is at the bottom of the twisted logic of incarceration....by surrendering a certain portion of his allotment of time on earth the malefactor pays his debt to society....prison time must be hard time, a metaphorical death, a sustained, twilight condition of death-in-life....prison is an experience of death by inches, minutes, hours, days. (wideman, p. ) in his historical analysis of modern prisons, discipline and punish ( ), the socio-historian and philosopher michel foucault traces the codification and adoption of monastic habits of discipline by schools, armies, factories and prisons. coeval with a strict application of techniques of mastery over the body, time became increasingly regulated, parsed and systematized. [the religious orders] had been masters of discipline: they were the specialists of time, the great technicians of rhythm and regular activities. but the disciplines altered these methods of temporal regulation from which they derived. they altered them by refining them. one began to count in quarter hours, in minutes, in seconds. this happened in the army, of course:... in the elementary schools, the division of time became increasingly minute;... the gradual extension of the wage earning class brought with it a more detailed partitioning of time. (foucault, p. ) historically, military life was assigned exclusive domain over control of the body: the individual body becomes an element that may be placed, moved, articulated on others. its bravery or strength are no longer the principal variables that define it; but the place it occupies, the interval it covers, the regularity, the good order according to which it operates its movements. (foucault, p. ) outside this 'good order', the worthy soldier joachim founders. no amount of military training can help him. he has internalized not only the discipline but the clocklike, mechano-temporal mode that motivates it (as though the two could be separated!). a carry-over from military regimens, the functioning of prisons retains much of the military ideology, albeit submerged in its present operations. still necessary are the logistics of maintaining control over a large corpus of men or women. only the enemy has changed: those in positions of authority command obedience, but no respect, from their charges; in place of honour and fidelity, a grudging, simmering complaisance. paradoxically, robby wideman's survival consisted in submitting a part of himself to the bizarre order of the prison. he remained intact through a constant vigilance: "robby watched it all. ups and downs. what was consistent was the watching, the consciousness, the vision in which he saw himself as counting, as being worth saving at any cost" (wideman, p. ). wideman laments the sacrifice of his own abilities, considered suspect, in order to gain admittance into the collegiate ideal: '"playground move' was synonymous with bad move. not bad move, but something undisciplined, selfish, possibly immoral" (wideman, p. ). for wideman, a natural propensity for basketball was gradually systematized, broken apart and reassembled, until the 'natural' element was all but deracinated. wideman's experience recalls foucault's medieval scholastics, who conflated morality and physical discipline. central to their coda was the timetable with its principle of non-idleness: "it was forbidden to waste time, which was counted by god and paid for by men; the timetable was to eliminate the danger of wasting it - a moral offence and an economic dishonesty" (foucault, p. ). robby managed an alternate tactic: for him, as for many prisoners, the body represented personal property. the guards and authorities might bend, coerce and restrain it but he was in command insofar as he could shape it; resistance to external pressure was thereby strengthened: "staying in shape is more than recreation. it's a necessity for survival" (wideman, p. ). cohen and taylor critique this dependency on physical exercise as a viable method of countering the deteriorative effects of long-term prison life. one inmate remarked, "some of the prisoners in question would rather put an inch on their biceps than take a year off their sentence" (cohen & taylor, p. ). this sort of physical gain for its own sake indicates a loss of focus; indeed, deterioration may well have already taken place. progress in prison, represented by books read, courses and degrees earned, or inches of muscular girth achieved, must reach a leveling off, as cohen and taylor point out. time, as measured against these milestones, may well appear to be slowing down. but their critique of physical therapy misses a larger, more complex motivation. robby's regimen of one thousand push-ups, which he attained after only six months (wideman, p. ), would serve him no purpose otherwise. at an early stage in their visits, john wideman asks his brother whether he measures his sentence time by the rate of growth in his daughter (p. ). perhaps wideman senses he is missing the point, for he never returns to the analogy. robby allows how he gauges his body's own rate of resistance against that of his elder brother (p. ). robby's index reveals his concern to maintain as much of his original self, when he was sentenced, as he can upon his release. only in this way can he minimize the portion of his life extracted from him. his victories arrive in small but significant episodes: john gloats at the authorities' inability, despite their best efforts, to extinguish his brother's sexuality: "no way it's spozed to happen. prisons are organized to prevent it. he's a man in love with a woman, being loved in return. the gates remain locked but for the moment he's holding the key in his hand" (p ). in this chapter i have deliberately glossed over many other methods of survival/sites of resistance, each as valid as the physical: the consistent flexing of mental energy, via study, keeps one mentally alert. visitors, especially loved ones (as robby was privileged to experience), keep one's thoughts and emotions focused on their future well- being, and hence one's own. other visitors from free society: teachers, guest lecturers, artists and researchers, are reminders of time's passing on the outside, and act as antidotes to gradual,deterioration, or anachrony. the inmates that i met, in the institution where i conducted my research, demonstrated remarkably similar attitudes to those of robby wideman and the inmates in cohen and taylor's study. it is with these men, and their uses of art as a form of resistance, that the following chapters are concerned. chapter three: methodology exactitude is not truth . (henri matisse) methodological orientation given the nature of my enquiry, i decided a qualitative methodology was most appropriate. the qualitative researcher seeks understanding, rather than the proof of a particular hypothesis. the underlying epistemology of qualitative research is naturalistic, as opposed to the positivism that guides quantitative studies (lancy, ). in particular, i thought my investigation would be best served by a case study. prisons are closed societies, which free citizens, on the whole, would prefer to remain out-of-sight. a prison offers the outsider/researcher a unique, self-sustaining environment for study. for the purpose of understanding this group's perception of time, and how art practice clarifies and influences that perception, phenomenology guided my study as well. according to lancy, "phenomenology is best employed in situations that have relatively confined temporal and physical boundaries" ( , p. ). phenomenological research is also open to alternative constructions of reality, an important consideration given the unusual existential circumstances that prison inmates must face every day. elements of ethnography informed my method of enquiry. developed by anthropologists from the beginning of this century, "ethnography, a hybrid activity,... appears as writing, as collecting, as modernist collage, as imperial power, as subversive critique" (clifford, , p. ). as a research method it has guided a number of educational studies (lancy, ; wolcott, ; woods, ). education uses ethnographic methods for different ends from anthropology (stanhouse, in lancy, ). case studies, for example, are aimed at the improvement of practice in educational research. lately, ethnography as a discrete discipline has moved between cultures, neither following anthropology's tradition of mapping the full range of a culture's diversity, nor seeking conclusive, generalizable results (clifford, ). ray rist, an anthropologist, notes that: "the term ethnographer is being applied to people neither trained nor having studied in this methodology. the idea of going into the field and allowing issues and problems to emerge ... has given way to the preformulation of problems..." (in lancy, , p. ). in the spirit of research methodologies which criticize earlier, positivist assumptions, postmodern ethnography acknowledges its artificial nature, with writing being the researcher's predominant method of communication (clifford, ; ; tyler, ). lately, theorists of research methodology admit to a shift in qualitative research communication procedures, notably, the production of text evolving from the observation-writing dyad (researcher-subject) to one of discourse-speech (researcher and researched as co-producers)(jansen & peshkin, ). while ideally i would have chosen this latter approach to research, that is, as a shared activity between myself and the volunteer inmate participants, i abandoned the idea because of the overwhelming difficulties involved with full inmate cooperation. these difficulties, including restriction of access to inmates, the seriousness regarding breaches of confidentiality, and paranoia (shared by inmates and staff) surrounding my intentions as a researcher, are intrinsic to life within prison. as problematic as it is, i assumed the traditional role in ethnography of participant- observer. ideally, this position vis-a-vis the subjects allows one to engage in their everyday activities over a long period of time, and experience first hand the formal and informal processes, schedules and other interactions of a group (woods, ). participant- observation is predicated upon "an ideology claiming transparency of representation and immediacy of experience" (clifford, , p. ). intrinsic to this notion is an emphasis on observation as the primary mode of data discovery. until recently, seeing was preferred over other senses, such as hearing, touch and smell (tyler, ). visual imagery of exotic, oriental cultures was safely 'flattened' and recoloured in order to augment presentation to an occidental readership (barthes, ). traditional anthropological accounts have presented the researchers' data within this one-point perspective framework: alternative expressions and interpretations were conveniently omitted in the interest of the singular, conclusive reading of a given culture (clifford, ; ). as clifford ( ) notes, participant-observation leaves little room for (other) texts. in the past twenty years, authors versed in feminist and neo-marxist theory have challenged this notion, based upon the scientific paradigm of positivist and platonic conclusivity (clifford, ; ; lather, ; tyler, ). their appeals to other constructions of experience, inconclusive results and subjective, reflexive and poetic methods of data gathering have gained influence with the academic disciplines from which they derived. it is with these latter theorists that my presentation is aligned. in particular, i am attracted by the idea of research as an empowering activity for those individuals and societies being studied: a transformational agenda informs my ideology both as a teacher and as a researcher. this rejection of a neutralist stance in research accords with lather ( ), who adapts friere's ( ) cogent remark that education is never value-free: neither is research. intrinsic to this approach - and, ergo, my study - is the notion that theory is discovered through, or 'grounded in' data (glaser & strauss, , in lather, ). in practice, the participant-observer's outsider status is never completely forgotten; nonetheless over time one manages to penetrate one or two layers of access to the inner levels of operations of a society. woods ( ) posits three layers of access: ) the outer, or public face such as that which one encounters during 'open houses'; ) the natural, everyday business as long-term visitors are gradually trusted and accepted more; and ) 'deep penetration,' to the vitals of an organization, as key subjects take the researcher into their confidence. unlike wolcott's ( ) classic account, restrictions of access and security concerns circumscribed the 'participant' aspect of my researcher status: for example, experiencing all aspects of the lives of this group of men, such as eating, sleeping, programs and recreation on a day-to-day basis, was unfeasible. educational research often takes place in institutions 'under siege': the sense of vulnerability that an outsider/researcher induces may throw up a wall of resistance (lancy ). one's motives are suspect, one's allegiances are questioned, and proper etiquette is learned after the fatal faux pas has been committed (scott, , in lancy, ). these exigencies in many ways could summarize the varying degrees of access and liberty i experienced at the institution to which i was assigned. as with the administrators of many institutions, i had the impression that there was some anxiety that my research findings would amount to evaluation. the pilot study during the summer of i was hired to teach at a medium security correctional facility in eastern ontario. i was responsible for two grade ten level art classes lasting five weeks. one of the classes was composed of english as a second language students, the majority of whom came from vietnam. i used this opportunity to set up a pilot study with the inmates. my intention was to find a particular aspect to consider within a general study of prison art programs. initially i wished to investigate what effect(s), if any, art had on inmates' self-esteem. my hunch was that it would improve within the structure of an intensive immersion in art practice, relieving some of the deleterious effects of incarceration. three inmates agreed to be interviewed, twice; one of them opted to drop out of the study after the first interview. the comments that both of them made, separately, during the second interview intrigued me: both expressed a desire for more time to spend on their art work. this apparently innocent remark presented a paradox: i thought that the last thing anybody serving time for a sentence wanted would be more time, in any form. yet it made sense when i recalled the level of engagement that i witnessed when teaching the men: for the early classes of this pilot study i prepared a number of drawing lessons designed to sharpen the inmates' skills in observation. on one or two of these occasions i joined the men in the esl class. my rushed, anxious tempo relaxed as i became absorbed in my drawing. one inmate told me that i should allow them more time to complete their drawings: i was always rushing them. this man (the most gifted artist in the class), was also the most articulate in english. now that i was immersed in what the others were doing, i understood his criticism. as a teacher, despite my own practice of drawing and painting, i had no concept of the amount of time required for students to engage in this form of mental and physical activity: the completion of these drawings could not, under any circumstances, be imposed by any external agency; each unfolded at the inmate-artist's own pace, according to his internal 'schedule'. most of the men in the art classes showed a similar focus, a nearly palpable like-mindedness. from other classrooms the students would file out, and wait in the halls for the gates to clear at day's end, but not those from the art class. these men had to be pried almost physically from their seats, and rushed to vacate the school area by hours. from interviewing the two volunteer inmates, i was intrigued enough that i thought further investigation was warranted into the phenomenology of these unique learners: how does time affect them and how do they see it? and what are the effects of art practice on (these) long term prisoners, particularly with regard to their attittudes and perceptions of time? the study the five-week art program i taught at the eastern ontario facility that summer gave me a structure for gaining entry into another prison site, in the lower mainland of british columbia. while setting up a course of instruction for the purpose of studying a social group is highly artificial, it is considered acceptable to a case study (creswell, ). the differences inherent in the two sites would have made a comparative study difficult: in the first situation, i was invited, and paid to teach a credit course within the auspices of the institution's school, during regular program hours. unlike the eastern ontario institution, the staff and inmates who comprised my longer study (see below) were as strange to me as i was to them. more importantly, the art course at the second institution was delivered during the inmates' leisure time. some comparisons between the two sites, related to this qualitative difference, emerge throughout the data discussion of chapter four. site selection between myself, the director of the correctional staff college for british columbia, and the coordinators of prison arts foundation, we decided upon an appropriate institution. the major constraints guiding my selection were: proximity to the site from u.b.c. (for example, william head, on vancouver island, was too inaccessible for commuting, twice a week, for three hour classes), existence of an ongoing hobby/arts and crafts program on the site, and risk factor of the inmate population. the staff college director took my letter of proposal (see appendix i) to the directors of the prison arts foundation, who in turn distributed it to three institutions. although i told the college director i had no aversion to higher security institutions, relating my experience in eastern ontario prisons, no maximum security institutions were considered. my original intention was to visit an existing art program, perhaps contributing a lesson at the invitation of the resident art instructor, and simply observe. this plan had to be abandoned, when the correctional staff college director informed me that there were no ongoing courses in art at any institution in the lower mainland. in order to stay with my intended enquiry, i was compelled to offer one, thereby assuming the dual role of teacher- researcher, an artifice which, as the course unfolded, became increasingly problematic. the facility selected was a large medium-security institution, built in the mid- s. the compound sits on a majestic spread of land overlooking the fraser valley, at the edge of a rural town which maintains a predominantly white, christian, working class ambience, despite a visible influx in recent years of southeast asian immigrants. the facility consists of a complex of low-lying structures, linked by semi-open walkways: they are covered, with one side open to landscaped enclosures. this 'open wall' is secured with a chain-link fence spanning the entire height of the walls, greatly reducing the possibility of escape. from outer offices, classrooms and meeting rooms, one can see verdant pastures and distant hills, reinforcing the dire sense of confinement inside. two rows of chain-link fencing, about four metres high, topped with razor ribbon and barbed wire, and interspersed with guard towers, surround the complex of buildings. study population the group of potential volunteers was comprised of up to fourteen men, differing in age (from mid-twenties to mid-forties), personality, background (ethnic, geopolitical, economic, educational) and belief system. these men were notified of the art course by a posting announcing its date and duration. i asked alicia, the social development coordinator to distribute the announcements throughout the prison on my second visit there. i came to offer a brief art lesson in the hope of generating interest in the course among the men. many of the original participants later dropped out of the course, and others 'dropped in', rendering the original cohort somewhat difficult to track. for the greater part of the course, around six inmates regularly attended. timeline dr. stephen duguid, one of my thesis committee members, advised a timeline of twelve weeks for the duration of the art course/site study. this would give me sufficient familiarity with the site and the volunteer participants; also, i hoped that this term would allow enough time to uncover the phenomena i was seeking, that is, any evidence of art making as a coping mechanism in the harsh environment of a medium-security prison. to investigate the volunteers' perceptions of time, i had to rely on the interview format to direct attention to this query; other evidence, such as behaviour, or spontaneous expressions indicating their attitudes to time, would be more difficult to discern, given the limited time and access i had with the inmates: three hours, twice a week. the art course ran in toto from late may to mid-july, being canceled at the mid- point. up to that time i had spent a total of six weeks in succession, at six hours per week, at the site. the surprise cancellation signaled the end of my field data gathering, and shifted the focus of my enquiry: the feeling of being unjustly 'de-invited' spurred me to reflect on the dynamics of my interactions both with the inmates and with staff. data collection procedures in order to maximize the validity, and ensure accuracy of observations, i took the following approaches: ) preprogram questionnaires - given to all participants; ) field notes - primarily of my interactions with staff and inmates, descriptions of the physical site and structure, and reflections on my role as researcher and teacher; ) interviews - with inmate-participants and with other art instructors who had experience working in incarceral settings (namely, the directors of the prison arts foundation); and ) analysis of documents and artwork relating to the project. these included reports concerning interactions with inmates, volunteer and visitor orientation materials (including videotapes), and inmates' artworks. with these last items, 'analysis' is understood as formal, aesthetic description, rather than any psychological interpretation, which i am in any case unqualified to give. as the course i offered was not for credit, the issue of evaluation is moot; nonetheless, my experience as a teacher and maker of art at times influenced the kinds of observations and remarks i made about the inmates' art work. on the whole i have attempted to alert the reader to my formalist bias whenever it informed my evaluations. ) questionnaires: the questionnaire was distributed during the beginning of the third evening's class, and took about twenty minutes to fill in. as with all new art students, i wished to know the inmates' formal and informal experiences as makers and consumers of art. here 'consumer' is understood to include not only purchaser, but witness: for example, somebody who attends a visual display of any cultural event, such as an art gallery, museum, zoo or automobile show. personal background questions were avoided as i considered them intrusive. the questionnaire was two pages in length, with mostly open-ended questions, beside which, underlined blank spaces encouraged short phrase- type answers. to identify their experiences as art consumers, i supplied a list of specific venues, with instructions to check off ones that they had attended, and an additional space, underlined, to add any others not on the list. (see appendix ii.) the signing of names, which all participants did, was optional. ) field notes: the collection of field notes constitutes the bulk of the data i collected. for recording observations, i made notes in the evening after a particular class, or the following morning. on occasion, i was unable to make entries until a day or more had passed. naturally, some bias with interpretation of a situation is inevitable. this bias may be exaggerated by the increase in passage of time between the occurrence and its recording. if the narrative that my notes formed shows myself cast in the role of protagonist, that is an admission of subjectivity which it would be hypocritical to discount, or attempt to diminish. save descriptions of the most neutral, unpopulated areas, my observations are concentrated upon those interactions i had with inmates and staff. despite having several opportunities to do so, only once or twice did i endeavor to record observations in class. the few points i jotted in were filled out after class. m y self- consciousness when i attempted this was acute. i had the impression that the inmates were aware of my furtive entries, although they showed no notice. having experienced this situation, wherein i was coolly observed and written about, from a distance of perhaps ten meters, among preschool children, i find this method of social science data collection to be intrusive and paternal. a north american native woman has described a similar feeling of being almost violated, when a female anthropologist made notes whilst observing her enjoying an intimate moment of hair braiding amongst her female companions. (unfortunately i cannot locate this source.) similarly, postpositivist ethnographic theorists have begun critiquing this commonly accepted practice of field data gathering (lather, ). for this reason i rejected the tradition of taking notes in the midst of the study population. instead, i have relied on my imperfect ability to remember conversations, unusual behaviors and common practices of the inmates. when i wrote about a class immediately afterward, i found that my notes tended to be more pithy and direct. even the distance in time of a single night worked itself into my memory, in the form of more discursive and introspective prose, more attention to my emotions at the time, and more inductive conclusions. if this constitutes a fault of field collection, then i am in error. while i consider my visual and auditory memory unusually sharp, nonetheless, contrary to warhol's expressed wish, we are not machines. ) interviews: the interviews i conducted primarily focused on the inmates' backgrounds as hobby and art practitioners, as well as their attitudes to, and experiences of, time.as preconstructed interviews are considered incompatible with a phenomenological stance (lancy, ), the questions were designed to allow for a discursive style of conversation, and any probing that i thought might be necessary. the questions i chose to elicit their attitudes to time (see appendix iii, questions - ) were broad enough to allow the inmates to philosophize as far as they were comfortable, yet pinned to their every day realities. interviews took place once, after the end of the course. this represented a change in my plans, outlined on the volunteer consent form (appendix iv), to have two interviews. i had intended to interview the men either singly or in pairs, in the art room, while the rest of the men were busy with their art work. because the art course was canceled before i could set up a schedule for the first set of interviews, i had to return to the institution about two weeks after the last class. the interviews took place during one evening's regular visitor hours in the visitor and correspondence area, from hours to hours, within the institution where i had held the course. as three inmates had agreed to meet with me, i had to allow a maximum of minutes for each interview; this would allow time to 'wind down', during which time i could debrief the inmates as to the categories of my questions, and we could chat informally about sundry matters. of five inmates who had initially agreed to being interviewed, two rescinded. another would not allow me to tape record his answers. this person arrived late (he was the last of the three) and as a result our interview was cut short by the termination of visiting hours. an earlier interview took place toward the end of the course, when two of the more outspoken inmates approached me spontaneously to interview me. i made brief notes on the spot, and used the occasion to reflect upon the artificial nature of the research i was conducting. other, informal interviews occurred when inmates casually approached me to talk during class, or susan, the acting hobbycraft officer, would share some item of information about an inmate or prison routine. ) documents and visual material: collection of documents is restricted in a medium security correctional facility. on one occasion i asked for a copy of an incident report form. the hobbycraft officer told me that was impossible. other documents i was able to look at included several manuals for orientation of volunteer and other temporary staff, including a small book published by canada corrections, entitled games criminals play. (date and author unknown). the orientation material included three videotapes. these materials are described in detail in chapter four, under the section "staff resistance: access and orientation". the other 'documents' are the art works of the inmates, which are described in context throughout chapter four. data analysis once the last day's field notes were gathered, and the interviews transcribed, i sifted through a randomly chronological account of the proceedings of the art course. this account comprised careful notations of each day's events, including all telephone conversations, shopping for supplies, records of all expenditures, conversations with my thesis committee and with the directors of prison arts foundation. not every lesson day reaped the same amount of writing: some situations lent themselves to 'thicker descriptions' than others. the sum total surpassed pages of rough notes: handwritten, in a small field notebook; and typed on a word processor. as i read through the narrative, i would underline or jot down some of the concerns - mine, the inmates, and those of the staff, - that came up time after time. these concerns began to repeat certain themes, gradually clustering around the eight themes introduced in chapter four. by the time three or more themes began to appear, i decided a greater range of colours to highlight the themes was required. my choice of colours followed no symbolic association, but was motivated by the range of hues available in highlighters. as each theme was assigned a certain colour, the notes soon took on a rainbow hue that not only announced the number of themes throughout, but graphically depicted the complexity of issues which, overlapping, jostled for prominence: a single sentence was often shot through with as many as three colours. deciding which of the themes should take precedence became a demanding and time-consuming task, one which often ended in a kind of impasse; the result was a tendency to repeat an incident at different places in the body of the discussion of data findings (chapter four). once hard copies of the entire transcripts and notes were broken down under the appropriate theme headings, i cut and reassembled them on to fresh paper. some of the notes with overlapping colors were used in more than one section, but generally, where three competing themes occurred, one would predominate. ultimately i had several sheets of each of eight colors. the section/theme entitled "security and space" began as two separate categories, but for want of more evidence, i decided to collapse them into one: as they were concerned with the "hard" data of the institution, that is, the non-negotiable issues of security that are intrinsically connected to the physical plant and its operation, i felt the proximity of these two themes warranted their joining together. each theme, as i sifted through the (reassembled) notes, gave rise to minor themes; thus sub-headings are found under each of the larger headings of chapter four. from there i arranged the themes into a sequence that corresponded as much as possible with the original chronology of the study. i sought to maintain a narrative flow to the data presentation: this is my preferred 'style', in writing, and one i felt would best serve all t parties involved in the story/ies that unfolded. particularly as my compromised research efforts formed the thrust of the narrative, i thought this approach would work best as well. otherwise, i have avoided the tendency to present the data in a general, ongoing manner, with the following exception: if an inmate told me of a particular habit, or attitude, that is prevalent in the institution, i would use his revelation as authority. as i sought greater understanding of the inmates' perceptions, my tendency was to take their remarks at face value - provided they did not seem too unlikely - rather than the opinions of staff. often an inmate's revelation would find its support in some of the accounts of other art instructors, via the directors of prison arts, from conversations with professor stephen duguid, who has had considerable experience researching in prisons, or in the published literature. at the same time i have taken care to assign credit to the individual inmate- authority, whenever making any generalizations. many of the 'leftovers' (the uncoloured notes) from the raw data had to do with feelings, insupportable suspicions and other emotions i was going through at the time of writing. i excluded most of these notes in my analysis, largely because they were secondary to the larger concern, which was with the inmates' lives. to deny that what followed was as much my story as theirs would amount to a kind of lie. nonetheless, i intended the presentation to reflect a more balanced view, which one arrives at, often, only through time. by reducing the extreme aspects of my own subjectivity, yet including a large quantity of first-level data, i follow woods' ( ) prescription to researchers, in order to permit readers to draw their own conclusions, and feel (or not) their own vicarious emotions. bias and subjectivity in the above admission i realize i am entering a contentious arena, the issue of subjectivity. once thebete noir of positivist research methodology, subjectivity has been steadily gaining credence in postmodern research practices. it is closely aligned with another thorny issue, bias. together these aspects of sociological research are receiving overdue attention as feminist and postpositivist research theorists address new approaches to research praxis in the spirit of postmodernism (clifford, ; jansen & peshkin, ; lather, ; tyler, ). the following discussion is intended to situate my approach within this literature. once considered a methodological weakness, which the scrupulous researcher exorcized in the collection and presentation of data, subjectivity is now understood as a necessary component of qualitative research, particularly in its epistemological and methodological aspects. shipman ( ) reminds social researchers that not only one's hypothesis, but one's discipline, education, value system and personal philosophy will direct the kinds of observations that one seeks, makes, and writes. jansen and peshkin ( ) add that one's social class, gender, sexual orientation and ethnicity are factors which together predispose the researcher to certain findings; these factors can and should be admitted as biases early on, in order to alert others to the nature of the conclusions presented. agar (in jansen & peshkin, ), asks ethnographers to state the nature of their biases, and how they can document the way they operate. he notes that ethnographers shape the responses of subjects. rubin (in jansen & peshkin, ) reveals her freudian training in clinical psychology, in asserting that it is our personal experiences which shape all knowledge. as she points out, lack of awareness of our own subjectivity traps us inside that subjectivity. bias and subjectivity result from interactions between the researcher and the researched, according to ginsberg and matthews (in jansen & peshkin, ). similar to rubin, they laud this intersubjectivity, finding its roots in the psychoanalytic process of transference and countertransference. subjects may, according to this view, act upon researchers in unexpected ways, as they (researchers) substitute for various figures (authority, parent, and so on) in the subjects' lives and histories. researchers may find the setting and the subjects conjure long-forgotten feelings and associations, which will influence their emotions while in the field, and shape their conclusions in the presentation of data. roman and apple (in jansen & peshkin, ) adopt a materialist-feminist approach to ethnography that ): is antipositivist in the relationships between theory and data and researcher and researched; ): credits the subjective experiences of researchers; ): addresses underlying power issues that affect access to, and rapport with, subjects; and ): acknowledges the researcher's own class, ethnicity, gender, age and sexual orientation. each of these four aspects of subjectivity influenced the process of data gathering in which i was engaged. they surface in context in the data discussion in chapter four, and are discussed in detail in chapter five. because of the methodological question i had prepared, concerning the issue of inmates' perception of time, i was sensitized to any remarks the inmates made with regard to that area. as their remarks were generally offered only after my direct prompting, many of the observations i made in the course of the time i spent at the institution, involved other issues. where my deeper biases and personal credos surface, i hope i have alerted the reader to how they have guided my observations. some of these biases will surface more conclusively, in the final discussion of the data in chapter five. other biases may resist my active scrutiny, remaining buried in my unconscious. names and language i have changed the names of all the participants, staff as well as inmates, with the following exceptions: myself, gary wyatt and marion otterstrom (with permission), the latter two representing prison arts foundation: while they had some involvement in the progress of the course, their reputation as experts in arts programs in prisons lends authority to my discussion of other art/s programs and the accounts of other artists and instructors, (see 'cooperation' section, chapter four). also, i interviewed them beyond the confines of the institution, in order to validate some of my experiences. other proper names i have kept belong to published writers: alan duff and susan musgrave. the names i have chosen for the inmates parallel as much as possible their real names, and where applicable, the ethno-linguistic source, as a way of indicating the various ethnicities of the participants. i retained the use of surnames for the two most powerful mandarins, messrs. hyde and sandstone, not because i did not learn their first names, but i felt their lofty, distancing airs were better suggested through keeping this formal term of address. the institution i was assigned to is nameless, in accordance with the guidelines of the u . b . c . ethics review committee. at the same time its general location renders complete anonymity difficult, as logistical details are relevant to the problems i encountered and other issues that are raised. i have identified one institution, william head, as its reputation as a comfortable, minimum security institution is relevant to issues i raise in chapter four. in the data discussion i have tried to maintain the kinds of language i used and the expressions the inmates preferred. the inmates were surprisingly articulate, informed and generally polite. in the body of the data discussion (chapter four) the reader will find several instances where the inmate or staff person speaks in quotations. other than where indicated, these quotations are not verbatim transcripts of tape recorded interviews. this license on my part approximates more accurately the speaker's voice, than the awkward use of qualifiers, such as 'that' or 'whether', as in: x asked me whether i wished i could have thrown him out, versus: x said, "don't you wish you could throw me out?". there is a sense of immediacy conveyed by the use of quotations that is missing in the more 'correct' rendering. whose voice? having said the above, i admit the issue of speaking on behalf of these men is problematic with respect to paraphrasing often disenfranchised members of society. alcoff ( ) asks social researchers to consider this issue whenever we collect and present data that purport to stand in for the voices of the subjects of our research. she points to the contention surrounding such traditionally vaunted practices of speaking on behalf of others in anthropology, when summarizing and translating into writing the spoken words of one's subjects. more and more often, the silent 'other' is claiming centre stage, demanding to be heard in her or his own voice. since the admission of gender studies and other postmodernist, inclusionary guidelines in academia, notions of author, authority and authorization are being constantly challenged and revised. in educational research, speaking about and speaking for others, namely children, has been an assumed right, understood as having similar dominion to the rights of parents over their children. prisoners' access to self-expression in some ways mimics that of children; their right of speech, among other freedoms, has been seriously curtailed subsequent to their conviction. combined with a typical history of restricted educational opportunities, prisoners are doubly handicapped in the opportunities to communicate their stories and points of view. the literature on prison life spans a continuum of empathy and understanding, from the first-person accounts of prisoners (boyle, ; caron, ; leary, ), through varyingly empathetic field accounts of socio-anthropologists, journalists, teachers and social workers, (carrel & laing, ; cleveland, ; cohen & taylor, ; liebman et al, ; peaker & vincent, ; piazza, ; ; szekely, ), into a broad field of legal, medical and psycho-sociological literature of deviance (see references in foucault, , and harris, ), to antipathetic and simplistic publications by authors whose authority is highly questionable. one of these last publications, a slim book entitled games criminals play (author and date unknown), is discussed in chapter four. other than the first person accounts, few of these authors speak in a voice that any prisoner would heartily endorse. for one reason, the use of jargon pertaining to that author's field of enquiry denies access of understanding by the uninitiated. for another, distribution of relevant, up to date material is restricted within the institutions by administrators who are often as much the subjects of sociological study as the prisoners themselves. these realities of inmates' existence support, in part, a justification of speaking for them, while maintaining constant vigilance over one's intentions, and the ultimate ends or purpose for engaging in the discourse. to simply retreat from the discourse, as many members of the disempowered would have us do, is to abnegate a social responsibility belonging to members of a minority of educated citizens with access to corridors of power (alcoff, ). the issue of responsibility cannot be overstated whenever researchers deem to tell the stories of those they would study: even the power imbalance implicit in the researcher-subject relationship implies a dominance on the part of the researcher, a throwback to the positivist era of scientific rationality, when the doctor would study and diagnose the patient (the subject as object). the research methods i adopted took the form of a dialogue, in which i played a central part. in the subsequent textualization of this 'event,' understood in foucault's ( , in alcoff, ) term as including speaker, words, hearers, location, language and so on, i have tried to fix the momentary, the specific and the incidental, and to avoid the general and the hearsay. in so doing, i wish to present anything but a conclusive document. to describe my account as a 'speaking to,' in alcoff s sense, suggests the existence of an ongoing discourse in prisoner-staff and prison-society relations, in which inmates and ex-inmates freely take part. unfortunately, there is yet scant evidence of this situation in prison research, even in the advent of deconstructionist, inclusive political and academic writing. for example, inmates are denied access to internet as well as mobility which members of a free society take for granted. the coda, 'nothing in, nothing out' refers to control and censorship of information as well as material contraband. i am therefore compelled to speak, to a certain extent, on behalf of the men whose lives i touched and who touched mine. reciprocity ideally, the more feedback a researcher obtains from subjects, the better: the desired quality in postmodern ethnography, of true discourse, as opposed to a singular monologue, is approached more closely, the more inclusive one's methods of data gathering (clifford, ; lather, ; tyler, ). while reciprocity in field work has been known to generate rich data (wax, , in lather, ), the opportunity to show one's data to the subjects themselves is problematic in a prison situation. volunteer participants may rescind their cooperation without notice, a condition i found quite common in a correctional facility. inmates often wish to present themselves in their most appealing image, and my fear was that, should i return the transcripts of the interviews we had, one or two of the respondents might have wished to alter, or withdraw, relevant passages. admissions of illicit drug use in prison, for example, probably comprised the most sensitive passages, from a punishment concern; for me they indicated evidence of theories of time that i was seeking. my other concern with sending copies of transcripts to the volunteer interview subjects was the possibility of information leaking to the wrong people, namely staff who might seize such documents to use against those inmates, or other inmates who might feel implicated, and exert some form of retribution of their own. none of the men i interviewed had anything to say about their mates, one way or the other, but i thought the chances of the transcripts falling into the wrong hands was too great a risk to take. for this reason i regret the circumstances that prevented what i had hoped for, a true sharing of tales, in the narrative i have constructed. by whose approval, whose authorization, then, do i presume to render the accounts of these men's lives? i do not wish to present a generalizable summary that would speak for the experiences of all male inmates in canada, or even british columbia: i assume no comprehensive understanding of each of the inmates' plights, among the men i was privileged to meet and work with.what i describe instead is a specific situation that occurred over a period of time, roughly two months. readers with any involvement or interest in the life of prisons will, i hope, recognize something of their experience (the former group), or imagine what it was like (the latter group). in this way i hope to add to the literature that speaks about, not for, those who would be denied any voice at all. validity as with other aspects of research formerly considered sacrosanct (such as objectivity), postmodern and antipositivist theorists have lately criticized validity, especially within qualitative research methodology. the former, quantitative model of validity, which proponents of qualitative methodology adopted in their early practice, corresponded to a psychometric paradigm in which reliability and generalizability were entwined, and shared equal importance (kvale, ). validity gained credence as a process for developing sounder interpretations of observations. the positivist notion that there is a one-to-one correspondence between elements in the real world and our knowledge of it has few serious supporters today. in cronbach (in kvale, ) noted that one problem with validity is that 'value-free standards for validity' is a contradiction in terms. recent practitioners such as lincoln and guba (in kvale, ), reinterpret validity to reflect the particular, the vernacular and the personal, with a focus on daily life and narrative. accordingly, truth can be ascertained in several ways, among which are trustworthiness, credibility, dependability and comfirmability. kvale describes three aspects of validity that are pertinent to postmodern methodology: craftsmanship, communication and action. as a form of craftsmanship, validity is ongoing, entrenched in the process of research through continual checking of one's findings: analyzing sources for biases, following up hunches and surprises, and getting feedback from informants, to name but a few methods. i have alluded to my problems with obtaining feedback from the inmates; as a way of validating many of my experiences, particularly with staff, i sought the opinions of other practitioners in the field of prison education, namely the directors of the prison arts foundation and professor duguid. the communicative approach to validity relies on a negotiated understanding, whereby theories and impressions of reality are shared, debated and ultimately agreed upon: "with the conversation as the ultimate context within which knowledge is to be understood, the nature of the discourse becomes essential." (kvale, , p. ). eisner ( , in kvale, ), supports the personal, literary and poetic as valid sources of knowledge. kvale describes two main approaches to communicative validity, transactional psychotherapy and philosophical discourse. my own interactions with the inmates and with staff suggested both of kvale's domains; ultimately, however, the narrative i have constructed is my own: missing from kvale's prescription is the role of impartial witness. i have tried to minimize the most obvious distortions in my account; other participants would surely differ in theirs. kvale delineates one ultimate aspect of postmodern research: action. he describes this end result as a pragmatic validity. in this neo-marxist orientation, the relevance of research findings lies in their ability to effect change. knowledge as action supersedes mere observation. according to kvale, communicative validity has an aesthetic aspect; that of pragmatic validity is ethical. truth according to this view involves taking whatever action is required to produce a desired result; hence ethics and values are summoned. from a psychotherapeutic dimension, "...research and treatment go hand in hand." (freud, in kvale, , p. ). in the larger socio-political arena, the impact of these changes necessitates the cooperation, if not consensus, of the wielders of the instruments of power. lather ( ) supports a similar approach to ethnography which she calls 'empowering' (after friere, ) and participatory research. her concern is with research as praxis; its ultimate aim is transformation and emancipation. the preceding discussions of validity and subjectivity did not explicitly guide my research; nonetheless they support the methodological approach that i followed in my data gathering. the following chapter describes the extent to which i was able to implement that approach, and what i discovered as a result. chapter : discussion of data collection: eight themes from the field notes i gathered and the interviews held, both with the prisoners at the visitor control area, and with the directors of prison arts foundation, eight themes emerged. this chapter has been organized around those themes. they are: ): researcher/teacher dilemmas: ): security and space: ): staff resistance: ): inmate resistance: ): confrontations: ): co-operation and art/s programs that work; ): prison routine and time management: and ): inmates' world. i have arranged them according to a logic of deeper levels of penetration, to paraphrase woods ( ), rather than following a strict chronology.within each theme is a subset of other themes, or issues. for example, under "art/s programs that work", i have included other arts programs, such as theatre and creative writing, that have succeeded in other correctional settings. any observations i was privy to, other than those concerning the most neutral, 'fixed' areas (such as physical space and routine security checks), were in reference to interactions between me, staff and prisoners. many of their remarks were promted by my presence. as well, during the interviews after the dissolution of the course, i found occasions where the inmates appeared to want to give me the 'correct' or safe answer. some observations will appear in two or more categories: prisons are fluid environments in spite of the hard surfaces and highly visible boundaries that contain them. schedules change, inmate populations rise and fall, with constant adjustments being felt as so many ripples across a wide sea of programs. staff are promoted, transferred, and relocated within a particular institution. some of this sudden change in routine is deliberate: guards' shifts are constantly juggled, for example, in order to reduce staff s predictability, particularly those who might be perceived as weaker, more open to manipulation, by prisoners. wherever observations are deemed to straddle two themes, the reader will be alerted, and may find them continued under the appropriate theme heading. researcher/teacher dilemmas entering an institution as both teacher and researcher introduces a dual function: the roles may at times harmonize; more often they are in opposition. to the prisoners, the researcher role is never ignored, and casts a shadow of suspicion over the teacher role, however nobly one dispenses one's duties in that capacity. this section is intended to illustrate some of the tensions inherent in this dilemma. i have organized them around the following concerns: 'instructional/curriculum dilemmas', 'enrollment and attendance', 'materials and logistics', and'conflicting roles: researcher versus teacher'. instructional/curriculum dilemmas this category includes any instance when the art course conflicted with the inmates' values and previous learning. having a background as an instructor of secondary level art in public schools, i esteem those building blocks of visual grammar, the elements and principles of design. for an early class, i asked the men to examine the effects of one of the elements, value, and how it could be manipulated in their drawings. on sheets of manila paper they laid a thin cover of charcoal, then proceeded to pull out the shapes, working in a light-additive process, using blunt erasers. as source, a table was set up with household items on a white sheet, illuminated by a pole lamp. the ambient light of the summer evening was sufficient for them to see their own drawings. while they worked i went about kibitzing individuals, and drawing their attention to the varieties of light and shadow. on the following evening, i asked the class what it was we had been paying attention to, in our drawings of the previous class. my enquiry was answered with blank stares. when i reminded them that it was light, a few men showed expressions of recall. apparently, isolating this aspect of the visual domain was a foreign practice to these men. i felt their exposure to this element should occur heuristically, rather than in a dogmatic lecture-style. my purpose in emphasizing this traditional, discipline-based approach within the structure of a leisure-time prison art program is indeed suspect: a more sensitive consideration of the inmates' world, their needs and desired outcomes, would have served them more favourably. as an academically-trained art educator i have supported certain fundamental tenets of art, among them the idea that without a thorough investigation of the elements and principles of art, one's aesthetic vocabulary is seriously diminished. when one cannot identify those elements from the natural world, one's choices as a maker of artifacts, or art consumer, are limited. the danger of this formalist approach manifests itself when, as a teacher of art, one is confronted with alternative values, namely the imagery that predominates and inspires people in incarceral settings. this imagery can encompass a limited but imaginative range from their lives on the outside, their fantasies, and from popular graphic media. of note is the dearth of imagery from their immediate surroundings: prisoners will typically choose to work on images that allow a psychic escape from, rather than a reminder of, prison (riches, ). within this practice, any formalist concerns are secondary. on the evening described above, i showed them overhead transparencies of charcoal drawings by artists. one example, a picture of a woman in repose, expressed with beauty and economy the elements of mass, volume and value. my efforts to draw their attention to such lofty sentiments were met with derisive laughter: to the men, the woman depicted was obese. i found the men's reaction crude and sexist, and in defense, took the aesthetic high road. i mentioned that an image can have appeal for other reasons than the conventional meaning of the subject portrayed - in this case a stout woman. i doubt whether i made many converts at the temple of art that day. at the same time, i wonder whether i chose nude and partially draped female figures as a way of inducing the inmates' attention. if so, my reaction was in some way hypocritical. a hazard of teaching any adult population arises whenever one's intended curriculum does not match the knowledge or ability levels of the students. there are few accurate means available of 'pretesting' a class of adults, especially prisoners, for preparedness in art. one standard i have relied upon is a general interest and experience questionnaire which i adjust to suit the needs and profile of the members of my class (see appendix ii). on this questionnaire is a list of art museums and special events, encompassing a broad range of twenty possible venues. to my surprise, all of the seven inmates who responded checked off at least twelve categories. m y general guidelines, based upon what formal knowledge of art i had assumed inmates possessed, had to be reworked constantly. tasks i would take for granted, such as using a metric ruler, posed a daunting hurdle to some of the older students who had left their formal education before the metric system had been established in canadian public school classrooms. on one occasion, introducing colour theory, i presented the class with a video on color mixing. to my dismay the production values of this local effort were low-budget, and 'pre-dundant': what i wanted to lead the men through - how to mix colours from the three primaries - was about to be revealed. sensing my agitation with the program, which i found boring, one inmate leaned over and told me, "you must have attention deficiency syndrome." [sic] the inmates watching the program were rapt with attention. my assumption in this case, about what they already knew, had to be laid aside. i stopped the video at the point where the host was about to demonstrate the magic moment. this part was better left to the inmates' own discovery. i distributed the materials and systematically demonstrated the placement of the primaries, mixing of other colours, and their placement on the wheel, using oil pastels. the inmates repeated my applications on their own colour charts, in coloured pencil. that evening's class, albeit very transmission-oriented, was one of the most successful of the course. within the grey confines of the program office vestibule, little circles of color blossomed and shone defiantly. the men painted seriously, and had to be rushed out of the p.o.v. in order for me to be evacuated from the premises by hours. unfortunately the carry-over of this exercise was minimal. rarely did an inmate bring his colour wheel to a subsequent class, despite the obvious care lavished on its creation. any manipulation of colour temperatures, or increased sophistication in mixing of colours, was difficult to see in their later work. one inmate, a self-taught painter, told me he had devised his own colour mixing theory, but was glad to have a guide as systematic as this one. this fellow later dropped out of the class, frustrated by the follow-up painting exercise: they were to reproduce colour photographs of their choice, using a grid scale to enlarge their photos, then paint them in the complementary hues of the originals. the inmate asked why we could not simply paint from life: this exercise was engineering, not art. i admitted we were using engineering techniques - the grid - but in the service of art, as a way of preparing the inmates to approach painting from real life. it was easier, i rationalized, to make the transition from a two-dimensional original onto a flat surface, than to start with a three-dimensional source. doug heard me out, then left. this outcome harmed my confidence in the approach i was taking. articulate and thoughtful, doug had told me earlier that evening that he had much to share regarding the variable qualities of time he had experienced while serving his sentence. art making had a profound impact on these experiences, he said. he had been cued by reading my volunteer consent form (appendix iv). now i had lost one of my potentially best volunteers. what did adult inmates know? what did they not know, and how could i help them overcome their resistance to new information? what did they want to learn? to expect that with this exercise or any other, i could satisfy all their expectations, was too optimistic even for me. if a match between my background, as an art teacher, theorist and practitioner, and theirs, was ever achieved, it was ill-fitting and short-lived. a formalist orientation also framed the approach i took with any critique of inmates' work. such critiques occurred in an ad-hoc fashion, were generally one-on-one, with little input - but much attention - from the other inmates. hoping to familiarize inmates with verbal critiques, and elicit their participation, i showed several slides of other artists' work, at regular times throughout the course. the slides were selected to illustrate the predominant element we were examining, or art process, such as printmaking or collage, we were doing. at times i found myself challenging or 'correcting' an inmate's opinion. for example, during the class with the overhead transparencies of nudes, i showed a detail from a self-portrait by kathe kollwitz. the detail, of her eye, was mistakenly shown on its side, so the eye line ran vertically. before i could set it aright, one inmate, jabhar, remarked that it resembled a vagina. i immediately cautioned him on his use of language: a woman - susan, the hobbyshop officer, was in our midst, within earshot. moments later, jabhar challenged me: would i say that art was in the eye of the beholder? i reflected a moment, and allowed that was a reasonable statement. then, he pursued, if he saw a vagina in the image i showed, that was sufficient for him. i said that line of reasoning could permit other viewers to see any body parts, adding, the vagina shape was obvious, now that he drew everybody's attention to it. he asked, if it was so obvious, why did i jump on him when he made the remark? i could see no happy conclusion to this repartee; so i explained that was how the unconscious worked with visual material; once we saw it revealed, it could no longer recede back into our unconscious. this answer appeared to stymie, rather than satisfy, jabhar. from that day forward, he appeared to assume the role of watchdog in the class, waiting to pounce on any contradiction or ambiguity i might utter. this glimpse into jabhar's value system, his preoccupation with sex, will be elaborated in greater detail under the theme 'inmates' values'; i mention this instance as one in which i felt divided: an overriding sense of propriety, in mixed company, caused me to censure jabhar undeservedly. the rift my action created impaired the hoped-for candor that can only come from the inmates' secure sense of freedom of expression, and acceptance from me as a researcher and teacher. with each new unit, i would haul out the usual cartel, a slide set of famous artists, giving a brief art-historical overview in order to locate a process within some context. the thought that this approach was not working with these men, who would have preferred to launch directly into the process, never changed my strategy. what purpose did my efforts to impart a new vocabulary serve these men? our last completed unit was collage. the spontaneity and messiness of this process, combined with a minimum of technique, augured unpromising results with a class of adult men who have fairly fixed notions of art, within which, skill and technique rank high. with this process i had hoped to circumvent the inmates' concentration on labour- intensive, product-oriented crafts such as leatherwork and stained glass, in order to access their expressive sides, their emotional lives, and thereby effect a transformation of their basic self-concepts. we viewed the video, "the threshold of liberty" ( ), a british- produced documentary on the dada and surrealist movements of the early part of this century. i hoped the mention of a few artists would trigger their memory of those to whom i had previously introduced the class, with large monographs of max ernst and kurt schwitters in particular. luck was with me: neil opened a book on ernst and drew sean's attention to an image which had just flashed upon the screen. for the previous class i had assembled some materials on the surrealists and other collage artists, namely kurt schwitters and max ernst, along with various textures and images typical of their working methods - caning, burlap, other cloth, bits of wallpaper, and photocopies of victorian engravings. the exercise was to identify a wild animal for oneself, then select images from the magazines and victorian illustrations. as a theme i suggested animals in captivity, drawing the obvious parallel to their own condition of confinement. nobody appeared to be bothered by the glib psycho-therapeutic tone of the exercise: perhaps they felt safe enough to venture to express an aspect of their lives that needed to come out. everybody got started quickly, and soon were engaged in their pieces. after about half an hour, neil, the first finished, called me over to interpret his collage piece. given the art therapeutic nature of the exercise, i did not consider it my role to interpret his piece. any interpretation should come from the client, the person who made the work (karban, ). confronted with a hastily-cut array of buildings, highways, bridges and so forth surrounding a polar bear in a pristine setting, i was at a loss to interpret. i expressed some confusion with the way he had distant shapes overlapping the central, close shot of the bear. i could not make sense of it, spatially, i told him. "that's my point," neil said with obvious annoyance. he deciphered the image for me: human civilization, encroaching on nature, was threatening to wipe it out. i retreated to my comfortable post as formalist critic, and pointed out the sloppy arrangement which impaired the impact of his statement. rather than praise his effective piece of agit-prop, i had grasped at some excuse for him to continue on the work, not to be satisfied with this brief burst of creative effort. some art therapists such as karban ( ) believe that any art criticism in a therapeutic setting is aggressive. unfamiliar with the therapeutic dimension of art practice, as an instructor, i might have had a more disruptive situation from the awkward and insensitive way i handled this interaction. neil seemed to mark me out from that first, introductory session, and i was quick to get ensnared in his little set-ups. in this situation an opportunity to appear clever, to advance at his expense, was too tempting to ignore. in any case, then as at other times, my encouragement to push his art work further was ignored. in a leisure-time setting, with competition for inmates' time from other programs, any incitement to added effort is generally rejected: when an inmate has invested sufficient effort in a particular exercise, he or she feels no compulsion to remain for the duration of the class, and may simply leave at any time (otterstrom & wyatt, , in conversation). strong arguments are needed to convince an inmate of the value of taking a longer, more traditional procedure, rather than skipping any unnecessary steps in the interest of expediency. one new student who attended the last two classes, a unit in linoleum printmaking, asked me in the design transfer stage, why we could not simply draw our image directly onto the linoleum surface, then begin carving. i answered that it was important to work out one's composition beforehand, paying attention to the distribution of lights and darks, and considering the impact of the reversal of the image, upon printing. further, i mentioned, this was the traditional method for many artistic processes, explaining that the art-historical term cartone is the root of cartoon, in which, traditionally, the artist worked out his design and then used the cartone to transfer his image to a wall or other surface. my little lesson in art history seemed to have no impact on abe, who nonetheless went through the steps good-naturedly. of the remaining three students, two gave up early; one was neil, who had already demonstrated an extremely limited patience, even within this classroom profile. the other student had to leave to attend a regular meeting, but as he had an already-prepared design (an eagle, with wings spread) and his own set of carving tools, he appeared earnest in his promise to complete the carving on his own and be ready to print the following evening. then as at other times, i found myself straining to explain, to fill these non- cognoscenti with my bookish learning. my traditional high school role as an art teacher/aesthete/artist was one that refused to die. yet it ran counter to my express purpose as researcher: to find out their experiences, their values, knowledge, needs and desires. several times i asked whether the inmate/students were satisfied with the course content. all save neil and his buddy sean answered with mute expressions. the course began with some old-fashioned exercises intended to sharpen their visual sense and their hand-eye coordination. about half-way through, it would open up to allow more unusual and interesting projects: papier-mache, plaster casting, clay, animated film, and finishing with a four week project of their own choosing, to develop a medium explored in the previous weeks (see appendix v). linocut was one process that i expected would appeal to their preference for planning, skill, use of knives, carving and printing. the financial incentive of producing cards which they could sell through the visitor and correspondence area was another potential draw. what happened? on what turned out to be the last evening of regular classes, during which only abe returned to print his linocut, susan ascertained that we could hold the class in the room known as 'social d.'. this was the room i had staked out on my first day of orientation, with alicia, the coordinator of space allocation for prisoners' leisure-time activities. susan notified the security officer to make an announcement as to the change of venue for the class, and together we spent about twenty minutes seeking out the light switch for the space. eventually an inmate had to be called over to show us. i set up the equipment and abe soon appeared. i waited for the others to show up. none did. perhaps half an hour passed, then neil and sean strode in, visibly excited. neil took command. he demanded to know what i was up to, what was my true agenda with the art course. i calmly replied that it was all clearly laid out on the consent forms. this did not appear to satisfy neil. he gave me a specific list of 'do's and don'ts' for my course; seeing the virtual non-attendance, and fearing the dissolution of the course, i was anxious for any strategy available to salvage the course. i considered neil's advice with extreme interest. neil told me to drop the course. it was a ruse, he said, and fooled nobody. i should simply put away the bag of tricks and ask the inmates themselves how they felt about time, art and leisure activities in prison. i answered that that possibility was unlikely, given inmates' resistance to researchers, and their territorial behaviour in the hobbyshop. neil and sean offered some suggestions, which i wrote down as they dictated. they are summarized here: * don't offer the art course during inmates' free time. they have other activities, such as weight lifting and canteen, competing for their time. * native art work is popular, not only to the native population, but many other men in the institution. if i could offer that i could probably look forward to greater numbers in the class. * neil suggested the art course might be a little too high-level for the majority of participants, many of whom have short attention spans. sean concurred, "you get a lot of crack babies in here". when i asked what the inmates would like to do, they answered: animation, clay, sculpture, painting and drawing. enrollment and attendance just as ticket sales indicate the success of a theatre performance, the voluntary attendance at a course offered within the prison site during leisure time will give a true indication of its viability. as accurate as neil's recommendations were, they arrived too late. naively, i expected the art course would be an easy sell. i told those inmates who attended my introductory class that i was hoping for between fifteen and twenty volunteer students. i envisioned turning away extra men at the thirty mark, on the first day. instead, thirteen participants showed up, including the outgoing hobbyshop officer, tanya. from that day the numbers continued to drop. by the beginning of the second month, the numbers had stabilized at around six or seven. sean told me then, that since the numbers had settled out, perhaps they could concentrate on what the remaining men wanted to do. every evening of class i had the same anxiety: would a sufficient number of men wend their way to the art area to justify the course's continued existence? or did they have more important places to be? would the attendance peter out before the program ran its course? i made the logistical error of arriving late on the first night of regular classes. neil criticized me for my tardiness, telling me that for prisoners, structure is very important within their world. i noticed the inmates operated by another set of principles when it came to their own punctuality: rarely would a full complement of men arrive for class before twenty minutes had passed. during this time i would make myself busy with paperwork. there seemed to be endless forms to distribute and collect. i found small talk difficult, although my discomfort lessened as the weeks passed. except for colin, who by his loquaciousness made himself an outsider to the group, or neil, whose verbal thrusts typically carried a hidden barb, the men were clamlike, taciturn. there was no point in forcing them. a few times, some of the men would come forward, quietly, when the class was well under way, and share details of their past lives on the outside. these moments were the richest for me, as both teacher and researcher, for they came unsolicited, were freely offered and generally unguarded. they bespoke both a desire for communication and a level of trust with me. their remarks are treated under the section, 'inmates' world'. material and logistical problems my initial letter of request was picked up by the director of prison arts foundation, a non-profit provincial funding agency for artists working in prisons. since i had to sell myself as a researcher, i knew any enticement to accept me was contingent upon the least incursion into the routine of prison staff. this meant, primarily, that my course of art and research would not cost them a penny, in material, personnel, extra space or any ancillary capital outlay. i confidently assured the host institution that i would provide all materials and services without charge. incidentals such as how i would pay for materials, or get out to the institution - some kilometers east of my home - would, i assumed, be forthcoming by virtue of my polite asking. i also expected to depend upon the largesse of the hobbyshop officer, who, i reasoned, would see the logic in providing a good portion of the materials for her charges, since they would be the primary users. i hoped to stay within an estimated budget of $ . - . . perhaps for this reason, when somebody suggested the inmates be responsible for the cost and care of their own materials, through the purchase of art kits, i hastily agreed. after tendering the best prices, i offered to collect the materials we would require, and assemble them into the individual kits. the inmates had a discretionary account, known as current account deposit, or c.a.d., from which they could finance their kits. i suggested a ballpark figure of about $ . . when i reached a reasonable summary of items, including a sturdy container from canadian tire, the total had climbed to nearly $ . . with the help of prison arts, who promised up to $ . toward materials, i brought the reworked sum back to the inmates. after much negotiating, we settled for the sum of $ . . the inmates were allowed to spend up to $ . per week from their c.a.d.; hence a $ . outlay represented four weeks' allowance, or two pay periods. thus considerable advance planning had to be worked out, to ensure the money was available when it came time to order the kits. the matter of the art kits threatened to derail the course. neither i nor susan wished to commit to investing until the inmates could guarantee the money was in their accounts, and would be there when it came time to distribute the kits. while i waited, various inmates capitulated, or threatened to quit, or wished to buy parts of a kit, claiming they already possessed certain items from it. the date the art kits finally were assembled, and i had invested nearly $ . of my own money, was the day the course was canceled. naturally, at that point not a single inmate, nor, therefore, susan, wished to follow through on their part of the arrangement. had the art kits been made available to those six individuals earlier, this tangible evidence of their commitment might have persuaded them to continue the investment of their time as well. with each passing week, art kitless, the inmates' frustration mounted. neil laid the onus of blame squarely at my feet. i told him the matter was in the hands of the institution: i had done all i could do to expedite the release of funds. neil taunted me, "passing the buck too, are you?" i protested my innocence but of course the arrow had found its mark. a few days after the course was canceled, susan told me over the phone that the institution would not allocate the funds, and therefore prison arts was retracting its financial aid as well. i would be left with six unwanted art kits. i had some difficulty explaining what this reversal of their promise meant to me. i had shopped at more than six different stores, and tendered a special discount or sale price with most, long after the sale period had ended. in other words, favors were done for me; i hardly felt keen to return all the items to said suppliers. susan listened to my panic-laced protests, then calmly said, "i get the feeling you aren't being very cooperative with us, graeme". i resisted a litany of indignation, but quietly agreed that we should wait to hear from prison arts to determine the fate of the art kits. when i called gary wyatt of prison arts that evening, he told me the main concern they had with the art kits was with providing funds toward the purchase of art materials for the sole and personal use of the inmates, something they are averse to doing under any circumstances. normally they will provide materials they have, or allocate funds toward their purchase, when an artist brings a program into the prison. but when the program finishes, any remaining materials come back to prison arts. he agreed to buy back all art supplies i had collected and parceled into each kit. the kits themselves, plastic tackle boxes, i was able to return to canadian tire. i cannot recall who suggested the art kits in the first place. in a way they came to symbolize the art course itself - long in gestation, yet underutilized; supported initially, then rejected by the inviting institution, and ultimately delivered back to the same service provider, prison arts foundation. they were responsible for matching my request to the host site. the art kits consumed only part of my material concerns. for each class paper, paints, brushes and drawing media needed to be in place. i made an arrangement with the art technician at the u . b . c . faculty of education to replace any equipment and supplies i borrowed. prison arts provided some drawing supplies - charcoal, pastel and sundry tempera paints - and the institution had a supply of assorted materials. as with the operation of any art course, various items had to be purchased 'on the fly'; i kept all receipts and prison arts kindly reimbursed me for those incidentals as well. books, slides, slide projectors and videotapes had to be moved into and out of the site each evening. most of these came from the u . b . c . library and the audio-visual centre at the faculty of education. magically, everything came back without a single theft or loss. the need for a vehicle at my disposal meant having to approach the same few friends i knew who had cars, and were willing to give them up from between : and : p.m. or later, either of two evenings a week. transportation became such an ongoing uncertainty, and taxed the patience of one friend so much, that i was compelled to purchase an old vehicle, a plymouth reliant. the drive to the prison meant heading into rush hour traffic, which caused the delays early on in the course, as i had not anticipated the extra time required for the journey, typically one and a half hours to travel kilometres. one evening i had to cancel a class for lack of a vehicle. on those days i did arrive on time, i would be stressed by the pressure of time, or having all the materials i needed at my disposal. neil's reproach over my tardiness impressed upon me the importance of being punctual, even if i was only a volunteer staff. from other prison teaching and reading, i was aware of the importance of change in routine and its adverse effect on prisoner morale. some of this is deliberate, intended to keep the prisoners at a manageable level of uncertainty. otherwise there seems no rational purpose in the capricious alterations of schedules on the part of the administration. my course was offered during the prisoners' leisure-time: relatively unstructured, compared with daily programs. i was soon made to realize the importance of these apparently casual hours. conflicting roles: researcher versus teacher from the outset i wished to be open about the purpose of my offering the art course free to the inmates at this medium security institution. describing my intentions on my first day there, i told them clearly what it was i was hoping to find from them, and what they could expect from me, with a brief synopsis of the course. this synopsis i handed out to the men who came to try the introductory 'potato print' class. again, at the end of the second regular class, i explained to the men - most of whom were new - what kind of research i intended to conduct. i read aloud from the consent form, clarifying any unfamiliar concepts or unclear passages. i explained what ethnographic research was, what it was not, and told them that as members of an all-male society in confinement, they constituted a kind of culture. the men seemed to listen to all this intently: perhaps this was the first time they had thought of their existence as prisoners in any remotely positive way. neil asked me whether i intended to publish the results in a book. i told him i was considering submitting an article from this in a journal such as art education, a copy of which, fortunately, i had brought with me that evening, and which i showed him. i gathered he was concerned about confidentiality; i took care to ensure them of my discretion in that regard. there seemed a desire on his part to discover my true, hidden intention: this question resurfaced throughout the duration of the course, refusing to die no matter what assurances i offered. the suspicion was that i was not who i appeared to be, that under the guise of art education i was conducting psychological profiles, which i intended to release to the authorities. there was some reason for the men's quasi-paranoia: before my arrival, a researcher from u.b.c. had devised psychological questionnaires which he administered to several inmates at this institution. the results were used to determine those inmates who demonstrated potential psychopathic tendencies. these men were then 'encouraged' to submit to specific rehabilitative programs. i was happy to offer the copy of art education as tangible proof of my professional background: even the concept of therapy was one i had no active interest in exploring. nonetheless, the inmates live under constant siege of surveillance and psychological testing. neil asked me what would happen should staff get their hands on interview tapes or any notes i had taken of my time in here. i told him in that case i would destroy the documents. one or two of the inmates took time to return their consent forms and the interest/experience questionnaires i had passed out. the other members of the class were invited to remain, as was indicated on the consent form. as added incentive to the volunteer participants, i offered free sketchbooks, hoping they would use them on a day- to-day basis as sketch diaries, which i could then examine as further data. satyajit was quick to point out the hidden cost, of permission to examine them, attached to the books. the men filled out their consent forms with an air of resignation, as if this were yet one more piece of evidence that might be used against them. satyajit asked me who else would be interviewing them. i misunderstood him, thinking he had asked who the other person would be, in the classroom, when i was interviewing them one-on-one. i told him, louise howard, the colleague from my department who had promised to teach a session in papermaking. my answer only alarmed him further. on the consent form, i had asked for two occasions to interview the men. satyajit had understood this passage as two people: hence the confusion. it took a few minutes to clarify the misunderstanding. neil's suspicion of my research intentions reached its apogee when he interrogated me on that last evening of classes. he accused me of trying to 'put one over' on the men. i confessed that i too found the entire procedure a little artificial: having set up the parameters, i had in effect a 'captive audience'. i allowed how i would have preferred to come in during regular art classes, but that no institution in the lower mainland had any such course operating in a systematic, long-term way. certainly there was nothing like the eastern ontario medium security institution where i had taught the two previous summers. there, because of the province's different secondary school completion requirements, prisoners must amass a certain number of credits toward their graduation diploma. one of these credits may be in visual art. in british columbia, inmates work on a general secondary school equivalency program to attain their diplomas. specific credits are not assigned or completed in a cumulative way. so, i told neil, this little construction of mine would have to stand in. when i repeated my 'hypothesis' to neil and sean, they appeared intrigued by my search for evidence of how inmates in incarceral settings experience time. neil suggested i go 'under cover', and stay on the premises a few days, posing as an inmate. i admitted i would be afraid for my personal safety, and besides, the deception would pose a serious breach of research ethics. neil's assurance that, of the over inmates in this institution, fewer than half were serving time for violent crimes, gave me little comfort. security and space in this section issues pursuant to institutional policy are covered. i claim no insider knowledge with regard to general correctional policy. indeed, what policies i could surmise from one institution, with respect to security, seldom matched those of another. the issues surrounding space include both those i was permitted and those i was denied, for the purpose of implementing the art course. logistical problems and staff maneuvers are treated more fully in the following two sections; here i concentrate on physical descriptions of those areas. my treatment of security clearance issues as a separate section concerns itself mainly with the ways in which the institution's policies effected access of volunteers, materials and supplies, and information and surveillance. volunteer access one of the earliest items of confusion came about in my first week at the institution when mr. hyde took responsibility for my security orientation. this duty is normally carried out by alicia, but for reasons unknown, mr. hyde assumed the job. on my second visit to the institution, when i arrived to teach the mini-art lesson that afternoon, he offered me a seat adjacent to his and freida's desks in the program office, handing me a large folio of reading material concerning security and the history of canada corrections. freida had me fill out an application for an 'enhanced security check' - required of anyone applying to volunteer in a correctional facility in canada. this document, a two page questionnaire, contains a list of straightforward statements beside which are two columns, 'yes' and 'no'. following freida's instructions, i checked off the appropriate box beside each question. the application was then sent to ottawa, and returned 'incomplete', a week later: they required one's initials in the spaces i had marked with a check. the oversight set back my plans by another week the volume of literature mr. hyde laid before me posed a challenge to get through in the two hours that alicia had advised me to set aside. nonetheless, the material had to be read, if not wholly understood, before i could sign a form stating that i had been briefed as to internal security procedures and protocol. i read a thick document called the volunteer orientation manual, in addition to a small booklet with statistics about canada's justice system and incarceration history, and watched three videotapes (a total running time of about one hour). the first video, produced in the united states, and featuring what appeared to be real inmates and security personnel, (it was filmed at san quentin and soledad prisons in the s) dealt with some of the set-ups, or ways that prisoners will attempt to coerce or manipulate staff. the second, produced locally, was targeted at the close friends and relatives of prisoners, and took a hard view of visitors caught bringing any form of contraband into an institution. the third was a slick piece of propaganda produced by the department of the solicitor general. titled "a different perspective: the mission of the correctional service of canada" ( ), it outlined five core 'values': ): the rights and dignities of individuals; ): the law-abiding potential of offenders; ): the importance of professional staff; ): the sharing of ideas and knowledge; and ): the importance of operating with openness and integrity in a democratic society. my impression of this institution was that it made no effort to live up to the last two of the noble objectives of canada corrections. mr. hyde also lent me a bright yellow book, entitled games criminals play, to take home and read at my leisure. written by a former guard and published by canada corrections, on its cover was a crude drawing of a prison guard dangling on strings like a marionette, while a much larger man, dressed like a convict, held the controls. mr. hyde told me the book was an important introduction to the various set-ups and other ways inmates attempt to manipulate new staff and volunteers. i felt ambivalent about reading the book, imagining it took a hard line with convicts. still it was my intention to scan its contents. before i could do so, mr. hyde asked me to return it. my session at the program office consumed the entire morning and threatened to eat into the afternoon as well. only when i asked freida whether i would have a chance to teach my mini-lesson, did she intervene and send me over to the school. when i asked mr. hyde about the wide disparity between the time required for his orientation and alicia's, his answer was, he had a more thorough security package, one which demanded an entire day to get through. the difference seemed to be a matter of personal preference, rather than set policy. the end result was the same: i had the privilege of wearing a pink ' v pass, which meant that i could walk and teach unaccompanied within the compound. a yellow pass requires a security escort at all times. in spite of the level of access i was granted, initially i found susan kept a close watch over me, perhaps more for my protection than due to any suspicion of my intentions. for the first two classes, she remained in a classroom adjacent to the p.o.v.. each night after that, the length of her presence in the p.o.v. area diminished until she would allow me to wander down at the beginning of each class and leave me alone with the inmates the entire time, making her appearance only at the end, to let me know it was time to pack up. most evenings, susan would be called up from the front gate, to meet me and escort me over to the hobbyshop in the social development wing. to get there, one has to pass the front desk, go through a metal detector, where another guard will sweep a metal- detection baton over one, before they open an electric fence. passing through this gate will gain one entry to the visitor control area, a sort of middle ground in terms of security, as prisoners are released unaccompanied into this area when they have visitors. beyond this section, before entry to the cell blocks and social development wing, another formidable gate must be passed through. on either end of this second gate are electrically secured doors, with a glassed-in guard station, known as a 'bubble', in between. here susan would pick up the keys required to open the p.o.v.: one regular 'yale' type key, several small, flat keys for turning lights on and off, and a large, heavy brass key, perhaps six inches by three inches, to secure the door of the p.o.v.. she also would obtain an emergency personal paging device, or p.p.d.. somewhat larger than a regular pager, it is used to alert guards in case of an attempted hostage taking, or other threatening incident. the pager is connected to a panel in the bubble, and electronically matched to a particular room. on rare occasions i was left to pick up these items on my own. another panel in the bubble showed several video monitors linked to areas within the cell units: foucaults' ( ) panopticon redesigned for the 's. i wondered what might happen, should i be assailed at some moment outside the p.o.v. area. the front gate presented inconsistent levels of scrutiny, depending on the personal whim of the guard on duty on a given evening. while a man in the bubble checked a list of staff or special visitors, another guard, male or female, would look through the materials i was bringing inside. the outside guard generally would have a more personable manner, although one female guard would look through my possessions with a hawk's eye, carefully noting all items on my return. one evening i encountered some difficulty with my usual easy access. apparently the official document stating my intent and the duration of the course, which had to be posted inside the bubble, had been mislaid. the outside guard, an older man, made a very cursory check of my materials and told the guard inside the bubble, a much younger, burly man, to let me on through. the inside guard was not about to let me through for, try as he might, he could not find the pass sheet anywhere. the older guard got visibly angry, verbally abusing the younger one, who insisted on producing the letter of permission before he would grant me access. he telephoned susan, who had to come to the gate to allow me through: evidently she had more authority than the older guard. susan promised him she would obtain another copy of the pass sheet, which i noticed was in place when i left that evening. my interactions with the front guards comprised some of my most pleasant exchanges with staff. one evening i noticed an outside guard glancing at the book games criminals play. i told him what it was about and asked him whether he had read it. he answered no, that as part of their regular training, security staff get an intensive exposure to types of set-ups that some inmates will attempt on staff. he added, he thought the book should be a lot larger. canada corrections' policy toward security would appear to be administered internally, allowing a variety of strictness with respect to volunteer clearances. my problems with obtaining clearance for louise howard, a papermaker, appeared all the more unreasonable when she told me that, due to the interest prison arts showed toward her upcoming placement at this institution, she was assigned to do a workshop at the local women's correctional facility in advance of the return of her security check. her application with the men's institution was returned, like mine, with an 'incomplete' designation: she had put an initial in place of her first name (one she never used) and a bureaucrat at regional headquarters wanted to know what it was. my clearance with the eastern ontario institution required no red tape: having been hired as a teacher through the facility's educational service may have had some bearing in that situation. although the policy of canada corrections clearly states, on its application for volunteer and contract worker clearance, that a criminal record does not necessarily deny one access, this condition would be considered grounds for refusal in all but the most exceptional cases. applicants with prison arts are asked this question, and are screened for that reason. minimum security institutions have a more lenient policy in this respect. at any institution, the major hindrance to security clearance is a record of drug trafficking. materials and supplies my second entry into the facility took nearly minutes at the front gate, as i had not been assigned a regular security pass, a page-long document describing the nature of the course i would be teaching and for how long. i was carrying some questionable items, the greatest security concern being a class set of x-acto knives, and enough potatoes and yams for each inmate student to make an illicit distillery. the x-acto knives fell within the institution's one inch allowance for blades. other cutting implements, such as scissors with blades up to three and a half inches, were permitted. generally, i was impressed with the range of supplies that are permitted (see appendix vi). for unusual equipment and supplies, special approval could be arranged through the hobbyshop officer. a letter of request is sent to regional h.q.; the turnaround time can be up to two weeks. this policy applies to materials used in the inmates' cells as well. not everything is permitted: beside the suspect food items, explosives, glass and diamond wire (used to file through metal) are prohibited. a surprise to me, frank told me solvents and flammable liquids are not restricted. an inmate is allowed two hobbies in his cell, and two in the hobbyshop. unlike the eastern ontario facility, for example, clay was allowed. when i ordered clay for the summer art course back east, the principal gave his blanket approval. at that facility, unlike the one in the lower mainland, guards would visit the art classroom twice each day: morning and afternoon. one unhappy day, they demanded i remove the clay. the principal told me that clay was deemed a security risk as it could be used to make impressions of keys. how and why inmates were given access to keys, he would not say. as with volunteer security, each correctional facility is given a wide margin of discretion when it comes to permitting materials. nearly as arbitrarily-dispensed is the way the front guards will search through one's belongings. the female guards i encountered were more careful in their scrutiny than the males, but i could not generalize, based on my experiences. one woman took extreme care in counting out the set of gouges i had brought for linocut printing. she told me they could not be left at the facility, and that inmates were not permitted them in their cells. one exception to this rule was rick, who had a larger woodcarving set of his own. one's own level of tolerance will also determine the type and number of tools that one might bring into the facility and use with complete ease. again, the eastern ontario institution had a 'no blades' policy, which impaired the delivery of one session i wished to teach: cardboard construction. for this activity, a carpet knife is required to cut the cardboard shapes. i smuggled one in, in the interest of artistic freedom, assuring myself and the class that only i would use it: i precut a variety of standardized shapes, and told the men if they wished to have a cardboard piece cut further, they would have to come to me. that policy lasted about half a day. as i trusted them with the knife, i felt comfortable allowing them to pass it around, and braced myself for any vexation from staff. at the lower mainland institution, instead of pushing the limit on materials, i stopped well behind it: for the enlargement exercise, i opted to bring push pins, instead of the more precise and manageable biological probes, for the inmates to trace a gridiron on to their sheets of mylar. information and surveillance there were few but noticeable incidents when the feeling of being watched by an anonymous system made itself present. the most obvious example was the space i was assigned for the course, the program office vestibule. mr. sandstone was open about his purpose in having the course where it was: the area had video surveillance. given the tense atmosphere of a medium-security institution, any evidence of electronic supervision should come as no surprise. additional observation, in the form of staff designated to the area, seemed like an unnecessary caution. my protestations had no effect, despite my oft- repeated claim that i had taught in a medium-security institution before. susan was dispatched to the area until, in her estimation, i was able to handle the class alone. when she drew my attention to the noise from the overhead fan i wondered, at first, whether she was bothered by its interfering with her ability to hear us. the sensation occurred to me that there was an endless loop of watching and observing going on: here was i, researching through observation of the inmates. they in turn were watching me, looking for any weak spots or hidden agendas; meanwhile we both were being observed by guards somewhere via the video camera. and susan was observing us as well. by simply repositioning myself, joining susan, i crossed an invisible boundary of 'observee' (by susan) to observer (susan and graeme: inmates). meanwhile we (susan and i) were also observees, by both the inmates and the camera. i brought up this issue of surveillance with the inmates one evening, when i distributed copies of an article by michael piazza ( ) from the alternative culture magazine white walls. i asked them whether they thought the video monitors could pick up sound. as inmates would have already ascertained this feature, i knew the question was rhetorical. nobody said anything. my intention was to invite their trust, to demonstrate that i was unequivocally on their side. i told them that whatever we said within the p.o.v. was confidential. i was not about to run to the guards, or susan, with the information they gave me. the exception, i told them, was anything that threatened security. passing around the large article, which included several illustrations whose size i wished to keep intact, i attempted to draw parallels with their situation. the article documented an art exhibition, curated by the author, within the walls of a youth detention centre in chicago. the multimedia show drew on the residents' experience and attitudes of being incarcerated. one exhibit, titled 'surveillance/surveilled, or andy in/andy out', concerned a former resident of the centre, derrick h., who had made a videotape of the building's exterior upon his release. my effort at inspiring a politically based art form that challenged the safety of their regular imagery and realistic style, was perhaps too abstract. the inmates dutifully took the articles away, and that was the last i saw or heard of them. space the program office vestibule where my course was allocated gave no sense of intimacy or containment. being a vestibule, it was literally a thoroughfare to other areas: the main office at one end, classrooms and washrooms along both sides, a custodial closet with open grating looking out to the compound beyond. the ceiling was two stories high, with a mezzanine and gallery overlooking the area from above. from the ceiling hung a large fan and the ubiquitous fluorescent tubes. a loud, intrusive hum came from the central air unit, which could not be turned off. that, combined with the flat, hard surfaces, rendered the acoustics abysmal: video players became audibly useless at any level. even with seating close enough that one could almost touch the monitor, the reverberation made listening an ordeal. given the choice of p.o.v. or nothing, i had to humanize it, as much as possible. i would circumscribe the cavernous area by pulling the side tables into a comfortable horseshoe arrangement, with seats placed along the outside edge. this left an open area of about two metres square, inside the horseshoe, in which i could stand and talk, set up a video monitor or screen for viewing slides, or pull up another table to use for still life arrangements. there was no question of being allowed to install any short-term displays, to tell the rest of the institution, "here we are." my view, that communication of one's art to an audience, no matter how restricted, is the final, linking stage of a process, had no currency here. the exercises we were doing would remain just that. the other consideration, storage, had no available solution. limited space in the hobbyshop closet was taken up with other supplies. the prospect of taking finished works back to their cells was limited by the inmates' extremely confined personal space. a cell of roughly two meters squared will soon be taken over by art supplies, never mind finished work, as rick pointed out to me. he told me his cell in saskatchewan was even more crammed than his cell here, with all his art supplies stuffed under his bed. m y first choice, the room known as 'social d.', had a slightly ramshackle, forgotten appearance, a variety of textures and variegated surfaces, including a sloping ceiling, a faux skylight (it actually housed a fluorescent fixture), cupboards, wood paneling, even a dais on the floor. alongside two walls were stacks of institutional tables. one wall had thin, ersatz stained-glass windows, with stacks of cinder blocks in decorative fan-shapes, which allowed some light penetration. this was a prison, after all. the space resembled an abandoned chapel. most important, it had a sense of containment, and removal from the panoptic surveillance system. it was approached from a corridor which branched off the hall outside the hobbyshop, then through a set of wooden doors. washrooms and a small windowed office extended off either side of this corridor. by the time susan offered me the space, my art course was foundering. this was my last full evening, when abe finished his linoprint and sean and neil came in to interrogate me. in other respects, this institution housed a considerable array of art and hobby equipment: two large kilns, several workbenches, two potter's wheels, and a separate and completely-equipped woodworking area. the ongoing nature of the inmates' other hobbies, chiefly stained glass, prohibited my entry to the hobbyshop, except to access the etching press. the inmates' work was left in careful arrangement on their benches. and those who were at work in the area would keep a watchful eye over their mates' projects. as gary wyatt confirmed, one's ideal studio area does not exist in any institution. art teachers worth their pay are adept at improvising whatever area they are assigned in which to conduct their program. the irony was that here was a nearly perfect space, unusable, for reasons that in my hubris i considered secondary to the more important cause of program delivery. staff resistance this section addresses any unsuccessful aspects of interaction with staff: breakdowns in communication, resistance to requests for alternative space and scheduling, and other impressions i had of bad faith. problems arose chiefly with administrative staff, who, between programs and social development, typically would shuffle off my entreaties with bureaucratic finesse. other researchers, teachers and art therapists working in prisons have described the bureaucratic side-stepping that characterizes administrative attitudes to rehabilitative and educational programs there. goldin and thomas ( ) found that adult education programs may be more symbolic than substantive. tentative or newly formed programs are threatened by administrative subversion; conflicts between administrators and teachers create slippages that can undermine self-directed learning. knights ( ), summarizing foucault ( ) and quebec educator lucien morin (in knights, ), traces the particular ethos of bureaucracies, how they have developed according to the dominant capitalist social structure, and how this system operates to inhibit significant effects from rehabilitative programs in favour of maintaining the social status quo. this 'business-as- usual' attitude manifests itself in the greater value given to security, over rehabilitation, in prisons. working in bedford prison, england, edwards ( ) located the problem of impaired programs with the scant communication between the different agencies working in prisons, and prison administration. evidence of agreement or common direction was rare, and seldom were prisoners included in decisions. clearly, prison security and programs constitute two discreet streams of management, each with its own agenda and operating budget. less clear, but highly suggestive, is the greater importance assigned to security, or safe containment, within the prison structure. the following incidents are offered as evidence of the symbolic, as opposed to substantive, support for my research which the administrators and support staff of this institution demonstrated. access and orientation between the time my letter of request was dispersed throughout the correctional network in the lower mainland, and i received contact from the first and only institution, over a month had passed. tanya, the hobbycraft officer there, expressed an interest in hosting my art course; she told me to contact their program director in order to set up a time for me to begin. i called mr. hyde and left a message with his secretary to contact me. after nearly six weeks of unreturned messages, i began to doubt the viability of this institution as host, and considered returning to the eastern ontario prison where i had taught the pilot study art course the previous summer, to conduct my research. at that point the program director returned my call. we decided on a date for me to visit, fortunately within that week. the first day i visited, mr. hyde was not available, but his assistant freida introduced me to the new, interim hobbyshop officer, named gus. tanya had left the position - one she had held for over two years - to assume another within the institution. mobility of staff within an institution is frequent: ascending levels of power, in prison management, present themselves regularly. gus escorted me throughout the institution, introducing me to several staff. the tour took us most of the working day. i met with the assistant warden, in charge of programs, who gave me her official endorsement. gus brought me inside a "bubble", the thick-glassed corner office at the juncture of two cell blocks, or wherever a security gate is located. between these privileges and the free lunch, i felt i had been given the v.i.p. treatment. i thanked gus profusely when he returned me to the program office. from there freida and i arranged a date for me to return for security clearance and orientation. i also asked to offer a 'demo' class, in potato printmaking, as a way of generating interest in the course. this did not seem to present a problem: the orientation typically required about two to three hours; the afternoon we selected, a friday, would be ideal to offer the art course, as regular classes were fairly loose and attendance was optional on the last afternoon of the week. in retrospect, my return visit that friday likely did not leave mr. hyde with a positive impression. that morning, i interrupted him several times, asking for clarification of passages: given the context of a certain passage, was the word goal the incorrect spelling of gaol? he agreed it was, appearing somewhat distratced. were inmates held in segregation still denied all personal items, including t.v.s? mr. hyde said he would have to check on the latter item. some time later, he returned with an answer, no. the document he had given me, written in the mid- s, needed updating. at this point, he made no effort to conceal his agitation and embarrassment. renegotiated space although tanya had left the hobbyshop management, she attended my first evening class. her presence was invaluable, as we were doing gesture and contour exercises, a difficult class in which to involve students, especially adult males, as it requires every student to act as model by striking short poses while the others make rapid gesture drawings. tanya's enthusiasm helped the men overcome their.inhibitions. my late arrival that evening put me in a poor position to complain, but i did, when i saw where the art class was to be held. without warning, somebody had overruled my choice of space, and put us in the program office vestibule, or p.o.v.. the unexpected change shocked me. on the day gus had escorted me around, i had met with alicia, the woman in charge of allocating spaces for inmate clubs and groups. her department is known as social development, and concerns itself with any non-program, or leisure-time activities. with her i had selected the room known as 'social d.', located across the hall and down about metres from the hobbyshop. i chose those evenings the room was available to teach the art class. tanya told me it was reserved for native programs. when i expressed my dismay with tanya, she told me i would have to take it up with mr. hyde. the next morning i phoned him. he told me the matter was out of his hands, and referred me to mr. sandstone, the director of social development. this man sounded mystified that i should find the p.o.v. less than ideal. his main rationale for the switch was that this area had video surveillance. i told him i had worked previously in a medium security institution, one that was, if anything, more dangerous than this one, and in a room without video monitors. in a calm but strained voice i outlined several reasons for my dissatisfaction. i mentioned the lack of adequate storage, and the sterility of the space. mr. sandstone heard me out, then said, "i'll see what i can do." a follow-up call two days later connected me with gus: mr. sandstone was "not available at the moment". gus told me the space had not been changed, and assured me that, in spite of my protestations, the matter had been taken "to the highest level"; i would simply have to accept whatever space they saw fit to assign me. when i started to protest, gus asked me if he could speak to me "on the level." he proceeded to say the staff and inmates did not like my personality; they found me arrogant, and acting as though i were doing everybody a big favour by offering the course. i asked him whether the inmates felt this way about me as well. gus clarified, but added that they were bothered by my late arrival on the first evening. i listened, chastened. gus advised me to simply "play along by the rules," and once i proved myself by the strength of the program, i would eventually "have the power" to demand more privileges. i thanked him for the advice and hung up. this antipathy of which gus enlightened me was to cast a pall over my relations with the staff for the duration of the course. security clearances some weeks into the course, i prepared to have louise howard, a papermaker, cleared for security. this meant approaching alicia who, as social development co- ordinator, also gave volunteer staff their orientations. after two calls through the institution's switchboard, who told me she was not in her office, i discovered alicia was not expected in for the entire week. a call to mr. hyde's office brought me the now familiar refrain that the matter was "out of his hands." meanwhile, gus had moved up the institution stream, into case management. his replacement, susan, was a law student with work experience at that institution as security guard, and was acting as temporary fill-in for the summer. she told me that the institution could not do louise's orientation until her security application was cleared from ottawa. how odd - they had managed to do so for me. susan said i would have to get louise's completed application back to her first; she would then send it to regional headquarters with a priority request. thus another week was needed before louise could even set foot inside the institution. my understanding was that she had to sign the enhanced security clearance in person, at the site: that is what mr. hyde had demanded of me. i asked susan why she did not let me know of this a month before: i could have returned with louise's signature long before this time. susan's reply was that alicia had already informed me of all of this. if alicia had told me of this protocol, it would have had to have been the only time i spoke to her at any length, on my first day of orientation - before my security clearance was even sent away! i could not fault susan for the misinformation, as deliberate as it seemed. application delivered, i contacted alicia to determine when louise might be allowed to meet with her for her orientation. alicia informed me that she had nothing to do with louise's security clearance, nor with the operation of the hobbyshop as such. her feeling was that it would take more than a week for louise's clearance to return. program scheduling and enrollment well into the summer, fewer and fewer men were showing up to class. susan suggested my art course might recoup some of its declining enrollment if i were to offer classes on saturdays, for five to six hours. on weekends, the inmates found themselves with more free time on their hands than during weekday evenings. i considered her suggestion, and added that it might be advantageous to the inmates, to start and finish a unit on the same day: they had demonstrated little carry-over, from one evening's class to the next; the projects we started were often abandoned or resumed with desultory energy. several times an inmate had to miss a follow-up class for the purpose of attending some other function, or meeting visitors. this way, if an inmate had no interest in a unit such as papermaking, he could simply forego the class, waiting until another day's unit appealed to him. the oil painting class that the itinerant painting teacher offered every few months at the institution was always well-attended. part of her classes' success owed, i believe, to the immediate gratification of being introduced to a project, practicing it, and seeing its completion, all on the same day. the reduced competition for programs on weekends would mean less demand for certain spaces as well. finally, the revised schedule would reduce my number of trips out to the institution by half. considering all these advantages, i accepted her suggestion, telling her the following evening, i would like to change to saturdays that week, if possible. susan told me that would be highly unlikely: as a summer staff person, her wage was pre-set, and her hours, while they changed from day to day, were confined to weekdays. bringing her on site on a weekend would entail additional wages, at time-and-a- half. i hastened to agree that would not work, reiterating my promise that my course would not cost the institution anything. susan made no reference to the fact that the idea was her suggestion in the first place. neither did i remind her, or question how the woman managed to teach the oil painting course on weekends. tanya used to attend these sessions: i had noticed one of her efforts from that course hanging in the hobbyshop. but tanya was on a salary, and, from my impression and the inmates' testimony, had been unusually devoted to her job. i had the impression, largely unprovable, that certain decisions regarding the status and fate of my course were being made, between mr. sandstone, susan, alicia and mr. hyde. susan's role in this shadow play appeared to be one of appeasing me, giving the appearance of help, while acting on the decisions of mr. sandstone et al, who presumably wished to remain behind a veil of bureaucratic secrecy. seldom could i reach them on the telephone, and if by chance i did, the familiar line was "it's out of my hands." between them the fate of my course and my research was being determined, yet nobody wanted to admit responsibility. my worst suspicions were confirmed when, on what became my last evening there, susan delivered the shock announcement. her news came out in small increments. she met me at the front gate in the usual way, we cleared the security posts and headed to the hobbyshop. on the way over susan told me not to expect many men to show up that evening. the likelihood was that it would be my last evening at the institution. the full impact of what she told me did not register: i still hoped that we could work out a saturday schedule. i set out the materials for a class in watercolour, and we waited about minutes. presently jabhar arrived. as i began telling him what we were doing, susan told him there would be no class that evening. one fellow who had not been attending the art course, but expressed an interest in pottery, came by. i told him i was planning to do pottery the next saturday; this saturday i had set aside for louise to teach her papermaking unit. at that point susan laid bare the institution's policy regarding extra pay for saturday staff. finally she made herself clear: mr. sandstone had decided to cancel the art course immediately. i asked to speak with mr. sandstone, who happened to be in the area, preparing to take part in a native ceremony known as a 'wee-pee'. as he advanced to the ceremony site (the room known as 'social d.'), i introduced myself with what i considered a cordial yet serious demeanor. he said, "we've met," with obvious disdain. when i asked when, he answered, "on the phone." he told me that the art course was being canceled due to declining enrollment. i asked whether louise, who had only then received security clearance, would still be allowed to come out that weekend. he said no, the activity would probably be well-attended, but for the wrong reasons, because louise was a young woman. i pointed out that at , louise could hardly be called young. mr. sandstone was resolute, speaking without a hint of apology. his attitude toward me was suspicious, more suited to an unwanted intruder than an invited guest. his argument bespoke a lack of awareness of the positive influence of women instructors in prisons (boyle, ; carrel & laing, ; szekely, ). when asked whether i might return to interview those inmates who had volunteered, he allowed that would be possible in the visitor control area. in short, my access to the unit was henceforth denied. he added that he saw no useful purpose to the research i was conducting. a native woman was urging mr. sandstone to come along; the ceremony was about to begin. back in the hobbyshop office i continued my discussion with susan, accusing mr. sandstone of undermining my course from the beginning by assigning me to the p.o.v.. susan said that there was no way they would allow me into the room known as social d., as that was restricted. if so, i wondered, why had alicia promised it to me on my first day there? susan admitted mr. sandstone had been in favor of canceling my art program all along. she said the administration perceived me as a threat, a potential carrier of contraband because, as a volunteer, i had nothing to lose. i wondered whether her remark was a veiled reference to my having given a banana each to two inmates, a few weeks earlier, to 'bribe' them into helping me clean up after a still life painting session. knowing bananas can bemused to make stills, i had stressed that they had to eat them there. once the offending bananas were handed over, the inmates pocketed them and bolted for the door; i realized my error in judgment: jabhar insisted that taking fruit from the kitchen happened all the time; to be caught with a banana would be considered a minor offense. my hunch was that if they were stopped and asked, my name would have escaped their lips like gas under pressure. susan urged me to gather my supplies, many of which were mixed with those of the hobbyshop, and be on my way. she and frank, the inmate hobbyshop manager, helped me out with my gear, susan accompanying me as far as my car. at that point i gave vent to my feelings of frustration and indignation. neither supporting nor arguing with me, susan heard me out; by this time she had revealed, in spite of her typical diplomacy, where her true allegiance lay. she suggested i write a letter to mr. hyde, the man responsible for approving my access to the institution in the first place. during a phone call to gary wyatt of prison arts foundation, gary assured me that i had done nothing untoward, that this kind of outcome with prison placements was not uncommon, and that i should not take it personally. he added that the particular institution i had been assigned to had a history of internal politics that impaired educational interventions by outsiders, an item of hearsay substantiated by two former employees of that institution. later, in interview, gary outlined a number of reasons why an art course can run aground in a prison. a negative experience with a previous art/s instructor can leave a lasting impression. two of the hobbyshop officers that i dealt with came from a position of security. gary said: so some people crossing over from guard into arts and crafts bring a whole different mindset. they actually don't believe that maybe [inmates] deserve what it is you're offering them. and they don't see it as something that they truly in their hearts support. gary's partner, marian otterstrom, allowed that it has taken a long time for prison arts to gain the trust and respect of many arts and crafts officers, who initially were quite suspicious. the rapid turnover in arts and crafts officers within a given institution can also damage any inroads into private, below-the-surface operations. the institution where i was assigned witnessed a changeover of four arts and crafts officers during my brief tenure. marian added that communication between prison staff and volunteers, and from one department to another in the same prison, is not always very good. such things as advertising a program may not be handled very well, which can in turn affect attendance. i have deliberately avoided discussion of security guards within this section. on the whole, they acted in a professional, non-obstructing manner. indeed, their cooperation and show of interest in what i was doing was a refreshing change from the officious manner in which many of the front gate guards at the eastern ontario institution treated me. inmate resistance of a different kind from that of staff, the inmates' resistance was ongoing, and manifested itself in the form of unwillingness to experiment with certain art mediums, as well as a general suspicion with my real purposes in the institution. some of these concerns have been discussed in the first section of this chapter, "researcher/teacher dilemmas". a fear of psychoanalysis of the inmates, through their comments and their art work, seemed to permeate their interactions with me. overall, with occasional exceptions, their comments were guarded. perhaps due a tradition of verbal abuse, from other inmates, guards or their upbringing, at times they reacted to remarks i made as though they were intended slights. where past experience and values might have created any blockage to the kinds of discussion and outcomes i had hoped for, i deal with these situations more completely in the section, "inmates' world." naturally, some overlapping is inevitable. inmate indifference by crediting a failure of my instructional strategies to excite the inmates' attention to the inmates themselves, the inference is that i am assigning the onus of responsibility to the inmates. the reality is, it was a shared responsibly. whatever mismatches occurred did so because of a lack of awareness on my part of the needs and interests of the inmates. thus to speak of indifference in this subsection is not to lay blame at anyone's feet, but to explore reasons for these mismatches. only this way can such mistakes in judgment be circumvented in future art instructions in prisons. early evidence of a mismatch presented itself during the introductory potato print session. my selection of this process was guided by its economy, a hoped-for familiarity, relative ease of execution and fairly high level of success: one can achieve satisfactory results without having to rely on exceptional drawing skills. i replaced potatoes with yams for their firmer, woody texture: they will allow more subtle detail in the carving, and stand up to a longer run of prints than potatoes. as i discovered, a highly successful outcome is no guarantee of interest on an inmate's part. neil, the most contrary of the inmates in my class, finished his printing early. he had carved a sunset, using the ovoid shape of the yam's surface effectively in his design. one of the sun's rays was lopped off during the carving stage. he tried to correct the error by brushing in the area where the sunbeam should have been. this attempt at compensation is typical of novice printmakers: guided by an unreasonable perfectionism, and unfamiliar with the unique character of the print process, their efforts stand out more than if they were to leave the area blank, and instead make provisions for it through reworking the design. i said nothing, allowing neil to try to overcome his frustration on his own. he showed no interest in trying another color, or altering his composition, or attempting another design. instead he disparaged the process, calling it childish. the more sophisticated technique, linoleum printing, elicited similar indifference. as with many of the lessons, this one was spread over two evening classes. on the first class, neil, sean, rick, jabhar and a new student, abe, joined in. i introduced the general medium of printmaking, by showing the class several different types: woodcuts by durer, piranesi's series of prison etchings, japanese wood/serigraphy prints, and the lithographs and woodcuts of kathe kollwitz. these last were, i felt, closest to the possibilities inherent in linocutting; as well, they demonstrated a mastery of light and dark distribution, which i thought the men would recognize as they had been exposed to this element. neil quickly gave up, proceeding to work on his stained glass in the hobbyshop. after some desultory efforts, jabhar and sean followed suit. none of them had a strong image they wished to render on paper. had they only done that, i would have been able to guide their images through the intricacies of transferring, carving, inking and printing. sean made the most concerted effort, but a general fatigue or lassitude overcame him, and he left. (sean had a tendency to fall asleep from time to time, in other classes, especially during video presentations.) only rick and abe remained. on the following evening, only abe returned. rick had his 'lifer's' meeting to attend. the other process that received severe criticism was the drawing enlargement technique, in which a gridiron was employed to transfer a photographic image onto paper. in that situation, as mentioned, doug was so discouraged that he left, never to return. the other inmates, however, submitted willingly to the rigors of this necessary conceptual stage. more obvious inmate indifference presented itself when i attempted to generate discussion, through the showing of videos and slides of artists' work, and raising of theoretical concerns. one successful occasion had to do with the symbolic properties of color. there was ample feedback as to the various symbolic associations with color. here colin and satyajit were most vocal. other inmates such as jabhar offered their disputes; in this instance i welcomed the controversy. neil, in a show of obvious boredom, made an ostentatious and abrupt departure without venturing a comment. other discussions showed less success in the amount and kind of inmate response: perhaps their lack of experience and vocabulary with criticizing art works inhibited them. large numbers of slides could be shown with a minimum of commentary. then again, my selection of pieces may have left them cold. more provocative subject matter was, in retrospect, avoided. one slide, showing a cattle train loaded with jews being delivered to auschwitz, by linda frimer, was deciphered quickly by jabhar. his interpretation consisted of the pithy, "hitler's boys." when i asked for a more specific reading, none came forth, so i explained the location and incident. jabhar, typically, asseverated, "that's what i said. it doesn't have to be any more specific than that." jabhar's contradictory stance, here as with other occasions, seemed to be based upon a suspicion that any additional commentary on my part, even to round out his response, constituted an attack. even well-produced videos, concerning the lives of artists, were received with tepid enthusiasm, except in the odd instance of a student knowing about the work of the artist being presented. this happened once, when i showed a video of the surrealist movement, and frank was pleased to watch a section on salvador dali that included a shot of his famous work, the persistence of memory. when, after an especially lacklustre response to a video, i asked the class whether they found these videos interesting or worthwhile, neil erupted with a characteristically sarcastic remark of "oh, very." part of the problem may have been the annoyingly poor acoustics in the p.o.v. space. the possibility of allowing inmate students to select their own slides from a folder, then present their selection, is worth pursuing with a longer, more formal credit-type art class. as this one was strictly for amusement, any aesthetic and art historical discussions were seen as cutting into the more important studio time. education and experience m y attempt throughout the duration of this course, as with any art instruction, was to build upon inmates' previous experience. where that experience is lacking, or forgotten or incomplete, i consider it important to offer a course whereby each exercise continues and expands upon the lessons and skills gained in the previous ones. without knowing what the inmates already had done, i was compelled to select and streamline a curriculum that i hoped both newcomers and those with previous art experience would find interesting. anecdotal evidence suggests that students, especially those non-academically- streamed, hold alternative attitudes about the value of building upon previous learning. m y finding was that, if an inmate had done a given exercise, regardless of when and at what level, that was sufficient unto itself; further exploration in that area, or its use to other purposes, was irrelevant. possibly, the want of stimuli in prisons, combined with a general lack of interest or experience in imaginative pursuits, inhibits an inquisitive mind and investigative spirit. whatever the reason, the typical response to familiar exercises was one of almost reflexive dismissal. one of neil's justifications for calling the potato print lesson childish may have been that another inmate had remarked that he had done this in grade school. neil returned to this criticism when, on the last evening of regular classes, he and sean sat down with me to discuss my art research agenda. he told me he found the exercises beneath his ability, and considered them an insult to his intelligence. he apparently was unaware of how his statement contradicted his earlier point, that the course i taught was beyond the level of most of the inmates. the inmates' tendency was to treat each lesson as a discrete event, with little connection to the previous ones, save where a process had been interrupted by the end of the evening's session. the colour wheels were never used in any systematic way, despite specific lessons in painting, such as the reverse-colour painting, that called on considerable knowledge of colour theory. neil dismissed with a single remark, the usefulness of viewfinders for selecting objects from a still life to make an effective life-size composition. he told me that they had done this method of viewfinding before. one evening rick arrived later than usual, and, seeing what the class was doing, said "oh, we're doing dot paintings, are we?", as if by this show of familiarity, he had some advantage over the rest of the class. a kind of preconception of what constitutes art influenced inmates' attitude toward materials. if a material was not fresh, and purchased from an art supply or craft store, it was suspect. for the unit in collage, i had brought in caning, burlap and other used items. despite my introduction of the process showing the works of picasso and kurt schwitters, nobody showed any interest in these materials, preferring to use color photographs, and (secondly) the photocopies of victorian engravings. sean joked that i was "bringing the dregs to us in the joint." his remark recalled a telling comment that don, from the eastern ontario institution where i had taught the previous summer, had made regarding my using recycled yoghurt containers for water. he thought i was resorting to desperate measures because of the prison's niggardly budgetary allowance for the art course. the concept of using recycled materials in any artistic capacity is largely foreign to prisoners. a notable exception was frank, the hobbyshop coordinator. he told me that when he is on the outside, one of his favorite pastimes is foraging through garbage dumps in search of material for his sculpture and craft projects. problems with teaching prisoners any discipline can occur whenever criticism is broached. many prisoners have had unsuccessful experiences in regular art classes, and feel inadequate as art students; these negative memories will often inhibit the kinds of risk- taking needed in artmaking (karban, ). some of the most useful advice i received as a teacher in prisons came from the head teacher at the eastern ontario institution, who told me to concentrate on the work when discussing a student's progress. in this way the inmate student's tendency to take criticism personally is reduced. at the institution this summer i refrained from the usual depth of criticism i might normally mete out, my role as a teacher being compromised by my volunteer status, the voluntary participation of the students, the non-credit status of the course and my other function as researcher. still, occasions arose when i could not restrain my unsolicited tips. sean, struggling with the contour drawing of a pepper mill, was one example. i offered assistance, showing him the 'ellipses' method of construction of the cylinder shape, thereby making an easier match between the two sides. he told me defensively he knew it was wrong and that he had not finished. rather than listen to my suggestion, he seemed to hear only a rebuke, and recoil from it. this same student had earlier indicated a redefinition of his own capabilities as a nascent artist, when he proudly showed me a drawing he had finished between one class and the next. apparently another inmate in his cell block showed him some tricks with shading. sean had achieved accuracy with the drawing's contours via the gridiron exercise that i had set up, the one which doug had rejected. sean excitedly told me how he was looking at his surroundings in a new way, with a view to translating the most mundane scenes into carefully shaded drawings. other arts instructors in prisons have noted similar instances of an inmate attempting to integrate important new information, not always as enthusiastically. gary wyatt spoke to me of one inmate who had to leave a creative writing class for a period of time, in turmoil, "...to do some reassessment of what he had written." edwards ( ) notes that she will only offer individual instruction in drawing when an inmate approaches her for it. a n art therapist, she differs in her rationale from me, but the two aspects of art overlap in prisons, where self-esteem, learning and self-expression are so closely linked. differences in education and skills do not always translate into the handicap belonging to the inmate. in many crafts, for example, prisoners enjoy a level of skill and expertise to rival the professional on the outside. stained glass, leathercraft, and woodworking are three domains in which, locally, inmate artists excel. i found all three of these crafts were approached with great seriousness in the institution. without even amateur experience in any of these areas, i was averse to offering any input, beyond marveling at the inmates' sophistication. artists hoping to teach in an institution where such media are entrenched securely in the leisure curriculum may find their proficiency directly challenged by the dominant inmate in that craft. marian otterstrom mentioned the trouble prison arts have had when placing an instructor of stained glass into one institution. because one inmate has claimed the unofficial title of expert/teacher, he has generated resistance to any challenge to his influence, in spite of any additional information or technical skill outsiders may offer. paranoia this subsection concerns those comments and other behaviors of inmates that suggested a level of distrust bordering on a paranoid attitude. a general suspicion of outsiders prevails with any initial contact: convicts are habituated to being measured, assessed, categorized and documented, as wards of society, for most of their lives (foucault, ; white, ). most have experienced incarceration from an early age. anybody who presents him or herself as a researcher in prison can expect a wary reception on the prisoners' part. attempting to overcome this wariness, and prove beyond doubt that you are on their side, not that of administration, can absorb a great deal of mental and emotional energy. for my part, i never succeeded entirely. 'fence sitting' is not an option; thus the classic notion in ethnography of the detached, non-partisan observer, has no meaning in a prison. from the start i tried to be open about the kind of research i was hoping to conduct, and the sorts of experiences that i thought might occur as a result of the art interventions i could offer. time after time, neil challenged me as to my true intentions. satyajit's reluctance to turn in his consent form, and his concern over the number of interviewers i intended to use, suggested a hypersensitivity to the use i would put to the information i was seeking. joking, i once replied to his query about what i intended with the inmates' art works i was gathering, that they would form a special collection in a museum somewhere. his expression was one of alarm as he said, "really?" despite repeated claims that i had no intention of submitting their art work to any psychoanalysis, satyajit frequently asked me what plans i had for their art. to one of neil's repeated questions, "why am i so impatient?", i answered, "i don't know, neil. why are you so impatient?" he rejoined, "that's just what a psychologist would say. they always answer a question with a question." he and sean then chatted about the subject of psychologists and psychiatrists in general. when abe finished his printmaking, kindly allowing me a number of prints to keep, he joked that i could use it to analyze him. by this time i had given up trying to convince them of my indifference to psychoanalysis. whatever recreational psychoanalysis occurred was in fact more often directed at me than the other way around. one evening i remarked to colin my astonishment at the number of behaviour and attitude management programs he had undergone. another inmate summed up an inmate's typical 'curriculum' this way: "after all the courses in psychology, all the behaviour modification and cognitive skills programs, we're about one half psychiatrist and one half psychologist. we can figure a person out pretty fast." the most transparent show of paranoia emerged when i arranged to interview those four or five inmates who had promised me their cooperation. once i had called alicia to confirm that i would bring a tape recorder, she told me (with barely suppressed glee, i sensed) that three inmates had rescinded, adding that the inmates had found me altogether too pushy: i was accused of treating them like a class of kindergarten children. i had even, reputedly, forced them to use fingerpaint! the closest medium that they might have mistaken for fingerpaint was chalk pastel. discussing this incident with gary wyatt and marian otterstrom, i was again relieved to find my experience not unusual. prisoners have long memories, and transferring stories from one to another, as between any two people, can create fictions and wild exaggerations. one framing and matting session that marian had offered elsewhere ran afoul when an inmate's mat was accidentally bent. subsequent sessions were declined because, as rumour went, they (i.e. marian/prison arts) broke the inmates' mats and frames. perceived slights closely related to the previous section are those incidences of perceived slights and outwardly hostile interactions that impaired the delivery of the art course. i am not claiming personal exemption from responsibility in these situations; in the highly sensitive environment of prison, extra caution must be taken in one's personal interactions. at times, due to fatigue, or the feeling of being under siege, i would react more spontaneously, and with more aggression, than my professional role demanded. on the other hand, if the men enjoyed 'setting me up' i was a willing victim. at least it showed i was human, and in a fundamental way, on their level. this subsection deals more with their perceived humiliations than mine. for the latter i refer the reader to the section, 'confrontations'. the most significant situation in this regard occurred early on: during the beginning of a class, i had to stop repeatedly when one inmate chose to talk and joke at precisely those moments when i had something to say. this strategy of classroom disruption will be familiar to any teacher. i approached the student and asked him to stop interrupting me. juan took offense at my direct reproach and left indignantly. immediately i regretted what i had done. he was a lively and entertaining personality, one whom i had looked forward to having in the class. at the end of class, i asked his buddy, neil, what was it that so offended juan. without answering directly, neil told me that the inmates were annoyed at my showing up late for the second time in a row. perhaps neil wished to deflect attention away from juan's embarrassment. much later, when the art course was sputtering to its demise, susan suggested that the reason i was losing so many men from my class might be partly due to my altercation with juan. one of the cardinal rules in inmate-teacher interfaces is, never dress down a student in front of his mates. one should always take that student aside. the same student, feeling humiliated, may persuade others to boycott the course. unlike regular schools, these men have to live with each other all day, every day. one's influence in a cell unit is much greater than on the streets. gary wyatt and marian otterstrom concurred with susan's analysis. i doubted the extent of juan's tactic of vengeance, assuming he engaged in one. neil, for example, was one of the last remaining members of the class. there were occasions when an inmate would goad me, hoping that i would get enmeshed in his trap. these situations were intended, according to paul (in interview), to determine on which side my allegiance lay. alternatively, if they sensed a weak spot, any vulnerability on my part, they would close in. confrontations this section deals with those episodes when i was directly culpable in my least successful communications with inmates. some of the incidents may have the ring of familiarity, but my purpose here is in determining where my level of participation lay, even to the extent of initiating disputes. the section has been broken down into the following subsections: personal barbs and differences with program or curriculum. personal barbs the principal character in the following scenes is neil. young, good-looking, witty, with a deceptively charming air, he appeared to take delight in stealing the attention of the class whenever he could. of all the inmates there, his personality is perhaps the most intact, the least damaged by long-term incarceration. he first caught my attention when, during the introductory class, he asked me what i wanted to be when i grew up. sensing the sarcasm in his remark, i replied that i was already 'grown up'. m y reply elicited a terse laugh from another inmate. might this moment of levity, at neil's expense, inspired an ongoing vendetta to persecute me? to believe the opinions of susan and the directors of prison arts, it is possible. what i failed to grasp at the time was his genuine concern with my professional aims, a subject he returned to with almost obsessive persistence. he clarified his question: what did i hope to do with my art education degree? i told him that i was doing it, that is, teaching in prisons. m y answer did not seem to appease him. during the second class, neil, bored after finishing his drawing, began to sort through a pile of contour and gesture drawings we had done on the first evening. most of these were on newsprint, and as always i had stressed the disposable, exercise-only aspect of the pieces. i had brought in a can of charcoal fixative to spray some light/dark eraser drawings which the inmates were doing that evening. n e i l demanded that i find and spray his gesture drawings from the previous evening. i told him i would allow him one drawing to spray, as i did not have enough fixative to do everybody's. he accused me of being cheap. i told him i was paying out of pocket for the spray, and nobody was reimbursing me. he then crumpled up the pile of drawings he had set aside (many of which had been done by other inmates) and stomped off. i calmly set aside one unharmed drawing, intending to spray it for neil's benefit, and put the others in the rubbish bin outside the p.o.v.. neil returned and accused me of willfully destroying his artwork. i asked him what possible satisfaction he was getting from teasing me in this way. he seemed momentarily at a loss for words. he grinned and said, "don't you wish you could throw me out?" i answered, "but you are the best artist in my class." earlier that evening neil had spent a good deal of energy teasing me with a childish setup. when i refused to participate or acknowledge it, he persisted, until forced to explain the joke. this seemed to dissipate the energy of his attack. after a few evenings of this sort of persecution, i began to dread my sessions at the institution for the prospect of dealing with neil. it required a great deal of energy to be on mental alert the entire time, beyond the customary 'automatic guard' that i summoned whenever i entered this 'high-medium' security institution. one evening, after a stressful day of planning, gathering materials, arranging transport and driving out in the midst of rush-hour traffic, i had a moment of relative peace when the men were quietly involved in their art. i collapsed in a chair. neil saw me slouched, my eyes red-rimmed, and said, without a trace of empathy, "you look really tired." i admitted that i was. to his credit, he backed off a little that evening. neil's most virulent attack ultimately hurt him. he had been volleying the usual barbs at me, such as "how did you ever get to be a teacher? this [exercise] is stupid. [your education faculty] don't have very high standards if they let you in," and so on. i was passing around a blank sketchbook as a sample of the bonus i was offering to those inmates who volunteered to participate in my research. neil snatched the book from his neighbour, turned it spine up and flipped through the pages. out fell a receipt from opus, the framing and art supply store. it is the store's policy to print the name, address and telephone number of their regular customers on each receipt. neil picked up the receipt, read it, and in a bold voice announced, "i know a lot about you!" he waved the paper tauntingly and read it out. i tried to dismiss the import of his discovery, saying that the information was available in any phone book. not convinced by my nonchalance, he said, "i think i'll pass this on to some of the gay guys in my cell wing. i'll tell them to give you a call when they get out." satyajit laughed and, grinning, said there was a gay guy in the kitchen where he works (as though this fact in itself were sufficient cause for humour). i told neil, "do that. m y social life is pretty boring; i could use a few dates." i might have used the opportunity to discuss the implicit homohatred in this incident, but felt the subject was a little too close for comfort. while i have no difficulty about being 'out' as a gay man, i feel the classroom is not an appropriate forum to proselytize. m y principal aim at the time was to defuse neil's attack, which i felt i did. still concerned by neil's level of abuse, i called susan the afternoon of the following class and described to her the incident, including, upon her asking, what neil had said. she offered to do one of three things: bring the matter to neil's unit manager, talk to neil with me present, and talk to him by herself. we agreed she should speak with him alone. when i arrived for that evening's class, susan told me that neil had initially decided to quit the art class, but after some reflection, had opted to alter his behaviour. susan added that if i had made it a major incident, i might have experienced a boycott of the class. n e i l , in the hobbyshop, wished to speak with both of us. in a clear voice, without his typical sarcasm, he spoke of various matters, refusing all the while to acknowledge that his conduct in the class had been anything but salutary. when i confronted him with his remarks about my professional abilities, he said that he was merely interested in where i had received my training and what my credentials were. he then apologized in an abstract way, saying, "if i have insulted or injured you personally in any way, then i apologize for it and w i l l not display such conduct in the future." i accepted his apology and welcomed him back to the class. susan added her comments where appropriate, and had us all sign an incident report form, a copy of which she gave to neil. scanning this formal looking document, which would go into neil's file, i noticed her closing comment: "it is my opinion that m r . l . has decided to reverse his decision to quit the art course in order to improve his chance at attaining transfer to william head in the near future." william head is one of the softest institutions, in terms of security and on-site facilities, in british columbia. it is known popularly as 'club fed'. one of the characteristics of a convicted offender's denial is a tendency to minimization, particularly with respect to the victim, when recounting his or her offense (aulich, ). neil, in my opinion, was acting in typical offender fashion, when he denied the nature and impact of the kinds of abuses he indulged in with me. at the same time, it is difficult to determine the limit of one's own tolerance, to know when innocent teasing becomes outright abuse. a l l teachers must find their own limits, and without being dogmatic, let their students know well in advance what behaviours they will and will not accept. at times i was oversensitive to neil's goading. once, telling a story of my earliest forays with oil paint, i recounted how i would mess around with my older brother's paint- by-number sets. neil picked up the narrative: "i'll bet your brother used to beat up on you a lot, didn't he?" i panicked at what i considered a taunt about an abusive past, and accused him of making a non-sequitur. as i had hoped, he was mystified, so that the time required for me to explain the term was sufficient to divert attention from his rejoinder. had i paid greater attention to the remark, i might have appreciated neil's impeccable timing. frank and paul, in interview, both suggested i avoid being confrontational at all costs. i asked them for useful advice with setting up an art course at other institutions. tellingly, what mattered to them much more than any curriculum content issues (what i had expected) was my behaviour and interaction with inmates. frank put it plainly: i think a person has to understand we're not normal; it's not a normal environment. you have to be more willing to go that extra yard kinda thing, to give a guy a break without becoming confrontational. because the guys in here are just looking for an outlet for their anger, somebody to dump on. i think a person has to be more compassionate, but yet assertive, but not aggressive... paul shared with me some of the inmates' apprehensions with new instructors: but i'm just saying guys in here pick up, if a person's coming in here, it's either on our side or not. and if they're not, or not sympathetic enough you might say these guys w i l l give you static. it's that simple. or if you go for the hook when guys needle you? and you seem to get hurt by it or you can't blow it off easy enough. then they'll just keep on doing it. the punctuality issue was one possible tactic which neil might have seized upon: was he holding me to account for any mistake in order to subvert my confidence? m y quick and profuse apology may have compelled him to upbraid me for several imaginary slights as the course unfolded. his scolding tone, and introductory remarks of, "you've got to understand..." became a kind of familiar litany. i am tempted to discount almost anything this manipulator told me: his arguments were so often a mixture of facts, hyperboles, lies and fabrications, it became pointless to bother sorting out any truth behind his criticisms. neil did make a dramatic improvement in his behaviour, following the incident report; only at the end did he resort to his customary manipulation. this occurred when he approached me on the last evening of classes, with sean, to find out my real intentions with the research i was doing there. some of this scene has been related in the first section, 'researcher/teacher dilemmas'; here i wish to emphasize the skillful way neil managed to elicit from me, in spite of my resistance, personal information, without giving any useful information in return. not satisfied with my assertion that i was looking for whatever they cared to divulge regarding their experiences of time (as, i repeatedly emphasized, is outlined on their consent forms) neil asked me again what it was i was looking for. i told him, whatever they could give me. he accused me of being evasive, as he did when he asked me what my plans were after i received my degree and i could not think of an answer. neil allowed he would give me information, but that it would have to be two-way. i agreed to this. he asked me what i had done to get into this institution, making a leading statement, "they sent you here to find out..." i told him nobody sent me here but me. abe, who was in the room preparing to print his linoleum, told me neil and sean wanted to know my hidden agenda. neil told me to drop the art business, as if everybody knew it was nothing more than a sham, to cover my real intention. i repeated that, my degree program being art education, it would be quite impossible to drop the 'art' part. to neil's query as to whether i had any children, i quickly asserted that i would not answer questions of a personal nature. as he continued his questions in this way, questions to do with my career history, age, any professional wrong turns and personal failures i might have had, it occurred to me that neil had managed to turn the situation around: he was the interviewer, i the interviewee, and he had no intention of switching back the roles. neil had one agenda, to ferret out whatever dirt he could about me. his credibility vanished; i felt i had had my confidence betrayed. the revelation angered me, and i swore, accusing him of playing mind games with me. neil and steve left the room. abe told me not to worry about neil: he used that manner with everybody there, including most of the other inmates. curriculum differences neil and sean started their discussion with valid criticism, which i have noted in the first section of this chapter. in order not to dismiss this entire meeting, despite its unfortunate outcome, more of their comments are noted in this section. these, as well as certain remarks of other inmates, suggest the onus of the inmates' resistance in these instances lay with me. i was quick to defend, for example, the complexity of the exercises i had brought into the art classes. when asked what he considered more challenging, neil cited the oil painting course. i countered that the skills i was teaching had little to do with rendering a specific set of diagrammatic images, as i considered the oil painting course did (trees, clouds, mountains, water). rather, i said the exercises were intended to open up alternative ways of seeing one's environment. for confirmation, i asked sean whether he had not told me previously how his way of looking at his surroundings had altered, as a result of the shading exercise he had done. sean grunted in agreement. to neil's repeated criticism that he had done many of the exercises before, and they were therefore boring, i said simply that many professional artists still use the same techniques, to develop their skill in these areas. regarding the place and nature of aesthetic discussion in a leisure art course, at times certain inmates were quite outspoken about aesthetic and cultural matters that came up in discussion, and strongly defended their opinions. neil was, surprisingly, not among them. jabhar, ever combative, happened to be the most articulate as well. discussing the many cultural symbolic associations of colors, i acted as scribe while the inmates offered their opinions. from time to time i added a few of my own. i wrote them all on the charts i had fixed to the wall behind me. the color black elicited much input. jabhar accused me of perpetuating a eurocentric bias with my use of the term "black magic". i refuted the charge, saying the term was well-known, even being used to advertise chocolates; my function, i told him, was to draw up all associations, good and bad alike. as an example, i mentioned that within sufism and other religious traditions, the color black has had a long tradition of spiritual richness, representing the via negativa, the mystical emptiness of the ego. thus blackness represented a desirable state, connoting total annihilation in god. in my explanation, i said that sufism was an ancient mystical sect that predated christianity, ultimately influencing islam. jabhar was quick to counter my claim: there were three basic branches of islam, he said: sunni, shiite, and sufi. a l l derived from the prophet mohammed. so how could sufism be older than mohammed? assuming by his name and ardent defense that he was a devotee of islam, i conceded to his superior knowledge in this area. jabhar frequently demonstrated fixed opinions, admitting no compromise. during the class regarding his perception of the vagina shape, jabhar took issue with the title and meaning of another image. the drawing, i am so handsome, by mildred walker, shows an ass in human dress admiring himself in a hand-held mirror. in the reflection a young man with a trim beard stares back. given the title, i suggested that the reflection shows the way the donkey sees himself. jabhar disputed my interpretation, offering his own, that the man in the mirror may be the devil, who is known to appear to people this way. seeking a kind of synthetic explanation, i suggested that the sin being committed is vanity, which would then account for the devil's image in the mirror. jabhar said nothing either way. other instances where i defended my opinion met with jabhar's equal or greater resistance. the incident with doug, regarding my choice of gridiron exercise, needs no repetition here. one may, and ought to, teach from a position of authority. such authority must, however, be grounded in knowledge, and be made manifest in a spirit of kindness and compassion, not dogmatism or authoritarianism. in an incarceral setting, one may find one's authority being challenged for its own sake. at such moments i occasionally floundered, not certain whether or not to push my point of view: doing so seldom, if ever, accomplishes what one has intended. had i the chance to relive those situations where my statements were actively challenged, i should have abandoned my position more readily. in those cases, i seem to have forgotten my role as a researcher. inmates are adults, and must be respected for their knowledge, which is considerable, and values, which are deeply entrenched and which they will defend passionately. co-operation and successful arts programs this section refers to those moments when teaching and research were successful: when inmates seemed focused and engaged in class, or volunteered information from a personal perspective or history. the actual content of these moments will be elaborated under the section, 'inmates' world'. included here are those examples of co-operation from staff as well as recollections of the directors of prison arts foundation and the inmates i interviewed, of successful art/s interventions in prisons. co-operation with inmates just as neil embodied the majority of situations of inmate barbs, and jabhar those of inmate contention, colin comprised the bulk of co-operative interactions. so helpful was he, that early on i surmised he was, socially, an outcast, not welcomed into the inner circle of inmate solidarity. i have little evidence to substantiate this claim, other than the mute, slightly embarrassed regard the others paid him on those occasions when he indulged me with anecdotes of his past, his present experiences and attitudes with art and craft activities, and his religious and moral beliefs. colin's open, intense expression and his willingness to support my position during disputes with jabhar or neil set him apart from the rest of the inmates. where many of my attempts to generate discussion fell flat with other inmates, colin always had something to offer. his contributions during the session on colouur kept the momentum flowing. to my suggestion of religious devotion for the colour black, colin offered the example of the black robes of the jesuits. indeed, subjects of religious and moral interest stimulated his attention. in general, the colour session was perhaps the most successful of all the discussions i initiated. during the discussion with jabhar involving the image of the ass, i asked whether anybody had seen the film 'seven', as a way of backing up my argument that vanity comprised one of the seven deadly sins. colin, defying the unwritten inmate code that forbids taking the side of staff under any circumstance, offered that he had. that evening frank came to my rescue as well. engrossed in a debate with jabhar over the intentional hidden imagery that one encounters in some art work, frank offered the example of dali. i was grateful for his intercession at a time when jabhar was defending his opinion. in retrospect, jabhar may have been correct all along. i recall listening to a professor of modern art discussing the phallic symbol of a moon's reflection in a painting by edvard munch, the dance of death. then there is freud's ( ) classic thesis on leonardo's the saints mary and anne with the infant john the baptist. turning the image of the painting sideways, freud describes the convincing outline of a vulture, which possesses a significant symbolic power related to leonardo's childhood. once, a relatively innocuous conversation with neil finished with his declaring, "basically, i'm a good guy, aren't i?" i said nothing either way. when he repeated his question, colin said, "you have to look inside yourself to answer that question." neil snapped, "no comments from the peanut gallery!" suggesting the low regard in which he (and other inmates?) held colin. after classes, colin and frank, the inmate unofficially in charge of hobbyshop operations, would stay on to help me clean up and bring the materials back to the hobbyshop for storage. the p.o.v. space having a somewhat aseptic appearance, this involved some effort: tables we had pulled out from the walls would have to be returned, and the several fliers and folders replaced in tidy stacks on them. many of the programs taking place in the adjoining rooms dealt with substance abuse and addiction, hence much of the literature on the tables described the various support groups and memberships such as alcoholics anonymous. the inmates' willingness to volunteer their opinions and be subjected to my scrutiny should not be overlooked as evidence of co-operation on their part. when the program was cancelled, of the five remaining inmates who agreed to being interviewed, three followed through despite my insistence on using a tape recorder. mysteriously, colin was one whose co-operation in this respect was tentative: ihad to remind him, through alicia, of his verbal agreement, and upon hearing of my proviso, he declined completely. neil's co-operation, not only in this instance, but throughout the course, was predicated on my giving him a certificate of completion at the end: evidence of completion of any programs while incarcerated can enhance one's personal file. neil's manner was not always manipulative. during our second-to-last interview, both he and sean had very positive things to say about m r . hyde, who, in their opinion, did a great deal for programs in the facility. as well, tanya, the former hobbycraft officer, treated the inmates as men, unlike susan, who, in comparison, brought a security guard's perspective to the position. positive art experiences in addition to examples of co-operation on the inmates' part, following are those incidents where one or more inmates had positive experiences with a particular aspect of the art program. one of the episodes of art history and criticism that elicited some interested questions and comments occurred with some samples of canadian, mexican, european, middle asian and primitive art i had chosen at random to illustrate different approaches to color. m y guiding focus was arbitrary, symbolic and emotive uses, as opposed to naturalistic ones, the artists had made. man, controller of the universe ( s), by diego rivera, received ample commentary, especially regarding the ominous rows of soldiers and atomic imagery. frank astutely pointed out the blood cell motif, a common one in the work of rivera. a persian miniature of a hunting scene (anon., mid-sixteenth century), received more of the men's attention, with several inmates finding hidden animal shapes in the landscape. frank asked whether one of the foreigners depicted might be portuguese. i supported his hunch, given the figure's dress and physical characteristics. neil asked how the cave drawings of lascaux were preserved so long. louis muhlstock's rust triptych ( s) generated a remark from an inmate who was fascinated by the idea of finding inspiration in common rust. the collage session began with promise; unfortunately as so often happened, the inmates' energy of the session's first evening failed to survive into the following one. i feared the topic that i gave them, the idea of finding their 'spirit familiar' (to borrow a north american native concept), might be a little too personal: they were asked to select a wild animal with which they might identify, then assemble an imaginary setting for it. i offered my suggestion of animals in captivity, openly drawing a parallel with their own situation. the men appeared taken by the idea, although not everybody chose the theme of captivity. a studio session that generated real interest, as opposed to a sort of rote, automatic response, was the pointillist color exercise. i asked for help arranging the fruit and kitchen crockery i had brought in from home. nobody came forward, but as i started to place objects on a table in front of them, neil, jabhar and sean gave me specific directions. the application of the paint in a dot-like pattern, using the eraser end of office pencils as paint reservoirs, had sufficient novelty and ease to engage the men quickly. soon the entire class was softly tapping; conversation was intermittent and limited to one's immediate neighbour. jabhar's pounding, louder and more intense than the rest, posed a minor irritant to sean. satyajit demonstrated his usual flair, executing a fine drawing, which he proceeded to cover with dots in australian aboriginal fashion. neil, sitting beside satyajit, punctuated his frequent expressions of impatience by emitting several sighs. signaling his loss of contact with the exercise, as often happened, he got up and began to wander. i felt a familiar rising tension, anticipating some snide outburst, or playful distraction of another inmate. he sauntered to where i was painting, and leaned over me. after a moment he said, "you're blending those colors real-ly nice!" ever suspicious of his ironic intent, i asked, "do you really think so?" when he answered, "yes!", i thanked him. nick commented later that he thought the class went well, and further, that the art course was running on schedule - an item of importance to neil: he had checked the calendar (appendix v ) and found our rate of progress satisfactory. staff co-operation the other component of working as a volunteer art teacher in an incarceral setting, the co-operation of regular staff, can be as important as the inmates themselves in establishing and maintaining a positive art instruction. i have discussed those instances whereby the communication and co-operation with staff broke down. to bring some measure of balance to this account, i turn here to those instances of genuine helpfulness on the part of staff. both freida and m r . hyde, in the face-to-face exchanges i had with them, showed tact and patience with me. freida in particular showed an almost motherly quality of reassurance, which had immeasurable value in the hostile and tense environment that a medium-high security correctional facility can project. her style of dress was appropriate to her position, yet showed a certain personal freedom. whenever m r . hyde left the room, she engaged me in her personable manner, managing to tease out intimate details of my professional life. such is her shrewd ability to inspire trust and confidence in newcomers. m r . hyde made himself available to answer my sometimes irrelevant questions during most of the second morning, even treating me to a free lunch: a privilege, given the funding cutbacks of late which have eliminated free meals for volunteers and teachers. the teachers i met on my first day, with gus, were very interested in the research i was conducting and the art course i was offering. one teacher went so far as to make herself available to my ad-hoc class on the second day, supporting my lesson with enthusiasm and offering help to the inmates who needed it most. gus spent nearly the entire day escorting me throughout the facility, on my initial visit, taking me inside such highly secure office areas as a 'bubble' on a cell unit. tanya, according to the inmates, participated in many extracurricular events without additional pay. susan kept the lines of communication open, even to the end, when i was constantly frustrated by the lack of interest shown by the higher-echelon staff. on her own initiative, she would often telephone me at my home to establish when i would be arriving, to anticipate clearance for any additional materials and equipment i might be bringing, and to find out what other preparations she and the inmate students might need to make. her hesitancy to participate in some of the exercises (unlike tanya, she refused to model for the class) may have been a function of her uncertainty of her own power and limitations within the prison bureaucracy:, refusing to pose, she explained, "it's pretty political in here." she disposed herself in a professional manner with regardto my altercation with neil, acting as mediator while demonstrating to neil the gravity of his offence and supporting my position. to the end, she offered suggestions for ways i might rekindle interest in the art course, or obtain the data i required for my research through other means, such as coming into the hobbyshop during weekdays when there were more men: i could wait and relax in the office area, interviewing men as they wished, in a less self-conscious or formal way. her initial suggestion that i change my schedule to saturdays was made possibly without her awareness of the restrictions placed upon her work schedule. unfortunately i cannot concur with her endorsement of m r . sandstone. a l i c i a was warm and personable with me when gus introduced me that first day. her terse conversations with me on the phone thereafter, and rescinding of promises, left me uncertain of her support; also, i found her habit of addressing me as 'dear' was inappropriately familiar and condescending. other successful arts programs m y description of this subsection must be taken on faith: i have no personal experience, as observer or participant, of other, more successful programs which are mentioned herein. these successes are recounted by gary wyatt and marian otterstrom of prison arts foundation, and paul and frank, the two inmates who submitted to taped interviews. in offering them here i hope to approach an answer to the question about prison art/s programs which ultimately came into focus during the unfolding of the art course: what works, and why? gary and marian cited several examples of other visual artists, writers and dramatists whose contacts with the prisoners they taught left positive memories, both among the prisoners and staff. they mentioned the difficulties several experienced volunteer art instructors had with existing staff, such as resident arts and crafts officers and front desk security personnel, and the means they used to overcome them. marian mentioned that since scheduling regular meetings between staff and volunteers, communications have improved: they realize that they have similar clients and tasks. she recalled how long it would take, previously, for inside staff to accept incoming volunteers and contract workers. some arts and craft officers will telephone prison arts to make arrangements for art instructors to visit. gary reminded me that suspicious guards are simply doing their jobs: personalities are as variable in these positions as anywhere on the outside. he recalled a situation whereby one guard was very suspicious of a drama and music festival that was scheduled to perform at one facility. the inmates so enjoyed the performance that this same man spent considerable energy helping the artists move their equipment. one multimedia artist will bring in whatever she is working on at the time, including writing, and will use the different media to invite prisoners to participate in a loose, casual way. discussion is generated from the interdisciplinary activity as well. another artist works in a similar way, using such discarded materials as videotape to weave improbable objects, without a specific product in mind. a well-known poet, who routinely holds creative writing workshops in prisons throughout north america, uses his encounters with fractious security staff as material for poetry. one of the most unexpected arts program successes, considering the level of risk- taking required, has been in theatre. some of the inmates who participated in an introductory theatre program at the institution where i was assigned have since developed their program at william head. both have been self-sustaining for years. their productions (some in collaboration with drama students from the university of victoria) draw a wide audience from outside the institution. female actors have made significant contributions in these collaborations. a rewarding outcome of the theatre efforts of one inmate actor has been the establishment of the station street arts centre in vancouver, which has flourished under this man's direction since his release. storytelling is another example of a type of art which was greeted with suspicion at first. marian said, "i went in with this storyteller, and they really didn't know ... storytelling. 'so what's storytelling, are you just a good bullshitter?', they said. 'cause we get a lot of that in here, you know!'" out of these workshops some very personal narratives have emerged. the influence of prison arts, and the artists they have contracted, extends well beyond the canadian border. the maori poet alan duff, author of once were warriors, agreed to organize some writing workshops in local prisons. having a background of reform school residency, duff supplies books and educational opportunities to underprivileged communities. closer to the lower mainland, the poet susan musgrave and her husband, an inmate, have set up intensive writing workshops as well. experience serving time, while giving many of these artists and writers a spiritual kinship with the inmates they teach, is not a prerequisite; indeed, the security clearance required for ex-inmates to come into prisons as volunteers can pose an impossible barrier in many instances. generally, gary and marian have found that the inmates they teach appreciate the contact with people from the outside. the inmate hobbyshop manager frank echoed this sentiment in interview: "...i phone my mom maybe once every two months and that's the only contact i have with the street. except for like yourself when you come in here and the staff around here but that's about it." the other inmate i interviewed, paul, observed that knowing the instructor's value system or politico-philosophical orientation can help: one local researcher/instructor, a self-confessed marxist, is perceived as having a social conscience, and therefore being more sympathetic to the plight of these men. prison structure as with any bureaucracy, prisons operate according to an internal logic that does not offer easy explanation to the outsider. m y concern here is with the ways in which the structure of the institution impacted upon both the established routine of leisure activities, and the art course i attempted to deliver. under the pervasive influence of prison life, time, in the ways in which it is decimated, reassembled and distributed, becomes something very different to inmates than to people in free society. this difference increases, the longer one's term of incarceration. for example, how prisoners internalized the bureaucratic, monochronic paradigm astonished me. offering a mere hint at (as i was only able to determine) the complexity of this phenomenon, this section is subdivided into the following domains: prison programs, prison structure and routine, inmates' routine, inmates' concepts and experiences of time, and effects of prisonisation. the last three domains w i l l lead into the final section, 'inmates' world'. prison programs it is tempting to infer the status accorded to the arts from the lack of any formal art or craft instruction at any correctional facility in the lower mainland. knowing this, i set about constructing an art course using a content and structure which i knew intimately and hoped would stimulate the intended clientele. this discipline-based general secondary school level course, set at about the grade ten level, had a flexibility i thought would ensure adequate input from adult students. i made certain assumptions about what provisions would be at my disposal; among them was an on-site hobbyshop officer who had a background and interest in arts and crafts. m y first assumption about staff was quickly destroyed when i discovered that the person responsible for obtaining my access to the facility, tanya, had moved on within the system. gus, her replacement, came from a background in security. he told me his degree had been in psychology. arts and crafts come under a separate department, programs. in spite of a cut in pay many security personnel will make the switch, tempted by the regular working schedule, from hours to hours, monday to friday. prisoners regard staff in programs more positively than security personnel, since the former are offering something. this is marian's opinion, one for which i found support among some of the inmates. unfortunately, arts and crafts' status within programs is provisional: neither gus nor susan had any formal education or interest in art or hobbies: susan had been assigned the hobbyshop officer's position as a summer job placement, and gus used the position as a quick stepping stone to the higher-paying one of case management. one of gary's assurances with respect to my experience was that each prison operates according to its own guidelines. m y other experience with teaching a similar art course, at the eastern ontario institution, bore this out. much of the variability of an art program's success has to do with the receptivity of the site: the existing staff can either support or oppose it. on rare occasions, art teachers have found a permanent vocation within such an austere pedagogical climate. a head teacher with whom i worked, at a minimum-security institution in eastern ontario, had a background in fine arts, although she was not teaching art at that institution, and marian cited a woman who used her contact with a facility, through prison arts, to enroll in an anger management course, in order to teach that program at other correctional facilities. such cases may be less unusual than at first supposed: the therapeutic dimension of art would dispose one toward other personality and behavioral modification programs that have been the mainstay of prison rehabilitation. as the art course i ran operated during leisure time i encountered a different attitude and greater competition for inmates' attention than i did during my placement at the eastern ontario facility, where the art course was offered for secondary school credit. in british columbia, where art and craft/leisure sessions will run during an inmate's own time, novice art/s instructors can expect inmates to get up and leave, and re-enter a classroom at w i l l . other programs being held at the same time, such as twelve step addiction recovery, various native ceremonies open to non-native inmates, and lifers' meetings, may interfere with one's course. canteen at this institution was open every second wednesday and thursday, from to hours, and with over men lined up to purchase tobacco and toilet items, took up a good deal of their time. one evening neil told me he felt guilty for missing his workout sessions while the art course was being held. these leisure activities are taken seriously, are managed by the inmates themselves and are well-attended. given an inmate's restricted timetable, the number of hours available at the end of a working or school day can be as few as three and a half: supper is finished at hours, leaving the men at their disposal until lockup at hours. prison routine expecting the unexpected in a prison can mean being ready to spring into action at a moment's notice. m y long wait for a response from the prison i had been assigned was followed by two brief visits, and sudden clearance to start the course up within the week. the second day there, before finishing an impossibly long reading assignment, i was ushered to the school area without five minutes to mentally prepare myself. that day being a friday, there were few inmates present. although my little lesson had finished by hours, and a friend had announced his arrival to pick me up shortly thereafter, i was detained until after hours when m r . hyde could escort me back outside. m y tardy arrival on my first two evenings of classes impaired my relationship with both staff and inmates, and may have handicapped my credibility for the duration of the course. after neil's sharp criticism, i took care to arrive on time for future classes, but it seemed the damage was irrevocable. classes had to finish by hours, to allow time for me to vacate the premises by the close of visiting time, hours. any complex media or processes, such as printmaking or casting, would have to be either complete or at a stage where they could be relocated easily and set aside, further complicating one's sense of timing when planning for specific media. in a regular school, certain subject areas such as chemistry, art and physical education, for example, are understandably indulged with respect to late arrivals from those subject classes. in prisons, as marian said, "you can't run a program ten minutes later.... it is over when it's over." outside these prescribed hours, there was no opportunity to relax and talk in a leisurely way. susan would take her dinner break between and hours. on occasion, when i arrived early, i was escorted as much as fifteen minutes early into the facility. these were unusual instances, however, and ones which some of the front desk guards treated with uncertainty. normal visiting hours are from to hours, and at times i would have to wait outside with the partners and families of inmates. the impossibility of having regular classes held on a saturday, which might have saved the art course, has been documented. even so, i would have faced the loss of additional men through weekend conjugal visits. other weekday evenings were difficult to schedule: i was fortunate to re-schedule a class for the following friday, when i missed an evening due to lack of transportation. normally susan's work shifts varied from week to week (her hours lasted from to hours, or from to hours), making any unusual alterations to regular classes impossible. two other factors that impinged on the destiny of my art course were, the unusually high turnover in hobbyshop staff (four officers within three months), and the fact that i was constrained to offer the course during the summer months: the added hours of daylight and warm weather induced many men to play sports outdoors, further reducing attendance in the art classes. little of the above will appear foreign to the teacher of regular schools. the few changes to routine were serious, and came about at the governance of such staff as m r . sandstone, for apparently arbitrary reasons. the resultant feeling of being out of control of my course's destiny was disconcerting. it undermined my sense of confidence and autonomy while in the institution. inmates'routine the extent to which inmates' routines varied within the same institution surprised me. the importance of established routines in inmates' lives was evident in the way others protected their areas: the room i had been promised for the art course was used for card playing, and surrendered grudgingly. a n inmate who was lifting weights in the gym beside the p.o.v., came out to the breezeway that connected the two areas, when frank and i were spraying some pastel drawings, to complain about the smell. given the heightened capacity for breathing and oxygen need when undergoing intensive physical exercise, i could appreciate the fellow's concern. but his territoriality appeared to extend into what i considered a fairly common, neutral area. evidently i was mistaken. the amount of freedom granted prisoners in determining their own schedules also surprised me. frank told me he kept a day planner, his daily routines were so busy. in it he would write lists of things he had to do; specific times as such were not entered. a l l three interviewees - frank, paul and neil - mentioned they spent at least hours a week on their hobbies, outside of other leisure routines. neil broke his hours down in a systematic, day-to-day manner. frank and paul, not having regular visitors, put their free time toward personal uses. paul kept an active writing file, into which he made entries nightly, his schedule having gone completely nocturnal since his incarceration. outside his cell, paul spends most of his time in the hobbyshop, working on his stained glass. frank's involvement with managing the hobbyshop kept him busy; his expertise with different materials was demanded when it came to ordering materials. he was also committed to developing a hobby therapy program, and spent his evenings helping other men with their hobbies. he hopes to work his course up to a recognized program, which can be implemented in this institution. because he is so busy, frank has noticed time passes very quickly, from day to day. he no longer sees his family, and spends little time with his mates in sports activities: he enjoys his work and interacting with his boss and other staff. marian pointed out that the availability of arts courses outside of regular program time can be advantageous: the inmates are not as suspicious of any hidden, 'therapeutic' purpose, and will only attend out of interest. as the course is being offered in their time, it is not mandatory. many inmates look forward to their arts activities as they give them something to do to pass the time. marian warned me that any early weekend activity may compete unfavorably with the inmates' coveted extra hours of sleep. prisoners' concepts and experiences of time given the brief time i had to interact with these men, the following discoveries are based upon questions i posed to frank, paul and neil during the interview sessions. there was no evidence that any art activity, certainly none that i implemented, had any effect one way or the other on these or any other inmates' sense of the passage or quality of time. to describe some of the times we spent together as an easy time, a good time, and so on, has little purpose and just as little meaning here. the most spontaneous expression from an inmate came from doug, who was prompted by reading my letter of request. he told me that he felt the fifteen years he has spent in prison have passed relatively quickly, without his really thinking about it. he attributed some of this effortless time passage to his deep involvement in painting. unfortunately he dropped out of the art course long before i could follow up on his intriguing remarks. thus the respondents were tipped as to the kinds of answers i sought (the "hawthorne effect"). nonetheless, paul was very articulate in his descriptions of the kinds of temporal experiences he has had as a result of his incarceration. he heartily endorsed artistic activity as a valuable means of utilizing one's time in prison. he likened the creative process to a rebirth: it's like, art and being creative is breaking down your boundaries in your mind and everything. and that's what doing time's all about, arid if you can transcend just your normal, the boundaries, you know your thinking patterns beyond that, there's no limits. time just dissolves,... you get into that that space where it's, next thing you know it's lockup and you have to put your tools away,...you just disappear into what you're doing.... it's like a meditation too, if meditation is focusing on something, where your thoughts are stopping. you're just in the moment. paul's career as a free man (he had dealt drugs) indicated a polychronic temporal orientation (see chapter two). perhaps his way of rejecting the highly structured, monochronic environment of prison lay in his adapting to a totally nocturnal lifestyle. now serving his eleventh year of a fourteen year sentence, his previous episodes of release have not been happy times. he complained bitterly of the rapid acceleration of technology while he has languished in prison, expressing frustration over his inability to use such commonplace services as automatic bank machines and cordless phones. he blamed his inability to fit in and adjust to free society on the 'screws' who kept him behind bars for so long. paul's sense of slippage with respect to the pace of regular urban society recalls the anachronic position in gioscia's theory ( ) of different temporal orientations: people with a temporal sense in this position generally feel their own rate of time is advancing more slowly than that of the general population. this perception is often accompanied by feelings of despair and helplessness over one's inability to keep pace with the rest of society. paul's comments on how the seasons influence a prisoner's sense of time's passing are noteworthy. he viewed summer as the worst season, the inverse of many a free person's notion, but one that makes perfect sense within the confines of prisons. he cited the stuffy, oppressive heat, and the much longer days during summer. time seems to stretch out, a desirable quality when enjoying oneself on vacation. however, given a prisoner's main objective while serving time is to collapse it as quickly as possible, anything that does the inverse is, understandably, not welcomed. in winter, by hours it is already dark: to an inmate, the day is done. one begins preparing psychologically for the escape of sleep. being locked up while it is still light out, on the other hand, exacerbates one's feeling of confinement: "and then you also feel like you're missing out on a lot more." recalling the times paul spent in segregation he described how, after about a month, commonplace tasks such as urinating or taking a meal became filled with significance. to most people, these moments are uneventful breaks in a hectic day. removed from the petty routines of normal life, awareness of bodily functions can take on a preternatural sensitivity. jimmy boyle ( ) described how, in segregation, he developed the ability to hear conversations and smell the guards' leather boots from great distances. contiguous with this heightening of bodily senses, time seems to slow down. paul's description recalled sensations experienced under the influence of marijuana, or the writings of mystics. continued deprivation of normal distractions can sharpen the significance of events to such a degree that these small moments are anticipated as ways of marking the passing of time. paul's own experience as consumer of narcotic drugs has likely influenced his perceptions, even during those times when he was not using drugs (see also cheek & laucius, ). he told me he counsels other inmates in alternative ways of dealing with time, including the practice of meditation, as a way of managing the effects of their sentences. asked to conceptualize a metaphor of time, both paul and frank came up without an answer. i posed the question with little understanding of its difficulty to non-literary specialists. paul, in an effort to define it, suggested it was like spirit or energy: in other words, intangible in its essence, but obvious in its manifest effects. frank's answer was less positive: he described time as a big void, and redirected his answer to talk about how, with each passing year, he feels he is losing his connection with normal society. his resignation apparent in his voice, his answer suggested the anachronic perspective in gioscia's ( ) article. neil's answer to my question took the form of three speeds and/or quantities of time: looking ahead, future time seems very long; looking back, past time/time as history passes quickly; present time seems to last forever. for frank, the best time of the day, morning, was also the slowest. this optimistic sounding paradox may have been an attempt to gloss over a comment he made a moment earlier, "if i'm not doing anything, [time] really drags." i had the impression that frank wished to present a more positive, 'normal' portrait than what he felt himself to be. to another question, what time period would he like to live in, if he could, he snapped, "now." later, speaking of his plans for when he w i l l be released, he mentioned early retirement on a friend's farm, raising hens and using his hobbies to generate a small income. he concluded, "i'm gonna get back to the sixties. i'm just gonna love it." frank reminded me that time passes most quickly when sleeping. he seemed to express no preference for this situation, unlike a number of inmate students, sean among them, who appeared to drift out of consciousness with little effort: such was my astonishment when i first worked as a substitute teacher at the eastern ontario institution, that i suspected many inmates suffered from narcolepsy. while frank may have been straightforward in his paradoxical remark about his favorite time of day, his other comments regarding the pleasure he has with his duties and people he meets in the course of a day, suggested otherwise. one of gary wyatt's reminiscences, once removed, of a writing instructor who had returned to a lower mainland institution after twelve years, eerily recalled mann's tuberculosis asylum in the magic mountain ( ). the teacher found, upon returning to the institution, that except for one inmate, the class was identical to the one he had left twelve years previously. the men nonchalantly picked up their writing portfolios as though he had been away for no more than a week. gioscia's anachrony, the sense of time slowing to a near stop in some individuals and societies, seems to be in evidence. effects of prisonization without prodding, i found some examples of the negative effects of long-term imprisonment, or prisonization, in some of the remarks and attitudes expressed by paul and frank. paul sounded extremely bitter over the fact that he had been sentenced to twelve years, of which he served eleven and a half, for a non-violent crime. he was released and, presumably, is now serving time for acting on the rage and the skills he developed during his incarceration, to rob banks. to mentally prepare himself for his assault, he would visualize the bank staff as the guards who had forcibly detained him for so many years. he admitted that spending fifteen years or so in prison "...does fuck you up in here, being in here... you get bitter...." his anachronic distress, the problems he has had with modern technology, with feeling out of synchronicity with society, has only fueled his anger. frank expressed a milder sense of similar dread, and wondered aloud if he might be so institutionalized that he may not be able to function in the outside world. while admitting he hated being locked away, he felt it was getting easier to serve his time, because he has done so much of it. nearing forty at the time of our interview, frank had been in and out of institutions since the age of seven. part of his success on the outside, he feels, depends upon his ability to market his hobby skills, either as a producer of crafts, or a teacher to others. combined with the management of his behaviour, frank has hopes that he will remain out of trouble upon his release. he identifies his improved skills as patience and compassion, as well as hand-eye coordination and mechanical skills. colin mentioned, one evening as we were putting materials away, that he found his practice of arts and crafts was a method of resistance of the effects of life within prison. as he told me this after class has finished, i had no chance to engage him further: another lost opportunity. inmates' world as with any culture, the world of prisoners is composed of a collection of individuals. the capricious nature of their fate, being thrown together by judicial and sentencing procedures, nonetheless reveals some common elements. these elements consist, often, of shared backgrounds, as well as acquired characteristics as a result of their forced community. this last section addresses the inmates' admissions of personal choices, past experiences and learning, and other behaviors which collectively suggest the existence of an inmate ethos. at the same time, the responses and unsolicited comments that i witnessed reflect the values of individuals. by setting them within one framework i hope to maintain the sense of distinctness that each inmate demonstrated in an environment that encourages conformity and none but the coarsest sensitivities. the following subsections are used to investigate these distinctions and trace any shared characteristics: knowledge and mentoring, inmate inagery and values, and ethos. knowledge and mentoring one of the presumptions about prisoners i held, that they shared a mostly dysfunctional formal education, was modified by the discovery of the vast amount of learning that these men had acquired and of which they continued to avail themselves in prison. through compulsory courses in behavior management, many had developed a sophisticated vocabulary of psychology that would rival that of an undergraduate majoring in this discipline: doug suggested i suffered from "attention deficiency syndrome", when i complained of boredom with one video program. another inmate, joe, alerted me to the subtle skills of 'emotion reading', through studying another person's body language, facial expression, voice control and so on, that inmates develop from the many self-improvement programs they are encouraged to take. more than once, joe commented on whether my interaction with another inmate was assertive or not. as well, it is not uncommon to find prisoners, through correspondence and distance education, working on an undergraduate degree. beside these formal avenues of learning are the informal ones: mentoring took place in many crafts, and was, as far as i could determine, a more significant method of skills transference than any techniques taught by outsiders. sean aquired the ability to shade his drawing through watching and asking another inmate on his cell block. leatherwork, taught from inmate to inmate, is one of the most popular crafts in prison. joe told me about the leatherwork he practiced, when i complimented him on the fine cap he was wearing. as i had guessed, it was one of his creations, but in his view, not his best. he had stitched it together from five pieces; together they formed a braid which traversed the front, forming a bridge between the skull cap and brim. the handiwork was prodigious. he told me without a trace of boasting that he sells his work out of the visitor control area, which displays samples of his and other inmates' crafts. neil's facility with the yam printmaking and collage sessions indicated a strong aptitude for the graphic arts. he was unwilling to share his educational background, however, during the few opportunities we had for co-operative discussion. while his talent in these areas seemed innate, it did not translate into the more complex medium of linocut. with other art media he showed some difficulty: a tempera painting exercise proved too much. with little experience using wet media (so i gathered), he quickly mixed a mess of brown sludge, and his brush was frequently overloaded with paint. he and joe told me proudly they knew about emily carr, during a slide-viewing session of canadian art: they had visited her house, now a historic site, in victoria. as with any adult leisure activity, the inmates who chose to enroll in the art course came with a variety of backgrounds, strengths and interests in art. the questionnaire i distributed early in the course turned up a surprising experience with art and cultural exhibitions. of five respondents (frank, neil, colin, rick and sean), only one inmate, frank, showed a previous interest with arts and crafts: he had done leatherwork, beading and woodcrafts, among other unspecified hobbies. sean and colin had had some experience with car detailing and bodywork. neil's impatience with foreign media and his own working habits sometimes got the better of him: if a process did not come easily, he would abandon it quickly. others, such as colin and sean, showed far less natural ability, but a willingness to stay with a process, from which they were able to wrest some level of accomplishment. they showed justifiable pride in their successes. rick demonstrated some initiative in the area of linocut, chiefly as he owned a fine set of gouges, and had an already-prepared image of the eagle with wings spread. otherwise, on the sporadic occasions he came to class, his work was indistinguishable from the others'. abe, who only appeared for the final unit, in linoprint, demonstrated perhaps the most outstanding ability of anybody in the class. he mixed colours together freely, using his fingers to add spots of blue to the red on the brayer, and printed a unique image with each pull. not satisfied with the amount of pressure we could achieve by hand, he suggested we take the linoleum to the etching press, located in the pottery area of the hobbyshop. abe's carefree and confident manner with the materials, and his claimed experience with serigraphy and other media, eased my apprehension with his breaking of traditional rules. unlike neil, he had the patience and foresight to see his project through to completion. he was able to visualize and render his image quickly, without external aids. frank, paul and neil told me they learned their craft of choice from another inmate, through watching that person working on it, and asking questions. upon his release from segregation, paul was impressed with another inmate's stained glass product, a sun- catcher. after learning to make that shape, he moved on to more creative ventures. he would start with a pattern in mind, find an example of the predominant shape (in his example, a bird), then sort through other pattern books for different backgrounds and add them in. paul emphasized the ritual aspect of this sharing procedure, likening it to passing dope: "you're giving ...something to somebody to make his time go easier." he noted that out of this learning, certain styles of art tend to emerge, depending on which inmate was the mentor: even work habits, such as cleaning up, will reflect this man's approach. marian and gary of prison arts corroborated paul's disclosure. they allowed that, while some of the inmates may have known something about a craft, they have an opportunity to develop their skill in that area in prison. many others arrive in prison with no previous experience. such is the level of resident expertise that a prospective volunteer artist or artisan in a chosen field is advised to have considerable prowess in that area; otherwise he or she will only be wasting inmates' time, and they w i l l let him or her know it. active resistance may be encountered from a resident expert who feels his authority challenged by this outsider. inmate imagery and values the inmates' symbolic associations and selection of imagery indicated a set of values that were similar enough to suggest that certain deprivations, particularly of women, motivated their choices. some responsibility belongs to me: i had selected, for overhead projector transparencies, images of nude or semi-nude women. the traditional predominance of the female form in books on life drawing presupposes a male heterosexual bias which i did nothing to resist. it was therefore hardly surprising to find neil and sean taking liberties with an image of a bare-topped woman in a crouched position. they had indicated one nipple in dark, sharply delineated charcoal. i pointed out the discrepancy between their version and the original, which only suggested the nipple with a faint smudge. while they giggled jabhar rose to their defense: " y o u have to understand, we don't see a lot of women in here." jabhar's earlier remark regarding his perception of the vagina shape became poignmantly clear. for the enlargement exercise, neil chose a photograph from the magazine flash art, showing a middle-aged woman suckling a young boy of indeterminate age, perhaps , and waved it about the class for shock value. eventually he settled for a safer image, of a seated woman facing a wall of red bricks. sean chose a detail of a woman's crotch, from an underwear advertisement in cosmopolitan. despite my expressed approval, he switched to an image of a woman in jeans and jacket with a barnboard background. the model's pose and expression suggested she was about to fling open her jacket and reveal her breasts. sean decided aloud to concentrate on her upper torso (i had told them to select a detail from their chosen images) and so saying, took a pair of scissors and snipped away the woman's head and lower body. even though this was only a photograph, sean's sudden and casual objectification of the female form disturbed me. other inmates showed no particular sexual imagery in their selections. colin and satyajit, both openly religious, chose innocuous images: satyajit selected a reproduction of a still life by cezanne, while colin chose a photograph i had taken of a wheat field in washington state. jabhar was taken by a reproduction of fuseli's a lion attacking a horse. was his own religious fervour (for islam) reflected in his choice of this noble king of the beasts? frank disappeared before long, a habit he seemed to indulge with greater frequency as the course wore on. eventually he withdrew from the course, but remained on hand to help move materials and join us whenever i was bringing something in that interested him, such as the videotape on surrealism. later he told me he preferred to spend his time working on his leathercraft. cultural and religious values emerged during the discussion of colour symbolism. colin made the gender association of the colour blue, masculine, to which i offered the alternative, feminine construct of the color of the virgin mary. to my assertion that blue represented a passive state, satyajit countered that within sikh religion, blue is the colour of the warrior's turban. "so if you see me wearing a blue turban, look out!" he joked. jabhar's vigilant manner surfaced in the discussion over the colour black. his african- american background might have sensitized him to the term i suggested, 'black magic', in pointing out its pejorative meaning and "eurocentric bias" (his words). colin was, typically, the most candid in speaking of his own values and beliefs. his religious persuasion, roman catholicism, appeared to anchor him, and give him a sense of hope pending his release: he had plans to work as a caretaker at the parish church of the visiting catholic pastor. noticing the u b c letterhead on the consent forms, he asked me if i knew of the theological college there. he knew the jesuits were a teaching order, and wished to take some courses in religious studies. he wore as many as three rosaries at any time around his neck, and indicated on the questionnaire that his artistic inspiration came from religious experiences, of which he has had several since his incarceration. during a discussion about dreams, in relation to the surrealists, colin asked me what i meant by my claim that there was no such thing as a moral dream. he had had dreams which he felt at the time were moral. i told him this came from freud's theory of the unconscious, or id. to appease him, i added that within most religious traditions, dreams play a significant role in the communication of messages from the spirit world. colin appeared relieved, adding that some dreams we can control; therefore they are not really happening in the unconscious at all. colin left one class early to attend a memorial service for another inmate who had died in prison. when he returned, fifteen minutes before the end of class, he was disappointed to find it was too late to resume his painting. after colin in the extent of self-disclosure was sean. he presented a potpourri of desires in his collage: pretty women, yachts, racing cars, fine wine, exotic travel locations, and spiffy clothes. these are the things he wishes for, but cannot enjoy, inside the joint'. i remarked how such images are the stock in trade of advertising: if we buy these commodities, we will be happy. intrigued, sean related how money represented for him so much of his time, his labour. we carried on this quasi-marxist discussion for several minutes. another time, he ventured to speak about his tattoos. both his forearms are heavily decorated by an inmate tattoo artist. his aesthetic choices over body decoration included having both his nipples pierced he mentioned insightfully that one's occupation determines to a large extent just how far one can go with a personalized style: the degree of public/social interaction will influence one's freedom of dress. later in the course sean expressed a desire to have his tattoos removed, especially the one on his left arm, which showed a grim father time-like skeleton brandishing a sickle, a la iron maiden, the heavy metal rock group. his other tattoo, which he preferred, showed a more benign figure, a kind of wizard, with a medieval castle in the background. sean told me he would approach the tattoo artist to see whether he would agree to an informal interview. given the illicit status of tattooing in prisons, sean could not promise anything. rick showed little commitment to the art course; although his attendance was sporadic, he remained to the end, and would freely offer his opinions on the relative value of kinds of art. as well as leaving to attend his lifers' meetings, he often missed all or part of a class to take advantage of the fine summer weather to play softball. he proudly told me his hometown in the prairies has a reputation for athletic ability, chiefly in baseball, hockey and curling. it is the home of at least two famous sportsmen, one of whom plays for the pittsburgh penguins. asked about intramural team sports in prison, he assured me there was no movement of teams from one prison to another, although this prison boasted four baseball teams. rick told me there was a good deal of talent in the institution, most of which went toward lucrative ends such as tattooing. one man, he told me, is an incredible draughtsman, but has no use for paper: only human skin inspires him! a n ex-inmate, a native artist, has a solid reputation, but is handicapped by an anger control problem: he once destroyed a painting worth $ , . in a fit of rage. rick measured artworks in terms of their monetary value. a couple of exercises he disparaged, saying, "if you can't sell it, what good is it?" his own woodcarvings, predominantly from carefully-rendered line drawings of wildlife, fetched as much as $ , . , as he indicated on his questionnaire. a latecomer to the art course, abe provided me with one of the most original and expressive art pieces of any inmate there. his linoprint shows a man in profile, from the shoulderst up, with his hands at the side of his face. his mouth is stretched open as if screaming (figure ii, page ). above and across from him, in the upper left corner, is the hand of god (abe's explanation), pointing down like the hand in michelangelo's creation of adam. rays of light fan out from this corner, cross-cut with smaller, lighter marks from lower left to upper right. the image has great emotional force. i told abe it reminded me of munch's the scream, which he did not know. when i said how it must be satisfying to him, having other men approach him to help them draw designs, for tattoos and so on, he began, "i tell you, it's about the only - yea, it gives a good feeling, that's for sure." f i g u r e ii: a b e ' s l i n o l e u m p r i n t for neil, the primary benefit of art making in prison was "staying away from trouble, problem-causing behaviour, bad elements, and drugs." for frank, "...it's kept me in touch with the human side of myself." asked what kinds of images inspired them, frank and neil played it safe. frank said he liked to make 'soft', non-threatening images, things that made one feel good, but not cartoons. neil said scenery, mountains and water appealed to him. neil got his ideas from his thoughts or fantasies, while frank turned to magazines, especially workshop. both had plans to continue some form of craft after they were released. frank wished to continue teaching his hobby therapy program. paul approached art from a more sociopolitical perspective. in a long, discursive talk he mentioned how artists are at the vanguard of society, acting as social lightning rods, and often getting into trouble with the dominant power. he tended to discount his crimes by identifying with political prisoners from the past, many of whom were poets, citing a radical movement, 'the revolution of the poets', that was based in nicaragua. for him, as for frank, self-expression was more important than technique, although he did not discount the value of the latter. inmate ethos by parsing the comments and behaviors of the inmates in this way i am asserting that there is an unwritten code of behaviors, norms of interaction that inmates are loathe to reveal to all but the most trusted allies, other inmates. of course, i made very few inroads into this esoteric language. what follows are hints, suggestions of a system of communication, information transfer and code of ethics that rivals the most secret societies of our western world. frequently, the rivalries and tensions between different gangs in prisons will erupt in violence. these situations are often sparked by one gang member trespassing, often unawares, on the sacred ground of another's value system. a s an example, to insult another inmate with the word 'goof is an invitation to a fight. in free society, the epithet would hardly cause a second glance. the inmates' high regard for staff punctuality tokened no show of reciprocation on their part: this double standard seemed to present no problem to the inmates, but was taken as a matter of hard-won privilege. each evening as i was setting up, i waited with anxiety until, as if by some mental transfer, a full complement of men appeared, drifting in as quietly as lint on the air. joking to jabhar one evening that i missed him at the previous class, he retorted, "i was here but you weren't!" referring to the class i missed for want of a vehicle. speaking to me about tattooing, sean was explicit in describing the contraband methods the tattoo artists would use: a 'walkman' type tape player was taken apart, and the motor used to provide the pump mechanism. the needle could be as simple as a piece of guitar wire. many prison staff may already know about these details; for me they had the currency of covert information. when i asked him how this kind of illicit activity becomes known inside prison, he shrugged and said, "i dunno. it just gets around. it doesn't take long in here." his words recalled the reply of one inmate when i asked him to advertise my upcoming art course to his mates, "don't worry. word travels fast around here." and long before, at a minimum security institution in eastern ontario, one of the teachers there briefed me on the concept of collective consciousness as applied to the prison environment. during a later conversation, sean discounted his tattoos, saying if he could he would have them removed. he told me he received his first one when he was fourteen. when he sent a tattoo artist over to speak with me, as he had promised, i was ill-prepared, unfortunately. sean, neil and i had just broken off our interview regarding the nature of the art course, my 'hidden agenda', and i was distraught and angry. in walked the tattoo artist to the hobbyshop. he seemed as uncomfortable being there as i felt, and i had no questions prepared to ask him. to make matters worse, we had no privacy. the entire meeting was over in less than a minute. m y coveted entry into their private world ended before it even began. colin's equivocal status with the other inmates - his 'uncool' religiosity, and his tendency to break rank by supporting me in minor differences with inmates such as jabhar, may have been clues to the reason he stopped attending the art classes without warning: perhaps he wished to go into hiding, in segregation. often an inmate will choose this course if there's pressure on him to fight, if he owes money for drugs, or for any other reason he may have to fear for his life. colin's disappearance without warning was one of the biggest mysteries during the course, for if i ever felt i had one ally, it was he. he and satyajit were the only inmates ever to excuse themselves when they had to leave a class early, or miss a future one. mistakes in visitor-inmate relations would have continued to be made, had i fulfilled my intention of operating the course to its end. had somebody overheard the remark i had made to susan, in confidence, in the presumed safety of the hobbyshop office, about colin? if so, did that compel him to deny me further access into his interior world? m y error of remonstrating with juan, embarrassing him in front of his mates, has been documented. if the word 'goof has so much power, how grave was my oversight? perhaps another book should be made available to incoming staff and guest workers, a manual of appropriate behavior and language when working with prisoners. gary wyatt confirmed my uncertainties with these issues, assuring me that it is very difficult to figure out an inmate. one never knows what are the underlying issues. internal politics, family obligations (many inmates are under pressure to produce crafts as a viable source of income) and other invisible factors can undercut the novice art teacher's best intentions. a l l newcomers have to learn the hard way, making mistakes as they go. with luck they will learn what works, and be prepared to discard what does not. frank's advice for newcoming teachers in prisons is most sound: i think you just have to come right out and say, 'you know i don't care what you guys are in here for, you know we're all human beings in here and we're all here to learn, we're supposed to have fun',... try and open up some kind of dialogue that way on a human level. you know on a human level. chapter five: reflections and recommendations time and prisonization: prison as haven or hell in his insightful roman a clef, darkness at noon , based on the arrests and imprisonment of soviet party loyalists under the stalinist regime of the s, arthur koestler ( ) introduces an old prisoner, nicknamed rip van winkle for obvious reasons. after spending twenty years in solitary confinement, this minor character is released, and two weeks later is re-incarcerated. this individual is so mystified by his changed world that he cannot function in it. completely institutionalized and half mad, he takes refuge in the prison, awaiting death. i began this search for an understanding into the long-term effects of incarceration, particularly, how inmates made sense of their world, how they perceived time, and what impact the practice of art has on those perceptions. from my brief intervention/study, it would be impossible to suggest a direct cause-and-effect relationship between inmates' experiences of time and the effects of art immersion on those experiences, given the small sample of volunteers with whom i worked. frank and paul, and, to a lesser extent, neil (he was the youngest inmate student), showed definite signs of stress as a result of their incarceration. to conclude that this stress resulted from forcing them into a monochronic environment, supposedly conflicting with their poly chronic orientation, would be extravagant. most of the men in the art class showed a surprising internalization of the strict routines of prison structure, with an important proviso: while they adhered to, and appeared to respect, the externally imposed monochronic structure, their attitude to it seemed less than 'convert-like.' as with robby (wideman, ), their adaptation might be a concession to the greater power structure that surrounds them: allowing the 'screws' and other staff to dictate these external routines in exchange for a small measure of peace. as robby learned, active resistance requires certain bargaining chips. the inmates i taught appeared to follow such matters as mealtimes, lockdowns, and program hours, with little complaint, while at the same time, showing an indifference to the habits and customs of the truly 'monochronized.' even when they had prepared lists of things to do on a given day, nobody carried a timetable, as their own daily agendas were predetermined. they expected this adherence to prison time from me, as a volunteer, and showed remarkable lack of understanding for the contingencies outside that can effect punctuality. perhaps this is significant: did they lose so much contact with the free world that they forgot it does not operate according the chronometric model of prisons? if so, could this be evidence of a breakdown of their own internal (polychronic?) orientations? these men, in their passive adaptation to the monochronic prison routine, might have been demonstrating evidence of institutionalization. this condition showed itself most obviously in the attitudes and conduct of frank and paul. frank initially struck me as a depressed individual. his tired eyes gave no sense of joy or hope; on the contrary, they communicated a deep loss. in speaking with me, he seemed resolved to the severed ties with his family (his only remaining contact was with his mother); frank emanated a musky body odor that never left him, perhaps to keep other inmates physically and emotionally at a distance. having experienced one loss, was he avoiding the possibility of others? yet his day-to-day activities suggested he had adapted to his environment with some success. frank appeared intent on assuring me that his personality had improved through residing in a series of confining institutions, intermittently, since the age of seven. he mentioned how he kept mentally active by helping other inmates with their hobbies, and designing his hobby therapy course. he restricted his concern for those inmates working on their hobbies; he had no use for other social activities such as team sports. his conduct with me was always civil, even subordinate. frank's adaptation to his environment suggests the professional prisoner, one who has more or less given up on the possibility of reintegration in society and turned his focus inward (cohen & taylor, ; duguid, ; koestler, ). several of mann's ( ) house berghof residents, including his protagonist hans castorp, demonstrate this aversion to free society. i wondered whether frank truly believed, as he wistfully expressed, that he could "get back to the sixties." like frank, paul appears to have not only made the best of his situation, but to have gone to an extreme rejection of free society's diurnal schedule. paul's preference for his own cell, working into the early hours of morning on his writing, suggested a monk- like devotion to his craft. neither paul nor frank could easily be identified as having a 'polychrome' temporal orientation, although paul's tendency to use narcotic drugs such as heroin would suggest, as with this orientation, an alternative to the fast-paced, linear sequencing of events typical of the monochronic orientation. according to cheek and laucius ( ), narcotics users describe a slowing-down, or even stopping of time, as one of the drugs' effects. long-term users show difficulty functioning in a regular temporal mode. whether paul was still procuring narcotics in prison - and given the reputation of this institution, the possibility is not remote - his advocacy of other temporal and consciousness shifting techniques (among which, meditation and writing were prominent), reveals his unique ability to manage the time of his sentence. paul's lifestyle might pose little hardship to one who is safely contained within a medium-maximum security penitentiary, with the caveat of having access to illicit drug use. the difficulty lies in paul's (and other long-term prisoners') attempts at reintegration into society. paul found himself a stranger in his own land, and acted out his resentment and bitterness with society for his stolen years by stealing from society. i am oversimplifying in order to make a point, but paul's truncated life, which spurred him to react in the violent manner he did, should not be minimized. central to paul's rage was his feeling of being out of synchrony with the rate at which the rest of the world had advanced. gioscia ( ) describes the 'catachronic' individual as being in a mental prison, one for whom time weighs heavily, and who - not incidentally - has frequent recourse to narcotics in order to escape, momentarily, this condition. for the person suffering from catachrony, the 'epichronic' realm presents an attractive escape. time in each instance appears to move with the same slow rate; the difference is that with the former, one feels 'under' time; in the latter, one is 'above' time. mystical states such as samadhi are similarly described as conditions of timelessness (sekida, ). zen buddhism stresses the awareness of a continual present that is achieved via complete psychological absorption in the moment; during this condition the reflective, temporally conscious ego is forgotten. such states are known to most of us: during intense engagement in any activity, whether writing an exam or rescuing a drowning person, there is no past or future, only the immediate present. art as psychic resistance the other dimension of my enquiry - what effect, if any, art making had on prisoners' experience of time - was not rendered transparent as a result of this study. if anything, my pedagogical hubris was most evident in the claim i had made, that prisoners' lives would be notably improved with the introduction of any art program. still, certain of the inmates indicated they chose to work with their art or hobby projects as a method of sustaining resistance to the pressures of life behind bars: colin mentioned he used art a form of resistance (his word), and doug told me he was aware of how art activity helps him forget about the passage of time. this 'conscious forgetting' is a useful state of consciousness, given the fact that a prisoner's greatest enemy is the imposition of time (cohen & taylor, ; wideman, ). the testimonies of frank and paul, concerning their uses of hobbies in prison, also lend support to opportunities for art making in prison. resistance to art courses art programs in prisons are not received with categorical enthusiasm: many inmates showed indifference to the exercises i introduced, and the general decline in enrollment strongly suggests that what will engage one group of learners might just as quickly be rejected by another, for reasons that remain mysterious. as gary wyatt and marian otterstrom concurred, "you just never know what works." in this respect art is no different from other disciplines, inmates no different from other students. a medium that appeals to one person may induce considerable frustration or anxiety in another. some of the resistance i encountered resulted from my lack of understanding, or appreciation, for the considerable knowledge that these men possessed. they in turn may have sensed an academic lack of regard, on my part, for their street wisdom, their life experiences and their value system, especially the kinds of art they valued. a kind of impasse can result; neither side willing to concede to the other. lather ( ) has broached the issue of learner resistance, imploring educators to listen to alternative constructions of knowledge, and ways of learning. certainly more background in the principles and praxis of adult education would have helped me. one of my earliest disappointments in offering the art course gratis was the lack of respect i sensed, for the course (and, consequently, for me as the instructor), on the part of the administration and the inmates. most of the inmates showed little regard for their own punctuality, arriving when it suited their convenience, and leaving before the end of class if they chose (satyajit and colin were the exceptions in this respect). what i had failed to grasp was the fundamental difference in status that my course received, compared with the art course i taught, for credit, at the eastern ontario facility the previous year. in essence, the staff at the second site perceived me as a nuisance, an additional distraction in their busy day, and a potential security threat. in conversation, stephen duguid drew my attention to this ongoing problem whenever one teaches adult, as opposed to higher, education: the former situation would describe the art course i gave at the lower mainland facility, or any leisure activity. payment for a course does not appear to be as significant a factor in winning the respect of the students, as whether the course has the potential to contribute to a degree or diploma. the latter situation, higher education, would describe the eastern ontario prison art program. there my status as a licensed teacher was recognized; my opinion was called upon during the meetings we held for inmate promotions, graduation and pay scale reviews. a n indicator of inmate-student respect, attendance was compulsory: chronic lateness and absenteeism could result in a reduction or suspension of pay, or even expulsion from the course. compared with the regular course offerings, art and music (offered only for five weeks a year) were seen as privileges: only those inmates who demonstrated previous experience with art or music, and a keen desire to participate, were allowed into the course. a course of art that evolved within a regular school timetable was introduced into a leisure situation. one model, designed for a more predictable structure than one encounters in leisure time, is juxtaposed with another: problems of fit are inevitable. recommendations for teaching as a volunteer activity teaching in a volunteer capacity demands the suspension of practices one might normally value highly. in general, the idea that these inmates knew a great deal about their situation, as well as about art and hobby activities, needs to be respected and accepted on the same level of importance, if one expects to gain even a provisional acceptance. only with inmate acceptance can one expect to make more than a temporary and grudging impression on their lives. the need to recognize that research subjects are fully aware of their situation has only recently been addressed in postmodern research (lather, ). with that, one's sense of importance, as sort of a herald of intellectual or political freedom, is qualified. i had certain preconceptions, based on my understanding of life in captivity, from the little reading and previous experience i had working with inmates. one of those preconceptions was that my role as a volunteer researcher/teacher would have a liberating effect on their consciousness. however arrogant it appears, i would posit that this claim is one of the implicit understandings, however false, that the teaching profession in general does little to criticize mentoring from my immersion in the site, i was privileged to witness examples of tendencies showing how inmates learn, through the transference of skills: watching, asking questions, while the expert in the craft silently goes about his or her business. marian otterstrom pointed out how important it is that teachers of any craft be well-versed and highly skilled; otherwise they are wasting the inmates' time. it is useful to recall laing's account (carrel & laing, ) of plying her clay sculpture, without otherwise interacting with the wary inmates at barlinnie prison; at least one inmate, jimmy boyle, following her example, began his own experiments with this novel medium. his successful reformation of his identity through sculpture is legendary. if mentoring has more validity in prisons than stand-up lecturing (see also riches, ), what implications does this form of learning have for regular schools? gardner ( ) addresses the significance of this traditional method of skills transference, pointing to its renewed practice and increasing acceptance in european trade guilds. are teachers aware of the perpetuation of power relations implicit in the traditional lecture-style method of instruction (friere, ; lather, )? prison inmates are only too aware of, and will challenge at any moment, the self- proclaimed expert, as soon as his or her 'expertise' appears to threaten the inmate's sense of autonomy. how many of the transgressions that inmates have perpetrated have stemmed from a fundamental mistrust of, and resentment toward, the powered classes? within this mindset lies perhaps a failure of schools to address the perpetuation of a class system via inappropriate propagation of values and attitudes from one class (that represented by teachers, the ones in power), onto certain students. to give a concrete example, a student i taught for years in a regular high school in ontario, was cree. his community lived, not on a reserve, but in a 'reserved' area of town, a mobile-home park, shared by other lower-income families and individuals. besides showing an indifference to my preference for modernist, formalist art methods, this young man lived a semi-nocturnal lifestyle, one which resulted in his missing half of the classes in art, due to the school's incomprehensible rotating timetable. in spite of his astonishing talent, according to the letter of the curriculum, he was deemed a failure, not only in my class, but with the school in general. m y hunch was, it was the system that had failed him, not the other way around. of note in this context, native inmates have a much harder time adjusting to the monochronic routines imposed by prison structure than other inmates (duguid, ). teachers in any setting need to adapt quickly to the needs and interests of the student body they serve. nowhere is this fact more apparent than in the prison. with a voluntary, leisure art program adaptability is paramount: often inmates will have a better idea than the ingenue art teacher as to what projects are impractical, or logistically unfeasible. the hobbycraft officer who refused to pose (draped) for the inmates did so out of an awareness of the political realities there. at other times, inmates' expectations of what an art teacher might do need to be exposed to cultural sensitivities: i told neil and steve that i could not teach native art, for the fact that i was not native, and would not feel comfortable disseminating ideas and symbols from a culture to which i did not belong. m y lack of expertise in other areas also formed a prohibition to some of the skills that the inmates wished to learn. at frequent junctures i felt my aims with this art program were at cross-purposes with those of the inmates: where i wanted to inculcate in the inmates a fresh way of seeing and responding to their environment, they wanted to learn or develop skills in tried and true, and preferably marketable, media. i refused to give up what i considered (and still do) a more valuable purpose and rationale of art and art instruction. our opposing attitudes informed much of the dialogue that ensued; in the frequent differences of opinion, perhaps the men perceived my stance as arrogant or classist. i can offer no easy solution to this potential impasse. much of my identity as an art teacher is predicated upon the belief that / know better, and it is my purpose here to teach you what i know. while the arrogance of this statement is all too clear, there needs to be some way of reconciling the strong wills of instructors and adult, inmate students. perhaps by laying out one's values early on, so that each side understands better where the other is situated, a more equitable and cooperative spirit might reign in the art room. part of the difficulty lies in unearthing the extremely deep-rooted, personal values that are tapped when called to answer the fundamental question^/za? is art for? posing this question to (inmate) students may be as good a point of departure as any at the beginning of a course in art. the joy of participation a l l of the above is not to deny a possibility of resolution or success. not all participants in the art course had specific projects in mind, hoping to find a market for them. some had one purpose, to pass their time enjoyably. inmates such as colin and satyajit bent their art works toward religious ends: it was satyajit's aim to construct a papier-mache sikh temple. colin averred that religious experiences informed his art imagery. for all men, at certain times oppositions gave way when all were quietly engaged in the process of art making. these moments occurred too seldom. when they did, separation between teacher and student, inmate and freeman, broke down. issues of authority and active resistance shifted to background; the process of making art was foregrounded. in a volunteer situation, where evaluation is moot, this aspect of instruction is vital: the regular school art teacher will use these quiet times judiciously, to mark assignments or prepare for the next day's classes. in a setting where the students are already highly sensitized to one's presence, any opportunity to merge with them should be gratefully accepted and acted upon (provided one is not putting oneself at undue risk). for the qualitative researcher hoping to put into practice the worthy concept of participant- observer, these moments are invaluable. even should the data gathering be reduced during these situations, a foundation of trust is being established that is worth more than the lost pages of potential notes. this trust takes careful nurturing to sustain. the problem of criticism except where expressly invited, i would caution against any but the most practical kinds of criticism. by practical i refer to those problems that arise in the procedure/s of art making. unless the art course has an academic value attached with it, the issue of criticism in a volunteer course is moot. inmates will, to a person, resent the implication of a personal attack, a criticism of their worth as people, regardless of the intensity of focus one brings to bear upon the work itself. many of the inmates' histories include personal criticism and abuse - from parents, from school teachers and administrators, from the various members of the judicial procedures; hence their tendency to take criticism personally. attempting any form of criticism of their work, however well-intentioned, is fraught with peril. one stands to destroy more than the tenuous bonds of trust with an inmate. rather, any commentary should arise only when asked for, and then, should be expressed in the subtlest terms: having ascertained that an inmate-student desires help, or feedback about a piece, it is useful to listen to his or her 'other' voice, the tone of feeling, any indication of dissatisfaction with her or his progress. asking them how they feel about the work, what they think it needs, and so on, puts the solution in their hands, empowering them to take control of their own problems and find their own solutions. action research presents a viable model for constant and regular self- and program- monitoring. while it did not comprise part of my research methodology at this institution, i have had the opportunity to use it with another group of adult learners: while not all students presented a unanimous voice at that time, the response strongly indicated the students' ability to isolate key concerns. the presentation of this opportunity for feedback has its dangers: some students, under cover of anonymity, overstated the case, which caused me some grief. i would recommend that students append their names as a way of taking responsibility for their criticisms. for two of the inmates i interviewed after the end of the course, of significance were my emotional honesty and interpersonal style of delivery. content did not appear to be an issue of consequence. even neil and steve's concerns had little to do with the curriculum and much to do with my 'hidden agenda'. to return to my earlier discussion in this chapter, of the ambivalence i felt over my role as a teacher in light of the evidence of more effective learning strategies which i witnessed, perhaps the word 'teacher' needs to be reconsidered. the inmates were fully adept at teaching themselves. what role, what function could i have assumed in order to learn from them, as a researcher? the closest word that comes to mind is 'facilitator.' this word has replaced 'leader' for obvious reasons, in the context of workshops, formal discussions and similar short-term learning situations. it connotes a less authoritarian personage, one who serves rather than governs the participants (another word for which i would replace student, as the latter infers the reciprocal role of teacher, and hence, the dialectical struggle). in a prison environment this distinction is important. alternatively, one's sense of duty may be seriously challenged as inmates gradually accept their altered status, within the prison culture. abuses of power are temptingly offered when an inmate's sense of freedom is even marginally broadened: the softer and more pliant personality of a facilitator - as opposed to the 'screws' - may be perceived as weakness. on occasion i felt the treatment i received at the hands of certain inmates amounted to a lack of respect: hard-won gains in personal mobility within the prison environment can reinforce a combative, 'war-zone' mentality; one unfortunate result can be manipulative and inauthentic behaviour (see also aulich, ; mackie, ). however, for the greater body, the inmates were respectful, if guarded. working with administrators when m r . sandstone told me he thought my research was of no particular value to the institution, he spoke, presumably, from experience and knowledge. what i suggest is intended to form part the literature of interest to readers intent on, or curious about, teaching or researching in long-term facilities in canada. i take responsibility for any generalizations implied. it would be simplistic to recommend that one's course of action not follow my own. any alternative approach with staff will not necessarily be an improvement. the aura of mystery surrounding the social development director's decision to cancel the art course, the lack of warning or chance of redress, were, i feel, deliberate. assuming some truth in the casual remark that gus, the acting hobbycraft officer made, regarding the staffs perception of my personality, m r . sandstone's want of communication with me is at least partly understandable. some suggestions, notwithstanding, might be: ) keep staff informed at all times as to your intentions and progress. if this involves extra effort and unnatural displays of goodwill, it is energy well spent. staff take an interest in all aspects of prison operation, although not the same interest as one would think; for staff, security issues are paramount. any information imparted to them alleviates suspicion: as with any of us, it is the unknown that is feared and suspected rather than the known. insofar as one represents the institution from which you are conducting your research, one is an ambassador of that institution. inmates are not the only people with long memories. ) resist any temptation for altercation with staff. in spite of whatever knowledge and expertise one brings into the prison milieu, the operational procedures of a prison are kept mysterious for a reason: any unnecessary information passed to outsiders may fall into 'enemy' hands (the paramilitary language is appropriate, given the high security, weaponry and hierarchical distribution of responsibility and obedience within this bureaucracy). what information one is privileged to know represents the 'tip of the iceberg.' rules and decisions that appear arbitrary and even cruel operate out of an internal logic that defies understanding by the uninitiated. as frustrating as some of these decisions will be, in the interest of goodwill and continued access, it is advisable to bear them with equanimity. ) draw up a plan and keep to it, for the sake of the staff and the inmates. this last point cannot be over stressed. prisons depend upon quick communications and coordinated plans: an emergency evacuation - of a single prisoner injured in a fight, or the entire population due to a hostage-taking incident, reinforces the importance of precise spatial and temporal coordinates. having a relaxed, 'polychrome' attitude to time may be acceptable or even expected within a society of artists. in the tight, monochronic style of prison operation, to which many of the inmates i met had adapted, punctuality is not merely a matter of courtesy; it can, in some instances, mean the difference between safety and personal hazard. a critique of the praxis of research in much of the preceding account i have been aware of, and criticized my presence within the penal institution. taking an 'epichronic' view, my experience can be understood as part of a critique of the power structure of prisons and my own appropriation of knowledge - with the grudging cooperation of the inmates - in order to wrest some of the answers i came in search of. the classic model of participant observation is highly regarded in the tradition of ethnographic methodology. in my research situation, not finding an existing course of art in which to observe and participate, i had to construct my own. much of the tension i felt as a researcher, which caused me unnecessary difficulty, had to do with this awareness of my artificial presence among the men. m y discomfort erupted at least once, when neil and steve thrust me into the unusual role of interviewee. i felt keenly aware of the imbalance of power: as interviewers, neil and steve were directing the outcome, probing me with their 'social scientists' lens. as an exercise it formed one of the most profound examples of empathy: what do we mean when we throw questions at willing participants? what are the limits of enquiry, and who gets to determine them? i can no longer act as irresponsible interviewer. had i been more informed of the alternative strategies that liberatory researchers such as lather ( ) espouse, i would have had at least a context in which to ground my confusion and suspicion. if i had approached the interview as an exercise, i might have been prepared as well, but the experience would have been diminished. if the preceding account has shown me at fault, as a kind of intruder, or poseur, it is an admission of the artificial, constructed nature of ethnographic research. what i have discovered, then, is not what i sought: one might wonder, how much of what one seeks is ever truly found in ethnographic research? the aforementioned does not discount the value of this research experience, here presented in its loose and rough edges. fortunately, postmodern research criticism addresses the imbalances of power, and the constructed nature of so-called ethnographic enquiry (clifford, ; lather, ). the documentation of my enquiry is presented here as an 'inconclusion', allowing that the discoveries i made, regarding administrative power structure, and inmate ethos, are valid in themselves. that my intended course did not go according to plan, and these discoveries were not what i had expected to find, in no way diminishes the importance of this research. i do not really wish to conclude and sum up, rounding off the argument so as to dump it in a nutshell on the reader. a lot more could be said about any of the topics i have touched upon.... i have meant to ask the questions, to break out of the frame....the point is not a set of answers, but making possible a different practice....(kapeller, , quoted in lather, , p. ) suggestions for theory the nature of enquiry that i embarked upon began as a phenomenological investigation into prison inmates' perceptions of time. what i ended up with was a journey of self-discovery: in experiencing some of the dynamics of prison bureaucracy, through my direct interaction with prison staff, i was compelled to confront - and reconsider - personal values that i had long ago submerged. these values concerned ways of teaching, particularly the power relations implicit in any teaching relationship, as well as values about art. the process of designing a curriculum, for example, implies by definition that decisions are made about what content will be included and excluded. alternative values are presented when these latter contents return to haunt one, as happened so often with me. confronted with these 'ghosts', one must somehow accommodate their voices, or be guilty of perpetuating the hierarchical distribution of power that implies: "i'm the teacher, and therefore my opinion has more validity than yours." it would be presumptuous for me to make specific recommendations for educational theory, based upon this relatively brief encounter. the self-reflection in which i was bound to engage was precipitated by the collision and opposition of at least two very different value systems, mine and theirs ('they' understood here as both the inmates and the prison staff). this in itself is significant: my self-understanding was tested (and broadened) more than any specific learning i was able to facilitate with the men. in the spirit of postmodern reflectivity, it is important to keep this process foregrounded when engaging in any research, and research involving human subjects in particular. i can think of no better way of keeping check on one's intentions. reflectivity renders one's motives transparent, through the exposition of values not otherwise wholly acknowledged. this notion of self-reflectivity invites a new understanding of social research, that is, as a subjective activity, whereby one's feelings and reactions are included as vital and real. with that, the inter-subjectivity lauded by postmodern human research theorists such as lather ( ) can be implemented. in this way alternative stories and realities are increasingly legitimated and heard. and finally, a gala opening and a dream friday, january , , evening: a well-heeled and animated crowd is milling around the lobby of the vancouver art gallery. two dignitaries are welcoming vancouver's elite to the opening of the exhibition "pierced hearts and true love: a century of drawings for tattoos." members of the street element - youngsters with hair dyed in shocking hues of ultrablue, sonic yellow and magenta, body piercings, and 'retro' clothing; a burly man with a ponytail and thick, tattoo-covered forearms - jostles with the regular audience, who circumnavigate this colorful admixture with flair. i make a mental note of acquiring a few invitation cards to send to frank, paul, neil, sean and colin. the cards' image, of a cobra about to strike, set between a cluster of roses, is from a tattoo drawing in ink on parchment, now weathered and resembling flesh. i wonder if these cards would be considered contraband, as is any other tattooing paraphernalia in prisons. in a recent dream, i am being searched at the front gate of a penitentiary where i have arrived to teach a course in art. a female guard takes special interest in a book i have brought to show to the inmates, unaware it may pose a risk. the contents of the (textless) book are black and white illustrations: elegant, old-fashioned woodblock or silkscreen prints of knives, pistols and other weapons. i am detained indefinitely.... references alcoff, linda ( ). the problem of speaking for others. cultural critique, winter, - . aulich, lynn ( ). fear and loathing: art therapy, sex offenders and gender. in marian liebmann (ed.), art therapy with offenders (pp. - ). london: jessica kingsley. boyle, jimmy ( ). a sense of freedom. edinburgh: canongate. caron, roger ( ). go boy!: memoirs of a lifetime behind bars. toronto: mcgraw-hill ryerson. carrell, chris & laing, joyce ( ). the special unit, barlinnie prison: its education through its art. glasgow: third eye centre. cheek, frances and laucius, joan ( ). the time worlds of three drug-using groups - alcoholics, heroin addicts, and psychedelics. in henry yaker, osmond humphrey and frances cheek (eds.), the future of time: man's temporal environment (pp. - ). new york: doubleday. cleveland, william ( ). the history of california's art-in-corrections program. in stephen duguid (ed.), yearbook of correctional education , - . burnaby, british columbia: simon fraser institute for the humanities. coakely, catherine ( ). creativity in prison. yearbook of correctional education, , - . clifford, james ( ). partial truths. in james clifford and george marcus (eds.). writing culture: the politics and poetics of ethnography (pp. - ). berkeley: university of california press. ( ). the predicament of culture: twentieth century ethnography, literature, and art. cambridge, massachusetts: harvard university press. cohen, stanley and taylor, laurie ( ). psychological survival: the experience of long- term imprisonment. middlesex: penguin. congdon, kristen ( ). art in jail settings. art education ( ), - . creswell, john ( ). research design: qualitative and quantitative approaches. thousand oaks, california: sage publications. duguid, stephen ( ). electronic mail correspondence, january. edwards, shan ( ). out of line: art therapy with vulnerable prisoners. in marian liebmann (ed.), art therapy with offenders (pp. - ). london: jessica kingsley. freud, sigmund ( ). leonardo: a psychosexual study. new york: random house. friere, paulo ( ). pedagogy of the oppressed. new york: seabury press. foucault, michel ( ). discipline and punish: the birth of the prison. new york: vintage/random house. gardner, howard ( ). the unschooled mind: how children think and how schools should teach . new york: basic books. garibaldi, michele & moore, mary ( ). the treatment team approach. journal of physical education and recreation ( ), - . gioscia, victor ( ). on social time. in henry yaker, osmond humphrey and frances cheek (eds.), the future of time: man's temporal environment (pp. - ). new york: doubleday. goldin, carol and thomas, jim ( ). adult education in correctional settings: symbol or substance? adult education quarterly ( ), - . gorman, bernard & wessman, alden ( ). images, values and concepts of time. in bernard gorman and alden wessman (eds.), the personal experience of time (pp. - ). new york: plenum press. hall, edward ( ). the dance of life: the other dimension of time. garden city, new york: anchor press/doubleday. hargreaves, andy ( ). teachers' work and the politics of time and space. qualitative studies in education ( ), - . harris, ruth ( ). murders and madness: medicine, law and society in the fin de siecle. oxford: clarendon. huxley, aldous ( ). doors of perception. new york: harper. jansen, golie and peshkin, alan ( ). subjectivity in qualitative research. in margaret lescompte, wendy l . millroy and judith priessle (eds.), the handbook of qualitative research in education (pp. - ). san diego: academic press. karban, barbara ( ). fear and loathing: art therapy, sex offenders and gender. in marian liebmann (ed.), art therapy with offenders (pp. - ). london: jessica kingsley. knights, wayne ( ). culture in the bureaucracy: the university in prison. yearbook of correctional education , - . koestler, arthur ( ). darkness at noon. new york: random house. kvale, steinar ( ). the social construction of validity. qualitative inquiry ( ), - . lancy, david f. ( ). qualitative research in education: an introduction to the major traditions. new york: longman. lather, patti ( ). getting smart: feminist research and pedagogy with/in the postmodern. new york, london: routledge. leary, timothy ( ). the politics of ecstasy. new york: putnam. mackie, barry ( ). art therapy - an alternative to prison. in marian liebmann (ed.), art therapy with offenders (pp. - ). london: jessica kingsley. mann, thomas ( ). the magic mountain. new york: vintage/random house. m c c a l l , gail ( ). leisure restructuring. journal of physical education and recreation ( ), - . mcewen, douglas & martinez, armando ( ). "you can do your time or let your time do you". journal of physical education and recreation ( ), - . nicolai, sandra ( ). rehabilitation and leisure in prisons. journal of physical education and recreation ( ), - . peaker, anne & vincent, jill ( ). arts in prisons: towards a sense of achievement. london: home office research and planning unit. piaget, jean ( ). a child's construction of reality. london: routledge & regan paul. piazza, michael ( , february). members only: from the art institute to the cook county juvenile detention center. new art examiner ( ), - . ( , march). at night in the grand court - a renovation. white walls, a journal of language and art , - . priestly, j.b. ( ). man and time. new york: dell publishing. riches, colin ( ), the hidden therapy of a prison art education programme. in marian liebmann (ed.), art therapy with offenders (pp. - ). london: jessica kingsley sekida, katsuki ( ). zen training. new york, tokyo: john weatherhill inc.. shipman, marten ( ). the limitations of social research. london: longman. skelly, tom ( , winter). on the yard. high performance / , - . speckman, ray ( ). recreation in prisons - a panacea? journal of physical education and recreation ( ), - . szekely, george ( ). art education in correctional settings. studies in art education (\), - . tyler, stephen ( ). post-modern ethnography: from document of the occult to occult document. in james clifford and george marcus (eds.), writing culture: the poetics and politics of ethnography (pp. - ). berkeley, california: university of california press. uren, j. ( ). craft education. in w . forster (ed.), prison education in england and wales (pp. - ). leicester, u . k . : national institute of adult education (england and wales). vincent, isabel ( , november). the most powerful thirteen-year-old in the world. saturday night, - , . white, edmund ( ). genet: a biography. new york: alfred a . knopf. wideman, john ( ). brothers and keepers. new york: holt, rinehart and winston. williams, ellen ( ). a n artist/advocate for the inmate voice. in steven hart and mark waren (eds.), the arts in prisons (pp. - ). new york: center for advanced study in theatre arts. williams, larry ( ). women's correctional recreational services. journal of physical education and recreation ( ), , . woods, peter ( ). inside schools: ethnography in educational research. london: routledge and keagan paul. t h e u n i v e r s i t y o f b r i t i s h c o l u m b i a appendix i faculty of education department of curriculum studies main mall vancouver, b . c . canada v t z tel: ( ) - fax: ( ) - march , to whom it may concern: this letter is a request to visit a correctional facility in the lower mainland in order to conduct research in the area of art education. i am a master's student at u . b . c . and the data from this research will be used in my thesis. my interest with prisoners and art stems in part from a five-week pilot study i made at r*************^ ontario, last summer. i was looking at the effect that an intensive engagement in visual art has on prisoners' self-esteem. one of the surprises that emerged from interviews with two volunteers was the wish they expressed for more time to do their art — both a longer duration for the course, and longer periods of class time. this discovery struck me as somewhat paradoxical, given my assumption that the last thing a prisoner would wish for was more time. it occurred to me that prisoners' sense of time may be qualitatively different from what we, as outsiders, experience. from this and other issues, i have developed the following proposal, to study how prisoners perceive time, and to what extent an immersion in a visual art program affects that perception. related to this is a secondary issue: to what extent does an immersion in art affect the renegotiation of prisoners' identity? for the purpose of this study, i am seeking a site to offer a course of instruction in art. i would like to involve prisoners as much as possible in the design of the course, in order to allow maximum participation and self-expression. however, as a working theme, i am suggesting using the body as a point of exploration. students would begin with basic drawing exercises focused primarily on the body, leading through painting, and culminating in three-dimensional constructions, using their own bodies as reference. more metaphors than literal likenesses, the images should encourage a wide variety of styles as students explore their own histories and identities. this course will last between ten and twelve weeks, depending upon the number of hours per class (ideally, six), and number of classes offered per week. i would like eight to ten volunteers to participate in the study; however, enrollment in the course would not be limited to those few. a maximum of fifteen students in a class would work best, i feel, but more than one class may be offered concurrently. m y schedule is quite flexible; i am available weekends and tuesday, thursday and friday evenings. as this proposal benefits me as much as inmate students (and possibly staff), i am offering this service free. i may submit a request to cover supplies, depending upon what materials are available on site, and what funds i can pry out of my department. as we will emphasize working with what is at hand, and active recycling, any amount suggested should be modest. if you wish to discuss this proposal with me further, you can reach me at: [*=*******]. you may also contact my faculty advisor, rita irwin, at [****•***]. thank you for your co-operation. sincerely, graeme knight. appendix ii questionnaire a (beginning of the course) . when was the last time you made a drawing, painting or other item of visual interest (anything, including 'useful' articles like tooled leather or tattoos, that is pleasing to the eye)? a week ago or less more than a week ago but within the past month between one and twelve months ago one to three years ago more than three years ago can't remember . what was it? . overall, were you: a) really pleased; b) satisfied; c) disappointed but felt you learned something; or d) totally discouraged with the result of your effort? . (answer if you checked b , c , or d for # .) what could or would you have done to improve the result of your art project? . do you like to draw? a lot sometimes ; only when i'm really bored not at all. . what things do you like to draw? . what materials, or mediums, (e.g. pencil, charcoal, ink, etc.) do you like to use? . have you ever made an art piece in three dimensions (e.g. soapstone or wood carving, clay modelling, cardboard construction)? yes no . if yes, what was it? . circle the following museums or events you ever attended: animal show, such as the royal winter fair, or a dog show antique show aquarium art gallery (commercial) art gallery (public, like the art gallery of ontario) automobile or boat show botanical house or garden craft museum fashion show home show museum of civilization, ottawa maritime museum military or airforce base "open house" military museum museum of natural history (dinosaurs, etc.) native american powow pioneer village, fort or other historical reconstruction planetarium provincial or national parks science centre zoo other (please specify) . . what do you like to do in your spare time? (please underline) play sports (which ones?) : work out with weights read watch tv listen to music listen to the radio play music (your own instrument: ) write (circle any): letters, poetry, short stories, in a journal play cards talk play board games work on crossword or other puzzles work on school assignments other (please specify) . how many hours a week would you say you watch tv? . which programs do you watch most often? . what do you hope to do when you are released? thank you for your cooperation! appendix iii interview questions - [********] inmate art attitudes and histories interviewer: graeme knight interviewee: place: [*******̂ room: date: . how many hours per week would you say you spend on your hobby? this includes all the time preparing, ordering materials, reading and other research you do on your project. . describe the procedure for obtaining materials for your art or craft. . what materials are restricted? . are there any skills you have acquired in prison that you will use for leisure time, when you are released? . tell me about some of the things in art or crafts that you did before you were incarcerated. . what other pastimes did you enjoy before your prison sentence, that is, on the 'outside'? . what sorts of images do you like to make (draw, sculpt, paint, etc.)? . where do you get your ideas, or images from, to do your hobby? . have you noticed any positive, beneficial effects from doing hobbycrafts or art? if so, what are they? . have you noticed any harmful or negative effects from doing hobbycrafts or art? what are they? . what would you say is your best, or favorite, hobby? . how did you learn it? . in general, what would you say is more important, mastering a skill or technique, or expressing yourself? . how does the time you spend in hobby activities compare with other time, such as a) other free time activities (please specify); b) regular daytime program activity; c) visiting time; and d) other time? . what are some words or expressions you would use to describe time? . in general, how quickly does time pass for you, in here? . are there times, for example, times of day, seasons, during certain activities, when time seems to pass more slowly? more quickly? . please describe a typical week at matsqui: the structure, periods of school, work, meals, visiting hours, "free time", weekends, and so on. . in general, how does the time you spend in prison compare with time on the outside? . what changes have you noticed in yourself during your time spent in prison? . has working on a hobby or an art activity had any impact on this (these) change(s)? . do you have any other thoughts or insights about time you would like to share? . where are you at in your sentence (near the beginning, somewhere in the middle, or close to the end)? . what advice can you give me, or any art teacher who wants to set up a course in prison? . s there any thing else you would like to say? t h e u n i v e r s i t y o f b r i t i s h c o l u m b i a a p p e n d i x iv faculty of education department of curriculum studies main mall vancouver, b . c . canada v t z tel: ( ) - fax:( ) - may , . . dear volunteer: i am a student at the university of british columbia, specializing in art education. i would like to conduct some interviews and observations with you as part of my research which i w i l l use toward a thesis for my m . a . degree. the purpose of this study is to discover how inmates in a long-term correctional facility understand and experience time, and how art activity impacts on their experience of time and their identities of themselves. to find this out, i would like to interview you, and observe your conduct in class, throughout the course of instruction. i w i l l need two interviews: at the beginning of the course and at the end. each time i w i l l ask you questions regarding what you think about time in general: how you experience it and the way(s) you define it; and other questions to do with how art activity impacts on your sense of time, and on yourself in general. the second interview w i l l also concern specific artistic problems that you w i l l be involved with at the time. each interview should take no more than twenty minutes (total time: one hour maximum). i w i l l use audio tape only. it is important that i record your own words verbatim. your answers, and any observations i make, will be treated with total confidentiality. nobody other than yourself, me, and my advisor, dr. rita irwin, w i l l see or read the information i collect. a l l names w i l l be changed in any written descriptions. after i have summarized my findings, all data w i l l be destroyed. if you have any questions or concerns about the procedure at any time, either during or after the session, please let me know. y o u may refuse to participate, or, if you wish to drop out of this study at any time you may do so and remain in the art course. of course, i can offer you no cash payment or gift of any sort, only gratitude. your cooperation is extremely valuable to me. thank you for your consent and assistance. sincerely, graeme knight. i, understand the purpose of this study and freely volunteer my permission to graeme knight to interview me and observe my conduct in art class. i have received a copy of this consent form for my records, page of signed: date: ; page of a p p e n d i x v e x p l o r a t i o n s t h r o u g h a r t c o u r s e c a l e n d a r - summer - [**************], b.c. week : e x p l o r a t i o n s through art: introduction/drawing tuesday, may no class thursday, may introduction to drawing: a): gesture, colored chalk pastel. notes: outline of course, request for research participant volunteers week : drawing ii tuesday, may drawing b): contour, value, texture, lines' expressive meanings. thursday, may drawing c): inverted shapes, .positive and negative space exercises. visuals: slides of drawings from european and asian artists; th century to present. week : painting tuesday, june introduction to color: emotional & physical properties; color wheels thursday, june painting with tempera: imaginary landscapes, copying modern masters and/or still lives visuals: slides of impressionist & modern work, real objects, color images from books week :political and issue art: "pushing buttons." tuesday, june collage and montage: making use of everyday materials. thursday, june images - magazine photos, to create personal statements visuals: pop. conceptual, and native artists. week (?): papermaking with wendy stephenson tuesday, june m s . stephenson w i l l lead class in their own creation of paper thursday, june continuation of papermaking. to be announced. week : printmaking tuesday, june brief review of relief printmaking (new to some): linocutting thursday, june linocutting continued. advanced students are encouraged to experiment with own paper & multicolors. visuals: prtints from japanese woodblocks, m u n c h , picasso, rauschenburg warhol, sawai, etc. note:personal meaning w i l l be emphasized.. week : sculpture i: clay modelling/casting. tuesday, july design and execute a relief sculpture thursday, july casting of relief sculpture in plaster of paris. body parts may be cast as well, at discretion of teacher. visuals: renaissance ( th & th centuries) doorways and freestanding statues, to george segal, prisoner-artists. week : sculpture ii: construction/assemblage tuesday, july students may continue themes developed with collage unit; combination of... thursday, july ...found materials and objects with casting and/or plaster. visuals: m a r i s o l . nevelson, picasso, native and african sculpture. week : preparation for a n i m a t i o n : comic b o o k tuesday, july students w i l l write and illustrate an autobiographical comic b o o k . . . . thursday, july which may be later developed into a three- minute animation sequence. visuals: adult themed comics ( n o t porn!) from various comic artists (robert crumb, japanese styles, etc.) week (?) animation with guest artist michelle w i l l m o t t tuesday, july a four-week unit in animated film for those, interested.... thursday, july ...students may also work in their own chosen medium over the next four weeks. visuals: t . b . a . a diverse show of animated film styles, featuring some real classics. week : animation unit or one's tuesday, july ...own medium continues thursday, august ..until the end of classes! week : tuesday, august thursday, august week : tuesday, august thursday, august instructor: graeme knight a p p e n d i x v i correctional service canada service correctionne! canada number — numero: date - - resp. center c o d e centre de resp. page: of/de list of approved cell hobbies and related tools and materials hobby toola mater artwork: painting, drawing c a l l i g r a p h y , c r e a t i v e writing copper tooling drafting fly tying jewellery craft, s i l v e r craft knitting i crocheting leather-craft model building exacto knife, knife blades, scissors , pencils, brushes, palettes, oz. thinner, palette knife, stretch f raaie a , d r a f t i n g set, scissors needles, beading, looms, scissors, exacto knife, knife blades pens & nibs pens & nibs moulding t o o l s , exacto knife, knife blades, scissors exacto knife, knife blades, ' t-square, l-square, scissors small needle nose, p l i e r s , scissors, budding needles, fly-tying vise needlenose p l i e r s , engraver, needles, small snips, tool sharpener, engraving tools, jewell ers block, *o_r_- icharponocv k n i t t i n g needles, scissors, needles, crochet hooks, tape measure, s t i t c h holders, cauges, yarn holder scissors, needles, swivel knife, "l.wooden mallet, stamping tools, leather punch, brushes, cauges exacto knife, knife blades, tweezers, vise, hand d r i l l paints, charts, masking tape, paper, charcoal, fli«wng i pay a* t canvas, drawing pens, inks, water paints, l e t t r a set, matting board, o i l paints. beads, thread, wax, scrap leather, p e n c i l s , pencil crayons, fasteners, masking tape, patterns ink, paper, books paper, ink copper pins t paints, sq.f t. copper sheeting, spackle, patterns & mould, steelwool, tracing film pens, pencils, s t e n c i l s , masking tape, paper hooks, feathers, thread, wool, white glue. fur, s i l k , masking tape, fishing line wire, stones, metal, emery paper, pencils, paper, wax, feathers, beads, shells, emery cloth, leather, ivory and/or tangua nuts, findings wool, books, charts, pins, zippers, buttons, masking tape leather, lacing, patterns, oz. contact cement or white g lue, dyes,~ waxes, studs t findings, leather weld model k i t s , brushes, paints, b-uohcc, pens, non-toxic clue, wire, wood pieces, f i t t i n g s petit point, needle point scissors, needles, exacto knife, wooden frames, knife blades, magnifying device wool, beads, ring , hangers, books, threads, cotton wool, patterns, masking tape, paper, screen, mat board list or approved cell hobbies and related tools and materials h o b b y rug hooking soap stone a r g a l l t e carving tools rug hook, stapler, wood frame, exacto knife, knife blades, s c i s s o r s exacto knife, knife blades materials wool, canvas, charts, staples, needles pens, pencil crayons, soap stone, a r g a l i t e c s c - c c - (r-fl -l ) " o - - . - - i directive "introduction'' £ * correctional service canada service correctionnel canada n u m b e r — n u m e r o : date . - - p a g e : : o f / d e . r e s p . c e n t e r c o d e i c e n t r e d e r e s p . string art hood carving/woodwork exacto knife, wooden mallet, knife blades set of carving knives, or gouge set, brushes t compass set, sharpening stone, exacto knife, knife blades / " f i n i s h i n g h a i l s , plywood ( " x "), thread, white clue, water base faints wood (max. s q . f t . ) . sandpaper,. faint, white glue, beeswax, screws, f i t t i n g s , pens, pencils, steelwool, material/cloth, polish note: a l l scissors must be blunt-end and inches or l e s s . carving tool blades must not exceed i - / inches. materials include applicable books & patterns f o r hobby. pelican series ink j^—noj^jillowed. the follow i kg are not allowed tn the living units class, carving tools with a blade that exceeds - / inches, toxic clue, lacquer/varnish, screwdrivers. f i l e s or saws. j a - i n t - f l - f i a t i thinners must solvent base paints, pprovejl. auth,ojrized . _p_z. cojv^a^ g e j r s ^ a l l shop hobby a c t i v i t i e s must be done i n the hobby shop and not taken into the c e l l s . " a l l carving knives and engraving tools must be kept i n a locked container when not i n use. engraving tools for s i l v e r a c t i v i t i e s are not subject to the - / inch l i m i t a t i o n , but must be personally inspected and approved by the arts & crafts o f f i c e r before being allowed i n the living unit. approved shop activities ceramics/pottery exacto knife, knife blades, shaping tools, shaping needles, clay s l i c e r , .brushes ceramic c l u e , c l a y , creenware, glazes , paints, sponges, plaster of paris, glass &. hirror etching exacto knife, class cutter, knife blades, brushes mirror, class, masking tape, pens, pencils, paper, paint stained class class cutters, p l i e r s , mallets, class grinders, soldering iron, exacto knife, knife blades, lead knives, side c u t t e r s , brushes, mallets class, solder, flux, moulds, patterns, forms, glue, patina, lamp parts, nails, wax, masking tape, pens, pencils, paints, grinding stones, copper f o i l , class polish hand tools, small power tools, router b i t s wood, screws, n a i l s . wood f i l l e r , varnish, paints note: a l l shop tools must remain i n the hobby shop and s h a l l not be taken to the c e l l s . a l l shop hobby shall be done i n the shop only and riot taken to the c e l l s . inmates are not allowed to own hacksaws or grinders. csc/scc - (r- - ) - - - directive "wrcc-.j.ign" microsoft word - benjamin_redazionato.docx line, colour, drawing in kant and hegel andrew benjamin andrew.benjamin@monash.edu kant and hegel have diametrically opposed views concerning the relationship between colour and drawing. for hegel colour is all; while for kant drawing is central. through an analysis of both these positions the conclusion that is drawn is that colour and drawing have a necessary interrelation. one cannot be thought other than in relation to reach other. taken together they are integral to the development of a philosophy of art. key words: kant, hegel, colour, drawing, line itinera, n. , line, colour, drawing in kant and hegel andrew benjamin andrew.benjamin@monash.edu . drawing is not just the presence of lines, as though drawing could be reduced to the presence of sketched form. drawing brings the line as a question into play. there is however a fundamental addition here. for kant and hegel, and indeed for other philosophers, writers and artists, drawing has to be thought in relation to colour. indeed, there is a question as to whether, within the domain of art, it is possible to hold colour and drawing apart. matisse’s famous comment in his letter to henry clifford reiterates the presence of an already present relation. si le dessin procède de l’esprit et la couleur des sens, il faut dessiner pour cultiver l’esprit et être capable de conduire la couleur par les sentiers de l’esprit . these opening comments create a setting. the aim of this paper, which is to investigate the way kant and hegel’s engagement with drawing is equally one with colour, is part of a more extended research project concerning the relationship between philosophy and the particularity of the work of art . the formulation – the work of art – creates a specific point of orientation. it refers both to the work of art as an object, as it does to henri matisse to henry clifford, fevrier . quoted in m. imdahl. couleur: les écrits des peintres français de poussin à delaunay, maison des sciences de l’homme, paris, p. . the initial attempt to outline the project of which this paper forms a part is presented in my art’s philosophical work, rowman and littlefield, london ; id., drawing jerusalem. notes on hans bol’s jerusalem, with christ and the good shepherd ( ), in t. stoppani, g. ponzo and g. themistokleous, this thing called theory, routledge, london . itinera, n. , the work of art as an activity. the latter, the activity, is art’s work as the work of art. emphasizing activity rather than the mere giveness of the object introduces a fundamental shift in approach. the object figures differently. consequently, the question to be taken to any particular work of art is how it works as art; a question which assumes that the locus of meaning cannot be reduced to the content of the image. rather meaning is an after effect of the way materials are at work. materials present. marks mark. there is always another marking in the mark; another presentation in any presentation. any sense of purity therefore is undone in advance. philosophy has addressed art under different headings. while there are a range of approaches this project has a founding contention, namely, that aesthetics as a way of addressing art effectively ends with kant and that the philosophy of art begins with hegel. hence developing a philosophy art has to begin with the recognition of the limit of aesthetics. the opening staged by the circumscription of aesthetics is already clear from hegel’s argument, located in his lectures on fine art, that while the work of art (thus art’s work) has an obvious aesthetic dimension, it is also true that the work calls on thought . the immediacy of the aesthetic and the call on thought cannot be separated. for hegel they take place «at the same time [zugleich]». the work, in having an already present and thus ineliminable ideational content is itself, therefore, a locus of thought. if it can be said that the work of art calls, then it calls to be thought and not just to be experienced. (the assumption is twofold; the work of art can be thought and the work – even the lines – is itself always already a locus of thought). thinking is a necessarily mediated process that cannot be reduced to the immediacy of the aesthetic. responding immediately, the argument would then continue, is not philosophical nor moreover can it engage the work of art. the aesthetic is premised on the passage from hegel’s lectures on fine art around which the paper turns is the following: «what is now aroused in us by works of art is not just immediate enjoyment but at the same time [zugleich] our judgment also, since we subject to our intellectual consideration (i) the content of art [inhalt], and (ii) the work of art’s means of presentation [darstellungsmittel des kuntswerks], and the appropriateness or inappropriateness [angemessenheit und unangemessenheit] of both to one another. the philosophy of art is therefore a greater need [bedürfnis] in our day than it was in days when art by itself as art yielded full satisfaction. art invites us to intellectual consideration, and that not for the purpose of creating art again, but for knowing philosophically what art is» (g. w. f. hegel, aesthetics: lectures on fine art, oxford university press, oxford , / ). itinera, n. , the refusal to respond to art’s inherently ideational content. in sum, aesthetics is based on the refusal to think art. as a result, it is essential that if philosophy is to engage with actual works of art and thus to view art as always already the locus of thought, then their specificity of these works as the interplay of the material, the ideational and the aesthetic is that with which any engagement has to be made. that interplay – the locus of engagement – is the mattering of art. mattering is art’s work understood as the work’s activity – its being art. mattering is an essential element within a materialist philosophy of art. created here is the framework within which to approach the way that kant and hegel’s engagement with drawing is from the start an engagement with colour. there are two important additional points that need to be made here. both concern limitations that clarify further the project of this paper. the first is that both colour and its relation to the line are addressed as they occur within the work of art. a concern with colour in the visual field involves one set of concerns that is delimited either by the physiology of perception or a specific set of objects. the work of colour within art’s work and thus within a philosophical concern with art involves a fundamentally different sense of colour. the assumption that the first has automatic extension would be simply another instance of philosophy’s inability to responds to art as art. in other words, it would be another instance of the failure to think the particularity of art’s work. wittgenstein’s proposition in the philosophical investigations – «don’t think, but look! [denk nicht, sondern schau!]» has to be inverted . there is a different imperative: look at that that which is already a locus of thought. at that point looking and thinking coincide. this is the sine qua none for the development of philosophy of art. the second point will only emerge in the guise of a conclusion. if the aesthetic is premised on the failure both to recognise and respond to the always already present ideational content of art’s work, then the opening assumption that form is informed and thus calls on thought has a significant effect on the way in which the relationship between line and colour – thus drawing and painting – are then conceived. an effect l. wittgenstein. philosophical investigations, wiley-blackwell, london , § . itinera, n. , that calls into question the traditional ways in which both of these oppositions are understood. it provides further openings in the development of a materialist philosophy of art; where the latter is simply a philosophy of art that accepts art’s mattering as that which has overall priority. . what is drawing? rather than assume there is a direct answer to this question a start will be made here, not with drawing as such, but with drawing’s mythic beginning. at the outset, the outset as itself constituted as a locus of activity, there was a hand that moved. the founding myth of painting is of course equally the founding myth of drawing. they are together at the origin. though this particular beginning ties architecture (the wall) and sculpture (the relief) to the evocation of what is in fact a complex of origins . there is there a constellation of concerns not the mere line. these interconnected beginnings are recounted by pliny the elder in his natural history. they are staged a number of times in book xxxv . the story concerned the daughter of butades; the latter a potter from sicyon. his daughter, on the departure of her lover for battle, traced the lover’s outline on a wall. pliny reports that there was general agreement that painting began with the drawing of this line. while the line may have been generative insofar as led to painting, it was generative in other ways. pliny reports the event as an account of a specific origin and then goes on to indicate that the drawing had a further effect. the drawing was itself an origin, thus another origin. origins have an ineliminable and thus anoriginal doubling . according to pliny butades responded to the lines created by his daughter in a precise way. pliny writes: the overlooking of the architectural can be understood as an attempt retroactively to eliminate complexity in the name of what would only ever be a putative singular origin. for an examination of the neglect of architecture see robin evans’ essay translations from drawing to building, in his translations from drawing to building and other essays, architectural association press, london . pliny, natural history, xxxv. on the significance of this story for art history see: r. rosenblum the origin of painting: a problem in the iconography of romantic classicism, in “the art bulletin”, , , ; v. stoichita, short history of the shadow, reaktion books, london . i have developed and deployed the term anoriginal to describe an origin that is always already more than one. that plurality is ontological nature rather than sematic. see my recovering anoriginal relationality, in “research in phenomenology”, , , . itinera, n. , her father pressed clay on this and made a relief (typum fecit), which is hardened by exposure to fire with rest of his pottery; and it is said that the likeness was preserved in the shrine of the nymphs until the destruction of corinth by mummius . the line becomes a «relief [typus]». one medium led to another. the literal and figural crossing of a line results in the creation of an object that can itself be located in an inventory of all objects. in the end it became just an object. (or at least an object defined by the imperatives of preservation, no matter how unsuccessful this may have been, rather than one with artistic meaning on its own). the line moves beyond itself. and yet there were lines. the first iteration of the story is clear: umbra hominis lines circumducta (the lines were drawn around the shadow of a man) . the line is the result of drawing; drawing is the result of the movement of hands. the lines that were drawn, if the unfolding of the report is followed, were themselves part of a process in which drawing is already a form of tracing. within that process the drawn line while traced, was equally preliminary. the lines marked a condition that retrospectively became a limit condition. the line opens and sustains the possibility of a passage. and thus from one perspective the line, which is already in place as a threshold, is there as the passage itself. the condition of this passage, a passage whose presence is the actualization of a potentiality, is the presence therefore of the line as preliminary . precisely because the line works as a point of departure, the opening question has to be: was the drawn line ever just a line? the question might be thought to pertain, and pertain uniquely to the line, and thus hold to the line as resulting from the moment in which the moving hand encountered a surface. even though that encounter was necessarily mediated by the presence of a drawing implement, if that mediation were left to one side, then the moment of encounter might be taken as a moment of pure immediacy. if this were the case then the line is the gesture; or more precisely that conception of gesture in which the gesture is «pure means» and thus withdrawn from pliny, natural history, xxxv. - . ivi, xxxv. . on the line as «preliminary» is my, the preliminary: notes on the force of drawing, in “the journal of architecture”, ( ), , pp. - . itinera, n. , any logic of utility, and in harboring a version of kant’s famous «purposiveness without a purpose», the line then becomes the gesture that can be associated with the work of agamben. for agamben gesture «is the exhibition of a mediality, it makes visible a means as such [è l'esibizione di una medialità, il render visibile un mezzo come tale]» . the defining element inheres in the «as such [come tale]». and thus in the possibility of there being gesture «as such». and yet, what stands countering such an eventuality, namely an eventuality that is the identification of the gesture with that occasioning of expression which was itself truly the «expressionless», is a different conception of the line and parenthetically another conception of gesture . in contradistinction to this merely posited pure state, there is another possibility. one in which the drawn line is linked to the ineliminability of thought. allowing for this link means that rather than being a pure site the line is informed ab initio. the latter brings with it a possible radical reconfiguration of form. though now the movement would have been different. the line would have been the same. the hand would still have drawn. butades’ daughter would have traced her lover’s presence. now, however, presence would have marked absence. in other words, there cannot have been just a hand. the line would have borne it. the moving hand recalls. the remembering hand inscribes what it recalls within the line as the line. memory here need not be an intentional act. indeed, memory works beyond intention. this slippage of intentionality’s hold, the line slipping from its hold, still allows memory to register as the line is being drawn and then it is retained in the now recalling drawn line. a line that is, of course, always able to remember more. (remembering more than it was ever thought to have known. this is, of course, a description of the interpretive act and thus of the line as a hermeneutic site). as a beginning, equally at the beginning, the line marks both presence and loss. they are presented by the drawn line. the line, and it is now this charged line, lent both itself and the charge – admitting their originality and g. agamben. mezzi senza fine. note sulla politica, bollati borlinghieri, milano , p. . i have tried to develop another conception of gesture, one that is in accord with an understanding of the line as informed form in my: gesture and expression: limiting lament’s expression, in “international yearbook for hermeneutics”, , ; id., two forms of gesture: notes on aby warburg and walter benjamin, in “aisthesis. pratiche, linguaggi e saperi dell’estetico”, , , ; id., empathy and gesture: warburg in la cappella sassetti, in d. rubinstein (ed.), fragmentation of the photographic image in the digital age, routledge, london . itinera, n. , thus the impossibility of separating form from its having been informed – to the relief that occurs after the line. the relief which was «made [fecit]» by her father after the lover’s departure. the line has become a drawing. becoming that specific instance of informed form that was a precursor; the line as informed form and yet also preliminary. here precision is vital. after the line there was a «relief [typus]». however, that particular relief is an instance, an example, of what comes after the drawing of a line; thus after drawing. that it is an «instance», or an «example» indicates the presence of a particular and not the presence of a formal and form giving relation that has a singular determination in each instance). here, the relief occurs as the line is crossed; enabling it to be crossed is the presence of the line as informed form, though, and this point is key, the relief, while present after the line is no more than an instance of that which may have come after this particular line (or set of lines and thus a drawing). hence the relief in question is an example. it has a relation of indetermination to this particular preliminary line. in sum, the line is a precursor to the extent that there is an indeterminate relation to that which occurs takes place after it. the line endures therefore as a precursor. while it cannot be pursued here with the detail that it deserves, this is the point at which to note one of the difficulties inherent in derrida’s engagement with the story of butades in his mémoires d’avegule . not only is his analysis dependent upon paintings by suvée and regnault – which are described only in terms of their content, derrida is systematically uninterested in which was identifies earlier as a work’s «mattering» – it is also the case that what is left are the complexities introduced by pliny’s own narrative. the concept of the line that appears is the one that also figures in his À dessin, le dessin. again derrida’s concern is the line’s inscription within a phenomenologically orientated problematic of visibility. while, of course, derrida is right to suggest that that the line «donne à voir», the line thus positioned, for derrida is what he calls the «ligne pure». the argument here is that there cannot be a pure line. this it is impossible to write of «le trait» that it «se soustrait à la vue» for the precise reason that the «trait» (the mark) cannot be reduced to that which only occurs in j. derrida, mémoires d‘avegule, Éditions de la réunion des musées nationaux, paris , pp. - . j. derrida, À dessin, le dessin, francispolis Éditions, rouen , p. . itinera, n. , the visual field . this is the mistake made by aesthetics. the line/mark is always already more – an excess refereed to earlier in terms of the doubling of the line or mark – is that which gives it an ineliminable hermeneutic quality. again the elimination of that quality is the project if aesthetics. the preliminary resists its incorporation into the project of aesthetics. the line is always preliminary in this precise sense. while the line is both preliminary, it is equally the site of a specific determination of informed form. and yet, here, it is vital to be cautious since there is already a tradition of imbuing the line with ideational content and this is a version of the informing of form. however, this often takes the form of the attribution of a representational quality to the line. it is important therefore that a differentiation be made. the presence of drawing in roger de piles’ l'idée du peintre parfait is a case in point. the framework of representation predominations. in that context drawing is held back from painting. drawings have a specific determination. for de piles drawings are described as the «les pensées que le peintres expriment ordinairement sur du papier» . while for de piles drawings are also «studies [etudes]» what is important here is the identification, or at least conflation, of thoughts and studies. «drawings [les dessins]» are «thoughts [pensées]» insofar as they are provisional. however, and here is why caution is necessary, it is a sense of provisionality that cannot be disassociated, at least initially, from the framework of representation. the question then is the extent to which they represent thought such that they are then simply the form taken by thought. the question does not just link thought to representation. more emphatically, one is then defined in terms of the other. determination and representation intertwine. what cannot be doubted is the reciprocity of relation between line and thought. lines «express» thoughts. there is a correlation. however, following from the argument staged above there is no necessity that the line, and by extension drawing, be understood as only operative within the structure of representation. what de piles is claiming is that drawings have an ideational content. form is already informed. in his case however that is because they «express» thought. retaining the framework of representation and thus using the language of expression is not the only possibility. ivi, p. . r. de piles, l’idée du peintre parfait, françois l’honoré, amsterdam , p. itinera, n. , once allocated the quality of being a locus of thought, then neither lines nor drawing depend upon expression – or the recovery of an intention of express – to be understood as such; i.e. to be understood as loci of thought. the suspension of the assumption of operative presence of the framework of representation as the only way of understanding drawing as a locus of thought creates the opening which representation cedes its place to presentation. as a result, while the drawing/thought relation is maintained, there is concomitant transformation of what is meant by the informing of form. lines are not informed by an intentional act in which the mind would guide the hand. there is a different claim. the claim pertains to how mattering – the interplay of materials and meaning – is understood. namely, it is not just that form is already informed, its being such is, in fact, the ontological status of the line. paul klee in writing about art, though the point may have its greatest acuity when it is said of drawing, that it «…gibt nicht das sichtbar wieder, sondern macht sichtbar» (…does not reproduce the visible, rather it makes visible) . if what it makes visible – the line therefore present as a making visible – is not to be understood as the presentation of an invisible outside and therefore not defined in relation to the invisible, as there countering invisibility, but has a different quality, then, as a result, other considerations obtain. indeed, what matters, matters in the precise sense that what is at work is the object’s presence as matter, thus its mattering, then the line works after the hand. working, that is, after the hand has worked. while retaining the hand’s recall there is now the opening in which the line can continue to remember. in the case of butades’ daughter, while the lover withdraws the drawn line retains. the line as presentation, as that which «makes visible», has to introduce the question of presentation, and it is a question that accepts the line’s provisionality. accepting, that is, the line’s status as preliminary. there is now a new question: what is presented? the answer to this question hinges both on the recognition that the informing of form means that what is presented is always that which while allowing for its possible reduction to the trace as or to the gesture, where the latter is understood as originally pure, purely p. klee, schriften. rezensionen und aufsätze, dumont reiseverlag, ostfildern , p. . itinera, n. , formal, in working with the supposition that this pure state could only ever be a produced state – and thus not pure at all – it would thereby follow that the line had an importantly different quality. the line is the site of a material presence in the precise sense that the informing of form in presenting both the ideational and the material thus precludes the complete reduction of the material to the empirical. the informing of form means that the line is itself the locus of an insistent irreducibility that occasions its future, which is its openness to relationality. it is open to the continuity of its own release of futurity. in other words, its finding form. while this is finding within indetermination form nonetheless occurs. butades created form. formally, futurity depends upon the resistance to closure. this resistance is sustained by the informed line and the continuity of the possibility of its finding furm. this is the ontological condition of the line; namely it is doubled at the origin. the line reappears therefore as the locus of what has alreay been described in term of anoriginal doubling. and thus there is the presence of the drawn line as a plural event. . while it is essential to continue to develop a thinking of the drawn line as the site in which there is an original informing of form, to the extent that the project remain philosophical, or rather continue as philosophical, once elements of philosophy’s own engagement with drawing are brought into play, drawing’s already present relation to colour then comes to figure. while there is always the general question of what it means to think drawing as a topic within the philosophical, in this context two already staged answers will be considered, namely kant’s and hegel’s. what both answers underscore is the proposition that any concern with drawing is equally a concern with colour. in the critique of the power of judgment kant argues the following in relation to drawing: in painting and sculpture, indeed in all the pictorial arts, in architecture and horticulture insofar as they are fine arts, the drawing is what is essential [ist die zeichnung das wesentliche], in which what constitutes the ground of all arrangements for taste is not what gratifies in sensation but merely what pleases through its form [durch seine form gefällt]. itinera, n. , the colours that illuminate the outline belong to charm [reiz]; they can of course enliven the object in itself for sensation, but they cannot make it worthy of being intuited and beautiful, rather, they are often even considerably restricted by what is required by beautiful form, and even where charm is permitted it is ennobled only through the former (emphasis added). central here is the contrast between what kant identifies as «charm [reiz]» and «form». how is that difference to be thought? what is its quality? occurring in § of the critique of the power of judgment is what might be described as a literalization of form insofar as kant seems to be concerned with the artwork’s formal arrangement. moreover, it is an arrangement that holds itself apart from colour. it is, of course, this position that receives a complex type of reversal in hegel who, while championing drawing, in the end takes the side of colour. why? the answer is straightforward. hegel’s concern with art’s work demands that attention be paid to presentation and thus to what he describes in the lectures on fine art as the «darstellungsmittel des kuntswerks (art work’s means of presentation)» . kant, on the other hand, continues with the object’s intuitability as a locus of organization. indeed, this has to be the case since kant is concerned with the subject’s relation to the object. and therefore the object as a potential locus of philosophical investigation is subsumed under a more general concern with object’s intuitability. in other words, with what he identifies elsewhere in the critique of the power of judgment as the «form» of the object. (namely, the object’s generalizable conditions of intuitability). here the limit emerges. kant cannot move from the subject (the locus of the aesthetic) to the object and thus to the need to think the always already present interplay of the material and the ideational. the implication of this position should be clear. once it can be suggested that drawing «pleases through its form [seine form]» what then follows is that while any one work’s «means of presentation» can be of no real philosophical significance for kant – other than being dismissed as «charming» – that is not the major point. what is far more important is that the means for it to be thought are themselves not present. to the extent that a concern with either «means» or «medium» did not pertain, or were reduced to that which charmed, what then would drawing be? if the kantian path were followed, then i. kant, critique of the power of judgment, translated by p. guyer and e. matthews, cambridge university press, cambridge , § . g. w. f. hegel, aesthetics, cit., vol. ii. itinera, n. , the answer would have to do with the formal arrangement of lines and thus the presentation of form. kant’s thinking however pushes further, in the end pushing against itself. drawing, in kant’s overall philosophical project, also figures as providing a language, perhaps a set of images, through which processes of thinking (cognition) can themselves be understood. drawing figures within the argumentation of the critique of pure reason: we cannot think of a line without drawing it in thought (wir können uns keine linie denken, ohne sie in gedanken zu ziehen) we cannot think of a circle without describing it, we cannot represent (nicht vorstellen) the three dimensions of space at all without placing three lines perpendicular to each other at the same point, and we cannot even represent time without, in drawing a straight line (ziehen einer geraden linie) (which is to be the external figurative representation of time (figürliche vorstellung der zeit ), attending merely to the action of the synthesis of the manifold through which we successively determine the inner sense, and thereby attending to the succession of this determination in inner sense . the formulation that appears above presents drawing as having a representational quality. moreover, here the thinking a line is the drawing of a line. what follows from this set up is of fundamental importance, namely, that the line’s «representation» is already the representation of a thought. kant writes that the straight line is «the external figurative representation of time». the question, of course, is how this representative quality is to be understood. what is it that the line presents? the answer can only pertain to the ideational. the line presents the circle, or three-dimensionality, or finally time; a presentation within and as representation. drawing, therefore, because it is the presentation of abstractions, also presents the condition of presentation. these abstractions are not the abstract as opposed to the figurative. in other words, it is abstract insofar as what is presented by the drawing is the very condition of presentation itself. of interest here is the way abstraction as the condition for any «representation» has to be a pure presentation and thus is there as the latter’s condition of possibility. this establishes, if only at the outset, (and this is the essential point, i.e. its only being there at the outset) the appearance of a link between drawing and that conception of i. kant, critique of pure reason, translated by p. guyer and a. wood, cambridge university press, cambridge ma. , b . itinera, n. , gesture in which the latter is the condition of expression. however because of both the the interplay of representation and presentation on the line hand, and the use of a conception abstraction that has content – e.g. the abstract circle, or time (as an abstraction) means that any attempt to equate abstraction with the pure immediacy has become impossible. its becoming thus attests both to the opening up of drawing and the connected and now inescapable reconsideration of form. in relation to free hand drawings by raphael and dürer, hegel writes the following. it is a formulation that indicates in what way, for hegel, drawing and paintings are connected. these free-hand drawings …. have the greatest interest because we see in them the miracle that the whole spirit of the artist passes over immediately into the manual dexterity which with the greatest ease, without groping, sets before us in the production of a moment everything that the artist’s spirit contains. for example, durer’s marginal drawings in the prayer book in the munich library have an indescribable spirituality and freedom: conception and execution appear as one and the same, whereas in paintings we cannot get rid of the idea that perfection has been achieved in them only after several over-paintings and a continuous process of advance and improvement. despite this, it is only by the use of colour that painting gives to the life of the soul its really living external appearance. note the two-stage presence of «spirit» within this formulation. in the first instance, within the drawing, perhaps as the drawing, «spirit» moves through the artist in terms of the latter’s «manual dexterity» in order to allow for the presence of what is identified as the «artist’s sprit». in drawing, specifically in durer’s «marginal drawings», there is an immediate presence/presentation of «spirit». and yet, painting brings something more into play. repeating hegel’s final formulation concerning colour is important in order to understand the particularity of drawing. he argues that the use of colour in painting is that, and in contradistinction to drawing, it «gives to the life of the soul its really living external appearance». even though it involves a set of different arguments that cannot be taken up here, it is still possible to link «material» and thus the «medium» to presentation and as such move drawing away from the inherent conception of abstraction at work in kant’s formulation. hegel’s comments on dürer remain important since he identifies, as noted, both a complementarity as well as simultaneity. g. w. f. hegel, aesthetics, cit., pp. - . itinera, n. , a twofold presence marked in the passage in terms of «conception» and «execution». in the drawing, they are one and the same. to reiterate the point; hegel writes «conception and execution appear as one and the same». while there is a sense of immediacy here, what is presented is the immediate presence of informed form. thus the immediate presence of that which is always already mediated, namely, informed form. mediacy however is not initially a position that involves a relation to the conceptual. rather, it pertains to the process of painting, i.e. to the «continuous process of advance and improvement» that comes with the repeated application of paint. painting introduces colour. for hegel there is a sense of literality here in that drawing was assumed to be literally without colour, while painting in deploying colour, in depending on colour, allows for what hegel refers to as «carnality» . if flesh is the place where spirit lives – and the determining figure here is the jesus of st john’s gospel, christ as a philosophical trope insofar as christ is, to meld john and hegel, «spirit having become flesh», then colour becomes the sine qua non for its presentation. in sum, the position is clear – no colour no life. for kant, of course, colour is not just inessential more importantly it belongs to the realm of «charm» and thus falls within the domain of subjectivism and thus outside the realm of universality, albeit subjective universality. hegel’s counter can be described in terms of both universality and materiality. as a result another mode of presence or presentation occurs. indeed, at work here are two different senses of presentation. for hegel that which has universal force is actually present within the work. what this means is that colour is both itself and ideational from the start. (that it can only have the ideational content identified by hegel is clearly not the case. here is the opening to what will emerge as contestability). and yet the significant point is that colour is material as opposed to the merely empirical. furthermore, were there to be just colour without a link to the ideational – and the absence of the link would be a quality of the work – then the work of art would have lost any connection to the «spiritual» (in hegel’s sense), to its being a determination of spirit, and as such would be unthinkable (in the precise sense that there would not be a call on thought). for a systematic engagement with this aspect of hegel’s writings on colour see j. sallis, transfigurements: on the true sense of art, university of chicago press, chicago , pp. - . itinera, n. , even though in kant’s formulation the line is informed – perhaps pace kant – the process of informing is radically different. presentation involves referral and indetermination at the same time. in the case of the reference to drawing that occurs in the critique of the power of judgment, drawing presents the ground of presentation. however, when kant adds that it «pleases through its form» then the other element that needs to be added to the interpretation of the overall passage from § is that while drawing presents, there is the need to announce the simultaneity of pleasure and then – and this is of course the point that is essential to the kantian project – to restrict that pleasure to itself. pleasure cannot open beyond to thought and thus to the conceptual. this is aesthetics’ insistent point. equally, it is point of impossibility. to restrict thought is already an act of thought. the impossible possibility of purity – of pure presentation – can be clarified by returning to the reference to drawing that occurs in the critique of pure reason. what occurs within that reference is formulated unequivocally in the language of representation. kant is clear, he wrote that «we cannot even represent time without …. drawing a straight line». the point is that what such a formulation stages is a relationship between the line and a specific form of presentation. what had to be held apart now appears, in this formulation at least, to have to be combined. the line, the drawn line, which while it has to be that which «pleases through its form», is nonetheless that which also, and thus at the same time, has a presentational quality that while referring to that original setting cannot be reduced to it. a constitutive spacing is uncovered and which functions is the formal undoing of the possibility of pure immediacy. this occurs because while it may please through its form, it is equally the presentation of time. the line is informed and therefore is not just form. it presents in excess of itself thus eschewing any possible reductio ad unum. the inscription of this doubling means that kant’s project frays at this precise point. even though the line had to be held apart from the conceptual, once what is at stake is the process by which the subject represents to itself, then drawing has a doubled presence in which form as always already informed comes into play. note the claim at a -a concerning the itinera, n. , process of what might be described as self representation: i call an extensive magnitude that in which the representation of the parts makes possible the representation of the whole necessarily precedes the latter. i cannot represent to myself any line no matter how small it may be, without drawing it in thought, i.e. successively generating all its parts from one point, and thereby first sketching this intuition . the question to be addressed here does not pertain to the ineliminability of drawing, thus thinking’s need to draw – even though that would be an important project in its own right – rather what is of concern here is the quality of the drawn. the drawn line does not just allow thinking. the line drawn is thought itself; it is the site of thinking, even if not understood as such. again, it is not just that the kantian insistence on holding pleasure apart from the conceptual is itself already a conceptual claim, here what is at stake in the impossibility of the kantian position in which there is the refusal of the informed line. even though, in the end, this is precisely what occurs. indeed, the conjecture is that this is what always had to occur. the uninformed line could only ever be produced as such. the line is present therefore as always already presentational in ways that allow it not simply to present the conceptual but to have been conceptual from the start. the line therefore is a locus of thought (thus it calls to be thought). this repositioning of the line allows in kant, though contra kant, for what hegel already knew about colour. colour was already informed though this has now to be seen as an already present quality of the line. while for hegel colour has a specific determination, one that flows from the incorporation of christ as a philosophical topos into the structure of thought, for kant what endures is a line that is informed abstractly. in the end this is a more truly kantian position. abstraction here needs to be understood as that which stages an indeterminate relation both to the thinking to which it gives rise and to the sense of the universal to which it is related. for hegel colour is given within a structure of carnality. to the extent that there is a break with this determinate presence and colour endures as merely informed there is a possible coalescence between kant and hegel. what continues to insist therefore is the link between these opening considerations since they resulted in showing that the way that the drawn line becomes i. kant, critique of pure reason, cit., a -a . itinera, n. , drawn takes place to the extent that form’s particular presence is always already informed. as a result what needs to be pursued are the differing ways in which informing occurs and thus the informed is present. . emerging from the preceding is what has been described as a coalescence between kant and hegel. and yet, it is one with an important tension. in both instances what became clear is the ineliminable presence of informed form. however, there is an important difference. in the case of kant the position was simply that while the possibility of informed form was refused, when it came to be drawing – it should be recalled that the formulation was that it pleases «through its form» – as his position was advanced, the line came to carry a weight greater than mere drawn presence. a weight, moreover, that indicated the impossibility of any initial purity or singularity. the could never have been a line without content. (to claim that there could is premised on a profound misunderstanding of the ontological status of the line). however, that content was not there as an addition. it was not as though content had been drawn into it. it had an original presence. the line, thus drawing, took on an informed quality. that quality did not itself have a determined content, what is opened up as a consequence is the possibility of line and thus drawing as a locus of pure abstraction. colour would still remain distanced. it would have to continue merely as that which charmed. colour would become an empty abstraction. here, of course, is the opening to hegel. for hegel, in the realm of painting, colour is all. and yet, there is a precise reason why this is the case. for hegel painting has a very clear project. as he argues in the lectures, painting has to portray spiritual subject matter in the form of actual and bodily human beings, and therefore the object of this love must not be painted as a merely spiritual beyond (blosses geistiges jenseits) but as actual and present (wirklich and gegenwätig) . this cannot be presented by drawing. the bodily – already captured in the term «carnality» – cannot be drawn. it inheres in the tones that only flesh can have. the ripple of muscles evinces a necessarily spiritual force. for hegel this is bound up with g. w. f. hegel, aesthetics, cit., / . itinera, n. , the «spirit having become flesh». however what that position sustains is the necessity that colour is informed. the limit of hegel’s position is not the presence of informed form but that the informing in question has an already determined and thus necessarily singular quality. what is excluded is the possibility that colour is a pure abstraction. there is one clear reason why this is the case. the presence of an already present determination, i.e. the ascription of a single and singular meaning, rather than remaining and end itself opens up a hermeneutic site. a site in which interpretation while linked to the specific presence of colour can, nonetheless, be contested. as a result colour, as a hermeneutic site, in which while one determination was sustained, contains the potential to open precisely because that determination would always have had a relation of indetermination to the work’s mattering (where mattering is taken as the abstract quality of the work of art). here is, of course, the link to kant insofar in there too the line will have a relation of indetermination to that of which it was preliminary. for hegel, for example, christ’s flesh is the locus of spirituality rather sensuality let alone sexuality . the question that has to be faced is how, if there is flesh, could the potential for the erotic ever absolutely excised? the answer is to insist, as hegel does, that there has to be a sense «appropriateness [angemessenheit]» between any one work’s «means of presentation [darstellungsmittel]» and the work’s ideational content. however, the work’s presentation and hence the relation cannot be policed absolutely. art’s capacity for invention is art’s capacity for the «inappropriate». there is an ineliminable potential within art for what hegel would have deemed to have been «inappropriate». that does not mean that form is other than informed. it is rather that forming informs a project that while incorporating hegel moves beyond it. the «inappropriate» while referring to the possibility of content can be linked equally to the presence of contestability. while it is always the case that form is informed, the important point is that presence does not have a singular designation. any configuration – which means any one instance of mattering – is open to interpretive contestability. contestability depends upon the informing of form. (otherwise on the possibility of an attribution of sexuality to the figure of christ see, l. steinberg. the sexuality of christ in renaissance art and in modern oblivion, university of chicago press, chicago . itinera, n. , interpretation would be nothing other than the banality of description). the conclusion here is that once there is an insistence on mattering – the interplay of meaning and materials – and once it is assumed that form, be it line or colour, is always already informed, then the presence of line or colour, and thus drawing and painting, cannot be withdrawn from their position within art’s work. as a result it is not possible to isolate either colour or line and treat either of them as though they were ends in themselves. hence, once incorporated within the dynamic set of processes that comprise art’s work, any strict opposition between line and colour comes undone. drawing and painting, have to be repositioned such that once mattering prevails while line and colour return they are only ever there as part of any one work’s particularity as the work of art. anne dymond, valiant, independent, and harmonious: paul signac and neo-impressionism after , riha journal riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" this article is part of the special issue "new directions in neo-impressionism." the issue is guest- edited by tania woloshyn and anne dymond in cooperation with regina wenninger and anne-laure brisac-chraïbi from riha journal. external peer reviewers for this special issue were hollis clayson, andré dombrowski, chantal georgel, catherine meneux, robyn roslak, and michael zimmermann. valiant, independent, and harmonious: paul signac and neo- impressionism after * anne dymond abstract through a close reading of parisian art criticism around , this essay examines paul signac's role as de facto head of the neo-impressionists and guiding spirit of the salon des indépendants. signac, and the neo-impressionists generally, had suffered from the decline of the indépendants in the latter s, but the resurgence of both group and salon in positioned signac as one of the most significant avant-garde artists in the early th century, where he played a vital role in the most significant art debates then animating paris. their return to prominence was due in no small measure to signac's latest foray into the decorative, a highly charged arena that would be central to the artistic debates of the first decade of the th century. contents introduction the independents and neo-impressionists in the s the turning point: "towards a new classical canon": - paul signac … neo-impressionists … independents … it is difficult to speak of one without evoking the others. henri guilbeaux, introduction [ ] in march of , the death of paul signac ( - ) was erroneously reported in the parisian press. while this error was quickly corrected, more than a century later signac's reputation has continued to suffer. his role in the development of many th century artists' work has often been noted, only to be rhetorically eradicated. the widespread interest in neo-impressionism by a generation of artists coming to age after has been most often explained as a combination of factors which minimize the art of signac and the other living neo-impressionists. most often, the interest is explained away as a delayed reaction to signac's text d'eugène delacroix au néo- * i would like to thank regina wenninger and the anonymous reviewer for their helpful comments, as well as tania woloshyn, for her enthusiastic interest in the neo-impressionists, her insightful comments, and with anthea callen her organizing of the "new directions in neo-impressionism" conference for which this paper was originally written. unless otherwise noted, translations are mine. henri guilbeaux, "paul signac et les indépendants," in: les hommes du jour ( apr. ), unpaginated. marina ferretti-bocquillon, "chronologie," in: françoise cachin with marina ferretti-bocquillon, signac: catalogue raisonné de l'œuvre peint, paris , - , here . the mistake was because of the very similar name of the recently deceased but little known artist paul seignac. license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" impressionnisme, as if his paintings were of negligible significance. it is also often explained almost apologetically, as if younger artists had no where else to look, because of the lack of major artists then in paris. despite some important recent re-evaluations of late neo-impressionism, secondary literature – including even such significant contributions to our understanding of the movement as the exhibition catalogue, le néo- impressionnisme de seurat à paul klee – often negatively characterizes signac and late neo-impressionism's importance in various ways. it remains all too common to see neo- impressionism in the th century through the lens of georges seurat's ( - ) work. yet even those well versed in later neo-impressionism sometimes undercut the movement's significance. françoise cachin, for example, described the widespread interest in the th century as both an epidemic and a fever, suggesting how prevalent the interest was, but also implying that it was infectious and needed to be overcome. the impact of neo-impressionism, it has been so often argued, was "relatively brief," merely "a way station on the trip to other destinations," or a stricture, which artists had to "free themselves from." this rhetoric has admitted and then immediately minimized the significance of both signac and neo-impressionism in the early th century. [ ] this essay, through a close reading of parisian art criticism around , reveals a very different narrative. despite reports of his death in the parisian press in the years leading up to , signac was a leading artist. his role as de facto head of the neo- impressionists and, at the same time, guiding spirit of the salon de la société des indépendants (hereafter independents) positioned him as much more than a follower of seurat. beginning in , the neo-impressionists, generally, and signac, in particular, were highly regarded. their success closely mirrored the perceived value of the independents from - . i argue that in the opening years of the th century, the much of the interest in neo-impressionism in the twentieth century arises out of research on matisse for which catherine bock's ground-breaking book henri matisse and neo-impressionism, - , ann arbor , has been instrumental; the opening sentence of her text highlights the importance of signac's text for matisse and many other young artists, and, throughout, her account remains balanced. more recently, marina ferretti-bocquillon has given signac's text as the explanation of neo-impressionism's "second souffle" in the twentieth century, while suggesting artists in the school of signac were of minor importance: "le néo-impressionnisme ( - )," in: le néo-impressionnisme de seurat à paul klee, exh. cat., paris , - , here . cachin, signac, , similarly attributes greater influence to signac's text than his works. cachin, "néo-impressionnisme et fauvisme," in: le néo-impressionnisme de seurat à paul klee, - , here , also sees a dearth of significant artists in the early twentieth century arguing that for young artists "en france, les toutes premières années du siècle on été marquées par une absence d'enseignement théorique et de modèles." she goes on to note that most major nineteenth century figures had died, and the two most relevant, paul cézanne and paul gauguin were absent from paris. cachin, "néo-impressionnisme et fauvisme," : "une sorte d'épidémie de touches de couleur pure"; and : "nous ne ferons pas ici la liste exhaustive de tous les artistes qui, avant le cubisme, l'orphisme ou l'abstraction, eurent [...] une petite fièvre pointilliste." cachin, "néo-impressionnisme et fauvisme," . john leighton, "out of seurat's shadow: signac, - , an introduction," in: anne distel et al., eds., signac, - , exh. cat., new york , - , here . cachin, "néo-impressionnisme et fauvisme," . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" neo-impressionist movement played a vital role in the most significant art debates then animating paris. despite a period in the later s when the significance of both the neo-impressionists and the independents waned, the resurgence of both in the early years of the th century has not been fully explored. their twinned resurgence in was due in no small measure to signac's latest foray into the decorative, a highly charged arena that would be central to the artistic debates of the first decade of the th century. the independents and neo-impressionists in the s [ ] from its founding in , the independents was closely tied to neo- impressionism, and the fortunes of the inter-related groups would rise and fall together. like the salon des refusés before it, the group arose in response to the repressive juries of the official salon of the société des artistes français. the neo-impressionist albert dubois-pillet ( - ) was instrumental to the founding of the society, and acted as its first president until his death in . the independents took as its founding principles the suppression of an admission jury, making its annual exhibition open to any who paid the small membership fee. from the outset, the principles of the independents were recognized (and sometimes applauded) for their anarchist political corollary, which most members of the neo-impressionist movement shared, as robyn roslak has ably shown. the adhesion to the society of such major figures of the latter s, such as georges seurat, paul cézanne ( - ), vincent van gogh ( - ), odilon redon ( - ), and the artists who came to be known as the nabis, guaranteed a certain notoriety; but, as with the refusés, individual works were often overwhelmed in the massive show. indeed, despite its importance, even as early as the german press had stopped reviewing the independents. throughout the s it was the most avant-garde, but also the unruliest, of the annual salons. [ ] multiple factors led to its decline in the s. first, the founding and immediate success of the salon nationale des beaux-arts (hereafter national) in set the stage for the independents' loss of direction. their position as the alternative to the conservative société des artists français was usurped by the national, which firmly entrenched itself in the middle with a calculated appeal to the middle class consumer. many artists who had shown with the independents in the s switched to the national martha ward, pissarro, neo-impressionism, and the spaces of the avant-garde, chicago , . see also dominique lobstein, "néo-impressionnistes et indépendants," in: le néo- impressionnisme de seurat à paul klee, - . see lobstein, "néo-impressionnistes et indépendants," - . robyn roslak, neo-impressionism and anarchism in fin-de-siècle france: painting, politics and landscape, aldershot , . robert jensen, marketing modernism in fin-de-siècle france, princeton , . marie j. aquilino, "the decorating campaigns at the salon du champ-de-mars and the salon des champs-elysées in the s," in: art journal ( ), - . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" in the following decade. if this new competition did not devastate the exhibiting society, it mounted a significant challenge. more challenging still was the loss in quick succession of three of the leading independent artists of the day: van gogh (d. ); dubois-pillet (d. ), who was given a large memorial retrospective; and, most significantly, the devastating and sudden death of georges seurat after the exhibition's opening, in (see marnin young's paper in this special issue). [ ] throughout the s, reviews of the independent's annual show in the parisian press became increasingly brief, infrequent, and often negative. as martha ward has shown, avant-garde groups including the neo-impressionists shifted towards commercial venues in that decade. after , when signac exhibited his poorly received au temps d'harmonie, "the force of neo-impressionism as a movement and the appeal of the independents as an exhibition venue seem to have declined loosely in tandem." few parisian journals bothered to review the salon des indépendants at all. andré fontainas could write in the mercure de france that "the salon of the independents […] reveals itself to be more and more sterile every year. nothing, nothing, and nothing! [….] why m. signac? why m. luce?" la plume, which had been generally sympathetic to the neo-impressionists and the independents, included a slightly longer review in which yvanhoé rambosson trotted out the well-rehearsed complaints about pointillism as a theory spoiling the work of fine artists. he expressed his relief about its supposed demise: "very happily the sacred battalion has only these combatants." rambosson's use of the military metaphor, typical of much commentary on neo-impressionism, is undoubtedly a veiled reference to their political ties to the anarchist movement, which had also been an important component of the independents, and was also suffering serious decline. the anarchist attentats, the assassination of president sadi carnot, the government's press and artistic censorship and crackdown on anarchist public assemblies, and the consequent trial of the thirty all dimmed the attractions of the movement in the mid- s. when rambosson concluded, "there is nothing remarkable in this salon. the beautiful days of the independents have passed," his gustave geffroy, "les indépendants," in: la vie artistique ( ), - , here . on the long association between the neo-impressionists and the independents, see ward, pissarro, neo-impressionism, and the spaces of the avant-garde, . ward, pissarro, neo-impressionism, and the spaces of the avant-garde, . andré fontainas, "art," in: mercure de france , no. (may ), - , here : "le salon des independants […] se manifeste de plus en plus stérile, chaque année. rien, rien et rien! […] pourquoi m. signac? pourquoi m. luce?" yvanhoé rambosson, "le salon des indépendants," in: la plume ( ), - , here : "fort heuresement le bataillon sacré ne compte plus que ces deux combatants." on anarchism, see jean maitron, le mouvement anarchiste en france, vol. , des origines à , paris ; on its relation to neo-impressionism see roslak, neo-impressionism and anarchism in fin-de-siècle france, - . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" comments likely seemed to apply equally to the independents, the neo-impressionists, and anarchism itself. [ ] in these same years, neo-impressionist painters began to experiment with a larger touch, resulting in more brilliantly colored canvases, and more individualistic results. in the early s, signac and his friend and fellow neo-impressionist, henri- edmond cross ( - ), both relocated to small towns in provence. their subject matter increasingly became france's mediterranean coast, beautifully rendered, and meant to suggest by both form and content the harmonious society envisioned in the anarchist future. later in the decade, signac wrote and published d'eugène delacroix au néo-impressionisme, an important history of color and explanation of neo- impressionist technique. the text was first published in installments in la revue blanche in the spring of , and in book format from the press Éditions de la revue blanche in . despite the fact that the text is often used to explain neo-impressionism's popularity in the first years of the th century, response even in - was mixed at best. andré fontainas, writing in for mercure de france, praised signac's "excellent" history, but was not won over to the style; he concluded "but, in matters of art, it is the considered view of the art that can persuade." he disparaged cross's work, in which "the air no longer circulates," and maximilien luce's ( - ), which he said had "the chill of an overly methodical glance." indeed, even the faint praise for signac's technique was further muted, since fontainas said that it was only when the technique was used "with discretion" that he was willing to concede any success to neo- impressionist canvases. [ ] despite the publication of signac's text, the independents hit low points in and . space constraints, due to preparations for the exposition universelle, caused their annual shows during these years to be held late in the fall and at a poor venue. in , the number of exhibiting artists fell sharply to , down from more than as late as . even the most loyal neo-impressionists were ambivalent about the exhibition that year: despite his gentle chiding of théo van rysselberghe rambosson, "art," : "il n'y a dans ce salon rien de remarquable. les beaux jours des indépendants sont passés." on cross, see tania woloshyn, "aesthetic and therapeutic imprints: artists and invalids on the côte d'azur, ca. - ," in: nineteenth-century art worldwide ( ), http://www. thc- artworldwide.org/index.php/spring /aesthetic-and-therapeutic-imprints-artists-and-invalids-on- the-cote-dazur-c- (accessed apr. ). it would be reprinted in paris in ; see ferretti-bocquillon, "chronologie," - ; and marina ferretti-boquillon, "ports and travels: paul signac in the twentieth century," in: signac, - , which also describes the text's success in belgium and germany. andré fontainas, "art moderne," in: mercure de france , no. (apr. ), - , here : "mais, en matière d'art, ce qui peut convaincre c'est la vue raisonnée des œuvres," and : "l'air ne circule plus"; "la froideur d'un coup d'oeil trop méthodique." it was at the hôtel de poilly, , rue du colisée: félicien fagus (pseud georges faillet), "xve exposition des artists indépendants ( )," in: la revue blanche ( ), - , here ; also described by henry eon, "expositions: les indépendants – lachenal," in: la plume ( ), - , here . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en http://www. thc-artworldwide.org/index.php/spring /aesthetic-and-therapeutic-imprints-artists-and-invalids-on-the-cote-dazur-c- http://www. thc-artworldwide.org/index.php/spring /aesthetic-and-therapeutic-imprints-artists-and-invalids-on-the-cote-dazur-c- http://www. thc-artworldwide.org/index.php/spring /aesthetic-and-therapeutic-imprints-artists-and-invalids-on-the-cote-dazur-c- riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" ( - ) for not supporting the independents in the latter s, signac himself sent only two works in . cross accurately assessed the situation: "this exhibition has no importance due to the small number of works and the poor location. i believe that it was our duty to send something: it was simply for that reason that i did it." in , journals like la plume and mercure de france wrote what read as elegies for the independents: fontainas devoted a single paragraph to the show, which he described as more than half dead, and as having had its revolutionary hour. in , the independents reached its nadir, with only exhibitors and a dearth of reviews. the turning point: [ ] yet reports of the independents' imminent death were mistaken. response to both the independents and neo-impressionist works in were decidedly – even shockingly – positive. the mercure de france, which had sung the society's death knell, and la plume, which had not bothered to review the exhibition, devoted long articles in to the phoenix-like salon. in mercure de france, emile verhaeren's article enthusiastically exclaimed: "the independants! they are alive and have abandoned none of their daring." critics agreed that the show was "one of the most brilliant exhibitions" in the group's -year history. partial explanation for this turnaround must be given to the exhibition's timing: their return to the spring season better fitted established conventions. the new location, in the grand palais, was also beneficial. gustave coquiot stated "the site is magnificently chosen," and "we are pleased that it has finally become the right home for the société des indépendants." cross reported the exhibition's success to angrand: it is going well! that's to say that the number of visitors to the independents has maintained itself until now – an average which varies from to ; slightly lower numbers began to be evident for the last three days – yesterday . but the important thing is that, in view of the next show, our funds will be sufficient undated letter from signac to van rysselberghe, getty archives, ( ). quoted in translation in bock, henri matisse and neo-impressionism, . fontainas, "art moderne," in: mercure de france , no. (dec. ), - , here . although the numbers do not tell the whole story, they are revealing. before , their annual exhibit had no more than exhibitors; - the number of exhibitors ranged from to ; but in the number fell back to ; and fell to only . the numbers of exhibitors rebounded to in , when it secured a better location, and they expanded rapidly reaching in and remained high until the first world war. jensen, marketing modernism in fin-de-siècle france, , briefly discusses its resurgence. emile verhaeren, "les salons," in: mercure de france (june ), - , here : "les indépendants! ils vivent et n'ont rien abandonné de leurs audaces." b. guinaudeau, "le salon des indépendants," in: l'aurore ( may ), . gustave coquiot, "les indépendants," in: gil blas ( apr. ), - , here : "le lieu est magnifiquement choisi," and "nous sommes heureux qu'elle soit enfin devenue le bon gite pour la société des indépendants." license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" and – that is the case. the quality of the visitors is not mediocre and, which is not always seen in our society, much was sold. [ ] the majority of reviews of the annual show began by referencing in some way the exhibition's history. some situated it as having evolved out of the notorious salon des refusés, thus relying on that old trope used to explain unpopular art by comparing it to older works unappreciated in its time but belatedly recognized as of the highest quality. reviews generally agreed that the exhibiting society had proven its worth and triumphed over its naysayers. most noted the society's distinctive and revolutionary principle of open admission, "neither jury, nor awards," some even directly quoting motto of the principles at length. this call to principles had been common enough in the s, but was far less prevalent in the latter s. indeed, when the principles had been invoked in the late s, they were often given as the explanation for the failure of the exhibition, rather than its success, as was the case in when henry eon complained: "independence understood in this way is anarchy and it leads to nothing; it becomes, in fact, the paralysis of all carefully thought out effort." yet, increasingly, after the turn of the century, critics would praise this governing artistic principle precisely for its political corollary, which had often gone unremarked in the restrictive days after . michel puy, for example, began by praising the salon des indépendants for its "spirit of critique" and "assault on the established order," which "worries the good citizens," concluding that all art searching for the new signifies "emancipation." laertes, in la dépêche, explained that, "the independents live under the regime of absolute freedom and equality." emile sedeyn made the positive association between artistic independence and political independence even clearer: the idea of independence enhances human dignity. he who knows how to be honest without fearing the police, to be fair without fear of purgatory, to be a painter without fearing the approval of the official jury and without begging for honors from the institute, it is he who affirms the beauty of independence. cross to angrand, as quoted and translated in bock, henri matisse, , note . coquiot, "les indépendants," . as a sample, see verhaeren, "les salons," ; coquiot, "les indépendants," ; emile sedeyn, "les artistes indépendants," in: la critique , no. ( may ), - , here ; michel puy, "les indépendants," in: le messidor , no. (june ), - , here ; and roger marx, "la saison d'art," in: revue universelle ( ), - , here . henry eon, "expositions: les indépendants – lachenal," : "l'indépendance ainsi comprise, c'est l'anarchie, et cela ne mène à rien; cela deviant, en effet, la paralysie de tout effort raisonné." see also henry eon, "salon des indépendants," in: la plume ( ), - . on the trial of thirty, see maitron, le mouvement anarchiste en france, - . puy, "les indépendants," here - : "j'insisterai d'autant plus sur le salon des indépendants que, par les tendances qu'il manifeste, labeur, esprit de critique et d'analyse, effort jamais découragé, il apparaît comme attentatoire à l'ordre établi. la clairvoyance des bons citoyens s'en inquiète [...] un art qui recherche du nouveau ne signifie-t-il pas: émancipation?" laertes, "le salon des indépendants," in: la dépêche , no. , ( apr. ), : "les indépendants vivent sous le regime de la liberté et de l'égalité plênières." license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" [ ] such positive assessments of the société's principles, both artistic and political, reveal a marked shift from responses dating to the latter s, and make clear that was a decisive turning point for the independents. [ ] undoubtedly part of the resurgence was due to artists outside the neo- impressionist circle. cézanne, who had begun showing with the independents in , continued to exhibit there in and ; his rising status brought much luster. discussions of the individual artists at the exhibition most often began with him, "the most renowned landscapist of this time." the next discussed group was the neo- impressionists, closely followed by the nabis, Édouard vuillard ( - ), pierre bonnard ( - ) and maurice denis ( - ), who had abandoned the independents in previous years for the salon de la société nationale des beaux-arts. they returned in , in part because the national had taken a more conservative turn. andré fontainas in la plume noted that many painters of talent showed at both the independents and the national. he pondered why their works looked different in the different venues: "strange thing. is it due to the more pleasant atmosphere? is it the selection of the official juries that restrained them? the paintings shown at the independents better reveal, in general, a free temperament, an ease of style, their own beauty." the independents was being attributed new powers. while the presence of so many significant artists does much to explain the resurgence of the independents, it does not explain the praise newly heaped on the signac and the other neo-impressionists. [ ] if critics did not launch their reviews with cézanne, most began either by discussing the posthumous retrospective given to the recently discovered painter, edmond le marcis ( - ), or by describing the works of signac and the other neo- impressionists. the order of discussion clearly indicated status. the neo-impressionists as a group received increasing critical attention and concomitant space in reviews, even as their technique took less. as their consistent supporter emile verhaeren explained, neo-impressionism's "technique is no longer discussed as a challenge or childish behaviour; it has slowly taken its place in the world of art and those who use it, at least sedeyn, "les artistes indépendants," - : "l'idée d'indépendance rehausse la dignité humaine. celui qui sait être honnête sans craindre les gendarmes, être juste sans craindre le purgatoire, être peintre sans craindre les suffrages du jury official et sans quémander des honneurs à l'institut, celui-là affirme la beauté de l'indépendance." jensen, marketing modernism in fin-de-siècle france, and , note , who further notes that cézanne left the independents for the salon d'automne in where he was given his own room with works. coquiot, "les indépendants," , : "le plus illustre paysagiste de ce temps." fontainas, "les artistes indépendants," in: la plume ( ), - , here : "chose étrange, est-ce dû à l'atmosphère plus sympathique? est-ce le choix des jurys officiels les y a contraints? les toiles mises aux indépendants, révèlent mieux, en general, un tempérament libre, une aisance de style, leur beauté propre." the reverence with which cézanne is treated in these reviews is also notable. license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" some of them, are in the process of asserting their mastery." while a few critics continued to discuss the perceived limits of the divisionist technique in , far more devoted significant space to praising the group and signac in particular. coquiot identified him as "the soul of the this admirable society." in l' encyclopédie contemporaine, ivan barely mentioned the technique in passing, as he described signac as "the well-known pointillist," before going on to heap lavish praise on all the neo-impressionists. he singled out signac's works as "belle," giving special attention to the artist's saint-tropez landscapes: "port de saint-tropez is as seductive as possible. i' ve hardly seen the mediterranean light rendered with more finesse and fidelity." [ ] fontainas, who in had cried "why m. signac?", who in had declared the independents "almost dead," and concluded "nothing on the walls arouses even the slightest interest," would do an abrupt about-face in . he positively situated the neo-impressionists' "community of means" as having "a combination of refined and effective procedures" which "create a very special atmosphere." his praise extended to most of the neo-impressionists, but especially to signac, who "makes the sparkling and powderiness of the southern lights sing; nobody excels like he does when he lights up the whiteness of a sail against the shimmering colors of the mediterranean." there were certainly many factors leading to the renewed value of the independents but, in , the works of signac seem to have been central. [ ] signac also exhibited four large oil sketches, collectively titled projet pour la décoration de la salle des fêtes de la mairie d'asnières (project for the asnières city hall decoration) (figs. , ), which were much discussed in significantly new ways. they are perhaps the clearest, but by no means the only, example of the shared concerns around verhaeren, "les salons," : "technique n'est plus discutée comme une gageure et une gaminerie; lentement, elle a pris place dans l'art et ceux qui s'en servent, au moins quelques-uns, sont en passé d'affirmer leur maîtrise." coquiot, "les indépendants," : "l'âme meme de cette admirable société." ivan, "le salon des indépendants," l'encyclopédie contemporaine , no. ( may ), - , here : "le célèbre pointilliste." ivan, "le salon des indépendants," : "port de saint-tropez est séduisant au possible. je n'ai guere vu la lumière méditerranéenne rendue ave plus de finesse et de fidelité." further enthusiastic praise is found in sedeyn, "les artistes indépendants," , where the seascapes are described as being "d'un éclat, d'une fraicheur et d'une harmonie remarquable." guinaudeau, "le salon des indépendants," , similarly praised signac: "la lumière chante merveilleusement dans ces voiles, dans ces arbres, dans ces fuyantes lignes de quais et de bâtisses." fontainas, "art moderne," in: mercure de france , no. (dec. ), - , here : "rien aux murs à present ne suscite mème un pale intérêt." fontainas, "les artistes indépendants," : "communauté de moyens"; "une alliance de procédés épurés et effectifs" which "crée une atmosphère bien special"; "fait chanter l'étincellement et la pulvérulence des lumières méridionales; nul n'excelle comme lui à allumer la blancheur d'une voile aux chatoiements colorés des eaux méditerranéennes." they are held in private collections but were reproduced in cachin, signac, as catalogue numbers - : esquisse des cinq fenêtres, , oil on canvas, x cm; esquisse du paneau central no. , , oil on canvas, x cm; esquisse du panneau central no. , , oil on canvas, x cm; esquisse de la voûte unique, , oil on canvas, x cm. license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" of the neo-impressionists and the symbolists, especially regarding the functions of decorative art, which katherine kuenzli has shown to be central to defining modernism in the first decade of the th century. paul signac, projet pour la décoration de la salle des fêtes de la mairie d'asnières: esquisse du panneau central no. (project for the asnières city hall decoration: sketch for the central panel no. ), , oil on canvas, x cm. private collection (© archives signac, photo j. hyde. reprod. from: françoise cachin, signac. catalogue raisonné de l'oeuvre, paris , p. , cat. ) paul signac, projet pour la décoration de la mairie d'asnières: esquisse de la voûte unique (project for the asnières city hall decoration: sketch for the single vault), , oil on canvas, x cm. private collection (© archives signac, photo j. hyde. reprod. from: françoise cachin, signac. catalogue raisonné de l'oeuvre, paris , p. , cat. ) [ ] signac's canvases had first been exhibited the hôtel de ville de paris, in december , with more than other submissions done for a public contest to win the commission to decorate the salle des fêtes of the mairie d'asnières. he did not expect to win the commission, but asked in his diary, "has one the right to complain of not having walls to decorate if one does nothing to obtain them?" signac did not even make the short-list, despite widespread support for his work. the commission was awarded to marseillais painter henry bouvet ( - ), and the jury was roundly denounced for katherine m. kuenzli, the nabis and intimate modernism: painting and the decorative at the fin- de-siècle, burlington , and passim. on the evolving concept of the decorative see the ground-breaking work by gloria groom, ed., beyond the easel: decorative painting by bonnard, vuillard, denis, and roussel, - , exh. cat., new haven, , and especially the essays therein: nicholas watkins, "the genesis of a decorative aesthetic," - , and gloria groom, "into the mainstream: decorative painting, - ," - ; on the decorative's relation to neo-impressionism, see roslak, neo-impressionism and anarchism in fin-de-siècle france, - and - . discover asnières-sur-seine: a guide of heritage tourism, http://en.calameo.com/read/ cbea a (accessed may ). paul signac, journal, t. vi, nov. , archives signac; as quoted and translated in richard thomson, "henri martin at toulouse: terre natale and juste milieu," in: framing france: the representation of landscape in france, - , ed. richard thomson, manchester , - , here . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en http://en.calameo.com/read/ cbea a riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" its decision. in the words of coquiot: "it is good to call odious, a second time, the judges of the contest." in la revue blanche, félicien fagus too singled out signac's proposal, praising it for two full paragraphs, and he concluded that "for the first time, the theories that gave rise to it will be controlled in a full, dazzling, decisive way." [ ] in recent literature, including that of gloria groom, nicholas watkins and katherine kuenzli, the decorative's importance for th century art has been highlighted, with a focus on the nabis. however, as signac's letters, texts, and the primary criticism makes clear, the neo-impressionists were also deeply invested in the ideals of the decorative. the concept of the decorative was not delimited by style but most commonly implied a contrast with easel painting, and its bourgeois associations; it could relate to an ideal of an elevated, public art or, paradoxically, could suggest the breakdown of hierarchies through the reuniting of the arts and crafts. for the neo-impressionists, it implied both the large-scale paintings associated with architecture, as well as the more intimate associations that could be created by an easel painting's formal qualities. the decorative was strongly associated with classicism, and both were deeply connected in the french imaginary to the mediterranean, as revealed by the fact that immediately upon moving to the saint-tropez, signac made his first effort at a large, decorative work: femmes au puits. opus (jeunes provençales au puits: décoration pour un panneau dans la pénombre) (women at the well. opus [young girls from provence at the well: decoration for a panel in the shadows], , oil on canvas, . x . cm, musée d'orsay, paris). he followed with an even larger and more clearly decorative work, his manifesto of anarchist ideals, au temps d'harmonie: l' âge d'or n' est pas dans le passé, il est dans l' avenir (in the time of harmony: the golden age is not in the past, it is in the future, - , oil on canvas, x cm, mairie de montreuil, montreuil) (fig. ). even though these works were not very well received, signac persisted, as the asnières canvases reveal. as he had explained in his book: the effect sought by the neo-impressionists, and ensured by divisionism, is a maximum of light, color, and harmony. their technique thus seems very well suited to decorative compositions, which some of them have sometimes done. but, being excluded from official commissions, and having no large walls to decorate, they wait for the time when they will be allowed to carry out the great undertakings of which they dream. coquiot, "les indépendants," : "il est bon de rendre odieux une seconde fois les juges d'un concours." félicien fagus, "décoration de la mairie d'asnières," in: la revue blanche (jan.-apr. ): - here : "pour la première fois les théories qui le suscitèrent seraient contrôlées d'une façon pleine, éclatante, décisive." watkins, "the genesis of a decorative aesthetic," - . dymond, "a politicized pastoral," - . paul signac, d'eugène delacroix au neo-impressionnisme, rd edition, paris , : "l'effet recherché par les néo-impressionnistes et assuré par la division, c'est un maximum de lumière, de coloration et d'harmonie. leur technique semble donc convenir fort bien aux compositions décoratives, à quoi, d'ailleurs, certains d'entre eux l'ont quelquefois appliquée. mais, exclus des commandes officielles, n'ayant pas de murailles à décorer, ils attendent des temps où il leur sera license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" paul signac, femmes au puits (women at the well), , oil on canvas, x cm. musée d'orsay, paris (© rmn musée d'orsay. reprod. from: françoise cachin, signac. catalogue raisonné de l'oeuvre, paris , p. , cat. ) paul signac, au temps d’harmonie (in the time of harmony), - , oil on canvas, x cm. mairie de montreuil, montreuil (photo: jean- luc tabuteau. image kindly provided by the mairie de montreuil) permis de réaliser les grandes entreprises dont ils rêvent." license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" [ ] the decorative had been central to neo-impressionism since its founding, as roslak has shown, yet there was a renewed enthusiasm for its potential in the th century. [ ] the artistic success of signac's asnières proposal (despite his lack of success in the competition) seems to have encouraged critics to recognize anew neo- impressionism's decorative qualities. puy, for example, praised the installation of paintings by both van rysselberghe and signac at the independents in terms that emphasized their decorative potential: they would light up the walls of village halls magnificently; they have understood modern architecture, in the simplicity of its great lines, and are ready to decorate bright rooms and distinguished rooms, where their vibrant luminosity would balance out; they would bring different qualities than those of puvis de chavannes, but derived from him: they see widely and know how to compose, a rare gift. [ ] puy also took a swipe at the artist who had most successfully used the neo- impressionist technique in the public sphere: henri martin ( - ). puy lamented martin's "pillaging" of neo-impressionist style, presumably for similar reasons as those decried by signac, who complained that martin's use of the technique had been supported by the government, yet drained of its advantages, especially coloristic brilliance. as richard thomson has made clear, martin's successful mainstreaming of the technique in such well-known commissions as the capitole of toulouse relied on draining it not only of its color, but also of its radical associations. [ ] verhaeren went even further than most in condemning the choice of the jury: he demanded to know why, when signac's works had already entered into the german state museum, they were not yet in the collection of the musée du luxembourg, france's national museum for living artists. this call for signac to be officially recognized and nationally represented would not be answered until , when one of his watercolors was purchased by the luxembourg. nevertheless, these calls for national recognition marked a significant shift in the reception of signac. [ ] in a longer article on the spring art season, roger marx concluded with a tribute to the independents that repeatedly linked it to freedom. noting the promising puy, "les indépendants," : "ils éclaireraient magnifiquement des murailles de salles des fêtes; ils ont compris l'architecture moderne, dans la simplicité des ses grandes lignes, et sont préparés pour la decoration des halls clairs et des salles élevées, où s'équilibrerait leur vibrante luminosité; ils y apporteraient des qualités différentes de celles de puvis de chavannes, mais dérivées de lui: ils voient largement, et don rare, savent composer." on martin, see thomson, "henri martin at toulouse," which is also one of the few examinations of signac's asnières works. puy, "les indépendants," . signac, d'eugène delacroix au neo-impressionnisme, ; noted in thomson, "henri martin at toulouse," - . thomson, "henri martin at toulouse," - . verhaeren, "les salons," . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" newcomers to the independents, marx singled out the former students of gustave moreau ( - ), including henri matisse ( - ). their works, he suggested, "denounce by their presence the incomprehension or the arbitrary harshness of juries." the belgian artists showing, including van rysselberghe, were said to be honored "to share the asylum of free art and militant originality with the outcasts." in this, marx made this tradition of freedom a national one, french but not belgian. marx's final paragraph is worth quoting at length: overall, the exhibition of the independents is more and better than the protesting salon des refusés; it gives the example of an open society where the rights of all are equal, where everyone is answerable only to himself and remains individually responsible. the artist admits and shows himself as he is, openly without pretense; the viewer, meanwhile, receives no watchword from the jury, follows the inclination of his preferences and decides, in his own way, from beginning to end. fortunate training for the will, is it not true, that which accustoms man to use his independence to act, to think by himself and for himself, consulting no-one, in the blissfulness of free will! [ ] marx's text, more than any other in , made it clear that the society's radical artistic and political history was what gave it its power, for the benefit of both the artist and viewer. marx took it even further, however, in arguing that the independents' trained the viewer to exercise his free will and that this would benefit all society. his viewpoint was very close to that of signac, who had been long working toward a decorative art that could transform the public, and help to bring about a new society (see also katherine brion's article in this special issue). [ ] these shifts in the critical reception of both the neo-impressionists and the salon des indépendants from to have made me reconsider why so many young artists were attracted to neo-impressionism and an art of color in the th century. after the first flurry of responses at its publication, there were very few published references to signac's d'eugène delacroix, and it was not reprinted in france until . instead of being explained by a two-year old book, it seems that the renewed success in was marx, "la saison d'art," : "dénonçaient par leur présence l'incompréhension ou les rigueurs arbitraires des jurys." marx, "la saison d'art," : "de partager avec les proscrits l'asile de l'art libre et de l'originalité militante." marx, "la saison d'art," : "au total, l'exposition des indépendants est plus et mieux que le salon protestataire des refusés; elle donne l'exemple d'une société ouverte, où les droits de tous sont égaux, où chacun ne relève que de soi-même et demeure individuellement responsable. l'artiste se confesse et se livre tel qu'il est, sans fard ni feinte; le spectateur, de son côté, ne reçoit point le mot d'ordre des jurys, suit l'inclination de ses préférences et se prononce, à sa guise, en premier et dernier ressort. heureuse école pour la volonté, n'est-il pas vrai, celle qui habitue ainsi l'homme à user de son indépendance, à agir, à penser par lui-même et pour lui-même, sans prendre conseil de personne, dans la plénitude du libre arbitre!" on signac's earlier major decorative efforts and their relation to anarchism, see anne dymond "a politicized pastoral: signac and the cultural geography of mediterranean france," in the art bulletin (june ), - ; roslak, neo-impressionism and anarchism in fin-de-siècle france, - . the edition was published by henry floury, who would publish a third edition in . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" owed both to the administrative facts of better timing, site and organization, and, in no small measure, to the neo-impressionists' newly-valued capacity for harmonious decorative art, which had been a pictorial and social goal held by signac and cross throughout the latter part of the s. as roslak has persuasively argued, signac and cross had been attempting, since their move to southern france in the early s, "to elevate [their beloved land of the sun] to the level of a decorative monument." signac's proposal for the mairie d'asnières won over many critics. for the first time, it seems, critics such as roger marx, who had long preferred symbolism, could see and applaud both the ideals of the neo-impressionists and their execution. indeed, the primary critical literature makes evident that it was neo-impressionist art, increasingly esteemed from , that led to a renewal of interest in the book, visible around . "towards a new classical canon": - [ ] response to the salon des indépendants was similar to that of the previous year, with both the exhibition and the group receiving much praise. for example, this year's independents was praised as one the society's more important, and fagus would exclaim "here is the real salon!" however, three new trends emerged: signac was increasingly given the lead position in reviews; the neo-impressionists were more often recognized as having distinctive personal styles within the technique; and the importance of the south, with its associations of freedom, the decorative arabesque, and its links to classicism came to the fore in much criticism. [ ] like many critics, after a laudatory introduction, henry bidou turned immediately to discuss signac. his effusive praise for saint-tropez ( , oil on canvas, x . cm, national museum of western art, tokyo) is precise and detailed, noting specific lines and colors in the work. after some appreciative description, bidou turned to method: "signac proceeds by pure tones juxtaposed, that is well known. but his art is more delicate." bidou went on to closely analyze signac's touch, noting the individual marks as well as their harmony within the whole. he instructed viewers: "examine also the as translated in roslak, neo-impressionism and anarchism in fin-de-siècle france, , note . henry bidou,"le salon des indépendants," in: l'occident , vol. (apr. ), - , here . see also fontainas, "art moderne," in: mercure de france , no. (may ), - , here . fagus, "les indépendants," in: la revue blanche (apr. ): - , here : "voici le vrai salon!" for other reviews beginning with signac, see also françois hoffmann, "l'exposition de la société des artistes indépendants," in: journal des arts ( apr. ), - , here . even when not discussed first, signac was given much attention in , as was his solo exhibition in june at siegfried bing's salon de l'art nouveau. cachin, signac, . bidou, "le salon des indépendants," - . bidou, "le salon des indépendants," : "que dans le meme coup de pinceau le blanc paraisse près de la couleur, sans s'y fonder et sans l'alourdir, et la laisse vivante et brillante, au lieu de la faire plâtreuse." license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" way each touch is laid, combined with the canvas which appears here and there, how it is placed for the pleasure of the eye, the beauty of the matter and for its role in the whole." this kind of close attention to individual works, even to specific marks, was rare enough in art criticism, but it was unparalleled in discussions of signac and the neo- impressionists, who had often been discussed as having lost their individuality to a 'system.' while bidou went on to discuss each individual neo-impressionists at length, edmond pilon, in aujourd'hui, directly compared signac's and van rysselberghe's differing use of the technique. this recognition that the neo-impressionist method allowed for individual temperament and had evolved greatly since the early s, was noted by signac in his diary as early as , but only became more widely admitted in the th century. [ ] even françois hoffmann, critic for the conservative journal des arts, was positive about signac in , and he too began his discussion of specific artists with signac: mr. signac, who for fifteen years has been in the breach as an impressionist painter, in terms of the way of painting, cannot of course please everybody but it is nevertheless true that he still retains his great enthusiasm and increasingly forces himself to simplify and to synthesize according to his caprice, he carries his easel from passy to samois and from samois to saint-tropez, noting, here and there, that which speaks to his imagination. [ ] hoffmann thus recognized signac as grounded in specific locations, but also saw the artist's use of imagination; this balance between the real and the imagined, the objective and the subjective, represents a significant rhetorical move away from the situating of the neo-impressionists as mere technicians following a rulebook. while this was never true of the neo-impressionists, it was only intermittently recognized (see young's analysis of such rhetorical gambits after seurat's death in in this special issue). the more negative criticism of the later s tended, however, to blunt the movement's complex negotiation of such issues. hoffmann and others recognized that the imaginative was not the sole purview of the symbolists. this balanced recognition of technique, imagination, and synthesis, all filtered through the individual artist would recur frequently in the coming years. [ ] by , the importance of the côte d'azur, both for the neo-impressionists and modern art, was also frequently mentioned. signac had been visiting the mediterranean bidou, "le salon des indépendants," : "examinez aussi la façon dont chaque touche est posée, combine avec la toile qui paraît çà et là, comment elle est accrochée pour le plaisir de l'oeil, la beauté de la matière et pour son rôle dans l'ensemble." roslak, neo-impressionism and anarchism in fin-de-siècle france, . hoffmann, "l'exposition de la société des artistes indépendants," : "m. signac, depuis une quinzaine d'années sur la brèche est un peintre impressionniste, dont la façon de peindre, peut bien ne pas plaire à tout le monde, mais il n'en est pas moins vrai que l'artiste conserve toujours sa belle ardeur et qu'il s'efforce de plus en plus à simplifier et à synthétiser au hasard de son caprice, il promène son chevalet de passy à samois et de samois à saint-tropez, notant, ici et là, ce qui parle à son imagination." license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" coast regularly since the late s, and settled in the small coastal village of saint- tropez in . cross was similarly ensconced in the south, and both had seen provence as a location that would be conducive to their desired anarchist future. the art critic edmond pilon began his review of the independents by praising cézanne's depictions of "the provencal countryside" which he said "offers sites that are limpid and rugged by way of its contrasts. great artists know it and go there. among them are messrs. théo van rysselberghe, paul signac and henri-edmond cross." the sunlit port of saint-tropez, discussed above, was widely praised as "one of the best works by paul signac." but the southern location, this "strange enchantress," was not just visual; it had important cultural connotations, often linked to ideals of french classicism and, by the neo-impressionists, to ideals of freedom and anarchism. fagus made the link between the location, the decorative arabesque, and classical ideals explicit. after some complaints about what neo-impressionism lacked, he exclaimed about cross's works: "but the quivering of these provençal pines, the beautiful rise towards the arabesque, towards the beautiful line, towards a new classical canon!" the depiction of the south, captured by the beautiful arabesque line, and thus linked to the decorative, was leading to a new classicism. classicism was the central terrain being fought over in the th century, and as i have argued elsewhere, signac did not relinquish it to the conservatives, but instead tried to claim it for the anarchist movement. [ ] fagus would take up this effusive praise for the neo-impressionist style and again link it to the classical and the decorative even more forcefully in his review of the group show at durand-ruel that fall. in a long discussion of the importance of decorative arts, including much praise for van rysselberghe's decorative ensemble for victor horta's hotel on his southern experiences, see dymond, "a politicized pastoral," - ; roslak, neo- impressionism and anarchism in fin-de-siècle france, - ; françoise cachin, "l'arrivée de signac à saint-tropez," in: françoise cachin, jean-paul monerey, and marina ferretti-bocquillon, eds., signac & saint-tropez, - , exh. cat., saint-tropez , - ; cachin, ed., méditerranée de courbet à matisse, exh. cat., paris . on cross see tania woloshyn, "marking out the maures: henri-edmond cross on the côte d'azur," in: tania woloshyn and nicholas hewitt, eds., l'invention du midi: the rise of the south of france in the national and international imagination (nottingham french studies . , special issue), nottingham , - . edmond pilon, "xviiime exposition des indépendants," in: aujourd'hui ( may ), - , here : "la terre provençale offre par ses contrastes, des sites limpides et tournmentés. de grands artistes le savent et y viennent. du nombre sont mm. théo van rysselberghe, paul signac et henri-edmond cross." tristan klingsor, "les salons de ," in: la plume (jan.-june ), - , here : "des meilleures toiles de paul signac." pilon, "xviiime exposition des indépendants," : "étrange enchanteresse." dymond, "a politicized pastoral," - and passim; roslak, neo-impressionism and anarchism in fin-de-siècle france, - and - ; and for an account that emphasizes how it is viewed by those in the political right, see james d. herbert, fauve painting: the making of cultural politics, new haven , especially - . fagus, "les indépendants," : "mais le vibrement de ces pins de provence, la belle ascension vers l'arabesque, vers la belle ligne, vers un nouveau canon classique!" dymond, "a politicized pastoral," - . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" solvay, fagus argued that "the universal momentum of painting towards harmony through light and clarity, necessarily led to the logical division of tone." fagus went on to describe a new generation (not a school, he says, since they have more diverse sensibilities) of painters, inspired by seurat, including both the neo-impressionists and the symbolists. as proof of its move toward universality, fagus noted that they were even followed by academicians such as henri martin. and what, fagus asked, were they moving towards? towards a new décor, a new harmony through light and eloquence: towards style. towards something else; that could only lead to splendor too soon frozen of a classicism, of another academy […] supreme naivety attained through supreme love, this was the sublime beauty of the middle ages and ancient works, and it is towards this that our young renewed art strives without knowing it, and that makes it so alive, so moving, so edifying. [ ] this praise for both symbolists and neo-impressionists recognized their shared interests in the decorative and the classical, and it indicates the neo-impressionists' new- found success in the opening years of the th century at claiming the arabesque, the beautiful line, and the classical. [ ] signac followed his success at the independents with his first solo exhibition, at bing's gallery. this large show included canvases, oil notations, pastels and watercolors. response was overwhelmingly positive and often showed a renewed interest in situating signac's 'science' in a positive light. many critics noted how much the neo-impressionist technique had changed: octave maus, for example, described the technique as having undergone "a pleasing evolution." fontainas, only recently favorable to neo-impressionism, argued that signac had productively synthesized art and science: for him, science did not extinguish spontaneity; on the contrary, science is a great help to him; it teaches him to see and to express with more freedom and ease. these are not the cold school rules based on more or less authentic traditions that make up the method of mr. signac; no: he captured a secret of nature, neglected by previous painters. fagus, "l'art de demain," in: la revue blanche (sept.-dec. ), - , here : "l'élan universel de la peinture vers une harmonie par la lumière et la clarté, nécessairement mena à la division logique du ton." fagus, "l'art de demain," - : "vers un nouveau décor, une nouvelle harmonie par la lumière et le nombre: vers le style. vers autre chose; cela seul mènerait à la splendeur tôt figée d'un classicisme, d'une autre académie […] atteindre par le suprême amour la suprême naïveté, cela fit la beauté sublime des oeuvres du moyen âge comme des oeuvres de l'antiquité, et c'est vers cela que s'évertue à l'insu de lui notre jeune art renouvelé, et qui le fait si vivant, si émouvant, si édifiant." cachin, signac, . octave maus, "exposition paul signac," in: l'art moderne ( june ), - , here : "une évolution heureuse." fontainas, "art moderne," in: mercure de france , no. (july ), - , here : "science n'a pas éteint chez lui la spontanéité; au contraire, elle lui est d'un grand secours; elle lui enseigne à voir et à s'exprimer avec plus de liberté et d'aisance. ce ne sont pas de froides règles license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" [ ] maurice denis, reviewing signac's watercolors, dismissed concerns about the method, concluding, "like the constructors of the thirteenth century, of which he has the same lucid spirit, he doesn't oppose, but much to the contrary, he reconciles art and science in the same conscious and reflective manner." both critics praise neo- impressionist technique as something that was 'found' rather than 'made' (to invoke richard shiff's observation) through synthesis, and thus classic, and this view echoed throughout the early th century reception of the neo-impressionists. [ ] this success of signac's would be magnified at the next independents. if the gazette des beaux-arts was the bell-weather of success, its first review of the independents in marked their coming of age. in the journal's review of the show, henry cochin was able to find individuality and individual expression, which he situated as art's highest goal, within the pointillist style. he praised signac, but honored him even more by reproducing a drawing after signac's sisteron ( , oil on canvas, x , private collection, new york). [ ] the first salon d'automne, in , was organized in the wake of this resurgence of the independents. despite its successes, the salon d'automne represented, at its founding, a middle path between, on one hand, the conservatism of the société des artistes français and the société nationale des beaux-arts and, on the other hand, the anarchism of the independents. as one critic quipped in , "the salon d'automne, – the independents have arrived." its immediate success resulted in changes both within the independents and in how the group was viewed. as with most post- independents exhibits, critics continued in to begin their reviews by noting the democratic governing principles of the group. in the wake of the founding of the newest salon, the trend toward situating the independents as a by-now well-established institution gathered force. as andré mellerio wrote, "there is no longer any need to explain to the readers of the revue universelle the goal of the independents, and even d'école, basées sur les traditions plus ou moin authentiques, qui composent la méthode de m. signac; non: il a surpris un secret de la nature, négligé des peindres antérieurs." m.d. [maurice denis], "aquarelles de paul signac," in: l'occident , no. (july ), - , here . richard shiff, cézanne and the end of impressionism: a study of the theory, technique, and critical evaluation of modern art, chicago . jensen, marketing modernism in fin-de-siècle france, , points out the importance of the gazette des beaux-arts, and notes that it did not review the independents. henry cochin, "quelques réflexions sur les salons," in: gazette des beaux-arts ( ), - , here . see roger marx's interpretation of its founding, "le salon d'automne," in: gazette des beaux- arts ( ), - . anonymously quoted in gérard monnier, l'art et ses institutions en france: de la révolution à nos jours, paris , : "le salon d'automne, ce sont les indépendants arrivés." for example, the reviews of the independents that year in: le petit sou, le mercure de france, l'aurore, les annales de la jeunesse laique, les temps nouveaux, le grand national, and la dépêche. license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" less of a need to plead the case of the artists who, not wanting to make any concession to the taste of the day, prefer the freedom they enjoy here to the partial constraints of the official salons." maurice le blond, in l' aurore, began by noting that even though the president of france was not visiting the independents, they had achieved the status of classic. if the independents was situated as classic, the neo-impressionists continued to be seen as tightly linked to the society and, in parallel fashion, were now typically read as established masters, even veterans. "the independents gather proudly around the valiant phalanx of the luces and the signacs, the crosses and the van rysselberghes," le blond continued. mellerio praised the salon for its associations with liberty, before moving directly on to discuss the neo-impressionists, and linking them to the promised land of the mediterranean: "besides, saint-tropez and antibes are increasingly becoming the promised land for neo-impressionist painters, who find in the opposition of the sky and the sun, the colored sea, powerful trees, motifs with chromatic variation and beautiful linear arabesques." [ ] but also marked a shift toward less positive reviews, with a renewed sense of neo-impressionism's end that has been much noted in art historical literature. marcel fouquier in le journal, for example, suggested that the exhibit clearly showed that the neo-impressionist school was nearly finished: "its influence can be found almost everywhere but its doctrinal authority is in visible decline. its methods are no longer applied save by a small group of intransigent artists led by mr. signac, for whom the vues d'antibes, in its ever prestigious charm is more outrageous than ever." however, even this negative assessment admitted the continued influence of the movement, and was relatively positive about signac. louis vauxcelles, who would become one of the most important pre-war critics, was never a fan. yet even he grudgingly conceded that signac's seascapes vibrated, but complained that the effect tired and hurt the eyes. charles morice remained supportive of the independents, even predicting that, along with andré mellerio, "les petites expositions," in: revue universelle , , ( apr. ), - , here : "il n'est plus besoin d'expliquer aux lecteurs de la revue universelle le but des indépendants, et encore moins de plaider la cause des artistes qui, n'entendant faire aucune concession au goût du jour, préfèrent la liberté dont ils jouissent ici à la demi-contraite des salons officiels." maurice le blond, "l'exposition des indépendants," in: l'aurore ( feb. ), . g.m. "glanes du matin" in: la gazette de france ( feb. ), . maurice le blond, "l'exposition des indépendants," : "les indépendants se groupent avec fierté autour de la vaillante phalange des luce et des signac, des cross et des van rysselberghe." mellerio, "les petites expositions," : "au reste, saint-tropez et antibes deviennent de plus en plus la terre promise des peintres néo-impressionnistes, qui trouvent dans les oppositions du ciel et du sol, da la mer colorée, des arbres puissant, motifs à variations chromatiques et à belles arabesques linéaires." marcel fouquier, "les petits salons," in: le journal ( feb. ), : "son influence se retrouve un peu partout, mais son autorité doctrinale s'affaiblit visiblement. ses procédés ne sont plus appliqués que par un petit groupe d'artistes intransigeants, qui ont pour chef m. signac, dont les vues d'antibes, en leur charme toujours prestigieux sont plus outrancières que jamais." louis vauxcelles, "le vernissage des indépendants," in: gil blas ( feb. ), . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" the salon d'automne, it would outlast the official salons. nevertheless, morice poked gentle fun at neo-impressionism, suggested of their irradiated landscapes that one might get a sunburn "if the sun weren' t so cold!" and then he trotted out some old tropes by criticizing the members as having become formulaic. [ ] despite some negative criticism, in , signac and the neo-impressionists were positioned in much criticism as more than merely having achieved a brief second wind; they were seen to be at the height of their powers, as established masters, who through perseverance had mastered their technique. they were rarely described as followers of seurat, as indeed their style was recognized as having evolved significantly in the more than ten years since his death. they were consistently positioned as the equals to the symbolists, and as similarly striking a decorative balance between the objective and subjective, and, in the case of cross and signac, as concerned with the light and color of provence above all else. the turning point came at the moment of the independents' resurgence, in , and was concomitant with signac's attempt to move into large-scale public decorative works. if neo-impressionism in the th century has been primarily studied to understand its impact on later artists, it should be recognized that the movement, now twenty years old, had changed dramatically, and was still at the forefront of artistic debates in paris. in the case of matisse, it seems especially ahistorical to suggest the influence was brief. matisse had two sustained periods of interest in neo- impressionism: from to he clearly studied signac's text; then in , he became immersed in the neo-impressionist world, working with and alongside them for a period that did fully end until the completion of le port d'abaill ( - , oil on canvas, x , private collection) – begun during the 'fauve summer' of , incomplete at the time of that year's salon d'automne, and finished by the time of its exhibition in the spring of in . given the relative speed at which significant art movements came and went in the th century – even matisse's fauve period lasted at best three years, roughly equal to his neo-impressionist periods – the high esteem in which signac and other neo-impressionists were held in the years leading up to needs to be recognized. only then can we understand that the definitions of the classical, the decorative, and the french tradition were wide and open to independents of many stripes. charles morice, "le xxe salon des indépendants," in: mercure de france , no. (may ), - , here : "mais que ce soleil est froid!" hilary spurling, the unknown matisse: a life of henri matisse, the early years, - , berkeley , . license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en riha journal | july | special issue "new directions in new-impressionism" license: the text of this article is provided under the terms of the creative commons license cc-by-nc-nd . . http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /de/deed.en introduction the independents and neo-impressionists in the s the turning point: "towards a new classical canon": - the botanical within the built: visual art and urban botany julie-anne milinski diploma of visual art bachelor of fine art (painting) bachelor of fine art honours ( st class) queensland college of art arts, education and law griffith university submitted in fulfilment of the requirements of the degree of doctor of philosophy february i abstract this research project considers the urban environment as a valuable site to examine humanity’s relationship to nature, specifically botany, through a visual arts practice. botany as it is used here is defined as all plant life. the project investigates a fascination with the evidence of humans’ endeavours to contain, control, and manipulate the flora in their urban habitats. the creative works and exegesis speculatively explore the potential of everyday urban encounters with botany to perceive nature as something intrinsic to both the city and ourselves, by considering flora as a tactile, vital cohabitant. using botany as a metonym for the wider natural world, the creative works are informed by specific contemporary environmental issues, including habitat damage and encroachment, and the effects of waste associated with consumer culture. urban botanical sites and domesticated plants have informed the drawings, sculpture, and installations that form the studio outcomes. in addition to living plants, two significant groups of materials were used in the creation of the sculptural works. the first are products associated with construction and landscaping, which signify the human intention to alter natural environments. the second are forms of consumer packaging commonly linked to environmental degradation. the creative and theoretical research asserts the vitality of these materials, revealing their potential liveliness in an ecosystem. by highlighting the entanglement of living and non-living entities that make up our urban habitats, the creative works challenge the concept of the ‘natural’ environment as being distant, wild and pure, and unsullied by the presence of humans. this research contributes to the complex discussions surrounding environmental care, and the significance of personal practices in the construction of environmental ethics and aesthetics. it considers how an individual art practice can focus on personal interactions with the botanical world to demonstrate new ways of seeing this symbiotic relationship. ii statement of originality this work has not previously been submitted for a degree or diploma in any university. to the best of my knowledge and belief, the thesis contains no material previously published or written by another person except where due reference is made in the thesis itself. _____________________________ julie-anne milinski table of contents abstract i statement of originality ii list of illustrations iii acknowledgment of assistance xii introduction : dismantling binaries chapter : biosphere—the environment of the city introduction personal perceptions of nature and culture: from town and country to the city the biophilia hypothesis the hybrid city aesthetic appreciation of the hybrid city the vitality of plants the interconnectedness of ‘things’ and the vibrancy of matter contemporary consumer culture and waste chapter : glasshouse—the environment of artists introduction natural manhattan: time landscape, the highline, and the new york earth room judy pfaff: second nature joanna langford: waste lands gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger: the water hole patricia piccinini: ethical dilemmas simon starling: lively plants and materials chapter : indoors and outdoors—materials and methods introduction walking collecting crocheting botanical drawing chapter : hothouse—the environment of the studio introduction re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents, a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession, - wilhelmina szeretlek! - geniculum, jardinière, transplanted: philadelphia residency, crane arts centre, • nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again), • soft tags for the city, • the philadelphia magic gardens plasticity and plastiscenery (not-so-still lives), – conclusion bibliography iii list of figures figure . natasha bieniek biophilia , oil on dibond, x cm. image source: http://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/prizes/wynne/ / /. figure . base of tree on grey street, southbank, brisbane figure . queensland college of arts graduation exhibition’s opening night, november . view from the griffith university art gallery, marquee collapsing under the weight of golf-ball size hailstones. figure . vertical and balcony gardens, one central park, sydney figure . abandoned fishing village of houtouwan, china . image source: https://widerimage.reuters.com/story/creeping-vines-abandoned- village. figure . canada-france-hawaii telescope (cfht) and gemini observatory, mauna kea, hawaii figure . sansevieria trifasciata ‘laurentii’ cuttings figure . chris jordan midway: message from the gyre (i) , digital print, . x cm. image source: http://www.chrisjordan.com/gallery /midway/#cf % x . figure . peter dombrovskis election day poster , offset lithograph, x cm. private collection, victoria. image courtesy and © the wilderness society collection and liz dombrovkis. image source: rachel kent, in the balance: art for a changing world, ex. cat. (sydney nsw: museum of contemporary art limited, ). figure . alan sonfist time landscape , plot of land planted with native flora, x cm. image source: http://www.alansonfist.com /landscapes_time_landscape_nomenu.html. figure . alan sonfist time landscape (detail) figure . christo and jeanne claude surrounded islands, biscayne bay, greater miami, florida – , eleven islands situated in biscayne bay, greater miami, surrounded with , square metres of floating pink woven polypropylene fabric covering the surface of the water and extending out from each island into the bay, dimensions variable. © christo. photographer: wolfgang volz. image source: http://christojeanneclaude.net/projects/surrounded-islands ?images=completed#.vl bttdrpgs. figure . the high line, manhattan iv figure . walter de maria the new york earth room , dirt and plexiglas barrier, m of dirt, covering m x cm. installation view, walter de maria. the new york earth room, dia foundation, new york . image source: https://everplaces.com/users/a d eec afba d a /places/ cc d e ed b c cc /images/ be b adfdb bc edffbd e dd.jpg. figure . judy pfaff there is a field, i will meet you there (rumi) , steel, plexiglas, fluorescent lights, plastic, expanded foam, dimensions variable. installation view, judy pfaff. run amok, loretta howard gallery, new york . image source: http://lorettahoward.com/ artists/pfaff. figure . judy pfaff hanging judge (centre) , metal, wood, dimensions variable (centre) and let sixteen cowboys sing me a song (far wall) , mixed-media construction, x x cm. installation view, judy pfaff. second nature, pavel zoubok gallery, new york . image source: http://lorettahoward.com/artists/pfaff. figure . judy pfaff second nature . installation view, judy pfaff. second nature, pavel zoubok gallery, new york . image source: http:// lorettahoward.com/artists/pfaff. figure . judy pfaff cahoots , paper lantern, paper, pigmented expanded foam, acrylic, resin, leaves . x x . cm. image source: http://www.judypfaffstudio.com/sculpture/?album= &gallery= &pi d= . figure . kelly jazvac recent landscapes (plastiglomerate) , plastiglomerate samples, ceramic stand, wooden shelf, . x . x . cm. image source: http://www.louisbjames.com/?cat= . figure . adrián villar rojas the evolution of god – , mixed media, dimensions variable. installation view, adrián villar rojas. the evolution of god – , the high line, new york, . figure . building site in chelsea, manhattan figure . garbage on a footpath in chelsea, manhattan figure . joanna langford crawl space , galvanised wire, acrylic paint, electrical wire, led lights, plywood, recycled silage wrap, dimensions variable. installation view, the th asia pacific triennial of contemporary art (apt ), queensland art gallery | gallery of modern art, brisbane . image source: http://www.abc.net.au/news / - - /joanna-langford/ . figure . louise bourgeois crouching spider , bronze, dimensions variable. image source: https://mikebyrne .files.wordpress.com / / /crouching-spider- .jpg. v figure . joanna langford the high country , mixed media including plastic milk bottles and silage wrap, dimensions variable. installation view, christchurch . image source: http://www.scapepublic art.org.nz/scape- -the-high-country. figure . joanna langford the high country (detail) . image source: https://www.flickr.com/photos/christchurchcitylibraries/ /i n/photostream/. figure . pascale marthine tayou plastic bags – , plastic bags, x x cm (variable). installation view, the th asia pacific triennial of contemporary art (apt ), queensland art gallery | gallery of modern art, brisbane . image source: https://www .flickr.com/photos/queenslandartgallery/ . figure . gimhongsok canine construction , resin, edition of , x x cm. image source: http://blog.qagoma.qld.gov.au /gimhongsoks-canine-construction/. figure . jeff koons balloon dog (blue) – , mirror-polished stainless steel with transparent colour coating, . x . x . cm © jeff koons, unique versions (blue, magenta, yellow, orange, red). image source: http://www.jeffkoons.com/artwork/celebration/balloon -dog- . figure . gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger the water hole , mixed media, dimensions variable. installation view (figures – ), gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger. the water hole, australian centre for contemporary art, melbourne . image source: juliana engberg, gerda steiner, and jörg lenzlinger, gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger: the water hole, ex. cat. (melbourne: australian centre for contemporary art, ). figure . gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger the water hole (detail) figure . gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger the water hole figure . gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger the water hole (detail) figure . gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger bush power , mixed media, dimensions variable. installation view (figures – ), you imagine what you desire: th biennale of sydney, cockatoo island, sydney, . image source: http://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign /australia-culture-blog/gallery/ /mar/ /sydney-biennale- - in-pictures#img- . figure . gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger bush power (detail) vi figure . patricia piccinini, plasticology, – , interactive video installation, tv monitors, motion-sensors and computer digital modelling and animation, dimensions variable. image source: http: //www.roslynoxley .com.au/artists/ /patricia_piccinini/ / /. figure . patricia piccinini the stags , fibreglass, automotive paint, plastic, stainless steel, leather, rubber tyres, x x cm. image source: http://www.roslynoxley .com.au/artists/ /patricia_piccinini/ / . figure . patricia piccinini nest , fibreglass, auto paint, leather, steel, polycarbonate, x x cm. image source: http://www.ngv .vic.gov.au/explore/collection/work/ /. figure . patricia piccinini truck babies , fibreglass, automotive paint, plastic, steel, wood, truck parts, x x cm. image source: http://www.artgallery.sa.gov.au/agsa/home/learning/docs/online_re sources/piccinini_online_resource.pdf. figure . patricia piccinini radial , fibreglass, automotive paint, stainless steel, x x cm. image source: http://www.patriciapiccinini.net / / . figure . patricia piccinini radial (detail) . image source: http://www .patriciapiccinini.net/ / . figure . patricia piccinini metaflora (twin rivers mouth) , silicone, bronze, fibreglass, human hair, x x cm. image source: http://www.patriciapiccinini.net/ / . figure . patricia piccinini meditations on the continuum of vitality (garden) , ink and gouache on paper, . × . cm. image source: http://www.artnet.com/artists/patricia-piccinini/meditations-on-the- continuum-of-vitality-garden-a-zf-cwr nebak kxr qa_a . figure . simon starling plant room , mixed media, dimensions variable. installation view (figures – ), simon starling plant room, kunstraum dornbirn, austria . image source: http://www .lehmtonerde.at/en/projects/project.php?pid= . figure . simon starling plant room (interior view) figure . simon starling rescued rhododendrons , c-type print on aluminium. image source: http://www.gac.culture.gov.uk/work.aspx ?obj= . vii figure . simon starling island for weeds , soil, rhododendrons, water, plastic, metal, self-regulating pressure system, dimensions variable. installation view, simon starling, th international exhibition of art, venice biennale, scottish pavillion, venice . image source: http://arttattler.com/images/northamerica/massachusetts/north% adams/simon% starling/island-for-weeds.jpg. figure . robert smithson floating island to travel around manhattan island , pencil on paper, x cm. image source: http://blogs. walkerart.org/ecp/wp-content/ecp/floating_island_ .jpg. figure . detail of julie-anne milinski’s studio at queensland college of art figure . paris bus shelter with rooftop garden figure . flower dome, gardens by the bay singapore figure . monstera deliciosa leaf crocheted from flagging tape figure . scented plastic bin-liners, cut and crocheted figure . snapshot of backyard biodiversity camp hill, orchid, fern and weeds figure . margaret mee clusia grandiflora , watercolour on paper, x . cm. image source: shirley sherwood, contemporary botanical artists: the shirley sherwood collection (london: weidenfeld and nicholson ltd, ). figure . margaret mee philodendron rio negro amazonas (undated), watercolour on paper, x cm. image source: shirley sherwood, contemporary botanical artists: the shirley sherwood collection (london: weidenfeld and nicholson ltd, ). figure . julie-anne milinski untitled (subject sansevieria trifasciata growing through sponge, recovered from under jude’s deck on the brisbane river) , pencil on watercolour paper, x cm figure . pollarded willow trees in zeeland, netherlands. image source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/pollarding. figure . gardens by the bay construction site singapore figure . tree staking singapore figure . julie-anne milinski re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents (detail) , mixed media, dimensions variable. installation view (figures – ), triangulate, brisbane experimental art festival, metro arts, brisbane . photographer: heidi stevens. viii figure . julie-anne milinski brachychiton rupestris linoleumii , acrylic paint, nylon builders line, plastic bottles, plastic bottle rack, vinyl flooring, steel, hand cut acrylic sheeting, x x cm. photographer: heidi stevens. figure . video still of live performance, beaf . photographer: rick milinski. figure . julie-anne milinski re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents (detail) . photographer: heidi stevens. figure . julie-anne milinski re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents . photographer: heidi stevens. figure . plastic bag in tree, brisbane river figure . julie-anne milinski a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession , lime-, rose-, orange-, and apple- scented plastic bin-liners, dimensions variable. installation view, the line, webb gallery, queensland college of art, brisbane . photographer: heidi stevens. figure . julie-anne milinski a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession (detail) . photographer: heidi stevens. figure . julie-anne milinski a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession – , lime-, rose-, orange-, and apple- scented plastic bin-liners, dimensions variable. installation view (figures – ), julie-anne milinski. a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession, white studio, qca, brisbane . figure . julie-anne milinski a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession – figure . wilhelmina milinski’s sansevieria trifasciata, carnegie, melbourne figure . julie-anne milinski wilhelmina szeretlek! (detail) – , sansevieria trifasciata, soil, hessian, nylon builders line, marine ply, pine, acrylic paint, dimensions variable. photographer: carl warner. figure . julie-anne milinski wilhelmina szeretlek! (detail) – figure . julie-anne milinski wilhelmina szeretlek! (trial installation) – figure . julie-anne milinski wilhelmina szeretlek! (trial installation) – figure . studio documentation, rampant doilies figure . work in progress (trial installation) ix figure . henri rousseau the dream , oil on canvas, . × . cm. image source: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/henri_rousseau#/media /file: henri_rousseau_-_il_sogno.jpg. figure . monstera deliciosa qca library figure . julie-anne milinski geniculum drawing study # (observation + forgetting mho / ) , pencil and acrylic on marine ply, x cm. installation view (figures – ), julie-anne milinski. geniculum. the hold artspace, west end, brisbane . photographer: luke kidd. figure . julie-anne milinski geniculum drawing study # (observation + reflection on g.o.) , pencil and acrylic on marine ply, x cm. photographer: luke kidd. figure . julie-anne milinski geniculum drawing study # (observation + reflection on h.r.) , pencil and acrylic on marine ply, . x cm. photographer: luke kidd. figure . julie-anne milinski monstera mirabilis , coconut fibre, earthworms, flagging tape, monstera deliciosa, plastic sheet, soil, wire, dimensions variable. photographer: luke kidd. figure . julie-anne milinski . km (green-mound drawing) , flagging tape, dimensions variable. photographer: luke kidd. figure . julie-anne milinski emerge/recede (branch studies) , acrylic paint, poplar dowel, pine dowel, dimensions variable. photographer: luke kidd. figure . jeff koons puppy (vase) , glazed white ceramic vase, . x . x . cm with incised signature, dated ‘ and stamp numbered / on the underside. image source: http://www.phillips.com /detail/jeff-koons/ny / ?fromsearch=jeff&search page= . figure . studio documentation, maquette figure . julie-anne milinski jardinière (detail) , mixed media, dimensions variable. photographer: joachim froese. figure . patricia piccinini summer love (detail) , fibreglass and automotive paint, x x cm. image source: http://www .patriciapiccinini.net/archives/carnuggetsgl/carnug .html. figure . monstera deliciosa fruit and flower, sw offices, south brisbane (near my studio in southbank) figure . julie-anne milinski soft deliciosa , flagging tape, cotton, polyester fibre, dimensions variable x figure . jardinière in progress with wallpaper experimentation figure . jardinière in crate figure . julie-anne milinski jardinière , mixed media including flagging tape, marine ply wood, monstera deliciosa, soil, wire, plaster bandage, plaster of paris, plastic bottles and containers, pvc pipe, gloss enamel paint, dimensions variable. installation view, julie-anne milinski. jardinière, artisan, fortitude valley, brisbane . photographer: joachim froese. figure . caity reynolds, sonya peters and debra porch, studio at crane old school, philadelphia figure . road works outside crane old school studios, philadelphia figure . potted plants next to freeway, philadelphia figure . walking rope. image source: http://www.amazon.com/brand-new- world-walking-rope/dp/b az uci#biss-product-description- and-details. figure . julie-anne milinski nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) , brass rings and connectors, flagging tape, found flagging tape, found packaging, plastic bag, dimensions variable. installation view, the unpredictable conceptions in trans-disciplinary collaboration, crane arts, philadelphia . figure . julie-anne milinski nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) (detail) figure . julie-anne milinski nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) (detail) figure . julie-anne milinski top loader , brass ring and connector, flagging tape, found packaging, dimensions variable figure . julie-anne milinski and workers unknown cautionary tails , found flagging tape, x cm figure . julie-anne milinski nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) (detail) figure . studio experimentation, pipe cleaner leaves figure . julie-anne milinski soft tag: pipe cleaners , pipe cleaner, dimensions and locations variable xi figure . julie-anne milinski soft tag: pipe cleaners , pipe cleaner, dimensions and locations variable figure . julie-anne milinski soft tag: rose petals , rose petals, locations variable. photographer: caity reynolds. figure . philadelphia magic gardens philadelphia figure . isaiah zagar in mosaic-covered laneway off south street, philadelphia figure . philadelphia magic gardens (stairway) philadelphia figure . julie-anne milinski plasticity and plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) (trial installation) , mixed media including water, concrete, glass jars and bottles, plastic bottles, pvc pipe, soil, artificial turf, plants, plastic bags, aluminium, dimensions variable figure . julie-anne milinski plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) (detail) , sand-blasted bottle, found concrete, ivy, water, dimensions variable figure . julie-anne milinski plasticity (trial installation) , aluminium, mixed media including pvc pipe, plastic containers, sansevieria trifasciata ‘laurentii’, soil, dimensions variable figure . julie-anne milinski plasticity (detail) , plastic container, sansevieria trifasciata ‘laurentii’, soil, dimensions variable figure . julie-anne milinski plasticity (detail) , plastic container, chlorophytum comosum, water, frosted and laser etched acrylic sheet, pine dowel, dimensions variable figure . julie-anne milinski plasticity (detail) , sanded pvc pipe, acrylic on plywood, concrete, pine, plastic, dimensions variable figure . julie-anne milinski plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) (detail) , mixed media including sand-blasted bottles, cast concrete, plastic, radiata pine, steel, paint, water, dimensions variable xii acknowledgement of assistance i would like to express my immense gratitude to my academic supervisors, associate professor debra porch and dr sebastian di mauro. throughout this project, they have challenged and supported my work, assisting me to develop as a researcher and an artist. i am also grateful to the qca community: associate professor donna marcus for her support and advice; my postgraduate peers alannah gunther, sonya peters, jude roberts, michelle roberts, and glen skein for their interest, assistance and companionship in the studio; andrew forsyth and david sawtell in the qca workshop for their knowledge and expertise; and aileen randle for her administrative assistance. my sincere thanks to evie franzidis for her feedback, editing assistance, and encouragement. the support and understanding from my family and friends has been appreciated over the course of this project. wendy grace and kellie wells have maintained an enduring interest in my progress; their friendship has been grounding and a reminder of life outside the research bubble. their commitment to their own art practices is a source of inspiration to me. most significantly, the unwavering faith, extraordinary support, and endless good humour of my husband rick milinski has sustained me through this project, for which he has my deepest grattitude. the usual answer that environment is our natural surroundings obviously will not do, for this overlooks the fact that most people’s lives are far removed from any kind of nature setting. indeed, such a setting is even difficult to identify, since nature, in the sense of a landscape unaffected by human agency, has long since disappeared in nearly every region of the world. —arnold berleant arnold berleant, ed., “introduction: art, environment and the shaping of experience,” in environment and the arts: perspectives on environmental aesthetics (aldershot, uk: ashgate publishing limited, ), . introduction: dismantling binaries with more than half of the world’s population residing in cities, the majority of humanity’s contact with other species, both plant and animal, is experienced within the built environment. my phd research project, “the botanical within the built: visual art and urban botany”, has focussed on the commonplace botanical settings that city residents would typically encounter within the context of densely populated, built places. i question how urban encounters with botany, specifically “the plant life of a particular region, habitat, or geological period”, offer the potential to perceive nature as something intrinsic to both the city and ourselves. at the core of my speculative studio research is a lifelong fascination with plants and gardens, and the evidence of human endeavours to contain, control, and manipulate the flora within our habitats. while i appreciate the significance of ecosystems where human presence is less intrusive, and acknowledge the importance of preserving habitats to maintain biodiversity, this is not the focus of my enquiry. the consideration of flora as a lively, tactile cohabitant is key to the research. by collapsing the distance between our immediate habitat and an out-dated notion of some exterior wilderness as being ‘true nature’, i have investigated current concerns of both domesticated and urban-situated botany in our immediate vicinity, and how these relate to our attitudes and actions towards the greater environment. i argue that this approach denaturalises a nature–culture division by looking at alternative ways of seeing our entanglement to both the living and non-living entities that make up our personal environment. geographer sarah whatmore has examined the continuous daily interactions between society and nature that destabilise the notion of these concepts as two distinct geographical sites. she notes that contemporary places and creatures deemed to be united nations, “world’s population increasingly urban with more than half living in urban areas,” united nations: department of economics and social affairs, last modified july , accessed july , http://www.un.org/en/development/desa/news/population/world-urbanization-prospects- .html. angus stevenson, ed., “botany," in oxford dictionary of english (oxford: oxford university press, ), accessed january . oxford reference. wild are considered to reside “outside the compass of human society”. she cites tim ingold’s observation that “something . . . must be wrong somewhere, if the only way to understand our own creative involvement in the world is by first taking ourselves out of it”. whatmore argues that the parameters of contemporary environmental politics have been set by this concept of the wild as “pristine exterior, the touchstone of an original nature”. biologist tim low concurs that we have been “sold” a concept of nature that is detached from humanity—living “in wild places”—but he argues that wilderness is all around us in the populated areas in which we reside. low argues vehemently that when making environmental decisions, humans, as “ecosystem engineers”, need to consider the wild plants and animals thriving in human environments that have adapted to rely on our infrastructure and activity for survival. thus, both whatmore and low interrogate urban environments for inclusive understandings of human relationships to nature. similarly, my research has examined the built environment and the specific botany i encounter and experience in the course of everyday life. i argue that this approach to the mundane has revealed nature as intrinsic to both the city and humans. as pauline von bonsdorff, professor of art and education at university of jyväskylä, notes, although we humans have a tendency to conceive of ourselves as different from the rest of nature, it is worth remembering that our relation to other species includes cohabitation in cities as well, and while we may not like some of our co-inhabitants, they all add up to the diversity and richness of a city. by observing the urban environment as a habitat to living, non-human entities, and focusing on the relevance of the plants growing in humanised landscapes as a sarah whatmore, hybrid geographies: nature, culture, spaces (thousand oaks, ca: sage, ), . tim ingold, cited in ibid., . ibid., . tim low, the new nature: winners and losers in wild australia (camberwell, vic: penguin, ), . ibid., – . the draining of the yandina creek wetlands in july destroyed the habitat of numerous species of wildlife but was not contested by the australian conservation foundation because the area was “highly modified” by human intervention. see greg roberts, “yandina creek wetlands draining leaves wildlife high and dry,” the australian, july , accessed october , http://www.theaustralian.com .au/news/inquirer/yandina-creek-wetlands-draining-leaves-wildlife-high-and-dry/story-e frg z - . pauline von bonsdorff, “urban richness and the art of building,” in the aesthetics of human environments, ed. arnold berleant and allen carlson (orchard park: broadview press, ), – . metonym for the wider natural world, the research has enriched my view that botany plays an active role in cities. the metonym has equipped me to interrogate what the mundane might reveal about wider notions of the environment both visually and conceptually. the research has been contingent on the domestic entanglement of living and non-living things, focusing on the vitality of these in urban ecologies that can be visualised through a range of mechanisms and methodologies. key to the project has been establishing how my research considers the concept of nature, given my argument that the dualism of nature and culture denies the rich intermingling of the urban environment to the wider environment’s detriment. the term ‘nature’ is the cause of much debate among writers focused on the topic, evidenced by the titles of some publications identified during the research, such as nature, the death of nature, ecology without nature, radical nature, and second nature. nature is not a term i use lightly, or without attempting to articulate a clear definition. it is relatively easy to accept that a nature reserve or national park contains a certain amount of nature, but what about an urban botanical garden? while the natural elements in the gardens are planned, cultivated, controlled, and maintained by humans, the flora and fauna in the park also actively participate in this environment. for the purpose of my research, i have used glenn parsons’s definition of nature to describe the aspects of human environments that are neither built nor synthetic constructions. parsons’s definition extends on that of nineteenth-century british philosopher john stuart mill, posing nature as “what takes place without the agency, or without the voluntary and intentional agency of man”. parsons reasons that this more inclusive definition allows for nature to be all around and within civilisation; i.e., “not all of nature, in this sense, is remote from human beings”. he cites examples such as clouds, rain, insects, birds, and plants as being natural things that are present “even in the midst of civilization’s greatest cities”. therefore, i argue that while humans intentionally situate much of the botany that grows in cities, the plants jeffrey kastner, ed., nature: documents of contemporary art (cambridge, ma: mit press, ); carolyn merchant, the death of nature: women, ecology, and the scientific revolution (san francisco: harper, ); timothy morton, ecology without nature: rethinking environmental aesthetics (cambridge, ma; london: harvard university press, ); francesco manacorda and ariella yedgar, eds., radical nature: art and architecture for a changing planet – (london: koenig books ltd, ); michael pollan, second nature: a gardener’s education (new york: grove press, ). glenn parsons, aesthetics and nature (new york: continuum publishing, ), . ibid., . ibid. themselves are natural and, once situated, demonstrate their independent agency. this research contributes to the complex discussions surrounding environmental care, and the significance of personal practices in the construction of environmental ethics and aesthetics. it considers how an individual art practice can focus on personal, bodily interactions with the botanical world to demonstrate new ways of seeing this interdependent relationship. the exegesis component analyses and scrutinises the creative studio research conducted between and . my research and studio investigations have been motivated by the following key questions: • how can an art practice imagine new ways of visualising the reciprocal and interdependent relationship between humans and the urban botanical world? • using the botany encountered in contemporary urban society as a leitmotif, how can creative works explore issues of the wider natural environment? • how can materials associated with consumer culture (and known to impact the environment) be used to reveal their ongoing vitality and presence in the wider environment? • can this exploration enrich notions of what constitutes a natural environment in contemporary urban society? this exegesis outlines the theoretical discourse relevant to my enquiry, an examination of specific artworks supporting the assertions of my project, the methodologies employed in the studio, and the outcomes of my creative research. it consists of four chapters and a conclusion, which will be summarised below. chapter investigates and documents the theoretical context and issues that have framed my enquiry. locating the fascination with my research topic through my personal history and edward o. wilson’s biophilia hypothesis, i argue that the conceptual separation of natural and built environments is not reflective of most people’s lived experience. using arnold berleant’s description of an “expanded sense of environment where person and environment are continuous” to understand the ‘natural environment’ of contemporary urban life, the exegesis argues for an abandonment of wilderness as some sort of imaginary container of ‘pure nature’. the ineffectiveness of a nature–culture division is explored through the writing of sarah whatmore, donna haraway, and mathew gandy. i argue the importance of developing an aesthetic appreciation for the hybrid city as a way of exploring the complexity of human–nature entanglements in our shared ecosystem. identifying the agency of botany has been a crucial aspect of the studio research, as has the use of plants as a metonym for wider concepts of nature. similarly, jane bennett’s argument for the consideration of matter as vibrant is linked to the impact of contemporary consumer culture in this shared habitat. chapter also interrogates visual evidence of current environmental degradation as a by-product of consumerism and waste practices. the analysis of professor gay hawkins’s argument for examining “everyday actions of cultivating a self . . . crucial for understanding how new waste habits and sensibilities might emerge” has assisted in navigating through these ideas and issues. in the spirit of what hawkins describes as “active experimentation” and berleant’s “environment . . . thought of in a new expanded sense”, the research examines nature typically encountered in urban environments of the western world. the experience of these more personal habitats is scrutinised to reveal the interconnectedness of our daily practices and our surroundings, which is also key to the research findings. in chapter , i compare alan sonfist’s time landscape ( ), a key environmental artwork located in manhattan, with a contemporary public park in proximity, the highline, to demonstrate the historical progression and complexity of issues surrounding such spaces. time landscape is used as a starting point to problematise the traditional division between art and environmental aesthetics. the chapter examines selected artworks by contemporary artists who explore aspects of human berleant, “introduction: art, environment and the shaping of experience,” . jane bennett, vibrant matter: a political ecology of things (durham, nc: duke university press, ). gay hawkins, the ethics of waste: how we relate to rubbish (sydney: university of nsw press, ), . ibid. berleant, “introduction,” . interactions with the environment, among them, judy pfaff, joanna langford, gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger, patricia piccinini, and simon starling. utilising emily brady’s approach of privileging imagination as one of the five essential aspects of aesthetic appreciation, i have focussed on artists who demonstrate highly imaginative approaches to consider current environmental topics. chapter outlines the key themes of urban botany in relation to control and containment, environmental hazard, and the shifting of geographical territories. it describes how i have examined these ideas using the following methodologies: walking, collecting (photographs, plants, and consumer plastic packaging), crocheting, and botanical drawing. further, i analyse how these key themes are materially linked to contemporary consumer society and waste through the studio research. as i detail in this chapter, my artworks were predominantly fabricated from consumer packaging and materials associated with construction, intervention, and the control of environments, such as builders line and flagging tape. a range of works utilised crochet to emphasise the human hand as a counter to the machine-made materials. botanical drawing also formed part of the research as both an investigative tool in the studio and a historical reference pertinent to concepts of classification. chapter analyses the series of artworks created through my studio research during the research project that were exhibited in brisbane, toowoomba, and philadelphia between and . re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents was shown at metro arts in brisbane ( ); a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession at the webb gallery, queensland college of arts (qca), brisbane ( ) and at the white studio, qca ( ); wilhelmina szeretlek! at bleeding hearts gallery, brisbane ( ), project gallery, qca ( ), and the university of southern queensland, toowoomba ( ); geniculum at the hold artspace, west end ( ); jardinière at artisan, fortitude valley, brisbane ( ); nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) at crane arts, philadelphia ( ); and plasticity and plastiscenery at the white studio, qca ( ). over the past four years of this project, the slowly increasing number of botanical counterparts in my working ecosystem, the studio, has expanded my awareness of the nuances of this environment. the research has cultivated a complex awareness of the sensation that the studio is a porous site with constant exchanges between, and links to, external natural environments. the botany and i share the space and, in return for minimal care on my part (watering, fertilising, leaf wiping), i receive a constantly growing source of visual stimulation and purer air. my research experiments and experience have focussed on this complex and intimate entanglement that has provided new discoveries of reciprocities and links of the living (plants) and the non-living things that share my and our space. here i argue that through affording time and attention to the mundane actions and materials of everyday urban life, this research project reveals the interconnection between living and non-living cohabitants. chapter : biosphere – the environment of the city the spatialities in which the ontological separation of nature and society inheres are woven through all manner of scientific, policy, media and everyday practices that enact nature as ‘a physical place to which you can go’ (haraway , ). —sarah whatmore introduction this chapter examines the theoretical framework of my research, focussing on edward o. wilson’s biophilia hypothesis and associated theories of habitat enculturation as a starting point and the relevance that i establish through my personal history. i discuss my observations of urban environmental issues relevant to my enquiry, such as the increase of urban building density, consumerism’s effects on the environment and our relationship to waste. i also discuss the existence of botanical boundaries—both the invisible legislated boundaries of plants considered as weeds and the physical boundaries where the presence of botany can be felt through temperature difference. through examining contemporary discourses surrounding climate change, the political ethics of litter and environment degradation, and environmental aesthetics in hybrid environments, the city is established as a logical site for investigating human–nature relationships. significantly, the agency of things other than human, particularly botany, is discussed in relation to my studio research. personal perceptions of nature and culture: from town and country to the city i spent my childhood in a small country town, with my grandparents living nearby on a farm. this experience largely shaped dichotomous views of my environment: for me, the small town that i lived in represented culture (despite its lack of sophistication), while my grandparents’ farm represented nature (despite its relentless cycles of planting and harvesting). men farmed, women gardened. agriculture was about whatmore, hybrid geographies, . necessity—income, labour, machinery, the land. gardening was about leisure— nurturing, creativity, hand tools, soil. however, my concept of what was ‘natural’ was permanently altered when i was twelve years old. deemed to be fast approaching a height considered socially disadvantageous for a female (over centimetres), i was prescribed a course of high-dose oestrogen for three years to arrest my growth. an article in the archive of diseases of childhood in encapsulates the prevailing attitude of the time in its title “what can we do about tall girls?” as the daughter of tall parents (my father is centimetres tall, my mother centimetres), my height was not a pathological condition, simply genetics. this medical intervention to achieve an aesthetic, societal norm in what i had up until that time considered to be a natural process—growing— led me to consider an ongoing duality between my artificial height of centimetres and my predicted natural height of centimetres. from the ages of twelve to fifteen, my body was routinely x-rayed and measured by an endocrinologist at a brisbane hospital to monitor my growth. as my body was assessed as a series of disconnected parts—limbs, trunk, head, hands, feet—i wondered if there was the potential for some part of me to ‘grow rogue’. i imagined my body becoming disproportionately structured or perhaps even that i would lose symmetry. i pondered scenarios where my bones, frustrated by this medical intervention, would be held back for only so long, then burst through my skin in an uncontrollable growth spurt, a rupture of interior and exterior boundaries. i came to view my skeleton as having its own vital force, distinctly separate from the rest of my body, and having the power to stretch my skin beyond its limits. when my bones were deemed fused, the treatment, the hospital visits, and the measuring stopped. this experience led to my fascination with distinctions between the authentic, organic natural and the synthetic natural, modified in some way by humanity. for the past thirty years, i have lived in cities, predominantly melbourne but also sydney and brisbane. the high-density dwellings provided a stark contrast to the vast w. a. marshall, "what can we do about tall girls?" archives of disease in childhood , no. ( ): – , doi: . /adc. . . . ibid. open spaces of my rural upbringing where childhood play was not restricted by space. the wide expansiveness of the countryside encouraged exploration and instilled the feeling of freedom and adventure. the city, by comparison, initially seemed restrictive and confining. urban life made me acutely aware of a loss of sanctuary that the rural landscape had provided. during this period of adjustment to the urban environment, i viewed visits to the country as an escape from the containment of the city and an opportunity to enjoy the natural landscapes of national parks and bushland settings. in time, i sought out this sanctuary in urban public parks and gardens and soon felt more comfortable in these ordered botanical environments. thus, my personal history has had an enduring influence on my interest in urban botanical environments and has been the core focus of my art practice and research since . central to this is my interest in the growing body of global research drawing on wilson’s biophilia hypothesis, investigating the benefits of humans’ relationships with other living things beyond resource exploitation. the biophilia hypothesis written in , wilson’s biophilia hypothesis claims that humans have an “innate tendency to focus on life and life-like processes”. wilson believes that developing this human tendency to be drawn to other living things and developing an understanding of other organisms can lead to us valuing them more. stephen r. kellert elaborates on wilson’s hypothesis, claiming that our dependence on nature for personal fulfilment is not restricted to material utilisation, but extends to emotional, cognitive, aesthetic, and even spiritual development. even in , this was not a new concept. as robert ulrich writes, the belief that contact with nature is somehow good or beneficial for people is an old and widespread notion. the gardens of the ancient egyptian nobility, the walled gardens of persian settlements in mesopotamia, and the gardens of merchants in medieval chinese cities indicate that early urban peoples went to considerable lengths to maintain contact with nature. edward o. wilson, biophilia (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), . ibid., . stephen r. kellert, “the biological basis for human values of nature,” in the biophilia hypothesis, ed. stephen r. kellert and edward o. wilson (washington, dc: island press, ), . robert s. ulrich, “biophilia, biophobia and natural landscapes,” in the biophilia hypothesis, . historically, the garden has functioned variously as a site of agriculture, retreat, spirituality, scientific discovery, lavish ornamentation, status, and recreation. whatever the purpose, gardens share a supposition of an intensified encounter with nature. the need for green spaces in cities for reasons other than leisure was identified during the industrial revolution when a major societal shift away from an agricultural existence caused large-scale migration to cities in europe and north america. farming practices become mechanised, requiring less human labour, while in urban regions, factories flourished. as overcrowding and pollution plagued industrial cities, the importance of public parks and gardens for the working classes for reasons of health and recreation was identified. in england, sir ebenezer howard, founder of the garden city association, proposed an urban planning model of garden cities surrounded by agricultural land. published as garden cities of tomorrow in , howard’s proposal sought to reverse the trend of overpopulated victorian slums. today, as western cities continue to become more densely populated, the need for garden spaces is recognised by urban planners, with wilson’s hypothesis gaining traction in urban architecture, where the term “biophilic design” is now commonplace. john falk and john balling state that the innate human preferences for savanna-like settings (which once would have signalled a better chance of survival) are modified through personal experience and enculturation. this concept is discussed in more depth in chapter in my examination of alan sonfist’s time landscape, as is the negative reaction from residents of greenwich village when this living artwork became overgrown. in the extreme, the antithesis of biophilia is biophobia, described by social ecologist stephen r. kellert as destructive tendencies and rejection towards, and the avoidance of, certain natural environments. the reality is that while urban residents may feel at home in a park or community garden, they might be ill-equipped to survive in the wilderness, unless perhaps supported by a reality television crew—“survivor” style. fear of snakes and spiders and their habitats is a frequently cited biophobic tendency. david byrne adopts the role of a biophobe (albeit facetiously) in a talking heads song, “nothing but flowers”. finding himself helpless in a city where the “sir ebenezer howard: british urban planner,” encyclopedia britannica online, last modified february , accessed june , http://www.britannica.com/ebchecked/topic/ /sir- ebenezer-howard. john falk and john balling, "evolutionary influence on human landscape preference,” environment and behavior , no. ( ): – , doi: . / . kellert, “the biological basis for human values of nature,” . conveniences of contemporary urban living have been reclaimed by nature, byrne laments, there was a factory, now there are mountains and rivers . . . there was a shopping mall, now it's all covered with flowers . . . if this is paradise, i wish i had a lawnmower . . . i miss the honky tonks, dairy queens, and -elevens . . . we used to microwave, now we just eat nuts and berries . . . don't leave me stranded here, i can't get used to this lifestyle. while humorous, byrne’s biophobic irony contains a degree of truth. my personal experience concurs with falk and balling’s argument of enculturation, where, after my relocation from a rural to an urban environment, i noted the gradual change in my preference towards more ordered natural environments. each geographical shift brought about a preferential shift, and not only in my visual predilections. the longer i resided in cities, the more my feelings of mild discomfort in rugged bushland settings became evident. this change in preference now extends to the level of avoidance of dense bushland settings, even urban examples such as the seven hills bushland reserve, which is less than five minutes walk from my home. this is despite a childhood spent enjoying playtime on the riverbanks at my grandparents’ farm, and regular family camping trips in unmediated natural environments devoid of basic amenities such as running water and toilets. marente bloemheuvel and toos van kooten, curators of the exhibition windflower: perceptions of nature, articulate the concept of environmental enculturation in relationship to artists, noting, the different perceptions of nature arise from the interaction between the individual and his or her cultural background, between the artist and the society in which he or she lives and was raised. views on the role and meaning of nature are different in every culture and the changing world, globalization and consumerism have had a big influence on people’s relationship to nature. this statement is illustrated by the winning entry of the wynn prize, biophilia (figure ), by natasha bieniek. this prize is awarded by the art gallery of new south wales for “the best landscape painting of australian scenery in oils or watercolours or for the best example of figure sculpture by australian artists”. melbourne resident talking heads, “nothing but flowers,” naked (burbank, ca: warner brothers records, ). cd. marente bloemheuvel and toos van kooten, eds., “introduction,” in windflower: perceptions of nature, ex. cat. (rotterdam, nai publishers, ), . “wynne prize,” art gallery of nsw (website), accessed october , http://www.artgallery.nsw .gov.au/prizes/wynne/. bieniek describes her prize-winning painting of a lone figure in an inner-city garden as depicting “a sense of tranquility that contrasts with its active surroundings”. she hopes that by highlighting this type of natural environment, she can “present the idea that we, as humans, are not above nature but very much a part of it”. for me, this painting validates the sanctuary that nature provides to urban residents, connecting them to natural environments, no matter how ordered, that relate to the wider natural world. figure natasha bieniek biophilia bloemheuvel and van kooten’s observation of the role that societal upbringing plays in an artist’s perception of nature is certainly true of my own experience. key to the formation of my perceptions was my experience of medical science’s ability to alter a seemingly unstoppable course of nature by altering how tall i would grow. further, my migration from country to city has been pivotal in shaping both my concepts of nature and my desire to seek a connection with nature in the urban environment. ibid. ibid. the hybrid city cities are not distinct or separate from nature, or somehow unnatural (harvey ; heynan et al. ). they represent processes of human transformation of the material environment, in the same way that rural agriculture and other, what might be seen as more natural, environments are transformed by human activity, including the demands of cities and their emissions. —gary bridge and sophie watson the city is the site of my investigation and the place in which i most frequently experience nature. this encompasses my studio at qca, which is surrounded by parklands on the banks of the brisbane river; my home in suburban camp hill; and the passages, footpaths, and roads that i navigate as part of my daily life between these places. these are the urban locations of my human activity where i observe the liveliness of things other than human. during the course of my research, other cities have broadened these experiences, most notably london, melbourne, new york, paris, philadelphia, rome, singapore, sydney, and venice, where i was able to compare the similarities and differences between these geographically, architecturally, and climatically varied metropolises, and return to my own habitat with a fresh perspective. these experiences are further discussed in chapters – in relation to the work of my exemplar artists and my own studio work. to research the city and to observe the space of my human activity, i established walking as an essential methodology. while traversing suburban and city streets on foot, i have considered the difference between the inner city and the brisbane suburbs, where backyard gardens and large shady trees are still prevalent. when moving from the concrete-and-glass matrix of brisbane’s central business district (cbd) into the tropical, riverside botanical gardens, i have noticed the slightly cooler, moister air. the time and space that these urban walks have provided for observations and experiences were crucial to the research and the artworks, which have been created in ways that i never envisaged at the outset of this project. minor observations of the interstices of the built and the botanical experienced at a walking pace, where sensory faculties are in full attention, go unnoticed when viewed from mechanical gary bridge and sophie watson, eds., “reflections on materialities,” in wiley blackwell companions to geography: new blackwell companion to the city (somerset, nj: john wiley & sons incorporated, ), . modes of transport such as car or bus, and when feet do not connect with the ground that is being observed. the city provides a multitude of instances where the natural and built environments overlap and intersect. my observations while walking in the cbd, where roads and footpaths cover every ground surface and towering vertical structures dominate the landscape, led me to ponder what lies beneath the bitumen and concrete that seals the city like a skin (figure ). the evidence of city trees’ dependency on soil is hidden, along with the myriad of underground cables and pipes that provide power, water, technology and waste removal, organic and synthetic life-sustaining systems intermingling. figure base of tree on grey street, southbank, brisbane haraway identifies nature/culture as one of the traditional dualisms in western society that aids in the domination of “all constituted as other”, such as “women, nature and animals”. technological and scientific practices that obliterate these distinctions donna jeanne haraway, simians, cyborgs, and women: the reinvention of nature (new york: routledge, ), . enable the construction of her cyborg vision, an interconnection of the organic and synthetic, which she posits as a liberator from dualisms. she calls for the acknowledgment of science and technology’s entanglement in social relationships and an “embracing” of “the skilful task of reconstructing the boundaries of daily life”. matthew gandy expands on haraway’s concept of the cyborg to construct his concept of cyborg urbanisation, infinitely porous organic and synthetic networks, as a way of “rematerializing the city and establishing practical connections between the body, technology and space”. gandy believes haraway’s cyborg manifesto “open[s] up new possibilities for the understanding of relations between nature and culture”. he argues that the cyborg is essentially a spatial metaphor, which he examines using the concept of the physical interface between the body and the city; that is, the material infrastructure that joins humans to technological networks. he states, “if we understand the cyborg to be . . . a hybrid of machine and organism, then urban infrastructures can be conceptualized as a series of interconnecting life-support systems.” gandy vividly describes the home as acting as the human body’s exoskeleton by providing shelter and other life-supporting functions. he describes the function of home as both “‘prosthesis and prophylactic’, in which modernist distinctions between nature and culture, and between the organic and the inorganic, become blurred (vidler , )”. he extends this metaphor beyond the home to the shared, interlinked services that modern cities require to operate, noting, “these interstitial spaces of connectivity within individual buildings extend through urban space to produce a multi-layered structure of extraordinary complexity and utility”. gandy’s description gives form to my urban perambulatory observations whereby my thoughts permeate the layers of the concrete structures of the built environment to imagine the synthetic and organic entanglements that exist in the urban environment with a blatant disregard for clear-cut delineations of nature and artifice. ibid., . matthew gandy, “cyborg urbanization: complexity and monstrosity in the contemporary city,” international journal of urban and regional research , no. ( ): , doi: . /j. - . . .x. ibid., . ibid. ibid., . ibid. ibid. the seeming impenetrability of the city has also been ruptured during walks through my neighbourhood in camp hill, one of the many suburbs in brisbane that is undergoing extensive residential development. here i have had the opportunity to observe buildings slowly rise from the ground, where their usually hidden infrastructure is temporarily exposed. in camp hill (and similar brisbane suburbs within a ten-kilometre radius of the city), for each existing home demolished, two or more dwellings are constructed in its place. on many suburban blocks, houses are dismantled and disconnected from foundations, gardens uprooted, and earth levelled in preparation for a new structure to be erected. the evidence of underground pipes and cables, usually concealed, is revealed momentarily emerging from the ground. as soon as new buildings are erected, the ground is once again covered in concrete, and the networks of water, sewerage, power, and communication are re-established and hidden. these seemingly banal observations of suburban life have been important to my research for the very reason that they are commonplace, and involve thinking about how everyday human activity is made possible by the hidden infrastructure of the home environment. these concealed life support systems have expanded my thinking regarding the role of plants in urban environments, whose contribution to humans’ well-being is also partly invisible (e.g., air purification and temperature control). the move towards higher-density dwellings means that the surface area of the ground covered is substantially greater, which essentially results in less land for lawns and gardens. tony hall, adjunct professor, urban research program at griffith university, examines the impact of the loss of the garden space on the wider environment. in his detailed quantitative study of increasing housing density and the importance of backyards in a wider ecological function, hall notes, the land around the houses has played an important ecological role sustaining biodiversity, absorbing storm water run-off and providing shade from the sun. given the large land area taken up by suburbs, these effects have not been inconsequential. the presence of vegetation within the back garden, when taken in aggregate, has been important for the microclimate and biodiversity in a way that has benefited the community as a whole. tony hall, the life and death of the australian back yard (collingwood, vic: csiro publishing, ), . in the face of global warming, any change to temperatures caused by the loss of garden space may seem significant. in his lecture at the danish royal academy, bruno latour described the world we inhabit as first nature, with capitalism being our second nature, lamenting that “second nature is more solid, less transitory, less perishable than the first . . . this world of beyond is not that of salvation and eternity, but that of economic matters”. as latour suggests, despite the overwhelming scientific evidence of global warming, and that this is “very likely due to human activities”, there has been a global political reluctance to make the changes required to reduce atmospheric co due to the potential effect on world economies. however, the united nations climate change conference held in paris in december has resulted in the negotiation of the “paris agreement”, with countries adopting a legally binding global climate deal aimed at limiting global warming to less than oc. while the “paris agreement” is promising, plans for countries to convert to clean energy is of major concern to the australian government given the economic reliance on coal. when interviewed at the conference, foreign minister julie bishop stated that “of course if we're being ambitious over time we will need to work even harder. but we don't want to damage our economy without having an environmental impact.” as one of the world’s highest per capita emitters, australia’s response to the “paris agreement” will no doubt be closely scrutinised by the rest of the world. while some of the visible indications of global warming such as glacial retreat, declining arctic sea ice, and deforestation are geographically distant, the existence of “urban heat islands” may be more immediately apparent to the percent of bruno latour, “on some of the affects of capitalism” (lecture presented at the danish royal academy of science, february ), http://www.bruno-latour.fr/sites/default/files/ -affects-of-k- copenhague.pdf. nasa, “climate change: how do we know?” nasa global climate change: vital signs of the planet, last modified january , accessed february , http://climate.nasa.gov/evidence/. united nations framework convention on climate change, “adoption of the paris agreement,” december , accessed december , https://unfccc.int/resource/docs/ /cop /eng /l r .pdf. francis keany, “paris climate deal: what will the historic agreement mean for australia?” abc news, december , http://www.abc.net.au/news/ - - /what-will-the-paris-climate-deal-mean-for- australia/ . this term is used to describe the phenomenon of urban regions being warmer than surrounding rural areas; see environmental protection authority, “heat island effect,” last modified december , accessed december , http://www.epa.gov/heatisland/. australians living in a capital city. as previously stated, i have experienced this phenomenon when walking from densely built areas of the city into parklands, noticing the slight cooling of the air. notably, when travelling on other modes of transport, such as car or bus, this change is not perceivable. figure queensland college of arts graduation exhibition’s opening night, november , view from the griffith university art gallery, marquee collapsing under the weight of golf-ball size hailstones i am one of the percent of australians who believe that “climate change is already impacting our nation’s environment by causing more extreme drought events”. memorable weather events personally experienced in last decade have ranged from one extreme to the other. i lived in melbourne at the time of the ‘millennium drought’ ( – ) where the dramatic impact of water restrictions dramatically changed routines of daily life. (i elaborate on this in relation to gerda steiner and jörg australian bureau of statistics, “capital cities: past, present and future,” last modified april , accessed february , http://www.abs.gov.au/ausstats/abs@.nsf/products/ac a b b a ca cae ecce ?opendocument. ipsos, “climate change: australians believe extreme weather events are already more frequent,” ipsos climate change report april , accessed august, , http://ipsos.com.au/australians- believe-extreme-weather-events-and-climate-change-is-more-frequent/. lenzlinger’s installation the water hole in chapter . ) the black saturday bushfires in victoria resulted in the deaths of people, with injured, when an intense heat wave combined with high winds. during this time, the skies of melbourne were ominous with the glow of fire and smell of smoke as the fires caused widespread damage to townships not far from the city. in late november , i moved to brisbane, just weeks prior to the / floods, where the brisbane river rose up and into the cbd and suburbs. then, on november , a super cell storm in brisbane lasted less than an hour, causing more than $ . billion damage (figure ). john allen, postdoctoral research scientist at columbia university, believes that there is “an increasing likelihood that we will see severe thunderstorms more often” due to climate change. as governments look to the most efficient ways to house growing populations, higher density cities have both financial and environmental advantages, as bridge and watson assert that, as an alternative to . . . urban sprawl, higher density cities are increasingly being seen as the solution, rather than the main cause, of global warming. high-density, more compact settlements are seen as more energy efficient than the car-based, low-density, energy-sapping suburbs. new architecture in cities manifests both the need for gardens and the need for energy efficiency; consequently, there is a growing prevalence of gardens utilising previously non-traditional sites, such as rooftops, indoor spaces, and exterior vertical walls. these contemporary gardens demonstrate both the human desire for frequent contact with nature and the environmental benefits that the presence of botany can provide. examples of these types of gardens can be seen in newly constructed apartment blocks, hotels, and corporate office blocks, as well as retrofitted to existing buildings. as high-rise residential apartments see backyards replaced with balconies as a site for gardening, city dwellers embrace small-scale botanical projects from terrariums to balcony vegetable gardens and shared community plots to naturalise australia government, “natural disasters in australia,” last modified december , accessed january , http://www.australia.gov.au/about-australia/australian-story/natural-disasters. ibid. john allen, “australia faces a stormier future thanks to climate change”, environment & energy, the conversation, last modified december, , accessed august , http://theconversation.com /australia-faces-a-stormier-future-thanks-to-climate-change- . bridge and watson, new blackwell companion to the city, . their habitats. rather than focus on escaping the city to spend time in nature, biophilic urban architecture is weaving botany into the fabric of the built environment. like traditional gardens, these green environments are ordered, contained, and maintained, incorporating botany into the cityscape. in the twenty-first century, these are the natural environments of the everyday urban resident, satisfying our biophilic desires. figure vertical and balcony gardens, one central park, sydney in this contemporary architecture, dichotomies of nature and culture are destabilised, since botany is not an afterthought but an integral element in the environment (figure ). the appearance of plants growing on the external surfaces of buildings embraces an aesthetic of nature reclamation (figure ), commonly associated with abandoned human habitats. however, in developments such as one central park in sydney, the reclamation is engineered and designed to attract human-habitation. figure abandoned fishing village of houtouwan, china, like haraway and gandy, whatmore also engages with the spatialities and knowledge practices of everyday life to critically examine the hybridity between natures, cultures, and spaces, suggesting, here the notion of thinking through the body is invested in a particular direction, admitting the know-hows, tacit skills and bodily apprehensions through which everyday life goes on into the repertoire of knowledge that social/scientists need to take seriously (see de certeau et al. ; schatzki et al. ). these everyday knowledge practices have been argued to be performative rather than cognitive, such that ‘talk’ itself is better understood as action rather than as communication (see shusterman ; thrift a). by being cognisant of the boundaries of daily life, and questioning these borders through observations within my urban habitat, i have witnessed the rich commingling that occurs between humans and nature, and the extent of the hybridity of the urban environment. our everyday, mundane, domestic contact with botany has proven to be a source of inspiration and illumination to enrich notions of the natural environment as being right here, located in and integrated with the city. these revelations relied on my ability to cultivate an aesthetic appreciation of the botanical presence within cities, framed by and integrated with the built environment. whatmore, hybrid geographies, . aesthetic appreciation of the hybrid city environmental aestheticians seek to find an appropriate way to appreciate both natural and human environments, with some theorists believing that this will directly benefit the environment. contemporary debate within this field has emerged from a growing awareness of environmental issues that began in the s, with philosopher ronald hepburn’s pivotal article “contemporary aesthetics and the neglect of natural beauty” described as “almost single-handedly initiating the renewal” of environmental aesthetics. allen carlson and arnold berleant write “environmental aesthetics considers philosophical issues concerning the aesthetic appreciation of the world at large and, moreover, the world as constituted not simply by particular objects but also by larger units, such as landscapes, environments, and ecosystems.” in the field of environmental aesthetics, there is a distinct separation of human and natural environments. in the concepts of nature most commonly adopted in natural environmental aesthetics, the evidence of humanity’s existence compromises the authenticity of a natural environment. considering that percent of the world’s population resides in cities, where the entanglement of natural and constructed environments is most evident, it seems idealistic to overlook the abundance of natural elements in the complex urban ecosystems in which we reside. while the rich conglomeration of buildings, beings, infrastructure, and organic and synthetic networks is not necessarily the site that comes to mind when contemplating ‘the (definitive) environment’, it is in fact the natural habitat of many living entities. the term ‘environment’ has become increasingly politicised and multifaceted, requiring a location with rigid geographical parameters to define it, no matter how arbitrary these parameters may be. in questioning what the environment is, timothy morton asks, is there such a thing as the environment? is it everything ‘around’ us? at what point do we stop, if at all, drawing the line between environment and non see arnold berleant, “the aesthetics of art and nature,” in the aesthetics of natural environments, ed. arnold berleant and allen carlson (orchard park, ny: broadview press, ), , and yuriko saito, “the role of aesthetics in civic environmentalism,” in the aesthetics of human environments, ed. arnold berleant and allen carlson (orchard park, ny: broadview press, ), . ronald hepburn, “contemporary aesthetics and the neglect of natural beauty,” in the aesthetics of natural environments, . arnold berleant and allen carlson, eds., “introduction: the aesthetics of nature,” in the aesthetics of natural environments, . ibid., . environment? the atmosphere? earth’s gravitational field? earth’s magnetic field, without which everything would be scorched by solar winds? the sun, without which we wouldn’t be alive at all? the galaxy? does the environment include or exclude us? is it natural or artificial, or both? can we put it in a conceptual box? might the word environment be the wrong word? berleant attempts to define the term, rejecting a simple expansion of the environment to encompass built/altered landscapes as well as the idea of the environment as surroundings that lie “outside a person . . . a container within which people pursue their private purposes”. he describes ‘environment’ as “one of the last survivors of a mind–body dualism, a place beyond” that requires distance for contemplation. he questions, for where can we locate ‘the’ environment? where is ‘outside’ in this case? . . . such a purportedly outside environment dissolves into a complex network of relationships, connections and continuities of those physical, social, and cultural conditions that circumscribe my actions, my responses, my awareness, and that give shape and content to the very life that is mine. for there is no outside world . . . there is no inner sanctum in which i can take refuge from inimical external forces. the perceiver (mind) is an aspect of the perceived (body) . . . person and environment are continuous. thus both aesthetics and environment must be thought of in a new expanded sense. in both art and environment, we can no longer stand apart but join in as active participants. in terms of humanity’s ability to impact on the environment, parsons concurs with berleant’s observation of the omnipresence of human agency. he notes that even in the most remote areas of wilderness, the presence of air-borne pollutants may be detected, and aircrafts and satellites may pass through the sky. in february , i had a profound experience of the extent of humanity’s reach and impact on the environment when i observed the night sky from , feet above sea level on the road to mauna kea, a dormant volcano on the island of hawaii. the world's largest astronomical observatory (figure ) is located on the summit of mauna kea, a unique site ideally suited as stated by the institute of astronomy at the university of hawaii, the exceptional stability of the atmosphere above mauna kea permits more detailed studies than are possible elsewhere, while its distance from city lights and a strong island-wide lighting ordinance ensure an extremely dark sky, allowing observation of the faintest galaxies that lie at the very edge of the timothy morton, the ecological thought (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), . berleant, “introduction: art, environment and the shaping of experience,” . ibid., . ibid., – . parsons, aesthetics and nature, . observable universe. a tropical inversion cloud layer about meters ( , ft.) thick, well below the summit, isolates the upper atmosphere from the lower moist maritime air and ensures that the summit skies are pure, dry, and free from atmospheric pollutants. the remoteness of the observatory’s location to avoid atmospheric pollutants was evident as we made our way by bus through dimly lit towns up the steep roads. standing on the side of the dormant volcano, a group of us took turns to peer into a telescope to view planets in our solar system, with the moons of jupiter clearly visible. the feeling of awe and vastness was momentarily disrupted as we observed the international space station passing through the sky. humans’ presence in space seemed to make the other planets seem closer, reachable, another territory in our environment. just as nature may once have been considered as a location somewhere ‘out there’, a distant place, the idea of ‘outer-space’ seemed less remote. figure cfht (canada-france-hawaii telescope) and gemini observatory, mauna kea, hawaii moreover what do the residents of the international space station consider ‘the environment’? a report commissioned by nasa titled “interior landscape plants for indoor air pollution abatement”, which is discussed in detail in chapter was commissioned to investigate the feasibility of using indoor plants to purify the air of harmful organic compounds emitted from building materials in sealed environments university of hawaii, “about mauna kea observatories”, institute for astronomy, accessed march , https://www.ifa.hawaii.edu/mko/about_maunakea.shtml. such as space stations. this report has been pivotal to my appreciation of the agency of plants and the reciprocity of our relationship to botany, including indoor plants. research continues on the international space station as to the benefits of the astronauts growing plants, including the non-nutritional value of providing comfort and relaxation to the crew. the ‘space garden’ is a living link to the blue planet they gaze upon from miles away. these plants connect to the wider natural environment back on earth as the data from their experiments “will help advance earth-based greenhouses and controlled-environment agricultural systems and help farmers produce better, healthier crops in small spaces”. michel foucault describes the garden as being an example of a heterotopia—a single, physical space in which multiple spaces are juxtaposed. he states that the garden is simultaneously “the smallest parcel of the world” and “the totality of the world”. from their unique vantage point, the astronauts on the space station can see both their small parcel of once-terrestrial botany and the totality of the blue planet it came from. similarly, the urban gardener tending to their balcony pot plants is mindful of weather, water, and soil nutrients, giving them an appreciation for factors affecting the wider natural environment. with no place on earth left unaffected to some degree by humanity (regardless of the visibility of the effect), the interconnectedness of the world’s environments is indisputable. some of the detrimental environmental effects of damaging practices are felt in locations geographically distant from where the activity is being conducted. rather than focusing on large-scale abstract concepts, i have directed my project to urban botany as a metonym for nature. through cultivating an aesthetic appreciation of natural aspects of the urban habitat—the location of our everyday activities and practices—the interconnectedness of our actions and the environment may have more resonance. it may be in part that my experience of my natural height being altered has b. c. wolverton, anne johnson, and keith bounds, “interior landscape plants for indoor air pollution abatement,” final report, september , nasa office of commercial programs-technology utilization division and the associated landscape contractors of america, , http://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive /nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/ .pdf. lori meggs, “growing plants and vegetables in a space garden,” nasa: international space station, last modified june , accessed april , http://www.nasa.gov/mission_pages/station/research / - .html. ibid. michel foucault, “of other spaces,” trans. jay miskowiec, diacritics , no. (spring ): . instilled in me an appreciation of nature that is cultivated, hybridised, and manipulated. however, my appreciation for hybridised natural environments is not popular in the field of environmental aesthetics, the practitioners/theoreticians of which prefer to keep their environments delineated. emily brady, reader in aesthetics at the university of edinburgh, school of geosciences, notes the tension in the aesthetic appreciation of objects with “mixed origins”—those “things that have both natural and human causes”, such as gardens, topiary, and some environmental art, which she sees as examples of these problematic hybrids. brady believes this tension in aesthetic appreciation to be unresolvable but also “what makes this appreciation so interesting and complex”. however, she does attempt to find ways to appreciate topiary in a paper co-authored by isis brook. introducing the ethics of the aesthetics of topiary, the writers question whether thwarting a tree’s growth is ethical. the writers go on to establish that a tree’s goal is to “thrive”, which is also the goal of the topiarist, arriving at the conclusion that topiary can be a creative relationship between culture and nature. the tensions in natural environmental aesthetic theory are largely in part due to a reluctance to relinquish nature–culture distinctions. parsons introduces his argument for the unnaturalness of gardens in an explanation of how it is only in contrast to the built environment that the garden may seem natural, saying, the intuitive idea that gardens are natural is supported by the fact that gardens contrast sharply and vividly with the most visually prominent aspect of the human world: architecture. unlike buildings, bridges and other architectural structures, gardens tend to be green, lacking in planar surfaces and sharp angles, and largely alive. this dramatic contrast can make it easy to assume that gardens and their contents belong to the category other than architecture: that they must be natural entities, rather than artificial ones. as contemporary gardens insinuate themselves into the category of architecture as vertical walls and rooftops, parsons’s observation of “dramatic contrast” diminishes. emily brady, aesthetics of the natural environment (tuscaloosa, al: the university of alabama press, ), . ibid. emily brady and isis brook, “topiary: ethics and aesthetics,” ethics and the environment , no. ( ): . ibid., – . parsons, aesthetics and nature, . however, he attempts to further his claim of unnatural plants by denying the inherent agency of botany, bestowing humans with credit for their vitality, stating, the size of particular plants in the garden, at any given time, is also often unnatural: by a judicious combination of pruning and fertilizing the gardener sculpts plants and hedges into desired forms. indeed, even the mere growth of the plants can be somewhat unnatural, being brought about by the gardener’s deliberate irrigation of an arid plot. this anthropocentric viewpoint diminishes the nature in cities to commodity and ornament and artificially isolates urban flora as distinctly excluded from the category of natural entities. the antithesis to my argument, parsons’s decrying of all human presence and action as despoiling natural settings and compromising its natural aesthetic does not champion nature in cities. rather than award degrees of naturalness to plants and botanical urban settings, my project uses botany as a metonym for a wider natural environment, something low argues when he states that ancient trees cities offer a continuity with the past, “serving as windows onto landscapes we will never see”. i argue that by seeing the relationship we have to nature in the mundane, ‘up close and personal’ encounters with botany, we may more readily understand our interconnectedness and the consequences of our daily activities and actions on a larger scale. by developing an aesthetic appreciation for hybrid environments and the plants that we cohabit with, observing the small and often unremarkable ways in which they grow, multiply, flourish, or die, we may recognise the goal we share with botany: to thrive. in my studio, these observations have been noted and creatively explored through artworks that use botany. brady notes the possibility “of the role that art may play in creatively articulating relations between humans and the natural environment” and that whether these relationships are harmonious or conflicting, they “draw attention to human impact on nature and highlight through artistic means the complexity of human-nature-entanglements”. ibid. low, the new nature, . emily brady, “the human-nature relationship in environmental and land art,” in art, ethics, and environment: a free enquiry into the vulgarly received notion of nature, ed. Æsa sigurjónsdóttir and Ólafur páll jónsson (newcastle, uk: cambridge scholars publishing and gse research, ), . the vitality of plants my research on botany uses plants as a metonym for, and connection to, the wider concept of nature. specifically, my project has embraced the botanical activity in the built environment that speaks of a connection with humans as cohabitants of the city, with each benefiting from the others’ presence. to assert the reciprocity of this relationship, it is imperative that the agency of botany is established. this agency of plants in the urban environment is clearly visible as they wind their way over, under, through, and around built obstacles. roots split through concrete and bitumen, vines creep through cracks. less visible effects but still evidence of their vitality, plants are introduced as a visual and olfactory enhancement to domestic and commercial environments. botany’s visual presence alone has been found to have beneficial effects on human well-being that range from improved cognitive function and stress relief to pain reduction and enhanced recovery by patients suffering from clinically diagnosed disorders. additionally, plants’ life processes have been proven effective in the abatement of indoor air pollution, which confirms their role as active participants rather than passive objects in shared environments. geographer renate sander-regier notes that some geographers looking for alternatives to an anthropocentric domination of agency are “registering the ‘creative presence’ of non-human entities among us”, with a view to bringing faculties of empathy and imagination as counters to traditional observational research methodologies. he determines the hybrid space of the personal garden as ideal to explore “botanical agency of presence, action, intent, association and capacity”. the active participation of personal gardeners, well documented in contemporary personal gardening literature, reveals insights into human–plant relationships not necessarily experienced by the observer passing through a site, whether it be a garden, park or other natural environment. the gardener’s calendar of seasonal activities involves both creative and routine tasks that all involve hands-on engagement with plants and soil; for example, planting, watering, fertilising, pruning, and striking cuttings. through stephen r. kellert, "biophilia," in encyclopedia of ecology, ed. sven erik jørgensen and brian d. fath (oxford: academic press, ), – , doi: . /b - - . - . wolverton, johnson, and bounds, “interior landscape plants for indoor air pollution abatement.” renate sander-regier, “bare roots: exploring botanical agency in the personal garden,” topia: canadian journal of cultural studies ( ): . ibid., . the creative research, i have experienced this engagement and used botany as a leitmotif to explore issues of the wider natural environment. it should be noted that while sander-regier’s observations resonate with my studio experience, prior to my phd candidature, my interest in personal gardening was limited to general maintenance and very occasional seasonal enthusiasm for planting seedlings in spring. i saw the relationship between my garden and me as one-sided, where i worked to maintain an environment, failing to acknowledge the reciprocity of the arrangement. this research has made me more attentive to what i reap from my efforts as the plants respond (or not) to care. the more success i witness with a particular specimen, the more i persevere with their time-consuming care requirements. this is also evident in the studio where i cultivate plants from cuttings, propagating the necessary specimens required for artworks where they receive more attention than they might in a garden. whether it is the exotic bloom of an orchid or the emergence of new growth from a single succulent leaf, evidence of the agency of the plants in my care continues to delight and fascinate (figure ). figure sansevieria trifasciata ‘laurentii’ cuttings thus, the recognition of the agency of plants is key to this research. referring to the findings of degraded and overstressed environmental systems in the millennium ecosystem assessment reports , val plumwood notes that these natural systems “support human life and all other lives on earth”. she emphasises, a key cultural challenge for survival is to recognize, represent, and value the health and services these systems, collectively designated ‘nature’ provide for us. a high priority issue for theorists interested in changing the situation is: how we should recognize the agency of these disregarded service-providers, and how should we recognize and represent the ‘environmental services’ these systems provide for us? an example of the “environmental services” that plumwood urges us to recognise is the phytoremediation of pollutants from indoor air performed by house plants. while some of the city’s air pollution is visible, such as the emissions from industrial facilities and vehicular traffic where exhaust fumes may be both seen and smelt, the chemical vapours emitted from the structures, surfaces, and furnishings of our built environment are more discreet. formaldehyde is highly toxic to humans and animals, and is emitted from common construction materials, including medium-density fibre- board, particle board, and hardwood ply-board. its botanical counter, chlorophytum elatum, also known as the spider plant, was significant in nasa’s “interior landscape plants for indoor air pollution abatement” report for its ability to remove formaldehyde from the atmosphere. more recently, chlorophytum comosum has been found to take up particle matter (pm), one of the most harmful pollutants to humans. as an artist, i research the toxicity of the materials i use in my practice and take the necessary precautions for the sake of my own health and that of my studio peers. given that many of the materials i use are general household plastics and building products commonly found in domestic environments, it is concerning to note the volatile organic compounds emitted by these seemingly inert materials. in chapter , the hidden activity of ‘off-gassing’ by materials and the service that plants provide to humans is explored in greater detail through the rationale of my studio work. while we for a copy of these reports please see millennium ecosystem assessment, “overview of reports,” last modified , accessed december , http://www.millenniumassessment.org/en/global.html. val plumwood, "the concept of a cultural landscape: nature, culture and agency in the land," ethics and the environment , no. ( ): , doi: . /ete. ibid. helena gawrońska and beata bakera, “phytoremediation of particulate matter from indoor air by chlorophytum comosum l. plants,” air quality, atmosphere & health , no. ( ): . doi: . /s - - - . wolverton, johnson, and bounds, “interior landscape plants.” gawrońska and bakera, “phytoremediation of particulate matter,” . may consider our house plants as ‘breathing’, we do not think of the plastic container they were purchased in as doing one long, slow, toxic exhalation into our shared atmosphere. the agency of plants may also lie in their ability to seduce us, an idea that writer michael pollan explores in in his examination of the reciprocity between humans and domesticated plants. he focuses on the apple, marijuana, the tulip, and the potato, and traces the plants’ evolution to satisfy the human desires of sweetness, intoxication, beauty, and control (in relation to size and shape). some plants have been particularly successful at seducing humans throughout history; for example, orchids, which are sold year round in hardware stores and supermarkets. when a plant, no matter how quotidian, is included as part of an artwork, it becomes a focal point. while a plant may be admired as part of the overall composition of a garden or park, when isolated as a specimen away from a competing environment, a more focused view is afforded. in the case of the monstera deliciosa plant that appears in two of my artworks, i was seduced by the exotic, holey leaves of the plant, finding them simultaneously sculptural, tropical, and comical. i am not alone in finding this plant an inspiration studio presence; both henri matisse and judy pfaff have also been noted to have had the plant in their studios. numerous photographs show a monstera deliciosa growing in matisse’s studio in nice, and the specimen growing in an indoor garden in pfaff’s tivoli studio is so memorable that jan garden castro was compelled to make mention of the plant in her article on pfaff’s concurrent solo exhibitions. pollan describes the moment when he realised the agency of botany, saying, that may afternoon, the garden suddenly appeared before me in a whole new light, the manifold delights it offered to the eye and nose and tongue no longer quite so innocent or passive. all these plants, which i’d regarded as the objects of my desire, were also, i realized, subjects, acting on me, getting me to do things for them they couldn’t do themselves. an image appears in marguerite de sabran, “félix fénéon and “art from remote places,” sotheby’s, n.d., accessed december , http://www.sothebys.com/en/news-video/auction-essays/fang- mabea-statue/ / /flix-fnon-and-ar.html. jan garden castro, “in the studio with judy pfaff: the genesis of two solo exhibitions,” re:sculpt, international sculpture center, november , accessed december , http://blog.sculpture.org / / / /judy-pfaff/. michael pollan, the botany of desire: a plant’s-eye view of the world (new york: random house, ), xv. it is interesting to question whether i have selected the plants used in this research or whether they have selected me. certain research, such as the previously mentioned nasa report, has led me to particular plants. in using certain plants identified in this report, i aim to reveal their contribution in an indoor-environment. like sander-regier, geographer russell hitchings also found the human–plant relationship in the intimate space of the personal garden useful to test a diffuse set of actor network ideas. hitchings explored the collaborative processes of human and plants (non-human actors) in creating a garden to identify how they enlightened the human understanding of these gardens. interested only in the plant and human actors, hitching mimicked latour’s methodology of “following the actors” and moving between “a social research paradigm of human feeling and identity and a natural science concern for plant biology and behavior” to gather information from gardeners and their plants. hitchings identified the gardener’s creativity in planning an aesthetically appealing space and that the labour involved was part of this creative process. the knowledge of what plants were best suited to the environment and the notion of value (colour, texture, shape) ascribed to plants was also integral in this planning. this direction and organisation were aimed at having the plants behave in the way that the gardeners desired. hitchings also identified the way that certain plants, particularly more unusual varieties, inspired gardeners to persevere with extra care or work, saying, “what was evident here was how these different plant ‘characters’ would gradually draw the person down into their world, and make for an understanding of their concerns and a commitment to their care”. through observing the plants in my studio in proximity, i have become more attentive to the individual requirements of each different ‘character’ and over time have developed knowledge of what thrives where. i have accepted that, despite my best efforts, some plants do not flourish in the studio environment, while others have russell hitchings, “people, plants and performance: on actor network theory and the material pleasures of the private garden,” social and cultural geography , no. ( ): , doi: . . / . ibid., . ibid. ibid., . reproduced to become the most dominant species. by including plants in my artworks, the mundaneness of the species selected has been important in establishing that even though these ordinary, commonly available species might not immediately seem remarkable, their agency has taken them from garden to gallery. the interconnectedness of ‘things’ and the vibrancy of matter urban botanical environments nearly always contain some sort of litter, be it plastic bottles, wrappers, or bags. during a studio critique of my work, professor janis jeffries, goldsmiths, university of london, discussed an artwork in progress, a virescent series of things connected or following in succession ( - ), in which i was attempting to make static plastic bags appear to grow. surrounded by plants and plastic bin-liner bags, jeffries drew an immediate connection between my work and jane bennett’s text vibrant matter: a political ecology of things. we discussed bennett’s text in connection to my studio experimentation. bennett implores that when thinking about matter, we reconsider the tendency to instantly categorise something as being “passive” and “inert”. through a more considered contemplation, she hopes to disrupt the common practice of separating material from life, which neglects the potential of matter to be vital, and in doing so to cultivate more ecologically sound politics. she questions, why advocate the vitality of matter? because my hunch is that the image of dead or thoroughly instrumentalised matter feeds human hubris and our earth- destroying fantasies of conquest and consumption. it does so by preventing us from detecting (seeing, hearing, smelling, tasting, feeling) a fuller range of non- human powers circulating around and within human bodies. these material powers, which can aid or destroy, enrich or disable, ennoble or degrade us, in any case call for our attentiveness. this call to see the vibrancy in materials directly relates to my interest in the “off- gassing” of volatile organic compounds from plastics, building, and furnishing materials. it also connects with my attempt to make the materials in my artworks infer growth and accretion, and to maintain a sense of liveliness. in a virescent series of bennett, vibrant matter: a political ecology of things. ibid., vii. ibid. ibid., ix. things connected or following in succession ( – ), the fact that the plastic bags gave off a scent further demonstrated an active contribution to an environment—in this instance, the studio, and later, the gallery. by employing consumer packaging in my creative works, i sought to highlight complexities in consumer behaviour. poignantly, bennett asks, “how, for example, would patterns of consumption change if we faced not litter, rubbish, trash or “the recycling” but an accumulating pile of lively and potentially dangerous matter?” no matter how stringent the laws against littering may be in any given city, to varying degrees, litter is part of the urban landscape. bennett describes an urban encounter in baltimore with a cluster of objects trapped in a storm-water drain grate: “one large men’s black plastic work glove, one dense mat of oak pollen, one unblemished dead rat, one white plastic bottle cap, one smooth stick of wood”. she recounts the provocation that this collection of items affected on her, including repulsion and dismay, but also that the assemblage of debris “exhibited its thing-power”, where the “materiality of [the objects] started to shimmer and spark . . . because of the contingent tableau they formed with each other, with the street, . . . with the weather that morning, with me”. bennett’s experience mirrors one of my own, which i discuss in chapter , where seeing plastic flagging tape and a plastic bag caught in the branches of a tree on the banks of the brisbane river triggered a series of feelings and thoughts about the impact of humanity on an environment. in my case, litter in a group of trees marked with flagging tape indicated both human presence through the discarded plastic bag, and some past or future human endeavour relating to the trees through the flagging tape. bennett’s comments on her specific encounter echo my own thoughts on what i had seen when she says, it hit me then in a visceral way how . . . materialism, which requires buying ever- increasing numbers of products purchased in ever-shorter cycles, is anti- materiality. the sheer volume of commodities, and the hyper-consumptive necessity of junking them to make room for new ones, conceals the vitality of matter . . . thing-power rose from a pile of trash. not flower power, black power, girl power. thing power: the curious ability of inanimate things to animate, to act, to produce effects dramatic and subtle. ibid., viii. ibid., . ibid., – . ibid., – . i wondered about the longevity of the plastic bag on the banks of the river, where it would eventually end up, and how long it would take to disintegrate. while litter raises these feelings of anxiety, the efficiency of cities in australia and many other western countries ensures that we are not confronted with our domestic and workplace rubbish long enough for it to cause us too much self-reflection. it is only when our efficient systems are interrupted that the by-products of contemporary consumer culture confront our sensibilities. bennett’s words and the thoughts they provoked were to have an immediate and ongoing effect in the studio with the way i viewed and responded to the materials used in artworks. contemporary consumer culture and waste we know how much the affluence of rich societies is linked to waste, given all the talk of a “throwaway society” and the fact that some have even envisaged a “garbage-can sociology”: “tell me what you throw away and i’ll tell you who you are!” —jean baudrillard in his visionary critique of modern consumerism as a coercive system misleading western societies into a false sense of fulfilment, jean baudrillard positioned waste as having a function that gives symbolic value to affluence . he interprets wastage as “defy[ing] scarcity and, contradictorily, signify[ing] abundance” . he notes: “is not the fact that the glass packaging can be thrown away the mark of the golden age?” more recently, plastic bags and bottles are more commonly first conjured in a mental image of consumer packaging. for this reason, when artists use these materials in artworks, the original usefulness of the container is overshadowed by the legacy of negative associations that these ubiquitous, environmentally detrimental motifs carry. slight shifts in perception can occur either through concealing (even temporarily) the materiality of familiar packaging, or transforming it in a way that suspends immediate value judgments that may elicit a more meaningful engagement with an audience. hawkins suggests, jean baudrillard, the consumer society: myths and structures (london: sage publications, ), . ibid., – . ibid., . ibid. i want to open up another way of making sense of waste beyond the trope of environmentalism. my concern is with our most quotidian relations with waste, what they mean and how they might change. i want to think about the habits and practices that shape what we do with waste. this statement connects with my desire to reveal other ways of thinking about the environment through focusing on quotidian habitation practices and places, and the interconnectedness of all residents, specifically, humans and plants. the presence of rubbish in many cities has become omnipresent in everyday life, an irritating yet unremarkable presence on footpaths, nature strips, and traffic islands. the location of litter may dramatically affect this level of irritation, as evocatively described by hawkins, waste can generate powerful emotions. and not just bodily or organic waste— things don’t have to be slimy or foul smelling to disturb us. the empty coke can just quietly biding its time can really upset the order of things when it’s encountered on a hike into pristine wilderness. you’ve made all this effort to get to a place where the ugly, shit end of capitalism won’t be present, only to discover that your quest has been futile. a bit of rubbish has found its way into paradise and exposed all your yearnings for purity as doomed to failure. hawkins’s reaction to the ruination of “pristine wilderness” through evidence of our own species’ presence is somewhat of a recent sentiment in australia, where state and federal anti-litter movements were formed in the s. “do the right thing” advertisements, “tidy towns” competitions, “keep australia beautiful” and “clean up australia” organisations all focused on educating individuals to take responsibility for their actions in regard to litter. hawkins links the state of consciousness of “being rendered environmentally aware” in contemporary consumer society to the ambivalence with which we relate to waste. litter in urban environments, such as a plastic food wrapper or cigarette butts in a gutter, may at most register as mildly disgusting, but when the offending rubbish has passed through storm water drains to wind up in a waterway, its true potential for destruction is revealed. images in chris jordan’s midway: message from the gyre series ( –ongoing, figure ) hawkins, the ethics of waste: how we relate to rubbish, vii. ibid. keep australia beautiful, “our rich history,” accessed august , http://kab.org.au/our-rich- history/. hawkins, the ethics of waste, . simultaneously invoke repulsion, sadness, anger, and guilt. here, the evidence of consumer behaviour is viscerally evident; however, the consumer is unidentifiable. figure chris jordan midway: message from the gyre (i) jordan’s photographic series and soon-to-be-released movie of the same name is the result of his research of midway atoll, which lies north-west of the hawaiian islands, near to what is referred to as “the great pacific garbage patch”. while images such as jordan’s are frequently used to motivate changes to human behaviour, the overwhelming volume of rubbish is removed from a personal scale to one of a large faceless guilty party, and the distance from local gutter to the invisibly connected waterway affected can dilute our level of involvement. the midway atoll may seem like someone else’s fault and someone else’s problem; ‘it’s not my litter’. having witnessed the regular flooding events in brisbane and seeing the resulting increase in litter flushed through storm water drains into the brisbane river, which then flows into moreton bay, i can imagine how such a vast accumulation of packaging ends up in the vortices formed by ocean currents and atmospheric winds. hawkins notes that “our ordinary encounters with [waste] are implicated in the making of a self and an object world” and that the “everyday actions of cultivating a self . . . ibid., . are crucial for understanding how new waste habits and sensibilities might emerge”. she locates methods of waste removal in foucault’s “arts of existence”, citing “all those actions and rules of conduct through which we organize ourselves according to particular ethical and aesthetic criteria”. hawkins writes, the art of existence also involves habits. habits locate us not simply in a social context but in a habitat, a specific place of dwelling or position. our interactions with that place—what we make of it, what it makes of us—generate a mode of being or ethos that structures social behavior, often below the threshold of conscious decision making. rosalyn diprose reminds us that the greek word ethos, defined as character and dwelling, gives dwelling a double meaning as both noun and verb, place and practice. and from this notion of dwelling as both habitat and habitual way of life the idea of ethics was derived. this connection of habitat, habit, and ethics is something i witness on morning walks when, if i walk early enough, i pass an elderly woman in seven hills who always carries a full plastic bag. she is out soon after . am, even in the dark of winter. she lives in an immaculately maintained, post-war, fibro-sheet house, with a large well- kept garden. because of her shopping bag, i used to think that when i saw her she was returning from the shops. however, i came to realise the bag she was carrying was filled with the litter that she collected from her street. while it is not her litter, it is her habitat and the presence of the litter concerns her enough to be in the habit of acting on it. roslyn diprose describes this relationship between habits and habitat, these habits are not given: they are constituted through the repetition of bodily acts the character of which are governed by the habitat i occupy. from this understanding of ethos, ethics can be defined as the study and practice of that which constitutes one’s habitat, or as the problematic of the constitution of one’s embodied place in the world. with more and more of our habitats becoming hybridised, without clearly defined boundaries between natural and built environments, it is necessary to find new ways to appreciate the nature within our city habitats. the focus of my research has been driven by my urban, daily lived experience, which is the also the experience of more than half of the world’s population. as bridge and watson state, ibid., . ibid., . ibid., . diprose cited in ibid. whether addressing global warming requires ultimately a replacement of the capitalist economy, or a series of sweeping measures within it, advocates of both approaches might agree that cities have a crucial role as the material assemblages of the transformative potential for the environment. now that we have reached the point in human history where, for the first time, over percent of the global population live in urban areas, the environmental future of the planet is increasingly an urban one. the themes explored in this chapter have defined and guided the creative research through reflective practice and experimentation. my personal perceptions of nature and history of increasingly urban habitation have been explored in connection to wilson’s biophilia hypothesis. the importance of developing an aesthetic appreciation of the hybrid nature of the city as both a built and natural environment has been established. the writings of bennett and hawkins have been shown to support my focus on the vibrancy of plants and other materials also present in the city as a way of discussing the interconnectedness of the urban environment. this research has informed and enriched my creative work and assisted in the scrutiny of artworks of other contemporary artists whose work has supported my creative research strategies. bridge and watson, wiley blackwell companion to geography, . chapter : glasshouse – the environments of artists when art and nature are placed in each other’s context, the understanding and appreciation of both increases. . . . for more and more people, nature no longer has any direct presence in their everyday lives, but appears in derived forms. it is increasingly the task of art and artists to adopt this altered relationship to nature as a point of departure. —evert van straaten introduction increasing uncertainty as to the future of the planet has had a profound impact on the way that contemporary artists engage with the natural environment and the materials and practices that threaten to degrade it. in this chapter, i will discuss the specific artists whose responses to environmental ideas and issues in the twenty-first century have informed my artworks. to understand their approaches, it is important to consider the increasing concern for the environment that began in the s with critical investigations that drew attention to harmful human practices. rachel carson’s landmark text silent spring of is frequently cited as crucial in raising mainstream awareness of ecological damage caused by pesticides. the text is credited as triggering a wave of environmental activism in the late s, a time of enormous social and political upheaval. ‘environmentalism’, which david l. levy defines as “a social movement and associated body of thought that expresses concern for the state of the natural environment . . . [and seeks] to limit the impact of human activities on the environment”, became a key motivation for certain artists, such as helen and newton harrison, agnes denes, and mel chin. in australia, photographers peter dombrovskis and olegas truchanas were prominent environmental activist artists. evert van straaten, “the vulnerability of nature and art,” in windflower: perceptions of nature, ed. marente bloemheuvel and toos van looten (rotterdam, nai publishers, ), . rachel carson, silent spring (london: hamilton, ). david l. levy, “environmentalism,” in key concepts in critical management studies, ed. mark tadajewski, pauline maclaran, elizabeth parsons and martin parker (london: sage publications ltd, ), . figure peter dombrovskis election day poster dombrovskis and truchanas documented wilderness areas of tasmania at risk of destruction through industrialisation. from the mid- s to early s, truchanas actively campaigned as a founding member of the tasmanian conservation trust. he presented slide shows of his photographic images of lake pedder to community groups to highlight the loss of a unique wilderness environment through flooding by the tasmanian hydro electric commission (hec). the wilderness society used dombrovskis’s image morning mist, rock island bend, franklin river ( , figure ) on posters and pamphlets distributed prior to the federal election, urging the public to use their vote to save the river from being destroyed by the hec’s planned gordon below franklin dam. while the labor party was elected and passed dan sprod, “truchanas, olegas ( – ),” australian dictionary of biography, national centre of biography, australian national university, , http://adb.anu.edu.au/biography/truchanas-olegas- /. hans bandler, “gordon below franklin dam, tasmania, australia: environmental factors in a decision of national significance,” the environmentalist , no. ( ): , and environmental law australia, “tasmanian dam case,” accessed november , http://envlaw.com.au/tasmanian-dam-case/. in order to comply with copyright this image has been removed. regulations to protect the site, the tasmanian liberal government fought to proceed with the dam, a battle that resulted in the high court case commonwealth v tasmania, with the commonwealth successful in stopping construction. martin thomas notes of dombrovskis’s photographs of the tasmanian landscape that the photographer emphasised “absence as the overwhelming condition of the wild spaces he traversed”, observing that “the depiction of human presence in the natural world is highly vexed, pointing to a wavering between nature and culture, alien and indigene, self and other.” it is interesting to imagine what dombrovskis would make of the historical role of this now iconic image in raising the public’s awareness of the remote site, which is now a popular destination for tourists seeking ‘wilderness’ adventures. when examining the period of art history from the late s until the present, it is critical to make the distinction between the environmentalist artists who used their practice to give voice to their politics, and artists who were engaging with the environment as material and/or site. land art (which arose from conceptual art) was ostensibly a rejection of the art market and gallery system arising from conceptual art. during the late s and early s, land artists such as robert smithson, michael heizer, dennis oppenheim, and walter de maria all made works that engaged with and subsequently brought attention to particular sites in the landscape for reasons unrelated to environmental issues. some works required massive earth-moving equipment and resulted in permanent changes to the landscape, which garnered criticism for their impacts on the environment. in his survey of contemporary art focussed on ecology, author andrew brown notes, “from our perspective today, we may question the ecological ethics of these artists and their use of heavy earth- moving equipment to displace tons of natural materials and permanently scar the face of the earth in the name of art”. ibid., . martin thomas, ed., “introduction”, in uncertain ground: essays between art and nature (sydney: art gallery of nsw, ), . the franklin river is listed as # of things to do in tasmania on tripadvisor’s website with one reviewer describing his trip with water by nature tour company as “best trip ever” fulfilling his desire to experience “real wilderness” and not a “disney trip”. see john b. palau, “best trip ever,” franklin river, tripadvisor, accessed january , https://www.tripadvisor.com.au/attraction_review-g - d -reviews-franklin_river-tasmania.html i refer particularly to smithson’s spiral jetty ( ), heizer’s double negative ( – ), de maria’s lightning field ( ) and oppenheim’s whirlpool (eye of the storm ( ). andrew brown, “introduction: at the radical edge of life,” in art and ecology now (london: thames and hudson ltd), . given the remote locations of works such as smithson’s spiral jetty ( , utah, usa) it was the photographic documentation of the works that was exhibited in galleries. the only humans’ presence in the landscape of ‘land art’ documentation is the heroic artworks themselves, solitary traces of the connection between artist and site, with the rest of humanity removed. however, some, like walter de maria’s the new york earth room (discussed later in this chapter), were literally installed into the gallery space itself. my project has not been shaped from a distanced, solitary perspective, nor has it arisen from political activism, rather it finds more resonance with the contemporary artists discussed in this chapter. as i will describe in this chapter, artists alan sonfist, judy pfaff, joanna langford, gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger, patricia piccinini, and simon starling all explore humanity’s interconnectedness with the natural environment, critiquing various aspects of this relationship in the contemporary realm, and demonstrating curiosity rather than judgment. some of these artists employ motifs that are known to undermine the integrity of particular landscapes, such as plastic waste, invasive exotic plants, and agricultural practices, and while these are contentious environmental topics, the artists’ approaches are not overtly political. nor do they resort to alarmist tactics or didactic methods to voice their concerns in their engaging and highly imaginative artworks. i concur with gay hawkins belief that political approaches can “lapse into creating moralist blueprints for changes in consciousness”, denying the role of “how bodies and feelings are implicated in thinking”. these artists have not sought out pristine wildernesses in search of an unadulterated, human-free nature as inspiration, recognising that the twenty-first- century urban habitat is many humans’ natural environment. aspects of their practices and methodologies have resonated with my own creative research and the way i have approached the themes that are crucial to this project. alan sonfist’s time landscape ( ), which i visited twice during the course of my candidature, is an example of both an artwork and an urban natural environment that has shifted in meaning due to changing perceptions of the residents in its greenwich village neighbourhood. time landscape also demonstrates the agency of other living things—namely, wildlife, plants and humans—that share its urban location and have hawkins, the ethics of waste, . contributed over time to the botanical make-up of the site. the changing role of specific urban nature spaces will also be discussed, using examples from manhattan, one of the most densely populated cities in the western world, and home to central park, one of the world’s most iconic urban gardens. after discussing sonfist’s work and the nearby high line, i move on to artists working in the twenty-first century. i identify the effectiveness of their individual artistic strategies in specific artworks and exhibitions, and offer comparisons to the methodologies employed in my own practice. judy pfaff’s works, where synthetic and organic materials meld and morph, have been scrutinised to expand my research on the hybridity of the city. joanna langford’s and collaborators gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger’s artworks utilise consumer packaging in thought-provoking ways, and i compare their work to other artists’ in relation to inherent material meanings. patricia piccinini’s art practice is discussed, with a focus on the vibrancy of matter and contemporary consumerism. simon starling demonstrates humorous engagements with plants both in and beyond the gallery environment. artworks viewed during my candidature in brisbane and a number of cities, including london, melbourne, new york, paris, philadelphia, rome, singapore, sydney, and venice, have enriched my knowledge of the broader field of contemporary artists engaged in similar dialogues and have afforded an appreciation for the variance in local and global issues. brisbane is still a relatively low-density city by world standards and even compared to sydney and melbourne. crucial to my research and of significance is the time spent in some of these older, more densely populated cities, observing the way residents utilise public parks, balconies, and indoors to experience botany in their lives. wendy cox, “largest world cities,” new geography, last modified april , accessed april , http://www.newgeography.com/content/ -largest-world-cities- . natural manhattan: time landscape, the high line, and the new york earth room american artist alan sonfist was an emerging artist at the time that robert smithson and walter de maria were also rising in profile, but he felt no affinity with the land art movement, which he thought used “an entirely different vocabulary”. having grown up in the urban environment of south bronx, his appreciation of nature was shaped by his urban experience, and he reasoned, my feeling is that if we are going to live within a city, we have to create an understanding of the land. and that includes suburban dwellers as well. we have to come to a better understanding of who we are and how we exist on the planet. as he grew up, sonfist witnessed the loss of natural environments in his neighbourhood through both development and arson, leading him to propose the planting of a series of forests to the commissioner of parks. in , he devised a project in lower manhattan to restore a piece of land on the corner of west houston street and la guardia place to a state of native flora through the planting of ancient indigenous plant species. time landscape (figures – ), measuring . x . metres, was planted in as “a living monument to the forest that once blanketed manhattan island”. time landscape has been described as a natural landmark and its purpose compared to the preservation of historical architectural landmarks in the greenwich village neighborhood. the city of new york parks and recreation department promotes time landscape as a “forest plot invit[ing] city dwellers—including insects, birds, people and other animals, to experience a bygone manhattan”. however, this experience is from a distance, at least for humans, as the park is fenced off and the gate padlocked. the city dwellers not invited—namely, birds, squirrels, and the invasive plant species alan sonfist cited in ann landi, “separating the trees from the forest,” artnews, last modified august , accessed april , http://www.artnews.com/ / / /separating-the-trees-from- the-forest/. ibid. nyc parks, “greenstreet: time landscape,” accessed april , http://www.nycgovparks.org /parks/greenstreet-mz /history. ibid. ibid. ibid. transported to the site by wind and water, and the feathered and furred creatures previously mentioned—have made their way into the indigenous garden over time despite the locked fence and yearly clean-ups. sonfist describes this as a natural progression, stating that time landscape “is an open lab, not an enclosed landscape. the intention was never to keep out all non-native species, but rather to see how they come into the space with time”. the ‘open lab’ revealed the existing systems of human, plant, animal, and material distribution in this urban habitat, and the arbitrary nature of the fence as a means of containment. figure alan sonfist time landscape as time passed, it was more than the appearance of non-native plants that concerned local residents. the overgrown nature of the space made it attractive to homeless people seeking shelter. thus, as a deterrent, the trees and shrubs within the garden were heavily pruned to create clear sightlines through the foliage. roger ulrich notes that in urban areas where crime is an issue, “learned fear/risk associations intensify kara bloomgarden-smoke, “clean up time for time landscape indigenous garden,” the villager (manhattan) , no. ( september– october ), accessed december , http://thevillager .com/villager_ /cleanuptime.html. ibid. negative respon[ses] to settings having dense foreground vegetation that blocks surveillance”. landscape architect michael van valkenburgh notes there is a widely held misconception that landscapes designed to appear natural are self-sufficient. citing time landscape as an example of landscape failure due to ongoing maintenance, he says, sonfist put a fence around an abandoned lot, called it time landscape, and asked us to reverentially view what nature did with the site. i suppose that in its day this was an important work of conceptual art. but now not only can this landscape not be ‘inhabited’, it also is truly an eyesore, or worse, not legible as a deliberate thing. it takes untouched natural landscapes several decades to sort out their long-surviving species in a way that might offer appealing visual coherence, and such a time span isn’t available on disturbed urban sites like this—coherence may never exist on sonfist’s site. this lack of visual coherence and the very ‘wildness’ of sonfist’s landscape may be overwhelming for manhattan residents, who are potentially enculturated to appreciate more ordered botanical environments. david w. orr, paul sears distinguished professor of environmental studies and politics at oberlin college, refers to quintessential manhattan resident woody allen’s quote, “i am at two with nature”, as an acknowledgement of allen’s biophobia. explaining the role urban life plays in the enculturation of biophobia, he notes, allen’s aversion to nature, what can be called ‘biophobia’, is increasingly common among people raised with television, walkman radios attached to their heads and video games, living amid shopping malls, freeways and dense urban or suburban settings where nature is permitted, tastefully, as decoration. more than ever we dwell in and among our own creations and are increasingly uncomfortable with the nature that lies beyond our control. on visiting time landscape in october , i found it to be well-tended. i could not find much to differentiate it from other parks in the area; indeed, without its signage, it may have been indistinguishable from them. in its high-density location, it provides a botanical contrast with the surrounding buildings and provides a form of sanctuary, roger s. ulrich, “biophilia, biophobia and natural landscapes,” in the biophilia hypothesis, ed. stephen r. kellert and edward o. wilson (washington, dc: island press, ), . michael van valkenburgh, “landscapes over time,” in landscape architecture magazine, march , accessed august , http://landscapearchitecturemagazine.org/ / / /landscapes-over- time/#more- . david w. orr, "the coming biophilia revolution." earth island journal , no. (spring ): . particularly for birds and squirrels now that there is no human access. sonfist’s visionary comment on the artwork in registered the agency of other living beings in an ecosystem when he noted that “increasingly, as we come to understand our dependence on nature, the concept of community expands to include non-human elements”. perhaps the evolution of the work into a community of multiple species, plant, animal, and human aligns with sonfist’s original conceptual intentions. figure alan sonfist time landscape (detail) does an audience engage with this work through a framework of art aesthetics or one of environmental aesthetics? i experienced time landscape as an engaging botanical environment, finding the variation in plant species aesthetically pleasing. furthermore, knowing sonfist’s conceptual framework, i believe it to have enduring relevance as an artwork. from a residential perspective, director of the local residents group the soho alan sonfist, “natural phenomena as public monuments ( ),” in theories and documents of contemporary art: a sourcebook of artists’ writings, ed. kristine stiles and peter selz (berkley, ca: university of california press, ), . in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. alliance, sean sweeney, sees time landscape as an artwork, albeit negatively, calling it “a piece of ’s art”. sweeney claims that the time has come for alternative uses for the land to be considered. artists and researchers reiko goto collins and timothy m. collins believe that the reception of time landscape as an artwork is challenged by its operation on three levels: as a sculptural idea; a purely visual artwork (since access is not possible); and as something that fosters general interest in preservation of the historical fabric of both buildings and forest. i responded to time landscape as an artwork perhaps because of the injunction on entering the work, with the locked fence acting as a frame. from an environmental aesthetic perspective, emily brady declares sonfist’s “pre- colonial forest ecosystem” successful as a community green space but refutes that the work can be reducible to a natural environment. in his criticism of environmental art in regards to environmental aesthetics, allen carlson describes some artwork as being an affront (or insult) to nature, even when they cause no environmental damage. he judged time landscape as not committing an affront to nature only insofar as he does not consider it an artwork. similarly, carlson cites work by christo and jeanne claude as “temporary insults” to the landscape. for example, christo and jeanne claude’s surrounded islands, biscayne bay, greater miami, florida ( – , figure ) temporarily introduced , square metres of floating pink woven polypropylene fabric to a natural environment, creating a spectacle that the artists stated “was a work of art underlining the various elements and ways in which the people of miami live, between land and water”. while the artists made no claim of the work being an act of environmentalism, they do note on their website that in preparation for installation, forty tons of garbage was removed from the islands. no statement is made as to how the polypropylene was disposed of after the event. bloomgarden-smoke, “clean up time for time landscape.” reiko goto collins and timothy m. collins, “art and living things: the ethical aesthetic impulse,” in human-environment relations: transformative values in theory and practice, ed. emily brady and pauline phemister (dordrecht: springer netherlands, ), , doi: . / - - - - _ . emily brady, “aesthetic regard for nature in environmental and land art,” ethics, place & environment: a journal of philosophy and geography , no. ( ): – . carlson, aesthetics and the environment, . ibid., . ibid., . christo and jeanne-claude, “surrounded islands,” accessed january , http://christojeanne claude.net/projects/surrounded-islands?view=info#.vbho yvrpgs. figure christo and jeanne claude surrounded islands, biscayne bay, greater miami, florida – carlson’s refusal to appreciate the environmental aesthetic potential in sonfist’s time landscape as an artwork seems arbitrary and idealistic, and his insistence that only the pristine environments are worthy of such appreciation refutes the benefits of a range of urban botanical environments. time landscape is a topical site to consider the debate within environmental aesthetics as it defies categorisation, operating to varying degrees as both artwork and natural environment. sonfist’s attempted reclaiming of a pre-seventeenth-century manhattan wilderness is now legislated by the nyc parks department, which also controls the nearby high line public park in chelsea (figure ). utilising an elevated freight rail that was built in the s and decommissioned in , and extending from gansevoort street in the meatpacking district to west th street between th and th avenues, the wildness of the disused railway tracks was transformed between and through the addition of landscaped trees, grasses, and shrubs. this created an elevated botanical walkway that has become a major manhattan tourist attraction. figure. the high line, manhattan this site has been the cause of much debate since its inception. criticism focuses on the gentrification and subsequent rise in property prices that has ensued to cater for the influx of tourists. in contrast, supporters credit the park with making the neighbourhood cleaner and safer. the park is a biophobe’s delight—the natural elements are contained, controlled, and, in the endless stream of pedestrian traffic, only very briefly encountered. perhaps there is reason to be fearful of less manicured environs: in the last decade, ten lawsuits have been filed as the result of injuries and kelly chan, “getting to the bottom of the high line controversy: how good design spurred chelsea's gentrification,” blouinartinfo international, august , http://www.artinfo.com/news/story / /getting-to-the-bottom-of-the-high-line-controversy-how-good-design-spurred-chelseas- gentrification. ibid. fatalities caused by falling tree branches in central park. however, as simon schama reminds us, central park was always supposed to answer both arcadian myths that have survived in the modern memory: the wild and the cultivated; the place of unpredictable exhilaration and the place of bucolic rest. olmsted could have had no inkling, of course, how the very features that made his park unique—the sunken roads, the gullies and hollows that closed off views to the streets—would shelter a savagery at which even pan himself might have flinched. . . . central park divides its arcadian life by the hours of the clock. by day it is all nymphs and shepherds, cupids and fêtes champêtres. but at night it reverts to a more archaic place, the realms of pelasgus where the wolf-men of lykaon prowl, satyrs bide their time unsmiling, and feral men, hungry for wilding, postpone their music. these sites in manhattan—sonfist’s time landscape attempting to recreate an indigenous environment; the high line, a contemporary park built upon a disused railway; and central park, a historical park designed to retain the “picturesquely- varied, rocky formations of the [manhattan] island” —are evidence of humans’ evolving relationship with botanical nature in the face of increasing urbanisation. i have examined these sites to enrich notions of what constitutes a natural environment in contemporary urban society, noting that the increasing hybridity of such spaces calls for new ideas of aesthetic appreciation. while savanna-like settings might once have been most suitable for survival, enculturation in contemporary cities suggests that within the urban environment, natural environments with clear sight lines and safe paths make residents feel safer, even when their feet don’t actually connect with the earth—as is the case in the elevated high line. not far from the high line is an artwork that brings the substance of ‘earth’ indoors and that, i argue, creates a profound urban experience with nature. walter de maria’s the new york earth room was constructed in and has been on public view since in a soho loft (figure ). the artwork, commissioned and maintained by the dia foundation, is described as an “interior earth sculpture”, , kilograms of soil to be precise. viewing this artwork in had a profound william glaberson and lisa w. foderaro, “neglected, rotting trees turn deadly,” the new york times, may , http://www.nytimes.com/ / / /nyregion/in-new-york-neglected-trees-prove- deadly.html?_r= . simon schama, landscape and memory (new york: a.a. knopf, ), . fredrick olmsted, landscape architect and co-designer of central park, cited in ibid., . dia art foundation, “walter de maria, the new york earth room,” accessed february , http://www.diaart.org/sites/page/ / . effect on me as i was filled with a feeling of reverential awe and found the stillness of the space palpable. the earth here seemed to exaggerate the emptiness of the loft, and the smell of the soil evoked my childhood memories of farms with vast ploughed paddocks and wide-open skies. the acoustic qualities of the loamy soil seemed to absorb any noise and activity made by the viewers, offering an experience of profound quietude in ‘the city that never sleeps’. my experience of the new york earth room was not unlike visiting a church or cathedral—the calm, solemnity and stillness of the room lit only by sunlight—a place of worship for the urban biophile. with no artificial light to illuminate the dirt to reiterate its role as art subject, there is a sense of calm in the loft—the daylight seen through windows alludes to natural rhythms and time. the space seemed ripe with potential, like a fertile field lying fallow, waiting for something to germinate. the earth positively radiated vitality. figure walter de maria the new york earth room thinking about the materiality of the contained soil in the new york earth room transported my thoughts outside the loft space, connecting to ideas and associations with the earth outside. for me, the way the work compartmentalises nature in an interior urban space might be seen as generating an environmentalist reading, where nature is a commodity in an increasingly urbanised society. indeed, for the city gardener, soil is an expensive material purchased in brightly packaged plastic bags and available as specialty mixes to suit particular plants. the poignancy of this work may lie in the fact that, for over thirty years, an enormous volume of soil not covered by concrete or asphalt has remained indoors like some strange relic, occupying some of the world’s most expensive real estate. while there are still vacant blocks in manhattan where the ground is visible, they did not evoke in me the same connections to a wider world. in the new york earth room, there is no litter to mar its purity, no footprint, human or otherwise—no weeds, just earth. it is seemingly hyper natural earth, despite its domestic setting. in my brisbane studio, my thoughts are also transported by contained soil. in the new york earth room, a plexiglas barrier holds the dirt in, and it is seeing soil through this barrier that allows the viewer to appreciate the depth and volume contained in the space. in my studio, i strike plant cuttings in clear, round plastic containers, the soil visible through the sides. when my attention is drawn to new growth emerging from the soil, i become aware of other things residing within the containers such as insects and small fungi. i can sometimes see the root systems of the plants below the surface. i appreciate that each plastic tub is an ecosystem within the larger ecosystem of the studio. as the way humans encounter nature is affected by residing in cities, what we come to appreciate as nature changes. intimate encounters offering a few simple natural elements—a balcony garden, a potted plant, a room filled with a layer of earth—may satiate our biophilic desires. cultivating a focus and appreciation for these mundane botanical experiences can remind us of the connection to a wider natural world. contemporary artists may play a role in developing this appreciation by bringing these connections to life in the gallery. plexiglas is an acrylic sheet trade name used in this document where the artist or gallery has specified. judy pfaff: second nature in october during a residency in philadelphia, i had the opportunity to see american artist judy pfaff’s concurrent exhibitions run amok at loretta howard gallery (figure ) and second nature at pavel zoubok gallery (figures and ) in new york. on seeing second nature, i felt an instantaneous sense of connection to pfaff’s hybrid world. eleanor heartney notes that while both these exhibitions “paid homage to the distinction between the forces of nature and the effects of human activity . . . what was most strongly conveyed was the chaos that comes from their intermingling”. this chaotic intermingling is the reality of the urban environment, and far from chaotic, i found a sense of familiar urban order in pfaff’s simultaneously formal yet exuberant works. as alexandra c. anderson identifies in her catalogue essay, the assembling process, while it may appear random and largely improvisational, is actually governed by pfaff’s strict and disciplined attention to underlying structures upon which she subsequently builds, or better yet, extemporizes, using unpredictable found objects, unusual textures, wild color and appropriated industrial fragments and materials. figure judy pfaff there is a field, i will meet you there (rumi) eleanor heartney, “judy pfaff: loretta howard and pavel zoubok, october to november ,” art news , no. (february ), . alexandra c. anderson, “nature and culture: total immersion,” in judy pfaff: second nature / run amok (new york: pavel zoubok gallery, loretta howard gallery, ), , http://issuu.com/lorettahoward /docs/judypfaff_issu. just as botany in the built environment organically weaves around the geometry of architecture, so pfaff’s work sets up a dynamic tension by both contrasting and tempering the chaos in her works with ordered substructures. this is achieved through the physical frameworks in her sculptural forms that provide a structure for the other materials used. in the case of there is a field, i will meet you there (rumi) ( , figure ), those materials are plexiglas, fluorescent lights, plastic, and expanded foam. the artist takes the same approach with the composition of her print works and the way in which these works are installed. gridded prints contrast with organic sculptural forms (figure ) and framed works hung over grids of images (figure ). figure judy pfaff hanging judge (centre) and let sixteen cowboys sing me a song (far wall) figure judy pfaff second nature (installation view) the material and conceptual hybridity of second nature resonated strongly with me. pfaff’s fascination with flora as a subject was evident in the mixed-media two- dimensional works containing botanical references, and the presence of plant matter in her sculptural works. in both instances, pfaff then transformed the familiar subject material into ambiguous, fantastical forms, the combination of natural and artificial materials amplifying the organic aesthetic of some of the synthetic elements; for instance, the paper lantern on the right side of cahoots ( , figure ). the other materials are imbued with life, appearing to grow and ooze from this synthetic shell. figure judy pfaff cahoots cahoots also reminded me of the discovery of a new stone, the plastiglomerate, identified by scientists at kamilo beach in hawaii. a paper co-authored by geologist patricia l. corcoran, oceanographer charles j. moore, and artist kelly jazvac describes the plastiglomerate as consisting of melted plastic, beach sediment, basaltic lava fragments and organic debris (figure ). plastiglomerates register the preservation of plastics in the earth’s rock record, meaning the material “has great potential to form a marker horizon of human pollution, signalling the occurrence of the informal anthropocene epoch”. figure kelly jazvac recent landscapes (plastiglomerate) speaking in , comedian and social critic george carlin appeared to foresee the existence of a material such as plastiglomerate saying, patricia l corcoran, charles j. moore and kelly jazvac, “an anthropogenic marker horizon in the future rock record,” gsa today , no. ( june ): , accessed october , http://www .geosociety.org/gsatoday/archive/ / /article/i - - - - .htm. ibid. ibid. the anthropocene is defined as an epoch “in which human activities have had a tangible impact on the earth’s ecosystems”, with debate as to whether the period begins with the rise of agriculture or the beginning of the industrial revolution. see noel castree, rob kitchin, and alisdair rogers, "anthropocene," in a dictionary of human geography (oxford: oxford university press, ), accessed january , oxford reference. the planet will be here for a long, long, long time after we’re gone, and it will heal itself . . . [be]cause that’s what it does. it’s a self-correcting system. . . . and if it’s true that plastic is not degradable, well, the planet will simply incorporate plastic into a new paradigm: the earth plus plastic. the earth doesn’t share our prejudice toward plastic. plastic came out of the earth. the earth probably sees plastic as just another one of its children. could be the only reason the earth allowed us to be spawned from it in the first place. it wanted plastic for itself. didn’t know how to make it. needed us. could be the answer to our age-old egocentric philosophical question “why are we here?” my prior research on plastiglomerates (undertaken while making my artwork jardinière in ) also came to mind when, on my way to view judy pfaff’s new york exhibitions, i viewed a site-specific artwork at the high line, the evolution of god ( – , figure ), by adrián villar rojas. thirteen cubes, each originally measuring cm , were designed to disintegrate during the course of the exhibition, the organic matter vulnerable to weather conditions. ashley tickle describes the work as follows, layers clashing temporalities, revealing ecological concerns and a fascination for the “deep time” history of our planet . . . resembl[ing] archaeological sites where the future is simultaneously excavated and entombed. as his works incorporate a mixture of animal, mineral, and vegetal ingredients, their metamorphosis over time inherently reflects the material qualities of each of these primordial elements. his sculptures exhibit an animal growth, decay, and repose; a vegetal sprouting and composting; and a mineral, tectonic cracking and settling. the layers of clay and concrete laced with human-made materials, including clothing, sneakers, and rope, appear as if they could have been excavated from one of the surrounding building sites. seeds embedded in the sculptures sprouted from cracks in the cubes, their growth both a contrast to the decay of the cube, and a connection to the surrounding plant life of the high line. reflecting on the work, villar rojas says, “this is the basics of life on earth. . . . inside [the cubes] you have all these tiny things that are happening, going back to billions of years ago when the first primitive organisms appeared. this is it. this is the primordial soup.” the artist believes that he experienced humans’ evolutionary connection to nature in making the cubes, speculating, carlin, george, “george carlin: saving the planet,” youtube video, : , posted by “dadniel”, october , https://www.youtube.com/watch?v= w hrc a c. ashley tickle, “high line art presents adrián villar rojas ‘the evolution of god’, a major new site- specific sculptural installation at the high line at the rail yard,” press release, september , http://assets.thehighline.org/original_site/press/highlineart/adrianvillarrojas- .pdf. adrian villard rojas cited in andy battalion, “high line opens last section with adrián villar rojas sculptures,” in the wall street journal, september , accessed march , http://www.wsj.com/articles/high-line-opens-last-section-with-adrian-villar-rojas-sculptures- . it has this kind of childish attitude, playing with mud and soil, vegetables and seeds. our first moments as hominids and homo sapiens were all linked to a relation with nature and agriculture and farming. we humans have a super-strong connection. the moment you work with soil, you feel some sort of pleasure in reconnection. figure adrián villar rojas the evolution of god – as i walked the streets of chelsea having seen the work of pfaff and villar rojas, i felt synergies were emerging with the work i was making and the artists i had seen in this metropolis, enriching the possibilities of what constitutes a natural environment in contemporary urban society. the commingling of humans and other living things in this vibrant, hybrid ecosystem constantly revealed intriguing entanglements of the built and natural environments. the influences of the urban environment were evident in both pfaff’s and villar rojas’s work. it could be seen in the building sites nearby where massive pits revealed the foundations of the structures yet to rise out of the ibid. ground—strata of earth and human-made materials (figure ). the bright colours in pfaff’s works were ubiquitous on the streets where fluorescent colours compete with the constant noise and movement. the layers of detritus in villar rojas’s sculptural cubes were echoed in the clear plastic garbage bags on the city streets—items fallen out of favour now destined for landfill (figure ). figure building site in chelsea, manhattan robert sullivan’s evocative description of a garbage hill outside manhattan illustrates the persistence of waste materials’ vitality, the garbage hills are alive . . . there are billions of microscopic organisms thriving underground in dark, oxygen free communities [that] multiply and even evolve so that they can more readily digest the trash at their disposal. . . . after having ingested the tiniest portion of leftover new jersey or new york, these cells then exhale huge underground plumes of carbon dioxide and of warm, moist methane, giant stillborn tropical winds that seep through the ground to feel the meadowlands’ fires, or creep into the atmosphere where they eat away at the earth-protecting layer of ozone. robert sullivan, “valley of the garbage hills,” in the meadowlands: wilderness adventures on the edge of new york city (london: granta publications, ( ), . echoes in these ideas of the vitality of waste materials can also be seen in the work of joanna langford whose practice also supports my argument that the utilisation of consumer packaging can reveal the materials’ enduring liveliness. figure garbage on a footpath in chelsea, manhattan joanna langford: waste lands joanna langford’s installations draw inspiration from the geography of her homeland, new zealand. langford seeks to employ the very materials that pose a threat to, or are used to alter, new zealand’s natural environment. her practice is representative of contemporary currents within art that critique the effects of the waste produced through industrial and agricultural practices as well as consumer packaging. crawl space ( , figure ) was exhibited in the th asia pacific triennial at the queensland art gallery | gallery of modern art. the work is described as “appear[ing] to emerge from the ground”. however, when i viewed the work, its connection to the floor seemed less an emergence than a gentle alighting of the plastic and wire constructions on the earth’s surface. figure joanna langford crawl space with an arachnoid presence that recalls louise bourgeois’s crouching spider ( , figure ), the works are suspended from the ceiling with nylon line, adding to their gravitational orientation. the tattered industrial wrapping material of pale-green plastic silage wrap alludes to a botanical presence reminiscent of seaweed. the network of miniature white and safety orange scaffolding seems positioned to observe the artificial, mountainous landscape, yet the barrier surrounding the work is also a scaled down-version of fencing used on building sites to keep the site secure. in the gallery andrea bell, “joanna langford: imagined worlds,” in the th asia pacific triennial of contemporary art (apt ), (brisbane: queensland art gallery | gallery of modern art, ), . silage is a fermented livestock food made from green crops; see "silage," in a dictionary of plant sciences, ed. michael allaby (oxford: oxford university press, ), accessed january , oxford reference. space, langford’s miniature barrier directed the flow of traffic and also discouraged entry into the fragile floating world. figure louise bourgeois crouching spider crawl space contrasts a geometric framework that alludes to construction with the fragile floating mountains described by langford as “a new synthetic landscape (the city)”. the work also implies a very tentative balance between the worlds of the built and the natural. the temporality of the pale-green plastic has a direct visual and material connection to discarded and weathered plastic found outdoors as litter. this association and its use to create a form that infers vegetation or terrain alludes to potential environmental peril—transforming the plastic from something lifeless to something vital with the potential for further alteration. however, i believe that the work would have benefitted from some of the green, organically shaped plastic straying into the geometric structures in the work, as the artist has done in the high country ( , figure ). i encountered a similar issue in my artwork, a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession ( ), and the strategies i used to overcome this are discussed in chapter . ibid. figure joanna langford the high country the high country ( , figures and ) was described by curator blair french as reflecting langford’s interest in the “unsettled, unstable changing condition of landscape—its dynamic morphic quality”. this quality of the landscape was something the artist had to contend with when the installation of the work was delayed twice by earthquakes in new zealand, first in canterbury in and then again in christchurch in . it was finally installed in christchurch in november . constructed from plastic milk containers and silage wrap, the work links the recognisable consumer container with the less recognisable industrial packaging used by the dairy industry. the high country brings to mind italo calvino’s fictitious city of leonia where “perhaps the whole world, beyond leonia’s boundaries, is covered by craters of rubbish, each surrounding a metropolis in constant eruption”. through the materials used to construct the high country, langford reminds us that prior to becoming waste, the detritus of the dairy industry—the industrial silage used to wrap livestock food, and the plastic containers used to package the milk—were formerly useful. sometimes, the potency of negative associations of plastic packaging as a metaphor for environmental threat can obscure its original intended purpose and usefulness. the high country suggests profusion elegantly, conveying langford’s ideas with clarity through the inference of the liveliness of her materials. langford’s work creatively explores systems in place that contribute to waste while avoiding blair french, “joanna langford: the high country,” art & australia, , no. (summer ): . italo calvino, , invisible cities, translated by william weaver (london: random house), . environmentalist reprimands or presenting an artwork that evokes an instantaneous reaction of revulsion (such as chris jordan’s work, figure ). by countering the presence of materials that have negative connotations with more intricate elements in her work—for example, the scaffolding in crawl space—langford invites an engagement beyond an immediate reaction to spectacle through scale or volume, allowing time for the consideration of the concepts presented. this is something i have also paid attention to in my artworks where i use consumer packaging. figure joanna langford the high country (detail) simultaneously representing both consumption and waste, plastic bags are one of the most iconic types of consumer packaging associated with pollution. seen en masse, either in the kitchen drawer or the gallery, they may be a worrying sight. however, relying on vast quantities of material alone can be less effective in works such as pascale marthine tayou’s plastic bags ( – , figure ). although it is described as an “ominous spectacle of consumerism that hangs from the ceiling, as if threatening to spill its junk on the gallery floor”, there is no junk, the bags hang limp and lifeless, empty and in pristine condition, making it hard to imagine that they were ever full. tayou’s sculpture has a formal aesthetic appeal; the plastic bags used are nicholas chambers, “ st century recession art,” in st century: art in the first decade, ex. cat., ed. miranda wallace (brisbane: queensland art gallery | gallery of modern art, ), . brightly coloured and carefully arranged to create the large, regular form. while the work’s scale gives it a formidable presence, it is decidedly static, the impotence of the flaccid bags detracting from their potential to appear threatening. in chapter , i discuss my use of plastic bags in artworks, arguing that while the aesthetic appeal of bright colours can counteract the more menacing aspects in a work, this allure requires a contrast. i argue that by constructing plastic bags into forms that hold visible tension and appear to grow, the dilemma of consumer desire and potential environmental threat is both more evident and more engaging. the seduction of consumerism is inferred as well as the botanical environment that the plastic bags pose a threat to. figure pascale marthine tayou plastic bags – one can negate the menace inherent in the materiality of plastic bags to the point of rendering them enchanting, yet still allude to ideas of social behaviour surrounding our relationship to waste. an example of this is korean artist gimhongsok, who makes plastic garbage bags seem simultaneously ephemeral and permanent. in the comical in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. canine construction ( , figure ), proposed as a potential public artwork, the materiality of the garbage bags is transformed by casting them in resin. the texture, lightness, and detail captured in the resin is so visually convincing that the sculpture begs to be touched for confirmation that it will not yield to pressure. the only aspects that belie this lightness are the tied bag ends that form the dog’s ears and tail, relentless in their verticality. figure gimhongsok canine construction more mutt than art-world pedigree, the work bears a lowbrow resemblance to jeff koons’s balloon dog ( – , figure ). while canine construction evokes ideas of mundane, domestic, and personal consumerism, koons’s balloon dog embodies the shinier, elitist capitalism of the art market. canine construction’s familiar form of plump garbage bags gives the sculpture a universal humility. gimhongsok highlights the participatory aspect of humans in bagging garbage, noting, “because there are not set guidelines for the use of plastic bags, this dynamic social narrative is a totally spontaneous manifestation and can be seen as a true social agreement.” here, one can relate back to hawkins who describes the act of putting out the garbage as, a cultural performance, an organised sequence of material practices that deploys certain technologies, bodily techniques and assumptions. and in this performance waste matter is both defined and removed; a sense of order is established and a particular subject is made. waste then, isn’t a fixed category of things, it is an effect of classifications and relations. figure jeff koons balloon dog (blue) – even as a public artwork in a natural environment, the quirky presence of canine construction would invite contemplation before potentially setting off environmental alarms. these garbage bags are contained, their contents secure. the social role in the containment of garbage has been executed with precision and humour. once the personal performance of taking out the garbage is complete, it is easy to forget the infrastructure that removes our discarded matter to some remote location where the sight and smell of our excesses no longer trouble us. our rubbish dumps as well as our sewerage treatment plants and water reservoirs reside beyond the urban fringe. our connection to these places is mostly buried underground, and only gimhongsok cited in reuben keehan, “gimhongsok: irreconcilable differences,” in the th asia pacific triennial of contemporary art, . hawkins, “the ethics of waste,” . revealed during a building’s construction or demolition (as described previously). the water hole ( , figures – ) by gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger reveals the path of the urban water supply, critiquing the impact on consumer behaviour on the natural environment. in the next section, i discuss this work to illustrate how adopting a viewpoint at a remove from the issue at hand may appear condescending, or worse accusatory, particularly when a sense of personal scale is overwhelmed in an installation. gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger: the water hole swiss artists gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger create immersive environments that explore the interconnectedness of humans to the natural world, sometimes highlighting human ambivalence to this relationship. in their large-scale work the waterhole ( ), installed at the australian centre for contemporary art in melbourne, the artists critiqued aspects of consumer culture affecting the environment while simultaneously revealing hidden of aspects of urban infrastructure. the installation, which explored melbourne’s water supply in the face of the longest drought in the region’s history, comprised a series of interlinking rooms within in the gallery: a silver tunnel that led to a lookout to view the waterhole; a kaleidoscopic video installation; the waterhole itself; a space for contemplation; and a laboratory space containing a desalination plant for tears. the water hole came at a time where melbourne residents were highly sensitive to critique of their water consumption. with stage water restrictions in place, residents had to make changes to the most intimate aspects of their daily lives. toilet and bathing habits were altered, and households endeavoured to recycle water wherever possible. steiner and lenzlinger articulate the journey of water from storage dam to urban household in their artists’ catalogue statement, saying, the dammed water rushes down to the boomtown in a huge pipe, branching into millions of smaller pipes to end up in sinks, basins, toilets, showers, bathtubs— the urban water holes. and between the fern tree gully and the wet sponge to in regard to toilet flushing, a popular expression at the time was “if it’s brown, flush it down; if it’s yellow, let it mellow.” timed showers were strongly recommended, with baths considered an act of wanton waste. clean the car lays a dried-up landscape. isn’t it strange that the rituals humans perform around their urban water holes, mainly locked up in small rooms, are all about spoiling the water? figure gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger the water hole the artists’ preparatory research began a year in advance, building on their existing knowledge of the city from a visit in when they participated in melbourne’s only biennial. significant to their engagement with both location and community were a three-month residency in melbourne and a pivotal field trip to the upper yarra reservoir, which is located approximately one hundred kilometres from the city centre. travelling through the suburbs to the reservoir, they noticed the extent that the city had sprawled in ten years, and the lack of natural environments incorporated into new housing developments. from this initial exploration, steiner and lenzlinger steiner and lenzlinger, “the water hole,” in juliana engberg, gerda steiner, and jörg lenzlinger, gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger: the water hole (melbourne: australian centre for contemporary art, ), . gerda steiner, “interview with shelley hinton,” australian centre for contemporary art (website), accessed may , http://www.accaonline.org.au/gerdasteinerjorglenzlinger. in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. determined that their installation would take the form of a waterhole, which they related to the waterhole in indigenous dreamtime stories. the artwork more directly connected ideas of the urban supply of water as a valuable resource at risk from human activity impacting the natural environment. figure gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger the water hole (detail) the artists used diverse methods to attract the viewers’ attention, so that each interlinked area provided a different sensory experience. for example, a tunnel constructed from tree branches and insulation foil rustled as one walked through the space, creating an instant awareness of the body’s impact on the environment. curator juliana engberg notes of this experience that “immediately you have a sense that you are a destructive force of change”. the central waterhole space was one of chaotic excess, described by urszula dawkins in art monthly as “a near-living thicket ibid. juliana engberg, “ oc in the shade,” in gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger: the water hole, . in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. of pvc piping, coloured household buckets, artificial flower-parts, plastic drink bottles and gaudy crystals”. steiner and lenzlinger often use plastic packaging sourced at the site of their investigation, so that the labelling on the litter is familiar to local audiences. this methodology of using recognisable consumer packaging has attracted criticism in the past. reviewer henry lehmann described their installation in montreal as “pompous…thrown together” and taking the “theme of urban bleakness . . . to comic extremes”. construed as an accusatory gesture, steiner and lenzlinger’s use of consumer packaging in their installation in montreal national park in offended lehmann’s civic pride when he stated, in this work, montreal is transformed into a nightmare of pollution and wilful ignorance. . . . [t]here’s a hit and miss aspect about the piece, at once deeply bitter and devil-may-care. it seems the two artists came to canada and the new world in search of paradise on earth only to discover plastic wrappers blowing in the wind. the perception of the artists’ judgmental stance is echoed in dawkins’s review in her wry comment, “we’ve made our environmental bed; now it’s time to lie in it.” this research has made me cognisant of the possibility of being construed in this way when using consumer packaging. in chapter , i discuss the creative techniques i have used in my work to avoid this misunderstanding, particularly work jardinière ( ) which is largely constructed from plastic packaging. in acknowledgment of my participation in consumer culture, i identify the plastic packaging as being sourced from my own household waste. waste, as a noun or a verb, can invoke a degree of guilt in western society. waste is known to be the byproduct of more affluent economies, and the australian bureau of statistics cites international evidence that economic growth contributes to the increase in waste generated per person. robert smithson held a similar view in , when he commented, urszula dawkins, “pipe dreams: steiner and lenzlinger's the water hole,” art monthly australia (june ), . henry lehmann, "adams brings whimsy to life: childhood fantasies become monstrosities," the gazette (montreal), june , accessed october . ibid. dawkins, “pipe dreams,” . australian bureau of statistics, “waste,” australia’s environment: issues and trends, jan , last modified may , accessed september , http://www.abs.gov.au/ausstats/abs@.nsf /lookup/ ebbe d a c dbca c ?opendocument. it seems that when one is talking about preserving the environment or conserving energy or recycling one inevitably gets to the question of waste and i would postulate actually that waste and enjoyment are in a sense coupled. there's a certain kind of pleasure principle that comes out of preoccupation with waste. like if we want a bigger and better car we are going to have bigger and better waster productions. so there's a kind of equation there between the enjoyment of life and waste. probably the opposite of waste is luxury. figure gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger the water hole while the detritus of excess feels far from luxurious, sterner and lenzlinger offered a respite from the confrontation of the waterhole with three beds in a clinical white space (figure ). over the first bed, a thirty-three-kilogram meteorite suspended directly above the viewer’s head gave cause for some anxiety as to the strength of the support netting. above the second, a mobile constructed from both natural and synthetic detritus, including plastic bags and dead branches, natural and artificial elements, teetered in a precarious, metaphorical balance, activated by the viewer getting on to the bed. the third bed was suspended, its swaying motion putting the viewer in similar motion to the mobile, which i found mildly disorienting. in his review robert smithson, “entropy made visible,” in robert smithson: the collected writings, ed. jack flam (berkley, ca: university of california press, ), . in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. of the work, robert nelson described it as leaving him “wobblier and weaker”. nevertheless, of all the rooms of the installation, i found this one to be the most successful; these distilled experiences were more amenable to contemplation than the more spectacular and hallucinatory spaces. the final, quiet encounter was a quasi-scientific desalination plant for tears (figure ) of which the artists commented in the catalogue “in the end, no worries, we can still drink our tears!” a planned desalination plant was a cause for contention between the government and environmental groups at the time of the artist residency. it was subsequently built and on completion in , immediately went in to standby mode, the drought broken and dam levels in victoria back at an acceptable level. figure gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger the water hole (detail) robert nelson, “gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger,” the age, january , viewed may , http://www.theage.com.au/news/entertainment/arts/arts-reviews/gerda-steiner-and-joerg-lenzlinger / / / / .html. gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger, “the water hole,” . simon lauder, “victorians pay dearly, but not a drop to drink,” the world today, abc news, accessed september , http://www.abc.net.au/worldtoday/content/ /s .htm. in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. weaving together utopian and dystopian ideas, with the familiar transformed to appear strange, the artists were able to create a sense of awe in both beauty and decay. however, some of the more salient observations made by the artists seemed to be overshadowed in the waterhole space by chaos, spectacle, and massive volumes of materials. their exploration of urban water supply was more engaging where humour, wonder, and poetic staging were evident, for example, the contemplative space and the desalination plant for tears. compared to pfaff’s more artfully constructed chaos, i concur with lehmann’s contention that steiner and lenzlinger’s work can seem “thrown together”. unrestrained characteristics in artworks are useful to infer growing plants, mounting rubbish, and teeming cities—but there is a fine line between controlled chaos and confusion. this is something i am conscious of in my work and have refined through documentation and reflection of each work in the studio, followed by trial installations where possible in the gallery space. figure gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger bush power more recently, steiner and lenzlinger participated in the th biennale of sydney with their installation bush power ( , figures and ). less conceptually complex than the waterhole, the work appeared overly reliant on spectacle and audience participation. repurposing gymnasium equipment sourced on ebay in a series of artworks, the artists drew on cockatoo island’s history of power generation and ship lehmann, "adams brings whimsy to life: childhood fantasies become monstrosities." building requiring human labour. the kinetic works constructed from modified weight machines exaggerated the effects of physical exertion by the viewer/participant. through the addition of colourful extensions to the apparatus, human energy is rendered visible as an exaggerated range of motion—bringing the machines to life. however, this is where the transaction between artwork and viewer ends. because the machine became lifeless once the interaction ceased, for me, it held the same limited appeal as actually being in a gymnasium—moving from one machine to the next, going through a range of motions. figure gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger bush power (detail) whereas steiner and lenzlinger’s critique of humans’ behaviour can seem detached— their own place in society removed to that of observer—australian artist patricia piccinini’s practice seems framed by a more personal understanding of humanity’s strengths and weaknesses. her work also evidences a willingness to embrace dilemmas without the solace of solutions. i discuss her work in the following section. juliana engberg, ed., “gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger,” in you imagine what you desire: th biennale of sydney, ex. cat., (sydney, nsw: biennale of sydney ltd, ), . patricia piccinini: ethical dilemmas at the end of the twentieth century, australian artist piccinini made an installation plasticology ( – , figure ) that envisaged a dystopian future. a virtual, computer-generated forest displayed over fifty-seven monitors created an alienating and disconnected environment. while the virtual trees appear lush and perfect, their dense verdant foliage is animated to lash furiously in high winds, creating an anxious atmosphere. in his essay “what is installation?”, peter hennessy states that piccinini began plasticology with the question “what is my ‘natural’ habitat? what is the natural environment of the contemporary person?” these questions resounded strongly with me, as they are the sorts of questions that i constantly ponder while researching the botany encountered in the urban environment. figure patricia piccinini plasticology – piccinini’s work focuses on the relationship between humans and other living beings, and raises questions of ethics and care. by avoiding moralistic dualisms and embracing the ambivalence with which her creatures may be met, the artist invites contemplation and discussion rather than arousing fear or promoting science as a cure-all. her artworks seem at once of this world and alien, their everyday familiarity peter hennessy, “patricia piccinini: early installations” (originally published as: “what is installation?”), patricia piccinini (website), accessed september , http://www.patriciapiccinini.net/writing / / / . estranged through the artist’s transformative approach. viewpoints other than human are revealed to give agency to her unheimlich creatures and objects. piccinini has created vehicle-derived sculptures to address contemporary debates of consumerism and desire. by using automotive finishes, the artist makes her surfaces sleek, colourful and strangely desirable. in works such as the stags ( , figure ) and nest ( , figure ), the anthropomorphised machines appear to display emotions of aggression and love, respectively. the works alludes to the machines’ reproductive capabilities without human-operated production lines. while the automotive industry conjures images of large-scale robotic machinery, piccinini’s work disturbs this scale, alluding to intimacy between machines—the stare-down between two aggressors competing for a female vespa (the stags), or the baby vespa holding the adoring gaze of its mother (nest). figure patricia piccinini the stags figure patricia piccinini nest in her essay on another of her automotive works with anthropomorphic overtones, truck babies (figure ), the artist explains her intention with the work, to take something as frightening and unfriendly as a truck and turn it into something that is cute, desirable and seductive. in the same way, consumer culture creates the beauty and desire that blinds you to the pollution and other problems of the industry and economics that lie behind it. the artist acknowledges that her own feelings towards the seduction of beauty as a ploy in consumer marketing are ambiguous, wanting her work to question the “nature” of contemporary society; as she states, “the increasingly strange and confused relationship between what we see as ‘natural’ and ‘artificial’ . . . the work also talks about the seductive nature of consumer culture, attempting to find a position that is both positive and critical.” patricia piccinini, “truck babies,” patricia piccinini, accessed april , http://www.patriciapiccinini .net/printessay.php?id= . ibid. figure patricia piccinini truck babies this statement resonates with specific concepts i have explored through my studio work. i use brightly coloured plastic bin-liner bags and flagging tape as materials to construct works that infer organic forms and growth. suggesting the potential for the inert materials to run wild is something piccinini also exploits, though in her case it is the potential wildness of technology. the stags have the features of deer rather than sheep, and imply a technological realm no longer under human control. for piccinini, the motivation is to explore notions of technology’s vibrancy and potential for physical and emotional autonomy. however, in my practice, i am motivated to acknowledge a vibrancy that already exists in the materials in our environment. piccinini also acknowledges the liveliness of matter in radial ( , figures and ) where the mutation on the tyre presents the object with the organic potential to change, mutate, and grow. by endowing the work with this evidence of agency, the artist challenges our all-knowing superiority and shows an alien potential in the mundane tyre. radial draws attention to materiality through taking the factory-made object and imbuing it with an organic uniqueness, inviting the viewer to slow down and consider the object more carefully. the tyre’s pristine tread indicates it has not patricia piccinini, “the lovers,” patricia piccinini, accessed april , http://www.patriciapiccinini .net/writing/ / / . nor will ever be used, the organic mound oozing from its top surface, rendering it unusable for its original purpose. figure patricia piccinini radial it is not surprising that haraway embraces piccinini as a “sister in technoculture”, saying, a co-worker committed to taking ‘naturecultures’ seriously without the soporific seductions of a return to eden or the palpitating frisson of a jeremiad warning of the coming technological apocalypse. . . . piccinini’s worlds require curiosity, emotional engagement and investigation; and they do not yield to clean judgments or bottom lines—especially not about what is living or non-living, organic or technological, promising or threatening. donna haraway, “speculative fabulations for technoculture’s generations: taking care of unexpected country,” in australian humanities review, issue ( ): , accessed april , http://press.anu.edu.au/apps/bookworm/view/australian+humanities+review+-+issue+ ,+ / /ch .xhtml. in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. figure patricia piccinini radial (detail) while haraway sees piccinini “as a compelling storyteller in the radical experimental lineage of feminist science fiction”, whatmore’s insistence on the hybridity of geographies is a similar quest, battled in the concrete world of the present when she argues for: an upheaval in the binary terms in which the question of nature has been posed and a re-cognition of the intimate, sensible and hectic bonds through which people and plants; devices and creatures; documents and elements take and hold their shape in relation to each other in the fabrications of everyday life. hennessy notes that piccinini “is less interested in debunking the idea of nature than she is in exploring what it might mean within a contemporary context”. here, jacqueline millner draws a connection between piccinini’s work and the theories posited by bennett in vibrant matter, when she suggests, not only are objects alive because of their capacities to shape the interrelationships of which they are a part, but humans are not autonomous; rather, they comprise a complex web of active bodies and materials. if we rethink the human/object dichotomy in this way, it leads us to accept that ‘any action is always a transaction, and any act is really but an initiative that gives birth to a cascade of legitimate and bastard progeny’. ibid., . whatmore, “hybrid geographies: natures, cultures, spaces,” . hennessy, “patricia piccinini: early installations.” bennett cited in jacqueline millner, “mysterious matter,” in artand , no. (summer ): . in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. thus piccinini, like haraway, whatmore, and bennett, focuses on contemporary entanglements rather than a neat blend of two clearly defined categories of nature and culture. similarly, my research and studio work has been driven by a desire to arouse curiosity, engagement, and investigation through revealing entanglements between seemingly mundane living and non-living entities in my urban ecosystem. figure patricia piccinini metaflora (twin rivers mouth) with the assistance of artisan collaborators, piccinini births her “bastard progeny” in extremely realistic detail (figure ). her inference to humanity’s role in her hybrid creatures is through ideas relating to scientific practices of genetic engineering and cloning. in my work, the human hand is evident in the construction of hybrids with no attempt to be lifelike or seamless, which i detail in chapter . whereas piccinini’s offspring are born of the laboratory, mine issue from the domestic realm. whereas piccinini ponders the implications of frontier scientific and technological discoveries, my practice is a reflection on the potential for personal revelations with a focus on botany. bennett cited in jacqueline millner, “mysterious matter,” . in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. figure patricia piccinini meditations on the continuum of vitality (garden) in recent works, piccinini has taken her ongoing themes and entered the botanical realm of the garden (figure – ) where works such as metaflora (figure ) defy categorisations of plant or animal. i share an interest in species’ categorisations though rather than focussing on scientific distinctions, my interest lies legislative classifications of plants as weeds depending on geographical location, and my research was informed and supported through the interrogation of artworks by simon starling. in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. simon starling: lively plants and materials figure simon starling plant room british artist simon starling explores ecological concerns through his art practice as part of a larger investigation. for plant room ( , figure ), the artist created a mud-brick structure inside the kunstraum dornbirn—an environment within an environment—to display a selection of botanical photographs by renowned photographer karl blossfeldt. his mud-brick plant room was climate-controlled (whereas the larger kunstraum space was not), which was essential to maintain the archival integrity of the delicate photographic works. starling refers to the material liveliness of both the photographs and the materials used to construct the plant room, and how one impacts on the other, when he says, it was more an incubator, a perfect nurturing climate for fragile photographic prints. i very much liked the idea of using mud (for the structure) and water (for the fuel cell driven cooling system) to keep these plant images alive, so to speak. the building controlled the light levels, the humidity, and the temperature—creating as near perfect museum conditions as possible. the correlation that starling draws between the materials of the structure and the materials associated with a plant’s survival (earth and water) speaks of the vitality of both the images and the mud structure. the fragility of the photographic image necessitates a very particular environment to ensure that its archival integrity is not simon starling and christiane rekade, "clever objects–tell‐tale objects," art history , no. ( ): – . doi: . / - . . in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. compromised. by using a mud hut, starling acknowledges the potential for heat and humidity to damage the photographic material while simultaneously counteracting this with the mud hut’s ability to protect the fragile plant images. figure simon starling plant room (interior view) discussing the materiality of the art object, arjun appadurai says, despite their aspiration to the illusion of permanence, they [art objects] are only momentarily aggregations of material such as paint, bricks, glass, acrylic, cloth, steel and canvas. these underlying materials are ever volatile, which is why museums always insist that we “do not touch”. what is at risk is not just aura or authenticity, but the fragility of objecthood itself. appadurai’s identification of the art object as volatile when observed in terms of its underlying materials speaks to bennett’s thoughts on material vibrancy. in the gallery, every effort is taken to ensure that this material volatility is controlled through maintaining appropriate light, humidity, and temperature conditions. outside the gallery, this care and attention to the volatility of stuff (particularly garbage with no dollar value) has less of a priority. my interest in starling’s plant room is the way in arjun appadurai, "the thing itself," public culture , no. ( ): – , accessed june , doi: . / - - - . in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. which he links the idea of organic materials—earth and water—to supporting the ‘life’ of the photographic images of plant. the mud-brick structure has agency. this building within the gallery building houses the work and, due to its material make-up, is able to create conditions that sustain the work inside—just as greenhouses, or ‘plant rooms’, provide a nurturing environment for delicate plants. the kunstraum becomes the outside, with its unregulated climate and varied light conditions. starling’s artwork rescued rhododendrons ( , figure ) highlights a different type of vitality in the territorial disputes we sometimes have with botany, when plants that are introduced to an environment escape human control and become a threat to existing native species. shown as a video installation, rescued rhododendrons documents starling’s rescue of a carload of rhododendron ponticum plants from scotland and their return to their native land. botanists believe that, after its introduction from spain in , the plant hybridised with a more cold-tolerant north american variety, allowing it to survive and thrive in cooler conditions. scotland has a rhododendron society for avid collectors and breeders of this colourful flowering plant. unfortunately, the plant’s popularity means it is now a serious threat to biodiversity in scottish woodlands and heathlands, requiring major initiatives to control its spread. brady cites the cultivation of this variety in the united kingdom as an example of where humans indirectly harm something (the environment) to achieve an aesthetic goal, which raises the issue of ethics in environmental aesthetics. starling became aware of the intended destruction of a particular area of filled with rhododendron ponticum plants through an announcement for a scottish landscape sculpture project. he then set about returning plants to their homeland in a red volvo estate, documenting the journey. despite the presence of key subject matter—environmental endangerment, compromised biodiversity and invasive species—starling’s small historical reversal does not have the political fervour of extreme environmental activism. nevertheless, it does raise awareness of the plant as scottish natural heritage, “rhododendron ponticum and hybrids,” accessed february , http:// www.snh.gov.uk/land-and-sea/managing-the-land/forestry-and-woodlands/looked-after/rhododendron/. emily brady, “aesthetics, ethics and the natural environment,” in environment and the arts: perspectives on environmental aesthetics, ed. arnold berleant (aldershot, uk: ashgate publishing, ), . secession, “simon starling may –june , ,” accessed december , http://www. secession.at/art/ _starling_e.html. an environmental issue. the witty treatment of the subject matter is engaging and memorable rather than didactic. in a curious twist, starling’s rhododendron’s homecoming was not permanent. artist roisyn byrne located the rhododendrons through correspondence with starling via his gallery. in an act of environmental vandalism or parasitic practice, she went to spain, located the plants, dug some up and smuggled them back to the united kingdom. pollan would probably give at least part of the credit to the plant’s seductive powers of beauty. figure simon starling rescued rhododendrons nevertheless, starling’s fascination with the rhododendron was far from over. he revisited the plant in island for weeds ( , figure )—an “ad-hoc extraterritorial space for the plant to grow freely”. echoing robert smithson’s propositional floating island to travel around manhattan island ( , figure ), starling’s heterotopic non-place is a clever approach to overcome limitations of jurisdiction. pollan, the botany of desire, xvii. francesco manacorda and ariella yedgar, eds., “simon starling,” in radical nature: art and architecture for a changing planet – (london: koenig books ltd, ), . in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. figure simon starling island for weeds figure robert smithson floating island to travel around manhattan island in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. in order to comply with copyright the image has been removed. starling’s interest in rhododendrons connects to my interest in the sansevieria trifasciata, classified as a class r weed by the brisbane city council, which advises that it is “a moderate threat and eradication is not a viable option . . . look out for infestations and plan for their removal during routine maintenance. as i argue in chapter , the sansevieria’s highly visible migration from indoors to outdoors to a nature reserve in my local area has been a useful exemplar to explore multiple—and, sometimes, conflicting—concepts in my work. through my examination of the contemporary artworks discussed in this chapter, i have been able to situate my art practice within a canon of contemporary artists critiquing specific aspects of human/nature relationships. the visual analysis of specific artworks has identified both the positive strategies and less successful tactics employed by the artists. scrutinising their methodologies has both validated aspects of my practice and motivated me to investigate more effective approaches to articulate my ideas. in the next chapter, i will discuss the creative output of my research, the culmination of my speculative theoretical and visual research, and my studio investigations. brisbane city council, “weed classification,” brisbane city council weed identification tool, accessed march , http://weeds.brisbane.qld.gov.au/weed-classification. chapter : indoors and outdoors, materials, and methods introduction diverse encounters with urban botanical environments in brisbane, london, melbourne, new york, paris, philadelphia, rome, singapore, sydney, and venice, and the evidence and experiences acquired from these sites informed the studio research of this enquiry. for the artworks produced during the research, i have re-situated botany from the outdoors by bringing plants into both the studio and gallery spaces. through my studio investigation, i have asserted the abandonment of the concept of a distanced nature or wilderness by creating intimate, personal encounters with botany. by focusing on specific plants and the sometimes contradictory environmental dilemmas posed and benefits provided, the effects of consumer culture, as well as the urban entanglement of living and non-living entities, the artworks attempt to challenge assumptions of the natural environment as something external, wild and pure, unsullied by the presence of humans. key to the studio enquiry was my pursuit of evidence of the vitality of things other than humans, both living and non-living. the studio environment has been a laboratory for experimenting with ways of permeating the visible and invisible divisions of environments, and the series of metaphorical and legislated territorial bubbles that separate home from garden from city from urban fringe from farmland from wilderness. my ongoing engagement with how humans cohabitate with botany in cities has been central to my speculative creative research. the interstices of built and botanical environments where humans’ presence and influence is clearly evident has captivated my interest, rather than more unmediated natural environments where that same presence is considered as an intrusive or detrimental force. while we may desire to spend time in pristine wildernesses, hawkins succinctly reminds us that the evidence of our own kind’s presence in such places sullies our paradise fantasies, as noted in chapter . i argue that focussing on human interaction with urban botany, and developing an aesthetic appreciation for these hybrid environments, enables new ways of visualising the reciprocity and interdependence of this relationship. hawkins, the ethics of waste, vii. the ideas that compel and influence my visual art practice reside in the intersections and overlaps of nature and artifice, organic and synthetic, living and non-living. at the sites of my research—the city and suburbs—botany is framed, contained, isolated, and sometimes completely disconnected from the ground, growing on balconies, roof-tops, and clinging to walls. despite the amount of human endeavour directed towards controlling urban flora in interstitial spaces, plants assert their agency, growing against and between hard and sealed surfaces of concrete and bitumen. whether intentionally planted or introduced by urban wildlife, wind, or water, opportunistic plants find the cracks and ruptures of sealed cities. as discussed in chapter , sonfist’s time landscape demonstrates the activity of other urban inhabitants, such as birds and squirrels, that influence the species presence on a piece of ground. figure detail of julie-anne milinski’s of studio at queensland college of art this chapter outlines the creative methodologies i have employed to explore and extend this research that centres on the key themes of the urban environment, botany, consumer culture, and urban waste. they encompass the methodologies of walking, photographing, collecting, crocheting, and botanical drawing. walking as noted in chapter , walking has played a crucial role in my experience and examination of urban botany. i have appreciated wide environmental variances as i meander between my studio, and across the brisbane river, through to the city botanical gardens, and into the brisbane cbd. in doing so, i transgress between parkland, residential, and commercial zones. in “walking the city”, david macauley describes urban walking as being “a transformative practice because the moving body and the plurality of places it inhabits are constantly conjoined and then decoupled in new ways that come to reveal the metropolitan world in its manifold dimensions”. he asserts that, urban strolls are generally the most basic and direct mode of apprehending our surroundings, of attuning ourselves to the aesthetic environment. in this sense, they both orient the lived body while ceaselessly dislocating and relocating us within new boundaries, regions and territories. in the range of cities visited during my candidature, i have used walking to orient myself and experience these locations through the transformative practice described by macaulay. in these cities, walking was my most utilised method of transport (apart from using public transport where absolutely necessary due to long distances or extreme weather). the minutiae experienced during this perambulatory research provoked insights into contemporary urban botanical environments, and having the time for these speculations to unfold within the very places that provoked them was key. the visual stimulation of these varied locations has broadened my aesthetic appreciation of various approaches to the inclusion of botany, sometimes in unlikely places (figure ). important was the way these spaces enhanced pedestrians’ experiences of place. macauley eloquently describes how the physical experience of urban walking affects the consciousness, saying, in the urban walk, there is a continuous stream of ‘information’ parading past and through us, most of it more culturally encoded than in the countryside or wilderness. like the catalysts and cues provided by a smell that takes us to remembrances of places past, walking loosens, unties, and releases the mnemonic knots in the body, triggering an active engagement with an archival recollection of the places through which we walk. david macauley, “walking the city,” in the aesthetics of human environments, . ibid., . macauley, “walking the city,” . figure paris bus shelter with rooftop garden my experience of urban walking varied greatly due to the fact that some older cities are more easily navigated on foot, while others have been designed for automotive travel. macauley notes the allure of older european cities that were built in an era where scale was determined by “a walker’s sense of aesthetic appreciation, bodily needs, and a desire for public participation”. increasing urban density and the need of transportation options for inner-city residents has prompted urban development to consider pedestrians, providing the impetus for projects like the goods line in sydney, designed to encourage pedestrian traffic. the inclusion of botany in these developments is significant in increasing natural environments in cities, with macauley seeing “trees for shade and overhead cover . . . and flower beds for aesthetic pleasure” as provisions required to stimulate pedestrian activity within a city. los angeles is a prime example of the latter, described by peter hall as “a laboratory for the late twentieth century urban future . . . for attempts by planners and architects to accommodate the car”. see peter hall, “the city on the highway,” in cities of tomorrow: an intellectual history of urban planning and design since (chichester, west sussex : wiley-blackwell, ), . macauley, “walking the city,” – . ibid., . figure flower dome, gardens by the bay singapore walking is a key support in my methodology of collecting photographic documentation. as well as visual discoveries, pedestrian exploration has also prompted me to observe and experience the climate of these places. i have memories of long walks in singapore where the temperature was frequently over oc, and i appreciated large shady trees and the cooling sea breeze i experienced on the perimeter of the island. a curious experience in a climate-controlled flower dome at gardens by the bay (figure ) became even more surreal after walking through the humid, outdoor garden admiring a myriad of exotic tropical plants. moving into to the enormous glass enclosure, i was impressed by the vast plant collection, which included a thousand-year-old olive tree that was so unlike the plants that could survive outside. as dazzling as the display of glass-house plants appeared, i spent much of my time looking out at the palm trees blowing in the wind. strangely, i was reminded of piccinini’s plasticology (figure ), discussed in the previous chapter. i marvelled that i was in a reverse of the simulated reality she created on a television screen. in that moment, my environment was a glass bubble of unreality with botany that had been transported from all over the world to reside inside a cool, dry habitat, while outside, the reality was a hot, humid city. collecting collecting has been a key methodology i have employed in the studio research, and three distinct collections have emerged during the project. the first is that of photographs i have taken while walking in urban environments, which generated ideas and operated as catalysts and inspirations for studio outcomes. these images exist physically on the walls of my studio, and on the noticeboard next to my computer, and digitally on hard disks and in the ‘cloud’. i have drawn upon this collection to inform individual artworks as well as the arrangement of multiple works, as will be detailed in chapter . the second collection focuses on consumer-packaging materials, important in relation to studio experimentation and, in some cases, the final artworks. the act of amassing containers from food and cleaning products has been simultaneously enlightening and concerning. two large cupboards full of plastic, glass, and cardboard have filled to overflowing numerous times during the project. it has made me acutely aware of the enormous volume of material that passes through my household despite our best efforts to buy products with minimal packaging. when i disrupted the pattern of consuming, disposing and recycling, i was confronted by the sheer physical presence of plastic containers, glass jars and bottles accumulating in my studio and garage. while i had the comfort of knowing that i could dispose of the packaging at any time in the normal recycling collection (even if it was over the course of a couple of months), arresting this flow from household to rubbish tip was a disturbing exercise, the volume of ‘stuff’ overwhelming. in , victor burgin noticed artists responding to waste materials, saying, each day we are faced with the intractability of materials which have outstayed their welcome. many recent attitudes to materials in art are based in an emerging awareness of the interdependence of all substances within the ecosystem of earth. the artist is liable to see himself not as creator of new material forms but rather as a coordinator of existing forms, and may therefore choose to subtract forms from the environment. as art is being seen increasingly in terms of behaviour, so materials are being seen in terms simply of quantity rather than quality. victor burgin, “situational aesthetics,” in art in theory – : an anthology of changing ideas, ed. charles harrison and paul wood (maldon, ma: blackwell publishing, ), . burgin’s recognition of an emergence of artistic attention directed towards ecosystems and the interdependence of the materials within them speaks directly to my research’s key themes. however, while the collecting process has informed my ideas and concerns with material quantities, it the studio experimentation which has revealed material qualities, with my manual attempts at material transformation being an essential aspect of the discovery and research. the third collection of the research comprises botanical specimens. there has been a constant stream of botany through my studio, and my research took on a propagating tangent, with many of the plants growing from cuttings gifted to me by fellow postgraduate candidates. the care required with this collection (watering, rotating for sunlight, fertilising) has been a rewarding endeavour as plants flourished and provided drawing subjects and materials for works. the project has also had an impact on my home environment as plants that did not thrive in the studio made their way into a once barren garden. growing plants from cuttings, particularly in the case of a sansevieria where just a small section of leaf is enough to grow a new plant, or succulents that can be grown from a single leaf, has been a constant reinforcement of the agency of the plant, confirming that i was not the only one ‘at work’ in my studio. watching these and other virulent plants become the most prevalent botany in the studio also reminded me of why these species are an environmental issue in terms of habitat domination. crocheting crocheting was introduced in the studio research as a way of transforming the materials i was frequently encountering alongside botany in the urban environment. as brisbane building developments increase both the size and density of the city, the fluorescent colours of nylon builders line and flagging tape are ubiquitous among the seemingly endless number of construction sites. these materials are also prevalent in parklands and public gardens undergoing some form of human intervention or alteration. most of the construction, landscaping, and road works industries that use these materials are still male-dominated. these materials tend to be stretched into straight lines to mark out borders and barriers on areas of land. they are also used to signify potential hazards, such as fallen tree branches. used for their intended purposes, flagging tape and builders line create quick, temporary guidelines, passing quickly through the hands of workers. these materials are rapidly manufactured and subsequently rapidly consumed; their temporary presence in the environment is short- lived before becoming waste material. by contrast, crocheting is a technique that involves time and extensive manual handling. i decided to use crochet as a studio methodology to contrast with the non- traditional materials i have chosen to crochet with, which are all machine-made, mass-produced, and synthetic. crocheting slows down this rapid consumption. i hold these materials for hours as they pass over my crochet hook and between my fingertips. rather than the quickly dashed out straight lines, crochet involves creating a chain, stitch by stitch, then repeating this gesture to form thousands of interconnecting loops to create a woven fabric. the scented plastic bin-liner bags, plastic flagging tape, and nylon builders line used for my artworks are manufactured in a process where quality control ensures that one plastic bag is the same as the next, one roll of tape the same as the next. unlike wool and other natural fibres, where it is important to match dye-lots when making a garment to ensure colour continuity, in the world of industrial plastics, green is green. however, the human process of crochet is idiosyncratic as tension varies, with no two loops identical. crochet acts subversively on the mundane materials used and, in the process, transforms uniform, temporal plastics used in linear, rapid, one-off gestures into irregular, slow, solid, fleshy, weighty, networks and arrangements that hold the investment of my time and touch in their net of loops and knots. the associated inferences of traditional crafts such as women’s work, and the romantic notion of the matrilineal passing down of skills were frequently raised by viewers wanting to trace a familial lineage of craft tradition. both my grandmother and my mother worked outside the home in paid employment, and their limited time at home was consumed by running the household. most of my crochet instruction has come from the twenty-first-century upholders of craft traditions and techniques: the craftspeople who post instructional videos on youtube. my left-handedness has not been an issue, with an array of left-handed crochet demonstration videos available. the only patterns used have been templates taken directly from plant leaves such as the monstera deliciosa, which has created a relationship between the organic and crocheted leaves (figure ). figure julie-anne milinski monstera deliciosa leaf crocheted from flagging tape traditionally, crochet would involve the use of a natural fibre such as wool or cotton, or perhaps even a more luxurious fibre, such as silk or cashmere. whatever the yarn used, the process involves touch, predominantly with the fingertips. when using a natural fibre or even acrylic yarn, there is a sensuality to the feel of the fibre against the skin. natural fibres have minor yet unique variations in each skein of yarn or ball of wool. this is not the case with plastics and nylon, which have a monotonous consistency. some lightweight plastics feel slippery and can be difficult to manipulate. heavier plastics can grab and require extreme pressure to hook through the crocheted stitches. the scented plastic bags i used to construct a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession (a work discussed in the following chapter) have a slight powdery surface, which caused the skin on my hands to dry out. there is also difference in smell between natural fibres and plastic bags. wool and cotton have a natural smell, which, when coloured with natural vegetable dyes, can be relatively pleasant. in contrast, plastics often emit an unpleasant chemical odour, and while the selection of scents in the plastic bags i used were botanically inspired (apple, orange, lime, and rose), the synthetic perfumes became unpleasant when crocheting with this material for extended periods of time. these sensations experienced through touch and smell seemed to linger with the length of contact time of the materials. the experience of the materiality of the plastic bags was revealed through my prolonged manual cutting of long strips. in a similar scenario, hawkins describes a frantic monday morning where a child needs a plastic bag to store a wet bathing suit in a schoolbag. her description of the frustration of trying to coerce the bag to open conveys its clingy materiality and suggests that it is not just the usefulness of the plastic bag as a waterproof container that is present in this situation. she draws on john law’s term “in-here enactment”, described as the “processes whereby material presence is enacted into being in distinct relations and practices”. upsetting “oppositions between environmentally aware subject and hated object”, the useful plastic bag in this domestic scenario presents its “material presence” and in doing so disturbs assumptions of its negative connotations. hawkins explains, its mundane practicality challenges the circuits of guilt and conscience that drive command moralities: say no to plastic bags! instead, the in-here enactment of the bag reveals a different plastic materiality that rearranges conduct and perceptions. our response to the invitation from the bag to be patient disturbs arrogant senses of human agency and mastery. this inanimate thing is animate: it is suggesting particular actions. through the extensive manipulation of crochet, i came to know these plastics in a new way; the strength of these temporal materials that at first had appeared to be flimsy became apparent. no longer simply a temporarily useful then troublesome object, the plastic bags’ material potential beyond its inert state was a revelation to me, discovered through the hand (figure ). gay hawkins, "plastic materialities," in political matter: technoscience, democracy, and public life, ed. bruce braun and sarah whatmore (minneapolis, mn: university of minnesota press, ), . ibid. ibid. figure scented plastic bin liners cut and crocheted botanical drawing in , i undertook botanical drawing classes through a sixteen-week course at the mt coot-tha botanical gardens run by the botanical artists’ society of queensland. the course covered techniques in pencil drawing, shading, and watercolour. the prolonged observation required for these classes using a magnifying glass and a ruler to ensure accuracy differed from all previous drawing instruction i had received at art school. the overall approach was largely scientific rather than creative. in fact, the only creative aspect encouraged was how to best portray the specimen’s features through composition. i felt that this new way of seeing and treating a subject matter would benefit my studio practice; by making botany the focus of my attention, the course would assist me in understanding the structure of plants. not only did it fulfil these expectations, but it also provided visual provocations to the speculative theoretical research i was undertaking. botanical gardens conservation international (bgci) is a global organisation whose goal is to ensure the worldwide conservation of threatened plants to maintain diversity. it explains that the primary aim of botanical illustration is scientific accuracy rather than art, where an illustration is required to “portray a plant with the precision and level of detail for it to be recognized and distinguished from another species”. therefore, the bgci promote the contemporary relevance of botanical illustration, stating, although photography may help inform botanical work, botanical illustration can represent clearly what may not easily be seen in a photograph. outline drawings distinguish elements that cannot easily be made out using reflected light alone. also, the composition of the image can be manipulated more fully in illustration, and features displayed together which may not easily be shown simultaneously in nature. importantly, botanical illustration is used to present “the ideal version or representative of [a] species”, something not always available to photograph but able to be constructed from multiple specimens. botanical illustration is extremely time-consuming and requires intense concentration and complete immersion in the subject. it is common practice to complete a line drawing, take a tracing, do a new drawing with shading; and then use the tracing again to make an outline for a painting. most traditional botanical illustration depicts perfection in a subject; however, watching the deterioration of a specimen can reveal a great deal about its structure. in the focused contemplation of plants through botanical drawing, one encounters both the mundane and the exotic. the simplest of leaves may make an excellent study, particularly when they have dried and curled. an exotic orchid may seduce the amateur drawer/painter only to provide endless frustration with their complex structure and hard to reproduce colours. a search for a drawing subject while undertaking the classes reacquainted me with a forgotten phalaenopsis that i had relegated to a back corner of the garden next to the compost bin once it had ceased to bloom (figure ). at some point, it was stripped of its decorative container and replanted in a pot that once housed a silver break fern (according to the bunnings barcode label affixed to it). with its adhesive misrepresentations of classification and commercial value, this pot now contains a variety of plants, a strange grouping that has occurred through the spread of seeds botanical gardens conservation international, “resources: botanical illustration,” accessed may . http://www.bgci.org/resources/botanical_illustration/. ibid. susanna speier, “why botanical illustration still matters in the digital age,” colorado public radio, december , accessed june . https://www.cpr.org/news/story/essay-why-botanical- illustration-still-matters-digital-age. and spores in that particular microcosm of my garden. this orchid was to be the subject of a still life, but, with its potted collection of diverse flora, it became more a miniature landscape representative of a very specific corner of my camp hill backyard. i began to see the pot as significant and a container of a particular botanical environment representative of a larger natural environment; namely, the backyard. this realisation has had a direct impact in the studio research, as noted in chapter when i analyse the conceptual investigation of my artwork jardinière ( ). figure snapshot of backyard biodiversity camp hill, orchid, fern and weeds in botanical illustration, it is common practice for a specimen to be drawn floating on the page, casting no shadow (figure ). devoid of habitat, the plant is isolated for scientific observation. a white card is often placed behind the subject to assist in the removal of background distractions, in the same way that white gallery walls focus the viewer’s attention to the art being exhibited. whereas in previous centuries, botanical illustrators accompanied expeditions to record newly discovered flora, more recently, contemporary botanical artists often choose to focus on endangered species. botanical artist and activist margaret mee documented the flora of the amazon, making fifteen trips to work from the live plants. during this period, she witnessed the destruction and exploitation of the amazonian rainforests and campaigned against the mining and deforestation practices there. figure margaret mee clusia grandiflora a tactic that mee employed in her later paintings was to reintroduce the background in her paintings of rare brazilian plants in the hope that by including their habitat, the interdependency between plant and environment would be emphasised (figure ). undoubtedly, mee would be saddened to see the continuing degradation of the environment she cherished. scientist antonio donato nobre, the author of the future climate of amazonia scientific assessment report, compares the current climate crisis to the financial crisis, saying, anita mcconnell, “mee, margaret ursula ( – ),” in oxford dictionary of national biography, ed. lawrence goldman (oxford: oxford university press, ), http://www.oxforddnb.com/view/article / . shirley sherwood, “the renaissance of contemporary botanical art,” in a new flowering: years of botanical art, ed. shirley sherwood, stephen harris, and b. e. juniper (oxford: ashmolean museum, ), . the climate crisis has the potential to be immeasurably worse than any financial crisis, nonetheless the ruling elite has been procrastinating for over fifteen years on making effective decisions to save humanity from climate disaster. despite the abundance of scientific evidence and of viable, creative and appealing solutions, this procrastination seems to be worsening. . . . zero deforestation, which was already a matter of urgency a decade ago, is still presented as a goal to be met some time in the distant future. figure margaret mee philodendron rio negro amazonas (undated) perhaps if those that nobre describes as the ruling elite witnessed the unique plants first-hand as mee had, they may have shared her enchantment and developed an appreciation of the assets of the forest less evident than the land it lies on. in attending botanical drawing classes, i created a framework with which to engage with botanical specimens for several hours each week (figure ). this level of intensity and concentration would not have occurred without a formal structure and, antonio donato nobre, the future climate of amazonia, scientific assessment report, sponsored by ccst-inpe, inpa and ara (são josé dos campos, brazil, ), - . accessed october , http://www.ccst.inpe.br/wp-content/uploads/ / /the_future_climate_of_amazonia_report.pdf. during those hours, my focus shifted from a macro to a micro perspective and from landscape to still life. in doing so, i saw that a potted plant could contain a miniature landscape, what foucault called the “smallest parcel of the world . . . and the totality of the world”. figure julie-anne milinski untitled (subject sansevieria trifasciata growing through sponge, recovered from under jude’s deck on the brisbane river) the focused study of plant structures resulted in my investigation of arboreal practices, such as coppicing and pollarding (figure ), to be able to recognise a plant’s distinct type of growth as a reaction to being cut back. this evidence of the agency of botany in response to human alterations is a visible marker of shared human–plant cohabitation that i frequently notice on city trees pruned to fit within their foucault, of other spaces, . coppicing is the practice of a “ small wood or thicket of deciduous trees . . . grown for the purpose of periodical rotational cutting (coppicing) down to a low stump (coppice-stool) to encourage the growth of long, thin uprights used for basket-making, fences, hurdles, thatching, etc.”. see james stevens curl and susan wilson, "coppice" in the oxford dictionary of architecture, th ed. (oxford: oxford university press, ), oxford reference. pollarding is “a system of management in which the main stem of a (usually young) tree is severed about  m above ground level, favouring the development of lateral branches. repeated pollarding leads to the formation of a slightly swollen boll in the main stem immediately below the lateral branches and frequent pollarding, common with willows (salix species), produces many thin-stemmed lateral branches.” see michael allaby, ed., "pollarding," in a dictionary of ecology, rd ed. (oxford: oxford university press, ). oxford reference. urban confines. in the tracing and reproduction of drawings of specimens, i considered the aesthetic implications associated with the reduction of biodiversity. like the white cardboard used to block out the visual distraction from behind a specimen, i deliberated on the effect of white gallery walls, and how the material presence of my work may have a different potency indoors. figure pollarded trees in zeeland, netherlands these studio research methodologies of walking, photographing, collecting, crocheting, and botanical drawing created a framework through which i became more sensorially engaged with my environment. through the measured pace of walking, i perceived my environment as a multi-sensory experience where the sounds and smells of the city and suburbs deepened my understanding of what i saw. collecting consumer packaging raised my awareness of the cumulative potential of waste when not expediently removed from my environment. collecting plants enhanced the same environment, visually and imperceptibly through air purification. crochet and other manually repetitive tasks, such as cutting and bending plastic bags and containers— to use law’s term, “in-here enactments” —raised my awareness of the durability and utility of these disposable materials. botanical drawing increased my knowledge of plants’ structures and growth. hawkins, “plastic materialities,” . the creative research was guided by these methodologies, revealing the relationships between the living and non-living co-habitants in my urban habitats of home and studio. through these practices, i have used botany as a leitmotif to explore issues of the larger natural environment, enriching notions of what constitutes a natural environment in contemporary urban society. the artworks that resulted from these methodologies focus on botany within the urban environment to reveal the reciprocity and interdependency of our relationship with plants and the vibrancy of the materials we introduce to the environment. chapter : hothouse – the environment of the studio introduction the studio i have worked in for the past four years at qca, griffith university, is located in southbank on the banks of the brisbane river. with parklands on one side and a major building development on the other, i find myself situated at the intersection of the built and the botanical. from the balcony of the studio building, there is a view across the river of the city skyline, populated with cranes on construction sites, where tall towers rise higher each year. the botanical gardens on the river’s edge provide a languid respite from the built environment, with time seeming to slow in the shade of the moreton bay fig trees. from the studio, i have experienced the view of this tropical city, and the visual and conceptual borders of city and suburbs. the botany that resides in both locations has informed the work produced during my candidacy. my studio research focuses on human interactions with urban botany and speculatively explores ways of visualising the reciprocity and interdependency of this relationship. botany has been used metonymically to connect to a larger concept of nature. through creative experimentation, the potency of materials associated with our contemporary consumer society has been established through their transformation in artworks. the creative works discussed in this chapter visually expand and enrich notions of what constitutes contemporary natural environments. re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents, at the commencement of my phd candidature in , i exhibited re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents (figures , , – ) at metro arts in the brisbane cbd, as part of the brisbane emerging arts festival (beaf). using the modus operandi of a gardener, i took ‘cuttings’ from a previous installation to create a new garden that was transplanted into the gallery environment. the previous installation had represented the culmination of my honours research in , where i argued that the increasing presence of the simulacra of nature in urban environments and the subsequent supplanting of reality in our imaginations affect our connection to the natural environment. my intention with re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents was to introduce consumer-packaging materials into the constructed botanical environment. with a focus on plastic bottles due to their ubiquitous presence as litter in urban parks and gardens, i drew attention to the robust materiality of the objects through the way they were used in the work. earlier in i had travelled to singapore, which proved crucial to the conceptual and visual breakthroughs in the work. singapore’s government is heavily invested in their commitment to urban botanical environments. at the time of my visit, the country’s already impressive botanical gardens were in the process of being augmented with the construction of gardens by the bay (figure ). as singapore’s prime minister states, singapore has long recognised the importance of a green environment to our wellbeing, peace of mind and sense of belonging. nature is an integral part of our urban landscape. green spaces such as the botanical gardens, neighbourhood parks, nature reserves, and active, beautiful and clean waters are fully integrated into our environment. gardens by the bay is the latest expression of our vision to transform singapore into a city in a garden. this ambitious development presenting nature as spectacle includes the world’s largest glass greenhouse, a cloud forest with the world’s tallest indoor waterfall, and a grove of artificial “supertrees”. this has been changed in recent years to brisbane experimental art festival. lee hsien loong, prime minister singapore, cited in buck song koh, perpetual spring: singapore’s gardens by the bay (singapore: marshall cavendish editions, ), . gardens by the bay, “conservatory: flower dome,” “conservatory: cloud forest,” and “supertree grove,” accessed december , http://www.gardensbythebay.com.sg/en.html. figure gardens by the bay construction site singapore during my stay, i came to experience singapore as a city within a garden, noting the commitment by both the government and the public to introduce plants to the environment at every opportunity. while i visited the singapore botanic gardens and viewed the construction site of gardens by the bay, both spectacular examples of urban garden projects, some of my more memorable encounters with singapore’s urban botany were experienced during my walks through the streets of the city. i took photographs of local gardening practices, including the triangulated staking of trees (figure ), the temporary arrangements of potted plants as traffic islands, and potted vegetable gardens outside retail stores, all of which demonstrated the importance of botany to the singaporeans. from these seemingly mundane encounters, ideas germinated that were manifested in the work re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents, and also in the studio research, in ways that i could not have envisaged prior to the trip. when installing the work in the metro arts gallery space, i encountered several challenges due to the building’s heritage status listing meant that any attachments to the walls and ceiling requiring perforation of the surface had to be minimised. these limitations necessitated alternative installation methods for works that were to be suspended. one of these strategies became a tripod structure from which plants were suspended (figure ), an idea resulting directly from visual research undertaken in singapore. in both singapore and the gallery, the structure’s purpose is to support botanical life. figure tree staking singapore figure julie-anne milinski re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents (detail) modelled on the brachychiton rupestris, or queensland bottle tree, a significant new work within the installation, brachychiton rupestris linoleumii (figure ), connected a distinctive indigenous tree with a distinctive form of consumer packaging, the plastic bottle. specimens of the brachychiton rupestris are located in the gardens at southbank and anzac square in the brisbane cbd. the artwork incorporates a readymade bottle dryer, which i had been using in my studio to dry the plastic bottles i was collecting and cleaning. marcel duchamp made this form iconic in his work bottle dryer ( ), however, whereas his was constructed from galvanised iron, the object i used is plastic. the base of the tree was fabricated from vinyl flooring material with a simulated wooden-floor board pattern. bottle-shaped panels cut from the vinyl were sewn together with nylon builders line. figure julie-anne milinski brachychiton rupestris linoleumii the beaf attracts a large audience due to a number of live performances staged as part of the program. i was invited to collaborate with spoken-word poets scott sneddon and rhyll tonge, which resulted in them writing a work focussing on re- inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents, that they performed in the gallery on the opening night (figure ). eleanor jackson, curator of beaf’s spoken word program, described the collaboration, based on the tradition of ekphrasis, as offering “a chance to engage audiences around one piece, with a specific response to the work that gives the audience an opportunity to develop their vocabulary of description/response/engagement with the visual art”. the collaboration provided the experience of seeing the installation as both the subject of and a backdrop to the performance, which i reasoned might stimulate discussion. this proved to be the case, with members of the audience approaching me to discuss the work that may not have done so otherwise, commenting on both elements of the work highlighted by sneddon and tonge and individual observations. the spoken-word performance activated a starting point for the audience to be able to articulate and express their own interpretation of the work. figure video still of live performance, beaf feedback suggested that parts of the installation could stand alone as individual works (figure ). reflecting upon the photographic documentation of the exhibition, i decided to continue the methodology of photographing the urban environment as a starting point of my next work. additionally, i decided to limit the materials i used, with a focus on a single material/botanical connection, as i had with the brachychiton rupestris linoleumii, where the plastic bottles resonated with the shape of the bottle tree. eleanor jackson, e-mail message to the author, january . figure julie-anne milinski re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents (detail) through my research, i was conscious of the criticism engendered by steiner and lenzlinger’s haphazard use of consumer packaging. in my installation, all the plastic bottles had been altered in some through way either cutting, sanding, or painting. while i was careful to ensure that the bottles remained recognisable as objects, i wanted the transformations to acknowledge the strength and permanence of the material. through investing time in applying artistic processes, rather than considering the bottles as a disposable, wasted object, i viewed their permanence in the environment as warranting the same attention to transformation as more traditional art materials, such as bronze or marble. this reflection was to be significant in my development of subsequent artworks during my candidature. fi gu re ju lie -a nn e m ili ns ki re -in ve nt in g ed en (s ce na rio # ) – re vi si on s an d em er ge nt s a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession, – a photograph i had taken while walking along the brisbane river (figure ) acted as a catalyst for a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession ( , figure – ). my focus when taking this picture was on the pink and yellow flagging tape marking many trees in this area. however, when i analysed the image in the studio later, what struck me most was a green plastic bag caught in a branch. in the image, the bag was static but when i had observed it, the breeze may have animated the bag, making it similar to the moving foliage. thinking about the omnipresence of plastic rubbish in the landscape and its reluctance to break down, i imagined the bag behaving like a plant, growing and spreading. my intention was to enliven the bag, making visible its agency as an environmental ‘creeper’. preliminary studio investigations involved working with my household collection of plastic bags, accumulated despite our commitment to reusable bags. in , a kpmg report on the trial of a charge on plastic carrier bags showed that percent of people re-used these bags as bin-liners, and percent of them felt that they would buy bin-liners if the bags were banned. in australian cities, states, and territories where plastic carrier bags have been banned, there was an increase in the sales of plastic bin-liners. four years after south australia’s ban on plastic carrier bags, research conducted by the university of south australia confirmed that bin-liner sales had increased from to percent. this research would eventually lead to a material shift in my work. having never purchased bin-liners before, i was enthralled not only with the variety of colours available, but also that some of these products were scented. kpmg, trial of a government and industry charge on plastic bags: report of findings, october , , http://www.scew.gov.au/system/files/resources/ c e -d -ac - b- b af d /files/ps-pbags-rpt-kpmg-final-report-trial-charge-plastic-bags- .pdf. mary westcott, plastic shopping bags, research brief / , accessed may , http://www. parliament.qld.gov.au/documents/explore/researchpublications/researchbriefs/ /rbr .pdf. martin aspin, “review of the plastic shopping bags (waste avoidance) act ,” zero waste sa, accessed november , http://www.zerowaste.sa.gov.au/upload/resource- centre/publications/plastic-bag-phase-out/pbactreview_maspin_nov _ % -% final.pdf, . figure plastic bag in tree, brisbane river initial material experimentations were more directly representational of the madeira vine, anredera cordifolia. this creeper is a class c declared plant in brisbane due to its rampant climbing and cloaking behaviour. while i chose to use motifs associated with threatening the integrity of local landscapes, i wanted to ensure that the work posed a dilemma, being simultaneously seductive yet repellent. plastic bags, while a symbol of consumerism, are primarily a useful object, as discussed in chapter through hawkins’s recounting of a scenario where the usefulness of their material presence disrupts negative connotations. further, depending on their materiality and design, plastic bags can have aesthetically pleasing qualities, as can some flora classified as weeds that pose no threat in their right environment. brisbane city council, “environmental weeds,” brisbane city council weed identification tool, accessed march , http://weeds.brisbane.qld.gov.au/controlling-weeds. hawkins, "plastic materialities,” . hawkins links “being rendered environmentally aware” in contemporary consumer society to the ambivalence with which we relate to waste. describing the power of the plastic bag as a negative environmental motif, she describes her reaction to a well- known scene from the film american beauty, for me, this scene was haunted. as alive as the bag was, as lyrical as its dance with the wind was, it was still a plastic bag. the aesthetic resonances and animation could not completely override the moral undertones. the bag was rendered beautiful, but this didn’t make it good. informed by hawkins’s words, i wanted my work to surpass the immediate recognition of the plastic bags, which i found to be less effective in tayou’s work plastic bags ( – , figure ) critiqued in chapter . through rigorous testing of installation variations using both re-used carrier bags and scented bin-liner bags, i chose to work solely with the latter to strengthen associations to botany through colour and the olfactory aspect of the bags’ synthetic fruity and floral perfumes. the process of repurposing the bags from objects designed for temporary containment to a robust material capable of supporting greater weight than their original form involves cutting the plastic into strips and crocheting these strips into chain. this manual process of crocheting strengthens the plastic, changing its materiality from a flat surface to a curving, elastic line, revealing the amount of plastic in each bag as a linear distance. where the strips are joined, knots indicate units of both time and material. the method of making the work involves extensive handling through which the inherent qualities of the plastic are revealed and exploited. some bags were left uncut and worked into a chain stitch by hand alone forming a thick ‘rope’, which was a much slower process than using a crochet hook. when installed in the gallery, the work loosely graphs these various rates of production in three dimensions. the work mimics organic processes of growth, which in turn, raises the notion of decay; something that plastic does not readily succumb to. interestingly, the information i had reviewed in relation to the statistics of plastic bag usage seemed meaningless in relation to the materiality of bags, offering no information on their size and weight. hawkins acknowledges the environmentalist critique of recycling as being a panacea to consumerism and of dubious hawkins, the ethics of waste, . environmental merit. however, she suggests a potential benefit of recycling is the knowledge acquired through the performative aspect of recycling and the personal contact required to sort through rubbish, in making us handle waste differently recycling has made us open to the materiality of waste in ways that chucking it in the bin denies. the boundary between the self and waste become ambiguous when new habits allow wasted things to become more familiar, to imprint us with their phenomenological specificity; the cardboard box that’s surprisingly tough to crush, the sharp edge of the empty can. . . . in the physical work of recycling, waste things become incorporated into new movements and habits as the body becomes open to waste. my extensive physical handling of the plastic created a different engagement with the material, and the time i invested in this transformation was commented on by viewers, with several people curious as to how much time the work took to construct, a question often followed with discussion about the archival quality of the bags and their potent scent. a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession was shown in the line exhibition at the webb gallery, qca, in (figure ). exhibited as a work in progress, the installation engaged with the air-conditioning duct at the rear of the gallery. this major structural presence makes visible the connection between the outside air and the interior gallery space. a circular crocheted work originally envisaged as a floor work was suspended, and a rosette of rolled pink and orange twine (rose- and orange-scented) was pinned to the back wall; by chance, a shadow cast from the work created a stem (figure ). ibid. figure julie-anne milinski a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession figure julie-anne milinski a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession (detail) the scent of the bin-liner bags triggered discussion among viewers regarding the absurdity and futility of scenting garbage. hawkins notes the role of hygiene in promoting disposable objects; adding fragrance to mask the aroma of garbage would seem to take this a step further. some viewers described the circular work as a spider’s web, something unintended, as i had originally imagined it as a floor work. overall, i felt that the work lacked tension and i was not satisfied with the way it simply hung in the space. the feedback i received was largely positive, but it was agreed that the work would benefit by being more profuse. the completed work was exhibited in june in the white studio (figure ), with more complexity and randomness in the work than the original installation, which more effectively conveyed the research focus. the installation required an element of appeal through colour, detail, and intrigue—something aesthetically seductive that ibid., . resonated with ideas of consumerism and desire, so that the bags were not just a repugnant, environmentally detrimental material. however, so that it was not merely decorative, i also sought to create a degree of tension or anxiety in the work. when the work was shown ‘in progress’ in , i was not overly concerned with the way the web hung. however, the more i researched bennett’s argument on acknowledging the vitality of non-living materials, which resonated with my original photograph of the plastic bag fluttering in the tree on the banks of the brisbane river, the more i wanted the plastic bags to appear to have a life of their own. the idea that the plastic bags were proliferating or, as bennett would argue, had a material vibrancy, was crucial. i addressed the issue of the flaccidity by pulling the centre of the web up and back, creating a dynamic void space. the crocheted twine used to pull the work back was fashioned to look like vines in a combination of tautness and drooping strands (figure ). figure julie-anne milinski a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession – over the course of the week, i continued to experiment to achieve an element of seduction or intrigue with the work while at the same time ensuring that the unease remained. i did this bearing in mind langford’s effective use of plastic packaging in her work the high country ( , figure ) where the artist teased out the life in the materials, and also remembering the inertia of tayou’s flaccid bags that, while impotent, had a daunting presence. figure julie-anne milinski a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession – a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession successfully suggests notions of the botanical albeit in an unsettling, synthetic environment. the vibrancy of the material is highlighted through its mimicry of growth and insinuation into the gallery ceiling’s framework, as a living vine would weave itself into the built environment. while raising notions of the detriment of plastic bags, it aims to do so with an understanding of the seduction at play in consumer society. the human scale of the work, particularly the web, seeks to engage the viewer in an encounter that is intimate, with the detail in the web drawing in their gaze. wilhelmina szeretlek! – there is a similarity between plants classified as weeds and discarded plastic packaging, in that they can both cause harm to indigenous plants and wildlife when they encroach on natural environments. however, weeds are less visually disruptive and often their menace is not immediately apparent. our familiarity with certain popular plants also helps them to blend into the landscape. one such plant is the sansevieria trifasciata, which is a widespread indoor and landscaping plant as a result of its robustness and tolerance of low light. the fascination i have around this plant originates from its presence in both the exterior and interior environments, which prescribes different meanings to the plants. as an environmental weed in the seven hills bushland reserve near my home, the plant is evident on the borders of the reserve where it has spread from neighbouring domestic gardens. for my late mother- in-law wilhelmina milinski, the sansevieria was a treasured houseplant, with her own plant, grown from a cutting given to her by a relative and placed in her melbourne sunroom, more than forty years old (figure ). the brisbane city council classifies sansevieria trifasciata as a class r, low-priority, pest species. it recommends that its population be reduced “as part of routine maintenance”. the threat posed by the plants is their ability to spread into large colonies through creeping underground stems. additionally, just a small piece of leaf or root is enough to propagate a new plant, so the main method of dispersal of the species is at sites where garden waste is dumped. the plant’s common name, ‘mother-in-law’s tongue’, draws a comparison between the stiff, lance-shaped leaves of the plants and the sharp, cutting words that may be spoken by one’s mother-in-law. english was my mother-in-law’s second language, and she frequently used expressions that become ambiguous and humorous rather than unkind. growing with such vigour, the long leaves of wilhelmina’s sansevieria required binding with rope to stay upright. despite being a drought-tolerant plant, wilhelmina’s plant was permanently situated in a blue tub filled with water. wilhelmina milinski, conversation with the author, august . brisbane city council, “weed classification and “environmental weeds.” ibid. brisbane city council, “mother-in-law’s tongue,” brisbane city council weed identification tool, accessed march , http://weeds.brisbane.qld.gov.au/weeds/mother-laws-tongue. figure wilhelmina’s sansevieria trifasciata, carnegie, melbourne while researching the plant, i viewed a ted talk by kamal meattle, an environmental activist whose personal experience with breathing difficulties due to degraded air quality in new delhi led him to create office spaces where sansevieria trifasciata is used in conjunction with two other plants, the acera palm (chrysalidocarpus lutescens) and the money plant (epipremnum aureum) to improve air quality. his research documents how these plants have proven to be capable of enhancing humans’ indoor environments, demonstrating that introducing approximately , plants to a , -square-feet, twenty-year-old building housing human occupants caused a marked improvement to their air quality. he states, “compared to other buildings, there is a reduced incidence of eye irritation by percent, kamal meattle, “how to grow fresh air,” ted video, : , accessed may , http://www.ted.com /talks/kamal_meattle_on_how_to_grow_your_own_fresh_air?language=en. ibid. respiratory systems by percent, headaches by percent, lung impairment by percent and asthma by nine percent.” meattle credits nasa’s research as raising his awareness to the air-purifying properties of plants. as mentioned previously, nasa’s commissioned report “interior landscape plants for indoor air pollution abatement” of notes the connection between various health issues and the presence of various organic compounds emitted from synthetic materials in enclosed environments. the report documents the effectiveness of using indoor plants to decrease levels of formaldehyde, benzene and trichloroethylene in a sealed environment. the exchanges between plants, the environment, and humans that the report outlines reinforce the agency of plants, and the reciprocity in this relationship. meattle’s statistics verify the exchange between humans, the office environment, and the plants. what the human occupants, furniture, and other contents exhale and emit, the plants filter from the air. therefore, they are not passive occupants, but active, valued contributors to the air quality of the shared habitat. as a starting point for wilhelmina szeretlek! (figures – ), i focussed on the conflict between the local classification of sansevieria trifasciata as an environmental weed, a negative connotation, and its positive value as an indoor plant that converts carbon dioxide into oxygen at night. considering the dilemma of whether to “reduce the population” of the plant as per the brisbane city council’s instructions or afford it the tender care, including daily leaf-wiping, that meattle suggests, i arrived at the decision to both control and care for the plant. through the title of the work, i play on the common name of the plant and acknowledge my mother-in-law wilhelmina, who was an avid painter, craftsperson, and gardener. szeretlek means ‘i love you’ in hungarian, my mother-in-law’s native language (tongue). just as starling’s rescued rhododendrons (figure ) were the protagonist for multiple contemporary concepts—the species’ origins and migration, its popularity as an ornamental plant, and its potentially detrimental environmental impact depending on where it is planted, the role of the sansevieria trifasciata was fundamental. ibid. ibid. wolverton, johnson, and bounds, “interior landscape plants for indoor air pollution abatement.” ibid., – . meattle, “how to grow fresh air.” brisbane city council, “weed classification.” meattle, “how to grow fresh air.” figure julie-anne milinski wilhelmina szeretlek! (detail) – the plants used in this work were sourced from friends’ gardens and the seven hills bushland reserve due to their scarcity in local nurseries in . the cuttings were divided, wrapped in hessian with a minimal amount of soil, and bound together with string. i then crocheted ‘cosies’ from nylon builders line for each plant, which concurrently bound and restricted the growth of the plant and provided a container for their soil (figure ). prosthetic leaves were attached to damaged plants and broken leaves were stitched together (figure ). these were quite visceral interactions with the plants, where sap would ooze from the freshly cut holes and the distinct smell of the cut leaves would fill the air. pom-poms on lengths of chain stitch reference the practice of using rocks and chains as tools used to manipulate the directional growth this situation changed over the course of my candidacy, with the plant now commonly available at nurseries in brisbane despite the city council’s directive to reduce the population. of larger plants and trees. the fluorescent colours of the nylon builders line are prevalent in high-visibility equipment and safety-wear on construction sites. the builders line is a material connection to concepts of boundaries, which is what it is used to create in construction and landscaping. the sansevieria’s classification in australia differs along state and territory boundaries, being “regarded as an environmental weed in queensland, new south wales and the northern territory, and as a ‘sleeper weed’ in other parts of australia”. grown in containers indoors, the plant appears to be enjoying a return to fashion as part of the general renewed interest in indoor plants. however, if planted in the garden, it will spread rapidly if it is not contained. falling out of fashion results in some indoor plants ending up in external environments through dumping of plants and cuttings where they become an environmental issue. figure julie-anne milinski wilhelmina szeretlek! (detail) – i observed many examples of sansevierias in restaurants, hotels, and retail stores in paris, london, new york and singapore during the course of this project. figure julie-anne milinski wilhelmina szeretlek! (trial installation) – the works were positioned on wooden plant stands constructed to enable an arrangement of the works at different heights and in different dialogues with each other. the stands were constructed on a scale intended to be both precarious and relatable to dimensions of the human body (figure ). this method of presenting the work also implied a domestic setting, with crocheted doilies reinforcing this connection. through trial installations and peer feedback, some plants migrated to the floor, with the intention that it appears as if they are escaping their domestic containment. in her critique of the work during a trial installation in , melbourne artist susan jacobs described the plants as being cute but unnerving, and pushing against domestic primness. she curiously noted that it reminded her of chinese foot- binding and breeding animals to stay small and cute, an interesting association given my experience with hormone therapy to limit my height. initially, i wondered if the cosies would stunt the growth of the plant, which it did in some cases where the plant was small to start with. larger specimens fought harder against this ‘soft-bonsai’ technique, pushing through their bindings within a year. as i watched these plants force their way through the cosies, i recalled wild imaginings of my bones breaking through skin, neither contained nor restrained. as the plants grew, they were shaped by both care and control, asserting their will to grow no matter how contorted. through further feedback, i ascertained that the work had more liveliness on the floor, with the removal of the stands liberating the works from the domestic, and making them appear more mobile (figure ). the viewer could then walk in and around the plants. additionally, the doily demarcates areas within which the plants can be situated or excluded from. the doily’s deviation from the regularity of the pattern of the interior to a more haphazard spreading of the exterior loops implies something running amok, a freak growth no longer conforming to a pre-determined arrangement (figure ). figure julie-anne milinski wilhelmina szeretlek! (trial installation) – figure studio documentation, rampant doilies wilhelmina szeretlek! was exhibited at bleeding hearts gallery, brisbane, as part of the exhibition rgbcmyk ( ) curated by monica rohan and also at qca and the university of southern queensland in down the rabbit hole ( ) curated by sebastian di mauro and beata batorowicz. in the second instance, new plants were struck from these existing works, growing into new shapes that inspired new forms and arrangements. the different generations were evident—the new cuttings appeared small and fresh, while their parent plants seemed older and wearier in their water-stained cosies. wilhelmina szeretlek! successfully demonstrated my exploration of the agency of botany and inferred an interdependency between human and plant, since the artworks were created around and relied on the plant’s growth. the relatively mundane plant, common in brisbane urban areas as both a house plant and an environmental weed, demonstrated the ability of botany in an artwork to act as a metonym for the wider natural environment. geniculum, the works in geniculum ( , figures - ) demonstrated most directly the influence and evidence of the botanical drawing classes i had completed earlier that year. extending on thoughts that arose during the making of previous artworks, i was experimenting with ideas that resided in the blurred space between dichotomies: built/botanical, culture/nature, inorganic/organic, masculine/feminine, mass- produced/hand-made, and art/craft. the prominence of flagging tape in photographic research documentation collected from local parklands had led me to experiment with the material. flagging tape denotes areas undergoing change brought about by humans, and was a ubiquitous presence in riverside parklands in the brisbane cbd— namely, southbank parklands and the brisbane botanical gardens—due to ongoing repairs caused by the floods. i transformed this mass-produced, uniform, and quotidian material through the process of crocheting, so that it became soft, fleshy, and substantial. while i was working with the material, its durability became apparent, and it altered from a material intended as a temporary marker to a robust form with significant weight and strength. i continued working with crocheted forms as a conflation of leaf shapes from photographic source material of plants in the brisbane botanical gardens. i had experimented with the soft forms as both wall and floor works, but had yet to arrive at a resolution that would speak to the concerns of the research. i considered how i could use the flagging tape to ‘flag’ my human endeavours to shape a botanical specimen, creating a hybrid that was simultaneously familiar and strange, as if the plant had morphed with the flagging tape and now incorporated it into its structure, in a similar fashion to the plastiglomerates discussed in chapter where rock subsumes plastic. “geniculum (latin), n. a knot in a plant.” d. p. simpson, cassell's new latin–english, english–latin dictionary (london: cassell, ), . geniculum was shown at the hold artspace, west end, in november . figure . julie-anne milinski work in progress (trial installation) during this time, i was also investigating the jungle paintings of henri rousseau (figure ) to analyse the methodology he used to find the ‘wild’ in the city. rousseau found paris’s botanical and zoological gardens sources of inspiration and subject matter for his artworks. in , i had visited the jardin des plantes and muséum d’histoire naturelle in paris, two sites that he regularly frequented in order to transport his imagination beyond the urban realm. he is said to have commented “when i go into the glass houses and i see those strange plants from exotic countries, it seems to me that i enter into a dream. i feel i am somebody else completely.” for rousseau, the urban botanical and zoological gardens transported him to a distant and surreal environment. in his paintings, the artist was able to liberate the caged animals and exotic glasshouse plants, interpret them “without the slightest truth to life”, and re- henri rousseau cited in christopher green, “souvenirs of the jardin des plantes: making the exotic strange again,” in henri rousseau: jungles in paris, ed. frances morris and christopher green, ex. cat. (new york: abrams), . situate them in a jungle entirely of his own dreaming. while rumours circulated that rousseau’s military service in mexico provided him with experiences of tropical forests in mexico, he never left france, and “was happy to confess that his mexican stories were confabulation”. as frances morris confirms, despite apollinaire’s claim that rousseau’s military service in mexico provided him with memories of “tropical forests, the monkeys, and the bizarre flowers”, we know from direct testimony that it was the splendid plantations of paris hot houses and dusty cages of exotic creatures in the zoological gardens that more immediately generated these compelling visions. figure henri rousseau the dream in the spirit of rousseau, i turned to brisbane’s botanical gardens and surrounding parks in search of exotic-looking plants that were also commonplace in the local area. i settled on the monstera deliciosa, a plant with very distinctive leaves that grows in abundance in brisbane. larger specimens of the plant in the botanical gardens climb trees, tenaciously clinging to the trunks with their aerial roots. less impressive scale wise, a nonetheless interesting specimen was located in the qca southbank library, italian painter-critic ardengo soffici cited in ibid., . ibid., . frances morris, “jungles in paris,” in henri rousseau: jungles in paris, . which i borrowed to use as a drawing study. neglect and lack of a vertical structural support to climb had forced the plant to grow into a low, tortured formation (figure ). figure monstera deliciosa qca library the plant resided in my studio for some time, during which i came to know every leaf and stem through prolonged study (drawing and photography). in order to capture less-familiar perspectives of the plant, i elevated it onto a high table. by sitting on the floor and looking up at the underside of the monstera leaves, i was able to invoke a sense of uncanniness about the plant. its scale seemed to increase—i could imagine that the plant was towering overhead as it would in a rainforest. i became enthralled by its tortured kinks and twists. my viewpoint also offered a focus on the stems rather than its decorative leaves. i witnessed the strange, elbow-like bends producing new heart-shaped leaves. from preparatory photographs and sketches, i produced three final drawings, all graphite and acrylic ground on marine plywood. figure julie-anne milinski geniculum drawing study # (observation + forgetting mho / ) these drawings demonstrated the close studies of the botanical specimen that informed the work of the monstera mirabilis (figure ). they also offered perspectives of the monstera deliciosa as i had come to view it in the studio. while adhering to the conventions of botanical drawing in attempting to depict the plant with scientific accuracy, the drawings also relied on artistic compositional strategies to reveal a unique plant rather than an example of a species. geniculum drawing study # (observation+forgetting mho / ) (figure ) refers to my botanical drawing instructor, margaret hastie. i used this title to acknowledge that my compositional decisions were at odds with hastie’s expert advice, but very much in the spirit of her insistence that her students continually question the rigid rules of botanical drawing with which she instructed her classes. the second drawing, geniculum drawing study # (observation+reflection on g.o.) (figure ), acknowledges the influence of cropping techniques used by georgia o’keeffe to create intriguing botanical imagery. i had taken numerous photographs, which i would then crop to arrive at compositions for the drawings. the third drawing, geniculum drawing study # (observation+reflection on h.r.) (figure ), refers to henri rousseau who would exaggerate the scale of certain plant leaves in his paintings (figure ). figure julie-anne milinski geniculum drawing study # (observation + reflection on g.o.) figure julie-anne milinski geniculum drawing study # (observation + reflection on h.r.) monstera mirabilis was fabricated from flagging tape, wire, and a monstera deliciosa plant grown from a cutting taken from the qca library’s plant. whereas in the library, the plant had no support structure, which thwarted its attempts to climb and thrive, in my work not only was the plant nurtured, but also elevated from its mundane existence. monstera mirabilis (figure ) highlighted the liveliness of both plant and the flagging tape material, and, through proximity of real and artificial, asked the viewer to contemplate hybrid aesthetic possibilities. figure julie-anne milinski monstera mirabilis tracing patterns from the plant’s leaves that i then crocheted, i ‘grew’ the monstera with these constructed additions. a structure of plastic-covered wire formed a container for the living plant and became the framework for leaves on long stems, creating a hybrid of organic and synthetic materials. the constructed leaves and stems both supported and contained the plant, as well as providing a visual contrast. the crocheted leaves on wire stems were carefully weighted so that the plant was never still—many of the stems were struggling with the weight of the foliage. a single coil of wire extended to the right gallery wall with a single leaf at its tip. this leaf was in the path of the vent of an air-conditioning unit, animating both it and the rest of the wired leaves. the precarious arrangement of these wired tendrils ensured that even the slight air displacement created by viewers navigating the work also contributed to the motion of the plant. this immediate visual registering of the impact of human activity on the plant, enlivening its synthetic prosthetics, sought to establish an interaction between viewer and plant. the larger flaccid leaves slumped on the floor, their weightiness providing a counter to the aerial leaves. figure julie-anne milinski . km (green-mound drawing) a separated floor-based crocheted form (figure ) is a conflation of leaf shapes that reference botanical specimens in the brisbane botanical gardens, collapsed into a single hybrid mutations with something vaguely familiar in the folds of fleshy, green plastic leaves. a discreet, pink protrusion emerging from the mound acted as a lure, inviting closer inspection. wooden nodules protruding from the walls were painted in high-visibility colours to alert their presence (figure ). this is a technique used in tree removal, where stumps close to ground heights are painted a fluorescent colour to avoid being a trip hazard. by adhering the small wooden pieces flush to the wall and floor, my intention was to allude to these emergents as being something that had grown through the plasterboard, puncturing the gallery walls and raising questions of their origins. in arranging the nodules, i referenced photographs of branch growth patterns, further alluding to a natural process. by insinuating an agency in the wooden dowel pieces, i hoped to return liveliness to the wood, a reminder of its growing and branching history. the fluorescent paint cast a glow that contributed to this vibrancy. figure julie-anne milinski emerge/recede (branch studies) geniculum presented an exhibition that took visual cues from urban botanical sites and explored an engagement between plant and human. the presence of viewers in the gallery caused the monstera mirabilis floor work to tremble, making visible the human influence on the environment. presenting an extreme of artificiality in the representation of aspects of nature, the works respond to the hybridity of contemporary urban experience, where the evidence of human control and maintenance in natural environments is as familiar as the plants themselves. the hybridity of the monstera deliciosa, partly real plant and partly human-engineered, used the juxtaposition of organic and synthetic materials to illuminate and exaggerate the vibrancy of materials. much audience discussion around the care of the plant and how it would survive without sunlight and water for the duration of the exhibition reiterated that both reciprocity and interdependence were evident in the work. jardinière, there are some english words which have no equivalent in french, but then there are a great many more french words . . . for which we have no english. one of these is jardinière. even in french it does not quite rightly express its meaning, because the obvious meaning of jardinière is female gardener, whereas what we understand by it . . . is a receptacle for holding pot-plants. —gertrude jekyll ( ) gertrude jekyll’s musings about the french word jardinière having dual meanings inspired the title of an exhibition i held in , while catherine horwood’s history of indoor plants stimulated ideas surrounding the notion of containment as a barrier between nature and culture. the way that plants reside in the urban environment can be imagined as a series of containers and containments. plants purchased from nurseries come packaged in a plastic container, and with some then planted in a garden bed or more decorative pot, the plastic container quickly becomes redundant. the garden bed may be viewed as the next level of containment, then the house-yard, the park, and beyond. once out of the container, some specimens require vigilance to stop them from spreading and taking over as much space as they can physically occupy. while the built environment is frequently partitioned with garden edging and barriers, plants may not recognise these borders and experience them as a temporary disruption to their colonisation efforts. horwood’s history of plants in the home provided both visual and conceptual provocations to this studio investigation, particularly as the role of indoor plants was not solely for their visual appeal. while initially some of the reasons for introducing plants indoors included keeping “exoticks” alive in cold climates (e.g., oranges in england), the masking of odours and medicinal uses also became reasons for growing particular plants indoors. my attraction with bringing plants into the gallery space was a question of proximity, and from previous works, i had established that introducing botany into artworks approximated a more intimate encounter for the viewer, similar to that of a gardener, and through the work, promoted the plants as lively occupants in the space rather than passive organic matter. the gardeners’ unique viewpoint is recognised by sander-regier when he says, gertrude jekyll ( ) cited in catherine horwood, potted history: the story of plants in the home (london: francis lincoln ltd, ), . ibid., – . the botanical agency of presence, of plants ‘being there’ and making a strong impression, reinforces the general perception of plants as being immobile, not a mistaken notion, considering they are essentially rooted in one spot. but rootedness does not mean plants are incapable of action, an important aspect of the oxford english dictionary’s definition of agency. . . . botanical action and aliveness manifest their nuances to those who are present in the garden to experience it—like gardeners. jardinière, exhibited from may to june at artisan in brisbane, responded to the intimate scale of the gallery space, . x . metres, with the idea of reworking the monstera mirabilis work. extending on materials and offering a more imposing scale, this work would embrace jardinière’s dual meanings described in jekyll’s comments by being both a receptacle for a plant and a monument of a female gardener. the position of the entry point of the gallery was also crucial to the early stages of my planning; on approach, the doorway allowed only a limited view into the gallery and i wanted the first thing visible to be a curious lure, and only a partial indicator as to what lied around the corner. during my initial investigation as to how i might fabricate my jardinière, my thoughts repeatedly returned to a contemporary, iconic receptacle for plants, jeff koons’s puppy (vase) ( , figure ), with its smooth white ceramic waves of puppy fur. initially, i investigated having a fibreglass stand manufactured to my design so that the surface would be smooth and slick. i constructed a maquette attaching plastic containers and bottles cut into botanically inspired shapes (figure ). this experimentation led me to imagine jardinière as a tower of plastic waste, an un- monument, to borrow the term from the exhibition unmonumental: the object in the st century, a survey of sculpture at new museum in new york in . massimiliano gioni’s description of these contemporary sculptural works resonated with me in both his conceptual and metaphorical observations, the work of many sculptors at the beginning of this new century, in fact, depicts a society that is so dramatically suffocating under the weight of toxic waste that it is now forced to turn garbage into an art form. and yet it is not the realm of artificiality that these sculptors inhabit. there is something slightly organic to the way these sculptures grown and expand, like twisted branches and tortured trees. the forms of this twenty first century sculpture evoke a kind of urban vegetation; they grow like weeds or like the strange, mutant flora that mysteriously spring up sander-regier, “bare roots,” . koons’s vase number from an edition of sold for $ , on april . see http://www.phillips.com/detail/jeff-koons/ny / ?fromsearch=jeff&searchpage= . in community gardens, where the natural and the artificial slowly come to resemble one another. gioni’s evocation of a mutant, urban vegetation instantly brought to mind my monstera mirabilis. it also assisted me in determining that these waste materials needed to be embedded in the final piece rather than having an empty fibreglass shell formed in their likeness, which i realised was no longer authentic or relevant. figure jeff koons puppy (vase) the internal structure of the work needed to be strong enough to support the weight of the plant and wired crocheted leaves. fabricated from plywood and pvc pipe, layers of cut plastic bottles and containers were attached to the framework, covered in plaster bandage for strength, with a layer of plaster of paris encrusting the surface (figure ). in places, the end result appeared as a contemporary take on classical architectural decorative plaster mouldings with vegetal references. cutting the packaging was an illuminating experience in the same way that cutting the plastic bags had revealed their strength. given all the containers were designed for single massimiliano gioni, “ask the dust,” in unmonumental: the object in the st century, ed. richard flood, ex. cat. (new york; london: phaidon in association with new museum, ), – . use, their robustness was alarming. the materiality of the plastic and plaster provided contrasts of traditional and contemporary sculpture materials, and of strength and fragility. builders foam was used to fill larger gaps, oozing and erupting as it made its way through crevices between the plastered, plastic forms. figure studio documentation, maquette the work was painted fluorescent yellow then over-sprayed with gloss white, so that a toxic glow remained in the crevices (figure ). this amplified the seductive qualities of the materials’ surface, understanding that seduction can be vital to entice one to consuming commodities beyond necessity. by momentarily suspending judgment of the material, i wanted the viewer to see the structure as a whole before recognising identifiable shapes of plastic bottles in the substructure. a frequent comment i received about the jardinière was that it appeared “edible”, with comparisons made to cake icing, confectionary, and ice cream; one viewer said that it looked as though it would taste “delicious, but be bad for you”. figure julie-anne milinski jardinière (detail) this function of surface related to a description of piccinini’s work, where jacqueline millner gives evidence of the artist employing the aesthetic tactics of advertising and consumer design, noting that “it is attentive to formal exigencies such as colour and composition, it is well finished often to the point of slick.” the slickness in works such as summer love (figure ) begins with the fibreglass structure and is emphasised by the gloss automotive paint, with piccinini’s conceptual focus firmly on the machine and technology. the surface of the jardinière is glossy; however, the thin veneer of paint contrasts with its congealed mass of plastic packaging, not attempting to disguise the ‘underbelly’ of the work. it has an aesthetic of the domestic rather than the factory. my decision to always retain the evidence of the human hand in the works is in keeping with my investigation’s focus on human interactions with botany rather than scientific or mechanical aspects such as genetic modification and agriculture. jacqueline millner, “love in the age of intelligent machines,” in conceptual beauty: perspectives on australian contemporary art (sydney: artspace, ), . figure patricia piccinini summer love (detail) while monstera deliciosa grow successfully indoors, it is uncommon for the plant to flower and bear fruit (figure ). however, when a plant does bear fruit it is commonly referred to as the ‘fruit-salad fruit’ because of its strange combination of fruit flavours—typically, jackfruit and pineapple. the jardinière exhibition contained a large fruit crocheted from plastic flagging tape, measuring centimetres long and centimetres at its widest and weighing . kilograms, including the white sheath (figure ). the soft sculpture was slumped against the wall, which gave a flaccid quality to the exaggerated, comically phallic shape. the fruit is a lure into the space, a folly. the odd plastic fruit is the mutant offspring of its hybrid parent monstera plant, part organic and part plastic. figure monstera deliciosa fruit and flower, sw offices, south brisbane (near my studio in southbank) figure julie-anne milinski soft deliciosa i designed a wallpaper using a botanical drawing to be installed behind the work, however when trialled in the studio and critiqued with peers and supervisors, it became apparent that the pattern was too distracting given the detail in the jardinière itself (figure ). instead, one wall of the gallery was painted pale pink. barely perceptible, the colour made the work’s silhouette more pronounced, and the colour of the stand slightly more artificial. figure jardinière in progress with wallpaper experimentation during the making of the jardinière stand, i imagined it to be a statuesque, female gardener, the pot forming a head and the stand an elongated body. in my anthropomorphising of the work, i came to regard it as a taller version of myself—me at my natural height, sharing the studio space. the scale of the work and the plaster of paris crust made it difficult to move, and while i had contended with the fragility of the plaster throughout the entire construction process, transporting the work to the gallery proved to be a challenge. i constructed a wooden crate to facilitate the move (figure ), and in its travel packaging, the work’s fragile shell did not need to be handled. it brought to mind the nonsensical need of packaging for packaging—but this is not so unusual in that all consumer packaging is boxed then crated as consumer goods are shipped from one country to another. the more i worked with consumer packaging materials, the more time i had to dwell of the unseen aspects of the material circulations in contemporary society. figure julie-anne milinski jardinière in crate jardinière propelled its botanical specimen skyward on a pedestal of consumer packaging, simultaneously an un-monument to consumerism and a monument to the female gardener. situating the plant growing out of a tower that contained botanical references connected issues of material and subject. the jardinière also reinstated the plant to an elevated position—as it would be seen in tropical forests—from underneath. the discussion surrounding this work was firmly around consumer packaging, with viewers noting recognisable elements in the stand. the combination of materials also prompted conversation about packaging that eventually ends up in the wider environment, and new material realities, like plastiglomerates, where organic and synthetic transmogrify. again, viewers were concerned that the monstera plant would survive for the eight-week duration of the exhibition, which it did, growing noticeably during that time. later in , when i had the opportunity view the works of judy pfaff and adrián villar rojas in new york, i reflected on both the construction and conceptual aspects of jardinière at length. i felt a synergy with these artists’ responses to the increasing hybridised urban environment, where the organic and the synthetic did not sit neatly contained side by side but rather seeped, oozed, mingled, and joined. this was to influence my final studio outcomes, as was the residency in philadelphia. fi gu re ju lie -a nn e m ili ns ki j ar di ni èr e transplanted: philadelphia residency, crane arts centre, from october to november , i participated in a collaborative studio residency at crane arts in philadelphia, instigated by my supervisor associate professor debra porch, along with two fellow doctoral candidates sonya peters and caity reynolds (figure ). as described by porch in our successful griffith university collaborative research grant application, the project focused on the research question “how can the unpredictable and unknown occurrences of site/place be heightened through collaborative observation and the immediacy of the ‘everyday’ experience through what is visible and invisible?” figure caity reynolds, sonya peters and debra porch, studio at crane old school, philadelphia the focus of our collaborative residency was on the everyday, and involved the key methodology of walking as a means to “assist and stimulate observation and perception”, which was aligned with my phd research project’s methodology and debra porch, griffith university arts education and law group collaborative research project grant application form, . focus. the residency provided an opportunity to work alongside three artists with unique practices and approaches, something i believe both refreshed and expanded my existing research strategies. during our month-long residency, we shared a studio at crane arts old school and held an exhibition of new work produced titled the unpredictable conceptions in transdisciplinary collaboration at the crane arts center. it was immediately apparent that our differing research focuses would impact on our time spent walking through philadelphia, and one of my earliest observations was how trained our individual eyes had become in seeking out specific subjects that were key to our individual research in our new environment. the discussions we had on these walks, while stopping to wait for each other as we photographed our individual fascinations, opened me up to the city through multiple sets of eyes, multiple minds, and multiple experiences. we became attuned to each other’s interests and would alert one another to those aspects of city we thought may be of significance. from exploring philadelphia’s art museums to wandering the aisles of the superfresh supermarket, our daily group excursions revealed the city from multiple viewpoints that intersected, overlapped, and sometimes nudged our trained gaze ever so slightly off its well-worn path into the less-frequented zone of the periphery. philadelphia is a city undergoing substantial gentrification in areas just outside the old central city. northern liberties, according to the hosts in of our various accommodations, is an area undergoing tremendous change and has been for the last ten years. there were many new residential developments being constructed during our stay and, with a large number of restaurants, bars and retail stores in the area, the general feel of the neighbourhood was one of vibrancy. further north towards the crane arts galleries and crane old school studios, there was more vacant land, but it is not hard to imagine that in another ten years, the streets north of north girard will be unrecognisable. our accommodation was situated at three locations approximately ten minutes apart, and from there approximately ten minutes to the studio at crane old school. figure road works outside crane old school studios, philadelphia the new developments under construction are built all the way to the street, as are the traditional row houses in philadelphia. it was not uncommon to have to walk on the road to get around a construction site. flagging tape was a ubiquitous presence (figure ), marking hazards, delineating boundaries, and steering pedestrians on a safe course. i decided to employ it in my work because it was so prevalent in the urban environment and was a familiar material. due to the lack of yard-space, another common feature in the neighbourhood were window boxes and potted plants at the front of houses. these small-scale gardens, no matter how humble, were evidence of biophilic tendencies in the gritty, urban environment (figure ). figure potted plants next to freeway, philadelphia nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition— (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again), on monday th october , the four of us caught the bus from philadelphia to manhattan. walking from chinatown to the larchmont hotel, wrong turns were taken. blood sugar plummeted. bladders filled. tempers frayed. energy levels varied. as we stopped in various couplings on street corners, checking maps, scanning crowds for familiar faces, we disconnected and reconnected. we separated and joined. we lost patience. found our bearings. this was to be our perambulatory pattern in nyc, and in philadelphia for the weeks that followed. — julie-anne milinski, journal entry, november our walking methodology was to be the focus of the work i made and exhibited during the residency. as we walked around the city as a group, we were constantly stopping and starting—to take photographs, to look at street signs, to venture into shops. we were content to wander and would drift into various combinations of + + + , + + , + and + . trying to ‘stick together’ on a single path proved futile, and the words of buddhist nun and author pema chödrön came to mind, we think that the point is to pass the test or overcome the problem, but the truth is that things don't really get solved. they come together and they fall apart. then they come together again and fall apart again. it's just like that. the healing comes from letting there be room for all of this to happen: room for grief, for relief, for misery, for joy. i was interested in how we kept coming together and making connections based on what we wanted to look at, how well we felt (we all suffered from a cold at various stages), then disconnecting to rest and recuperate. in both philadelphia and new york, this pattern of coming together and parting repeated again and again in various combinations. i decided to make a work that spoke of the experience of our walking together and separately, and to use a material i was familiar with which was also prevalent in the streets of northern liberties. this approach sought to focus on human and material circulations through the city. figure walking rope improvising on the idea of a walking rope used to keep groups of children together when on walking excursions (figure ), i made a work that gave each of us an autonomous harness that could be worn over the head and one shoulder or pulled down to sit on the waist. three harnesses had a lead with a connector that the wearer could choose to connect to or disconnect from another harness (figure and ). crocheted from flagging tape, the leads were made from tape with text containing the warning “lead hazard” (figure ). the longest lead was exhibited with the tape unaltered to allow the text to be read. the homonym lead in the case of the work pema chödrön, when things fall apart: heartfelt advice for hard times (london: element, ), . advised of the hazards of leading which became apparent during excursions where we lost our bearings. figure julie-anne milinski nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) figure julie-anne milinski, nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) (detail) the works were installed on the wall pinned at hip height, and immediately viewers saw the connection of the works to the body (figure ). however, one of the harnesses sat on the floor without a lead, offering the potential reading as being disconnected, or alternatively whole and open to potential connections. figure julie-anne milinski, nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) (detail) figure julie-anne milinski top loader the duration of the residency necessitated an optimum way of working that i now realise brought a spontaneity to my work. i was able to utilise familiar techniques and materials to work with the ideas generated from my new environment. for example, i found a roll of black plastic packaging in the gallery that was left over from a qca design exhibition shipped from brisbane. in the spirit of collaboration proposed by our residency, i decided to use the plastic as a material collaboration with whoever had rolled the plastic into a coil. i unrolled the plastic then re-enacted this gesture in a more sculptural structure. three stickers on the plastic indicated that the packaging had contained work that was ‘top load only’; this text gave the work its title, top loader (figure ). i crocheted a long chain, which was wound into an oblong coil that emerged from the top loader. the resulting work sits in an odd dialogue with one of the harnesses, a remnant shell (husk) that protected a previous work in the space now embellished and participating in a new way as part of the work itself. recognising the discarded packaging as something with potential and a possible vibrant addition to my work is in keeping with bennett’s plea for us to consider the “material powers” circulating around human bodies and to be “more attentive encounters between people materialities and thing materialities”. its placement with the harness brings it into circulation with the (absent) human body. figure julie-anne milinski and unknown workers cautionary tails a play on language was employed in cautionary tails (figure ). i collected caution tape from several building sites where it had been tied in place. the resulting lengths frequently contained knots made by the workers who had tied tape onto the site i had torn them from. i took these lengths and, working with the existing knots, would crochet between them; my gesture thus joined the workers’ gesture. the work’s name jane bennett, vibrant matter, ix–x. was inspired in part by our recent experience of halloween costumes and the suggestion that the work could be worn as a tail. additionally, because of the frequent incident of crime in the neighbourhood, our hosts provided us with “cautionary tales” in the hope of making our visit safer, particularly given our long walks that passed through even less desirable neighbourhoods. more caution tape was presented escaping from the black plastic bag that was used in its liberation from a building site (figure ). sitting on the floor, the work engaged in a dialogue with a fire extinguisher, expanding the conundrum from “is it rubbish?” to “is the fire extinguisher a part of the work?” as brian o’doherty notes, the modern gallery’s removal of all references to the outside world makes all such fixtures an aesthetic conundrum. figure julie-anne milinski, nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) (detail) much of the audience feedback related to our experience of philadelphia and people’s surprise that we had spent much of our time walking around the city. the notions of connectedness and disconnectedness were evident to viewers who related this not only the status quo of our working group, but also to new acquaintances with brian o’doherty, inside the white cube: the ideology of the gallery space, nd ed. (berkley, ca: university of california press, ), . colleagues and host families, and the separation from home through geographical distance. while the work did not use botany as a leitmotif, it was successful in its utilisation of materials associated with the construction industry and familiar to the local audiences on the many local building sites. the physical strength of the crocheted works aroused a great deal of interest and prompted discussion of both the prevalence of plastic in all aspects of daily life and its potential life cycle in the environment. soft tags for the city, the philadelphia residency also facilitated a tangential work involving temporary gestures exploring ideas of circulation carried out during our city walks. on one of the first days in philadelphia, i found a lime-green pipe cleaner in the gutter, which i took back to the studio. within twenty-four hours, i had found another pipe cleaner, the same colour but in a different location. i imagined someone leaving them all over the city, but did not see any more so decided it had been purely coincidental. in one of our many forays into the $ store, i bought a bag of pipe cleaners. i would carry them in my bag and occasionally make a leaf shape with one and connect it to a plant (figures – ). i associated this gesture with a very quick, botanical line drawing. figure studio experimentation, pipe cleaner leaves figure julie-anne milinski soft tag: pipe cleaners rendering the pipe cleaners into accurate leaf shapes hindered the project, so i decided instead to leave a stylised initial, a ‘soft tag’. my tagging was fluffy and easily removable and in my experience, the material of the tag (i.e., the pipe cleaner) was appealing, so i hoped that the tags would be removed by passers-by as i had done. i left a couple in paths i walked along daily, so that i could see if the tags were being removed. when i established that the pipe cleaners were being taken, i became more prolific in my output, confident that they were more than a flagrant act of littering. figure julie-anne milinski soft tag: pipe cleaners the weather during our stay had been extremely mild, with daytime temperatures averaging between and oc. on our last day in philadelphia, the weather turned, and for the first time during the trip, i felt the icy bite of the wind permeate layers of clothing the instant that i went outdoors. the sky was a particular shade of grey that locals assured me was indicative of snow on the way. rain and frost had affected the halloween decorations; pumpkins slowly rotted and fake cobwebs became matted and sodden clumps in gutters. the plants in window boxes i had so admired when i first arrived had suffered the effects of cold, with their flowers and leaves blackening. snow was visible on cars that had travelled in from outer lying areas, even though it had not snowed in the city centre. figure julie-anne milinski soft tag: rose petals after i packed up my room on this last morning, i took a bouquet of wilted roses with me and i walked into the city centre with two of my companions. i asked one of the artists to take photographs as i scattered the rose-petals along a particularly bleak stretch of north nd street from the intersection of callowhill (figure ). i was genuinely sad to leave philadelphia, and saw this gesture as a parting declaration of my affection for this vibrant, gritty, urban environment. even in their decaying state, the rose petals left a colourful trail, mingling with the stuff already on the street: rose petals, autumn leaves, litter, pipe cleaners. i thought of bennett’s evocative debris that triggered her thinking about “thing-power”: glove, pollen, rat, cap, stick. philadelphia had provided another rich site connected to the concerns of my research in the magic gardens (figure ). the relevance of this site became evident in my final creative works. the philadelphia magic gardens the magic gardens in philadelphia is a mosaic public artwork created by isaiah zagar. commenced in on a block of privately owned vacant land near the artist’s studio, the work was completed over fourteen years, resulting in a network of mosaic- covered tunnels, grottos, and walls. the work was at risk of being dismantled when the boston-based landowner decided to sell the property; however, through community support, the site was saved and opened to the public in . zagar’s neighbourhood beautification efforts have not been restricted to this site, with mosaics being a prominent feature in the surrounding neighbourhood (figure ). figure philadelphia magic gardens philadelphia bennett, vibrant matter, . philadelphia magic gardens, “about philadelphia’s magic gardens,” accessed march ,http://www.phillymagicgardens.org/about-us/. ibid. i visited the magic gardens on a cold, overcast day, and the weather amplified the bleakness of the south street precinct. the gardens are a labyrinth of stairs and doorways, with every surface encrusted with broken crockery, bottles, bicycle wheels, toilet bowls, and other assorted, discarded objects, mortared together to create a vibrant, colourful oasis. zagar’s heroic display of kitsch enlivens the disparate materials so that they appear to grow in arrangements that bombard the eyes. while initially the magic gardens appears to be visually overwhelming and bordering on chaotic, closer inspection reveals the painstaking care that has been taken in arranging the fragments (figure ). figure isaiah zagar in mosaic-covered laneway off south street, philadelphia the magic gardens brought to mind my construction of the jardinière, and the processes of cutting and attaching the collected packaging materials to form a surface over the structural framework. the magic gardens seem to exemplify the “kind of urban vegetation . . . like the strange, mutant flora . . . where the natural and the artificial slowly come to resemble one another” that gioni speaks of in relation to contemporary sculpture. zagar has taken the flotsam and jetsam of the city and planted them in mortar, where they appear to have grown from, organically over time, retaining a sense of the materials’ vitality. for example, the shattered shards of ceramic and glass reveal their brittleness in sharp angles, and the rust on bicycle wheels is evidence of the metal’s oxidation—its activity despite its fixed location. i also found the experience of walking through the grottos and spaces of the magic gardens like looking at an archaeological excavation site, with layers of anthropogenic markers revealing our history of consumerism through the evidence of our discarded objects. zagar’s philadelphia gardens parallels my project’s tactic of using botany as a leitmotif in creative works to infer material vitality, and is an extreme example of an urban garden in contemporary consumer society. figure philadelphia magic gardens (stairway) massimiliano gioni, “ask the dust,” – . plasticity and plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives), – plasticity and plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) ( – , figure ) align and explore the themes of this phd research—namely, botany, the urban environment, and consumer packaging, including its ongoing, material liveliness in the environment after its single, domestic use. a contemporary interpretation of traditional artistic genres of nature representation, landscape and still life, the towering forms and obscured views in plasticity are derived from my visual experiences of the city centre, while plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) focuses on more domestic and suburban observations. ruminations on the philadelphia magic gardens, with its fragments of glass and ceramics embedded in concrete, contributed to thoughts on material and compositional approaches. also pivotal in arriving at this work has been the studio environment, where i have surrounded myself with plant cuttings in jars filled with water and containers of soil. my prolonged observations of these plants, noticing the emergence of new growth and of roots as they form, has caused me to consider life support systems usually hidden from view by earth. figure julie-anne milinski plasticity and plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) (trial installation) concrete and glass are materials frequently associated with the city, which is sometimes referred to as a concrete jungle, and the combination of these materials has a distinctly urban aesthetic. considering approaches i could take with these materials, neither of which i had used previously, i began studio experimentations that would assist me in coming to understand their properties and the knowledge that comes from extensive handling. concrete also holds autobiographical relevance; prior to his retirement, my father drove a concrete truck. i have childhood memories of going with him to the concrete plant and climbing on the mountains of sand and gravel that would be mixed with cement in the back of the trucks. i am certain that my father viewed concrete as the great liberator from lawn-mowing, and over the years, the lawn-to-concrete ratio of our yard was reduced through the addition of a number of concrete patios. these memories of concrete as a means of supressing nature were embedded early, and often resurface when i see new homes being built in my neighbourhood, with most of the block being covered by the concrete slab that the house is being built upon. referencing both the house slab and the domestic environment, i cast concrete supports in square and rectangular forms in cake tins. some concrete objects have been cast in plastic and glass containers, forming their shape and sometimes imprinting them with plastics identification codes. these imprinted inscriptions reminded me of the concrete slabs that cover access holes to subterranean telecommunications and power services in suburban streets. my collection of glass packaging includes jars from philadelphia, singapore, and france. although some of these jars are simple, they were chosen for the way they captured and held my attention. for example, i was drawn to small, delicate jars, which once contained yogurt, imported from france into singapore, which i then carried to australia. these deliberations of material-circulations had become more frequent after my philadelphia residency and the observations made through my work soft tags ( ). i came to appreciate the substance of glass through the process of sandblasting, which eroded the shiny surface, rendering it opaque and eventually creating holes in the vessel. this experience altered my understanding of glass from being a molten liquid that could be formed into whole, fragile objects, to individual, moveable particles (figure ). i liken the experience of holding a glass vessel in front of the high-pressure stream of water and silica in the sanding booth to holding a block of ice under a water tap, the once solid shape slowly dissolving at the point of where liquid and solid make contact. in comparison, plastic containers do not yield as easily the plastics and chemical industries association, “plastics identification code,” accessed december , http://www.pacia.org.au/content/pic.aspx. to the abrasive process and are far more resilient. the sandblasting also had the curious effect of estranging the glass as a recognisable material. the sandblasted vessels were mistaken as something i had cast, with the eroded surfaces’ indentations being construed as finger-prints. rather than being identical, machine made objects, sandblasting gave each vessel a unique identity. figure julie-anne milinski plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) (detail) i imagined the time spent sandblasting the glass and plastic as a way of ‘fast- forwarding’ what might happen to the materials in an outdoor environment; the sandblasted objects worn appearance is similar to glass and plastic washed up on a beach, eroded by the natural forces of the ocean. as the bottles and jars i had sandblasted were brought into the studio and placed on shelves among the plants, vignettes began to appear to me through the sandblasted holes. these glimpses reminded me of how botany is sometimes experienced in the city—framed by architecture, sometimes through glass, and only partially visible. figure julie-anne milinski plasticity (trial installation) a prominent presence in the work is a large number of plastic tubs that once contained yoghurt (figure ). the physical quality of these particular containers that led me to collect them is their solidity; they seem more like multi-use storage containers (similar to tupperware) than temporary packaging. after attempting to sandblast a hole through one of the tubs, their durability was confirmed and a sustained effort, significantly more than would be required to make a hole in very thick glass, barely penetrated the plastic. hawkins notes the potential for new ways of thinking that might arise from the physical handling involved in recycling where rubbish requires further consideration to be sorted. she says, this doesn’t necessarily make us think about how most of the waste we make comes from exploited labour and goes to an exploited nature. but it does entangle us in new relations and bodily practices that could be the first small step towards a more radical ethics of waste that is based on corporeal generosity rather than just “doing the right thing”. interestingly to my project, the terminology used in the process of making yoghurt includes both nature (flora) and culture: living ‘cultures’ containing the bacteria lactobacillus when ingested, sustain intestinal ‘flora’. it was curious to note how the hawkins, the ethics of waste, . modular tower of monotonous yoghurt tubs seemed to emphasise my consumption. upon viewing this arrangement, a number of people have exclaimed that i eat a lot of yoghurt, recognising the packaging and finding the number of units confronting. innate consumer guilt seems to compel me to draw attention to the expiration dates on the tubs as testimony to the four years that i have been collecting the tubs. this arresting of flows of circulation through collecting rather than disposing or recycling again proved a useful provocation for discussions surrounding consumer culture. figure . julie-anne milinski plasticity (detail) there are three organic references in plasticity. the first is botanical, a single leaf from a sansevieria trifasciata ‘laurentii’, which is cut into thirds and planted in three containers situated on the two towers and on the floor (figures and ). as a botanical monoculture, the plant’s ability to enhance its environment is limited, re- enforcing the monotony of the environment it inhabits. the plant is rendered into an architectural form in the frame-tower, supporting a section of pvc pipe. on the floor, closer inspection reveals that the cut leaf has produced an offspring. however, the plant’s bright lime-green border is lost in propagation, further diminishing its visual impact (figure ). the second botanical specimen is a spider plant, chlorophytum comosum, emerging from a sandblasted plastic bottle, partially visible in the same way botany is framed or obscured by architecture in cities (figure ). third, a turned wooden totem with an anthropomorphic ‘eye’ formed from a knot in the wood, gazes at the abraded surface of a length of pvc pipe, the sanded marks similar to woodgrain (figure ). figure . julie-anne milinski plasticity (detail) i implicate myself as a physical presence in plasticity in the form of an aluminium tower (figure ). in the same way that the city has shaped my views on nature, the constructed frame shapes my physical frame, registering both my altered height and my absence. the construction of this frame, the sensation of standing and fitting so neatly inside it and then stepping outside it brought back memories of x-rays and measurements and made me conscious of the space i occupied in the world. figure . julie-anne milinski plasticity (detail) plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) explores key themes of the research in a tableau of objects and specific plants identified by wolverton in his guide how to grow fresh air. this ecosystem revels in the entanglements of plants and materials, drawing attention to precarious balances inspired by urban botanical environments (figure ). simultaneously, unseen exchanges are occurring as the toxic gasses emitted from materials within the arrangement and wider gallery environment (including plywood, plastic, adhesives, paint, and pvc pipe), are removed by the plants that absorb the airborne toxins and break them down through microbes that exist around bill c. wolverton, how to grow fresh air: houseplants that purify your home or office (london: weidenfeld and nicholson, ). the plants roots. as wolverton notes, “to the human eye, plants may appear static and non-reactive as they continue their normal processes of living and growing. but in scientific terms, plants are highly dynamic”. figure julie-anne milinski plastiscenery (not-so-still-lives) (detail) ibid., . ibid., . as seen in this chapter, the creative works produced for “botanical within the built: visual art and urban botany” manifest my art practice’s focus on human interaction with plants in urban habitats. arising from a continuous reflexive dialogue with the theoretic research conducted in parallel to the studio project, the works use botany as a metonym for the larger natural world. the inclusion of botany and the utilisation and transformation of consumer packaging materials, known to be environmentally detrimental, speaks to my aim of revealing the liveliness of things other than human in our shared habitat. the studio research represents the hybridity of the natural urban environment, and the reciprocities and interdependence of its inhabitants. conclusion as seen in many western cities, the urban density of brisbane is increasing in both the cbd and the surrounding suburbs. indicative of this trend, the view from my home’s front veranda has changed dramatically in the time that it has taken me to complete this project. three houses have been demolished, the blocks of land split in half, and now three new houses sit beside three vacant blocks of land, awaiting construction. most days, my writing has been accompanied by the soundscape of this development—earthmoving equipment, trucks delivering concrete and building materials, nail guns, power saws, drills, and the voices of tradespeople. similarly, time spent at my qca studio has been filled with these familiar sounds, as the twenty-one- level ‘southpoint’ development is erected on the opposite side of grey street; a constant reminder of the city’s expansion. i have gradually moved the plants growing in my studio from one side of the space to the other to catch the remaining light, as the new building casts its growing shadow across the qca campus. across the river, the cbd skyline has been in a constant state of flux as new buildings rise slowly to ever increasing heights. construction of the city’s tallest residential apartment building, the eighty-nine-storey brisbane ‘skytower’ began in . in , the way we live in brisbane is changing, and becoming more like other large cities where high- density living is the norm. the aspect of this change that is important to me is how we cultivate and fulfil our biophilic desires the twenty-first-century city. in this exegesis, i have focused on how investigating the unremarkable botany within the built environment of the city enriches conceptions of nature through proximity and our everyday, mundane encounters with plants. i have argued and established that the use of botany as a leitmotif in artworks can stimulate ideas relating to the larger natural environment. additionally, the inclusion of materials associated with contemporary consumer culture that have been transformed to reveal dormant aspects of their materiality can activate connections between humans and the living and non-living things that reside in the urban environment. in chapter , i considered how personal perceptions of nature were shaped through my personal history of growing up in a country town and moving to a city as an adult. in addition to this geographical shift, my fascination with dichotomies of nature and artifice was explained through my experience of having my growth halted through medical treatment, an intervention that raised my awareness of my natural, biological state being subjected to cultural expectations that could be realised through science. humans’ desire to affiliate with nature was explored through wilson’s biophilia hypothesis, and i discussed how our urban environment shapes our preferences for natural environments. i argued the relevance of developing an aesthetic appreciation for the hybrid city where built and botanical environments overlap, given that this environment is where more than half the world’s population reside and interact with nature. drawing on research by bennett, hawkins, and whatmore, i established the liveliness of other inhabitants of the city, both living and non-living. i determined the vitality of plants, supporting my decision to use botany as a metonym for the wider natural world. similarly, by establishing that non-living materials possess a liveliness, as bennett theorises, the full extent of their presence in an environment was expanded. in chapter , i interrogated the visual methodologies used to explore themes related to my enquiry by selected contemporary artists, ascertaining the effectiveness of various materials in commenting on the natural environment. the use of consumer packaging was noted as prevalent in contemporary art and not without risks, as the materials bear inherent negative associations with environmental degradation. i established the need to conceptually and materially refine artworks to avoid the audience alienation that can arise when artworks are construed as accusatory. material transformations that engage the audience were concluded to be a more effective way of engendering interest in the concepts explored in the research; namely, botany in the built environment, with a focus on contemporary society. a more detailed analysis of my studio activity in chapter argued for the effectiveness of my chosen methodologies—walking, collecting, crocheting and botanical drawing. i identified the way that these methodologies facilitated specific experiences that enhanced and directed my research. through walking, i was able to perceive the city and suburbs in a way that validated the theoretical research on the effects of botany on microclimates. i cultivated an aesthetic appreciation of the nuanced presence of urban botany through time spent wandering in a variety of locations. collecting disrupted the flow of consumer packaging through my own household, forcing a confrontation with the physical presence of the disposable ‘stuff’ of everyday life. the collection of plants in the studio both enhanced the environment and introduced into my periphery the constant activity of botany—growing, living, dying, and decaying. the most mundane of plants revealed their magical ability to propagate from a single leaf. through crocheting and the prolonged handling involved, i came to know the materiality of plastic bags in a way never envisaged through normal, every-day use where the contact would be fleeting. this material knowledge led me to other forms of extended manual handling, such as cutting and sandblasting, which in turn led to visual and theoretical discoveries inconceivable without this studio experimentation. botanical drawing required me to fine tune my visual analysis of botany and turned my gaze to the microcosm. because plant specimens physically altered in the time it took to draw them, my assertion of botany’s agency was again confirmed. again, the time demanded by the methodology allowed for contemplation of the physical subjects of my enquiry that would probably not have occurred through any other instance. this focus on the characteristics of plants’ structures directly influenced the way in which i constructed and installed artworks. chapter presented the artworks produced during this project as evidence of the knowledge i have acquired through the theoretical and visual research, and tested and refined using the stated methodologies. the effectiveness of using botany in artworks to explore issues of the wider natural environment was demonstrated in wilhelmina szeretlek! ( – ), geniculum ( ), jardinière ( ), plasticity and plastiscenery (not-so-still lives) ( – ). the transformation of materials associated with consumer culture was crucial in these works, as well as in re-inventing eden (scenario # ) – revisions and emergents ( ), a virescent series of things, connected or following in succession ( ), and nyc / philadelphia perambulatory harness proposition (come together fall apart, come together again fall apart again) ( ). bringing to light these material properties that might otherwise go unnoticed and linking them with notions of botanical growth reinforced the ongoing vitality of consumer packaging when it is discarded from the domestic environment to the wider environment as either litter or land-fill. the exegesis and the artworks produced in this speculative research confirm the interconnectedness and interdependence of humans and their constructed habitat and the nature that shares the environment. the role of visual art has been shown to enrich ways of considering the natural environment in contemporary urban society through the vibrancy of things, living and otherwise. bibliography allaby, michael, ed. "pollarding." in a dictionary of ecology, th edition. oxford: oxford university press, . ———, ed. "silage." in a dictionary of plant sciences. oxford: oxford university press, . accessed january . oxford reference. allen, john. “australia faces a stormier future thanks to climate change.” the conversation, december . http://theconversation.com/australia-faces-a- stormier-future-thanks-to-climate-change- . anderson, alexandra c. “nature and culture: total immersion.” in judy pfaff: second nature / run amok, - . new york: pavel zoubok gallery, loretta howard gallery, . exhibition catalogue. http://issuu.com/lorettahoward/docs/judypfaff_issu. appadurai, arjun. "the thing itself." public culture , no. ( ): – . doi: . / - - - . art gallery of nsw. “wynne prize.” http://www.artgallery.nsw.gov.au/prizes/wynne/. aspin, martin. “review of the plastic shopping bags (waste avoidance) act .” zero waste sa. november . http://www.zerowaste.sa.gov.au/upload /resource-centre/publications/plastic-bag-phase-out/pbactreview_maspin _nov _ % -% final.pdf. australian bureau of statistics. “capital cities: past, present and future.” last modified april . http://www.abs.gov.au/ausstats/abs@.nsf/products /ac a b b a ca cae ecce ?opendocument. ———. “waste.” australia's environment: issues and trends, jan . last modified may . http://www.abs.gov.au/ausstats/abs@.nsf/lookup/ ebbe d a c dbca c ?opendocument. australia government. “natural disasters in australia.” last modified december , accessed january . http://www.australia.gov.au/about-australia /australian-story/natural-disasters. bandler, hans. “gordon below franklin dam, tasmania, australia: environmental factors in a decision of national significance.” the environmentalist , no. ( ): – . doi: . /bf . battalion, andy. “high line opens last section with adrian villar rojas sculptures.” in the wall street journal, september . http://www.wsj.com/articles /high-line-opens-last-section-with-adrian-villar-rojas-sculptures- . baudrillard, jean. the consumer society: myths and structures. thousand oaks, ca: sage publications, . bell, andrea. “joanna langford: imagined worlds.” in the th asia pacific triennial of contemporary art (apt ), – . brisbane: queensland art gallery | gallery of modern art, . exhibition catalogue. bennett, jane. vibrant matter: a political ecology of things. durham, nc: duke university press, . berleant, arnold, ed. “introduction: art, environment and the shaping of experience.” in environment and the arts: perspectives on environmental aesthetics, – . aldershot uk: ashgate publishing, . ———. “the aesthetics of art and nature.” in the aesthetics of natural environments, edited by arnold berleant and allen carlson, – . orchard park, ny: broadview press, . berleant, arnold and allen carlson, eds. “introduction: the aesthetics of nature.” in the aesthetics of natural environments, – . orchard park, ny: broadview press, . bloemheuvel, marente and toos van looten, eds. “introduction.” in windflower: perceptions of nature, – . rotterdam: nai publishers, . exhibition catalogue. bloomgarden-smoke, kara. “clean up time for time landscape indigenous garden,” the villager (manhattan) , no. ( september– october ). http://the villager.com/villager_ /cleanuptime.html. botanical gardens conservation international. “resources: botanical illustration.” http://www.bgci.org/resources/botanical_illustration/. brady, emily. “aesthetic regard for nature in environmental and land art.” ethics, place & environment: a journal of philosophy and geography , no. ( ): – . doi: . / . ———. “aesthetics, ethics and the natural environment.” in environment and the arts: perspectives on environmental aesthetics, edited by arnold berleant, – . aldershot, uk: ashgate publishing, . ———. aesthetics of the natural environment. tuscaloosa, al: the university of alabama press, . ———. “the human-nature relationship in environmental and land art.” in art, ethics and environment: a free enquiry into the vulgarly received notion of nature, edited by Æsa sigurjónsdóttir and Ólafur páll jónsson, – . newcastle, uk: cambridge scholars publishing and gse research, . brady, emily, and isis brook. “topiary: ethics and aesthetics.” ethics and the environment , no. ( ): – . doi: . /een. . . bridge, gary, and sophie watson, eds. “reflections on materialities.” in wiley blackwell companions to geography: new blackwell companion to the city, – . somerset, nj: john wiley & sons incorporated, . brisbane city council. “environmental weeds.” brisbane city council weed identification tool, http://weeds.brisbane.qld.gov.au/environmental-weeds. ———. “mother-in-law’s tongue,” brisbane city council weed identification tool. http://weeds.brisbane.qld.gov.au/weeds/mother-laws-tongue. ———. “weed classification.” brisbane city council weed identificationtool. http://weeds.brisbane.qld.gov.au/weed-classification. brown, andrew. art and ecology now. london: thames and hudson ltd, . burgin, victor. “situational aesthetics.” in art in theory – : an anthology of changing ideas, edited by charles harrison and paul wood, – . maldon, ma: blackwell publishing, . calvino, italo. invisible cities, translated by william weaver. london: random house, . carlin, george. “george carlin: saving the planet.” youtube video, : . posted by “dadniel”, october . https://www.youtube.com/watch?v= w hrc a c. carson, rachel. silent spring. london: hamilton, . castree, noel, rob kitchin, and alisdair rogers. "anthropocene." in a dictionary of human geography. oxford: oxford university press, . chambers, nicholas. “ st century recession art.” in st century: art in the first decade, edited by miranda wallace, – . brisbane: queensland art gallery | gallery of modern art, . exhibition catalogue. chan, kelly. “getting to the bottom of the high line controversy: how good design spurred chelsea's gentrification.” blouinartinfo international, august . http://www.artinfo.com/news/story/ /getting-to-the-bottom-of-the-high- line-controversy-how-good-design-spurred-chelseas-gentrification. chödrön, pema. when things fall apart: heartfelt advice for hard times. london: element, . christo and jean-claude. “surrounded islands.” http://christojeanneclaude.net /projects/surrounded-islands?view=info#.vbho yvrpgs. collins, reiko goto and timothy m. collins. “art and living things: the ethical, aesthetic impulse.” in human-environment relations: transformative values in theory and practice, edited by emily brady and pauline phemister, – . dordrecht: springer netherlands, . corcoran, patricia l, charles j. moore and kelly jazvac. “an anthropogenic marker horizon in the future rock record.” gsa today , no. ( june ): – . http://www.geosociety.org/gsatoday/archive/ / /article/i - - - - .htm. cox, wendy. “largest world cities.” new geography. last modified april . http://www.newgeography.com/content/ -largest-world-cities- . curl, james stevens and susan wilson. "coppice." in the oxford dictionary of architecture, rd edition. oxford: oxford university press, . dawkins, ursula. “pipe dreams: steiner and lenzlinger's the water hole.” art monthly australia, ( ): – . de sabran, marguerite. “félix fénéon and “art from remote places.” sotheby’s. http://www.sothebys.com/en/news-video/auction-essays/fang-mabea- statue/ / /flix-fnon-and-ar.html. dia art foundation. “walter de maria, the new york earth room.” http://www.diaart .org/sites/page/ / . encyclopedia britannica online. “sir ebenezer howard: british urban planner.” last modified february . http://www.britannica.com/ebchecked/topic / /sir-ebenezer-howard. engberg, juliana, ed. “gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger.” in you imagine what you desire: th biennale of sydney, . sydney: biennale of sydney ltd, . exhibition catalogue. engberg, juliana, gerda steiner, and jörg lenzlinger. gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger: the water hole. melbourne: australian centre for contemporary art, . exhibition catalogue. environmental law australia. “tasmanian dam case.” http://envlaw.com.au /tasmanian-dam-case/. environmental protection authority. “heat island effect.” last modified december . http://www.epa.gov/heatisland/. falk, john h., and john d. balling. “evolutionary influence on human landscape preference.” environment and behavior , no. ( ): – . doi: . / . foucault, michel. “of other spaces.” translated by jay miskowiec. diacritics , no. (spring ): – . the johns hopkins university press. doi: . / . french, blair. “joanna langford: the high country.” art & australia , no. (summer ): – . gandy, matthew. “cyborg urbanization: complexity and monstrosity in the contemporary city.” international journal of urban and regional research , no. ( ): – . doi: . /j. - . . .x. garden castro, jan. “in the studio with judy pfaff: the genesis of two solo exhibitions.” re:sculpt, international sculpture center, november . http://blog.sculpture.org/ / / /judy-pfaff/. gardens by the bay. “conservatory: cloud forrest.” http://www.gardensbythebay .com.sg/en/the-gardens/cloud-forest/visitor-information.html ———. “conservatory: flower dome.” http://www.gardensbythebay.com.sg/en/the- gardens/flower-dome/visitor-information.html ———. “supertree grove.” http://www.gardensbythebay.com.sg/en/the-gardens /supertree-grove/visitor-information.html gawrońska, helena, and beata bakera. “phytoremediation of particulate matter from indoor air by chlorophytum comosum l. plants.” air quality, atmosphere & health , no. ( ): – . doi: . /s - - - . gioni, massimiliano. “ask the dust.” unmonumental: the object in the st century, edited by richard flood, – . new york; london: phaidon in association with new museum, . exhibition catalogue. glaberson, william and lisa w. foderaro. “neglected, rotting trees turn deadly.” the new york times, may , accessed september . http://www .nytimes.com/ / / /nyregion/in-new-york-neglected-trees-prove- deadly.html?_r= . green, christopher. “souvenirs of the jardin des plantes: making the exotic strange again.” in henri rousseau: jungles in paris, edited by frances morris and christopher green, – . new york: harry n. abrams, . exhibition catalogue. hall, peter. “the city on the highway.” in cities of tomorrow: an intellectual history of urban planning and design since , – . chichester, west sussex: wiley-blackwell, . hall, tony. the life and death of the australian back yard. collingwood, vic: csiro publishing, . haraway, donna jeanne. simians, cyborgs, and women: the reinvention of nature. new york: routledge, . ———. “speculative fabulations for technoculture's generations: taking care of unexpected country.” australian humanities review (may ): – . hawkins, gay. the ethics of waste: how we relate to rubbish. sydney: unsw press, . ———. "plastic materialities." in political matter: technoscience, democracy, and public life, edited by bruce braun and sarah whatmore, – . minneapolis, mn: university of minnesota press, . heartney, eleanor. “judy pfaff: loretta howard and pavel zoubok, october to november .” artnews , no. (february ): . hennessy, peter. “patricia piccinini: early installations.” (originally published as “what is installation?”) patricia piccinini. http://www.patriciapiccinini.net/writing/ / / . hitchings, russell. “people, plants and performance: on actor network theory and the material pleasures of the private garden.” social and cultural geography , no. ( ): – . doi: . / . horwood, catherine. potted history: the story of plants in the home. london: francis lincoln ltd, . ipsos. “climate change: australians believe extreme weather events are already more frequent.” ipsos climate change report april . http://ipsos.com.au /australians-believe-extreme-weather-events-and-climate-change-is-more- frequent/. kastner, jeffrey, ed. nature: documents of contemporary art. cambridge, ma: mit press, . keany, francis. “paris climate deal: what will the historic agreement mean for australia?” abc news, december . http://www.abc.net.au/news/ - - /what-will-the-paris-climate-deal-mean-for-australia/ . keehan, reuben. “gimhongsok: irreconcilable differences.” in the th asia pacific triennial of contemporary art (apt ), – . brisbane: queensland art gallery | gallery of modern art, . exhibition catalogue. keep australia beautiful. “our rich history.” http://kab.org.au/our-rich-history/. kellert, stephen r. “the biological basis for human values of nature.” in the biophilia hypothesis, edited by stephen r. kellert & edward o. wilson, – . washington, dc: island press, . ———. "biophilia." in encyclopedia of ecology, edited by sven erik jørgensen and brian d. fath, – . oxford: academic press, . doi: . /b - - . - . koh, buck song. perpetual spring: singapore's gardens by the bay. singapore: marshall cavendish, . kpmg. “trial of a government and industry charge on plastic bags: report of findings.” former standing council on environment and water (incorporating the national environment protection council), october . http://www .scew.gov.au/system/files/resources/ c e -d -ac - b- b af d /files/ps-pbags-rpt-kpmg-final-report-trial-charge-plastic-bags- .pdf. landi, ann. “separating the trees from the forest,” artnews, august . http://www.artnews.com/ / / /separating-the-trees-from-the-forest/. latour, bruno. “on some of the affects of capitalism.” lecture, danish royal academy of science, february . lauder, simon. “victorians pay dearly, but not a drop to drink.” the world today, abc news, december . http://www.abc.net.au/worldtoday/content / /s .htm. lehmann, henry. "adams brings whimsy to life: childhood fantasies become monstrosities." the gazette (montreal), june . proquest. levy, david l. “environmentalism.” in key concepts in critical management studies, edited by mark tadajewski, pauline maclaran, elizabeth parsons and martin parker, . london: sage publications ltd, . low, tim. the new nature: winners and losers in wild australia. camberwell, vic.: penguin, . macauley, david. “walking the city.” in the aesthetics of human environments, edited by arnold berleant and allen carlson, – . orchard park, ny: broadview press, . manacorda, francesco and ariella yedgar, eds. “simon starling.” in radical nature: art and architecture for a changing planet - , – . london: koenig books ltd, . marshall, w.a. “what can we do about tall girls?” archive of diseases in childhood , no. ( ): – . mcconnell, anita. “mee, margaret ursula ( – ).” in oxford dictionary of national biography, edited by lawrence goldman. online edition. oxford: oup, . http://www.oxforddnb.com/view/article/ . meattle, kamal. “how to grow fresh air.” ted video, : , filmed february , posted march . http://www.ted.com/talks/kamal_meattle_on_how_to_grow _your_own_fresh_air?language=en. meggs, lori. “growing plants and vegetables in a space garden.” nasa: international space station. last modified june . http://www.nasa.gov /mission_pages/station/research/ - .html. merchant, carolyn. the death of nature: women, ecology, and the scientific revolution. san francisco: harper, . millenium ecosystem assessment. “overview of reports.” last modified , http://www.millenniumassessment.org/en/global.html. millner, jacqueline. conceptual beauty: perspectives on australian contemporary art. sydney: artspace, . ———. ”patricia piccinini: mysterious matter.” in artand , no. (december ): – . morris, frances. “jungles in paris.” in henri rousseau: jungles in paris, edited by frances morris and christopher green, – . new york: harry n. abrams, . exhibition catalogue. morton, timothy. the ecological thought. cambridge, ma: harvard university press, . ———. ecology without nature: rethinking environmental aesthetics. cambridge, ma; london: harvard university press, . nasa. “climate change: how do we know?” nasa global climate change: vital signs of the planet. last modified january . http://climate.nasa.gov /evidence/. nelson, robert. “gerda steiner and jörg lenzlinger.” the age, january . http://www.theage.com.au/news/entertainment/arts/arts-reviews/gerda-steiner- and-joerg-lenzlinger/ / / / .html. nobre, antonio donato. the future climate of amazonia, scientific assessment report. sponsored by ccst-inpe, inpa and ara. são josé dos campos, brazil, . http://www.ccst.inpe.br/wpcontent/uploads/ / /the_future_ climate_of_amazonia_report.pdf. nyc parks. “greenstreet: time landscape.” http://www.nycgovparks.org/parks /greenstreet-mz /history. o'doherty, brian. inside the white cube: the ideology of the gallery space. expanded edition. santa monica, ca: lapis press ( ) . orr, david w. "the coming biophilia revolution (people raised in urban centres suffer from biophobia)." earth island journal , no. (spring, ): – . proquest.. palau, john b. “best trip ever.” franklin river, tripadvisor, december . https://www.tripadvisor.com.au/attraction_review-g -d -reviews- franklin_river-tasmania.html parsons, glenn. aesthetics and nature. new york: continuum, . philadelphia magic gardens. “about philadelphia magic gardens.” http://www .phillymagicgardens.org/about-us/. piccinini, patricia. “the lovers”, patricia piccinini. . http://www.patriciapiccinini .net/writing/ / / . ———. “truck babies.” patricia piccinini. . http://www.patriciapiccinini.net/print essay.php?id= . the plastics and chemical industries association. “plastics identification code.” last modified . http://www.pacia.org.au/content/pic.aspx. plumwood, val. "the concept of a cultural landscape: nature, culture and agency in the land." in ethics and the environment , no. ( ): – . doi: . /ete. . . . . pollan, michael. the botany of desire: a plant's-eye view of the world. westminster: random house, . ———. second nature: a gardener’s education. new york: grove press, . porch, debra. “griffith university arts education and law group collaborative research project grant application form.” march . roberts, greg. “yandina creek wetlands draining leaves wildlife high and dry.” the australian, july . http://www.theaustralian.com.au/news/inquirer /yandina-creek-wetlands-draining-leaves-wildlife-high-and-dry/story-e frg z - . saito, yuriko. “the role of aesthetics in civic environmentalism.” in the aesthetics of human environments, edited by arnold berleant and allen carlson, – . orchard park, ny: broadview press, . sander-regier, renate. “bare roots: exploring botanical agency in the personal garden.” topia: canadian journal of cultural studies ( ): – . schama, simon. landscape and memory. new york: a.a. knopf, . scottish natural heritage. “rhododendron ponticum and hybrids.” http://www.snh. gov.uk/land-and-sea/managing-the-land/forestry-and-woodlands/looked- after/rhododendron/. secession. “simon starling may –june , .” http://www.secession.at/art/ _starling_e.html. sherwood, shirley. “the renaissance of contemporary botanical art.” in a new flowering: years of botanical art, edited by shirley sherwood, stephen harris and b. e. juniper, – . oxford: ashmolean museum, . simpson, d. p. cassell's new latin–english, english–latin dictionary. london: cassell, . smithson, robert. “entropy made visible.” in robert smithson the collected writings, edited by jack flam, – . berkley: university of california press, . sonfist, alan. “natural phenomena as public monuments ( ).” in theories and documents of contemporary art: a sourcebook of artists’ writings, edited by kristine stiles and peter selz, – . berkley, ca: university of california press, . speier, susanna. “why botanical illustration still matters in the digital age.” colorado public radio, december . https://www.cpr.org/news/story/essay-why- botanical-illustration-still-matters-digital-age. sprod, dan. “truchanas, olegas ( – ).” australian dictionary of biography, national centre of biography, australian national university, published first in hardcopy . http://adb.anu.edu.au/biography/truchanas-olegas- /. starling, simon, and christiane rekade. "clever objects–tell‐tale objects." art history , no. ( ): – . doi: . / - . . steiner, gerda, and jörg lenzlinger. “interview with shelley hinton.” australian centre for contemporary art (website), . http://www.accaonline.org.au/gerda steinerjorglenzlinger. stevenson, angus, ed. “botany.” in oxford dictionary of english. oxford: oxford university press, . oxford reference. sullivan, robert. “valley of the garbage hills.” in the meadowlands: wilderness adventures on the edge of new york city, – . london: granta publications, ( ), . talking heads. naked. warner brothers records, . cd. thomas, martin, ed. uncertain ground: essays between art and nature. sydney: art gallery of nsw, . tickle, ashley. “high line art presents adrián villar rojas ‘the evolution of god’, a major new site-specific sculptural installation at the high line at the rail yard.” press release, september . http://assets.thehighline.org/original _site/press/highlineart/adrianvillarrojas- .pdf. ulrich, roger s. “biophilia, biophobia and natural landscapes.” in the biophilia hypothesis, edited by stephen r kellert & edward o. wilson, – . washington, dc: island press, . united nations. “adoption of the paris agreement.” united nations framework convention on climate change. december . https://unfccc.int/resource /docs/ /cop /eng/l r .pdf. ———. “world’s population increasingly urban with more than half living in urban areas.” united nations: department of economics and social affairs. last modified july . http://www.un.org/en/development/desa/news /population/world-urbanization-prospects- .html. university of hawaii. “about mauna kea observatories.” institute for astronomy, . https://www.ifa.hawaii.edu/mko/about_maunakea.shtml. van straaten, evert. “the vulnerability of nature and art.” in windflower: perceptions of nature, edited by marente bloemheuvel and toos van looten, – . rotterdam, nai publishers, . van valkenburgh, michael. “landscapes over time.” in landscape architecture magazine, march . http://landscapearchitecturemagazine.org / / / /landscapes-over-time/#more- . von bonsdorff, pauline. “urban richness and the art of building.” in the aesthetics of human environments, edited by arnold berleant and allen carlson, – . orchard park, ny: broadview press, . westcott, mary. “plastic shopping bags.” queensland parliamentary library, research brief no / , november . http://www.parliament.qld.gov .au/documents/explore/researchpublications/researchbriefs/ /rbr .pdf. whatmore, sarah. hybrid geographies: natures, cultures, spaces. thousand oaks, ca: sage. . wilson, edward o. biophilia. cambridge, ma: harvard university press, . wolverton, bill c. how to grow fresh air: houseplants that purify your home or office. london: weidenfeld and nicolson, . wolverton, bill c., anne johnson and keith bounds. “interior landscape plants for indoor air pollution abatement.” final report, september , nasa, office of commercial programs-technology utilization division and the associated landscape contractors of america. http://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi .ntrs.nasa.gov/ .pdf. title page abstract edited statement of originality table of contents table version list of illustrations edited a acknowledgement of assistance edited introduction edited theoretical context edited visual context edited methodologies edited my artworks edited conclusion edited bibliography edited artificial intelligence, deepfakes and a future of ectypes editor letter artificial intelligence, deepfakes and a future of ectypes luciano floridi , published online: august # springer nature b.v. the art world is full of reproductions. some are plain replicas, for example the mona lisa. others are fakes or forgeries, like the bvermeers^ painted by han van meegeren that sold for $ million (kreuger and van meegeren ). the distinction between a replica and a fake is based on the concept of authenticity. is this artefact what it claims to be? the answer seems simple but, in reality, things are complicated. today, the paintings of the forger john myatt are so famous that they are valued at up to $ , each, as bgenuine fakes^ (furlong ). they are not what they say they are, but they are authentically painted by him and not by another forger. and they are beautiful. a bit as if one were to utter a beautiful lie, not any ordinary lie. and an artist like magritte seems to have painted not only false picassos and renoirs during the nazi occupation of belgium (mariën ), but also faked his own work, so to speak, in the famous case of the two copies of the painting bthe flavour of tears^ ( ), both by magritte, but one of which he passed off as false—partly as a surrealist act and partly to make money. in this mess, and as if things were not confusing enough, digital technologies further reshuffle what is possible and our understanding of it. thanks to digital technologies, today it is much easier to establish the authenticity of a work. there are databases where you can check authors’ signatures, and millions of images that can be viewed with a few clicks. selling a fake is more difficult. figure shows a reproduction of the blodge on lake como^ by carl frederik peder aagaard ( – ), a danish landscape painter and decorative artist. it was on sale in on ebay. the painting is very popular on the web, and there are plenty of good replicas. nothing wrong with them. however, if you check fig. carefully, you will notice that this is sold as an unsigned boriginal^, which is misleading to say the least. both the quality of the painting and the price are suspicious, and a google image search quickly philos. technol. ( ) : – https://doi.org/ . /s - - - i have discussed the nature of questions and epistemic relevance in (floridi ). * luciano floridi luciano.floridi@oii.ox.ac.uk oxford internet institute, university of oxford, st giles, oxford ox js, uk the alan turing institute, euston road, london nw db, uk http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - - &domain=pdf mailto:luciano.floridi@oii.ox.ac.uk reveals that this is a mere replica. at the time of writing, the painting was no longer available and the seller did not seem to be active on ebay anymore. of course, fakes are not always reproductions; they can also be bnew works^ by a famous artist, like pollock or van gogh. in this case, sophisticated scientific techniques to establish authenticity include tests run using ai. a research paper, published last november by ahmed elgammal, yan kang and milko den leeuw (elgammal et al. ) proposed ba computational approach for analysis of strokes in line drawings by artists^, based on neural networks. the training collection consisted of a dataset of digitised drawings with over , strokes, by pablo picasso, henry matisse and egon schiele, and a few works by other artists. by segmenting individual strokes, the system learned to quantify the characteristics of individual strokes in drawings, thus identifying the unique properties for each artist. the software managed to classify bindividual strokes with accuracy %- %, and aggregate over drawings with accu- racy above %, while being robust to be deceived by fakes (with accuracy % for detecting fakes in most settings)^. it turns out that the way in which individuals draw lines is as unique as their fingerprints or their gait, and ai can help one to discover it, as if it were a microscope. but ai is not just for identifying fakes. let us stay in the netherlands, a very interesting project by microsoft, in collaboration with the rembrandt house museum, has led to the creation of a portrait of a gentleman, which both is and is not a rembrandt (see fig. ). figure a fake, the original is blodge on lake como^ by carl frederik peder aagaard ( – ) see https://news.microsoft.com/europe/features/next-rembrandt/ l. floridi https://news.microsoft.com/europe/features/next-rembrandt/ analysing the known works of rembrandt, an algorithm identified the most com- mon subject (a portrait of a caucasian man, – years old), the most common traits (facial hair, facing to the right, wearing a hat, a collar and dark clothing, etc.), the most suitable style to reproduce these characterising properties, the brushstrokes, in short, all the information needed to produce a new painting by rembrandt. having created it, it was reproduced using a d printer, to ensure that the depth and layering of the colour would be as close as possible to rembrandt’s style and way of painting. the result is a masterpiece. a rembrandt that rembrandt never painted, but which challenges our concepts of bauthenticity^ and boriginality ,̂ given the painting’s strong link with rembrandt himself. i do not know the value of the painting. my bet is that it would be quite expensive if it were auctioned as reliably authenticated as that unique microsoft’s rembrandt. we do not have a word to define an artefact such as microsoft’s rembrandt. so let me suggest ectype. the word comes from greek and it has a subtle meaning that is quite useful here: an ectype is a copy, yet not any copy, but rather a copy that has a special relation with its source (the origin of its creation), the archetype. in particular, an ectype is the impression left by a seal. it is not the real thing, but it is clearly linked in a significant, authentic way with the real thing itself. locke used bectypes^ to refer to ideas or impressions that correspond, although somewhat inadequately, to some exter- nal realities (the archetypes) to which they refer (locke ). digital technologies are able to separate the archetypal source—what was in the mind of the artist, for example—from the process (style, method, procedure) that leads from the source to the artefact (floridi ). once this link is severed, one can have ectypes that are bauthentic^ in style and content, but not boriginal^, in terms of archetypal source, like microsoft’s rembrandt. but one can also have ectypes that are boriginal^ in terms of archetypal source (they do come from where they purport to come) yet not bauthentic^ in terms of production, performance, or method (they are not the ones used by the source to deliver the artefact). in other words, ectypes can be authentic but unoriginal artefacts, like microsoft’s rembrandt, or inauthentic but original artefacts. a great example of an inauthentic original ectype was provided in march by an audio recording of john f. kennedy’s last speech. despite being an ordinary speech from a decades-old campaign trail, it suddenly made headline news. because it was the dallas trade mart fig. the rembrandt that is not a rembrandt. microsoft project with the rembrandt house museum artificial intelligence, deepfakes and a future of ectypes speech of november , the text that jfk would have read, had he not been assassinated mere moments before, on his way to deliver it. the text is original: it comes from the source. but the voice that recites is inauthentic, because it was synthesised by software that analysed recordings of kennedy’s speeches and interviews, in order to blearn^ how to speak like him. the software finally gave voice to jfk’s last speech years late. so here is a kennedy who is and is not a kennedy, similar and yet different from the rembrandt that is and is not a rembrandt. they are both ectypes (see table ). we saw that the production of ectypes does not stop at the work of art, but involves any artefact, from texts to photos, from audio recordings to videos. it is well known that the history of manuscripts, printing, photography, cinema and television is paved with fakes. expect more ectypes too. in particular, artists love to break boundaries and it is easy to imagine that, like magritte faking his own painting, they will start producing their own ectypes. imagine a painter using the software developed by microsoft to produce her own new works. it would still be an ectype, and this would explain why (with qualifications) the process would capture some authenticity. the reproduction of the work of art by mechanical means will have acquired a new meaning (benjamin ). with ectypes, we usually know where things stand. but someone could cheat. last may, google presented google duplex, a version of its ai assistant that simulates being human to help users with simple interactive tasks, like booking a restaurant table. the company was quick to state that it will not intentionally mislead anyone, and that it will make sure always to clarify when a user is interacting with an artificial agent. but someone else could use these technologies for criminal or evil purposes. this is what happens with deepfake, a set of techniques used to synthesise new visual products, for example by replacing faces in the originals. the typical cases involve porn movies in which the faces of famous actresses like gal gadot or scarlett johansson (this is regularly about women’s faces) are used to replace the original faces. in this case too, large databases are needed to instruct the software (which is available for free, and there is also an app), so if you are not a public figure the risks are lower. deepfake also concerns politicians, like president obama, for example. what is the future ahead of us? digital technologies seem to undermine our confidence in the original, genuine, authentic nature of what we see and hear. but what the digital breaks it can also repair, not unlike the endless struggle between software virus and antivirus. in our case, in addition to educating people, acquiring new sensitivities and having the right legal framework, there are at least a couple of interesting digital strategies. for artefacts that are already available, it is easy to imagine table archetype, fake and ectypes original source authentic production leonardo’s mona lisa yes yes han van meegeren’s forged vermeers no no microsoft’s rembrandt no (qualified) yes jfk’s trade mart speech yes no l. floridi ai systems that give us a hand. it would be interesting to analyse microsoft’s rembrandt and kennedy’s speech with an artificial system to see whether it discovered them to be ectypes. research is already available on methods to expose deepfake videos generated with neural networks (li et al. ). in short, let us remember the software developed to analyse drawings: there are plenty of sophisticated tools for detection of image forgery. and more are likely to be developed as the demand for them increases. next, as regards new artefacts, because originality and authenticity are also a matter of provable historical continuity from the source to the product through the process of production, the much-vaunted blockchain, or a similar solution, could make a big difference. blockchain is like a register that stores transactions in an accruable, safe, transparent and traceable way. as a secure and distributed register of transactions, blockchain is being explored as a means of reliably certifying the origins and history of particular products: whether in terms of securing food supply chains, or in recording the many linked acts of creation and ownership that define the provenance of an artwork. in the future, we may adopt the same solution wherever there is a need to ensure (or establish) the originality and authenticity of some artefact, be it a written document, a photo, a video or a painting. and of course, a future artist may want to ensure, through a blockchain, that her work of art as an ectype is really what it says it is. at that point we shall have travelled full circle, for we shall have bgenuine ectypes^, like the microsoft’s rembrandt, or kennedy’s speech. references benjamin, w. ( ). the work of art in the age of mechanical reproduction. london: penguin. elgammal, a., kang, y., & den leeuw, m. ( ). picasso, matisse, or a fake? automated analysis of drawings at the stroke level for attribution and authentication. arxiv preprint arxiv: . . floridi, l. ( ). understanding epistemic relevance. erkenntnis, ( ), – . floridi, l. ( ). digital’s cleaving power and its consequences. philosophy & technology, ( ), – . furlong, m. ( ). genuine fake : a biography of alan watts. portsmouth: heinemann. kreuger, f. h., & van meegeren, h. ( ). han van meegeren revisited : his art & list of works. delft: f.h. kreuger. li, y, chang, m.-c., farid, h., & lyu, s. ( ). in ictu oculi: exposing ai generated fake face videos by detecting eye blinking. arxiv preprint arxiv: . . locke, j. ( ). an essay concerning human understanding. new york oxford: oxford university press. mariën, m. ( ). le radeau de la mémoire : souvenirs déterminés. paris: pré-aux-clercs. artificial intelligence, deepfakes and a future of ectypes artificial intelligence, deepfakes and a future of ectypes references in the fifth zone: abstract painting, modernism, and cultural discourse in the western zones of germany after world war ii by yule frederike heibel b i a . hons., the u n i v e r s i t y o-f b r i t i s h columbia, a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of master of arts i n the faculty of graduate studies (department of fine a r t s ) we accept t h i s t h e s i s as conforming to the r e q u i r e d standard the university of british columbia september (g) yule f r e d e r i k e h e i b e l , in p r e s e n t i n g t h i s t h e s i s i n p a r t i a l f u l f i l m e n t of the requirements f o r an advanced degree at the u n i v e r s i t y o f b r i t i s h columbia, i agree t h a t the l i b r a r y s h a l l make i t f r e e l y a v a i l a b l e f o r reference and study. i f u r t h e r agree t h a t p e r m i s s i o n f o r e x t e n s i v e copying of t h i s t h e s i s f o r s c h o l a r l y purposes may be granted by the head o f my department o r by h i s or her r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s . i t i s understood t h a t copying or p u b l i c a t i o n o f t h i s t h e s i s f o r f i n a n c i a l gain s h a l l not be allowed without my w r i t t e n p e r m i s s i o n . department of -r̂ w / f w ? • the u n i v e r s i t y of b r i t i s h columbia main mall vancouver, canada v t y date l(> 'ctph^lyt^ m?(r abstract a f t e r t h e de-feat of h i t l e r germany i n , m o d e r n i s t p a i n t i n g i n a n o n - g e o m e t r i c , l a r g e l y a b s t r a c t s t y l e took h o l d i n the w e s t e r n o c c u p i e d zones of t h e c o u n t r y ( - ) , and f l o u r i s h e d f o r a l l i n t e n t s and p u r p o s e s u n c h a l l e n g e d as the f o r e m o s t e s t a b l i s h e d s t y l e of p a i n t i n g d u r i n g the e a r l y y e a r s of t h e f e d e r a l r e p u b l i c of germany ( t h r o u g h t h e s). most a r t h i s t o r i c a l s c h o l a r s h i p t o d a t e p o s i t s t h i s phenomenon i n one of two modes: . germany, e n t h r a l l e d by b a r b a r i s m f o r t w e l v e y e a r s , i n the west opened i t s e y e s t o t h e modern p a i n t i n g of i t s european n e i g h b o r s and of t h e u n i t e d s t a t e s , and v i a s t u d i o u s a p p l i c a t i o n , managed t o c a t c h up t o t h o s e a l l e g e d l y p r e - e x i s t a n t s t a n d a r d s ; o r , . western germany became a pawn of t h e u n i t e d s t a t e s i n i t s c o l d war s t r u g g l e w i t h t h e s o v i e t union and i t s a r t " r e f l e c t s " t h i s . in c o n t r a s t , my t h e s i s shows t h a t t h e s e v i e w s , w h i l e " t i d y i n g up" the c o n t r a d i c t i o n s of the p e r i o d , i n the f i n a l a n a l y s i s a r e u n t e n a b l e s i n c e : . a s t a t i c s t a n d a r d or "norm" o f m o d e r n i s t p a i n t i n g had nowhere i n europe s u r v i v e d i n t a c t the u p h e a v a l s of t h e e a r l i e r p o r t i o n of the t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y — and i n p a r t i c u l a r of the war; . the i n i t i a l postwar p e r i o d , from c. / t h r o u g h t o / , cannot be d e s c r i b e d as a p e r i o d of c u l t u r a l " a m e r i c a n i z a t i o n " because us c u l t u r a l p o l i c y i t s e l f was a t t h i s time f a r from u n i v o c a l ; and . w i t h i n germany, many c u l t u r a l opponents of n a z i s m , p e o p l e who had been p r o p o n e n t s of advanced a r t b e f o r e t h e n a t i o n a l s o c i a l i s t p e r i o d , were a c t i v e l y i n v o l v e d i n f o r g i n g a renewed c u l t u r e of modernism. f a r f r o m b e i n g i i p a s s i v e r e c i p i e n t s , t h e s e a r t i s t s , w r i t e r s , and i n t e l l e c t u a l s were h e l p i n g t o c r e a t e t h e new i n d e x of postwar modernism. c r e a t i n g t h i s new i n d e x took p l a c e w i t h i n the c o n t e x t o f g r e a t p o l i t i c a l and s o c i a l i n s e c u r i t y w i t h i n germany as w e l l as w i t h i n europe g e n e r a l l y , and i t took p l a c e w i t h i n t h e c o n t e x t o f renewed i n t e r n a t i o n a l — i n p a r t i c u l a r f r a n c o - g e r m a n — c o - o p e r a t i o n . these c o n d i t i o n s i n t u r n a f f e c t e d the a r t i c u l a t i o n of advanced a r t . my t h e s i s then a l s o s u g g e s t s answers t o t h e q u e s t i o n of why the p a r t i c u l a r s t y l e of a b s t r a c t i o n based on s u b v e r t i n g f o r m , r e j e c t i n g non- o b j e c t i v e p a i n t i n g , and e m p l o y i n g a r c h a i c and p r i m i t i v e m o t i f s , w h i l s t e s c h e w i n g a l l f o r m s of d i d a c t i c i s m or o t h e r d i r e c t a d d r e s s t o the v i e w e r , s h o u l d become t h e p r e f e r r e d s t y l e of advanced p a i n t i n g i n west germany. the d i s c u s s i o n i n c l u d e s t h e a r t i s t s w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r , f r i t z w i n t e r , e.w.nay, theodor werner, h e i n z t r f l k e s , and o t h e r s . to answer t h e s e q u e s t i o n s and t o p r o v e my c o n c l u s i o n s , i employ a method of i n v e s t i g a t i o n based on a c l o s e r e a d i n g of the c r i t i c a l t e x t s r e l a t i n g t o a r t and c u l t u r e p r o d u c e d d u r i n g t h i s p e r i o d , i n p a r t i c u l a r as f o u n d i n a r t m a g a z i n e s l i k e das kunstwerk; a c o m p a r a t i v e a n a l y s i s o f c o n c u r r e n t d e v e l o p m e n t s i n f r a n c e and the us, n o t a b l y s i m i l a r q u e s t i o n i n g s of t r a d i t i o n a l h i g h modernism by f r e n c h " i n f o r m e l " and " a r t a u t r e " s t y l e s ; and a r e - e x a m i n a t i o n of p o l i t i c a l movements and t e n d e n c i e s i n postwar germany w h i c h t o d a y have been l a r g e l y f o r g o t t e n , e s p e c i a l l y t h o s e s o c i a l i s t movements w h i c h s t r i v e d f o r a u n i f i e d and n o n - a l i g n e d europe. the u n d e r l y i n g a s s u m p t i o n t h r o u g h o u t i s t h a t the postwar p e r i o d p r i o r t o c. / i n w e s t e r n germany was one o f s u r p r i s i n g c u l t u r a l v i t a l i t y and f e r m e n t w h i c h was, however, l a r g e l y e c l i p s e d by t h e more f a m i l i a r image of an e c o n o m i c a l l y r e s u r g e n t , a r t i s t i c a l l y more c o m p l a c e n t , and s u p p o s e d l y a m e r i c a n i z e d west germany i n t h e s. table of contents l i s t of i l l u s t r a t i o n s v acknowl edgements . v i i n t r o d u c t i o n n o t e s ? c h a p t e r one: s e a r c h f o r a m e a n i n g — p o s t w a r i n t e l l e c t u a l and c u l t u r a l d i s c o u r s e the " d a r m s t a d t e r gesprach ": m i r r o r of c u l t u r a l concern t h e o r y of c r i s i s , t h e o r y i n c r i s i s : the e f f e c t of h i s t o r y on a r t and c u l t u r e l o o k i n g f o r t h e new r e a l i t y : the i n t r u s i o n of the a r c h a i c "europeans a f t e r a l l " — t h e i n t e r n a t i o n a l resonance of breakdown breakdown as b r e a k o u t : the r e s t o r a t i v e f u n c t i o n of e x i g e n c y n o t e s c h a p t e r two: the i n t e r a c t i o n of p o l i t i c s and c u l t u r e : the n e c e s s i t y of f i n d i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n i n a r t b e r l i n e r k o n s t l e r : an e x h i b i t i o n w i t h a p u r p o s e when e q u a l s because e q u a l s : w e s t - i n t e g r a t i o n and b l o c p o l a r i z a t i o n . . . . . "one b o r e s us": propaganda and o p t i m i s m , a s o p o r i f i c c o m b i n a t i o n the f r e n c h c o n n e c t i o n and the "germany of tomorrow" changes i n t h e a m e r i c a n a p p r o a c h — t h e f l u i d i t y of c o n c e p t s n o t e s cone u s i o n n o t e s b i b l i o g r a p h y i v list of illustrations f i g . : w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r , two e r a s , p. f i g . : w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r , composi t i o n . c . p. f i g . : w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r , v a r i a t i o n of e i d o s . p. f i g . : w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r , p e r f o r a t i o n . p. f i g . : george g r o s z , the p a i n t e r of the hole. p. f i g . : w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r , u r z e i t q e s t a l t e n . p. f i g . : e r n s t w i l h e l m nay, autumn sono. p. f i g . : e r n s t w i l h e l m nay, m e l i s a n d e . p. f i g . : f r i t z w i n t e r , black-whi t e . p. v acknowledgements i w o u l d l i k e t o thank s e r g e g u i l b a u t and d a v i d s o l k i n -for a l l o w i n g me t o p u r s u e t h i s t o p i c and w r i t e the t h e s i s w i t h c o m p l e t e and u t t e r independence w h i l e s i m u l t a n e o u s l y m a i n t a i n i n g t h e i r e x p e c t a t i o n of e x a c t i n g s t a n d a r d s — n o mean f e a t c o n s i d e r i n g t h e f a c t t h a t t h i s t h e s i s was p r o d u c e d " l o n g d i s t a n c e , " t h a t i s , c i r c a , mi e s - a s - t h e - c r o w - f i e s - o n g - d i s t a n c e . f u r t h e r m o r e , i thank my husband werner bah i k e f o r h i s u n w a v e r i n g s u p p o r t , c r i t i c i s m , h a r a s s m e n t , and h a r a n g u i n g — i n the end, i t d o e s n ' t m a t t e r who i r r i t a t e s whom, i t ' s the p e a r l t h a t c o u n t s . ( o l d o y s t e r wisdom.) and then t h e r e a r e f r i e n d s who, whether they know i t or n o t , p r o v i d e needed r e s p i t e s from a r t h i s t o r y — l i k e h o l d i n g up a m i r r o r and l e t t i n g me see some r e a l human comedy. in p a r t i c u l a r , i thank g a b r i e l a and c h r i s t i a n , s e v e r i n and l i o b a , who " m e i s t e r " - f u l y c o d d l e d me back t o l i f e d u r i n g my s t a y a t t h e i r house i n m u n i c h , and m a r i l y n d a n i e l s and s c o t t m a c k e n z i e f o r making , m i l e s f e e l l e s s l i k e i t was on a n o t h e r p l a n e t , and b e t s y b u r k e f o r t h a t and many o t h e r t h i n g s b e s i d e s — l i k e memory, f o r i n s t a n c e . v i introduction to t h e e x t e n t t h a t t h e l a s t works of a r t s t i l l communicate, t h e y denounce t h e p r e v a i l i n g forms of communication as i n s t r u m e n t s of d e s t r u c t i o n , and harmony as a d e l u s i o n of decay. — m a x h o r k h e i m e r , " a r t and mass c u l t u r e " ( ) t h i s s t a t e m e n t , made d u r i n g max h o r k h e i m e r ' s e x i l e from n a z i germany i n new y o r k , announces what c o u l d not be s a i d a l o u d w i t h i n the t h i r d r e i c h , but what w o u l d become the k e y n o t e i n t e l l e c t u a l v i e w p o i n t a f t e r the d e f e a t of f a s c i s m i n . i t a n t i c i p a t e s the deep p e s s i m i s m w h i c h r e s u l t e d from t h e p e r c e i v e d c r i s i s of o c c i d e n t a l c u l t u r e , a c r i s i s w h i c h was f e l t t o be never c l e a r e r than i n the y e a r s f o l l o w i n g t h e war. whereas i n the e a r l i e r p a r t o f t h e t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y t h e hope f o r a r a d i c a l p o l i t i c a l change i n w e s t e r n s o c i e t i e s , a change b o r n e by the w o r k i n g c l a s s i n c o a l i t i o n w i t h p r o g r e s s i v e c u l t u r e p r o d u c e r s and i n t e l l e c t u a l s , k e p t a l i v e t h e image of a humanity w i t h o u t o p p r e s s i o n , the r i s e o f f a s c i s m i n e u r o p e , the h i t l e r - s t a l i n p a c t , and w o r l d war i i d e r e a l i z e d the r e m a i n i n g v e s t i g e s of t h i s hope i n the h e a r t s and minds of many. the e n s u i n g " n i h i l i s m " — a c a t c h - a l l p o p u l a r i n the postwar p r e s s — w a s such a p r e v a l e n t theme i n germany t h a t we have t o ask i n what way i t a f f e c t e d and i n t e r a c t e d w i t h c u l t u r e and m o d e r n i s t p a i n t i n g . to do t h i s we can compare a p a i n t i n g made i n by w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r t o h o r k h e i m e r ' s p r e s c i e n t s t a t e m e n t of . b a u m e i s t e r , a l o n g w i t h p a i n t e r s such as e r n s t n i l helm nay, theodor werner, and f r i t z w i n t e r , among o t h e r s , came t o r e p r e s e n t the m o d e r n i s t a b s t r a c t p a i n t i n g i d i o m of the s i n west germany. w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r was born i n t h e - - late nineteenth century, like horkheimer, in stuttgart. he had not emigrated, instead staying in germany during the twelve years of ns rule, holding out in what was referred to as "inner emigration." denounced as a degenerate a r t i s t , he was forbidden to paint, and like many others, was conscripted into some sort of service to the regime—in baumeister's case, he worked as an advisor in a paint factory. whilst the "outer emigres" were often isolated in their new, sometimes temporary homes, the "inner emigres" were totally cut off from international developments, isolated by the censorship of the "thousand year realm." the painting, called two eras (fig. ), shows two crudely marked totemic figures bunched toward the right of the canvas and set on a pale ground. these rough figures partially overlay geometric shapes which look to be free-floating in a kind of utopic, imaginary space. the scene is anchored by a horizon line made of the same crude material as the primitive shapes arising from i t — i t is their humus, so to speak. this ground and its totemic offspring are the dominant force in the painting: both are drawn in a purplish brown, heavy line, contrasting greatly with the much brighter squares and circles— green, yellow, orange, blue, dark pink—in the background, overcoming geometry's vibrancy through sheer oppressive darkness. although threateningly dominant, they are not substantial because they are sheer, that i s , they exist only in outline and hence thereby increase their ghostliness. what is striking is that the lighter, elegant geometry floating in the void behind the figures came f i r s t , while the totems, overlaying their ground, came after. and, adding to the paradox, that this ideal stencil which is the impossible ground of the figures is also connected by fine broken lines to the humus of primitivism. one era is overlaying another, and both are facing the viewer. the older era forms - - the ground -for the newer, and it is shown as an impossible world where gravity counts -for nothing. yet this utopia has to be an illusion since i t , too, is rooted in the ground. the same ground, in fact, as the era which follows i t , and which takes the shape of a kind of mute and ghostly primitivism. a look at baumeister's prewar work leaves one with the impression that two eras is a comment on recent history. baumeister, who was already a well-known artist during the weimar period, had been passingly associated with the bauhaus, and during the s and s he made paintings which depended on geometric regularity, as, for example, his composi tion. circa ( f i g . ) . this constructed vision gradually gave way during the later s to more disturbingly irregular, amorphic shapes and sometimes surrealist themes, an attention to the subconscious, and to myth. thus, a painting like variation of eidos i, ( f i g . ) has relinquished the geometric faith in reason which in composi tion shows a human figure, newly designed, taking pride of place in a series of logically ordered squares, and instead shows the disintegration of the human figure: although not yet headless, the depicted figure's head, located top centre, is separate from the rest of i t s anatomy which consists of amoebic, only vaguely articulated shapes. during the war years and after, this breakup of rational figuration is increasingly exacerbated, as is clear in the perforation ( f i g . ), and disintegrates into a world of mute, hermetic, non- communicative informal ism. in two eras, the harmony between those two worlds of reasoned geometry and subsequent primitivism is a delusion of decay and the communication of this idea shows the destructiveness of the f i r s t era, the rawness i t has begat. the question which then arises for culture itself is: given the examples of horkheimer's pessimistic statement and the seemingly irreconcilable "two - - worlds" shown in baumeister's painting, what were the options open to culture after the second world war? how could artists and intellectuals, and through them the country, rebuild culture, especially in relation to its failures before and during the war? in dealing with this topic, the researcher is bound to encounter a number of prejudices which must be dismantled. due to the postwar creation of two r i v a l l i n g power blocs in europe, one beholden to the leadership of the united states and the other to the soviet union, abstraction, according to a pro-western view, is seen primarily as an expression of "freedom" in contradistinction to the propagandists art of social realism which, being the soviet aesthetic, is "dictated." the apologists for "freedom" then r a l l y around abstraction and proclaim the vital superiority of occidental culture: hardly had the ideal of modernism risen again to the surface here and there, in the midst of the hunger and misery of a ruined germany, than it was at once clear that it had not been affected by the war and the horrible political events. rather i t had completely preserved that former continuity of thought which nourished i t , and was responding to the same forces which guided the new european generation in p a i n t i n g . by presenting the "ideal of modernism" as some sort of (ideal) essence which miraculously rises all by i t s e l f , werner haftmann, the art historian just quoted, makes of a l l modernism a wholly unhistorical process which then in turn can dismiss history: "not been affected by the war..." haftmann presents a continuity untouched by historical events by relying on an essentialist view of modernism. using a different strategy, but arriving at the same destination, are those historians who harp on the concept of the "zero hour," that i s , that with the defeat of the third reich one had the chance of starting over completely, utterly, from "scratch," as it were, again giving the false impression that the past would not intrude. here again it is appropriate to cite another essay by horkheimer: "it is vain to hope that in better times [ i . e . , when the war is over and hitler is defeated] men will return to morality," a warning, it seems, against "zero hour" naivete. meanwhile, those in the west who are c r i t i c a l of the point of view presented by haftmann in his museum of modern art catalog essay tend to denounce all hermetic and non-communicative art as having been instrumental in the failure of the german people to come to terms with their past and, i t seems to be implied, with their "german-ness." here again we face an essentialist outlook. the historically determined tendency of germans to regard themselves as having a "special" history is here repeated in the assumption that only the germans among all modern nations have failed to come to terms with their past.* in those art histories which point an accusing finger at the west and in particular the united states, but which also maintain the basic assumption that in the course of historical development germany has taken a "sonderweg," an essential s p i r i t is supposed to exist a p r i o r i . on the one hand this "spirit" is "special," whilst on the other it is continually made the object of others's whims—that i s , it is prevented from coming into its own. the resultant weitschmerz then becomes an a f f e c t - f i l l e d vehicle designed to run down windmills. hence, when in the s the grip of american dominated formalism loosened, "neo-expressionism" could be brought on stage as the incorporation of the zeitqeist (german, of course) and as the supposed coming to terms with past history (special, of course). typical of this is a catalog-book, expressions; new art from germany, in which siegfried gohr, one of the authors, wri tes: [baselitz's] conception of painting has shown both that it is impossible for modern art to deal naively with nature, and that artists must defend themselves against pressures to conform—a necessity particularly marked in germany, a society that in the immediate postwar period derived its standards from external sources and, oriented to the west and to america, once again relinquished its own t r a d i t i o n . in particular the suggestion that germany "once again relinquished its own tradition" hearkens back to a pre-modernist, pre-critical concept of nationalism which the second world war had bankrupted. that this is an ahistorical view clothing i t s e l f in history should no longer surprise those who examine the immediate postwar production of culture—including intellectual discourse and painting—and thereby r i d themselves of the attitude that german postwar culture was on the one hand "special"—in relation to the rest of bombed and burning europe—and on the other hand solely "object," that i s , s t r i c t l y at the whim of the a l l i e d occupiers and assorted "bad" germans. hermetic, non-communicative painting could be as c r i t i c a l of the past, of nazism, and of the failures of occidental culture in general as the most accusative expressionism or realism of the time. there i s , for example, no garantee that, had realism dominated abstraction in the s, a work such as george grosz's the painter of the hole ( f i g . ) would not have generated a formulaic, standardized style. this is a work f i l l e d with interesting allusions —note the hole in the painter's head, the same hole repeated on every canvas, the rats crawling from the hole and over the rim of the canvas, the fact that the painter is but a living corpse with a hole where his viscera should be, a rat where his genitals should be, a manacle s t i l l round his neck—but even though i t speaks of the painter's inability to speak, of his lack of any subject left untouched by the ravages of war which could s t i l l be painted, one nonetheless associates the work with preconceived ideas of pain, exigency, and despair. it could thus be argued that since abstract, non-communicative painting was a negative response, a refusal to engage in outworn categories of thinking, it was often more c r i t i c a l than i t s humanist-inspired counterpart. that this kind of art should in later years help to engender a non-commital relationship with the past, as ganter grass has maintained in the a r t i c l e - - cited above, is an historically determined matter, not one which is essentially of the art. only by rejecting this essential ist view and making our analysis historical can we understand the conditions o-f culture's production and in turn understand the product. we will also come closer, i hope, to better understanding the intricate process whereby a c r i t i c a l , negative culture helped to reshape history affirmatively. that i s , i am suggesting that abstract painting in postwar germany was the logical counterpart of a discourse of pessimism, and that in turn the reshaping of the negativity entailed in this culture was crucial to the regrouping and reintegration of western europe today. affirmation—of conformist modernism and "americanization" on the one side and social realism and "stalinization" on the other—did not occur immediately upon the division of germany into four zones and i t s later consolidation into two states. the complexity of postwar culture was far too unmanagable for anyone to impose an instant conformity on i t . in the soviet- occupied zone, for example, where a similar cultural policy was followed as in the western zones, art exhibitions featuring a broad spectrum of styles were mounted. the f i r s t major show in the east zone took place in dresden in and included all major styles from realism through to expressionism, surrealism, and abstract a r t . likewise did the west zones show all the art which had been suppressed during the nazi period. in june a major exhibition of modern german art was mounted in konstanz (southern germany), where again the core of the exhibition was formed by the art suppressed during the third reich: i t included the expressionism of the "brflcke" group, nolde, schmitt-rottluff, rohlfs, heckel, dix, and others, as well as the cool constructivism of bauhaus artists such as oskar schlemmer, and also abstractionists like max ackermann and w i l l i baumeister.is in this immediate postwar period, an emphasis on pluralism provided the keynote theme to almost every exhibition. the reason •for this can be found in a desire to evade the stigma of dictatorship which the nazis had imposed during their twelve year reign. but what was also at stake for the german organizers of these exhibitions was reaching the generation of twenty- to thirty-year olds who had grown to maturity during the third reich and who were wholly unfamiliar with the aims and history of modern art. as one reviewer of the konstanzer show put i t : what, for example, can a twenty-year old today, one who was not blessed with receiving in his parents's home an a r t i s t i c stimulus and an awareness of the tradition of a r t i s t i c development, know of the expressionists, of the strivings of abstractionists or s u r r e a l i s t s ? the need to escape from the enforced backwardness of "blood and soil" culture was crucial to regaining a measure of c r e d i b i l i t y within europe. this need was perceived by almost everyone—excepting those who s t i l l adhered to nazism—in the german postwar political and cultural spectrum, and the way that it could be exploited and forged into an ideological vehicle is a major concern of this paper. one of the ways of rectifying the damage wrought by nazism was through a recourse to humanism. here again the eastern and the western establishment did not d i f f e r . whilst the western establishment recuperated the c r i t i c a l thrust of a painting like two eras into the uninterrupted continuum of modern art, firmly entrenched in a humanist idealism (we need only recall haftmann, cited above, as one example among many of this), an orthodox marxist view denies the existence of c r i t i c a l content, and instead chides the west for its anti-humanism, its attempt to thwart the humanism of communism: a coalition of all reactionary, anti-humanist, and anti-national forces - - ever brought forth by the dominant culture of german imperialism along with the equally reactionary forces of american imperialist culture was made possible on the basis of americanization and militarization. the importation of imperialist mass culture brought about a kind of fusion of these imported cultural goods with the ruling imperialist culture of the federal republic of germany at the expense of the humanist cultural tradition and of the progressive national cultural h e r i t a g e . analysis will show that the traditionalists on both sides wanted to claim "humanism" for themselves, whereby each side modified its definition. for the west, humanism is that factor supposedly common to all men and women which binds us to each other, to which we can all relate, and which ameliorates our community. c r i t i c s of this ideology have pointed out, however, that the appeal to "our common humanity" is in an exploitative, capitalist society used to whitewash basic structural injustices which have l i t t l e to do with an abstract concept of humanity or humanism, but which are brought about through man's ruthless and arrogant ambition to dominate other men and women. in a commmunist ideology, "humanism" is more akin to a radical potential which will be liberated as a result of revolutionary struggle; here, too, it is an abstract principle drawing heavily and largely uncritically on earlier, nineteenth-century conceptions of humanism, only now linked to revolution, a bourgeois bete noir. yet there was another discourse at work during this period which through its pessimism and nihilism called into question the very concept of nineteenth- century humanism, which critiqued it and posed a threat to i t , thereby gnawing at the bourgeois roots of the concepts which supported social configuration in the west and in the east. this critique gained momentum due to the abhorrent culmination, at war's end, of twentieth century history: genocide, millions dead, the survivors—natives and "d.p.'s" alike—living in rubble without heat in winter and very l i t t l e food, a social structure that was in shambles, the guilt of being responsible for this, the fear that war would break out yet - - again, this time -fought with atomic weapons. as conditions o-f li-fe changed, however—in the west notably with marshall aid from onward—so did the grounds o-f the negative response to the original c r i s i s , which in turn changed the way cultural products -functioned ideologically in society. beyond attempts by traditionalists to re-implement a prewar style attached to a humanist outlook were c r i t i c s who at a very early stage were demanding a more current, selective, and rigorous painting in the attempt to detoxify german culture of nazism. one writer in the independent magazine die geoenwart specifically called on modern art to help in this task. but a clear caveat was added: if one tries to upkeep a "modernity" with works whose masters are today standing at the edge of old age, if one thus tries to reestablish a connection with an a r t i s t i c style that was valid over thirty and more years ago, one would yet again rescucitate a past as model for the present. that this would be a mistake does not need to be elaborated. the f i r s t voices to call for an art appropriate to the time were making themselves heard. the reference to taking "a past" as a model seems to refer to the ns credo of trying to turn the clocks backward, of rejecting modern culture. they, too, took "a past" as a model, and any attempt to do so after their defeat —even if one takes a "good" past—is doomed from the outset. embracing the modern and the future was in this sense not simply a flight from the past, but a necessary corrective to i t . the dilemma, then, was one of having to face an immediate past which is tainted forever, of not being able to reconnect with an even more distant past without running the risk of repeating a ns tactic, and also of facing on the one hand an orthodoxy of the left and the right which wants to reinstate "humanism," and on the other hand the presence of dissatisfaction, disillusionment, and "nihilism," which, by rejecting almost everything, is threatening the very possibility of rebuilding society. in the following chapters, we will examine a series of events, occuring around , which will enable us to understand how a discourse of negativity could be recuperated into affirmation and why only the abstraction of artists like baumeister and those associated with a brand of "informal" painting succeeded in establishing itself as the emblem of postwar german painting. the f i r s t chapter will deal with the intellectual/cultural discourse and i t s relation to painting. a symposium on "the image of man in our time," held in darmstadt, will serve as the introductory event to the issues as well as some of the protagonists. in this chapter i will examine how the concerns of were rooted in the previous decade and what their international resonance was. the second chapter leads more immediately into the political issues of the day. by examining an exhibition of berlin artists held in the federal republic's new capital city of bonn in , i will show why the p l u r a l i s t i c approach of the f i r s t postwar exhibitions could by no longer represent modern and free culture. these inquiries will show in what way modernism— discredited by the nazi regime—could be restored f i r s t in the western zones of germany, and eventually reach its dominant position in the federal republic of germany. unless specifically noted otherwise, all translations into english of the german a r t i c l e s , books, and catalogs quoted in this thesis are my own. - - f i g . : w i l l i baumeister, two eras, , oil on canvas. - - fig- : w i l l i baumeister, composi tion. c. , pencil and gouache on cardboard, cambridge, busch-reisinger museum. - - f i g . : w i l l i baumeister, perforation, , oil on canvas. f i g . : george grosz, the painter o-f the hole. , aquarelle, cambridge, courtesy o-f the harvard u n i v e r s i t y art museums (busch-reisinger museum) purchase-germanic museum association - - notes ithe quote heading this paper comes -from max horkheimer, "art and mass culture," studies in philosophy and social science ( ), p. . horkheimer left germany for new york city in ; the journal zeitschrift for sozialforschunq. published by the institut fdr sozial- forschung and edited by horkheimer, existed from (frankfurt) to (new york). until volume nr. ( / ) articles were s t i l l published primarily in german, with a few english-language pieces throughout. thereafter, the journal appeared in english, also changing its name to studies in philosophy and social science. a perusal of journals like frankfurter hefte and die geoenwart confirms this, as do max frisch's observations in his postwar journal: the word with which one can cause the most mischief these days is nihilism—one only has to leaf through our papers and already another one has been spotted! sartre is one, wilder is one, jflnger is one, brecht is one... a truly binding word! i can l i t e r a l l y see them, our second-rate reviewers, dashing about with their germicide spray, and as soon as something living frightens them, they spray with eyes closed: "nihilism, nihilism!" n i h i l i s t in the sense of our press is the doctor who x-rayed me today instead of rouging my cheek: because what shows up when he x-rays won't be p r e t t y . . . . what they call positive: the fear of the negative. — entry from late autumn, , in: max frisch, taoebuch - (frankfurt: suhrkamp taschenbuch, ), pp. - . max frisch became one of the best-known and most important authors in postwar europe. born in in zurich, he became an architect and only gradually relinquished this profession in favor of writing. his - journal was published in ; later journals were published in . he began publishing fiction in ; his best-known works include sti er. , and homo faber. . in he came into contact with bert brecht who was in zurich at this time, passing from exile in america to the east zone of germany. brecht was at this time also consolidating his most important postwar play, die taoe der commune, about the paris commune. in frisch had travelled through germany, italy, and france, and in he travelled to prague, berlin, and warschau. w i l l i baumeister, b.stuttgart in , died in ; max horkheimer, b.stuttgart in , died in . see anthony heilbut, exiled in paradise; german refuoee artists and intellectuals in america, from the s to the present (boston: beacon press, ). - - for biographies and monograms on baumeister, see will grohmann, wi i baumeister (stuttgart: w. kohl hammer verlag, )—this was the -first postwar monogram published on a german artist—and, for a more comprehensive work, g tz adriani, editor, baumeister: dokumente. texte. gemalde (cologne: dumont, ). " in-formal ism" is the english translation -for "l'art informel." this term was -first extensively used by michel tapie in his book un art autre ( ). it is "an extremely broad term" used in the s to describe "a mainly abstract but non-geometric style characterised by such terms as "shapeless", "intuitive", 'psychic improvisation". l'art informel included such tendencies as tachisme, matter art, lyrical abstraction, and american action painting (though i t refers primarily to european art)." —see john a. walker, ossarv of a r t . architecture and design since . nd rev. ed. (london: clive bingley l t d . , ), s.v."l'art informel," pp. - . s t y l i s t i c a l l y , "informal ism" bears certain, identifiable hallmarks: it is largely abstract, although some artists associated with it s t i l l use figuration, provided that the figurative elements are distorted or otherwise "estranged" from their "natural" appearance; i t s forms are "informe" in the sense that they f a l l outside of conventional recognizabi ity or accepted/ traditionalist categories of aesthetic beauty; its abstraction is rooted in surrealism, automatism, and even expressionism, but never in geometric styles of abstraction. in a way, it is an assault on form and on almost everything conventional associated with "form." it is a style of painting which burgeoned during the post-ww ii period in practically every european country. one of the most codified manifestations of "informal ism" occured in paris when the art c r i t i c michel tapie began writing about "art autre"—he published a book by that name in . phi osophical y and ideologically, "informal ism" goes far beyond the categories of style and becomes very d i f f i c u l t to pin down. in part, this text is an attempt to "pin down" whatever there was of informal ism (and why) in the art produced in germany during the postwar period. pitting itself against conventions of "form," informal ism was often also a challenge to other conventions, such as those of traditional language and communication. in that sense, it can be called non-communicative. but i have to point out that i am not using the word "non-communicative" because the artists at the time here under discussion thought of their work in this way (at least i have not found any published statements to support this); the designation "non-communicative" stems more from the pejorative statements of informal ism's foes—gunter grass's later statements, discussed in the following pages, are such an attack, for example. while it is my contention that the art under discussion here posed a challenge to conventional modes of communication, it also seems to me that its "non-communicativeness" was something which became dominant and which was exarcerbated by this informal type abstraction's success and acceptance in the s. the more it was embraced into the bosom of the art market, the more "non-communicative" i t perforce became since communication would have entailed making apparent i t s differentiated "historical becoming" and its reasons for its "crisis in reception" and its "lack of social compliance"—see my discussion of adorno's statements regarding this issue, page of this text. by using the label non-communicative, while simultaneously analyzing in what way this art was engaged in communication or in establishing an alternate language, i hope to push the reader toward seeing the paradox, and possibly realizing that it was a - - subsequent development—in which popularity and sales play a dominant r o l e - - which made people -forget that this painting once had something important to say. 'there have been a number o-f thoroughgoing studies in recent years on the ideological usefulness of american abstract expressionism as a means of furthering american goals and policies. see for example eva cockcroft, "abstract expressionism, weapon of the cold war," artforum (june ): - , john tagg, "american power and american painting: the development of vanguard painting in the united states since ," praxis nr. (winter ): - , jane de hart mathews, "art and p o l i t i c s in cold war america," american his- torical review (oct. ): - , and serge guilbaut, how new york stole the idea of modern a r t , trans. arthur goldhammer (chicago: university of chicago press, ). ^werner haftmann, german art of the twentieth century (new york: the museum of modern art, ), p. . original english text quoted. the "not been affected by the war" analysis as well as the "zero hour" analysis are really both just two sides of the same coin. in both cases, there is a stubborn insistance on separating art from history, culture from p o l i t i c s . culture is at best allowed a spurious relation to p o l i t i c s . the "zero-hour" analysis is also sometimes used in an "historical- c r i t i c a l " manner, that i s , it is assumed that germans truly could "start over," build a just society, etc., and that they failed to do so even though they—and only they—had this once in a lifetime opportunity. a moderate version of this is karin thomas, zweimal deutsche kunst nach ; jahre nahe und feme (cologne: dumont buchverlag, ). the f i r s t chapter is called "the victory of the 'great abstract' over the 'great real'—the search for a reconnection to modernism after " and is subdivided as follows: " . —'zero hour' and new beginning; . reconnection with the 'international style'; . realism on the sidelines; . sculpture betwixt convention and avant-gardism." the problem with this seems to me to be one of assuming that a "norm"— in this case "modernism," "international style" (thomas does not refer to architecture here, but to abstract painting), etc.—exists, prefabricated, so to speak, ready to be "reconnected" to (which then makes those who reconnect either "modern" or "conformist") or "deviated" from, as the case may be. i would prefer to argue that "norms" do not exist pre-given, in a void, but rather are worked out, worked on, and bargained, bartered, and traded upon by all parties concerned. norms change and are continuously adapted; such a thing as a modernist norm could hardly survive intact the history of the twentieth century and hence, i would argue, did not even exist in a consentaneous, "international" form at war's end. that a new norm was worked out by the early s does not mean that it existed in or that it spontaneously appeared above the players's heads like an epiphany. max horkheimer, "the end of reason," studies in philosophy and social science ( ), p. . original english text. j see the criticism launched by gonter grass, "geschenkte freiheit; versagen, schuld, vertane chancen," die zeit nr. . may , pp. - . f o r a thoroughly revised look at the thesis of the german "sonderweg" - - see david blackbourn and geoff eley, the peculiarities of german history; bourgeois society and politics in nineteenth-century germany (oxford and new york: oxford university press, ). eley's and blackbourn's book was originally published in german, mythen deutscher geschichtsschreibuno. by the ullstein verlag in . although this book deals mainly with the period up to weimar, it has repercussions on the way post-world war ii history has been written. it caused a major furor amongst german historians and was the subject of extensive media debates. the book is pertinent to this paper since much postwar art history, especially in view of the recent resurgence of neo-expressionism, focusses on the idea that germany has not come to terms with its past, and that germany is somehow unique in this regard. this, however, would presuppose that, for example, britain has come to terms with colonialism, france with algeria, the united states with vietnam. since f a i l i n g to come to terms with the national past is not a purely german t r a i t , as the preceding references indicate, an insistence that only germany has committed this error seems to me to be another way of evading history. eley and blackbourn refer to hans-magnus enzensberger who, in the s cited the words, "qui s'accuse, s'excuse," as an illustration of how the ideology of the "sonderweg" can function as an opiate and/or excuse. this is in no way intended as a lessening of the enormity of germany's crime as perpetrator of genocide, racism, and war, but i do suggest that the often s h r i l l insistence on german "uniqueness" strikes me as an almost gloating excuse for what germany has done. it gloats at having succeeded at evading a real coming to terms with history. eley's qualifying remarks in the book's introduction explain his intent and also serve as an example of what i hope to do in this paper: ...the purpose of these remarks and the detailed exposition which follows is not to minimize the differences between germany and other european societies and to homogenize nineteenth-century and twentieth- century european history in some kind of capitalist developmental stew. my aim is not to argue that before germany was merely one capitalist society like any other, separated only by certain "accidents" of previous historical development from britain or france. i have no desire to demote the importance of specific political differences amongst societies or to explain away the patent authoritarianism of the german political system, diminishing the latter to a pure epiphenomenal significance. nor (to go to the other extreme) am i advocating the practical historian's familiar nominalism, in which every society is "peculiar" and history's comparative calling completely dissolved. (...) i am really arguing for an experimental shift of perspective. in the following pages it will certainly be argued that imperial germany was less "backward" and more "modern"—and therefore more positively comparable to say edwardian britain—than most historians have been prepared to admit. but in general my wish is not to question the existence of "authoritarian and anti-democratic structures in state and society" (bracher). my aim is simply to ask how else they might be understood, with a view to generating some new and interesting questions, [p. ] s a i n t louis, art museum, expressions; new art from germany. june- - - august (travelling exhibition), p. . siegfried gohr's catalog essay, pp. - , is entitled, "the difficulties of german painting with i t s own tradition," and recapitulates the german "sonderweg" thesis in art history. i^jutta held, kunst und kunstpolitik - ; kulturaufbau nach dem .weitkrieq (berlin: verlag fur ausbildung und studium in der elefanten press, ), p. . t h i s i n i t i a l l y flexible cultural policy in the east zone was of course eventually abandoned; by , when the us's policy of marshall plan aid made i t clear that there could be not uncompromised participation for communism with capitalism in europe, a soviet style of social realism began to be more and more o f f i c i a l l y encouraged as a way for east zone germany to differentiate itself further from developments in the western zones. the "konstanzer kunstwoche"—constance art week—was held for a month, from the st to the th of june and included an exhibition of german contemporary art ( paintings plus graphic a r t ) . i' l . e . r e i n d l , "moderne kunst in konstanz," das kunstwerk nr. ( / ), p. . imperialisrous und kultur. edited by the institut far gesel schafts- wissenschaften beim zk der sed, lehrstuhl fur marxistisch-leninistische kultur- und kunstwissenschaften (munich: damnitz verlag, ), p. . isbkd., " s c h r i . k u n s t . s c h r i d i e geoenwart nr. / ( ), p. . "bkd." could be one of the magazine's contributing editors, ernst benkard. the t i t l e of the a r t i c l e refers to the text beneath a magdalen altar painted in by lucas moser, "schri.kunst.schri.und.klag.dich.ser.din.begert.jeez.niemen.mer. so.o.we." roughly translated this means, "cry art cry and thineself deplore, for no one wants you anymore. so alas." in the s an avant-garde german art magazine took "schri kunst schri" as its t i t l e . - - chapter i: search for a meaning—postwar intellectual and cultural discourse the "darmstadter gespr&ch ": mirror of cultural concern in the magistrate of the city of darmstadt and the committee "darmstadter gesprach" sponsored a symposium on the topic of das menschen- b i l d in unserer zeit—"the image of man in our time"—to which were invited some of west germany's most significant culture spokesmen: w i l l i baumeister, by then the country's leading abstract a r t i s t ; theodor adorno, philosopher and returned emigre; alexander mitscherlisch, psychoanalyst; and hans sedlmayr, the conservative art historian. while the symposium took place from the th to the th of july, an art exhibition with the same t i t l e could also be visited through the period of july to september . this chapter will examine the issue the symposium meant to address as well as this issue's rootedness in the intellectual history and discourse of the postwar period. the p a r t i c i - pants's contributions as well as a reflection on the t i t l e of the symposium will show that the key issue of the talks was the status of "man" in contemporary society; that i s , primacy seemed to be no longer accorded as a matter of course to the conception that rational man stood at the centre of thought, society, p o l i t i c s , culture. the symposium participants approached this issue in varying ways, stressing different aspects of "the image of man in our time." hans sedlmayr, whose book verlust der mitte—"loss of the centre"—had garnered a wide response, considered the entire modern european cultural development a decline of man from god. as a conservative he prescribed a medicine which differed from that advocated by other symposium participants, yet there was s t i l l a basic - - agreement on the diagnosis of the ailment. according to sedlmayr, the usual hierarchies of top and bottom, of anthropocentricism, were in disarray, and their disintegration had become programmatic: the c r i t e r i a for differentiating between the subnatural and the supernatural are also not always easy; in primitive art there is often a fusion of the sacred and the cacodemonic, and thus also an unprecedented blurring of these two spheres of being is occuring today, indeed, it is being consciously strived for by some tendencies, such as the surrealists. the exchanging of top and bottom is the agenda. sedlmayr advocated abandoning modern art altogether in favor of what he perceived to be the secure values of older, humanist art which had given to man an unquestioned central place in exchange for the unquestioned place of god at the head of an hierarchy of values. whilst this prescription placed him in the camp of the reactionary foes of modernism, his perception of the crisis—the deliberate violation of the separation of "lower" and "upper" spheres and its resultant undermining of a rational image of man—belied an understanding of the modern akin to that of i t s most progressive champions. the notion that "culture" and "barbarism" should be mutually exlusive had given way to the recognition that instead they were indeed often twinned. this was a new perception in the sense that culture criticism had previously focussed on the notion of degeneracy or decadence, a criticism which left the idea of culture i t s e l f intact. now culture was examined as a theoretical object seen in dialectical relation to its obverse. seeking a way of coming to terms with this new perception, the psychoanalyst alexander mitscher isch, another symposium participant, suggested a therapeutic approach to the problem of the culture-barbarism dialectic. unlike his conservative colleague, he did not advocate a banishment of the "lower" spheres (inclusive, following sedlmayr, of most "tainted" modern culture), and instead retained a therapeutic thrust by reminding the audience of the dangers of repression: - - the "lower" is maybe not at all "demonic" as long as the "upper" doesn't deny its existence! to be sure, when this occurs, it [the "lower"] avenges i t s e l f with a primal power, reaching into the most remote areas of human a c t i v i t y . and let's not forget: it has the power to make of reason a whore! mitscherlisch warned that repression—which sedlmayr commended—would not equal security against the "lower" or demonic spheres, as the reference to reason's whorishness—its role in the nazi regime as servant in crimes against humanity— implies. such a therapeutic strategy, implying a confrontation with the unknown and demonic in order to avoid repressing i t , also is present in w i l l i baumeister's defense of modern art. "i protest," said baumeister, "against the claim that modern art is a symptom of a broad degeneracy or that it is degeneracy i t s e l f . " baumeister tried to defend the symbolic power of art, which, he emphasized, need not be rooted in naturalism and naturalistic depictions of man. abstract art is able to f a c i l i t a t e a confrontation with the unknown and thereby lead to a positive understanding of man and the unknown, and not, as sedlmayr would claim, to a furtherance of demonic powers, of decadence and decay in the world. baumeister, who expressed his philosophy in his book das unbekannte in der kunst —"the unknown in art"—lauded the recent discovery of cave paintings in the dordogne, primitivism, and "the unknown," thereby c r y s t a l l i z i n g a rather widespread feeling that a recourse to "beginnings," to primary phenomena can be a means of mastering one's present situation. this concern for primitivism also signalled a concern for authenticity. that i s , with the irrational or primitive so strongly f e l t , it could be argued that a repression of "the unknown" would also betray a lack of authentic response to the contemporary condition. the recent past, nazi atrocities, the second world war, and the physical as well as spiritual destruction of europe - - had taken place, and hence, simply to return to a past model which proposed to advocate a one-sidedly bright, "upper" sphere view of culture which would eliminate the "lower" sphere by decree was seen as inauthentic at best and as caught up in the aesthetics o-f kitsch at worst. the interest in kitsch and its opposite, authentic art, had never been entirely extinguished even during the ns period. in the period from to , eighty-three articles on the nature and phenomenon of kitsch were published in germany, and after the war, clement greenberg's "avant-garde and kitsch," originally published in the united states in , was translated and published in germany in . that the best modern art is concerned with authenticity was the argument reiterated by theodor adorno at the darmstadt symposium. besides insisting on the differentiated gualities to be found in "radical painting," —that i s , that abstract art was not a single undifferentiated mass but rather that it showed layers of historical becoming—adorno also emphasized the power of attraction which the disharmonious elements in the modern arts exert: a very peculiar relationship which one should want to describe very subtly and very precisely is to be found here, a being-pul ed-into, a peculiar attraction which exudes exactly from those non-harmonious elements, a being-enticed-by-adventure, by the not-yet-experienced; simultaneously, the willingness to resist harm by helping it to adopt a s i g n . thus, the abstract painting which contains these non-harmonious elements is in fact offering resistance to suffering by providing it with a sign, by making a differentiated emblem in which a viewer can decipher a truthful—because not harmoniously reconciled—picture of the world. it is in this way that the dissonance, the break with the traditional aesthetic of harmony and tradition per se. which had usually accorded priority to the image of man, constitutes art's authenticity in the modern period: if at all there is a preservation of tradition, a rescuing of tradition - - —i am here citing juan gris verbatim—then it could only have its place where one no longer has anything directly to do with tradition, whereas everywhere in modern art where one does re-fer to tradition, precisely those moments which are the salient ones to modern art are obscured and levelled to the category of universal beauty which has become so deeply suspect to us al . a break such as this in turn has social consequences for art since it brings with it a c r i s i s in reception: that a c r i s i s in reception, in the sense that most of the public is alienated from modern art, exists in today's art is something no reasonable person would deny. (...) this lack of social compliance on the part of modern art is in itself a social expression. if one takes social responsibility as seriously as i t should be taken, ...then one has to own up to the fact that modern art was driven to break with consumption, that the breadth of production, insofar as it wants to remain viable on the market—for the sake of its saleability—has intensified the mechanisms of the commodity character of art i t s e l f , has intensified everything which makes reality despicable and unbearable to us. in actual fact, the interests of human beings (...) are today represented only by that art which orients itself in no way according to conventions, to cliches, to the s p i r i t of the illustrated press, the radio, and the magazines. probably the only artist today who represents the interests of society is the one who does not let himself be made the mouthpiece of those who pretend to speak for society when in reality they are concerned only with manipulating society as consumers, their own claim to truth notwithstanding. adorno is here attacking both eastern and western ideologies since he saw both as trying to manipulate people into "buying" a particular "line" which in turn blocks c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g . the artist has to refrain from becoming either side's mouthpiece. while sedlmayr saw the modern artist in cahoots with modern society in trying to dethrone man—and god—from their centrality as point of reference, adorno saw modern art as being the authentic resistance to a brutalizing and barbaric history, and even as an authentic attempt to c r i t i c i z e and offer an alternative, whilst in the west the logic of consumer society offered the inauthentic alternative of commodified man. - - theory of c r i s i s . theory in c r i s i s : the effect o-f history on art and culture this then was the state of a particular kind of advanced cultural criticism in germany in , a criticism that offered.a diagnosis of a point of c r i s i s in modern culture which even conservatives like sedlmayr would agree with, no matter how different the latter's prescription was. what i would like to ask now is what specifically had produced this sense of c r i s i s , where i t s roots in recent history lay, and how i t manifested i t s e l f in the painting being produced. w i l l i baumeister, for example, often referred in his immediate postwar production to the thematics outlined above. a painting like the urzeitoestalten ( f i g . ), with i t s cave-wall like ground of sand-colored, thick impasto and i t s primitive, shaman type figures does not provide the renaissance spatial perspective indicative of hierarchy which sedlmayr valued so highly. instead, man is dethroned, god is absent except perhaps in the form of ritual magic, and the human figures, outlined with coarse black, purple, and reddish lines, are barely recognizable since they are placed on the same level of differentiation as their environment of signs, symbols, and object-shapes. this conglomeration of shapes also lends a certain impenetrability to the painting, underscoring the sense that everything is taking place on the surface, on the wall of this cave, beyond which no world of man-made architecture can be found. instead, the cave wall—the canvas—is the only ground on which this new-ancient world acts: the rest is lost in oblivion, or perhaps has been deliberately abandoned. but the viewer is neither delivered into total chaos since the figures and their archaic world are s t i l l placed centrally on their ground. the menschenbi d—"the image of man"—however encoded, strives to assert i t s e l f . ernst wilhelm nay, another painter who came to represent german postwar - - modernism, in his immediate postwar work manifested the same struggle, using different s t y l i s t i c means. his autumn song of ( f i g . ) shows a canvas covered with a jagged patchwork of brushstrokes creating planes or surfaces which obscure and then reveal parts of houses, figures, and landscapes. in the foreground of this f i e l d , two figures, elongated or otherwise made to f i t the flow of the picture, are discernible. at the bottom left a seated figure holds what could be a flute, while on the right another dances with upraised arms and thrown back head and face. the figures are distorted, they tend to merge with their patterned background, and are perhaps not v i s i b l e to the cursory glance; they do not stand out in the picture the way one might expect i f they belonged to traditional figuration. in some ways the painting looks like it hearkens back to a prewar expressionism, but it does not exactly repeat this affective moment: these figures and their ground are modified by an interweaving of surfaces and passages which does not permit the figurative to dominate. the texture of figures and ground are interwoven. this serves somewhat to mute the affective. this ambivalent "toning down" of affect—ambivalent because it is s t i l l allowed to show through in the agitated brushwork and the choice of colors even if the subject matter is now encoded—is also apparent in a work called melisande ( f i g . ). somewhat like in a cubist picture the eye is led along the surfaces of different objects and planes, including those of human figures, and sometimes can discern a roof, a head, body parts, something to suggest that there is subject matter intended behind the play of pattern and color. but the human does not dominate, except perhaps in the crass appeal of the painting's colors to e l i c i t a strong—positive or negative—(human) response in the viewer. nay seems to be trying to use a form idiom associated with picasso and - - with cubism to metamorphose an essentially expressive, affective intention into something which evades direct association with german prewar expressionism. his fusion of cubist and expressionist elements tends to serve to disintegrate any recognizably human figures, but these are nonetheless present in the paintings, simultaneously asserted and called into question.is this struggle between assertion and cal ing-into-question must be followed through the s in order to understand its valency in . what must be understood f i r s t is the deep mistrust with which european culture— obviously most especially germany with its historical self-designation as "a nation of poets and thinkers"—was regarded by many of i t s former masters and apprentices after the war. as the swiss architect and writer max frisch, travelling throughout europe after the war, noted during a stay in hamburg: one of the most decisive experiences which our generation, born in this century but reared s t i l l in the s p i r i t of the previous one, has been able to make—especially during the second world war—is that people who are full of that [ i . e . , th c.] culture, connoisseurs who can with wit and enthusiasm discuss bach, handel, mozart, beethoven, bruckner, can easily act as butchers; both in the same person. let's call that which distinguishes these people an aesthetic culture. their special, identifying trait is their non-commitment, the clean separation between culture and p o l i t i c s . . . . it's a frame of mind which can think the loftiest (for the earthly is tossed overboard so that the hot-air balloon can rise) and which doesn't prevent the basest, a culture which rigorously exempts itself from the demands of the day, which is f u l l y at eternity's service. culture in the sense of an idol which is satisfied with our a r t i s t i c or scientific achievements but which licks the blood of our brothers behind our backs—culture as moral schizophrenia is in our century customary. how often, when once again we speak of germany, someone brings up goethe, s t i f t e r , hblderlin, and all the others which germany has produced, namely in this sense: genius as a l i b i . culture, usually removed to ethereal spheres in order to serve as the a l i b i of greatness able to excuse the corruption of p o l i t i c s , was seen to be stripped of i t s ideological veil by frisch and many other c r i t i c a l thinkers. the illusion of maintaining two separate spheres—politics and culture—was shattered: "whoever doesn't concern himself with p o l i t i c s has already executed the taking - - o-f sides which he wanted to spare himself: he serves the ruling p a r t y . " the critique of this breakdown of culture, reason, and individuality which was seen to culminate with fascism began prior to war's end, often in exile from ns germany, and sometimes within the borders of the ns regime i t s e l f as the immediate flourishing of these critiques after h i t l e r ' s defeat indicates. in exile, horkheimer in wrote an essay entitled "the end of reason." he noted that: the destruction of rationalistic dogmatism through the self-criticism of reason, carried out by the ever renewed nominalistic tendencies in philosophy has now been r a t i f i e d by historical r e a l i t y . the substance of individuality i t s e l f , to which the idea of autonomy was bound, did not survive the process of industrialization. reason has degenerated because i t was the ideological projection of a false universality which now shows the autonomy of the subject to have been an i l l u s i o n . the collapse of reason and the collapse of individuality are one and the same. here the historical groundwork for the struggle between the assertion of the individual and i t s being questioned is described. it is a process rooted in enlightenment thought based on s e l f - c r i t i c i s m . unforseen was the rigor with which self-critique and analytical reason would undermine their own ontological bases. yet the problem is not a "purely" philosophical one, but rather is a process aided by concurrent social and economic developments, as horkheimer i ustrates: with the disappearance of independent economic subjects, the subject as such disappears. it is no longer a synthetic unit; it has become senseless for it to preserve itself for some distant future or to plan for its heirs. in the present period the individual has opportunities only on short term. once secure property has vanished as the goal of acquisition, the intrinsic connection between the experiences of the individual disappears. concern for property under orderly competition and the rule of law has always been constitutive of the ego. slaves and paupers had no individuality. the "premise of all my acting in the sensuous world, can only be as part of that sensuous world, i f i live amongst other free beings. this determined part of the world . . . i s called...my property." horkheimer links the contemporary breakdown of reason and individuality—of - - the subject—with the economic anarchy o-f advanced capitalism and o-f fascism. it should be clear as well that with the collapse of the ns regime, "order" did not return to germany. instead, social and economic anarchy increased in virulence as the remnants of society struggled with disease, hunger, "displaced persons," military occupation, and a lawlessness on the streets which manifested i t s e l f in black market dealings, a widespread breakdown in acceptable sexual mores, promiscuity, as well as assorted forms of violence. pre-marshal plan social conditions in europe, particularly germany, did not manifest a return to planned, orderly society, and hence neither to integrated subjectivity. furthermore, horkheimer makes an intrinsic connection between oppression and language, an emphasis which is also reexamined by other writers in several postwar a r t i c l e s . horkheimer writes: [fascism] strikes down that which is tottering, the individual, by teaching him to fear something worse than death. fear reaches farther than the identity of his consciousness. the individual must abandon the ego and carry on somehow without i t . under fascism the objects of organization are being disorganized as subjects. they lose their identical character, and are simultaneously nazi and anti-nazi, convinced and sceptical, brave and cowardly, clever and stupid. they have renounced all consistency. this inconsistency into which the ego has been dissolved is the only attitude adequate to a reality which is not defined by so-called plans but by concentration camps. the method of this madness consists in demonstrating to men that they are just as shattered as those in the camps and by this means welding the racial community together. men have been released from such camps who have taken over the jargon of their j a i l e r s and with cold reason and mad consent (the price, as it were, of their survival) tell their story as i f i t could not have been otherwise than i t was, contending that they have not been treated so badly after a l l . those who have not yet been j a i l e d behave as if they had already been tortured. they profess everything. the murderers, on the other hand, have adopted the language of the berlin night club and garment c e n t e r . what has seemingly irrevocably occured is that the identi ty-buildinq function of language has been lost or corrupted. the very language which people speak under fascism and also under advanced capitalism is incapable of creating identity or community. a a r t i c l e which dealt with german's drift into argot—and with - - the concommitant ineffectuality of "straight" language—analyzed the cause to be fascism's failure to create a new language despite its attempts to create "the new man" and to have left behind nothing but disintegration: the fact is that fascism f a i l e d , despite i t s claim to total transforma- tion of human beings, in achieving a depth effect on language even remotely comparable to the effect on language which the french and russian revolutions achieved. a new order was anchored, in language as well, through the force of principles. national socialism and fascism, which did not believe in principles, could not have a true language, either. the process begun by capitalism run wild, which culminated in fascism, had left behind disintegration, loss of identity, and loss of language, according to many of the postwar analyses. despite the claim of the totalitarian regime to explain every facet of l i f e , i t s explanations were always disingenuous because they were made on the basis of preconceived answers to preconceived questions: "the speeches were always the same. and every schoolboy knew how to imitate them. (...) that's where the real danger of thinking in the ' t o t a l ' lay: nothing in the world required a serious examination, a new mental effort; for every question the answer had already been preconceived." old language has thus become corrupted but new language is not taking form, either. the dilemma—focussed on language and culture but intricately interwoven with society, economics, and politics—was overwhelming, but both reifenberg and krauss, the two writers cited above, warned of the dire effects of relying on a merely passive resistance to the lies of fascist language and on a merely quietist fatalism vis-a-vis the lack of a new, vital language. no one, however, as yet proposed a new program for language's renewal. the pessimistic fatalism which writers warned of could be discerned in the form of radical disinterest on the part of youth in p o l i t i c s , culture, and society. describing the state of intellectuals in postwar germany, the magazine - - frankfurter hefte came to the conclusion that the situation was catastrophic— although i t added that this was not restricted to germany alone. the situation was especially bad among the young, students in this case, who dared not talk of their war experience without running the risk of being accused of harboring nazi sentiment—who hence were unable to "work through" those experiences—and who displayed an alarming pessimism which far outstripped the sense of c r i s i s experienced by their elders! but the knowledge of what they want is for these students less significant than their knowledge of what they do not want. and that is why pessimism so often lies like a dark shadow over their lives. "you asked me what's going to happen now," a student answered me, "i believe nothing will become of us anymore. there's just going to be another war anyway." and what of political parties and their a b i l i t y to generate a committed following? the parties were tainted with the same paralysis and decrepitude which had undermined the v i a b i l i t y of society. the christian democrats, a largely conservative, highly anti-communist party, prescribed a warmed-over traditionalism which the younger generation found d i f f i c u l t to believe i n , the communist party, a poor cousin to the social democrats, seemed incapable— whether due to being shackled to a stalinist line or to being traditionally distrusted and eventually hounded out of existence in west germany—of renewing public imagination. the spd (social democratic party of germany), which should have been able, given i t s traditionally strong support in germany, to do just that, f a i l e d , it could be argued, more than any other party in f u l f i l l i n g its mandate. this party should have taken on the mantle of a c r i t i c a l reexamination of the past—including the mistakes made by anti-fascists like themselves which helped make nazism possible. but instead the party radically refused to do this and instead upheld a mythology of innocence and blamelessness for the past: the - - spd after the war reasserted its prewar, s rallying cry, nach h i t l e r , wir! -"after h i t l e r , i t ' s our turn!"—meaning that social democracy would take over a-fter h i t l e r ' s defeat, without ever asking any questions about how this overly confident, naive s view had perhaps contributed to the consolidation of h i t l e r ' s power, and how it could possibly survive the war, the genocide perpetrated by the nazis, intact. needless to say, the party also failed to examine i t s role in the weimar government as possibly having aided the rise of fascism. instead, kurt schumacher, himself a survivor of h i t l e r ' s camps, took over the party's leadership after the war and gave to it the myth of original grace: the party has never made a mistake. hence, the spd, too, operated with the language of "the total," of preconceived answers to all questions. despite the fact that i t had a large following after the war—as it did prior to h i t l e r ' s rise to power—it failed to be a source of real renewal, as i t s willingness to accomodate the occupying powers in their reinstitution of the old capitalist structures demonstrates. thus the only common denominator which could be said to exist amongst progressive tendencies in germany after the war was not a political a f f i l i a t i o n with any one party; rather only an unstructured anti-fascism had united them during the war and remained the common bond afterwards. lookinq for the new reality: the intrusion of the archaic in art also an anti-fascistic, whether passive or active, stance was the identifying characteristic of progressive postwar art p r a x i s . the most obvious signifier of this stance was the valorization of styles repressed during the ns period. hence, as mentioned in the introduction, all the occupied zones - - showed a r t t h a t was p r e v i o u s l y s u p p r e s s e d as " d e g e n e r a t e , " and a l s o t r i e d t o put on e x h i b i t i o n s w h i c h c o u l d s e r v e as l e s s o n s i n modern a r t h i s t o r y i n o r d e r t o h e l p o r i e n t the g e n e r a t i o n o-f twenty- t o t h i r t y - y e a r o l d s who, h a v i n g come t o m a t u r i t y d u r i n g h i t l e r ' s r e i g n , had not been exposed t o t h e a r t o f the e a r l y t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y . a s i m u l t a n e o u s t h r u s t r e q u i r e d l o c a t i n g a new, a p p r o p r i a t e s t y l e or v i s u a l language f o r the t i m e . a s u r v e y o f what was d i s c u s s e d and p u b l i s h e d on modern, i n p a r t i c u l a r a b s t r a c t , a r t w i l l show t h a t i n the a r t d i s c o u r s e t h e c r i t i c i s m of o l d language and a concommitant c a l l f o r a new one, f o r a new r e a l i t y was as i n s i s t e n t as i n the l i t e r a r y magazines and t h e d i s c u s s i o n s s u r r o u n d i n g s o c i a l i s s u e s . the p a i n t i n g p r o d u c e d by a r t i s t s l i k e b a u m e i s t e r , nay, and o t h e r s was o f t e n an a t t e m p t e d e x p r e s s i o n of t h i s c a l l . the p u b l i s h e d a e s t h e t i c d i s c u s s i o n s were u s u a l l y of a n o n - p o l i t i c a l c h a r a c t e r f a r removed f r o m t h e c o n c e r n s of p e o p l e l i v i n g a m i d s t r u b b l e ; however, s i n c e t h e s e d i s c u s s i o n s a r t i c u l a t e a s o c i a l l y r o o t e d c o n c e r n w h i c h emanates f r o m s u b s t r u c t u r a l d i s i n t e g r a t i o n t h e y a r e of i n t e r e s t i n d e t e r m i n i n g how t h e s u p e r s t r u c t u r e , i n r e l a t i o n t o i t s b a s e , r e c o n s t i t u t e s i t s e l f . one of t h e landmarks o f the d i s c u s s i o n s was a book p u b l i s h e d on " t h e c r e a t i v e f o r c e s of a b s t r a c t p a i n t i n g , " i n , by dr.ottomar domnick, a -year o l d p s y c h i a t r i s t . i t c o n t a i n e d c o n t r i b u t i o n s by the a r t i s t s w i l l i b a u m e i s t e r , max ackermann, h . a . p . g r i e s h a b e r , georg m e i s t e r m a n n , r u d o l f p r o b s t , o t t o r i t s c h l , f r i t z w i n t e r , and hans h i l d e b r a n d t , the w r i t e r k u r t l e o n h a r d who sometimes c o n t r i b u t e d a r t i c l e s on modern a r t t o das kunstwerk and o t h e r a r t m a g a z i n e s , and o t h e r s . the theme of the book i s t h e n e c e s s i t y and a p p r o p r i a t e n e s s of a b s t r a c t a r t t o t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y man. as the n e c e s s a r y o p p o s i t i o n t o a m a t e r i a l i s m gone bad, a b s t r a c t i o n r e p r e s e n t s the p o s s i b i l i t y of a r e a r t i c u l a t i o n o f modern man by g e t t i n g r i d of the o l d , s e c u r e , c o n s c i o u s l y d o m i n a t i n g m a t e r i a l man and i n s t e a d - - p o s i t i n g h i s s u b c o n s c i o u s o t h e r . in h i s i n t r o d u c t i o n , domnick d e s c r i b e s the r e a c t i o n , on the p a r t o-f c o n s e r v a t i v e b o u r g e o i s , t o a n t i - n a t u r a l i s t i c s t y l i s t i c developments a t the b e g i n n i n g o f t h e c e n t u r y : "one spoke of ' i n s a n i t y ' and hoped f o r a r e t u r n t o n a t u r e . t h i s d i d not happen. the n a t u r a l i s t s t y l e d i c t a t e d by the t h i r d r e i c h was an e p i s o d e i n germany. i t o n l y o u t w a r d l y i n t e r r u p t e d t h e development. hidden f o r c e s a l l o w e d the ' o t h e r ' t o g r o w . " t h i s development of t h e " o t h e r " i s i n t e g r a l t o t h e t i m e , a c c o r d i n g t o domnick. i n f o r m a l - t y p e a b s t r a c t i o n , w h i c h by r e v o k i n g the p r i m a r y p o s i t i o n o f the c o n s c i o u s one and t h e r e b y a l l o w i n g t h e o t h e r t o a p p e a r , i s not o n l y a s t y l e but a l s o the answer t o the r e q u i r e m e n t of t h e age. f u r t h e r m o r e , t h e n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r y i s e q u a t e d w i t h m a t e r i a l i s m , and t h e a p p r o p r i a t e s t y l e of m a t e r i a l i s m was n a t u r a l i s m . the u n b r i d l e d f a i t h i n s c i e n c e and t e c h n o l o g y o f the p r e v i o u s c e n t u r y w h i c h attemped t o dominate n a t u r e t o d a y meets w i t h s c e p t i c i s m . i t i s because of t h i s , a c c o r d i n g t o domnick, t h a t a b s t r a c t i o n i s not o n l y a n t i - n a t u r a l i s t i c , but a n t i - m a t e r i a l i s t i c as wel s i n c e i t opposes t h e l e g a c y of t h e n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r y . i t i s a t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y o p p o s i t i o n , i t i s modern, and i t i s not n e c e s s a r i l y happy i n i t s t r i u m p h — p e s s i m i s m and d o u b t , i t w i l l be r e c a l l e d , d e t e r m i n e d the postwar t e n o r : no bounds seemed t o r e m a i n f o r a n a l y t i c a l r e a s o n ; h u m a n i t y ' s f o r t u n e , v i a t h e h a r n e s s i n g of m a t e r i a l , seemed a l m o s t made. but a t t h e moment o f v i c t o r y , i t became d o u b t f u l . romain r o i l a n d has i l l u s t r a t e d t h i s w i t h m i c h e a l a n g e l o ' s v i c t o r who t u r n s away, i n a d i s a p p o i n t e d - r e s i g n e d manner, f r o m the v a n q u i s h e d . v i c t o r y s l i p s away from him. c o n c u r r e n t w i t h the moment when the d o m i n a t i o n of the m a t e r i a l seemed t o t a k e m a t e r i a l i s m t o i t s peak, f r e u d d e v e l o p e d p s y c h o a n a l y s i s w h i c h d i s c o v e r e d f o r c e s o p e r a t i v e beneath t h e s u r f a c e , f o r c e s w h i c h s u b j u g a t e man more than he can s u b j u g a t e m a t e r i a l . t h i s was a shock not e a s i l y overcome. new s p i r i t u a l f o r c e s s t e p p e d i n t o v i e w . the s t r u g g l e a g a i n s t m a t e r i a l i s m , a r t i s t i c a l l y s p e a k i n g a g a i n s t n a t u r a l i s m , i s the d i s t i n g u i s h i n g mark of modern p a i n t i n g . the s i m p l i s t i c c a u s a l i t y s t i p u l a t e d by domnick i n t h i s development has the f u n c t i o n of a p a c i f i e r i n t h r e a t e n i n g l y a c a u s a l t i m e s : the p e s s i m i s m o f postwar - - c u l t u r e i s e l e v a t e d t o an a b s t r a c t , s p i r i t u a l r e a l m where m a t e r i a l i s m i s b a n i s h e d . i n s t e a d o-f the s h a r p a n a l y s i s of t h e i n t e r a c t i o n between c u l t u r e and ( m a t e r i a l ) s o c i e t y , as h o r k h e i m e r , k r a u s s , and o t h e r s p r e s e n t e d i t , domnick u s e s t h e i n s i g h t s of o t h e r s t o a r r i v e a t a d e s c r i p t i o n o f modern p a i n t i n g w h i c h r u n s c o u n t e r t o t h e p o s s i b i l i t y of i t b e i n g a p r o c e s s , a d i f f e r e n t i a t e d becoming ( a d o r n o ) , and i n s t e a d p o s i t s i t as s t a t i c : i t i s a d i s t i n g u i s h i n g mark, a trademark w i t h o u t m a t e r i a l l y - r o o t e d h i s t o r y , w i t h o u t a d i a l e c t i c a l r e l a t i o n s h i p t o m a t e r i a l i s m . in t h i s s e n s e domnick's t e x t p r e f i g u r e s t h e a f f i r m a t i v e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of ( n e g a t i v e ) i n f o r m a l p a i n t i n g i n the s by werner haftmann and o t h e r s . a l t h o u g h domnick, a t h e r a p i s t i n o p p o s i t i o n t o r e p r e s s i o n , s o o t h e s the p u b l i c ' s f e a r o f t h e o t h e r , he does not go i n t o d e t a i l e d d e s c r i p t i o n of how t h i s new, t o l e r a n t - o f - t h e - o t h e r s t y l e s h o u l d l o o k ; t h e i n c l u s i o n i n h i s book of b a u m e i s t e r , ackermann, r i t s c h l , w i n t e r , e t c . , does however i n d i c a t e t h a t i t was t o be a n o n - g e o m e t r i c , i n f o r m a l - t y p e a b s t r a c t i o n . i t was i n the a r t magazines t h a t one c o u l d f i n d more d e t a i l e d p r e s c r i p t i o n s of how t h i s a b s t r a c t i o n s h o u l d l o o k . e s p e c i a l l y n o t a b l e was the magazine das kunstwerk. a p p e a r i n g i n baden- baden f r o m onward. i t s p u b l i s h e r was the woldemar k l e i n v e r l a g w h i c h a l s o p r o d u c e d monographs on modern a r t i s t s and w h i c h showed an o v e r a l l d e d i c a t i o n t o modern, i n p a r t i c u l a r f r e n c h , a r t . through i t s f o c u s , i n s e v e r a l i m p o r t a n t a r t i c l e s , on p r i m i t i v i s m and i t s i m p o r t f o r modern c u l t u r e , the magazine d i s t i n g u i s h e d i t s e l f from o t h e r , more n i n e t e e n t h - c e n t u r y humanist i n s p i r e d a r t d i s c o u r s e , and t h e r e b y f u r t h e r e d a t y p e of a b s t r a c t i o n w h i c h p a r a l l e l e d t h e s e a r c h f o r a new r e a l i t y i n the i n t e l l e c t u a l d i s c o u r s e . das kunstwerk t y p i c a l l y r e p e a t e d t h e r e j e c t i o n of n i n e t e e n t h c e n t u r y n a t u r a l i s m , but not n e c e s s a r i l y by e q u a t i n g t h i s w i t h a h u m a n i s t i c a n t i - m a t e r i a l i s m as espoused by domnick. in an - - a r t i c l e w r i t t e n by one of the e d i t o r s , l e o p o l d zahn, c a l l e d "abkehr von der n a t u r " — " t u r n i n g away f r o m n a t u r e " — o r t e g a y g a s s e t i s q u o t e d t o s u g g e s t t h a t n a t u r e and a r t have an a c t i v e r o l e i n d i s m i s s i n g man: t h a t i s , i t i s not o n l y man who t u r n s away from n a t u r e , but r a t h e r n a t u r e , as a t h r e a t e n i n g o t h e r , e x p e l l e d man, t h e c o n s c i o u s one. what t h i s seems t o i m p l y of c o u r s e i s t h a t t h o s e p a i n t e r s d e a l i n g w i t h the " o t h e r " a r e a l s o d e a l i n g w i t h n a t u r e — t h e e x p u l s i o n i s not j u s t a t u r n i n g away from " n a t u r a l i s m "